Page 1
Page 2
Page 3
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Preaching of Islam: A
History of the Propagation of the Muslim Faith
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.
Title: The Preaching of Islam: A History of the Propagation of the
Muslim Faith
Author: Sir Thomas Walker Arnold
Release date: December 17, 2021 [eBook #66960]
Most recently updated: August 16, 2026
Language: English
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/66960
Credits: Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed Proofreading
Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project Gutenberg.
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE
PREACHING OF ISLAM: A HISTORY OF THE PROPAGATION OF
THE MUSLIM FAITH ***
History of the Propagation of the Muslim Faith
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.
Title: The Preaching of Islam: A History of the Propagation of the
Muslim Faith
Author: Sir Thomas Walker Arnold
Release date: December 17, 2021 [eBook #66960]
Most recently updated: August 16, 2026
Language: English
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/66960
Credits: Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed Proofreading
Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project Gutenberg.
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE
PREACHING OF ISLAM: A HISTORY OF THE PROPAGATION OF
THE MUSLIM FAITH ***
Page 4
[Contents]
[Contents]
[Contents]
Page 5
Page 6
THE
PREACHING OF ISLAM
A History of the Propagation of the
Muslim Faith
BY
T. W. ARNOLD M.A. C.I.E.
PROFESSOR OF ARABIC, UNIVERSITY OF
LONDON, UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
PREACHING OF ISLAM
A History of the Propagation of the
Muslim Faith
BY
T. W. ARNOLD M.A. C.I.E.
PROFESSOR OF ARABIC, UNIVERSITY OF
LONDON, UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
Page 7
NEW YORK
CHARLES SCRIBNER’S SONS
1913
[Contents]
TO
SIR THEODORE MORISON, K.C.I.E.
TO WHOM THE FIRST EDITION OWES ITS EXISTENCE
THIS SECOND EDITION IS DEDICATED
IN TOKEN OF LONG FRIENDSHIP [vii]
[Contents]
CHARLES SCRIBNER’S SONS
1913
[Contents]
TO
SIR THEODORE MORISON, K.C.I.E.
TO WHOM THE FIRST EDITION OWES ITS EXISTENCE
THIS SECOND EDITION IS DEDICATED
IN TOKEN OF LONG FRIENDSHIP [vii]
[Contents]
Page 8
PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION
It is with considerable diffidence that I publish these pages; the subject with
which they deal is so vast, and I have had to prosecute it under
circumstances so disadvantageous, that I can hope but for small measure of
success. When I may be better equipped for the task, and after further study
has enabled me to fill up the gaps 1 left in the present work, I hope to make
it a more worthy contribution to this neglected department of Muhammadan
history; and to this end I shall be deeply grateful for the criticisms and
corrections of any scholars who may deign to notice the book. To such I
would say in the words of St. Augustine: “Qui hæc legens dicit, intelligo
quidem quid dictum sit, sed non vere dictum est; asserat ut placet
sententiam suam, et redarguat meam, si potest. Quod si cum caritate et
veritate fecerit, mihique etiam (si in hac vita maneo) cognoscendum facere
curaverit, uberrimum fructum laboris huius mei cepero.” 2
As I can neither claim to be an authority nor a specialist on any of the
periods of history dealt with in this book, and as many of the events referred
to therein have become matter for controversy, I have given full references
to the sources consulted; and here I have thought it better to err on the side
of excess rather than that of defect. I have myself suffered so much
inconvenience and wasted so much time in hunting up references to books
indicated in some obscure or unintelligible manner, that I would desire to
spare others a similar annoyance; and while to the general reader I may
appear guilty of pedantry, I may perchance save trouble to some scholar
who wishes to test the accuracy of a statement or pursue any part of the
subject further.
The scheme adopted in this book for the transliteration of Arabic words is
that laid down by the Transliteration Committee of the Tenth International
Congress of Orientalists, held at Geneva in 1894, with the exception that
It is with considerable diffidence that I publish these pages; the subject with
which they deal is so vast, and I have had to prosecute it under
circumstances so disadvantageous, that I can hope but for small measure of
success. When I may be better equipped for the task, and after further study
has enabled me to fill up the gaps 1 left in the present work, I hope to make
it a more worthy contribution to this neglected department of Muhammadan
history; and to this end I shall be deeply grateful for the criticisms and
corrections of any scholars who may deign to notice the book. To such I
would say in the words of St. Augustine: “Qui hæc legens dicit, intelligo
quidem quid dictum sit, sed non vere dictum est; asserat ut placet
sententiam suam, et redarguat meam, si potest. Quod si cum caritate et
veritate fecerit, mihique etiam (si in hac vita maneo) cognoscendum facere
curaverit, uberrimum fructum laboris huius mei cepero.” 2
As I can neither claim to be an authority nor a specialist on any of the
periods of history dealt with in this book, and as many of the events referred
to therein have become matter for controversy, I have given full references
to the sources consulted; and here I have thought it better to err on the side
of excess rather than that of defect. I have myself suffered so much
inconvenience and wasted so much time in hunting up references to books
indicated in some obscure or unintelligible manner, that I would desire to
spare others a similar annoyance; and while to the general reader I may
appear guilty of pedantry, I may perchance save trouble to some scholar
who wishes to test the accuracy of a statement or pursue any part of the
subject further.
The scheme adopted in this book for the transliteration of Arabic words is
that laid down by the Transliteration Committee of the Tenth International
Congress of Orientalists, held at Geneva in 1894, with the exception that
Page 9
the last letter of the article is assimilated to the so-called solar [viii]letters. In
the case of geographical names this scheme has not been so rigidly applied
—in many instances because I could not discover the original Arabic form
of the word, in others (e.g. Mecca, Medina), because usage has almost
created for them a prescriptive title.
Though this work is confessedly, as explained in the Introduction, a record
of missionary efforts and not a history of persecutions, 3 I have endeavoured
to be strictly impartial and to conform to the ideal laid down by the
Christian historian 4 who chronicled the successes of the Ottomans and the
fall of Constantinople: οὔτε πρὸς χάριν οὔτε πρὸς φθόνον, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ πρὸς
μῖσος ἢ καὶ πρὸς εὔνοιαν συγγράφειν χρεών ἐστι τὸν συγγράφοντα, ἀλλ’
ἱστορίας μόνον καὶ τοῦ μή λήθης βυθῷ παραδοθῆναι, ἣν ὁ χρόνος οἶδε
γεννᾶν, τὴν ἱστορίαν.
I desire to thank Her Excellency the Princess Barberini; His Excellency the
Prince Chigi; the Most Rev. Dr. Paul Goethals, Archbishop of Calcutta; the
Right Rev. Fr. Francis Pesci, Bishop of Allahabad; the Rev. S. S. Allnutt, of
the Cambridge Mission, Dehli; the Trustees of Dr. Williams’s Library,
Gordon Square, London, for the liberal use they have allowed me of their
respective libraries.
I am under an especial debt of gratitude to James Kennedy, Esq., late of the
Bengal Civil Service, who has never ceased to take a kindly interest in my
book, though it has almost exemplified the Horatian precept, Nonum
prematur in annum; to his profound scholarship and wide reading I have
been indebted for much information that would otherwise have remained
unknown to me, nor do I owe less to the stimulus of his enthusiastic love of
learning and his helpful sympathy. I am also under a debt of gratitude to the
kindness of Conte Ugo Balzani, but for whose assistance certain parts of my
work would have been impossible to me. To the late Professor Robertson
Smith I am indebted for valuable suggestions as to the lines of study on
which the history of the North African Church and the condition of the
the case of geographical names this scheme has not been so rigidly applied
—in many instances because I could not discover the original Arabic form
of the word, in others (e.g. Mecca, Medina), because usage has almost
created for them a prescriptive title.
Though this work is confessedly, as explained in the Introduction, a record
of missionary efforts and not a history of persecutions, 3 I have endeavoured
to be strictly impartial and to conform to the ideal laid down by the
Christian historian 4 who chronicled the successes of the Ottomans and the
fall of Constantinople: οὔτε πρὸς χάριν οὔτε πρὸς φθόνον, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ πρὸς
μῖσος ἢ καὶ πρὸς εὔνοιαν συγγράφειν χρεών ἐστι τὸν συγγράφοντα, ἀλλ’
ἱστορίας μόνον καὶ τοῦ μή λήθης βυθῷ παραδοθῆναι, ἣν ὁ χρόνος οἶδε
γεννᾶν, τὴν ἱστορίαν.
I desire to thank Her Excellency the Princess Barberini; His Excellency the
Prince Chigi; the Most Rev. Dr. Paul Goethals, Archbishop of Calcutta; the
Right Rev. Fr. Francis Pesci, Bishop of Allahabad; the Rev. S. S. Allnutt, of
the Cambridge Mission, Dehli; the Trustees of Dr. Williams’s Library,
Gordon Square, London, for the liberal use they have allowed me of their
respective libraries.
I am under an especial debt of gratitude to James Kennedy, Esq., late of the
Bengal Civil Service, who has never ceased to take a kindly interest in my
book, though it has almost exemplified the Horatian precept, Nonum
prematur in annum; to his profound scholarship and wide reading I have
been indebted for much information that would otherwise have remained
unknown to me, nor do I owe less to the stimulus of his enthusiastic love of
learning and his helpful sympathy. I am also under a debt of gratitude to the
kindness of Conte Ugo Balzani, but for whose assistance certain parts of my
work would have been impossible to me. To the late Professor Robertson
Smith I am indebted for valuable suggestions as to the lines of study on
which the history of the North African Church and the condition of the
Page 10
Christians under Muslim rule, should be worked out; the profound regret
which all Semitic scholars feel at his loss is to me intensified by the thought
that this is the only acknowledgment I am able to make of his generous help
and encouragement. [ix]
I desire also to acknowledge my obligations to Sir Sayyid Aḥmad K͟ hān
Bahādur, K.C.S.I., LL.D.; to my learned friend and colleague, Shamsu-l
ʻUlamāʼ Mawlawī Muḥammad Shiblī Nuʻmānī, who has assisted me most
generously out of the abundance of his knowledge of early Muhammadan
history; and to my former pupil, Mawlawī Bahādur ʻAlī, M.A.
Lastly, and above all, must I thank my dear wife, but for whom this work
would never have emerged out of a chaos of incoherent materials, and
whose sympathy and approval are the best reward of my labours.
Aligarh, 1896. [xi]
E.g. The spread of Islam in Sicily and the missionary labours of the numerous Muslim saints. ↑
1
De Trinitate, i. 5. (Migne, tom. xlii, p. 823.) ↑
2
Accordingly the reader will find no account of the recent history of Armenia or Crete, or
3
indeed of any part of the empire of the Turks during the present century—a period
singularly barren of missionary enterprise on their part. ↑
Phrantzes, p. 5. ↑
4
[Contents]
which all Semitic scholars feel at his loss is to me intensified by the thought
that this is the only acknowledgment I am able to make of his generous help
and encouragement. [ix]
I desire also to acknowledge my obligations to Sir Sayyid Aḥmad K͟ hān
Bahādur, K.C.S.I., LL.D.; to my learned friend and colleague, Shamsu-l
ʻUlamāʼ Mawlawī Muḥammad Shiblī Nuʻmānī, who has assisted me most
generously out of the abundance of his knowledge of early Muhammadan
history; and to my former pupil, Mawlawī Bahādur ʻAlī, M.A.
Lastly, and above all, must I thank my dear wife, but for whom this work
would never have emerged out of a chaos of incoherent materials, and
whose sympathy and approval are the best reward of my labours.
Aligarh, 1896. [xi]
E.g. The spread of Islam in Sicily and the missionary labours of the numerous Muslim saints. ↑
1
De Trinitate, i. 5. (Migne, tom. xlii, p. 823.) ↑
2
Accordingly the reader will find no account of the recent history of Armenia or Crete, or
3
indeed of any part of the empire of the Turks during the present century—a period
singularly barren of missionary enterprise on their part. ↑
Phrantzes, p. 5. ↑
4
[Contents]
Page 11
PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION
The first edition of this book having been out of print for several years and
frequent inquiries having been made for copies, this new edition has been
prepared and an effort has been made to revise the work in the light of the
fresh materials that have accumulated during the last sixteen years; but I
can make no claim to have made myself acquainted with the whole of the
vast literature on the subject, in upwards of ten different languages, which
has been published during this interval. The growing interest in Islam and
the various branches of study connected with it, may be estimated from the
fact that since 1906 five periodicals have made their appearance devoted to
investigations cognate to the subject-matter of the present work, viz. Revue
du Monde Musulman, publiée par La Mission Scientifique du Maroc (Paris,
1906– ); Der Islam, Zeitschrift für Geschichte und Kultur des islamischen
Orients (Strassburg, 1910– ); The Moslem World, a quarterly review of
current events, literature, and thought among Mohammedans, and the
progress of Christian Missions in Moslem lands (London, 1911– ); Mir
Islama (St. Petersburg, 1912– ); and Die Welt des Islams, Zeitschrift der
deutschen Gesellschaft für Islamkunde (Berlin, 1913– ). The Christian
missionary societies are also now devoting increased attention to the subject
of Muslim missionary activity and accordingly it takes up a proportionately
larger place in their publications than before.
This second edition would have been completed several years ago but for
the illiberal policy which closes the Reading Room of the British Museum
at 7 o’clock and has thus made it practically inaccessible to me except on
Saturdays. 1 I therefore desire to express my grateful thanks to those friends
who have facilitated my labours by the loan of books from the Libraries of
the University of Leiden and the University of Utrecht (through the kind
offices of [xii]Professor Wensinck), and the École des Langues Orientales
The first edition of this book having been out of print for several years and
frequent inquiries having been made for copies, this new edition has been
prepared and an effort has been made to revise the work in the light of the
fresh materials that have accumulated during the last sixteen years; but I
can make no claim to have made myself acquainted with the whole of the
vast literature on the subject, in upwards of ten different languages, which
has been published during this interval. The growing interest in Islam and
the various branches of study connected with it, may be estimated from the
fact that since 1906 five periodicals have made their appearance devoted to
investigations cognate to the subject-matter of the present work, viz. Revue
du Monde Musulman, publiée par La Mission Scientifique du Maroc (Paris,
1906– ); Der Islam, Zeitschrift für Geschichte und Kultur des islamischen
Orients (Strassburg, 1910– ); The Moslem World, a quarterly review of
current events, literature, and thought among Mohammedans, and the
progress of Christian Missions in Moslem lands (London, 1911– ); Mir
Islama (St. Petersburg, 1912– ); and Die Welt des Islams, Zeitschrift der
deutschen Gesellschaft für Islamkunde (Berlin, 1913– ). The Christian
missionary societies are also now devoting increased attention to the subject
of Muslim missionary activity and accordingly it takes up a proportionately
larger place in their publications than before.
This second edition would have been completed several years ago but for
the illiberal policy which closes the Reading Room of the British Museum
at 7 o’clock and has thus made it practically inaccessible to me except on
Saturdays. 1 I therefore desire to express my grateful thanks to those friends
who have facilitated my labours by the loan of books from the Libraries of
the University of Leiden and the University of Utrecht (through the kind
offices of [xii]Professor Wensinck), and the École des Langues Orientales
Page 12
Vivantes, Paris;—to Mr. J. A. Oldham, editor of The International Review
of Missions, I am indebted for the loan of volumes of the Allgemeine
Missions-Zeitschrift, a set of which I have been unable to find in London;
my thanks are specially due to Dr. F. W. Thomas, who has allowed me to
study for lengthy periods (along with other books from the India Office
Library) the monumental Annali dell’ Islam by Leone Caetani, Principe di
Teano,—a work of inestimable value for the early history of Islam, but
unfortunately placed out of the reach of the average scholar by reason of its
great cost.
I am also much indebted for several valuable indications to those scholars
who reviewed the book when it first appeared,—above all, to Professor
Goldziher, whose sympathetic interest in this work has encouraged me to
continue it.
London, 1913. [xiii]
The student of the literature of Science or of the Fine Arts finds the libraries at South Kensington
1
open till 10 o’clock on three evenings every week, but the one library in this country that aims at
any completeness is available only to such students as are at leisure during the day-time. ↑
[Contents]
of Missions, I am indebted for the loan of volumes of the Allgemeine
Missions-Zeitschrift, a set of which I have been unable to find in London;
my thanks are specially due to Dr. F. W. Thomas, who has allowed me to
study for lengthy periods (along with other books from the India Office
Library) the monumental Annali dell’ Islam by Leone Caetani, Principe di
Teano,—a work of inestimable value for the early history of Islam, but
unfortunately placed out of the reach of the average scholar by reason of its
great cost.
I am also much indebted for several valuable indications to those scholars
who reviewed the book when it first appeared,—above all, to Professor
Goldziher, whose sympathetic interest in this work has encouraged me to
continue it.
London, 1913. [xiii]
The student of the literature of Science or of the Fine Arts finds the libraries at South Kensington
1
open till 10 o’clock on three evenings every week, but the one library in this country that aims at
any completeness is available only to such students as are at leisure during the day-time. ↑
[Contents]
Page 13
CONTENTS
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTION.
PAGE
A missionary religion defined. Islam a missionary religion; its extent. The
Qurʼān enjoins preaching and persuasion, and forbids violence and force in the
conversion of unbelievers. The present work a history of missions, not of
persecutions 1
CHAPTER II.
STUDY OF THE LIFE OF MUḤAMMAD CONSIDERED AS A
PREACHER OF ISLAM.
Muḥammad the type of the Muslim missionary. Account of his early efforts at
propagating Islam, and of the conversions made in Mecca before the Hijrah.
Persecution of the converts, and migration to Medina. Condition of the Muslims
in Medina: beginning of the national life of Islam. Islam offered (a) to the Arabs,
(b) to the whole world. Islam declared in the Qurʼān to be a universal religion,—
as being the primitive faith delivered to Abraham. Muḥammad as the founder of
a political organisation. The spread of Islam and the efforts made to convert the
Arabs after the Hijrah. The ideals of Islam and those of Pre-Islamic Arabia
contrasted 11
CHAPTER III.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM AMONG THE CHRISTIAN NATIONS OF
WESTERN ASIA.
The Arab conquests and expansion of the Arab race after the death of
Muḥammad. Conversion of Christian Bedouins. Causes of the early successes of
the Muslims. Toleration extended to those who remained Christian.—The settled
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTION.
PAGE
A missionary religion defined. Islam a missionary religion; its extent. The
Qurʼān enjoins preaching and persuasion, and forbids violence and force in the
conversion of unbelievers. The present work a history of missions, not of
persecutions 1
CHAPTER II.
STUDY OF THE LIFE OF MUḤAMMAD CONSIDERED AS A
PREACHER OF ISLAM.
Muḥammad the type of the Muslim missionary. Account of his early efforts at
propagating Islam, and of the conversions made in Mecca before the Hijrah.
Persecution of the converts, and migration to Medina. Condition of the Muslims
in Medina: beginning of the national life of Islam. Islam offered (a) to the Arabs,
(b) to the whole world. Islam declared in the Qurʼān to be a universal religion,—
as being the primitive faith delivered to Abraham. Muḥammad as the founder of
a political organisation. The spread of Islam and the efforts made to convert the
Arabs after the Hijrah. The ideals of Islam and those of Pre-Islamic Arabia
contrasted 11
CHAPTER III.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM AMONG THE CHRISTIAN NATIONS OF
WESTERN ASIA.
The Arab conquests and expansion of the Arab race after the death of
Muḥammad. Conversion of Christian Bedouins. Causes of the early successes of
the Muslims. Toleration extended to those who remained Christian.—The settled
Page 14
population of the towns: failure of Heraclius’s attempt to reconcile the
contending Christian sects. The Arab conquest of Syria and Palestine: their
toleration: the Ordinance of ʻUmar: jizyah paid in return for protection and in
lieu of military service. Condition of the Christians under Muslim rule: they
occupy high posts, build new churches: revival in the Nestorian Church. Causes
of their conversion to Islam: revolt against Byzantine ecclesiasticism: influence
of rationalistic thought: imposing character of Muslim civilisation. Persecutions
suffered by the Christians. Proselytising efforts. Details of conversion to Islam.
—Account of conversions from among the Crusaders.—The Armenian and
Georgian Churches 45 [xiv]
CHAPTER IV.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM AMONG THE CHRISTIAN NATIONS OF
AFRICA.
Egypt: conquered by the Arabs, who are welcomed by the Copts as their
deliverers from Byzantine rule. Condition of the Copts under the Muslims.
Corruption and negligence of the clergy lead to conversions to Islam.—Nubia:
relations with Muhammadan powers: gradual decay of the Christian faith.—
Abyssinia: the Arabs on the sea-board: missionary efforts in the fourteenth
century: invasion of Aḥmad Grāñ: conversions to Islam: progress of Islam in
recent years.—Northern Africa: extent of Christianity in North Africa in the
seventh century: the Christians are said to have been forcibly converted: reasons
for thinking that this statement is not true: toleration enjoyed by the Christians:
gradual disappearance of the Christian Church 102
CHAPTER V.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM AMONG THE CHRISTIANS OF SPAIN.
Christianity in Spain before the Muslim conquest: miserable condition of the
Jews and the slaves. Early converts to Islam. Corruption of the clergy. Toleration
of the Arabs, and influence of their civilisation on the Christians, who study
Arabic and adopt Arab dress and manners. Causes of conversion to Islam. The
voluntary martyrs of Cordova. Extent of the conversions 131
CHAPTER VI.
contending Christian sects. The Arab conquest of Syria and Palestine: their
toleration: the Ordinance of ʻUmar: jizyah paid in return for protection and in
lieu of military service. Condition of the Christians under Muslim rule: they
occupy high posts, build new churches: revival in the Nestorian Church. Causes
of their conversion to Islam: revolt against Byzantine ecclesiasticism: influence
of rationalistic thought: imposing character of Muslim civilisation. Persecutions
suffered by the Christians. Proselytising efforts. Details of conversion to Islam.
—Account of conversions from among the Crusaders.—The Armenian and
Georgian Churches 45 [xiv]
CHAPTER IV.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM AMONG THE CHRISTIAN NATIONS OF
AFRICA.
Egypt: conquered by the Arabs, who are welcomed by the Copts as their
deliverers from Byzantine rule. Condition of the Copts under the Muslims.
Corruption and negligence of the clergy lead to conversions to Islam.—Nubia:
relations with Muhammadan powers: gradual decay of the Christian faith.—
Abyssinia: the Arabs on the sea-board: missionary efforts in the fourteenth
century: invasion of Aḥmad Grāñ: conversions to Islam: progress of Islam in
recent years.—Northern Africa: extent of Christianity in North Africa in the
seventh century: the Christians are said to have been forcibly converted: reasons
for thinking that this statement is not true: toleration enjoyed by the Christians:
gradual disappearance of the Christian Church 102
CHAPTER V.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM AMONG THE CHRISTIANS OF SPAIN.
Christianity in Spain before the Muslim conquest: miserable condition of the
Jews and the slaves. Early converts to Islam. Corruption of the clergy. Toleration
of the Arabs, and influence of their civilisation on the Christians, who study
Arabic and adopt Arab dress and manners. Causes of conversion to Islam. The
voluntary martyrs of Cordova. Extent of the conversions 131
CHAPTER VI.
Page 15
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM AMONG THE CHRISTIAN NATIONS IN
EUROPE UNDER THE TURKS.
Relations of the Turks to their Christian subjects during the first two centuries of
their rule: toleration extended to the Greek Church by Muḥammad II: the
benefits of Ottoman rule: its disadvantages, the tribute-children, the capitation-
tax, tyranny of individuals. Forced conversion rare. Proselytising efforts made by
the Turks. Circumstances that favoured the spread of Islam: degraded condition
of the Greek Church: failure of the attempt to Protestantise the Greek Church:
oppression of the Greek clergy: moral superiority of the Ottomans: imposing
character of their conquests. Conversion of Christian slaves.—Islam in Albania,
conquest of the country, independent character of its people, gradual decay of the
Christian faith, and its causes;—in Servia, alliance of the Servians with the
Turks, conversions mainly from among the nobles except in Old Servia;—in
Montenegro;—in Bosnia, the Bogomiles, points of similarity between the
Bogomilian heresy and the Muslim creed, conversion to Islam;—in Crete,
conversion in the ninth century, oppression of the Venetian rule, conquered by
the Turks, conversions to Islam 145 [xv]
CHAPTER VII.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN PERSIA AND CENTRAL ASIA.
Religious condition of Persia at the time of the Arab conquest. Islam welcomed
by many sections of the population. Points of similarity between the older faiths
and Islam. Toleration. Conversions to Islam. The Ismāʻīlians and their
missionary system. Islam in Central Asia and Afghanistān 206
CHAPTER VIII.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM AMONG THE MONGOLS AND TATARS.
Account of the Mongol conquests. Buddhism, Christianity and Islam in rivalry
for the allegiance of the Mongols. Their original religion, Shamanism, described.
Spread of Buddhism, of Christianity, and of Islam respectively among the
Mongols. Difficulties that stood in the way of Islam. Cruel treatment of the
Muslims by some Mongol rulers. Early converts to Islam. Baraka K͟ hān, the first
Mongol prince converted. Conversion of the Īlk͟ hāns. Conversion of the
Chag͟ hatāy Mongols. History of Islam under the Golden Horde: Ūzbek K͟ hān:
failure of attempts to convert the Russians. Spread of Islam in modern times in
the Russian Empire. The conversion of the Tatars of Siberia 218
EUROPE UNDER THE TURKS.
Relations of the Turks to their Christian subjects during the first two centuries of
their rule: toleration extended to the Greek Church by Muḥammad II: the
benefits of Ottoman rule: its disadvantages, the tribute-children, the capitation-
tax, tyranny of individuals. Forced conversion rare. Proselytising efforts made by
the Turks. Circumstances that favoured the spread of Islam: degraded condition
of the Greek Church: failure of the attempt to Protestantise the Greek Church:
oppression of the Greek clergy: moral superiority of the Ottomans: imposing
character of their conquests. Conversion of Christian slaves.—Islam in Albania,
conquest of the country, independent character of its people, gradual decay of the
Christian faith, and its causes;—in Servia, alliance of the Servians with the
Turks, conversions mainly from among the nobles except in Old Servia;—in
Montenegro;—in Bosnia, the Bogomiles, points of similarity between the
Bogomilian heresy and the Muslim creed, conversion to Islam;—in Crete,
conversion in the ninth century, oppression of the Venetian rule, conquered by
the Turks, conversions to Islam 145 [xv]
CHAPTER VII.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN PERSIA AND CENTRAL ASIA.
Religious condition of Persia at the time of the Arab conquest. Islam welcomed
by many sections of the population. Points of similarity between the older faiths
and Islam. Toleration. Conversions to Islam. The Ismāʻīlians and their
missionary system. Islam in Central Asia and Afghanistān 206
CHAPTER VIII.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM AMONG THE MONGOLS AND TATARS.
Account of the Mongol conquests. Buddhism, Christianity and Islam in rivalry
for the allegiance of the Mongols. Their original religion, Shamanism, described.
Spread of Buddhism, of Christianity, and of Islam respectively among the
Mongols. Difficulties that stood in the way of Islam. Cruel treatment of the
Muslims by some Mongol rulers. Early converts to Islam. Baraka K͟ hān, the first
Mongol prince converted. Conversion of the Īlk͟ hāns. Conversion of the
Chag͟ hatāy Mongols. History of Islam under the Golden Horde: Ūzbek K͟ hān:
failure of attempts to convert the Russians. Spread of Islam in modern times in
the Russian Empire. The conversion of the Tatars of Siberia 218
Page 16
CHAPTER IX.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN INDIA.
Distribution of the Muhammadan population. Part taken by the Muhammadan
rulers in the propagation of Islam: conversion of Rajputs and others.—The work
of the Muslim missionaries in India; traditions of early missionary efforts in
South India, forced conversions under Ḥaydar ʻAlī and Tīpū Sulṭān, the
Mappillas:—in the Maldive Islands:—in the Deccan, early Arab settlements,
labours of individual missionaries:—in Sind, the rule of the Arabs, their
toleration, account of individual missionaries, conversion of the Khojahs and
Bohras:—in Bengal, the Muhammadan rule in this province, extensive
conversions of the lower castes, religious revival in recent times.—Particular
account of the labours of Muslim missionaries in other parts of India.
Propagationist movements of modern times. Circumstances facilitating the
progress of Islam: the oppressiveness of the Hindu caste system, worship of
Muslim saints, etc.—Spread of Islam in Kashmīr and Tibet 254
CHAPTER X.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN CHINA.
Early notices of Islam in China. Intercourse of the Chinese with the Arabs.
Legendary account of the first introduction of Islam into China. Muslims under
the Tʼang dynasty: influence of the Mongol conquest; Islam under the Ming
dynasty. Relations of the Chinese Muslims to the Chinese Government. Their
efforts to spread their religion 294 [xvi]
CHAPTER XI.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN AFRICA.
The Arabs in Northern Africa: conversion of the Berbers: the mission of ʻAbd
Allāh b. Yāsīn. Introduction of Islam into the Sudan: rise of Muhammadan
kingdoms: account of missionary movements, Danfodio, ʻUt͟ hmān al-Amīr
G͟ hanī, the Qādiriyyah, the Tijāniyyah, and the Sanūsiyyah. Spread of Islam on
the West Coast: Ashanti: Dahomey. Spread of Islam on the East Coast: early
Muslim settlements: recent expansion in German East Africa: the Galla: the
Somali. Islam in Cape Coast Colony. Account of the Muslim missionaries in
Africa and their methods of winning converts 312
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN INDIA.
Distribution of the Muhammadan population. Part taken by the Muhammadan
rulers in the propagation of Islam: conversion of Rajputs and others.—The work
of the Muslim missionaries in India; traditions of early missionary efforts in
South India, forced conversions under Ḥaydar ʻAlī and Tīpū Sulṭān, the
Mappillas:—in the Maldive Islands:—in the Deccan, early Arab settlements,
labours of individual missionaries:—in Sind, the rule of the Arabs, their
toleration, account of individual missionaries, conversion of the Khojahs and
Bohras:—in Bengal, the Muhammadan rule in this province, extensive
conversions of the lower castes, religious revival in recent times.—Particular
account of the labours of Muslim missionaries in other parts of India.
Propagationist movements of modern times. Circumstances facilitating the
progress of Islam: the oppressiveness of the Hindu caste system, worship of
Muslim saints, etc.—Spread of Islam in Kashmīr and Tibet 254
CHAPTER X.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN CHINA.
Early notices of Islam in China. Intercourse of the Chinese with the Arabs.
Legendary account of the first introduction of Islam into China. Muslims under
the Tʼang dynasty: influence of the Mongol conquest; Islam under the Ming
dynasty. Relations of the Chinese Muslims to the Chinese Government. Their
efforts to spread their religion 294 [xvi]
CHAPTER XI.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN AFRICA.
The Arabs in Northern Africa: conversion of the Berbers: the mission of ʻAbd
Allāh b. Yāsīn. Introduction of Islam into the Sudan: rise of Muhammadan
kingdoms: account of missionary movements, Danfodio, ʻUt͟ hmān al-Amīr
G͟ hanī, the Qādiriyyah, the Tijāniyyah, and the Sanūsiyyah. Spread of Islam on
the West Coast: Ashanti: Dahomey. Spread of Islam on the East Coast: early
Muslim settlements: recent expansion in German East Africa: the Galla: the
Somali. Islam in Cape Coast Colony. Account of the Muslim missionaries in
Africa and their methods of winning converts 312
Page 17
CHAPTER XII.
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO.
Early intercourse between the Malay Archipelago and Arabia and India. Methods
of missionary work. History of Islam in Sumatra; in the Malay Peninsula; in
Java; in the Moluccas; in Borneo; in Celebes; in the Philippine and the Sulu
Islands; among the Papuans. The Muslim missionaries: traders: ḥājīs 363
CHAPTER XIII.
CONCLUSION.
Absence of missionary organisation in Islam: zeal on the part of individuals.
Who are the Muslim missionaries? Causes that have contributed to their success:
the simplicity of the Muslim creed: the rationalism and ritualism of Islam. Islam
not spread by the sword. The toleration of Muhammadan governments.
Circumstances contributing to the progress of Islam in ancient and in modern
times 408
APPENDIX I.
Letter of al-Hāshimī inviting al-Kindī to embrace Islam 428
APPENDIX II.
Controversial literature between Muslims and the followers of other faiths
436
APPENDIX III.
Muslim missionary societies 438
Titles of Works cited by Abbreviated References 440
Index 457 [1]
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO.
Early intercourse between the Malay Archipelago and Arabia and India. Methods
of missionary work. History of Islam in Sumatra; in the Malay Peninsula; in
Java; in the Moluccas; in Borneo; in Celebes; in the Philippine and the Sulu
Islands; among the Papuans. The Muslim missionaries: traders: ḥājīs 363
CHAPTER XIII.
CONCLUSION.
Absence of missionary organisation in Islam: zeal on the part of individuals.
Who are the Muslim missionaries? Causes that have contributed to their success:
the simplicity of the Muslim creed: the rationalism and ritualism of Islam. Islam
not spread by the sword. The toleration of Muhammadan governments.
Circumstances contributing to the progress of Islam in ancient and in modern
times 408
APPENDIX I.
Letter of al-Hāshimī inviting al-Kindī to embrace Islam 428
APPENDIX II.
Controversial literature between Muslims and the followers of other faiths
436
APPENDIX III.
Muslim missionary societies 438
Titles of Works cited by Abbreviated References 440
Index 457 [1]
Page 18
[Contents]
Page 19
THE PREACHING OF ISLAM
Page 20
CHAPTER I.
Page 21
INTRODUCTION.
Ever since Professor Max Müller delivered his lecture in Westminster
Abbey, on the day of intercession for missions, in December, 1873, it has
been a literary commonplace, that the six great religions of the world may
be divided into missionary and non-missionary; under the latter head fall
Judaism, Brahmanism and Zoroastrianism, and under the former Buddhism,
Christianity and Islam; and he well defined what the term,—a missionary
religion,—should be taken to mean, viz. one “in which the spreading of the
truth and the conversion of unbelievers are raised to the rank of a sacred
duty by the founder or his immediate successors.… It is the spirit of truth in
the hearts of believers which cannot rest, unless it manifests itself in
thought, word and deed, which is not satisfied till it has carried its message
to every human soul, till what it believes to be the truth is accepted as the
truth by all members of the human family.” 1
It is such a zeal for the truth of their religion that has inspired the
Muhammadans to carry with them the message of Islam to the people of
every land into which they penetrate, and that justly claims for their religion
a place among those we term missionary. It is the history of the birth of this
missionary zeal, its inspiring forces and the modes of its activity that forms
the subject of the following pages. The 200 millions of Muhammadans
scattered over the [2]world at the present day are evidences of its workings
through the length of thirteen centuries.
The doctrines of this faith were first proclaimed to the people of Arabia in
the seventh century, by a prophet under whose banner their scattered tribes
became a nation; and filled with the pulsations of this new national life, and
with a fervour and enthusiasm that imparted an almost invincible strength to
their armies, they poured forth over three continents to conquer and subdue.
Syria, Palestine, Egypt, North Africa and Persia were the first to fall before
Ever since Professor Max Müller delivered his lecture in Westminster
Abbey, on the day of intercession for missions, in December, 1873, it has
been a literary commonplace, that the six great religions of the world may
be divided into missionary and non-missionary; under the latter head fall
Judaism, Brahmanism and Zoroastrianism, and under the former Buddhism,
Christianity and Islam; and he well defined what the term,—a missionary
religion,—should be taken to mean, viz. one “in which the spreading of the
truth and the conversion of unbelievers are raised to the rank of a sacred
duty by the founder or his immediate successors.… It is the spirit of truth in
the hearts of believers which cannot rest, unless it manifests itself in
thought, word and deed, which is not satisfied till it has carried its message
to every human soul, till what it believes to be the truth is accepted as the
truth by all members of the human family.” 1
It is such a zeal for the truth of their religion that has inspired the
Muhammadans to carry with them the message of Islam to the people of
every land into which they penetrate, and that justly claims for their religion
a place among those we term missionary. It is the history of the birth of this
missionary zeal, its inspiring forces and the modes of its activity that forms
the subject of the following pages. The 200 millions of Muhammadans
scattered over the [2]world at the present day are evidences of its workings
through the length of thirteen centuries.
The doctrines of this faith were first proclaimed to the people of Arabia in
the seventh century, by a prophet under whose banner their scattered tribes
became a nation; and filled with the pulsations of this new national life, and
with a fervour and enthusiasm that imparted an almost invincible strength to
their armies, they poured forth over three continents to conquer and subdue.
Syria, Palestine, Egypt, North Africa and Persia were the first to fall before
Page 22
them, and pressing westward to Spain and eastward beyond the Indus, the
followers of the Prophet found themselves, one hundred years after his
death, masters of an empire greater than that of Rome at the zenith of its
power.
Although in after years this great empire was split up and the political
power of Islam diminished, still its spiritual conquests went on
uninterruptedly. When the Mongol hordes sacked Bag͟ hdād (a.d. 1258) and
drowned in blood the faded glory of the ʻAbbāsid dynasty,—when the
Muslims were expelled from Cordova by Ferdinand of Leon and Castile
(a.d. 1236), and Granada, the last stronghold of Islam in Spain, paid tribute
to the Christian king,—Islam had just gained a footing in the island of
Sumatra and was just about to commence its triumphant progress through
the islands of the Malay Archipelago. In the hours of its political
degradation, Islam has achieved some of its most brilliant spiritual
conquests: on two great historical occasions, infidel barbarians have set
their feet on the necks of the followers of the Prophet,—the Saljūq Turks in
the eleventh and the Mongols in the thirteenth century,—and in each case
the conquerors have accepted the religion of the conquered. Unaided also
by the temporal power, Muslim missionaries have carried their faith into
Central Africa, China and the East India Islands.
At the present day the faith of Islam extends from Morocco to Zanzibar,
from Sierra Leone to Siberia and China, from Bosnia to New Guinea.
Outside the limits of strictly Muhammadan countries and of lands, such as
China and Russia, that contain a large Muhammadan population, there are
some few small communities of the followers of [3]the Prophet, which bear
witness to the faith of Islam in the midst of unbelievers. Such are the
Polish-speaking Muslims of Tatar origin in Lithuania, that inhabit the
districts of Kovno, Vilno and Grodno; 2 the Dutch-speaking Muslims of
Cape Colony; and the Indian coolies that have carried the faith of Islam
with them to the West India Islands and to British and Dutch Guiana. In
followers of the Prophet found themselves, one hundred years after his
death, masters of an empire greater than that of Rome at the zenith of its
power.
Although in after years this great empire was split up and the political
power of Islam diminished, still its spiritual conquests went on
uninterruptedly. When the Mongol hordes sacked Bag͟ hdād (a.d. 1258) and
drowned in blood the faded glory of the ʻAbbāsid dynasty,—when the
Muslims were expelled from Cordova by Ferdinand of Leon and Castile
(a.d. 1236), and Granada, the last stronghold of Islam in Spain, paid tribute
to the Christian king,—Islam had just gained a footing in the island of
Sumatra and was just about to commence its triumphant progress through
the islands of the Malay Archipelago. In the hours of its political
degradation, Islam has achieved some of its most brilliant spiritual
conquests: on two great historical occasions, infidel barbarians have set
their feet on the necks of the followers of the Prophet,—the Saljūq Turks in
the eleventh and the Mongols in the thirteenth century,—and in each case
the conquerors have accepted the religion of the conquered. Unaided also
by the temporal power, Muslim missionaries have carried their faith into
Central Africa, China and the East India Islands.
At the present day the faith of Islam extends from Morocco to Zanzibar,
from Sierra Leone to Siberia and China, from Bosnia to New Guinea.
Outside the limits of strictly Muhammadan countries and of lands, such as
China and Russia, that contain a large Muhammadan population, there are
some few small communities of the followers of [3]the Prophet, which bear
witness to the faith of Islam in the midst of unbelievers. Such are the
Polish-speaking Muslims of Tatar origin in Lithuania, that inhabit the
districts of Kovno, Vilno and Grodno; 2 the Dutch-speaking Muslims of
Cape Colony; and the Indian coolies that have carried the faith of Islam
with them to the West India Islands and to British and Dutch Guiana. In
Page 23
recent years, too, Islam has found adherents in England, in North America,
Australia and Japan.
The spread of this faith over so vast a portion of the globe is due to various
causes, social, political and religious: but among these, one of the most
powerful factors at work in the production of this stupendous result, has
been the unremitted labours of Muslim missionaries, who, with the Prophet
himself as their great ensample, have spent themselves for the conversion of
unbelievers.
The duty of missionary work is no after-thought in the history of Islam, but
was enjoined on believers from the beginning, as may be judged from the
following passages in the Qurʼān,—which are here quoted in chronological
order according to the date of their being delivered.
“Summon thou to the way of thy Lord with wisdom and with kindly warning: dispute with
them in the kindest manner. (xvi. 126.)
“They who have inherited the Book after them (i.e. the Jews and Christians), are in
perplexity of doubt concerning it.
“For this cause summon thou (them to the faith), and walk uprightly therein as thou hast
been bidden, and follow not their desires: and say: In whatsoever Books God hath sent
down do I believe: I am commanded to decide justly between you: God is your Lord and
our Lord: we have our works and you have your works: between us and you let there be no
strife: God will make us all one: and to Him shall we return.” (xlii. 13–14.)
Similar injunctions are found also in the Medinite Sūrahs, [4]delivered at a
time when Muḥammad was at the head of a large army and at the height of
his power.
“Say to those who have been given the Book and to the ignorant, Do you accept Islam?
Then, if they accept Islam, are they guided aright: but if they turn away, then thy duty is
only preaching; and God’s eye is on His servants, (iii. 19.)
“Thus God clearly showeth you His signs that perchance ye may be guided;
“And that there may be from among you a people who invite to the Good, and enjoin the
Just, and forbid the Wrong; and these are they with whom it shall be well. (iii. 99–100.)
Australia and Japan.
The spread of this faith over so vast a portion of the globe is due to various
causes, social, political and religious: but among these, one of the most
powerful factors at work in the production of this stupendous result, has
been the unremitted labours of Muslim missionaries, who, with the Prophet
himself as their great ensample, have spent themselves for the conversion of
unbelievers.
The duty of missionary work is no after-thought in the history of Islam, but
was enjoined on believers from the beginning, as may be judged from the
following passages in the Qurʼān,—which are here quoted in chronological
order according to the date of their being delivered.
“Summon thou to the way of thy Lord with wisdom and with kindly warning: dispute with
them in the kindest manner. (xvi. 126.)
“They who have inherited the Book after them (i.e. the Jews and Christians), are in
perplexity of doubt concerning it.
“For this cause summon thou (them to the faith), and walk uprightly therein as thou hast
been bidden, and follow not their desires: and say: In whatsoever Books God hath sent
down do I believe: I am commanded to decide justly between you: God is your Lord and
our Lord: we have our works and you have your works: between us and you let there be no
strife: God will make us all one: and to Him shall we return.” (xlii. 13–14.)
Similar injunctions are found also in the Medinite Sūrahs, [4]delivered at a
time when Muḥammad was at the head of a large army and at the height of
his power.
“Say to those who have been given the Book and to the ignorant, Do you accept Islam?
Then, if they accept Islam, are they guided aright: but if they turn away, then thy duty is
only preaching; and God’s eye is on His servants, (iii. 19.)
“Thus God clearly showeth you His signs that perchance ye may be guided;
“And that there may be from among you a people who invite to the Good, and enjoin the
Just, and forbid the Wrong; and these are they with whom it shall be well. (iii. 99–100.)
Page 24
“To every people have We appointed observances which they observe. Therefore let them
not dispute the matter with thee, but summon them to thy Lord: Verily thou art guided
aright:
“But if they debate with thee, then say: God best knoweth what ye do!” (xxii. 66–67.)
The following passages are taken from what is generally supposed to be the
last Sūrah that was delivered.
“If any one of those who join gods with God ask an asylum of thee, grant him an asylum in
order that he may hear the word of God; then let him reach his place of safety.” (ix. 6.)
With regard to the unbelievers who had broken their plighted word, who
“sell the signs of God for a mean price and turn others aside from His way,”
and “respect not with a believer either ties of blood or good faith,” … it is
said:—
“Yet if they turn to God and observe prayer and give alms, then are they your brothers in
the faith: and We make clear the signs for men of knowledge.” (ix. 11.)
Thus from its very inception Islam has been a missionary religion, both in
theory and in practice, for the life of Muḥammad exemplifies the same
teaching, and the Prophet [5]himself stands at the head of a long series of
Muslim missionaries who have won an entrance for their faith into the
hearts of unbelievers. Moreover it is not in the cruelties of the persecutor or
the fury of the fanatic that we should look for the evidences of the
missionary spirit of Islam, any more than in the exploits of that mythical
personage, the Muslim warrior with sword in one hand and Qurʼān in the
other, 3—but in the quiet, unobtrusive labours of the preacher and the trader
who have carried their faith into every quarter of the globe. Such peaceful
methods of preaching and persuasion were not adopted, as some would
have us believe, only when political circumstances made force and violence
impossible or impolitic, but were most strictly enjoined in numerous
passages of the Qurʼān, as follows:—
“And endure what they say with patience, and depart from them with a decorous departure.
not dispute the matter with thee, but summon them to thy Lord: Verily thou art guided
aright:
“But if they debate with thee, then say: God best knoweth what ye do!” (xxii. 66–67.)
The following passages are taken from what is generally supposed to be the
last Sūrah that was delivered.
“If any one of those who join gods with God ask an asylum of thee, grant him an asylum in
order that he may hear the word of God; then let him reach his place of safety.” (ix. 6.)
With regard to the unbelievers who had broken their plighted word, who
“sell the signs of God for a mean price and turn others aside from His way,”
and “respect not with a believer either ties of blood or good faith,” … it is
said:—
“Yet if they turn to God and observe prayer and give alms, then are they your brothers in
the faith: and We make clear the signs for men of knowledge.” (ix. 11.)
Thus from its very inception Islam has been a missionary religion, both in
theory and in practice, for the life of Muḥammad exemplifies the same
teaching, and the Prophet [5]himself stands at the head of a long series of
Muslim missionaries who have won an entrance for their faith into the
hearts of unbelievers. Moreover it is not in the cruelties of the persecutor or
the fury of the fanatic that we should look for the evidences of the
missionary spirit of Islam, any more than in the exploits of that mythical
personage, the Muslim warrior with sword in one hand and Qurʼān in the
other, 3—but in the quiet, unobtrusive labours of the preacher and the trader
who have carried their faith into every quarter of the globe. Such peaceful
methods of preaching and persuasion were not adopted, as some would
have us believe, only when political circumstances made force and violence
impossible or impolitic, but were most strictly enjoined in numerous
passages of the Qurʼān, as follows:—
“And endure what they say with patience, and depart from them with a decorous departure.
Page 25
“And let Me alone with the gainsayers, rich in the pleasures (of this life); and bear thou
with them yet a little while. (lxxiii. 10–11.)
“(My) sole (work) is preaching from God and His message. (lxxii. 24.)
“Tell those who have believed to pardon those who hope not for the days of God in which
He purposeth to recompense men according to their deserts. (xlv. 13.)
“They who had joined other gods with God say, ‘Had He pleased, neither we nor our
forefathers had worshipped aught but Him; nor had we, apart from Him, declared anything
unlawful.’ Thus acted they who were before them. Yet is the duty of the apostles other than
plain-spoken preaching? (xvi. 37.) [6]
“Then if they turn their backs, still thy office is only plain-spoken preaching. (xvi. 84.)
“Dispute ye not, unless in kindliest sort, with the people of the Book; save with such of
them as have dealt wrongfully (with you): and say ye, ‘We believe in what has been sent
down to us and hath been sent down to you. Our God and your God is one, and to Him are
we self-surrendered.’ (xxix. 45.)
“But if they turn aside from thee, yet We have not sent thee to be guardian over them. ’Tis
thine but to preach. (xlii. 47.)
“But if thy Lord had pleased, verily all who are in the world would have believed together.
Wilt thou then compel men to become believers? (x. 99.)
“And we have not sent thee otherwise than to mankind at large, to announce and to warn.”
(xxxiv. 27.)
Such precepts are not confined to the Meccan Sūrahs, but are found in
abundance also in those delivered at Medina, as follows:—
“Let there be no compulsion in religion. (ii. 257.)
“Obey God and obey the apostle; but if ye turn away, yet is our apostle only charged with
plain-spoken preaching. (lxiv. 12.)
“Obey God and obey the apostle: but if ye turn back, still the burden of his duty is on him
only, and the burden of your duty rests on you. And if ye obey him, ye shall have guidance:
but plain preaching is all that devolves upon the apostle. (xxiv. 53.)
“Say: O men! I am only your plain-spoken (open) warner. (xxii. 48.)
“Verily We have sent thee to be a witness and a herald of good and a warner,
with them yet a little while. (lxxiii. 10–11.)
“(My) sole (work) is preaching from God and His message. (lxxii. 24.)
“Tell those who have believed to pardon those who hope not for the days of God in which
He purposeth to recompense men according to their deserts. (xlv. 13.)
“They who had joined other gods with God say, ‘Had He pleased, neither we nor our
forefathers had worshipped aught but Him; nor had we, apart from Him, declared anything
unlawful.’ Thus acted they who were before them. Yet is the duty of the apostles other than
plain-spoken preaching? (xvi. 37.) [6]
“Then if they turn their backs, still thy office is only plain-spoken preaching. (xvi. 84.)
“Dispute ye not, unless in kindliest sort, with the people of the Book; save with such of
them as have dealt wrongfully (with you): and say ye, ‘We believe in what has been sent
down to us and hath been sent down to you. Our God and your God is one, and to Him are
we self-surrendered.’ (xxix. 45.)
“But if they turn aside from thee, yet We have not sent thee to be guardian over them. ’Tis
thine but to preach. (xlii. 47.)
“But if thy Lord had pleased, verily all who are in the world would have believed together.
Wilt thou then compel men to become believers? (x. 99.)
“And we have not sent thee otherwise than to mankind at large, to announce and to warn.”
(xxxiv. 27.)
Such precepts are not confined to the Meccan Sūrahs, but are found in
abundance also in those delivered at Medina, as follows:—
“Let there be no compulsion in religion. (ii. 257.)
“Obey God and obey the apostle; but if ye turn away, yet is our apostle only charged with
plain-spoken preaching. (lxiv. 12.)
“Obey God and obey the apostle: but if ye turn back, still the burden of his duty is on him
only, and the burden of your duty rests on you. And if ye obey him, ye shall have guidance:
but plain preaching is all that devolves upon the apostle. (xxiv. 53.)
“Say: O men! I am only your plain-spoken (open) warner. (xxii. 48.)
“Verily We have sent thee to be a witness and a herald of good and a warner,
Page 26
“That ye may believe on God and on His apostle; and may assist Him and honour Him, and
praise Him morning and evening. (xlviii. 8–9.)
“Thou wilt not cease to discover the treacherous ones among them, except a few of them.
But forgive them and pass it over. Verily, God loveth those who act generously.” (v. 16.)
[7]
It is the object of the following pages to show how this ideal was realised in
history and how these principles of missionary activity were put into
practice by the exponents of Islam. And at the outset the reader should
clearly understand that this work is not intended to be a history of
Muhammadan persecutions but of Muhammadan missions—it does not aim
at chronicling the instances of forced conversions which may be found
scattered up and down the pages of Muhammadan histories. European
writers have taken such care to accentuate these, that there is no fear of their
being forgotten, and they do not strictly come within the province of a
history of missions. In a history of Christian missions we should naturally
expect to hear more of the labours of St. Liudger and St. Willehad among
the pagan Saxons than of the baptisms that Charlemagne forced them to
undergo at the point of the sword. 4 The true missionaries of Denmark were
St. Ansgar and his successors rather than King Cnut, who forcibly rooted
out paganism from his dominions. 5 Abbot Gottfried and Bishop Christian,
though less successful in converting the pagan Prussians, were more truly
representative of Christian missionary work than the Brethren of the Sword
and other Crusaders who brought their labours to completion by means of
fire and sword. The knights of the “Ordo fratrum militiæ Christi” forced
Christianity on the people of Livonia, but it is not to these militant
propagandists but to the monks Meinhard and Theodoric that we should
point as being the true missionaries of the Christian faith in this country.
The violent means sometimes employed by the Jesuit missionaries 6 cannot
derogate from the honour due to St. Francis Xavier and other preachers of
the same order. Nor is Valentyn any the less the apostle of Amboyna
because in 1699 an order was promulgated to the Rajas of this [8]island that
praise Him morning and evening. (xlviii. 8–9.)
“Thou wilt not cease to discover the treacherous ones among them, except a few of them.
But forgive them and pass it over. Verily, God loveth those who act generously.” (v. 16.)
[7]
It is the object of the following pages to show how this ideal was realised in
history and how these principles of missionary activity were put into
practice by the exponents of Islam. And at the outset the reader should
clearly understand that this work is not intended to be a history of
Muhammadan persecutions but of Muhammadan missions—it does not aim
at chronicling the instances of forced conversions which may be found
scattered up and down the pages of Muhammadan histories. European
writers have taken such care to accentuate these, that there is no fear of their
being forgotten, and they do not strictly come within the province of a
history of missions. In a history of Christian missions we should naturally
expect to hear more of the labours of St. Liudger and St. Willehad among
the pagan Saxons than of the baptisms that Charlemagne forced them to
undergo at the point of the sword. 4 The true missionaries of Denmark were
St. Ansgar and his successors rather than King Cnut, who forcibly rooted
out paganism from his dominions. 5 Abbot Gottfried and Bishop Christian,
though less successful in converting the pagan Prussians, were more truly
representative of Christian missionary work than the Brethren of the Sword
and other Crusaders who brought their labours to completion by means of
fire and sword. The knights of the “Ordo fratrum militiæ Christi” forced
Christianity on the people of Livonia, but it is not to these militant
propagandists but to the monks Meinhard and Theodoric that we should
point as being the true missionaries of the Christian faith in this country.
The violent means sometimes employed by the Jesuit missionaries 6 cannot
derogate from the honour due to St. Francis Xavier and other preachers of
the same order. Nor is Valentyn any the less the apostle of Amboyna
because in 1699 an order was promulgated to the Rajas of this [8]island that
Page 27
they should have ready a certain number of pagans to be baptised, when the
pastor came on his rounds. 7
In the history of the Christian church missionary activity is seen to be
intermittent, and an age of apostolic fervour may be succeeded by a period
of apathy and indifference, or persecution and forced conversion may take
the place of the preaching of the Word; so likewise does the propaganda of
Islam in various epochs of Muhammadan history ebb and flow. But since
the zeal of proselytising is a distinct feature of either faith, its missionary
history may fittingly be singled out as a separate branch of study, not as
excluding other manifestations of the religious life but as concentrating
attention on an aspect of it that has special characteristics of its own. Thus
the annals of propaganda and persecution may be studied apart from one
another, whether in the history of the Christian or the Muslim church,
though in both they may be at times commingled. For just as the Christian
faith has not always been propagated by the methods adopted in Viken (the
southern part of Norway) by King Olaf Trygvesson, who either slew those
who refused to accept Christianity, or cut off their hands or feet, or drove
them into banishment, and in this manner spread the Christian faith
throughout the whole of Viken, 8—and just as the advice of St. Louis has not
been made a principle of Christian missionary work,—“When a layman
hears the Christian law ill spoken of, he should not defend that law save
with his sword, which he should thrust into the infidel’s belly, as far as it
will go,” 9—so there have been Muslim missionaries who have not been
guided in their propagandist methods by the savage utterance of Marwān,
the last of the ʻUmayyad caliphs: “Whosoever among the people of Egypt
does not enter into my religion and pray as I pray and follow my tenets, I
will slay and crucify him.” 10 Nor are al-Mutawakkil, [9]al-Ḥākim and Tīpū
Sulṭān to be looked upon as typical missionaries of Islam to the exclusion of
such preachers as Mawlānā Ibrāhīm, the apostle of Java, K͟ hwājah Muʻīn al-
Dīn Chishtī in India and countless others who won converts to the Muslim
faith by peaceful means alone.
pastor came on his rounds. 7
In the history of the Christian church missionary activity is seen to be
intermittent, and an age of apostolic fervour may be succeeded by a period
of apathy and indifference, or persecution and forced conversion may take
the place of the preaching of the Word; so likewise does the propaganda of
Islam in various epochs of Muhammadan history ebb and flow. But since
the zeal of proselytising is a distinct feature of either faith, its missionary
history may fittingly be singled out as a separate branch of study, not as
excluding other manifestations of the religious life but as concentrating
attention on an aspect of it that has special characteristics of its own. Thus
the annals of propaganda and persecution may be studied apart from one
another, whether in the history of the Christian or the Muslim church,
though in both they may be at times commingled. For just as the Christian
faith has not always been propagated by the methods adopted in Viken (the
southern part of Norway) by King Olaf Trygvesson, who either slew those
who refused to accept Christianity, or cut off their hands or feet, or drove
them into banishment, and in this manner spread the Christian faith
throughout the whole of Viken, 8—and just as the advice of St. Louis has not
been made a principle of Christian missionary work,—“When a layman
hears the Christian law ill spoken of, he should not defend that law save
with his sword, which he should thrust into the infidel’s belly, as far as it
will go,” 9—so there have been Muslim missionaries who have not been
guided in their propagandist methods by the savage utterance of Marwān,
the last of the ʻUmayyad caliphs: “Whosoever among the people of Egypt
does not enter into my religion and pray as I pray and follow my tenets, I
will slay and crucify him.” 10 Nor are al-Mutawakkil, [9]al-Ḥākim and Tīpū
Sulṭān to be looked upon as typical missionaries of Islam to the exclusion of
such preachers as Mawlānā Ibrāhīm, the apostle of Java, K͟ hwājah Muʻīn al-
Dīn Chishtī in India and countless others who won converts to the Muslim
faith by peaceful means alone.
Page 28
But though a clear distinction can be drawn between conversion as the
result of persecution and a peaceful propaganda by means of methods of
persuasion, it is not so easy to ascertain the motives that have induced the
convert to change his faith, or to discover whether the missionary has been
wholly animated by a love of souls and by the high ideal set forth in the
first paragraph of this chapter. Both in Christianity and Islam there have
been at all times earnest souls to whom their religion has been the supreme
reality of their lives, and this absorbing interest in matters of the spirit has
found expression in that zeal for the communication of cherished truths and
for the domination of doctrines and systems they have deemed perfect,
which constitutes the vivifying force of missionary movements,—and there
have likewise been those without the pale, who have responded to their
appeal and have embraced the new faith with a like fervour. But, on the
other hand, Islam—like Christianity—has reckoned among its adherents
many persons to whom ecclesiastical institutions have been merely
instruments of a political policy or forms of social organisation, to be
accepted either as disagreeable necessities or as convenient solutions of
problems that they do not care to think out for themselves; such persons
may likewise be found among the converts of either faith. Thus both
Christianity and Islam have added to the number of their followers by
methods and under conditions—social, political and economic—which
have no connection with such a thirst for souls as animates the true
missionary. Moreover, the annals of missionary enterprise frequently record
the admission of converts without any attempt to analyse the motives that
have led them to change their faith, and especially for the history of Muslim
missions there is a remarkable poverty of material in this respect, since
Muslim literature is singularly poor in those records of conversions that
occupy such a large place in the literature [10]of the Christian church.
Accordingly, in the following sketch of the missionary activity of Islam, it
has not always been possible to discover whether political, social, economic
or purely religious motives have determined conversion, though occasional
reference can be made to the operation of one or the other influence. [11]
result of persecution and a peaceful propaganda by means of methods of
persuasion, it is not so easy to ascertain the motives that have induced the
convert to change his faith, or to discover whether the missionary has been
wholly animated by a love of souls and by the high ideal set forth in the
first paragraph of this chapter. Both in Christianity and Islam there have
been at all times earnest souls to whom their religion has been the supreme
reality of their lives, and this absorbing interest in matters of the spirit has
found expression in that zeal for the communication of cherished truths and
for the domination of doctrines and systems they have deemed perfect,
which constitutes the vivifying force of missionary movements,—and there
have likewise been those without the pale, who have responded to their
appeal and have embraced the new faith with a like fervour. But, on the
other hand, Islam—like Christianity—has reckoned among its adherents
many persons to whom ecclesiastical institutions have been merely
instruments of a political policy or forms of social organisation, to be
accepted either as disagreeable necessities or as convenient solutions of
problems that they do not care to think out for themselves; such persons
may likewise be found among the converts of either faith. Thus both
Christianity and Islam have added to the number of their followers by
methods and under conditions—social, political and economic—which
have no connection with such a thirst for souls as animates the true
missionary. Moreover, the annals of missionary enterprise frequently record
the admission of converts without any attempt to analyse the motives that
have led them to change their faith, and especially for the history of Muslim
missions there is a remarkable poverty of material in this respect, since
Muslim literature is singularly poor in those records of conversions that
occupy such a large place in the literature [10]of the Christian church.
Accordingly, in the following sketch of the missionary activity of Islam, it
has not always been possible to discover whether political, social, economic
or purely religious motives have determined conversion, though occasional
reference can be made to the operation of one or the other influence. [11]
Page 29
A note on Mr. Lyall’s article: “Missionary Religions.” Fortnightly Review, July, 1874. ↑
1
Reclus, vol. v. p. 433; Gasztowtt, p. 320 sqq. ↑
2
This misinterpretation of the Muslim wars of conquest has arisen from the assumption that
3
wars waged for the extension of Muslim domination over the lands of the unbelievers
implied that the aim in view was their conversion. Goldziher has well pointed out this distinction in
his Vorlesungen über den Islam: “Was Muhammed zunächst in seinem arabischen Umkreise getan,
das hinterlässt er als Testament für die Zukunft seiner Gemeinde: Bekämpfung der Ungläubigen, die
Ausbreitung nicht so sehr des Glaubens als seiner Machtsphäre, die die Machtsphäre Allahs ist. Es ist
dabei den Kämpfern des Islams zunächst nicht so sehr um Bekehrung als um Unterwerfung der
Ungläubigen zu tun.” (p. 25.) ↑
See Enhardi Fuldensis Annales, a.d. 777. “Saxones post multas cædes et varia bella afflicti,
4
tandem christiani effecti, Francorum dicioni subduntur.” G. H. Pertz: Monumenta Germaniæ
Historica, vol. i. p. 349. (See also pp. 156, 159.) ↑
“Tum zelo propagandæ fidei succensus, barbara regna iusto certamine aggressus, devictas
5
subditasque nationes christianæ legi subiugavit.” (Breviarium Romanum. Iun. 19.) ↑
Mathurin Veyssière de la Croze: Histoire du Christianisme des Indes, pp. 529–531. (The Hague,
6
1724.) ↑
Revue de l’Histoire des Religions, vol. xi. p. 89. ↑
7
Konrad Maurer: Die Bekehrung des norwegischen Stammes zum Christenthume, vol. i. p. 284.
8
(München, 1855.) ↑
Jean, Sire de Joinville: Histoire de Saint Louis, ed. N. de Wailly, p. 30 (§ 53). ↑
9
Severus, p. 191 (ll. 21–22). ↑
10
1
Reclus, vol. v. p. 433; Gasztowtt, p. 320 sqq. ↑
2
This misinterpretation of the Muslim wars of conquest has arisen from the assumption that
3
wars waged for the extension of Muslim domination over the lands of the unbelievers
implied that the aim in view was their conversion. Goldziher has well pointed out this distinction in
his Vorlesungen über den Islam: “Was Muhammed zunächst in seinem arabischen Umkreise getan,
das hinterlässt er als Testament für die Zukunft seiner Gemeinde: Bekämpfung der Ungläubigen, die
Ausbreitung nicht so sehr des Glaubens als seiner Machtsphäre, die die Machtsphäre Allahs ist. Es ist
dabei den Kämpfern des Islams zunächst nicht so sehr um Bekehrung als um Unterwerfung der
Ungläubigen zu tun.” (p. 25.) ↑
See Enhardi Fuldensis Annales, a.d. 777. “Saxones post multas cædes et varia bella afflicti,
4
tandem christiani effecti, Francorum dicioni subduntur.” G. H. Pertz: Monumenta Germaniæ
Historica, vol. i. p. 349. (See also pp. 156, 159.) ↑
“Tum zelo propagandæ fidei succensus, barbara regna iusto certamine aggressus, devictas
5
subditasque nationes christianæ legi subiugavit.” (Breviarium Romanum. Iun. 19.) ↑
Mathurin Veyssière de la Croze: Histoire du Christianisme des Indes, pp. 529–531. (The Hague,
6
1724.) ↑
Revue de l’Histoire des Religions, vol. xi. p. 89. ↑
7
Konrad Maurer: Die Bekehrung des norwegischen Stammes zum Christenthume, vol. i. p. 284.
8
(München, 1855.) ↑
Jean, Sire de Joinville: Histoire de Saint Louis, ed. N. de Wailly, p. 30 (§ 53). ↑
9
Severus, p. 191 (ll. 21–22). ↑
10
Page 30
[Contents]
Page 31
CHAPTER II.
Page 32
STUDY OF THE LIFE OF MUḤAMMAD
CONSIDERED AS A PREACHER OF ISLAM.
It is not proposed in this chapter to add another to the already numerous
biographies of Muḥammad, but rather to make a study of his life in one of
its aspects only, viz. that in which the Prophet is presented to us as a
preacher, as the apostle unto men of a new religion. The life of the founder
of Islam and the inaugurator of its propaganda may naturally be expected to
exhibit to us the true character of the missionary activity of this religion. If
the life of the Prophet serves as the standard of conduct for the ordinary
believer, it must do the same for the Muslim missionary. From the pattern,
therefore, we may hope to learn something of the spirit that would animate
those who sought to copy it, and of the methods they might be expected to
adopt. For the missionary spirit of Islam is no after-thought in its history; it
interpenetrates the religion from its very commencement, and in the
following sketch it is desired to show how this is so, how Muḥammad the
Prophet is the type of the missionary of Islam. It is therefore beside the
purpose to describe his early history, or the influences under which he grew
up to manhood, or to consider him in the light either of a statesman or a
general: it is as the preacher alone that he will demand our attention.
When, after long internal conflict and disquietude, Muḥammad was at
length convinced of his divine mission, his earliest efforts were directed
towards persuading his own family of the truth of the new doctrine. The
unity of God, the abomination of idolatry, the duty laid upon man of
submission to the will of his Creator,—these were the simple truths to
which he claimed their allegiance. [12]The first convert was his faithful and
loving wife, K͟ hadījah,—she who fifteen years before had offered her hand
in marriage to the poor kinsman that had so successfully traded with her
merchandise as a hired agent,—with the words, “I love thee, my cousin, for
CONSIDERED AS A PREACHER OF ISLAM.
It is not proposed in this chapter to add another to the already numerous
biographies of Muḥammad, but rather to make a study of his life in one of
its aspects only, viz. that in which the Prophet is presented to us as a
preacher, as the apostle unto men of a new religion. The life of the founder
of Islam and the inaugurator of its propaganda may naturally be expected to
exhibit to us the true character of the missionary activity of this religion. If
the life of the Prophet serves as the standard of conduct for the ordinary
believer, it must do the same for the Muslim missionary. From the pattern,
therefore, we may hope to learn something of the spirit that would animate
those who sought to copy it, and of the methods they might be expected to
adopt. For the missionary spirit of Islam is no after-thought in its history; it
interpenetrates the religion from its very commencement, and in the
following sketch it is desired to show how this is so, how Muḥammad the
Prophet is the type of the missionary of Islam. It is therefore beside the
purpose to describe his early history, or the influences under which he grew
up to manhood, or to consider him in the light either of a statesman or a
general: it is as the preacher alone that he will demand our attention.
When, after long internal conflict and disquietude, Muḥammad was at
length convinced of his divine mission, his earliest efforts were directed
towards persuading his own family of the truth of the new doctrine. The
unity of God, the abomination of idolatry, the duty laid upon man of
submission to the will of his Creator,—these were the simple truths to
which he claimed their allegiance. [12]The first convert was his faithful and
loving wife, K͟ hadījah,—she who fifteen years before had offered her hand
in marriage to the poor kinsman that had so successfully traded with her
merchandise as a hired agent,—with the words, “I love thee, my cousin, for
Page 33
thy kinship with me, for the respect with which thy people regard thee, for
thy honesty, for the beauty of thy character and for the truthfulness of thy
speech.” 1 She had lifted him out of poverty, and enabled him to live up to
the social position to which he was entitled by right of birth; but this was as
nothing to the fidelity and loving devotion with which she shared his mental
anxieties, and helped him with tenderest sympathy and encouragement in
the hour of his despondency.
Up to her death in a.d. 619 (after a wedded life of five and twenty years)
she was always ready with sympathy, consolation and encouragement
whenever he suffered from the persecution of his enemies or was tortured
by doubts and misgivings. “So K͟ hadījah believed,” says the biographer of
the Prophet, “and attested the truth of that which came to him from God and
aided him in his undertaking. Thus was the Lord minded to lighten the
burden of His Prophet; for whenever he heard anything that grieved him
touching his rejection by the people, he would return to her and God would
comfort him through her, for she reassured him and lightened his burden
and declared her trust in him and made it easy for him to bear the scorn of
men.” 2
Among the earliest believers were his adopted children Zayd and ʻAlī, and
his bosom friend Abū Bakr, of whom Muḥammad would often say in after
years, “I never invited any to the faith who displayed not hesitation,
perplexity and vacillation—excepting only Abū Bakr; who when I told him
of Islam tarried not, neither was perplexed.” He was a wealthy merchant,
much respected by his fellow citizens for the integrity of his character and
for his intelligence and ability. After his conversion he expended the greater
part of his fortune on the purchase of Muslim slaves who were persecuted
by their masters on account of their adherence to the teaching of
Muḥammad. [13]Through his influence, to a great extent, five of the earliest
converts were added to the number of believers, Saʻd b. Abī Waqqāṣ, the
future conqueror of the Persians; al-Zubayr b. al-ʻAwwām, a relative both
of the Prophet and his wife; Ṭalḥah, famous as a warrior in after days; a
thy honesty, for the beauty of thy character and for the truthfulness of thy
speech.” 1 She had lifted him out of poverty, and enabled him to live up to
the social position to which he was entitled by right of birth; but this was as
nothing to the fidelity and loving devotion with which she shared his mental
anxieties, and helped him with tenderest sympathy and encouragement in
the hour of his despondency.
Up to her death in a.d. 619 (after a wedded life of five and twenty years)
she was always ready with sympathy, consolation and encouragement
whenever he suffered from the persecution of his enemies or was tortured
by doubts and misgivings. “So K͟ hadījah believed,” says the biographer of
the Prophet, “and attested the truth of that which came to him from God and
aided him in his undertaking. Thus was the Lord minded to lighten the
burden of His Prophet; for whenever he heard anything that grieved him
touching his rejection by the people, he would return to her and God would
comfort him through her, for she reassured him and lightened his burden
and declared her trust in him and made it easy for him to bear the scorn of
men.” 2
Among the earliest believers were his adopted children Zayd and ʻAlī, and
his bosom friend Abū Bakr, of whom Muḥammad would often say in after
years, “I never invited any to the faith who displayed not hesitation,
perplexity and vacillation—excepting only Abū Bakr; who when I told him
of Islam tarried not, neither was perplexed.” He was a wealthy merchant,
much respected by his fellow citizens for the integrity of his character and
for his intelligence and ability. After his conversion he expended the greater
part of his fortune on the purchase of Muslim slaves who were persecuted
by their masters on account of their adherence to the teaching of
Muḥammad. [13]Through his influence, to a great extent, five of the earliest
converts were added to the number of believers, Saʻd b. Abī Waqqāṣ, the
future conqueror of the Persians; al-Zubayr b. al-ʻAwwām, a relative both
of the Prophet and his wife; Ṭalḥah, famous as a warrior in after days; a
Page 34
wealthy merchant ʻAbd al-Raḥmān b. ʻAwf, and ʻUt͟ hmān, the third
K͟ halīfah. The last was early exposed to persecution; his uncle seized and
bound him, saying, “Dost thou prefer a new religion to that of thy fathers? I
swear I will not loose thee until thou givest up this new faith thou art
following after.” To which ʻUt͟ hmān replied, “By the Lord, I will never
abandon it!” Whereupon his uncle, seeing the firmness of his attachment to
his faith, released him.
With other additions, particularly from among slaves and poor persons, the
Prophet succeeded in collecting round him a little band of followers during
the first three years of his mission. Encouraged by the success of these
private efforts, Muḥammad determined on more active measures and began
to preach in public. He called his kinsmen together and invited them to
embrace the new faith. “No Arab,” he urged, “has offered to his nation more
precious advantages than those I bring you. I offer you happiness in this
world and in the life to come. Who among you will aid me in this task?” All
were silent. Only ʻAlī, with boyish enthusiasm, cried out, “Prophet of God,
I will aid thee.” At this the company broke up with derisive laughter.
Undeterred by the ill-success of this preaching, he repeatedly appealed to
them on other occasions, but his message and his warnings received from
them nothing but scoffing and contempt.
More than once the Quraysh tried to induce his uncle Abū Ṭālib, as head of
the clan of the Banū Hāshim, to which Muḥammad belonged, to restrain
him from making such attacks upon their ancestral faith, or otherwise they
threatened to resort to more violent measures. Abū Ṭālib accordingly
appealed to his nephew not to bring disaster on himself and his family. The
Prophet replied: “Were the sun to come down on my right hand and the
[14]moon on my left, and the choice were offered me of abandoning my
mission until God himself should reveal it, or perishing in the achievement
of it, I would not abandon it.” Abū Ṭālib was moved and exclaimed, “Go
K͟ halīfah. The last was early exposed to persecution; his uncle seized and
bound him, saying, “Dost thou prefer a new religion to that of thy fathers? I
swear I will not loose thee until thou givest up this new faith thou art
following after.” To which ʻUt͟ hmān replied, “By the Lord, I will never
abandon it!” Whereupon his uncle, seeing the firmness of his attachment to
his faith, released him.
With other additions, particularly from among slaves and poor persons, the
Prophet succeeded in collecting round him a little band of followers during
the first three years of his mission. Encouraged by the success of these
private efforts, Muḥammad determined on more active measures and began
to preach in public. He called his kinsmen together and invited them to
embrace the new faith. “No Arab,” he urged, “has offered to his nation more
precious advantages than those I bring you. I offer you happiness in this
world and in the life to come. Who among you will aid me in this task?” All
were silent. Only ʻAlī, with boyish enthusiasm, cried out, “Prophet of God,
I will aid thee.” At this the company broke up with derisive laughter.
Undeterred by the ill-success of this preaching, he repeatedly appealed to
them on other occasions, but his message and his warnings received from
them nothing but scoffing and contempt.
More than once the Quraysh tried to induce his uncle Abū Ṭālib, as head of
the clan of the Banū Hāshim, to which Muḥammad belonged, to restrain
him from making such attacks upon their ancestral faith, or otherwise they
threatened to resort to more violent measures. Abū Ṭālib accordingly
appealed to his nephew not to bring disaster on himself and his family. The
Prophet replied: “Were the sun to come down on my right hand and the
[14]moon on my left, and the choice were offered me of abandoning my
mission until God himself should reveal it, or perishing in the achievement
of it, I would not abandon it.” Abū Ṭālib was moved and exclaimed, “Go
Page 35
and say whatever thou wilt: by God! I will never give thee up unto thy
enemies.”
The Quraysh viewed the progress of the new religion with increasing
dissatisfaction and hatred. They adopted all possible means, threats and
promises, insults and offers of worldly honour and aggrandisement to
induce Muḥammad to abandon the part he had taken up. The violent abuse
with which he was assailed is said to have been the indirect cause of
drawing to his side one important convert in the person of his uncle,
Ḥamzah, whose chivalrous soul was so stung to sudden sympathy by a tale
of insult inflicted on and patiently borne by his nephew, that he changed at
once from a bitter enemy into a staunch adherent. His was not the only
instance of sympathy for the sufferings of the Muslims being aroused at the
sight of the persecutions they had to endure, and many, no doubt, secretly
favoured the new religion who did not declare themselves until the day of
its triumph.
The hostility of the Quraysh to the new faith increased in bitterness as they
watched the increase in the numbers of its adherents. They realised that the
triumph of the new teaching meant the destruction of the national religion
and the national worship, and a loss of wealth and power to the guardians of
the sacred Kaʻbah. Muḥammad himself was safe under the protection of
Abū Ṭālib and the Banū Hāshim, who, though they had no sympathy for the
doctrines their kinsman taught, yet with the strong clan-feeling peculiar to
the Arabs, secured him from any attempt upon his life, though he was still
exposed to continual insult and annoyance. But the poor who had no
protector, and the slaves, had to endure the cruelest persecution, and were
imprisoned and tortured in order to induce them to recant. It was at this time
that Abū Bakr purchased the freedom of Bilāl, 3 an African slave, who was
called by [15]Muḥammad “the first-fruits of Abyssinia.” He had been cruelly
tortured by being exposed, day after day, to the scorching rays of the sun,
stretched out on his back, with an enormous stone on his stomach; here he
was told he would have to stay until either he died or renounced
enemies.”
The Quraysh viewed the progress of the new religion with increasing
dissatisfaction and hatred. They adopted all possible means, threats and
promises, insults and offers of worldly honour and aggrandisement to
induce Muḥammad to abandon the part he had taken up. The violent abuse
with which he was assailed is said to have been the indirect cause of
drawing to his side one important convert in the person of his uncle,
Ḥamzah, whose chivalrous soul was so stung to sudden sympathy by a tale
of insult inflicted on and patiently borne by his nephew, that he changed at
once from a bitter enemy into a staunch adherent. His was not the only
instance of sympathy for the sufferings of the Muslims being aroused at the
sight of the persecutions they had to endure, and many, no doubt, secretly
favoured the new religion who did not declare themselves until the day of
its triumph.
The hostility of the Quraysh to the new faith increased in bitterness as they
watched the increase in the numbers of its adherents. They realised that the
triumph of the new teaching meant the destruction of the national religion
and the national worship, and a loss of wealth and power to the guardians of
the sacred Kaʻbah. Muḥammad himself was safe under the protection of
Abū Ṭālib and the Banū Hāshim, who, though they had no sympathy for the
doctrines their kinsman taught, yet with the strong clan-feeling peculiar to
the Arabs, secured him from any attempt upon his life, though he was still
exposed to continual insult and annoyance. But the poor who had no
protector, and the slaves, had to endure the cruelest persecution, and were
imprisoned and tortured in order to induce them to recant. It was at this time
that Abū Bakr purchased the freedom of Bilāl, 3 an African slave, who was
called by [15]Muḥammad “the first-fruits of Abyssinia.” He had been cruelly
tortured by being exposed, day after day, to the scorching rays of the sun,
stretched out on his back, with an enormous stone on his stomach; here he
was told he would have to stay until either he died or renounced
Page 36
Muḥammad and worshipped idols, to which he would reply only, “There is
but one God, there is but one God.” Two persons died under the tortures
they had to undergo. The constancy of a few gave way under the trial, but
persecution served only to re-kindle the zeal of others. ʻAbd Allāh b.
Masʻūd made bold to recite a passage of the Qurʼān within the precincts of
the Kaʻbah itself,—an act of daring that none of the followers of
Muḥammad had ventured upon before. The assembled Quraysh attacked
him and smote him on the face, but it was some time before they compelled
him to desist. He returned to his companions, prepared to bear witness to
his faith in a similar manner on the next day, but they dissuaded him,
saying, “This is enough for thee, since thou hast made them listen to what
they hated to hear.”
The virulence of the opposition of the Quraysh is probably the reason why
in the fourth year of his mission Muḥammad took up his residence in the
house of al-Arqam, one of the early converts. It was in a central situation,
much frequented by pilgrims and strangers, and here peaceably and without
interruption he was able to preach the doctrines of Islam to all enquirers that
came to him. Muḥammad’s stay in this house marks an important epoch in
the propagation of Islam in Mecca, and many Muslims dated their
conversion from the days when the Prophet preached in the house of al-
Arqam.
As Muḥammad was unable to relieve his persecuted followers, he advised
them to take refuge in Abyssinia, and in the fifth year of his mission (a.d.
615), eleven men and four women crossed over to Abyssinia, where they
received a kind welcome from the Christian king of the country. Among
them was a certain Muṣʻab b. ʻUmayr whose history is interesting as of one
who had to endure that most bitter trial of the new convert—the hatred of
those he loves and who once loved him. He had been led to [16]embrace
Islam through the teaching he had listened to in the house of al-Arqam, but
he was afraid to let the fact of his conversion become known, because his
tribe and his mother, who bore an especial love to him, were bitterly
but one God, there is but one God.” Two persons died under the tortures
they had to undergo. The constancy of a few gave way under the trial, but
persecution served only to re-kindle the zeal of others. ʻAbd Allāh b.
Masʻūd made bold to recite a passage of the Qurʼān within the precincts of
the Kaʻbah itself,—an act of daring that none of the followers of
Muḥammad had ventured upon before. The assembled Quraysh attacked
him and smote him on the face, but it was some time before they compelled
him to desist. He returned to his companions, prepared to bear witness to
his faith in a similar manner on the next day, but they dissuaded him,
saying, “This is enough for thee, since thou hast made them listen to what
they hated to hear.”
The virulence of the opposition of the Quraysh is probably the reason why
in the fourth year of his mission Muḥammad took up his residence in the
house of al-Arqam, one of the early converts. It was in a central situation,
much frequented by pilgrims and strangers, and here peaceably and without
interruption he was able to preach the doctrines of Islam to all enquirers that
came to him. Muḥammad’s stay in this house marks an important epoch in
the propagation of Islam in Mecca, and many Muslims dated their
conversion from the days when the Prophet preached in the house of al-
Arqam.
As Muḥammad was unable to relieve his persecuted followers, he advised
them to take refuge in Abyssinia, and in the fifth year of his mission (a.d.
615), eleven men and four women crossed over to Abyssinia, where they
received a kind welcome from the Christian king of the country. Among
them was a certain Muṣʻab b. ʻUmayr whose history is interesting as of one
who had to endure that most bitter trial of the new convert—the hatred of
those he loves and who once loved him. He had been led to [16]embrace
Islam through the teaching he had listened to in the house of al-Arqam, but
he was afraid to let the fact of his conversion become known, because his
tribe and his mother, who bore an especial love to him, were bitterly
Page 37
opposed to the new religion; and indeed, when they discovered the fact,
seized and imprisoned him. But he succeeded in effecting his escape to
Abyssinia.
The hatred of the Quraysh is said to have pursued the fugitives even to
Abyssinia, and an embassy was sent to demand their extradition from the
king of that country. But when he heard their story from the Muslims, he
refused to withdraw from them his protection. In answer to his enquiries as
to their religion, they said: “O King, we were plunged in the darkness of
ignorance, worshipping idols, and eating carrion; we practised
abominations, severed the ties of kinship and maltreated our neighbours; the
strong among us devoured the weak; and so we remained until God sent us
an apostle, from among ourselves, whose lineage we knew as well as his
truth, his trustworthiness and the purity of his life. He called upon us to
worship the One God and abandon the stones and idols that our fathers had
worshipped in His stead. He bade us be truthful in speech, faithful to our
promises, compassionate and kind to our parents and neighbours, and to
desist from crime and bloodshed. He forbade to do evil, to lie, to rob the
orphan or defame women. He enjoined on us the worship of God alone,
with prayer, almsgiving and fasting. And we believed in him and followed
the teachings that he brought us from God. But our countrymen rose up
against us and persecuted us to make us renounce our faith, and return to
the worship of idols and the abominations of our former life. So when they
cruelly entreated us, reducing us to bitter straits and came between us and
the practice of our religion, we took refuge in your country; putting our
trust in your justice, we hope that you will deliver us from the oppression of
our enemies.” Their prayer was heard and the embassy of the Quraysh
returned discomfited. 4 Meanwhile, in Mecca, a fresh attempt [17]was made
to induce the Prophet to abandon his work of preaching by promises of
wealth and honour, but in vain.
While the result of the embassy to Abyssinia was being looked for in Mecca
with the greatest expectancy, there occurred the conversion of a man, who
seized and imprisoned him. But he succeeded in effecting his escape to
Abyssinia.
The hatred of the Quraysh is said to have pursued the fugitives even to
Abyssinia, and an embassy was sent to demand their extradition from the
king of that country. But when he heard their story from the Muslims, he
refused to withdraw from them his protection. In answer to his enquiries as
to their religion, they said: “O King, we were plunged in the darkness of
ignorance, worshipping idols, and eating carrion; we practised
abominations, severed the ties of kinship and maltreated our neighbours; the
strong among us devoured the weak; and so we remained until God sent us
an apostle, from among ourselves, whose lineage we knew as well as his
truth, his trustworthiness and the purity of his life. He called upon us to
worship the One God and abandon the stones and idols that our fathers had
worshipped in His stead. He bade us be truthful in speech, faithful to our
promises, compassionate and kind to our parents and neighbours, and to
desist from crime and bloodshed. He forbade to do evil, to lie, to rob the
orphan or defame women. He enjoined on us the worship of God alone,
with prayer, almsgiving and fasting. And we believed in him and followed
the teachings that he brought us from God. But our countrymen rose up
against us and persecuted us to make us renounce our faith, and return to
the worship of idols and the abominations of our former life. So when they
cruelly entreated us, reducing us to bitter straits and came between us and
the practice of our religion, we took refuge in your country; putting our
trust in your justice, we hope that you will deliver us from the oppression of
our enemies.” Their prayer was heard and the embassy of the Quraysh
returned discomfited. 4 Meanwhile, in Mecca, a fresh attempt [17]was made
to induce the Prophet to abandon his work of preaching by promises of
wealth and honour, but in vain.
While the result of the embassy to Abyssinia was being looked for in Mecca
with the greatest expectancy, there occurred the conversion of a man, who
Page 38
before had been one of the most bitter enemies of Muḥammad, and had
opposed him with the utmost persistence and fanaticism—a man whom the
Muslims had every reason then to look on as their most terrible and virulent
enemy, though afterwards he shines as one of the noblest figures in the
early history of Islam, viz. ʻUmar b. al-K͟ haṭṭāb. One day, in a fit of rage
against the Prophet, he set out, sword in hand, to slay him. On the way, one
of his relatives met him and asked him where he was going. “I am looking
for Muḥammad,” he answered, “to kill the renegade who has brought
discord among the Quraysh, called them fools, reviled their religion and
defamed their gods.” “Why dost thou not rather punish those of thy own
family, and set them right?” “And who are these of my own family?”
answered ʻUmar. “Thy brother-in-law Saʻīd and thy sister Fāṭimah, who
have become Muslims and followers of Muḥammad.” ʻUmar at once rushed
off to the house of his sister, and found her with her husband and K͟ habbāb,
another of the followers of Muḥammad, who was teaching them to recite a
chapter of the Qurʼān. ʻUmar burst into the room: “What was that sound I
heard?” “It was nothing,” they replied. “Nay, but I heard you, and I have
learned that you have become followers of Muḥammad.” Whereupon he
rushed upon Saʻīd and struck him. Fāṭimah threw herself between them, to
protect her husband, crying, “Yes, we are Muslims; we believe in God and
His Prophet: slay us if you will.” In the struggle his sister was wounded,
and when ʻUmar saw the blood on her face, he was softened and asked to
see the paper they had been reading: after some hesitation she handed it to
him. It contained the 20th Sūrah of the Qurʼān. When ʻUmar read it, he
exclaimed, “How beautiful, how sublime it is!” As he read on, conviction
suddenly overpowered him and he cried, “Lead me to Muḥammad that I
may tell him of my conversion.” 5 [18]
The conversion of ʻUmar is a turning-point in the history of Islam: the
Muslims were now able to take up a bolder attitude. Muḥammad left the
house of al-Arqam and the believers publicly performed their devotions
together round the Kaʻbah. The situation might thus be expected to give the
aristocracy of Mecca just cause for apprehension. For they had no longer to
opposed him with the utmost persistence and fanaticism—a man whom the
Muslims had every reason then to look on as their most terrible and virulent
enemy, though afterwards he shines as one of the noblest figures in the
early history of Islam, viz. ʻUmar b. al-K͟ haṭṭāb. One day, in a fit of rage
against the Prophet, he set out, sword in hand, to slay him. On the way, one
of his relatives met him and asked him where he was going. “I am looking
for Muḥammad,” he answered, “to kill the renegade who has brought
discord among the Quraysh, called them fools, reviled their religion and
defamed their gods.” “Why dost thou not rather punish those of thy own
family, and set them right?” “And who are these of my own family?”
answered ʻUmar. “Thy brother-in-law Saʻīd and thy sister Fāṭimah, who
have become Muslims and followers of Muḥammad.” ʻUmar at once rushed
off to the house of his sister, and found her with her husband and K͟ habbāb,
another of the followers of Muḥammad, who was teaching them to recite a
chapter of the Qurʼān. ʻUmar burst into the room: “What was that sound I
heard?” “It was nothing,” they replied. “Nay, but I heard you, and I have
learned that you have become followers of Muḥammad.” Whereupon he
rushed upon Saʻīd and struck him. Fāṭimah threw herself between them, to
protect her husband, crying, “Yes, we are Muslims; we believe in God and
His Prophet: slay us if you will.” In the struggle his sister was wounded,
and when ʻUmar saw the blood on her face, he was softened and asked to
see the paper they had been reading: after some hesitation she handed it to
him. It contained the 20th Sūrah of the Qurʼān. When ʻUmar read it, he
exclaimed, “How beautiful, how sublime it is!” As he read on, conviction
suddenly overpowered him and he cried, “Lead me to Muḥammad that I
may tell him of my conversion.” 5 [18]
The conversion of ʻUmar is a turning-point in the history of Islam: the
Muslims were now able to take up a bolder attitude. Muḥammad left the
house of al-Arqam and the believers publicly performed their devotions
together round the Kaʻbah. The situation might thus be expected to give the
aristocracy of Mecca just cause for apprehension. For they had no longer to
Page 39
deal with a band of oppressed and despised outcasts, struggling for a weak
and miserable existence. It was rather a powerful faction, adding daily to its
strength by the accession of influential citizens and endangering the
stability of the existing government by an alliance with a powerful foreign
prince.
The Quraysh resolved accordingly to make a determined effort to check the
further growth of the new movement in their city. They put the Banū
Hāshim, who through ties of kindred protected the Prophet, under a ban, in
accordance with which the Quraysh agreed that they would not marry their
women, nor give their own in marriage to them; they would sell nothing to
them, nor buy aught from them—that dealings with them of every kind
should cease. For three years the Banū Hāshim are said to have been
confined to one quarter of the city, except during the sacred months, in
which all war ceased throughout Arabia and a truce was made in order that
pilgrims might visit the sacred Kaʻbah, the centre of the national religion.
Muḥammad used to take advantage of such times of pilgrimage to preach to
the various tribes that flocked to Mecca and the adjacent fairs. But with no
success, for his uncle Abū Lahab used to dog his footsteps, crying with a
loud voice, “He is an impostor who wants to draw you away from the faith
of your fathers to the false doctrines that he brings, wherefore separate
yourselves from him and hear him not.” They would taunt him with the
words: “Thine own people and kindred should know thee best: wherefore
do they not believe and follow thee?” But at length the privations endured
by Muḥammad and his kinsmen enlisted the sympathy of a numerous
section of the Quraysh and the ban was withdrawn.
In the same year the loss of K͟ hadījah, the faithful wife who for twenty-five
years had been his counsellor and [19]support, plunged Muḥammad into the
utmost grief and despondency; and a little later the death of Abū Ṭālib
deprived him of his constant and most powerful protector and exposed him
afresh to insult and contumely.
and miserable existence. It was rather a powerful faction, adding daily to its
strength by the accession of influential citizens and endangering the
stability of the existing government by an alliance with a powerful foreign
prince.
The Quraysh resolved accordingly to make a determined effort to check the
further growth of the new movement in their city. They put the Banū
Hāshim, who through ties of kindred protected the Prophet, under a ban, in
accordance with which the Quraysh agreed that they would not marry their
women, nor give their own in marriage to them; they would sell nothing to
them, nor buy aught from them—that dealings with them of every kind
should cease. For three years the Banū Hāshim are said to have been
confined to one quarter of the city, except during the sacred months, in
which all war ceased throughout Arabia and a truce was made in order that
pilgrims might visit the sacred Kaʻbah, the centre of the national religion.
Muḥammad used to take advantage of such times of pilgrimage to preach to
the various tribes that flocked to Mecca and the adjacent fairs. But with no
success, for his uncle Abū Lahab used to dog his footsteps, crying with a
loud voice, “He is an impostor who wants to draw you away from the faith
of your fathers to the false doctrines that he brings, wherefore separate
yourselves from him and hear him not.” They would taunt him with the
words: “Thine own people and kindred should know thee best: wherefore
do they not believe and follow thee?” But at length the privations endured
by Muḥammad and his kinsmen enlisted the sympathy of a numerous
section of the Quraysh and the ban was withdrawn.
In the same year the loss of K͟ hadījah, the faithful wife who for twenty-five
years had been his counsellor and [19]support, plunged Muḥammad into the
utmost grief and despondency; and a little later the death of Abū Ṭālib
deprived him of his constant and most powerful protector and exposed him
afresh to insult and contumely.
Page 40
Scorned and rejected by his own townsmen, to whom he had delivered his
message with so little success for ten years, he resolved to see if there were
not others who might be more ready to listen, among whom the seeds of
faith might find a more receptive and fruitful soil. With this hope he set out
for Ṭāʼif, a city about seventy miles from Mecca. Before an assembly of the
chief men of the city, he expounded his doctrine of the unity of God and of
the mission he had received as the Prophet of God to proclaim this faith; at
the same time he besought their protection against his persecutors in Mecca.
The disproportion between his high claims (which moreover were
unintelligible to the heathen people of Ṭāʼif) and his helpless condition only
excited their ridicule and scorn, and pitilessly stoning him with stones they
drove him from their city.
On his return from Ṭāʼif the prospects of the success of Muḥammad seemed
more hopeless than ever, and the agony of his soul gave itself utterance in
the words that he puts into the mouth of Noah: “O my Lord, verily I have
cried to my people night and day; and my cry only makes them flee from
me the more. And verily, so oft as I cry to them, that Thou mayest forgive
them, they thrust their fingers into their ears and wrap themselves in their
garments, and persist (in their error), and are disdainfully disdainful.” (lxxi.
5–6.)
It was the Prophet’s habit at the time of the annual pilgrimage to visit the
encampments of the various Arab tribes and discourse with them upon
religion. By some his words were treated with indifference, by others
rejected with scorn. But consolation came to him from an unexpected
quarter. He met a little group of six or seven persons whom he recognised
as coming from Medina, or, as it was then called, Yat͟ hrib. “Of what tribe
are you?” said he, addressing them. “We are of the K͟ hazraj,” they
answered. “Friends of the Jews?” “Yes.” “Then will you not sit down
awhile, that I may talk with you?” “Assuredly,” [20]replied they. Then they
sat down with him, and he proclaimed unto them the true God and preached
Islam and recited to them the Qurʼān. Now so it was, in that God wrought
message with so little success for ten years, he resolved to see if there were
not others who might be more ready to listen, among whom the seeds of
faith might find a more receptive and fruitful soil. With this hope he set out
for Ṭāʼif, a city about seventy miles from Mecca. Before an assembly of the
chief men of the city, he expounded his doctrine of the unity of God and of
the mission he had received as the Prophet of God to proclaim this faith; at
the same time he besought their protection against his persecutors in Mecca.
The disproportion between his high claims (which moreover were
unintelligible to the heathen people of Ṭāʼif) and his helpless condition only
excited their ridicule and scorn, and pitilessly stoning him with stones they
drove him from their city.
On his return from Ṭāʼif the prospects of the success of Muḥammad seemed
more hopeless than ever, and the agony of his soul gave itself utterance in
the words that he puts into the mouth of Noah: “O my Lord, verily I have
cried to my people night and day; and my cry only makes them flee from
me the more. And verily, so oft as I cry to them, that Thou mayest forgive
them, they thrust their fingers into their ears and wrap themselves in their
garments, and persist (in their error), and are disdainfully disdainful.” (lxxi.
5–6.)
It was the Prophet’s habit at the time of the annual pilgrimage to visit the
encampments of the various Arab tribes and discourse with them upon
religion. By some his words were treated with indifference, by others
rejected with scorn. But consolation came to him from an unexpected
quarter. He met a little group of six or seven persons whom he recognised
as coming from Medina, or, as it was then called, Yat͟ hrib. “Of what tribe
are you?” said he, addressing them. “We are of the K͟ hazraj,” they
answered. “Friends of the Jews?” “Yes.” “Then will you not sit down
awhile, that I may talk with you?” “Assuredly,” [20]replied they. Then they
sat down with him, and he proclaimed unto them the true God and preached
Islam and recited to them the Qurʼān. Now so it was, in that God wrought
Page 41
wonderfully for Islam that there were found in their country Jews, who
possessed scriptures and wisdom, while they themselves were heathen and
idolaters. Now the Jews ofttimes suffered violence at their hands, and when
strife was between them had ever said to them, “Soon will a Prophet arise
and his time is at hand; him will we follow, and with him slay you with the
slaughter of ʻĀd and of Iram.” When now the apostle of God was speaking
with these men and calling on them to believe in God, they said one to
another: “Know surely that this is the Prophet, of whom the Jews have
warned us; come let us now make haste and be the first to join him.” So
they embraced Islam, and said to him, “Our countrymen have long been
engaged in a most bitter and deadly feud with one another; but now perhaps
God will unite them together through thee and thy teaching. Therefore we
will preach to them and make known to them this religion, that we have
received from thee.” So, full of faith, they returned to their own country. 6
Such is the traditional account of this event which was the turning-point of
Muḥammad’s mission. He had now met with a people whose antecedents
had in some way prepared their minds for the reception of his teaching and
whose present circumstances, as afterwards appeared, were favourable to
his cause.
The city of Yat͟ hrib had been long occupied by Jews whom some national
disaster, possibly the persecution under Hadrian, had driven from their own
country, when a party of wandering emigrants, the two Arab clans of
K͟ hazraj and Aws, arrived at Yat͟ hrib and were admitted to a share in the
territory. As their numbers increased they encroached more and more on the
power of the Jewish rulers, and finally, towards the end of the fifth century,
the government of the city passed entirely into their hands.
Some of the Arabs had embraced the Jewish religion, and many of the
former masters of the city still dwelt there in [21]the service of their
conquerors, so that it contained in Muḥammad’s time a considerable Jewish
population. The people of Yat͟ hrib were thus familiar with the idea of a
possessed scriptures and wisdom, while they themselves were heathen and
idolaters. Now the Jews ofttimes suffered violence at their hands, and when
strife was between them had ever said to them, “Soon will a Prophet arise
and his time is at hand; him will we follow, and with him slay you with the
slaughter of ʻĀd and of Iram.” When now the apostle of God was speaking
with these men and calling on them to believe in God, they said one to
another: “Know surely that this is the Prophet, of whom the Jews have
warned us; come let us now make haste and be the first to join him.” So
they embraced Islam, and said to him, “Our countrymen have long been
engaged in a most bitter and deadly feud with one another; but now perhaps
God will unite them together through thee and thy teaching. Therefore we
will preach to them and make known to them this religion, that we have
received from thee.” So, full of faith, they returned to their own country. 6
Such is the traditional account of this event which was the turning-point of
Muḥammad’s mission. He had now met with a people whose antecedents
had in some way prepared their minds for the reception of his teaching and
whose present circumstances, as afterwards appeared, were favourable to
his cause.
The city of Yat͟ hrib had been long occupied by Jews whom some national
disaster, possibly the persecution under Hadrian, had driven from their own
country, when a party of wandering emigrants, the two Arab clans of
K͟ hazraj and Aws, arrived at Yat͟ hrib and were admitted to a share in the
territory. As their numbers increased they encroached more and more on the
power of the Jewish rulers, and finally, towards the end of the fifth century,
the government of the city passed entirely into their hands.
Some of the Arabs had embraced the Jewish religion, and many of the
former masters of the city still dwelt there in [21]the service of their
conquerors, so that it contained in Muḥammad’s time a considerable Jewish
population. The people of Yat͟ hrib were thus familiar with the idea of a
Page 42
Messiah who was to come, and were consequently more capable of
understanding the claim of Muḥammad to be accepted as the Prophet of
God, than were the idolatrous Meccans to whom such an idea was entirely
foreign and especially distasteful to the Quraysh, whose supremacy over the
other tribes and whose worldly prosperity arose from the fact that they were
the hereditary guardians of the national collection of idols kept in the sacred
enclosure of the Kaʻbah.
Further, the city of Yat͟ hrib was distracted by incessant civil discord through
a long-standing feud between the Banū K͟ hazraj and the Banū Aws. The
citizens lived in uncertainty and suspense, and anything likely to bind the
conflicting parties together by a tie of common interest could not but prove
a boon to the city. Just as the mediæval republics of Northern Italy chose a
stranger to hold the chief post in their cities in order to maintain some
balance of power between the rival factions, and prevent, if possible, the
civil strife which was so ruinous to commerce and the general welfare, so
the Yat͟ hribites would not look upon the arrival of a stranger with suspicion,
even though he was likely to usurp or gain permission to assume the vacant
authority.
On the contrary, one of the reasons for the warm welcome which
Muḥammad received in Medina would seem to be that the adoption of
Islam appeared to the more thoughtful of its citizens to be a remedy for the
disorders from which their society was suffering, by its orderly discipline of
life and its bringing the unruly passions of men under the discipline of laws
enunciated by an authority superior to individual caprice. 7
These facts go far to explain how eight years after the Hijrah Muḥammad
could, at the head of 10,000 followers, enter the city in which he had
laboured for ten years with so meagre a result.
But this is anticipating. Muḥammad had proposed to [22]accompany his new
converts, the K͟ hazrajites, to Yat͟ hrib himself, but they dissuaded him
therefrom, until a reconciliation could be effected with the Banū Aws. “Let
understanding the claim of Muḥammad to be accepted as the Prophet of
God, than were the idolatrous Meccans to whom such an idea was entirely
foreign and especially distasteful to the Quraysh, whose supremacy over the
other tribes and whose worldly prosperity arose from the fact that they were
the hereditary guardians of the national collection of idols kept in the sacred
enclosure of the Kaʻbah.
Further, the city of Yat͟ hrib was distracted by incessant civil discord through
a long-standing feud between the Banū K͟ hazraj and the Banū Aws. The
citizens lived in uncertainty and suspense, and anything likely to bind the
conflicting parties together by a tie of common interest could not but prove
a boon to the city. Just as the mediæval republics of Northern Italy chose a
stranger to hold the chief post in their cities in order to maintain some
balance of power between the rival factions, and prevent, if possible, the
civil strife which was so ruinous to commerce and the general welfare, so
the Yat͟ hribites would not look upon the arrival of a stranger with suspicion,
even though he was likely to usurp or gain permission to assume the vacant
authority.
On the contrary, one of the reasons for the warm welcome which
Muḥammad received in Medina would seem to be that the adoption of
Islam appeared to the more thoughtful of its citizens to be a remedy for the
disorders from which their society was suffering, by its orderly discipline of
life and its bringing the unruly passions of men under the discipline of laws
enunciated by an authority superior to individual caprice. 7
These facts go far to explain how eight years after the Hijrah Muḥammad
could, at the head of 10,000 followers, enter the city in which he had
laboured for ten years with so meagre a result.
But this is anticipating. Muḥammad had proposed to [22]accompany his new
converts, the K͟ hazrajites, to Yat͟ hrib himself, but they dissuaded him
therefrom, until a reconciliation could be effected with the Banū Aws. “Let
Page 43
us, we pray thee, return unto our people, if haply the Lord will create peace
amongst us; and we will come back again unto thee. Let the season of
pilgrimage in the following year be the appointed time.” So they returned to
their homes, and invited their people to the faith; and many believed, so that
there remained hardly a family in which mention was not made of the
Prophet.
When the time of pilgrimage again came round, a deputation from Yat͟ hrib,
ten men of the Banū K͟ hazraj, and two of the Banū Aws, met him at the
appointed spot and pledged him their word to obey his teaching. This, the
first pledge of ʻAqabah, so called from the secret spot at which they met,
ran as follows:—“We will not worship any but the one God; we will not
steal, neither will we commit adultery or kill our children; we will abstain
from calumny and slander; we will obey the Prophet in every thing that is
right.” These twelve men now returned to Yat͟ hrib as missionaries of Islam,
and so well prepared was the ground, and with such zeal did they prosecute
their mission, that the new faith spread rapidly from house to house and
from tribe to tribe.
They were accompanied on their return by Muṣʻab b. ʻUmayr; though,
according to another account he was sent by the Prophet upon a written
requisition from Yat͟ hrib. This young man had been one of the earliest
converts, and had lately returned from Abyssinia; thus he had had much
experience, and severe training in the school of persecution had not only
sobered his zeal but taught him how to meet persecution and deal with those
who were ready to condemn Islam without waiting to learn the true contents
of its teaching; accordingly Muḥammad could with the greatest confidence
entrust him with the difficult task of directing and instructing the new
converts, cherishing the seeds of religious zeal and devotion that had
already been sown and bringing them to fruition. Muṣʻab took up his abode
in the house of Asʻad b. Zurārah, and gathered the converts together for
prayer and the reading of the Qurʼān, sometimes [23]here and sometimes in
amongst us; and we will come back again unto thee. Let the season of
pilgrimage in the following year be the appointed time.” So they returned to
their homes, and invited their people to the faith; and many believed, so that
there remained hardly a family in which mention was not made of the
Prophet.
When the time of pilgrimage again came round, a deputation from Yat͟ hrib,
ten men of the Banū K͟ hazraj, and two of the Banū Aws, met him at the
appointed spot and pledged him their word to obey his teaching. This, the
first pledge of ʻAqabah, so called from the secret spot at which they met,
ran as follows:—“We will not worship any but the one God; we will not
steal, neither will we commit adultery or kill our children; we will abstain
from calumny and slander; we will obey the Prophet in every thing that is
right.” These twelve men now returned to Yat͟ hrib as missionaries of Islam,
and so well prepared was the ground, and with such zeal did they prosecute
their mission, that the new faith spread rapidly from house to house and
from tribe to tribe.
They were accompanied on their return by Muṣʻab b. ʻUmayr; though,
according to another account he was sent by the Prophet upon a written
requisition from Yat͟ hrib. This young man had been one of the earliest
converts, and had lately returned from Abyssinia; thus he had had much
experience, and severe training in the school of persecution had not only
sobered his zeal but taught him how to meet persecution and deal with those
who were ready to condemn Islam without waiting to learn the true contents
of its teaching; accordingly Muḥammad could with the greatest confidence
entrust him with the difficult task of directing and instructing the new
converts, cherishing the seeds of religious zeal and devotion that had
already been sown and bringing them to fruition. Muṣʻab took up his abode
in the house of Asʻad b. Zurārah, and gathered the converts together for
prayer and the reading of the Qurʼān, sometimes [23]here and sometimes in
Page 44
a house belonging to the Banū Ẓafar, which was situated in a quarter of the
town occupied jointly by this family and that of ʻAbd al-Ashhal.
The heads of the latter family at that time were Saʻd b. Muʻād͟ h and Usayd
b. Ḥuḍayr. One day it happened that Muṣʻab was sitting together with Asʻad
in this house of the Banū Ẓafar, engaged in instructing some new converts,
when Saʻd b. Muʻād͟ h, having come to know of their whereabouts, said to
Usayd b. Ḥuḍayr: “Drive out these fellows who have come into our houses
to make fools of the weaklings among us; I would spare thee the trouble did
not the tie of kinship between me and Asʻad prevent my doing him any
harm” (for he himself was the cousin of Asʻad). Hereupon Usayd took his
spear and, bursting in upon Asʻad and Muṣʻab, “What are you doing?” he
cried, “leading weak-minded folk astray? If you value your lives, begone
hence.” “Sit down and listen,” Muṣʻab answered quietly, “if thou art
pleased with what thou hearest, accept it; if not, then leave it.” Usayd stuck
his spear in the ground and sat down to listen, while Muṣʻab expounded to
him the fundamental doctrines of Islam and read several passages of the
Qurʼān. After a time Usayd, enraptured, cried, “What must I do to enter this
religion?” “Purify thyself with water,” answered Muṣʻab, “and confess that
there is no god but God and that Muḥammad is the apostle of God.” Usayd
at once complied and repeated the profession of faith, adding, “After me
you have still another man to convince” (referring to Saʻd b. Muʻād͟ h). “If
he is persuaded, his example will bring after him all his people. I will send
him to you forthwith.”
With these words he left them, and soon after came Saʻd b. Muʻād͟ h himself,
hot with anger against Asʻad for the patronage he had extended to the
missionaries of Islam. Muṣʻab begged him not to condemn the new faith
unheard, so Saʻd agreed to listen and soon the words of Muṣʻab touched
him and brought conviction to his heart, and he embraced the faith and
became a Muslim. He went back to his people burning with zeal and said to
them, “Sons of ʻAbd al-Ashhal, say, what am I to you?” “Thou art our
lord,” they answered, “thou art the wisest and most illustrious [24]among
town occupied jointly by this family and that of ʻAbd al-Ashhal.
The heads of the latter family at that time were Saʻd b. Muʻād͟ h and Usayd
b. Ḥuḍayr. One day it happened that Muṣʻab was sitting together with Asʻad
in this house of the Banū Ẓafar, engaged in instructing some new converts,
when Saʻd b. Muʻād͟ h, having come to know of their whereabouts, said to
Usayd b. Ḥuḍayr: “Drive out these fellows who have come into our houses
to make fools of the weaklings among us; I would spare thee the trouble did
not the tie of kinship between me and Asʻad prevent my doing him any
harm” (for he himself was the cousin of Asʻad). Hereupon Usayd took his
spear and, bursting in upon Asʻad and Muṣʻab, “What are you doing?” he
cried, “leading weak-minded folk astray? If you value your lives, begone
hence.” “Sit down and listen,” Muṣʻab answered quietly, “if thou art
pleased with what thou hearest, accept it; if not, then leave it.” Usayd stuck
his spear in the ground and sat down to listen, while Muṣʻab expounded to
him the fundamental doctrines of Islam and read several passages of the
Qurʼān. After a time Usayd, enraptured, cried, “What must I do to enter this
religion?” “Purify thyself with water,” answered Muṣʻab, “and confess that
there is no god but God and that Muḥammad is the apostle of God.” Usayd
at once complied and repeated the profession of faith, adding, “After me
you have still another man to convince” (referring to Saʻd b. Muʻād͟ h). “If
he is persuaded, his example will bring after him all his people. I will send
him to you forthwith.”
With these words he left them, and soon after came Saʻd b. Muʻād͟ h himself,
hot with anger against Asʻad for the patronage he had extended to the
missionaries of Islam. Muṣʻab begged him not to condemn the new faith
unheard, so Saʻd agreed to listen and soon the words of Muṣʻab touched
him and brought conviction to his heart, and he embraced the faith and
became a Muslim. He went back to his people burning with zeal and said to
them, “Sons of ʻAbd al-Ashhal, say, what am I to you?” “Thou art our
lord,” they answered, “thou art the wisest and most illustrious [24]among
Page 45
us.” “Then I swear,” replied Saʻd, “nevermore to speak to any of you until
you believe in God and Muḥammad, His apostle.” And from that day, all
the descendants of ʻAbd al-Ashhal embraced Islam. 8
With such zeal and earnestness was the preaching of the faith pushed
forward that within a year there was not a family among the Arabs of
Medina that had not given some of its members to swell the number of the
faithful, with the exception of one branch of the Banū Aws, which held
aloof under the influence of Abū Qays b. al-Aslat, the poet.
The following year, when the time of the annual pilgrimage again came
round, a band of converts, amounting to seventy-three in number,
accompanied their heathen fellow-countrymen from Yat͟ hrib to Mecca. They
were commissioned to invite Muḥammad to take refuge in Yat͟ hrib from the
fury of his enemies, and had come to swear allegiance to him as their
prophet and their leader. All the early converts who had before met the
Prophet on the two preceding pilgrimages, returned to Mecca on this
important occasion, and Muṣʻab their teacher accompanied them.
Immediately on his arrival he hurried to the prophet, and told him of the
success that had attended his mission. It is said that his mother, hearing of
his arrival, sent a message to him, saying: “Ah, disobedient son, wilt thou
enter a city in which thy mother dwelleth, and not first visit her!” “Nay,
verily,” he replied, “I will never visit the house of any one before the
Prophet of God.” So, after he had greeted and conferred with Muḥammad,
he went to his mother, who thus accosted him: “Then I ween thou art still a
renegade.” He answered, “I follow the prophet of the Lord and the true faith
of Islam.” “Art thou then well satisfied with the miserable way thou hast
fared in the land of Abyssinia and now again at Yat͟ hrib?” Now he perceived
that she was meditating his imprisonment, and exclaimed, “What! wilt thou
force a man from his religion? If ye seek to confine me, I will assuredly
slay the first person that layeth hands upon me.” His mother said, “Then
depart from my presence,” and she began to [25]weep. Muṣʻab was moved,
and said, “Oh, my mother! I give thee loving counsel. Testify that there is
you believe in God and Muḥammad, His apostle.” And from that day, all
the descendants of ʻAbd al-Ashhal embraced Islam. 8
With such zeal and earnestness was the preaching of the faith pushed
forward that within a year there was not a family among the Arabs of
Medina that had not given some of its members to swell the number of the
faithful, with the exception of one branch of the Banū Aws, which held
aloof under the influence of Abū Qays b. al-Aslat, the poet.
The following year, when the time of the annual pilgrimage again came
round, a band of converts, amounting to seventy-three in number,
accompanied their heathen fellow-countrymen from Yat͟ hrib to Mecca. They
were commissioned to invite Muḥammad to take refuge in Yat͟ hrib from the
fury of his enemies, and had come to swear allegiance to him as their
prophet and their leader. All the early converts who had before met the
Prophet on the two preceding pilgrimages, returned to Mecca on this
important occasion, and Muṣʻab their teacher accompanied them.
Immediately on his arrival he hurried to the prophet, and told him of the
success that had attended his mission. It is said that his mother, hearing of
his arrival, sent a message to him, saying: “Ah, disobedient son, wilt thou
enter a city in which thy mother dwelleth, and not first visit her!” “Nay,
verily,” he replied, “I will never visit the house of any one before the
Prophet of God.” So, after he had greeted and conferred with Muḥammad,
he went to his mother, who thus accosted him: “Then I ween thou art still a
renegade.” He answered, “I follow the prophet of the Lord and the true faith
of Islam.” “Art thou then well satisfied with the miserable way thou hast
fared in the land of Abyssinia and now again at Yat͟ hrib?” Now he perceived
that she was meditating his imprisonment, and exclaimed, “What! wilt thou
force a man from his religion? If ye seek to confine me, I will assuredly
slay the first person that layeth hands upon me.” His mother said, “Then
depart from my presence,” and she began to [25]weep. Muṣʻab was moved,
and said, “Oh, my mother! I give thee loving counsel. Testify that there is
Page 46
no God but the Lord and that Muḥammad is His servant and messenger.”
But she replied, “By the sparkling stars! I will never make a fool of myself
by entering into thy religion. I wash my hands of thee and thy concerns, and
cleave steadfastly unto mine own faith.”
In order not to excite suspicion and incur the hostility of the Quraysh, a
secret meeting was arranged at ʻAqabah, the scene of the former meeting
with the converts of the year before. Muḥammad came accompanied only
by his uncle ʻAbbās, who, though he was still an idolater, had been admitted
into the secret. ʻAbbās opened the solemn conclave, by recommending his
nephew as a scion of one of the noblest families of his clan, which had
hitherto afforded the Prophet protection, although rejecting his teachings;
but now that he wished to take refuge among the people of Yat͟ hrib, they
should bethink themselves well before undertaking such a charge, and
resolve not to go back from their promise, if once they undertook the risk.
Then Barā b. Maʻrūr, one of the Banū K͟ hazraj, protesting that they were
firm in their resolve to protect the Prophet of God, besought him to declare
fully what he wished of them.
Muḥammad began by reciting to them some portions of the Qurʼān, and
exhorted them to be true to the faith they had professed in the one God and
the Prophet, His apostle; he then asked them to defend him and his
companions from all assailants just as they would their own wives and
children. Then Barā b. Maʻrūr, taking his hand, cried out, “Yea, by Him
who sent thee as His Prophet, and through thee revealed unto us His truth,
we will protect thee as we would our own bodies, and we swear allegiance
to thee as our leader. We are the sons of battle and men of mail, which we
have inherited as worthy sons of worthy forefathers.” So they all in turn,
taking his hand in theirs, swore allegiance to him.
As soon as the Quraysh gained intelligence of these secret proceedings, the
persecution broke out afresh against the Muslims, and Muḥammad advised
them to flee out of the [26]city. “Depart unto Yat͟ hrib; for the Lord hath
But she replied, “By the sparkling stars! I will never make a fool of myself
by entering into thy religion. I wash my hands of thee and thy concerns, and
cleave steadfastly unto mine own faith.”
In order not to excite suspicion and incur the hostility of the Quraysh, a
secret meeting was arranged at ʻAqabah, the scene of the former meeting
with the converts of the year before. Muḥammad came accompanied only
by his uncle ʻAbbās, who, though he was still an idolater, had been admitted
into the secret. ʻAbbās opened the solemn conclave, by recommending his
nephew as a scion of one of the noblest families of his clan, which had
hitherto afforded the Prophet protection, although rejecting his teachings;
but now that he wished to take refuge among the people of Yat͟ hrib, they
should bethink themselves well before undertaking such a charge, and
resolve not to go back from their promise, if once they undertook the risk.
Then Barā b. Maʻrūr, one of the Banū K͟ hazraj, protesting that they were
firm in their resolve to protect the Prophet of God, besought him to declare
fully what he wished of them.
Muḥammad began by reciting to them some portions of the Qurʼān, and
exhorted them to be true to the faith they had professed in the one God and
the Prophet, His apostle; he then asked them to defend him and his
companions from all assailants just as they would their own wives and
children. Then Barā b. Maʻrūr, taking his hand, cried out, “Yea, by Him
who sent thee as His Prophet, and through thee revealed unto us His truth,
we will protect thee as we would our own bodies, and we swear allegiance
to thee as our leader. We are the sons of battle and men of mail, which we
have inherited as worthy sons of worthy forefathers.” So they all in turn,
taking his hand in theirs, swore allegiance to him.
As soon as the Quraysh gained intelligence of these secret proceedings, the
persecution broke out afresh against the Muslims, and Muḥammad advised
them to flee out of the [26]city. “Depart unto Yat͟ hrib; for the Lord hath
Page 47
verily given you brethren in that city, and a home in which ye may find
refuge.” So quietly, by twos and threes they escaped to Yat͟ hrib, where they
were heartily welcomed, their co-religionists in that city vying with one
another for the honour of entertaining them, and supplying them with such
things as they had need of. Within two months nearly all the Muslims
except those who were seized and imprisoned and those who could not
escape from captivity had left Mecca, to the number of about 150. There is
a story told of one of these Muslims, by name Ṣuhayb, whom Muḥammad
called “the first-fruits of Greece” (he had been a Greek slave, and being set
free by his master had amassed considerable wealth by successful trading);
when he was about to emigrate the Meccans said to him, “Thou camest
hither in need and penury; but thy wealth hath increased with us, until thou
hast reached thy present prosperity; and now thou art departing, not thyself
only, but with all thy property. By the Lord, that shall not be;” and he said,
“If I relinquish my property, will ye leave me free to depart?” And they
agreed thereto; so he parted with all his goods. And when that was told unto
Muḥammad, he said, “Verily, Ṣuhayb hath made a profitable bargain.”
Muḥammad delayed his own departure (with the intention, no doubt, of
withdrawing attention from his faithful followers) until a determined plot
against his life warned him that further delay might be fatal, and he made
his escape by means of a stratagem.
His first care after his arrival in Yat͟ hrib, or Medina as it was called from
this period—Madīnah al-Nabī, the city of the Prophet—was to build a
mosque, to serve both as a place of prayer and of general assembly for his
followers, who had hitherto met for that purpose in the dwelling-place of
one of their number. The worshippers at first used to turn their faces in the
direction of Jerusalem—an arrangement most probably adopted with the
hope of gaining over the Jews. In many other ways, by constant appeals to
their own sacred Scriptures, by according them perfect freedom of worship
and political equality, Muḥammad [27]endeavoured to conciliate the Jews,
but they met his advances with scorn and derision. When all hopes of
refuge.” So quietly, by twos and threes they escaped to Yat͟ hrib, where they
were heartily welcomed, their co-religionists in that city vying with one
another for the honour of entertaining them, and supplying them with such
things as they had need of. Within two months nearly all the Muslims
except those who were seized and imprisoned and those who could not
escape from captivity had left Mecca, to the number of about 150. There is
a story told of one of these Muslims, by name Ṣuhayb, whom Muḥammad
called “the first-fruits of Greece” (he had been a Greek slave, and being set
free by his master had amassed considerable wealth by successful trading);
when he was about to emigrate the Meccans said to him, “Thou camest
hither in need and penury; but thy wealth hath increased with us, until thou
hast reached thy present prosperity; and now thou art departing, not thyself
only, but with all thy property. By the Lord, that shall not be;” and he said,
“If I relinquish my property, will ye leave me free to depart?” And they
agreed thereto; so he parted with all his goods. And when that was told unto
Muḥammad, he said, “Verily, Ṣuhayb hath made a profitable bargain.”
Muḥammad delayed his own departure (with the intention, no doubt, of
withdrawing attention from his faithful followers) until a determined plot
against his life warned him that further delay might be fatal, and he made
his escape by means of a stratagem.
His first care after his arrival in Yat͟ hrib, or Medina as it was called from
this period—Madīnah al-Nabī, the city of the Prophet—was to build a
mosque, to serve both as a place of prayer and of general assembly for his
followers, who had hitherto met for that purpose in the dwelling-place of
one of their number. The worshippers at first used to turn their faces in the
direction of Jerusalem—an arrangement most probably adopted with the
hope of gaining over the Jews. In many other ways, by constant appeals to
their own sacred Scriptures, by according them perfect freedom of worship
and political equality, Muḥammad [27]endeavoured to conciliate the Jews,
but they met his advances with scorn and derision. When all hopes of
Page 48
amalgamation proved fruitless and it became clear that the Jews would not
accept him as their Prophet, Muḥammad bade his followers turn their faces
in prayer towards the Kaʻbah in Mecca. (ii. 144.) 9
This change of direction during prayer has a deeper significance than might
at first sight appear. It was really the beginning of the National Life of
Islam: it established the Kaʻbah at Mecca as a religious centre for all the
Muslim people, just as from time immemorial it had been a place of
pilgrimage for all the tribes of Arabia. Of similar importance was the
incorporation of the ancient Arab custom of pilgrimage to Mecca into the
circle of the religious ordinances of Islam, a duty that was to be performed
by every Muslim at least once in his lifetime.
There are many passages in the Qurʼān that appeal to this germ of national
feeling and urge the people of Arabia to realise the privilege that had been
granted them of a divine revelation in their own language and by the lips of
one of their own countrymen.
“Verily We have made it an Arabic Qurʼān that ye may haply understand. (xliii. 2–3.)
“And thus We have revealed to thee an Arabic Qurʼān, that thou mayest warn the mother of
cities and those around it. (xlii. 5.)
“And if We had made it a Qurʼān in a foreign tongue, they had surely said, ‘Unless its
verses be clearly explained (we will not receive it).’ (xli. 44.)
“And verily We have set before men in this Qurʼān every kind of parable that haply they be
monished:
“An Arabic Qurʼān, free from tortuous (wording), that haply they may fear (God). (xxxix.
28–29.)
“Verily from the Lord of all creatures hath this (book) come down, … in the clear Arabic
tongue. (xxvi. 192, 195.)
“And We have only made it (i.e. the Qurʼān) easy, in [28]thine own tongue, in order that
thou mayest announce glad tidings thereby to the God-fearing, and that thou mayest warn
the contentious thereby.” (xix. 97.)
accept him as their Prophet, Muḥammad bade his followers turn their faces
in prayer towards the Kaʻbah in Mecca. (ii. 144.) 9
This change of direction during prayer has a deeper significance than might
at first sight appear. It was really the beginning of the National Life of
Islam: it established the Kaʻbah at Mecca as a religious centre for all the
Muslim people, just as from time immemorial it had been a place of
pilgrimage for all the tribes of Arabia. Of similar importance was the
incorporation of the ancient Arab custom of pilgrimage to Mecca into the
circle of the religious ordinances of Islam, a duty that was to be performed
by every Muslim at least once in his lifetime.
There are many passages in the Qurʼān that appeal to this germ of national
feeling and urge the people of Arabia to realise the privilege that had been
granted them of a divine revelation in their own language and by the lips of
one of their own countrymen.
“Verily We have made it an Arabic Qurʼān that ye may haply understand. (xliii. 2–3.)
“And thus We have revealed to thee an Arabic Qurʼān, that thou mayest warn the mother of
cities and those around it. (xlii. 5.)
“And if We had made it a Qurʼān in a foreign tongue, they had surely said, ‘Unless its
verses be clearly explained (we will not receive it).’ (xli. 44.)
“And verily We have set before men in this Qurʼān every kind of parable that haply they be
monished:
“An Arabic Qurʼān, free from tortuous (wording), that haply they may fear (God). (xxxix.
28–29.)
“Verily from the Lord of all creatures hath this (book) come down, … in the clear Arabic
tongue. (xxvi. 192, 195.)
“And We have only made it (i.e. the Qurʼān) easy, in [28]thine own tongue, in order that
thou mayest announce glad tidings thereby to the God-fearing, and that thou mayest warn
the contentious thereby.” (xix. 97.)
Page 49
But the message of Islam was not for Arabia only; the whole world was to
share in it. 10 As there was but one God, so there was to be but one religion
into which all men were to be invited. This claim to be universal, to hold
sway over all men and all nations, found a practical illustration in the letters
which Muḥammad is said to have sent in the year a.d. 688 (a.h. 6) to the
great potentates of that time. An invitation to embrace Islam was sent in this
year to the Emperor Heraclius, the king of Persia, the governor of Yaman,
the governor of Egypt and the king of Abyssinia. The letter to Heraclius is
said to have been as follows:—“In the name of God, the Merciful, the
Compassionate, Muḥammad, who is the servant of God and His apostle, to
Hiraql the Qayṣar of Rūm. Peace be on whoever has gone on the straight
road. After this I say, Verily I call you to Islam. Embrace Islam, and God
will reward you twofold. If you turn away from the offer of Islam, then on
you be the sins of your people. O people of the Book, come towards a creed
which is fit both for us and for you. It is this—to worship none but God,
and not to associate anything with God, and not to call others God.
Therefore, O ye people of the Book, if ye refuse, beware. We are Muslims
and our religion is Islam.” However absurd this summons may have seemed
to those who then received it, succeeding years showed that it was dictated
by no empty enthusiasm. 11 These letters only gave a more open and
widespread expression to the claim to the universal acceptance which is
repeatedly made for Islam in the Qurʼān. [29]
“Of a truth it (i.e. the Qurʼān) is no other than an admonition to all created beings, and after
a time shall ye surely know its message. (xxxviii. 87–88.)
“This (book) is no other than an admonition and a clear Qurʼān, to warn whoever liveth;
and that against the unbelievers sentence may be justly given. (xxxvi. 69–70.)
“We have not sent thee save as a mercy to all created beings. (xxi. 107.)
“Blessed is He who hath sent down al-Furqān upon His servant, that he may be a warner
unto all created beings. (xxv. 1.)
“And We have not sent thee otherwise than to mankind at large, to announce and to warn.
(xxxiv. 27.)
share in it. 10 As there was but one God, so there was to be but one religion
into which all men were to be invited. This claim to be universal, to hold
sway over all men and all nations, found a practical illustration in the letters
which Muḥammad is said to have sent in the year a.d. 688 (a.h. 6) to the
great potentates of that time. An invitation to embrace Islam was sent in this
year to the Emperor Heraclius, the king of Persia, the governor of Yaman,
the governor of Egypt and the king of Abyssinia. The letter to Heraclius is
said to have been as follows:—“In the name of God, the Merciful, the
Compassionate, Muḥammad, who is the servant of God and His apostle, to
Hiraql the Qayṣar of Rūm. Peace be on whoever has gone on the straight
road. After this I say, Verily I call you to Islam. Embrace Islam, and God
will reward you twofold. If you turn away from the offer of Islam, then on
you be the sins of your people. O people of the Book, come towards a creed
which is fit both for us and for you. It is this—to worship none but God,
and not to associate anything with God, and not to call others God.
Therefore, O ye people of the Book, if ye refuse, beware. We are Muslims
and our religion is Islam.” However absurd this summons may have seemed
to those who then received it, succeeding years showed that it was dictated
by no empty enthusiasm. 11 These letters only gave a more open and
widespread expression to the claim to the universal acceptance which is
repeatedly made for Islam in the Qurʼān. [29]
“Of a truth it (i.e. the Qurʼān) is no other than an admonition to all created beings, and after
a time shall ye surely know its message. (xxxviii. 87–88.)
“This (book) is no other than an admonition and a clear Qurʼān, to warn whoever liveth;
and that against the unbelievers sentence may be justly given. (xxxvi. 69–70.)
“We have not sent thee save as a mercy to all created beings. (xxi. 107.)
“Blessed is He who hath sent down al-Furqān upon His servant, that he may be a warner
unto all created beings. (xxv. 1.)
“And We have not sent thee otherwise than to mankind at large, to announce and to warn.
(xxxiv. 27.)
Page 50
“He it is who hath sent His apostle with guidance and the religion of truth, that He may
make it victorious over every other religion, though the polytheists are averse to it.” (lxi.
9.)
In the hour of his deepest despair, when the people of Mecca persistently
turned a deaf ear to the words of their prophet (xvi. 23, 114, etc.), when the
converts he had made were tortured until they recanted (xvi. 108), and
others were forced to flee from the country to escape the rage of their
persecutors (xvi. 43, 111)—then was delivered the promise, “One day we
will raise up a witness out of every nation.” (xvi. 86.) 12
This claim upon the acceptance of all mankind which the Prophet makes in
these passages is further prophetically indicated in the words “first-fruits of
Abyssinia,” used by Muḥammad in reference to Bilāl, and “first-fruits of
Greece,” to Ṣuhayb; Salmān, the first Persian convert, was a Christian slave
in Medina, who embraced the new faith in the first [30]year of the Hijrah.
Thus long before any career of conquest was so much as dreamed of, the
Prophet had clearly shown that Islam was not to be confined to the Arab
race. The following account of the sending out of missionaries to preach
Islam to all nations, points to the same claim to be a universal religion:
“The Apostle of God said to his companions, ‘Come to me all of you early
in the morning.’ After the morning prayer he spent some time in praising
and supplicating God, as was his wont; then he turned to them and sent
forth some in one direction and others in another, and said: ‘Be faithful to
God in your dealings with His servants (i.e. with men), for whosoever is
entrusted with any matter that concerns mankind and is not faithful in his
service of them, to him God shuts the gate of Paradise: go forth and be not
like the messengers of Jesus, the son of Mary, for they went only to those
that lived near and neglected those that dwelt in far countries.’ Then each of
these messengers came to speak the language of the people to whom he was
sent. When this was told to the Prophet he said, ‘This is the greatest of the
duties that they owe to God with respect to His servants.’ ” 13
make it victorious over every other religion, though the polytheists are averse to it.” (lxi.
9.)
In the hour of his deepest despair, when the people of Mecca persistently
turned a deaf ear to the words of their prophet (xvi. 23, 114, etc.), when the
converts he had made were tortured until they recanted (xvi. 108), and
others were forced to flee from the country to escape the rage of their
persecutors (xvi. 43, 111)—then was delivered the promise, “One day we
will raise up a witness out of every nation.” (xvi. 86.) 12
This claim upon the acceptance of all mankind which the Prophet makes in
these passages is further prophetically indicated in the words “first-fruits of
Abyssinia,” used by Muḥammad in reference to Bilāl, and “first-fruits of
Greece,” to Ṣuhayb; Salmān, the first Persian convert, was a Christian slave
in Medina, who embraced the new faith in the first [30]year of the Hijrah.
Thus long before any career of conquest was so much as dreamed of, the
Prophet had clearly shown that Islam was not to be confined to the Arab
race. The following account of the sending out of missionaries to preach
Islam to all nations, points to the same claim to be a universal religion:
“The Apostle of God said to his companions, ‘Come to me all of you early
in the morning.’ After the morning prayer he spent some time in praising
and supplicating God, as was his wont; then he turned to them and sent
forth some in one direction and others in another, and said: ‘Be faithful to
God in your dealings with His servants (i.e. with men), for whosoever is
entrusted with any matter that concerns mankind and is not faithful in his
service of them, to him God shuts the gate of Paradise: go forth and be not
like the messengers of Jesus, the son of Mary, for they went only to those
that lived near and neglected those that dwelt in far countries.’ Then each of
these messengers came to speak the language of the people to whom he was
sent. When this was told to the Prophet he said, ‘This is the greatest of the
duties that they owe to God with respect to His servants.’ ” 13
Page 51
The proof of the universality of Islam, of its claim on the acceptance of all
men, lay in the fact that it was the religion divinely appointed for the whole
human race and was now revealed to them anew through Muḥammad, “the
seal of the prophets” (xxxiii. 40), as it had been to former generations by
other prophets.
“Men were of one religion only: then they disagreed one with another and had not a decree
(of respite) previously gone forth from thy Lord, judgment would surely have been given
between them in the matter wherein they disagree. (x. 20.)
“I am no apostle of new doctrines. (xlvi. 8.)
“Mankind was but one people: then God raised up prophets to announce glad tidings and to
warn: and He sent down with them the Book with the Truth, that it might decide the
disputes of men: and none disagreed save those to whom the book had been [31]given,
after the clear tokens had reached them, through mutual jealousy. And God guided those
who believed into the truth concerning which they had disagreed, by His will; and God
guideth whom He pleaseth into the straight path. (ii. 209.)
“And We revealed to thee, ‘follow the religion of Abraham, the sound in faith, for he was
not of those who join gods with God.’ (xvi. 124.)
“Say: As for me, my Lord hath guided me into a straight path: a true faith, the religion of
Abraham, the sound in faith; for he was not of those who join gods with God. (vi. 162.)
“Say: Nay, the religion of Abraham, the sound in faith and not one of those who join gods
with God (is our religion). (ii. 129.)
“Say: God speaketh truth. Follow therefore the religion of Abraham, he being a Ḥanīf and
not one of those who join other gods with God.
“Verily the first temple that was set up for men was that which is in Bakka, blessed and a
guidance for all created beings. (iii. 89, 90.)
“And who hath a better religion than he who resigneth himself to God, who doth what is
good and followeth the faith of Abraham, the sound in faith? (iv. 124.)
“He hath elected you, and hath not laid on you any hardship in religion, the faith of your
father Abraham. He hath named you the Muslims.” (xx. 77.)
But to return to Muḥammad in Medina. In order properly to appreciate his
position after the Flight, it is important to remember the peculiar character
of Arab society at that time, as far at least as this part of the peninsula was
men, lay in the fact that it was the religion divinely appointed for the whole
human race and was now revealed to them anew through Muḥammad, “the
seal of the prophets” (xxxiii. 40), as it had been to former generations by
other prophets.
“Men were of one religion only: then they disagreed one with another and had not a decree
(of respite) previously gone forth from thy Lord, judgment would surely have been given
between them in the matter wherein they disagree. (x. 20.)
“I am no apostle of new doctrines. (xlvi. 8.)
“Mankind was but one people: then God raised up prophets to announce glad tidings and to
warn: and He sent down with them the Book with the Truth, that it might decide the
disputes of men: and none disagreed save those to whom the book had been [31]given,
after the clear tokens had reached them, through mutual jealousy. And God guided those
who believed into the truth concerning which they had disagreed, by His will; and God
guideth whom He pleaseth into the straight path. (ii. 209.)
“And We revealed to thee, ‘follow the religion of Abraham, the sound in faith, for he was
not of those who join gods with God.’ (xvi. 124.)
“Say: As for me, my Lord hath guided me into a straight path: a true faith, the religion of
Abraham, the sound in faith; for he was not of those who join gods with God. (vi. 162.)
“Say: Nay, the religion of Abraham, the sound in faith and not one of those who join gods
with God (is our religion). (ii. 129.)
“Say: God speaketh truth. Follow therefore the religion of Abraham, he being a Ḥanīf and
not one of those who join other gods with God.
“Verily the first temple that was set up for men was that which is in Bakka, blessed and a
guidance for all created beings. (iii. 89, 90.)
“And who hath a better religion than he who resigneth himself to God, who doth what is
good and followeth the faith of Abraham, the sound in faith? (iv. 124.)
“He hath elected you, and hath not laid on you any hardship in religion, the faith of your
father Abraham. He hath named you the Muslims.” (xx. 77.)
But to return to Muḥammad in Medina. In order properly to appreciate his
position after the Flight, it is important to remember the peculiar character
of Arab society at that time, as far at least as this part of the peninsula was
Page 52
concerned. There was an entire absence of any organised administrative or
judicial system such as in modern times we connect with the idea of a
government. Each tribe or clan formed a separate and absolutely
independent body, and this independence extended itself also to the
individual members of the tribe, each of whom recognised the authority, or
leadership of his chief only as being the exponent of a public opinion which
he himself happened to share; but [32]he was quite at liberty to refuse his
conformity to the (even) unanimous resolve of his fellow clansmen. Further,
there was no regular transmission of the office of chieftain; but he was
generally chosen as being the oldest member of the richest and most
powerful family of the clan, and as being personally most qualified to
command respect. If such a tribe became too numerous, it would split up
into several divisions, each of which continued to enjoy a separate and
independent existence, uniting only on some extraordinary occasion for
common self-defence or some more than usually important warlike
expedition. We can thus understand how Muḥammad could establish
himself in Medina at the head of a large and increasing body of adherents
who looked up to him as their head and leader and acknowledged no other
authority,—without exciting any feeling of insecurity, or any fear of
encroachment on recognised authority, such as would have arisen in a city
of ancient Greece or any similarly organised community. Muḥammad thus
exercised temporal authority over his people just as any other independent
chief might have done, the only difference being that in the case of the
Muslims a religious bond took the place of family and blood ties.
Islam thus became what, in theory at least, it has always remained—a
political as well as a religious system.
“It was Muḥammad’s desire to found a new religion, and in this he
succeeded; but at the same time he founded a political system of an entirely
new and peculiar character. At first his only wish was to convert his fellow-
countrymen to the belief in the One God—Allāh; but along with this he
brought about the overthrow of the old system of government in his native
judicial system such as in modern times we connect with the idea of a
government. Each tribe or clan formed a separate and absolutely
independent body, and this independence extended itself also to the
individual members of the tribe, each of whom recognised the authority, or
leadership of his chief only as being the exponent of a public opinion which
he himself happened to share; but [32]he was quite at liberty to refuse his
conformity to the (even) unanimous resolve of his fellow clansmen. Further,
there was no regular transmission of the office of chieftain; but he was
generally chosen as being the oldest member of the richest and most
powerful family of the clan, and as being personally most qualified to
command respect. If such a tribe became too numerous, it would split up
into several divisions, each of which continued to enjoy a separate and
independent existence, uniting only on some extraordinary occasion for
common self-defence or some more than usually important warlike
expedition. We can thus understand how Muḥammad could establish
himself in Medina at the head of a large and increasing body of adherents
who looked up to him as their head and leader and acknowledged no other
authority,—without exciting any feeling of insecurity, or any fear of
encroachment on recognised authority, such as would have arisen in a city
of ancient Greece or any similarly organised community. Muḥammad thus
exercised temporal authority over his people just as any other independent
chief might have done, the only difference being that in the case of the
Muslims a religious bond took the place of family and blood ties.
Islam thus became what, in theory at least, it has always remained—a
political as well as a religious system.
“It was Muḥammad’s desire to found a new religion, and in this he
succeeded; but at the same time he founded a political system of an entirely
new and peculiar character. At first his only wish was to convert his fellow-
countrymen to the belief in the One God—Allāh; but along with this he
brought about the overthrow of the old system of government in his native
Page 53
city, and in place of the tribal aristocracy under which the conduct of public
affairs was shared in common by the ruling families, he substituted an
absolute theocratic monarchy, with himself at the head as vicar of God upon
earth.
“Even before his death almost all Arabia had submitted to him; Arabia that
had never before obeyed one prince, suddenly exhibits a political unity and
swears allegiance to the will of an absolute ruler. Out of the numerous
tribes, big and small, of a hundred different kinds that [33]were incessantly
at feud with one another, Muḥammad’s word created a nation. The idea of a
common religion under one common head bound the different tribes
together into one political organism which developed its peculiar
characteristics with surprising rapidity. Now only one great idea could have
produced this result, viz. the principle of national life in heathen Arabia.
The clan-system was thus for the first time, if not entirely crushed—(that
would have been impossible)—yet made subordinate to the feeling of
religious unity. The great work succeeded, and when Muḥammad died there
prevailed over by far the greater part of Arabia a peace of God such as the
Arab tribes, with their love of plunder and revenge, had never known; it
was the religion of Islam that had brought about this reconciliation.” 14
Even in the case of death, the claims of relationship were set aside and the
bond-brother inherited all the property of his deceased companion. But after
the battle of Badr, when such an artificial bond was no longer needed to
unite his followers, it was abolished; such an arrangement was only
necessary so long as the number of the Muslims was still small and the
corporate life of Islam a novelty; moreover Muḥammad had lived in
Medina for a very short space of time before the rapid increase in the
number of his adherents made so communistic a social system almost
impracticable.
It was only to be expected that the growth of an independent political body
composed of refugees from Mecca, located in a hostile city, should
affairs was shared in common by the ruling families, he substituted an
absolute theocratic monarchy, with himself at the head as vicar of God upon
earth.
“Even before his death almost all Arabia had submitted to him; Arabia that
had never before obeyed one prince, suddenly exhibits a political unity and
swears allegiance to the will of an absolute ruler. Out of the numerous
tribes, big and small, of a hundred different kinds that [33]were incessantly
at feud with one another, Muḥammad’s word created a nation. The idea of a
common religion under one common head bound the different tribes
together into one political organism which developed its peculiar
characteristics with surprising rapidity. Now only one great idea could have
produced this result, viz. the principle of national life in heathen Arabia.
The clan-system was thus for the first time, if not entirely crushed—(that
would have been impossible)—yet made subordinate to the feeling of
religious unity. The great work succeeded, and when Muḥammad died there
prevailed over by far the greater part of Arabia a peace of God such as the
Arab tribes, with their love of plunder and revenge, had never known; it
was the religion of Islam that had brought about this reconciliation.” 14
Even in the case of death, the claims of relationship were set aside and the
bond-brother inherited all the property of his deceased companion. But after
the battle of Badr, when such an artificial bond was no longer needed to
unite his followers, it was abolished; such an arrangement was only
necessary so long as the number of the Muslims was still small and the
corporate life of Islam a novelty; moreover Muḥammad had lived in
Medina for a very short space of time before the rapid increase in the
number of his adherents made so communistic a social system almost
impracticable.
It was only to be expected that the growth of an independent political body
composed of refugees from Mecca, located in a hostile city, should
Page 54
eventually lead to an outbreak of hostilities; and, as is well known, every
biography of Muḥammad is largely taken up with the account of a long
series of petty encounters and bloody battles between his followers and the
Quraysh of Mecca, ending in his triumphal entry into that city in a.d. 630,
and of his hostile relations with numerous other tribes, up to the time of his
death, a.d. 633.
To give any account of these campaigns is beyond the scope of the present
work, but it is important to show that Muḥammad, when he found himself
at the head of a band [34]of armed followers, was not transformed at once, as
some would have us believe, from a peaceful preacher into a fanatic, sword
in hand, forcing his religion on whomsoever he could. 15
It has been frequently asserted by European writers that from the date of
Muḥammad’s migration to Medina, and from the altered circumstances of
his life there, the Prophet appears in an entirely new character. He is no
longer the preacher, the warner, the apostle of God to men, whom he would
persuade of the truth of the religion revealed to him, but now he appears
rather as the unscrupulous bigot, using all means at his disposal of force and
statecraft to assert himself and his opinions.
But it is false to suppose that Muḥammad in Medina laid aside his rôle of
preacher and missionary of Islam, or that when he had a large army at his
command, he ceased to invite unbelievers to accept the faith. Ibn Saʻd gives
a number of letters written by the Prophet from Medina to chiefs and other
members of different Arabian tribes, in addition to those addressed to
potentates living beyond the limits of Arabia, inviting them to embrace
Islam; and in the following pages will be found instances of his having sent
missionaries to preach the faith to the unconverted members of their tribes,
whose very ill-success in some cases is a sign of the genuinely missionary
character of their efforts and the absence of an appeal to force. A typical
example of such an unsuccessful mission is that sent to preach Islam to the
Banū ʻĀmir b. Ṣaʻṣaʻah in the year a.h. 4. The chief of this tribe, Abū Barā
biography of Muḥammad is largely taken up with the account of a long
series of petty encounters and bloody battles between his followers and the
Quraysh of Mecca, ending in his triumphal entry into that city in a.d. 630,
and of his hostile relations with numerous other tribes, up to the time of his
death, a.d. 633.
To give any account of these campaigns is beyond the scope of the present
work, but it is important to show that Muḥammad, when he found himself
at the head of a band [34]of armed followers, was not transformed at once, as
some would have us believe, from a peaceful preacher into a fanatic, sword
in hand, forcing his religion on whomsoever he could. 15
It has been frequently asserted by European writers that from the date of
Muḥammad’s migration to Medina, and from the altered circumstances of
his life there, the Prophet appears in an entirely new character. He is no
longer the preacher, the warner, the apostle of God to men, whom he would
persuade of the truth of the religion revealed to him, but now he appears
rather as the unscrupulous bigot, using all means at his disposal of force and
statecraft to assert himself and his opinions.
But it is false to suppose that Muḥammad in Medina laid aside his rôle of
preacher and missionary of Islam, or that when he had a large army at his
command, he ceased to invite unbelievers to accept the faith. Ibn Saʻd gives
a number of letters written by the Prophet from Medina to chiefs and other
members of different Arabian tribes, in addition to those addressed to
potentates living beyond the limits of Arabia, inviting them to embrace
Islam; and in the following pages will be found instances of his having sent
missionaries to preach the faith to the unconverted members of their tribes,
whose very ill-success in some cases is a sign of the genuinely missionary
character of their efforts and the absence of an appeal to force. A typical
example of such an unsuccessful mission is that sent to preach Islam to the
Banū ʻĀmir b. Ṣaʻṣaʻah in the year a.h. 4. The chief of this tribe, Abū Barā
Page 55
ʻĀmir, visited Muḥammad in Medina, listened to his teaching, but declined
to become a convert; he seemed, however, to be favourably disposed
towards the new faith and asked the Prophet to send some of his followers
to Najd to preach to the people of that country. The Prophet sent a party of
forty Muslims, most of them young men of Medina, who were skilled in
reciting the Qurʼān, and had been accustomed to meet together at night for
study and prayer. But in [35]spite of the safe conduct given them by Abū
Barā ʻĀmir, they were treacherously murdered and three only of the party
escaped with their lives. 16
The successes of the Muslim arms, however, attracted every day members
of various tribes, particularly those in the vicinity of Medina, to swell the
ranks of the followers of the Prophet; and “the courteous treatment which
the deputations of these various clans experienced from the Prophet, his
ready attention to their grievances, the wisdom with which he composed
their disputes, and the politic assignments of territory by which he rewarded
an early declaration in favour of Islam, made his name to be popular and
spread his fame as a great and generous prince throughout the Peninsula.” 17
It not unfrequently happened that one member of a tribe would come to the
Prophet in Medina and return home as a missionary of Islam to convert his
brethren; we have the following account of such a conversion in the year 5
(a.h.).
The Banū Saʻd b. Bakr sent one of their number, by name Ḍimām b.
T͟ haʻlabah as their envoy to the Prophet. He came and made his camel kneel
down at the gate of the mosque and tied up its fore-leg. Then he went into
the mosque, where the Prophet was sitting with his companions. He went
up close to them and said, “Which among you is the son of ʻAbd al-
Muṭṭalib?” “I am,” replied the Prophet. “Art thou Muḥammad?” “Yes,” was
the answer. “Then, if thou wilt not take it amiss, I would fain ask thee some
weighty questions.” “Nay, ask what thou wilt,” answered the Prophet. “I
adjure thee by Allāh, thy God and the God of those who were before thee
to become a convert; he seemed, however, to be favourably disposed
towards the new faith and asked the Prophet to send some of his followers
to Najd to preach to the people of that country. The Prophet sent a party of
forty Muslims, most of them young men of Medina, who were skilled in
reciting the Qurʼān, and had been accustomed to meet together at night for
study and prayer. But in [35]spite of the safe conduct given them by Abū
Barā ʻĀmir, they were treacherously murdered and three only of the party
escaped with their lives. 16
The successes of the Muslim arms, however, attracted every day members
of various tribes, particularly those in the vicinity of Medina, to swell the
ranks of the followers of the Prophet; and “the courteous treatment which
the deputations of these various clans experienced from the Prophet, his
ready attention to their grievances, the wisdom with which he composed
their disputes, and the politic assignments of territory by which he rewarded
an early declaration in favour of Islam, made his name to be popular and
spread his fame as a great and generous prince throughout the Peninsula.” 17
It not unfrequently happened that one member of a tribe would come to the
Prophet in Medina and return home as a missionary of Islam to convert his
brethren; we have the following account of such a conversion in the year 5
(a.h.).
The Banū Saʻd b. Bakr sent one of their number, by name Ḍimām b.
T͟ haʻlabah as their envoy to the Prophet. He came and made his camel kneel
down at the gate of the mosque and tied up its fore-leg. Then he went into
the mosque, where the Prophet was sitting with his companions. He went
up close to them and said, “Which among you is the son of ʻAbd al-
Muṭṭalib?” “I am,” replied the Prophet. “Art thou Muḥammad?” “Yes,” was
the answer. “Then, if thou wilt not take it amiss, I would fain ask thee some
weighty questions.” “Nay, ask what thou wilt,” answered the Prophet. “I
adjure thee by Allāh, thy God and the God of those who were before thee
Page 56
and of those who are to come after thee, hath Allāh sent thee as a prophet
unto us?” Muḥammad answered, “Yea, by Allāh.” He continued, “I adjure
thee by Allāh, thy God and the God of those who were before thee and of
those who are to come after thee, hath He commanded thee to [36]bid us
worship Him alone, and to associate naught else with Him and to abandon
these idols that our fathers worshipped?” Muḥammad answered, “Yea, by
Allāh.” Then he questioned the Prophet concerning all the ordinances of
Islam, one after another, prayer and fasting, pilgrimage, etc., solemnly
adjuring him as before. At the end he said, “Then I bear witness that there is
no God save Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Prophet of
Allāh, and I will observe these ordinances and shun what thou hast
forbidden, adding nothing thereto, and taking nothing away.” Then he
turned away and loosened his camel and returned unto his own people, and
when he had gathered them together, the first words he spoke unto them
were: “Vile things are Lāt and ʻUzzā.” They cried out, “Hold! Ḍimām, take
heed of leprosy or madness!” “Fie on you!” he replied. “By Allāh! they can
neither work you weal nor woe, for Allāh has sent a Prophet and revealed to
him a book, whereby he delivers you from your evil plight; I bear witness
that there is no God save Allāh alone and that Muḥammad is His servant
and His Prophet; and I have brought you tidings of what he enjoins and
what he forbids.” The story goes on that ere nightfall there was not a man or
woman in the camp who had not accepted Islam. 18
Another such missionary was ʻAmr b. Murrah, belonging to the tribe of the
Banū Juhaynah, who dwelt between Medina and the Red Sea. The date of
his conversion was prior to the Flight, in the same year (a.h. 5), and he thus
describes it: “We had an idol that we worshipped, and I was the guardian of
its shrine. When I heard of the Prophet, I broke it in pieces and set off to
Muḥammad, where I accepted Islam and bore witness to the truth, and
believed on what Muḥammad declared to be allowed and forbidden. And to
this my verses refer: ‘I bear witness that God is Truth and that I am the first
to abandon the gods of stones, and I have girded up my loins to make my
way to you over rough ways and smooth, to join myself to him who in
unto us?” Muḥammad answered, “Yea, by Allāh.” He continued, “I adjure
thee by Allāh, thy God and the God of those who were before thee and of
those who are to come after thee, hath He commanded thee to [36]bid us
worship Him alone, and to associate naught else with Him and to abandon
these idols that our fathers worshipped?” Muḥammad answered, “Yea, by
Allāh.” Then he questioned the Prophet concerning all the ordinances of
Islam, one after another, prayer and fasting, pilgrimage, etc., solemnly
adjuring him as before. At the end he said, “Then I bear witness that there is
no God save Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Prophet of
Allāh, and I will observe these ordinances and shun what thou hast
forbidden, adding nothing thereto, and taking nothing away.” Then he
turned away and loosened his camel and returned unto his own people, and
when he had gathered them together, the first words he spoke unto them
were: “Vile things are Lāt and ʻUzzā.” They cried out, “Hold! Ḍimām, take
heed of leprosy or madness!” “Fie on you!” he replied. “By Allāh! they can
neither work you weal nor woe, for Allāh has sent a Prophet and revealed to
him a book, whereby he delivers you from your evil plight; I bear witness
that there is no God save Allāh alone and that Muḥammad is His servant
and His Prophet; and I have brought you tidings of what he enjoins and
what he forbids.” The story goes on that ere nightfall there was not a man or
woman in the camp who had not accepted Islam. 18
Another such missionary was ʻAmr b. Murrah, belonging to the tribe of the
Banū Juhaynah, who dwelt between Medina and the Red Sea. The date of
his conversion was prior to the Flight, in the same year (a.h. 5), and he thus
describes it: “We had an idol that we worshipped, and I was the guardian of
its shrine. When I heard of the Prophet, I broke it in pieces and set off to
Muḥammad, where I accepted Islam and bore witness to the truth, and
believed on what Muḥammad declared to be allowed and forbidden. And to
this my verses refer: ‘I bear witness that God is Truth and that I am the first
to abandon the gods of stones, and I have girded up my loins to make my
way to you over rough ways and smooth, to join myself to him who in
Page 57
himself and for his ancestry is the noblest of men, the apostle of [37]the Lord
whose throne is above the clouds.’ ” He was sent by Muḥammad to preach
Islam to his tribe, and his efforts were crowned with such success that there
was only one man who refused to listen to his exhortations. 19
When the truce of Ḥudaybiyyah (a.h. 6) made friendly relations with the
people of Mecca possible, many persons of that city, who had had the
opportunity of listening to the teaching of Muḥammad in the early days of
his mission, and among them some men of great influence, came out to
Medina, to embrace the faith of Islam.
The continual warfare carried on with the people of Mecca had hitherto
kept the tribes to the south of that city almost entirely outside the influence
of the new religion. But this truce now made communications with southern
Arabia possible, and a small band from the tribe of the Banū Daws came
from the mountains that form the northern boundary of Yaman, and joined
themselves to the Prophet in Medina. Even before the appearance of
Muḥammad, there were some members of this tribe who had had
glimmerings of a higher religion than the idolatry prevailing around them,
and argued that the world must have had a creator, though they knew not
who he was; and when Muḥammad came forward as the apostle of this
creator, one of these men, by name Ṭufayl b. ʻAmr, came to Mecca to learn
who the creator was.
Though warned by the Quraysh of the dangerous influence that Muḥammad
might exercise over him if he entered into conversation with him, he
followed the Prophet to his house one day, after watching him at prayer by
the Kaʻbah. Muḥammad expounded to him the doctrines of Islam, and
Ṭufayl left Mecca full of zeal for the new faith. On his return home he
succeeded in converting his father and his wife, but found his fellow-
tribesmen unwilling to abandon their old idolatrous worship. Disheartened
at the ill-success of his mission, he returned to the Prophet and besought
him to call down the curse of God on the Banū Daws; but Muḥammad
whose throne is above the clouds.’ ” He was sent by Muḥammad to preach
Islam to his tribe, and his efforts were crowned with such success that there
was only one man who refused to listen to his exhortations. 19
When the truce of Ḥudaybiyyah (a.h. 6) made friendly relations with the
people of Mecca possible, many persons of that city, who had had the
opportunity of listening to the teaching of Muḥammad in the early days of
his mission, and among them some men of great influence, came out to
Medina, to embrace the faith of Islam.
The continual warfare carried on with the people of Mecca had hitherto
kept the tribes to the south of that city almost entirely outside the influence
of the new religion. But this truce now made communications with southern
Arabia possible, and a small band from the tribe of the Banū Daws came
from the mountains that form the northern boundary of Yaman, and joined
themselves to the Prophet in Medina. Even before the appearance of
Muḥammad, there were some members of this tribe who had had
glimmerings of a higher religion than the idolatry prevailing around them,
and argued that the world must have had a creator, though they knew not
who he was; and when Muḥammad came forward as the apostle of this
creator, one of these men, by name Ṭufayl b. ʻAmr, came to Mecca to learn
who the creator was.
Though warned by the Quraysh of the dangerous influence that Muḥammad
might exercise over him if he entered into conversation with him, he
followed the Prophet to his house one day, after watching him at prayer by
the Kaʻbah. Muḥammad expounded to him the doctrines of Islam, and
Ṭufayl left Mecca full of zeal for the new faith. On his return home he
succeeded in converting his father and his wife, but found his fellow-
tribesmen unwilling to abandon their old idolatrous worship. Disheartened
at the ill-success of his mission, he returned to the Prophet and besought
him to call down the curse of God on the Banū Daws; but Muḥammad
Page 58
encouraged him to persevere in his efforts, saying, “Return to thy people
and summon them to the faith, but deal gently with them.” At the [38]same
time he prayed, “Oh God! guide the Banū Daws in the right way.” The
success of Ṭufayl’s propaganda was such that in the year a.h. 7 he came to
Medina with between seventy and eighty families of his tribesmen who had
been won over to the faith of Islam, and after the triumphal entry of
Muḥammad into Mecca, Ṭufayl set fire to the block of wood that had
hitherto been venerated as the idol of the tribe. 20
In a.h. 7, fifteen more tribes submitted to the Prophet, and after the
surrender of Mecca in a.h. 8, the ascendancy of Islam was assured, and
those Arabs who had held aloof, saying, “Let Muḥammad and his fellow-
tribesmen fight it out; if he is victorious, then is he a genuine prophet,” 21
now hastened to give in their allegiance to the new religion. Among those
who came in after the fall of Mecca were some of the most bitter
persecutors of Muḥammad in the earlier days of his mission, to whom his
noble forbearance and forgiveness now gave a place in the brotherhood of
Islam. The following year witnessed the martyrdom of ʻUrwah b. Masʻūd,
one of the chiefs of the people of Ṭāʼif, which city the Muslims had
unsuccessfully attempted to capture. He had been absent at that time in
Yaman, and returned from his journey shortly after the raising of the siege.
He had met the Prophet two years before at Ḥudaybiyyah, and had
conceived a profound veneration for him, and now came to Medina to
embrace the new faith. In the ardour of his zeal he offered to go to Ṭāʼif to
convert his fellow-countrymen, and in spite of the efforts of Muḥammad to
dissuade him from so dangerous an undertaking, he returned to his native
city, publicly declared that he had renounced idolatry, and called upon the
people to follow his example. While he was preaching, he was mortally
wounded by an arrow, and died giving thanks to God for having granted
him the glory of martyrdom. A more successful missionary effort was made
by another follower of the Prophet in Yaman—probably a year later—of
which we have the following graphic account: “The apostle of God wrote to
al-Ḥārit͟ h and Masrūḥ, and Nuʻaym b. ʻAbd al-Kulāl of Ḥimyar: ‘Peace be
and summon them to the faith, but deal gently with them.” At the [38]same
time he prayed, “Oh God! guide the Banū Daws in the right way.” The
success of Ṭufayl’s propaganda was such that in the year a.h. 7 he came to
Medina with between seventy and eighty families of his tribesmen who had
been won over to the faith of Islam, and after the triumphal entry of
Muḥammad into Mecca, Ṭufayl set fire to the block of wood that had
hitherto been venerated as the idol of the tribe. 20
In a.h. 7, fifteen more tribes submitted to the Prophet, and after the
surrender of Mecca in a.h. 8, the ascendancy of Islam was assured, and
those Arabs who had held aloof, saying, “Let Muḥammad and his fellow-
tribesmen fight it out; if he is victorious, then is he a genuine prophet,” 21
now hastened to give in their allegiance to the new religion. Among those
who came in after the fall of Mecca were some of the most bitter
persecutors of Muḥammad in the earlier days of his mission, to whom his
noble forbearance and forgiveness now gave a place in the brotherhood of
Islam. The following year witnessed the martyrdom of ʻUrwah b. Masʻūd,
one of the chiefs of the people of Ṭāʼif, which city the Muslims had
unsuccessfully attempted to capture. He had been absent at that time in
Yaman, and returned from his journey shortly after the raising of the siege.
He had met the Prophet two years before at Ḥudaybiyyah, and had
conceived a profound veneration for him, and now came to Medina to
embrace the new faith. In the ardour of his zeal he offered to go to Ṭāʼif to
convert his fellow-countrymen, and in spite of the efforts of Muḥammad to
dissuade him from so dangerous an undertaking, he returned to his native
city, publicly declared that he had renounced idolatry, and called upon the
people to follow his example. While he was preaching, he was mortally
wounded by an arrow, and died giving thanks to God for having granted
him the glory of martyrdom. A more successful missionary effort was made
by another follower of the Prophet in Yaman—probably a year later—of
which we have the following graphic account: “The apostle of God wrote to
al-Ḥārit͟ h and Masrūḥ, and Nuʻaym b. ʻAbd al-Kulāl of Ḥimyar: ‘Peace be
Page 59
upon you so long as [39]ye believe on God and His apostle. God is one God,
there is no partner with Him. He sent Moses with his signs, and created
Jesus with his words. The Jews say, “Ezra is the Son of God,” and the
Christians say, “God is one of three, and Jesus is the Son of God.” ’ He sent
the letter by ʻAyyāsh b. Abī Rabīʻah al-Mak͟ hzūmī, and said: ‘When you
reach their city, go not in by night, but wait until the morning; then
carefully perform your ablutions, and pray with two prostrations, and ask
God to bless you with success and a friendly reception, and to keep you safe
from harm. Then take my letter in your right hand, and deliver it with your
right hand into their right hands, and they will receive it. And recite to them,
“The unbelievers among the people of the Book and the polytheists did not
waver,” etc. (Sūrah 98), to the end of the Sūrah; when you have finished,
say, “Muḥammad has believed, and I am the first to believe.” And you will
be able to meet every objection they bring against you, and every glittering
book that they recite to you will lose its light. And when they speak in a
foreign tongue, say, “Translate it,” and say to them, “God is sufficient for
me; I believe in the Book sent down by Him, and I am commanded to do
justice among you; God is our Lord and your Lord; to us belong our works,
and to you belong your works; there is no strife between us and you; God
will unite us, and unto Him we must return.” If they now accept Islam, then
ask them for their three rods, before which they gather together to pray, one
rod of tamarisk that is spotted white and yellow, and one knotted like a
cane, and one black like ebony. Bring the rods out and burn them in the
market-place.’ So I set out,” tells ʻAyyāsh, “to do as the Apostle of God had
bid me. When I arrived, I found that all the people had decked themselves
out for a festival: I walked on to see them, and came at last to three
enormous curtains hung in front of three doorways. I lifted the curtain and
entered the middle door, and found people collected in the courtyard of the
building. I introduced myself to them as the messenger of the Apostle of
God, and did as he had bidden me; and they gave heed to my words, and it
fell out as he had said.” 22 [40]
there is no partner with Him. He sent Moses with his signs, and created
Jesus with his words. The Jews say, “Ezra is the Son of God,” and the
Christians say, “God is one of three, and Jesus is the Son of God.” ’ He sent
the letter by ʻAyyāsh b. Abī Rabīʻah al-Mak͟ hzūmī, and said: ‘When you
reach their city, go not in by night, but wait until the morning; then
carefully perform your ablutions, and pray with two prostrations, and ask
God to bless you with success and a friendly reception, and to keep you safe
from harm. Then take my letter in your right hand, and deliver it with your
right hand into their right hands, and they will receive it. And recite to them,
“The unbelievers among the people of the Book and the polytheists did not
waver,” etc. (Sūrah 98), to the end of the Sūrah; when you have finished,
say, “Muḥammad has believed, and I am the first to believe.” And you will
be able to meet every objection they bring against you, and every glittering
book that they recite to you will lose its light. And when they speak in a
foreign tongue, say, “Translate it,” and say to them, “God is sufficient for
me; I believe in the Book sent down by Him, and I am commanded to do
justice among you; God is our Lord and your Lord; to us belong our works,
and to you belong your works; there is no strife between us and you; God
will unite us, and unto Him we must return.” If they now accept Islam, then
ask them for their three rods, before which they gather together to pray, one
rod of tamarisk that is spotted white and yellow, and one knotted like a
cane, and one black like ebony. Bring the rods out and burn them in the
market-place.’ So I set out,” tells ʻAyyāsh, “to do as the Apostle of God had
bid me. When I arrived, I found that all the people had decked themselves
out for a festival: I walked on to see them, and came at last to three
enormous curtains hung in front of three doorways. I lifted the curtain and
entered the middle door, and found people collected in the courtyard of the
building. I introduced myself to them as the messenger of the Apostle of
God, and did as he had bidden me; and they gave heed to my words, and it
fell out as he had said.” 22 [40]
Page 60
In a.h. 9 a deputation of thirteen men from the Banū Kilāb, a branch of the
Banū ʻĀmir b. Ṣaʻṣaʻah, came to the Prophet and informed him that one of
his followers, Ḍaḥḥāk b. Sufyān, had come to them, reciting the Qurʼān and
teaching the doctrines of Islam, and that his preaching had won over their
tribe to the new faith. 23 Another branch of the same tribe, the Banū Ruʼās b.
Kilāb, was converted by one of its members, named ʻAmr b. Mālik, who
had been to Medina and accepted Islam, and then returned to his fellow
tribes and persuaded them to follow his example. 24
In the same year a less successful attempt was made by a new convert,
Wāt͟ hilah b. al-Asqaʻ, to induce his clan to accept the faith that he himself
had embraced after an interview with the Prophet. His father scornfully cast
him off, saying, “By God! I will never speak a word to you again,” and
none were found willing to believe the doctrines he preached with the
exception of his sister, who provided him with the means of returning to the
Prophet at Medina. 25 This ninth year of the Hijrah has been called the year
of the deputations, because of the enormous number of Arab tribes and
cities that now sent delegates to the Prophet, to give in their submission.
The introduction into Arab society of a new principle of social union in the
brotherhood of Islam had already begun to weaken the binding force of the
old tribal ideal, which erected the fabric of society on the basis of blood-
relationship. The conversion of an individual and his reception into the new
society was a breach of one of the most fundamental laws of Arab life, and
its frequent occurrence had acted as a powerful solvent on tribal
organisation and had left it weak in the face of a national life so enthusiastic
and firmly-knit as that of the Muslims had become. The Arab tribes were
thus impelled to give in their submission to the Prophet, not merely as the
head of the strongest military force in Arabia, but as the exponent of a
theory of social life that was making all others weak and ineffective. 26
Muḥammad had succeeded in introducing into the anarchical society of his
time a [41]sentiment of national unity, a consciousness of rights and duties
towards one another such as the Arabs had not felt before. 27 In this way,
Islam was uniting together clans that hitherto had been continually at feud
Banū ʻĀmir b. Ṣaʻṣaʻah, came to the Prophet and informed him that one of
his followers, Ḍaḥḥāk b. Sufyān, had come to them, reciting the Qurʼān and
teaching the doctrines of Islam, and that his preaching had won over their
tribe to the new faith. 23 Another branch of the same tribe, the Banū Ruʼās b.
Kilāb, was converted by one of its members, named ʻAmr b. Mālik, who
had been to Medina and accepted Islam, and then returned to his fellow
tribes and persuaded them to follow his example. 24
In the same year a less successful attempt was made by a new convert,
Wāt͟ hilah b. al-Asqaʻ, to induce his clan to accept the faith that he himself
had embraced after an interview with the Prophet. His father scornfully cast
him off, saying, “By God! I will never speak a word to you again,” and
none were found willing to believe the doctrines he preached with the
exception of his sister, who provided him with the means of returning to the
Prophet at Medina. 25 This ninth year of the Hijrah has been called the year
of the deputations, because of the enormous number of Arab tribes and
cities that now sent delegates to the Prophet, to give in their submission.
The introduction into Arab society of a new principle of social union in the
brotherhood of Islam had already begun to weaken the binding force of the
old tribal ideal, which erected the fabric of society on the basis of blood-
relationship. The conversion of an individual and his reception into the new
society was a breach of one of the most fundamental laws of Arab life, and
its frequent occurrence had acted as a powerful solvent on tribal
organisation and had left it weak in the face of a national life so enthusiastic
and firmly-knit as that of the Muslims had become. The Arab tribes were
thus impelled to give in their submission to the Prophet, not merely as the
head of the strongest military force in Arabia, but as the exponent of a
theory of social life that was making all others weak and ineffective. 26
Muḥammad had succeeded in introducing into the anarchical society of his
time a [41]sentiment of national unity, a consciousness of rights and duties
towards one another such as the Arabs had not felt before. 27 In this way,
Islam was uniting together clans that hitherto had been continually at feud
Page 61
with one another, and as this great confederacy grew, it more and more
attracted to itself the weaker among the tribes of Arabia. In the accounts of
the conversion of the Arab tribes, there is continual mention of the promise
of security against their enemies, made to them by the Prophet on the
occasion of their submission. “Woe is me for Muḥammad!” was the cry of
one of the Arab tribes on the news of the death of the Prophet. “So long as
he was alive, I lived in peace and in safety from my enemies;” and the cry
must have found an echo far and wide throughout Arabia.
How superficial was the adherence of numbers of the Arab tribes to the
faith of Islam may be judged from the widespread apostasy that followed
immediately on the death of the Prophet. Their acceptance of Islam would
seem to have been often dictated more by considerations of political
expediency, and was more frequently a bargain struck under pressure of
violence than the outcome of any enthusiasm or spiritual awakening. They
allowed themselves to be swept into the stream of what had now become a
great national movement, and we miss the fervent zeal of the early converts
in the cool, calculating attitude of those who came in after the fall of
Mecca. But even from among these must have come many to swell the
ranks of the true believers animated with a genuine zeal for the faith, and
ready, as we have seen, to give their lives in the effort to preach it to their
brethren.
“These men were the true moral heirs of the Prophet, the future apostles of
Islam, the faithful trustees of all that Muḥammad had revealed unto the men
of God. Into these men, through their constant contact with the Prophet and
their devotion to him, there had really entered a new mode of thought and
feeling, loftier and more civilised than any they had known before; they had
really changed for the better from every point of view, and later on as
statesmen and generals, in the most difficult moments of the war of
[42]conquest they gave magnificent and undeniable proof that the ideas and
the doctrines of Muḥammad had been seed cast on fruitful soil, and had
produced a body of men of the very highest worth. They were the
attracted to itself the weaker among the tribes of Arabia. In the accounts of
the conversion of the Arab tribes, there is continual mention of the promise
of security against their enemies, made to them by the Prophet on the
occasion of their submission. “Woe is me for Muḥammad!” was the cry of
one of the Arab tribes on the news of the death of the Prophet. “So long as
he was alive, I lived in peace and in safety from my enemies;” and the cry
must have found an echo far and wide throughout Arabia.
How superficial was the adherence of numbers of the Arab tribes to the
faith of Islam may be judged from the widespread apostasy that followed
immediately on the death of the Prophet. Their acceptance of Islam would
seem to have been often dictated more by considerations of political
expediency, and was more frequently a bargain struck under pressure of
violence than the outcome of any enthusiasm or spiritual awakening. They
allowed themselves to be swept into the stream of what had now become a
great national movement, and we miss the fervent zeal of the early converts
in the cool, calculating attitude of those who came in after the fall of
Mecca. But even from among these must have come many to swell the
ranks of the true believers animated with a genuine zeal for the faith, and
ready, as we have seen, to give their lives in the effort to preach it to their
brethren.
“These men were the true moral heirs of the Prophet, the future apostles of
Islam, the faithful trustees of all that Muḥammad had revealed unto the men
of God. Into these men, through their constant contact with the Prophet and
their devotion to him, there had really entered a new mode of thought and
feeling, loftier and more civilised than any they had known before; they had
really changed for the better from every point of view, and later on as
statesmen and generals, in the most difficult moments of the war of
[42]conquest they gave magnificent and undeniable proof that the ideas and
the doctrines of Muḥammad had been seed cast on fruitful soil, and had
produced a body of men of the very highest worth. They were the
Page 62
depositaries of the sacred text of the Qurʼān, which they alone knew by
heart; they were the jealous guardians of the memory of every word and
bidding of the Prophet, the trustees of the moral heritage of Muḥammad.
These men formed the venerable stock of Islam from whom one day was to
spring the noble band of the first jurists, theologians and traditionists of
Muslim society.” 28
But for such men as these, so vast a movement could not have held
together, much less have recovered the shock given it by the death of the
founder. For it must not be forgotten how distinctly Islam was a new
movement in heathen Arabia, and how diametrically opposed were the
ideals of the two societies. 29 For the introduction of Islam into Arab society
did not imply merely the sweeping away of a few barbarous and inhuman
practices, but a complete reversal of the pre-existing ideals of life.
Herein we have the most conclusive proof of the essentially missionary
character of the teaching of Muḥammad, who thus comes forward as the
exponent of a new scheme of faith and practice. Whatever may have been
the conditions favourable to the formation of a new political organisation,
Muḥammad certainly did not find the society of his day prepared to receive
his religious teaching and waiting only for the voice that would express in
speech the inarticulate yearnings of their hearts. But it is just this spirit of
expectancy that is wanting among the Arabs—those at least of the Central
Arabia towards whom Muḥammad’s efforts were at first directed. They
were by no means ready to receive the preaching of a new teacher, least of
all one who came with the (to them unintelligible) title of apostle of God.
Again, the equality in Islam of all believers and the common brotherhood of
all Muslims, which suffered no [43]distinctions between Arab and non-Arab,
between free and slave, to exist among the faithful, was an idea that ran
directly counter to the proud clan-feeling of the Arab, who grounded his
claims to personal consideration on the fame of his ancestors, and in the
strength of the same carried on the endless blood-feuds in which his soul
heart; they were the jealous guardians of the memory of every word and
bidding of the Prophet, the trustees of the moral heritage of Muḥammad.
These men formed the venerable stock of Islam from whom one day was to
spring the noble band of the first jurists, theologians and traditionists of
Muslim society.” 28
But for such men as these, so vast a movement could not have held
together, much less have recovered the shock given it by the death of the
founder. For it must not be forgotten how distinctly Islam was a new
movement in heathen Arabia, and how diametrically opposed were the
ideals of the two societies. 29 For the introduction of Islam into Arab society
did not imply merely the sweeping away of a few barbarous and inhuman
practices, but a complete reversal of the pre-existing ideals of life.
Herein we have the most conclusive proof of the essentially missionary
character of the teaching of Muḥammad, who thus comes forward as the
exponent of a new scheme of faith and practice. Whatever may have been
the conditions favourable to the formation of a new political organisation,
Muḥammad certainly did not find the society of his day prepared to receive
his religious teaching and waiting only for the voice that would express in
speech the inarticulate yearnings of their hearts. But it is just this spirit of
expectancy that is wanting among the Arabs—those at least of the Central
Arabia towards whom Muḥammad’s efforts were at first directed. They
were by no means ready to receive the preaching of a new teacher, least of
all one who came with the (to them unintelligible) title of apostle of God.
Again, the equality in Islam of all believers and the common brotherhood of
all Muslims, which suffered no [43]distinctions between Arab and non-Arab,
between free and slave, to exist among the faithful, was an idea that ran
directly counter to the proud clan-feeling of the Arab, who grounded his
claims to personal consideration on the fame of his ancestors, and in the
strength of the same carried on the endless blood-feuds in which his soul
Page 63
delighted. Indeed, the fundamental principles in the teaching of Muḥammad
were a protest against much that the Arabs had hitherto most highly valued,
and the newly-converted Muslim was taught to consider as virtues, qualities
which hitherto he had looked down upon with contempt.
To the heathen Arab, friendship and hostility were as a loan which he
sought to repay with interest, and he prided himself on returning evil for
evil, and looked down on any who acted otherwise as a weak nidering.
He is the perfect man who late and early plotteth still
To do a kindness to his friends and work his foes some ill.
To such men the Prophet said, “Recompense evil with that which is better”
(xxiii. 98); as they desired the forgiveness of God, they were to pass over
and pardon offences (xxiv. 22), and a Paradise, vast as the heavens and the
earth, was prepared for those who mastered their anger and forgave others.
(iii. 128.)
The very institution of prayer was jeered at by the Arabs to whom
Muḥammad first delivered his message, and one of the hardest parts of his
task was to induce in them that pious attitude of mind towards the Creator,
which Islam inculcates equally with Judaism and Christianity, but which
was practically unknown to the heathen Arabs. This self-sufficiency and
this lack of the religious spirit, joined with their intense pride of race, little
fitted them to receive the teachings of one who maintained that “The most
worthy of honour in the sight of God is he that feareth Him most” (xlix. 13).
No more could they brook the restrictions that Islam sought to lay upon the
licence of their lives; wine, women, and song, were among the things most
dear to the Arab’s heart in the days of the ignorance, and the Prophet was
stern and severe in his injunctions respecting each of them. [44]
Thus, from the very beginning, Islam bears the stamp of a missionary
religion that seeks to win the hearts of men, to convert them and persuade
them to enter the brotherhood of the faithful; and as it was in the beginning,
were a protest against much that the Arabs had hitherto most highly valued,
and the newly-converted Muslim was taught to consider as virtues, qualities
which hitherto he had looked down upon with contempt.
To the heathen Arab, friendship and hostility were as a loan which he
sought to repay with interest, and he prided himself on returning evil for
evil, and looked down on any who acted otherwise as a weak nidering.
He is the perfect man who late and early plotteth still
To do a kindness to his friends and work his foes some ill.
To such men the Prophet said, “Recompense evil with that which is better”
(xxiii. 98); as they desired the forgiveness of God, they were to pass over
and pardon offences (xxiv. 22), and a Paradise, vast as the heavens and the
earth, was prepared for those who mastered their anger and forgave others.
(iii. 128.)
The very institution of prayer was jeered at by the Arabs to whom
Muḥammad first delivered his message, and one of the hardest parts of his
task was to induce in them that pious attitude of mind towards the Creator,
which Islam inculcates equally with Judaism and Christianity, but which
was practically unknown to the heathen Arabs. This self-sufficiency and
this lack of the religious spirit, joined with their intense pride of race, little
fitted them to receive the teachings of one who maintained that “The most
worthy of honour in the sight of God is he that feareth Him most” (xlix. 13).
No more could they brook the restrictions that Islam sought to lay upon the
licence of their lives; wine, women, and song, were among the things most
dear to the Arab’s heart in the days of the ignorance, and the Prophet was
stern and severe in his injunctions respecting each of them. [44]
Thus, from the very beginning, Islam bears the stamp of a missionary
religion that seeks to win the hearts of men, to convert them and persuade
them to enter the brotherhood of the faithful; and as it was in the beginning,
Page 64
so has it continued to be up to the present day, as will be the object of the
following pages to show. [45]
Ibn Isḥāq, p. 120. ↑
1
Id. p. 155. ↑
2
He is famous throughout the Muhammadan world as the first muʼad͟ hd͟ hin. ↑
3
Ibn Isḥāq, p. 219–220. Ṭabarī makes no mention of this mission and Caetani (i. p. 278)
4
accordingly suggests that it is a later invention. ↑
Ibn Isḥāq, pp. 225–6. ↑
5
Ibn Isḥāq, pp. 286–7. ↑
6
Caetani, vol. i. pp. 334–5. ↑
7
Ibn Isḥāq, p. 291 sq. ↑
8
The appointment of the fast of Ramaḍān (Qurʼān ii. 179–84), is doubtless another
9
sign of the breaking with the Jews, the fast on the Day of Atonement being thus
abolished. ↑
“Aber Gottes Botschaft ist nicht auf die Araber beschränkt. Sein Wille gilt für alle Creatur, es
10
heischt unbedingten Gehorsam von aller Menschheit, und dass Muhammed als sein Bote
denselben Gehorsam zu heischen berechtigt und verpflichtet sei, scheint von Anfang an ein
integrirender Bestandtheil seines Gedankensystem gewesen zu sein.” (Sachau, pp. 293–4.) Goldziher
(Vorlesungen über den Islam, p. 25 sqq.) and Nöldeke (WZKM, vol. xxi. pp. 307–8) express a similar
opinion. ↑
On the doubtful authenticity of these letters, see Caetani, vol. i. p. 725 sqq. ↑
11
It seems strange that in the face of these passages, some have denied that Islam was originally
12
intended by its founder to be a universal religion. Thus Sir William Muir says, “That the
heritage of Islam is the world, was an afterthought. The idea, spite of much prophetic tradition, had
been conceived but dimly, if at all, by Mahomet himself. His world was Arabia, and for it the new
dispensation was ordained. From first to last the summons was to Arabs and to none other.… The
seed of a universal creed had indeed been sown; but that it ever germinated was due to circumstance
rather than design.” (The Caliphate, pp. 43–4.) Caetani is the latest exponent of this view. (Annali
dell’Islām, vol. v. pp. 323–4.) ↑
Ibn Saʻd, § 10. This story may indeed be apocryphal, but is significant at least of the early
13
realisation of the missionary character of Islam. ↑
A. von Kremer (3), pp. 309, 310. ↑
14
This would seem to be acknowledged even by Muir, when speaking of the massacre of the
15
Banū Qurayẓah (a.h. 6): “The ostensible grounds upon which Mahomet proceeded were purely
political, for as yet he did not profess to force men to join Islam, or to punish them for not embracing
it.” (Muir (2), vol. iii. p. 282.) ↑
following pages to show. [45]
Ibn Isḥāq, p. 120. ↑
1
Id. p. 155. ↑
2
He is famous throughout the Muhammadan world as the first muʼad͟ hd͟ hin. ↑
3
Ibn Isḥāq, p. 219–220. Ṭabarī makes no mention of this mission and Caetani (i. p. 278)
4
accordingly suggests that it is a later invention. ↑
Ibn Isḥāq, pp. 225–6. ↑
5
Ibn Isḥāq, pp. 286–7. ↑
6
Caetani, vol. i. pp. 334–5. ↑
7
Ibn Isḥāq, p. 291 sq. ↑
8
The appointment of the fast of Ramaḍān (Qurʼān ii. 179–84), is doubtless another
9
sign of the breaking with the Jews, the fast on the Day of Atonement being thus
abolished. ↑
“Aber Gottes Botschaft ist nicht auf die Araber beschränkt. Sein Wille gilt für alle Creatur, es
10
heischt unbedingten Gehorsam von aller Menschheit, und dass Muhammed als sein Bote
denselben Gehorsam zu heischen berechtigt und verpflichtet sei, scheint von Anfang an ein
integrirender Bestandtheil seines Gedankensystem gewesen zu sein.” (Sachau, pp. 293–4.) Goldziher
(Vorlesungen über den Islam, p. 25 sqq.) and Nöldeke (WZKM, vol. xxi. pp. 307–8) express a similar
opinion. ↑
On the doubtful authenticity of these letters, see Caetani, vol. i. p. 725 sqq. ↑
11
It seems strange that in the face of these passages, some have denied that Islam was originally
12
intended by its founder to be a universal religion. Thus Sir William Muir says, “That the
heritage of Islam is the world, was an afterthought. The idea, spite of much prophetic tradition, had
been conceived but dimly, if at all, by Mahomet himself. His world was Arabia, and for it the new
dispensation was ordained. From first to last the summons was to Arabs and to none other.… The
seed of a universal creed had indeed been sown; but that it ever germinated was due to circumstance
rather than design.” (The Caliphate, pp. 43–4.) Caetani is the latest exponent of this view. (Annali
dell’Islām, vol. v. pp. 323–4.) ↑
Ibn Saʻd, § 10. This story may indeed be apocryphal, but is significant at least of the early
13
realisation of the missionary character of Islam. ↑
A. von Kremer (3), pp. 309, 310. ↑
14
This would seem to be acknowledged even by Muir, when speaking of the massacre of the
15
Banū Qurayẓah (a.h. 6): “The ostensible grounds upon which Mahomet proceeded were purely
political, for as yet he did not profess to force men to join Islam, or to punish them for not embracing
it.” (Muir (2), vol. iii. p. 282.) ↑
Page 65
Ibn Isḥāq, p. 648 sq. ↑
16
Muir (2), vol. iv. pp. 107–8. See also Caetani, vol. i. p. 663. “Assai più che tutte le prediche del
17
Profeta, assai più che tutta la bontà delle dottrine islamiche, siffatti vantaggi militari
contribuirono al aumentare il numero dei seguaci. La rapidità della diffusione dell’Islām divenne in
special modo sensibile per il contegno et per lo spirito di tolleranza, di libertà, e di opportunismo, che
diresse il Profeta nei suoi rapporti con i convertiti.” ↑
Ibn Isḥāq, p. 943–4. (This story rests on somewhat doubtful authority, cf. Caetani, vol. i. p. 610.) ↑
18
Ibn Saʻd, § 118. ↑
19
Ibn Isḥāq, pp. 252–4. ↑
20
Caetani, vol. ii. t. i. p. 341. ↑
21
Ibn Saʻd, § 56. ↑
22
Ibn Saʻd, § 85. ↑
23
Id. § 86. ↑
24
Id. § 91. ↑
25
See Sprenger, vol. iii. pp. 360–1. ↑
26
Caetani, vol. ii. p. 433. ↑
27
Caetani, vol. ii. p. 429. ↑
28
This has been nowhere more fully and excellently brought out
29
than in the scholarly work of Prof. Ignaz Goldziher
(Muhammedanische Studien, vol. i.), from which I have derived the following considerations. ↑
16
Muir (2), vol. iv. pp. 107–8. See also Caetani, vol. i. p. 663. “Assai più che tutte le prediche del
17
Profeta, assai più che tutta la bontà delle dottrine islamiche, siffatti vantaggi militari
contribuirono al aumentare il numero dei seguaci. La rapidità della diffusione dell’Islām divenne in
special modo sensibile per il contegno et per lo spirito di tolleranza, di libertà, e di opportunismo, che
diresse il Profeta nei suoi rapporti con i convertiti.” ↑
Ibn Isḥāq, p. 943–4. (This story rests on somewhat doubtful authority, cf. Caetani, vol. i. p. 610.) ↑
18
Ibn Saʻd, § 118. ↑
19
Ibn Isḥāq, pp. 252–4. ↑
20
Caetani, vol. ii. t. i. p. 341. ↑
21
Ibn Saʻd, § 56. ↑
22
Ibn Saʻd, § 85. ↑
23
Id. § 86. ↑
24
Id. § 91. ↑
25
See Sprenger, vol. iii. pp. 360–1. ↑
26
Caetani, vol. ii. p. 433. ↑
27
Caetani, vol. ii. p. 429. ↑
28
This has been nowhere more fully and excellently brought out
29
than in the scholarly work of Prof. Ignaz Goldziher
(Muhammedanische Studien, vol. i.), from which I have derived the following considerations. ↑
Page 66
[Contents]
Page 67
CHAPTER III.
Page 68
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM AMONG THE
CHRISTIAN NATIONS OF WESTERN ASIA.
After the death of Muḥammad, the army he had intended for Syria was
despatched thither by Abū Bakr, in spite of the protestations made by
certain Muslims in view of the then disturbed state of Arabia. He silenced
their expostulations with the words: “I will not revoke any order given by
the Prophet. Medina may become the prey of wild beasts, but the army must
carry out the wishes of Muḥammad.” This was the first of that wonderful
series of campaigns in which the Arabs overran Syria, Persia and Northern
Africa—overturning the ancient kingdom of Persia and despoiling the
Roman Empire of some of its fairest provinces. It does not fall within the
scope of this work to follow the history of these different campaigns, but, in
view of the expansion of the Muslim faith that followed the Arab conquests,
it is of importance to discover what were the circumstances that made such
an expansion possible.
A great historian 1 has well put the problem that meets us here, in the
following words: “Was it genuine religious enthusiasm, the new strength of
a faith now for the first time blossoming forth in all its purity, that gave the
victory in every battle to the arms of the Arabs and in so incredibly short a
time founded the greatest empire the world had ever seen? But evidence is
wanting to prove that this was the case. The number was far too small of
those who had given their allegiance to the Prophet and his teaching with a
free and heartfelt conviction, while on the other hand all the greater was the
number of those who had been [46]brought into the ranks of the
Muhammadans only through pressure from without or by the hope of
worldly gain. K͟ hālid, ‘that sword of the swords of God,’ exhibited in a very
striking manner that mixture of force and persuasion whereby he and many
of the Quraysh had been converted, when he said that God had seized them
CHRISTIAN NATIONS OF WESTERN ASIA.
After the death of Muḥammad, the army he had intended for Syria was
despatched thither by Abū Bakr, in spite of the protestations made by
certain Muslims in view of the then disturbed state of Arabia. He silenced
their expostulations with the words: “I will not revoke any order given by
the Prophet. Medina may become the prey of wild beasts, but the army must
carry out the wishes of Muḥammad.” This was the first of that wonderful
series of campaigns in which the Arabs overran Syria, Persia and Northern
Africa—overturning the ancient kingdom of Persia and despoiling the
Roman Empire of some of its fairest provinces. It does not fall within the
scope of this work to follow the history of these different campaigns, but, in
view of the expansion of the Muslim faith that followed the Arab conquests,
it is of importance to discover what were the circumstances that made such
an expansion possible.
A great historian 1 has well put the problem that meets us here, in the
following words: “Was it genuine religious enthusiasm, the new strength of
a faith now for the first time blossoming forth in all its purity, that gave the
victory in every battle to the arms of the Arabs and in so incredibly short a
time founded the greatest empire the world had ever seen? But evidence is
wanting to prove that this was the case. The number was far too small of
those who had given their allegiance to the Prophet and his teaching with a
free and heartfelt conviction, while on the other hand all the greater was the
number of those who had been [46]brought into the ranks of the
Muhammadans only through pressure from without or by the hope of
worldly gain. K͟ hālid, ‘that sword of the swords of God,’ exhibited in a very
striking manner that mixture of force and persuasion whereby he and many
of the Quraysh had been converted, when he said that God had seized them
Page 69
by the hearts and by the hair and compelled them to follow the Prophet. The
proud feeling too of a common nationality had much influence—a feeling
which was more alive among the Arabs of that time than (perhaps) among
any other people, and which alone determined many thousands to give the
preference to their countryman and his religion before foreign teachers. Still
more powerful was the attraction offered by the sure prospect of gaining
booty in abundance, in fighting for the new religion and of exchanging their
bare, stony deserts, which offered them only a miserable subsistence, for the
fruitful and luxuriant countries of Persia, Syria and Egypt.”
These stupendous conquests which laid the foundations of the Arab empire,
were certainly not the outcome of a holy war, waged for the propagation of
Islam, but they were followed by such a vast defection from the Christian
faith that this result has often been supposed to have been their aim. Thus
the sword came to be looked upon by Christian historians as the instrument
of Muslim propaganda, and in the light of the success attributed to it the
evidences of the genuine missionary activity of Islam were obscured. But
the spirit which animated the invading hosts of Arabs who poured over the
confines of the Byzantine and Persian empires, was no proselytising zeal
for the conversion of souls. On the contrary, religious interests appear to
have entered but little into the consciousness of the protagonists of the Arab
armies. 2 This expansion of the Arab race is more rightly envisaged as the
migration of a vigorous and energetic people driven by hunger and want, to
leave their inhospitable deserts and overrun the richer lands of their more
fortunate neighbours. 3 Still the unifying [47]principle of the movement was
the theocracy established in Medina, and the organisation of the new state
proceeded from the devoted companions of Muḥammad, the faithful
depositaries of his teaching, whose moral weight and enthusiasm kept Islam
alive as the official religion, despite the indifference of those Arabs who
gave to it a mere nominal adherence. 4 It is not, therefore, in the annals of
the conquering armies that we must look for the reasons which lead to the
so rapid spread of the Muslim faith, but rather in the conditions prevailing
among the conquered peoples.
proud feeling too of a common nationality had much influence—a feeling
which was more alive among the Arabs of that time than (perhaps) among
any other people, and which alone determined many thousands to give the
preference to their countryman and his religion before foreign teachers. Still
more powerful was the attraction offered by the sure prospect of gaining
booty in abundance, in fighting for the new religion and of exchanging their
bare, stony deserts, which offered them only a miserable subsistence, for the
fruitful and luxuriant countries of Persia, Syria and Egypt.”
These stupendous conquests which laid the foundations of the Arab empire,
were certainly not the outcome of a holy war, waged for the propagation of
Islam, but they were followed by such a vast defection from the Christian
faith that this result has often been supposed to have been their aim. Thus
the sword came to be looked upon by Christian historians as the instrument
of Muslim propaganda, and in the light of the success attributed to it the
evidences of the genuine missionary activity of Islam were obscured. But
the spirit which animated the invading hosts of Arabs who poured over the
confines of the Byzantine and Persian empires, was no proselytising zeal
for the conversion of souls. On the contrary, religious interests appear to
have entered but little into the consciousness of the protagonists of the Arab
armies. 2 This expansion of the Arab race is more rightly envisaged as the
migration of a vigorous and energetic people driven by hunger and want, to
leave their inhospitable deserts and overrun the richer lands of their more
fortunate neighbours. 3 Still the unifying [47]principle of the movement was
the theocracy established in Medina, and the organisation of the new state
proceeded from the devoted companions of Muḥammad, the faithful
depositaries of his teaching, whose moral weight and enthusiasm kept Islam
alive as the official religion, despite the indifference of those Arabs who
gave to it a mere nominal adherence. 4 It is not, therefore, in the annals of
the conquering armies that we must look for the reasons which lead to the
so rapid spread of the Muslim faith, but rather in the conditions prevailing
among the conquered peoples.
Page 70
The national character of this ethnic movement of migration naturally
attracted to the invading Arab hosts the outlying representatives of the Arab
race through whom the path of the conquering armies lay. Accordingly it is
not surprising to find that many of the Christian Bedouins were swept into
the rushing tide of this great movement and that Arab tribes, who for
centuries had professed the Christian religion, now abandoned it to embrace
the Muslim faith. Among these was the tribe of the Banū G͟ hassān, who held
sway over the desert east of Palestine and southern Syria, of whom it was
said that they were “Lords in the days of the ignorance and stars in Islam.” 5
After the battle of Qādisiyyah (a.h. 14) in which the Persian army under
Rustam had been utterly discomfited, many Christians belonging to the
Bedouin tribes on both sides of the Euphrates came to the Muslim general
and said: “The tribes that at the first embraced Islam were wiser than we.
Now that Rustam hath been slain, we will accept the new belief.” 6
Similarly, after the conquest of northern Syria, most of the Bedouin tribes,
after hesitating a little, joined themselves to the followers of the Prophet. 7
That force was not the determining factor in these conversions may be
judged from the amicable relations that existed between the Christian and
the Muslim Arabs. Muḥammad himself had entered into treaty with several
[48]Christian tribes, promising them his protection and guaranteeing them
the free exercise of their religion and to their clergy undisturbed enjoyment
of their old rights and authority. 8 A similar bond of friendship united his
followers with their fellow-countrymen of the older faith, many of whom
voluntarily came forward to assist the Muslims in their military expeditions
in the same spirit of loyalty to the new government as had caused them to
hold aloof from the great apostasy that raised the standard of revolt
throughout Arabia immediately after the death of the Prophet. 9 It has been
suggested that the Christian Arabs who guarded the frontier of the
Byzantine empire bordering on the desert threw in their lot with the
invading Muslim army, when Heraclius refused any longer to pay them
their accustomed subsidy for military service as wardens of the marches. 10
attracted to the invading Arab hosts the outlying representatives of the Arab
race through whom the path of the conquering armies lay. Accordingly it is
not surprising to find that many of the Christian Bedouins were swept into
the rushing tide of this great movement and that Arab tribes, who for
centuries had professed the Christian religion, now abandoned it to embrace
the Muslim faith. Among these was the tribe of the Banū G͟ hassān, who held
sway over the desert east of Palestine and southern Syria, of whom it was
said that they were “Lords in the days of the ignorance and stars in Islam.” 5
After the battle of Qādisiyyah (a.h. 14) in which the Persian army under
Rustam had been utterly discomfited, many Christians belonging to the
Bedouin tribes on both sides of the Euphrates came to the Muslim general
and said: “The tribes that at the first embraced Islam were wiser than we.
Now that Rustam hath been slain, we will accept the new belief.” 6
Similarly, after the conquest of northern Syria, most of the Bedouin tribes,
after hesitating a little, joined themselves to the followers of the Prophet. 7
That force was not the determining factor in these conversions may be
judged from the amicable relations that existed between the Christian and
the Muslim Arabs. Muḥammad himself had entered into treaty with several
[48]Christian tribes, promising them his protection and guaranteeing them
the free exercise of their religion and to their clergy undisturbed enjoyment
of their old rights and authority. 8 A similar bond of friendship united his
followers with their fellow-countrymen of the older faith, many of whom
voluntarily came forward to assist the Muslims in their military expeditions
in the same spirit of loyalty to the new government as had caused them to
hold aloof from the great apostasy that raised the standard of revolt
throughout Arabia immediately after the death of the Prophet. 9 It has been
suggested that the Christian Arabs who guarded the frontier of the
Byzantine empire bordering on the desert threw in their lot with the
invading Muslim army, when Heraclius refused any longer to pay them
their accustomed subsidy for military service as wardens of the marches. 10
Page 71
In the battle of the Bridge (a.h. 13) when a disastrous defeat was imminent
and the panic-stricken Arabs were hemmed in between the Euphrates and
the Persian host, a Christian chief of the Banū Ṭayy sprang forward like
another Spurius Lartius to the side of an Arab Horatius, to assist Mut͟ hannah
the Muslim general in defending the bridge of boats which could alone
afford the means of an orderly retreat. When fresh levies were raised to
retrieve this disgrace, among the reinforcements that came pouring in from
every direction was a Christian tribe of the Banū Namir, who dwelt within
the limits of the Byzantine empire, and in the ensuing battle of Buwayb
(a.h. 13), just before the final charge of the Arabs that turned the fortune of
battle in their favour, Mut͟ hannah rode up to the Christian chief and said:
“Ye are of one blood with us; come now, and as I charge, charge ye with
me.” The Persians fell back before their furious onslaught, and another
great victory was added to the glorious roll of Muslim triumphs. One of the
most gallant exploits of the day was performed by a youth belonging to
another Christian tribe of the desert, who with his companions, a company
of Bedouin horse-dealers, had come up just as the Arab army was being
[49]drawn up in battle array. They threw themselves into the right on the side
of their compatriots; and while the conflict was raging most fiercely, this
youth, rushing into the centre of the Persians, slew their leader, and leaping
on his richly-caparisoned horse, galloped back amidst the plaudits of the
Muslim line, crying as he passed in triumph: “I am of the Banū Tag͟ hlib. I
am he that hath slain the chief.” 11
The tribe to which this young man boasted that he belonged was one of
those that elected to remain Christian, while other tribes of Mesopotamia,
such as the Banū Namir and the Banū Quḍāʻah, became Muslim. The Banū
Tag͟ hlib had sent an embassy to the Prophet as early as the year a.h. 9. The
heathen members of the deputation embraced Islam and he made a treaty
with the Christians according to which they were to retain their old faith but
were not to baptise their children. A condition so entirely at variance with
the usual tolerant attitude of Muḥammad towards the Christian Arabs, who
were allowed to choose between conversion to Islam and the payment of
and the panic-stricken Arabs were hemmed in between the Euphrates and
the Persian host, a Christian chief of the Banū Ṭayy sprang forward like
another Spurius Lartius to the side of an Arab Horatius, to assist Mut͟ hannah
the Muslim general in defending the bridge of boats which could alone
afford the means of an orderly retreat. When fresh levies were raised to
retrieve this disgrace, among the reinforcements that came pouring in from
every direction was a Christian tribe of the Banū Namir, who dwelt within
the limits of the Byzantine empire, and in the ensuing battle of Buwayb
(a.h. 13), just before the final charge of the Arabs that turned the fortune of
battle in their favour, Mut͟ hannah rode up to the Christian chief and said:
“Ye are of one blood with us; come now, and as I charge, charge ye with
me.” The Persians fell back before their furious onslaught, and another
great victory was added to the glorious roll of Muslim triumphs. One of the
most gallant exploits of the day was performed by a youth belonging to
another Christian tribe of the desert, who with his companions, a company
of Bedouin horse-dealers, had come up just as the Arab army was being
[49]drawn up in battle array. They threw themselves into the right on the side
of their compatriots; and while the conflict was raging most fiercely, this
youth, rushing into the centre of the Persians, slew their leader, and leaping
on his richly-caparisoned horse, galloped back amidst the plaudits of the
Muslim line, crying as he passed in triumph: “I am of the Banū Tag͟ hlib. I
am he that hath slain the chief.” 11
The tribe to which this young man boasted that he belonged was one of
those that elected to remain Christian, while other tribes of Mesopotamia,
such as the Banū Namir and the Banū Quḍāʻah, became Muslim. The Banū
Tag͟ hlib had sent an embassy to the Prophet as early as the year a.h. 9. The
heathen members of the deputation embraced Islam and he made a treaty
with the Christians according to which they were to retain their old faith but
were not to baptise their children. A condition so entirely at variance with
the usual tolerant attitude of Muḥammad towards the Christian Arabs, who
were allowed to choose between conversion to Islam and the payment of
Page 72
jizyah and never compelled to abandon their faith, has given rise to the
conjecture that this condition was suggested by the Christian families of the
Banū Tag͟ hlib themselves, out of motives of economy. 12 The long survival
of Christianity in this tribe shows that this condition was certainly not
observed. The caliph ʻUmar forbade any pressure to be put upon them,
when they showed themselves unwilling to abandon their old faith and
ordered that they should be left undisturbed in the practice of it, but that
they were not to oppose the conversion of any member of their tribe to
Islam nor baptise the children of such as became Muslims. 13 They were
called upon to pay the jizyah 14 or tax imposed on the non-Muslim subjects,
but they felt it to be humiliating to their pride to pay a tax that was levied in
return for [50]protection of life and property, and petitioned the caliph to be
allowed to make the same kind of contribution as the Muslims did. So in
lieu of the jizyah they paid a double Ṣadaqah or alms, 15—which was a poor
tax levied on the fields and cattle, etc., of the Muslims. 16 It especially irked
the Muslims that any of the Arabs should remain true to the Christian faith.
The majority of the Banū Tanūk͟ h had become Muslim in the year a.h. 12,
when with other Christian Arab tribes they submitted to K͟ hālid b. al-
Walīd, 17 but some of them appear to have remained true to their old faith for
nearly a century and a half, since the caliph al-Mahdī (a.h. 158–169) is said
to have seen a number of them who dwelt in the neighbourhood of Aleppo,
and learning that they were Christians, in anger ordered them to accept
Islam—which they did to the number of 5000, and one of them suffered
martyrdom rather than apostatise. 18 But for the most part, details are lacking
for any history of the disappearance of Christianity from among the
Christian Arab tribes of Northern Arabia; they seem to have become
absorbed in the surrounding Muslim community by an almost insensible
process of “peaceful penetration”; had attempts been made to convert them
by force when they first came under Muhammadan rule, it would not have
been possible for Christians to have survived among them up to the times of
the ʻAbbāsid caliphs. 19
conjecture that this condition was suggested by the Christian families of the
Banū Tag͟ hlib themselves, out of motives of economy. 12 The long survival
of Christianity in this tribe shows that this condition was certainly not
observed. The caliph ʻUmar forbade any pressure to be put upon them,
when they showed themselves unwilling to abandon their old faith and
ordered that they should be left undisturbed in the practice of it, but that
they were not to oppose the conversion of any member of their tribe to
Islam nor baptise the children of such as became Muslims. 13 They were
called upon to pay the jizyah 14 or tax imposed on the non-Muslim subjects,
but they felt it to be humiliating to their pride to pay a tax that was levied in
return for [50]protection of life and property, and petitioned the caliph to be
allowed to make the same kind of contribution as the Muslims did. So in
lieu of the jizyah they paid a double Ṣadaqah or alms, 15—which was a poor
tax levied on the fields and cattle, etc., of the Muslims. 16 It especially irked
the Muslims that any of the Arabs should remain true to the Christian faith.
The majority of the Banū Tanūk͟ h had become Muslim in the year a.h. 12,
when with other Christian Arab tribes they submitted to K͟ hālid b. al-
Walīd, 17 but some of them appear to have remained true to their old faith for
nearly a century and a half, since the caliph al-Mahdī (a.h. 158–169) is said
to have seen a number of them who dwelt in the neighbourhood of Aleppo,
and learning that they were Christians, in anger ordered them to accept
Islam—which they did to the number of 5000, and one of them suffered
martyrdom rather than apostatise. 18 But for the most part, details are lacking
for any history of the disappearance of Christianity from among the
Christian Arab tribes of Northern Arabia; they seem to have become
absorbed in the surrounding Muslim community by an almost insensible
process of “peaceful penetration”; had attempts been made to convert them
by force when they first came under Muhammadan rule, it would not have
been possible for Christians to have survived among them up to the times of
the ʻAbbāsid caliphs. 19
Page 73
The people of Ḥīrah had likewise resisted all the efforts made by K͟ hālid to
induce them to accept the Muslim faith. This city was one of the most
illustrious in the annals of Arabia, and to the mind of the impetuous hero of
Islam it seemed that an appeal to their Arab blood would be enough to
induce them to enrol themselves with the followers of the Prophet of
Arabia. When the besieged citizens sent an embassy to the Muslim general
to arrange the terms of the capitulation of their city, K͟ hālid asked them,
“Who are [51]you? are you Arabs or Persians?” Then ʻAdī, the spokesman of
the deputation, replied, “Nay, we are pure-blooded Arabs, while others
among us are naturalised Arabs.” K͟ h. “Had you been what you say you are,
you would not have opposed us or hated our cause.” ʻA. “Our pure Arab
speech is the proof of what I say.” K͟ h. “You speak truly. Now choose you
one of these three things: either (1) accept our faith, then your rights and
obligations will be the same as ours, whether you choose to go into another
country or stay in your own land; or (2) pay jizyah; or (3) war and battle.
Verily, by God! I have come to you with a people who are more desirous of
death than you are of life.” ʻA. “Nay, we will pay you jizyah.” K͟ h. “Ill-luck
to you! Unbelief is a pathless desert and foolish is the Arab who, when two
guides meet him wandering therein—the one an Arab and the other not—
leaves the first and accepts the guidance of the foreigner.” 20
Due provision was made for the instruction of the new converts, for while
whole tribes were being converted to the faith with such rapidity, it was
necessary to take precautions against errors, both in respect of creed and
ritual, such as might naturally be feared in the case of ill-instructed
converts. Accordingly we find that the caliph ʻUmar appointed teachers in
every country, whose duty it was to instruct the people in the teachings of
the Qurʼān and the observances of their new faith. The magistrates were
also ordered to see that all, whether old or young, were regular in their
attendance at public prayer, especially on Fridays and in the month of
Ramaḍān. The importance attached to this work of instructing the new
converts may be judged from the fact that in the city of Kūfah it was no less
a personage than the state treasurer who was entrusted with this task. 21
induce them to accept the Muslim faith. This city was one of the most
illustrious in the annals of Arabia, and to the mind of the impetuous hero of
Islam it seemed that an appeal to their Arab blood would be enough to
induce them to enrol themselves with the followers of the Prophet of
Arabia. When the besieged citizens sent an embassy to the Muslim general
to arrange the terms of the capitulation of their city, K͟ hālid asked them,
“Who are [51]you? are you Arabs or Persians?” Then ʻAdī, the spokesman of
the deputation, replied, “Nay, we are pure-blooded Arabs, while others
among us are naturalised Arabs.” K͟ h. “Had you been what you say you are,
you would not have opposed us or hated our cause.” ʻA. “Our pure Arab
speech is the proof of what I say.” K͟ h. “You speak truly. Now choose you
one of these three things: either (1) accept our faith, then your rights and
obligations will be the same as ours, whether you choose to go into another
country or stay in your own land; or (2) pay jizyah; or (3) war and battle.
Verily, by God! I have come to you with a people who are more desirous of
death than you are of life.” ʻA. “Nay, we will pay you jizyah.” K͟ h. “Ill-luck
to you! Unbelief is a pathless desert and foolish is the Arab who, when two
guides meet him wandering therein—the one an Arab and the other not—
leaves the first and accepts the guidance of the foreigner.” 20
Due provision was made for the instruction of the new converts, for while
whole tribes were being converted to the faith with such rapidity, it was
necessary to take precautions against errors, both in respect of creed and
ritual, such as might naturally be feared in the case of ill-instructed
converts. Accordingly we find that the caliph ʻUmar appointed teachers in
every country, whose duty it was to instruct the people in the teachings of
the Qurʼān and the observances of their new faith. The magistrates were
also ordered to see that all, whether old or young, were regular in their
attendance at public prayer, especially on Fridays and in the month of
Ramaḍān. The importance attached to this work of instructing the new
converts may be judged from the fact that in the city of Kūfah it was no less
a personage than the state treasurer who was entrusted with this task. 21
Page 74
From the examples given above of the toleration extended towards the
Christian Arabs by the victorious Muslims of the first century of the Hijrah
and continued by succeeding generations, we may surely infer that those
Christian tribes that did embrace Islam, did so of their own choice and free
[52]will. 22 The Christian Arabs of the present day, dwelling in the midst of a
Muhammadan population, are a living testimony of this toleration; Layard
speaks of having come across an encampment of Christian Arabs at al-
Karak, to the east of the Dead Sea, who differed in no way, either in dress
or in manners, from the Muslim Arabs. 23 Burckhardt was told by the monks
of Mount Sinai that in the last century there still remained several families
of Christian Bedouins who had not embraced Islam, and that the last of
them, an old woman, died in 1750, and was buried in the garden of the
convent. 24
Many of the Arabs of the renowned tribe of the Banū G͟ hassān, Arabs of the
purest blood, who embraced Christianity towards the end of the fourth
century, still retain the Christian faith, and since their submission to the
Church of Rome, about two centuries ago, employ the Arabic language in
their religious services. 25
If we turn from the Bedouins to consider the attitude of the settled
inhabitants of the towns and the non-Arab population towards the new
religion, we do not find that the Arab conquest was so rapidly followed by
conversions to Islam. The Christians of the great cities of the eastern
provinces of the Byzantine empire seem for the most part to have remained
faithful to their ancestral creed, to which indeed they still in large numbers
cling.
In order that we may fully appreciate their condition under the Muslim rule,
and estimate the influences that led to occasional conversions, it will be
well briefly to sketch their situation under the Christian rule of the
Byzantine empire which fell back before the Arab arms.
Christian Arabs by the victorious Muslims of the first century of the Hijrah
and continued by succeeding generations, we may surely infer that those
Christian tribes that did embrace Islam, did so of their own choice and free
[52]will. 22 The Christian Arabs of the present day, dwelling in the midst of a
Muhammadan population, are a living testimony of this toleration; Layard
speaks of having come across an encampment of Christian Arabs at al-
Karak, to the east of the Dead Sea, who differed in no way, either in dress
or in manners, from the Muslim Arabs. 23 Burckhardt was told by the monks
of Mount Sinai that in the last century there still remained several families
of Christian Bedouins who had not embraced Islam, and that the last of
them, an old woman, died in 1750, and was buried in the garden of the
convent. 24
Many of the Arabs of the renowned tribe of the Banū G͟ hassān, Arabs of the
purest blood, who embraced Christianity towards the end of the fourth
century, still retain the Christian faith, and since their submission to the
Church of Rome, about two centuries ago, employ the Arabic language in
their religious services. 25
If we turn from the Bedouins to consider the attitude of the settled
inhabitants of the towns and the non-Arab population towards the new
religion, we do not find that the Arab conquest was so rapidly followed by
conversions to Islam. The Christians of the great cities of the eastern
provinces of the Byzantine empire seem for the most part to have remained
faithful to their ancestral creed, to which indeed they still in large numbers
cling.
In order that we may fully appreciate their condition under the Muslim rule,
and estimate the influences that led to occasional conversions, it will be
well briefly to sketch their situation under the Christian rule of the
Byzantine empire which fell back before the Arab arms.
Page 75
A hundred years before, Justinian had succeeded in giving some show of
unity to the Roman Empire, but after [53]his death it rapidly fell asunder,
and at this time there was an entire want of common national feeling
between the provinces and the seat of government. Heraclius had made
some partially successful efforts to attach Syria again to the central
government, but unfortunately the general methods of reconciliation which
he adopted had served only to increase dissension instead of allaying it.
Religious passions were the only existing substitute for national feeling, and
he tried, by propounding an exposition of faith, that was intended to serve
as an eirenicon, to stop all further disputes between the contending factions
and unite the heretics to the Orthodox Church and to the central
government. The Council of Chalcedon (451) had maintained that Christ
was “to be acknowledged in two natures, without confusion, change,
division, or separation; the difference of the natures being in nowise taken
away by reason of their union, but rather the properties of each nature being
preserved, and concurring into one person and one substance, not as it were
divided or separated into two persons, but one and the same Son and only
begotten, God the Word.” This council was rejected by the Monophysites,
who only allowed one nature in the person of Christ, who was said to be a
composite person, having all attributes divine and human, but the substance
bearing these attributes was no longer a duality, but a composite unity. The
controversy between the orthodox party and the Monophysites, who
flourished particularly in Egypt and Syria and in countries outside the
Byzantine empire, had been hotly contested for nearly two centuries, when
Heraclius sought to effect a reconciliation by means of the doctrine of
Monotheletism: while conceding the duality of the natures, it secured unity
of the person in the actual life of Christ, by the rejection of two series of
activities in this one person; the one Christ and Son of God effectuates that
which is human and that which is divine by one divine human agency, i.e.
there is only one will in the Incarnate Word. 26
But Heraclius shared the fate of so many would-be [54]peace-makers: for
not only did the controversy blaze up again all the more fiercely, but he
unity to the Roman Empire, but after [53]his death it rapidly fell asunder,
and at this time there was an entire want of common national feeling
between the provinces and the seat of government. Heraclius had made
some partially successful efforts to attach Syria again to the central
government, but unfortunately the general methods of reconciliation which
he adopted had served only to increase dissension instead of allaying it.
Religious passions were the only existing substitute for national feeling, and
he tried, by propounding an exposition of faith, that was intended to serve
as an eirenicon, to stop all further disputes between the contending factions
and unite the heretics to the Orthodox Church and to the central
government. The Council of Chalcedon (451) had maintained that Christ
was “to be acknowledged in two natures, without confusion, change,
division, or separation; the difference of the natures being in nowise taken
away by reason of their union, but rather the properties of each nature being
preserved, and concurring into one person and one substance, not as it were
divided or separated into two persons, but one and the same Son and only
begotten, God the Word.” This council was rejected by the Monophysites,
who only allowed one nature in the person of Christ, who was said to be a
composite person, having all attributes divine and human, but the substance
bearing these attributes was no longer a duality, but a composite unity. The
controversy between the orthodox party and the Monophysites, who
flourished particularly in Egypt and Syria and in countries outside the
Byzantine empire, had been hotly contested for nearly two centuries, when
Heraclius sought to effect a reconciliation by means of the doctrine of
Monotheletism: while conceding the duality of the natures, it secured unity
of the person in the actual life of Christ, by the rejection of two series of
activities in this one person; the one Christ and Son of God effectuates that
which is human and that which is divine by one divine human agency, i.e.
there is only one will in the Incarnate Word. 26
But Heraclius shared the fate of so many would-be [54]peace-makers: for
not only did the controversy blaze up again all the more fiercely, but he
Page 76
himself was stigmatised as a heretic and drew upon himself the wrath of
both parties.
Indeed, so bitter was the feeling he aroused that there is strong reason to
believe that even a majority of the orthodox subjects of the Roman Empire,
in the provinces that were conquered during this emperor’s reign, were the
well-wishers of the Arabs; they regarded the emperor with aversion as a
heretic, and were afraid that he might commence a persecution in order to
force upon them his Monotheletic opinions. 27 They therefore readily—and
even eagerly—received the new masters who promised them religious
toleration, and were willing to compromise their religious position and their
national independence if only they could free themselves from the
immediately impending danger.
Michael the Elder, Jacobite Patriarch of Antioch, writing in the latter half of
the twelfth century, could approve the decision of his co-religionists and see
the finger of God in the Arab conquests even after the Eastern churches had
had experience of five centuries of Muhammadan rule. After recounting the
persecutions of Heraclius, he writes: “This is why the God of vengeance,
who alone is all-powerful, and changes the empire of mortals as He will,
giving it to whomsoever He will, and uplifting the humble—beholding the
wickedness of the Romans who, throughout their dominions, cruelly
plundered our churches and our monasteries and condemned us without pity
—brought from the region of the south the sons of Ishmael, to deliver us
through them from the hands of the Romans. And, if in truth, we have
suffered some loss, because the catholic churches, that had been taken away
from us and given to the Chalcedonians, remained in their possession; for
when the cities submitted to the Arabs, they assigned to each denomination
the churches which they found it to be in possession of (and at that time the
great church of Emessa [55]and that of Harran had been taken away from
us); nevertheless it was no slight advantage for us to be delivered from the
cruelty of the Romans, their wickedness, their wrath and cruel zeal against
us, and to find ourselves at peace.” 28
both parties.
Indeed, so bitter was the feeling he aroused that there is strong reason to
believe that even a majority of the orthodox subjects of the Roman Empire,
in the provinces that were conquered during this emperor’s reign, were the
well-wishers of the Arabs; they regarded the emperor with aversion as a
heretic, and were afraid that he might commence a persecution in order to
force upon them his Monotheletic opinions. 27 They therefore readily—and
even eagerly—received the new masters who promised them religious
toleration, and were willing to compromise their religious position and their
national independence if only they could free themselves from the
immediately impending danger.
Michael the Elder, Jacobite Patriarch of Antioch, writing in the latter half of
the twelfth century, could approve the decision of his co-religionists and see
the finger of God in the Arab conquests even after the Eastern churches had
had experience of five centuries of Muhammadan rule. After recounting the
persecutions of Heraclius, he writes: “This is why the God of vengeance,
who alone is all-powerful, and changes the empire of mortals as He will,
giving it to whomsoever He will, and uplifting the humble—beholding the
wickedness of the Romans who, throughout their dominions, cruelly
plundered our churches and our monasteries and condemned us without pity
—brought from the region of the south the sons of Ishmael, to deliver us
through them from the hands of the Romans. And, if in truth, we have
suffered some loss, because the catholic churches, that had been taken away
from us and given to the Chalcedonians, remained in their possession; for
when the cities submitted to the Arabs, they assigned to each denomination
the churches which they found it to be in possession of (and at that time the
great church of Emessa [55]and that of Harran had been taken away from
us); nevertheless it was no slight advantage for us to be delivered from the
cruelty of the Romans, their wickedness, their wrath and cruel zeal against
us, and to find ourselves at peace.” 28
Page 77
When the Muslim army reached the valley of the Jordan and Abū ʻUbaydah
pitched his camp at Fiḥl, the Christian inhabitants of the country wrote to
the Arabs, saying: “O Muslims, we prefer you to the Byzantines, though
they are of our own faith, because you keep better faith with us and are
more merciful to us and refrain from doing us injustice and your rule over
us is better than theirs, for they have robbed us of our goods and our
homes.” 29 The people of Emessa closed the gates of their city against the
army of Heraclius and told the Muslims that they preferred their
government and justice to the injustice and oppression of the Greeks. 30
Such was the state of feeling in Syria during the campaign of 633–639 in
which the Arabs gradually drove the Roman army out of the province. And
when Damascus, in 637, set the example of making terms with the Arabs,
and thus secured immunity from plunder and other favourable conditions,
the rest of the cities of Syria were not slow to follow. Emessa, Arethusa,
Hieropolis and other towns entered into treaties whereby they became
tributary to the Arabs. Even the patriarch of Jerusalem surrendered the city
on similar terms. The fear of religious compulsion on the part of the
heretical emperor made the promise of Muslim toleration appear more
attractive than the connection with the Roman Empire and a Christian
government, and after the first terrors caused by the passage of an invading
army, there succeeded a profound revulsion of feeling in favour of the Arab
conquerors. 31 [56]
For the provinces of the Byzantine empire that were rapidly acquired by the
prowess of the Muslims found themselves in the enjoyment of a toleration
such as, on account of their Monophysite and Nestorian opinions, had been
unknown to them for many centuries. They were allowed the free and
undisturbed exercise of their religion with some few restrictions imposed
for the sake of preventing any friction between the adherents of the rival
religions, or arousing any fanaticism by the ostentatious exhibition of
religious symbols that were so offensive to Muslim feeling. 32 The extent of
this toleration—so striking in the history of the seventh century—may be
pitched his camp at Fiḥl, the Christian inhabitants of the country wrote to
the Arabs, saying: “O Muslims, we prefer you to the Byzantines, though
they are of our own faith, because you keep better faith with us and are
more merciful to us and refrain from doing us injustice and your rule over
us is better than theirs, for they have robbed us of our goods and our
homes.” 29 The people of Emessa closed the gates of their city against the
army of Heraclius and told the Muslims that they preferred their
government and justice to the injustice and oppression of the Greeks. 30
Such was the state of feeling in Syria during the campaign of 633–639 in
which the Arabs gradually drove the Roman army out of the province. And
when Damascus, in 637, set the example of making terms with the Arabs,
and thus secured immunity from plunder and other favourable conditions,
the rest of the cities of Syria were not slow to follow. Emessa, Arethusa,
Hieropolis and other towns entered into treaties whereby they became
tributary to the Arabs. Even the patriarch of Jerusalem surrendered the city
on similar terms. The fear of religious compulsion on the part of the
heretical emperor made the promise of Muslim toleration appear more
attractive than the connection with the Roman Empire and a Christian
government, and after the first terrors caused by the passage of an invading
army, there succeeded a profound revulsion of feeling in favour of the Arab
conquerors. 31 [56]
For the provinces of the Byzantine empire that were rapidly acquired by the
prowess of the Muslims found themselves in the enjoyment of a toleration
such as, on account of their Monophysite and Nestorian opinions, had been
unknown to them for many centuries. They were allowed the free and
undisturbed exercise of their religion with some few restrictions imposed
for the sake of preventing any friction between the adherents of the rival
religions, or arousing any fanaticism by the ostentatious exhibition of
religious symbols that were so offensive to Muslim feeling. 32 The extent of
this toleration—so striking in the history of the seventh century—may be
Page 78
judged from the terms granted to the conquered cities, in which protection
of life and property and toleration of religious belief were given in return
for submission and the payment of jizyah. 33
The exact details of these agreements cannot easily be disentangled from
the accretions with which they have become overlaid, but whether verbally
authentic or not, they are significant as representing the historic tradition
accepted by the Muslim historians of the second century of the Hijrah—a
tradition that could hardly have become established had there been extant
evidence to the contrary. As an example of such an agreement, the
conditions 34 may be quoted that are stated to have been drawn up when
Jerusalem submitted to the caliph ʻUmar b. al-K͟ haṭṭāb: “In the name of
God, the Merciful, the Compassionate! This is the security which ʻUmar,
the servant of God, the commander of the faithful, grants to the people of
Ælia. He grants to all, whether sick or sound, security for their lives, their
possessions, their churches and their crosses, and for all that concerns their
religion. Their churches shall not be changed into dwelling places, nor
destroyed, neither shall they nor their appurtenances be in any way
diminished, nor the crosses of the inhabitants nor aught of their possessions,
nor shall any constraint be put upon them in the matter of their faith, nor
shall any one of them be harmed.” 35 [57]
Tribute was imposed upon them of five dīnārs for the rich, four for the
middle class and three for the poor. In company with the Patriarch, ʻUmar
visited the holy places, and it is said while they were in the Church of the
Resurrection, as it was the appointed hour of prayer, the Patriarch bade the
caliph offer his prayers there, but he thoughtfully refused, saying that if he
were to do so, his followers might afterwards claim it as a place of Muslim
worship.
It is in harmony with the same spirit of kindly consideration for his subjects
of another faith, that ʻUmar is recorded to have ordered an allowance of
money and food to be made to some Christian lepers, apparently out of the
of life and property and toleration of religious belief were given in return
for submission and the payment of jizyah. 33
The exact details of these agreements cannot easily be disentangled from
the accretions with which they have become overlaid, but whether verbally
authentic or not, they are significant as representing the historic tradition
accepted by the Muslim historians of the second century of the Hijrah—a
tradition that could hardly have become established had there been extant
evidence to the contrary. As an example of such an agreement, the
conditions 34 may be quoted that are stated to have been drawn up when
Jerusalem submitted to the caliph ʻUmar b. al-K͟ haṭṭāb: “In the name of
God, the Merciful, the Compassionate! This is the security which ʻUmar,
the servant of God, the commander of the faithful, grants to the people of
Ælia. He grants to all, whether sick or sound, security for their lives, their
possessions, their churches and their crosses, and for all that concerns their
religion. Their churches shall not be changed into dwelling places, nor
destroyed, neither shall they nor their appurtenances be in any way
diminished, nor the crosses of the inhabitants nor aught of their possessions,
nor shall any constraint be put upon them in the matter of their faith, nor
shall any one of them be harmed.” 35 [57]
Tribute was imposed upon them of five dīnārs for the rich, four for the
middle class and three for the poor. In company with the Patriarch, ʻUmar
visited the holy places, and it is said while they were in the Church of the
Resurrection, as it was the appointed hour of prayer, the Patriarch bade the
caliph offer his prayers there, but he thoughtfully refused, saying that if he
were to do so, his followers might afterwards claim it as a place of Muslim
worship.
It is in harmony with the same spirit of kindly consideration for his subjects
of another faith, that ʻUmar is recorded to have ordered an allowance of
money and food to be made to some Christian lepers, apparently out of the
Page 79
public funds. 36 Even in his last testament, in which he enjoins on his
successor the duties of his high office, he remembers the d͟ himmīs (or
protected persons of other faiths): “I commend to his care the d͟ himmīs, who
enjoy the protection of God and of the Prophet; let him see to it that the
covenant with them is kept, and that no greater burdens than they can bear
are laid upon them.” 37
A later generation attributed to ʻUmar a number of restrictive regulations
which hampered the Christians in the free exercise of their religion, but De
Goeje 38 and Caetani 39 have proved without doubt that they are the invention
of a later age; as, however, Muslim theologians of less tolerant periods
accepted these ordinances as genuine, they are of importance for forming a
judgment as to the condition of the Christian Churches under Muslim rule.
This so-called ordinance of ʻUmar runs as follows:—“In the name of God,
the Merciful, the Compassionate! This is a writing to ʻUmar b. al-K͟ haṭṭāb
from the Christians of such and such a city. When you marched against us,
we asked of you protection for ourselves, our posterity, our possessions and
our co-religionists; and we made this stipulation with you, that we will not
erect in our city or the suburbs any new monastery, church, cell or
hermitage; 40 [58]that we will not repair any of such buildings that may fall
into ruins, or renew those that may be situated in the Muslim quarters of the
town; that we will not refuse the Muslims entry into our churches either by
night or by day; that we will open the gates wide to passengers and
travellers; that we will receive any Muslim traveller into our houses and
give him food and lodging for three nights; that we will not harbour any spy
in our churches or houses, or conceal any enemy of the Muslims; that we
will not teach our children the Qurʼān; 41 that we will not make a show of
the Christian religion nor invite any one to embrace it; that we will not
prevent any of our kinsmen from embracing Islam, if they so desire. That
we will honour the Muslims and rise up in our assemblies when they wish
to take their seats; that we will not imitate them in our dress, either in the
cap, turban, sandals, or parting of the hair; that we will not make use of
their expressions of speech, 42 nor adopt their surnames; that we will not ride
successor the duties of his high office, he remembers the d͟ himmīs (or
protected persons of other faiths): “I commend to his care the d͟ himmīs, who
enjoy the protection of God and of the Prophet; let him see to it that the
covenant with them is kept, and that no greater burdens than they can bear
are laid upon them.” 37
A later generation attributed to ʻUmar a number of restrictive regulations
which hampered the Christians in the free exercise of their religion, but De
Goeje 38 and Caetani 39 have proved without doubt that they are the invention
of a later age; as, however, Muslim theologians of less tolerant periods
accepted these ordinances as genuine, they are of importance for forming a
judgment as to the condition of the Christian Churches under Muslim rule.
This so-called ordinance of ʻUmar runs as follows:—“In the name of God,
the Merciful, the Compassionate! This is a writing to ʻUmar b. al-K͟ haṭṭāb
from the Christians of such and such a city. When you marched against us,
we asked of you protection for ourselves, our posterity, our possessions and
our co-religionists; and we made this stipulation with you, that we will not
erect in our city or the suburbs any new monastery, church, cell or
hermitage; 40 [58]that we will not repair any of such buildings that may fall
into ruins, or renew those that may be situated in the Muslim quarters of the
town; that we will not refuse the Muslims entry into our churches either by
night or by day; that we will open the gates wide to passengers and
travellers; that we will receive any Muslim traveller into our houses and
give him food and lodging for three nights; that we will not harbour any spy
in our churches or houses, or conceal any enemy of the Muslims; that we
will not teach our children the Qurʼān; 41 that we will not make a show of
the Christian religion nor invite any one to embrace it; that we will not
prevent any of our kinsmen from embracing Islam, if they so desire. That
we will honour the Muslims and rise up in our assemblies when they wish
to take their seats; that we will not imitate them in our dress, either in the
cap, turban, sandals, or parting of the hair; that we will not make use of
their expressions of speech, 42 nor adopt their surnames; that we will not ride
Page 80
on saddles, or gird on swords, or take to ourselves arms or wear them, or
engrave Arabic inscriptions on our rings; that we will not sell wine; that we
will shave the front of our heads; that we will keep to our own style of
dress, wherever we may be; that we will wear girdles round our waists; that
we will not display the cross upon our churches or display our crosses or
our sacred books in the streets of the Muslims, or in their market-places; 43
that we will strike the bells 44 in our churches lightly; that we will not recite
our services in a loud voice when a Muslim is present, that we will not
carry palm-branches or our images in procession in the streets, that at the
burial of our dead we will not chant loudly or carry lighted candles [59]in the
streets of the Muslims or their market-places; that we will not take any
slaves that have already been in the possession of Muslims, nor spy into
their houses; and that we will not strike any Muslim. All this we promise to
observe, on behalf of ourselves and our co-religionists, and receive
protection from you in exchange; and if we violate any of the conditions of
this agreement, then we forfeit your protection and you are at liberty to treat
us as enemies and rebels.” 45
The earliest mention of this document is made by Ibn Ḥazm, who died in
the middle of the fifth century of the Hijrah; its provisions represent the
more intolerant practice of a later age, and indeed were regulations that
were put into force with no sort of regularity, some outburst of fanaticism
being generally needed for any appeal to be made for their application.
There is abundant evidence to show that the Christians in the early days of
the Muhammadan conquest had little to complain of in the way of religious
disabilities. It is true that adherence to their ancient faith rendered them
obnoxious to the payment of jizyah—a word which originally denoted
tribute of any kind paid by the non-Muslim subjects of the Arab empire, but
came later on to be used for the capitation-tax as the fiscal system of the
new rulers became fixed; 46 but this jizyah was too moderate to constitute a
burden, seeing that it released them from the compulsory military service
that was incumbent on their Muslim fellow-subjects. Conversion to Islam
was certainly attended by a certain pecuniary advantage, but his former
engrave Arabic inscriptions on our rings; that we will not sell wine; that we
will shave the front of our heads; that we will keep to our own style of
dress, wherever we may be; that we will wear girdles round our waists; that
we will not display the cross upon our churches or display our crosses or
our sacred books in the streets of the Muslims, or in their market-places; 43
that we will strike the bells 44 in our churches lightly; that we will not recite
our services in a loud voice when a Muslim is present, that we will not
carry palm-branches or our images in procession in the streets, that at the
burial of our dead we will not chant loudly or carry lighted candles [59]in the
streets of the Muslims or their market-places; that we will not take any
slaves that have already been in the possession of Muslims, nor spy into
their houses; and that we will not strike any Muslim. All this we promise to
observe, on behalf of ourselves and our co-religionists, and receive
protection from you in exchange; and if we violate any of the conditions of
this agreement, then we forfeit your protection and you are at liberty to treat
us as enemies and rebels.” 45
The earliest mention of this document is made by Ibn Ḥazm, who died in
the middle of the fifth century of the Hijrah; its provisions represent the
more intolerant practice of a later age, and indeed were regulations that
were put into force with no sort of regularity, some outburst of fanaticism
being generally needed for any appeal to be made for their application.
There is abundant evidence to show that the Christians in the early days of
the Muhammadan conquest had little to complain of in the way of religious
disabilities. It is true that adherence to their ancient faith rendered them
obnoxious to the payment of jizyah—a word which originally denoted
tribute of any kind paid by the non-Muslim subjects of the Arab empire, but
came later on to be used for the capitation-tax as the fiscal system of the
new rulers became fixed; 46 but this jizyah was too moderate to constitute a
burden, seeing that it released them from the compulsory military service
that was incumbent on their Muslim fellow-subjects. Conversion to Islam
was certainly attended by a certain pecuniary advantage, but his former
Page 81
religion could have had but little hold on a convert who abandoned it
merely to gain exemption from the jizyah; and now, instead of jizyah, the
convert had to pay the legal alms, zakāt, annually levied on most kinds of
movable and immovable property. 47 [60]The pecuniary temptation to escape
the incidence of taxation by means of conversion was considerably lessened
when financial considerations compelled the Arab government, towards the
end of the first century, to insist on the new converts continuing to pay
jizyah even after they had been received into the community of the
faithful. 48 On the other hand it must be remembered that the non-Muslim
sections of the population always ran the risk of becoming the victims of
fiscal oppression when the state was in need of revenue.
The rates of jizyah levied by the early conquerors were not uniform, 49 and
the great Muslim doctors, Abū Ḥanīfah and Mālik, are not in agreement on
some of the less important details; 50 the following facts taken from the
Kitāb al-K͟ harāj, drawn up by Abū Yūsuf at the request of Hārūn al-Rashīd
(a.d. 786–809) may be taken as generally representative of Muhammadan
procedure under the ʻAbbāsid Caliphate. The rich were to pay forty-eight
dirhams 51 a year, the middle classes twenty-four, while from the poor, i.e.
the field-labourers and artisans, only twelve dirhams were taken. This tax
could be paid in kind if desired; cattle, merchandise, household effects,
even needles were to be accepted in lieu of specie, but not pigs, wine, or
dead animals. The tax was to be levied only on able-bodied males, and not
on women or children. 52 The poor who were dependent for their livelihood
on alms and the aged poor who were incapable of work were also specially
excepted, as also the blind, the lame, the incurables and the insane, unless
they happened to be men of wealth; this same condition applied to priests
and monks, who were exempt if dependent on the alms of the rich, but had
to pay if they were well-to-do and lived in comfort. The collectors of the
jizyah were particularly instructed to show leniency, and refrain from all
harsh treatment or the infliction of corporal punishment, in case of non-
payment. 53
merely to gain exemption from the jizyah; and now, instead of jizyah, the
convert had to pay the legal alms, zakāt, annually levied on most kinds of
movable and immovable property. 47 [60]The pecuniary temptation to escape
the incidence of taxation by means of conversion was considerably lessened
when financial considerations compelled the Arab government, towards the
end of the first century, to insist on the new converts continuing to pay
jizyah even after they had been received into the community of the
faithful. 48 On the other hand it must be remembered that the non-Muslim
sections of the population always ran the risk of becoming the victims of
fiscal oppression when the state was in need of revenue.
The rates of jizyah levied by the early conquerors were not uniform, 49 and
the great Muslim doctors, Abū Ḥanīfah and Mālik, are not in agreement on
some of the less important details; 50 the following facts taken from the
Kitāb al-K͟ harāj, drawn up by Abū Yūsuf at the request of Hārūn al-Rashīd
(a.d. 786–809) may be taken as generally representative of Muhammadan
procedure under the ʻAbbāsid Caliphate. The rich were to pay forty-eight
dirhams 51 a year, the middle classes twenty-four, while from the poor, i.e.
the field-labourers and artisans, only twelve dirhams were taken. This tax
could be paid in kind if desired; cattle, merchandise, household effects,
even needles were to be accepted in lieu of specie, but not pigs, wine, or
dead animals. The tax was to be levied only on able-bodied males, and not
on women or children. 52 The poor who were dependent for their livelihood
on alms and the aged poor who were incapable of work were also specially
excepted, as also the blind, the lame, the incurables and the insane, unless
they happened to be men of wealth; this same condition applied to priests
and monks, who were exempt if dependent on the alms of the rich, but had
to pay if they were well-to-do and lived in comfort. The collectors of the
jizyah were particularly instructed to show leniency, and refrain from all
harsh treatment or the infliction of corporal punishment, in case of non-
payment. 53
Page 82
This tax was not imposed on the Christians, as some would have us think,
as a penalty for their refusal to accept the Muslim faith, but was paid by
them in common with the [61]other d͟ himmīs or non-Muslim subjects of the
state whose religion precluded them from serving in the army, in return for
the protection secured for them by the arms of the Musalmans. When the
people of Hīrah contributed the sum agreed upon, they expressly mentioned
that they paid this jizyah on condition that “the Muslims and their leader
protect us from those who would oppress us, whether they be Muslims or
others.” 54 Again, in the treaty made by K͟ hālid with some towns in the
neighbourhood of Hīrah, he writes: “If we protect you, then jizyah is due to
us; but if we do not, then it is not due.” 55 How clearly this condition was
recognised by the Muhammadans may be judged from the following
incident in the reign of the Caliph ʻUmar. The Emperor Heraclius had raised
an enormous army with which to drive back the invading forces of the
Muslims, who had in consequence to concentrate all their energies on the
impending encounter. The Arab general, Abū ʻUbaydah, accordingly wrote
to the governors of the conquered cities of Syria, ordering them to pay back
all the jizyah that had been collected from the cities, and wrote to the
people, saying, “We give you back the money that we took from you, as we
have received news that a strong force is advancing against us. The
agreement between us was that we should protect you, and as this is not
now in our power, we return you all that we took. But if we are victorious
we shall consider ourselves bound to you by the old terms of our
agreement.” In accordance with this order, enormous sums were paid back
out of the state treasury, and the Christians called down blessings on the
heads of the Muslims, saying, “May God give you rule over us again and
make you victorious over the Romans; had it been they, they would not
have given us back anything, but would have taken all that remained with
us.” 56
As stated above, the jizyah was levied on the able-bodied males, in lieu of
the military service they would have been called upon to perform had they
been Musalmans; and it is very noticeable that when any Christian people
as a penalty for their refusal to accept the Muslim faith, but was paid by
them in common with the [61]other d͟ himmīs or non-Muslim subjects of the
state whose religion precluded them from serving in the army, in return for
the protection secured for them by the arms of the Musalmans. When the
people of Hīrah contributed the sum agreed upon, they expressly mentioned
that they paid this jizyah on condition that “the Muslims and their leader
protect us from those who would oppress us, whether they be Muslims or
others.” 54 Again, in the treaty made by K͟ hālid with some towns in the
neighbourhood of Hīrah, he writes: “If we protect you, then jizyah is due to
us; but if we do not, then it is not due.” 55 How clearly this condition was
recognised by the Muhammadans may be judged from the following
incident in the reign of the Caliph ʻUmar. The Emperor Heraclius had raised
an enormous army with which to drive back the invading forces of the
Muslims, who had in consequence to concentrate all their energies on the
impending encounter. The Arab general, Abū ʻUbaydah, accordingly wrote
to the governors of the conquered cities of Syria, ordering them to pay back
all the jizyah that had been collected from the cities, and wrote to the
people, saying, “We give you back the money that we took from you, as we
have received news that a strong force is advancing against us. The
agreement between us was that we should protect you, and as this is not
now in our power, we return you all that we took. But if we are victorious
we shall consider ourselves bound to you by the old terms of our
agreement.” In accordance with this order, enormous sums were paid back
out of the state treasury, and the Christians called down blessings on the
heads of the Muslims, saying, “May God give you rule over us again and
make you victorious over the Romans; had it been they, they would not
have given us back anything, but would have taken all that remained with
us.” 56
As stated above, the jizyah was levied on the able-bodied males, in lieu of
the military service they would have been called upon to perform had they
been Musalmans; and it is very noticeable that when any Christian people
Page 83
served in the Muslim army, they were exempted from the payment [62]of
this tax. Such was the case with the tribe of al-Jurājimah, a Christian tribe
in the neighbourhood of Antioch, who made peace with the Muslims,
promising to be their allies and fight on their side in battle, on condition that
they should not be called upon to pay jizyah and should receive their proper
share of the booty. 57 When the Arab conquests were pushed to the north of
Persia in a.h. 22, a similar agreement was made with a frontier tribe, which
was exempted from the payment of jizyah in consideration of military
service. 58
We find similar instances of the remission of jizyah in the case of Christians
who served in the army or navy under the Turkish rule. For example, the
inhabitants of Megaris, a community of Albanian Christians, were
exempted from the payment of this tax on condition that they furnished a
body of armed men to guard the passes over Mounts Cithæron and Geranea,
which lead to the Isthmus of Corinth; the Christians who served as pioneers
of the advance-guard of the Turkish army, repairing the roads and bridges,
were likewise exempt from tribute and received grants of land quit of all
taxation; 59 and the Christian inhabitants of Hydra paid no direct taxes to the
Sultan, but furnished instead a contingent of 250 able-bodied seamen to the
Turkish fleet, who were supported out of the local treasury. 60
The Southern Rumanians, the so-called Armatoli, 61 who constituted so
important an element of strength in the Turkish army during the sixteenth
and seventeenth centuries, and the Mirdites, a tribe of Albanian Catholics
who occupied the mountains to the north of Scutari, were exempt from
taxation on condition of supplying an armed contingent in time of war. 62 In
the same spirit, in consideration of the services they rendered to the state,
the capitation-tax was not imposed upon the Greek Christians who looked
after the aqueducts that supplied Constantinople with drinking water, 63 nor
on those who had charge of the powder-magazine in that city. 64 On the other
hand, when the Egyptian [63]peasants, although Muslim in faith, were made
this tax. Such was the case with the tribe of al-Jurājimah, a Christian tribe
in the neighbourhood of Antioch, who made peace with the Muslims,
promising to be their allies and fight on their side in battle, on condition that
they should not be called upon to pay jizyah and should receive their proper
share of the booty. 57 When the Arab conquests were pushed to the north of
Persia in a.h. 22, a similar agreement was made with a frontier tribe, which
was exempted from the payment of jizyah in consideration of military
service. 58
We find similar instances of the remission of jizyah in the case of Christians
who served in the army or navy under the Turkish rule. For example, the
inhabitants of Megaris, a community of Albanian Christians, were
exempted from the payment of this tax on condition that they furnished a
body of armed men to guard the passes over Mounts Cithæron and Geranea,
which lead to the Isthmus of Corinth; the Christians who served as pioneers
of the advance-guard of the Turkish army, repairing the roads and bridges,
were likewise exempt from tribute and received grants of land quit of all
taxation; 59 and the Christian inhabitants of Hydra paid no direct taxes to the
Sultan, but furnished instead a contingent of 250 able-bodied seamen to the
Turkish fleet, who were supported out of the local treasury. 60
The Southern Rumanians, the so-called Armatoli, 61 who constituted so
important an element of strength in the Turkish army during the sixteenth
and seventeenth centuries, and the Mirdites, a tribe of Albanian Catholics
who occupied the mountains to the north of Scutari, were exempt from
taxation on condition of supplying an armed contingent in time of war. 62 In
the same spirit, in consideration of the services they rendered to the state,
the capitation-tax was not imposed upon the Greek Christians who looked
after the aqueducts that supplied Constantinople with drinking water, 63 nor
on those who had charge of the powder-magazine in that city. 64 On the other
hand, when the Egyptian [63]peasants, although Muslim in faith, were made
Page 84
exempt from military service, a tax was imposed upon them as on the
Christians, in lieu thereof. 65
Living under this security of life and property and such toleration of
religious thought, the Christian community—especially in the towns—
enjoyed a flourishing prosperity in the early days of the Caliphate.
Muʻāwiyah (661–680) employed Christians very largely in his service, and
other members of the reigning house followed his example. 66 Christians
frequently held high posts at court, e.g. a Christian Arab, al-Ak͟ hṭal, was
court poet, and the father of St. John of Damascus, counsellor to the caliph
ʻAbd al-Malik (685–705). In the service of the caliph al-Muʻtaṣim (833–
842), there were two brothers, Christians, who stood very high in the
confidence of the Commander of the Faithful: the one, named Salmūyah,
seems to have occupied somewhat the position of a modern secretary of
state, and no royal documents were valid until countersigned by him, while
his brother, Ibrāhīm, was entrusted with the care of the privy seal, and was
set over the Bayt al-Māl or Public Treasury, an office that, from the nature
of the funds and their disposal, might have been expected to have been put
into the hands of a Muslim; so great was the caliph’s personal affection for
this Ibrāhīm, that he visited him in his sickness, and was overwhelmed with
grief at his death, and on the day of the funeral ordered the body to be
brought to the palace and the Christian rites performed there with great
solemnity. 67
ʻAbd al-Malik appointed a certain Athanasius, a Christian scholar of
Edessa, tutor to his brother, ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz. Athanasius accompanied his
pupil, when he was appointed governor of Egypt, and there amassed great
wealth; he is said to have possessed 4000 slaves, villages, houses, gardens,
and gold and silver “like stones”; his sons took a dīnār from each of the
soldiers when they received their pay, and as there were 30,000 troops then
in Egypt, some idea may be formed of the wealth that Athanasius
accumulated during [64]the twenty-one years that he spent in that country. 68
Christians, in lieu thereof. 65
Living under this security of life and property and such toleration of
religious thought, the Christian community—especially in the towns—
enjoyed a flourishing prosperity in the early days of the Caliphate.
Muʻāwiyah (661–680) employed Christians very largely in his service, and
other members of the reigning house followed his example. 66 Christians
frequently held high posts at court, e.g. a Christian Arab, al-Ak͟ hṭal, was
court poet, and the father of St. John of Damascus, counsellor to the caliph
ʻAbd al-Malik (685–705). In the service of the caliph al-Muʻtaṣim (833–
842), there were two brothers, Christians, who stood very high in the
confidence of the Commander of the Faithful: the one, named Salmūyah,
seems to have occupied somewhat the position of a modern secretary of
state, and no royal documents were valid until countersigned by him, while
his brother, Ibrāhīm, was entrusted with the care of the privy seal, and was
set over the Bayt al-Māl or Public Treasury, an office that, from the nature
of the funds and their disposal, might have been expected to have been put
into the hands of a Muslim; so great was the caliph’s personal affection for
this Ibrāhīm, that he visited him in his sickness, and was overwhelmed with
grief at his death, and on the day of the funeral ordered the body to be
brought to the palace and the Christian rites performed there with great
solemnity. 67
ʻAbd al-Malik appointed a certain Athanasius, a Christian scholar of
Edessa, tutor to his brother, ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz. Athanasius accompanied his
pupil, when he was appointed governor of Egypt, and there amassed great
wealth; he is said to have possessed 4000 slaves, villages, houses, gardens,
and gold and silver “like stones”; his sons took a dīnār from each of the
soldiers when they received their pay, and as there were 30,000 troops then
in Egypt, some idea may be formed of the wealth that Athanasius
accumulated during [64]the twenty-one years that he spent in that country. 68
Page 85
At the close of the eighth century, a certain Abū Nūḥ al-Anbārī was
secretary to Abū Mūsạ̄ b. Muṣʻab, governor of Mosul, and used his
powerful influence for the benefit of his Christian co-religionists. 69
In the reign of al-Muʻtadid (892–902), the governor of Anbār, ʻUmar b.
Yūsuf, was a Christian, and the caliph approved of the appointment on the
ground that if a Christian were found to be competent, a post might well be
given to him, as there were better reasons for trusting a Christian than either
a Jew, a Muslim or a Zoroastrian. 70 Al-Muwaffaq, who was virtual ruler of
the empire during the reign of his brother al-Muʻtamid (870–892), entrusted
the administration of the army to a Christian named Israel, and his son, al-
Muʻtaḍid, had as one of his secretaries another Christian, Malik b. al-Walīd.
In a later reign, that of al-Muqtadir (908–932), a Christian was again in
charge of the war office. 71
Naṣr b. Hārūn, the Prime Minister of ʻAḍud al-Dawlah (949–982), of the
Buwayhid dynasty of Persia, who ruled over Southern Persia and ʻIrāq, was
a Christian. 72 For a long time, the government offices, especially in the
department of finance, were filled with Christians and Persians; 73 to a much
later date was such the case in Egypt, where at times the Christians almost
entirely monopolised such posts. 74 Particularly as physicians, the Christians
frequently amassed great wealth and were much honoured in the houses of
the great. Gabriel, the personal physician of the caliph Hārūn al-Rashīd,
was a Nestorian Christian and derived a yearly income of 800,000 dirhams
from his private property, in addition to an emolument of 280,000 dirhams a
year in return for his attendance on the caliph; the second physician, also a
Christian, received 22,000 dirhams a year. 75 In trade and commerce, the
Christians also attained considerable affluence: indeed it was frequently
their wealth that excited against them the jealous [65]cupidity of the mob—a
feeling that fanatics took advantage of, to persecute and oppress them.
Further, the non-Muslim communities enjoyed an almost complete
autonomy, for the government placed in their hands the independent
management of their internal affairs, and their religious leaders exercised
secretary to Abū Mūsạ̄ b. Muṣʻab, governor of Mosul, and used his
powerful influence for the benefit of his Christian co-religionists. 69
In the reign of al-Muʻtadid (892–902), the governor of Anbār, ʻUmar b.
Yūsuf, was a Christian, and the caliph approved of the appointment on the
ground that if a Christian were found to be competent, a post might well be
given to him, as there were better reasons for trusting a Christian than either
a Jew, a Muslim or a Zoroastrian. 70 Al-Muwaffaq, who was virtual ruler of
the empire during the reign of his brother al-Muʻtamid (870–892), entrusted
the administration of the army to a Christian named Israel, and his son, al-
Muʻtaḍid, had as one of his secretaries another Christian, Malik b. al-Walīd.
In a later reign, that of al-Muqtadir (908–932), a Christian was again in
charge of the war office. 71
Naṣr b. Hārūn, the Prime Minister of ʻAḍud al-Dawlah (949–982), of the
Buwayhid dynasty of Persia, who ruled over Southern Persia and ʻIrāq, was
a Christian. 72 For a long time, the government offices, especially in the
department of finance, were filled with Christians and Persians; 73 to a much
later date was such the case in Egypt, where at times the Christians almost
entirely monopolised such posts. 74 Particularly as physicians, the Christians
frequently amassed great wealth and were much honoured in the houses of
the great. Gabriel, the personal physician of the caliph Hārūn al-Rashīd,
was a Nestorian Christian and derived a yearly income of 800,000 dirhams
from his private property, in addition to an emolument of 280,000 dirhams a
year in return for his attendance on the caliph; the second physician, also a
Christian, received 22,000 dirhams a year. 75 In trade and commerce, the
Christians also attained considerable affluence: indeed it was frequently
their wealth that excited against them the jealous [65]cupidity of the mob—a
feeling that fanatics took advantage of, to persecute and oppress them.
Further, the non-Muslim communities enjoyed an almost complete
autonomy, for the government placed in their hands the independent
management of their internal affairs, and their religious leaders exercised
Page 86
judicial functions in cases that concerned their co-religionists only. 76 Their
churches and monasteries were, for the most part, not interfered with,
except in the large cities, where some of them were turned into mosques—a
measure that could hardly be objected to in view of the enormous increase
in the Muslim and corresponding decrease in the Christian population.
Recent historical criticism has demonstrated the impossibility of the legend
that when Damascus was taken by the Arabs, the churches were equally
divided between the Christians and the conquerors, on the plea that while
one Muslim general made his way into the city by the eastern gate at the
point of the sword, another at the western gate received the submission of
the governor of the city; a similar scrutiny of historical documents as well
as of the topography of the building has shown that the great cathedral of
St. John could never have been used in the manner described by some
Arabic historians as a common place of worship for both Christians and
Muslims. 77 But the very fact that these historians should have believed that
such an arrangement continued for nearly eighty years, testifies to the early
recognition of the liberty granted to the Christians of practising the
observances of their religion.
The opinion of the Muhammadan legists is very diverse on this question,
from the more liberal Ḥanafī doctrine, which declares that, though it is
unlawful to construct churches and synagogues in Muhammadan territory,
those already existing can be repaired if they have been destroyed or have
fallen into decay, while in villages and hamlets, where the tokens of Islam
do not appear, new churches and synagogues may be built—to the
intolerant Ḥanbalite view that they may neither be erected nor be restored
when damaged or ruined. Some legists held that the privileges varied
according to treaty rights: in towns taken by force, [66]no new houses of
prayer might be erected by d͟ himmīs, but if a special treaty had been made,
the building of new churches and synagogues was allowed. 78 But like so
many of the lucubrations of Muhammadan legists, these prescriptions bore
but little relation to actual facts. 79 Schoolmen might agree that the d͟ himmīs
churches and monasteries were, for the most part, not interfered with,
except in the large cities, where some of them were turned into mosques—a
measure that could hardly be objected to in view of the enormous increase
in the Muslim and corresponding decrease in the Christian population.
Recent historical criticism has demonstrated the impossibility of the legend
that when Damascus was taken by the Arabs, the churches were equally
divided between the Christians and the conquerors, on the plea that while
one Muslim general made his way into the city by the eastern gate at the
point of the sword, another at the western gate received the submission of
the governor of the city; a similar scrutiny of historical documents as well
as of the topography of the building has shown that the great cathedral of
St. John could never have been used in the manner described by some
Arabic historians as a common place of worship for both Christians and
Muslims. 77 But the very fact that these historians should have believed that
such an arrangement continued for nearly eighty years, testifies to the early
recognition of the liberty granted to the Christians of practising the
observances of their religion.
The opinion of the Muhammadan legists is very diverse on this question,
from the more liberal Ḥanafī doctrine, which declares that, though it is
unlawful to construct churches and synagogues in Muhammadan territory,
those already existing can be repaired if they have been destroyed or have
fallen into decay, while in villages and hamlets, where the tokens of Islam
do not appear, new churches and synagogues may be built—to the
intolerant Ḥanbalite view that they may neither be erected nor be restored
when damaged or ruined. Some legists held that the privileges varied
according to treaty rights: in towns taken by force, [66]no new houses of
prayer might be erected by d͟ himmīs, but if a special treaty had been made,
the building of new churches and synagogues was allowed. 78 But like so
many of the lucubrations of Muhammadan legists, these prescriptions bore
but little relation to actual facts. 79 Schoolmen might agree that the d͟ himmīs
Page 87
could build no houses of prayer in a city of Muslim foundation, but the civil
authority permitted the Copts to erect churches in the new capital of
Cairo. 80 In other cities also the Christians were allowed to erect new
churches and monasteries. The very fact that ʻUmar II (717–720), at the
close of the first century of the Hijrah, should have ordered the destruction
of all recently constructed churches, 81 and that rather more than a century
later, the fanatical al-Mutawakkil (847–861) should have had to repeat the
same order, shows how little the prohibition of the building of new
churches was put into force. 82 We have numerous instances recorded, both
by Christian and Muhammadan historians, of the building of new churches:
e.g. in the reign of ʻAbd al-Malik (685–705), a wealthy Christian of Edessa,
named Athanasius, erected in his native city a fine church dedicated to the
Mother of God, and a Baptistery in honour of the picture of Christ that was
reputed to have been sent to King Abgar; he also built a number of churches
and monasteries in various parts of Egypt, among them two magnificent
churches in Fusṭāṭ. 83 Some Christian chamberlains in the service of ʻAbd al-
ʻAziz b. Marwān (brother of ʻAbd al-Malik), the governor of Egypt,
obtained permission to build a church in Ḥalwān, which was dedicated to
St. John, 84 though this town was a Muslim creation. In a.d. 711 a Jacobite
church was built at Antioch by order of the caliph al-Walīd (705–715). 85 In
the first year of the reign of Yazīd [67]II (a.d. 720), Mār Elias, the Jacobite
Patriarch of Antioch, made a solemn entry into Antioch, accompanied by
his clergy and monks, to consecrate a new church which he had caused to
be built; and in the following year he consecrated another church in the
village of Sarmada, in the district of Antioch, and the only opposition he
met with was from the rival Christian sect that accepted the Council of
Chalcedon. 86 In the following reign, K͟ hālid al-Qasrī, who was governor of
Arabian and Persian ʻIrāq from 724 to 738, built a church for his mother,
who was a Christian, to worship in. 87 In 759 the building of a church at
Nisibis was completed, on which the Nestorian bishop, Cyprian, had
expended a sum of 56,000 dīnārs. 88 From the same century dates the church
of Abū Sirjah in the ancient Roman fortress in old Cairo. 89 In the reign of
al-Mahdī (775–785) a church was erected in Bag͟ hdād for the use of the
authority permitted the Copts to erect churches in the new capital of
Cairo. 80 In other cities also the Christians were allowed to erect new
churches and monasteries. The very fact that ʻUmar II (717–720), at the
close of the first century of the Hijrah, should have ordered the destruction
of all recently constructed churches, 81 and that rather more than a century
later, the fanatical al-Mutawakkil (847–861) should have had to repeat the
same order, shows how little the prohibition of the building of new
churches was put into force. 82 We have numerous instances recorded, both
by Christian and Muhammadan historians, of the building of new churches:
e.g. in the reign of ʻAbd al-Malik (685–705), a wealthy Christian of Edessa,
named Athanasius, erected in his native city a fine church dedicated to the
Mother of God, and a Baptistery in honour of the picture of Christ that was
reputed to have been sent to King Abgar; he also built a number of churches
and monasteries in various parts of Egypt, among them two magnificent
churches in Fusṭāṭ. 83 Some Christian chamberlains in the service of ʻAbd al-
ʻAziz b. Marwān (brother of ʻAbd al-Malik), the governor of Egypt,
obtained permission to build a church in Ḥalwān, which was dedicated to
St. John, 84 though this town was a Muslim creation. In a.d. 711 a Jacobite
church was built at Antioch by order of the caliph al-Walīd (705–715). 85 In
the first year of the reign of Yazīd [67]II (a.d. 720), Mār Elias, the Jacobite
Patriarch of Antioch, made a solemn entry into Antioch, accompanied by
his clergy and monks, to consecrate a new church which he had caused to
be built; and in the following year he consecrated another church in the
village of Sarmada, in the district of Antioch, and the only opposition he
met with was from the rival Christian sect that accepted the Council of
Chalcedon. 86 In the following reign, K͟ hālid al-Qasrī, who was governor of
Arabian and Persian ʻIrāq from 724 to 738, built a church for his mother,
who was a Christian, to worship in. 87 In 759 the building of a church at
Nisibis was completed, on which the Nestorian bishop, Cyprian, had
expended a sum of 56,000 dīnārs. 88 From the same century dates the church
of Abū Sirjah in the ancient Roman fortress in old Cairo. 89 In the reign of
al-Mahdī (775–785) a church was erected in Bag͟ hdād for the use of the
Page 88
Christian prisoners that had been taken captive during the numerous
campaigns against the Byzantine empire. 90 Another church was built in the
same city, in the reign of Hārūn al-Rashīd (786–809), by the people of
Samālū, who had submitted to the caliph and received protection from
him; 91 during the same reign Sergius, the Nestorian Metropolitan of Baṣrah,
received permission to build a church in that city, 92 though it was a Muslim
foundation, having been created by the caliph ʻUmar in the year 638, and a
magnificent church was erected in Babylon in which were enshrined the
bodies of the prophets Daniel and Ezechiel. 93 When al-Maʼmūn (813–833)
was in Egypt he gave permission to two of his chamberlains to erect a
church on al-Muqaṭṭam, a hill near Cairo; and by the same caliph’s leave, a
wealthy Christian, named Bukām, built several fine churches at Būrah in
Egypt. 94 The Nestorian Patriarch, Timotheus, who died a.d. 820, erected a
church at Takrīt and a monastery at Bag͟ hdād. 95 In the tenth century, the
beautiful Coptic church of Abū [68]Sayfayn was built in Fusṭāṭ. 96 A new
church was built at Jiddah in the reign of al-Ẓāhir, the seventh Fāṭimid
caliph of Egypt (1020–1035). 97 New churches and monasteries were also
built in the reign of the ʻAbbāsid, al-Mustaḍī (1170–1180). 98 In 1187 a
church was built at Fusṭāṭ and dedicated to Our Lady the Pure Virgin. 99
Indeed, so far from the development of the Christian Church being
hampered by the establishment of Muhammadan rule, the history of the
Nestorians exhibits a remarkable outburst of religious life and energy from
the time of their becoming subject to the Muslims. 100 Alternately petted and
persecuted by the Persian kings, in whose dominions by far the majority of
the members of this sect were found, it had passed a rather precarious
existence and had been subjected to harsh treatment, when war between
Persia and Byzantium exposed it to the suspicion of sympathising with the
Christian enemy. But, under the rule of the caliphs, the security they
enjoyed at home enabled them to vigorously push forward their missionary
enterprises abroad. Missionaries were sent into China and India, both of
which were raised to the dignity of metropolitan sees in the eighth century;
about the same period they gained a footing in Egypt, and later spread the
campaigns against the Byzantine empire. 90 Another church was built in the
same city, in the reign of Hārūn al-Rashīd (786–809), by the people of
Samālū, who had submitted to the caliph and received protection from
him; 91 during the same reign Sergius, the Nestorian Metropolitan of Baṣrah,
received permission to build a church in that city, 92 though it was a Muslim
foundation, having been created by the caliph ʻUmar in the year 638, and a
magnificent church was erected in Babylon in which were enshrined the
bodies of the prophets Daniel and Ezechiel. 93 When al-Maʼmūn (813–833)
was in Egypt he gave permission to two of his chamberlains to erect a
church on al-Muqaṭṭam, a hill near Cairo; and by the same caliph’s leave, a
wealthy Christian, named Bukām, built several fine churches at Būrah in
Egypt. 94 The Nestorian Patriarch, Timotheus, who died a.d. 820, erected a
church at Takrīt and a monastery at Bag͟ hdād. 95 In the tenth century, the
beautiful Coptic church of Abū [68]Sayfayn was built in Fusṭāṭ. 96 A new
church was built at Jiddah in the reign of al-Ẓāhir, the seventh Fāṭimid
caliph of Egypt (1020–1035). 97 New churches and monasteries were also
built in the reign of the ʻAbbāsid, al-Mustaḍī (1170–1180). 98 In 1187 a
church was built at Fusṭāṭ and dedicated to Our Lady the Pure Virgin. 99
Indeed, so far from the development of the Christian Church being
hampered by the establishment of Muhammadan rule, the history of the
Nestorians exhibits a remarkable outburst of religious life and energy from
the time of their becoming subject to the Muslims. 100 Alternately petted and
persecuted by the Persian kings, in whose dominions by far the majority of
the members of this sect were found, it had passed a rather precarious
existence and had been subjected to harsh treatment, when war between
Persia and Byzantium exposed it to the suspicion of sympathising with the
Christian enemy. But, under the rule of the caliphs, the security they
enjoyed at home enabled them to vigorously push forward their missionary
enterprises abroad. Missionaries were sent into China and India, both of
which were raised to the dignity of metropolitan sees in the eighth century;
about the same period they gained a footing in Egypt, and later spread the
Page 89
Christian faith right across Asia, and by the eleventh century had gained
many converts from among the Tatars. 101
If the other Christian sects failed to exhibit the same vigorous life, it was
not the fault of the Muhammadans. All were tolerated alike by the supreme
government, and furthermore were prevented from persecuting one
another. 102 In the fifth century, Barsauma, a Nestorian bishop, had
persuaded the Persian king to set on foot a fierce persecution [69]of the
Orthodox Church, by representing Nestorius as a friend of the Persians and
his doctrines as approximating to their own; as many as 7800 of the
Orthodox clergy, with an enormous number of laymen, are said to have
been butchered during this persecution. 103 Another persecution was
instituted against the Orthodox by K͟ husrau II, after the invasion of Persia
by Heraclius, at the instigation of a Jacobite, who persuaded the King that
the Orthodox would always be favourably inclined towards the
Byzantines. 104 But the principles of Muslim toleration forbade such acts of
injustice as these: on the contrary, it seems to have been their endeavour to
deal fairly by all their Christian subjects: e.g. after the conquest of Egypt,
the Jacobites took advantage of the expulsion of the Byzantine authorities to
rob the Orthodox of their churches, but later they were restored by the
Muhammadans to their rightful owners when these had made good their
claim to possess them. 105
In view of the toleration thus extended to their Christian subjects in the
early period of the Muslim rule, the common hypothesis of the sword as the
factor of conversion seems hardly satisfactory, and we are compelled to
seek for other motives than that of persecution. But unfortunately very few
details are forthcoming and we are obliged to have recourse to conjecture. 106
In an age so prolific of theological speculation, there may well have been
some thinkers whose trend of thought had prepared them for the acceptance
of the Muhammadan position. Such were those Shahrīghān or landed
proprietors in Persia in the eighth century, who were nominally Christians,
but maintained that Christ was an ordinary man and that he was as one of
many converts from among the Tatars. 101
If the other Christian sects failed to exhibit the same vigorous life, it was
not the fault of the Muhammadans. All were tolerated alike by the supreme
government, and furthermore were prevented from persecuting one
another. 102 In the fifth century, Barsauma, a Nestorian bishop, had
persuaded the Persian king to set on foot a fierce persecution [69]of the
Orthodox Church, by representing Nestorius as a friend of the Persians and
his doctrines as approximating to their own; as many as 7800 of the
Orthodox clergy, with an enormous number of laymen, are said to have
been butchered during this persecution. 103 Another persecution was
instituted against the Orthodox by K͟ husrau II, after the invasion of Persia
by Heraclius, at the instigation of a Jacobite, who persuaded the King that
the Orthodox would always be favourably inclined towards the
Byzantines. 104 But the principles of Muslim toleration forbade such acts of
injustice as these: on the contrary, it seems to have been their endeavour to
deal fairly by all their Christian subjects: e.g. after the conquest of Egypt,
the Jacobites took advantage of the expulsion of the Byzantine authorities to
rob the Orthodox of their churches, but later they were restored by the
Muhammadans to their rightful owners when these had made good their
claim to possess them. 105
In view of the toleration thus extended to their Christian subjects in the
early period of the Muslim rule, the common hypothesis of the sword as the
factor of conversion seems hardly satisfactory, and we are compelled to
seek for other motives than that of persecution. But unfortunately very few
details are forthcoming and we are obliged to have recourse to conjecture. 106
In an age so prolific of theological speculation, there may well have been
some thinkers whose trend of thought had prepared them for the acceptance
of the Muhammadan position. Such were those Shahrīghān or landed
proprietors in Persia in the eighth century, who were nominally Christians,
but maintained that Christ was an ordinary man and that he was as one of
Page 90
the Prophets. 107 They appear at times to have given a good deal of trouble
[70]to the Nestorian clergy, who were at great pains to draw them into the
paths of orthodoxy; 108 but their theological position was more closely akin
to Islam than to Christian doctrine, and they probably went to swell the
ranks of the converts after the Arab conquest of the Persian empire.
Many Christian theologians 109 have supposed that the debased condition—
moral and spiritual—of the Eastern Church of that period must have
alienated the hearts of many and driven them to seek a healthier spiritual
atmosphere in the faith of Islam which had come to them in all the vigour of
new-born zeal. 110 For example, Dean Milman 111 asks, “What was the state
of the Christian world in the provinces exposed to the first invasion of
Mohammedanism? Sect opposed to sect, clergy wrangling with clergy upon
the most abstruse and metaphysical points of doctrine. The orthodox, the
Nestorians, the Eutychians, the Jacobites were persecuting each other with
unexhausted animosity; and it is not judging too severely the evils of
religious controversy to suppose that many would rejoice in the degradation
of their adversaries under the yoke of the unbeliever, rather than make
common cause with them in defence of the common Christianity. In how
many must this incessant disputation have shaken the foundations of their
faith! It had been wonderful if thousands had not, in their weariness and
perplexity, sought refuge from these interminable and implacable
controversies in the simple, intelligible truth of the Divine Unity, though
purchased by the acknowledgment of the prophetic mission of
Mohammed.” Similarly, Caetani sees in the spread of Islam, among the
Christians of the Eastern Churches, a revulsion of feeling from the
dogmatic subtleties introduced into Christian theology by the Hellenistic
spirit. “For the East, with its love of clear and simple concepts, Hellenic
culture was, from the religious point of view, a misfortune, because [71]it
changed the sublime and simple teachings of Christ into a creed bristling
with incomprehensible dogmas, full of doubts and uncertainties; these
ended with producing a feeling of deep dismay and shook the very
foundations of religious belief; so that when at last there appeared, coming
[70]to the Nestorian clergy, who were at great pains to draw them into the
paths of orthodoxy; 108 but their theological position was more closely akin
to Islam than to Christian doctrine, and they probably went to swell the
ranks of the converts after the Arab conquest of the Persian empire.
Many Christian theologians 109 have supposed that the debased condition—
moral and spiritual—of the Eastern Church of that period must have
alienated the hearts of many and driven them to seek a healthier spiritual
atmosphere in the faith of Islam which had come to them in all the vigour of
new-born zeal. 110 For example, Dean Milman 111 asks, “What was the state
of the Christian world in the provinces exposed to the first invasion of
Mohammedanism? Sect opposed to sect, clergy wrangling with clergy upon
the most abstruse and metaphysical points of doctrine. The orthodox, the
Nestorians, the Eutychians, the Jacobites were persecuting each other with
unexhausted animosity; and it is not judging too severely the evils of
religious controversy to suppose that many would rejoice in the degradation
of their adversaries under the yoke of the unbeliever, rather than make
common cause with them in defence of the common Christianity. In how
many must this incessant disputation have shaken the foundations of their
faith! It had been wonderful if thousands had not, in their weariness and
perplexity, sought refuge from these interminable and implacable
controversies in the simple, intelligible truth of the Divine Unity, though
purchased by the acknowledgment of the prophetic mission of
Mohammed.” Similarly, Caetani sees in the spread of Islam, among the
Christians of the Eastern Churches, a revulsion of feeling from the
dogmatic subtleties introduced into Christian theology by the Hellenistic
spirit. “For the East, with its love of clear and simple concepts, Hellenic
culture was, from the religious point of view, a misfortune, because [71]it
changed the sublime and simple teachings of Christ into a creed bristling
with incomprehensible dogmas, full of doubts and uncertainties; these
ended with producing a feeling of deep dismay and shook the very
foundations of religious belief; so that when at last there appeared, coming
Page 91
out suddenly from the desert, the news of the new revelation, this bastard
oriental Christianity, torn asunder by internal discords, wavering in its
fundamental dogmas, dismayed by such incertitudes, could no longer resist
the temptations of a new faith, which swept away at one single stroke all
miserable doubts, and offered, along with simple, clear and undisputed
doctrines, great material advantages also. The East then abandoned Christ
and threw itself into the arms of the Prophet of Arabia.” 112
Again, Canon Taylor 113 says: “It is easy to understand why this reformed
Judaism spread so swiftly over Africa and Asia. The African and Syrian
doctors had substituted abstruse metaphysical dogmas for the religion of
Christ: they tried to combat the licentiousness of the age by setting forth the
celestial merit of celibacy and the angelic excellence of virginity—
seclusion from the world was the road of holiness, dirt was the
characteristic of monkish sanctity—the people were practically polytheists,
worshipping a crowd of martyrs, saints and angels; the upper classes were
effeminate and corrupt, the middle classes oppressed by taxation, 114 the
slaves without hope for the present or the future. As with the besom of God,
Islam swept away this mass of corruption and superstition. It was a revolt
against empty theological polemics; it was a masculine protest against the
exaltation of celibacy as a crown of piety. It brought out the fundamental
dogmas of religion—the unity and greatness of God, that He is merciful and
righteous, that He claims obedience to His will, resignation and faith. It
proclaimed the responsibility of man, a future life, a day of judgment, and
stern retribution to fall upon the wicked; and enforced the duties of prayer,
almsgiving, fasting and [72]benevolence. It thrust aside the artificial virtues,
the religious frauds and follies, the perverted moral sentiments, and the
verbal subtleties of theological disputants. It replaced monkishness by
manliness. It gave hope to the slave, brotherhood to mankind, and
recognition to the fundamental facts of human nature.”
Islam has, moreover, been represented as a reaction against that Byzantine
ecclesiasticism, 115 which looked upon the emperor and his court as a copy
oriental Christianity, torn asunder by internal discords, wavering in its
fundamental dogmas, dismayed by such incertitudes, could no longer resist
the temptations of a new faith, which swept away at one single stroke all
miserable doubts, and offered, along with simple, clear and undisputed
doctrines, great material advantages also. The East then abandoned Christ
and threw itself into the arms of the Prophet of Arabia.” 112
Again, Canon Taylor 113 says: “It is easy to understand why this reformed
Judaism spread so swiftly over Africa and Asia. The African and Syrian
doctors had substituted abstruse metaphysical dogmas for the religion of
Christ: they tried to combat the licentiousness of the age by setting forth the
celestial merit of celibacy and the angelic excellence of virginity—
seclusion from the world was the road of holiness, dirt was the
characteristic of monkish sanctity—the people were practically polytheists,
worshipping a crowd of martyrs, saints and angels; the upper classes were
effeminate and corrupt, the middle classes oppressed by taxation, 114 the
slaves without hope for the present or the future. As with the besom of God,
Islam swept away this mass of corruption and superstition. It was a revolt
against empty theological polemics; it was a masculine protest against the
exaltation of celibacy as a crown of piety. It brought out the fundamental
dogmas of religion—the unity and greatness of God, that He is merciful and
righteous, that He claims obedience to His will, resignation and faith. It
proclaimed the responsibility of man, a future life, a day of judgment, and
stern retribution to fall upon the wicked; and enforced the duties of prayer,
almsgiving, fasting and [72]benevolence. It thrust aside the artificial virtues,
the religious frauds and follies, the perverted moral sentiments, and the
verbal subtleties of theological disputants. It replaced monkishness by
manliness. It gave hope to the slave, brotherhood to mankind, and
recognition to the fundamental facts of human nature.”
Islam has, moreover, been represented as a reaction against that Byzantine
ecclesiasticism, 115 which looked upon the emperor and his court as a copy
Page 92
of the Divine Majesty on high, and the emperor himself as not only the
supreme earthly ruler of Christendom, but as High-priest also. 116 Under
Justinian this system had been hardened into a despotism that pressed like
an iron weight upon clergy and laity alike. In 532 the widespread
dissatisfaction in Constantinople with both church and state, burst out into a
revolt against the government of Justinian, which was only suppressed after
a massacre of 35,000 persons. The Greens, as the party of the malcontents
was termed, had made open and violent protest in the circus against the
oppression of the emperor, crying out, “Justice has vanished from the world
and is no more to be found. But we will become Jews, or rather we will
return again to Grecian paganism.” 117 The lapse of a century had removed
none of the grounds for the dissatisfaction that here found such violent
expression, but the heavy hand of the Byzantine government prevented the
renewal of such an outbreak as that of 532 and compelled the malcontents
to dissemble, though in 560 some secret heathens were detected in
Constantinople and punished. 118 On the borders of the empire, however, at a
distance from the capital, such malcontents were safer, and the persecuted
heretics, and others dissatisfied with the [73]Byzantine state-church, took
refuge in the East, and here the Muslim armies would be welcomed by the
spiritual children of those who a hundred years before had desired to
exchange the Christian religion for another faith.
Further, the general adoption of the Arabic language throughout the empire
of the caliphate, especially in the towns and the great centres of population,
and the gradual assimilation in manners and customs that in the course of
about two centuries caused the numerous conquered races to be largely
merged in the national life of the ruling race, had no doubt a counterpart in
the religious and intellectual life of many members of the protected
religions. The rationalistic movement that so powerfully influenced Muslim
theology from the second to the fifth century of the Hijrah may very
possibly have influenced Christian thinkers, and turned them from a
religion, the prevailing tone of whose theology seems at this time to have
been Credo quia impossibile. A Muhammadan writer of the fourth century
supreme earthly ruler of Christendom, but as High-priest also. 116 Under
Justinian this system had been hardened into a despotism that pressed like
an iron weight upon clergy and laity alike. In 532 the widespread
dissatisfaction in Constantinople with both church and state, burst out into a
revolt against the government of Justinian, which was only suppressed after
a massacre of 35,000 persons. The Greens, as the party of the malcontents
was termed, had made open and violent protest in the circus against the
oppression of the emperor, crying out, “Justice has vanished from the world
and is no more to be found. But we will become Jews, or rather we will
return again to Grecian paganism.” 117 The lapse of a century had removed
none of the grounds for the dissatisfaction that here found such violent
expression, but the heavy hand of the Byzantine government prevented the
renewal of such an outbreak as that of 532 and compelled the malcontents
to dissemble, though in 560 some secret heathens were detected in
Constantinople and punished. 118 On the borders of the empire, however, at a
distance from the capital, such malcontents were safer, and the persecuted
heretics, and others dissatisfied with the [73]Byzantine state-church, took
refuge in the East, and here the Muslim armies would be welcomed by the
spiritual children of those who a hundred years before had desired to
exchange the Christian religion for another faith.
Further, the general adoption of the Arabic language throughout the empire
of the caliphate, especially in the towns and the great centres of population,
and the gradual assimilation in manners and customs that in the course of
about two centuries caused the numerous conquered races to be largely
merged in the national life of the ruling race, had no doubt a counterpart in
the religious and intellectual life of many members of the protected
religions. The rationalistic movement that so powerfully influenced Muslim
theology from the second to the fifth century of the Hijrah may very
possibly have influenced Christian thinkers, and turned them from a
religion, the prevailing tone of whose theology seems at this time to have
been Credo quia impossibile. A Muhammadan writer of the fourth century
Page 93
of the Hijrah has preserved for us a conversation with a Coptic Christian
which may safely be taken as characteristic of the general mental attitude of
the rest of the Eastern Churches at this period:—
“My proof for the truth of Christianity is, that I find its teachings
contradictory and mutually destructive, for they are repugnant to reason and
revolting to the intellect, on account of their inconsistency and mutual
contrariety. No reflection can strengthen them, no discussion can prove
them; and however thoughtfully we may investigate them, neither the
intellect nor the senses can provide us with any argument in support of
them. Notwithstanding this, I have seen that many nations and mighty kings
of learning and sound judgment, have given in their allegiance to the
Christian faith; so I conclude that if these have accepted it in spite of all the
contradictions referred to, it is because the proofs they have received, in the
form of signs and miracles, have compelled them to submit to it.” 119
On the other hand, it should be remembered that those who passed over
from Christianity to Islam, under the influence of the rationalistic
tendencies of the age, would [74]find in the Muʻtazilite presentment of
Muslim theology, very much that was common to the two faiths, so that as
far as the articles of belief and the intellectual attitude towards many
theological questions were concerned, the transition was not so violent as
might be supposed. To say nothing of the numerous fundamental doctrines,
that will at once suggest themselves to those even who have only a slight
knowledge of the teachings of the Prophet, there were many other common
points of view, that were the direct consequences of the close relationships
between the Christian and Muhammadan theologians in Damascus under
the Umayyad caliphs as also in later times; for it has been maintained that
there is clear evidence of the influence of the Byzantine theologians on the
development of the systematic treatment of Muhammadan dogmatics. The
very form and arrangement of the oldest rule of faith in the Arabic language
suggest a comparison with similar treatises of St. John of Damascus and
other Christian fathers. 120 The oldest Arab Ṣūfīism, the trend of which was
which may safely be taken as characteristic of the general mental attitude of
the rest of the Eastern Churches at this period:—
“My proof for the truth of Christianity is, that I find its teachings
contradictory and mutually destructive, for they are repugnant to reason and
revolting to the intellect, on account of their inconsistency and mutual
contrariety. No reflection can strengthen them, no discussion can prove
them; and however thoughtfully we may investigate them, neither the
intellect nor the senses can provide us with any argument in support of
them. Notwithstanding this, I have seen that many nations and mighty kings
of learning and sound judgment, have given in their allegiance to the
Christian faith; so I conclude that if these have accepted it in spite of all the
contradictions referred to, it is because the proofs they have received, in the
form of signs and miracles, have compelled them to submit to it.” 119
On the other hand, it should be remembered that those who passed over
from Christianity to Islam, under the influence of the rationalistic
tendencies of the age, would [74]find in the Muʻtazilite presentment of
Muslim theology, very much that was common to the two faiths, so that as
far as the articles of belief and the intellectual attitude towards many
theological questions were concerned, the transition was not so violent as
might be supposed. To say nothing of the numerous fundamental doctrines,
that will at once suggest themselves to those even who have only a slight
knowledge of the teachings of the Prophet, there were many other common
points of view, that were the direct consequences of the close relationships
between the Christian and Muhammadan theologians in Damascus under
the Umayyad caliphs as also in later times; for it has been maintained that
there is clear evidence of the influence of the Byzantine theologians on the
development of the systematic treatment of Muhammadan dogmatics. The
very form and arrangement of the oldest rule of faith in the Arabic language
suggest a comparison with similar treatises of St. John of Damascus and
other Christian fathers. 120 The oldest Arab Ṣūfīism, the trend of which was
Page 94
purely towards the ascetic life (as distinguished from the later pantheistic
Ṣūfīism) originated largely under the influence of Christian thought. 121 Such
influence is especially traceable in the doctrines of some of the Muʻtazilite
sects, 122 who busied themselves with speculations on the attributes of the
divine nature quite in the manner of the Byzantine theologians: the
Qadariyyah or libertarians of Islam probably borrowed their doctrine of the
freedom of the will directly from Christianity, while the Murjiʼah in their
denial of the doctrine of eternal punishment were in thorough agreement
with the teaching of the Eastern Church on this subject as against the
generally received opinion of orthodox Muslims. 123 On the other hand, the
influence of the more orthodox doctors of Islam in the conversion of
unbelievers is attested by the tradition that twenty thousand Christians, Jews
and Magians became Muslims when the great Imām Ibn Ḥanbal died. 124 A
celebrated [75]doctor of the same sect, Abu’l-Faraj b. al-Jawzī (a.d. 1115–
1201), the most learned man of his time, a popular preacher and most
prolific writer, is said to have boasted that just the same number of persons
accepted the faith of Islam at his hands. 125
Further, the vast and unparalleled success of the Muslim arms shook the
faith of the Christian peoples that came under their rule and saw in these
conquests the hand of God. 126 Worldly prosperity they associated with the
divine favour and the God of battle (they thought) would surely give the
victory only into the hands of his favoured servants. Thus the very success
of the Muhammadans seemed to argue the truth of their religion.
The Islamic ideal of the brotherhood of all believers was a powerful
attraction towards this creed, and though the Arab pride of birth strove to
refuse for several generations the privileges of the ruling race to the new
converts, still as “clients” of the various Arab tribes to which at first they
used to be affiliated, they received a recognised position in the community,
and by the close of the first century of the Hijrah they had vindicated for
this ideal its true place in Muslim theology and at least a theoretical
recognition in the state. 127
Ṣūfīism) originated largely under the influence of Christian thought. 121 Such
influence is especially traceable in the doctrines of some of the Muʻtazilite
sects, 122 who busied themselves with speculations on the attributes of the
divine nature quite in the manner of the Byzantine theologians: the
Qadariyyah or libertarians of Islam probably borrowed their doctrine of the
freedom of the will directly from Christianity, while the Murjiʼah in their
denial of the doctrine of eternal punishment were in thorough agreement
with the teaching of the Eastern Church on this subject as against the
generally received opinion of orthodox Muslims. 123 On the other hand, the
influence of the more orthodox doctors of Islam in the conversion of
unbelievers is attested by the tradition that twenty thousand Christians, Jews
and Magians became Muslims when the great Imām Ibn Ḥanbal died. 124 A
celebrated [75]doctor of the same sect, Abu’l-Faraj b. al-Jawzī (a.d. 1115–
1201), the most learned man of his time, a popular preacher and most
prolific writer, is said to have boasted that just the same number of persons
accepted the faith of Islam at his hands. 125
Further, the vast and unparalleled success of the Muslim arms shook the
faith of the Christian peoples that came under their rule and saw in these
conquests the hand of God. 126 Worldly prosperity they associated with the
divine favour and the God of battle (they thought) would surely give the
victory only into the hands of his favoured servants. Thus the very success
of the Muhammadans seemed to argue the truth of their religion.
The Islamic ideal of the brotherhood of all believers was a powerful
attraction towards this creed, and though the Arab pride of birth strove to
refuse for several generations the privileges of the ruling race to the new
converts, still as “clients” of the various Arab tribes to which at first they
used to be affiliated, they received a recognised position in the community,
and by the close of the first century of the Hijrah they had vindicated for
this ideal its true place in Muslim theology and at least a theoretical
recognition in the state. 127
Page 95
But the condition of the Christians did not always continue to be so
tolerable as under the earlier caliphs. In the interests of the true believers,
vexatious conditions were sometimes imposed upon the non-Muslim
population (or d͟ himmīs), with the object of securing for the faithful
superior social advantages. Unsuccessful attempts were made by several
caliphs to exclude them from the public offices. Decrees to this effect were
passed by al-Manṣūr (754–775), al-Mutawakkil (847–861), al-Muqtadir
(908–932), and in Egypt by al-Āmir (1101–1130), one of the Fāṭimid
caliphs, and by the Mamlūk Sultans in the [76]fourteenth century. 128 But the
very fact that these decrees excluding the d͟ himmīs from government posts
were so often renewed, is a sign of the want of any continuity or persistency
in putting such intolerant measures into practice. In fact they may generally
be traced either to popular indignation excited by the harsh and insolent
behaviour of Christian officials, 129 or to outbursts of fanaticism which
forced upon the government acts of oppression that were contrary to the
general spirit of Muslim rule and were consequently allowed to lapse as
soon as possible.
The beginning of a harsher treatment of the native Christian population
dates from the reign of Hārūn al-Rashīd (786–809) who ordered them to
wear a distinctive dress and give up the government posts they held to
Muslims. The first of these orders shows how little one at least of the
ordinances ascribed to ʻUmar was observed, and these decrees were the
outcome, not so much of any purely religious feeling, as of the political
circumstances of the time. The Christians under Muhammadan rule have
often had to suffer for the bad faith kept by foreign Christian powers in their
relations with Muhammadan princes, and on this occasion it was the
treachery of the Byzantine Emperor, Nicephorus, that caused the Christian
name to stink in the nostrils of Hārūn. 130 Many of the persecutions of
Christians in Muslim countries can be traced either to distrust of their
loyalty, excited by the intrigues and interference of Christian foreigners and
the enemies of Islam, or to the bad feeling stirred up by the treacherous or
brutal behaviour of the latter towards the Musalmans. Religious fanaticism
tolerable as under the earlier caliphs. In the interests of the true believers,
vexatious conditions were sometimes imposed upon the non-Muslim
population (or d͟ himmīs), with the object of securing for the faithful
superior social advantages. Unsuccessful attempts were made by several
caliphs to exclude them from the public offices. Decrees to this effect were
passed by al-Manṣūr (754–775), al-Mutawakkil (847–861), al-Muqtadir
(908–932), and in Egypt by al-Āmir (1101–1130), one of the Fāṭimid
caliphs, and by the Mamlūk Sultans in the [76]fourteenth century. 128 But the
very fact that these decrees excluding the d͟ himmīs from government posts
were so often renewed, is a sign of the want of any continuity or persistency
in putting such intolerant measures into practice. In fact they may generally
be traced either to popular indignation excited by the harsh and insolent
behaviour of Christian officials, 129 or to outbursts of fanaticism which
forced upon the government acts of oppression that were contrary to the
general spirit of Muslim rule and were consequently allowed to lapse as
soon as possible.
The beginning of a harsher treatment of the native Christian population
dates from the reign of Hārūn al-Rashīd (786–809) who ordered them to
wear a distinctive dress and give up the government posts they held to
Muslims. The first of these orders shows how little one at least of the
ordinances ascribed to ʻUmar was observed, and these decrees were the
outcome, not so much of any purely religious feeling, as of the political
circumstances of the time. The Christians under Muhammadan rule have
often had to suffer for the bad faith kept by foreign Christian powers in their
relations with Muhammadan princes, and on this occasion it was the
treachery of the Byzantine Emperor, Nicephorus, that caused the Christian
name to stink in the nostrils of Hārūn. 130 Many of the persecutions of
Christians in Muslim countries can be traced either to distrust of their
loyalty, excited by the intrigues and interference of Christian foreigners and
the enemies of Islam, or to the bad feeling stirred up by the treacherous or
brutal behaviour of the latter towards the Musalmans. Religious fanaticism
Page 96
is, however, responsible for many of such persecutions, as in the reign of
the Caliph al-Mutawakkil (847–861), under whom severe measures of
oppression were taken against the Christians. This prince took advantage of
the strong Orthodox reaction that had set in in Muhammadan theology
against the rationalistic and freethinking tendencies that [77]had had free
play under former rulers,—and came forward as the champion of the
extreme orthodox party, to which the mass of the people as contrasted with
the higher classes belonged, 131 and which was eager to exact vengeance for
the persecutions it had itself suffered in the two preceding reigns; 132 he
sought to curry their favour by persecuting the Muʻtazilites, forbidding all
further discussions on the Qurʼān and declaring the doctrine that it was
created, to be heretical; he had the followers of ʻAlī imprisoned and beaten,
pulled down the tomb of Ḥusayn at Karbalāʼ and forbade pilgrimages to be
made to the site. The Christians shared in the sufferings of the other
heretics; for al-Mutawakkil put rigorously into force the rules that had been
passed in former reigns prescribing a distinction in the dress of d͟ himmīs
and Muslims, ordered that the Christians should no longer be employed in
the public offices, doubled the capitation-tax, forbade them to have Muslim
slaves or use the same baths as the Muslims, and harassed them with
several other restrictions.
It is noteworthy that the historians of the Nestorian Church—which had to
suffer most from this persecution—describe it as something new and
individual to al-Mutawakkil, and as ceasing with his death. 133 One of his
successors, al-Muqtadir (a.d. 908–932), renewed these regulations, which
the lapse of half a century had apparently caused to fall into disuse.
Other outbursts of fanaticism led to the destruction of churches and
synagogues, 134 and the terror of such persecution led to the defection of
many from the Christian Church. 135 But such oppression was contrary to the
tolerant spirit of Islam, and to the teaching traditionally ascribed to the
Prophet; 136 and the fanatical party tried in vain to enforce [78]the persistent
execution of these oppressive measures for the humiliation of the non-
the Caliph al-Mutawakkil (847–861), under whom severe measures of
oppression were taken against the Christians. This prince took advantage of
the strong Orthodox reaction that had set in in Muhammadan theology
against the rationalistic and freethinking tendencies that [77]had had free
play under former rulers,—and came forward as the champion of the
extreme orthodox party, to which the mass of the people as contrasted with
the higher classes belonged, 131 and which was eager to exact vengeance for
the persecutions it had itself suffered in the two preceding reigns; 132 he
sought to curry their favour by persecuting the Muʻtazilites, forbidding all
further discussions on the Qurʼān and declaring the doctrine that it was
created, to be heretical; he had the followers of ʻAlī imprisoned and beaten,
pulled down the tomb of Ḥusayn at Karbalāʼ and forbade pilgrimages to be
made to the site. The Christians shared in the sufferings of the other
heretics; for al-Mutawakkil put rigorously into force the rules that had been
passed in former reigns prescribing a distinction in the dress of d͟ himmīs
and Muslims, ordered that the Christians should no longer be employed in
the public offices, doubled the capitation-tax, forbade them to have Muslim
slaves or use the same baths as the Muslims, and harassed them with
several other restrictions.
It is noteworthy that the historians of the Nestorian Church—which had to
suffer most from this persecution—describe it as something new and
individual to al-Mutawakkil, and as ceasing with his death. 133 One of his
successors, al-Muqtadir (a.d. 908–932), renewed these regulations, which
the lapse of half a century had apparently caused to fall into disuse.
Other outbursts of fanaticism led to the destruction of churches and
synagogues, 134 and the terror of such persecution led to the defection of
many from the Christian Church. 135 But such oppression was contrary to the
tolerant spirit of Islam, and to the teaching traditionally ascribed to the
Prophet; 136 and the fanatical party tried in vain to enforce [78]the persistent
execution of these oppressive measures for the humiliation of the non-
Page 97
Muslim population. “The ʻulamaʼ (i.e. the learned, the clergy) consider this
state of things; they weep and groan in silence, while the princes who had
the power of putting down these criminal abuses only shut their eyes to
them.” 137 The rules that a fanatical priesthood may lay down for the
repression of unbelievers cannot always be taken as a criterion of the
practice of civil governments: it is failure to realise this fact that has
rendered possible the highly-coloured pictures of the sufferings of the
Christians under Muhammadan rule, drawn by writers who have assumed
that the prescriptions of certain Muslim theologians represented an
invariable practice. Such outbursts of persecution seem in some cases to
have been excited by the alleged abuse of their position by those Christians
who held high posts in the service of the government; they aroused
considerable hostility of feeling towards themselves by their oppression of
the Muslims, it being said that they took advantage of their high position to
plunder and annoy the faithful, treating them with great harshness and
rudeness and despoiling them of their lands and money. Such complaints
were laid before the caliphs al-Manṣūr (754–775), al-Mahdī (775–785), al-
Maʼmūn (813–833), al-Mutawakkil (847–861), al-Muqtadir (908–932), and
many of their successors. 138 They also incurred the odium of many
Muhammadans by acting as the spies of the ʻAbbāsid dynasty and hunting
down the adherents of the displaced Umayyad family. 139 At a later period,
during the time of the Crusades they were accused of treasonable
correspondence with the Crusaders 140 and brought on themselves severe
restrictive measures which cannot justly be described as religious
persecution.
In proportion as the lot of the conquered peoples became harder to bear, the
more irresistible was the temptation to free themselves from their miseries,
by the words, “There is no god but God: Muḥammad is the Apostle of
God.” [79]When the state was in need of money—as was increasingly the
case—the subject races were more and more burdened with taxes, so that
the condition of the non-Muslims was constantly growing more
unendurable, and conversions to Islam increased in the same proportion.
state of things; they weep and groan in silence, while the princes who had
the power of putting down these criminal abuses only shut their eyes to
them.” 137 The rules that a fanatical priesthood may lay down for the
repression of unbelievers cannot always be taken as a criterion of the
practice of civil governments: it is failure to realise this fact that has
rendered possible the highly-coloured pictures of the sufferings of the
Christians under Muhammadan rule, drawn by writers who have assumed
that the prescriptions of certain Muslim theologians represented an
invariable practice. Such outbursts of persecution seem in some cases to
have been excited by the alleged abuse of their position by those Christians
who held high posts in the service of the government; they aroused
considerable hostility of feeling towards themselves by their oppression of
the Muslims, it being said that they took advantage of their high position to
plunder and annoy the faithful, treating them with great harshness and
rudeness and despoiling them of their lands and money. Such complaints
were laid before the caliphs al-Manṣūr (754–775), al-Mahdī (775–785), al-
Maʼmūn (813–833), al-Mutawakkil (847–861), al-Muqtadir (908–932), and
many of their successors. 138 They also incurred the odium of many
Muhammadans by acting as the spies of the ʻAbbāsid dynasty and hunting
down the adherents of the displaced Umayyad family. 139 At a later period,
during the time of the Crusades they were accused of treasonable
correspondence with the Crusaders 140 and brought on themselves severe
restrictive measures which cannot justly be described as religious
persecution.
In proportion as the lot of the conquered peoples became harder to bear, the
more irresistible was the temptation to free themselves from their miseries,
by the words, “There is no god but God: Muḥammad is the Apostle of
God.” [79]When the state was in need of money—as was increasingly the
case—the subject races were more and more burdened with taxes, so that
the condition of the non-Muslims was constantly growing more
unendurable, and conversions to Islam increased in the same proportion.
Page 98
The dreary record of scandals, with which the pages of the Christian
historians of this later period are filled, would suggest that the Christian
Churches had failed to develop a moral fibre strong enough to endure the
stress of adverse conditions, and when persecution came, the reason for the
defection that followed might—as the historian of the Nestorian Church
suggests 141—be sought for in the prevailing negligence in the performance
of religious duties and the evil life of the clergy.
Further causes that contributed to the decrease of the Christian population
may be found in the fact that the children of the numerous Christian captive
women who were carried off to the harems of the Muslims had to be
brought up in the religion of their fathers, and in the frequent temptation
that was offered to the Christian slave by an indulgent master, of purchasing
his freedom at the price of conversion to Islam. But of any organised
attempt to force the acceptance of Islam on the non-Muslim population, or
of any systematic persecution intended to stamp out the Christian religion,
we hear nothing. Had the caliphs chosen to adopt either course of action,
they might have swept away Christianity as easily as Ferdinand and Isabella
drove Islam out of Spain, or Louis XIV made Protestantism penal in France,
or the Jews were kept out of England for 350 years. The Eastern Churches
in Asia were entirely cut off from communion with the rest of Christendom,
throughout which no one would have been found to lift a finger on their
behalf, as heretical communions. So that the very survival of these
Churches to the present day is a strong proof of the generally [80]tolerant
attitude of the Muhammadan governments towards them. 142
Of the ancient Churches in Western Asia at the time of the Muhammadan
conquest, there still survive about 150,000 Nestorians, 143 and their number
would have been larger but for the proselytising efforts of other Christian
Churches; the Chaldees who have submitted to the Church of Rome number
70,000, in 1898 the Nestorian Bishop Mār Jonan, with several of the clergy
and 15,000 Nestorians were received into the Orthodox Russian Church;
and numbers of Nestorians have also become Protestants. 144 The Jacobite
historians of this later period are filled, would suggest that the Christian
Churches had failed to develop a moral fibre strong enough to endure the
stress of adverse conditions, and when persecution came, the reason for the
defection that followed might—as the historian of the Nestorian Church
suggests 141—be sought for in the prevailing negligence in the performance
of religious duties and the evil life of the clergy.
Further causes that contributed to the decrease of the Christian population
may be found in the fact that the children of the numerous Christian captive
women who were carried off to the harems of the Muslims had to be
brought up in the religion of their fathers, and in the frequent temptation
that was offered to the Christian slave by an indulgent master, of purchasing
his freedom at the price of conversion to Islam. But of any organised
attempt to force the acceptance of Islam on the non-Muslim population, or
of any systematic persecution intended to stamp out the Christian religion,
we hear nothing. Had the caliphs chosen to adopt either course of action,
they might have swept away Christianity as easily as Ferdinand and Isabella
drove Islam out of Spain, or Louis XIV made Protestantism penal in France,
or the Jews were kept out of England for 350 years. The Eastern Churches
in Asia were entirely cut off from communion with the rest of Christendom,
throughout which no one would have been found to lift a finger on their
behalf, as heretical communions. So that the very survival of these
Churches to the present day is a strong proof of the generally [80]tolerant
attitude of the Muhammadan governments towards them. 142
Of the ancient Churches in Western Asia at the time of the Muhammadan
conquest, there still survive about 150,000 Nestorians, 143 and their number
would have been larger but for the proselytising efforts of other Christian
Churches; the Chaldees who have submitted to the Church of Rome number
70,000, in 1898 the Nestorian Bishop Mār Jonan, with several of the clergy
and 15,000 Nestorians were received into the Orthodox Russian Church;
and numbers of Nestorians have also become Protestants. 144 The Jacobite
Page 99
Patriarch of Antioch exercises jurisdiction over about 80,000 members of
this ancient Church, while 25,000 families of Uniat Jacobites obey the
Syrian Catholic Patriarch. 145 Belonging to the Greek Orthodox Church,
there are 28,836 families under the Patriarch of Antioch and more than
15,000 persons under the Patriarch of Jerusalem, 146 while the Melchites or
Greek-Catholics number about 130,000. 147 The Maronite Church, which has
been in union with the Roman Catholic Church since the year 1182, has a
following of 300,000. 148
The marvel is that these isolated and scattered communities should have
survived so long, exposed as they have been to the ravages of war,
pestilence and famine, 149 living in a country that was for centuries a
continual battle-field, overrun by Turks, Mongols and Crusaders, 150 it being
[81]further remembered that they were forbidden by the Muhammadan law
to make good this decay of their numbers by proselytising efforts—if
indeed they had cared to do so, for they seem (with the exception of the
Nestorians) even before the Muhammadan conquest, to have lost that
missionary spirit, without which, as history abundantly shows, no healthy
life is possible in a Christian Church. It has also been suggested that the
monastic ideal of continence so widespread in the East, and the Christian
practice of monogamy, together with the sense of insecurity and their
servile condition, may have acted as checks on the growth of the Christian
population. 151
Of the details of conversion to Islam we have hardly any information. At
the time of the first occupation of their country by the Arabs, the Christians
appear to have gone over to Islam in very large numbers. Some idea of the
extent of these early conversions in ʻIrāq for example may be formed from
the fact that the income from taxation in the reign of ʻUmar was from 100
to 120 million dirhams, while in the reign of ʻAbd al-Malik, about fifty
years later, it had sunk to forty millions: while this fall in the revenue is
largely attributable to the devastation caused by wars and insurrections, still
it was chiefly due to the fact that large numbers of the population had
this ancient Church, while 25,000 families of Uniat Jacobites obey the
Syrian Catholic Patriarch. 145 Belonging to the Greek Orthodox Church,
there are 28,836 families under the Patriarch of Antioch and more than
15,000 persons under the Patriarch of Jerusalem, 146 while the Melchites or
Greek-Catholics number about 130,000. 147 The Maronite Church, which has
been in union with the Roman Catholic Church since the year 1182, has a
following of 300,000. 148
The marvel is that these isolated and scattered communities should have
survived so long, exposed as they have been to the ravages of war,
pestilence and famine, 149 living in a country that was for centuries a
continual battle-field, overrun by Turks, Mongols and Crusaders, 150 it being
[81]further remembered that they were forbidden by the Muhammadan law
to make good this decay of their numbers by proselytising efforts—if
indeed they had cared to do so, for they seem (with the exception of the
Nestorians) even before the Muhammadan conquest, to have lost that
missionary spirit, without which, as history abundantly shows, no healthy
life is possible in a Christian Church. It has also been suggested that the
monastic ideal of continence so widespread in the East, and the Christian
practice of monogamy, together with the sense of insecurity and their
servile condition, may have acted as checks on the growth of the Christian
population. 151
Of the details of conversion to Islam we have hardly any information. At
the time of the first occupation of their country by the Arabs, the Christians
appear to have gone over to Islam in very large numbers. Some idea of the
extent of these early conversions in ʻIrāq for example may be formed from
the fact that the income from taxation in the reign of ʻUmar was from 100
to 120 million dirhams, while in the reign of ʻAbd al-Malik, about fifty
years later, it had sunk to forty millions: while this fall in the revenue is
largely attributable to the devastation caused by wars and insurrections, still
it was chiefly due to the fact that large numbers of the population had
Page 100
become Muhammadan and consequently could no longer be called upon to
pay the capitation-tax. 152
This same period witnesses the conversion of large numbers of the
Christians of K͟ hurāsān, as we learn from a letter of a contemporary
ecclesiastic, the Nestorian Patriarch Īshōʻyabh III, addressed to Simeon, the
Metropolitan of Rev-Ardashīr and Primate of Persia. We possess so very
few Christian documents of the first century of the Hijrah, and this letter
bears such striking testimony to the peaceful character of the spread of the
new faith, and has moreover been so little noticed by modern historians—
that it may well be quoted here at length. “Where are thy sons, O father
bereft of sons? Where is that great people of Merv, who though they beheld
neither sword, nor fire or tortures, captivated [82]only by love for a moiety
of their goods, have turned aside, like fools, from the true path and rushed
headlong into the pit of faithlessness—into everlasting destruction, and
have utterly been brought to nought, while two priests only (priests at least
in name), have, like brands snatched from the burning, escaped the
devouring flames of infidelity. Alas, alas! Out of so many thousands who
bore the name of Christians, not even one single victim was consecrated
unto God by the shedding of his blood for the true faith. Where, too, are the
sanctuaries of Kirmān and all Persia? it is not the coming of Satan or the
mandates of the kings of the earth or the orders of governors of provinces
that have laid them waste and in ruins—but the feeble breath of one
contemptible little demon, who was not deemed worthy of the honour of
demons by those demons who sent him on his errand, nor was endowed by
Satan the seducer with the power of diabolical deceit, that he might display
it in your land; but merely by the nod of his command he has thrown down
all the churches of your Persia.… And the Arabs, to whom God at this time
has given the empire of the world, behold, they are among you, as ye know
well: and yet they attack not the Christian faith, but, on the contrary, they
favour our religion, do honour to our priests and the saints of the Lord, and
confer benefits on churches and monasteries. Why then have your people of
Merv abandoned their faith for the sake of these Arabs? and that, too, when
pay the capitation-tax. 152
This same period witnesses the conversion of large numbers of the
Christians of K͟ hurāsān, as we learn from a letter of a contemporary
ecclesiastic, the Nestorian Patriarch Īshōʻyabh III, addressed to Simeon, the
Metropolitan of Rev-Ardashīr and Primate of Persia. We possess so very
few Christian documents of the first century of the Hijrah, and this letter
bears such striking testimony to the peaceful character of the spread of the
new faith, and has moreover been so little noticed by modern historians—
that it may well be quoted here at length. “Where are thy sons, O father
bereft of sons? Where is that great people of Merv, who though they beheld
neither sword, nor fire or tortures, captivated [82]only by love for a moiety
of their goods, have turned aside, like fools, from the true path and rushed
headlong into the pit of faithlessness—into everlasting destruction, and
have utterly been brought to nought, while two priests only (priests at least
in name), have, like brands snatched from the burning, escaped the
devouring flames of infidelity. Alas, alas! Out of so many thousands who
bore the name of Christians, not even one single victim was consecrated
unto God by the shedding of his blood for the true faith. Where, too, are the
sanctuaries of Kirmān and all Persia? it is not the coming of Satan or the
mandates of the kings of the earth or the orders of governors of provinces
that have laid them waste and in ruins—but the feeble breath of one
contemptible little demon, who was not deemed worthy of the honour of
demons by those demons who sent him on his errand, nor was endowed by
Satan the seducer with the power of diabolical deceit, that he might display
it in your land; but merely by the nod of his command he has thrown down
all the churches of your Persia.… And the Arabs, to whom God at this time
has given the empire of the world, behold, they are among you, as ye know
well: and yet they attack not the Christian faith, but, on the contrary, they
favour our religion, do honour to our priests and the saints of the Lord, and
confer benefits on churches and monasteries. Why then have your people of
Merv abandoned their faith for the sake of these Arabs? and that, too, when
Page 101
the Arabs, as the people of Merv themselves declare, have not compelled
them to leave their own religion but suffered them to keep it safe and
undefiled if they gave up only a moiety of their goods. But forsaking the
faith which brings eternal salvation, they clung to a moiety of the goods of
this fleeting world: that faith which whole nations have purchased and even
to this day do purchase by the shedding of their blood and gain thereby the
inheritance of eternal life, your people of Merv were willing to barter for a
moiety of their goods—and even less.” 153 The reign of the caliph ʻUmar II
(a.d. 717–720) particularly was marked with very extensive conversions: he
organised a zealous missionary movement and offered every kind of
inducement to the [83]conquered peoples to accept Islam, even making them
grants of money; on one occasion he is said to have given a Christian
military officer the sum of 1000 dīnārs to induce him to accept Islam. 154 He
instructed the governors of the provinces to invite the d͟ himmīs to the
Muslim faith, and al-Jarrāḥ b. ʻAbd Allāh, governor of K͟ hurāsān, is said to
have converted about 4000 persons. 155 He is even said to have written a
letter to the Byzantine Emperor, Leo III, urging on him the acceptance of
the faith of Islam. 156 He abrogated the decree passed in a.d. 700 for the
purpose of arresting the impoverishment of the treasury, according to which
the convert to Islam was not released from the capitation-tax, but was
compelled to continue to pay it as before; even though the d͟ himmī
apostatised the very day before his yearly payment of the jizyah was due or
while his contribution was actually being weighed in the scales, it was to be
remitted to the new convert. 157 He no longer exacted the k͟ harāj from the
Muhammadan owners of landed property, and imposed upon them the far
lighter burden of a tithe. These measures, though financially most ruinous,
were eminently successful in the way the pious-minded caliph desired they
should be, and enormous numbers hastened to enrol themselves among the
Muslims. 158
It must not, however, be supposed that such worldly considerations were
the only influences at work in the conversion of the Christians to Islam. The
controversial works of St. John of Damascus, of the same century, give us
them to leave their own religion but suffered them to keep it safe and
undefiled if they gave up only a moiety of their goods. But forsaking the
faith which brings eternal salvation, they clung to a moiety of the goods of
this fleeting world: that faith which whole nations have purchased and even
to this day do purchase by the shedding of their blood and gain thereby the
inheritance of eternal life, your people of Merv were willing to barter for a
moiety of their goods—and even less.” 153 The reign of the caliph ʻUmar II
(a.d. 717–720) particularly was marked with very extensive conversions: he
organised a zealous missionary movement and offered every kind of
inducement to the [83]conquered peoples to accept Islam, even making them
grants of money; on one occasion he is said to have given a Christian
military officer the sum of 1000 dīnārs to induce him to accept Islam. 154 He
instructed the governors of the provinces to invite the d͟ himmīs to the
Muslim faith, and al-Jarrāḥ b. ʻAbd Allāh, governor of K͟ hurāsān, is said to
have converted about 4000 persons. 155 He is even said to have written a
letter to the Byzantine Emperor, Leo III, urging on him the acceptance of
the faith of Islam. 156 He abrogated the decree passed in a.d. 700 for the
purpose of arresting the impoverishment of the treasury, according to which
the convert to Islam was not released from the capitation-tax, but was
compelled to continue to pay it as before; even though the d͟ himmī
apostatised the very day before his yearly payment of the jizyah was due or
while his contribution was actually being weighed in the scales, it was to be
remitted to the new convert. 157 He no longer exacted the k͟ harāj from the
Muhammadan owners of landed property, and imposed upon them the far
lighter burden of a tithe. These measures, though financially most ruinous,
were eminently successful in the way the pious-minded caliph desired they
should be, and enormous numbers hastened to enrol themselves among the
Muslims. 158
It must not, however, be supposed that such worldly considerations were
the only influences at work in the conversion of the Christians to Islam. The
controversial works of St. John of Damascus, of the same century, give us
Page 102
glimpses of the zealous Muslim striving to undermine by his arguments the
foundations of the Christian faith. The very dialogue form into which these
treatises are thrown, and the frequent repetition of such phrases as “If the
Saracen asks you,”—“If the Saracen says … then tell him” …—give them
an air of vraisemblance and make them appear as if they were intended to
provide the Christians with ready answers to the numerous objections
which their Muslim neighbours brought against the Christian creed. 159 That
the aggressive attitude of the Muhammadan disputant is [84]most
prominently brought forward in these dialogues is only what might be
expected, it being no part of this great theologian’s purpose to enshrine in
his writings an apology for Islam. His pupil, Bishop Theodore Abū Qurrah,
also wrote several controversial dialogues 160 with Muhammadans, in which
the disputants range over all the points of dispute between the two faiths,
the Muslim as before being the first to take up the cudgels, and enabling us
to form some slight idea of the activity with which the cause of Islam was
prosecuted at this period. “The thoughts of the Agarenes,” says the bishop,
“and all their zeal, are directed towards the denial of the divinity of God the
Word, and they strain every effort to this end.” 161 The Nestorian Patriarch,
Timotheus, used to hold discussions on religious matters in the presence of
the caliphs, al-Hādī and Hārūn al-Rashīd, and embodied them in a work that
is now lost. 162 Timotheus had secured his election to the patriarchate in the
face of the active opposition of many of the most powerful ecclesiastics of
his own Church; among these was Joseph, the metropolitan of Merv, who
intrigued against him with the caliph, al-Mahdī (775–785), but was
persuaded by the caliph to accept Islam and was rewarded for his apostasy
with rich presents and an official appointment in Baṣrah. 163
These details from the first two centuries of the Hijrah are meagre in the
extreme and rather suggest the existence of proselytising efforts than
furnish definite facts. The earliest document of a distinctly missionary
character which has come down to us, would seem to date from the reign of
al-Maʼmūn (813–833), and takes the form of a letter 164 written by a cousin
of the caliph to a Christian Arab of noble birth and of considerable
foundations of the Christian faith. The very dialogue form into which these
treatises are thrown, and the frequent repetition of such phrases as “If the
Saracen asks you,”—“If the Saracen says … then tell him” …—give them
an air of vraisemblance and make them appear as if they were intended to
provide the Christians with ready answers to the numerous objections
which their Muslim neighbours brought against the Christian creed. 159 That
the aggressive attitude of the Muhammadan disputant is [84]most
prominently brought forward in these dialogues is only what might be
expected, it being no part of this great theologian’s purpose to enshrine in
his writings an apology for Islam. His pupil, Bishop Theodore Abū Qurrah,
also wrote several controversial dialogues 160 with Muhammadans, in which
the disputants range over all the points of dispute between the two faiths,
the Muslim as before being the first to take up the cudgels, and enabling us
to form some slight idea of the activity with which the cause of Islam was
prosecuted at this period. “The thoughts of the Agarenes,” says the bishop,
“and all their zeal, are directed towards the denial of the divinity of God the
Word, and they strain every effort to this end.” 161 The Nestorian Patriarch,
Timotheus, used to hold discussions on religious matters in the presence of
the caliphs, al-Hādī and Hārūn al-Rashīd, and embodied them in a work that
is now lost. 162 Timotheus had secured his election to the patriarchate in the
face of the active opposition of many of the most powerful ecclesiastics of
his own Church; among these was Joseph, the metropolitan of Merv, who
intrigued against him with the caliph, al-Mahdī (775–785), but was
persuaded by the caliph to accept Islam and was rewarded for his apostasy
with rich presents and an official appointment in Baṣrah. 163
These details from the first two centuries of the Hijrah are meagre in the
extreme and rather suggest the existence of proselytising efforts than
furnish definite facts. The earliest document of a distinctly missionary
character which has come down to us, would seem to date from the reign of
al-Maʼmūn (813–833), and takes the form of a letter 164 written by a cousin
of the caliph to a Christian Arab of noble birth and of considerable
Page 103
distinction at the court, and held in high esteem by al-Maʼmūn himself. In
this letter he begs his friend to embrace Islam, in terms of affectionate
appeal and in language that strikingly illustrates the tolerant attitude of the
Muslims towards the Christian Church at this period. This letter occupies an
almost unique place in the early history of the propagation of Islam, and has
[85]on this account been given in full in an appendix. 165 In the same work we
have a report of a speech made by the caliph at an assembly of his nobles,
in which he speaks in tones of the strongest contempt of those who had
become Muhammadans merely out of worldly and selfish motives, and
compares them to the Hypocrites who while pretending to be friends of the
Prophet, in secret plotted against his life. But just as the Prophet returned
good for evil, so the caliph resolves to treat these persons with courtesy and
forbearance until God should decide between them. 166 The record of this
complaint on the part of the caliph is interesting as indicating that
disinterested and genuine conviction was expected and looked for in the
new convert to Islam, and that the discovery of self-seeking and unworthy
motives drew upon him the severest censure.
Al-Maʼmūn himself was very zealous in his efforts to spread the faith of
Islam, and sent invitations to unbelievers even in the most distant parts of
his dominions, such as Transoxania and Farg͟ hānah. 167 At the same time he
did not abuse his royal power, by attempting to force his own faith upon
others: when a certain Yazdānbak͟ ht, a leader of the Manichæan sect, came
on a visit to Bag͟ hdād 168 and held a disputation with the Muslim theologians,
in which he was utterly silenced, the caliph tried to induce him to embrace
Islam. But Yazdānbak͟ ht refused, saying, “Commander of the faithful, your
advice is heard and your words have been listened to; but you are one of
those who do not force men to abandon their religion.” So far from
resenting the ill-success of his efforts, the caliph furnished him with a
bodyguard, that he might not be exposed to insult from the fanatical
populace. 169 [86]
this letter he begs his friend to embrace Islam, in terms of affectionate
appeal and in language that strikingly illustrates the tolerant attitude of the
Muslims towards the Christian Church at this period. This letter occupies an
almost unique place in the early history of the propagation of Islam, and has
[85]on this account been given in full in an appendix. 165 In the same work we
have a report of a speech made by the caliph at an assembly of his nobles,
in which he speaks in tones of the strongest contempt of those who had
become Muhammadans merely out of worldly and selfish motives, and
compares them to the Hypocrites who while pretending to be friends of the
Prophet, in secret plotted against his life. But just as the Prophet returned
good for evil, so the caliph resolves to treat these persons with courtesy and
forbearance until God should decide between them. 166 The record of this
complaint on the part of the caliph is interesting as indicating that
disinterested and genuine conviction was expected and looked for in the
new convert to Islam, and that the discovery of self-seeking and unworthy
motives drew upon him the severest censure.
Al-Maʼmūn himself was very zealous in his efforts to spread the faith of
Islam, and sent invitations to unbelievers even in the most distant parts of
his dominions, such as Transoxania and Farg͟ hānah. 167 At the same time he
did not abuse his royal power, by attempting to force his own faith upon
others: when a certain Yazdānbak͟ ht, a leader of the Manichæan sect, came
on a visit to Bag͟ hdād 168 and held a disputation with the Muslim theologians,
in which he was utterly silenced, the caliph tried to induce him to embrace
Islam. But Yazdānbak͟ ht refused, saying, “Commander of the faithful, your
advice is heard and your words have been listened to; but you are one of
those who do not force men to abandon their religion.” So far from
resenting the ill-success of his efforts, the caliph furnished him with a
bodyguard, that he might not be exposed to insult from the fanatical
populace. 169 [86]
Page 104
Some scanty references are made by Christian historians to cases of
ecclesiastical dignitaries who became Muhammadans, e.g. George, Bishop
of Baḥrayn, about the middle of the ninth century, having been deposed
from his office for some ecclesiastical offence, exchanged the Christian
faith for that of Islam, 170 and the conversion of a brother of Gabriel,
metropolitan of Fārs about the middle of the tenth century, only receives
mention because the fact of his having become a Muslim was alleged as
disqualifying Gabriel for election to the patriarchate of the Nestorian
church. 171
In the early part of the same century, Theodore, the Nestorian Bishop of
Beth Garmai, became a Muslim, and there is no mention of any force or
compulsion by the ecclesiastical historian 172 who records the fact, as there
undoubtedly would have been, had such existed. Some years later (between
a.d. 962 and 979), Philoxenos, a Jacobite Bishop of Ād͟ harbayjān, also
became a Muslim, 173 and in the following century, in 1016, Ignatius, 174 the
Jacobite Metropolitan of Takrīt, who had held this office for twenty-five
years, set out for Bag͟ hdād and embraced Islam in the presence of the caliph
al-Qādir, taking the name of Abū Muslim. 175 It would be exceedingly
interesting if an Apologia pro Vita Sua had survived to reveal to us the
religious development that took place in the mind of either of these
converts. The Christian chronicler hints at immorality in the last three cases,
but such an accusation uncorroborated by any further evidence is open to
suspicion, 176 much as it would be [87]if brought forward by a Roman
Catholic when recording the conversion of a priest of his own communion
to the Protestant faith. It is doubtless owing to their exalted position in the
Church that the conversion of these prominent ecclesiastics of two hostile
Christian sects has been handed down to us, while that of more obscure
individuals has not been recorded. As Barhebræus brings his ecclesiastical
chronicle nearer to his own time, he gives fuller details of the career of such
converts, e.g. in recording the public lapse of some of the Jacobite bishops,
in the middle of the twelfth century he makes particular mention of Aaron,
bishop of a town in K͟ hurāsān, as having become a Muhammadan after
ecclesiastical dignitaries who became Muhammadans, e.g. George, Bishop
of Baḥrayn, about the middle of the ninth century, having been deposed
from his office for some ecclesiastical offence, exchanged the Christian
faith for that of Islam, 170 and the conversion of a brother of Gabriel,
metropolitan of Fārs about the middle of the tenth century, only receives
mention because the fact of his having become a Muslim was alleged as
disqualifying Gabriel for election to the patriarchate of the Nestorian
church. 171
In the early part of the same century, Theodore, the Nestorian Bishop of
Beth Garmai, became a Muslim, and there is no mention of any force or
compulsion by the ecclesiastical historian 172 who records the fact, as there
undoubtedly would have been, had such existed. Some years later (between
a.d. 962 and 979), Philoxenos, a Jacobite Bishop of Ād͟ harbayjān, also
became a Muslim, 173 and in the following century, in 1016, Ignatius, 174 the
Jacobite Metropolitan of Takrīt, who had held this office for twenty-five
years, set out for Bag͟ hdād and embraced Islam in the presence of the caliph
al-Qādir, taking the name of Abū Muslim. 175 It would be exceedingly
interesting if an Apologia pro Vita Sua had survived to reveal to us the
religious development that took place in the mind of either of these
converts. The Christian chronicler hints at immorality in the last three cases,
but such an accusation uncorroborated by any further evidence is open to
suspicion, 176 much as it would be [87]if brought forward by a Roman
Catholic when recording the conversion of a priest of his own communion
to the Protestant faith. It is doubtless owing to their exalted position in the
Church that the conversion of these prominent ecclesiastics of two hostile
Christian sects has been handed down to us, while that of more obscure
individuals has not been recorded. As Barhebræus brings his ecclesiastical
chronicle nearer to his own time, he gives fuller details of the career of such
converts, e.g. in recording the public lapse of some of the Jacobite bishops,
in the middle of the twelfth century he makes particular mention of Aaron,
bishop of a town in K͟ hurāsān, as having become a Muhammadan after
Page 105
having been convicted of some moral fault; repenting of this change, he
wished to regain his episcopal status, and when this was refused him, went
to Constantinople and abjured the Monophysite doctrines of the Jacobite
Church; then apparently dissatisfied with the reception he received in
Constantinople, he returned to the Jacobite Patriarch, but a second time
went over to Islam “without any reason”; then repenting again, he finally
ended his days among the Maronites of Mount Lebanon. 177 A contemporary
of Barhebræus, in the middle of the thirteenth century—Daniel, Bishop of
Khabur—who is said to have been proficient in secular learning, sought to
be appointed to the diocese of Aleppo, but disappointed in this ambition, he
abandoned the Christian faith and to the grief and shame of all Christian
people “became a Muslim; but God (praise be to His grace!) soon consoled
his afflicted people and took away the shame from the redeemed, the
redeemed of the Lord; for a few months later that unhappy wretch died
miserably in a caravanserai; his name perished, he was taken away out of
our midst, and no man knoweth his abiding place.” 178
But that these conversions were not merely isolated instances we have the
valuable evidence of Jacques de Vitry, Bishop of Acre (1216–1225), who
thus speaks of the Eastern Church from his experience of it in the Holy
Land:—[88]“Weakened and lamentably ensnared, nay rather grievously
wounded, by the lying persuasions of the false prophet and by the
allurements of carnal pleasure, she hath sunk down, and she that was
brought up in scarlet, hath embraced dunghills.” 179
So far the Christian Churches that have been described as coming within
the sphere of Muhammadan influence, have been the Orthodox Eastern
Church and the heretical communions that had sprung out of it. But with the
close of the eleventh century a fresh element was added to the Christian
population of Syria and Palestine, in the large bodies of Crusaders of the
Latin rite who settled in the kingdom of Jerusalem and the other states
founded by the Crusaders, which maintained a precarious existence for
nearly two centuries. During this period, occasional conversions to Islam
wished to regain his episcopal status, and when this was refused him, went
to Constantinople and abjured the Monophysite doctrines of the Jacobite
Church; then apparently dissatisfied with the reception he received in
Constantinople, he returned to the Jacobite Patriarch, but a second time
went over to Islam “without any reason”; then repenting again, he finally
ended his days among the Maronites of Mount Lebanon. 177 A contemporary
of Barhebræus, in the middle of the thirteenth century—Daniel, Bishop of
Khabur—who is said to have been proficient in secular learning, sought to
be appointed to the diocese of Aleppo, but disappointed in this ambition, he
abandoned the Christian faith and to the grief and shame of all Christian
people “became a Muslim; but God (praise be to His grace!) soon consoled
his afflicted people and took away the shame from the redeemed, the
redeemed of the Lord; for a few months later that unhappy wretch died
miserably in a caravanserai; his name perished, he was taken away out of
our midst, and no man knoweth his abiding place.” 178
But that these conversions were not merely isolated instances we have the
valuable evidence of Jacques de Vitry, Bishop of Acre (1216–1225), who
thus speaks of the Eastern Church from his experience of it in the Holy
Land:—[88]“Weakened and lamentably ensnared, nay rather grievously
wounded, by the lying persuasions of the false prophet and by the
allurements of carnal pleasure, she hath sunk down, and she that was
brought up in scarlet, hath embraced dunghills.” 179
So far the Christian Churches that have been described as coming within
the sphere of Muhammadan influence, have been the Orthodox Eastern
Church and the heretical communions that had sprung out of it. But with the
close of the eleventh century a fresh element was added to the Christian
population of Syria and Palestine, in the large bodies of Crusaders of the
Latin rite who settled in the kingdom of Jerusalem and the other states
founded by the Crusaders, which maintained a precarious existence for
nearly two centuries. During this period, occasional conversions to Islam
Page 106
were made from among these foreign immigrants. In the first Crusade, for
example, a body of Germans and Lombards under the command of a certain
knight, named Rainaud, had separated themselves from the main body and
were besieged in a castle by the Saljūq Sultan, Arslān; on pretence of
making a sortie, Rainaud and his personal followers abandoned their
unfortunate companions and went over to the Turks, among whom they
embraced Islam. 180
The history of the ill-fated second Crusade presents us with a very
remarkable incident of a similar character. The story, as told by Odo of
Deuil, a monk of St. Denis, who, in the capacity of private chaplain to
Louis VII, accompanied him on this Crusade and wrote a graphic account
of it, runs as follows. While endeavouring to make their way overland
through Asia Minor to Jerusalem the Crusaders sustained a disastrous defeat
at the hands of the Turks in the mountain-passes of Phrygia (a.d. 1148), and
with difficulty reached the seaport town of Attalia. Here, all who could
afford to satisfy the exorbitant demands of the Greek merchants, took ship
for Antioch; while the sick and wounded and the mass of the pilgrims were
left behind at the mercy of their treacherous allies, the Greeks, who
received five hundred [89]marks from Louis, on condition that they provided
an escort for the pilgrims and took care of the sick until they were strong
enough to be sent on after the others. But no sooner had the army left, than
the Greeks informed the Turks of the helpless condition of the pilgrims, and
quietly looked on while famine, disease and the arrows of the enemy carried
havoc and destruction through the camp of these unfortunates. Driven to
desperation, a party of three or four thousand attempted to escape, but were
surrounded and cut to pieces by the Turks, who now pressed on to the camp
to follow up their victory. The situation of the survivors would have been
utterly hopeless, had not the sight of their misery melted the hearts of the
Muhammadans to pity. They tended the sick and relieved the poor and
starving with open-handed liberality. Some even bought up the French
money which the Greeks had got out of the pilgrims by force or cunning,
and lavishly distributed it among the needy. So great was the contrast
example, a body of Germans and Lombards under the command of a certain
knight, named Rainaud, had separated themselves from the main body and
were besieged in a castle by the Saljūq Sultan, Arslān; on pretence of
making a sortie, Rainaud and his personal followers abandoned their
unfortunate companions and went over to the Turks, among whom they
embraced Islam. 180
The history of the ill-fated second Crusade presents us with a very
remarkable incident of a similar character. The story, as told by Odo of
Deuil, a monk of St. Denis, who, in the capacity of private chaplain to
Louis VII, accompanied him on this Crusade and wrote a graphic account
of it, runs as follows. While endeavouring to make their way overland
through Asia Minor to Jerusalem the Crusaders sustained a disastrous defeat
at the hands of the Turks in the mountain-passes of Phrygia (a.d. 1148), and
with difficulty reached the seaport town of Attalia. Here, all who could
afford to satisfy the exorbitant demands of the Greek merchants, took ship
for Antioch; while the sick and wounded and the mass of the pilgrims were
left behind at the mercy of their treacherous allies, the Greeks, who
received five hundred [89]marks from Louis, on condition that they provided
an escort for the pilgrims and took care of the sick until they were strong
enough to be sent on after the others. But no sooner had the army left, than
the Greeks informed the Turks of the helpless condition of the pilgrims, and
quietly looked on while famine, disease and the arrows of the enemy carried
havoc and destruction through the camp of these unfortunates. Driven to
desperation, a party of three or four thousand attempted to escape, but were
surrounded and cut to pieces by the Turks, who now pressed on to the camp
to follow up their victory. The situation of the survivors would have been
utterly hopeless, had not the sight of their misery melted the hearts of the
Muhammadans to pity. They tended the sick and relieved the poor and
starving with open-handed liberality. Some even bought up the French
money which the Greeks had got out of the pilgrims by force or cunning,
and lavishly distributed it among the needy. So great was the contrast
Page 107
between the kind treatment the pilgrims received from the unbelievers and
the cruelty of their fellow-Christians, the Greeks, who imposed forced
labour upon them, beat them and robbed them of what little they had left,
that many of them voluntarily embraced the faith of their deliverers. As the
old chronicler says: “Avoiding their co-religionists who had been so cruel to
them, they went in safety among the infidels who had compassion upon
them, and, as we heard, more than three thousand joined themselves to the
Turks when they retired. Oh, kindness more cruel than all treachery! They
gave them bread but robbed them of their faith, though it is certain that
contented with the services they performed, they compelled no one among
them to renounce his religion.” 181
The increasing intercourse between Christians and Muslims, the growing
appreciation on the part of the Crusaders of the virtues of their opponents,
which so strikingly distinguishes [90]the later from the earlier chroniclers of
the Crusades, 182 the numerous imitations of Oriental manners and ways of
life by the Franks settled in the Holy Land, did not fail to exercise a
corresponding influence on religious opinions. One of the most remarkable
features of this influence is the tolerant attitude of many of the Christian
Knights towards the faith of Islam—an attitude of mind that was most
vehemently denounced by the Church. When Usāma b. Munqid͟ h, a Syrian
Amīr of the twelfth century, visited Jerusalem, during a period of truce, the
Knights Templar, who had occupied the Masjid al-Aqṣā, assigned to him a
small chapel adjoining it, for him to say his prayers in, and they strongly
resented the interference with the devotions of their guest on the part of a
newly-arrived Crusader, who took this new departure in the direction of
religious freedom in very bad part. 183 It would indeed have been strange if
religious questions had not formed a topic of discussion on the many
occasions when the Crusaders and the Muslims met together on a friendly
footing, during the frequent truces, especially when it was religion itself
that had brought the Crusaders into the Holy Land and set them upon these
constant wars. When even Christian theologians were led by their personal
intercourse with the Muslims to form a juster estimate of their religion, and
the cruelty of their fellow-Christians, the Greeks, who imposed forced
labour upon them, beat them and robbed them of what little they had left,
that many of them voluntarily embraced the faith of their deliverers. As the
old chronicler says: “Avoiding their co-religionists who had been so cruel to
them, they went in safety among the infidels who had compassion upon
them, and, as we heard, more than three thousand joined themselves to the
Turks when they retired. Oh, kindness more cruel than all treachery! They
gave them bread but robbed them of their faith, though it is certain that
contented with the services they performed, they compelled no one among
them to renounce his religion.” 181
The increasing intercourse between Christians and Muslims, the growing
appreciation on the part of the Crusaders of the virtues of their opponents,
which so strikingly distinguishes [90]the later from the earlier chroniclers of
the Crusades, 182 the numerous imitations of Oriental manners and ways of
life by the Franks settled in the Holy Land, did not fail to exercise a
corresponding influence on religious opinions. One of the most remarkable
features of this influence is the tolerant attitude of many of the Christian
Knights towards the faith of Islam—an attitude of mind that was most
vehemently denounced by the Church. When Usāma b. Munqid͟ h, a Syrian
Amīr of the twelfth century, visited Jerusalem, during a period of truce, the
Knights Templar, who had occupied the Masjid al-Aqṣā, assigned to him a
small chapel adjoining it, for him to say his prayers in, and they strongly
resented the interference with the devotions of their guest on the part of a
newly-arrived Crusader, who took this new departure in the direction of
religious freedom in very bad part. 183 It would indeed have been strange if
religious questions had not formed a topic of discussion on the many
occasions when the Crusaders and the Muslims met together on a friendly
footing, during the frequent truces, especially when it was religion itself
that had brought the Crusaders into the Holy Land and set them upon these
constant wars. When even Christian theologians were led by their personal
intercourse with the Muslims to form a juster estimate of their religion, and
Page 108
contact with new modes of thought was unsettling the minds of men and
giving rise to a swarm of heresies, it is not surprising that many should have
been drawn into the pale of Islam. 184 The renegades in the twelfth century
were in sufficient numbers to be noticed in the statute books of the
Crusaders, the so-called Assises of Jerusalem, according to which, in certain
cases, their bail was not accepted. 185
It would be interesting to discover who were the Muslims who busied
themselves in winning these converts to Islam, but they seem to have left no
record of their labours. We know, however, that they had at their head the
great Saladin himself, who is described by his biographer as setting before
[91]his Christian guest the beauties of Islam and urging him to embrace it. 186
The heroic life and character of Saladin seems to have exercised an especial
fascination on the minds of the Christians of his time; some even of the
Christian knights were so strongly attracted towards him that they
abandoned the Christian faith and their own people and joined themselves
to the Muslims; such was the case, for example, with a certain English
Templar, named Robert of St. Albans, who in a.d. 1185 gave up Christianity
for Islam and afterwards married a grand-daughter of Saladin. 187 Two years
later, Saladin invaded Palestine and utterly defeated the Christian army in
the battle of Ḥiṭṭīn, Guy, king of Jerusalem, being among the prisoners. On
the eve of the battle, six of his knights, “possessed with a devilish spirit,”
deserted the king and escaped into the camp of Saladin, where of their own
accord they became Saracens. 188 At the same time Saladin seems to have
had an understanding with Raymund III, Count of Tripoli, according to
which he was to induce his followers to abandon the Christian faith and go
over to the Muslims; but the sudden death of the Count effectually put a
stop to the execution of this scheme. 189
The fall of Jerusalem and the successes of Saladin in the Holy Land stirred
up Europe to undertake the third Crusade, the chief incident of which was
the siege of Acre (a.d. 1189–1191). The fearful sufferings that the Christian
giving rise to a swarm of heresies, it is not surprising that many should have
been drawn into the pale of Islam. 184 The renegades in the twelfth century
were in sufficient numbers to be noticed in the statute books of the
Crusaders, the so-called Assises of Jerusalem, according to which, in certain
cases, their bail was not accepted. 185
It would be interesting to discover who were the Muslims who busied
themselves in winning these converts to Islam, but they seem to have left no
record of their labours. We know, however, that they had at their head the
great Saladin himself, who is described by his biographer as setting before
[91]his Christian guest the beauties of Islam and urging him to embrace it. 186
The heroic life and character of Saladin seems to have exercised an especial
fascination on the minds of the Christians of his time; some even of the
Christian knights were so strongly attracted towards him that they
abandoned the Christian faith and their own people and joined themselves
to the Muslims; such was the case, for example, with a certain English
Templar, named Robert of St. Albans, who in a.d. 1185 gave up Christianity
for Islam and afterwards married a grand-daughter of Saladin. 187 Two years
later, Saladin invaded Palestine and utterly defeated the Christian army in
the battle of Ḥiṭṭīn, Guy, king of Jerusalem, being among the prisoners. On
the eve of the battle, six of his knights, “possessed with a devilish spirit,”
deserted the king and escaped into the camp of Saladin, where of their own
accord they became Saracens. 188 At the same time Saladin seems to have
had an understanding with Raymund III, Count of Tripoli, according to
which he was to induce his followers to abandon the Christian faith and go
over to the Muslims; but the sudden death of the Count effectually put a
stop to the execution of this scheme. 189
The fall of Jerusalem and the successes of Saladin in the Holy Land stirred
up Europe to undertake the third Crusade, the chief incident of which was
the siege of Acre (a.d. 1189–1191). The fearful sufferings that the Christian
Page 109
army was exposed to, from famine and disease, drove many of them to
desert and seek relief from the cravings of hunger in the Muslim camp. Of
these deserters, many made their way back again after some time to the
army of the Crusaders; on the other hand, many elected to throw in their lot
with the Muslims; some, taking service under their former enemies, still
remained true to the Christian faith and (we are told) were well pleased with
their new masters, while others embracing Islam became good Muslims. 190
The conversion of these deserters is recorded also by the chronicler who
accompanied Richard I upon this Crusade:—“Some [92]of our men (whose
fate cannot be told or heard without grievous sorrow) yielding to the
severity of the sore famine, in achieving the salvation of the body, incurred
the damnation of their souls. For after the greater part of the affliction was
past, they deserted and fled to the Turks: nor did they hesitate to become
renegades; in order that they might prolong their temporal life a little space,
they purchased eternal death with horrid blasphemies. O baleful trafficking!
O shameful deed beyond all punishment! O foolish man likened unto the
foolish beasts, while he flees from the death that must inevitably come
soon, he shuns not the death unending.” 191
From this time onwards references to renegades are not infrequently to be
met with in the writings of those who travelled to the Holy Land and other
countries of the East. The terms of the oath which was proposed to St. Louis
by his Muhammadan captors when he was called upon to promise to pay
the ransom imposed upon him (a.d. 1250), were suggested by certain
whilom priests who had become Muslims; 192 and while this business of
paying the ransom was still being carried on, another renegade, a
Frenchman, born at Provins, came to bring a present to the king: he had
accompanied King John of Jerusalem on his expedition against Damietta in
1219 and had remained in Egypt, married a Muhammadan wife and become
a great lord in that country. 193 The danger of the pilgrims to the Holy Land
becoming converts to Islam was so clearly recognised at this time that in a
“Remembrance,” written about 1266 by Amaury de la Roche, the master of
the Knights Templar in France, he requests the Pope and the legates of
desert and seek relief from the cravings of hunger in the Muslim camp. Of
these deserters, many made their way back again after some time to the
army of the Crusaders; on the other hand, many elected to throw in their lot
with the Muslims; some, taking service under their former enemies, still
remained true to the Christian faith and (we are told) were well pleased with
their new masters, while others embracing Islam became good Muslims. 190
The conversion of these deserters is recorded also by the chronicler who
accompanied Richard I upon this Crusade:—“Some [92]of our men (whose
fate cannot be told or heard without grievous sorrow) yielding to the
severity of the sore famine, in achieving the salvation of the body, incurred
the damnation of their souls. For after the greater part of the affliction was
past, they deserted and fled to the Turks: nor did they hesitate to become
renegades; in order that they might prolong their temporal life a little space,
they purchased eternal death with horrid blasphemies. O baleful trafficking!
O shameful deed beyond all punishment! O foolish man likened unto the
foolish beasts, while he flees from the death that must inevitably come
soon, he shuns not the death unending.” 191
From this time onwards references to renegades are not infrequently to be
met with in the writings of those who travelled to the Holy Land and other
countries of the East. The terms of the oath which was proposed to St. Louis
by his Muhammadan captors when he was called upon to promise to pay
the ransom imposed upon him (a.d. 1250), were suggested by certain
whilom priests who had become Muslims; 192 and while this business of
paying the ransom was still being carried on, another renegade, a
Frenchman, born at Provins, came to bring a present to the king: he had
accompanied King John of Jerusalem on his expedition against Damietta in
1219 and had remained in Egypt, married a Muhammadan wife and become
a great lord in that country. 193 The danger of the pilgrims to the Holy Land
becoming converts to Islam was so clearly recognised at this time that in a
“Remembrance,” written about 1266 by Amaury de la Roche, the master of
the Knights Templar in France, he requests the Pope and the legates of
Page 110
France and Sicily to prevent the poor and the aged and those incapable of
bearing arms from crossing the sea to Palestine, for such persons either got
killed or were taken prisoners by the Saracens or turned renegades. 194
Ludolf de Suchem, who travelled in the Holy Land from 1336 to 1341,
speaks of three renegades he found at Hebron; they had come from the
diocese of Minden and had been in the service of a [93]Westphalian knight,
who was held in high honour by the Soldan and other Muhammadan
princes. 195
These scattered notices are no doubt significant of more extensive
conversions of Christians to Islam, of which no record has come down to
us: e.g. there were said to be about 25,000 renegades in the city of Cairo
towards the close of the fifteenth century, 196 and there must have been many
also to be found in the cities of the Holy Land after the disappearance of the
Latin princedoms of the East. But the Muhammadan historians of this
period seem to have been too busily engaged in recording the exploits of
princes and the vicissitudes of dynasties, to turn their attention to religious
changes in the lives of obscure individuals; and (as far as I have been able
to discover) they as little notice the conversions of Christians to Islam as of
those of their own co-religionists to Christianity. Consequently, we have to
depend for our knowledge of both of these classes of events on Christian
writers, who, while they give us detailed and sympathetic accounts of the
latter, bear unwilling testimony to the existence of instances of the former
and represent the motives of the renegades in the worst light possible. The
possibility of any Christian becoming converted to Islam from honest
conviction, probably never entered into the head of any of these writers, and
even had such an idea occurred to them they would hardly have ventured to
expose themselves to the thunders of ecclesiastical censure by giving open
expression to it.
As an example of the rare instances of such a conversion being recorded,
the account may here be cited which Fürer von Haimendorf, who was in
Cairo in 1565, gives of the conversion of a German scholar who had studied
bearing arms from crossing the sea to Palestine, for such persons either got
killed or were taken prisoners by the Saracens or turned renegades. 194
Ludolf de Suchem, who travelled in the Holy Land from 1336 to 1341,
speaks of three renegades he found at Hebron; they had come from the
diocese of Minden and had been in the service of a [93]Westphalian knight,
who was held in high honour by the Soldan and other Muhammadan
princes. 195
These scattered notices are no doubt significant of more extensive
conversions of Christians to Islam, of which no record has come down to
us: e.g. there were said to be about 25,000 renegades in the city of Cairo
towards the close of the fifteenth century, 196 and there must have been many
also to be found in the cities of the Holy Land after the disappearance of the
Latin princedoms of the East. But the Muhammadan historians of this
period seem to have been too busily engaged in recording the exploits of
princes and the vicissitudes of dynasties, to turn their attention to religious
changes in the lives of obscure individuals; and (as far as I have been able
to discover) they as little notice the conversions of Christians to Islam as of
those of their own co-religionists to Christianity. Consequently, we have to
depend for our knowledge of both of these classes of events on Christian
writers, who, while they give us detailed and sympathetic accounts of the
latter, bear unwilling testimony to the existence of instances of the former
and represent the motives of the renegades in the worst light possible. The
possibility of any Christian becoming converted to Islam from honest
conviction, probably never entered into the head of any of these writers, and
even had such an idea occurred to them they would hardly have ventured to
expose themselves to the thunders of ecclesiastical censure by giving open
expression to it.
As an example of the rare instances of such a conversion being recorded,
the account may here be cited which Fürer von Haimendorf, who was in
Cairo in 1565, gives of the conversion of a German scholar who had studied
Page 111
in the University of Leipzig. “Sed dum nos hanc moram Cairi nectimus,
accidit ut Justus quidam Stevenius Germanus Hamelensis qui in iisdem
ædibus nobiscum habitaverat, fide Christianorum abnegata Turcarum
religioni se initiandum atque circumcidendum obtulerit. Vir erat doctus, qui
diu se Witebergæ ac Lipsiæ studiis operam dedisse sæpe nobis [94]narrabat:
verum de hoc facto interrogatus, peculiarem nunc sibi Spiritum adesse
ajebat, sine cujus instinctu nihil vel facere sibi, vel cogitare fas esset; quæ
hominis apostasia nimium quantum animos nostros commovit, et ad fugam
quasi excitavit. Eodem quoque die Judæus quidam, qui paucis diebus ante
religionem Mahumetanam amplexus fuerat, triumphali pompa per urbem
circumducebatur; quod idem cum Stevenio isto futurum esse, Janissarii
quidam nobis affirmabant.” 197
From the historical sources quoted above, we have as little information
respecting the number of these converts as of the proselytising efforts made
to induce them to change their faith. A motive frequently assigned for going
over to Islam is the desire to escape the death penalty by means of apostasy.
European travellers make frequent mention of such cases. A late example of
such an account may be selected, for the picturesqueness of its language,
from the report of a Jesuit, who was in Cairo in 1627; he saw a Copt who,
having allowed himself to be carried away “partly by passion and partly by
the violence of an indiscreet zeal, had killed his brother with his own hand,
in detestation of his having in a dastardly manner left Jesus Christ to
embrace Mahometanism, in order to deliver himself from the vexation of
the Turks. The poor man was at once seized in the heat of his crime, and he
boldly confessed that the renegade, unworthy of being his brother, could
only wipe out so black a spot by his blood. He was urged to abandon his
faith in order to save his life,” but he declared that he was resolved to die a
Christian; the cruel torments, however, inflicted on him by the executioners,
weakened his resolution and he yielded at the last moment. “This disaster
changed him in a moment from a confessor into a renegade, from a martyr
into an apostate, from a saint into one of the damned, and from an angel
into a veritable devil. He made the profession of faith or rather of perfidy,
accidit ut Justus quidam Stevenius Germanus Hamelensis qui in iisdem
ædibus nobiscum habitaverat, fide Christianorum abnegata Turcarum
religioni se initiandum atque circumcidendum obtulerit. Vir erat doctus, qui
diu se Witebergæ ac Lipsiæ studiis operam dedisse sæpe nobis [94]narrabat:
verum de hoc facto interrogatus, peculiarem nunc sibi Spiritum adesse
ajebat, sine cujus instinctu nihil vel facere sibi, vel cogitare fas esset; quæ
hominis apostasia nimium quantum animos nostros commovit, et ad fugam
quasi excitavit. Eodem quoque die Judæus quidam, qui paucis diebus ante
religionem Mahumetanam amplexus fuerat, triumphali pompa per urbem
circumducebatur; quod idem cum Stevenio isto futurum esse, Janissarii
quidam nobis affirmabant.” 197
From the historical sources quoted above, we have as little information
respecting the number of these converts as of the proselytising efforts made
to induce them to change their faith. A motive frequently assigned for going
over to Islam is the desire to escape the death penalty by means of apostasy.
European travellers make frequent mention of such cases. A late example of
such an account may be selected, for the picturesqueness of its language,
from the report of a Jesuit, who was in Cairo in 1627; he saw a Copt who,
having allowed himself to be carried away “partly by passion and partly by
the violence of an indiscreet zeal, had killed his brother with his own hand,
in detestation of his having in a dastardly manner left Jesus Christ to
embrace Mahometanism, in order to deliver himself from the vexation of
the Turks. The poor man was at once seized in the heat of his crime, and he
boldly confessed that the renegade, unworthy of being his brother, could
only wipe out so black a spot by his blood. He was urged to abandon his
faith in order to save his life,” but he declared that he was resolved to die a
Christian; the cruel torments, however, inflicted on him by the executioners,
weakened his resolution and he yielded at the last moment. “This disaster
changed him in a moment from a confessor into a renegade, from a martyr
into an apostate, from a saint into one of the damned, and from an angel
into a veritable devil. He made the profession of faith or rather of perfidy,
Page 112
after the manner of the Mahometans … he was set at liberty, the liberty not
of the sons of God, but of the sons of perdition.” Later on, the reproaches of
his conscience caused him again to recant [95]and he was put to death by the
Muhammadans for his apostasy. 198
The monk Burchard, 199 writing about 1283, a few years before the
Crusaders were driven out of their last strongholds and the Latin power in
the East came utterly to an end—represents the Christian population as
largely outnumbering the Muslims throughout the whole of the
Muhammadan world, the latter (except in Egypt and Arabia) forming not
more than three or four per cent. of the whole population. This language is
undoubtedly exaggerated and the good monk was certainly rash in
assuming that what he observed in the cities of the Crusaders and of the
kingdom of Little Armenia held good in other parts of the East. But his
words may be certainly taken to indicate that during the period of the
Crusades there had been no widespread conversion to Islam, and that when
the Muhammadans resumed their sovereignty over the Holy Land, they
extended the same toleration to the Christians as before, suffering them to
“purchase peace and quiet” by the payment of the jizyah. The presumption
is that the conversions that took place were of individual Christians, who
were persuaded in their own minds before they took the final step. Instances
have already been given of Christians who took service under
Muhammadan masters, in the full enjoyment of their own faith, and the
Assises of Jerusalem made a distinction between “those who have denied
God [96]and follow another law” and “all those who have done armed
service to the Saracens and other miscreants against the Christians for more
than a year and a day.” 200
The native Christians certainly preferred the rule of the Muhammadans to
that of the Crusaders, 201 and when Jerusalem fell finally and for ever into
the hands of the Muslims (a.d. 1244), the Christian population of Palestine
seems to have welcomed the new masters and to have submitted quietly and
contentedly to their rule. 202
of the sons of God, but of the sons of perdition.” Later on, the reproaches of
his conscience caused him again to recant [95]and he was put to death by the
Muhammadans for his apostasy. 198
The monk Burchard, 199 writing about 1283, a few years before the
Crusaders were driven out of their last strongholds and the Latin power in
the East came utterly to an end—represents the Christian population as
largely outnumbering the Muslims throughout the whole of the
Muhammadan world, the latter (except in Egypt and Arabia) forming not
more than three or four per cent. of the whole population. This language is
undoubtedly exaggerated and the good monk was certainly rash in
assuming that what he observed in the cities of the Crusaders and of the
kingdom of Little Armenia held good in other parts of the East. But his
words may be certainly taken to indicate that during the period of the
Crusades there had been no widespread conversion to Islam, and that when
the Muhammadans resumed their sovereignty over the Holy Land, they
extended the same toleration to the Christians as before, suffering them to
“purchase peace and quiet” by the payment of the jizyah. The presumption
is that the conversions that took place were of individual Christians, who
were persuaded in their own minds before they took the final step. Instances
have already been given of Christians who took service under
Muhammadan masters, in the full enjoyment of their own faith, and the
Assises of Jerusalem made a distinction between “those who have denied
God [96]and follow another law” and “all those who have done armed
service to the Saracens and other miscreants against the Christians for more
than a year and a day.” 200
The native Christians certainly preferred the rule of the Muhammadans to
that of the Crusaders, 201 and when Jerusalem fell finally and for ever into
the hands of the Muslims (a.d. 1244), the Christian population of Palestine
seems to have welcomed the new masters and to have submitted quietly and
contentedly to their rule. 202
Page 113
This same sense of security of religious life under Muslim rule led many of
the Christians of Asia Minor, also, about the same time, to welcome the
advent of the Saljūq Turks as their deliverers from the hated Byzantine
government, not only on account of its oppressive system of taxation, but
also of the persecuting spirit of the Greek Church, which had with such
cruelty crushed the heresies of the Paulicians and the Iconoclasts. In the
reign of Michael VIII (1261–1282), the Turks were often invited to take
possession of the smaller towns in the interior of Asia Minor by the
inhabitants, that they might escape from the tyranny of the empire; and both
rich and poor often emigrated into Turkish dominions. 203
Some account still remains to be given of two other Christian Churches of
Western Asia, viz. the Armenian and the Georgian. Of the former it may be
said that of all the Eastern Churches that have come under Muhammadan
rule, the Armenian Church has probably given fewer of its members (in
proportion to the size of the community) to swell the ranks of Islam, than
any other. So in spite of the interest that attaches to the story of the struggle
of [97]this brave nation against overwhelming odds and of the fidelity with
which it has clung to the Christian faith—through centuries of warfare and
oppression, persecution and exile—it does not come within the scope of the
present volume to do more than briefly indicate its connection with the
history of the Muhammadans. The Armenian kingdom survived the shock
of the Arab conquest, and in the ninth century rose to be a state of some
importance and flourished during the decay of the caliphate of Bag͟ hdād, but
in the eleventh century was overthrown by the Saljūq Turks. A band of
fugitives founded the kingdom of Lesser Armenia, but this too disappeared
in the fourteenth century. The national life of the Armenian people still
survived in spite of the loss of their independence, and, as was the case in
Greece under the Turks, their religion and the national church served as the
rallying point of their eager, undying patriotism. Though a certain number,
under the pressure of cruel persecution, have embraced Islam, yet the bulk
of the race has remained true to its ancient faith. As Tavernier 204 rather
unsympathetically remarks, “There may be some few Armenians, that
the Christians of Asia Minor, also, about the same time, to welcome the
advent of the Saljūq Turks as their deliverers from the hated Byzantine
government, not only on account of its oppressive system of taxation, but
also of the persecuting spirit of the Greek Church, which had with such
cruelty crushed the heresies of the Paulicians and the Iconoclasts. In the
reign of Michael VIII (1261–1282), the Turks were often invited to take
possession of the smaller towns in the interior of Asia Minor by the
inhabitants, that they might escape from the tyranny of the empire; and both
rich and poor often emigrated into Turkish dominions. 203
Some account still remains to be given of two other Christian Churches of
Western Asia, viz. the Armenian and the Georgian. Of the former it may be
said that of all the Eastern Churches that have come under Muhammadan
rule, the Armenian Church has probably given fewer of its members (in
proportion to the size of the community) to swell the ranks of Islam, than
any other. So in spite of the interest that attaches to the story of the struggle
of [97]this brave nation against overwhelming odds and of the fidelity with
which it has clung to the Christian faith—through centuries of warfare and
oppression, persecution and exile—it does not come within the scope of the
present volume to do more than briefly indicate its connection with the
history of the Muhammadans. The Armenian kingdom survived the shock
of the Arab conquest, and in the ninth century rose to be a state of some
importance and flourished during the decay of the caliphate of Bag͟ hdād, but
in the eleventh century was overthrown by the Saljūq Turks. A band of
fugitives founded the kingdom of Lesser Armenia, but this too disappeared
in the fourteenth century. The national life of the Armenian people still
survived in spite of the loss of their independence, and, as was the case in
Greece under the Turks, their religion and the national church served as the
rallying point of their eager, undying patriotism. Though a certain number,
under the pressure of cruel persecution, have embraced Islam, yet the bulk
of the race has remained true to its ancient faith. As Tavernier 204 rather
unsympathetically remarks, “There may be some few Armenians, that
Page 114
embrace Mahometanism for worldly interest, but they are generally the
most obstinate persons in the world, and most firm to their superstitious
principles.”
The Georgian Church (founded in the early part of the fourth century) was
an offshoot from the Greek Church, with which she has always remained in
communion, although from the middle of the sixth century the Patriarch or
Katholikos of the Georgian Church declared himself independent. Torn
asunder by internal discords and exposed to the successive attacks of
Greeks, Persians, Arabs, Turks and Mongols, the history of this heroic
warrior people is one of almost uninterrupted warfare against foreign foes
and of fiercely contested feuds between native chiefs: the reigns of one or
two powerful monarchs who secured for their subjects brief intervals of
peace, serving only to bring out in more striking contrast the normally
unsettled state of the country. The fierce independent spirit of the Georgians
that could not brook a foreign rule has often exasperated well-nigh [98]to
madness the fury of their Muhammadan neighbours, when they failed to
impose upon them either their civil authority or their religion. It is this
circumstance—that a change of faith implied loss of political independence
—which explains in a great measure the fact that the Georgian Church
inscribes the names of so many martyrs in her calendar, while the annals of
the Greek Church during the same period have no such honoured roll to
show.
It was not until after Georgia had been overrun by the devastating armies of
the Mongols, leaving ruined churches and monasteries and pyramids of
human heads to mark the progress of their destroying hosts, and
consequently the spiritual wants of the people had remained long
unprovided for, owing to the decline in the numbers and learning of the
clergy—that Christianity began to lose ground. 205 Even among those who
still remained Christian, some added to the sufferings of the clergy by
plundering the property of the Church and appropriating to their own use
most obstinate persons in the world, and most firm to their superstitious
principles.”
The Georgian Church (founded in the early part of the fourth century) was
an offshoot from the Greek Church, with which she has always remained in
communion, although from the middle of the sixth century the Patriarch or
Katholikos of the Georgian Church declared himself independent. Torn
asunder by internal discords and exposed to the successive attacks of
Greeks, Persians, Arabs, Turks and Mongols, the history of this heroic
warrior people is one of almost uninterrupted warfare against foreign foes
and of fiercely contested feuds between native chiefs: the reigns of one or
two powerful monarchs who secured for their subjects brief intervals of
peace, serving only to bring out in more striking contrast the normally
unsettled state of the country. The fierce independent spirit of the Georgians
that could not brook a foreign rule has often exasperated well-nigh [98]to
madness the fury of their Muhammadan neighbours, when they failed to
impose upon them either their civil authority or their religion. It is this
circumstance—that a change of faith implied loss of political independence
—which explains in a great measure the fact that the Georgian Church
inscribes the names of so many martyrs in her calendar, while the annals of
the Greek Church during the same period have no such honoured roll to
show.
It was not until after Georgia had been overrun by the devastating armies of
the Mongols, leaving ruined churches and monasteries and pyramids of
human heads to mark the progress of their destroying hosts, and
consequently the spiritual wants of the people had remained long
unprovided for, owing to the decline in the numbers and learning of the
clergy—that Christianity began to lose ground. 205 Even among those who
still remained Christian, some added to the sufferings of the clergy by
plundering the property of the Church and appropriating to their own use
Page 115
the revenues of churches and monasteries, and thus hastened the decay of
the Christian faith. 206
In 1400 the invasion of Tīmūr added a crowning horror to the sufferings of
Georgia, and though for a brief period the rule of Alexander I (1414–1442)
delivered the country from the foreign yoke and drove out all the
Muhammadans—after his death it was again broken up into a number of
petty princedoms, from which the Turks and the Persians wrested the last
shreds of independence. But the Muhammadans always found Georgia to be
a turbulent and rebellious possession, ever ready to break out into open
revolt at the slightest opportunity. Both Turks and Persians sought to secure
the allegiance of these troublesome subjects by means of conversion to
Islam. After the fall of Constantinople and the increase of Turkish power in
Asia Minor, the inhabitants of Akhaltsikhé and other districts to the west of
it became Muhammadans. 207 In 1579 two Georgian princes—brothers—
came on an embassy to Constantinople with a large retinue of about two
hundred [99]persons: here the younger brother together with his attendants
became a Musalman, in the hope (it was said) of thereby supplanting his
elder brother. 208 At a rather later date, the conquests of the Turks brought
some of the districts in the very centre of Georgia into their power, the
inhabitants of which embraced the creed of the conquerors. 209 From this
period Samtzkhé, the most western portion of Georgia, recognised the
suzerainty of Turkey: its rulers and people were allowed to continue
undisturbed in the Christian faith, but from 1625 the ruling dynasty became
Muhammadan and many of the chiefs and the aristocracy followed their
example.
Christianity retained its hold upon the peasants much longer, but when the
clergy of Samtzkhé refused allegiance to the Katholikos of Karthli, there
ceased to be regular provision made for supplying the spiritual needs of the
people: the nobles, even before their conversion, had taken to plundering
the estates of the Church, and after becoming Musalmans they naturally
the Christian faith. 206
In 1400 the invasion of Tīmūr added a crowning horror to the sufferings of
Georgia, and though for a brief period the rule of Alexander I (1414–1442)
delivered the country from the foreign yoke and drove out all the
Muhammadans—after his death it was again broken up into a number of
petty princedoms, from which the Turks and the Persians wrested the last
shreds of independence. But the Muhammadans always found Georgia to be
a turbulent and rebellious possession, ever ready to break out into open
revolt at the slightest opportunity. Both Turks and Persians sought to secure
the allegiance of these troublesome subjects by means of conversion to
Islam. After the fall of Constantinople and the increase of Turkish power in
Asia Minor, the inhabitants of Akhaltsikhé and other districts to the west of
it became Muhammadans. 207 In 1579 two Georgian princes—brothers—
came on an embassy to Constantinople with a large retinue of about two
hundred [99]persons: here the younger brother together with his attendants
became a Musalman, in the hope (it was said) of thereby supplanting his
elder brother. 208 At a rather later date, the conquests of the Turks brought
some of the districts in the very centre of Georgia into their power, the
inhabitants of which embraced the creed of the conquerors. 209 From this
period Samtzkhé, the most western portion of Georgia, recognised the
suzerainty of Turkey: its rulers and people were allowed to continue
undisturbed in the Christian faith, but from 1625 the ruling dynasty became
Muhammadan and many of the chiefs and the aristocracy followed their
example.
Christianity retained its hold upon the peasants much longer, but when the
clergy of Samtzkhé refused allegiance to the Katholikos of Karthli, there
ceased to be regular provision made for supplying the spiritual needs of the
people: the nobles, even before their conversion, had taken to plundering
the estates of the Church, and after becoming Musalmans they naturally
Page 116
ceased to assist it with their offerings, and the churches and monasteries
falling into decay were replaced by mosques. 210
The rest of Georgia had submitted to Persia, and when Tavernier visited this
part of the country, about the middle of the seventeenth century, he found it
divided into two kingdoms, which were provinces of the Persian empire,
and were governed by native Georgian princes who had to turn
Muhammadan before being advanced to this dignity. 211 One of the first of
such princes was the Tsarevitch Constantine, son of King Alexander II of
Kakheth, who had been brought up at the Persian court and had there
embraced Islam, at the beginning of the seventeenth century. 212 The first
Muhammadan king of Karthli, the Tsarevitch Rustam (1634–1658), had
also been brought up in Persia, and he and his successors to the end of the
century were all Muhammadans. 213
Tavernier describes the Georgians as being very ignorant in matters of
religion and the clergy as unlettered and vicious; some of the heads of the
Church actually sold the [100]Christian boys and girls as slaves to the Turks
and Persians. 214 From this period there seems to have been a widespread
apostasy, especially among the higher classes and those who sought to win
the favour of the Persian court. 215 In 1701 the occupant of the throne of
Georgia, Wakhtang VI, was a Christian: for the first seven years of his reign
he was a prisoner in Ispahan, where great efforts were made to induce him
to become a Muhammadan; when he declared that he preferred to lose his
throne rather than purchase it at the price of apostasy, it is said that his
younger brother, although he was the Patriarch of Georgia, offered to
abandon Christianity and embrace Islam, if the crown were bestowed upon
him, but though invested by the Persians with the royal power, the
Georgians refused to accept him as their ruler, and drove him out of the
kingdom. 216
Towards the close of the eighteenth century, the king of Georgia placed his
people under the protection of the Russian crown. Hitherto their intense
falling into decay were replaced by mosques. 210
The rest of Georgia had submitted to Persia, and when Tavernier visited this
part of the country, about the middle of the seventeenth century, he found it
divided into two kingdoms, which were provinces of the Persian empire,
and were governed by native Georgian princes who had to turn
Muhammadan before being advanced to this dignity. 211 One of the first of
such princes was the Tsarevitch Constantine, son of King Alexander II of
Kakheth, who had been brought up at the Persian court and had there
embraced Islam, at the beginning of the seventeenth century. 212 The first
Muhammadan king of Karthli, the Tsarevitch Rustam (1634–1658), had
also been brought up in Persia, and he and his successors to the end of the
century were all Muhammadans. 213
Tavernier describes the Georgians as being very ignorant in matters of
religion and the clergy as unlettered and vicious; some of the heads of the
Church actually sold the [100]Christian boys and girls as slaves to the Turks
and Persians. 214 From this period there seems to have been a widespread
apostasy, especially among the higher classes and those who sought to win
the favour of the Persian court. 215 In 1701 the occupant of the throne of
Georgia, Wakhtang VI, was a Christian: for the first seven years of his reign
he was a prisoner in Ispahan, where great efforts were made to induce him
to become a Muhammadan; when he declared that he preferred to lose his
throne rather than purchase it at the price of apostasy, it is said that his
younger brother, although he was the Patriarch of Georgia, offered to
abandon Christianity and embrace Islam, if the crown were bestowed upon
him, but though invested by the Persians with the royal power, the
Georgians refused to accept him as their ruler, and drove him out of the
kingdom. 216
Towards the close of the eighteenth century, the king of Georgia placed his
people under the protection of the Russian crown. Hitherto their intense
Page 117
patriotic feeling had helped to keep the Christian faith alive among them so
long as their foreign invaders had been Musalmans, but now that the foreign
power that sought to rob them of their independence was Christian, this
same feeling operated in some of the districts north of the Caucasus to the
advantage of Islam. In Daghistan a certain Darvīsh Manṣūr endeavoured to
unite the different tribes of the Caucasus to oppose the Russians; preaching
the faith of Islam he succeeded in converting the princes and nobles of
Ubichistan and Daghistan, who have remained faithful to Islam ever since;
many of the Circassians, too, were converted by his preaching, and
preferred exile to submitting to the Russian rule. 217 But in 1791 he was
taken prisoner, and in 1800 Georgia was formally incorporated in the
Russian empire.
Darvīsh Manṣūr was not alone in his efforts to convert the Circassians.
When the treaty of Kūchak-Qaïnarji in 1774 had recognised the
independence of the Crimea and [101]opened the Black Sea to Russian
vessels, the Turkish government became alarmed at the prospect of a further
movement of Russian domination along the eastern coast of the Black Sea
and resolved to make an attempt to stir the Circassians to resistance. A
Turkish officer, named Faraḥ ʻAlī, was sent in 1782 to establish a military
colony at Anāpa, near the outlet of the sea of Azov, and to enter into
relations with the Circassian tribes. Faraḥ ʻAlī’s first care was to seek the
hand of a daughter of one of the Circassian beys, offering rich presents of
arms, horses, etc., to her father; the marriage was celebrated with great
pomp and ceremony, and Faraḥ ʻAlī encouraged his soldiers to follow his
example, by promising to defray the expenses of their nuptials. The result
was that a number of Circassian women joined the little colony and
accepted the religion of their husbands, and with the zeal of new converts
won over to Islam their fathers and brothers. An active movement of
proselytism began, and the Circassians who came in contact with the
Turkish colony appear readily to have abandoned their pagan beliefs for the
religion of the Qurʼān, the mollas were kept busy in instructing the new
Muslims, and help had to be sought from Constantinople to deal with the
long as their foreign invaders had been Musalmans, but now that the foreign
power that sought to rob them of their independence was Christian, this
same feeling operated in some of the districts north of the Caucasus to the
advantage of Islam. In Daghistan a certain Darvīsh Manṣūr endeavoured to
unite the different tribes of the Caucasus to oppose the Russians; preaching
the faith of Islam he succeeded in converting the princes and nobles of
Ubichistan and Daghistan, who have remained faithful to Islam ever since;
many of the Circassians, too, were converted by his preaching, and
preferred exile to submitting to the Russian rule. 217 But in 1791 he was
taken prisoner, and in 1800 Georgia was formally incorporated in the
Russian empire.
Darvīsh Manṣūr was not alone in his efforts to convert the Circassians.
When the treaty of Kūchak-Qaïnarji in 1774 had recognised the
independence of the Crimea and [101]opened the Black Sea to Russian
vessels, the Turkish government became alarmed at the prospect of a further
movement of Russian domination along the eastern coast of the Black Sea
and resolved to make an attempt to stir the Circassians to resistance. A
Turkish officer, named Faraḥ ʻAlī, was sent in 1782 to establish a military
colony at Anāpa, near the outlet of the sea of Azov, and to enter into
relations with the Circassian tribes. Faraḥ ʻAlī’s first care was to seek the
hand of a daughter of one of the Circassian beys, offering rich presents of
arms, horses, etc., to her father; the marriage was celebrated with great
pomp and ceremony, and Faraḥ ʻAlī encouraged his soldiers to follow his
example, by promising to defray the expenses of their nuptials. The result
was that a number of Circassian women joined the little colony and
accepted the religion of their husbands, and with the zeal of new converts
won over to Islam their fathers and brothers. An active movement of
proselytism began, and the Circassians who came in contact with the
Turkish colony appear readily to have abandoned their pagan beliefs for the
religion of the Qurʼān, the mollas were kept busy in instructing the new
Muslims, and help had to be sought from Constantinople to deal with the
Page 118
increasing number of conversions. 218 But the work of Faraḥ ʻAlī was short-
lived; he died in 1785 and his tomb was reverenced as that of a saint, but his
work perished with him. Anāpa passed into the hands of the Russians in
1812, and when the resistance of the Circassians was finally overcome in
1864, more than half a million Circassian Muhammadans migrated into
Turkish territory.
Under Russian law conversions to any faith other than that of the Orthodox
Church were illegal, and the further progress of Islam was stayed until the
promulgation of the edict of toleration in 1905. One of the results of this in
the Caucasus was a large accession to Islam from among the Abkhazes,
who had long been nominal converts to Christianity, but now became
Muhammadans in such numbers that the Orthodox clergy became alarmed
and founded a special society for the distribution of religious tracts among
them, in the hope of combating Muhammadan influences. 219 [102]
Döllinger, pp. 5–6. ↑
1
Caetani, Studi di Storia Orientale, I, p. 365 sqq. (Milano, 1911.) ↑
2
This interpretation of the Arab conquests as the last of the great Semitic migrations has
3
been worked out in a masterly manner by Caetani, vol. ii. pp. 831–61. ↑
Caetani, vol. ii. p. 455; vol. v. p. 521. (“In Madīnah si formò un considerevole nucleo religioso,
4
composto d’elementi eterogenei, ma forse in maggioranza madinesi, i quali presero l’Islām molto
sul serio e cercarono sinceramente di osservare la nuova dottrina, per la convinzione che, così agendo
facevan bene, ed in devoto omaggio alla volontà del Profeta.”) ↑
Masʻūdī, tome iv. p. 238. ↑
5
Muir’s Caliphate, pp. 121–2. ↑
6
Caetani, vol. iii. p. 814 (§ 323). ↑
7
Caetani, vol. ii. pp. 260, 299, 351. ↑
8
Id. pp. 792–3; vol. iii. p. 253 (§ 8). ↑
9
Id. pp. 1112–15. ↑
10
Muir, Caliphate, pp. 90–4. ↑
11
Caetani, vol. ii. p. 299. Wellhausen, iv. p. 156 (n. 5). ↑
12
Ṭabarī, Prima Series, p. 2482. ↑
13
lived; he died in 1785 and his tomb was reverenced as that of a saint, but his
work perished with him. Anāpa passed into the hands of the Russians in
1812, and when the resistance of the Circassians was finally overcome in
1864, more than half a million Circassian Muhammadans migrated into
Turkish territory.
Under Russian law conversions to any faith other than that of the Orthodox
Church were illegal, and the further progress of Islam was stayed until the
promulgation of the edict of toleration in 1905. One of the results of this in
the Caucasus was a large accession to Islam from among the Abkhazes,
who had long been nominal converts to Christianity, but now became
Muhammadans in such numbers that the Orthodox clergy became alarmed
and founded a special society for the distribution of religious tracts among
them, in the hope of combating Muhammadan influences. 219 [102]
Döllinger, pp. 5–6. ↑
1
Caetani, Studi di Storia Orientale, I, p. 365 sqq. (Milano, 1911.) ↑
2
This interpretation of the Arab conquests as the last of the great Semitic migrations has
3
been worked out in a masterly manner by Caetani, vol. ii. pp. 831–61. ↑
Caetani, vol. ii. p. 455; vol. v. p. 521. (“In Madīnah si formò un considerevole nucleo religioso,
4
composto d’elementi eterogenei, ma forse in maggioranza madinesi, i quali presero l’Islām molto
sul serio e cercarono sinceramente di osservare la nuova dottrina, per la convinzione che, così agendo
facevan bene, ed in devoto omaggio alla volontà del Profeta.”) ↑
Masʻūdī, tome iv. p. 238. ↑
5
Muir’s Caliphate, pp. 121–2. ↑
6
Caetani, vol. iii. p. 814 (§ 323). ↑
7
Caetani, vol. ii. pp. 260, 299, 351. ↑
8
Id. pp. 792–3; vol. iii. p. 253 (§ 8). ↑
9
Id. pp. 1112–15. ↑
10
Muir, Caliphate, pp. 90–4. ↑
11
Caetani, vol. ii. p. 299. Wellhausen, iv. p. 156 (n. 5). ↑
12
Ṭabarī, Prima Series, p. 2482. ↑
13
Page 119
For an exhaustive study of the jizyah, with a masterly array and critical examination of all the
14
available historical materials, see Caetani, vol. v. p. 319 sqq.; for Egypt during the first century of
Muslim rule, see Bell, p. 167 sqq., and Becker, Beiträge zur Geschichte Aegyptens unter dem Islam,
p. 81 sqq. ↑
Caetani (vol. iv. p. 227) believes that this story is the invention of a later epoch, to explain the
15
fiscal anomaly of a Christian tribe being treated as if it were Muslim. ↑
The few meagre notices of this tribe in the works of Arabic historians have been admirably
16
summarised by Lammens: Le Chantre des Omiades. (J. A., ix. sér., tome iv. pp. 97–9, 438–59.)
See also Caetani, vol. iv. p. 227 sqq. ↑
Caetani, vol. ii. p. 1180. ↑
17
Barhebræus (3), pp. 134–5. ↑
18
Caetani, vol. ii. p. 828. ↑
19
Ṭabarī, i. p. 2041. ↑
20
Masʻūdī, tome iv. p. 256. ↑
21
“Gli Arabi nei primi anni non perseguitarono invece alcuno per ragioni di fede,
22
non si diedero pena alcuna per convertire chicchessia, sicchè sotto l’Islām, dopo
le prime conquiste, i cristiani Semiti goderno d’una tolleranza religiosa quale non si era mai vista da
varie generazioni.” (Caetani, vol. v. p. 4.) ↑
Sir Henry Layard: Early Adventures in Persia, Susiana and Babylonia, vol. i. p. 100. (London,
23
1887); R. Hartmann: Die Herrschaft von al-Karak. (Der Islam, vol. ii. p. 137.) ↑
Burckhardt (2), p. 564. ↑
24
W. G. Palgrave: Essays on Eastern Questions, pp. 206–8. (London, 1872.) ↑
25
I. A. Dorner: A System of Christian Doctrine, vol. iii. pp. 215–16. (London, 1885.) J. C.
26
Robertson: History of the Christian Church, vol. ii. p. 226. (London, 1875.) ↑
That such fears were not wholly groundless may be judged from the emperor’s intolerant
27
behaviour towards many of the Monophysite party in his progress through Syria after the defeat of
the Persians in 627. (See Michael the Elder, vol. ii. p. 412, and Caetani, vol. ii. p. 1049.) For the
outrages committed by the Byzantine soldiers on their co-religionists in the reign of Constans II
(642–668), see Michael the Elder, vol. ii. p. 443. ↑
Michael the Elder, vol. ii. pp. 412–13. Barhebræus, about a century later, wrote in a similar strain.
28
(Chronicon Ecclesiasticum, ed. J. B. Abbeloos et Lamy, p. 474.) ↑
Azdī, p. 97. ↑
29
Balād͟ hurī, p. 137. ↑
30
Caetani, vol. iii. p. 813; vol. v. p. 394. (“Gli abitanti accettarono con non celato favore il
31
mutamento di governo, appena ebbero compreso che gli Arabi avrebbero rispettato i loro
diritti individuali, ed avrebbero lasciata completa libertà di coscienza in materia religiosa. In Siria,
città ed interi distretti si affrettarono a trattare con gli Arabi anche prima della rotta finale dei Greci.
14
available historical materials, see Caetani, vol. v. p. 319 sqq.; for Egypt during the first century of
Muslim rule, see Bell, p. 167 sqq., and Becker, Beiträge zur Geschichte Aegyptens unter dem Islam,
p. 81 sqq. ↑
Caetani (vol. iv. p. 227) believes that this story is the invention of a later epoch, to explain the
15
fiscal anomaly of a Christian tribe being treated as if it were Muslim. ↑
The few meagre notices of this tribe in the works of Arabic historians have been admirably
16
summarised by Lammens: Le Chantre des Omiades. (J. A., ix. sér., tome iv. pp. 97–9, 438–59.)
See also Caetani, vol. iv. p. 227 sqq. ↑
Caetani, vol. ii. p. 1180. ↑
17
Barhebræus (3), pp. 134–5. ↑
18
Caetani, vol. ii. p. 828. ↑
19
Ṭabarī, i. p. 2041. ↑
20
Masʻūdī, tome iv. p. 256. ↑
21
“Gli Arabi nei primi anni non perseguitarono invece alcuno per ragioni di fede,
22
non si diedero pena alcuna per convertire chicchessia, sicchè sotto l’Islām, dopo
le prime conquiste, i cristiani Semiti goderno d’una tolleranza religiosa quale non si era mai vista da
varie generazioni.” (Caetani, vol. v. p. 4.) ↑
Sir Henry Layard: Early Adventures in Persia, Susiana and Babylonia, vol. i. p. 100. (London,
23
1887); R. Hartmann: Die Herrschaft von al-Karak. (Der Islam, vol. ii. p. 137.) ↑
Burckhardt (2), p. 564. ↑
24
W. G. Palgrave: Essays on Eastern Questions, pp. 206–8. (London, 1872.) ↑
25
I. A. Dorner: A System of Christian Doctrine, vol. iii. pp. 215–16. (London, 1885.) J. C.
26
Robertson: History of the Christian Church, vol. ii. p. 226. (London, 1875.) ↑
That such fears were not wholly groundless may be judged from the emperor’s intolerant
27
behaviour towards many of the Monophysite party in his progress through Syria after the defeat of
the Persians in 627. (See Michael the Elder, vol. ii. p. 412, and Caetani, vol. ii. p. 1049.) For the
outrages committed by the Byzantine soldiers on their co-religionists in the reign of Constans II
(642–668), see Michael the Elder, vol. ii. p. 443. ↑
Michael the Elder, vol. ii. pp. 412–13. Barhebræus, about a century later, wrote in a similar strain.
28
(Chronicon Ecclesiasticum, ed. J. B. Abbeloos et Lamy, p. 474.) ↑
Azdī, p. 97. ↑
29
Balād͟ hurī, p. 137. ↑
30
Caetani, vol. iii. p. 813; vol. v. p. 394. (“Gli abitanti accettarono con non celato favore il
31
mutamento di governo, appena ebbero compreso che gli Arabi avrebbero rispettato i loro
diritti individuali, ed avrebbero lasciata completa libertà di coscienza in materia religiosa. In Siria,
città ed interi distretti si affrettarono a trattare con gli Arabi anche prima della rotta finale dei Greci.
Page 120
Nel Sawād si lasciarono passivamente sopraffare accettando il nuovo dominio senza pattuire
condizioni di sorta; è probabile che anche in Siria questo fosse il caso per molte regioni remote dalle
grandi vie di comunicazioni.”) ↑
Gottheil has brought together a valuable collection of documentary evidence as to the condition of
32
the protected peoples under Muslim rule in his “Dhimmīs and Moslems in Egypt.” ↑
Balād͟ hurī, pp. 74 (ad fin.), 116, 121 (med.). ↑
33
For a discussion of this document, see Caetani, vol. iii. p. 952 sqq. ↑
34
Ṭabarī, i. p. 2405. ↑
35
Balād͟ hurī, p. 129. ↑
36
Ibn Sʻad, III, i. p. 246. ↑
37
Mémoire sur la conquête de la Syrie, p. 143 sq. ↑
38
Annali dell’Islām, vol. iii. p. 957. ↑
39
Some authorities on Muhammadan law held that this rule did not extend to
40
villages and hamlets, in which the construction of churches was not to be
prevented. (Hidāyah, vol. ii. p. 219.) ↑
“The ʻUlamāʼ are divided in opinion on the question of the teaching of the Qurʼān: the sect of
41
Mālik forbids it: that of Abū Ḥanīfah allows it; and Shāfiʻī has two opinions on the subject: on the
one hand, he countenances the study of it, as indicating a leaning towards Islam; and on the other
hand, he forbids it, because he fears that the unbeliever who studies the Qurʼān being still impure
may read it solely with the object of turning it to ridicule, since he is the enemy of God and the
Prophet who wrote the book; now as these two statements are contradictory, Shāfiʻī has no formally
stated opinion on this matter.” (Belin, p. 508.) ↑
Such as the forms of greeting, etc., that are only to be used by Muslims to one another. ↑
42
Abū Yūsuf (p. 82) says that Christians were to be allowed to go in procession once a year with
43
crosses, but not with banners; outside the city, not inside where the mosques were. ↑
The nāqūs, lit. an oblong piece of wood, struck with a rod. ↑
44
Gottheil, pp. 382–4, where references are given to the various versions of this document. ↑
45
There is evidence to show that the Arab conquerors left unchanged the fiscal system that
46
they found prevailing in the lands they conquered from the Byzantines, and that the
explanation of jizyah as a capitation-tax is an invention of later jurists, ignorant of the true condition
of affairs in the early days of Islam. (Caetani, vol. iv. p. 610 (§ 231); vol. v. p. 449.) H. Lammens:
Ziād ibn Abīhi. (Rivista degli Studi Orientali, vol. iv. p. 215.) ↑
Goldziher, vol. i. pp. 50–7, 427–30. Caetani, vol. v. p. 311 sqq. ↑
47
Caetani, vol. v. pp. 424 (§ 752), 432. ↑
48
Balād͟ hurī, pp. 124–5. ↑
49
A. von Kremer (1), vol. i. pp. 60, 436. ↑
50
condizioni di sorta; è probabile che anche in Siria questo fosse il caso per molte regioni remote dalle
grandi vie di comunicazioni.”) ↑
Gottheil has brought together a valuable collection of documentary evidence as to the condition of
32
the protected peoples under Muslim rule in his “Dhimmīs and Moslems in Egypt.” ↑
Balād͟ hurī, pp. 74 (ad fin.), 116, 121 (med.). ↑
33
For a discussion of this document, see Caetani, vol. iii. p. 952 sqq. ↑
34
Ṭabarī, i. p. 2405. ↑
35
Balād͟ hurī, p. 129. ↑
36
Ibn Sʻad, III, i. p. 246. ↑
37
Mémoire sur la conquête de la Syrie, p. 143 sq. ↑
38
Annali dell’Islām, vol. iii. p. 957. ↑
39
Some authorities on Muhammadan law held that this rule did not extend to
40
villages and hamlets, in which the construction of churches was not to be
prevented. (Hidāyah, vol. ii. p. 219.) ↑
“The ʻUlamāʼ are divided in opinion on the question of the teaching of the Qurʼān: the sect of
41
Mālik forbids it: that of Abū Ḥanīfah allows it; and Shāfiʻī has two opinions on the subject: on the
one hand, he countenances the study of it, as indicating a leaning towards Islam; and on the other
hand, he forbids it, because he fears that the unbeliever who studies the Qurʼān being still impure
may read it solely with the object of turning it to ridicule, since he is the enemy of God and the
Prophet who wrote the book; now as these two statements are contradictory, Shāfiʻī has no formally
stated opinion on this matter.” (Belin, p. 508.) ↑
Such as the forms of greeting, etc., that are only to be used by Muslims to one another. ↑
42
Abū Yūsuf (p. 82) says that Christians were to be allowed to go in procession once a year with
43
crosses, but not with banners; outside the city, not inside where the mosques were. ↑
The nāqūs, lit. an oblong piece of wood, struck with a rod. ↑
44
Gottheil, pp. 382–4, where references are given to the various versions of this document. ↑
45
There is evidence to show that the Arab conquerors left unchanged the fiscal system that
46
they found prevailing in the lands they conquered from the Byzantines, and that the
explanation of jizyah as a capitation-tax is an invention of later jurists, ignorant of the true condition
of affairs in the early days of Islam. (Caetani, vol. iv. p. 610 (§ 231); vol. v. p. 449.) H. Lammens:
Ziād ibn Abīhi. (Rivista degli Studi Orientali, vol. iv. p. 215.) ↑
Goldziher, vol. i. pp. 50–7, 427–30. Caetani, vol. v. p. 311 sqq. ↑
47
Caetani, vol. v. pp. 424 (§ 752), 432. ↑
48
Balād͟ hurī, pp. 124–5. ↑
49
A. von Kremer (1), vol. i. pp. 60, 436. ↑
50
Page 121
A dirham is about fivepence. ↑
51
Bell, pp. xxv, 173. ↑
52
Abū Yūsuf, pp. 69–71. ↑
53
Ṭabarī, Prima Series, p. 2055. ↑
54
Id. p. 2050. ↑
55
Abū Yūsuf, p. 81. ↑
56
Balād͟ hurī, p. 159. ↑
57
Ṭabarī, Prima Series, p. 2665. ↑
58
Marsigli, vol. i. p. 86 (he calls them “Musellim”). ↑
59
Finlay, vol. vi. pp. 30, 33. ↑
60
Lazăr, p. 56. ↑
61
De la Jonquière, p. 14. ↑
62
Thomas Smith, p. 324. ↑
63
Dorostamus, p. 326. ↑
64
De la Jonquière, p. 265. ↑
65
Lammens, p. 13. ↑
66
Ibn Abī Usaybiʻah, vol. i. p. 164. ↑
67
Michael the Elder, vol. ii. p. 475. ↑
68
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 71 (l. 16). Abū
69
Nūḥ al-Anbārī wrote a refutation of the
Qurʼān and other theological works (Wright, p. 191 n. 3). ↑
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 84. ↑
70
Hilāl al-Ṣābī, p. 95. ↑
71
Ibn al-At͟ hīr, vol. ix. p. 16. ↑
72
Von Kremer (1), vol. i. pp. 167–8. Lammens, p. 11. ↑
73
Renaudot, pp. 430, 540. ↑
74
Von Kremer (1), vol. ii. pp. 180–1. ↑
75
Von Kremer (1), vol. i. p. 183. ↑
76
Caetani, vol. iii. pp. 350 sq., 387 sqq. ↑
77
Gottheil, pp. 360–1. Goldziher: Zur Literatur des Ichtilâf al-maḏâhib,
78
ZDMG., vol. 38, pp. 673–4. ↑
On this theoretical character of much of Muslim legal literature, see Snouck Hurgronje:
79
Mohammedanisches Recht in Theorie und Wirklichkeit. ↑
51
Bell, pp. xxv, 173. ↑
52
Abū Yūsuf, pp. 69–71. ↑
53
Ṭabarī, Prima Series, p. 2055. ↑
54
Id. p. 2050. ↑
55
Abū Yūsuf, p. 81. ↑
56
Balād͟ hurī, p. 159. ↑
57
Ṭabarī, Prima Series, p. 2665. ↑
58
Marsigli, vol. i. p. 86 (he calls them “Musellim”). ↑
59
Finlay, vol. vi. pp. 30, 33. ↑
60
Lazăr, p. 56. ↑
61
De la Jonquière, p. 14. ↑
62
Thomas Smith, p. 324. ↑
63
Dorostamus, p. 326. ↑
64
De la Jonquière, p. 265. ↑
65
Lammens, p. 13. ↑
66
Ibn Abī Usaybiʻah, vol. i. p. 164. ↑
67
Michael the Elder, vol. ii. p. 475. ↑
68
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 71 (l. 16). Abū
69
Nūḥ al-Anbārī wrote a refutation of the
Qurʼān and other theological works (Wright, p. 191 n. 3). ↑
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 84. ↑
70
Hilāl al-Ṣābī, p. 95. ↑
71
Ibn al-At͟ hīr, vol. ix. p. 16. ↑
72
Von Kremer (1), vol. i. pp. 167–8. Lammens, p. 11. ↑
73
Renaudot, pp. 430, 540. ↑
74
Von Kremer (1), vol. ii. pp. 180–1. ↑
75
Von Kremer (1), vol. i. p. 183. ↑
76
Caetani, vol. iii. pp. 350 sq., 387 sqq. ↑
77
Gottheil, pp. 360–1. Goldziher: Zur Literatur des Ichtilâf al-maḏâhib,
78
ZDMG., vol. 38, pp. 673–4. ↑
On this theoretical character of much of Muslim legal literature, see Snouck Hurgronje:
79
Mohammedanisches Recht in Theorie und Wirklichkeit. ↑
Page 122
Gottheil, p. 363. ↑
80
Gottheil, pp. 358–9, however, doubts whether there is evidence for attributing this intolerance
81
to ʻUmar II. ↑
Journal Asiatique, IVme série, tome xviii. (1851), pp. 433, 450. Ṭabarī, III, p. 1419. ↑
82
Michael the Elder, vol. ii. p. 476. Renaudot, p. 189. ↑
83
Eutychius, II, p. 41 init. Severus (p. 139) says “two churches.” ↑
84
Von Kremer (1), vol. ii. p. 175. ↑
85
Michael the Elder, vol. ii. pp. 490, 491. ↑
86
Ibn K͟ hallikān, vol. i. p. 485. ↑
87
Elias of Nisibis, p. 128. ↑
88
A. J. Butler: The Ancient Coptic Churches of Egypt, vol. i. p. 181. (Oxford,
89
1884.) ↑
Yāqūt, vol. ii. p. 662. ↑
90
Yāqūt, vol. ii. p. 670. ↑
91
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 73. ↑
92
Ishok of Romgla, p. 266. ↑
93
Eutychius, II, p. 58. ↑
94
Von Kremer (1), vol. ii. pp. 175–6. ↑
95
Butler: Ancient Coptic Churches of Egypt, vol. i. p. 76. ↑
96
Renaudot, p. 399. ↑
97
Ishok of Romgla, p. 333. ↑
98
Abū Ṣāliḥ, p. 92. ↑
99
A Dominican monk from Florence, by name Ricoldus de Monte
100
Crucis, who visited the East about the close of the thirteenth and
the beginning of the fourteenth century, speaks of the toleration the Nestorians had enjoyed under
Muhammadan rule right up to his time: “Et ego inveni per antiquas historias et autenticas aput
Saracenos, quod ipsi Nestorini amici fuerunt Machometi et confederati cum eo, et quod ipse
Machometus mandauit suis posteris, quod Nestorinos maxime conseruarent. Quod usque hodie
diligenter obseruant ipsi Sarraceni.” (Laurent, p. 128.) ↑
J. Labourt: De Timotheo I, Nestorianorum Patriarcha, p. 37 sqq. (Paris, 1904.) ↑
101
E. von Dobschütz, p. 390–1. ↑
102
Michael the Elder, vol. ii. p. 439–40. ↑
103
Makīn, p. 12. J. Labourt: Le Christianisme sous la dynastie sassanide, p. 139 sq.
104
(Paris, 1904.) ↑
80
Gottheil, pp. 358–9, however, doubts whether there is evidence for attributing this intolerance
81
to ʻUmar II. ↑
Journal Asiatique, IVme série, tome xviii. (1851), pp. 433, 450. Ṭabarī, III, p. 1419. ↑
82
Michael the Elder, vol. ii. p. 476. Renaudot, p. 189. ↑
83
Eutychius, II, p. 41 init. Severus (p. 139) says “two churches.” ↑
84
Von Kremer (1), vol. ii. p. 175. ↑
85
Michael the Elder, vol. ii. pp. 490, 491. ↑
86
Ibn K͟ hallikān, vol. i. p. 485. ↑
87
Elias of Nisibis, p. 128. ↑
88
A. J. Butler: The Ancient Coptic Churches of Egypt, vol. i. p. 181. (Oxford,
89
1884.) ↑
Yāqūt, vol. ii. p. 662. ↑
90
Yāqūt, vol. ii. p. 670. ↑
91
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 73. ↑
92
Ishok of Romgla, p. 266. ↑
93
Eutychius, II, p. 58. ↑
94
Von Kremer (1), vol. ii. pp. 175–6. ↑
95
Butler: Ancient Coptic Churches of Egypt, vol. i. p. 76. ↑
96
Renaudot, p. 399. ↑
97
Ishok of Romgla, p. 333. ↑
98
Abū Ṣāliḥ, p. 92. ↑
99
A Dominican monk from Florence, by name Ricoldus de Monte
100
Crucis, who visited the East about the close of the thirteenth and
the beginning of the fourteenth century, speaks of the toleration the Nestorians had enjoyed under
Muhammadan rule right up to his time: “Et ego inveni per antiquas historias et autenticas aput
Saracenos, quod ipsi Nestorini amici fuerunt Machometi et confederati cum eo, et quod ipse
Machometus mandauit suis posteris, quod Nestorinos maxime conseruarent. Quod usque hodie
diligenter obseruant ipsi Sarraceni.” (Laurent, p. 128.) ↑
J. Labourt: De Timotheo I, Nestorianorum Patriarcha, p. 37 sqq. (Paris, 1904.) ↑
101
E. von Dobschütz, p. 390–1. ↑
102
Michael the Elder, vol. ii. p. 439–40. ↑
103
Makīn, p. 12. J. Labourt: Le Christianisme sous la dynastie sassanide, p. 139 sq.
104
(Paris, 1904.) ↑
Page 123
Renaudot, p. 169. ↑
105
Von Kremer well remarks: “Wir verdanken dem unermüdlichen Sammelfleiss der arabischen
106
Chronisten unsere Kenntniss der politischen und militärischen Geschichte jener Zeiten,
welche so genau ist als dies nur immer auf eine Entfernung von zwölf Jahrhunderten der Fall sein
kann; allein gerade die innere Geschichte jener denkwürdigen Epoche, die Geschichte des Kampfes
einer neuen, rohen Religion gegen die alten hochgebildeten, zum Theile überbildeten Culte ist kaum
in ihren allgemeinsten Umrissen bekannt.” (Von Kremer (2), pp. 1–2.) ↑
Thomas of Margā, vol. ii. p. 309 sq. ↑
107
Thomas of Margā, vol. ii. pp. 310, 324 sq. ↑
108
Cf. in addition to the passages quoted below, MʻClintoch & Strong’s Cyclopædia, sub art.
109
Mohammedanism, vol. vi. p. 420. James Freeman Clarke: Ten Great Religions, Part ii. p.
75. (London, 1883.) ↑
Thus the Emperor Heraclius is represented by the Muhammadan historian as saying, “Their
110
religion is a new religion which gives them new zeal.” (Ṭabarī, p. 2103.) ↑
History of Latin Christianity, vol. ii. pp. 216–17. ↑
111
Caetani, vol. ii. pp. 1045–6. ↑
112
A paper read before the Church Congress at Wolverhampton, October 7th, 1887. ↑
113
For the oppressive fiscal system under the Byzantine empire, see Gfrörer:
114
Byzantinische Geschichten, vol. ii. pp. 337–9, 389–91, 450. ↑
“Der Islam war ein Rückstoss gegen den Missbrauch, welchen Justinian mit der Menschheit,
115
besonders aber mit der christlichen Religion trieb, deren oberstes geistliches und weltliches
Haupt er zu sein behauptete. Dass der Araber Mahomed, welcher 571 der christlichen Zeitrechnung,
sechs Jahre nach dem Tode Justinians, das Licht der Welt erblickte, mit seiner Lehre unerhörtes
Glück machte, verdankte er grossentheils dem Abscheu, welchen die im Umkreise des
byzantinischen Reiches angesessenen Völker, wie die benachbarten Nationen, über die von dem
Basileus begangenen Greuel empfanden.” (Gfrörer: Byzantinische Geschichten, vol. ii. p. 437.) ↑
Id. vol. ii. pp. 296–306, 337. ↑
116
Id. vol. ii. pp. 442–4. ↑
117
Id. vol. ii. p. 445. ↑
118
Masʻūdī, vol. ii. p. 387. ↑
119
Von Kremer (2), p. 8. ↑
120
Id. p. 54 and (3), p. 32. Nicholson, p. 231. ↑
121
Among the Muʻtazilite philosophers, Muḥammad b. al-Huzayl, the teacher
122
of al-Maʼmūn, is said to have converted more than three thousand persons
to Islam. (Aḥmad b. Yaḥyạ̄ b. al-Murtaḍạ̄, p. 26, l. 7.) ↑
Von Kremer (2), pp. 3, 7–8. C. H. Becker: Christliche Polemik und islamische Dogmenbildung
123
(Zeitschrift für Assyriologie, xxvi. 1912). ↑
105
Von Kremer well remarks: “Wir verdanken dem unermüdlichen Sammelfleiss der arabischen
106
Chronisten unsere Kenntniss der politischen und militärischen Geschichte jener Zeiten,
welche so genau ist als dies nur immer auf eine Entfernung von zwölf Jahrhunderten der Fall sein
kann; allein gerade die innere Geschichte jener denkwürdigen Epoche, die Geschichte des Kampfes
einer neuen, rohen Religion gegen die alten hochgebildeten, zum Theile überbildeten Culte ist kaum
in ihren allgemeinsten Umrissen bekannt.” (Von Kremer (2), pp. 1–2.) ↑
Thomas of Margā, vol. ii. p. 309 sq. ↑
107
Thomas of Margā, vol. ii. pp. 310, 324 sq. ↑
108
Cf. in addition to the passages quoted below, MʻClintoch & Strong’s Cyclopædia, sub art.
109
Mohammedanism, vol. vi. p. 420. James Freeman Clarke: Ten Great Religions, Part ii. p.
75. (London, 1883.) ↑
Thus the Emperor Heraclius is represented by the Muhammadan historian as saying, “Their
110
religion is a new religion which gives them new zeal.” (Ṭabarī, p. 2103.) ↑
History of Latin Christianity, vol. ii. pp. 216–17. ↑
111
Caetani, vol. ii. pp. 1045–6. ↑
112
A paper read before the Church Congress at Wolverhampton, October 7th, 1887. ↑
113
For the oppressive fiscal system under the Byzantine empire, see Gfrörer:
114
Byzantinische Geschichten, vol. ii. pp. 337–9, 389–91, 450. ↑
“Der Islam war ein Rückstoss gegen den Missbrauch, welchen Justinian mit der Menschheit,
115
besonders aber mit der christlichen Religion trieb, deren oberstes geistliches und weltliches
Haupt er zu sein behauptete. Dass der Araber Mahomed, welcher 571 der christlichen Zeitrechnung,
sechs Jahre nach dem Tode Justinians, das Licht der Welt erblickte, mit seiner Lehre unerhörtes
Glück machte, verdankte er grossentheils dem Abscheu, welchen die im Umkreise des
byzantinischen Reiches angesessenen Völker, wie die benachbarten Nationen, über die von dem
Basileus begangenen Greuel empfanden.” (Gfrörer: Byzantinische Geschichten, vol. ii. p. 437.) ↑
Id. vol. ii. pp. 296–306, 337. ↑
116
Id. vol. ii. pp. 442–4. ↑
117
Id. vol. ii. p. 445. ↑
118
Masʻūdī, vol. ii. p. 387. ↑
119
Von Kremer (2), p. 8. ↑
120
Id. p. 54 and (3), p. 32. Nicholson, p. 231. ↑
121
Among the Muʻtazilite philosophers, Muḥammad b. al-Huzayl, the teacher
122
of al-Maʼmūn, is said to have converted more than three thousand persons
to Islam. (Aḥmad b. Yaḥyạ̄ b. al-Murtaḍạ̄, p. 26, l. 7.) ↑
Von Kremer (2), pp. 3, 7–8. C. H. Becker: Christliche Polemik und islamische Dogmenbildung
123
(Zeitschrift für Assyriologie, xxvi. 1912). ↑
Page 124
Ibn K͟ hallikān, vol. i. p. 45. ↑
124
Wüstenfeld, p. 103. ↑
125
Michael the Elder, vol. ii. pp. 412–13. Caetani, vol. v. p. 508. (“Le vittorie sui Greci e sui
126
Persiani non solamente erano il trionfo della razza araba sulle popolazioni delle provincie
conquistate, ma nella mente orientale che vede in tutto la mano di Dio, costituivano un trionfo del
principio islamico su quello cristiano e mazdeista, ma sovrattutto sul cristiano.”) ↑
Goldziher, vol. i. chaps. 3 and 4. ↑
127
The last of these was prompted by the discovery of an attempt on the part of the Christians to
128
burn the city of Cairo. (De Guignes, vol. iv. pp. 204–5.) Gottheil, p. 359, Journal Asiatique,
IVme série, tome xviii. (1851), pp. 454, 455, 463, 484, 491. ↑
Assemani, tom. iii. pars. 2, p. c. Renaudot, pp. 432, 603, 607. ↑
129
Muir: The Caliphate, p. 475. ↑
130
Von Kremer (3), p. 246. ↑
131
Muir (1), pp. 508, 516–17. ↑
132
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 79 sq. Ṣalībā b. Yuḥannā, p. 71. ↑
133
Gottheil, p. 364 sqq. ↑
134
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 114 (ll. 14–16). ↑
135
This tradition appears in several forms, e.g. “Whoever wrongs one
136
with whom a compact has been made (i.e. a d͟ himmī) and lays on him
a burden beyond his strength, I will be his accuser.” (Balād͟ hurī, p. 162, fin.) (Yaḥyā b. Ādam, p. 54
(fin.), adds the words, “till the day of judgment.”) “Whoever does violence to a d͟ himmī who has paid
his jizyah and evidenced his submission—his enemy am I.” (Usd al-G͟ hāba, quoted by Goldziher, in
the Jewish Encyclopædia, vol. vi. p. 655.) The Christian historian al-Makīn (p. 11) gives, “Whoever
torments the d͟ himmīs, torments me.” ↑
Journal Asiatique, IVme série, tome xix. p. 109. (Paris, 1852.) See also R. Gottheil: A Fetwa on
137
the appointment of D͟ himmīs to office. (Zeitschrift für Assyriologie, vol. xxvi. p. 203 sqq.) ↑
Belin, pp. 435–40, 442, 448, 456, 459–61, 479–80. ↑
138
Id. p. 435, n. 2. ↑
139
Id. p. 478. ↑
140
Mārī b. Sulaymān (p. 115, ll. 1–2) offers this explanation of the defections that
141
followed the persecution towards the close of the tenth century: واسلم خلق كثير وكان
اصل ذلك تجّوز الناس في اديانہم وقبح سيرة الكہنة في المذبح والبيع ونيوت المقدس↑
The Caliph of Egypt, al-Ḥākim (a.d. 996–1020), did in fact order all the Jews and Christians to
142
leave Egypt and emigrate into the Byzantine territory, but yielded to their entreaties to revoke his
orders. (Maqrīzī (1), p. 91.) It would have been quite possible, however, for him to have enforced its
execution as it would have been for the ferocious Salīm I (1512–1520), who with the design of
putting an end to all religious differences in his dominions caused 40,000 Shīʻahs to be massacred, to
124
Wüstenfeld, p. 103. ↑
125
Michael the Elder, vol. ii. pp. 412–13. Caetani, vol. v. p. 508. (“Le vittorie sui Greci e sui
126
Persiani non solamente erano il trionfo della razza araba sulle popolazioni delle provincie
conquistate, ma nella mente orientale che vede in tutto la mano di Dio, costituivano un trionfo del
principio islamico su quello cristiano e mazdeista, ma sovrattutto sul cristiano.”) ↑
Goldziher, vol. i. chaps. 3 and 4. ↑
127
The last of these was prompted by the discovery of an attempt on the part of the Christians to
128
burn the city of Cairo. (De Guignes, vol. iv. pp. 204–5.) Gottheil, p. 359, Journal Asiatique,
IVme série, tome xviii. (1851), pp. 454, 455, 463, 484, 491. ↑
Assemani, tom. iii. pars. 2, p. c. Renaudot, pp. 432, 603, 607. ↑
129
Muir: The Caliphate, p. 475. ↑
130
Von Kremer (3), p. 246. ↑
131
Muir (1), pp. 508, 516–17. ↑
132
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 79 sq. Ṣalībā b. Yuḥannā, p. 71. ↑
133
Gottheil, p. 364 sqq. ↑
134
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 114 (ll. 14–16). ↑
135
This tradition appears in several forms, e.g. “Whoever wrongs one
136
with whom a compact has been made (i.e. a d͟ himmī) and lays on him
a burden beyond his strength, I will be his accuser.” (Balād͟ hurī, p. 162, fin.) (Yaḥyā b. Ādam, p. 54
(fin.), adds the words, “till the day of judgment.”) “Whoever does violence to a d͟ himmī who has paid
his jizyah and evidenced his submission—his enemy am I.” (Usd al-G͟ hāba, quoted by Goldziher, in
the Jewish Encyclopædia, vol. vi. p. 655.) The Christian historian al-Makīn (p. 11) gives, “Whoever
torments the d͟ himmīs, torments me.” ↑
Journal Asiatique, IVme série, tome xix. p. 109. (Paris, 1852.) See also R. Gottheil: A Fetwa on
137
the appointment of D͟ himmīs to office. (Zeitschrift für Assyriologie, vol. xxvi. p. 203 sqq.) ↑
Belin, pp. 435–40, 442, 448, 456, 459–61, 479–80. ↑
138
Id. p. 435, n. 2. ↑
139
Id. p. 478. ↑
140
Mārī b. Sulaymān (p. 115, ll. 1–2) offers this explanation of the defections that
141
followed the persecution towards the close of the tenth century: واسلم خلق كثير وكان
اصل ذلك تجّوز الناس في اديانہم وقبح سيرة الكہنة في المذبح والبيع ونيوت المقدس↑
The Caliph of Egypt, al-Ḥākim (a.d. 996–1020), did in fact order all the Jews and Christians to
142
leave Egypt and emigrate into the Byzantine territory, but yielded to their entreaties to revoke his
orders. (Maqrīzī (1), p. 91.) It would have been quite possible, however, for him to have enforced its
execution as it would have been for the ferocious Salīm I (1512–1520), who with the design of
putting an end to all religious differences in his dominions caused 40,000 Shīʻahs to be massacred, to
Page 125
have completed this politic scheme by the extermination of the Christians also. But in allowing
himself to be dissuaded from this design, he most certainly acted in accordance with the general
policy adopted by Muhammadan rulers towards their Christian subjects. (Finlay, vol. v. pp. 29–30.) ↑
Silbernagl, p. 268. ↑
143
Id. p. 354. ↑
144
Id. pp. 307, 360. ↑
145
Id. p. 25–6. ↑
146
Id. p. 335. ↑
147
Id. p. 384. ↑
148
See A. von Kremer (1), vol. ii. pp. 490–2. ↑
149
The sack of Constantinople by the Crusaders in 1204 may be taken as
150
a type of the treatment that the Eastern Christians met with at the
hands of the Latins. Barhebræus complains that the monastery of Harran was sacked and plundered
by Count Goscelin, Lord of Emessa, in 1184, just as though he had been a Saracen or a Turk.
(Barhebræus (1), vol. ii. pp. 506–8.) ↑
H. H. Milman, vol. ii. p. 218. ↑
151
A. von Kremer (1), vol. i. p. 172. ↑
152
Assemani, tom. iii. Pars Prima, pp. 130–1. ↑
153
Ibn Saʻd, Ṭabaqāt, vol. v. p. 258. ↑
154
Id. p. 285. ↑
155
Maḥbūb al-Manbijī, p. 358 (ll. 2–3). ↑
156
Ibn Saʻd, Ṭabaqāt, vol. v. p. 262. ↑
157
August Müller, vol. i. p. 440. ↑
158
Migne: Patr. Gr., tom. 96, pp. 1336–48. ↑
159
Migne: Patr. Gr., tom. 97, pp. 1528–9, 1548–61. ↑
160
Id. p. 1557. ↑
161
ʻAmr b. Mattai, p. 65. ↑
162
Id. p. 72. ↑
163
Risālah ʻAbd Allāh b. Ismāʻīl al-Hāshimī ilạ̄
164
ʻAbd al-Masīḥ b. Isḥāq al-Kindī, pp. 1–37.
(London, 1885.) ↑
Appendix I. For an account of Muslim controversial literature, see Appendix II. ↑
165
Kindī, pp. 111–13. ↑
166
Balād͟ hurī, pp. 430. ↑
167
himself to be dissuaded from this design, he most certainly acted in accordance with the general
policy adopted by Muhammadan rulers towards their Christian subjects. (Finlay, vol. v. pp. 29–30.) ↑
Silbernagl, p. 268. ↑
143
Id. p. 354. ↑
144
Id. pp. 307, 360. ↑
145
Id. p. 25–6. ↑
146
Id. p. 335. ↑
147
Id. p. 384. ↑
148
See A. von Kremer (1), vol. ii. pp. 490–2. ↑
149
The sack of Constantinople by the Crusaders in 1204 may be taken as
150
a type of the treatment that the Eastern Christians met with at the
hands of the Latins. Barhebræus complains that the monastery of Harran was sacked and plundered
by Count Goscelin, Lord of Emessa, in 1184, just as though he had been a Saracen or a Turk.
(Barhebræus (1), vol. ii. pp. 506–8.) ↑
H. H. Milman, vol. ii. p. 218. ↑
151
A. von Kremer (1), vol. i. p. 172. ↑
152
Assemani, tom. iii. Pars Prima, pp. 130–1. ↑
153
Ibn Saʻd, Ṭabaqāt, vol. v. p. 258. ↑
154
Id. p. 285. ↑
155
Maḥbūb al-Manbijī, p. 358 (ll. 2–3). ↑
156
Ibn Saʻd, Ṭabaqāt, vol. v. p. 262. ↑
157
August Müller, vol. i. p. 440. ↑
158
Migne: Patr. Gr., tom. 96, pp. 1336–48. ↑
159
Migne: Patr. Gr., tom. 97, pp. 1528–9, 1548–61. ↑
160
Id. p. 1557. ↑
161
ʻAmr b. Mattai, p. 65. ↑
162
Id. p. 72. ↑
163
Risālah ʻAbd Allāh b. Ismāʻīl al-Hāshimī ilạ̄
164
ʻAbd al-Masīḥ b. Isḥāq al-Kindī, pp. 1–37.
(London, 1885.) ↑
Appendix I. For an account of Muslim controversial literature, see Appendix II. ↑
165
Kindī, pp. 111–13. ↑
166
Balād͟ hurī, pp. 430. ↑
167
Page 126
It is very probable that the occasion of this visit of Yazdānbak͟ ht to Bag͟ hdād was the summoning
168
of a great assembly of the leaders of all the religious bodies of the period, by al-Maʼmūn, when it
had come to his ears that the enemies of Islam declared that it owed its success to the sword and not
to the power of argument: in this meeting, the Muslim doctors defended their religion against this
imputation, and the unbelievers are said to have acknowledged that the Muslims had satisfactorily
proved their point. (Aḥmad b. Yaḥyā b. al-Murtaḍạ̄: Al-munyah wa’l-amal fī sharḥ kitāb al-milal
wa’l-niḥal. British Museum, Or. 3937, fol. 53 (b), ll. 9–11.) ↑
Kitāb al-Fihrist, vol. i. p. 338. ↑
169
Barhebræus (1), vol. iii. p. 194. ↑
170
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 101 (ll. 3–4). ↑
171
Barhebræus (1), vol. iii. p. 230. ↑
172
Id., (1), vol. iii. p. 248. ↑
173
All the Jacobite Patriarchs assumed the name of Ignatius; before his
174
consecration he was called Mark bar Qīqī. ↑
Barhebræus (1), vol. iii. pp. 288–90. Elias of Nisibis, pp. 153–4. He returned to the Christian
175
faith, however, before his death, which took place about twenty years later. Two similar cases are
recorded in the annals of the Jacobite Patriarchs of Antioch in the sixteenth century: of these one,
named Joshua, became a Muhammadan in 1517, but afterwards recanting fled to Cyprus (at that time
in the hands of the Venetians), where prostrate at the door of a church in penitential humility he
suffered all who went in or out to tread over his body; the other, Niʻmat Allāh (flor. 1560), having
abjured Christianity for Islam, sought absolution of Pope Gregory XIII in Rome. (Barhebræus (1),
vol. ii. pp. 847–8.) ↑
In fact Elias of Nisibis, the contemporary chronicler of the conversion of the Jacobite Patriarch,
176
makes no mention of such a failing, nor does Mārī b. Sulaymān (pp. 115–16), the historian of the
rival Nestorian Church, [87]though he accuses him of plundering the sacred vessels and ornaments of
the churches. As Wright (Syriac Literature, p. 192) says of Joseph of Merv, “We need not believe all
the evil that Barhebræus tells us of this unhappy man.” ↑
Barhebræus (1), vol. ii. p. 518. ↑
177
Id. vol. ii. p. 712 sq. ↑
178
Historia Orientalis, C. 15 (p. 45). ↑
179
De Guignes, tome ii. (Seconde Partie), p. 15. ↑
180
Odo de Diogilo. (De Ludovici vii. Itinere. Migne, Patr. Lat., tom. cxcv. p. 1243.)
181
“Vitantes igitur sibi crudeles socios fidei, inter infideles sibi compatientes ibant
securi, et sicut audivimus plusquam tria millia iuvenum sunt illis recedentibus sociati. O pietas omni
proditione crudelior! Dantes panem fidem tollebant, quamvis certum sit quia, contenti servitio,
neminem negare cogebant.” ↑
Guizot: Histoire de la civilisation en Europe, p. 234. (Paris, 1882.) ↑
182
Usāma b. Munqid͟ h, p. 99. ↑
168
of a great assembly of the leaders of all the religious bodies of the period, by al-Maʼmūn, when it
had come to his ears that the enemies of Islam declared that it owed its success to the sword and not
to the power of argument: in this meeting, the Muslim doctors defended their religion against this
imputation, and the unbelievers are said to have acknowledged that the Muslims had satisfactorily
proved their point. (Aḥmad b. Yaḥyā b. al-Murtaḍạ̄: Al-munyah wa’l-amal fī sharḥ kitāb al-milal
wa’l-niḥal. British Museum, Or. 3937, fol. 53 (b), ll. 9–11.) ↑
Kitāb al-Fihrist, vol. i. p. 338. ↑
169
Barhebræus (1), vol. iii. p. 194. ↑
170
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 101 (ll. 3–4). ↑
171
Barhebræus (1), vol. iii. p. 230. ↑
172
Id., (1), vol. iii. p. 248. ↑
173
All the Jacobite Patriarchs assumed the name of Ignatius; before his
174
consecration he was called Mark bar Qīqī. ↑
Barhebræus (1), vol. iii. pp. 288–90. Elias of Nisibis, pp. 153–4. He returned to the Christian
175
faith, however, before his death, which took place about twenty years later. Two similar cases are
recorded in the annals of the Jacobite Patriarchs of Antioch in the sixteenth century: of these one,
named Joshua, became a Muhammadan in 1517, but afterwards recanting fled to Cyprus (at that time
in the hands of the Venetians), where prostrate at the door of a church in penitential humility he
suffered all who went in or out to tread over his body; the other, Niʻmat Allāh (flor. 1560), having
abjured Christianity for Islam, sought absolution of Pope Gregory XIII in Rome. (Barhebræus (1),
vol. ii. pp. 847–8.) ↑
In fact Elias of Nisibis, the contemporary chronicler of the conversion of the Jacobite Patriarch,
176
makes no mention of such a failing, nor does Mārī b. Sulaymān (pp. 115–16), the historian of the
rival Nestorian Church, [87]though he accuses him of plundering the sacred vessels and ornaments of
the churches. As Wright (Syriac Literature, p. 192) says of Joseph of Merv, “We need not believe all
the evil that Barhebræus tells us of this unhappy man.” ↑
Barhebræus (1), vol. ii. p. 518. ↑
177
Id. vol. ii. p. 712 sq. ↑
178
Historia Orientalis, C. 15 (p. 45). ↑
179
De Guignes, tome ii. (Seconde Partie), p. 15. ↑
180
Odo de Diogilo. (De Ludovici vii. Itinere. Migne, Patr. Lat., tom. cxcv. p. 1243.)
181
“Vitantes igitur sibi crudeles socios fidei, inter infideles sibi compatientes ibant
securi, et sicut audivimus plusquam tria millia iuvenum sunt illis recedentibus sociati. O pietas omni
proditione crudelior! Dantes panem fidem tollebant, quamvis certum sit quia, contenti servitio,
neminem negare cogebant.” ↑
Guizot: Histoire de la civilisation en Europe, p. 234. (Paris, 1882.) ↑
182
Usāma b. Munqid͟ h, p. 99. ↑
Page 127
Prutz, pp. 266–7. ↑
183 184
Assises de la Cour des Bourgeois. (Recueil des historiens des Croisades, Assises de
185
Jérusalem, tome ii. p. 325.) ↑
Bahā al-Dīn, p. 25. ↑
186
Roger Hoveden, vol. ii. p. 307. ↑
187
Benedict of Peterborough, vol. ii. pp. 11–12. ↑
188
Id., vol. ii. pp. 20–1. Roger Hoveden, vol. ii. pp. 316, 322. ↑
189
Abū Shāmah, p. 150. ↑
190
Itinerarium Peregrinorum et Gesta Regis Richardi, p. 131. (Chronicles and
191
Memorials of the reign of Richard I. Edited by William Stubbs.) (London,
1864.) ↑
Joinville, p. 238. ↑
192
Id. p. 262. ↑
193
Mas Latrie (1), vol. ii. p. 72. ↑
194
Ludolf de Suchem, p. 71. ↑
195
Lionardo Frescobaldi, quoted in the preface of Defrémery and Sanguinetti’s
196
edition of Ibn Baṭūṭah, vol. i. p. xl. ↑
Christophori Füreri ab Haimendorf Itinerarium Ægypti, p. 42. (Norimbergæ, 1620.) ↑
197
Le Voyage en Ethiopie entrepris par le Père Aymard Guérin. (Rabbath, pp. 17–18.) ↑
198
“Notandum autem in rei veritate, licet quidam contrarium senciant, qui ea volunt asserere,
199
que non viderunt, quod oriens totus ultra mare Yndiam et Ethiopiam nomen Christi
confitetur et predicat, preter solos Sarracenos et quosdam Turcomannos, qui in Cappadocia sedem
habent, ita quod pro certo assero, sicut per memet ipsum vidi et ab aliis, quibus notum erat, audivi,
quod semper in omni loco et regno preterquam in Egypto et Arabia, ubi plurimum habitant Sarraceni
et alii Machometum sequentes, pro uno Sarraceno triginta vel amplius invenies Christianos. Verum
tamen, quod Christiani omnes transmarini natione sunt orientales, qui licet sint Christiani, quia tamen
usum armorum non habent multum, cum impugnantur a Sarracenis, Tartaris, vel aliis quibuscumque,
subiciuntur eis et tributis pacem et quietem emunt, et Sarraceni sive alii, qui eis dominantur, balivos
suos et exactores in terris illis ponunt. Et inde contigit, quod regnum illud dicitur esse Sarracenorum,
cum tamen in rei veritate sunt omnes Christiani preter ipsos balivos et exactores et aliquos de familia
ipsorum, sicut oculis meis vidi in Cilicia et Armenia minori, que est subdita dominio Tartarorum.”
(Burchardi de Monte Sion, Descriptio Terræ Sanctæ, p. 90.) ↑
Recueil des historiens des Croisades. (Assises de Jérusalem, tome i. p. 325.) ↑
200
Prutz, pp. 146–7, 150. ↑
201
The prelates of the Holy Land wrote as follows, in 1244, concerning the invasion of the
202
K͟ hwarizmians, whom Sultan Ayyūb had called in to assist him in driving out the
Crusaders:—“Per totam terram usque ad partes Nazareth et Saphet libere nullo resistente discurrunt,
183 184
Assises de la Cour des Bourgeois. (Recueil des historiens des Croisades, Assises de
185
Jérusalem, tome ii. p. 325.) ↑
Bahā al-Dīn, p. 25. ↑
186
Roger Hoveden, vol. ii. p. 307. ↑
187
Benedict of Peterborough, vol. ii. pp. 11–12. ↑
188
Id., vol. ii. pp. 20–1. Roger Hoveden, vol. ii. pp. 316, 322. ↑
189
Abū Shāmah, p. 150. ↑
190
Itinerarium Peregrinorum et Gesta Regis Richardi, p. 131. (Chronicles and
191
Memorials of the reign of Richard I. Edited by William Stubbs.) (London,
1864.) ↑
Joinville, p. 238. ↑
192
Id. p. 262. ↑
193
Mas Latrie (1), vol. ii. p. 72. ↑
194
Ludolf de Suchem, p. 71. ↑
195
Lionardo Frescobaldi, quoted in the preface of Defrémery and Sanguinetti’s
196
edition of Ibn Baṭūṭah, vol. i. p. xl. ↑
Christophori Füreri ab Haimendorf Itinerarium Ægypti, p. 42. (Norimbergæ, 1620.) ↑
197
Le Voyage en Ethiopie entrepris par le Père Aymard Guérin. (Rabbath, pp. 17–18.) ↑
198
“Notandum autem in rei veritate, licet quidam contrarium senciant, qui ea volunt asserere,
199
que non viderunt, quod oriens totus ultra mare Yndiam et Ethiopiam nomen Christi
confitetur et predicat, preter solos Sarracenos et quosdam Turcomannos, qui in Cappadocia sedem
habent, ita quod pro certo assero, sicut per memet ipsum vidi et ab aliis, quibus notum erat, audivi,
quod semper in omni loco et regno preterquam in Egypto et Arabia, ubi plurimum habitant Sarraceni
et alii Machometum sequentes, pro uno Sarraceno triginta vel amplius invenies Christianos. Verum
tamen, quod Christiani omnes transmarini natione sunt orientales, qui licet sint Christiani, quia tamen
usum armorum non habent multum, cum impugnantur a Sarracenis, Tartaris, vel aliis quibuscumque,
subiciuntur eis et tributis pacem et quietem emunt, et Sarraceni sive alii, qui eis dominantur, balivos
suos et exactores in terris illis ponunt. Et inde contigit, quod regnum illud dicitur esse Sarracenorum,
cum tamen in rei veritate sunt omnes Christiani preter ipsos balivos et exactores et aliquos de familia
ipsorum, sicut oculis meis vidi in Cilicia et Armenia minori, que est subdita dominio Tartarorum.”
(Burchardi de Monte Sion, Descriptio Terræ Sanctæ, p. 90.) ↑
Recueil des historiens des Croisades. (Assises de Jérusalem, tome i. p. 325.) ↑
200
Prutz, pp. 146–7, 150. ↑
201
The prelates of the Holy Land wrote as follows, in 1244, concerning the invasion of the
202
K͟ hwarizmians, whom Sultan Ayyūb had called in to assist him in driving out the
Crusaders:—“Per totam terram usque ad partes Nazareth et Saphet libere nullo resistente discurrunt,
Page 128
occupantes eandem, et inter se quasi propriam dividentes, per villas et cazalia Christianorum legatos
et bajulos præficiunt, suscipientes a rusticis redditus et tributa, quæ Christianis præstare solebant, qui
jam Christianis hostes effecti et rebelles dictis Corosminis universaliter adhæserunt.” (Matthei
Parisiensis Chronica Majora, ed. H. R. Luard, vol. iv. p. 343.) (London, 1872–83.) ↑
Finlay, vol. iii. pp. 358–9. J. H. Krause: Die Byzantiner des Mittelalters, p. 276. (Halle, 1869.) ↑
203
Tavernier (1), p. 174. ↑
204
Joselian, p. 125. All the Abkhazes, Djikhethes, Ossetes, Kabardes and Kisthethes fell
205
away from the Christian faith about this time. ↑
Id. p. 127. ↑
206
Id. p. 143. ↑
207
David Chytræus, p. 49. ↑
208
Joselian, p. 157. ↑
209
Brosset, IIe partie, Ire livraison, pp. 227–35. Description géographique de la
210
Géorgie par le Tsarévitch Wakhoucht, p. 79. (St. Petersburg, 1842.) ↑
The Six Voyages, p. 123. ↑
211
Joselian, p. 149. ↑
212
Id. pp. 160–1. ↑
213
Tavernier (1), pp. 124, 126. He estimates the number of Muhammadans at about
214
twelve thousand. (Id. p. 123.) ↑
Brosset, IIe partie, Ire livraison, pp. 85, 181. ↑
215
Documens originaux sur les relations diplomatiques de la Géorgie avec la France vers la fin
216
du règne de Louis XIV, recueillis par M. Brosset jeune. (J. A. 2me série, tome ix. (1832), pp.
197, 451.) ↑
Mackenzie, p. 7. Garnett, p. 194. ↑
217
Barbier de Meynard, p. 45 sqq. ↑
218
R. du M. M., VII, p. 320 (1909). ↑
219
et bajulos præficiunt, suscipientes a rusticis redditus et tributa, quæ Christianis præstare solebant, qui
jam Christianis hostes effecti et rebelles dictis Corosminis universaliter adhæserunt.” (Matthei
Parisiensis Chronica Majora, ed. H. R. Luard, vol. iv. p. 343.) (London, 1872–83.) ↑
Finlay, vol. iii. pp. 358–9. J. H. Krause: Die Byzantiner des Mittelalters, p. 276. (Halle, 1869.) ↑
203
Tavernier (1), p. 174. ↑
204
Joselian, p. 125. All the Abkhazes, Djikhethes, Ossetes, Kabardes and Kisthethes fell
205
away from the Christian faith about this time. ↑
Id. p. 127. ↑
206
Id. p. 143. ↑
207
David Chytræus, p. 49. ↑
208
Joselian, p. 157. ↑
209
Brosset, IIe partie, Ire livraison, pp. 227–35. Description géographique de la
210
Géorgie par le Tsarévitch Wakhoucht, p. 79. (St. Petersburg, 1842.) ↑
The Six Voyages, p. 123. ↑
211
Joselian, p. 149. ↑
212
Id. pp. 160–1. ↑
213
Tavernier (1), pp. 124, 126. He estimates the number of Muhammadans at about
214
twelve thousand. (Id. p. 123.) ↑
Brosset, IIe partie, Ire livraison, pp. 85, 181. ↑
215
Documens originaux sur les relations diplomatiques de la Géorgie avec la France vers la fin
216
du règne de Louis XIV, recueillis par M. Brosset jeune. (J. A. 2me série, tome ix. (1832), pp.
197, 451.) ↑
Mackenzie, p. 7. Garnett, p. 194. ↑
217
Barbier de Meynard, p. 45 sqq. ↑
218
R. du M. M., VII, p. 320 (1909). ↑
219
Page 129
[Contents]
Page 130
CHAPTER IV.
Page 131
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM AMONG THE
CHRISTIAN NATIONS OF AFRICA.
Islam was first introduced into Africa by the Arab army that invaded Egypt
under the command of ʻAmr b. al-ʻĀṣ in a.d. 640. Three years later the
withdrawal of the Byzantine troops abandoned the vast Christian population
into the hands of the Muslim conquerors. The rapid success of the Arab
invaders was largely due to the welcome they received from the native
Christians, who hated the Byzantine rule not only for its oppressive
administration, but also—and chiefly—on account of the bitterness of
theological rancour. The Jacobites, who formed the majority of the
Christian population, had been very roughly handled by the Orthodox
adherents of the court and subjected to indignities that have not been
forgotten by their children even to the present day. 1 Some were tortured and
then thrown into the sea; many followed their Patriarch into exile to escape
from the hands of their persecutors, while a large number disguised their
real opinions under a pretended acceptance of the Council of Chalcedon. 2
To these Copts, as the Jacobite Christians of Egypt are called, the
Muhammadan conquest brought a freedom of religious life such as they had
not enjoyed for a century. On payment of the tribute, ʻAmr left them in
undisturbed possession of their churches and guaranteed to them autonomy
in all ecclesiastical matters, thus delivering them from the continual
interference that had been so grievous a burden under [103]the previous rule;
he laid his hands on none of the property of the churches and committed no
act of spoliation or pillage. 3 In the early days of the Muhammadan rule
then, the condition of the Copts seems to have been fairly tolerable, 4 and
there is no evidence of their widespread apostasy to Islam being due to
persecution or unjust pressure on the part of their new rulers. Even before
the conquest was complete, while the capital, Alexandria, still held out,
many of them went over to Islam, 5 and a few years later the example these
CHRISTIAN NATIONS OF AFRICA.
Islam was first introduced into Africa by the Arab army that invaded Egypt
under the command of ʻAmr b. al-ʻĀṣ in a.d. 640. Three years later the
withdrawal of the Byzantine troops abandoned the vast Christian population
into the hands of the Muslim conquerors. The rapid success of the Arab
invaders was largely due to the welcome they received from the native
Christians, who hated the Byzantine rule not only for its oppressive
administration, but also—and chiefly—on account of the bitterness of
theological rancour. The Jacobites, who formed the majority of the
Christian population, had been very roughly handled by the Orthodox
adherents of the court and subjected to indignities that have not been
forgotten by their children even to the present day. 1 Some were tortured and
then thrown into the sea; many followed their Patriarch into exile to escape
from the hands of their persecutors, while a large number disguised their
real opinions under a pretended acceptance of the Council of Chalcedon. 2
To these Copts, as the Jacobite Christians of Egypt are called, the
Muhammadan conquest brought a freedom of religious life such as they had
not enjoyed for a century. On payment of the tribute, ʻAmr left them in
undisturbed possession of their churches and guaranteed to them autonomy
in all ecclesiastical matters, thus delivering them from the continual
interference that had been so grievous a burden under [103]the previous rule;
he laid his hands on none of the property of the churches and committed no
act of spoliation or pillage. 3 In the early days of the Muhammadan rule
then, the condition of the Copts seems to have been fairly tolerable, 4 and
there is no evidence of their widespread apostasy to Islam being due to
persecution or unjust pressure on the part of their new rulers. Even before
the conquest was complete, while the capital, Alexandria, still held out,
many of them went over to Islam, 5 and a few years later the example these
Page 132
had set was followed by many others. 6 In the reign of ʻUt͟ hmān (a.d. 643–
655), the revenue derived from Egypt amounted to twelve millions; a few
years later, in the reign of Muʻāwiyah (661–679), it had fallen to five
millions owing to the enormous number of conversions: under ʻUmar II
(717–720) it fell still lower, so that the governor of Egypt 7 proposed that in
future the converts should not be exempted from the payment of the
capitation-tax, but this the pious caliph refused to allow, saying that God
had sent Muḥammad to call men to a knowledge of the truth and not to be a
collector of taxes. 8
But later rulers recognised that for fiscal reasons such a policy was ruinous
to the state, and insisted on the converts continuing to pay taxes as before;
there was, however, no continuity in such a policy, and individual governors
acted in an arbitrary and irregular manner. 9 When Ḥafṣ b. al-Walīd, who
was governor of Egypt in a.d. 744, promised that all those who became
Muslims would be exempted [104]from the payment of jizyah, as many as
24,000 Christians are reported to have accepted Islam. 10 A similar
proclamation is said to have been made by al-Saffāḥ, the first of the
ʻAbbāsid caliphs, soon after his accession in a.d. 750, for “he wrote to the
whole of his dominions saying that every one who embraced his religion
and prayed according to his fashion, should be quit of the jizyah, and many,
both rich and poor, denied the faith of Christ by reason of the magnitude of
the taxation and the burdens imposed upon them.” 11 In fact many of the
Christians of Egypt seem to have abandoned Christianity as lightly and as
rapidly as, in the beginning of the fourth century, they had embraced it.
Prior to that period, a very small section of the population of the valley of
the Nile was Christian, but the sufferings of the martyrs in the persecution
of Diocletian, the stories of the miracles they performed, the national
feeling excited by the sense of their opposition to the dictates of the foreign
government, 12 the assurance that a paradise of delights was opened to the
martyr who died under the hands of his tormentors,—all these things stirred
up an enthusiasm that resulted in an incredibly rapid spread of the Christian
faith. “Instead of being converted by preaching, as the other countries of the
655), the revenue derived from Egypt amounted to twelve millions; a few
years later, in the reign of Muʻāwiyah (661–679), it had fallen to five
millions owing to the enormous number of conversions: under ʻUmar II
(717–720) it fell still lower, so that the governor of Egypt 7 proposed that in
future the converts should not be exempted from the payment of the
capitation-tax, but this the pious caliph refused to allow, saying that God
had sent Muḥammad to call men to a knowledge of the truth and not to be a
collector of taxes. 8
But later rulers recognised that for fiscal reasons such a policy was ruinous
to the state, and insisted on the converts continuing to pay taxes as before;
there was, however, no continuity in such a policy, and individual governors
acted in an arbitrary and irregular manner. 9 When Ḥafṣ b. al-Walīd, who
was governor of Egypt in a.d. 744, promised that all those who became
Muslims would be exempted [104]from the payment of jizyah, as many as
24,000 Christians are reported to have accepted Islam. 10 A similar
proclamation is said to have been made by al-Saffāḥ, the first of the
ʻAbbāsid caliphs, soon after his accession in a.d. 750, for “he wrote to the
whole of his dominions saying that every one who embraced his religion
and prayed according to his fashion, should be quit of the jizyah, and many,
both rich and poor, denied the faith of Christ by reason of the magnitude of
the taxation and the burdens imposed upon them.” 11 In fact many of the
Christians of Egypt seem to have abandoned Christianity as lightly and as
rapidly as, in the beginning of the fourth century, they had embraced it.
Prior to that period, a very small section of the population of the valley of
the Nile was Christian, but the sufferings of the martyrs in the persecution
of Diocletian, the stories of the miracles they performed, the national
feeling excited by the sense of their opposition to the dictates of the foreign
government, 12 the assurance that a paradise of delights was opened to the
martyr who died under the hands of his tormentors,—all these things stirred
up an enthusiasm that resulted in an incredibly rapid spread of the Christian
faith. “Instead of being converted by preaching, as the other countries of the
Page 133
East were, Egypt embraced Christianity in a fit of wild enthusiasm, without
any preaching, or instruction being given, with hardly any knowledge of the
new religion beyond the name of Jesus, the Messiah, who bestowed a life of
eternal happiness on all who confessed Him.” 13
In the seventh century Christianity had probably very little hold on a great
mass of the people of Egypt. The theological catchwords that their leaders
made use of, to stir up in them feelings of hatred and opposition to the
Byzantine government, could have been intelligible to a very few, and the
rapid spread of Islam in the early days of the Arab occupation was probably
due less to definite efforts to attract than to the inability of such a
Christianity to retain. The theological basis for the existence of the
[105]Jacobites as a separate sect, the tenets that they had so long and at so
great a cost struggled to maintain, were embodied in doctrines of the most
abstruse and metaphysical character, and many doubtless turned in utter
perplexity and weariness from the interminable controversies that raged
around them, to a faith that was summed up in the simple, intelligible truth
of the Unity of God and the mission of His Prophet, Muḥammad. Even
within the Coptic Church itself at a later period, we find evidence of a
movement which, if not distinctly Muslim, was at least closely allied
thereto, and in the absence of any separate ecclesiastical organisation in
which it might find expression, probably contributed to the increase of the
converts to Islam. In the beginning of the twelfth century, there was in the
monastery of St. Anthony (near Iṭfīḥ on the Nile), a monk named Balūṭus,
“learned in the doctrines of the Christian religion and the duties of the
monastic life, and skilled in the rules of the canon-law. But Satan caught
him in one of his nets; for he began to hold opinions at variance with those
taught by the Three Hundred and Eighteen (of Nicæa); and he corrupted the
minds of many of those who had no knowledge or instruction in the
Orthodox faith. He announced with his impure mouth, in his wicked
discourses, that Christ our Lord—to Whom be glory—was like one of the
prophets. He associated with the lowest among the followers of his religion,
clothed as he was in the monastic habit. When he was questioned as to his
any preaching, or instruction being given, with hardly any knowledge of the
new religion beyond the name of Jesus, the Messiah, who bestowed a life of
eternal happiness on all who confessed Him.” 13
In the seventh century Christianity had probably very little hold on a great
mass of the people of Egypt. The theological catchwords that their leaders
made use of, to stir up in them feelings of hatred and opposition to the
Byzantine government, could have been intelligible to a very few, and the
rapid spread of Islam in the early days of the Arab occupation was probably
due less to definite efforts to attract than to the inability of such a
Christianity to retain. The theological basis for the existence of the
[105]Jacobites as a separate sect, the tenets that they had so long and at so
great a cost struggled to maintain, were embodied in doctrines of the most
abstruse and metaphysical character, and many doubtless turned in utter
perplexity and weariness from the interminable controversies that raged
around them, to a faith that was summed up in the simple, intelligible truth
of the Unity of God and the mission of His Prophet, Muḥammad. Even
within the Coptic Church itself at a later period, we find evidence of a
movement which, if not distinctly Muslim, was at least closely allied
thereto, and in the absence of any separate ecclesiastical organisation in
which it might find expression, probably contributed to the increase of the
converts to Islam. In the beginning of the twelfth century, there was in the
monastery of St. Anthony (near Iṭfīḥ on the Nile), a monk named Balūṭus,
“learned in the doctrines of the Christian religion and the duties of the
monastic life, and skilled in the rules of the canon-law. But Satan caught
him in one of his nets; for he began to hold opinions at variance with those
taught by the Three Hundred and Eighteen (of Nicæa); and he corrupted the
minds of many of those who had no knowledge or instruction in the
Orthodox faith. He announced with his impure mouth, in his wicked
discourses, that Christ our Lord—to Whom be glory—was like one of the
prophets. He associated with the lowest among the followers of his religion,
clothed as he was in the monastic habit. When he was questioned as to his
Page 134
religion and his creed, he professed himself a believer in the Unity of God.
His doctrines prevailed during a period which ended in the year 839 of the
Righteous Martyrs (a.d. 1123); then he died, and his memory was cut off
for ever.” 14
Further, a theory of the Christian life that found its highest expression in
asceticism of the grossest type 15 could offer little attraction, in the face of
the more human morality of Islam. 16 On account of the large numbers of
Copts that [106]from time to time have become Muhammadans, they have
come to be considered by the followers of the Prophet as much more
inclined to the faith of Islam than any other Christian sect, and though they
have had to endure the most severe oppression and persecution on many
occasions, yet the Copts that have been thus driven to abandon their faith
are said to have been few in comparison with those who have changed their
religion voluntarily, 17 and even in the nineteenth century, when Egypt was
said to be the most tolerant of all Muhammadan countries, there were yearly
conversions of the Copts to the Muslim faith. 18 Still, persecution and
oppression have undoubtedly played a very large part in the reduction of the
numbers of the Copts, and the story of the sufferings of the Jacobite Church
of Egypt,—persecuted alike by their fellow Christians 19 and by the
followers of the dominant faith, is a very sad one, and many abandoned the
religion of their fathers in order to escape from burdensome taxes and
unendurable indignities. The vast difference in this respect between their
condition and that of the Christians of Syria, Palestine and Spain at the
same period finds its explanation in the turbulent character of the Copts
themselves. Their long struggle against the civil and theological despotism
of Byzantium seems to have welded the zealots into a national party that
could as little brook the foreign rule of the Arabs as, before, that of the
Greeks. The rising of the Copts against their new masters in 646, when they
drove the Arabs for a time out of Alexandria and opened the gates of the
city to the Byzantine troops (who, however, treated the unfortunate Copts as
enemies, [107]not having yet forgotten the welcome they had before given to
the Muhammadan invaders), was the first of a long series of risings and
His doctrines prevailed during a period which ended in the year 839 of the
Righteous Martyrs (a.d. 1123); then he died, and his memory was cut off
for ever.” 14
Further, a theory of the Christian life that found its highest expression in
asceticism of the grossest type 15 could offer little attraction, in the face of
the more human morality of Islam. 16 On account of the large numbers of
Copts that [106]from time to time have become Muhammadans, they have
come to be considered by the followers of the Prophet as much more
inclined to the faith of Islam than any other Christian sect, and though they
have had to endure the most severe oppression and persecution on many
occasions, yet the Copts that have been thus driven to abandon their faith
are said to have been few in comparison with those who have changed their
religion voluntarily, 17 and even in the nineteenth century, when Egypt was
said to be the most tolerant of all Muhammadan countries, there were yearly
conversions of the Copts to the Muslim faith. 18 Still, persecution and
oppression have undoubtedly played a very large part in the reduction of the
numbers of the Copts, and the story of the sufferings of the Jacobite Church
of Egypt,—persecuted alike by their fellow Christians 19 and by the
followers of the dominant faith, is a very sad one, and many abandoned the
religion of their fathers in order to escape from burdensome taxes and
unendurable indignities. The vast difference in this respect between their
condition and that of the Christians of Syria, Palestine and Spain at the
same period finds its explanation in the turbulent character of the Copts
themselves. Their long struggle against the civil and theological despotism
of Byzantium seems to have welded the zealots into a national party that
could as little brook the foreign rule of the Arabs as, before, that of the
Greeks. The rising of the Copts against their new masters in 646, when they
drove the Arabs for a time out of Alexandria and opened the gates of the
city to the Byzantine troops (who, however, treated the unfortunate Copts as
enemies, [107]not having yet forgotten the welcome they had before given to
the Muhammadan invaders), was the first of a long series of risings and
Page 135
insurrections, 20—excited frequently by excessive taxation,—which exposed
them to terrible reprisals, and caused the lot of the Jacobite Christians of
Egypt to be harder to bear than that of any other Christian sect in this or
other countries under Muhammadan rule. But the history of these events
belongs rather to a history of Muhammadan persecution and intolerance
than to the scope of the present work. It must not, however, be supposed
that the condition of the Copts was invariably that of a persecuted sect; on
the contrary there were times when they rose to positions of great affluence
and importance in the state. They filled the posts of secretaries and scribes
in the government offices, 21 farmed the taxes, 22 and in some cases amassed
enormous wealth. 23 The annals of their Church furnish us with many
instances of ecclesiastics who were held in high favour and consideration
by the reigning princes of the country, under the rule of many of whom the
Christians enjoyed the utmost tranquillity. 24 To such a period of the peace of
the Church belongs an incident that led to the absorption of many Christians
into the body of the faithful.
During the reign of Ṣalāḥ al-Dīn (Saladin) (1169–1193) over Egypt, the
condition of the Christians was very happy under the auspices of this
tolerant ruler; the taxes that had been imposed upon them were lightened
and several swept away altogether; they crowded into the public offices as
secretaries, accountants and registrars; and for nearly a century under the
successors of Saladin, they enjoyed the same toleration and favour, and had
nothing to complain of except the corruption and degeneracy of their own
clergy. Simony had become terribly rife among them; the priesthood was
sold to ignorant and vicious persons, while postulants for the sacred office
who were unable to pay the sums demanded for ordination, were repulsed
with scorn, in spite of their [108]being worthy and fit persons. The
consequence was that the spiritual and moral training of the people was
utterly neglected and there was a lamentable decay of the Christian life. 25
So corrupt had the Church become that when, on the death of John, the
seventy-fourth Patriarch of the Jacobites, in 1216, a successor was to be
elected, the contending parties who pushed the claims of rival candidates,
them to terrible reprisals, and caused the lot of the Jacobite Christians of
Egypt to be harder to bear than that of any other Christian sect in this or
other countries under Muhammadan rule. But the history of these events
belongs rather to a history of Muhammadan persecution and intolerance
than to the scope of the present work. It must not, however, be supposed
that the condition of the Copts was invariably that of a persecuted sect; on
the contrary there were times when they rose to positions of great affluence
and importance in the state. They filled the posts of secretaries and scribes
in the government offices, 21 farmed the taxes, 22 and in some cases amassed
enormous wealth. 23 The annals of their Church furnish us with many
instances of ecclesiastics who were held in high favour and consideration
by the reigning princes of the country, under the rule of many of whom the
Christians enjoyed the utmost tranquillity. 24 To such a period of the peace of
the Church belongs an incident that led to the absorption of many Christians
into the body of the faithful.
During the reign of Ṣalāḥ al-Dīn (Saladin) (1169–1193) over Egypt, the
condition of the Christians was very happy under the auspices of this
tolerant ruler; the taxes that had been imposed upon them were lightened
and several swept away altogether; they crowded into the public offices as
secretaries, accountants and registrars; and for nearly a century under the
successors of Saladin, they enjoyed the same toleration and favour, and had
nothing to complain of except the corruption and degeneracy of their own
clergy. Simony had become terribly rife among them; the priesthood was
sold to ignorant and vicious persons, while postulants for the sacred office
who were unable to pay the sums demanded for ordination, were repulsed
with scorn, in spite of their [108]being worthy and fit persons. The
consequence was that the spiritual and moral training of the people was
utterly neglected and there was a lamentable decay of the Christian life. 25
So corrupt had the Church become that when, on the death of John, the
seventy-fourth Patriarch of the Jacobites, in 1216, a successor was to be
elected, the contending parties who pushed the claims of rival candidates,
Page 136
kept up a fierce and irreconcilable dispute for nearly twenty years, and all
this time cared less for the grievous scandal and the harmful consequences
of their shameless quarrels than for the maintenance of their dogged and
obstinately factious spirit. On more than one occasion the reigning sultan
tried to make peace between the contending parties, refused the enormous
bribes of three, five, and even ten thousand gold pieces that were offered in
order to induce him to secure the election of one of the candidates by the
pressure of official influence, and even offered to remit the fee that it was
customary for a newly-elected Patriarch to pay, if only they would put aside
their disputes and come to some agreement,—but all to no purpose.
Meanwhile many episcopal sees fell vacant and there was no one to take the
place of the bishops and priests that died in this interval; in the monastery
of St. Macarius alone there were only four priests left as compared with
over eighty under the last Patriarch. 26 So utterly neglected were the
Christians of the western dioceses, that they all became Muslims. 27 To this
bald statement of the historian of the Coptic Church, we unfortunately have
no information to add, of the positive efforts made by the Musalmans to
bring these Christians over to their faith. That such there were, there can be
very little doubt, especially as we know that the Christians held public
disputations and engaged in written controversies on the respective merits
of the rival creeds. 28 That these [109]conversions were not due to
persecution, we know from direct historical evidence that during this
vacancy of the patriarchate, the Christians had full and complete freedom of
public worship, were allowed to restore their churches and even to build
new ones, were freed from the restrictions that forbade them to ride on
horses or mules, and were tried in law-courts of their own, while the monks
were exempted from the payment of tribute and granted certain privileges. 29
How far this incident is a typical case of conversion to Islam among the
Copts it is difficult to say; a parallel case of neglect is mentioned by two
Capuchin missionaries who travelled up the Nile to Luxor in the
seventeenth century, where they found that the Copts of Luxor had no
priest, and some of them had not gone to confession or communion for fifty
this time cared less for the grievous scandal and the harmful consequences
of their shameless quarrels than for the maintenance of their dogged and
obstinately factious spirit. On more than one occasion the reigning sultan
tried to make peace between the contending parties, refused the enormous
bribes of three, five, and even ten thousand gold pieces that were offered in
order to induce him to secure the election of one of the candidates by the
pressure of official influence, and even offered to remit the fee that it was
customary for a newly-elected Patriarch to pay, if only they would put aside
their disputes and come to some agreement,—but all to no purpose.
Meanwhile many episcopal sees fell vacant and there was no one to take the
place of the bishops and priests that died in this interval; in the monastery
of St. Macarius alone there were only four priests left as compared with
over eighty under the last Patriarch. 26 So utterly neglected were the
Christians of the western dioceses, that they all became Muslims. 27 To this
bald statement of the historian of the Coptic Church, we unfortunately have
no information to add, of the positive efforts made by the Musalmans to
bring these Christians over to their faith. That such there were, there can be
very little doubt, especially as we know that the Christians held public
disputations and engaged in written controversies on the respective merits
of the rival creeds. 28 That these [109]conversions were not due to
persecution, we know from direct historical evidence that during this
vacancy of the patriarchate, the Christians had full and complete freedom of
public worship, were allowed to restore their churches and even to build
new ones, were freed from the restrictions that forbade them to ride on
horses or mules, and were tried in law-courts of their own, while the monks
were exempted from the payment of tribute and granted certain privileges. 29
How far this incident is a typical case of conversion to Islam among the
Copts it is difficult to say; a parallel case of neglect is mentioned by two
Capuchin missionaries who travelled up the Nile to Luxor in the
seventeenth century, where they found that the Copts of Luxor had no
priest, and some of them had not gone to confession or communion for fifty
Page 137
years. 30 Under such circumstances the decay of their numbers can readily be
understood.
A similar neglect probably contributed to the decay of the Nubian Church
which recognised the primacy of the Jacobite Patriarch of Alexandria, as do
the Abyssinians to the present day. The Nubians had been converted to
Christianity about the middle of the sixth century, and retained their
independence when Egypt was conquered by the Arabs; a treaty was made
according to which the Nubians were to send every year three hundred and
sixty slaves, with forty more for the governor of Egypt, while the Arabs
were to furnish them with corn, oil and raiment. 31 In the reign of al-
Muʻtaṣim (833–842), ambassadors were sent by the caliph renewing this
treaty, and the king of Nubia visited the capital, where he was received with
great magnificence and dismissed with costly presents. 32 In the twelfth
century they were still all Christian, 33 and retained their old independence in
spite of the frequent expeditions sent against them from Egypt. 34 In 1275
the nephew of the then king of Nubia obtained from the sultan of Egypt a
body of troops to assist him in his revolt against his uncle, [110]whom he by
their help succeeded in deposing; in return for this assistance he had to cede
the two northernmost provinces of Nubia to the sultan, and as the
inhabitants elected to retain their Christian faith, an annual tribute of one
dīnār for each male was imposed upon them. 35 But this Muhammadan
overlordship was temporary only, and the Nubians of the ceded provinces
soon reasserted their independence. 36
But settlements of Arabs had been established in Nubia for several centuries
earlier and the Arabs on the Blue Nile had so increased in number and
wealth in the tenth century that they were able to ask permission to build a
mosque in Soba, 37 the capital of the Christian kingdom. 38 In the thirteenth
and especially from the beginning of the fourteenth century there began a
general process of interpenetration through the migration into Nubia of
Arabs, especially of the Juhaynah tribe, who intermarried with the women
of the land and gradually succeeded in breaking up the power of the Nubian
understood.
A similar neglect probably contributed to the decay of the Nubian Church
which recognised the primacy of the Jacobite Patriarch of Alexandria, as do
the Abyssinians to the present day. The Nubians had been converted to
Christianity about the middle of the sixth century, and retained their
independence when Egypt was conquered by the Arabs; a treaty was made
according to which the Nubians were to send every year three hundred and
sixty slaves, with forty more for the governor of Egypt, while the Arabs
were to furnish them with corn, oil and raiment. 31 In the reign of al-
Muʻtaṣim (833–842), ambassadors were sent by the caliph renewing this
treaty, and the king of Nubia visited the capital, where he was received with
great magnificence and dismissed with costly presents. 32 In the twelfth
century they were still all Christian, 33 and retained their old independence in
spite of the frequent expeditions sent against them from Egypt. 34 In 1275
the nephew of the then king of Nubia obtained from the sultan of Egypt a
body of troops to assist him in his revolt against his uncle, [110]whom he by
their help succeeded in deposing; in return for this assistance he had to cede
the two northernmost provinces of Nubia to the sultan, and as the
inhabitants elected to retain their Christian faith, an annual tribute of one
dīnār for each male was imposed upon them. 35 But this Muhammadan
overlordship was temporary only, and the Nubians of the ceded provinces
soon reasserted their independence. 36
But settlements of Arabs had been established in Nubia for several centuries
earlier and the Arabs on the Blue Nile had so increased in number and
wealth in the tenth century that they were able to ask permission to build a
mosque in Soba, 37 the capital of the Christian kingdom. 38 In the thirteenth
and especially from the beginning of the fourteenth century there began a
general process of interpenetration through the migration into Nubia of
Arabs, especially of the Juhaynah tribe, who intermarried with the women
of the land and gradually succeeded in breaking up the power of the Nubian
Page 138
princes. 39 In the latter half of the fourteenth century Ibn Baṭūṭah 40 tells us
that the Nubians were still Christians, though the king of their chief city,
Dongola, 41 had embraced Islam in the reign of Nāṣir (probably Nāṣir b.
Qulāūn, one of the Mamlūk sultans of Egypt, who died a.d. 1340); the
repeated expeditions of the Muslims so late as the fifteenth century had not
succeeded in pushing their conquests south of the first cataract, near which
was their last fortified place, 42 while Christianity seems to have extended as
far up the Nile as Sennaar.
The Christian Nubian kingdom appears to have come to an end partly
through internal dissensions and partly [111]through the attacks of Arab and
Negro tribes on its borders, and finally by the establishment of the powerful
Fūnj empire in the fifteenth century. 43
But it is probable that the progress of Islam in the country was all this time
being promoted by the Muhammadan merchants and others that frequented
it. Maqrīzī (writing in the early part of the fifteenth century) quotes one of
those missionary anecdotes which occur so rarely in the works of Arabic
authors; it is told by Ibn Salīm al-Aswāni, and is of interest as giving us a
living picture of the Muslim propagandist at work. Though the convert
referred to is neither a Christian nor a Nubian, still the story shows that
there was such a thing as conversion to Islam in Nubia in the fifteenth
century. Ibn Salīm says that he once met a man at the court of the Nubian
chief of Muqurrah, who told him that he came from a city that lay three
months’ journey from the Nile. When asked about his religion, he replied,
“My Creator and thy Creator is God; the Creator of the universe and of all
men is One, and his dwelling-place is in Heaven.” When there was a dearth
of rain, or when pestilence attacked them or their cattle, his fellow-
countrymen would climb up a high mountain and there pray to God, who
accepted their prayers and supplied their needs before even they came down
again. When he acknowledged that God had never sent them a prophet, Ibn
Salīm recounted to him the story of the prophets Moses and Jesus and
Muḥammad, and how by the help of God they had been enabled to perform
that the Nubians were still Christians, though the king of their chief city,
Dongola, 41 had embraced Islam in the reign of Nāṣir (probably Nāṣir b.
Qulāūn, one of the Mamlūk sultans of Egypt, who died a.d. 1340); the
repeated expeditions of the Muslims so late as the fifteenth century had not
succeeded in pushing their conquests south of the first cataract, near which
was their last fortified place, 42 while Christianity seems to have extended as
far up the Nile as Sennaar.
The Christian Nubian kingdom appears to have come to an end partly
through internal dissensions and partly [111]through the attacks of Arab and
Negro tribes on its borders, and finally by the establishment of the powerful
Fūnj empire in the fifteenth century. 43
But it is probable that the progress of Islam in the country was all this time
being promoted by the Muhammadan merchants and others that frequented
it. Maqrīzī (writing in the early part of the fifteenth century) quotes one of
those missionary anecdotes which occur so rarely in the works of Arabic
authors; it is told by Ibn Salīm al-Aswāni, and is of interest as giving us a
living picture of the Muslim propagandist at work. Though the convert
referred to is neither a Christian nor a Nubian, still the story shows that
there was such a thing as conversion to Islam in Nubia in the fifteenth
century. Ibn Salīm says that he once met a man at the court of the Nubian
chief of Muqurrah, who told him that he came from a city that lay three
months’ journey from the Nile. When asked about his religion, he replied,
“My Creator and thy Creator is God; the Creator of the universe and of all
men is One, and his dwelling-place is in Heaven.” When there was a dearth
of rain, or when pestilence attacked them or their cattle, his fellow-
countrymen would climb up a high mountain and there pray to God, who
accepted their prayers and supplied their needs before even they came down
again. When he acknowledged that God had never sent them a prophet, Ibn
Salīm recounted to him the story of the prophets Moses and Jesus and
Muḥammad, and how by the help of God they had been enabled to perform
Page 139
many miracles. And he answered, “The truth must indeed have been with
them, when they did these things; and if they performed these deeds, I
believe in them.” 44
Very slowly and gradually the Nubians seem to have drifted from
Christianity into Muhammadanism. 45 The spiritual life of their Church had
sunk to the lowest ebb, and as no movement of reform sprang up in their
midst, and as they had lost touch with the Christian Churches beyond their
borders, it was only natural that they should seek for an expression of their
spiritual aspirations in the [112]religion of Islam, whose followers had so
long borne witness to its living power among them, and had already won
over some of their countrymen to the acceptance of it. A Portuguese priest,
who travelled in Abyssinia from 1520–1527, has preserved for us a picture
of the Nubians in this state of transition; he says that they were neither
Christians, Jews nor Muhammadans, but had come to be without faith and
without laws; but still “they lived with the desire of being Christians.”
Through the fault of their clergy they had sunk into the grossest ignorance,
and now there were no bishops or priests left among them; accordingly they
sent an embassy of six men to the king of Abyssinia, praying him to send
priests and monks to instruct them, but this the king refused to do without
the permission of the Patriarch of Alexandria, and as this could not be
obtained, the unfortunate ambassadors returned unsuccessful to their own
country. 46 The same writer was informed by a Christian who had travelled
in Nubia, that he had found 150 churches there, in each of which were still
to be seen the figures of the crucified Christ, of the Virgin Mary, and other
saints painted on the walls. In all the fortresses, also, that were scattered
throughout the country, there were churches. 47 Before the close of the
following century, Christianity had entirely disappeared from Nubia “for
want of pastors,” but the closed churches were to be found still standing
throughout the whole country. 48 The Nubians had yielded to the powerful
Muhammadan influences that surrounded them, to which the proselytising
efforts of the Muslims who had travelled in Nubia for centuries past no
doubt contributed a great deal; on the north were Egypt and the Arab tribes
them, when they did these things; and if they performed these deeds, I
believe in them.” 44
Very slowly and gradually the Nubians seem to have drifted from
Christianity into Muhammadanism. 45 The spiritual life of their Church had
sunk to the lowest ebb, and as no movement of reform sprang up in their
midst, and as they had lost touch with the Christian Churches beyond their
borders, it was only natural that they should seek for an expression of their
spiritual aspirations in the [112]religion of Islam, whose followers had so
long borne witness to its living power among them, and had already won
over some of their countrymen to the acceptance of it. A Portuguese priest,
who travelled in Abyssinia from 1520–1527, has preserved for us a picture
of the Nubians in this state of transition; he says that they were neither
Christians, Jews nor Muhammadans, but had come to be without faith and
without laws; but still “they lived with the desire of being Christians.”
Through the fault of their clergy they had sunk into the grossest ignorance,
and now there were no bishops or priests left among them; accordingly they
sent an embassy of six men to the king of Abyssinia, praying him to send
priests and monks to instruct them, but this the king refused to do without
the permission of the Patriarch of Alexandria, and as this could not be
obtained, the unfortunate ambassadors returned unsuccessful to their own
country. 46 The same writer was informed by a Christian who had travelled
in Nubia, that he had found 150 churches there, in each of which were still
to be seen the figures of the crucified Christ, of the Virgin Mary, and other
saints painted on the walls. In all the fortresses, also, that were scattered
throughout the country, there were churches. 47 Before the close of the
following century, Christianity had entirely disappeared from Nubia “for
want of pastors,” but the closed churches were to be found still standing
throughout the whole country. 48 The Nubians had yielded to the powerful
Muhammadan influences that surrounded them, to which the proselytising
efforts of the Muslims who had travelled in Nubia for centuries past no
doubt contributed a great deal; on the north were Egypt and the Arab tribes
Page 140
that had made their way up the Nile and extended their authority along the
banks of that river; 49 on the south, the Muhammadan state of the Belloos,
separating them from Abyssinia. [113]These Belloos, in the early part of the
sixteenth century, were, in spite of their Muslim faith, tributaries of the
Christian king of Abyssinia; 50 and—if they may be identified with the
Baliyyūn, who, together with their neighbours, the Bajah (the inhabitants of
the so-called island of Meroe), are spoken of by Idrīsī, in the twelfth
century, as being Jacobite Christians, 51—it is probable that they had only a
few years before been converted to Islam, at the same time as the Bajah,
who had been incorporated into the Muhammadan empire of the Fūnj, when
these latter extended their conquests in 1499–1530 from the south up to the
borders of Nubia and Abyssinia and founded the powerful state of Sennaar.
When the army of Aḥmad Grāñ invaded Abyssinia and made its way right
through the country from south to north, it effected a junction about 1534
with the army of the sultan of Maseggia or Mazaga, a province under
Muhammadan rule but tributary to Abyssinia, lying between that country
and Sennaar; in the army of this sultan there were 15,000 Nubian soldiers
who, from the account given of them, appear to have been Musalmans. 52
Fragmentary and insufficient as these data of the conversion of the Nubians
are, we may certainly conclude from all we know of the independent
character of this people and the tenacity with which they clung to the
Christian faith, so long as it was a living force among them, that their
change of religion was a gradual one, extending through several centuries.
Let us now pass to the history of Islam among the Abyssinians, who had
received Christianity two centuries before the Nubians, and like them
belonged to the Jacobite Church.
The tide of Arab emigration does not seem to have set across the Red Sea,
the western shores of which formed part of the Abyssinian kingdom, until
many centuries after Arabia had accepted the faith of the prophet. Up to the
tenth century only a few Muhammadan families were to be found residing
in the coast towns of Abyssinia, but at the end of the twelfth century the
banks of that river; 49 on the south, the Muhammadan state of the Belloos,
separating them from Abyssinia. [113]These Belloos, in the early part of the
sixteenth century, were, in spite of their Muslim faith, tributaries of the
Christian king of Abyssinia; 50 and—if they may be identified with the
Baliyyūn, who, together with their neighbours, the Bajah (the inhabitants of
the so-called island of Meroe), are spoken of by Idrīsī, in the twelfth
century, as being Jacobite Christians, 51—it is probable that they had only a
few years before been converted to Islam, at the same time as the Bajah,
who had been incorporated into the Muhammadan empire of the Fūnj, when
these latter extended their conquests in 1499–1530 from the south up to the
borders of Nubia and Abyssinia and founded the powerful state of Sennaar.
When the army of Aḥmad Grāñ invaded Abyssinia and made its way right
through the country from south to north, it effected a junction about 1534
with the army of the sultan of Maseggia or Mazaga, a province under
Muhammadan rule but tributary to Abyssinia, lying between that country
and Sennaar; in the army of this sultan there were 15,000 Nubian soldiers
who, from the account given of them, appear to have been Musalmans. 52
Fragmentary and insufficient as these data of the conversion of the Nubians
are, we may certainly conclude from all we know of the independent
character of this people and the tenacity with which they clung to the
Christian faith, so long as it was a living force among them, that their
change of religion was a gradual one, extending through several centuries.
Let us now pass to the history of Islam among the Abyssinians, who had
received Christianity two centuries before the Nubians, and like them
belonged to the Jacobite Church.
The tide of Arab emigration does not seem to have set across the Red Sea,
the western shores of which formed part of the Abyssinian kingdom, until
many centuries after Arabia had accepted the faith of the prophet. Up to the
tenth century only a few Muhammadan families were to be found residing
in the coast towns of Abyssinia, but at the end of the twelfth century the
Page 141
foundation of an Arab dynasty alienated some of the coast-lands from the
Abyssinian kingdom. In 1300 a missionary, named Abū ʻAbd Allāh
Muḥammad, made his way into Abyssinia, calling [114]on the people to
embrace Islam, and in the following year, having collected around him
200,000 men, he attacked the ruler of Amhara in several engagements. 53
King Saifa Arʻād (1342–1370) took energetic measures against the
Muhammadans in his kingdom, putting to death or driving into exile all
those who refused to embrace Christianity. 54 At the close of the same
century the disturbed state of the country, owing to the civil wars that
distracted it, made it possible for the various Arab settlements along the
coast to make themselves masters of the entire seaboard and drive the
Abyssinians into the interior, and the king, Baʼeda Māryām (1468–1478), is
said to have spent the greater part of his reign in fighting against the
Muhammadans on the eastern border of his kingdom. 55 In the early part of
the sixteenth century, while the powerful Muhammadan kingdom of Adal,
between Abyssinia and the southern extremity of the Red Sea, and some
others were bitterly hostile to the Christian power, there were others again
that formed peaceful tributaries of “Prester John”; e.g. in Massowah there
were Arabs who kept the flocks of the Abyssinian seigniors, wandering
about in bands of thirty or forty with their wives and children, each band
having its Christian “captain.” 56 Some Musalmans are also mentioned as
being in the service of the king and being entrusted by him with important
posts; 57 while some of these remained faithful to Islam, others embraced the
prevailing religion of the country. What was implied in the fact of these
Muhammadan communities being tributaries of the king of Abyssinia, it is
difficult to determine. The Musalmans of Ḥadya had along with other
tribute to give up every year to the king a maiden who had to become a
Christian; this custom was in accordance with an ancient treaty, which the
king of Abyssinia has always made them observe, “because he was the
stronger”; besides this, they were forbidden to carry arms or put on war-
apparel, and, if they rode, their horses were not to be saddled; “these
orders,” they said, “we have always obeyed, so that the [115]king may not
put us to death and destroy our mosques. When the king sends his people to
Abyssinian kingdom. In 1300 a missionary, named Abū ʻAbd Allāh
Muḥammad, made his way into Abyssinia, calling [114]on the people to
embrace Islam, and in the following year, having collected around him
200,000 men, he attacked the ruler of Amhara in several engagements. 53
King Saifa Arʻād (1342–1370) took energetic measures against the
Muhammadans in his kingdom, putting to death or driving into exile all
those who refused to embrace Christianity. 54 At the close of the same
century the disturbed state of the country, owing to the civil wars that
distracted it, made it possible for the various Arab settlements along the
coast to make themselves masters of the entire seaboard and drive the
Abyssinians into the interior, and the king, Baʼeda Māryām (1468–1478), is
said to have spent the greater part of his reign in fighting against the
Muhammadans on the eastern border of his kingdom. 55 In the early part of
the sixteenth century, while the powerful Muhammadan kingdom of Adal,
between Abyssinia and the southern extremity of the Red Sea, and some
others were bitterly hostile to the Christian power, there were others again
that formed peaceful tributaries of “Prester John”; e.g. in Massowah there
were Arabs who kept the flocks of the Abyssinian seigniors, wandering
about in bands of thirty or forty with their wives and children, each band
having its Christian “captain.” 56 Some Musalmans are also mentioned as
being in the service of the king and being entrusted by him with important
posts; 57 while some of these remained faithful to Islam, others embraced the
prevailing religion of the country. What was implied in the fact of these
Muhammadan communities being tributaries of the king of Abyssinia, it is
difficult to determine. The Musalmans of Ḥadya had along with other
tribute to give up every year to the king a maiden who had to become a
Christian; this custom was in accordance with an ancient treaty, which the
king of Abyssinia has always made them observe, “because he was the
stronger”; besides this, they were forbidden to carry arms or put on war-
apparel, and, if they rode, their horses were not to be saddled; “these
orders,” they said, “we have always obeyed, so that the [115]king may not
put us to death and destroy our mosques. When the king sends his people to
Page 142
fetch the maiden and the tribute, we put her on a bed, wash her and cover
her with a cloth, and recite the prayers for the dead over her and give her up
to the people of the king; and thus did our fathers and our grandfathers
before us.” 58
These Muhammadan tributaries were chiefly to be found in the low-lying
countries that formed the northern boundary of Abyssinia, from the Red Sea
westward to Sennaar, 59 and on the south and the south-east of the
kingdom. 60 What influence these Muhammadans had on the Christian
populations with which they were intermingled, and whether they made
converts to Islam as in the present century, is matter only of conjecture.
Certain it is, however, that when the independent Muhammadan ruler of
Adal, Aḥmad Grāñ—himself said to have been the son of a Christian priest
of Aijjo, who had left his own country and adopted Islam in that of the
Adals 61—invaded Abyssinia from 1528 to 1543, many Abyssinian chiefs
with their followers joined his victorious army and became Musalmans, and
though the Christian populations of some districts preferred to pay jizyah, 62
others embraced the religion of the conqueror. 63 But the contemporary
Muslim historian himself tells us that in some cases this conversion was the
result of fear, and that suspicions were entertained of the genuineness of the
allegiance of the new converts. 64 But such apparently was not universally
the case, and the widespread character of the conversions in several districts
give the impression of a popular movement. The Christian chiefs who went
over to Islam made use of their personal influence in inducing their troops
to follow their example. They were, as we are told, in some cases very
ignorant of their own religion, 65 and thus the change of faith was a less
difficult matter. Particularly instrumental in conversions of this kind were
those Muhammadan chiefs who had previously entered the service of the
king of Abyssinia, and those renegades who took the opportunity of the
invasion of the country by a conquering Musalman [116]army to throw off
their allegiance at once to Christianity and the Christian king and declare
themselves Muhammadans once more. 66
her with a cloth, and recite the prayers for the dead over her and give her up
to the people of the king; and thus did our fathers and our grandfathers
before us.” 58
These Muhammadan tributaries were chiefly to be found in the low-lying
countries that formed the northern boundary of Abyssinia, from the Red Sea
westward to Sennaar, 59 and on the south and the south-east of the
kingdom. 60 What influence these Muhammadans had on the Christian
populations with which they were intermingled, and whether they made
converts to Islam as in the present century, is matter only of conjecture.
Certain it is, however, that when the independent Muhammadan ruler of
Adal, Aḥmad Grāñ—himself said to have been the son of a Christian priest
of Aijjo, who had left his own country and adopted Islam in that of the
Adals 61—invaded Abyssinia from 1528 to 1543, many Abyssinian chiefs
with their followers joined his victorious army and became Musalmans, and
though the Christian populations of some districts preferred to pay jizyah, 62
others embraced the religion of the conqueror. 63 But the contemporary
Muslim historian himself tells us that in some cases this conversion was the
result of fear, and that suspicions were entertained of the genuineness of the
allegiance of the new converts. 64 But such apparently was not universally
the case, and the widespread character of the conversions in several districts
give the impression of a popular movement. The Christian chiefs who went
over to Islam made use of their personal influence in inducing their troops
to follow their example. They were, as we are told, in some cases very
ignorant of their own religion, 65 and thus the change of faith was a less
difficult matter. Particularly instrumental in conversions of this kind were
those Muhammadan chiefs who had previously entered the service of the
king of Abyssinia, and those renegades who took the opportunity of the
invasion of the country by a conquering Musalman [116]army to throw off
their allegiance at once to Christianity and the Christian king and declare
themselves Muhammadans once more. 66
Page 143
One of these in 1531 wrote the following letter to Aḥmad Grāñ:—“I was
formerly a Muslim and the son of a Muslim, was taken prisoner by the
polytheists and made a Christian by force; but in my heart I have always
clung to the true faith and now I seek the protection of God and of His
Prophet and of thee. If thou wilt accept my repentance and punish me not
for what I have done, I will return in penitence to God; and I will devise
means whereby the troops of the king, that are with me, may join thee and
become Muslims;”—and in fact the greater part of his army elected to
follow their general; including the women and children their numbers are
said to have amounted to 20,000 souls. 67
But with the help of the Portuguese, the Abyssinians succeeded in shaking
off the yoke of their Muhammadan conquerors and Aḥmad Grāñ himself
was slain in 1543. Islam had, however, gained a footing in the country,
which the troublous condition of affairs during the remainder of the
sixteenth and the following century enabled it to retain, the rival Christian
Churches being too busily engaged in contending with one another, to
devote much attention to their common enemy. For the successful
proselytising of the Jesuits and other Roman Catholic missionaries and the
active interference of the Portuguese in all civil and political matters,
excited violent opposition in the mass of the Abyssinian Christians;—
indeed so bitter was this feeling that some of the chiefs openly declared that
they would rather submit to a Muhammadan ruler than continue their
alliance with the Portuguese; 68—and the semi-religious, semi-patriotic
movement set on foot thereby, rapidly assumed such vast proportions as to
lead (about 1632) to the expulsion of the Portuguese and the exclusion of all
foreign Christians from the country. The condition of Abyssinia then
speedily became one of terrible confusion and anarchy, of which some
tribes of the Galla race took [117]advantage, to thrust their way right into the
very centre of the country, where their settlements remain to the present
day.
formerly a Muslim and the son of a Muslim, was taken prisoner by the
polytheists and made a Christian by force; but in my heart I have always
clung to the true faith and now I seek the protection of God and of His
Prophet and of thee. If thou wilt accept my repentance and punish me not
for what I have done, I will return in penitence to God; and I will devise
means whereby the troops of the king, that are with me, may join thee and
become Muslims;”—and in fact the greater part of his army elected to
follow their general; including the women and children their numbers are
said to have amounted to 20,000 souls. 67
But with the help of the Portuguese, the Abyssinians succeeded in shaking
off the yoke of their Muhammadan conquerors and Aḥmad Grāñ himself
was slain in 1543. Islam had, however, gained a footing in the country,
which the troublous condition of affairs during the remainder of the
sixteenth and the following century enabled it to retain, the rival Christian
Churches being too busily engaged in contending with one another, to
devote much attention to their common enemy. For the successful
proselytising of the Jesuits and other Roman Catholic missionaries and the
active interference of the Portuguese in all civil and political matters,
excited violent opposition in the mass of the Abyssinian Christians;—
indeed so bitter was this feeling that some of the chiefs openly declared that
they would rather submit to a Muhammadan ruler than continue their
alliance with the Portuguese; 68—and the semi-religious, semi-patriotic
movement set on foot thereby, rapidly assumed such vast proportions as to
lead (about 1632) to the expulsion of the Portuguese and the exclusion of all
foreign Christians from the country. The condition of Abyssinia then
speedily became one of terrible confusion and anarchy, of which some
tribes of the Galla race took [117]advantage, to thrust their way right into the
very centre of the country, where their settlements remain to the present
day.
Page 144
The progress achieved by Islam during this period may be estimated from
the testimony of a traveller of the seventeenth century, who tells us that in
his time the adherents of this faith were scattered throughout the whole of
Abyssinia and formed a third of the entire population. 69 During the
following century the faith of the Prophet seems steadily to have increased
by means of the conversion of isolated individuals here and there. The
absence of any strong central government in the country favoured the rise
of petty independent chieftains, many of whom had strong Muhammadan
sympathies, though (in accordance with a fundamental law of the state) all
the Abyssinian princes had to belong to the Christian faith; the
Muhammadans, too, aspiring to the dignity of the Abyssinian aristocracy,
abjured the faith in which they had been born and pretended conversion to
Christianity in order to get themselves enrolled in the order of the nobles,
and as governors of Christian provinces made use of all their influence
towards the spread of Islam. 70 One of the chief reasons of the success of this
faith seems to have been the moral superiority of the Muslims as compared
with that of the Christian population of Abyssinia. Rüppell says that he
frequently noticed in the course of his travels in Abyssinia that when a post
had to be filled which required that a thoroughly honest and trustworthy
person should be selected, the choice always fell upon a Muhammadan. In
comparison with the Christians, he says that they were more active and
energetic; that every Muhammadan had his sons taught to read and write,
whereas Christian children were only educated when they were intended for
the priesthood. 71 This moral superiority of the Muhammadans of
[118]Abyssinia over the Christian population goes far to explain the
continuous though slow progress made by Islam during the eighteenth and
nineteenth centuries; the degradation and apathy of the Abyssinian clergy
and the interminable feuds of the Abyssinian chiefs, have left Muhammadan
influences free to work undisturbed. Mr. Plowden, who was English consul
in Abyssinia from 1844 to 1860, speaking of the Ḥabāb, three Tigrē tribes
dwelling between 16° and 17° 30′ lat., the north-west of Massowah, says
that they have become Muhammadan “within the last 100 years, and all,
save the latest generation, bear Christian names. They have changed their
the testimony of a traveller of the seventeenth century, who tells us that in
his time the adherents of this faith were scattered throughout the whole of
Abyssinia and formed a third of the entire population. 69 During the
following century the faith of the Prophet seems steadily to have increased
by means of the conversion of isolated individuals here and there. The
absence of any strong central government in the country favoured the rise
of petty independent chieftains, many of whom had strong Muhammadan
sympathies, though (in accordance with a fundamental law of the state) all
the Abyssinian princes had to belong to the Christian faith; the
Muhammadans, too, aspiring to the dignity of the Abyssinian aristocracy,
abjured the faith in which they had been born and pretended conversion to
Christianity in order to get themselves enrolled in the order of the nobles,
and as governors of Christian provinces made use of all their influence
towards the spread of Islam. 70 One of the chief reasons of the success of this
faith seems to have been the moral superiority of the Muslims as compared
with that of the Christian population of Abyssinia. Rüppell says that he
frequently noticed in the course of his travels in Abyssinia that when a post
had to be filled which required that a thoroughly honest and trustworthy
person should be selected, the choice always fell upon a Muhammadan. In
comparison with the Christians, he says that they were more active and
energetic; that every Muhammadan had his sons taught to read and write,
whereas Christian children were only educated when they were intended for
the priesthood. 71 This moral superiority of the Muhammadans of
[118]Abyssinia over the Christian population goes far to explain the
continuous though slow progress made by Islam during the eighteenth and
nineteenth centuries; the degradation and apathy of the Abyssinian clergy
and the interminable feuds of the Abyssinian chiefs, have left Muhammadan
influences free to work undisturbed. Mr. Plowden, who was English consul
in Abyssinia from 1844 to 1860, speaking of the Ḥabāb, three Tigrē tribes
dwelling between 16° and 17° 30′ lat., the north-west of Massowah, says
that they have become Muhammadan “within the last 100 years, and all,
save the latest generation, bear Christian names. They have changed their
Page 145
faith, through the constant influence of the Muhammadans with whom they
trade, and through the gradual and now entire abandonment of the country
by the Abyssinian chiefs, too much occupied in ceaseless wars with their
neighbours.” 72 They have a tradition that one of their chiefs named Jāwej
rejected Christianity for Islam, in the belief that the latter faith brought good
luck and long life; he then said to his priest, “Break in pieces the Tābōt”; 73
the priest answered, “I dare not break in pieces the Tābōt of Mary”; so
Jāwej seized the Tābōt with his own hands and cut it in pieces with an axe;
the Christian priests then adopted Islam, and all their descendants are
shayk͟ hs of the tribe to the present day. 74
Other sections of the population of the northern districts of the country were
similarly converted to Islam during the same period, because the priests had
abandoned these districts and the churches had been suffered to fall into
ruins,—apparently entirely through neglect, as the Muhammadans here are
said to have been by no means fanatical nor to have borne any particular
enmity to Christianity. 75 Similar testimony to the progress of Islam in the
early part of the nineteenth century is given by other travellers, 76 who found
numbers of Christians to be continually passing over to that faith. The
Muhammadans were especially favoured by Ras ʻAlī, one of the vice-
regents of Abyssinia and practically master of the country before the
accession [119]of King Theodore in 1853. Though himself a Christian, he
distributed posts and even the spoils of the churches among the followers of
Islam, and during his reign one half of the population of the central
provinces of Abyssinia embraced the faith of the Prophet. 77 Such deep roots
had this faith now struck in Abyssinia that its followers had in their hands
all the commerce as well as all the petty trade of the country, enjoyed vast
possessions, were masters of large towns and central markets, and had a
firm hold upon the mass of the people. Indeed, a Christian missionary who
lived for thirty-five years in this country, rated the success and the zeal of
the Muslim propagandists so high as to say that were another Aḥmad Grāñ
to arise and unfurl the banner of the Prophet, the whole of Abyssinia would
become Muhammadan. 78 Embroilments with the Egyptian government
trade, and through the gradual and now entire abandonment of the country
by the Abyssinian chiefs, too much occupied in ceaseless wars with their
neighbours.” 72 They have a tradition that one of their chiefs named Jāwej
rejected Christianity for Islam, in the belief that the latter faith brought good
luck and long life; he then said to his priest, “Break in pieces the Tābōt”; 73
the priest answered, “I dare not break in pieces the Tābōt of Mary”; so
Jāwej seized the Tābōt with his own hands and cut it in pieces with an axe;
the Christian priests then adopted Islam, and all their descendants are
shayk͟ hs of the tribe to the present day. 74
Other sections of the population of the northern districts of the country were
similarly converted to Islam during the same period, because the priests had
abandoned these districts and the churches had been suffered to fall into
ruins,—apparently entirely through neglect, as the Muhammadans here are
said to have been by no means fanatical nor to have borne any particular
enmity to Christianity. 75 Similar testimony to the progress of Islam in the
early part of the nineteenth century is given by other travellers, 76 who found
numbers of Christians to be continually passing over to that faith. The
Muhammadans were especially favoured by Ras ʻAlī, one of the vice-
regents of Abyssinia and practically master of the country before the
accession [119]of King Theodore in 1853. Though himself a Christian, he
distributed posts and even the spoils of the churches among the followers of
Islam, and during his reign one half of the population of the central
provinces of Abyssinia embraced the faith of the Prophet. 77 Such deep roots
had this faith now struck in Abyssinia that its followers had in their hands
all the commerce as well as all the petty trade of the country, enjoyed vast
possessions, were masters of large towns and central markets, and had a
firm hold upon the mass of the people. Indeed, a Christian missionary who
lived for thirty-five years in this country, rated the success and the zeal of
the Muslim propagandists so high as to say that were another Aḥmad Grāñ
to arise and unfurl the banner of the Prophet, the whole of Abyssinia would
become Muhammadan. 78 Embroilments with the Egyptian government
Page 146
(with which Abyssinia was at war from 1875 to 1882) brought about a
revulsion of feeling against Muhammadanism: hatred of the foreign Muslim
foe reacted upon their co-religionists within the border. In 1878, King John
summoned a Convocation of the Abyssinian clergy, who proclaimed him
supreme arbiter in matters of faith and ordained that there should be but one
religion throughout the whole kingdom. Christians of all sects other than
the Jacobite were given two years in which to become reconciled to the
national Church; the Muhammadans were to submit within three, and the
heathen within five, years. A few days later the king promulgated an edict
that showed how little worth was the three years’ grace allowed to the
Muhammadans; for not only did he order them to build Christian churches
wherever they were needed and to pay tithes to the priests resident in their
respective districts, but also gave three months’ notice to all Muhammadan
officials to either receive baptism or resign their posts. Such compulsory
conversion (consisting as it did merely of the rite of baptism and the
payment of tithes) was naturally of the most ineffectual character, and while
outwardly conforming, the Muslims in secret protested their loyalty to their
old faith. Massaja saw some such go straight from the church [120]in which
they had been baptised to the mosque, in order to have this enforced
baptism wiped off by some holy man of their own faith. 79 These mass
conversions were rendered the more ineffectual by being confined to the
men, for as the royal edict had made no mention of the women they were in
no way molested,—a circumstance that probably proved to be of
considerable significance in the future history of Islam in Abyssinia, as
Massaja bears striking testimony to the important part the Muhammadan
women have played in the diffusion of their faith in this country. 80 By 1880
King John is said to have compelled about 50,000 Muhammadans to be
baptised, as well as 20,000 members of one of the pagan tribes and half a
million of Gallas, 81 but as their conversion went no further than baptism and
the payment of tithes, it is not surprising to learn that the only result of
these violent measures was to increase the hatred and hostility of both the
Muslim and the heathen Abyssinians towards the Christian faith. 82 The king
of the petty state of Kafa (which had almost always acknowledged the
revulsion of feeling against Muhammadanism: hatred of the foreign Muslim
foe reacted upon their co-religionists within the border. In 1878, King John
summoned a Convocation of the Abyssinian clergy, who proclaimed him
supreme arbiter in matters of faith and ordained that there should be but one
religion throughout the whole kingdom. Christians of all sects other than
the Jacobite were given two years in which to become reconciled to the
national Church; the Muhammadans were to submit within three, and the
heathen within five, years. A few days later the king promulgated an edict
that showed how little worth was the three years’ grace allowed to the
Muhammadans; for not only did he order them to build Christian churches
wherever they were needed and to pay tithes to the priests resident in their
respective districts, but also gave three months’ notice to all Muhammadan
officials to either receive baptism or resign their posts. Such compulsory
conversion (consisting as it did merely of the rite of baptism and the
payment of tithes) was naturally of the most ineffectual character, and while
outwardly conforming, the Muslims in secret protested their loyalty to their
old faith. Massaja saw some such go straight from the church [120]in which
they had been baptised to the mosque, in order to have this enforced
baptism wiped off by some holy man of their own faith. 79 These mass
conversions were rendered the more ineffectual by being confined to the
men, for as the royal edict had made no mention of the women they were in
no way molested,—a circumstance that probably proved to be of
considerable significance in the future history of Islam in Abyssinia, as
Massaja bears striking testimony to the important part the Muhammadan
women have played in the diffusion of their faith in this country. 80 By 1880
King John is said to have compelled about 50,000 Muhammadans to be
baptised, as well as 20,000 members of one of the pagan tribes and half a
million of Gallas, 81 but as their conversion went no further than baptism and
the payment of tithes, it is not surprising to learn that the only result of
these violent measures was to increase the hatred and hostility of both the
Muslim and the heathen Abyssinians towards the Christian faith. 82 The king
of the petty state of Kafa (which had almost always acknowledged the
Page 147
supremacy of Abyssinia),—Sawo-Teheno,—took advantage of the
embarrassment of King John, who was threatened at once by the Italians
and the followers of the Mahdī, to assert his independence, and became a
Musalman, in order to do so more effectively. He successfully resisted all
attacks until 1897, when his state was reconquered and he himself taken
prisoner by the Emperor Menelik, the former king of Shoa, who had
established his authority over the whole of Abyssinia after the death of King
John in 1889. Christianity was re-established as the state religion
throughout Kafa and Christian worship renewed in the churches, which had
been left uninjured, being either shut up or turned into mosques. 83 But these
violent measures taken in the interests of the Christian faith have failed to
arrest the growing power of Islam during the nineteenth century. Whole
tribes that were once Christian and still bear Christian names, such as
Taklēs (“Plant of Jesus”), Hebtēs (“Gift of Jesus”) [121]and Temāryām (“Gift
of Mary”), have become Muslim. The two Mänsaʻ tribes which were
entirely Christian about the middle of the nineteenth century had become
Muslim, for the most part, at the beginning of the twentieth century; the
propagandist efforts of the Muslims who converted them appear to have
been facilitated through the ignorance of the Christian clergy. A similar
Muhammadanising process has been going on for some time among other
tribes also. 84
We must return now to the history of Africa in the seventh century, when
the Arabs were pushing their conquests from East to West along the north
coast. The comparatively easy conquest of Egypt, where so many of the
inhabitants assisted the Arabs in bringing the Byzantine rule to an end,
found no parallel in the bloody campaigns and the long-continued
resistance that here barred their further progress, and half a century elapsed
before the Arabs succeeded in making themselves complete masters of the
north coast from Egypt to the Atlantic Ocean. It was not till 698 that the fall
of Carthage brought the Roman rule in Africa to an end for ever, and the
subjugation of the Berbers made the Arabs supreme in the country.
embarrassment of King John, who was threatened at once by the Italians
and the followers of the Mahdī, to assert his independence, and became a
Musalman, in order to do so more effectively. He successfully resisted all
attacks until 1897, when his state was reconquered and he himself taken
prisoner by the Emperor Menelik, the former king of Shoa, who had
established his authority over the whole of Abyssinia after the death of King
John in 1889. Christianity was re-established as the state religion
throughout Kafa and Christian worship renewed in the churches, which had
been left uninjured, being either shut up or turned into mosques. 83 But these
violent measures taken in the interests of the Christian faith have failed to
arrest the growing power of Islam during the nineteenth century. Whole
tribes that were once Christian and still bear Christian names, such as
Taklēs (“Plant of Jesus”), Hebtēs (“Gift of Jesus”) [121]and Temāryām (“Gift
of Mary”), have become Muslim. The two Mänsaʻ tribes which were
entirely Christian about the middle of the nineteenth century had become
Muslim, for the most part, at the beginning of the twentieth century; the
propagandist efforts of the Muslims who converted them appear to have
been facilitated through the ignorance of the Christian clergy. A similar
Muhammadanising process has been going on for some time among other
tribes also. 84
We must return now to the history of Africa in the seventh century, when
the Arabs were pushing their conquests from East to West along the north
coast. The comparatively easy conquest of Egypt, where so many of the
inhabitants assisted the Arabs in bringing the Byzantine rule to an end,
found no parallel in the bloody campaigns and the long-continued
resistance that here barred their further progress, and half a century elapsed
before the Arabs succeeded in making themselves complete masters of the
north coast from Egypt to the Atlantic Ocean. It was not till 698 that the fall
of Carthage brought the Roman rule in Africa to an end for ever, and the
subjugation of the Berbers made the Arabs supreme in the country.
Page 148
The details of these campaigns it is no part of our purpose to consider, but
rather to attempt to discover in what way Islam was spread among the
Christian population. Unfortunately the materials available for such a
purpose are lamentably sparse and insufficient. What became of that great
African Church that had given such saints and theologians to Christendom?
The Church of Tertullian, St. Cyprian and St. Augustine, which had
emerged victorious out of so many persecutions, and had so stoutly
championed the cause of Christian orthodoxy, seems to have faded away
like a mist.
In the absence of definite information, it has been usual to ascribe the
disappearance of the Christian population to fanatical persecutions and
forced conversions on the part of the Muslim conquerors. But there are
many considerations that militate against such a rough and ready settlement
of this question. First of all, there is the absence [122]of definite evidence in
support of such an assertion. Massacres, devastation and all the other
accompaniments of a bloody and long-protracted war, there were in horrible
abundance, but of actual religious persecution we have little mention, and
the survival of the native Christian Church for more than eight centuries
after the Arab conquest is a testimony to the toleration that alone could have
rendered such a survival possible.
The causes that brought about the decay of Christianity in North Africa
must be sought for elsewhere than in the bigotry of Muhammadan rulers.
But before attempting to enumerate these, it will be well to realise how very
small must have been the number of the Christian population at the end of
the seventh century—a circumstance that renders its continued existence
under Muhammadan rule still more significant of the absence of forced
conversion, and leaves such a hypothesis much less plausibility than would
have been the case had the Arabs found a large and flourishing Christian
Church there when they commenced their conquest of northern Africa.
rather to attempt to discover in what way Islam was spread among the
Christian population. Unfortunately the materials available for such a
purpose are lamentably sparse and insufficient. What became of that great
African Church that had given such saints and theologians to Christendom?
The Church of Tertullian, St. Cyprian and St. Augustine, which had
emerged victorious out of so many persecutions, and had so stoutly
championed the cause of Christian orthodoxy, seems to have faded away
like a mist.
In the absence of definite information, it has been usual to ascribe the
disappearance of the Christian population to fanatical persecutions and
forced conversions on the part of the Muslim conquerors. But there are
many considerations that militate against such a rough and ready settlement
of this question. First of all, there is the absence [122]of definite evidence in
support of such an assertion. Massacres, devastation and all the other
accompaniments of a bloody and long-protracted war, there were in horrible
abundance, but of actual religious persecution we have little mention, and
the survival of the native Christian Church for more than eight centuries
after the Arab conquest is a testimony to the toleration that alone could have
rendered such a survival possible.
The causes that brought about the decay of Christianity in North Africa
must be sought for elsewhere than in the bigotry of Muhammadan rulers.
But before attempting to enumerate these, it will be well to realise how very
small must have been the number of the Christian population at the end of
the seventh century—a circumstance that renders its continued existence
under Muhammadan rule still more significant of the absence of forced
conversion, and leaves such a hypothesis much less plausibility than would
have been the case had the Arabs found a large and flourishing Christian
Church there when they commenced their conquest of northern Africa.
Page 149
The Roman provinces of Africa, to which the Christian population was
confined, never extended far southwards; the Sahara forms a barrier in this
direction, so that the breadth of the coast seldom exceeds 80 or 100 miles. 85
Though there were as many as 500 bishoprics just before the Vandal
conquest, this number can serve as no criterion of the number of the
faithful, owing to the practice observed in the African Church of appointing
bishops to the most inconsiderable towns and very frequently to the most
obscure villages, 86 and it is doubtful whether Christianity ever spread far
inland among the Berber tribes. 87 When the power of the Roman Empire
declined in the fifth century, different tribes of this great race, known to the
Romans under the names of Moors, Numidians, Libyans, etc., swarmed up
from the south to ravage and destroy the wealthy cities of the coast. These
invaders were certainly heathen. The Libyans, whose devastations are so
pathetically bewailed [123]by Synesius of Cyrene, pillaged and burnt the
churches and carried off the sacred vessels for their own idolatrous rites, 88
and this province of Cyrenaica never recovered from their devastations, and
Christianity was probably almost extinct here at the time of the Muslim
invasion. The Moorish chieftain in the district of Tripolis, who was at war
with the Vandal king Thorismund (496–524), but respected the churches
and clergy of the orthodox, who had been ill-treated by the Vandals,
declared his heathenism when he said, “I do not know who the God of the
Christians is, but if he is so powerful as he is represented, he will take
vengeance on those who insult him, and succour those who do him
honour.” 89 There is some probability that the nomads of Mauritania also
were very largely heathen.
But whatever may have been the extent of the Christian Church, it received
a blow from the Vandal persecutions from which it never recovered. For
nearly a century the Arian Vandals persecuted the orthodox with relentless
fury; sent their bishops into exile, forbade the public exercise of their
religion and cruelly tortured those who refused to conform to the religion of
their conquerors. 90 When in 534, Belisarius crushed the power of the
Vandals and restored North Africa to the Roman Empire, only 217 bishops
confined, never extended far southwards; the Sahara forms a barrier in this
direction, so that the breadth of the coast seldom exceeds 80 or 100 miles. 85
Though there were as many as 500 bishoprics just before the Vandal
conquest, this number can serve as no criterion of the number of the
faithful, owing to the practice observed in the African Church of appointing
bishops to the most inconsiderable towns and very frequently to the most
obscure villages, 86 and it is doubtful whether Christianity ever spread far
inland among the Berber tribes. 87 When the power of the Roman Empire
declined in the fifth century, different tribes of this great race, known to the
Romans under the names of Moors, Numidians, Libyans, etc., swarmed up
from the south to ravage and destroy the wealthy cities of the coast. These
invaders were certainly heathen. The Libyans, whose devastations are so
pathetically bewailed [123]by Synesius of Cyrene, pillaged and burnt the
churches and carried off the sacred vessels for their own idolatrous rites, 88
and this province of Cyrenaica never recovered from their devastations, and
Christianity was probably almost extinct here at the time of the Muslim
invasion. The Moorish chieftain in the district of Tripolis, who was at war
with the Vandal king Thorismund (496–524), but respected the churches
and clergy of the orthodox, who had been ill-treated by the Vandals,
declared his heathenism when he said, “I do not know who the God of the
Christians is, but if he is so powerful as he is represented, he will take
vengeance on those who insult him, and succour those who do him
honour.” 89 There is some probability that the nomads of Mauritania also
were very largely heathen.
But whatever may have been the extent of the Christian Church, it received
a blow from the Vandal persecutions from which it never recovered. For
nearly a century the Arian Vandals persecuted the orthodox with relentless
fury; sent their bishops into exile, forbade the public exercise of their
religion and cruelly tortured those who refused to conform to the religion of
their conquerors. 90 When in 534, Belisarius crushed the power of the
Vandals and restored North Africa to the Roman Empire, only 217 bishops
Page 150
met in the Synod of Carthage 91 to resume the direction of the Christian
Church. After the fierce and long-continued persecution to which they had
been subjected the number of the faithful must have been very much
reduced, and during the century that elapsed before the coming of the
Muhammadans, the inroads of the barbarian Moors, who shut the Romans
up in the cities and other centres of population, and kept the mountains, the
desert and the open country for themselves, 92 the prevalent disorder and ill-
government, and above all the desolating plagues that signalised the latter
half of the sixth century, all combined to carry on the work of destruction.
Five millions of Africans are said to have been consumed by the wars and
government of the Emperor Justinian. The wealthier [124]citizens abandoned
a country whose commerce and agriculture, once so flourishing, had been
irretrievably ruined. “Such was the desolation of Africa, that in many parts
a stranger might wander whole days without meeting the face either of a
friend or an enemy. The nation of the Vandals had disappeared; they once
amounted to an hundred and sixty thousand warriors, without including the
children, the women, or the slaves. Their numbers were infinitely surpassed
by the number of Moorish families extirpated in a relentless war; the same
destruction was retaliated on the Romans and their allies, who perished by
the climate, their mutual quarrels, and the rage of the barbarians.” 93
In 646, the year before the victorious Arabs advanced from Egypt to the
subjugation of the western province, the African Church that had
championed so often the purity of Christian doctrine, was stirred to its
depths by the struggle against Monotheletism; but when the bishops of the
four ecclesiastical provinces in the archbishopric of Carthage, viz.
Mauritania, Numidia, Byzacena and Africa Proconsularis, held councils to
condemn Monotheletism, and wrote synodal letters to the Emperor and the
Pope, there were only sixty-eight bishops who assembled at Carthage to
represent the last-mentioned province, and forty-two for Byzacena. The
numbers from the other two dioceses are not given, but the Christian
population had undoubtedly suffered much more in these than in the two
other dioceses which were nearer to the seat of government. 94 It is
Church. After the fierce and long-continued persecution to which they had
been subjected the number of the faithful must have been very much
reduced, and during the century that elapsed before the coming of the
Muhammadans, the inroads of the barbarian Moors, who shut the Romans
up in the cities and other centres of population, and kept the mountains, the
desert and the open country for themselves, 92 the prevalent disorder and ill-
government, and above all the desolating plagues that signalised the latter
half of the sixth century, all combined to carry on the work of destruction.
Five millions of Africans are said to have been consumed by the wars and
government of the Emperor Justinian. The wealthier [124]citizens abandoned
a country whose commerce and agriculture, once so flourishing, had been
irretrievably ruined. “Such was the desolation of Africa, that in many parts
a stranger might wander whole days without meeting the face either of a
friend or an enemy. The nation of the Vandals had disappeared; they once
amounted to an hundred and sixty thousand warriors, without including the
children, the women, or the slaves. Their numbers were infinitely surpassed
by the number of Moorish families extirpated in a relentless war; the same
destruction was retaliated on the Romans and their allies, who perished by
the climate, their mutual quarrels, and the rage of the barbarians.” 93
In 646, the year before the victorious Arabs advanced from Egypt to the
subjugation of the western province, the African Church that had
championed so often the purity of Christian doctrine, was stirred to its
depths by the struggle against Monotheletism; but when the bishops of the
four ecclesiastical provinces in the archbishopric of Carthage, viz.
Mauritania, Numidia, Byzacena and Africa Proconsularis, held councils to
condemn Monotheletism, and wrote synodal letters to the Emperor and the
Pope, there were only sixty-eight bishops who assembled at Carthage to
represent the last-mentioned province, and forty-two for Byzacena. The
numbers from the other two dioceses are not given, but the Christian
population had undoubtedly suffered much more in these than in the two
other dioceses which were nearer to the seat of government. 94 It is
Page 151
exceedingly unlikely that any of the bishops were absent on an occasion
that excited so much feeling, when zeal for Christian doctrine and political
animosity to the Byzantine court both combined in stimulating this
movement, and when Africa took the most prominent part in stirring up the
opposition that led to the convening of the great Lateran Council of 648.
This diminution in the number of the African bishops certainly points to a
vast decrease in the Christian population, and in consideration of the
numerous causes contributing to a decay of the population, too great
[125]stress even must not be laid upon the number of these, because an
episcopal see may continue to be filled long after the diocese has sunk into
insignificance.
From the considerations enumerated above, it may certainly be inferred that
the Christian population at the time of the Muhammadan invasion was by
no means a large one. During the fifty years that elapsed before the Arabs
assured their victory, the Christian population was still further reduced by
the devastations of this long conflict. The city of Tripolis, after sustaining a
siege of six months, was sacked, and of the inhabitants part were put to the
sword and the rest carried off captive into Egypt and Arabia. 95 Another city,
bordering on the Numidian desert, was defended by a Roman count with a
large garrison which bravely endured a blockade of a whole year; when at
last it was taken by storm, all the males were put to the sword and the
women and children carried off captive. 96 The number of such captives is
said to have amounted to several hundreds of thousands. 97 Many of the
Christians took refuge in flight, 98 some into Italy and Spain, 99 and it would
almost seem that others even wandered as far as Germany, judging from a
letter addressed to the diocese of St. Boniface by Pope Gregory II. 100 In fact,
many of the great Roman cities were quite depopulated, and remained
uninhabited for a long time or were even left to fall to ruins entirely, 101
while in several cases the conquerors chose entirely new sites for their chief
towns. 102
that excited so much feeling, when zeal for Christian doctrine and political
animosity to the Byzantine court both combined in stimulating this
movement, and when Africa took the most prominent part in stirring up the
opposition that led to the convening of the great Lateran Council of 648.
This diminution in the number of the African bishops certainly points to a
vast decrease in the Christian population, and in consideration of the
numerous causes contributing to a decay of the population, too great
[125]stress even must not be laid upon the number of these, because an
episcopal see may continue to be filled long after the diocese has sunk into
insignificance.
From the considerations enumerated above, it may certainly be inferred that
the Christian population at the time of the Muhammadan invasion was by
no means a large one. During the fifty years that elapsed before the Arabs
assured their victory, the Christian population was still further reduced by
the devastations of this long conflict. The city of Tripolis, after sustaining a
siege of six months, was sacked, and of the inhabitants part were put to the
sword and the rest carried off captive into Egypt and Arabia. 95 Another city,
bordering on the Numidian desert, was defended by a Roman count with a
large garrison which bravely endured a blockade of a whole year; when at
last it was taken by storm, all the males were put to the sword and the
women and children carried off captive. 96 The number of such captives is
said to have amounted to several hundreds of thousands. 97 Many of the
Christians took refuge in flight, 98 some into Italy and Spain, 99 and it would
almost seem that others even wandered as far as Germany, judging from a
letter addressed to the diocese of St. Boniface by Pope Gregory II. 100 In fact,
many of the great Roman cities were quite depopulated, and remained
uninhabited for a long time or were even left to fall to ruins entirely, 101
while in several cases the conquerors chose entirely new sites for their chief
towns. 102
Page 152
As to the scattered remnants of the once flourishing Christian Church that
still remained in Africa at the end [126]of the seventh century, it can hardly
be supposed that persecution is responsible for their final disappearance, in
the face of the fact that traces of a native Christian community were to be
found even so late as the sixteenth century. Idrīs, the founder of the dynasty
in Morocco that bore his name, is indeed said to have compelled by force
Christians and Jews to embrace Islam in the year a.d. 789, when he had just
begun to carve out a kingdom for himself with the sword, 103 but, as far as I
have been able to discover, this incident is without parallel in the history of
the native Church of North Africa. 104
The very slowness of its decay is a testimony to the toleration it must have
received. About 300 years after the Muhammadan conquest there were still
nearly forty bishoprics left, 105 and when in 1053 Pope Leo IX laments that
only five bishops could be found to represent the once flourishing African
Church, 106 the cause is most probably to be sought for in the terrible
bloodshed and destruction wrought by the Arab hordes that had poured into
the country a few years before and filled it with incessant conflict [127]and
anarchy. 107 In 1076, the African Church could not provide the three bishops
necessary for the consecration of an aspirant to the dignity of the
episcopate, in accordance with the demands of canon law, and it was
necessary for Pope Gregory VII to consecrate two bishops to act as
coadjutors of the Archbishop of Carthage; but the numbers of the faithful
were still so large as to demand the creation of fresh bishops to lighten the
burden of the work, which was too heavy for these three bishops to perform
unaided. 108 In the course of the next two centuries, the Christian Church
declined still further, and in 1246 the bishop of Morocco was the sole
spiritual leader of the remnant of the native Church. 109 Up to the same
period traces of the survival of Christianity were still to be found among the
Kabils of Algeria; 110 these tribes had received some slight instruction in the
tenets of Islam at an early period, but the new faith had taken very little
hold upon them, and as years went by they lost even what little knowledge
they had at first possessed, so much so that they even forgot the Muslim
still remained in Africa at the end [126]of the seventh century, it can hardly
be supposed that persecution is responsible for their final disappearance, in
the face of the fact that traces of a native Christian community were to be
found even so late as the sixteenth century. Idrīs, the founder of the dynasty
in Morocco that bore his name, is indeed said to have compelled by force
Christians and Jews to embrace Islam in the year a.d. 789, when he had just
begun to carve out a kingdom for himself with the sword, 103 but, as far as I
have been able to discover, this incident is without parallel in the history of
the native Church of North Africa. 104
The very slowness of its decay is a testimony to the toleration it must have
received. About 300 years after the Muhammadan conquest there were still
nearly forty bishoprics left, 105 and when in 1053 Pope Leo IX laments that
only five bishops could be found to represent the once flourishing African
Church, 106 the cause is most probably to be sought for in the terrible
bloodshed and destruction wrought by the Arab hordes that had poured into
the country a few years before and filled it with incessant conflict [127]and
anarchy. 107 In 1076, the African Church could not provide the three bishops
necessary for the consecration of an aspirant to the dignity of the
episcopate, in accordance with the demands of canon law, and it was
necessary for Pope Gregory VII to consecrate two bishops to act as
coadjutors of the Archbishop of Carthage; but the numbers of the faithful
were still so large as to demand the creation of fresh bishops to lighten the
burden of the work, which was too heavy for these three bishops to perform
unaided. 108 In the course of the next two centuries, the Christian Church
declined still further, and in 1246 the bishop of Morocco was the sole
spiritual leader of the remnant of the native Church. 109 Up to the same
period traces of the survival of Christianity were still to be found among the
Kabils of Algeria; 110 these tribes had received some slight instruction in the
tenets of Islam at an early period, but the new faith had taken very little
hold upon them, and as years went by they lost even what little knowledge
they had at first possessed, so much so that they even forgot the Muslim
Page 153
formula of prayer. Shut up in their mountain fastnesses and jealous of their
independence, they successfully resisted the introduction of the Arab
element into their midst, and thus the difficulties in the way of their
conversion were very considerable. Some unsuccessful attempts to start a
mission among them had been made by the inmates of a monastery
belonging to the Qādiriyyah order, Sāqiyah al-ḥamrāʼ, but the honour of
winning an entrance among them for the Muslim faith was reserved for a
number of Andalusian Moors who were driven out of Spain after the taking
of Granada in 1492. They had taken refuge in this monastery and were
recognised by the shayk͟ h to be eminently fitted for the arduous task that
had previously so completely baffled the efforts of his disciples. Before
dismissing them on this pious errand, he thus addressed them: “It is a duty
incumbent [128]upon us to bear the torch of Islam into these regions that
have lost their inheritance in the blessings of religion; for these unhappy
Kabils are wholly unprovided with schools, and have no shayk͟ h to teach
their children the laws of morality and the virtues of Islam; so they live like
the brute beasts, without God or religion. To do away with this unhappy
state of things, I have determined to appeal to your religious zeal and
enlightenment. Let not these mountaineers wallow any longer in their
pitiable ignorance of the grand truths of our religion; go and breathe upon
the dying fire of their faith and re-illumine its smouldering embers; purge
them of whatever errors may still cling to them from their former belief in
Christianity; make them understand that in the religion of our lord
Muḥammad—may God have compassion upon him—dirt is not, as in the
Christian religion, looked upon as acceptable in the eyes of God. 111 I will
not disguise from you the fact that your task is beset with difficulties, but
your irresistible zeal and the ardour of your faith will enable you, by the
grace of God, to overcome all obstacles. Go, my children, and bring back
again to God and His Prophet these unhappy people who are wallowing in
the mire of ignorance and unbelief. Go, my children, bearing the message of
salvation, and may God be with you and uphold you.”
independence, they successfully resisted the introduction of the Arab
element into their midst, and thus the difficulties in the way of their
conversion were very considerable. Some unsuccessful attempts to start a
mission among them had been made by the inmates of a monastery
belonging to the Qādiriyyah order, Sāqiyah al-ḥamrāʼ, but the honour of
winning an entrance among them for the Muslim faith was reserved for a
number of Andalusian Moors who were driven out of Spain after the taking
of Granada in 1492. They had taken refuge in this monastery and were
recognised by the shayk͟ h to be eminently fitted for the arduous task that
had previously so completely baffled the efforts of his disciples. Before
dismissing them on this pious errand, he thus addressed them: “It is a duty
incumbent [128]upon us to bear the torch of Islam into these regions that
have lost their inheritance in the blessings of religion; for these unhappy
Kabils are wholly unprovided with schools, and have no shayk͟ h to teach
their children the laws of morality and the virtues of Islam; so they live like
the brute beasts, without God or religion. To do away with this unhappy
state of things, I have determined to appeal to your religious zeal and
enlightenment. Let not these mountaineers wallow any longer in their
pitiable ignorance of the grand truths of our religion; go and breathe upon
the dying fire of their faith and re-illumine its smouldering embers; purge
them of whatever errors may still cling to them from their former belief in
Christianity; make them understand that in the religion of our lord
Muḥammad—may God have compassion upon him—dirt is not, as in the
Christian religion, looked upon as acceptable in the eyes of God. 111 I will
not disguise from you the fact that your task is beset with difficulties, but
your irresistible zeal and the ardour of your faith will enable you, by the
grace of God, to overcome all obstacles. Go, my children, and bring back
again to God and His Prophet these unhappy people who are wallowing in
the mire of ignorance and unbelief. Go, my children, bearing the message of
salvation, and may God be with you and uphold you.”
Page 154
The missionaries started off in parties of five or six at a time in various
directions; they went in rags, staff in hand, and choosing out the wildest and
least frequented parts of the mountains, established hermitages in caves and
clefts of the rocks. Their austerities and prolonged devotions soon excited
the curiosity of the Kabils, who after a short time began to enter into
friendly relations with them. Little by little the missionaries gained the
influence they desired through their knowledge of medicine, of the
mechanical arts, and other advantages of civilisation, and each hermitage
became a centre of Muslim teaching. [129]Students, attracted by the learning
of the new-comers, gathered round them and in time became missionaries
of Islam to their fellow-countrymen, until their faith spread throughout all
the country of the Kabils and the villages of the Algerian Sahara. 112
The above incident is no doubt illustrative of the manner in which Islam
was introduced among such other sections of the independent tribes of the
interior as had received any Christian teaching, but whose knowledge of
this faith had dwindled down to the observance of a few superstitious
rites; 113 for, cut off as they were from the rest of the Christian world and
unprovided with spiritual teachers, they could have had little in the way of
positive religious belief to oppose to the teachings of the Muslim
missionaries.
There is little more to add to these sparse records of the decay of the North
African Church. A Muhammadan traveller, 114 who visited al-Jarīd, the
southern district of Tunis, in the early part of the fourteenth century, tells us
that the Christian churches, although in ruins, were still standing in his day,
not having been destroyed by the Arab conquerors, who had contented
themselves with building a mosque in front of each of these churches. Ibn
K͟ haldūn (writing towards the close of the fourteenth century), speaks of
some villages in the province of Qastīliyyah, 115 with a Christian population
whose ancestors had lived there since the time of the Arab conquest. 116 At
the end of the following century there was still to be found in the city of
Tunis a small community of native Christians, living together in one of the
directions; they went in rags, staff in hand, and choosing out the wildest and
least frequented parts of the mountains, established hermitages in caves and
clefts of the rocks. Their austerities and prolonged devotions soon excited
the curiosity of the Kabils, who after a short time began to enter into
friendly relations with them. Little by little the missionaries gained the
influence they desired through their knowledge of medicine, of the
mechanical arts, and other advantages of civilisation, and each hermitage
became a centre of Muslim teaching. [129]Students, attracted by the learning
of the new-comers, gathered round them and in time became missionaries
of Islam to their fellow-countrymen, until their faith spread throughout all
the country of the Kabils and the villages of the Algerian Sahara. 112
The above incident is no doubt illustrative of the manner in which Islam
was introduced among such other sections of the independent tribes of the
interior as had received any Christian teaching, but whose knowledge of
this faith had dwindled down to the observance of a few superstitious
rites; 113 for, cut off as they were from the rest of the Christian world and
unprovided with spiritual teachers, they could have had little in the way of
positive religious belief to oppose to the teachings of the Muslim
missionaries.
There is little more to add to these sparse records of the decay of the North
African Church. A Muhammadan traveller, 114 who visited al-Jarīd, the
southern district of Tunis, in the early part of the fourteenth century, tells us
that the Christian churches, although in ruins, were still standing in his day,
not having been destroyed by the Arab conquerors, who had contented
themselves with building a mosque in front of each of these churches. Ibn
K͟ haldūn (writing towards the close of the fourteenth century), speaks of
some villages in the province of Qastīliyyah, 115 with a Christian population
whose ancestors had lived there since the time of the Arab conquest. 116 At
the end of the following century there was still to be found in the city of
Tunis a small community of native Christians, living together in one of the
Page 155
suburbs, quite distinct from that in which the foreign Christian merchants
resided; far from being oppressed or persecuted, they were employed as the
bodyguard of the Sultan. 117 These were doubtless [130]the same persons as
were congratulated on their perseverance in the Christian faith by Charles V
after the capture of Tunis in 1535. 118
This is the last we hear of the native Christian Church in North Africa. The
very fact of its so long survival would militate against any supposition of
forced conversion, even if we had not abundant evidence of the tolerant
spirit of the Arab rulers of the various North African kingdoms, who
employed Christian soldiers, 119 granted by frequent treaties the free exercise
of their religion to Christian merchants and settlers, 120 and to whom
Popes 121 recommended the care of the native Christian population, while
exhorting the latter to serve their Muhammadan rulers faithfully. 122 [131]
Amélineau, p. 3; Caetani, vol. iv. p. 81 sq. Justinian is said to have had 200,000 Copts put to death
1
in the city of Alexandria, and the persecutions of his successors drove many to take refuge in the
desert. (Wansleben: The Present State of Egypt, p. 11.) (London, 1678.) ↑
Renaudot, p. 161. Severus, p. 106. ↑
2
John, Jacobite bishop of Nikiu (second half of seventh century), p. 584. Caetani, vol. iv. pp.
3
515–16. ↑
Bell, p. xxxvii. But the exactions and hardships that, according to Maqrīzī, the Copts had to
4
endure about seventy years after the conquest hardly allow us to extend this period so far as Von
Ranke does: “Von Aegypten weiss man durch die bestimmtesten Zeugnisse, dass sich die Einwohner
in den nächsten Jahrhunderten unter der arabischen Herrschaft in einem erträglichen Zustand
befunden haben.” (Weltgeschichte, vol. v. p. 153, 4th ed.) ↑
John of Nikiu, p. 560. ↑
5
Id. p. 585. “Or beaucoup des Égyptiens, qui étaient de faux chrétiens, renièrent la sainte
6
religion orthodoxe et le baptême qui donne la vie, embrassèrent la religion des Musulmans, les
ennemis de Dieu, et acceptèrent la détestable doctrine de ce monstre, c’est-à-dire de Mahomet; ils
partagèrent l’égarement de ces idolâtres et prirent les armes contre les chrétiens.” ↑
Qurra b. Sharīk (governor of Egypt from 709 to 714), or his predecessor, appears to have insisted
7
on the converts continuing to pay jizyah. (Becker, Papyri Schott-Reinhardt, p. 18.) ↑
Ibn Saʻd, Ṭabaqāt, vol. v. p. 283. ↑
8
Caetani, vol. iv. p. 618; vol. v. pp. 384–5. ↑
9
Severus, pp. 172–3. ↑
resided; far from being oppressed or persecuted, they were employed as the
bodyguard of the Sultan. 117 These were doubtless [130]the same persons as
were congratulated on their perseverance in the Christian faith by Charles V
after the capture of Tunis in 1535. 118
This is the last we hear of the native Christian Church in North Africa. The
very fact of its so long survival would militate against any supposition of
forced conversion, even if we had not abundant evidence of the tolerant
spirit of the Arab rulers of the various North African kingdoms, who
employed Christian soldiers, 119 granted by frequent treaties the free exercise
of their religion to Christian merchants and settlers, 120 and to whom
Popes 121 recommended the care of the native Christian population, while
exhorting the latter to serve their Muhammadan rulers faithfully. 122 [131]
Amélineau, p. 3; Caetani, vol. iv. p. 81 sq. Justinian is said to have had 200,000 Copts put to death
1
in the city of Alexandria, and the persecutions of his successors drove many to take refuge in the
desert. (Wansleben: The Present State of Egypt, p. 11.) (London, 1678.) ↑
Renaudot, p. 161. Severus, p. 106. ↑
2
John, Jacobite bishop of Nikiu (second half of seventh century), p. 584. Caetani, vol. iv. pp.
3
515–16. ↑
Bell, p. xxxvii. But the exactions and hardships that, according to Maqrīzī, the Copts had to
4
endure about seventy years after the conquest hardly allow us to extend this period so far as Von
Ranke does: “Von Aegypten weiss man durch die bestimmtesten Zeugnisse, dass sich die Einwohner
in den nächsten Jahrhunderten unter der arabischen Herrschaft in einem erträglichen Zustand
befunden haben.” (Weltgeschichte, vol. v. p. 153, 4th ed.) ↑
John of Nikiu, p. 560. ↑
5
Id. p. 585. “Or beaucoup des Égyptiens, qui étaient de faux chrétiens, renièrent la sainte
6
religion orthodoxe et le baptême qui donne la vie, embrassèrent la religion des Musulmans, les
ennemis de Dieu, et acceptèrent la détestable doctrine de ce monstre, c’est-à-dire de Mahomet; ils
partagèrent l’égarement de ces idolâtres et prirent les armes contre les chrétiens.” ↑
Qurra b. Sharīk (governor of Egypt from 709 to 714), or his predecessor, appears to have insisted
7
on the converts continuing to pay jizyah. (Becker, Papyri Schott-Reinhardt, p. 18.) ↑
Ibn Saʻd, Ṭabaqāt, vol. v. p. 283. ↑
8
Caetani, vol. iv. p. 618; vol. v. pp. 384–5. ↑
9
Severus, pp. 172–3. ↑
Page 156
Id. pp. 205–6. ↑
10 11
“Sans aucun doute il y eut dans la multiplicité des martyrs une sorte de résistance nationale
12
contre les gouverneurs étrangers.” (Amélineau, p. 58.) ↑
Amélineau, pp. 57–8. ↑
13
Abū Ṣāliḥ, pp. 163–4. ↑
14
Amélineau, pp. 53–4, 69–70. ↑
15
Abū Ṣāliḥ gives an account of some monks who embraced the faith of the Prophet, and
16
these are probably representative of a larger number of whom the historian has left no
record, as lacking the peculiar circumstances of loss to the monastery or of recantation that made
such instances of interest to him (pp. 128, 142). ↑
Lane, pp. 546, 549. ↑
17
Lüttke (1), vol. i. pp. 30, 35. Dr. Andrew Watson writes: “No year has passed during my
18
residence of forty-four years in the Nile valley without my hearing of several instances of
defection. The causes are, chiefly, the hope of worldly gain of various kinds, severe and continued
persecution, exposure to the cruelty and rapacity of Moslem neighbours, and personal indignities as
well as political disabilities of various kinds.” (Islam in Egypt: Mohammedan World, p. 24.) ↑
Severus, pp. 122, 126, 143. One of the very first occasions on which they had to complain of
19
excessive taxation was when Menas, the Christian prefect of Lower Egypt, extorted from the city
of Alexandria 32,057 pieces of gold, instead of 22,000 which ʻAmr had fixed as the amount to be
levied. (John of Nikiu, p. 585.) Renaudot (p. 168) says that after the restoration of the Orthodox
hierarchy, about seventy years after the Muhammadan conquest, the Copts suffered as much at its
hands as at the hands of the Muhammadans themselves. ↑
Maqrīzī mentions five other risings of the Copts that had to be crushed by force of arms, within
20
the first century of the Arab domination. (Maqrīzī (2), pp. 76–82.) ↑
Renaudot, pp. 189, 374, 430, 540. ↑
21
Id. p. 603. ↑
22
Id. pp. 432, 607. Nāṣir-i-K͟ husrau: Safar-nāmah, ed. Schefer, pp. 155–6. ↑
23
Renaudot, pp. 212, 225, 314, 374, 540. ↑
24
Renaudot, p. 388. ↑
25
Id. pp 567, 571, 574–5. ↑
26
Wansleben, p. 30. Wansleben mentions another instance (under different
27
circumstances) of the decay of the Coptic Church, in the island of Cyprus,
which was formerly under the jurisdiction of the Coptic Patriarch: here they were so persecuted by
the Orthodox clergy, who enjoyed the protection of the Byzantine emperors, that the Patriarch could
not induce priests to go there, and consequently all the Copts on the island either accepted Islam or
the Council of Chalcedon, and their churches were all shut up. (Id. p. 31.) ↑
Renaudot, p. 377. ↑
28
10 11
“Sans aucun doute il y eut dans la multiplicité des martyrs une sorte de résistance nationale
12
contre les gouverneurs étrangers.” (Amélineau, p. 58.) ↑
Amélineau, pp. 57–8. ↑
13
Abū Ṣāliḥ, pp. 163–4. ↑
14
Amélineau, pp. 53–4, 69–70. ↑
15
Abū Ṣāliḥ gives an account of some monks who embraced the faith of the Prophet, and
16
these are probably representative of a larger number of whom the historian has left no
record, as lacking the peculiar circumstances of loss to the monastery or of recantation that made
such instances of interest to him (pp. 128, 142). ↑
Lane, pp. 546, 549. ↑
17
Lüttke (1), vol. i. pp. 30, 35. Dr. Andrew Watson writes: “No year has passed during my
18
residence of forty-four years in the Nile valley without my hearing of several instances of
defection. The causes are, chiefly, the hope of worldly gain of various kinds, severe and continued
persecution, exposure to the cruelty and rapacity of Moslem neighbours, and personal indignities as
well as political disabilities of various kinds.” (Islam in Egypt: Mohammedan World, p. 24.) ↑
Severus, pp. 122, 126, 143. One of the very first occasions on which they had to complain of
19
excessive taxation was when Menas, the Christian prefect of Lower Egypt, extorted from the city
of Alexandria 32,057 pieces of gold, instead of 22,000 which ʻAmr had fixed as the amount to be
levied. (John of Nikiu, p. 585.) Renaudot (p. 168) says that after the restoration of the Orthodox
hierarchy, about seventy years after the Muhammadan conquest, the Copts suffered as much at its
hands as at the hands of the Muhammadans themselves. ↑
Maqrīzī mentions five other risings of the Copts that had to be crushed by force of arms, within
20
the first century of the Arab domination. (Maqrīzī (2), pp. 76–82.) ↑
Renaudot, pp. 189, 374, 430, 540. ↑
21
Id. p. 603. ↑
22
Id. pp. 432, 607. Nāṣir-i-K͟ husrau: Safar-nāmah, ed. Schefer, pp. 155–6. ↑
23
Renaudot, pp. 212, 225, 314, 374, 540. ↑
24
Renaudot, p. 388. ↑
25
Id. pp 567, 571, 574–5. ↑
26
Wansleben, p. 30. Wansleben mentions another instance (under different
27
circumstances) of the decay of the Coptic Church, in the island of Cyprus,
which was formerly under the jurisdiction of the Coptic Patriarch: here they were so persecuted by
the Orthodox clergy, who enjoyed the protection of the Byzantine emperors, that the Patriarch could
not induce priests to go there, and consequently all the Copts on the island either accepted Islam or
the Council of Chalcedon, and their churches were all shut up. (Id. p. 31.) ↑
Renaudot, p. 377. ↑
28
Page 157
Renaudot, p. 575. ↑
29
Relation du voyage du Sayd ou de la Thebayde fait en 1668, par les PP. Protais et Charles-
30
François d’Orleans, Capuchins Missionaires, p. 3. (Thevenot, vol. ii.) ↑
Caetani, vol. iv. p. 520. ↑
31
Ishok of Romgla, pp. 272–3. ↑
32
Idrīsī, p. 32. ↑
33
Maqrīzī (2), tome i. 2me partie, p. 131. ↑
34
Maqrīzī, pp. 128–30. ↑
35
Burckhardt (1), p. 494. ↑
36
About twelve miles above the modern Khartum. ↑
37
Artin, pp. 62, 144. ↑
38
Becker, Geschichte des östlichen Sūdān, p. 160. ↑
39
Vol. iv. p. 396. ↑
40
Slatin Pasha records a tradition current among the Danagla Arabs
41
that this town was founded by their ancestor, Dangal, who called
it after his own name. (This however is impossible, inasmuch as Dongola was in existence in ancient
Egyptian times, and is mentioned on the monuments. See Vivien de Saint-Martin, vol. ii. p. 85.)
According to their tradition, this Dangal, though a slave, rose to be ruler of Nubia, but paid tribute to
Bahnesa, the Coptic bishop of the entire district lying between the present Sarras and Debba. (Fire
and Sword in the Sudan, p. 13.) (London, 1896.) ↑
Ibn Salīm al-Aswānī, quoted by Maqrīzī: Kitāb al-K͟ hiṭaṭ, vol. i. p. 190. (Cairo, a.h. 1270.) ↑
42
Budge, vol. ii. p. 199. Artin, p. 144. ↑
43
Maqrīzī: Kitāb al-K͟ hiṭaṭ, vol. i. p. 193. ↑
44
Morié, vol. i. pp. 417–18. ↑
45
Lord Stanley of Alderley in his translation of Alvarez’ Narrative from the original
46
Portuguese, gives the answer of the king as follows: “He said to them that he had his
Abima from the country of the Moors, that is to say from the Patriarch of Alexandria; … how then
could he give priests and friars since another gave them” (p. 352). (London, 1881.) ↑
Viaggio nella Ethiopia al Prete Ianni fatto par Don Francesco Alvarez Portughese (1520–1527).
47
(Ramusio, tom. i. pp. 200, 250.) ↑
Wansleben, p. 30. For descriptions of the ruins that still remain, see Budge, vol. ii. p. 299 sqq.,
48
and G. S. Nileham, Churches in Lower Nubia. (Philadelphia, 1910.) ↑
Burckhardt (1), p. 133. ↑
49
Alvarez, p. 250. ↑
50
Idrīsī, p. 32. ↑
51
29
Relation du voyage du Sayd ou de la Thebayde fait en 1668, par les PP. Protais et Charles-
30
François d’Orleans, Capuchins Missionaires, p. 3. (Thevenot, vol. ii.) ↑
Caetani, vol. iv. p. 520. ↑
31
Ishok of Romgla, pp. 272–3. ↑
32
Idrīsī, p. 32. ↑
33
Maqrīzī (2), tome i. 2me partie, p. 131. ↑
34
Maqrīzī, pp. 128–30. ↑
35
Burckhardt (1), p. 494. ↑
36
About twelve miles above the modern Khartum. ↑
37
Artin, pp. 62, 144. ↑
38
Becker, Geschichte des östlichen Sūdān, p. 160. ↑
39
Vol. iv. p. 396. ↑
40
Slatin Pasha records a tradition current among the Danagla Arabs
41
that this town was founded by their ancestor, Dangal, who called
it after his own name. (This however is impossible, inasmuch as Dongola was in existence in ancient
Egyptian times, and is mentioned on the monuments. See Vivien de Saint-Martin, vol. ii. p. 85.)
According to their tradition, this Dangal, though a slave, rose to be ruler of Nubia, but paid tribute to
Bahnesa, the Coptic bishop of the entire district lying between the present Sarras and Debba. (Fire
and Sword in the Sudan, p. 13.) (London, 1896.) ↑
Ibn Salīm al-Aswānī, quoted by Maqrīzī: Kitāb al-K͟ hiṭaṭ, vol. i. p. 190. (Cairo, a.h. 1270.) ↑
42
Budge, vol. ii. p. 199. Artin, p. 144. ↑
43
Maqrīzī: Kitāb al-K͟ hiṭaṭ, vol. i. p. 193. ↑
44
Morié, vol. i. pp. 417–18. ↑
45
Lord Stanley of Alderley in his translation of Alvarez’ Narrative from the original
46
Portuguese, gives the answer of the king as follows: “He said to them that he had his
Abima from the country of the Moors, that is to say from the Patriarch of Alexandria; … how then
could he give priests and friars since another gave them” (p. 352). (London, 1881.) ↑
Viaggio nella Ethiopia al Prete Ianni fatto par Don Francesco Alvarez Portughese (1520–1527).
47
(Ramusio, tom. i. pp. 200, 250.) ↑
Wansleben, p. 30. For descriptions of the ruins that still remain, see Budge, vol. ii. p. 299 sqq.,
48
and G. S. Nileham, Churches in Lower Nubia. (Philadelphia, 1910.) ↑
Burckhardt (1), p. 133. ↑
49
Alvarez, p. 250. ↑
50
Idrīsī, p. 32. ↑
51
Page 158
ʻArabfaqīh, p. 323. ↑
52
Maqrīzī (2), tome ii. 2me partie, p. 183. ↑
53
Basset, p. 240. ↑
54
Id., p. 247. ↑
55
Alvarez. (Ramusio, tom. i. pp. 218, 242, 249.) ↑
56
ʻArabfaqīh, pp. 83, 191. ↑
57
ʻArabfaqīh, p. 275–6. ↑
58
Id. pp. 319, 324. ↑
59
Id. pp. 28, 129, 275. ↑
60
Plowden, p. 36. ↑
61
ʻArabfaqīh, pp. 321, 335, 343. ↑
62
Id. passim. ↑
63
Id. pp. 175, 195, 248. ↑
64
Id. p. 178. ↑
65
ʻArabfaqīh, pp. 34–5, 120–1, 182–3, 244, 327. ↑
66
ʻArabfaqīh, pp. 181–2, 186. ↑
67
Iobi Ludolfi ad suam Historiam Æthiopicam
68
Commentarius, p. 474. (Frankfurt a. M.,
1691.) ↑
Histoire de la Haute Ethiopie, par le R. P. Manoel d’Almeïda, p. 7. (Thevenot, vol. ii.) ↑
69
Massaja, vol. ii. pp. 205–6. “Ognuno comprende che movente di queste conversioni essendo la
70
sete di regnare, nel fatto non si riducevano che ad una formalità esterna, restando poi i nuovi
convertiti veri mussulmani nei cuori e nei costumi. E perciò accadeva che, elevati alla dignità di Râs,
si circondavano di mussulmani, dando ad essi la maggior parte degli impieghi e colmandoli di titoli,
ricchezze e favori: e così l’Abissinia cristiana invasa e popolata da questa pessima razza, passò
coll’andar del tempo sotto il giogo dell’islamismo.” (Id. p. 206.) ↑
Rüppell, vol. i. pp. 328, 366. ↑
71
Plowden, p. 15. ↑
72
Tābōt, the ark of the covenant. ↑
73
Littmann, pp. 69–70. ↑
74
Plowden, pp. 8–9. ↑
75
Beke, pp. 51–2. Isenberg, p. 36. ↑
76
Reclus, vol. x. p. 247. Massaja, vol. xi. p. 125. ↑
77
Massaja, vol. xi. p. 124. ↑
52
Maqrīzī (2), tome ii. 2me partie, p. 183. ↑
53
Basset, p. 240. ↑
54
Id., p. 247. ↑
55
Alvarez. (Ramusio, tom. i. pp. 218, 242, 249.) ↑
56
ʻArabfaqīh, pp. 83, 191. ↑
57
ʻArabfaqīh, p. 275–6. ↑
58
Id. pp. 319, 324. ↑
59
Id. pp. 28, 129, 275. ↑
60
Plowden, p. 36. ↑
61
ʻArabfaqīh, pp. 321, 335, 343. ↑
62
Id. passim. ↑
63
Id. pp. 175, 195, 248. ↑
64
Id. p. 178. ↑
65
ʻArabfaqīh, pp. 34–5, 120–1, 182–3, 244, 327. ↑
66
ʻArabfaqīh, pp. 181–2, 186. ↑
67
Iobi Ludolfi ad suam Historiam Æthiopicam
68
Commentarius, p. 474. (Frankfurt a. M.,
1691.) ↑
Histoire de la Haute Ethiopie, par le R. P. Manoel d’Almeïda, p. 7. (Thevenot, vol. ii.) ↑
69
Massaja, vol. ii. pp. 205–6. “Ognuno comprende che movente di queste conversioni essendo la
70
sete di regnare, nel fatto non si riducevano che ad una formalità esterna, restando poi i nuovi
convertiti veri mussulmani nei cuori e nei costumi. E perciò accadeva che, elevati alla dignità di Râs,
si circondavano di mussulmani, dando ad essi la maggior parte degli impieghi e colmandoli di titoli,
ricchezze e favori: e così l’Abissinia cristiana invasa e popolata da questa pessima razza, passò
coll’andar del tempo sotto il giogo dell’islamismo.” (Id. p. 206.) ↑
Rüppell, vol. i. pp. 328, 366. ↑
71
Plowden, p. 15. ↑
72
Tābōt, the ark of the covenant. ↑
73
Littmann, pp. 69–70. ↑
74
Plowden, pp. 8–9. ↑
75
Beke, pp. 51–2. Isenberg, p. 36. ↑
76
Reclus, vol. x. p. 247. Massaja, vol. xi. p. 125. ↑
77
Massaja, vol. xi. p. 124. ↑
Page 159
Massaja, vol. xi. pp. 77–8. ↑
78 79
Id. pp. 124, 125. ↑
80
Oppel, p. 307. Reclus, tome x. p. 247. ↑
81
Massaja, vol. xi. pp. 79, 81. ↑
82
Morié, vol. ii. p. 449. ↑
83
Littmann, pp. 68–70. K. Cederquist: Islam and Christianity in Abyssinia, p.
84
154 (The Moslem World, vol. ii.). ↑
Gibbon, vol. i. p. 161. ↑
85
Id. vol. ii. p. 212. ↑
86
C. O. Castiglioni: Recherches sur les Berbères atlantiques, pp. 96–7. (Milan, 1826.) ↑
87
Synesii Catastasis. (Migne: Patr. Gr., tom. lxvi. p. 1569.) ↑
88
Neander (2), p. 320. ↑
89
Gibbon, vol. iv. pp. 331–3. ↑
90
Id. vol. v. p. 115. ↑
91
Tijānī, p. 201. Gibbon, vol. v. p. 122. ↑
92
Gibbon, vol. v. p. 214. ↑
93
Neander (1), vol. v. pp. 254–5. J. E. T. Wiltsch: Hand-book of the
94
geography and statistics of the Church, vol. i. pp. 433–4. (London,
1859.) J. Bournichon: L’Invasion musulmane en Afrique, pp. 32–3. (Tours, 1890.) ↑
Leo Africanus. (Ramusio, tom. i. p. 70, D.) ↑
95
“Deusen, una città antichissima edificata da Romani dove confina il regno di Buggia col
96
diserto di Numidia.” (Id. p. 75, F.) ↑
Pavy, vol. i. p. iv. ↑
97
“Tous ceux qui ne se convertirent pas à l’islamisme, ou qui (conservant leur foi) ne voulurent
98
pas s’obliger à payer la capitation, durent prendre la fuite devant les armées musulmanes.”
(Tijānī, p. 201.) ↑
Leo Africanus. (Ramusio, tom. i. p. 7.) ↑
99
“Afros passim ad ecclesiasticos ordines (procedentes) prætendentes nulla ratione suscipiat
100
(Bonifacius), quia aliqui eorum Manichæi, aliqui rebaptizati sæpius sunt probati.” Epist. iv.
(Migne: Patr. Lat., tom. lxxxix, p. 502.) ↑
Leo Africanus. (Ramusio, pp. 65, 66, 68, 69, 76.) ↑
101
Qayrwān or Cairoan, founded a.h. 50; Fez, founded a.h. 185; al-Mahdiyyah, founded a.h.
102
303; Masīlah, founded a.h. 315; Marocco, founded a.h. 424. (Abū’l-Fidā, tome ii. pp. 198,
186, 200, 191, 187.) ↑
Ibn Abī Zarʻ, p. 16. ↑
78 79
Id. pp. 124, 125. ↑
80
Oppel, p. 307. Reclus, tome x. p. 247. ↑
81
Massaja, vol. xi. pp. 79, 81. ↑
82
Morié, vol. ii. p. 449. ↑
83
Littmann, pp. 68–70. K. Cederquist: Islam and Christianity in Abyssinia, p.
84
154 (The Moslem World, vol. ii.). ↑
Gibbon, vol. i. p. 161. ↑
85
Id. vol. ii. p. 212. ↑
86
C. O. Castiglioni: Recherches sur les Berbères atlantiques, pp. 96–7. (Milan, 1826.) ↑
87
Synesii Catastasis. (Migne: Patr. Gr., tom. lxvi. p. 1569.) ↑
88
Neander (2), p. 320. ↑
89
Gibbon, vol. iv. pp. 331–3. ↑
90
Id. vol. v. p. 115. ↑
91
Tijānī, p. 201. Gibbon, vol. v. p. 122. ↑
92
Gibbon, vol. v. p. 214. ↑
93
Neander (1), vol. v. pp. 254–5. J. E. T. Wiltsch: Hand-book of the
94
geography and statistics of the Church, vol. i. pp. 433–4. (London,
1859.) J. Bournichon: L’Invasion musulmane en Afrique, pp. 32–3. (Tours, 1890.) ↑
Leo Africanus. (Ramusio, tom. i. p. 70, D.) ↑
95
“Deusen, una città antichissima edificata da Romani dove confina il regno di Buggia col
96
diserto di Numidia.” (Id. p. 75, F.) ↑
Pavy, vol. i. p. iv. ↑
97
“Tous ceux qui ne se convertirent pas à l’islamisme, ou qui (conservant leur foi) ne voulurent
98
pas s’obliger à payer la capitation, durent prendre la fuite devant les armées musulmanes.”
(Tijānī, p. 201.) ↑
Leo Africanus. (Ramusio, tom. i. p. 7.) ↑
99
“Afros passim ad ecclesiasticos ordines (procedentes) prætendentes nulla ratione suscipiat
100
(Bonifacius), quia aliqui eorum Manichæi, aliqui rebaptizati sæpius sunt probati.” Epist. iv.
(Migne: Patr. Lat., tom. lxxxix, p. 502.) ↑
Leo Africanus. (Ramusio, pp. 65, 66, 68, 69, 76.) ↑
101
Qayrwān or Cairoan, founded a.h. 50; Fez, founded a.h. 185; al-Mahdiyyah, founded a.h.
102
303; Masīlah, founded a.h. 315; Marocco, founded a.h. 424. (Abū’l-Fidā, tome ii. pp. 198,
186, 200, 191, 187.) ↑
Ibn Abī Zarʻ, p. 16. ↑
Page 160
A doubtful case of forced conversion is attributed to ʻAbd al-Muʼmin, who conquered Tunis
103 104
in 1159. See De Mas Latrie (2), pp. 77–8. “Deux auteurs arabes, Ibn-al-Athir, contemporain,
mais vivant à Damas au milieu de l’exaltation religieuse que provoquaient les victoires de Saladin,
l’autre El-Tidjani, visitant l’Afrique orientale au quatorzième siècle, ont écrit que le sultan, maître de
Tunis, força les chrétiens et les juifs établis dans cette ville à embrasser l’islamisme, et que les
réfractaires furent impitoyablement massacrés. Nous doutons de la réalité de toutes ces mesures. Si
l’arrêt fatal fut prononcé dans l’emportement du triomphe et pour satisfaire quelques exigences
momentanées, il dut être éludé ou révoqué, tant il était contraire au principe de la liberté religieuse
respecté jusque-là par tous les princes maugrebins. Ce qu’il y a de certain, c’est que les chrétiens et
les juifs ne tardèrent pas à reparaître à Tunis et qu’on voit les chrétiens avant la fin du règne d’Abd-
el-Moumen établis à Tunis et y jouissant comme par le passé de la liberté, de leurs établissements, de
leur commerce et de leur religion.… ‘Accompagné ainsi par Dieu même dans sa marche, dit un
ancien auteur maugrebin, il traversa victorieusement les terres du Zab et de l’Ifrikiah, conquérant le
pays et les villes, accordant l’aman à ceux qui le demandaient et tuant les récalcitrants.’ Ces derniers
mots confirment notre sentiment sur sa politique à l’égard des chrétiens qui acceptèrent l’arrêt fatal
de la destinée.” ↑
De Mas Latrie (2), pp. 27–8. ↑
105
S. Leonis IX. Papæ Epist. lxxxiii. (Migne: Patr. Lat., tom. cxliii. p. 728.) This letter deals with
106
a quarrel for precedence between the bishops of Gummi and Carthage, and it is quite possible
that the disordered condition of Africa at the time may have kept the African bishops ignorant of the
condition of other sees besides their own and those immediately adjacent, and that accordingly the
information supplied to the Pope represented the number of the bishops as being smaller than it really
was. ↑
A. Müller, vol. ii. pp. 628–9. ↑
107
S. Gregorii VII. Epistola xix. (Liber tertius). (Migne: Patr. Lat., tom. cxlviii. p. 449.) ↑
108
De Mas Latrie, p. 226. A number of Spanish Christians, whose ancestors had been
109
deported to Morocco in 1122, were to be found there as late as 1386, when they were
allowed to return to Seville through the good offices of the then sultan of Morocco. (Whishaw, pp.
31–4.) ↑
C. Trumelet: Les Saints de l’Islam, p. xxxiii. (Paris, 1881.) ↑
110
Compare the articles published by a Junta held at Madrid in 1566, for the reformation of the
111
Moriscoes; one of which runs as follows: “That neither themselves, their women, nor any
other persons should be permitted to wash or bathe themselves either at home or elsewhere; and that
all their bathing houses should be pulled down and demolished.” (J. Morgan, vol. ii. p. 256.) ↑
C. Trumelet: Les Saints de l’Islam, pp. xxvi–xxxvii. ↑
112
Leo Africanus says that at the end of the fifteenth century all the mountaineers of Algeria and
113
of Buggia, though Muhammadans, painted black crosses on their cheeks and palms of the
hand (Ramusio, i. p. 61); similarly the Banū Mzab to the present day still keep up some religious
observances corresponding to excommunication and confession (Oppel, p. 299), and some nomad
103 104
in 1159. See De Mas Latrie (2), pp. 77–8. “Deux auteurs arabes, Ibn-al-Athir, contemporain,
mais vivant à Damas au milieu de l’exaltation religieuse que provoquaient les victoires de Saladin,
l’autre El-Tidjani, visitant l’Afrique orientale au quatorzième siècle, ont écrit que le sultan, maître de
Tunis, força les chrétiens et les juifs établis dans cette ville à embrasser l’islamisme, et que les
réfractaires furent impitoyablement massacrés. Nous doutons de la réalité de toutes ces mesures. Si
l’arrêt fatal fut prononcé dans l’emportement du triomphe et pour satisfaire quelques exigences
momentanées, il dut être éludé ou révoqué, tant il était contraire au principe de la liberté religieuse
respecté jusque-là par tous les princes maugrebins. Ce qu’il y a de certain, c’est que les chrétiens et
les juifs ne tardèrent pas à reparaître à Tunis et qu’on voit les chrétiens avant la fin du règne d’Abd-
el-Moumen établis à Tunis et y jouissant comme par le passé de la liberté, de leurs établissements, de
leur commerce et de leur religion.… ‘Accompagné ainsi par Dieu même dans sa marche, dit un
ancien auteur maugrebin, il traversa victorieusement les terres du Zab et de l’Ifrikiah, conquérant le
pays et les villes, accordant l’aman à ceux qui le demandaient et tuant les récalcitrants.’ Ces derniers
mots confirment notre sentiment sur sa politique à l’égard des chrétiens qui acceptèrent l’arrêt fatal
de la destinée.” ↑
De Mas Latrie (2), pp. 27–8. ↑
105
S. Leonis IX. Papæ Epist. lxxxiii. (Migne: Patr. Lat., tom. cxliii. p. 728.) This letter deals with
106
a quarrel for precedence between the bishops of Gummi and Carthage, and it is quite possible
that the disordered condition of Africa at the time may have kept the African bishops ignorant of the
condition of other sees besides their own and those immediately adjacent, and that accordingly the
information supplied to the Pope represented the number of the bishops as being smaller than it really
was. ↑
A. Müller, vol. ii. pp. 628–9. ↑
107
S. Gregorii VII. Epistola xix. (Liber tertius). (Migne: Patr. Lat., tom. cxlviii. p. 449.) ↑
108
De Mas Latrie, p. 226. A number of Spanish Christians, whose ancestors had been
109
deported to Morocco in 1122, were to be found there as late as 1386, when they were
allowed to return to Seville through the good offices of the then sultan of Morocco. (Whishaw, pp.
31–4.) ↑
C. Trumelet: Les Saints de l’Islam, p. xxxiii. (Paris, 1881.) ↑
110
Compare the articles published by a Junta held at Madrid in 1566, for the reformation of the
111
Moriscoes; one of which runs as follows: “That neither themselves, their women, nor any
other persons should be permitted to wash or bathe themselves either at home or elsewhere; and that
all their bathing houses should be pulled down and demolished.” (J. Morgan, vol. ii. p. 256.) ↑
C. Trumelet: Les Saints de l’Islam, pp. xxvi–xxxvii. ↑
112
Leo Africanus says that at the end of the fifteenth century all the mountaineers of Algeria and
113
of Buggia, though Muhammadans, painted black crosses on their cheeks and palms of the
hand (Ramusio, i. p. 61); similarly the Banū Mzab to the present day still keep up some religious
observances corresponding to excommunication and confession (Oppel, p. 299), and some nomad
Page 161
tribes of the Sahara observe the practice of a kind of baptism and use the cross as a decoration for
their stuffs and weapons. (De Mas Latrie (2), p. 8.) ↑
Tijānī, p. 203. ↑
114
The modern Touzer, in Tunis. ↑
115
Taʼrīk͟ h al-duwal al-islāmiyyah biʼl mag͟ hrib, I. p. 146. (ed. De Slane. Alger, 1847.) ↑
116
Leo Africanus. (Ramusio, tom. i. p. 67.) ↑
117
Pavy, vol. i. p. vii. ↑
118
De Mas Latrie (2), pp. 61–2, 266–7. L. del Marmol-Caravajal: De l’Afrique,
119
tome ii. p. 54. (Paris, 1667.) ↑
De Mas Latrie (2), p. 192. ↑
120
e.g. Innocent III, Gregory VII, Gregory IX and Innocent IV. ↑
121
De Mas Latrie (2), p. 273. ↑
122
their stuffs and weapons. (De Mas Latrie (2), p. 8.) ↑
Tijānī, p. 203. ↑
114
The modern Touzer, in Tunis. ↑
115
Taʼrīk͟ h al-duwal al-islāmiyyah biʼl mag͟ hrib, I. p. 146. (ed. De Slane. Alger, 1847.) ↑
116
Leo Africanus. (Ramusio, tom. i. p. 67.) ↑
117
Pavy, vol. i. p. vii. ↑
118
De Mas Latrie (2), pp. 61–2, 266–7. L. del Marmol-Caravajal: De l’Afrique,
119
tome ii. p. 54. (Paris, 1667.) ↑
De Mas Latrie (2), p. 192. ↑
120
e.g. Innocent III, Gregory VII, Gregory IX and Innocent IV. ↑
121
De Mas Latrie (2), p. 273. ↑
122
Page 162
[Contents]
Page 163
CHAPTER V.
Page 164
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM AMONG THE
CHRISTIANS OF SPAIN.
In 711 the victorious Arabs introduced Islam into Spain: in 1502 an edict of
Ferdinand and Isabella forbade the exercise of the Muhammadan religion
throughout the kingdom. During the centuries that elapsed between these
two dates, Muslim Spain had written one of the brightest pages in the
history of mediæval Europe. Her influence had passed through Provence
into the other countries of Europe, bringing into birth a new poetry and a
new culture, and it was from her that Christian scholars received what of
Greek philosophy and science they had to stimulate their mental activity up
to the time of the Renaissance. But these triumphs of the civilised life—art
and poetry, science and philosophy—we must pass over here and fix our
attention on the religious condition of Spain under the Muslim rule.
When the Muhammadans first brought their religion into Spain they found
Catholic Christianity firmly established after its conquest over Arianism.
The sixth Council of Toledo had enacted that all kings were to swear that
they would not suffer the exercise of any other religion but the Catholic,
and would vigorously enforce the law against all dissentients, while a
subsequent law forbade any one under pain of confiscation of his property
and perpetual imprisonment, to call in question the Holy Catholic and
Apostolic Church, the Evangelical Institutions, the definitions of the
Fathers, the decrees of the Church, and the Holy Sacraments. The clergy
had gained for their order a preponderating influence in the affairs of the
state; 1 the bishops and chief [132]ecclesiastics sat in the national councils,
which met to settle the most important business of the realm, ratified the
election of the king and claimed the right to depose him if he refused to
abide by their decrees. The Christian clergy took advantage of their power
to persecute the Jews, who formed a very large community in Spain; edicts
CHRISTIANS OF SPAIN.
In 711 the victorious Arabs introduced Islam into Spain: in 1502 an edict of
Ferdinand and Isabella forbade the exercise of the Muhammadan religion
throughout the kingdom. During the centuries that elapsed between these
two dates, Muslim Spain had written one of the brightest pages in the
history of mediæval Europe. Her influence had passed through Provence
into the other countries of Europe, bringing into birth a new poetry and a
new culture, and it was from her that Christian scholars received what of
Greek philosophy and science they had to stimulate their mental activity up
to the time of the Renaissance. But these triumphs of the civilised life—art
and poetry, science and philosophy—we must pass over here and fix our
attention on the religious condition of Spain under the Muslim rule.
When the Muhammadans first brought their religion into Spain they found
Catholic Christianity firmly established after its conquest over Arianism.
The sixth Council of Toledo had enacted that all kings were to swear that
they would not suffer the exercise of any other religion but the Catholic,
and would vigorously enforce the law against all dissentients, while a
subsequent law forbade any one under pain of confiscation of his property
and perpetual imprisonment, to call in question the Holy Catholic and
Apostolic Church, the Evangelical Institutions, the definitions of the
Fathers, the decrees of the Church, and the Holy Sacraments. The clergy
had gained for their order a preponderating influence in the affairs of the
state; 1 the bishops and chief [132]ecclesiastics sat in the national councils,
which met to settle the most important business of the realm, ratified the
election of the king and claimed the right to depose him if he refused to
abide by their decrees. The Christian clergy took advantage of their power
to persecute the Jews, who formed a very large community in Spain; edicts
Page 165
of a brutally severe character were passed against such as refused to be
baptised; 2 and they consequently hailed the invading Arabs as their
deliverers from such cruel oppression, they garrisoned the captured cities on
behalf of the conqueror and opened the gates of towns that were being
besieged. 3
The Muhammadans received as warm a welcome from the slaves, whose
condition under the Gothic rule was a very miserable one, and whose
knowledge of Christianity was too superficial to have any weight when
compared with the liberty and numerous advantages they gained, by
throwing in their lot with the Muslims.
These down-trodden slaves were the first converts to Islam in Spain. The
remnants of the heathen population of which we find mention as late as a.d.
693, 4 probably followed their example. Many of the Christian nobles, also,
whether from genuine conviction or from other motives, embraced the new
creed. 5 Many converts were won, too, from the lower and middle classes,
who may well have embraced Islam, not merely outwardly, but from
genuine conviction, turning to it from a religion whose ministers had left
them ill-instructed and uncared for, and busied with worldly ambitions had
plundered and oppressed their flocks. 6 Having once become Muslims, these
Spanish converts showed themselves zealous adherents of their adopted
faith, and they and their children joined themselves to the Puritan party of
the rigid Muhammadan theologians as against the careless and luxurious
life of the Arab aristocracy. 7
At the time of the Muhammadan conquest the old Gothic virtues are said by
Christian historians to have declined [133]and given place to effeminacy and
corruption, so that the Muhammadan rule appeared to them to be a
punishment sent from God on those who had gone astray into the paths of
vice; 8 but such a statement is too frequent a commonplace of the
ecclesiastical historian to be accepted in the absence of contemporary
evidence. 9
baptised; 2 and they consequently hailed the invading Arabs as their
deliverers from such cruel oppression, they garrisoned the captured cities on
behalf of the conqueror and opened the gates of towns that were being
besieged. 3
The Muhammadans received as warm a welcome from the slaves, whose
condition under the Gothic rule was a very miserable one, and whose
knowledge of Christianity was too superficial to have any weight when
compared with the liberty and numerous advantages they gained, by
throwing in their lot with the Muslims.
These down-trodden slaves were the first converts to Islam in Spain. The
remnants of the heathen population of which we find mention as late as a.d.
693, 4 probably followed their example. Many of the Christian nobles, also,
whether from genuine conviction or from other motives, embraced the new
creed. 5 Many converts were won, too, from the lower and middle classes,
who may well have embraced Islam, not merely outwardly, but from
genuine conviction, turning to it from a religion whose ministers had left
them ill-instructed and uncared for, and busied with worldly ambitions had
plundered and oppressed their flocks. 6 Having once become Muslims, these
Spanish converts showed themselves zealous adherents of their adopted
faith, and they and their children joined themselves to the Puritan party of
the rigid Muhammadan theologians as against the careless and luxurious
life of the Arab aristocracy. 7
At the time of the Muhammadan conquest the old Gothic virtues are said by
Christian historians to have declined [133]and given place to effeminacy and
corruption, so that the Muhammadan rule appeared to them to be a
punishment sent from God on those who had gone astray into the paths of
vice; 8 but such a statement is too frequent a commonplace of the
ecclesiastical historian to be accepted in the absence of contemporary
evidence. 9
Page 166
But certainly as time went on, matters do not seem to have mended
themselves; and when Christian bishops took part in the revels of the
Muhammadan court, when episcopal sees were put up to auction and
persons suspected to be atheists appointed as shepherds of the faithful, and
these in their turn bestowed the office of the priesthood on low and
unworthy persons, 10 we may well suppose that it was not only in the
province of Elvira 11 that Christians turned from a religion, the corrupt lives
of whose ministers had brought it into discredit, 12 and sought a more
congenial atmosphere for the moral and spiritual life in the pale of Islam.
Had ecclesiastical writers cared to chronicle them, Spain would doubtless
be found to offer instances of many a man leaving the Christian Church like
Bodo, a deacon at the French court in the reign of Louis the Pious, who in
a.d. 838 became a Jew, in order that (as he said), forsaking his sinful life, he
might “abide steadfast in the law of the Lord.” 13 [134]
It is very possible, too, that the lingering remains of the old Gothic
Arianism—of which, indeed, there had been some slight revival in the
Spanish Church just before the Arab conquest 14—may have predisposed
men’s minds to accept the new faith whose Christology was in such close
agreement with Arian doctrine, 15 and a later age may have witnessed
parallels to that change of faith which is the earliest recorded instance of
conversion to Islam in western Europe and occurred before the Arab
invasion of Spain—namely the conversion of a Greek named Theodisclus,
who succeeded St. Isidore (ob. a.d. 636) as Archbishop of Seville; he was
accused of heresy, for maintaining that Jesus was not one God in unity with
the Father and the Holy Spirit, but was rather Son of God by adoption; he
was accordingly condemned by an ecclesiastical synod, deprived of his
archbishopric and degraded from the priesthood. Whereupon he went over
to the Arabs and embraced Islam among them. 16
Of forced conversion or anything like persecution in the early days of the
Arab conquest, we hear nothing. Indeed, it was probably in a great measure
themselves; and when Christian bishops took part in the revels of the
Muhammadan court, when episcopal sees were put up to auction and
persons suspected to be atheists appointed as shepherds of the faithful, and
these in their turn bestowed the office of the priesthood on low and
unworthy persons, 10 we may well suppose that it was not only in the
province of Elvira 11 that Christians turned from a religion, the corrupt lives
of whose ministers had brought it into discredit, 12 and sought a more
congenial atmosphere for the moral and spiritual life in the pale of Islam.
Had ecclesiastical writers cared to chronicle them, Spain would doubtless
be found to offer instances of many a man leaving the Christian Church like
Bodo, a deacon at the French court in the reign of Louis the Pious, who in
a.d. 838 became a Jew, in order that (as he said), forsaking his sinful life, he
might “abide steadfast in the law of the Lord.” 13 [134]
It is very possible, too, that the lingering remains of the old Gothic
Arianism—of which, indeed, there had been some slight revival in the
Spanish Church just before the Arab conquest 14—may have predisposed
men’s minds to accept the new faith whose Christology was in such close
agreement with Arian doctrine, 15 and a later age may have witnessed
parallels to that change of faith which is the earliest recorded instance of
conversion to Islam in western Europe and occurred before the Arab
invasion of Spain—namely the conversion of a Greek named Theodisclus,
who succeeded St. Isidore (ob. a.d. 636) as Archbishop of Seville; he was
accused of heresy, for maintaining that Jesus was not one God in unity with
the Father and the Holy Spirit, but was rather Son of God by adoption; he
was accordingly condemned by an ecclesiastical synod, deprived of his
archbishopric and degraded from the priesthood. Whereupon he went over
to the Arabs and embraced Islam among them. 16
Of forced conversion or anything like persecution in the early days of the
Arab conquest, we hear nothing. Indeed, it was probably in a great measure
Page 167
their tolerant attitude towards the Christian religion that facilitated their
rapid acquisition of the country. The only complaint that the Christians
could bring against their new rulers for treating them differently to their
non-Christian subjects, was that they had to pay the usual capitation-tax of
forty-eight dirhams for the rich, twenty-four for the middle classes, and
twelve for those who made their living by manual labour: this, as being in
lieu of military service, was levied only on the able-bodied males, for
women, children, monks, the halt, and the blind, and the sick, mendicants
and slaves were exempted therefrom; 17 it must moreover have appeared
[135]the less oppressive as being collected by the Christian officials
themselves. 18
Except in the case of offences against the Muslim religious law, the
Christians were tried by their own judges and in accordance with their own
laws. 19 They were left undisturbed in the exercise of their religion; 20 the
sacrifice of the mass was offered, with the swinging of censers, the ringing
of the bell, and all the other solemnities of the Catholic ritual; the psalms
were chanted in the choir, sermons preached to the people, and the festivals
of the Church observed in the usual manner. They do not appear to have
been condemned, like their co-religionists in Syria and Egypt, to wear a
distinctive dress as sign of their humiliation, and in the ninth century at
least, the Christian laity wore the same kind of costume as the Arabs. 21 They
were at one time even allowed to build new churches. 22
We read also of the founding 23 of several fresh monasteries in addition to
the numerous convents both for monks and nuns that flourished undisturbed
by the Muhammadan rulers. The monks could appear publicly in the
woollen robes of their order and the priest had no need to conceal the mark
of his sacred office, 24 nor at the same time did their religious profession
prevent the Christians from being entrusted with high offices at court, 25 or
serving in the Muslim armies. 26 [136]
rapid acquisition of the country. The only complaint that the Christians
could bring against their new rulers for treating them differently to their
non-Christian subjects, was that they had to pay the usual capitation-tax of
forty-eight dirhams for the rich, twenty-four for the middle classes, and
twelve for those who made their living by manual labour: this, as being in
lieu of military service, was levied only on the able-bodied males, for
women, children, monks, the halt, and the blind, and the sick, mendicants
and slaves were exempted therefrom; 17 it must moreover have appeared
[135]the less oppressive as being collected by the Christian officials
themselves. 18
Except in the case of offences against the Muslim religious law, the
Christians were tried by their own judges and in accordance with their own
laws. 19 They were left undisturbed in the exercise of their religion; 20 the
sacrifice of the mass was offered, with the swinging of censers, the ringing
of the bell, and all the other solemnities of the Catholic ritual; the psalms
were chanted in the choir, sermons preached to the people, and the festivals
of the Church observed in the usual manner. They do not appear to have
been condemned, like their co-religionists in Syria and Egypt, to wear a
distinctive dress as sign of their humiliation, and in the ninth century at
least, the Christian laity wore the same kind of costume as the Arabs. 21 They
were at one time even allowed to build new churches. 22
We read also of the founding 23 of several fresh monasteries in addition to
the numerous convents both for monks and nuns that flourished undisturbed
by the Muhammadan rulers. The monks could appear publicly in the
woollen robes of their order and the priest had no need to conceal the mark
of his sacred office, 24 nor at the same time did their religious profession
prevent the Christians from being entrusted with high offices at court, 25 or
serving in the Muslim armies. 26 [136]
Page 168
Certainly those Christians who could reconcile themselves to the loss of
political power had little to complain of, and it is very noticeable that
during the whole of the eighth century we hear of only one attempt at revolt
on their part, namely at Beja, and in this they appear to have followed the
lead of an Arab chief. 27 Those who migrated into French territory in order
that they might live under a Christian rule, certainly fared no better than the
co-religionists they had left behind. In 812 Charlemagne interfered to
protect the exiles who had followed him on his retreat from Spain from the
exactions of the imperial officers. Three years later Louis the Pious had to
issue another edict on their behalf, in spite of which they had soon again to
complain against the nobles who robbed them of the lands that had been
assigned to them. But the evil was only checked for a little time to break out
afresh, and all the edicts passed on their behalf did not avail to make the lot
of these unfortunate exiles more tolerable, and in the Cagots (i.e. canes
Gothi), a despised and ill-treated class of later times, we probably meet
again the Spanish colony that fled away from Muslim rule to throw
themselves upon the mercy of their Christian co-religionists. 28
The toleration of the Muhammadan government towards its Christian
subjects in Spain and the freedom of intercourse between the adherents of
the two religions brought about a certain amount of assimilation in the two
communities. Inter-marriages became frequent; 29 Isidore of Beja, who
fiercely inveighs against the Muslim conquerors, records the marriage of
ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz, the son of Mūsạ̄, with the widow of King Roderic, without a
word of blame. 30 Many of the Christians adopted Arab names, and in
outward observances imitated to some extent their Muhammadan
neighbours, e.g. many were circumcised, 31 and in matters [137]of food and
drink followed the practice of the “unbaptized pagans.” 32
The very term Muzarabes (i.e. mustʻaribīn or Arabicised) applied to the
Spanish Christians living under Arab rule, is significant of the tendencies
that were at work. The study of Arabic very rapidly began to displace that
of Latin throughout the country, 33 so that the language of Christian theology
political power had little to complain of, and it is very noticeable that
during the whole of the eighth century we hear of only one attempt at revolt
on their part, namely at Beja, and in this they appear to have followed the
lead of an Arab chief. 27 Those who migrated into French territory in order
that they might live under a Christian rule, certainly fared no better than the
co-religionists they had left behind. In 812 Charlemagne interfered to
protect the exiles who had followed him on his retreat from Spain from the
exactions of the imperial officers. Three years later Louis the Pious had to
issue another edict on their behalf, in spite of which they had soon again to
complain against the nobles who robbed them of the lands that had been
assigned to them. But the evil was only checked for a little time to break out
afresh, and all the edicts passed on their behalf did not avail to make the lot
of these unfortunate exiles more tolerable, and in the Cagots (i.e. canes
Gothi), a despised and ill-treated class of later times, we probably meet
again the Spanish colony that fled away from Muslim rule to throw
themselves upon the mercy of their Christian co-religionists. 28
The toleration of the Muhammadan government towards its Christian
subjects in Spain and the freedom of intercourse between the adherents of
the two religions brought about a certain amount of assimilation in the two
communities. Inter-marriages became frequent; 29 Isidore of Beja, who
fiercely inveighs against the Muslim conquerors, records the marriage of
ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz, the son of Mūsạ̄, with the widow of King Roderic, without a
word of blame. 30 Many of the Christians adopted Arab names, and in
outward observances imitated to some extent their Muhammadan
neighbours, e.g. many were circumcised, 31 and in matters [137]of food and
drink followed the practice of the “unbaptized pagans.” 32
The very term Muzarabes (i.e. mustʻaribīn or Arabicised) applied to the
Spanish Christians living under Arab rule, is significant of the tendencies
that were at work. The study of Arabic very rapidly began to displace that
of Latin throughout the country, 33 so that the language of Christian theology
Page 169
came gradually to be neglected and forgotten. Even some of the higher
clergy rendered themselves ridiculous by their ignorance of correct
Latinity. 34 It could hardly be expected that the laity would exhibit more zeal
in such a matter than the clergy, and in 854 a Spanish writer brings the
following complaint against his Christian fellow-countrymen:—“While we
are investigating their (i.e. the Muslim) sacred ordinances and meeting
together to study the sects of their philosophers—or rather philobraggers—
not for the purpose of refuting their errors, but for the exquisite charm and
for the eloquence and beauty of their language—neglecting the reading of
the Scriptures, we are but setting up as an idol the number of the beast.
(Apoc. xiii. 18.) Where nowadays can we find any learned layman who,
absorbed in the study of the Holy Scriptures, cares to look at the works of
any of the Latin Fathers? Who is there with any zeal for the writings of the
Evangelists, or the Prophets, or Apostles? Our Christian young men, with
their elegant airs and fluent speech, are showy in their dress and carriage,
and are famed for the learning of the gentiles; intoxicated with Arab
eloquence they greedily handle, eagerly devour and zealously discuss the
books of the Chaldeans (i.e. Muhammadans), and make them known by
praising them with every flourish of rhetoric, knowing nothing of the
beauty of the Church’s literature, and looking down with contempt on the
streams of the Church that flow forth from Paradise; alas! the Christians are
so ignorant [138]of their own law, the Latins pay so little attention to their
own language, that in the whole Christian flock there is hardly one man in a
thousand who can write a letter to inquire after a friend’s health intelligibly,
while you may find a countless rabble of all kinds of them who can
learnedly roll out the grandiloquent periods of the Chaldean tongue. They
can even make poems, every line ending with the same letter, which display
high flights of beauty and more skill in handling metre than the gentiles
themselves possess.” 35
In fact the knowledge of Latin so much declined in one part of Spain that it
was found necessary to translate the ancient Canons of the Spanish Church
and the Bible into Arabic for the use of the Christians. 36
clergy rendered themselves ridiculous by their ignorance of correct
Latinity. 34 It could hardly be expected that the laity would exhibit more zeal
in such a matter than the clergy, and in 854 a Spanish writer brings the
following complaint against his Christian fellow-countrymen:—“While we
are investigating their (i.e. the Muslim) sacred ordinances and meeting
together to study the sects of their philosophers—or rather philobraggers—
not for the purpose of refuting their errors, but for the exquisite charm and
for the eloquence and beauty of their language—neglecting the reading of
the Scriptures, we are but setting up as an idol the number of the beast.
(Apoc. xiii. 18.) Where nowadays can we find any learned layman who,
absorbed in the study of the Holy Scriptures, cares to look at the works of
any of the Latin Fathers? Who is there with any zeal for the writings of the
Evangelists, or the Prophets, or Apostles? Our Christian young men, with
their elegant airs and fluent speech, are showy in their dress and carriage,
and are famed for the learning of the gentiles; intoxicated with Arab
eloquence they greedily handle, eagerly devour and zealously discuss the
books of the Chaldeans (i.e. Muhammadans), and make them known by
praising them with every flourish of rhetoric, knowing nothing of the
beauty of the Church’s literature, and looking down with contempt on the
streams of the Church that flow forth from Paradise; alas! the Christians are
so ignorant [138]of their own law, the Latins pay so little attention to their
own language, that in the whole Christian flock there is hardly one man in a
thousand who can write a letter to inquire after a friend’s health intelligibly,
while you may find a countless rabble of all kinds of them who can
learnedly roll out the grandiloquent periods of the Chaldean tongue. They
can even make poems, every line ending with the same letter, which display
high flights of beauty and more skill in handling metre than the gentiles
themselves possess.” 35
In fact the knowledge of Latin so much declined in one part of Spain that it
was found necessary to translate the ancient Canons of the Spanish Church
and the Bible into Arabic for the use of the Christians. 36
Page 170
While the brilliant literature of the Arabs exercised such a fascination and
was so zealously studied, those who desired an education in Christian
literature had little more than the materials that had been employed in the
training of the barbaric Goths, and could with difficulty find teachers to
induct them even into this low level of culture. As time went on this want of
Christian education increased more and more. In 1125 the Muzarabes wrote
to King Alfonso of Aragon: “We and our fathers have up to this time been
brought up among the gentiles, and having been baptised, freely observe the
Christian ordinances; but we have never had it in our power to be fully
instructed in our divine religion; for, subject as we are to the infidels who
have long oppressed us, we have never ventured to ask for teachers from
Rome or France; and they have never come to us of their own accord on
account of the barbarity of the heathen whom we obey.” 37
From such close intercourse with the Muslims and so diligent a study of
their literature—when we find even so bigoted an opponent of Islam as
Alvar 38 acknowledging that the Qurʼān was composed in such eloquent and
beautiful language that even Christians could not help reading and
[139]admiring it—we should naturally expect to find signs of a religious
influence: and such indeed is the case. Elipandus, bishop of Toledo (ob.
810), an exponent of the heresy of Adoptionism—according to which the
Man Christ Jesus was Son of God by adoption and not by nature—is
expressly said to have arrived at these heretical views through his frequent
and close intercourse with the Muhammadans. 39 This new doctrine appears
to have spread quickly over a great part of Spain, while it was successfully
propagated in Septimania, which was under French protection, by Felix,
bishop of Urgel in Catalonia. 40 Felix was brought before a council, presided
over by Charlemagne, and made to abjure his error, but on his return to
Spain he relapsed into his old heresy, doubtless (as was suggested by Pope
Leo III at the time) owing to his intercourse with the pagans (meaning
thereby the Muhammadans) who held similar views. 41 When prominent
churchmen were so profoundly influenced by their contact with
Muhammadans, we may judge that the influence of Islam upon the
was so zealously studied, those who desired an education in Christian
literature had little more than the materials that had been employed in the
training of the barbaric Goths, and could with difficulty find teachers to
induct them even into this low level of culture. As time went on this want of
Christian education increased more and more. In 1125 the Muzarabes wrote
to King Alfonso of Aragon: “We and our fathers have up to this time been
brought up among the gentiles, and having been baptised, freely observe the
Christian ordinances; but we have never had it in our power to be fully
instructed in our divine religion; for, subject as we are to the infidels who
have long oppressed us, we have never ventured to ask for teachers from
Rome or France; and they have never come to us of their own accord on
account of the barbarity of the heathen whom we obey.” 37
From such close intercourse with the Muslims and so diligent a study of
their literature—when we find even so bigoted an opponent of Islam as
Alvar 38 acknowledging that the Qurʼān was composed in such eloquent and
beautiful language that even Christians could not help reading and
[139]admiring it—we should naturally expect to find signs of a religious
influence: and such indeed is the case. Elipandus, bishop of Toledo (ob.
810), an exponent of the heresy of Adoptionism—according to which the
Man Christ Jesus was Son of God by adoption and not by nature—is
expressly said to have arrived at these heretical views through his frequent
and close intercourse with the Muhammadans. 39 This new doctrine appears
to have spread quickly over a great part of Spain, while it was successfully
propagated in Septimania, which was under French protection, by Felix,
bishop of Urgel in Catalonia. 40 Felix was brought before a council, presided
over by Charlemagne, and made to abjure his error, but on his return to
Spain he relapsed into his old heresy, doubtless (as was suggested by Pope
Leo III at the time) owing to his intercourse with the pagans (meaning
thereby the Muhammadans) who held similar views. 41 When prominent
churchmen were so profoundly influenced by their contact with
Muhammadans, we may judge that the influence of Islam upon the
Page 171
Christians of Spain was very considerable, indeed in a.d. 936 a council was
held at Toledo to consider the best means of preventing this intercourse
from contaminating the purity of the Christian faith. 42
It may readily be understood how these influences of Islamic thought and
practice—added to definite efforts at conversion 43—would lead to much
more than a mere approximation and would very speedily swell the number
of the converts to Islam so that their descendants, the so-called Muwallads
—a term denoting those not of Arab blood—soon formed a large and
important party in the state, indeed the majority of the population of the
country, 44 and as early [140]as the beginning of the ninth century we read of
attempts made by them to shake off the Arab rule, and on several occasions
later they come forward actively as a national party of Spanish Muslims.
We have little or no details of the history of the conversion of these New-
Muslims. Instances appeared to have occurred right up to the last days of
Muslim rule, for when the army of Ferdinand and Isabella captured Malaga
in 1487, it is recorded that all the renegade Christians found in the city were
tortured to death with sharp-pointed reeds, and in the capitulation that
secured the submission of Purchena two years later, an express promise was
made that renegades would not be forced to return to Christianity. 45 Some
few apostatised to escape the payment of some penalty inflicted by the law-
courts. 46 But the majority of the converts were no doubt won over by the
imposing influence of the faith of Islam itself, presented to them as it was
with all the glamour of a brilliant civilisation, having a poetry, a philosophy
and an art well calculated to attract the reason and dazzle the imagination:
while in the lofty chivalry of the Arabs there was free scope for the
exhibition of manly prowess and the knightly virtues—a career closed to
the conquered Spaniards that remained true to the Christian faith. Again, the
learning and literature of the Christians must have appeared very poor and
meagre when compared with that of the Muslims, the study of which may
well by itself have served as an incentive to the adoption of their religion.
Besides, to the devout mind Islam in Spain could offer the attractions of a
held at Toledo to consider the best means of preventing this intercourse
from contaminating the purity of the Christian faith. 42
It may readily be understood how these influences of Islamic thought and
practice—added to definite efforts at conversion 43—would lead to much
more than a mere approximation and would very speedily swell the number
of the converts to Islam so that their descendants, the so-called Muwallads
—a term denoting those not of Arab blood—soon formed a large and
important party in the state, indeed the majority of the population of the
country, 44 and as early [140]as the beginning of the ninth century we read of
attempts made by them to shake off the Arab rule, and on several occasions
later they come forward actively as a national party of Spanish Muslims.
We have little or no details of the history of the conversion of these New-
Muslims. Instances appeared to have occurred right up to the last days of
Muslim rule, for when the army of Ferdinand and Isabella captured Malaga
in 1487, it is recorded that all the renegade Christians found in the city were
tortured to death with sharp-pointed reeds, and in the capitulation that
secured the submission of Purchena two years later, an express promise was
made that renegades would not be forced to return to Christianity. 45 Some
few apostatised to escape the payment of some penalty inflicted by the law-
courts. 46 But the majority of the converts were no doubt won over by the
imposing influence of the faith of Islam itself, presented to them as it was
with all the glamour of a brilliant civilisation, having a poetry, a philosophy
and an art well calculated to attract the reason and dazzle the imagination:
while in the lofty chivalry of the Arabs there was free scope for the
exhibition of manly prowess and the knightly virtues—a career closed to
the conquered Spaniards that remained true to the Christian faith. Again, the
learning and literature of the Christians must have appeared very poor and
meagre when compared with that of the Muslims, the study of which may
well by itself have served as an incentive to the adoption of their religion.
Besides, to the devout mind Islam in Spain could offer the attractions of a
Page 172
pious and zealous Puritan party with the orthodox Muslim theologians at its
head, which at times had a preponderating influence in the state and
struggled earnestly towards a reformation of faith and morals.
Taking into consideration the ardent religious feeling that animated the
mass of the Spanish Muslims and the provocation that the Christians gave
to the Muhammadan government through their treacherous intrigues with
their co-religionists over the border, the history of Spain under
Muhammadan rule is singularly free from persecution. [141]With the
exception of three or four cases of genuine martyrdom, the only approach to
anything like persecution during the whole period of the Arab rule is to be
found in the severe measures adopted by the Muhammadan government to
repress the madness for voluntary martyrdom that broke out in Cordova in
the ninth century. At this time a fanatical party came into existence among
the Christians in this part of Spain (for apparently the Christian Church in
the rest of the country had no sympathy with the movement), which set
itself openly and unprovokedly to insult the religion of the Muslims and
blaspheme their Prophet, with the deliberate intention of incurring the
penalty of death by such misguided assertion of their Christian bigotry.
This strange passion for self-immolation displayed itself mainly among
priests, monks and nuns between the years 850 and 860. It would seem that
brooding, in the silence of their cloisters, over the decline of Christian
influence and the decay of religious zeal, they went forth to win the
martyr’s crown—of which the toleration of their infidel rulers was robbing
them—by means of fierce attacks on Islam and its founder. Thus, for
example, a certain monk, by name Isaac, came before the Qāḍī and
pretended that he wished to be instructed in the faith of Islam; when the
Qāḍī had expounded to him the doctrines of the Prophet, he burst out with
the words: “He hath lied unto you (may the curse of God consume him!),
who, full of wickedness, hath led so many men into perdition, and doomed
them with himself to the pit of hell. Filled with Satan and practising Satanic
jugglery, he hath given you a cup of deadly wine to work disease in you,
head, which at times had a preponderating influence in the state and
struggled earnestly towards a reformation of faith and morals.
Taking into consideration the ardent religious feeling that animated the
mass of the Spanish Muslims and the provocation that the Christians gave
to the Muhammadan government through their treacherous intrigues with
their co-religionists over the border, the history of Spain under
Muhammadan rule is singularly free from persecution. [141]With the
exception of three or four cases of genuine martyrdom, the only approach to
anything like persecution during the whole period of the Arab rule is to be
found in the severe measures adopted by the Muhammadan government to
repress the madness for voluntary martyrdom that broke out in Cordova in
the ninth century. At this time a fanatical party came into existence among
the Christians in this part of Spain (for apparently the Christian Church in
the rest of the country had no sympathy with the movement), which set
itself openly and unprovokedly to insult the religion of the Muslims and
blaspheme their Prophet, with the deliberate intention of incurring the
penalty of death by such misguided assertion of their Christian bigotry.
This strange passion for self-immolation displayed itself mainly among
priests, monks and nuns between the years 850 and 860. It would seem that
brooding, in the silence of their cloisters, over the decline of Christian
influence and the decay of religious zeal, they went forth to win the
martyr’s crown—of which the toleration of their infidel rulers was robbing
them—by means of fierce attacks on Islam and its founder. Thus, for
example, a certain monk, by name Isaac, came before the Qāḍī and
pretended that he wished to be instructed in the faith of Islam; when the
Qāḍī had expounded to him the doctrines of the Prophet, he burst out with
the words: “He hath lied unto you (may the curse of God consume him!),
who, full of wickedness, hath led so many men into perdition, and doomed
them with himself to the pit of hell. Filled with Satan and practising Satanic
jugglery, he hath given you a cup of deadly wine to work disease in you,
Page 173
and will expiate his guilt with everlasting damnation. Why do ye not, being
endowed with understanding, deliver yourselves from such dangers? Why
do ye not, renouncing the ulcer of his pestilential doctrines, seek the eternal
salvation of the Gospel of the faith of Christ?” 47 On another occasion two
Christians forced their way into a mosque and there reviled the
Muhammadan religion, which, they declared, would very speedily bring
upon its followers the destruction of hell-fire. 48 Though [142]the number of
such fanatics was not considerable, 49 the Muhammadan government grew
alarmed, fearing that such contempt for their authority and disregard of
their laws against blasphemy, argued a widespread disaffection and a
possible general insurrection, for in fact, in 853 Muḥammad I had to send
an army against the Christians at Toledo, who, incited by Eulogius, the
chief apologist of the martyrs, had risen in revolt on the news of the
sufferings of their co-religionists. 50 He is said to have ordered a general
massacre of the Christians, but when it was pointed out that no men of any
intelligence or rank among the Christians had taken part in such doings 51
(for Alvar himself complains that the majority of the Christian priests
condemned the martyrs 52), the king contented himself with putting into
force the existing laws against blasphemy with the utmost rigour. The
moderate party in the Church seconded the efforts of the government; the
bishops anathematised the fanatics, and an ecclesiastical council that was
held in 852 to discuss the matter agreed upon methods of repression 53 that
eventually quashed the movement. One or two isolated cases of martyrdom
are recorded later—the last in 983, after which there was none as long as
the Arab rule lasted in Spain. 54
But under the Berber dynasty of the Almoravids at the [143]beginning of the
twelfth century, there was an outburst of fanaticism on the part of the
theological zealots of Islam in which the Christians had to suffer along with
the Jews and the liberal section of the Muhammadan population—the
philosophers, the poets and the men of letters. But such incidents are
exceptions to the generally tolerant character of the Muhammadan rulers of
Spain towards their Christian subjects.
endowed with understanding, deliver yourselves from such dangers? Why
do ye not, renouncing the ulcer of his pestilential doctrines, seek the eternal
salvation of the Gospel of the faith of Christ?” 47 On another occasion two
Christians forced their way into a mosque and there reviled the
Muhammadan religion, which, they declared, would very speedily bring
upon its followers the destruction of hell-fire. 48 Though [142]the number of
such fanatics was not considerable, 49 the Muhammadan government grew
alarmed, fearing that such contempt for their authority and disregard of
their laws against blasphemy, argued a widespread disaffection and a
possible general insurrection, for in fact, in 853 Muḥammad I had to send
an army against the Christians at Toledo, who, incited by Eulogius, the
chief apologist of the martyrs, had risen in revolt on the news of the
sufferings of their co-religionists. 50 He is said to have ordered a general
massacre of the Christians, but when it was pointed out that no men of any
intelligence or rank among the Christians had taken part in such doings 51
(for Alvar himself complains that the majority of the Christian priests
condemned the martyrs 52), the king contented himself with putting into
force the existing laws against blasphemy with the utmost rigour. The
moderate party in the Church seconded the efforts of the government; the
bishops anathematised the fanatics, and an ecclesiastical council that was
held in 852 to discuss the matter agreed upon methods of repression 53 that
eventually quashed the movement. One or two isolated cases of martyrdom
are recorded later—the last in 983, after which there was none as long as
the Arab rule lasted in Spain. 54
But under the Berber dynasty of the Almoravids at the [143]beginning of the
twelfth century, there was an outburst of fanaticism on the part of the
theological zealots of Islam in which the Christians had to suffer along with
the Jews and the liberal section of the Muhammadan population—the
philosophers, the poets and the men of letters. But such incidents are
exceptions to the generally tolerant character of the Muhammadan rulers of
Spain towards their Christian subjects.
Page 174
One of the Spanish Muhammadans who was driven out of his native
country in the last expulsion of the Moriscoes in 1610, while protesting
against the persecutions of the Inquisition, makes the following vindication
of the toleration of his co-religionists: “Did our victorious ancestors ever
once attempt to extirpate Christianity out of Spain, when it was in their
power? Did they not suffer your forefathers to enjoy the free use of their
rites at the same time that they wore their chains? Is not the absolute
injunction of our Prophet, that whatever nation is conquered by Musalman
steel, should, upon the payment of a moderate annual tribute, be permitted
to persevere in their own pristine persuasion, how absurd soever, or to
embrace what other belief they themselves best approved of? If there may
have been some examples of forced conversions, they are so rare as scarce
to deserve mentioning, and only attempted by men who had not the fear of
God, and the Prophet, before their eyes, and who, in so doing, have acted
directly and diametrically contrary to the holy precepts and ordinances of
Islam which cannot, without sacrilege, be violated by any who would be
held worthy of the honourable epithet of Musulman.… You can never
produce, among us, any bloodthirsty, formal tribunal, on account of
different persuasions in points of faith, that anywise approaches your
execrable Inquisition. Our arms, it is true, are ever open to receive all who
are disposed to embrace our religion; but we are not allowed by our sacred
Qurʼān to tyrannise over consciences. Our proselytes have all imaginable
encouragement, and have no sooner professed God’s Unity and His
Apostle’s mission but they become one of us, without reserve; taking to
wife our daughters, and being employed in posts of trust, honour and profit;
we [144]contenting ourselves with only obliging them to wear our habit, and
to seem true believers in outward appearance, without ever offering to
examine their consciences, provided they do not openly revile or profane
our religion: if they do that, we indeed punish them as they deserve; since
their conversion was voluntarily, and was not by compulsion.” 55
This very spirit of toleration was made one of the main articles in an
account of the “Apostacies and Treasons of the Moriscoes,” drawn up by
country in the last expulsion of the Moriscoes in 1610, while protesting
against the persecutions of the Inquisition, makes the following vindication
of the toleration of his co-religionists: “Did our victorious ancestors ever
once attempt to extirpate Christianity out of Spain, when it was in their
power? Did they not suffer your forefathers to enjoy the free use of their
rites at the same time that they wore their chains? Is not the absolute
injunction of our Prophet, that whatever nation is conquered by Musalman
steel, should, upon the payment of a moderate annual tribute, be permitted
to persevere in their own pristine persuasion, how absurd soever, or to
embrace what other belief they themselves best approved of? If there may
have been some examples of forced conversions, they are so rare as scarce
to deserve mentioning, and only attempted by men who had not the fear of
God, and the Prophet, before their eyes, and who, in so doing, have acted
directly and diametrically contrary to the holy precepts and ordinances of
Islam which cannot, without sacrilege, be violated by any who would be
held worthy of the honourable epithet of Musulman.… You can never
produce, among us, any bloodthirsty, formal tribunal, on account of
different persuasions in points of faith, that anywise approaches your
execrable Inquisition. Our arms, it is true, are ever open to receive all who
are disposed to embrace our religion; but we are not allowed by our sacred
Qurʼān to tyrannise over consciences. Our proselytes have all imaginable
encouragement, and have no sooner professed God’s Unity and His
Apostle’s mission but they become one of us, without reserve; taking to
wife our daughters, and being employed in posts of trust, honour and profit;
we [144]contenting ourselves with only obliging them to wear our habit, and
to seem true believers in outward appearance, without ever offering to
examine their consciences, provided they do not openly revile or profane
our religion: if they do that, we indeed punish them as they deserve; since
their conversion was voluntarily, and was not by compulsion.” 55
This very spirit of toleration was made one of the main articles in an
account of the “Apostacies and Treasons of the Moriscoes,” drawn up by
Page 175
the Archbishop of Valencia in 1602 when recommending their expulsion to
Philip III, as follows: “That they commended nothing so much as that
liberty of conscience, in all matters of religion, which the Turks, and all
other Muhammadans, suffer their subjects to enjoy.” 56
What deep roots Islam had struck in the hearts of the Spanish people may
be judged from the fact that when the last remnant of the Moriscoes was
expelled from Spain in 1610, these unfortunate people still clung to the faith
of their fathers, although for more than a century they had been forced to
outwardly conform to the Christian religion, and in spite of the emigrations
that had taken place since the fall of Granada, nearly 500,000 are said to
have been expelled at that time. 57 Whole towns and villages were deserted
and the houses fell into ruins, there being no one to rebuild them. 58 These
Moriscoes were probably all descendants of the original inhabitants of the
country, with little or no admixture of Arab blood; the reasons that may be
adduced in support of this statement are too lengthy to be given here; one
point only in the evidence may be mentioned, derived from a letter written
in 1311, in which it is stated that of the 200,000 Muhammadans then living
in the city of Granada, not more than 500 were of Arab descent, all the rest
being descendants of converted Spaniards. 59 Finally, it is of interest to note
that even up to the last days of its power in Spain, Islam won converts to the
faith, for the historian, when writing of events that occurred in the year
1499, seven years after the fall of Granada, draws attention to the fact that
among the Moors were a few Christians who had lately embraced the faith
of the Prophet. 60 [145]
Baudissin, p. 22. ↑
1
Helfferich, p. 68. ↑
2
Makkarī, vol. i. pp. 280–2. ↑
3
Baudissin, p. 7. ↑
4
Dozy (2), tome ii. pp. 45–6. ↑
5
A. Müller, vol. ii. p. 463. ↑
6
Dozy (2), tome ii. pp. 44–6. ↑
7
Philip III, as follows: “That they commended nothing so much as that
liberty of conscience, in all matters of religion, which the Turks, and all
other Muhammadans, suffer their subjects to enjoy.” 56
What deep roots Islam had struck in the hearts of the Spanish people may
be judged from the fact that when the last remnant of the Moriscoes was
expelled from Spain in 1610, these unfortunate people still clung to the faith
of their fathers, although for more than a century they had been forced to
outwardly conform to the Christian religion, and in spite of the emigrations
that had taken place since the fall of Granada, nearly 500,000 are said to
have been expelled at that time. 57 Whole towns and villages were deserted
and the houses fell into ruins, there being no one to rebuild them. 58 These
Moriscoes were probably all descendants of the original inhabitants of the
country, with little or no admixture of Arab blood; the reasons that may be
adduced in support of this statement are too lengthy to be given here; one
point only in the evidence may be mentioned, derived from a letter written
in 1311, in which it is stated that of the 200,000 Muhammadans then living
in the city of Granada, not more than 500 were of Arab descent, all the rest
being descendants of converted Spaniards. 59 Finally, it is of interest to note
that even up to the last days of its power in Spain, Islam won converts to the
faith, for the historian, when writing of events that occurred in the year
1499, seven years after the fall of Granada, draws attention to the fact that
among the Moors were a few Christians who had lately embraced the faith
of the Prophet. 60 [145]
Baudissin, p. 22. ↑
1
Helfferich, p. 68. ↑
2
Makkarī, vol. i. pp. 280–2. ↑
3
Baudissin, p. 7. ↑
4
Dozy (2), tome ii. pp. 45–6. ↑
5
A. Müller, vol. ii. p. 463. ↑
6
Dozy (2), tome ii. pp. 44–6. ↑
7
Page 176
So St. Boniface (a.d. 745, Epist. lxii.). “Sicut aliis gentibus Hispaniæ et Provinciæ et
8
Burgundionum populis contigit, quæ sic a Deo recedentes fornicatæ sunt, donec index omnipotens
talium criminum ultrices pœnas per ignorantiam legis Dei et per Saracenos venire et sævire
permisit.” (Migne: Patr. Lat., tom. lxxxix. p. 761.) Eulogius: lib. i. § 30. “In cuius (i.e. gentis
Saracenicæ) ditione nostro compellente facinore sceptrum Hispaniæ translatum est.” (Migne: Patr.
Lat., tom. cxv. p. 761.) Similarly Alvar (2), § 18. “Et probare nostro vitio inlatum intentabo
flagellum. Nostra hæc, fratres, nostra desidia peperit mala, nostra impuritas, nostra levitas, nostra
morum obscœnitas … unde tradidit nos Dominus qui institiam diligit, et cuius vultus æquitatem
decernit, ipsi bestiæ conrodendos” (pp. 531–2). ↑
Dozy (3), tome i. pp. 15–20. Whishaw, pp. 38, 44. ↑
9
Samson, pp. 377–8, 381. ↑
10
Dozy (2), tome ii. p. 210. ↑
11
Bishop Egila, who was sent to Southern Spain by Pope Hadrian I, towards the end of the
12
eighth century, on a mission to counteract the growing influence of Muslim thought,
denounces the Spanish priests who lived in concubinage with married women. (Helfferich, p. 83.) ↑
Alvari Cordubensis, Epist. xix. “Ob meritum æternæ retributionis devovi me sedulum in lege
13
Domini consistere.” (Migne: Patr. Lat., tom. cxxi. p. 512.) ↑
Helfferich, pp. 79–80. ↑
14
“Bedenkt man nun, wie wichtig gerade die alttestamentliche Idee des Prophetenthums in der
15
Christologie des germanischen Arianismus nachklang und auch nach der Annahme des
katholischen Dogmas in dem religiösen Bewusstsein der Westgothen haften blieb, so wird man es
sehr erklärlich finden, dass unmittelbar nach dem Einfall der Araber die verwandten Vorstellungen
des Mohammedanismus unter den geknechteten Christen auftauchten.” (Helfferich, p. 82.) ↑
Lucæ Diaconi Tudensis Chronicon Mundi. (Andreas Schottus: Hispaniæ Illustratæ, tom. iv. p. 53.)
16
(Francofurti, 1603–8.) ↑
Dozy (2), tome ii. p. 41. Whishaw, p. 17. ↑
17
Dozy (2), tome ii. p. 39. ↑
18
Baudissin, pp. 11–13, 196. ↑
19
Eulogius: Mem. Sanct., lib. i. § 30, “inter ipsos sine molestia fidei degimus” (p. 761).
20
Id., ib., lib. i. § 18, “Quos nulla præsidialis violentia fidem suam negare compulit, nec a
cultu sanctæ piæque religionis amovit” (p. 751). John of Gorz (who visited Spain about the middle of
the tenth century) § 124, “(Christiani), qui in regno eius libere divinis suisque rebus utebantur.”
A Spanish bishop thus described the condition of the Christians to John of Gorz. “Peccatis ad hæc
devoluti sumus, ut paganorum subiaceamus ditioni. Resistere potestati verbo prohibemur apostoli.
Tantum hoc unum relictum est solatii, quod in tantæ calamitatis malo legibus nos propriis uti non
prohibent; qui quos diligentes Christianitatis viderint observatores, colunt et amplectuntur, simul
ipsorum convictu delectantur. Pro tempore igitur hoc videmur tenere consilii, ut quia religionis nulla
infertur iactura, cetera eis obsequamur, iussisque eorum in quantum fidem non impediunt
obtemperemus” § 122 (p. 302). ↑
8
Burgundionum populis contigit, quæ sic a Deo recedentes fornicatæ sunt, donec index omnipotens
talium criminum ultrices pœnas per ignorantiam legis Dei et per Saracenos venire et sævire
permisit.” (Migne: Patr. Lat., tom. lxxxix. p. 761.) Eulogius: lib. i. § 30. “In cuius (i.e. gentis
Saracenicæ) ditione nostro compellente facinore sceptrum Hispaniæ translatum est.” (Migne: Patr.
Lat., tom. cxv. p. 761.) Similarly Alvar (2), § 18. “Et probare nostro vitio inlatum intentabo
flagellum. Nostra hæc, fratres, nostra desidia peperit mala, nostra impuritas, nostra levitas, nostra
morum obscœnitas … unde tradidit nos Dominus qui institiam diligit, et cuius vultus æquitatem
decernit, ipsi bestiæ conrodendos” (pp. 531–2). ↑
Dozy (3), tome i. pp. 15–20. Whishaw, pp. 38, 44. ↑
9
Samson, pp. 377–8, 381. ↑
10
Dozy (2), tome ii. p. 210. ↑
11
Bishop Egila, who was sent to Southern Spain by Pope Hadrian I, towards the end of the
12
eighth century, on a mission to counteract the growing influence of Muslim thought,
denounces the Spanish priests who lived in concubinage with married women. (Helfferich, p. 83.) ↑
Alvari Cordubensis, Epist. xix. “Ob meritum æternæ retributionis devovi me sedulum in lege
13
Domini consistere.” (Migne: Patr. Lat., tom. cxxi. p. 512.) ↑
Helfferich, pp. 79–80. ↑
14
“Bedenkt man nun, wie wichtig gerade die alttestamentliche Idee des Prophetenthums in der
15
Christologie des germanischen Arianismus nachklang und auch nach der Annahme des
katholischen Dogmas in dem religiösen Bewusstsein der Westgothen haften blieb, so wird man es
sehr erklärlich finden, dass unmittelbar nach dem Einfall der Araber die verwandten Vorstellungen
des Mohammedanismus unter den geknechteten Christen auftauchten.” (Helfferich, p. 82.) ↑
Lucæ Diaconi Tudensis Chronicon Mundi. (Andreas Schottus: Hispaniæ Illustratæ, tom. iv. p. 53.)
16
(Francofurti, 1603–8.) ↑
Dozy (2), tome ii. p. 41. Whishaw, p. 17. ↑
17
Dozy (2), tome ii. p. 39. ↑
18
Baudissin, pp. 11–13, 196. ↑
19
Eulogius: Mem. Sanct., lib. i. § 30, “inter ipsos sine molestia fidei degimus” (p. 761).
20
Id., ib., lib. i. § 18, “Quos nulla præsidialis violentia fidem suam negare compulit, nec a
cultu sanctæ piæque religionis amovit” (p. 751). John of Gorz (who visited Spain about the middle of
the tenth century) § 124, “(Christiani), qui in regno eius libere divinis suisque rebus utebantur.”
A Spanish bishop thus described the condition of the Christians to John of Gorz. “Peccatis ad hæc
devoluti sumus, ut paganorum subiaceamus ditioni. Resistere potestati verbo prohibemur apostoli.
Tantum hoc unum relictum est solatii, quod in tantæ calamitatis malo legibus nos propriis uti non
prohibent; qui quos diligentes Christianitatis viderint observatores, colunt et amplectuntur, simul
ipsorum convictu delectantur. Pro tempore igitur hoc videmur tenere consilii, ut quia religionis nulla
infertur iactura, cetera eis obsequamur, iussisque eorum in quantum fidem non impediunt
obtemperemus” § 122 (p. 302). ↑
Page 177
Baudissin, pp. 16–17. ↑
21
Eulogius, ob. 859 (Mem. Sanct. lib. iii. c. 3) speaks of churches recently erected (ecclesias
22
nuper structas). The chronicle falsely ascribed to Luitprand records the erection of a church at
Cordova in 895 (p. 1113). ↑
Eulogius: Mem. Sanct., lib. iii. c. 11 (p. 812). ↑
23
Baudissin, p. 16. ↑
24
Id. p. 21, and John of Gorz, § 128 (p. 306). ↑
25
Whishaw, pp. 272, 301. ↑
26
Dozy (2), tome ii. p. 42. ↑
27
Baudissin, pp. 96–7. ↑
28
See the letter of Pope Hadrian I to the Spanish bishops: “Porro diversa capitula
29
quæ ex illis audivimus partibus, id est, quod multi dicentes se catholicos esse,
communem vitam gerentes cum Iudæis et non baptizatis paganis, tam in escis quamque in potu et in
diversis erroribus nihil pollui se inquiunt: et illud quod inhibitum est, ut nulli liceat iugum ducere
cum infidelibus, ipsi enim filias suas cum alio benedicent, et sic populo gentili tradentur.” (Migne:
Patr. Lat., tome xcviii. p. 385.) ↑
Isidori Pacensis Chronicon, § 42 (p. 1266). ↑
30
Alvar: Indic. Lum., § 35 (p. 53). John of Gorz, § 123 (p. 303). ↑
31
Letter of Hadrian I, p. 385. John of Gorz, § 123 (p. 303). ↑
32
Some Arabic verses of a Christian poet of the eleventh century are still extant, which
33
exhibit considerable skill in handling the language and metre. (Von Schack, II. 95.) ↑
Abbot Samson gives us specimens of the bad Latin written by some of the ecclesiastics of his
34
time, e.g. “Cum contempti essemus simplicitas christiana,” but his correction is hardly much
better, “contenti essemus simplicitati christianæ” (pp. 404, 406). ↑
Alvar: Indic. Lum., § 35 (pp. 554–6). ↑
35
Von Schack, vol. ii. p. 96. ↑
36
Orderic Vitalis, p. 928. ↑
37
Alvar: Ind. Lum., § 29. “Compositionem verborum, et preces omnium eius membrorum
38
quotidie pro eo eleganti facundia, et venusto confectas eloquio, nos hodie per eorum
volumina et oculis legimus et plerumque miramur.” (Migne: Patr. Lat., tome cxxi. p. 546.) ↑
Enhueber, § 26, p. 353. ↑
39
Helfferich, p. 88. ↑
40
“Postmodum transgressus legem Dei, fugiens ad paganos consentaneos, periuratus effectus
41
est.” Frobenii dissertatio de hæresi Elipandi et Felicis, § xxiv. (Migne: Patr. Lat., tome ci. p.
313.) ↑
21
Eulogius, ob. 859 (Mem. Sanct. lib. iii. c. 3) speaks of churches recently erected (ecclesias
22
nuper structas). The chronicle falsely ascribed to Luitprand records the erection of a church at
Cordova in 895 (p. 1113). ↑
Eulogius: Mem. Sanct., lib. iii. c. 11 (p. 812). ↑
23
Baudissin, p. 16. ↑
24
Id. p. 21, and John of Gorz, § 128 (p. 306). ↑
25
Whishaw, pp. 272, 301. ↑
26
Dozy (2), tome ii. p. 42. ↑
27
Baudissin, pp. 96–7. ↑
28
See the letter of Pope Hadrian I to the Spanish bishops: “Porro diversa capitula
29
quæ ex illis audivimus partibus, id est, quod multi dicentes se catholicos esse,
communem vitam gerentes cum Iudæis et non baptizatis paganis, tam in escis quamque in potu et in
diversis erroribus nihil pollui se inquiunt: et illud quod inhibitum est, ut nulli liceat iugum ducere
cum infidelibus, ipsi enim filias suas cum alio benedicent, et sic populo gentili tradentur.” (Migne:
Patr. Lat., tome xcviii. p. 385.) ↑
Isidori Pacensis Chronicon, § 42 (p. 1266). ↑
30
Alvar: Indic. Lum., § 35 (p. 53). John of Gorz, § 123 (p. 303). ↑
31
Letter of Hadrian I, p. 385. John of Gorz, § 123 (p. 303). ↑
32
Some Arabic verses of a Christian poet of the eleventh century are still extant, which
33
exhibit considerable skill in handling the language and metre. (Von Schack, II. 95.) ↑
Abbot Samson gives us specimens of the bad Latin written by some of the ecclesiastics of his
34
time, e.g. “Cum contempti essemus simplicitas christiana,” but his correction is hardly much
better, “contenti essemus simplicitati christianæ” (pp. 404, 406). ↑
Alvar: Indic. Lum., § 35 (pp. 554–6). ↑
35
Von Schack, vol. ii. p. 96. ↑
36
Orderic Vitalis, p. 928. ↑
37
Alvar: Ind. Lum., § 29. “Compositionem verborum, et preces omnium eius membrorum
38
quotidie pro eo eleganti facundia, et venusto confectas eloquio, nos hodie per eorum
volumina et oculis legimus et plerumque miramur.” (Migne: Patr. Lat., tome cxxi. p. 546.) ↑
Enhueber, § 26, p. 353. ↑
39
Helfferich, p. 88. ↑
40
“Postmodum transgressus legem Dei, fugiens ad paganos consentaneos, periuratus effectus
41
est.” Frobenii dissertatio de hæresi Elipandi et Felicis, § xxiv. (Migne: Patr. Lat., tome ci. p.
313.) ↑
Page 178
Pseudo-Luitprandi Chronicon, § 341 (p. 1115). “Basilius Toletanum concilium contrahit; quo
42
providetur, ne Christiani detrimentum acciperent convictu Saracenorum.” ↑
There is little record of such, but they seem referred to in the following sentences of Eulogius
43
(Liber Apologeticus Martyrum, § 20), on Muḥammad: “Cuius quidem erroris insaniam,
prædicationis deliramenta, et impiæ novitatis præcepta quisquis catholicorum cognoscere cupit,
evidentius ab eiusdem sectæ cultoribus perscrutando advertet. Quoniam sacrum se quidpiam tenere et
credere autumantes, non modo privatis, sed apertis vocibus vatis sui dogmata prædicant.” (Migne:
Patr. Lat., tome cxv. p. 862.) ↑
Dozy (2), tome ii. p. 53. ↑
44
Lea, The Moriscos, pp. 17, 18. ↑
45
Samson, p. 379. ↑
46
Eulogius: Mem. Sanct. Pref., § 2. (Migne, tom. cxv. p. 737.) ↑
47
Id. c. xiii. (p. 794.) ↑
48
The number of the martyrs is said not to have exceeded forty. (W. H. Prescott:
49
History of the Reign of Ferdinand and Isabella, vol. i. p. 342, n.) (London,
1846.) ↑
Dozy (2), tome ii. pp. 161–2. ↑
50
Eulogius: Mem. Sanct. I, iii. c. vii. (p. 805). “Pro eo quod nullus sapiens, nemo urbanus,
51
nullusque procerum Christianorum huiusce modi rem perpetrasset, idcirco non debere
universos perimere asserebant, quos non præit personalis dux ad prælium.” ↑
Alvar: Ind. Lum., § 14. “Nonne ipsi qui videbantur columnæ, qui putabantur Ecclesiæ petræ, qui
52
credebantur electi, nullo cogente, nemine provocante, iudicem adierunt, et in præsentia
Cynicorum, imo Epicureorum, Dei martyres infamaverunt? Nonne pastores Christi, doctores
Ecclesiæ, episcopi, abbates, presbyteri, proceres et magnati, hæreticos eos esse publice clamaverunt?
et publica professione sine desquisitione, absque interrogatione, quæ nec imminente mortis sententia
erant dicenda, spontanea voluntate, et libero mentis arbitrio, protulerunt?” (Migne: tom. cxxi. p.
529.) ↑
Alvar: Indic. Lum., § 15. “Quid obtendendum est de illis quos ecclesiastice interdiximus, et a
53
quibus ne aliquando ad martyrii surgerent palmam iuramentum extorsimus? quibus errores
gentilium infringere vetuimus, et maledictum ne maledictionibus impeterent? Evangelio et cruce
educta vi iurare improbiter fecimus, imo feraliter et belluino terrore coegimus, minantes inaudita
supplicia, et monstruosa promittentes truncationum membrorum varia et horrenda dictu audituve
flagella?” (Migne: tom. cxxi. p. 530.) ↑
Baudissin, p. 199. ↑
54
Morgan, vol. ii. pp. 297–8, 345. ↑
55
Id. p. 310. ↑
56
Lea, The Moriscos, p. 259. ↑
57
Morgan, vol. ii. p. 337. ↑
42
providetur, ne Christiani detrimentum acciperent convictu Saracenorum.” ↑
There is little record of such, but they seem referred to in the following sentences of Eulogius
43
(Liber Apologeticus Martyrum, § 20), on Muḥammad: “Cuius quidem erroris insaniam,
prædicationis deliramenta, et impiæ novitatis præcepta quisquis catholicorum cognoscere cupit,
evidentius ab eiusdem sectæ cultoribus perscrutando advertet. Quoniam sacrum se quidpiam tenere et
credere autumantes, non modo privatis, sed apertis vocibus vatis sui dogmata prædicant.” (Migne:
Patr. Lat., tome cxv. p. 862.) ↑
Dozy (2), tome ii. p. 53. ↑
44
Lea, The Moriscos, pp. 17, 18. ↑
45
Samson, p. 379. ↑
46
Eulogius: Mem. Sanct. Pref., § 2. (Migne, tom. cxv. p. 737.) ↑
47
Id. c. xiii. (p. 794.) ↑
48
The number of the martyrs is said not to have exceeded forty. (W. H. Prescott:
49
History of the Reign of Ferdinand and Isabella, vol. i. p. 342, n.) (London,
1846.) ↑
Dozy (2), tome ii. pp. 161–2. ↑
50
Eulogius: Mem. Sanct. I, iii. c. vii. (p. 805). “Pro eo quod nullus sapiens, nemo urbanus,
51
nullusque procerum Christianorum huiusce modi rem perpetrasset, idcirco non debere
universos perimere asserebant, quos non præit personalis dux ad prælium.” ↑
Alvar: Ind. Lum., § 14. “Nonne ipsi qui videbantur columnæ, qui putabantur Ecclesiæ petræ, qui
52
credebantur electi, nullo cogente, nemine provocante, iudicem adierunt, et in præsentia
Cynicorum, imo Epicureorum, Dei martyres infamaverunt? Nonne pastores Christi, doctores
Ecclesiæ, episcopi, abbates, presbyteri, proceres et magnati, hæreticos eos esse publice clamaverunt?
et publica professione sine desquisitione, absque interrogatione, quæ nec imminente mortis sententia
erant dicenda, spontanea voluntate, et libero mentis arbitrio, protulerunt?” (Migne: tom. cxxi. p.
529.) ↑
Alvar: Indic. Lum., § 15. “Quid obtendendum est de illis quos ecclesiastice interdiximus, et a
53
quibus ne aliquando ad martyrii surgerent palmam iuramentum extorsimus? quibus errores
gentilium infringere vetuimus, et maledictum ne maledictionibus impeterent? Evangelio et cruce
educta vi iurare improbiter fecimus, imo feraliter et belluino terrore coegimus, minantes inaudita
supplicia, et monstruosa promittentes truncationum membrorum varia et horrenda dictu audituve
flagella?” (Migne: tom. cxxi. p. 530.) ↑
Baudissin, p. 199. ↑
54
Morgan, vol. ii. pp. 297–8, 345. ↑
55
Id. p. 310. ↑
56
Lea, The Moriscos, p. 259. ↑
57
Morgan, vol. ii. p. 337. ↑
Page 179
Id. p. 289. ↑
58 59
Stirling-Maxwell, vol. i. p. 115. ↑
60
58 59
Stirling-Maxwell, vol. i. p. 115. ↑
60
Page 180
[Contents]
Page 181
CHAPTER VI.
Page 182
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM AMONG THE
CHRISTIAN NATIONS IN EUROPE UNDER THE
TURKS.
We first hear of the Ottoman Turks at the commencement of the thirteenth
century, when fleeing before the Mongols, to the number of about 50,000,
they came to the help of the Sultan of Iconium, and in return for their
services both against the Mongols and the Greeks, had assigned to them a
district in the north-west of Asia Minor. This was the nucleus of the future
Ottoman empire, which, increasing at first by the absorption of the petty
states into which the Saljūq Turks had split up, afterwards crossed over into
Europe, annexing kingdom after kingdom, until its victorious growth
received a check before the gates of Vienna in 1683. 1
From the earliest days of the extension of their kingdom in Asia Minor, the
Ottomans exercised authority over Christian subjects, but it was not until
the ancient capital of the Eastern empire fell into their hands in 1453 that
the relations between the Muslim Government and the Christian Church
were definitely established on a fixed basis. One of the first steps taken by
Muḥammad II, after the capture of Constantinople and the re-establishment
of order in that [146]city, was to secure the allegiance of the Christians, by
proclaiming himself the protector of the Greek Church. Persecution of the
Christians was strictly forbidden; a decree was granted to the newly elected
patriarch which secured to him and his successors and the bishops under
him, the enjoyment of the old privileges, revenues and exemptions enjoyed
under the former rule. Gennadios, the first patriarch after the Turkish
conquest, received from the hands of the Sultan himself the pastoral staff,
which was the sign of his office, together with a purse of a thousand golden
ducats and a horse with gorgeous trappings, on which he was privileged to
CHRISTIAN NATIONS IN EUROPE UNDER THE
TURKS.
We first hear of the Ottoman Turks at the commencement of the thirteenth
century, when fleeing before the Mongols, to the number of about 50,000,
they came to the help of the Sultan of Iconium, and in return for their
services both against the Mongols and the Greeks, had assigned to them a
district in the north-west of Asia Minor. This was the nucleus of the future
Ottoman empire, which, increasing at first by the absorption of the petty
states into which the Saljūq Turks had split up, afterwards crossed over into
Europe, annexing kingdom after kingdom, until its victorious growth
received a check before the gates of Vienna in 1683. 1
From the earliest days of the extension of their kingdom in Asia Minor, the
Ottomans exercised authority over Christian subjects, but it was not until
the ancient capital of the Eastern empire fell into their hands in 1453 that
the relations between the Muslim Government and the Christian Church
were definitely established on a fixed basis. One of the first steps taken by
Muḥammad II, after the capture of Constantinople and the re-establishment
of order in that [146]city, was to secure the allegiance of the Christians, by
proclaiming himself the protector of the Greek Church. Persecution of the
Christians was strictly forbidden; a decree was granted to the newly elected
patriarch which secured to him and his successors and the bishops under
him, the enjoyment of the old privileges, revenues and exemptions enjoyed
under the former rule. Gennadios, the first patriarch after the Turkish
conquest, received from the hands of the Sultan himself the pastoral staff,
which was the sign of his office, together with a purse of a thousand golden
ducats and a horse with gorgeous trappings, on which he was privileged to
Page 183
ride with his train through the city. 2 But not only was the head of the
Church treated with all the respect he had been accustomed to receive from
the Christian emperors, but further he was invested with extensive civil
power. The patriarch’s court sat to decide all cases between Greek and
Greek: it could impose fines, imprison offenders in a prison provided for its
own special use, and in some cases even condemn to capital punishment:
while the ministers and officials of the government were directed to enforce
its judgments. The complete control of spiritual and ecclesiastical matters
(in which the Turkish government, unlike the civil power of the Byzantine
empire, never interfered), was left entirely in his hands and those of the
grand Synod which he could summon whenever he pleased; and hereby he
could decide all matters of faith and dogma without fear of interference on
the part of the state. As a recognised officer of the imperial government, he
could do much for the alleviation of the oppressed, by bringing the acts of
unjust governors to the notice of the Sultan. The Greek bishops in the
provinces in their turn were treated with great consideration and were
entrusted with so much jurisdiction in civil affairs, that up to modern times
they have acted in their dioceses almost as if they were Ottoman prefects
over the orthodox population, thus taking the place of the old Christian
aristocracy which had been exterminated by the conquerors, and we find
that the higher clergy were generally more active as Turkish agents than as
Greek priests, and they always taught their people that the Sultan
[147]possessed a divine sanction, as the protector of the Orthodox Church. A
charter was subsequently published, securing to the orthodox the use of
such churches as had not been confiscated to form mosques, and
authorising them to celebrate their religious rites publicly according to their
national usages. 3
Consequently, though the Greeks were numerically superior to the Turks in
all the European provinces of the empire, the religious toleration thus
granted them, and the protection of life and property they enjoyed, soon
reconciled them to the change of masters and led them to prefer the
domination of the Sultan to that of any Christian power. Indeed, in many
Church treated with all the respect he had been accustomed to receive from
the Christian emperors, but further he was invested with extensive civil
power. The patriarch’s court sat to decide all cases between Greek and
Greek: it could impose fines, imprison offenders in a prison provided for its
own special use, and in some cases even condemn to capital punishment:
while the ministers and officials of the government were directed to enforce
its judgments. The complete control of spiritual and ecclesiastical matters
(in which the Turkish government, unlike the civil power of the Byzantine
empire, never interfered), was left entirely in his hands and those of the
grand Synod which he could summon whenever he pleased; and hereby he
could decide all matters of faith and dogma without fear of interference on
the part of the state. As a recognised officer of the imperial government, he
could do much for the alleviation of the oppressed, by bringing the acts of
unjust governors to the notice of the Sultan. The Greek bishops in the
provinces in their turn were treated with great consideration and were
entrusted with so much jurisdiction in civil affairs, that up to modern times
they have acted in their dioceses almost as if they were Ottoman prefects
over the orthodox population, thus taking the place of the old Christian
aristocracy which had been exterminated by the conquerors, and we find
that the higher clergy were generally more active as Turkish agents than as
Greek priests, and they always taught their people that the Sultan
[147]possessed a divine sanction, as the protector of the Orthodox Church. A
charter was subsequently published, securing to the orthodox the use of
such churches as had not been confiscated to form mosques, and
authorising them to celebrate their religious rites publicly according to their
national usages. 3
Consequently, though the Greeks were numerically superior to the Turks in
all the European provinces of the empire, the religious toleration thus
granted them, and the protection of life and property they enjoyed, soon
reconciled them to the change of masters and led them to prefer the
domination of the Sultan to that of any Christian power. Indeed, in many
Page 184
parts of the country, the Ottoman conquerors were welcomed by the Greeks
as their deliverers from the rapacious and tyrannous rule of the Franks and
the Venetians who had so long disputed with Byzantium for the possession
of the Peloponnesos and some of the adjacent parts of Greece; by
introducing into Greece the feudal system, these had reduced the people to
the miserable condition of serfs, and as aliens in speech, race and creed,
were hated by their subjects, 4 to whom a change of rulers, since it could not
make their condition worse, would offer a possible chance of improving it,
and though their deliverers were likewise aliens, yet the infidel Turk was
infinitely to be preferred to the heretical Catholics. 5 The Greeks who lived
under the immediate government of the Byzantine court, were equally
unlikely to be averse to a change of rulers. The degradation and tyranny that
characterised [148]the dynasty of the Palæologi are frightful to contemplate.
“A corrupt aristocracy, a tyrannical and innumerable clergy, the oppression
of perverted law, the exactions of a despicable government, and still more,
its monopolies, its fiscality, its armies of tax and custom collectors, left the
degraded people neither rights nor institutions, neither chance of
amelioration nor hope of redress.” 6 Lest such a judgment appear dictated by
a spirit of party bias, a contemporary authority may be appealed to in
support of its correctness. The Russian annalists who speak of the fall of
Constantinople bring a similar indictment against its government. “Without
the fear of the law an empire is like a steed without reins. Constantine and
his ancestors allowed their grandees to oppress the people; there was no
more justice in their law courts; no more courage in their hearts; the judges
amassed treasures from the tears and blood of the innocent; the Greek
soldiers were proud only of the magnificence of their dress; the citizens did
not blush at being traitors; the soldiers were not ashamed to fly. At length
the Lord poured out His thunder on these unworthy rulers, and raised up
Muḥammad, whose warriors delight in battle, and whose judges do not
betray their trust.” 7 This last item of praise 8 may sound strange in the ears
of a generation that has constantly been called upon to protest against
Turkish injustice; but it is clearly and abundantly borne out by the
testimony of contemporary historians. The Byzantine historian who has
as their deliverers from the rapacious and tyrannous rule of the Franks and
the Venetians who had so long disputed with Byzantium for the possession
of the Peloponnesos and some of the adjacent parts of Greece; by
introducing into Greece the feudal system, these had reduced the people to
the miserable condition of serfs, and as aliens in speech, race and creed,
were hated by their subjects, 4 to whom a change of rulers, since it could not
make their condition worse, would offer a possible chance of improving it,
and though their deliverers were likewise aliens, yet the infidel Turk was
infinitely to be preferred to the heretical Catholics. 5 The Greeks who lived
under the immediate government of the Byzantine court, were equally
unlikely to be averse to a change of rulers. The degradation and tyranny that
characterised [148]the dynasty of the Palæologi are frightful to contemplate.
“A corrupt aristocracy, a tyrannical and innumerable clergy, the oppression
of perverted law, the exactions of a despicable government, and still more,
its monopolies, its fiscality, its armies of tax and custom collectors, left the
degraded people neither rights nor institutions, neither chance of
amelioration nor hope of redress.” 6 Lest such a judgment appear dictated by
a spirit of party bias, a contemporary authority may be appealed to in
support of its correctness. The Russian annalists who speak of the fall of
Constantinople bring a similar indictment against its government. “Without
the fear of the law an empire is like a steed without reins. Constantine and
his ancestors allowed their grandees to oppress the people; there was no
more justice in their law courts; no more courage in their hearts; the judges
amassed treasures from the tears and blood of the innocent; the Greek
soldiers were proud only of the magnificence of their dress; the citizens did
not blush at being traitors; the soldiers were not ashamed to fly. At length
the Lord poured out His thunder on these unworthy rulers, and raised up
Muḥammad, whose warriors delight in battle, and whose judges do not
betray their trust.” 7 This last item of praise 8 may sound strange in the ears
of a generation that has constantly been called upon to protest against
Turkish injustice; but it is clearly and abundantly borne out by the
testimony of contemporary historians. The Byzantine historian who has
Page 185
handed down to us the story of the capture of Constantinople tells us how
even the impetuous Bāyazīd was liberal and generous to his Christian
subjects, and made himself extremely popular among them by admitting
them freely to his society. 9 Murād II distinguished himself by his attention
to the administration of justice and by his reforms of the abuses
[149]prevalent under the Greek emperors, and punished without mercy those
of his officials who oppressed any of his subjects. 10 For at least a century
after the fall of Constantinople a series of able rulers secured, by a firm and
vigorous administration, peace and order throughout their dominions, and
an admirable civil and judicial organisation, if it did not provide an
absolutely impartial justice for Muslims and Christians alike, yet caused the
Greeks to be far better off than they had been before. They were harassed
by fewer exactions of forced labour, extraordinary contributions were rarely
levied, and the taxes they paid were a trifling burden compared with the
endless feudal obligations of the Franks and the countless extortions of the
Byzantines. The Turkish dominions were certainly better governed and
more prosperous than most parts of Christian Europe, and the mass of the
Christian population engaged in the cultivation of the soil enjoyed a larger
measure of private liberty and of the fruits of their labour, under the
government of the Sultan than their contemporaries did under that of many
Christian monarchs. 11 A great impulse, too, was given to the commercial
activity of the country, for the early Sultans were always ready to foster
trade and commerce among their subjects, and many of the great cities
entered upon an era of prosperity when the Turkish conquest had delivered
them from the paralysing fiscal oppression of the Byzantine empire, one of
the first of them being Nicæa, which capitulated to Urkhān in 1330 under
the most favourable terms after a long-protracted siege. 12 Like the ancient
Romans, the Ottomans were great makers of roads and bridges, and thereby
facilitated trade throughout their empire; and foreign states were compelled
to admit the Greek merchants into ports from which they had been excluded
in the time of the Byzantine emperors, but now sailing under the Ottoman
[150]flag, they assumed the dress and manners of Turks, and thus secured
from the nations of Western Europe the respect and consideration which the
even the impetuous Bāyazīd was liberal and generous to his Christian
subjects, and made himself extremely popular among them by admitting
them freely to his society. 9 Murād II distinguished himself by his attention
to the administration of justice and by his reforms of the abuses
[149]prevalent under the Greek emperors, and punished without mercy those
of his officials who oppressed any of his subjects. 10 For at least a century
after the fall of Constantinople a series of able rulers secured, by a firm and
vigorous administration, peace and order throughout their dominions, and
an admirable civil and judicial organisation, if it did not provide an
absolutely impartial justice for Muslims and Christians alike, yet caused the
Greeks to be far better off than they had been before. They were harassed
by fewer exactions of forced labour, extraordinary contributions were rarely
levied, and the taxes they paid were a trifling burden compared with the
endless feudal obligations of the Franks and the countless extortions of the
Byzantines. The Turkish dominions were certainly better governed and
more prosperous than most parts of Christian Europe, and the mass of the
Christian population engaged in the cultivation of the soil enjoyed a larger
measure of private liberty and of the fruits of their labour, under the
government of the Sultan than their contemporaries did under that of many
Christian monarchs. 11 A great impulse, too, was given to the commercial
activity of the country, for the early Sultans were always ready to foster
trade and commerce among their subjects, and many of the great cities
entered upon an era of prosperity when the Turkish conquest had delivered
them from the paralysing fiscal oppression of the Byzantine empire, one of
the first of them being Nicæa, which capitulated to Urkhān in 1330 under
the most favourable terms after a long-protracted siege. 12 Like the ancient
Romans, the Ottomans were great makers of roads and bridges, and thereby
facilitated trade throughout their empire; and foreign states were compelled
to admit the Greek merchants into ports from which they had been excluded
in the time of the Byzantine emperors, but now sailing under the Ottoman
[150]flag, they assumed the dress and manners of Turks, and thus secured
from the nations of Western Europe the respect and consideration which the
Page 186
Catholics had hitherto always refused to the members of the Greek
Church. 13
There is, however, one notable exception to this general good treatment and
toleration, viz. the tribute of Christian children, who were forcibly taken
from their parents at an early age and enrolled in the famous corps of
Janissaries. Instituted by Urkhān in 1330, it formed for centuries the
mainstay of the despotic power of the Turkish Sultans, and was kept alive
by a regular contribution exacted every four years, 14 when the officers of
the Sultan visited the districts on which the tax was imposed, and made a
selection from among the children about the age of seven. The
Muhammadan legists attempted to apologise for this inhuman tribute by
representing these children as the fifth of the spoil which the Qurʼān assigns
to the sovereign, 15 and they prescribed that the injunction against forcible
conversion 16 should be observed with regard to them also, although the
tender age at which they were placed under the instruction of Muslim
teachers must have made it practically of none effect. 17 Christian Europe
has always expressed its horror at such a barbarous tax, and travellers in the
Turkish dominions have painted touching pictures of desolated homes and
of parents weeping for the children torn from their arms. But when the
corps was first instituted, its numbers were rapidly swelled by voluntary
accessions from among the Christians themselves, 18 and the circumstances
under which this tribute was first imposed may go far to explain the apathy
which the Greeks themselves appear to [151]have exhibited. The whole
country had been laid waste by war, and families were often in danger of
perishing with hunger; the children who were thus adopted were in many
cases orphans, who would otherwise have been left to perish; further, the
custom so widely prevalent at that time of selling Christians as slaves may
have made this tax appear less appalling than might have been expected.
This custom has, moreover, been maintained to have been only a
continuation of a similar usage that was in force under the Byzantine
emperors. 19 It has even been said that there was seldom any necessity of an
appeal to force on the part of the officers who collected the appointed
Church. 13
There is, however, one notable exception to this general good treatment and
toleration, viz. the tribute of Christian children, who were forcibly taken
from their parents at an early age and enrolled in the famous corps of
Janissaries. Instituted by Urkhān in 1330, it formed for centuries the
mainstay of the despotic power of the Turkish Sultans, and was kept alive
by a regular contribution exacted every four years, 14 when the officers of
the Sultan visited the districts on which the tax was imposed, and made a
selection from among the children about the age of seven. The
Muhammadan legists attempted to apologise for this inhuman tribute by
representing these children as the fifth of the spoil which the Qurʼān assigns
to the sovereign, 15 and they prescribed that the injunction against forcible
conversion 16 should be observed with regard to them also, although the
tender age at which they were placed under the instruction of Muslim
teachers must have made it practically of none effect. 17 Christian Europe
has always expressed its horror at such a barbarous tax, and travellers in the
Turkish dominions have painted touching pictures of desolated homes and
of parents weeping for the children torn from their arms. But when the
corps was first instituted, its numbers were rapidly swelled by voluntary
accessions from among the Christians themselves, 18 and the circumstances
under which this tribute was first imposed may go far to explain the apathy
which the Greeks themselves appear to [151]have exhibited. The whole
country had been laid waste by war, and families were often in danger of
perishing with hunger; the children who were thus adopted were in many
cases orphans, who would otherwise have been left to perish; further, the
custom so widely prevalent at that time of selling Christians as slaves may
have made this tax appear less appalling than might have been expected.
This custom has, moreover, been maintained to have been only a
continuation of a similar usage that was in force under the Byzantine
emperors. 19 It has even been said that there was seldom any necessity of an
appeal to force on the part of the officers who collected the appointed
Page 187
number of children, but rather that the parents were often eager to have
their children enrolled in a service that secured for them in many cases a
brilliant career, and under any circumstances a well-cared-for and
comfortable existence, since these little captives were brought up and
educated as if they were the Sultan’s own children. 20 This institution
appears in a less barbarous light if it be true that the parents could often
redeem their children by a money payment. 21 Metrophanes Kritopoulos,
who was Patriarch of Constantinople and afterwards of Alexandria, writing
in 1625, mentions various devices adopted by the Christians for escaping
from the burden of this tax, e.g. they purchased Muhammadan boys and
represented them to be Christians, or they bribed the collectors to take
Christian boys who were of low birth or had been badly brought up or such
as “deserved hanging.” 22 [152]Thomas Smith, among others, speaks of the
possibility of buying off the children, so impressed: “Some of their parents,
out of natural pity and out of a true sense of religion, that they may not be
thus robbed of their children, who hereby lie under a necessity of
renouncing their Christianity, compound for them at the rate of fifty or a
hundred dollars, as they are able, or as they can work upon the covetousness
of the Turks more or less.” 23 The Christians of certain cities, such as
Constantinople, and of towns and islands that had made this stipulation at
the time of their submission to the Turks, or had purchased this privilege,
were exempted from the operation of this cruel tax. 24 These extenuating
circumstances at the outset, and the ease with which men acquiesce in any
established usage—though serving in no way as an excuse for so inhuman
an institution—may help us to understand what a traveller in the
seventeenth century calls the “unaccountable indifference” 25 with which the
Greeks seem to have fallen in with this demand of the new government,
which so materially improved their condition.
Further, the Christian subjects of the Turkish empire had to pay the
capitation-tax, in return for protection and in lieu of military service. The
rates fixed by the Ottoman law were 2½, 5 and 10 piastres a head for every
full-grown male, according to his income, 26 women and the clergy being
their children enrolled in a service that secured for them in many cases a
brilliant career, and under any circumstances a well-cared-for and
comfortable existence, since these little captives were brought up and
educated as if they were the Sultan’s own children. 20 This institution
appears in a less barbarous light if it be true that the parents could often
redeem their children by a money payment. 21 Metrophanes Kritopoulos,
who was Patriarch of Constantinople and afterwards of Alexandria, writing
in 1625, mentions various devices adopted by the Christians for escaping
from the burden of this tax, e.g. they purchased Muhammadan boys and
represented them to be Christians, or they bribed the collectors to take
Christian boys who were of low birth or had been badly brought up or such
as “deserved hanging.” 22 [152]Thomas Smith, among others, speaks of the
possibility of buying off the children, so impressed: “Some of their parents,
out of natural pity and out of a true sense of religion, that they may not be
thus robbed of their children, who hereby lie under a necessity of
renouncing their Christianity, compound for them at the rate of fifty or a
hundred dollars, as they are able, or as they can work upon the covetousness
of the Turks more or less.” 23 The Christians of certain cities, such as
Constantinople, and of towns and islands that had made this stipulation at
the time of their submission to the Turks, or had purchased this privilege,
were exempted from the operation of this cruel tax. 24 These extenuating
circumstances at the outset, and the ease with which men acquiesce in any
established usage—though serving in no way as an excuse for so inhuman
an institution—may help us to understand what a traveller in the
seventeenth century calls the “unaccountable indifference” 25 with which the
Greeks seem to have fallen in with this demand of the new government,
which so materially improved their condition.
Further, the Christian subjects of the Turkish empire had to pay the
capitation-tax, in return for protection and in lieu of military service. The
rates fixed by the Ottoman law were 2½, 5 and 10 piastres a head for every
full-grown male, according to his income, 26 women and the clergy being
Page 188
exempt. 27 In the nineteenth century the rates were 15, 30 and 60 piastres,
according to income. 28 Christian writers of the sixteenth and seventeenth
centuries generally speak of this tax as being a ducat a head, 29 but it [153]is
also variously described as amounting to 3, 5 or 5⅞ crowns or dollars. 30 The
fluctuating exchange value of the Turkish coinage in the seventeenth
century is the probable explanation of the latter variations. To estimate with
any exactitude how far this tax was a burden to those who had to pay it,
would require a lengthened disquisition on the purchasing value of money
at that period and a comparison with other items of expenditure. 31 But by
itself it could hardly have formed a valid excuse for a change of faith, as
Tournefort points out, when writing in 1700 of the conversion of the
Candiots: “It must be confessed, these Wretches sell their Souls a
Pennyworth: all they get in exchange for their Religion, is a Vest, and the
Privilege of being exempt from the Capitation-Tax, which is not above five
Crowns a year.” 32 Scheffler also, who is anxious to represent the condition
of the Christians under Turkish rule in as black colours as possible, admits
that the one ducat a head was a trifling matter, and has to lay stress on the
extraordinary taxes, war contributions, etc., that they were called upon to
pay. 33 The land taxes were the [154]same both for Christians and
Musalmans, 34 for the old distinction between lands on which tithe was paid
by the Muhammadan proprietor, and those on which k͟ harāj was paid by the
non-Muhammadan proprietor, was not recognised by the Ottomans. 35
Whatever sufferings the Christians had to endure proceeded from the
tyranny of individuals, who took advantage of their official position to
extort money from those under their jurisdiction. Such acts of oppression
were not only contrary to the Muhammadan law, but were rare before the
central government had grown weak and suffered the corruption and
injustice of local authorities to go unpunished. 36 There is a very marked
difference between the accounts we have of the condition of the Christians
during the first two centuries of the Turkish rule in Europe and those of a
later date, when the period of decadence had fully set in. But it is noticeable
that in those very times in which the condition of the Christians had been
most intolerable there is least record of conversion to Islam. In the
according to income. 28 Christian writers of the sixteenth and seventeenth
centuries generally speak of this tax as being a ducat a head, 29 but it [153]is
also variously described as amounting to 3, 5 or 5⅞ crowns or dollars. 30 The
fluctuating exchange value of the Turkish coinage in the seventeenth
century is the probable explanation of the latter variations. To estimate with
any exactitude how far this tax was a burden to those who had to pay it,
would require a lengthened disquisition on the purchasing value of money
at that period and a comparison with other items of expenditure. 31 But by
itself it could hardly have formed a valid excuse for a change of faith, as
Tournefort points out, when writing in 1700 of the conversion of the
Candiots: “It must be confessed, these Wretches sell their Souls a
Pennyworth: all they get in exchange for their Religion, is a Vest, and the
Privilege of being exempt from the Capitation-Tax, which is not above five
Crowns a year.” 32 Scheffler also, who is anxious to represent the condition
of the Christians under Turkish rule in as black colours as possible, admits
that the one ducat a head was a trifling matter, and has to lay stress on the
extraordinary taxes, war contributions, etc., that they were called upon to
pay. 33 The land taxes were the [154]same both for Christians and
Musalmans, 34 for the old distinction between lands on which tithe was paid
by the Muhammadan proprietor, and those on which k͟ harāj was paid by the
non-Muhammadan proprietor, was not recognised by the Ottomans. 35
Whatever sufferings the Christians had to endure proceeded from the
tyranny of individuals, who took advantage of their official position to
extort money from those under their jurisdiction. Such acts of oppression
were not only contrary to the Muhammadan law, but were rare before the
central government had grown weak and suffered the corruption and
injustice of local authorities to go unpunished. 36 There is a very marked
difference between the accounts we have of the condition of the Christians
during the first two centuries of the Turkish rule in Europe and those of a
later date, when the period of decadence had fully set in. But it is noticeable
that in those very times in which the condition of the Christians had been
most intolerable there is least record of conversion to Islam. In the
Page 189
eighteenth century, when the condition of the Christians was worse than at
any other period, we find hardly any mention of conversions at all, and the
Turks themselves are represented as utterly indifferent to the progress of
their religion and considerably infected with scepticism and unbelief. 37 A
further proof that their sufferings have been due to misgovernment rather
than to religious persecution is the fact that Muslims and Christians suffered
alike. 38 [155]The Christians would, however, naturally be more exposed to
extortion and ill-treatment owing to the difficulties that lay in the way of
obtaining redress at law, and some of the poorest may thus have sought a
relief from their sufferings in a change of faith.
But if we except the tribute of the children, to which the conquered Greeks
seem to have submitted with so little show of resistance, and which owed
its abolition, not to any revolt or insurrection against its continuance, but to
the increase of the Turkish population and of the number of the renegades
who were constantly entering the Sultan’s service, 39—the treatment of their
Christian subjects by the Ottoman emperors—at least for two centuries after
their conquest of Greece—exhibits a toleration such as was at that time
quite unknown in the rest of Europe. The Calvinists of Hungary and
Transylvania, and the Unitarians of the latter country, long preferred to
submit to the Turks rather than fall into the hands of the fanatical house of
Hapsburg; 40 [156]and the Protestants of Silesia looked with longing eyes
towards Turkey, and would gladly have purchased religious freedom at the
price of submission to the Muslim rule. 41 It was to Turkey that the
persecuted Spanish Jews fled for refuge in enormous numbers at the end of
the fifteenth century, 42 and the Cossacks who belonged to the sect of the
Old Believers and were persecuted by the Russian State Church, found in
the dominions of the Sultan the toleration which their Christian brethren
denied them. 43 Well might Macarius, Patriarch of Antioch in the seventeenth
century, congratulate himself when he saw the fearful atrocities that the
Catholic Poles inflicted on the Russians of the Orthodox Eastern Church:
“We all wept much over the thousands of martyrs who were killed by those
impious wretches, the enemies of the faith, in these forty or fifty years. The
any other period, we find hardly any mention of conversions at all, and the
Turks themselves are represented as utterly indifferent to the progress of
their religion and considerably infected with scepticism and unbelief. 37 A
further proof that their sufferings have been due to misgovernment rather
than to religious persecution is the fact that Muslims and Christians suffered
alike. 38 [155]The Christians would, however, naturally be more exposed to
extortion and ill-treatment owing to the difficulties that lay in the way of
obtaining redress at law, and some of the poorest may thus have sought a
relief from their sufferings in a change of faith.
But if we except the tribute of the children, to which the conquered Greeks
seem to have submitted with so little show of resistance, and which owed
its abolition, not to any revolt or insurrection against its continuance, but to
the increase of the Turkish population and of the number of the renegades
who were constantly entering the Sultan’s service, 39—the treatment of their
Christian subjects by the Ottoman emperors—at least for two centuries after
their conquest of Greece—exhibits a toleration such as was at that time
quite unknown in the rest of Europe. The Calvinists of Hungary and
Transylvania, and the Unitarians of the latter country, long preferred to
submit to the Turks rather than fall into the hands of the fanatical house of
Hapsburg; 40 [156]and the Protestants of Silesia looked with longing eyes
towards Turkey, and would gladly have purchased religious freedom at the
price of submission to the Muslim rule. 41 It was to Turkey that the
persecuted Spanish Jews fled for refuge in enormous numbers at the end of
the fifteenth century, 42 and the Cossacks who belonged to the sect of the
Old Believers and were persecuted by the Russian State Church, found in
the dominions of the Sultan the toleration which their Christian brethren
denied them. 43 Well might Macarius, Patriarch of Antioch in the seventeenth
century, congratulate himself when he saw the fearful atrocities that the
Catholic Poles inflicted on the Russians of the Orthodox Eastern Church:
“We all wept much over the thousands of martyrs who were killed by those
impious wretches, the enemies of the faith, in these forty or fifty years. The
Page 190
number probably amounted to seventy or eighty thousand souls. O you
infidels! O you monsters of impurity! O you hearts of stone! What had the
nuns and women done? What the girls and boys and infant children, that
you should murder them?… And why do I pronounce them (the Poles)
accursed? Because they have shown themselves more debased and wicked
than the corrupt worshippers of idols, by their cruel treatment of Christians,
thinking to abolish the very name of Orthodox. God perpetuate the empire
of the Turks for ever and ever! For they take their [157]impost, and enter into
no account of religion, be their subjects Christians or Nazarenes, Jews or
Samarians: whereas these accursed Poles were not content with taxes and
tithes from the brethren of Christ, though willing to serve them; but they
subjected them to the authority of the enemies of Christ, the tyrannical
Jews, who did not even permit them to build churches, nor leave them any
priests that knew the mysteries of their faith.” 44 Even in Italy there were
men who turned longing eyes towards the Turks in the hope that as their
subjects they might enjoy the freedom and the toleration they despaired of
enjoying under a Christian government. 45 It would seem, then, that Islam
was not spread by force in the dominion of the Sultan of Turkey, and though
the want of even-handed justice and the oppression of unscrupulous
officials in the days of the empire’s decline, may have driven some
Christians to attempt to better their condition by a change of faith, such
cases were rare in the first two centuries of the Turkish rule in Europe, to
which period the mass of conversions belong. It would have been
wonderful indeed if the ardour of proselytising that animated the Ottomans
at this time had never carried them beyond the bounds of toleration
established by their own laws. Yet it has been said by one who was a
captive among them for twenty-two years that the Turks “compelled no one
to renounce his faith.” 46 Similar testimony is borne by others: an English
gentleman who visited Turkey in the early part of the seventeenth century,
tells us that “There is seldom any compulsion of conscience, and then not
by death, where no criminal offence gives [158]occasion.” 47 Writing about
thirty years later (in 1663), the author 48 of a Türcken-Schrifft says:
“Meanwhile he (i.e. the Turk) wins (converts) by craft more than by force,
infidels! O you monsters of impurity! O you hearts of stone! What had the
nuns and women done? What the girls and boys and infant children, that
you should murder them?… And why do I pronounce them (the Poles)
accursed? Because they have shown themselves more debased and wicked
than the corrupt worshippers of idols, by their cruel treatment of Christians,
thinking to abolish the very name of Orthodox. God perpetuate the empire
of the Turks for ever and ever! For they take their [157]impost, and enter into
no account of religion, be their subjects Christians or Nazarenes, Jews or
Samarians: whereas these accursed Poles were not content with taxes and
tithes from the brethren of Christ, though willing to serve them; but they
subjected them to the authority of the enemies of Christ, the tyrannical
Jews, who did not even permit them to build churches, nor leave them any
priests that knew the mysteries of their faith.” 44 Even in Italy there were
men who turned longing eyes towards the Turks in the hope that as their
subjects they might enjoy the freedom and the toleration they despaired of
enjoying under a Christian government. 45 It would seem, then, that Islam
was not spread by force in the dominion of the Sultan of Turkey, and though
the want of even-handed justice and the oppression of unscrupulous
officials in the days of the empire’s decline, may have driven some
Christians to attempt to better their condition by a change of faith, such
cases were rare in the first two centuries of the Turkish rule in Europe, to
which period the mass of conversions belong. It would have been
wonderful indeed if the ardour of proselytising that animated the Ottomans
at this time had never carried them beyond the bounds of toleration
established by their own laws. Yet it has been said by one who was a
captive among them for twenty-two years that the Turks “compelled no one
to renounce his faith.” 46 Similar testimony is borne by others: an English
gentleman who visited Turkey in the early part of the seventeenth century,
tells us that “There is seldom any compulsion of conscience, and then not
by death, where no criminal offence gives [158]occasion.” 47 Writing about
thirty years later (in 1663), the author 48 of a Türcken-Schrifft says:
“Meanwhile he (i.e. the Turk) wins (converts) by craft more than by force,
Page 191
and snatches away Christ by fraud out of the hearts of men. For the Turk, it
is true, at the present time compels no country by violence to apostatise; but
he uses other means whereby imperceptibly he roots out Christianity.…
What then has become of the Christians? They are not expelled from the
country, neither are they forced to embrace the Turkish faith: then they must
of themselves have been converted into Turks.”
The Turks considered that the greatest kindness they could show a man was
to bring him into the salvation of the faith of Islam, 49 and to this end they
left no method of persuasion untried: a Dutch traveller of the sixteenth
century, tells us that while he was admiring the great mosque of Santa
Sophia, some Turks even tried to work upon his religious feelings through
his æsthetic sense, saying to him, “If you become a Musalman, you will be
able to come here every day of your life.” About a century later, an English
traveller 50 had a similar experience: “Sometimes, out of an excess of zeal,
they will ask a Christian civilly enough, as I have been asked myself in the
Portico of Sancta Sophia, why will you not turn Musalman, and be as one
of us?” The public rejoicings that hailed the accession of a new convert to
the faith, testify to the ardent love for souls which made these men such
zealous proselytisers. The new Muslim was set upon a horse and led in
triumph through the streets of the city. If he was known to be genuinely
honest in his change of faith and had voluntarily entered the pale of Islam,
or if he was a person of good position, he was received with high honour
and some provision made for his support. 51 There was certainly abundant
evidence for saying that “The Turks are preposterously zealous in praying
for the conversion, or perversion rather, of Christians to their irreligious
religion: they pray heartily, and every day in their Temples, that Christians
may imbrace the [159]Alcoran, and become their Proselytes, in effecting of
which they leave no means unassaied by fear and flattery, by punishments
and rewards.” 52
These zealous efforts for winning converts were rendered the more effective
by certain conditions of Christian society itself. Foremost among these was
is true, at the present time compels no country by violence to apostatise; but
he uses other means whereby imperceptibly he roots out Christianity.…
What then has become of the Christians? They are not expelled from the
country, neither are they forced to embrace the Turkish faith: then they must
of themselves have been converted into Turks.”
The Turks considered that the greatest kindness they could show a man was
to bring him into the salvation of the faith of Islam, 49 and to this end they
left no method of persuasion untried: a Dutch traveller of the sixteenth
century, tells us that while he was admiring the great mosque of Santa
Sophia, some Turks even tried to work upon his religious feelings through
his æsthetic sense, saying to him, “If you become a Musalman, you will be
able to come here every day of your life.” About a century later, an English
traveller 50 had a similar experience: “Sometimes, out of an excess of zeal,
they will ask a Christian civilly enough, as I have been asked myself in the
Portico of Sancta Sophia, why will you not turn Musalman, and be as one
of us?” The public rejoicings that hailed the accession of a new convert to
the faith, testify to the ardent love for souls which made these men such
zealous proselytisers. The new Muslim was set upon a horse and led in
triumph through the streets of the city. If he was known to be genuinely
honest in his change of faith and had voluntarily entered the pale of Islam,
or if he was a person of good position, he was received with high honour
and some provision made for his support. 51 There was certainly abundant
evidence for saying that “The Turks are preposterously zealous in praying
for the conversion, or perversion rather, of Christians to their irreligious
religion: they pray heartily, and every day in their Temples, that Christians
may imbrace the [159]Alcoran, and become their Proselytes, in effecting of
which they leave no means unassaied by fear and flattery, by punishments
and rewards.” 52
These zealous efforts for winning converts were rendered the more effective
by certain conditions of Christian society itself. Foremost among these was
Page 192
the degraded condition of the Greek Church. Side by side with the civil
despotism of the Byzantine empire, had arisen an ecclesiastical despotism
which had crushed all energy of intellectual life under the weight of a
dogmatism that interdicted all discussion in matters of morals and religion.
The only thing that disturbed this lethargy was the fierce controversial war
waged against the Latin Church with all the bitterness of theological
polemics and race hatred. The religion of the people had degenerated into a
scrupulous observance of outward forms, and the intense fervour of their
devotion found an outlet in the worship of the Virgin and the saints, of
pictures and relics. There were many who turned from a Church whose
spiritual life had sunk so low, and weary of interminable discussions on
such subtle points of doctrine as the Double Procession of the Holy Spirit,
and such trivialities as the use of leavened and unleavened bread in the
Blessed Sacrament, gladly accepted the clear and intelligible theistic
teaching of Islam. We are told 53 of large numbers of persons being
converted, not only from among the simple folk, but also learned men of
every class, rank and condition; of how the Turks made a better provision
for those monks and priests who embraced the Muslim creed, in order that
their example might lead others to be converted. While Adrianople was still
the Turkish capital (e.g. before [160]1453) the court was thronged with
renegades, and they are said to have formed the majority of the magnates
there. 54 Byzantine princes and others often passed over to the side of the
Muhammadans, and received a ready welcome among them: one of the
earliest of such cases dates from 1140 when a nephew of the emperor John
Comnenes embraced Islam and married a daughter of Masʻūd, the Sultan of
Iconium. 55 After the fall of Constantinople, the upper classes of Christian
society showed much more readiness to embrace Islam than the mass of the
Greeks; among the converts we meet with several bearing the name of the
late imperial family of the Palæologi, and the learned George Amiroutzes of
Trebizond abandoned Christianity in his declining years, and the names of
many other such individuals have found a record. 56 The new religion only
demanded assent to its simple creed, “There is no god but God: Muḥammad
is the apostle of God”; as the above-mentioned writer 57 says, “The whole
despotism of the Byzantine empire, had arisen an ecclesiastical despotism
which had crushed all energy of intellectual life under the weight of a
dogmatism that interdicted all discussion in matters of morals and religion.
The only thing that disturbed this lethargy was the fierce controversial war
waged against the Latin Church with all the bitterness of theological
polemics and race hatred. The religion of the people had degenerated into a
scrupulous observance of outward forms, and the intense fervour of their
devotion found an outlet in the worship of the Virgin and the saints, of
pictures and relics. There were many who turned from a Church whose
spiritual life had sunk so low, and weary of interminable discussions on
such subtle points of doctrine as the Double Procession of the Holy Spirit,
and such trivialities as the use of leavened and unleavened bread in the
Blessed Sacrament, gladly accepted the clear and intelligible theistic
teaching of Islam. We are told 53 of large numbers of persons being
converted, not only from among the simple folk, but also learned men of
every class, rank and condition; of how the Turks made a better provision
for those monks and priests who embraced the Muslim creed, in order that
their example might lead others to be converted. While Adrianople was still
the Turkish capital (e.g. before [160]1453) the court was thronged with
renegades, and they are said to have formed the majority of the magnates
there. 54 Byzantine princes and others often passed over to the side of the
Muhammadans, and received a ready welcome among them: one of the
earliest of such cases dates from 1140 when a nephew of the emperor John
Comnenes embraced Islam and married a daughter of Masʻūd, the Sultan of
Iconium. 55 After the fall of Constantinople, the upper classes of Christian
society showed much more readiness to embrace Islam than the mass of the
Greeks; among the converts we meet with several bearing the name of the
late imperial family of the Palæologi, and the learned George Amiroutzes of
Trebizond abandoned Christianity in his declining years, and the names of
many other such individuals have found a record. 56 The new religion only
demanded assent to its simple creed, “There is no god but God: Muḥammad
is the apostle of God”; as the above-mentioned writer 57 says, “The whole
Page 193
difficulty lies in this profession of faith. For if only a man can persuade
himself that he is a worshipper of the One God, the poison of his error
easily infects him under the guise of religion. This is the rock of offence on
which many have struck and fallen into the snare that has brought perdition
on their souls. This is the mill-stone that hung about the necks of many has
plunged them into the pit of despair. For when these fools hear the Turks
execrate idolatry and express their horror of every image and picture as
though it were the fire of hell, and so continually profess and preach the
worship of One God, there no longer remains any room for suspicion in
their minds.”
The faith of Islam would now be the natural refuge for [161]those members
of the Eastern Church who felt such yearnings after a purer and simpler
form of doctrine as had given rise to the Paulician heresy so fiercely
suppressed a few centuries before. This movement had been very largely a
protest against the superstitions of the Orthodox Church, against the
worship of images, relics and saints, and an effort after simplicity of faith
and the devout life. As some adherents of this heresy were to be found in
Bulgaria even so late as the seventeenth century, 58 the Muhammadan
conquerors doubtless found many who were dissatisfied with the doctrine
and practice of the Greek Church; and as all the conditions were
unfavourable to the formation of any such Protestant Churches as arose in
the West, such dissentient spirits would doubtless find a more congenial
atmosphere in the religion of Islam. There is every reason to think that such
was the result of the unsuccessful attempt to Protestantise the Greek Church
in the beginning of the seventeenth century. The guiding spirit of this
movement was Cyril Lucaris, five times Patriarch of Constantinople, from
1621 to 1638; as a young man he had visited the Universities of Wittenberg
and Geneva, for the purpose of studying theology in the seats of Protestant
learning, and on his return he kept up a correspondence with doctors of the
reformed faith in Geneva, Holland and England. But neither the doctrines of
the Church of England nor of the Lutherans attracted his sympathies so
warmly as the teachings of John Calvin, 59 which he strove to introduce into
himself that he is a worshipper of the One God, the poison of his error
easily infects him under the guise of religion. This is the rock of offence on
which many have struck and fallen into the snare that has brought perdition
on their souls. This is the mill-stone that hung about the necks of many has
plunged them into the pit of despair. For when these fools hear the Turks
execrate idolatry and express their horror of every image and picture as
though it were the fire of hell, and so continually profess and preach the
worship of One God, there no longer remains any room for suspicion in
their minds.”
The faith of Islam would now be the natural refuge for [161]those members
of the Eastern Church who felt such yearnings after a purer and simpler
form of doctrine as had given rise to the Paulician heresy so fiercely
suppressed a few centuries before. This movement had been very largely a
protest against the superstitions of the Orthodox Church, against the
worship of images, relics and saints, and an effort after simplicity of faith
and the devout life. As some adherents of this heresy were to be found in
Bulgaria even so late as the seventeenth century, 58 the Muhammadan
conquerors doubtless found many who were dissatisfied with the doctrine
and practice of the Greek Church; and as all the conditions were
unfavourable to the formation of any such Protestant Churches as arose in
the West, such dissentient spirits would doubtless find a more congenial
atmosphere in the religion of Islam. There is every reason to think that such
was the result of the unsuccessful attempt to Protestantise the Greek Church
in the beginning of the seventeenth century. The guiding spirit of this
movement was Cyril Lucaris, five times Patriarch of Constantinople, from
1621 to 1638; as a young man he had visited the Universities of Wittenberg
and Geneva, for the purpose of studying theology in the seats of Protestant
learning, and on his return he kept up a correspondence with doctors of the
reformed faith in Geneva, Holland and England. But neither the doctrines of
the Church of England nor of the Lutherans attracted his sympathies so
warmly as the teachings of John Calvin, 59 which he strove to introduce into
Page 194
the Greek Church; his efforts in this direction were warmly supported by
the Calvinists of Geneva, who sent a learned young theologian, named
Leger, to assist the work by translating into Greek the writings of Calvinist
theologians. 60 Cyril also found warm friends in the Protestant embassies at
Constantinople, the Dutch and English ambassadors especially assisting
him liberally with funds; the Jesuits, on the other hand, supported by the
Catholic ambassadors, tried in every way to thwart this attempt to Calvinise
the Greek Church, and actively seconded the intrigues of the party of
opposition among the Greek clergy, who finally compassed the death [162]of
the Patriarch. In 1629 Cyril published a Confession of Faith, the main
object of which seems to have been to present the doctrines of the Orthodox
Church in their opposition to Roman Catholicism in such a way as to imply
a necessary accord with Protestant teaching. 61 From Calvin he borrows the
doctrines of Predestination and salvation by faith alone, he denies the
infallibility of the Church, rejects the authority of the Church in the
interpretation of Holy Scripture, and condemns the adoration of pictures: in
his account of the will and in many other questions, he inclines rather to
Calvinism than to the teachings of the Orthodox Church. 62 The
promulgation of this Confession of Faith as representing the teaching of the
whole Church of which he was the spiritual head, excited violent opposition
among the mass of the Greek clergy, and a few weeks after Cyril’s death a
synod was held to condemn his opinions and pronounce him to be
Anathema; in 1642 a second synod was held at Constantinople for the same
purpose, which after refuting each article of Cyril’s Confession in detail, as
the first had done, thus fulminated its curse upon him and his followers:
—“With one consent and in unqualified terms, we condemn this whole
Confession as full of heresies and utterly opposed to our orthodoxy, and
likewise declare that its compiler has nothing in common with our faith, but
in calumnious fashion has falsely charged his own Calvinism on us. All
those who read and keep it as true and blameless, and defend it by written
word or speech, we thrust out of the community of the faithful as followers
and partakers of his heresy and corruptors of the Christian Church, and
command that whatever be their rank and station, they be treated as heathen
the Calvinists of Geneva, who sent a learned young theologian, named
Leger, to assist the work by translating into Greek the writings of Calvinist
theologians. 60 Cyril also found warm friends in the Protestant embassies at
Constantinople, the Dutch and English ambassadors especially assisting
him liberally with funds; the Jesuits, on the other hand, supported by the
Catholic ambassadors, tried in every way to thwart this attempt to Calvinise
the Greek Church, and actively seconded the intrigues of the party of
opposition among the Greek clergy, who finally compassed the death [162]of
the Patriarch. In 1629 Cyril published a Confession of Faith, the main
object of which seems to have been to present the doctrines of the Orthodox
Church in their opposition to Roman Catholicism in such a way as to imply
a necessary accord with Protestant teaching. 61 From Calvin he borrows the
doctrines of Predestination and salvation by faith alone, he denies the
infallibility of the Church, rejects the authority of the Church in the
interpretation of Holy Scripture, and condemns the adoration of pictures: in
his account of the will and in many other questions, he inclines rather to
Calvinism than to the teachings of the Orthodox Church. 62 The
promulgation of this Confession of Faith as representing the teaching of the
whole Church of which he was the spiritual head, excited violent opposition
among the mass of the Greek clergy, and a few weeks after Cyril’s death a
synod was held to condemn his opinions and pronounce him to be
Anathema; in 1642 a second synod was held at Constantinople for the same
purpose, which after refuting each article of Cyril’s Confession in detail, as
the first had done, thus fulminated its curse upon him and his followers:
—“With one consent and in unqualified terms, we condemn this whole
Confession as full of heresies and utterly opposed to our orthodoxy, and
likewise declare that its compiler has nothing in common with our faith, but
in calumnious fashion has falsely charged his own Calvinism on us. All
those who read and keep it as true and blameless, and defend it by written
word or speech, we thrust out of the community of the faithful as followers
and partakers of his heresy and corruptors of the Christian Church, and
command that whatever be their rank and station, they be treated as heathen
Page 195
and publicans. Let them be laid under an anathema for ever and cut off from
the Father, the Son and the Holy Ghost in this life and in the life to come,
accursed, excommunicated, be lost after death, and be partakers of
everlasting punishment.” 63 In 1672 a third synod met at Jerusalem to
repudiate the heretical articles of this Confession of Faith and vindicate the
orthodoxy of the Greek Church against those [163]who represented her as
infected with Calvinism. The attempt to Protestantise the Greek Church
thus completely failed to achieve success: the doctrines of Calvin were
diametrically opposed to her teachings, and indeed inculcated many articles
of faith that were more in harmony with the tenets of Muslim theologians
than with those of the Orthodox Church, and which moreover she had often
attacked in her controversies with her Muhammadan adversaries. It is this
approximation to Islamic thought which gives this movement towards
Calvinism a place in a history of the spread of Islam: a man who inveighed
against the adoration of pictures, decried the authority and the very
institution of the priesthood, maintained the doctrines of absolute
Predestination, denied freedom to the human will and was in sympathy with
the stern spirit of Calvinism that had more in common with the Old than the
New Testament—would certainly find a more congenial atmosphere in
Islam than in the Greek Church of the seventeenth century, and there can be
little doubt that among the numerous converts of Islam during that century
were to be found men who had been alienated from the Church of their
fathers through their leanings towards Calvinism. 64 We have no definite
information as to the number of the followers of Cyril Lucaris and the
extent of Calvinistic influences in the Greek Church; the clergy, jealous of
the reputation of their Church, whose orthodoxy and immunity from heresy
were so boastfully vindicated by her children, and had thus been impugned
through the suspicion of Calvinism, wished to represent the heretical
patriarch as standing alone in his opinions. 65 But a following he
undoubtedly had: his Confession of Faith had received the sanction of a
synod composed of his followers; 66 those who sympathised with his
heresies were anathematised both by the second synod of Constantinople
(1642) and by the synod of Jerusalem (1672) 67—surely a meaningless
the Father, the Son and the Holy Ghost in this life and in the life to come,
accursed, excommunicated, be lost after death, and be partakers of
everlasting punishment.” 63 In 1672 a third synod met at Jerusalem to
repudiate the heretical articles of this Confession of Faith and vindicate the
orthodoxy of the Greek Church against those [163]who represented her as
infected with Calvinism. The attempt to Protestantise the Greek Church
thus completely failed to achieve success: the doctrines of Calvin were
diametrically opposed to her teachings, and indeed inculcated many articles
of faith that were more in harmony with the tenets of Muslim theologians
than with those of the Orthodox Church, and which moreover she had often
attacked in her controversies with her Muhammadan adversaries. It is this
approximation to Islamic thought which gives this movement towards
Calvinism a place in a history of the spread of Islam: a man who inveighed
against the adoration of pictures, decried the authority and the very
institution of the priesthood, maintained the doctrines of absolute
Predestination, denied freedom to the human will and was in sympathy with
the stern spirit of Calvinism that had more in common with the Old than the
New Testament—would certainly find a more congenial atmosphere in
Islam than in the Greek Church of the seventeenth century, and there can be
little doubt that among the numerous converts of Islam during that century
were to be found men who had been alienated from the Church of their
fathers through their leanings towards Calvinism. 64 We have no definite
information as to the number of the followers of Cyril Lucaris and the
extent of Calvinistic influences in the Greek Church; the clergy, jealous of
the reputation of their Church, whose orthodoxy and immunity from heresy
were so boastfully vindicated by her children, and had thus been impugned
through the suspicion of Calvinism, wished to represent the heretical
patriarch as standing alone in his opinions. 65 But a following he
undoubtedly had: his Confession of Faith had received the sanction of a
synod composed of his followers; 66 those who sympathised with his
heresies were anathematised both by the second synod of Constantinople
(1642) and by the synod of Jerusalem (1672) 67—surely a meaningless
Page 196
repetition, had no such persons existed; moreover the names of some few of
these [164]have come down to us: Sophronius, Metropolitan of Athens, was
a warm supporter of the Reformation; 68 a monk named Nicodemus Metaras,
who had brought a printing-press from London and issued heretical treatises
therefrom, was rewarded with a metropolitan see by Cyril in return for his
services; 69 the philosopher Corydaleus, a friend of Cyril, opened a
Calvinistic school in Constantinople, and another Greek, Gerganos,
published a Catechism so as to introduce the teachings of Calvin among his
fellow-countrymen; 70 and Neophytus II, who was made Patriarch in 1636,
while Cyril was in exile in the island of Rhodes, was his disciple and
adopted son; he recalled his master from banishment and resigned the
patriarchal chair in his favour. 71 In a letter to the University of Geneva
(dated July, 1636), Cyril writes that Leger had gained a large number of
converts to Calvinism by his writings and preaching; 72 in another letter
addressed to Leger, he describes how he had made his influence felt in
Candia. 73 His successor 74 in the patriarchal chair was banished to Carthage
and there strangled by the adherents of Lucaris in 1639. 75 The Calvinists are
said to have entertained hopes of Parthenius I (the successor of Cyril II), but
his untimely end (whether by poison or banishment is uncertain)
disappointed their expectations. 76 Parthenius II, who was Patriarch of
Constantinople from 1644 to 1646, was at heart a thorough Calvinist, and
though he did not venture openly to teach the doctrines of Calvin, still his
known sympathy with them caused him to be deposed, sent into exile and
strangled. 77 Thus the influence of Calvinism was undoubtedly more
widespread than the enemies of Cyril Lucaris were willing to admit, and as
stated above, those who refused to bow to the anathemas of the synods that
condemned their leader, had certainly more in common with their
Muhammadan neighbours than with the Orthodox clergy who cast them out
of their midst. There is no actual evidence, it is true, of Calvinistic
influences in Turkey [165]facilitating conversion to Islam, 78 but in the
absence of any other explanation it certainly seems a very plausible
conjecture that such were among the factors that so enormously increased
the number of the Greek renegades towards the middle of the seventeenth
these [164]have come down to us: Sophronius, Metropolitan of Athens, was
a warm supporter of the Reformation; 68 a monk named Nicodemus Metaras,
who had brought a printing-press from London and issued heretical treatises
therefrom, was rewarded with a metropolitan see by Cyril in return for his
services; 69 the philosopher Corydaleus, a friend of Cyril, opened a
Calvinistic school in Constantinople, and another Greek, Gerganos,
published a Catechism so as to introduce the teachings of Calvin among his
fellow-countrymen; 70 and Neophytus II, who was made Patriarch in 1636,
while Cyril was in exile in the island of Rhodes, was his disciple and
adopted son; he recalled his master from banishment and resigned the
patriarchal chair in his favour. 71 In a letter to the University of Geneva
(dated July, 1636), Cyril writes that Leger had gained a large number of
converts to Calvinism by his writings and preaching; 72 in another letter
addressed to Leger, he describes how he had made his influence felt in
Candia. 73 His successor 74 in the patriarchal chair was banished to Carthage
and there strangled by the adherents of Lucaris in 1639. 75 The Calvinists are
said to have entertained hopes of Parthenius I (the successor of Cyril II), but
his untimely end (whether by poison or banishment is uncertain)
disappointed their expectations. 76 Parthenius II, who was Patriarch of
Constantinople from 1644 to 1646, was at heart a thorough Calvinist, and
though he did not venture openly to teach the doctrines of Calvin, still his
known sympathy with them caused him to be deposed, sent into exile and
strangled. 77 Thus the influence of Calvinism was undoubtedly more
widespread than the enemies of Cyril Lucaris were willing to admit, and as
stated above, those who refused to bow to the anathemas of the synods that
condemned their leader, had certainly more in common with their
Muhammadan neighbours than with the Orthodox clergy who cast them out
of their midst. There is no actual evidence, it is true, of Calvinistic
influences in Turkey [165]facilitating conversion to Islam, 78 but in the
absence of any other explanation it certainly seems a very plausible
conjecture that such were among the factors that so enormously increased
the number of the Greek renegades towards the middle of the seventeenth
Page 197
century—a period during which the number of renegades from among the
middle and lower orders of society is said to have been more considerable
than at any other time. 79 Frequent mention is made of cases of apostasy
from among the clergy, and even among the highest dignitaries of the
Church, such as a former Metropolitan of Rhodes. 80 In 1676 it is said that in
Corinth some Christian people went over every day to “the Turkish
abomination,” and that three priests had become Musalmans the year
before; 81 in 1679 is recorded the death of a renegade monk. 82 On the
occasion of the circumcision of Muṣṭafā, son of Muḥammad IV, in 1675,
there were at least two hundred proselytes made during the thirteen days of
public rejoicing, 83 and numerous other instances may be found in writings
of this period. A contemporary writer (1663) has well described the mental
attitude of such converts. “When you mix with the Turks in the ordinary
intercourse of life and see that they pray and sing even the Psalms of David;
that they give alms and do other good works; that they think highly of
Christ, hold the Bible in great honour, and the like; that, besides, any ass
may become parish priest who plies the Bassa with presents, and he will
[166]not urge Christianity on you very much; so you will come to think that
they are good people and will very probably be saved; and so you will come
to believe that you too may be saved, if you likewise become Turks.
Herewith will the Holy Trinity and the crucified Son of God, with many
other mysteries of the faith, which seem quite absurd to the unenlightened
reason, easily pass out of your thoughts, and imperceptibly Christianity will
quite die out in you, and you will think that it is all the same whether you be
Christians or Turks.” 84
Thomas Smith, who was in Constantinople in 1669, speaks of the number
of Christian converts about this period, but assigns baser motives. “’Tis sad
to consider the great number of wretched people, who turn Turks; some out
of meer desperation; being not able to support the burthen of slavery, and to
avoid the revilings and insultings of the Infidels; some out of a wanton light
humour, to put themselves into a condition of domineering and insulting
over others … some to avoid the penalties and inflictions due to their
middle and lower orders of society is said to have been more considerable
than at any other time. 79 Frequent mention is made of cases of apostasy
from among the clergy, and even among the highest dignitaries of the
Church, such as a former Metropolitan of Rhodes. 80 In 1676 it is said that in
Corinth some Christian people went over every day to “the Turkish
abomination,” and that three priests had become Musalmans the year
before; 81 in 1679 is recorded the death of a renegade monk. 82 On the
occasion of the circumcision of Muṣṭafā, son of Muḥammad IV, in 1675,
there were at least two hundred proselytes made during the thirteen days of
public rejoicing, 83 and numerous other instances may be found in writings
of this period. A contemporary writer (1663) has well described the mental
attitude of such converts. “When you mix with the Turks in the ordinary
intercourse of life and see that they pray and sing even the Psalms of David;
that they give alms and do other good works; that they think highly of
Christ, hold the Bible in great honour, and the like; that, besides, any ass
may become parish priest who plies the Bassa with presents, and he will
[166]not urge Christianity on you very much; so you will come to think that
they are good people and will very probably be saved; and so you will come
to believe that you too may be saved, if you likewise become Turks.
Herewith will the Holy Trinity and the crucified Son of God, with many
other mysteries of the faith, which seem quite absurd to the unenlightened
reason, easily pass out of your thoughts, and imperceptibly Christianity will
quite die out in you, and you will think that it is all the same whether you be
Christians or Turks.” 84
Thomas Smith, who was in Constantinople in 1669, speaks of the number
of Christian converts about this period, but assigns baser motives. “’Tis sad
to consider the great number of wretched people, who turn Turks; some out
of meer desperation; being not able to support the burthen of slavery, and to
avoid the revilings and insultings of the Infidels; some out of a wanton light
humour, to put themselves into a condition of domineering and insulting
over others … some to avoid the penalties and inflictions due to their
Page 198
heinous crimes, and to enjoy the brutish liberties, that Mahomet consecrated
by his own example, and recommended to his followers. These are the great
and tempting arguments and motives of their apostasy, meer considerations
of ease, pleasure and prosperity, or else of vanity and guilt; for it cannot be
presumed, that any through conviction of mind should be wrought upon to
embrace the dotages and impostures of Turcisme.” 85 Records of conversions
after this period are rare, but Motraye gives an account of several
renegades, who became Muhammadans in Constantinople in 1703; among
them was a French priest and some other French Catholics, and some
priests from Smyrna. 86
Another feature in the condition of the Greek Church that contributed to the
decay of its numbers, was the corruption and degradation of its pastors,
particularly the higher clergy. The sees of bishops and archbishops were put
up to auction to the highest bidders, and the purchasers sought to recoup
[167]themselves by exacting levies of all kinds from their flocks; they
burdened the unfortunate Christians with taxes ordinary and extraordinary,
made them purchase all the sacraments at exorbitant rates, baptism,
confession, holy communion, indulgences, and the right of Christian burial.
Some of the clergy even formed an unholy alliance with the Janissaries, and
several bishops had their names and those of their households inscribed on
the list of one of their Ortas or regiments, the better to secure an immunity
for their excesses and escape the punishment of their crimes under the
protection of this corporation which the weakness of the Ottoman rulers had
allowed to assume such a powerful position in the state. 87 The evidence of
contemporary eye-witnesses to the oppressive behaviour of the Greek
clergy presents a terrible picture of the sufferings of the Christians.
Tournefort in 1700, after describing the election of a new Patriarch, says:
“We need not at all doubt but the new Patriarch makes the best of his time.
Tyranny succeeds to Simony: the first thing he does is to signify the
Sultan’s order to all the Archbishops and Bishops of his clergy: his greatest
study is to know exactly the revenues of each Prelate; he imposes a tax
upon them, and enjoins them very strictly by a second letter to send the sum
by his own example, and recommended to his followers. These are the great
and tempting arguments and motives of their apostasy, meer considerations
of ease, pleasure and prosperity, or else of vanity and guilt; for it cannot be
presumed, that any through conviction of mind should be wrought upon to
embrace the dotages and impostures of Turcisme.” 85 Records of conversions
after this period are rare, but Motraye gives an account of several
renegades, who became Muhammadans in Constantinople in 1703; among
them was a French priest and some other French Catholics, and some
priests from Smyrna. 86
Another feature in the condition of the Greek Church that contributed to the
decay of its numbers, was the corruption and degradation of its pastors,
particularly the higher clergy. The sees of bishops and archbishops were put
up to auction to the highest bidders, and the purchasers sought to recoup
[167]themselves by exacting levies of all kinds from their flocks; they
burdened the unfortunate Christians with taxes ordinary and extraordinary,
made them purchase all the sacraments at exorbitant rates, baptism,
confession, holy communion, indulgences, and the right of Christian burial.
Some of the clergy even formed an unholy alliance with the Janissaries, and
several bishops had their names and those of their households inscribed on
the list of one of their Ortas or regiments, the better to secure an immunity
for their excesses and escape the punishment of their crimes under the
protection of this corporation which the weakness of the Ottoman rulers had
allowed to assume such a powerful position in the state. 87 The evidence of
contemporary eye-witnesses to the oppressive behaviour of the Greek
clergy presents a terrible picture of the sufferings of the Christians.
Tournefort in 1700, after describing the election of a new Patriarch, says:
“We need not at all doubt but the new Patriarch makes the best of his time.
Tyranny succeeds to Simony: the first thing he does is to signify the
Sultan’s order to all the Archbishops and Bishops of his clergy: his greatest
study is to know exactly the revenues of each Prelate; he imposes a tax
upon them, and enjoins them very strictly by a second letter to send the sum
Page 199
demanded, otherwise their dioceses are adjudg’d to the highest bidder. The
Prelates being used to this trade, never spare their Suffragans; these latter
torment the Papas: the Papas flea the Parishioners and hardly sprinkle the
least drop of Holy Water, but what they are paid for beforehand. If
afterwards the Patriarch has occasion for money, he farms out the gathering
of it to the highest bidder among the Turks: he that gives most for it, goes
into Greece to cite the Prelates. Usually for twenty thousand crowns that the
clergy is tax’d at, the Turk extorts two and twenty; so that he has the two
thousand crowns for his pains, besides having his charges borne in every
diocese. In virtue of the agreement he has made with the Patriarch, he
deprives and interdicts from all ecclesiastical functions, those prelates who
refuse to pay their tax.” 88 The Christian [168]clergy are even said to have
carried off the children of the parishioners and sold them as slaves, to get
money for their simoniacal designs. 89
The extortions practised in the seventeenth have found their counterpart in
the nineteenth century, and the sufferings of the Christians of the Greek
Church in Bosnia, before the Austrian occupation, exactly illustrate the
words of Tournefort. The Metropolitan of Serajevo used to wring as much
as £10,000 a year from his miserable flock—a sum exactly double the
salary of the Turkish Governor himself—and to raise this enormous sum the
unfortunate parishioners were squeezed in every possible way, and the
Turkish authorities had orders to assist the clergy in levying their exactions;
and whole Christian villages suffered the fate of sacked cities, for refusing,
or often being unable, to comply with the exorbitant demands of Christian
Prelates. 90 Such unbearable oppression on the part of the spiritual leaders
who should protect the Christian population, has often stirred it up to open
revolt, whenever a favourable opportunity has offered itself. 91 It is not
surprising then to learn that many of the Christians went over to Islam, to
deliver themselves from such tyranny. 92
Ecclesiastical oppression of a rather different character is said to have been
responsible for the conversion of the ancestors of a small community of
Prelates being used to this trade, never spare their Suffragans; these latter
torment the Papas: the Papas flea the Parishioners and hardly sprinkle the
least drop of Holy Water, but what they are paid for beforehand. If
afterwards the Patriarch has occasion for money, he farms out the gathering
of it to the highest bidder among the Turks: he that gives most for it, goes
into Greece to cite the Prelates. Usually for twenty thousand crowns that the
clergy is tax’d at, the Turk extorts two and twenty; so that he has the two
thousand crowns for his pains, besides having his charges borne in every
diocese. In virtue of the agreement he has made with the Patriarch, he
deprives and interdicts from all ecclesiastical functions, those prelates who
refuse to pay their tax.” 88 The Christian [168]clergy are even said to have
carried off the children of the parishioners and sold them as slaves, to get
money for their simoniacal designs. 89
The extortions practised in the seventeenth have found their counterpart in
the nineteenth century, and the sufferings of the Christians of the Greek
Church in Bosnia, before the Austrian occupation, exactly illustrate the
words of Tournefort. The Metropolitan of Serajevo used to wring as much
as £10,000 a year from his miserable flock—a sum exactly double the
salary of the Turkish Governor himself—and to raise this enormous sum the
unfortunate parishioners were squeezed in every possible way, and the
Turkish authorities had orders to assist the clergy in levying their exactions;
and whole Christian villages suffered the fate of sacked cities, for refusing,
or often being unable, to comply with the exorbitant demands of Christian
Prelates. 90 Such unbearable oppression on the part of the spiritual leaders
who should protect the Christian population, has often stirred it up to open
revolt, whenever a favourable opportunity has offered itself. 91 It is not
surprising then to learn that many of the Christians went over to Islam, to
deliver themselves from such tyranny. 92
Ecclesiastical oppression of a rather different character is said to have been
responsible for the conversion of the ancestors of a small community of
Page 200
about 4000 Southern Rumanians, at Noanta in the Meglen district of the
vilayet of Salonika; they have a tradition that in the eighteenth century the
Patriarch of Constantinople persuaded the reigning Sultan that only the
Christians who spoke Greek could be loyal subjects of the Turkish empire;
the Sultan [169]thereupon forbade the Christians to speak anything but
Greek, on pain of having their tongues cut out; when the news of this
reached Noanta, a part of the population fled into the woods and founded
fresh villages, but those who were left behind went over to Islam, with their
bishop at their head, in order thereby to retain their mother-tongue. 93
Though the mass of the parish clergy were innocent of the charges brought
against their superiors, 94 still they were very ignorant and illiterate. At the
end of the seventeenth century, there were said to be hardly twelve persons
in the whole Turkish dominions thoroughly skilled in the knowledge of the
ancient Greek language; it was considered a great merit in the clergy to be
able to read, while they were quite ignorant of the meaning of the words of
their service-books. 95
While there was so much in the Christian society of the time to repel, there
was much in the character and life of the Turks to attract, and the
superiority of the early Ottomans as compared with the degradation of the
guides and teachers of the Christian Church would naturally impress devout
minds that revolted from the selfish ambition, simony and corruption of the
Greek ecclesiastics. Christian writers constantly praise these Turks for the
earnestness and intensity of their religious life; their zeal in the performance
of the observances prescribed by their faith; the outward decency and
modesty displayed in their apparel and mode of living; the absence of
ostentatious display and the simplicity of life observable even in the great
and powerful. 96 The annalist of the embassy from the Emperor Leopold I to
the Ottoman Porte in 1665–1666, especially eulogises the devoutness and
regularity of the Turks in prayer, and he even goes so far as to say, “Nous
devons dire à la confusion des Chrêtiens, que les Turcs têmoignent
beaucoup plus de soin et de zèle à l’exercice de leur Religion: que les
vilayet of Salonika; they have a tradition that in the eighteenth century the
Patriarch of Constantinople persuaded the reigning Sultan that only the
Christians who spoke Greek could be loyal subjects of the Turkish empire;
the Sultan [169]thereupon forbade the Christians to speak anything but
Greek, on pain of having their tongues cut out; when the news of this
reached Noanta, a part of the population fled into the woods and founded
fresh villages, but those who were left behind went over to Islam, with their
bishop at their head, in order thereby to retain their mother-tongue. 93
Though the mass of the parish clergy were innocent of the charges brought
against their superiors, 94 still they were very ignorant and illiterate. At the
end of the seventeenth century, there were said to be hardly twelve persons
in the whole Turkish dominions thoroughly skilled in the knowledge of the
ancient Greek language; it was considered a great merit in the clergy to be
able to read, while they were quite ignorant of the meaning of the words of
their service-books. 95
While there was so much in the Christian society of the time to repel, there
was much in the character and life of the Turks to attract, and the
superiority of the early Ottomans as compared with the degradation of the
guides and teachers of the Christian Church would naturally impress devout
minds that revolted from the selfish ambition, simony and corruption of the
Greek ecclesiastics. Christian writers constantly praise these Turks for the
earnestness and intensity of their religious life; their zeal in the performance
of the observances prescribed by their faith; the outward decency and
modesty displayed in their apparel and mode of living; the absence of
ostentatious display and the simplicity of life observable even in the great
and powerful. 96 The annalist of the embassy from the Emperor Leopold I to
the Ottoman Porte in 1665–1666, especially eulogises the devoutness and
regularity of the Turks in prayer, and he even goes so far as to say, “Nous
devons dire à la confusion des Chrêtiens, que les Turcs têmoignent
beaucoup plus de soin et de zèle à l’exercice de leur Religion: que les
Page 201
Chrêtiens n’en font paroître à la pratique de la leur.… Mais ce qui passe
tout ce que nous experimentons de dévot entre les Chrêtiens: c’est que
pendant le tems de la prière, vous ne [170]voyez pas une personne distraite
de ses yeux: vous n’en voyez pas une qui ne soit attachée à l’objet de sa
prière: et pas une qui n’ait toute la révérence extérieure pour son Créateur,
qu’on peut exiger de la Créature.” 97
Even the behaviour of the soldiery receives its meed of praise. During the
march of an army the inhabitants of the country, we are told by the secretary
to the Embassy sent by Charles II to the Sultan, had no complaints to make
of being plundered or of their women being maltreated. All the taverns
along the line of march were shut up and sealed two or three days before the
arrival of the army, and no wine was allowed to be sold to the soldiers
under pain of death. 98
Many a tribute of praise is given to the virtues of the Turks even by
Christian writers who bore them no love; one such who had a very poor
opinion of their religion, 99 speaks of them as follows:—“Even in the dirt of
the Alcoran you shall find some jewels of Christian Virtues; and indeed if
Christians will but diligently read and observe the Laws and Histories of the
Mahometans, they may blush to see how zealous they are in the works of
devotion, piety, and charity, how devout, cleanly, and reverend in their
Mosques, how obedient to their Priest, that even the great Turk himself will
attempt nothing without consulting his Mufti; how careful are they to
observe their hours of prayer five times a day wherever they are, or
however employed? how constantly do they observe their Fasts from
morning till night a whole month together; how loving and charitable the
Muslemans are to each other, and how careful of strangers may be seen by
their Hospitals, both for the Poor and for Travellers; if we observe their
Justice, Temperance, and other moral Vertues, we may truly blush at our
own coldness, both in devotion and charity, at our injustice, intemperance,
and oppression; doubtless these Men will rise up in judgment against us;
tout ce que nous experimentons de dévot entre les Chrêtiens: c’est que
pendant le tems de la prière, vous ne [170]voyez pas une personne distraite
de ses yeux: vous n’en voyez pas une qui ne soit attachée à l’objet de sa
prière: et pas une qui n’ait toute la révérence extérieure pour son Créateur,
qu’on peut exiger de la Créature.” 97
Even the behaviour of the soldiery receives its meed of praise. During the
march of an army the inhabitants of the country, we are told by the secretary
to the Embassy sent by Charles II to the Sultan, had no complaints to make
of being plundered or of their women being maltreated. All the taverns
along the line of march were shut up and sealed two or three days before the
arrival of the army, and no wine was allowed to be sold to the soldiers
under pain of death. 98
Many a tribute of praise is given to the virtues of the Turks even by
Christian writers who bore them no love; one such who had a very poor
opinion of their religion, 99 speaks of them as follows:—“Even in the dirt of
the Alcoran you shall find some jewels of Christian Virtues; and indeed if
Christians will but diligently read and observe the Laws and Histories of the
Mahometans, they may blush to see how zealous they are in the works of
devotion, piety, and charity, how devout, cleanly, and reverend in their
Mosques, how obedient to their Priest, that even the great Turk himself will
attempt nothing without consulting his Mufti; how careful are they to
observe their hours of prayer five times a day wherever they are, or
however employed? how constantly do they observe their Fasts from
morning till night a whole month together; how loving and charitable the
Muslemans are to each other, and how careful of strangers may be seen by
their Hospitals, both for the Poor and for Travellers; if we observe their
Justice, Temperance, and other moral Vertues, we may truly blush at our
own coldness, both in devotion and charity, at our injustice, intemperance,
and oppression; doubtless these Men will rise up in judgment against us;
Page 202
and surely their devotion, piety, [171]and works of mercy are main causes of
the growth of Mahometism.”
The same conclusion is drawn by a modern historian, 100 who writes:—“We
find that many Greeks of high talent and moral character were so sensible
of the superiority of the Mohammedans, that even when they escaped being
drafted into the Sultan’s household as tribute-children, they voluntarily
embraced the faith of Mahomet. The moral superiority of Othoman society
must be allowed to have had as much weight in causing these conversions,
which were numerous in the fifteenth century, as the personal ambition of
individuals.”
A generation that has watched the decay of the Turkish power in Europe
and the successive curtailment of its territorial possessions, and is
accustomed to hearing it spoken of as the “sick man,” destined to a speedy
dissolution, must find it difficult to realise the feelings which the Ottoman
empire inspired in the early days of its rise in Europe. The rapid and
widespread success of the Turkish arms filled men’s minds with terror and
amazement. One Christian kingdom after another fell into their hands:
Bulgaria, Servia, Bosnia, and Hungary yielded up their independence as
Christian states. The proud Republic of Venice saw one possession after
another wrested from it, until the Lion of St. Mark held sway on the shores
of the Adriatic alone. Even the safety of the Eternal City itself was menaced
by the capture of Otranto. Christian literature of the latter half of the
fifteenth and of the sixteenth centuries is full of direful forebodings of the
fate that threatened Christian Europe unless the victorious progress of the
Turk was arrested; he is represented as a scourge in the hand of God for the
punishment of the sins and backslidings of His people, 101 or on the other
hand as the unloosed power of the Devil working for the destruction of
Christianity under the hypocritical guise of religion. But—what is most
important to notice here—some men began to ask themselves, “Is it
possible that God would allow the Muhammadans to increase in such
countless numbers without good reason? Is it conceivable that so many
the growth of Mahometism.”
The same conclusion is drawn by a modern historian, 100 who writes:—“We
find that many Greeks of high talent and moral character were so sensible
of the superiority of the Mohammedans, that even when they escaped being
drafted into the Sultan’s household as tribute-children, they voluntarily
embraced the faith of Mahomet. The moral superiority of Othoman society
must be allowed to have had as much weight in causing these conversions,
which were numerous in the fifteenth century, as the personal ambition of
individuals.”
A generation that has watched the decay of the Turkish power in Europe
and the successive curtailment of its territorial possessions, and is
accustomed to hearing it spoken of as the “sick man,” destined to a speedy
dissolution, must find it difficult to realise the feelings which the Ottoman
empire inspired in the early days of its rise in Europe. The rapid and
widespread success of the Turkish arms filled men’s minds with terror and
amazement. One Christian kingdom after another fell into their hands:
Bulgaria, Servia, Bosnia, and Hungary yielded up their independence as
Christian states. The proud Republic of Venice saw one possession after
another wrested from it, until the Lion of St. Mark held sway on the shores
of the Adriatic alone. Even the safety of the Eternal City itself was menaced
by the capture of Otranto. Christian literature of the latter half of the
fifteenth and of the sixteenth centuries is full of direful forebodings of the
fate that threatened Christian Europe unless the victorious progress of the
Turk was arrested; he is represented as a scourge in the hand of God for the
punishment of the sins and backslidings of His people, 101 or on the other
hand as the unloosed power of the Devil working for the destruction of
Christianity under the hypocritical guise of religion. But—what is most
important to notice here—some men began to ask themselves, “Is it
possible that God would allow the Muhammadans to increase in such
countless numbers without good reason? Is it conceivable that so many
Page 203
thousands [172]are to be damned like one man? How can such multitudes be
opposed to the true faith? since truth is stronger than error and is more
loved and desired by all men, it is not possible for so many men to be
fighting against it. How could they prevail against truth, since God always
helps and upholds the truth? How could their religion so marvellously
increase, if built upon the rotten foundation of error?” 102 Such thoughts, we
are told, appealed strongly to the Christian peoples that lived under the
Turkish rule, and with especial force to the unhappy Christian captives who
watched the years drag wearily on without hope of release or respite from
their misery. Can we be surprised when we find such a one asking himself?
“Surely if God were pleased with the faith to which you have clung, He
would not have thus abandoned you, but would have helped you to gain
your freedom and return to it again. But as He has closed every avenue of
freedom to you, perchance it is His pleasure that you should leave it and
join this sect and be saved therein.” 103
The Christian slave who thus describes the doubts that arose in his mind as
the slow-passing years brought no relief, doubtless gives expression here to
thoughts that suggested themselves to many a hapless Christian captive
with overwhelming persistency, until at last he broke away from the ties of
his old faith and embraced Islam. Many who would have been ready to die
as martyrs for the Christian religion if the mythical choice between the
Qurʼān and the sword had been offered them, felt more and more strongly,
after long years of captivity, the influence of Muhammadan thought and
practice, and humanity won converts where violence would have failed. 104
For though the lot of many of the Christian captives was a very pitiable one,
others who held positions in the households of private individuals, were
often no worse off than domestic servants in the rest of Europe. [173]As
organised by the Muhammadan Law, slavery was robbed of many of its
harshest features, nor in Turkey at least does it seem to have been
accompanied by such barbarities and atrocities as in the pirate states of
Northern Africa. The slaves, like other citizens, had their rights, and it is
even said that a slave might summon his master before the Qāḍī for ill
opposed to the true faith? since truth is stronger than error and is more
loved and desired by all men, it is not possible for so many men to be
fighting against it. How could they prevail against truth, since God always
helps and upholds the truth? How could their religion so marvellously
increase, if built upon the rotten foundation of error?” 102 Such thoughts, we
are told, appealed strongly to the Christian peoples that lived under the
Turkish rule, and with especial force to the unhappy Christian captives who
watched the years drag wearily on without hope of release or respite from
their misery. Can we be surprised when we find such a one asking himself?
“Surely if God were pleased with the faith to which you have clung, He
would not have thus abandoned you, but would have helped you to gain
your freedom and return to it again. But as He has closed every avenue of
freedom to you, perchance it is His pleasure that you should leave it and
join this sect and be saved therein.” 103
The Christian slave who thus describes the doubts that arose in his mind as
the slow-passing years brought no relief, doubtless gives expression here to
thoughts that suggested themselves to many a hapless Christian captive
with overwhelming persistency, until at last he broke away from the ties of
his old faith and embraced Islam. Many who would have been ready to die
as martyrs for the Christian religion if the mythical choice between the
Qurʼān and the sword had been offered them, felt more and more strongly,
after long years of captivity, the influence of Muhammadan thought and
practice, and humanity won converts where violence would have failed. 104
For though the lot of many of the Christian captives was a very pitiable one,
others who held positions in the households of private individuals, were
often no worse off than domestic servants in the rest of Europe. [173]As
organised by the Muhammadan Law, slavery was robbed of many of its
harshest features, nor in Turkey at least does it seem to have been
accompanied by such barbarities and atrocities as in the pirate states of
Northern Africa. The slaves, like other citizens, had their rights, and it is
even said that a slave might summon his master before the Qāḍī for ill
Page 204
usage, and that if he alleged that their tempers were so opposite, that it was
impossible for them to agree, the Qāḍī could oblige his master to sell
him. 105 The condition of the Christian captives naturally varied with
circumstances and their own capabilities of adapting themselves to a life of
hardship; the aged, the priests and monks, and those of noble birth suffered
most, while the physician and the handicraftsman received more
considerate treatment from their masters, as being servants that best repaid
the money spent upon them. 106 The galley-slaves naturally suffered most of
all, indeed the kindest treatment could have but little relieved the hardships
incident to such an occupation. 107 Further, the lot of the slaves who were
state property was more pitiable than that of those who had been purchased
by private individuals. 108 As a rule they were allowed the free exercise of
their religion; in the state-prisons at Constantinople, they had their own
priests and chapels, and the clergy were allowed to administer the
consolations of religion to the galley-slaves. 109 The number of the Christian
slaves who embraced Islam was enormous; some few cases have been
recorded of their being threatened [174]and ill-treated for the very purpose of
inducing them to recant, but as a rule the masters seldom forced them to
renounce their faith, 110 and put the greatest pressure upon them during the
first years of their captivity, after which they let them alone to follow their
own faith. 111 The majority of the converted slaves therefore changed their
religion of their own free choice; and when the Christian embassies were
never sure from day to day that some of their fellow-countrymen that had
accompanied them to Constantinople as domestic servants, might not turn
Turk, 112 it can easily be understood that slaves who had lost all hope of
return to their native country, and found little in their surroundings to
strengthen and continue the teachings of their earlier years, would yield to
the influences that beset them and would feel few restraints to hinder them
from entering a new society and a new religion. An English traveller 113 of
the seventeenth century has said of them: “Few ever return to their native
country; and fewer have the courage and constancy of retaining the
Christian Faith, in which they were educated; their education being but
mean, and their knowledge but slight in the principles and grounds of it;
impossible for them to agree, the Qāḍī could oblige his master to sell
him. 105 The condition of the Christian captives naturally varied with
circumstances and their own capabilities of adapting themselves to a life of
hardship; the aged, the priests and monks, and those of noble birth suffered
most, while the physician and the handicraftsman received more
considerate treatment from their masters, as being servants that best repaid
the money spent upon them. 106 The galley-slaves naturally suffered most of
all, indeed the kindest treatment could have but little relieved the hardships
incident to such an occupation. 107 Further, the lot of the slaves who were
state property was more pitiable than that of those who had been purchased
by private individuals. 108 As a rule they were allowed the free exercise of
their religion; in the state-prisons at Constantinople, they had their own
priests and chapels, and the clergy were allowed to administer the
consolations of religion to the galley-slaves. 109 The number of the Christian
slaves who embraced Islam was enormous; some few cases have been
recorded of their being threatened [174]and ill-treated for the very purpose of
inducing them to recant, but as a rule the masters seldom forced them to
renounce their faith, 110 and put the greatest pressure upon them during the
first years of their captivity, after which they let them alone to follow their
own faith. 111 The majority of the converted slaves therefore changed their
religion of their own free choice; and when the Christian embassies were
never sure from day to day that some of their fellow-countrymen that had
accompanied them to Constantinople as domestic servants, might not turn
Turk, 112 it can easily be understood that slaves who had lost all hope of
return to their native country, and found little in their surroundings to
strengthen and continue the teachings of their earlier years, would yield to
the influences that beset them and would feel few restraints to hinder them
from entering a new society and a new religion. An English traveller 113 of
the seventeenth century has said of them: “Few ever return to their native
country; and fewer have the courage and constancy of retaining the
Christian Faith, in which they were educated; their education being but
mean, and their knowledge but slight in the principles and grounds of it;
Page 205
whereof some are frightened into Turcism by their impatience [175]and too
deep resentments of the hardships of the servitude; others are enticed by the
blandishments and flatteries of pleasure the Mahometan Law allows, and
the allurements they have of making their condition better and more easy by
a change of their Religion; having no hope left of being redeemed, they
renounce their Saviour and their Christianity, and soon forget their original
country, and are no longer looked upon as strangers, but pass for natives.”
Much of course depended upon the individual character of the different
Christian slaves themselves. The anonymous writer, so often quoted above,
whose long captivity made him so competent to speak on their condition,
divides them into three classes:—first, those who passed their days in all
simplicity, not caring to trouble themselves to learn anything about the
religion of their masters; for them it was enough to know that the Turks
were infidels, and so, as far as their captive condition and their yoke of
slavery allowed, they avoided having anything to do with them and their
religious worship, fearing lest they should be led astray by their errors, and
striving to observe the Christian faith as far as their knowledge and power
went. The second class consisted of those whose curiosity led them to study
and investigate the doings of the Turks: if, by the help of God, they had
time enough to dive into their secrets, and understanding enough for the
investigation of them and light of reason to find the interpretation thereof,
they not only came out of the trial unscathed, but had their own faith
strengthened. The third class includes those who, examining the Muslim
religion without due caution, fail to dive into its depths and find the
interpretation of it and so are deceived; believing the errors of the Turks to
be the truth, they lose their own faith and embrace the false religion of the
Muslims, hereby not only compassing their own destruction, but setting a
bad example to others: of such men the number is infinite. 114
Conversion to Islam did not, as some writers have affirmed, release the
slave from his captivity and make him a free man, 115 [176]for emancipation
was solely at the discretion of the master; who indeed often promised to set
deep resentments of the hardships of the servitude; others are enticed by the
blandishments and flatteries of pleasure the Mahometan Law allows, and
the allurements they have of making their condition better and more easy by
a change of their Religion; having no hope left of being redeemed, they
renounce their Saviour and their Christianity, and soon forget their original
country, and are no longer looked upon as strangers, but pass for natives.”
Much of course depended upon the individual character of the different
Christian slaves themselves. The anonymous writer, so often quoted above,
whose long captivity made him so competent to speak on their condition,
divides them into three classes:—first, those who passed their days in all
simplicity, not caring to trouble themselves to learn anything about the
religion of their masters; for them it was enough to know that the Turks
were infidels, and so, as far as their captive condition and their yoke of
slavery allowed, they avoided having anything to do with them and their
religious worship, fearing lest they should be led astray by their errors, and
striving to observe the Christian faith as far as their knowledge and power
went. The second class consisted of those whose curiosity led them to study
and investigate the doings of the Turks: if, by the help of God, they had
time enough to dive into their secrets, and understanding enough for the
investigation of them and light of reason to find the interpretation thereof,
they not only came out of the trial unscathed, but had their own faith
strengthened. The third class includes those who, examining the Muslim
religion without due caution, fail to dive into its depths and find the
interpretation of it and so are deceived; believing the errors of the Turks to
be the truth, they lose their own faith and embrace the false religion of the
Muslims, hereby not only compassing their own destruction, but setting a
bad example to others: of such men the number is infinite. 114
Conversion to Islam did not, as some writers have affirmed, release the
slave from his captivity and make him a free man, 115 [176]for emancipation
was solely at the discretion of the master; who indeed often promised to set
Page 206
any slave free, without the payment of ransom, if only he would embrace
Islam; 116 but, on the other hand, would also freely emancipate the Christian
slave, even though he had persevered in his religion, provided he had
proved himself a faithful servant, and would make provision for his old
age. 117
There were many others who, like the Christian slaves, separated from early
surroundings and associations, found themselves cut loose from old ties and
thrown into the midst of a society animated by social and religious ideals of
an entirely novel character. The crowds of Christian workmen that came
wandering from the conquered countries in the fifteenth century to
Adrianople and other Turkish cities in search of employment, were easily
persuaded to settle there and adopt the faith of Islam. 118 Similarly the
Christian families that Muḥammad II transported from conquered provinces
in Europe into Asia Minor, 119 may well have become merged into the mass
of the Muslim population by almost imperceptible degrees, as was the case
with the Armenians carried away into Persia by Shāh ʻAbbās I (1587–
1629), most of whom appear to have passed over to Islam in the second
generation. 120
During the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries there would seem to have
been a decay of the missionary spirit among the Turks, but the latter years
of the reign of Sultan ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd witnessed a renewed interest in
Muslim propaganda, and Turkish newspapers began to record instances of
conversion. Among the most noteworthy of such converts were some
eighteen amīrs of the princely family of Shihāb in Mount Lebanon, which
had been Christian for about a century; they are said to claim descent from
the Quraysh, and the Turks made every effort to bring them back to the fold
of Islam; those who became [177]Muslims were appointed to lucrative posts
in the Turkish civil service. 121
In the following pages it is proposed to give a more detailed and particular
account of the spread of Islam among the Christian populations of Albania,
Islam; 116 but, on the other hand, would also freely emancipate the Christian
slave, even though he had persevered in his religion, provided he had
proved himself a faithful servant, and would make provision for his old
age. 117
There were many others who, like the Christian slaves, separated from early
surroundings and associations, found themselves cut loose from old ties and
thrown into the midst of a society animated by social and religious ideals of
an entirely novel character. The crowds of Christian workmen that came
wandering from the conquered countries in the fifteenth century to
Adrianople and other Turkish cities in search of employment, were easily
persuaded to settle there and adopt the faith of Islam. 118 Similarly the
Christian families that Muḥammad II transported from conquered provinces
in Europe into Asia Minor, 119 may well have become merged into the mass
of the Muslim population by almost imperceptible degrees, as was the case
with the Armenians carried away into Persia by Shāh ʻAbbās I (1587–
1629), most of whom appear to have passed over to Islam in the second
generation. 120
During the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries there would seem to have
been a decay of the missionary spirit among the Turks, but the latter years
of the reign of Sultan ʻAbd al-Ḥamīd witnessed a renewed interest in
Muslim propaganda, and Turkish newspapers began to record instances of
conversion. Among the most noteworthy of such converts were some
eighteen amīrs of the princely family of Shihāb in Mount Lebanon, which
had been Christian for about a century; they are said to claim descent from
the Quraysh, and the Turks made every effort to bring them back to the fold
of Islam; those who became [177]Muslims were appointed to lucrative posts
in the Turkish civil service. 121
In the following pages it is proposed to give a more detailed and particular
account of the spread of Islam among the Christian populations of Albania,
Page 207
Servia, Bosnia and Crete, as the history of each of these countries after its
conquest by the Ottomans presents some special features of interest in the
history of the propagation of Islam.
The Albanians, with the exception of some settlements in Greece, 122 inhabit
the mountainous country that stretches along the east shore of the Adriatic
from Montenegro to the Gulf of Arta. They form one of the oldest and
purest-blooded races in Europe and are said to belong to the Pelasgic
branch of the Aryan stock.
Their country was first invaded by the Turks in 1387, but the Turkish forces
soon had to withdraw, and the authority of the Sultan was recognised for the
first time in 1423. For a short period Albania regained its independence
under George Kastriota, who is better known under his Muhammadan name
of Scanderbeg or Sikandarbeg. Recent investigations have established the
falsity of the romantic fictions that had gathered round the story of his early
days—how that as a boy he had been surrendered as a hostage to the Turks,
had been brought up among them as a Muslim and had won the special
favour of the Sultan. The truth is, that the days of his youth were passed in
his native mountains and his warfare with the Turks began with the victory
gained over them in 1444; for more than twenty years he maintained a
vigorous and successful resistance to their invading forces, but after his
death in 1467, the Turks began again to take possession of Albania. Krūya,
the capital of the Kastriot dynasty, fell into their hands eleven years later,
and from this date there appears to have been no organised resistance of the
whole country, though revolts were frequent and the subjection of the
country was never complete. Some of the sea-port towns held out much
longer; Durazzo was captured in 1501, while Antivari, the northernmost
point of the sea-coast of Albania, did not [178]surrender until 1571. The
terms of capitulation were that the city should retain its old laws and
magistrature, that there should be free and public exercise of the Christian
religion, that the churches and chapels should remain uninjured and might
be rebuilt if they fell into decay; that the citizens should retain all their
conquest by the Ottomans presents some special features of interest in the
history of the propagation of Islam.
The Albanians, with the exception of some settlements in Greece, 122 inhabit
the mountainous country that stretches along the east shore of the Adriatic
from Montenegro to the Gulf of Arta. They form one of the oldest and
purest-blooded races in Europe and are said to belong to the Pelasgic
branch of the Aryan stock.
Their country was first invaded by the Turks in 1387, but the Turkish forces
soon had to withdraw, and the authority of the Sultan was recognised for the
first time in 1423. For a short period Albania regained its independence
under George Kastriota, who is better known under his Muhammadan name
of Scanderbeg or Sikandarbeg. Recent investigations have established the
falsity of the romantic fictions that had gathered round the story of his early
days—how that as a boy he had been surrendered as a hostage to the Turks,
had been brought up among them as a Muslim and had won the special
favour of the Sultan. The truth is, that the days of his youth were passed in
his native mountains and his warfare with the Turks began with the victory
gained over them in 1444; for more than twenty years he maintained a
vigorous and successful resistance to their invading forces, but after his
death in 1467, the Turks began again to take possession of Albania. Krūya,
the capital of the Kastriot dynasty, fell into their hands eleven years later,
and from this date there appears to have been no organised resistance of the
whole country, though revolts were frequent and the subjection of the
country was never complete. Some of the sea-port towns held out much
longer; Durazzo was captured in 1501, while Antivari, the northernmost
point of the sea-coast of Albania, did not [178]surrender until 1571. The
terms of capitulation were that the city should retain its old laws and
magistrature, that there should be free and public exercise of the Christian
religion, that the churches and chapels should remain uninjured and might
be rebuilt if they fell into decay; that the citizens should retain all their
Page 208
movable and immovable property and should not be burdened by any
additional taxation.
The Albanians under Turkish rule appear always to have maintained a kind
of semi-autonomy, and the several tribes and clans remained as essentially
independent as they were before the conquest. Though vassals of the
Sultans, they would not brook the interference of Turkish officials in their
internal administration, and there is reason to believe that the Turkish
Government has never been able to appoint or confirm any provincial
governor who was not a native of Albania, and had not already established
his influence by his arms, policy or connections. 123 Their racial pride is
intense, and to the present day, the Albanian, if asked what he is, will call
himself a Skipetar, 124 before saying whether he is a Christian or a
Muhammadan—a very remarkable instance of national feeling obliterating
the fierce distinction between these two religions that so forcibly obtrudes
itself in the rest of the Ottoman empire. The Christian and Muhammadan
Albanians alike, just as they speak the same language, so do they cherish
the same traditions, and observe the same manners and customs; and pride
in their common nationality has been too strong a bond to allow differences
of religious belief to split the nation into separate communities on this
basis. 125 Side by side they served in the [179]irregular troops, which soon
after the Turkish conquest became the main dependence of the government
in all its internal administration, and both classes found the same ready
employment in the service of the local pashas, being accounted the bravest
soldiers in the empire. Christian Albanians served in the Ottoman army in
the Crimean War, 126 and though they have perhaps been a little more quiet
and agricultural than their Muslim fellow-countrymen, still the difference
has been small: they have always retained their arms and military habits,
have always displayed the same fierce, proud, untameable spirit, and been
animated with the same intense national feeling as their brethren who had
embraced the creed of the Prophet. 127
additional taxation.
The Albanians under Turkish rule appear always to have maintained a kind
of semi-autonomy, and the several tribes and clans remained as essentially
independent as they were before the conquest. Though vassals of the
Sultans, they would not brook the interference of Turkish officials in their
internal administration, and there is reason to believe that the Turkish
Government has never been able to appoint or confirm any provincial
governor who was not a native of Albania, and had not already established
his influence by his arms, policy or connections. 123 Their racial pride is
intense, and to the present day, the Albanian, if asked what he is, will call
himself a Skipetar, 124 before saying whether he is a Christian or a
Muhammadan—a very remarkable instance of national feeling obliterating
the fierce distinction between these two religions that so forcibly obtrudes
itself in the rest of the Ottoman empire. The Christian and Muhammadan
Albanians alike, just as they speak the same language, so do they cherish
the same traditions, and observe the same manners and customs; and pride
in their common nationality has been too strong a bond to allow differences
of religious belief to split the nation into separate communities on this
basis. 125 Side by side they served in the [179]irregular troops, which soon
after the Turkish conquest became the main dependence of the government
in all its internal administration, and both classes found the same ready
employment in the service of the local pashas, being accounted the bravest
soldiers in the empire. Christian Albanians served in the Ottoman army in
the Crimean War, 126 and though they have perhaps been a little more quiet
and agricultural than their Muslim fellow-countrymen, still the difference
has been small: they have always retained their arms and military habits,
have always displayed the same fierce, proud, untameable spirit, and been
animated with the same intense national feeling as their brethren who had
embraced the creed of the Prophet. 127
Page 209
The consideration of these facts is of importance in tracing the spread of
Islam in Albania, for it appears to have been propagated very gradually by
the people of the country themselves, and not under pressure of foreign
influences. The details that we possess of this movement are very meagre,
as the history of Albania from the close of the fifteenth century to the rise of
ʻAlī Pasha three hundred years later, is almost a blank; what knowledge we
have, therefore, of the slow but continuous accession of converts to Islam
during this period, is derived from the ecclesiastical chronicles of the
various dioceses, 128 and the reports sent in from time to time to the Pope
and the Congregatio de Propaganda Fide. 129 But it goes without saying that
the very nature of these sources gives the information derived from them
the stamp of imperfection—especially in the matter of the motives assigned
for conversion. For an ecclesiastic of those times to have even entertained
the possibility of a conversion to Islam from genuine conviction—much
less have openly expressed such an opinion in writing to his superiors—is
well-nigh inconceivable. [180]
During the sixteenth century, Islam appears to have made but little progress,
though the tide of conversion had already set in. In 1610 the Christian
population exceeded the Muhammadan in the proportion of ten to one, 130
and as most of the villages were inhabited by Christians, with a very small
admixture of Muhammadans, 131 the conversions appear to have been more
frequent in the large towns. In Antivari, for example, while many Christians
elected to emigrate into the neighbouring Christian countries, the majority
of those who remained, both high-born and low, went over gradually to the
Muslim faith, so that the Christian population grew less and less day by
day. 132 As the number of accessions to Islam increased, churches were
converted into mosques—a measure which, though contrary to the terms of
the capitulation, seems justified by the change in the religion of the
people. 133 In 1610 two collegiate churches only remained in the hands of the
Latin Christians, but these appear to have sufficed for the needs of the
community; 134 what this amounted to can only roughly be guessed from the
words of Marco Bizzi: “There are about 600 houses inhabited
Islam in Albania, for it appears to have been propagated very gradually by
the people of the country themselves, and not under pressure of foreign
influences. The details that we possess of this movement are very meagre,
as the history of Albania from the close of the fifteenth century to the rise of
ʻAlī Pasha three hundred years later, is almost a blank; what knowledge we
have, therefore, of the slow but continuous accession of converts to Islam
during this period, is derived from the ecclesiastical chronicles of the
various dioceses, 128 and the reports sent in from time to time to the Pope
and the Congregatio de Propaganda Fide. 129 But it goes without saying that
the very nature of these sources gives the information derived from them
the stamp of imperfection—especially in the matter of the motives assigned
for conversion. For an ecclesiastic of those times to have even entertained
the possibility of a conversion to Islam from genuine conviction—much
less have openly expressed such an opinion in writing to his superiors—is
well-nigh inconceivable. [180]
During the sixteenth century, Islam appears to have made but little progress,
though the tide of conversion had already set in. In 1610 the Christian
population exceeded the Muhammadan in the proportion of ten to one, 130
and as most of the villages were inhabited by Christians, with a very small
admixture of Muhammadans, 131 the conversions appear to have been more
frequent in the large towns. In Antivari, for example, while many Christians
elected to emigrate into the neighbouring Christian countries, the majority
of those who remained, both high-born and low, went over gradually to the
Muslim faith, so that the Christian population grew less and less day by
day. 132 As the number of accessions to Islam increased, churches were
converted into mosques—a measure which, though contrary to the terms of
the capitulation, seems justified by the change in the religion of the
people. 133 In 1610 two collegiate churches only remained in the hands of the
Latin Christians, but these appear to have sufficed for the needs of the
community; 134 what this amounted to can only roughly be guessed from the
words of Marco Bizzi: “There are about 600 houses inhabited
Page 210
indiscriminately by Muhammadans and Christians—both Latin and
Schismatics (i.e. of the Orthodox Greek Church): the number of the
Muhammadans is a little in excess of the Christians, and that of the Latins
in excess of the Schismatics.”
In the accounts we have of the social relations between the Christians and
the Muslims, and in the absence of any sharp line of demarcation between
the two communities, we find some clue to the manner in which
Muhammadan influences gradually gained converts from among the
Christian population in proportion as the vigour and the spiritual life of the
Church declined. [181]
It had become very common for Christian parents to give their daughters in
marriage to Muhammadans, and for Christian women to make no objection
to such unions. 135 The male children born of these mixed marriages were
brought up as Musalmans, but the girls were allowed to follow the religion
of their mother. 136 Such permission was rendered practically ineffective by
the action of the Christian ecclesiastics, who ordered the mothers to be
excluded from the churches and from participation in the sacraments; 137 and
consequently (though the parish priests often disregarded the commands of
their superiors) many of these women embraced the faith of their husbands.
But even then they kept up a superstitious observance of the rite of baptism,
which was supposed to be a sovereign specific against leprosy, witches and
wolves, 138 and Christian priests were found ready to pander to this
superstition for any Muhammadan woman who wished to have her children
baptised. 139 This good feeling between the members of the two religions 140
is similarly illustrated by the attendance of Muhammadans at the festivals
of Christian saints; e.g. Marco Bizzi says that on the feast-day of St. Elias
(for whom the Albanians appear to have had a special devotion) there were
as many Muhammadans present in the church as Christians. 141 Even to the
present day we are told that Albanian Muhammadans revere the Virgin
Mary and the Christian saints, and make pilgrimages to their shrines,
[182]while Christians on the other hand resort to the tombs of Muslim saints
Schismatics (i.e. of the Orthodox Greek Church): the number of the
Muhammadans is a little in excess of the Christians, and that of the Latins
in excess of the Schismatics.”
In the accounts we have of the social relations between the Christians and
the Muslims, and in the absence of any sharp line of demarcation between
the two communities, we find some clue to the manner in which
Muhammadan influences gradually gained converts from among the
Christian population in proportion as the vigour and the spiritual life of the
Church declined. [181]
It had become very common for Christian parents to give their daughters in
marriage to Muhammadans, and for Christian women to make no objection
to such unions. 135 The male children born of these mixed marriages were
brought up as Musalmans, but the girls were allowed to follow the religion
of their mother. 136 Such permission was rendered practically ineffective by
the action of the Christian ecclesiastics, who ordered the mothers to be
excluded from the churches and from participation in the sacraments; 137 and
consequently (though the parish priests often disregarded the commands of
their superiors) many of these women embraced the faith of their husbands.
But even then they kept up a superstitious observance of the rite of baptism,
which was supposed to be a sovereign specific against leprosy, witches and
wolves, 138 and Christian priests were found ready to pander to this
superstition for any Muhammadan woman who wished to have her children
baptised. 139 This good feeling between the members of the two religions 140
is similarly illustrated by the attendance of Muhammadans at the festivals
of Christian saints; e.g. Marco Bizzi says that on the feast-day of St. Elias
(for whom the Albanians appear to have had a special devotion) there were
as many Muhammadans present in the church as Christians. 141 Even to the
present day we are told that Albanian Muhammadans revere the Virgin
Mary and the Christian saints, and make pilgrimages to their shrines,
[182]while Christians on the other hand resort to the tombs of Muslim saints
Page 211
for the cure of ailments or in fulfilment of vows. 142 In the town of
Calevacci, where there were sixty Christian and ten Muhammadan
households, the followers of the Prophet contributed towards the support of
the parish priest, as the majority of them had Christian wives. 143 Under such
circumstances it is hardly surprising to learn that many openly professed
Islam, while satisfying their consciences by saying that they professed
Christianity in their hearts. 144 Marco Bizzi has three explanations to offer
for such a lapse—the attraction of worldly advantage, the desire to avoid
the payment of tribute, and the want of a sufficiently large number of
intelligent clergy to supply the spiritual needs of the country. 145 Conversions
are frequently ascribed to the pressure of the burden of taxation imposed
upon the Christians, and whole villages are said to have apostatised to avoid
payment of the tribute. As no details are given, it is impossible to judge
whether there was really sufficient ground for the complaint, or whether this
was not the apology for their conduct alleged by the renegades in order to
make some kind of excuse to their former co-religionists—or indeed an
exaggeration on the part of ecclesiastics to whom a genuine conversion to
Islam on rational grounds seemed an absolute impossibility. A century later
(in 1703) the capitation-tax was six reals a head for each male and this
(with the exception of a tax, termed sciataraccio, of three reals a year) was
the only burden imposed on the Christians exclusively. 146 Men must have
had very little attachment to their religion to abandon it merely in order to
be quit of so slight a penalty, and with no other motive; and the very
existence of so large a body of Christians in Albania at the present time
shows that the burden could not have been so heavy as to force them into
apostasy without any other alternative.
If only we had something more than vague general complaints against the
“Turkish tyranny,” we should be better able to determine how far this could
have had such a [183]preponderating influence as is ascribed to it: but the
evidence alleged seems hardly to warrant such a conclusion. The vicious
practice followed by the Ottoman Court of selling posts in the provinces to
the highest bidder and the uncertainty of the tenure of such posts, often
Calevacci, where there were sixty Christian and ten Muhammadan
households, the followers of the Prophet contributed towards the support of
the parish priest, as the majority of them had Christian wives. 143 Under such
circumstances it is hardly surprising to learn that many openly professed
Islam, while satisfying their consciences by saying that they professed
Christianity in their hearts. 144 Marco Bizzi has three explanations to offer
for such a lapse—the attraction of worldly advantage, the desire to avoid
the payment of tribute, and the want of a sufficiently large number of
intelligent clergy to supply the spiritual needs of the country. 145 Conversions
are frequently ascribed to the pressure of the burden of taxation imposed
upon the Christians, and whole villages are said to have apostatised to avoid
payment of the tribute. As no details are given, it is impossible to judge
whether there was really sufficient ground for the complaint, or whether this
was not the apology for their conduct alleged by the renegades in order to
make some kind of excuse to their former co-religionists—or indeed an
exaggeration on the part of ecclesiastics to whom a genuine conversion to
Islam on rational grounds seemed an absolute impossibility. A century later
(in 1703) the capitation-tax was six reals a head for each male and this
(with the exception of a tax, termed sciataraccio, of three reals a year) was
the only burden imposed on the Christians exclusively. 146 Men must have
had very little attachment to their religion to abandon it merely in order to
be quit of so slight a penalty, and with no other motive; and the very
existence of so large a body of Christians in Albania at the present time
shows that the burden could not have been so heavy as to force them into
apostasy without any other alternative.
If only we had something more than vague general complaints against the
“Turkish tyranny,” we should be better able to determine how far this could
have had such a [183]preponderating influence as is ascribed to it: but the
evidence alleged seems hardly to warrant such a conclusion. The vicious
practice followed by the Ottoman Court of selling posts in the provinces to
the highest bidder and the uncertainty of the tenure of such posts, often
Page 212
resulted in the occupants trying to amass as large a fortune as possible by
extortions of every kind. But such burdens are said to have weighed as
heavily on Muhammadans as Christians. 147 Though certainly an avaricious
and unjust official may have found it easier to oppress the Christians than
the Muslims, especially when the former were convicted of treasonable
correspondence with the Venetians and other Christian states and were
suspected of a wish to revolt.
However this may have been, there can be little doubt of the influence
exerted by the zealous activity and vigorous life of Islam in the face of the
apathetic and ignorant Christian clergy. If Islam in Albania had many such
exponents as the Mullā, whose sincerity, courtesy and friendliness are
praised by Marco Bizzi, with whom he used to discuss religious questions,
it may well have made its way. 148 The majority of the Christian clergy
appear to have been wholly unlettered: most of them, though they could
read a little, did not know how to write, and were so ignorant of the duties
of their sacred calling that they could not even repeat the formula of
absolution by heart. 149 Though they had to recite the mass and other
services in Latin, there were very few who could understand any of it, as
they were ignorant of any language but their mother tongue, and they had
only a vague, traditionary knowledge of the truths of their religion. 150
Marco Bizzi considered the inadequate episcopate of the country
responsible for these evils, as for the small numbers of the clergy, and their
ignorance of their sacred calling, and for the large number of Christians
who grew old and even died without being confirmed, and apostatised
almost everywhere; 151 and unless this were [184]remedied he prophesied a
rapid decay of Christianity in the country. 152 Several priests were also
accused of keeping concubines, and of drunkenness. 153
It may here be observed that the Albanian priests were not the repositories
of the national aspirations and ideals, as were the clergy of the Orthodox
Church in other provinces of the Turkish empire, who in spite of their
ignorance kept alive among their people that devotion to the Christian faith
extortions of every kind. But such burdens are said to have weighed as
heavily on Muhammadans as Christians. 147 Though certainly an avaricious
and unjust official may have found it easier to oppress the Christians than
the Muslims, especially when the former were convicted of treasonable
correspondence with the Venetians and other Christian states and were
suspected of a wish to revolt.
However this may have been, there can be little doubt of the influence
exerted by the zealous activity and vigorous life of Islam in the face of the
apathetic and ignorant Christian clergy. If Islam in Albania had many such
exponents as the Mullā, whose sincerity, courtesy and friendliness are
praised by Marco Bizzi, with whom he used to discuss religious questions,
it may well have made its way. 148 The majority of the Christian clergy
appear to have been wholly unlettered: most of them, though they could
read a little, did not know how to write, and were so ignorant of the duties
of their sacred calling that they could not even repeat the formula of
absolution by heart. 149 Though they had to recite the mass and other
services in Latin, there were very few who could understand any of it, as
they were ignorant of any language but their mother tongue, and they had
only a vague, traditionary knowledge of the truths of their religion. 150
Marco Bizzi considered the inadequate episcopate of the country
responsible for these evils, as for the small numbers of the clergy, and their
ignorance of their sacred calling, and for the large number of Christians
who grew old and even died without being confirmed, and apostatised
almost everywhere; 151 and unless this were [184]remedied he prophesied a
rapid decay of Christianity in the country. 152 Several priests were also
accused of keeping concubines, and of drunkenness. 153
It may here be observed that the Albanian priests were not the repositories
of the national aspirations and ideals, as were the clergy of the Orthodox
Church in other provinces of the Turkish empire, who in spite of their
ignorance kept alive among their people that devotion to the Christian faith
Page 213
which formed the nucleus of the national life of the Greeks. 154 On the
contrary, the Albanians cherished a national feeling that was quite apart
from religious belief, and with regard to the Turks, considered, in true
feudal spirit, that as they were the masters of the country they ought to be
obeyed whatever commands they gave. 155
There is a curious story of conversion which is said to have taken place
owing to a want of amicable relations between a Christian priest and his
people, as follows: “Many years since, when all the country was Christian,
there stood in the city of Scutari a beautiful image of the Virgin Mary, to
whose shrine thousands flocked every year from all parts of the country to
offer their gifts, perform their devotions, and be healed of their infirmities.
For some cause or other, however, it fell out that there was dissension
between the priest and the people, and one day the latter came to the church
in great crowds, declaring that unless the priest yielded to them they would
then and there abjure the faith of Christ and embrace in its stead that of
Muḥammad. The priest, whether right or wrong, still remaining firm, his
congregation tore the rosaries and crosses from their necks, trampled them
under their feet, and going to the nearest mosque, were received by the
Mollah into the fold of the True Believers.” 156
Through the negligence and apathy of the Christian clergy [185]many abuses
and irregularities had been allowed to creep into the Christian society; in
one of which, namely the practice of contracting marriages without the
sanction of the Church or any religious ceremony, we find an
approximation to the Muhammadan law, which makes marriage a civil
contract. In order to remedy this evil, the husband and wife were to be
excluded from the Church, until they had conformed to the ecclesiastical
law and gone through the service in the regular manner. 157
In the course of the seventeenth century, the social conditions and other
factors, indicated above, bore fruit abundantly, and the numbers of the
Christian population began rapidly to decline. In the brief space of thirty
contrary, the Albanians cherished a national feeling that was quite apart
from religious belief, and with regard to the Turks, considered, in true
feudal spirit, that as they were the masters of the country they ought to be
obeyed whatever commands they gave. 155
There is a curious story of conversion which is said to have taken place
owing to a want of amicable relations between a Christian priest and his
people, as follows: “Many years since, when all the country was Christian,
there stood in the city of Scutari a beautiful image of the Virgin Mary, to
whose shrine thousands flocked every year from all parts of the country to
offer their gifts, perform their devotions, and be healed of their infirmities.
For some cause or other, however, it fell out that there was dissension
between the priest and the people, and one day the latter came to the church
in great crowds, declaring that unless the priest yielded to them they would
then and there abjure the faith of Christ and embrace in its stead that of
Muḥammad. The priest, whether right or wrong, still remaining firm, his
congregation tore the rosaries and crosses from their necks, trampled them
under their feet, and going to the nearest mosque, were received by the
Mollah into the fold of the True Believers.” 156
Through the negligence and apathy of the Christian clergy [185]many abuses
and irregularities had been allowed to creep into the Christian society; in
one of which, namely the practice of contracting marriages without the
sanction of the Church or any religious ceremony, we find an
approximation to the Muhammadan law, which makes marriage a civil
contract. In order to remedy this evil, the husband and wife were to be
excluded from the Church, until they had conformed to the ecclesiastical
law and gone through the service in the regular manner. 157
In the course of the seventeenth century, the social conditions and other
factors, indicated above, bore fruit abundantly, and the numbers of the
Christian population began rapidly to decline. In the brief space of thirty
Page 214
years, between 1620 and 1650, about 300,000 Albanians are said to have
gone over to Islam. 158 In 1624 there were only 2000 Catholics in the whole
diocese of Antivari, and in the city itself only one church; at the close of the
century, even this church was no longer used for Christian worship, as there
were only two families of Roman Catholics left. 159 In the whole country
generally, the majority of the Christian community in 1651 was composed
of women, as the male population had apostatised in such large numbers to
Islam. 160 Matters were still worse at the close of the century, the Catholics
being then fewer in number than the Muhammadans, the proportions being
about 1 to 1⅓, 161 whereas less than a hundred years before, they had
outnumbered the Muhammadans in the proportion of 10 to 1; 162 in the
Archbishopric of Durazzo the Christian population had decreased by about
half in twenty years, 163 in another town (in the diocese of Kroia) the entire
population passed from Christianity to Islam in the course of thirty years. 164
In spite of the frequent protests and regulations made by their ecclesiastical
superiors, the parish priests continued to countenance the open profession
of Islam along with a secret adherence to Christianity, on the part of many
male members of their flocks, by administering to them the Blessed
Sacrament; the result of which was that the children [186]of such persons,
being brought up as Muhammadans, were for ever lost to the Christian
Church. 165 Similarly, Christian parents still gave their daughters in marriage
to Muhammadans, the parish priests countenancing such unions by
administering the sacrament to such women, 166 in spite of the fulminations
of the higher clergy against such indulgence. 167 Such action on the part of
the lower clergy can hardly, however, be taken as indicating any great zeal
on behalf of the spiritual welfare of their flocks, in the face of the
accusations brought against them; the majority of them are accused of being
scandalous livers, who very seldom went to confession and held drunken
revels in their parsonages on festival days; they sold the property of the
Church, frequently absented themselves from their parishes, and when
censured, succeeded in getting off by putting themselves under the
protection of the Turks. 168 The Reformed Franciscans and the Observants
who had been sent to minister to the spiritual wants of the people did
gone over to Islam. 158 In 1624 there were only 2000 Catholics in the whole
diocese of Antivari, and in the city itself only one church; at the close of the
century, even this church was no longer used for Christian worship, as there
were only two families of Roman Catholics left. 159 In the whole country
generally, the majority of the Christian community in 1651 was composed
of women, as the male population had apostatised in such large numbers to
Islam. 160 Matters were still worse at the close of the century, the Catholics
being then fewer in number than the Muhammadans, the proportions being
about 1 to 1⅓, 161 whereas less than a hundred years before, they had
outnumbered the Muhammadans in the proportion of 10 to 1; 162 in the
Archbishopric of Durazzo the Christian population had decreased by about
half in twenty years, 163 in another town (in the diocese of Kroia) the entire
population passed from Christianity to Islam in the course of thirty years. 164
In spite of the frequent protests and regulations made by their ecclesiastical
superiors, the parish priests continued to countenance the open profession
of Islam along with a secret adherence to Christianity, on the part of many
male members of their flocks, by administering to them the Blessed
Sacrament; the result of which was that the children [186]of such persons,
being brought up as Muhammadans, were for ever lost to the Christian
Church. 165 Similarly, Christian parents still gave their daughters in marriage
to Muhammadans, the parish priests countenancing such unions by
administering the sacrament to such women, 166 in spite of the fulminations
of the higher clergy against such indulgence. 167 Such action on the part of
the lower clergy can hardly, however, be taken as indicating any great zeal
on behalf of the spiritual welfare of their flocks, in the face of the
accusations brought against them; the majority of them are accused of being
scandalous livers, who very seldom went to confession and held drunken
revels in their parsonages on festival days; they sold the property of the
Church, frequently absented themselves from their parishes, and when
censured, succeeded in getting off by putting themselves under the
protection of the Turks. 168 The Reformed Franciscans and the Observants
who had been sent to minister to the spiritual wants of the people did
Page 215
nothing but quarrel and go to law with one another; much to the scandal of
the laity and the neglect of the mission. 169 In the middle of the seventeenth
century five out of the twelve Albanian sees were vacant; the diocese of
Pullati had not been visited by a bishop for thirty years, and there were only
two priests to 6348 souls. 170 In some parishes in the interior of the country,
there had been no priests for more than forty years; and this was in no way
due to the oppression of the “Turkish tyrant,” for when at last four
Franciscan missionaries were sent, they reported that they could go through
the country and exercise their sacred office without any hindrance
whatever. 171 The bishop of Sappa, to the great prejudice of his diocese, had
been long resident in Venice, where he is said to have lived a vicious life,
and had appointed as his vicar an ignorant priest who was a notorious evil-
liver: this man had 12,400 souls under his charge, and, says the
ecclesiastical visitor, “through the absence of the bishop there is danger of
his losing his own [187]soul and compassing the destruction of the souls
under him and of the property of the Church.” 172 The bishop of Scutari was
looked upon as a tyrant by his clergy and people, and only succeeded in
keeping his post through the aid of the Turks; 173 and Zmaievich complains
of the bishops generally that they burdened the parishes in their diocese
with forced contributions. 174 It appears that Christian ecclesiastics were
authorised by the Sultan to levy contributions on their flocks. Thus the
Archbishop of Antivari (1599–1607) was allowed to “exact and receive”
two aspers from each Christian family, twelve for every first marriage (and
double the amount for a second, and quadruple for a third marriage), and
one gold piece from each parish annually, and it seems to have been
possible to obtain the assistance of the Turkish authorities in levying these
contributions. 175
Throughout the whole of Albania there was not a single Christian school, 176
and the priests were profoundly ignorant: some were sent to study in Italy,
but Marco Crisio condemns this practice, as such priests were in danger of
finding life in Italy so pleasant that they refused to return to their native
country. With a priesthood so ignorant and so careless of their sacred duties,
the laity and the neglect of the mission. 169 In the middle of the seventeenth
century five out of the twelve Albanian sees were vacant; the diocese of
Pullati had not been visited by a bishop for thirty years, and there were only
two priests to 6348 souls. 170 In some parishes in the interior of the country,
there had been no priests for more than forty years; and this was in no way
due to the oppression of the “Turkish tyrant,” for when at last four
Franciscan missionaries were sent, they reported that they could go through
the country and exercise their sacred office without any hindrance
whatever. 171 The bishop of Sappa, to the great prejudice of his diocese, had
been long resident in Venice, where he is said to have lived a vicious life,
and had appointed as his vicar an ignorant priest who was a notorious evil-
liver: this man had 12,400 souls under his charge, and, says the
ecclesiastical visitor, “through the absence of the bishop there is danger of
his losing his own [187]soul and compassing the destruction of the souls
under him and of the property of the Church.” 172 The bishop of Scutari was
looked upon as a tyrant by his clergy and people, and only succeeded in
keeping his post through the aid of the Turks; 173 and Zmaievich complains
of the bishops generally that they burdened the parishes in their diocese
with forced contributions. 174 It appears that Christian ecclesiastics were
authorised by the Sultan to levy contributions on their flocks. Thus the
Archbishop of Antivari (1599–1607) was allowed to “exact and receive”
two aspers from each Christian family, twelve for every first marriage (and
double the amount for a second, and quadruple for a third marriage), and
one gold piece from each parish annually, and it seems to have been
possible to obtain the assistance of the Turkish authorities in levying these
contributions. 175
Throughout the whole of Albania there was not a single Christian school, 176
and the priests were profoundly ignorant: some were sent to study in Italy,
but Marco Crisio condemns this practice, as such priests were in danger of
finding life in Italy so pleasant that they refused to return to their native
country. With a priesthood so ignorant and so careless of their sacred duties,
Page 216
it is not surprising to learn that the common people had no knowledge even
of the rudiments of their faith, and that numerous abuses and corruptions
sprang up among them, which “wrought the utmost desolation to this
vineyard of the Lord.” 177 Many Christians lived in open concubinage for
years, still, however, being admitted to the sacraments, 178 while others had a
plurality of wives. 179 In this latter practice we notice an assimilation
between the habits of the two communities—the Christian and the Muslim
—which is further illustrated by the admission of Muhammadans as
sponsors at the baptism of Christian children, while the old superstitious
custom of baptising Muhammadan children was still sanctioned by the
priests. 180 [188]
Such being the state of the Christian Church in Albania in the latter half of
the seventeenth century, some very trifling incentive would have been
enough to bring about a widespread apostasy; and the punishment inflicted
on the rebellious Catholics in the latter half of the century was a
determining factor more than sufficient to consummate the tendencies that
had been drawing them towards Islam and to cause large numbers of them
to fall away from the Christian Church. The rebellious movement referred
to seems to have been instigated by George, the thirty-ninth Archbishop of
Antivari (1635–1644), who through the bishops of Durazzo, Scodra and
Alessio tried to induce the leaders of the Christian community to conspire
against the Turkish rule and hand over the country to the neighbouring
Christian power, the Republic of Venice. As in his time Venice was at peace
with the Turks a fitting opportunity for the hatching of this plot did not
occur, but in 1645 war broke out between Turkey and the Republic, and the
Venetians made an unsuccessful attempt to capture the city of Antivari,
which before the Turkish conquest had been in their possession for more
than three centuries (1262–1571). The Albanian Catholics who had sided
with the enemy and secretly given them assistance were severely punished
and deprived of their privileges, while the Greek Christians (who had
everything to fear in the event of the restoration of the Venetian rule and
had remained faithful to the Turkish government) were liberally rewarded
of the rudiments of their faith, and that numerous abuses and corruptions
sprang up among them, which “wrought the utmost desolation to this
vineyard of the Lord.” 177 Many Christians lived in open concubinage for
years, still, however, being admitted to the sacraments, 178 while others had a
plurality of wives. 179 In this latter practice we notice an assimilation
between the habits of the two communities—the Christian and the Muslim
—which is further illustrated by the admission of Muhammadans as
sponsors at the baptism of Christian children, while the old superstitious
custom of baptising Muhammadan children was still sanctioned by the
priests. 180 [188]
Such being the state of the Christian Church in Albania in the latter half of
the seventeenth century, some very trifling incentive would have been
enough to bring about a widespread apostasy; and the punishment inflicted
on the rebellious Catholics in the latter half of the century was a
determining factor more than sufficient to consummate the tendencies that
had been drawing them towards Islam and to cause large numbers of them
to fall away from the Christian Church. The rebellious movement referred
to seems to have been instigated by George, the thirty-ninth Archbishop of
Antivari (1635–1644), who through the bishops of Durazzo, Scodra and
Alessio tried to induce the leaders of the Christian community to conspire
against the Turkish rule and hand over the country to the neighbouring
Christian power, the Republic of Venice. As in his time Venice was at peace
with the Turks a fitting opportunity for the hatching of this plot did not
occur, but in 1645 war broke out between Turkey and the Republic, and the
Venetians made an unsuccessful attempt to capture the city of Antivari,
which before the Turkish conquest had been in their possession for more
than three centuries (1262–1571). The Albanian Catholics who had sided
with the enemy and secretly given them assistance were severely punished
and deprived of their privileges, while the Greek Christians (who had
everything to fear in the event of the restoration of the Venetian rule and
had remained faithful to the Turkish government) were liberally rewarded
Page 217
and were lauded as the saviours of their country. Many of the Catholics
either became Muhammadans or joined the Greek Church. The latter fact is
very significant as showing that there was no persecution of the Christians
as such, nor any attempt to force the acceptance of Islam upon them. The
Catholics who became Muhammadans did so to avoid the odium of their
position after the failure of their plot, and could have gained the same end
and have at the same time retained their Christian faith by joining the Greek
Church, which was not only officially recognised by the Turkish
government but in high favour in Antivari at this time: so that those who
neglected to do so, could have had very little attachment to the Christian
religion. The same remark holds good of the numerous conversions [189]to
Islam in the succeeding years: Zmaievich attributes them in some cases to
the desire to avoid the payment of tribute, but, from what has been said
above, it is very unlikely that this was the sole determining motive.
In 1649 a still more widespread insurrection broke out, an Archbishop of
Antivari, Joseph Maria Bonaldo (1646–1654), being again the main
instigator of the movement; and the leading citizens of Antivari, Scodra and
other towns conspired to throw open their gates to the army of the Venetian
Republic. But this plot also failed and the insurrection was forcibly crushed
by the Turkish troops, aided by the dissensions that arose among the
Christians themselves. Many Albanians whose influence was feared were
transported from their own country into the interior of the Turkish
dominions; a body of 3000 men crossed the border into Venetian territory;
those who remained were overawed by the erection of fortresses and the
marching of troops through the disaffected districts, while heavy fines were
imposed upon the malcontents. 181
Unfortunately the Christian writers who complain of the “unjust tributes
and vexations” with which the Turks oppressed the Albanians, so that they
apostatised to Islam, 182 make use only of general expressions, and give us
no details to enable us to judge whether or not such complaints were
justified by the facts. Zmaievich prefaces his account of the apostasy of
either became Muhammadans or joined the Greek Church. The latter fact is
very significant as showing that there was no persecution of the Christians
as such, nor any attempt to force the acceptance of Islam upon them. The
Catholics who became Muhammadans did so to avoid the odium of their
position after the failure of their plot, and could have gained the same end
and have at the same time retained their Christian faith by joining the Greek
Church, which was not only officially recognised by the Turkish
government but in high favour in Antivari at this time: so that those who
neglected to do so, could have had very little attachment to the Christian
religion. The same remark holds good of the numerous conversions [189]to
Islam in the succeeding years: Zmaievich attributes them in some cases to
the desire to avoid the payment of tribute, but, from what has been said
above, it is very unlikely that this was the sole determining motive.
In 1649 a still more widespread insurrection broke out, an Archbishop of
Antivari, Joseph Maria Bonaldo (1646–1654), being again the main
instigator of the movement; and the leading citizens of Antivari, Scodra and
other towns conspired to throw open their gates to the army of the Venetian
Republic. But this plot also failed and the insurrection was forcibly crushed
by the Turkish troops, aided by the dissensions that arose among the
Christians themselves. Many Albanians whose influence was feared were
transported from their own country into the interior of the Turkish
dominions; a body of 3000 men crossed the border into Venetian territory;
those who remained were overawed by the erection of fortresses and the
marching of troops through the disaffected districts, while heavy fines were
imposed upon the malcontents. 181
Unfortunately the Christian writers who complain of the “unjust tributes
and vexations” with which the Turks oppressed the Albanians, so that they
apostatised to Islam, 182 make use only of general expressions, and give us
no details to enable us to judge whether or not such complaints were
justified by the facts. Zmaievich prefaces his account of the apostasy of
Page 218
2000 persons with an enumeration of the taxes and other burdens the
Christians had to bear, but all these, he says, were common also to the
Muhammadans, with the exception of the capitation-tax of six reals a year
for each male, and another tax, termed sciataraccio, of three reals a year. 183
He concludes with the words: “The nation, wounded by these taxes in its
weakest part, namely, worldly interest, to the consideration of which it has a
singular leaning either by nature or by necessity, has given just cause for
lamenting the deplorable loss of about 2000 souls who apostatised from the
true faith so as not to be subject to the tribute.” 184 There is nothing in his
report to show that [190]the taxes the Catholics had to pay constituted so
intolerable a burden as to force them to renounce their creed, and though he
attributes many conversions to Islam to the desire of escaping the tribute, he
says expressly that these apostasies from the Christian faith are mainly to be
ascribed to the extreme ignorance of the clergy, 185 in great measure also to
their practice of admitting to the sacraments those who openly professed
Islam while in secret adhering to the Christian faith: 186 in another place he
says, speaking of the clergy who were not fit to be parish priests and their
practice of administering the sacraments to apostates and secret Christians:
“These are precisely the two causes from which have come all the losses
that the Christian Church has sustained in Albania.” 187 There is very little
doubt that the widespread apostasy at this time was the result of a long
series of influences similar to those mentioned in the preceding pages, and
that the deliverance from the payment of the tribute was the last link in the
chain.
What active efforts Muhammadans themselves were making to gain over
the Christians to Islam, we can hardly expect to learn from the report of an
ecclesiastical visitor. But we find mention of a district, the inhabitants of
which, from their intercourse with the Turks, had “contracted the vices of
these infidels,” and one of the chief causes of their falling away from the
Christian faith was their contracting marriages with Turkish women. 188
There were no doubt strong Muhammadan influences at work here, as also
in the two parishes of Biscascia and Basia, whose joint population of nearly
Christians had to bear, but all these, he says, were common also to the
Muhammadans, with the exception of the capitation-tax of six reals a year
for each male, and another tax, termed sciataraccio, of three reals a year. 183
He concludes with the words: “The nation, wounded by these taxes in its
weakest part, namely, worldly interest, to the consideration of which it has a
singular leaning either by nature or by necessity, has given just cause for
lamenting the deplorable loss of about 2000 souls who apostatised from the
true faith so as not to be subject to the tribute.” 184 There is nothing in his
report to show that [190]the taxes the Catholics had to pay constituted so
intolerable a burden as to force them to renounce their creed, and though he
attributes many conversions to Islam to the desire of escaping the tribute, he
says expressly that these apostasies from the Christian faith are mainly to be
ascribed to the extreme ignorance of the clergy, 185 in great measure also to
their practice of admitting to the sacraments those who openly professed
Islam while in secret adhering to the Christian faith: 186 in another place he
says, speaking of the clergy who were not fit to be parish priests and their
practice of administering the sacraments to apostates and secret Christians:
“These are precisely the two causes from which have come all the losses
that the Christian Church has sustained in Albania.” 187 There is very little
doubt that the widespread apostasy at this time was the result of a long
series of influences similar to those mentioned in the preceding pages, and
that the deliverance from the payment of the tribute was the last link in the
chain.
What active efforts Muhammadans themselves were making to gain over
the Christians to Islam, we can hardly expect to learn from the report of an
ecclesiastical visitor. But we find mention of a district, the inhabitants of
which, from their intercourse with the Turks, had “contracted the vices of
these infidels,” and one of the chief causes of their falling away from the
Christian faith was their contracting marriages with Turkish women. 188
There were no doubt strong Muhammadan influences at work here, as also
in the two parishes of Biscascia and Basia, whose joint population of nearly
Page 219
a thousand souls was “exposed to the obvious risk of apostatising through
lack of any pastor,” and were “much tempted in their faith, and needed to be
strengthened in it by wise and zealous pastors.” 189
Zmaievich speaks of one of the old noble Christian families in the
neighbourhood of Antivari which was represented at that time by two
brothers; the elder of these had been “wheedled” by the prominent
Muhammadans of the place, who were closely related to him, into denying
his [191]faith; the younger wished to study for the priesthood, in which
office “he would be of much assistance to the Christian Church through the
high esteem in which the Turks held his family; which though poor was
universally respected.” 190 This indeed is another indication of the fact that
the Muhammadans did not ill-treat the Christians, merely as such, but only
when they showed themselves to be politically disaffected. Zmaievich, who
was himself an Albanian, and took up his residence in his diocese instead of
in Venetian territory, as many of the Archbishops of Antivari seem to have
done, 191 was received with “extraordinary honours” and with “marvellous
courtesy,” not only by the Turkish officials generally, but also by the
Supreme Pasha of Albania himself, who gave him the place of honour in his
Divan, always accompanying him to the door on his departure and
receiving him there on his arrival. 192 This “barbarian” who “showed himself
more like a generous-hearted Christian than a Turk,” gave more substantial
marks of good feeling towards the Christians by remitting—at the
Archbishop’s request—the tribute due for the ensuing year from four
separate towns. 193 If any of the Christian clergy were roughly treated by the
Turks, it seems generally to have been due to the suspicion of treasonable
correspondence with the enemies of the Turks; ecclesiastical visits to Italy
seem also to have excited—and in many cases, justly—such suspicions.
Otherwise the Christian clergy seem to have had no reason to complain of
the treatment they received from the Muslims; Zmaievich even speaks of
one parish priest being “much beloved by the principal Turks,” 194 and
doubtless there were parallels in Albania to the case of a priest in the
diocese of Trebinje in Herzegovina, who in the early part of the eighteenth
lack of any pastor,” and were “much tempted in their faith, and needed to be
strengthened in it by wise and zealous pastors.” 189
Zmaievich speaks of one of the old noble Christian families in the
neighbourhood of Antivari which was represented at that time by two
brothers; the elder of these had been “wheedled” by the prominent
Muhammadans of the place, who were closely related to him, into denying
his [191]faith; the younger wished to study for the priesthood, in which
office “he would be of much assistance to the Christian Church through the
high esteem in which the Turks held his family; which though poor was
universally respected.” 190 This indeed is another indication of the fact that
the Muhammadans did not ill-treat the Christians, merely as such, but only
when they showed themselves to be politically disaffected. Zmaievich, who
was himself an Albanian, and took up his residence in his diocese instead of
in Venetian territory, as many of the Archbishops of Antivari seem to have
done, 191 was received with “extraordinary honours” and with “marvellous
courtesy,” not only by the Turkish officials generally, but also by the
Supreme Pasha of Albania himself, who gave him the place of honour in his
Divan, always accompanying him to the door on his departure and
receiving him there on his arrival. 192 This “barbarian” who “showed himself
more like a generous-hearted Christian than a Turk,” gave more substantial
marks of good feeling towards the Christians by remitting—at the
Archbishop’s request—the tribute due for the ensuing year from four
separate towns. 193 If any of the Christian clergy were roughly treated by the
Turks, it seems generally to have been due to the suspicion of treasonable
correspondence with the enemies of the Turks; ecclesiastical visits to Italy
seem also to have excited—and in many cases, justly—such suspicions.
Otherwise the Christian clergy seem to have had no reason to complain of
the treatment they received from the Muslims; Zmaievich even speaks of
one parish priest being “much beloved by the principal Turks,” 194 and
doubtless there were parallels in Albania to the case of a priest in the
diocese of Trebinje in Herzegovina, who in the early part of the eighteenth
Page 220
century was suspected, on account of his familiar intercourse with
Muhammadans, of having formed an intention to embrace Islam, and was
accordingly sent by his bishop to Rome under safe custody. 195
No subsequent period of Albanian history appears to [192]have witnessed
such widespread apostasy as the seventeenth century, but there have been
occasional accessions to Islam up to more recent times. In Southern
Albania, the country of the Tosks, the preponderance of the Muhammadan
population placed the Christians at a disadvantage, and a story is told of the
Karamurtads, inhabitants of thirty-six villages near Pogoniani, that up to the
close of the eighteenth century they were Christians, but finding themselves
unable to repel the continual attacks of the neighbouring Muhammadan
population of Leskoviki, they met in a church and prayed that the saints
might work some miracle on their behalf; they swore to fast till Easter in
expectation of the divine assistance; but Easter came and no miracle was
wrought, so the whole population embraced Islam; soon afterwards they
obtained the arms they required and massacred their old enemies in
Leskoviki and took possession of their lands. 196 Community of faith in
Albania is never allowed to stand in the way of a tribal feud. Even up to the
nineteenth century Albanian tribes and villages have changed their religion
for very trivial reasons; part of one Christian tribe is said to have turned
Muhammadan because their priest, who served several villages and visited
them first, insisted on saying mass at an unreasonably early hour. 197
At the present day the Muhammadans in Albania are said to number about
1,000,000 and the Christians 480,000, but the accuracy of these figures is
not certain. The Mirdites are entirely Christian; they submitted to the Sultan
on condition that no Muslim would be allowed to settle in their territory, but
adherents of both the rival creeds are found in almost all the other tribes.
Central Albania is said to be almost entirely Muhammadan, and the
followers of Islam form about sixty per cent. of the population of Northern
Albania; the Christian population attains its largest proportion in Southern
Albania, especially in the districts bordering upon Greece.
Muhammadans, of having formed an intention to embrace Islam, and was
accordingly sent by his bishop to Rome under safe custody. 195
No subsequent period of Albanian history appears to [192]have witnessed
such widespread apostasy as the seventeenth century, but there have been
occasional accessions to Islam up to more recent times. In Southern
Albania, the country of the Tosks, the preponderance of the Muhammadan
population placed the Christians at a disadvantage, and a story is told of the
Karamurtads, inhabitants of thirty-six villages near Pogoniani, that up to the
close of the eighteenth century they were Christians, but finding themselves
unable to repel the continual attacks of the neighbouring Muhammadan
population of Leskoviki, they met in a church and prayed that the saints
might work some miracle on their behalf; they swore to fast till Easter in
expectation of the divine assistance; but Easter came and no miracle was
wrought, so the whole population embraced Islam; soon afterwards they
obtained the arms they required and massacred their old enemies in
Leskoviki and took possession of their lands. 196 Community of faith in
Albania is never allowed to stand in the way of a tribal feud. Even up to the
nineteenth century Albanian tribes and villages have changed their religion
for very trivial reasons; part of one Christian tribe is said to have turned
Muhammadan because their priest, who served several villages and visited
them first, insisted on saying mass at an unreasonably early hour. 197
At the present day the Muhammadans in Albania are said to number about
1,000,000 and the Christians 480,000, but the accuracy of these figures is
not certain. The Mirdites are entirely Christian; they submitted to the Sultan
on condition that no Muslim would be allowed to settle in their territory, but
adherents of both the rival creeds are found in almost all the other tribes.
Central Albania is said to be almost entirely Muhammadan, and the
followers of Islam form about sixty per cent. of the population of Northern
Albania; the Christian population attains its largest proportion in Southern
Albania, especially in the districts bordering upon Greece.
Page 221
The kingdom of Servia first paid tribute to the Ottomans in 1375 and lost its
independence after the disastrous defeat of Kossovo (1389), where both the
king of Servia and the [193]Turkish sultan were left dead upon the field. The
successors of the two sovereigns entered into a friendly compact, the young
Servian prince, Stephen, acknowledged the suzerainty of Turkey, gave his
sister in marriage to the new sultan, Bāyazīd, and formed with him a league
of brotherhood. At the battle of Nikopolis (1394), which gave to the Turks
assured possession of the whole Balkan peninsula, except the district
surrounding Constantinople, the Servian contingent turned the wavering
fortune of the battle and gave the victory to the Turks. On the field of
Angora (1402), when the Turkish power was annihilated and Bāyazīd
himself taken prisoner by Tīmūr, Stephen was present with his Servian
troops and fought bravely for his brother-in-law, and instead of taking this
opportunity of securing his independence, remained faithful to his
engagement, and stood by the sons of Bāyazīd until they recovered their
father’s throne. Under the successor of Stephen, George Brankovich, Servia
enjoyed a semi-independence, but when in 1438 he raised the standard of
revolt, his country was again overrun by the Turks. Then for a time Servia
had to acknowledge the suzerainty of Hungary, but the defeat of John
Hunyady at Varna in 1444 brought her once more under tribute, and in 1459
she finally became a Turkish province.
It is not impossible that the Servians who had embraced Islam after the
battle of Kossovo had knowledge of the fate of the little Muslim community
that had been rooted out of Hungary about a century before, and therefore
preferred the domination of the Turks to that of the Hungarians. Yāqūt gives
the following account of his meeting, about the year 1228, with some
members of this group of followers of the Prophet in mediæval Europe,
who had owed their conversion to Muslims who had settled among them.
“In the city of Aleppo, I met a large number of persons called Bashkirs,
with reddish hair and reddish faces. They were studying law according to
the school of Abū Ḥanīfah (may God be well pleased with him!) I asked
one of them who seemed to be an intelligent fellow for information
independence after the disastrous defeat of Kossovo (1389), where both the
king of Servia and the [193]Turkish sultan were left dead upon the field. The
successors of the two sovereigns entered into a friendly compact, the young
Servian prince, Stephen, acknowledged the suzerainty of Turkey, gave his
sister in marriage to the new sultan, Bāyazīd, and formed with him a league
of brotherhood. At the battle of Nikopolis (1394), which gave to the Turks
assured possession of the whole Balkan peninsula, except the district
surrounding Constantinople, the Servian contingent turned the wavering
fortune of the battle and gave the victory to the Turks. On the field of
Angora (1402), when the Turkish power was annihilated and Bāyazīd
himself taken prisoner by Tīmūr, Stephen was present with his Servian
troops and fought bravely for his brother-in-law, and instead of taking this
opportunity of securing his independence, remained faithful to his
engagement, and stood by the sons of Bāyazīd until they recovered their
father’s throne. Under the successor of Stephen, George Brankovich, Servia
enjoyed a semi-independence, but when in 1438 he raised the standard of
revolt, his country was again overrun by the Turks. Then for a time Servia
had to acknowledge the suzerainty of Hungary, but the defeat of John
Hunyady at Varna in 1444 brought her once more under tribute, and in 1459
she finally became a Turkish province.
It is not impossible that the Servians who had embraced Islam after the
battle of Kossovo had knowledge of the fate of the little Muslim community
that had been rooted out of Hungary about a century before, and therefore
preferred the domination of the Turks to that of the Hungarians. Yāqūt gives
the following account of his meeting, about the year 1228, with some
members of this group of followers of the Prophet in mediæval Europe,
who had owed their conversion to Muslims who had settled among them.
“In the city of Aleppo, I met a large number of persons called Bashkirs,
with reddish hair and reddish faces. They were studying law according to
the school of Abū Ḥanīfah (may God be well pleased with him!) I asked
one of them who seemed to be an intelligent fellow for information
Page 222
concerning their country and their condition. He told me, ‘Our country is
situated on the other side of Constantinople, in a kingdom of a people of the
Franks called the Hungarians. [194]We are Muslims, subjects of their king,
and live on the border of his territory, occupying about thirty villages,
which are almost like small towns. But the king of the Hungarians does not
allow us to build walls round any of them, lest we should revolt against
him. We are situated in the midst of Christian countries, having the land of
the Slavs on the north, on the south, that of the Pope, i.e. Rome (now the
Pope is the head of the Franks, the vicar of the Messiah in their eyes, like
the commander of the faithful in the eyes of the Muslims; his authority
extends over all matters connected with religion among the whole of them);
on the west, Andalusia; on the east, the land of the Greeks, Constantinople
and its provinces.’ He added, ‘Our language is the language of the Franks,
we dress after their fashion, we serve with them in the army, and we join
them in attacking all their enemies, because they only go to war with the
enemies of Islam.’ I then asked him how it was they had adopted Islam in
spite of their dwelling in the midst of the unbelievers. He answered, ‘I have
heard several of our forefathers say that a long time ago seven Muslims
came from Bulgaria and settled among us. In kindly fashion they pointed
out to us our errors and directed us into the right way, the faith of Islam.
Then God guided us and (praise be to God!) we all became Muslims and
God opened our hearts to the faith. We have come to this country to study
law; when we return to our own land, the people will do us honour and put
us in charge of their religious affairs.’ ” 198 Islam kept its ground among the
Bashkirs of Hungary until 1340, when King Charles Robert compelled all
his subjects that were not yet Christians to embrace the Christian faith or
quit the country. 199
The Servian Muslims may, therefore, well have been pleased to escape from
the rule of Hungary, like their Christian fellow-countrymen, for when these
were given the choice between the Roman Catholic rule of Hungary and the
Muslim rule of the Turks, the devotion of the Servians to the Greek Church
led them to prefer the tolerance of the Muhammadans to the
situated on the other side of Constantinople, in a kingdom of a people of the
Franks called the Hungarians. [194]We are Muslims, subjects of their king,
and live on the border of his territory, occupying about thirty villages,
which are almost like small towns. But the king of the Hungarians does not
allow us to build walls round any of them, lest we should revolt against
him. We are situated in the midst of Christian countries, having the land of
the Slavs on the north, on the south, that of the Pope, i.e. Rome (now the
Pope is the head of the Franks, the vicar of the Messiah in their eyes, like
the commander of the faithful in the eyes of the Muslims; his authority
extends over all matters connected with religion among the whole of them);
on the west, Andalusia; on the east, the land of the Greeks, Constantinople
and its provinces.’ He added, ‘Our language is the language of the Franks,
we dress after their fashion, we serve with them in the army, and we join
them in attacking all their enemies, because they only go to war with the
enemies of Islam.’ I then asked him how it was they had adopted Islam in
spite of their dwelling in the midst of the unbelievers. He answered, ‘I have
heard several of our forefathers say that a long time ago seven Muslims
came from Bulgaria and settled among us. In kindly fashion they pointed
out to us our errors and directed us into the right way, the faith of Islam.
Then God guided us and (praise be to God!) we all became Muslims and
God opened our hearts to the faith. We have come to this country to study
law; when we return to our own land, the people will do us honour and put
us in charge of their religious affairs.’ ” 198 Islam kept its ground among the
Bashkirs of Hungary until 1340, when King Charles Robert compelled all
his subjects that were not yet Christians to embrace the Christian faith or
quit the country. 199
The Servian Muslims may, therefore, well have been pleased to escape from
the rule of Hungary, like their Christian fellow-countrymen, for when these
were given the choice between the Roman Catholic rule of Hungary and the
Muslim rule of the Turks, the devotion of the Servians to the Greek Church
led them to prefer the tolerance of the Muhammadans to the
Page 223
uncompromising proselytising [195]spirit of the Latins. An old legend thus
represents their feelings at this time:—The Turks and the Hungarians were
at war; George Brankovich sought out John Hunyady and asked him, “If
you are victorious, what will you do?” “Establish the Roman Catholic
faith,” was the answer. Then he sought out the sultan and asked him, “If you
come out victorious, what will you do with our religion?” “By the side of
every mosque shall stand a church, and every man shall be free to pray in
whichever he chooses.” 200 The treachery of some Servian priests forced the
garrison of Belgrade to capitulate to the Turks; 201 similarly the Servians of
Semendria, on the Danube, welcomed the Turkish troops who in 1600
delivered them from the rule of their Catholic neighbours. 202
The spread of Islam among the Servians began immediately after the battle
of Kossovo, when a large part of the old feudal nobility, such as still
remained alive and did not take refuge in neighbouring Christian countries,
went over voluntarily to the faith of the Prophet, in order to keep their old
privileges undisturbed. 203 In these converted nobles the sultans found the
most zealous propagandists of the new faith. 204 But the majority of the
Servian people clung firmly to their old religion through all their troubles
and sufferings, and only in Stara Serbia or Old Servia, 205 which now forms
the north-eastern portion of modern Albania, has there been any very
considerable number of conversions. Even here the spread of
Muhammadanism proceeded very slowly until the seventeenth century,
when the Austrians induced the Servians to rise in revolt and, after the ill-
success of this rising, the then Patriarch, Arsenius III Tsernoïevich, in 1690
emigrated with 40,000 Servian families across the border into Hungary;
another exodus in 1739 of 15,000 families under the leadership of Arsenius
IV Jovanovich, well nigh denuded this part of the country of its original
Servian population. 206 [196]
Albanian colonists from the south pressed into the country vacated by the
fugitives: these Albanians at the time of their arrival were Roman Catholics
for the most part, but after they settled in Old Servia they gradually adopted
represents their feelings at this time:—The Turks and the Hungarians were
at war; George Brankovich sought out John Hunyady and asked him, “If
you are victorious, what will you do?” “Establish the Roman Catholic
faith,” was the answer. Then he sought out the sultan and asked him, “If you
come out victorious, what will you do with our religion?” “By the side of
every mosque shall stand a church, and every man shall be free to pray in
whichever he chooses.” 200 The treachery of some Servian priests forced the
garrison of Belgrade to capitulate to the Turks; 201 similarly the Servians of
Semendria, on the Danube, welcomed the Turkish troops who in 1600
delivered them from the rule of their Catholic neighbours. 202
The spread of Islam among the Servians began immediately after the battle
of Kossovo, when a large part of the old feudal nobility, such as still
remained alive and did not take refuge in neighbouring Christian countries,
went over voluntarily to the faith of the Prophet, in order to keep their old
privileges undisturbed. 203 In these converted nobles the sultans found the
most zealous propagandists of the new faith. 204 But the majority of the
Servian people clung firmly to their old religion through all their troubles
and sufferings, and only in Stara Serbia or Old Servia, 205 which now forms
the north-eastern portion of modern Albania, has there been any very
considerable number of conversions. Even here the spread of
Muhammadanism proceeded very slowly until the seventeenth century,
when the Austrians induced the Servians to rise in revolt and, after the ill-
success of this rising, the then Patriarch, Arsenius III Tsernoïevich, in 1690
emigrated with 40,000 Servian families across the border into Hungary;
another exodus in 1739 of 15,000 families under the leadership of Arsenius
IV Jovanovich, well nigh denuded this part of the country of its original
Servian population. 206 [196]
Albanian colonists from the south pressed into the country vacated by the
fugitives: these Albanians at the time of their arrival were Roman Catholics
for the most part, but after they settled in Old Servia they gradually adopted
Page 224
Islam and at the present time the remnant of Roman Catholic Albanians is
but small, though from time to time it is recruited by fresh arrivals from the
mountains: the new-comers, however, usually follow the example of their
predecessors, and after a while become Muhammadans. 207
After this Albanian immigration, Islam began to spread more rapidly among
the remnant of the Servian population. The Servian clergy were very
ignorant and unlettered, they could only manage with difficulty to read their
service-books and hardly any had learned to write; they neither preached to
the people nor taught them the catechism, consequently in whole villages
scarcely a man could be found who knew the Lord’s Prayer or how many
commandments there were; even the priests themselves were quite as
ignorant. 208 After the insurrection of 1689, the Patriarch of Ipek, the
ecclesiastical capital of Servia, was appointed by the Porte, but in 1737, as
the result of another rebellion, the Servian Patriarchate was entirely
suppressed and the Servian Church made dependent upon the Greek
Patriarch of Constantinople. The churches were filled with Greek bishops,
who made common cause with the Turkish Beys and Pashas in bleeding the
unfortunate Christians: their national language was proscribed and the Old
Slavonic service-books, etc., were collected and sent off to
Constantinople. 209 With such a clergy it is not surprising that the Christian
faith should decline: e.g. in the commune of Gora (in the district of
Prizren), which had begun to become Muhammadanised soon after the great
exodus of 1690, the Servians that still clung to the Christian faith, appealed
again and again to the Greek bishop of Prizren to send them priests, at least
occasionally, but all in vain; their children remained unbaptised, weddings
and burials were conducted without the blessing of the Church, and the
consecrated buildings fell into decay. 210 In the neighbouring district [197]of
Opolje, similarly, the present Muslim population of 9500 souls is probably
for the most part descended from the original Slav inhabitants of the
place. 211 At the beginning of the seventeenth century, Bizzi found in the city
of Jagnevo, 120 Roman Catholic households, 200 Greek and 180
Muhammadan; 212 less than a hundred years later, every house in the city
but small, though from time to time it is recruited by fresh arrivals from the
mountains: the new-comers, however, usually follow the example of their
predecessors, and after a while become Muhammadans. 207
After this Albanian immigration, Islam began to spread more rapidly among
the remnant of the Servian population. The Servian clergy were very
ignorant and unlettered, they could only manage with difficulty to read their
service-books and hardly any had learned to write; they neither preached to
the people nor taught them the catechism, consequently in whole villages
scarcely a man could be found who knew the Lord’s Prayer or how many
commandments there were; even the priests themselves were quite as
ignorant. 208 After the insurrection of 1689, the Patriarch of Ipek, the
ecclesiastical capital of Servia, was appointed by the Porte, but in 1737, as
the result of another rebellion, the Servian Patriarchate was entirely
suppressed and the Servian Church made dependent upon the Greek
Patriarch of Constantinople. The churches were filled with Greek bishops,
who made common cause with the Turkish Beys and Pashas in bleeding the
unfortunate Christians: their national language was proscribed and the Old
Slavonic service-books, etc., were collected and sent off to
Constantinople. 209 With such a clergy it is not surprising that the Christian
faith should decline: e.g. in the commune of Gora (in the district of
Prizren), which had begun to become Muhammadanised soon after the great
exodus of 1690, the Servians that still clung to the Christian faith, appealed
again and again to the Greek bishop of Prizren to send them priests, at least
occasionally, but all in vain; their children remained unbaptised, weddings
and burials were conducted without the blessing of the Church, and the
consecrated buildings fell into decay. 210 In the neighbouring district [197]of
Opolje, similarly, the present Muslim population of 9500 souls is probably
for the most part descended from the original Slav inhabitants of the
place. 211 At the beginning of the seventeenth century, Bizzi found in the city
of Jagnevo, 120 Roman Catholic households, 200 Greek and 180
Muhammadan; 212 less than a hundred years later, every house in the city
Page 225
was looked upon as Muhammadan, as the head of each family professed
this faith and the women only, with some of the children, were Christian. 213
About the middle of the eighteenth century, the village of Ljurs was entirely
Catholic; in 1863 there were 90 Muslim and 23 Christian families, but at
the present day this village, together with the surrounding villages, has
wholly given up Christianity. 214 Until recently some lingering survivals of
their old Christian faith, such as the burning of the Yule-log at Christmas,
etc., were still to be met with in certain villages, but such customs are now
fast dying out.
After the battle of Kossovo and the downfall of the Servian empire, the wild
highlands of Montenegro afforded a refuge to those Servians who would
not submit to the Turks but were determined to maintain their
independence. It is not the place here to relate the history of the heroic
struggles of this brave people against overwhelming odds, how through
centuries of continual warfare, under the rule of their prince-bishops, 215 they
have kept alive a free Christian state when all their brethren of the same
race had been compelled to submit to Muhammadan rule. While the very
basis of their separate existence as a nation was their firm adherence to the
Christian faith it could hardly have been expected that Islam would have
made its way among them, but in the seventeenth century many
Montenegrins in the frontier districts became Muhammadans and took
service with the neighbouring Pashas. But in 1703, Daniel Petrovich, the
then reigning bishop, called the tribes together and told them that the only
hope for their country and their faith lay in the destruction of the
Muhammadans living among them. Accordingly, on Christmas Eve, all
[198]the converted Montenegrins who would not forswear Islam and
embrace Christianity were massacred in cold blood. 216
To pass now to Bosnia:—in this country the religious and social conditions
of the people, before the Turkish conquest, merit especial attention. The
majority of the population belonged to a heretical Christian sect, called
Bogomiles, who from the thirteenth century had been exposed to the
this faith and the women only, with some of the children, were Christian. 213
About the middle of the eighteenth century, the village of Ljurs was entirely
Catholic; in 1863 there were 90 Muslim and 23 Christian families, but at
the present day this village, together with the surrounding villages, has
wholly given up Christianity. 214 Until recently some lingering survivals of
their old Christian faith, such as the burning of the Yule-log at Christmas,
etc., were still to be met with in certain villages, but such customs are now
fast dying out.
After the battle of Kossovo and the downfall of the Servian empire, the wild
highlands of Montenegro afforded a refuge to those Servians who would
not submit to the Turks but were determined to maintain their
independence. It is not the place here to relate the history of the heroic
struggles of this brave people against overwhelming odds, how through
centuries of continual warfare, under the rule of their prince-bishops, 215 they
have kept alive a free Christian state when all their brethren of the same
race had been compelled to submit to Muhammadan rule. While the very
basis of their separate existence as a nation was their firm adherence to the
Christian faith it could hardly have been expected that Islam would have
made its way among them, but in the seventeenth century many
Montenegrins in the frontier districts became Muhammadans and took
service with the neighbouring Pashas. But in 1703, Daniel Petrovich, the
then reigning bishop, called the tribes together and told them that the only
hope for their country and their faith lay in the destruction of the
Muhammadans living among them. Accordingly, on Christmas Eve, all
[198]the converted Montenegrins who would not forswear Islam and
embrace Christianity were massacred in cold blood. 216
To pass now to Bosnia:—in this country the religious and social conditions
of the people, before the Turkish conquest, merit especial attention. The
majority of the population belonged to a heretical Christian sect, called
Bogomiles, who from the thirteenth century had been exposed to the
Page 226
persecution of the Roman Catholics and against whom Popes had on several
occasions preached a Crusade. 217 In 1325, Pope John XXII wrote thus to the
king of Bosnia: “To our beloved son and nobleman, Stephen, Prince of
Bosnia,—knowing that thou art a faithful son of the Church, we therefore
charge thee to exterminate the heretics in thy dominion, and to render aid
and assistance to Fabian, our Inquisitor, forasmuch as a large multitude of
heretics from many and divers parts collected hath flowed together into the
principality of Bosnia, trusting there to sow their obscene errors and dwell
there in safety. These men, imbued with the cunning of the Old Fiend, and
armed with the venom of their falseness, corrupt the minds of Catholics by
outward show of simplicity and the sham assumption of the name of
Christians; their speech crawleth like a crab, and they creep in with
humility, but in secret they kill, and are wolves in sheep’s clothing, covering
their bestial fury as a means to deceive the simple sheep of Christ.” In the
fifteenth century, the sufferings of the Bogomiles became so intolerable that
they appealed to the Turks to deliver them from their unhappy condition, for
the king of Bosnia and the priests were pushing the persecution of the
Bogomiles to an extreme which perhaps it had never reached before; as
many as forty thousand of them fled from Bosnia and took refuge in
neighbouring countries; others who did not succeed in making their escape,
were sent in chains to Rome. But even these violent measures did little to
diminish the strength of the Bogomiles in Bosnia, as in 1462 we are told
that heresy was as powerful as ever in this country. The following year,
when Bosnia was invaded by Muḥammad II, the Catholic [199]king found
himself deserted by his subjects: the keys of the principal fortress, the royal
city of Bobovatz, were handed over to the Turks by the Bogomile governor;
the other fortresses and towns hastened to follow this example, and within a
week seventy cities passed into the hands of the Sultan, and Muḥammad II
added Bosnia to the number of his numerous conquests. 218
From this time forth we hear but little of the Bogomiles; they seem to have
willingly embraced Islam in large numbers immediately after the Turkish
conquest, and the rest seem to have gradually followed later, while the
occasions preached a Crusade. 217 In 1325, Pope John XXII wrote thus to the
king of Bosnia: “To our beloved son and nobleman, Stephen, Prince of
Bosnia,—knowing that thou art a faithful son of the Church, we therefore
charge thee to exterminate the heretics in thy dominion, and to render aid
and assistance to Fabian, our Inquisitor, forasmuch as a large multitude of
heretics from many and divers parts collected hath flowed together into the
principality of Bosnia, trusting there to sow their obscene errors and dwell
there in safety. These men, imbued with the cunning of the Old Fiend, and
armed with the venom of their falseness, corrupt the minds of Catholics by
outward show of simplicity and the sham assumption of the name of
Christians; their speech crawleth like a crab, and they creep in with
humility, but in secret they kill, and are wolves in sheep’s clothing, covering
their bestial fury as a means to deceive the simple sheep of Christ.” In the
fifteenth century, the sufferings of the Bogomiles became so intolerable that
they appealed to the Turks to deliver them from their unhappy condition, for
the king of Bosnia and the priests were pushing the persecution of the
Bogomiles to an extreme which perhaps it had never reached before; as
many as forty thousand of them fled from Bosnia and took refuge in
neighbouring countries; others who did not succeed in making their escape,
were sent in chains to Rome. But even these violent measures did little to
diminish the strength of the Bogomiles in Bosnia, as in 1462 we are told
that heresy was as powerful as ever in this country. The following year,
when Bosnia was invaded by Muḥammad II, the Catholic [199]king found
himself deserted by his subjects: the keys of the principal fortress, the royal
city of Bobovatz, were handed over to the Turks by the Bogomile governor;
the other fortresses and towns hastened to follow this example, and within a
week seventy cities passed into the hands of the Sultan, and Muḥammad II
added Bosnia to the number of his numerous conquests. 218
From this time forth we hear but little of the Bogomiles; they seem to have
willingly embraced Islam in large numbers immediately after the Turkish
conquest, and the rest seem to have gradually followed later, while the
Page 227
Bosnian Roman Catholics emigrated into the neighbouring territories of
Hungary and Austria. It has been supposed by some 219 that a large
proportion of the Bogomiles, at least in the earlier period of the conquest,
embraced Islam with the intention of returning to their faith when a
favourable opportunity presented itself; as, being constantly persecuted they
may have learnt to deny their faith for the time being; but that, when this
favourable opportunity never arrived, this intention must have gradually
been lost sight of and at length have been entirely forgotten by their
descendants. Such a supposition is, however, a pure conjecture and has no
direct evidence to support it. We may rather find the reason for the
willingness of the Bogomiles to allow themselves to be merged in the
general mass of the Musalman believers, in the numerous points of likeness
between their peculiar beliefs and the tenets of Islam. They rejected the
worship of the Virgin Mary, the institution of Baptism and every form of
priesthood. 220 They abominated the cross as a religious symbol, and
considered it idolatry to bow down before religious pictures and the images
and relics of the saints. Their houses of prayer were very simple and
unadorned, in contrast to the gaudily decorated Roman Catholic churches,
and they shared the Muhammadan dislike of bells, which they styled “the
devil’s trumpets.” They believed that [200]Christ was not himself crucified
but that some phantom was substituted in his place: in this respect agreeing
partially with the teaching of the Qurʼān. 221 Their condemnation of wine
and the general austerity of their mode of life and the stern severity of their
outward demeanour would serve as further links to bind them to Islam, 222
for it was said of them: “You will see heretics quiet and peaceful as lambs
without, silent, and wan with hypocritical fasting, who do not speak much
nor laugh loud, who let their beard grow, and leave their person
incompt.” 223 They prayed five times a day and five times a night, repeating
the Lord’s Prayer with frequent kneelings, 224 and would thus find it very
little change to join in the services of the mosque. I have brought together
here the many points of likeness to the teachings of Islam, which we find in
this Bogomilian heresy, but there were, of course, some doctrines of a
distinctly Christian character which an orthodox Muslim could not hold;
Hungary and Austria. It has been supposed by some 219 that a large
proportion of the Bogomiles, at least in the earlier period of the conquest,
embraced Islam with the intention of returning to their faith when a
favourable opportunity presented itself; as, being constantly persecuted they
may have learnt to deny their faith for the time being; but that, when this
favourable opportunity never arrived, this intention must have gradually
been lost sight of and at length have been entirely forgotten by their
descendants. Such a supposition is, however, a pure conjecture and has no
direct evidence to support it. We may rather find the reason for the
willingness of the Bogomiles to allow themselves to be merged in the
general mass of the Musalman believers, in the numerous points of likeness
between their peculiar beliefs and the tenets of Islam. They rejected the
worship of the Virgin Mary, the institution of Baptism and every form of
priesthood. 220 They abominated the cross as a religious symbol, and
considered it idolatry to bow down before religious pictures and the images
and relics of the saints. Their houses of prayer were very simple and
unadorned, in contrast to the gaudily decorated Roman Catholic churches,
and they shared the Muhammadan dislike of bells, which they styled “the
devil’s trumpets.” They believed that [200]Christ was not himself crucified
but that some phantom was substituted in his place: in this respect agreeing
partially with the teaching of the Qurʼān. 221 Their condemnation of wine
and the general austerity of their mode of life and the stern severity of their
outward demeanour would serve as further links to bind them to Islam, 222
for it was said of them: “You will see heretics quiet and peaceful as lambs
without, silent, and wan with hypocritical fasting, who do not speak much
nor laugh loud, who let their beard grow, and leave their person
incompt.” 223 They prayed five times a day and five times a night, repeating
the Lord’s Prayer with frequent kneelings, 224 and would thus find it very
little change to join in the services of the mosque. I have brought together
here the many points of likeness to the teachings of Islam, which we find in
this Bogomilian heresy, but there were, of course, some doctrines of a
distinctly Christian character which an orthodox Muslim could not hold;
Page 228
still, with so much in common, it can easily be understood how the
Bogomiles may gradually have been persuaded to give up those doctrines
that were repugnant to the Muslim faith. Their Manichæan dualism was
equally irreconcilable with Muslim theology, but Islam has always shown
itself tolerant of such theological speculations provided that they did not
issue in a schism and that a general assent and consent were given to the
main principles of its theory and practice.
The Turks, as was their usual custom, offered every advantage to induce the
Bosnians to accept their creed. All who embraced Islam were allowed to
retain their lands and possessions, and their fiefs were exempt from all
taxation, 225 and it is probable that many rightful heirs of ancient houses who
had been dispossessed for heretical opinions by the Catholic faction among
the nobility, now embraced the opportunity of regaining their old position
by submission to the dominant creed. The Bosnian Muhammadans
[201]retained their nationality and still for the most part bear Serb names and
speak only their national tongue; 226 at the same time they have always
evinced a lively zeal for their new faith, and by their military prowess, their
devotion to Islam and the powerful influence they exercised, the Bosnian
nobility rapidly rose into high favour in Constantinople and many were
entrusted with important offices of state, e.g. between the years 1544 and
1611 nine statesmen of Bosnian origin filled the post of Grand Vizier.
The latest territorial acquisition of the Ottoman conquests was the island of
Crete, which in 1669 was wrested from the hands of the Venetian Republic
by the capture of the city of Candia after a long and desperate siege of
nearly three years, which closed a struggle of twenty-five years between
these rival powers for the possession of the island.
This was not the first time that Crete had come under Muslim rule. Early in
the ninth century the island was suddenly seized by a band of Saracen
adventurers from Spain, and it remained in their power for nearly a century
and a half (a.d. 825–961). 227 During this period well nigh the whole
Bogomiles may gradually have been persuaded to give up those doctrines
that were repugnant to the Muslim faith. Their Manichæan dualism was
equally irreconcilable with Muslim theology, but Islam has always shown
itself tolerant of such theological speculations provided that they did not
issue in a schism and that a general assent and consent were given to the
main principles of its theory and practice.
The Turks, as was their usual custom, offered every advantage to induce the
Bosnians to accept their creed. All who embraced Islam were allowed to
retain their lands and possessions, and their fiefs were exempt from all
taxation, 225 and it is probable that many rightful heirs of ancient houses who
had been dispossessed for heretical opinions by the Catholic faction among
the nobility, now embraced the opportunity of regaining their old position
by submission to the dominant creed. The Bosnian Muhammadans
[201]retained their nationality and still for the most part bear Serb names and
speak only their national tongue; 226 at the same time they have always
evinced a lively zeal for their new faith, and by their military prowess, their
devotion to Islam and the powerful influence they exercised, the Bosnian
nobility rapidly rose into high favour in Constantinople and many were
entrusted with important offices of state, e.g. between the years 1544 and
1611 nine statesmen of Bosnian origin filled the post of Grand Vizier.
The latest territorial acquisition of the Ottoman conquests was the island of
Crete, which in 1669 was wrested from the hands of the Venetian Republic
by the capture of the city of Candia after a long and desperate siege of
nearly three years, which closed a struggle of twenty-five years between
these rival powers for the possession of the island.
This was not the first time that Crete had come under Muslim rule. Early in
the ninth century the island was suddenly seized by a band of Saracen
adventurers from Spain, and it remained in their power for nearly a century
and a half (a.d. 825–961). 227 During this period well nigh the whole
Page 229
population of the island had become Muslim, and the churches had either
fallen into ruins or been turned into mosques; but when the authority of the
Byzantine empire was once re-established here, the people were converted
again to their ancient faith through the skilful preaching of an Armenian
monk, and the Christian religion became the only one professed on the
island. 228 In the beginning of the thirteenth century, the Venetians purchased
the island from Boniface, Duke of Montserrat, to whose lot it had fallen
after the partition of the Byzantine empire, and they ruled it with a heavy
hand, apparently looking upon it only in the light of a purchase that was to
be exploited for the benefit of the home government and its colonists. Their
administration was so oppressive and tyrannical as to excite several revolts,
which were crushed with pitiless severity; on one of these occasions whole
cantons in the provinces of Sfakia and Lassiti were depopulated, and it was
forbidden under pain of death to sow any corn there, so that these districts
remained barren [202]and uncultivated for nearly a century. 229 The terrific
cruelty with which the Venetian senate suppressed the last of these attempts
at the beginning of the sixteenth century added a crowning horror to the
miserable condition of the unhappy Cretans. How terrible was their lot at
this time we learn from the reports of the commissioners sent by the
Venetian senate in the latter part of the same century, in order to inquire into
the condition of the islanders. The peasants were said to be crushed down
by the cruelest oppression and tyranny on the part of the Venetian nobles,
their feudal lords, being reduced to a worse condition than that of slaves, so
that they never dared even to complain of any injustice. Each peasant had to
do twelve days’ forced labour for his feudal lord every year without
payment, and could then be compelled to go on working for as long as his
lord required his services at the nominal rate of a penny a day; his vineyards
were mulcted in a full third of their produce, but fraud and force combined
generally succeeded in appropriating as much as two-thirds; his oxen and
mules could be seized for the service of the lord, who had a thousand other
devices for squeezing the unfortunate peasant. 230 The protests of these
commissioners proved ineffectual to induce the Venetian senate to alleviate
the unhappy condition of the Cretans and put a stop to the cruelty and
fallen into ruins or been turned into mosques; but when the authority of the
Byzantine empire was once re-established here, the people were converted
again to their ancient faith through the skilful preaching of an Armenian
monk, and the Christian religion became the only one professed on the
island. 228 In the beginning of the thirteenth century, the Venetians purchased
the island from Boniface, Duke of Montserrat, to whose lot it had fallen
after the partition of the Byzantine empire, and they ruled it with a heavy
hand, apparently looking upon it only in the light of a purchase that was to
be exploited for the benefit of the home government and its colonists. Their
administration was so oppressive and tyrannical as to excite several revolts,
which were crushed with pitiless severity; on one of these occasions whole
cantons in the provinces of Sfakia and Lassiti were depopulated, and it was
forbidden under pain of death to sow any corn there, so that these districts
remained barren [202]and uncultivated for nearly a century. 229 The terrific
cruelty with which the Venetian senate suppressed the last of these attempts
at the beginning of the sixteenth century added a crowning horror to the
miserable condition of the unhappy Cretans. How terrible was their lot at
this time we learn from the reports of the commissioners sent by the
Venetian senate in the latter part of the same century, in order to inquire into
the condition of the islanders. The peasants were said to be crushed down
by the cruelest oppression and tyranny on the part of the Venetian nobles,
their feudal lords, being reduced to a worse condition than that of slaves, so
that they never dared even to complain of any injustice. Each peasant had to
do twelve days’ forced labour for his feudal lord every year without
payment, and could then be compelled to go on working for as long as his
lord required his services at the nominal rate of a penny a day; his vineyards
were mulcted in a full third of their produce, but fraud and force combined
generally succeeded in appropriating as much as two-thirds; his oxen and
mules could be seized for the service of the lord, who had a thousand other
devices for squeezing the unfortunate peasant. 230 The protests of these
commissioners proved ineffectual to induce the Venetian senate to alleviate
the unhappy condition of the Cretans and put a stop to the cruelty and
Page 230
tyranny of the nobles: it preferred to listen to the advice of Fra Paolo Sarpi
who in 1615 thus addressed the Republic on the subject of its Greek
colonies: “If the gentlemen of these Colonies do tyrannize over the villages
of their dominion, the best way is not to seem to see it, that there may be no
kindness between them and their subjects.” 231
It is not surprising to learn from the same sources that the Cretans longed
for a change of rulers, and that “they would not much stick at submitting to
the Turk, having the example of all the rest of their nation before their
eyes.” Indeed, many at this time fled into Turkey to escape the intolerable
burden of taxation, following in the footsteps of countless others, who from
time to time had taken refuge [203]there. 232 Large numbers of them also
emigrated to Egypt, where many embraced Islam. 233 Especially galling to
the Cretans were the exactions of the Latin clergy who appropriated the
endowments that belonged of right to the Greek ecclesiastics, and did
everything they could to insult the Christians of the Greek rite, who
constituted nine-tenths of the population of the island. 234 The Turks, on the
other hand, conciliated their good-will by restoring the Greek hierarchy.
This, according to a Venetian writer, was brought about in the following
manner: “A certain papas or priest of Canea went to Cusseim the Turkish
general, and told him that if he desired to gain the good-will of the Cretan
people, and bring detestation upon the name of Venice, it was necessary for
him to bear in mind that the staunchest of the links which keep civilised
society from falling asunder is religion. It would be needful for him to act in
a way different from the line followed by the Venetians. These did their
utmost to root out the Greek faith and establish that of Rome in its place,
with which interest they had made an injunction that there should be no
Greek bishops in the island. By thus removing these venerated and
authoritative shepherds, they thought the more easily to gain control over
the scattered flocks. This prohibition had caused such distress in the minds
of the Cretans that they were ready to welcome with joy and obedience any
sovereignty that would lend its will to the re-institution of this order in their
hierarchy—an order so essential for the proper exercise of their divine
who in 1615 thus addressed the Republic on the subject of its Greek
colonies: “If the gentlemen of these Colonies do tyrannize over the villages
of their dominion, the best way is not to seem to see it, that there may be no
kindness between them and their subjects.” 231
It is not surprising to learn from the same sources that the Cretans longed
for a change of rulers, and that “they would not much stick at submitting to
the Turk, having the example of all the rest of their nation before their
eyes.” Indeed, many at this time fled into Turkey to escape the intolerable
burden of taxation, following in the footsteps of countless others, who from
time to time had taken refuge [203]there. 232 Large numbers of them also
emigrated to Egypt, where many embraced Islam. 233 Especially galling to
the Cretans were the exactions of the Latin clergy who appropriated the
endowments that belonged of right to the Greek ecclesiastics, and did
everything they could to insult the Christians of the Greek rite, who
constituted nine-tenths of the population of the island. 234 The Turks, on the
other hand, conciliated their good-will by restoring the Greek hierarchy.
This, according to a Venetian writer, was brought about in the following
manner: “A certain papas or priest of Canea went to Cusseim the Turkish
general, and told him that if he desired to gain the good-will of the Cretan
people, and bring detestation upon the name of Venice, it was necessary for
him to bear in mind that the staunchest of the links which keep civilised
society from falling asunder is religion. It would be needful for him to act in
a way different from the line followed by the Venetians. These did their
utmost to root out the Greek faith and establish that of Rome in its place,
with which interest they had made an injunction that there should be no
Greek bishops in the island. By thus removing these venerated and
authoritative shepherds, they thought the more easily to gain control over
the scattered flocks. This prohibition had caused such distress in the minds
of the Cretans that they were ready to welcome with joy and obedience any
sovereignty that would lend its will to the re-institution of this order in their
hierarchy—an order so essential for the proper exercise of their divine
Page 231
worship. He added, that it would be a further means of conciliating the
people if they were assured that they would not only be confirmed in the
old privileges of their religion, but that new privileges would be granted
them. These arguments seemed to Cusseim so plausible that he wrote at
once to Constantinople with a statement of them. Here they were approved,
and the Greek Patriarch was bidden to institute an archbishop who should
be metropole of the Province of Candia. Under the metropolitan seven other
bishops were also to be nominated.” 235 [204]
The Turkish conquest seems to have been very rapidly followed by the
conversion of large numbers of the Cretans to Islam. It is not improbable
that the same patriotism as made them cling to their old faith under the
foreign domination of the Venetians who kept them at arm’s length and
regarded any attempt at assimilation as an unpardonable indignity, 236 and
always tried to impress on their subjects a sense of their inferiority—may
have led them to accept the religion of their new masters, which at once
raised them from the position of subjects to that of equals and gave them a
share in the political life and government of their country. Whatever may
have been the causes of the widespread conversion of the Cretans, it seems
almost incredible that violence should have changed the religion of a people
who had for centuries before clung firmly to their old faith despite the
persecution of a hostile and a foreign creed. Whatever may have been the
means by which the ranks of Islam were filled, thirty years after the
conquest we are told that the majority of the Muslims were renegades or the
children of renegades, 237 and in little more than a century half the
population of Crete had become Muhammadan. From one end of the island
to the other, not only in the towns but also in the villages, in the inland
districts and in the very heart of the mountains, were (and are still) found
Cretan Muslims who in figure, habits and speech are thoroughly Greek.
There never has been, and to the present day there is not, any other
language spoken on the island of Crete except Greek; even the few Turks to
be found here had to adopt the language of the country and all the firmans
of the Porte and decrees of the Pashas were read and published in Greek. 238
people if they were assured that they would not only be confirmed in the
old privileges of their religion, but that new privileges would be granted
them. These arguments seemed to Cusseim so plausible that he wrote at
once to Constantinople with a statement of them. Here they were approved,
and the Greek Patriarch was bidden to institute an archbishop who should
be metropole of the Province of Candia. Under the metropolitan seven other
bishops were also to be nominated.” 235 [204]
The Turkish conquest seems to have been very rapidly followed by the
conversion of large numbers of the Cretans to Islam. It is not improbable
that the same patriotism as made them cling to their old faith under the
foreign domination of the Venetians who kept them at arm’s length and
regarded any attempt at assimilation as an unpardonable indignity, 236 and
always tried to impress on their subjects a sense of their inferiority—may
have led them to accept the religion of their new masters, which at once
raised them from the position of subjects to that of equals and gave them a
share in the political life and government of their country. Whatever may
have been the causes of the widespread conversion of the Cretans, it seems
almost incredible that violence should have changed the religion of a people
who had for centuries before clung firmly to their old faith despite the
persecution of a hostile and a foreign creed. Whatever may have been the
means by which the ranks of Islam were filled, thirty years after the
conquest we are told that the majority of the Muslims were renegades or the
children of renegades, 237 and in little more than a century half the
population of Crete had become Muhammadan. From one end of the island
to the other, not only in the towns but also in the villages, in the inland
districts and in the very heart of the mountains, were (and are still) found
Cretan Muslims who in figure, habits and speech are thoroughly Greek.
There never has been, and to the present day there is not, any other
language spoken on the island of Crete except Greek; even the few Turks to
be found here had to adopt the language of the country and all the firmans
of the Porte and decrees of the Pashas were read and published in Greek. 238
Page 232
The bitter feelings between the Christians and Muhammadans of Crete that
have made the history of this island during the nineteenth century so sad a
one, was by no means so virulent before the outbreak of the Greek
revolution, in days when the Cretan Muslims were very generally in the
habit of taking as their wives Christian maidens, the children of their
Christian friends. 239 The social communication between the two
communities was further signified by their common dress, [205]as the
Cretans of both creeds dressed so much alike that the distinction was often
not even recognised by residents of long standing or by Greeks of the
neighbouring islands. 240
Recent political events have brought about a considerable diminution in the
Muhammadan population of Crete. In 1881 the number of Muhammadans
in the island was 73,234; in 1909, in consequence of continual emigrations,
it had been reduced to 33,496. 241 [206]
This is no place to give a history of these territorial acquisitions, which may be briefly summed up
1
thus. In 1353 the Ottoman Turks first passed over into Europe and a few years later Adrianople
was made their European capital. Under Bāyazīd (1389–1402), their dominions stretched from the
Ægæan to the Danube, embracing all Bulgaria, Macedonia, Thessaly and Thrace, with the exception
of Chalkidike and the district just round Constantinople. Murād II (1421–1451) occupied Chalkidike
and pushed his conquests to the Adriatic. Muḥammad II (1451–1481) by the overthrow of
Constantinople, Albania, Bosnia and Servia, became master of the whole South-Eastern peninsula,
with the exception of the parts of the coast held by Venice and Montenegro. Sulaymān II (1520–
1566) added Hungary and made the Ægæan an Ottoman sea. In the seventeenth century Crete was
won and Podolia ceded by Poland. ↑
Phrantzes, pp. 305–6. ↑
2
Finlay, vol. iii. p. 522. Pitzipios, seconde partie, p. 75. M. d’Ohsson, vol. iii. p. 52–4.
3
Arminjon, vol. i. p. 16. ↑
A traveller who visited Cyprus in 1508 draws the following picture of the tyranny of the Venetians
4
in their foreign possessions: “All the inhabitants of Cyprus are slaves to the Venetians, being
obliged to pay to the state a third part of all their increase or income, whether the product of their
ground or corn, wine, oil, or of their cattle, or any other thing. Besides, every man of them is bound
to work for the state two days of the week wherever they shall please to appoint him: and if any shall
fail, by reason of some other business of their own, or for indisposition of body, then they are made
to pay a fine for as many days as they are absent from their work: and which is more, there is yearly
some tax or other imposed on them, with which the poor common people are so flead and pillaged
that they hardly have wherewithal to keep soul and body together.” (The Travels of Martin
have made the history of this island during the nineteenth century so sad a
one, was by no means so virulent before the outbreak of the Greek
revolution, in days when the Cretan Muslims were very generally in the
habit of taking as their wives Christian maidens, the children of their
Christian friends. 239 The social communication between the two
communities was further signified by their common dress, [205]as the
Cretans of both creeds dressed so much alike that the distinction was often
not even recognised by residents of long standing or by Greeks of the
neighbouring islands. 240
Recent political events have brought about a considerable diminution in the
Muhammadan population of Crete. In 1881 the number of Muhammadans
in the island was 73,234; in 1909, in consequence of continual emigrations,
it had been reduced to 33,496. 241 [206]
This is no place to give a history of these territorial acquisitions, which may be briefly summed up
1
thus. In 1353 the Ottoman Turks first passed over into Europe and a few years later Adrianople
was made their European capital. Under Bāyazīd (1389–1402), their dominions stretched from the
Ægæan to the Danube, embracing all Bulgaria, Macedonia, Thessaly and Thrace, with the exception
of Chalkidike and the district just round Constantinople. Murād II (1421–1451) occupied Chalkidike
and pushed his conquests to the Adriatic. Muḥammad II (1451–1481) by the overthrow of
Constantinople, Albania, Bosnia and Servia, became master of the whole South-Eastern peninsula,
with the exception of the parts of the coast held by Venice and Montenegro. Sulaymān II (1520–
1566) added Hungary and made the Ægæan an Ottoman sea. In the seventeenth century Crete was
won and Podolia ceded by Poland. ↑
Phrantzes, pp. 305–6. ↑
2
Finlay, vol. iii. p. 522. Pitzipios, seconde partie, p. 75. M. d’Ohsson, vol. iii. p. 52–4.
3
Arminjon, vol. i. p. 16. ↑
A traveller who visited Cyprus in 1508 draws the following picture of the tyranny of the Venetians
4
in their foreign possessions: “All the inhabitants of Cyprus are slaves to the Venetians, being
obliged to pay to the state a third part of all their increase or income, whether the product of their
ground or corn, wine, oil, or of their cattle, or any other thing. Besides, every man of them is bound
to work for the state two days of the week wherever they shall please to appoint him: and if any shall
fail, by reason of some other business of their own, or for indisposition of body, then they are made
to pay a fine for as many days as they are absent from their work: and which is more, there is yearly
some tax or other imposed on them, with which the poor common people are so flead and pillaged
that they hardly have wherewithal to keep soul and body together.” (The Travels of Martin
Page 233
Baumgarten, p. 373.) See also the passages quoted by Hackett, History of the Orthodox Church of
Cyprus, p. 183. ↑
Finlay, vol. iii. p. 502. ↑
5
Urquhart, quoted by Clark: Races of European Turkey, p. 82. ↑
6
Karamsin, vol. v. p. 437. ↑
7
Martin Crusius writes in the same spirit: “Et mirum est, inter barbaros, in tanta tantæ
8
urbis colluvie, nullas cædes audiri, vim iniustam non ferri, ius cuivis dici. Ideo
Constantinopolin Sultanus, Refugium totius orbis scribit: quod omnes miseri, ibi tutissime latent:
quodque omnibus (tam infimis quam summis: tam Christianis quam infidelibus) iustitia
administretur.” (Turcogræcia, p. 487.) (Basileæ, 1584.) ↑
Phrantzes, p. 81. ↑
9
Phrantzes, p. 92. ↑
10
Finlay, vol. v. pp. 5, 123. Adeney, p. 311. Gerlach, writing in the year 1577, says: “Wo
11
Christen oder Juden in den Orten wohnen, da es Kadi oder Richter und Subbassi oder
Vögte hat, dass die gemeinen Türcken nicht ihres Gefallens mit ihnen umbgehen dörffen, sind sie
viel lieber unter den Türcken, dann unter den Christen. Wann sie Jährlich ihren Tribut geben, sind sie
hernach frey. Aber in der Christenheit ist das gantze Jahr des Gebens kein Ende.” (Tage-Buch, p.
413.) ↑
Hertzberg, pp. 467, 646, 650. ↑
12
Finlay, vol. v. pp. 156–7. ↑
13
This interval was, however, not a fixed one; at first, the levy took place every seven or five
14
years, but later at more frequent intervals according to the exigencies of the state. (Menzel,
p. 52.) Metrophanes Kritopoulos, writing in 1625, states that the collectors came to the cities every
seventh year and that each city had to contribute three or four, or at least two boys (p. 205). ↑
Qurʼān, viii. 42. ↑
15
Id. x. 99. 100. ↑
16
“On ne forçait cependant pas les jeunes Chrétiens à changer de foi. Les principes du
17
gouvernement s’y opposaient aussi bien que les préceptes du Cour’ann; et si des officiers,
mus par leur fanatisme, usaient quelquefois de contrainte, leur conduite à cet égard pouvait bien être
tolérée; mais elle n’était jamais autorisée par les chefs.” (M. d’Ohsson, tome iii. pp. 397–8.) ↑
Hertzberg, p. 472. ↑
18
“Sed hoc tristissimum est, quod, ut olim Christiani imperatores, ex singulis oppidis, certum
19
numerum liberorum, in quibus egregia indoles præ cæteris elucebat, delegerunt: quos ad
publica officia militiæ togatæ et bellicæ in Aula educari curarunt: ita Turci, occupato Græcorum
imperio, idem ius eripiendi patribus familias liberos ingeniis eximiis præditos, usurpant.” (David
Chytræus, pp. 12–14.) ↑
Creasy, p. 99. M. d’Ohsson, tome iii. p. 397. Menzel, p. 53. Thomas Smith, speaking of such
20
parents, says: “Others, to the great shame and dishonour of the Religion, Christians only in name,
Cyprus, p. 183. ↑
Finlay, vol. iii. p. 502. ↑
5
Urquhart, quoted by Clark: Races of European Turkey, p. 82. ↑
6
Karamsin, vol. v. p. 437. ↑
7
Martin Crusius writes in the same spirit: “Et mirum est, inter barbaros, in tanta tantæ
8
urbis colluvie, nullas cædes audiri, vim iniustam non ferri, ius cuivis dici. Ideo
Constantinopolin Sultanus, Refugium totius orbis scribit: quod omnes miseri, ibi tutissime latent:
quodque omnibus (tam infimis quam summis: tam Christianis quam infidelibus) iustitia
administretur.” (Turcogræcia, p. 487.) (Basileæ, 1584.) ↑
Phrantzes, p. 81. ↑
9
Phrantzes, p. 92. ↑
10
Finlay, vol. v. pp. 5, 123. Adeney, p. 311. Gerlach, writing in the year 1577, says: “Wo
11
Christen oder Juden in den Orten wohnen, da es Kadi oder Richter und Subbassi oder
Vögte hat, dass die gemeinen Türcken nicht ihres Gefallens mit ihnen umbgehen dörffen, sind sie
viel lieber unter den Türcken, dann unter den Christen. Wann sie Jährlich ihren Tribut geben, sind sie
hernach frey. Aber in der Christenheit ist das gantze Jahr des Gebens kein Ende.” (Tage-Buch, p.
413.) ↑
Hertzberg, pp. 467, 646, 650. ↑
12
Finlay, vol. v. pp. 156–7. ↑
13
This interval was, however, not a fixed one; at first, the levy took place every seven or five
14
years, but later at more frequent intervals according to the exigencies of the state. (Menzel,
p. 52.) Metrophanes Kritopoulos, writing in 1625, states that the collectors came to the cities every
seventh year and that each city had to contribute three or four, or at least two boys (p. 205). ↑
Qurʼān, viii. 42. ↑
15
Id. x. 99. 100. ↑
16
“On ne forçait cependant pas les jeunes Chrétiens à changer de foi. Les principes du
17
gouvernement s’y opposaient aussi bien que les préceptes du Cour’ann; et si des officiers,
mus par leur fanatisme, usaient quelquefois de contrainte, leur conduite à cet égard pouvait bien être
tolérée; mais elle n’était jamais autorisée par les chefs.” (M. d’Ohsson, tome iii. pp. 397–8.) ↑
Hertzberg, p. 472. ↑
18
“Sed hoc tristissimum est, quod, ut olim Christiani imperatores, ex singulis oppidis, certum
19
numerum liberorum, in quibus egregia indoles præ cæteris elucebat, delegerunt: quos ad
publica officia militiæ togatæ et bellicæ in Aula educari curarunt: ita Turci, occupato Græcorum
imperio, idem ius eripiendi patribus familias liberos ingeniis eximiis præditos, usurpant.” (David
Chytræus, pp. 12–14.) ↑
Creasy, p. 99. M. d’Ohsson, tome iii. p. 397. Menzel, p. 53. Thomas Smith, speaking of such
20
parents, says: “Others, to the great shame and dishonour of the Religion, Christians only in name,
Page 234
part with them freely and readily enough, not only because they are rid of the trouble and charge of
them, but in hopes they may, when they are grown up, get some considerable command in the
government.” (An Account of the Greek Church, p. 12. London, 1680.) In the reign of Murād I,
Christian troops were employed in collecting this tribute of Christian children. (Finlay, vol. v. p.
45.) ↑
“Verum tamen hos (liberos) pecunia redimere a conquisitoribus sæpe parentibus licet.” (David
21
Chytræus, p. 13.) De la Guilletière mentions it in 1669 as one of the privileges of the Athenians.
(An Account of a Late Voyage to Athens, p. 272. London, 1676.) ↑
Confessio, p. 205. ↑
22
An Account of the Greek Church, p. 12. (London, 1680.) ↑
23
Menzel, p. 52. Thomas Smith: De Moribus ac Institutis Turcarum, p. 81. (Oxonii, 1672.) ↑
24
Hill, p. 174. ↑
25
Joseph von Hammer (2), vol. ii. p. 151. Hans Schiltberger, who was captured by the
26
Turks in 1396 and returned home to Munich after thirty-two years’ captivity, states
that the tax the Christians had to pay did not amount to more than two pfennig a month. (Reisebuch,
p. 92.) ↑
Soli Sacerdotes, quasi in honorem sacri illius, quo funguntur, Deo ita ordinante, ministerii hoc
27
factum sit, una cum fœminis, ab hoc tributo pendendo immunes habentur. (De Græcæ Hodierno
Statu Epistola, authore Thoma Smitho, p. 12.) (Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1698.) ↑
Silbernagl, p. 60. ↑
28
Martin Crusius, p. 487; Sansovino, p. 67; Georgieviz, p. 98–9; Scheffler, § 56; Hertzberg, p.
29
648; De la Jonquière, p. 267. A work published in London in 1595, entitled “The Estate of
Christians living [153]under the subjection of the Turke,” states the capitation-tax for male children
to have been eight shillings (p. 2). Michel Baudin says one sequin a head for every male. (Histoire du
Serrail, p. 7. Paris, 1662.) ↑
Georgirenes, p. 9; Tournefort, vol. i. p. 91; Tavernier (3), p. 11. ↑
30
In a work published by Joseph Georgirenes, Archbishop of Samos, in 1678, during a visit to
31
London, he gives us an account of the income of his own see, the details of which are not
likely to have been considered extortionate, as they were here set down for the benefit of English
readers: in comparing the sums here mentioned, it should be borne in mind that he speaks of the
capitation-tax as being three crowns or dollars (pp. 8–9). “At his (i.e. the Archbishop’s) first coming,
the Papas or Parish Priest of the Church of his Residence presents him fifteen or twenty dollers, they
of the other Churches according to their Abilities. The first year of his coming, every Parish Priest
pays him four dollers, and the following year two. Every Layman pays him forty-eight aspers”—(In
the commercial treaty with England, concluded in the year 1675, the value of the dollar was fixed at
eighty aspers (Finlay, v. 28))—“and the following years twenty-four. The Samians pay one Doller for
a Licence; all Strangers two; but he that comes after first marriage for a Licence for a second or third,
pays three or four” (pp. 33–4). ↑
Tournefort, vol. i. p. 91. ↑
32
them, but in hopes they may, when they are grown up, get some considerable command in the
government.” (An Account of the Greek Church, p. 12. London, 1680.) In the reign of Murād I,
Christian troops were employed in collecting this tribute of Christian children. (Finlay, vol. v. p.
45.) ↑
“Verum tamen hos (liberos) pecunia redimere a conquisitoribus sæpe parentibus licet.” (David
21
Chytræus, p. 13.) De la Guilletière mentions it in 1669 as one of the privileges of the Athenians.
(An Account of a Late Voyage to Athens, p. 272. London, 1676.) ↑
Confessio, p. 205. ↑
22
An Account of the Greek Church, p. 12. (London, 1680.) ↑
23
Menzel, p. 52. Thomas Smith: De Moribus ac Institutis Turcarum, p. 81. (Oxonii, 1672.) ↑
24
Hill, p. 174. ↑
25
Joseph von Hammer (2), vol. ii. p. 151. Hans Schiltberger, who was captured by the
26
Turks in 1396 and returned home to Munich after thirty-two years’ captivity, states
that the tax the Christians had to pay did not amount to more than two pfennig a month. (Reisebuch,
p. 92.) ↑
Soli Sacerdotes, quasi in honorem sacri illius, quo funguntur, Deo ita ordinante, ministerii hoc
27
factum sit, una cum fœminis, ab hoc tributo pendendo immunes habentur. (De Græcæ Hodierno
Statu Epistola, authore Thoma Smitho, p. 12.) (Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1698.) ↑
Silbernagl, p. 60. ↑
28
Martin Crusius, p. 487; Sansovino, p. 67; Georgieviz, p. 98–9; Scheffler, § 56; Hertzberg, p.
29
648; De la Jonquière, p. 267. A work published in London in 1595, entitled “The Estate of
Christians living [153]under the subjection of the Turke,” states the capitation-tax for male children
to have been eight shillings (p. 2). Michel Baudin says one sequin a head for every male. (Histoire du
Serrail, p. 7. Paris, 1662.) ↑
Georgirenes, p. 9; Tournefort, vol. i. p. 91; Tavernier (3), p. 11. ↑
30
In a work published by Joseph Georgirenes, Archbishop of Samos, in 1678, during a visit to
31
London, he gives us an account of the income of his own see, the details of which are not
likely to have been considered extortionate, as they were here set down for the benefit of English
readers: in comparing the sums here mentioned, it should be borne in mind that he speaks of the
capitation-tax as being three crowns or dollars (pp. 8–9). “At his (i.e. the Archbishop’s) first coming,
the Papas or Parish Priest of the Church of his Residence presents him fifteen or twenty dollers, they
of the other Churches according to their Abilities. The first year of his coming, every Parish Priest
pays him four dollers, and the following year two. Every Layman pays him forty-eight aspers”—(In
the commercial treaty with England, concluded in the year 1675, the value of the dollar was fixed at
eighty aspers (Finlay, v. 28))—“and the following years twenty-four. The Samians pay one Doller for
a Licence; all Strangers two; but he that comes after first marriage for a Licence for a second or third,
pays three or four” (pp. 33–4). ↑
Tournefort, vol. i. p. 91. ↑
32
Page 235
Scheffler, § 56. “Was aber auch den Ducaten anbelangt, so werdet ihr mit demselben in eurem
33
Sinn ebener massen greulich betrogen. Denn es ist zwar wahr, dass der Türckische Käyser
ordentlich nicht mehr nimt als vom Haupt einen Ducaten: aber wo bleiben die Zölle und
ausserordentliche Anlagen? nehmen dann seine Königliche Verweser und Hauptleute nichts? muss
man zu Kriegen nichts ausser ordentlich geben?… Was aber die ausser ordentliche Anlagen betrifft;
die steigen und fallen nach den bösen Zeiten, und müssen von den Türckischen Unterthanen so wohl
gegeben werden als bey uns.” ↑
Finlay, vol. v. pp. 24–5. H. von Moltke: Brief über Zustände und Begebenheiten in der Türkei aus
34
den Jahren 1835 bis 1839, pp. 274, 354. (5th ed., Berlin, 1891.) ↑
Hammer (2), vol. i. p. 346. ↑
35
“The hard lot of the Christian subjects of the Sultan has at all times arisen from the fact that
36
the central authority at Constantinople has but little real authority throughout the Empire of
Turkey. It is the petty tyranny of the village officials, sharpened by personal hatred, which has
instigated those acts of atrocity to which, both in former times, and still more at the present day, the
Christians in Turkey are subjected. In the days of a nation’s greatness justice and even magnanimity
towards a subject race are possible; these, however, are rarely found to exist in the time of a nation’s
decay.” (Rev. W. Denton: Servia and the Servians, p. 15. London, 1862.) Gerlach, pp. 49, 52. ↑
Businello, pp. 43–4. ↑
37
“The central government of the Sultan has generally treated its Mussulman subjects with as
38
much cruelty and injustice as the conquered Christians. The sufferings of the Greeks were
caused by the insolence and oppression of the ruling class and the corruption that reigned in the
Othoman administration, rather than by the direct exercise of the Sultan’s power. In his private
affairs, a Greek had a better chance of obtaining justice from [155]his bishop and the elders of his
district than a Turk from the cadi or the voivode.” (Finlay, vol. vi. pp. 4–5.)
“It would be a mistake to suppose that the Christians are the only part of the population that is
oppressed and miserable. Turkish misgovernment is uniform, and falls with a heavy hand upon all
alike. In some parts of the kingdom the poverty of the Mussulmans may be actually worse than the
poverty of the Christians, and it is their condition which most excites the pity of the traveller.”
(William Forsyth: The Slavonic Provinces South of the Danube, pp. 157–8. London, 1876.)
“All this oppression and misery (i.e. in the north of Asia Minor) falls upon the Mohammedan
population equally with the Christian.” (James Bryce: Transcaucasia and Ararat, p. 381.)
“L’Europe s’imagine que les chrétiens seuls sont soumis, en Turquie, à l’arbitraire, aux souffrances,
aux avilissements de toute nature, qui naissent de l’oppression; il n’en est rien! Les musulmans,
précisément parce que nulle puissance étrangère ne s’intéresse à eux, sont peut-être plus indignement
spoliés, plus courbés sous le joug que ceux qui méconnaissent le prophète.” (De la Jonquière, p. 507.)
“To judge from what we have already observed, the lowest order of Christians are not in a worse
condition in Asia Minor than the same class of Turks; and if the Christians of European Turkey have
some advantages arising from the effects of the superiority of their numbers over the Turks, those of
Asia have the satisfaction of seeing that the Turks are as much oppressed by the men in power as they
are themselves; and they have to deal with a race of Mussulmans generally milder, more religious,
33
Sinn ebener massen greulich betrogen. Denn es ist zwar wahr, dass der Türckische Käyser
ordentlich nicht mehr nimt als vom Haupt einen Ducaten: aber wo bleiben die Zölle und
ausserordentliche Anlagen? nehmen dann seine Königliche Verweser und Hauptleute nichts? muss
man zu Kriegen nichts ausser ordentlich geben?… Was aber die ausser ordentliche Anlagen betrifft;
die steigen und fallen nach den bösen Zeiten, und müssen von den Türckischen Unterthanen so wohl
gegeben werden als bey uns.” ↑
Finlay, vol. v. pp. 24–5. H. von Moltke: Brief über Zustände und Begebenheiten in der Türkei aus
34
den Jahren 1835 bis 1839, pp. 274, 354. (5th ed., Berlin, 1891.) ↑
Hammer (2), vol. i. p. 346. ↑
35
“The hard lot of the Christian subjects of the Sultan has at all times arisen from the fact that
36
the central authority at Constantinople has but little real authority throughout the Empire of
Turkey. It is the petty tyranny of the village officials, sharpened by personal hatred, which has
instigated those acts of atrocity to which, both in former times, and still more at the present day, the
Christians in Turkey are subjected. In the days of a nation’s greatness justice and even magnanimity
towards a subject race are possible; these, however, are rarely found to exist in the time of a nation’s
decay.” (Rev. W. Denton: Servia and the Servians, p. 15. London, 1862.) Gerlach, pp. 49, 52. ↑
Businello, pp. 43–4. ↑
37
“The central government of the Sultan has generally treated its Mussulman subjects with as
38
much cruelty and injustice as the conquered Christians. The sufferings of the Greeks were
caused by the insolence and oppression of the ruling class and the corruption that reigned in the
Othoman administration, rather than by the direct exercise of the Sultan’s power. In his private
affairs, a Greek had a better chance of obtaining justice from [155]his bishop and the elders of his
district than a Turk from the cadi or the voivode.” (Finlay, vol. vi. pp. 4–5.)
“It would be a mistake to suppose that the Christians are the only part of the population that is
oppressed and miserable. Turkish misgovernment is uniform, and falls with a heavy hand upon all
alike. In some parts of the kingdom the poverty of the Mussulmans may be actually worse than the
poverty of the Christians, and it is their condition which most excites the pity of the traveller.”
(William Forsyth: The Slavonic Provinces South of the Danube, pp. 157–8. London, 1876.)
“All this oppression and misery (i.e. in the north of Asia Minor) falls upon the Mohammedan
population equally with the Christian.” (James Bryce: Transcaucasia and Ararat, p. 381.)
“L’Europe s’imagine que les chrétiens seuls sont soumis, en Turquie, à l’arbitraire, aux souffrances,
aux avilissements de toute nature, qui naissent de l’oppression; il n’en est rien! Les musulmans,
précisément parce que nulle puissance étrangère ne s’intéresse à eux, sont peut-être plus indignement
spoliés, plus courbés sous le joug que ceux qui méconnaissent le prophète.” (De la Jonquière, p. 507.)
“To judge from what we have already observed, the lowest order of Christians are not in a worse
condition in Asia Minor than the same class of Turks; and if the Christians of European Turkey have
some advantages arising from the effects of the superiority of their numbers over the Turks, those of
Asia have the satisfaction of seeing that the Turks are as much oppressed by the men in power as they
are themselves; and they have to deal with a race of Mussulmans generally milder, more religious,
Page 236
and better principled than those of Europe.” (W. M. Leake: Journal of a Tour in Asia Minor, p. 7.
London, 1824.)
Cf. also Laurence Oliphant: The Land of Gilead, pp. 320–3, 446. (London, 1880.) ↑
It was in the sixteenth century that the tribute of children fell into desuetude, and the last recorded
39
example of its exaction was in the year 1676. ↑
De la Jonquière, p. 333. Scheffler, § 45–6. Gasztowtt, p. 51. ↑
40
“Denn ich höre mit grosser Verwunderung und Bestürtzung, dass nicht allein unter den
41
gemeinen Pövel Reden im Schwange gehn, es sey unter dem Türcken auch gut wohnen: wann
man einen Ducaten von Haupt gebe, so wäre man frey; Item er liesse die Religion frey; man würde
die Kirchen wieder bekommen; und was vergleichen: sondern dass auch andre, die es wol besser
verstehen sollten, sich dessen erfreuen, und über ihr eigen Unglück frolocken! welches nicht allein
Halssbrüchige, sondern auch Gottlose Vermessenheiten seynd, die aus keinem andrem Grunde, als
aus dem Geist der Ketzerey, der zum Auffruhr und gäntzlicher Ausreitung des Christenthumbs
geneigt ist, herkommen.” (Scheffler, § 48.) ↑
Hertzberg, p. 650. ↑
42
De la Jonquière, p. 34. A similar contrast was made in 1605 by Richard Staper, an English
43
merchant who had been in Turkey as early as 1578: “And notwithstanding that the Turks in
general be a most wicked people, walking in the works of darkness … yet notwithstanding do they
permit all Christians, both Greeks and Latins, to live in their religion and freely to use to their
conscience, allowing them churches for their divine service, both in Constantinople and very many
other places, whereas to the contrary by proof of twelve years’ residence in Spain I can truly affirm,
we are not only forced to observe their popish ceremonies, but in danger of life and goods” (M.
Epstein: The Early History of the Levant Company, p. 57. London, 1908.) ↑
Macarius, vol. i. pp. 183, 165. Cf. the memorial presented by Polish refugees from Russia to the
44
Sublime Porte, in 1853. (Gasztowtt, p. 217.) ↑
“Alii speciem sibi quandam confixerunt stultam libertatis … quod quum sub Christiano
45
consequuturos se desperent, ideo vel Turcam mallent: quasi is benignior sit in largienda libertate
hac, quam Christianus.” (Ioannis Ludovici Vivis De Conditione Vitæ Christianorum sub Turca, pp.
220, 225.) (Basileæ, 1538.) “Quidam obganniunt, liberam esse sub Turca fidem.” (Othonis Brunfelsii
ad Principes et Christianos omnes Oratio, p. 133.) (Basileæ, 1538.) Ubertus Folieta, a noble of
Genoa, writing about 1577, says, “Sæpe mecum quaesivi … qua re fiat, ut tot de nostris hominibus
ad illos continenter transfugiant, Christianaque religione eiurata Mahumetanæ sectæ nomina dent.”
(De Causis Magnitudinis Turcarum Imperii, col. 1209.) (Thesaurus Antiquitatum et Historiarum
Italiæ, curâ Joannis Georgii Grævii, tom. i. Lugduni Batavorum, 1725.) ↑
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. xvii. (a). ↑
46
Blount, vol. i. p. 548. ↑
47
Scheffler, §§ 51, 53. ↑
48
Dousa, p. 38. Busbecq, p. 190. ↑
49
Thomas Smith, p. 32. ↑
London, 1824.)
Cf. also Laurence Oliphant: The Land of Gilead, pp. 320–3, 446. (London, 1880.) ↑
It was in the sixteenth century that the tribute of children fell into desuetude, and the last recorded
39
example of its exaction was in the year 1676. ↑
De la Jonquière, p. 333. Scheffler, § 45–6. Gasztowtt, p. 51. ↑
40
“Denn ich höre mit grosser Verwunderung und Bestürtzung, dass nicht allein unter den
41
gemeinen Pövel Reden im Schwange gehn, es sey unter dem Türcken auch gut wohnen: wann
man einen Ducaten von Haupt gebe, so wäre man frey; Item er liesse die Religion frey; man würde
die Kirchen wieder bekommen; und was vergleichen: sondern dass auch andre, die es wol besser
verstehen sollten, sich dessen erfreuen, und über ihr eigen Unglück frolocken! welches nicht allein
Halssbrüchige, sondern auch Gottlose Vermessenheiten seynd, die aus keinem andrem Grunde, als
aus dem Geist der Ketzerey, der zum Auffruhr und gäntzlicher Ausreitung des Christenthumbs
geneigt ist, herkommen.” (Scheffler, § 48.) ↑
Hertzberg, p. 650. ↑
42
De la Jonquière, p. 34. A similar contrast was made in 1605 by Richard Staper, an English
43
merchant who had been in Turkey as early as 1578: “And notwithstanding that the Turks in
general be a most wicked people, walking in the works of darkness … yet notwithstanding do they
permit all Christians, both Greeks and Latins, to live in their religion and freely to use to their
conscience, allowing them churches for their divine service, both in Constantinople and very many
other places, whereas to the contrary by proof of twelve years’ residence in Spain I can truly affirm,
we are not only forced to observe their popish ceremonies, but in danger of life and goods” (M.
Epstein: The Early History of the Levant Company, p. 57. London, 1908.) ↑
Macarius, vol. i. pp. 183, 165. Cf. the memorial presented by Polish refugees from Russia to the
44
Sublime Porte, in 1853. (Gasztowtt, p. 217.) ↑
“Alii speciem sibi quandam confixerunt stultam libertatis … quod quum sub Christiano
45
consequuturos se desperent, ideo vel Turcam mallent: quasi is benignior sit in largienda libertate
hac, quam Christianus.” (Ioannis Ludovici Vivis De Conditione Vitæ Christianorum sub Turca, pp.
220, 225.) (Basileæ, 1538.) “Quidam obganniunt, liberam esse sub Turca fidem.” (Othonis Brunfelsii
ad Principes et Christianos omnes Oratio, p. 133.) (Basileæ, 1538.) Ubertus Folieta, a noble of
Genoa, writing about 1577, says, “Sæpe mecum quaesivi … qua re fiat, ut tot de nostris hominibus
ad illos continenter transfugiant, Christianaque religione eiurata Mahumetanæ sectæ nomina dent.”
(De Causis Magnitudinis Turcarum Imperii, col. 1209.) (Thesaurus Antiquitatum et Historiarum
Italiæ, curâ Joannis Georgii Grævii, tom. i. Lugduni Batavorum, 1725.) ↑
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. xvii. (a). ↑
46
Blount, vol. i. p. 548. ↑
47
Scheffler, §§ 51, 53. ↑
48
Dousa, p. 38. Busbecq, p. 190. ↑
49
Thomas Smith, p. 32. ↑
Page 237
Thomas Smith, p. 42. Blount, vol. i. p. 548. Georgieviz, p. 20. Schiltberger, pp. 83–4. Baudier,
50 51
pp. 149, 313. ↑
Alexander Ross, p. ix. Baudier, p. 317. Cf. also Rycaut, vol. i. p. 276. “On croit meriter beaucoup
52
que de faire un Proselyte, il n’y a personne assez riche pour avoir un esclave qui n’en veüille un
jeune, qui soit capable de recevoir sans peine toutes sortes d’impressions, et qu’il puisse appeller son
converti, afin de meriter l’honneur d’avoir augmenté le nombre des fidèles.” Thomas Smith relates
how the old man who showed him the tomb of Urkhān at Brusa “ingenti cum fervore, oculis ad
Cælum elevatis, Deum precatus est ut nos ad fidem Musulmannicam suo tempore tandem convertere
dignaretur: Hoc nimirum est summum erga nos affectus testimonium, qui ex isto falso et
imperitissimo zelo solet profluere.” (Epistolæ duae, quarum altera De Moribus ac Institutis Turcarum
agit, p. 20.) (Oxonii, 1672.) ↑
By an anonymous writer who was a captive in Turkey from 1436 to 1458. Turchicæ Spurcitiæ
53
Suggillatio, fol. xvii. (a). ↑
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. xi. (b). Lionardo of Scio, Archbishop of Mitylene, who was
54
present at the taking of Constantinople, speaks of the large number of renegades in the besieging
army: “Chi circondò la città, e chi insegnò a’ turchi l’ordine, se non i pessimi christiani? Io son
testimonio, che i Greci, ch’i Latini, che i Tedeschi, che gli Ungari, e che ogni altra generation di
christiani, mescolati co’ turchi impararono l’opere e la fede loro, i quali domenticatisi della fede
christiana, espugnavano la città. O empij che rinegasti Christo. O settatori di antichristo, dannati alle
pene infernali, questo è hora il vostro tempo.” (Sansovino, p. 258.) ↑
J. H. Krause: Die Byzantiner des Mittelalters, pp. 385–6. (Halle, 1869.) ↑
55
Hertzberg, p. 616. Finlay, vol. v. p. 118. ↑
56
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. xix. (a). ↑
57
Rycaut, vol. i. pp. 710–11. Bizzi, fol. 49 (b). ↑
58
Pichler, pp. 164, 172. ↑
59
Id. p. 143. ↑
60
Pichler, p. 148. It is doubtful, however, whether Cyril was really the author of
61
this document bearing his name. (Kyriakos, p. 100.) ↑
Id. pp. 183–9. ↑
62
Id. p 226. ↑
63
As regards the Christian captives the Protestants certainly had the reputation among the
64
Turks of showing a greater inclination towards conversion than the Catholics. (Gmelin, p.
21.) ↑
Pichler, pp. 211, 227. ↑
65
Id. pp. 181, 228. ↑
66
Id. pp. 222, 226. ↑
67
Pichler, p. 173. ↑
68
50 51
pp. 149, 313. ↑
Alexander Ross, p. ix. Baudier, p. 317. Cf. also Rycaut, vol. i. p. 276. “On croit meriter beaucoup
52
que de faire un Proselyte, il n’y a personne assez riche pour avoir un esclave qui n’en veüille un
jeune, qui soit capable de recevoir sans peine toutes sortes d’impressions, et qu’il puisse appeller son
converti, afin de meriter l’honneur d’avoir augmenté le nombre des fidèles.” Thomas Smith relates
how the old man who showed him the tomb of Urkhān at Brusa “ingenti cum fervore, oculis ad
Cælum elevatis, Deum precatus est ut nos ad fidem Musulmannicam suo tempore tandem convertere
dignaretur: Hoc nimirum est summum erga nos affectus testimonium, qui ex isto falso et
imperitissimo zelo solet profluere.” (Epistolæ duae, quarum altera De Moribus ac Institutis Turcarum
agit, p. 20.) (Oxonii, 1672.) ↑
By an anonymous writer who was a captive in Turkey from 1436 to 1458. Turchicæ Spurcitiæ
53
Suggillatio, fol. xvii. (a). ↑
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. xi. (b). Lionardo of Scio, Archbishop of Mitylene, who was
54
present at the taking of Constantinople, speaks of the large number of renegades in the besieging
army: “Chi circondò la città, e chi insegnò a’ turchi l’ordine, se non i pessimi christiani? Io son
testimonio, che i Greci, ch’i Latini, che i Tedeschi, che gli Ungari, e che ogni altra generation di
christiani, mescolati co’ turchi impararono l’opere e la fede loro, i quali domenticatisi della fede
christiana, espugnavano la città. O empij che rinegasti Christo. O settatori di antichristo, dannati alle
pene infernali, questo è hora il vostro tempo.” (Sansovino, p. 258.) ↑
J. H. Krause: Die Byzantiner des Mittelalters, pp. 385–6. (Halle, 1869.) ↑
55
Hertzberg, p. 616. Finlay, vol. v. p. 118. ↑
56
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. xix. (a). ↑
57
Rycaut, vol. i. pp. 710–11. Bizzi, fol. 49 (b). ↑
58
Pichler, pp. 164, 172. ↑
59
Id. p. 143. ↑
60
Pichler, p. 148. It is doubtful, however, whether Cyril was really the author of
61
this document bearing his name. (Kyriakos, p. 100.) ↑
Id. pp. 183–9. ↑
62
Id. p 226. ↑
63
As regards the Christian captives the Protestants certainly had the reputation among the
64
Turks of showing a greater inclination towards conversion than the Catholics. (Gmelin, p.
21.) ↑
Pichler, pp. 211, 227. ↑
65
Id. pp. 181, 228. ↑
66
Id. pp. 222, 226. ↑
67
Pichler, p. 173. ↑
68
Page 238
Id. pp. 128, 132, 143. ↑
69
Id. p. 143. ↑
70
Le Quien, tom. i. col. 334. ↑
71
Pichler, p. 172. ↑
72
Hefele, vol. i. p. 473. ↑
73
Cyril II of Berrhœa. ↑
74
Le Quien, tom. i. col. 335. ↑
75
Id. tom. i. col. 336. ↑
76
Id. tom. i. col. 337. ↑
77
However, in an earlier attempt made by the Protestant theologians of
78
Tübingen (1573–77) to introduce the doctrines of the Reformed
Church into the Eastern Church, the Vaivode Quarquar of Samtskheth in Georgia embraced the
Confession of Augsburg, but in 1580 became a Muslim. (Joselian, p. 140.) ↑
Scheffler, §§ 53–6. Finlay, vol. v. pp. 118–19. ↑
79
Hammer (1), vol. vi. p. 94. ↑
80
Spon, vol. ii. p. 57. ↑
81
Hammer (1), vol. vi. p. 364. ↑
82
Early Voyages and Travels in the Levant, edited by J. Theodore Bent, p. 210.
83
(London, 1893.) Similarly, Michel Baudier concludes his description of the
festivities in Constantinople on the occasion of the circumcision of Muḥammad III in the latter part
of the sixteenth century, with an account of the conversion of a large number of Christians. “During
the spectacles of this solemnity, the wretched Grecians ran by troupes in this place to make
themselves Mahometans; Some abandoned Christianitie to avoid the oppression of the Turkes, others
for the hope of private profit.… The number of these cast-awayes was found to be above foure
thousand soules.” (The History of the Serrail, and of the Court of the Grand Seigneur Emperour of
the Turkes, pp. 93–4. (London, 1635.) Histoire generale du Serrail, et de la Cour du Grand Seigneur,
Empereur des Turcs, pp. 89–90. (Paris, 1631.)) ↑
Scheffler, § 55. ↑
84
Thomas Smith: An Account of the Greek Church, pp. 15–16. (London, 1680.) ↑
85
A. de la Motraye: Voyages en Europe, Asie et Afrique, vol. i. pp. 306, 308. (La Haye,
86
1727.) ↑
Pitzipios, Seconde Partie, pp. 83–7. Pichler, p. 29. ↑
87
Tournefort, vol. i. p. 107. Spon uses much the same language, vol. i. p. 56. ↑
88
Gaultier de Leslie, p. 137. ↑
89
A. J. Evans, p. 267. Similarly Mackenzie and Irby say: “In most parts of Old Serbia the
90
idea we found associated with a bishop, was that of a person who carried off what few
69
Id. p. 143. ↑
70
Le Quien, tom. i. col. 334. ↑
71
Pichler, p. 172. ↑
72
Hefele, vol. i. p. 473. ↑
73
Cyril II of Berrhœa. ↑
74
Le Quien, tom. i. col. 335. ↑
75
Id. tom. i. col. 336. ↑
76
Id. tom. i. col. 337. ↑
77
However, in an earlier attempt made by the Protestant theologians of
78
Tübingen (1573–77) to introduce the doctrines of the Reformed
Church into the Eastern Church, the Vaivode Quarquar of Samtskheth in Georgia embraced the
Confession of Augsburg, but in 1580 became a Muslim. (Joselian, p. 140.) ↑
Scheffler, §§ 53–6. Finlay, vol. v. pp. 118–19. ↑
79
Hammer (1), vol. vi. p. 94. ↑
80
Spon, vol. ii. p. 57. ↑
81
Hammer (1), vol. vi. p. 364. ↑
82
Early Voyages and Travels in the Levant, edited by J. Theodore Bent, p. 210.
83
(London, 1893.) Similarly, Michel Baudier concludes his description of the
festivities in Constantinople on the occasion of the circumcision of Muḥammad III in the latter part
of the sixteenth century, with an account of the conversion of a large number of Christians. “During
the spectacles of this solemnity, the wretched Grecians ran by troupes in this place to make
themselves Mahometans; Some abandoned Christianitie to avoid the oppression of the Turkes, others
for the hope of private profit.… The number of these cast-awayes was found to be above foure
thousand soules.” (The History of the Serrail, and of the Court of the Grand Seigneur Emperour of
the Turkes, pp. 93–4. (London, 1635.) Histoire generale du Serrail, et de la Cour du Grand Seigneur,
Empereur des Turcs, pp. 89–90. (Paris, 1631.)) ↑
Scheffler, § 55. ↑
84
Thomas Smith: An Account of the Greek Church, pp. 15–16. (London, 1680.) ↑
85
A. de la Motraye: Voyages en Europe, Asie et Afrique, vol. i. pp. 306, 308. (La Haye,
86
1727.) ↑
Pitzipios, Seconde Partie, pp. 83–7. Pichler, p. 29. ↑
87
Tournefort, vol. i. p. 107. Spon uses much the same language, vol. i. p. 56. ↑
88
Gaultier de Leslie, p. 137. ↑
89
A. J. Evans, p. 267. Similarly Mackenzie and Irby say: “In most parts of Old Serbia the
90
idea we found associated with a bishop, was that of a person who carried off what few
Page 239
paras the Turks had left” (p. 258). A similar account of the clergy of the Greek Church is given by a
writer in the Revue des Deux Mondes (tome 97, p. 336), who narrates the following story: “Au début
de ce siècle, à Tirnova, un certain pope du nom de Joachim, adoré de ses ouailles, détesté de son
évêque, reçut l’ordre, un jour, de faire la corvée du fumier dans l’écurie épiscopale. Il se rebiffa:
aussitôt la valetaille l’assaillit à coups de fourche. Mais notre homme était vigoureux: il se débattit,
et, laissant sa tunique en gage, s’en fut tout chaud chez le cadi. Le soleil n’était pas couché qu’il
devenait bon Musulman.” ↑
Pitzipios, Seconde Partie, p. 87. ↑
91
Id. Seconde Partie, p. 87. Pichler, p. 29. ↑
92
Lazăr, p. 223. ↑
93
Finlay, vol. iv. pp. 153–4. ↑
94
Tournefort, vol. i. p. 104. Cf. Pichler, pp. 29, 31. Spon, vol. i. p. 44. ↑
95
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. xiii. (b); fol. xv. (b); fol. xvii. (b); fol. xx. (a).
96
Veniero, pp. 32, 36. Busbecq, p. 174. ↑
Gaultier de Leslie, pp. 180, 182. ↑
97
Rycaut, vol. i. p. 689. See also Georgieviz, pp. 53–4, and Menavino, p. 73. ↑
98
Alexander Ross, p. ix.; he calls the Qurʼān a “gallimaufry of Errors (a Brat as deformed as
99
the Parent, and as full of Heresies, as his scald head was of scurf),”—“a hodg podge made
up of these four Ingredients. 1. Of Contradictions. 2. Of Blasphemy. 3. Of ridiculous Fables. 4. Of
Lyes.” ↑
Finlay, vol. v. p. 29. ↑
100
Schiltberger, p. 96. ↑
101
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. xii. (b), xiii. (a). ↑
102
Id. fol. xxvii. (a). ↑
103
“Dum corpora exterius fovendo sub pietatis specie non occidit: interius fidem
104
auferendo animas sua diabolica astutia occidere intendit. Huius rei testimonium
innumerabilis multitudo fidelium esse potest. Quorum multi promptissimi essent pro fide Christi et
suarum animarum salute in fide Christi mori: quos tamen conservando a morte corporali: et ductos in
captivitatem per successum temporis suo infectos veneno fidem Christi turpiter negare facit.”
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. i.; cf. fol. vi. (a). ↑
Menavino, p. 96. John Harris: Navigantium atque Itinerantium Bibliotheca, vol. ii. p. 819.
105
(London, 1764.) ↑
“Dieses muss man den Türken nachsagen, dass sie die Diener und Sclaven, durch deren Fleiss
106
und Bemühung sie sich einen Nutzen schaffen können, sehr wol und oft besser, als die Christian
die ihrige, halten … und wann ein Knecht in einer Kunst erfahren ist, gehet ihm nichts anders als die
Freyheit ab, ausser welche er alles andere hat, was ein freyer Mensch sich nur wünschen kan.” (G. C.
von den Driesch, p. 132.) ↑
writer in the Revue des Deux Mondes (tome 97, p. 336), who narrates the following story: “Au début
de ce siècle, à Tirnova, un certain pope du nom de Joachim, adoré de ses ouailles, détesté de son
évêque, reçut l’ordre, un jour, de faire la corvée du fumier dans l’écurie épiscopale. Il se rebiffa:
aussitôt la valetaille l’assaillit à coups de fourche. Mais notre homme était vigoureux: il se débattit,
et, laissant sa tunique en gage, s’en fut tout chaud chez le cadi. Le soleil n’était pas couché qu’il
devenait bon Musulman.” ↑
Pitzipios, Seconde Partie, p. 87. ↑
91
Id. Seconde Partie, p. 87. Pichler, p. 29. ↑
92
Lazăr, p. 223. ↑
93
Finlay, vol. iv. pp. 153–4. ↑
94
Tournefort, vol. i. p. 104. Cf. Pichler, pp. 29, 31. Spon, vol. i. p. 44. ↑
95
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. xiii. (b); fol. xv. (b); fol. xvii. (b); fol. xx. (a).
96
Veniero, pp. 32, 36. Busbecq, p. 174. ↑
Gaultier de Leslie, pp. 180, 182. ↑
97
Rycaut, vol. i. p. 689. See also Georgieviz, pp. 53–4, and Menavino, p. 73. ↑
98
Alexander Ross, p. ix.; he calls the Qurʼān a “gallimaufry of Errors (a Brat as deformed as
99
the Parent, and as full of Heresies, as his scald head was of scurf),”—“a hodg podge made
up of these four Ingredients. 1. Of Contradictions. 2. Of Blasphemy. 3. Of ridiculous Fables. 4. Of
Lyes.” ↑
Finlay, vol. v. p. 29. ↑
100
Schiltberger, p. 96. ↑
101
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. xii. (b), xiii. (a). ↑
102
Id. fol. xxvii. (a). ↑
103
“Dum corpora exterius fovendo sub pietatis specie non occidit: interius fidem
104
auferendo animas sua diabolica astutia occidere intendit. Huius rei testimonium
innumerabilis multitudo fidelium esse potest. Quorum multi promptissimi essent pro fide Christi et
suarum animarum salute in fide Christi mori: quos tamen conservando a morte corporali: et ductos in
captivitatem per successum temporis suo infectos veneno fidem Christi turpiter negare facit.”
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. i.; cf. fol. vi. (a). ↑
Menavino, p. 96. John Harris: Navigantium atque Itinerantium Bibliotheca, vol. ii. p. 819.
105
(London, 1764.) ↑
“Dieses muss man den Türken nachsagen, dass sie die Diener und Sclaven, durch deren Fleiss
106
und Bemühung sie sich einen Nutzen schaffen können, sehr wol und oft besser, als die Christian
die ihrige, halten … und wann ein Knecht in einer Kunst erfahren ist, gehet ihm nichts anders als die
Freyheit ab, ausser welche er alles andere hat, was ein freyer Mensch sich nur wünschen kan.” (G. C.
von den Driesch, p. 132.) ↑
Page 240
Sir William Stirling-Maxwell says of these: “The poor wretches who tugged at the oar on board a
107
Turkish ship of war lived a life neither more nor less miserable than the galley-slaves under the
sign of the Cross. Hard work, hard fare, and hard knocks were the lot of both. Ashore, a Turkish or
Algerine prison was, perhaps, more noisome in its filth and darkness than a prison at Naples or
Barcelona; but at sea, if there were degrees of misery, the Christian in Turkish chains probably had
the advantage; for in the Sultan’s vessels the oar-gang was often the property of the captain, and the
owner’s natural tenderness for his own was sometimes supposed to interfere with the discharge of his
duty.” (Vol. i. pp. 102–3.) ↑
Gmelin, p. 16. ↑
108
Id. p. 23. ↑
109
John Harris: Navigantium atque Itinerantium Bibliotheca, vol. ii. p. 810. ↑
110
“Die ersten Jahre sind für solche unglückliche Leute am beschwehrlichsten,
111
absonderlich wenn sie noch jung, weil die Türken selbige entweder mit Schmeicheln,
oder, wann dieses nichts verfangen will, mit der Schärfe zu ihren Glauben zu bringen suchen; wann
aber dieser Sturm überwunden, wird man finden, dass die Gefangenschaft nirgend erträglicher als
bey den Türken seye.” (G. C. von den Driesch, p. 132.) Moreover Georgieviz says that those who
persevered in the Christian faith were set free after a certain fixed period. “Si in Christiana fide
perseveraverint, statuitur certum tempus serviendi, quo elapso liberi fiunt … Verum illis qui nostram
religionem abiurarunt, nec certum tempus est serviendi, ned ullum ius in patriam redeundi, spes
libertatis solummodo pendet a domini arbitrio” (p. 87). Similarly Menavino, p. 65. Cantacuzenos
gives this period as seven years:—“Grata è la compagnia che essi fanno a gli schiavi loro, percioche
Maumetto gli ha fra l’altre cose comandato che egli non si possa tener in servitù uno schiavo più che
sette anni, et perciò nessuno o raro è colui che a tal comandamento voglia contrafare” (p. 128). ↑
“Fromme Christen, die nach der Türkei oder in andere muhamedanische Länder kamen, hatten
112
Anlass genug zur Trauer über die Häufigkeit des Abfalls ihrer Glaubensgenossen, und besonders
die Schriften der Ordensgeistlichen sind voll von solchen Klagen. Bei den Sclaven konnte sich
immer noch ein Gefühl des Mitleids dem der Missbilligung beimischen, aber oft genug musste man
die bittersten Erfahrungen auch an freien Landsleuten machen. Die christlichen Gesandten waren
keinen Tag sicher, ob ihnen nicht Leute von ihrem Gefolge davon liefen, und man that gut daran, den
Tag nicht vor dem Abend zu loben.” (Gmelin, p. 22.) Cf. Von den Driesch, p. 161. ↑
Thomas Smith, pp. 144–5. ↑
113
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. xxxv. (a). ↑
114
M. d’Ohsson, vol. iii. p. 133. Georgieviz, p. 87 (quoted above). Menavino, p. 95. ↑
115
Von den Driesch, p. 250. ↑
116
Id. p. 131–2. ↑
117
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. xi. ↑
118
Hertzberg, p. 621. ↑
119
“The old People dying, the young ones generally turn Mahumetans: so
120
that now (1655) you can hardly meet with two Christian Armenians in
107
Turkish ship of war lived a life neither more nor less miserable than the galley-slaves under the
sign of the Cross. Hard work, hard fare, and hard knocks were the lot of both. Ashore, a Turkish or
Algerine prison was, perhaps, more noisome in its filth and darkness than a prison at Naples or
Barcelona; but at sea, if there were degrees of misery, the Christian in Turkish chains probably had
the advantage; for in the Sultan’s vessels the oar-gang was often the property of the captain, and the
owner’s natural tenderness for his own was sometimes supposed to interfere with the discharge of his
duty.” (Vol. i. pp. 102–3.) ↑
Gmelin, p. 16. ↑
108
Id. p. 23. ↑
109
John Harris: Navigantium atque Itinerantium Bibliotheca, vol. ii. p. 810. ↑
110
“Die ersten Jahre sind für solche unglückliche Leute am beschwehrlichsten,
111
absonderlich wenn sie noch jung, weil die Türken selbige entweder mit Schmeicheln,
oder, wann dieses nichts verfangen will, mit der Schärfe zu ihren Glauben zu bringen suchen; wann
aber dieser Sturm überwunden, wird man finden, dass die Gefangenschaft nirgend erträglicher als
bey den Türken seye.” (G. C. von den Driesch, p. 132.) Moreover Georgieviz says that those who
persevered in the Christian faith were set free after a certain fixed period. “Si in Christiana fide
perseveraverint, statuitur certum tempus serviendi, quo elapso liberi fiunt … Verum illis qui nostram
religionem abiurarunt, nec certum tempus est serviendi, ned ullum ius in patriam redeundi, spes
libertatis solummodo pendet a domini arbitrio” (p. 87). Similarly Menavino, p. 65. Cantacuzenos
gives this period as seven years:—“Grata è la compagnia che essi fanno a gli schiavi loro, percioche
Maumetto gli ha fra l’altre cose comandato che egli non si possa tener in servitù uno schiavo più che
sette anni, et perciò nessuno o raro è colui che a tal comandamento voglia contrafare” (p. 128). ↑
“Fromme Christen, die nach der Türkei oder in andere muhamedanische Länder kamen, hatten
112
Anlass genug zur Trauer über die Häufigkeit des Abfalls ihrer Glaubensgenossen, und besonders
die Schriften der Ordensgeistlichen sind voll von solchen Klagen. Bei den Sclaven konnte sich
immer noch ein Gefühl des Mitleids dem der Missbilligung beimischen, aber oft genug musste man
die bittersten Erfahrungen auch an freien Landsleuten machen. Die christlichen Gesandten waren
keinen Tag sicher, ob ihnen nicht Leute von ihrem Gefolge davon liefen, und man that gut daran, den
Tag nicht vor dem Abend zu loben.” (Gmelin, p. 22.) Cf. Von den Driesch, p. 161. ↑
Thomas Smith, pp. 144–5. ↑
113
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. xxxv. (a). ↑
114
M. d’Ohsson, vol. iii. p. 133. Georgieviz, p. 87 (quoted above). Menavino, p. 95. ↑
115
Von den Driesch, p. 250. ↑
116
Id. p. 131–2. ↑
117
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ Suggillatio, fol. xi. ↑
118
Hertzberg, p. 621. ↑
119
“The old People dying, the young ones generally turn Mahumetans: so
120
that now (1655) you can hardly meet with two Christian Armenians in
Page 241
all those fair Plains, which their fathers were sent to manure.” Tavernier (1), p. 16. ↑
H. H. Jessup: Fifty-three Years in Syria, vol. ii. p. 658. (New York, 1910.) ↑
121
For a list of these, see Finlay, vol. vi. pp. 28–9. ↑
122
Leake, p. 250. ↑
123
The name by which the Albanians always call themselves, lit. rock-dwellers. ↑
124
One of themselves, an Albanian Christian, speaking of the enmity existing
125
between the Christians and Muhammadans of Bulgaria, says: “Aber für Albanien
liegen die Sachen ganz anders. Die Muselmänner sind Albanesen, wie die Christen; sie sprechen
dieselbe Sprache, sie haben dieselben Sitten, sie folgen denselben Gebräuchen, sie haben dieselben
Traditionen; sie und die Christen haben sich niemals gehasst, zwischen ihnen herrscht keine
Jahrhunderte alte Feindschaft. Der Unterschied der Religion war niemals ein zu einer systematischen
Trennung treibendes Motiv; Muselmänner und Christen haben stets, mit wenigen Ausnahmen, auf
gleichem Fusse gelebt, sich der gleichen Rechte erfreuend, dieselben Pflichten erfüllend.” (Wassa
Effendi: Albanien und die Albanesen, p. 59.) (Berlin, 1879.) ↑
Finlay, vol. v. p. 46. ↑
126
Clark, pp. 175–7. The Mirdites, who are very fanatical Roman Catholics (in the diocese of
127
Alessio), will not suffer a Muhammadan to live in their mountains, and no member of their
tribe has ever abjured his faith; were any Mirdite to attempt to do so, he would certainly be put to
death, unless he succeeded in making good his escape from Albania. (Hecquard: Histoire de la Haute
Albanie, p. 224.) ↑
Published in Farlati’s Illyricum Sacrum. ↑
128
Alessandro Comuleo, 1593. Bizzi, 1610. Marco Crisio, 1651. Fra Bonaventura di S. Antonio,
129
1652. Zmaievich, 1703. ↑
Bizzi, fol. 60, b. ↑
130
Bizzi, fol. 35, a. ↑
131
Farlati, vol. vii. pp. 104, 107. ↑
132
It is also complained that the Archbishop’s palace was appropriated by the
133
Muhammadans, but it had been left unoccupied for eight years, as Archbishop
Ambrosius (flor. 1579–1598) had found it prudent to go into exile, having attacked Islam “with more
fervour than caution, inveighing against Muḥammad and damning his Satanic doctrines.” (Farlati,
vol. vii. p. 107.) ↑
Bizzi, fol. 9, where he says, “E comunicai quella mattina quasi tutta la Christianità latina.” From
134
a comparison with statistics given by Zmaievich (fol. 227) I would hazard the conjecture that the
Latin Christian community at this time amounted to rather over a thousand souls. ↑
Bizzi, fol. 27, b; 38, b. ↑
135
Veniero, fol. 34. This was also the custom in some villages of Albania as late as the beginning
136
of the nineteenth century; see W. M. Leake: Travels in Northern Greece, vol. i. p. 49.
H. H. Jessup: Fifty-three Years in Syria, vol. ii. p. 658. (New York, 1910.) ↑
121
For a list of these, see Finlay, vol. vi. pp. 28–9. ↑
122
Leake, p. 250. ↑
123
The name by which the Albanians always call themselves, lit. rock-dwellers. ↑
124
One of themselves, an Albanian Christian, speaking of the enmity existing
125
between the Christians and Muhammadans of Bulgaria, says: “Aber für Albanien
liegen die Sachen ganz anders. Die Muselmänner sind Albanesen, wie die Christen; sie sprechen
dieselbe Sprache, sie haben dieselben Sitten, sie folgen denselben Gebräuchen, sie haben dieselben
Traditionen; sie und die Christen haben sich niemals gehasst, zwischen ihnen herrscht keine
Jahrhunderte alte Feindschaft. Der Unterschied der Religion war niemals ein zu einer systematischen
Trennung treibendes Motiv; Muselmänner und Christen haben stets, mit wenigen Ausnahmen, auf
gleichem Fusse gelebt, sich der gleichen Rechte erfreuend, dieselben Pflichten erfüllend.” (Wassa
Effendi: Albanien und die Albanesen, p. 59.) (Berlin, 1879.) ↑
Finlay, vol. v. p. 46. ↑
126
Clark, pp. 175–7. The Mirdites, who are very fanatical Roman Catholics (in the diocese of
127
Alessio), will not suffer a Muhammadan to live in their mountains, and no member of their
tribe has ever abjured his faith; were any Mirdite to attempt to do so, he would certainly be put to
death, unless he succeeded in making good his escape from Albania. (Hecquard: Histoire de la Haute
Albanie, p. 224.) ↑
Published in Farlati’s Illyricum Sacrum. ↑
128
Alessandro Comuleo, 1593. Bizzi, 1610. Marco Crisio, 1651. Fra Bonaventura di S. Antonio,
129
1652. Zmaievich, 1703. ↑
Bizzi, fol. 60, b. ↑
130
Bizzi, fol. 35, a. ↑
131
Farlati, vol. vii. pp. 104, 107. ↑
132
It is also complained that the Archbishop’s palace was appropriated by the
133
Muhammadans, but it had been left unoccupied for eight years, as Archbishop
Ambrosius (flor. 1579–1598) had found it prudent to go into exile, having attacked Islam “with more
fervour than caution, inveighing against Muḥammad and damning his Satanic doctrines.” (Farlati,
vol. vii. p. 107.) ↑
Bizzi, fol. 9, where he says, “E comunicai quella mattina quasi tutta la Christianità latina.” From
134
a comparison with statistics given by Zmaievich (fol. 227) I would hazard the conjecture that the
Latin Christian community at this time amounted to rather over a thousand souls. ↑
Bizzi, fol. 27, b; 38, b. ↑
135
Veniero, fol. 34. This was also the custom in some villages of Albania as late as the beginning
136
of the nineteenth century; see W. M. Leake: Travels in Northern Greece, vol. i. p. 49.
Page 242
(London, 1835): “In some villages, Mahometans are married to Greek women, the sons are educated
as Turks, and the daughters as Christians; and pork and mutton are eaten at the same table.” ↑
Bizzi, fol. 38, b. Farlati, tom. vii. p. 158. ↑
137
Bizzi, fol. 10, b. Veniero, fol. 34. ↑
138
Shortly after Marco Bizzi’s arrival at Antivari a Muhammadan lady of high rank wished
139
to have her child baptised by the Archbishop himself, who tells us that she complained
bitterly to one of the leading Christians of the city that “io non mi fossi degnato di far a lei questo
piacere, il qual quotidianamente vien fatto dai miei preti a richiesta di qualsivoglia plebeo” (fol. 10,
b). ↑
For modern instances of the harmonious relations subsisting between the followers of the two
140
faiths living together in the same village, see Hyacinthe Hecquard: Histoire et description de la
Haute Albanie (pp. 153, 162, 200). (Paris, 1858.) ↑
Bizzi, fol. 38, a. ↑
141
Garnett, p. 267. ↑
142
Bizzi, fol. 36, b. ↑
143
Id. fol. 38, b; 37, a. ↑
144
Bizzi, fol. 38, b; 61, a; 37, a; 33, b. ↑
145
Zmaievich, fol. 5. The Venetian real in the eighteenth century was equal to a
146
Turkish piastre. (Businello, p. 94.) ↑
Bizzi, fol. 12–13. Zmaievich, fol. 5. ↑
147
Bizzi, fol. 10–11. ↑
148
Id. fol. 31, b. ↑
149
Id. fol. 60, b. ↑
150
Id. fol. 33, b. “Qui deriva il puoco numero de Sacerdoti in quelle parti e la puoca
151
loro intelligenza in quel mestiero; il gran numero de’ Christiani, che invecchiano,
et anco morono senza il sacramento della Confermatione et apostatano della fede quasi per tutto.” ↑
“Se l’Albania non riceverà qualche maggior agiuto in meno di anni anderà a male quasi tutta
152
quella Christianità per il puoco numero dei Vescovi e dei Sacerdoti di qualche intelligenza.” (Id.
fol. 61, a.) ↑
Id. fol. 36, a. Id. fol. 64, b. ↑
153
Finlay, vol. v. pp. 153–4. Clark, p. 290. ↑
154
“E quei miseri hanno fermata la conscientia in creder di non peccar per simil coniuntioni
155
(i.e. the giving of Christian girls in marriage to Muhammadans) per esser i turchi signori
del paese, e che però non si possa, nè devea far altro che obbedirli quando comandano qualsivoglia
cosa.” (Bizzi, fol. 38, b.) ↑
Garnett, p. 268. ↑
as Turks, and the daughters as Christians; and pork and mutton are eaten at the same table.” ↑
Bizzi, fol. 38, b. Farlati, tom. vii. p. 158. ↑
137
Bizzi, fol. 10, b. Veniero, fol. 34. ↑
138
Shortly after Marco Bizzi’s arrival at Antivari a Muhammadan lady of high rank wished
139
to have her child baptised by the Archbishop himself, who tells us that she complained
bitterly to one of the leading Christians of the city that “io non mi fossi degnato di far a lei questo
piacere, il qual quotidianamente vien fatto dai miei preti a richiesta di qualsivoglia plebeo” (fol. 10,
b). ↑
For modern instances of the harmonious relations subsisting between the followers of the two
140
faiths living together in the same village, see Hyacinthe Hecquard: Histoire et description de la
Haute Albanie (pp. 153, 162, 200). (Paris, 1858.) ↑
Bizzi, fol. 38, a. ↑
141
Garnett, p. 267. ↑
142
Bizzi, fol. 36, b. ↑
143
Id. fol. 38, b; 37, a. ↑
144
Bizzi, fol. 38, b; 61, a; 37, a; 33, b. ↑
145
Zmaievich, fol. 5. The Venetian real in the eighteenth century was equal to a
146
Turkish piastre. (Businello, p. 94.) ↑
Bizzi, fol. 12–13. Zmaievich, fol. 5. ↑
147
Bizzi, fol. 10–11. ↑
148
Id. fol. 31, b. ↑
149
Id. fol. 60, b. ↑
150
Id. fol. 33, b. “Qui deriva il puoco numero de Sacerdoti in quelle parti e la puoca
151
loro intelligenza in quel mestiero; il gran numero de’ Christiani, che invecchiano,
et anco morono senza il sacramento della Confermatione et apostatano della fede quasi per tutto.” ↑
“Se l’Albania non riceverà qualche maggior agiuto in meno di anni anderà a male quasi tutta
152
quella Christianità per il puoco numero dei Vescovi e dei Sacerdoti di qualche intelligenza.” (Id.
fol. 61, a.) ↑
Id. fol. 36, a. Id. fol. 64, b. ↑
153
Finlay, vol. v. pp. 153–4. Clark, p. 290. ↑
154
“E quei miseri hanno fermata la conscientia in creder di non peccar per simil coniuntioni
155
(i.e. the giving of Christian girls in marriage to Muhammadans) per esser i turchi signori
del paese, e che però non si possa, nè devea far altro che obbedirli quando comandano qualsivoglia
cosa.” (Bizzi, fol. 38, b.) ↑
Garnett, p. 268. ↑
Page 243
Bizzi, fol. 38, b; 63, a. ↑
156 157
Kyriakos, p. 12. ↑
158
Farlati, tom. vii. pp. 124, 141. ↑
159
Marco Crisio, p. 202. ↑
160
Zmaievich, fol. 227. ↑
161
Bizzi, fol. 60, b. ↑
162
Zmaievich, fol. 137. ↑
163
Zmaievich, fol. 157. ↑
164
Zmaievich, fol. 11, 159. ↑
165
Zmaievich, fol. 13. ↑
166
Bizzi, fol. 38, b. Farlati, vol. vii. p. 158. ↑
167
Zmaievich, fol. 13–14. ↑
168
Informatione circa la missione d’Albania, fol.
169
196. ↑
Crisio, fol. 204. ↑
170
Fra Bonaventura, fol. 201. ↑
171
Marco Crisio, fol. 202, 205. ↑
172
Id. fol. 205. ↑
173
Zmaievich, fol. 13. ↑
174
Farlati, tom. vii. p. 109. Bizzi, fol. 19, b. ↑
175
Marco Crisio, fol. 205. ↑
176
Zmaievich, fol. 11. ↑
177
Id. fol. 32. ↑
178
Crisio, fol. 204. ↑
179
Zmaievich, fol. 11. Farlati, vol. vii. p. 151. ↑
180
Farlati, vol. vii. pp. 126–32. Zmaievich, fol. 4–5, fol.
181
20. ↑
“Plerique, ut se iniquis tributis et vexationibus eximerent, paullatim a Christiana religione
182
deficere coeperunt.” (Farlati, tom. vii. p. 311.) ↑
Zmaievich fol. 5. ↑
183
Id. fol. 5. ↑
184
Zmaievich, fol. 15, 197. ↑
185
Id. fol. 11. ↑
156 157
Kyriakos, p. 12. ↑
158
Farlati, tom. vii. pp. 124, 141. ↑
159
Marco Crisio, p. 202. ↑
160
Zmaievich, fol. 227. ↑
161
Bizzi, fol. 60, b. ↑
162
Zmaievich, fol. 137. ↑
163
Zmaievich, fol. 157. ↑
164
Zmaievich, fol. 11, 159. ↑
165
Zmaievich, fol. 13. ↑
166
Bizzi, fol. 38, b. Farlati, vol. vii. p. 158. ↑
167
Zmaievich, fol. 13–14. ↑
168
Informatione circa la missione d’Albania, fol.
169
196. ↑
Crisio, fol. 204. ↑
170
Fra Bonaventura, fol. 201. ↑
171
Marco Crisio, fol. 202, 205. ↑
172
Id. fol. 205. ↑
173
Zmaievich, fol. 13. ↑
174
Farlati, tom. vii. p. 109. Bizzi, fol. 19, b. ↑
175
Marco Crisio, fol. 205. ↑
176
Zmaievich, fol. 11. ↑
177
Id. fol. 32. ↑
178
Crisio, fol. 204. ↑
179
Zmaievich, fol. 11. Farlati, vol. vii. p. 151. ↑
180
Farlati, vol. vii. pp. 126–32. Zmaievich, fol. 4–5, fol.
181
20. ↑
“Plerique, ut se iniquis tributis et vexationibus eximerent, paullatim a Christiana religione
182
deficere coeperunt.” (Farlati, tom. vii. p. 311.) ↑
Zmaievich fol. 5. ↑
183
Id. fol. 5. ↑
184
Zmaievich, fol. 15, 197. ↑
185
Id. fol. 11. ↑
Page 244
Id. fol. 137. ↑
186 187
Id. fol. 149. ↑
188
Id. fol. 143–4. ↑
189
Zmaievich, fol. 22. ↑
190
Farlati, tom. vii. p. 141. ↑
191
Zmaievich, fol. 7, 17. ↑
192
Id. fol. 9. ↑
193
Id. fol. 141. ↑
194
Farlati, vol. vi. p. 317. ↑
195
Eliot, p. 401. ↑
196
Id. p. 392. ↑
197
Yāqūt, vol. i. p. 469 sq. ↑
198
Géographie d’Aboulféda, traduite par M.
199
Reinaud, tome ii. pp 294–5. ↑
Enrique Dupuy de Lôme: Los Esclavos y Turquía, pp. 17–18. (Madrid, 1877.) ↑
200
De la Jonquière, p. 215. ↑
201
Id. p. 290. ↑
202
Kanitz, p. 37. ↑
203
Id. pp. 37–8. ↑
204
A map of this country is given by Mackenzie and Irby (p. 243): it contains
205
Prizren, the old Servian capital, Ipek, the seat of the Servian Patriarch, and the
battle-field of Kossovo. ↑
Kanitz, p. 37. ↑
206
Mackenzie and Irby, pp. 250–1. ↑
207
Farlati, vol. vii. pp. 127–8. ↑
208
Mackenzie and Irby, pp. 374–5. Kanitz, p. 39. ↑
209
Id. pp. 39–40. ↑
210
Kanitz, p. 38. ↑
211
Bizzi, fol. 48, b. ↑
212
Zmaievich, fol. 182. ↑
213
Kanitz, p. 38. ↑
214
Montenegro was ruled by bishops from 1516 to 1852. ↑
215
E. L. Clark, pp. 362–3. ↑
186 187
Id. fol. 149. ↑
188
Id. fol. 143–4. ↑
189
Zmaievich, fol. 22. ↑
190
Farlati, tom. vii. p. 141. ↑
191
Zmaievich, fol. 7, 17. ↑
192
Id. fol. 9. ↑
193
Id. fol. 141. ↑
194
Farlati, vol. vi. p. 317. ↑
195
Eliot, p. 401. ↑
196
Id. p. 392. ↑
197
Yāqūt, vol. i. p. 469 sq. ↑
198
Géographie d’Aboulféda, traduite par M.
199
Reinaud, tome ii. pp 294–5. ↑
Enrique Dupuy de Lôme: Los Esclavos y Turquía, pp. 17–18. (Madrid, 1877.) ↑
200
De la Jonquière, p. 215. ↑
201
Id. p. 290. ↑
202
Kanitz, p. 37. ↑
203
Id. pp. 37–8. ↑
204
A map of this country is given by Mackenzie and Irby (p. 243): it contains
205
Prizren, the old Servian capital, Ipek, the seat of the Servian Patriarch, and the
battle-field of Kossovo. ↑
Kanitz, p. 37. ↑
206
Mackenzie and Irby, pp. 250–1. ↑
207
Farlati, vol. vii. pp. 127–8. ↑
208
Mackenzie and Irby, pp. 374–5. Kanitz, p. 39. ↑
209
Id. pp. 39–40. ↑
210
Kanitz, p. 38. ↑
211
Bizzi, fol. 48, b. ↑
212
Zmaievich, fol. 182. ↑
213
Kanitz, p. 38. ↑
214
Montenegro was ruled by bishops from 1516 to 1852. ↑
215
E. L. Clark, pp. 362–3. ↑
Page 245
Honorius III in 1221, Gregory IX in 1238, Innocent IV in 1246, Benedict XII in 1337. The
216 217
Inquisition was established in 1291. ↑
Asboth, pp. 42–95. Evans, pp. xxxvi–xlii. ↑
218
Asboth, pp. 96–7. ↑
219
“They revile the ceremonies of the church and all church dignitaries, and they call
220
orthodox priests blind Pharisees, and bay at them as dogs at horses. As to the Lord’s
Supper, they assert that it is not kept according to God’s commandment, and that it is not the body of
God, but ordinary bread.” (Kosmas, quoted by Evans, pp. xxx–xxxi.) ↑
Sūrah iv. 156. ↑
221
Cf. the admiration of the Turks for Charles XII of Sweden. “Son opiniâtreté à s’abstenir du
222
vin, et sa régularité à assister deux fois par jour aux prières publiques, leur faisaient dire:
C’est un vrai musulman.” (Œuvres de Voltaire, tome 23, p. 200.) (Paris, 1785.) ↑
Kosmas, quoted by Evans, p. xxxi. ↑
223
Asboth, p. 36. Wetzer und Welte, vol. ii. p. 975. ↑
224
Olivier, pp. 17–18. ↑
225
Olivier, p. 113. ↑
226
Amari, vol. i. p. 163; vol. ii. p. 260. ↑
227
Cornaro, vol. i. pp. 205–8. ↑
228
Perrot, p. 151. ↑
229
Pashley, vol. i. p. 30; vol. ii. pp. 284, 291–2. ↑
230
Id. vol. ii. p. 298. ↑
231
Pashley, vol. ii. p. 285. ↑
232
Id. vol. i. p. 319. ↑
233
Perrot, p. 151. ↑
234
Charles Edwardes: Letters from Crete, pp. 90–2.
235
(London, 1887.) ↑
Pashley, vol. ii. pp. 151–2. ↑
236
Id. vol. i. p. 9. ↑
237
Perrot, p. 159. ↑
238
Pashley, vol. i. pp. 10, 195. ↑
239
T. A. B. Spratt: Travels and Researches in Crete, vol. i. p. 47. (London, 1865.) ↑
240
R. du M. M. vii. p. 99. ↑
241
216 217
Inquisition was established in 1291. ↑
Asboth, pp. 42–95. Evans, pp. xxxvi–xlii. ↑
218
Asboth, pp. 96–7. ↑
219
“They revile the ceremonies of the church and all church dignitaries, and they call
220
orthodox priests blind Pharisees, and bay at them as dogs at horses. As to the Lord’s
Supper, they assert that it is not kept according to God’s commandment, and that it is not the body of
God, but ordinary bread.” (Kosmas, quoted by Evans, pp. xxx–xxxi.) ↑
Sūrah iv. 156. ↑
221
Cf. the admiration of the Turks for Charles XII of Sweden. “Son opiniâtreté à s’abstenir du
222
vin, et sa régularité à assister deux fois par jour aux prières publiques, leur faisaient dire:
C’est un vrai musulman.” (Œuvres de Voltaire, tome 23, p. 200.) (Paris, 1785.) ↑
Kosmas, quoted by Evans, p. xxxi. ↑
223
Asboth, p. 36. Wetzer und Welte, vol. ii. p. 975. ↑
224
Olivier, pp. 17–18. ↑
225
Olivier, p. 113. ↑
226
Amari, vol. i. p. 163; vol. ii. p. 260. ↑
227
Cornaro, vol. i. pp. 205–8. ↑
228
Perrot, p. 151. ↑
229
Pashley, vol. i. p. 30; vol. ii. pp. 284, 291–2. ↑
230
Id. vol. ii. p. 298. ↑
231
Pashley, vol. ii. p. 285. ↑
232
Id. vol. i. p. 319. ↑
233
Perrot, p. 151. ↑
234
Charles Edwardes: Letters from Crete, pp. 90–2.
235
(London, 1887.) ↑
Pashley, vol. ii. pp. 151–2. ↑
236
Id. vol. i. p. 9. ↑
237
Perrot, p. 159. ↑
238
Pashley, vol. i. pp. 10, 195. ↑
239
T. A. B. Spratt: Travels and Researches in Crete, vol. i. p. 47. (London, 1865.) ↑
240
R. du M. M. vii. p. 99. ↑
241
Page 246
[Contents]
Page 247
CHAPTER VII.
Page 248
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN PERSIA AND
CENTRAL ASIA.
In order to follow the course of the spread of Islam eastward into Central
Asia, we must retrace our steps to the period of the first Arab conquests. By
the middle of the seventh century, the great dynasty of the Sāsānids had
fallen, and the vast empire of Persia that for four centuries had withstood
the might of Rome and Byzantium, now became the heritage of the
Muslims. When the armies of the state had been routed, the mass of the
people offered little resistance; the reigns of the last representatives of the
Sāsānid dynasty had been marked by terrible anarchy, and the sympathies
of the people had been further alienated from their rulers on account of the
support they gave to the persecuting policy of the state religion of
Zoroastrianism. The Zoroastrian priests had acquired an enormous
influence in the state; they were well-nigh all-powerful in the councils of
the king and arrogated to themselves a very large share in the civil
administration. They took advantage of their position to persecute all those
religious bodies—(and they were many)—that dissented from them.
Besides the numerous adherents of older forms of the Persian religion, there
were Christians, Jews, Sabæans and numerous sects in which the
speculations of Gnostics, Manichæans and Buddhists found expression. In
all of these, persecution had stirred up feelings of bitter hatred against the
established religion and the dynasty that supported its oppressions, and so
caused the Arab conquest to appear in the light of a deliverance. 1 The
followers of all these varied forms of faith could breathe again under a rule
that granted them religious freedom and exemption from military service,
on [207]payment of a light tribute. For the Muslim law granted toleration and
the right of paying jizyah not only to the Christians and Jews, but to
Zoroastrians and Sabæans, to worshippers of idols, of fire and of stone. 2 It
was said that the Prophet himself had distinctly given directions that the
CENTRAL ASIA.
In order to follow the course of the spread of Islam eastward into Central
Asia, we must retrace our steps to the period of the first Arab conquests. By
the middle of the seventh century, the great dynasty of the Sāsānids had
fallen, and the vast empire of Persia that for four centuries had withstood
the might of Rome and Byzantium, now became the heritage of the
Muslims. When the armies of the state had been routed, the mass of the
people offered little resistance; the reigns of the last representatives of the
Sāsānid dynasty had been marked by terrible anarchy, and the sympathies
of the people had been further alienated from their rulers on account of the
support they gave to the persecuting policy of the state religion of
Zoroastrianism. The Zoroastrian priests had acquired an enormous
influence in the state; they were well-nigh all-powerful in the councils of
the king and arrogated to themselves a very large share in the civil
administration. They took advantage of their position to persecute all those
religious bodies—(and they were many)—that dissented from them.
Besides the numerous adherents of older forms of the Persian religion, there
were Christians, Jews, Sabæans and numerous sects in which the
speculations of Gnostics, Manichæans and Buddhists found expression. In
all of these, persecution had stirred up feelings of bitter hatred against the
established religion and the dynasty that supported its oppressions, and so
caused the Arab conquest to appear in the light of a deliverance. 1 The
followers of all these varied forms of faith could breathe again under a rule
that granted them religious freedom and exemption from military service,
on [207]payment of a light tribute. For the Muslim law granted toleration and
the right of paying jizyah not only to the Christians and Jews, but to
Zoroastrians and Sabæans, to worshippers of idols, of fire and of stone. 2 It
was said that the Prophet himself had distinctly given directions that the
Page 249
Zoroastrians were to be treated exactly like “the people of the book,” i.e.
the Jews and Christians, and that jizyah might also be taken from them in
return for protection, 3—a tradition that probably arose in the second century
of the Hijrah, when apostolic sanction was sought for the toleration that had
been extended to all the followers of the various faiths that Arabs had found
in the countries they had conquered, whether such non-Muslims came under
the category Ahl al-Kitāb or not. 4
To the distracted Christian Church in Persia the change of government
brought relief from the oppression of the Sāsānid kings, who had fomented
the bitter struggles of Jacobites and Nestorians and added to the confusion
of warring sects. Some reference has already 5 been made to earlier
persecutions, and even during the expiring agony of the Sāsānid dynasty,
K͟ husrau II, exasperated at the defeat he had suffered at the hands of the
Christian emperor, Heraclius, ordered a fresh persecution of the Christians
within his dominions, a persecution from which all the various Christian
sects alike had to suffer. These terrible conditions may well have prepared
men’s minds for that revulsion of feeling that facilitates a change of faith.
“Side by side with the political chaos in the state was the moral confusion
that filled the minds of the Christians; distracted by such an accumulation
of disasters and by the moral agony wrought by the furious conflict of so
many warring doctrines among them, they tended towards that peculiar
frame of mind in which a new doctrine finds it easy to take root, making a
clean sweep of such a bewildering babel and striving to reconstruct faith
and society on a new basis. In other words the people of Persia, and
especially the Semitic races, were just in the very mental condition
calculated to make them [208]welcome the Islamic revolution and urge them
on to enthusiastically embrace the new and rugged creed, which with its
complete and virile simplicity swept away at one stroke all those dark mists,
opened the soul to new, alluring and tangible hopes, and promised
immediate release from a miserable state of servitude.” 6
the Jews and Christians, and that jizyah might also be taken from them in
return for protection, 3—a tradition that probably arose in the second century
of the Hijrah, when apostolic sanction was sought for the toleration that had
been extended to all the followers of the various faiths that Arabs had found
in the countries they had conquered, whether such non-Muslims came under
the category Ahl al-Kitāb or not. 4
To the distracted Christian Church in Persia the change of government
brought relief from the oppression of the Sāsānid kings, who had fomented
the bitter struggles of Jacobites and Nestorians and added to the confusion
of warring sects. Some reference has already 5 been made to earlier
persecutions, and even during the expiring agony of the Sāsānid dynasty,
K͟ husrau II, exasperated at the defeat he had suffered at the hands of the
Christian emperor, Heraclius, ordered a fresh persecution of the Christians
within his dominions, a persecution from which all the various Christian
sects alike had to suffer. These terrible conditions may well have prepared
men’s minds for that revulsion of feeling that facilitates a change of faith.
“Side by side with the political chaos in the state was the moral confusion
that filled the minds of the Christians; distracted by such an accumulation
of disasters and by the moral agony wrought by the furious conflict of so
many warring doctrines among them, they tended towards that peculiar
frame of mind in which a new doctrine finds it easy to take root, making a
clean sweep of such a bewildering babel and striving to reconstruct faith
and society on a new basis. In other words the people of Persia, and
especially the Semitic races, were just in the very mental condition
calculated to make them [208]welcome the Islamic revolution and urge them
on to enthusiastically embrace the new and rugged creed, which with its
complete and virile simplicity swept away at one stroke all those dark mists,
opened the soul to new, alluring and tangible hopes, and promised
immediate release from a miserable state of servitude.” 6
Page 250
But the Muslim creed was most eagerly welcomed by the townsfolk, the
industrial classes and the artisans, whose occupations made them impure
according to the Zoroastrian creed, because in the pursuance of their trade
or occupations they defiled fire, earth or water, and who thus, outcasts in
the eyes of the law and treated with scant consideration in consequence,
embraced with eagerness a creed that made them at once free men, and
equal in a brotherhood of faith. 7 Nor were the conversions from
Zoroastrianism itself less striking: the fabric of the National Church had
fallen with a crash in the general ruin of the dynasty that had before upheld
it; having no other centre round which to rally, the followers of this creed
would find the transition to Islam a simple and easy one, owing to the
numerous points of similarity in the old creed and the new. For the Persian
could find in the Qurʼān many of the fundamental doctrines of his old faith,
though in a rather different form: he would meet again Ahuramazda and
Ahriman under the names of Allāh and Iblīs; the creation of the world in six
periods; the angels and the demons; the story of the primitive innocence of
man; the resurrection of the body and the doctrine of heaven and hell. 8 Even
in the details of daily worship there were similarities to be found and the
followers of Zoroaster when they adopted Islam were enjoined by their new
faith to pray five times a day just as they had been by the Avesta. 9 Those
tribes in the north of Persia that had stubbornly resisted the ecclesiastical
organisation of the state religion, on the ground that each man was a priest
in his own household and had no need of any other, and believing in a
supreme being and the immortality of the soul, taught that a man should
love his neighbour, conquer his passions, and strive patiently after a better
life—such [209]men could have needed very little persuasion to induce them
to accept the faith of the Prophet. 10 Islam had still more points of contact
with some of the heretical sects of Persia, that had come under the influence
of Christianity.
In addition to the causes above enumerated of the rapid spread of Islam in
Persia, it should be remembered that the political and national sympathies
of the conquered race were also enlisted on behalf of the new religion
industrial classes and the artisans, whose occupations made them impure
according to the Zoroastrian creed, because in the pursuance of their trade
or occupations they defiled fire, earth or water, and who thus, outcasts in
the eyes of the law and treated with scant consideration in consequence,
embraced with eagerness a creed that made them at once free men, and
equal in a brotherhood of faith. 7 Nor were the conversions from
Zoroastrianism itself less striking: the fabric of the National Church had
fallen with a crash in the general ruin of the dynasty that had before upheld
it; having no other centre round which to rally, the followers of this creed
would find the transition to Islam a simple and easy one, owing to the
numerous points of similarity in the old creed and the new. For the Persian
could find in the Qurʼān many of the fundamental doctrines of his old faith,
though in a rather different form: he would meet again Ahuramazda and
Ahriman under the names of Allāh and Iblīs; the creation of the world in six
periods; the angels and the demons; the story of the primitive innocence of
man; the resurrection of the body and the doctrine of heaven and hell. 8 Even
in the details of daily worship there were similarities to be found and the
followers of Zoroaster when they adopted Islam were enjoined by their new
faith to pray five times a day just as they had been by the Avesta. 9 Those
tribes in the north of Persia that had stubbornly resisted the ecclesiastical
organisation of the state religion, on the ground that each man was a priest
in his own household and had no need of any other, and believing in a
supreme being and the immortality of the soul, taught that a man should
love his neighbour, conquer his passions, and strive patiently after a better
life—such [209]men could have needed very little persuasion to induce them
to accept the faith of the Prophet. 10 Islam had still more points of contact
with some of the heretical sects of Persia, that had come under the influence
of Christianity.
In addition to the causes above enumerated of the rapid spread of Islam in
Persia, it should be remembered that the political and national sympathies
of the conquered race were also enlisted on behalf of the new religion
Page 251
through the marriage of Ḥusayn, the son of ʻAlī with Shāhbānū, one of the
daughters of Yazdagird, the last monarch of the Sāsānid dynasty. In the
descendants of Shāhbānū and Ḥusayn the Persians saw the heirs of their
ancient kings and the inheritors of their national traditions, and in this
patriotic feeling may be found the explanation of the intense devotion of the
Persians to the ʻAlid faction and the first beginnings of Shīʻism as a
separate sect. 11
That this widespread conversion was not due to force or violence is
evidenced by the toleration extended to those who still clung to their
ancient faith. Even to the present day there are some small communities of
fire-worshippers to be found in certain districts of Persia, and though these
have in later years often had to suffer persecution, 12 their ancestors in the
early centuries of the Hijrah enjoyed a remarkable degree of toleration, their
fire-temples were respected, and we even read of a Muhammadan general
(in the reign of al-Muʻtaṣim, a.d. 833–842), who ordered an imām and a
muʼad͟ hd͟ hin to be flogged because they had destroyed a fire-temple in
Sug͟ hd and built a mosque in its place. 13 In the tenth century, three centuries
after the conquest of the country, fire-temples were to be found in ʻIrāq,
Fārs, Kirmān, Sijistān, K͟ hurāsān, Jibāl, Ād͟ harbayjān and Arrān, i.e. in
almost every province of Persia. 14 In Fārs [210]itself there were hardly any
cities or districts in which fire-temples and Magians were not to be found. 15
Al-Shahrastānī also (writing as late as the twelfth century), makes mention
of a fire-temple at Isfīniyā, in the neighbourhood of Bag͟ hdād itself. 16
In the face of such facts, it is surely impossible to attribute the decay of
Zoroastrianism entirely to violent conversions made by the Muslim
conquerors. The number of Persians who embraced Islam in the early days
of the Arab rule was probably very large from the various reasons given
above, but the late survival of their ancient faith and the occasional record
of conversions in the course of successive centuries, render it probable that
the acceptance of Islam was both peaceful and voluntary. About the close of
the eighth century, Sāmān, a noble of Balk͟ h, having received assistance
daughters of Yazdagird, the last monarch of the Sāsānid dynasty. In the
descendants of Shāhbānū and Ḥusayn the Persians saw the heirs of their
ancient kings and the inheritors of their national traditions, and in this
patriotic feeling may be found the explanation of the intense devotion of the
Persians to the ʻAlid faction and the first beginnings of Shīʻism as a
separate sect. 11
That this widespread conversion was not due to force or violence is
evidenced by the toleration extended to those who still clung to their
ancient faith. Even to the present day there are some small communities of
fire-worshippers to be found in certain districts of Persia, and though these
have in later years often had to suffer persecution, 12 their ancestors in the
early centuries of the Hijrah enjoyed a remarkable degree of toleration, their
fire-temples were respected, and we even read of a Muhammadan general
(in the reign of al-Muʻtaṣim, a.d. 833–842), who ordered an imām and a
muʼad͟ hd͟ hin to be flogged because they had destroyed a fire-temple in
Sug͟ hd and built a mosque in its place. 13 In the tenth century, three centuries
after the conquest of the country, fire-temples were to be found in ʻIrāq,
Fārs, Kirmān, Sijistān, K͟ hurāsān, Jibāl, Ād͟ harbayjān and Arrān, i.e. in
almost every province of Persia. 14 In Fārs [210]itself there were hardly any
cities or districts in which fire-temples and Magians were not to be found. 15
Al-Shahrastānī also (writing as late as the twelfth century), makes mention
of a fire-temple at Isfīniyā, in the neighbourhood of Bag͟ hdād itself. 16
In the face of such facts, it is surely impossible to attribute the decay of
Zoroastrianism entirely to violent conversions made by the Muslim
conquerors. The number of Persians who embraced Islam in the early days
of the Arab rule was probably very large from the various reasons given
above, but the late survival of their ancient faith and the occasional record
of conversions in the course of successive centuries, render it probable that
the acceptance of Islam was both peaceful and voluntary. About the close of
the eighth century, Sāmān, a noble of Balk͟ h, having received assistance
Page 252
from Asad b. ʻAbd-Allāh, the governor of K͟ hurāsān, renounced
Zoroastrianism, embraced Islam and named his son Asad after his protector:
it is from this convert that the dynasty of the Sāmānids (a.d. 874–999) took
its name. About the beginning of the ninth century, Karīm b. Shahriyār was
the first king of the Qābūsiyyah dynasty who became a Musalman, and in
873 a large number of fire-worshippers were converted to Islam in Daylam
through the influence of Nāṣir al-Ḥaqq Abū Muḥammad. In the following
century, about a.d. 912, Ḥasan b. ʻAlī, of the ʻAlid dynasty on the southern
shore of the Caspian Sea, who is said to have been a man of learning and
intelligence and well acquainted with the religious opinions of different
sects, invited the inhabitants of Ṭabaristān and Daylam, who were partly
idolaters and partly Magians, to accept Islam; many of them responded to
his call, while others persisted in their former state of unbelief. 17 In the year
a.h. 394 (a.d. 1003–1004), a famous poet, Abu’l Ḥasan Mihyār, a native of
Daylam, who had been a fire-worshipper, was converted to Islam by a still
more famous poet, the Sharīf al-Riḍā, who was his master in the poetic
art. 18
It was probably about the same period that the grandfather [211]of the great
geographer, Ibn K͟ hūrdādbih, was converted through the influence of one of
the Barmecides, 19 whose ancestor had been likewise a Magian and high
priest of the great Fire Temple of Nawbahār at Balk͟ h.
Scanty as these notices of conversion are, they appear to have been
voluntary, and the Zoroastrians would seem to have enjoyed on the whole
toleration for the exercise of their religion up to the close of the ʻAbbāsid
period. With the Mongol invasion a darker period in their history begins,
and the miseries which the Persian Muslims themselves suffered seems to
have generated in them a spirit of fanatical intolerance which exposed the
Zoroastrians at times to cruel sufferings. 20
In the middle of the eighth century, Persia gave birth to a movement that is
of interest in the missionary history of Islam, viz. the sect of the Ismāʻīlians.
Zoroastrianism, embraced Islam and named his son Asad after his protector:
it is from this convert that the dynasty of the Sāmānids (a.d. 874–999) took
its name. About the beginning of the ninth century, Karīm b. Shahriyār was
the first king of the Qābūsiyyah dynasty who became a Musalman, and in
873 a large number of fire-worshippers were converted to Islam in Daylam
through the influence of Nāṣir al-Ḥaqq Abū Muḥammad. In the following
century, about a.d. 912, Ḥasan b. ʻAlī, of the ʻAlid dynasty on the southern
shore of the Caspian Sea, who is said to have been a man of learning and
intelligence and well acquainted with the religious opinions of different
sects, invited the inhabitants of Ṭabaristān and Daylam, who were partly
idolaters and partly Magians, to accept Islam; many of them responded to
his call, while others persisted in their former state of unbelief. 17 In the year
a.h. 394 (a.d. 1003–1004), a famous poet, Abu’l Ḥasan Mihyār, a native of
Daylam, who had been a fire-worshipper, was converted to Islam by a still
more famous poet, the Sharīf al-Riḍā, who was his master in the poetic
art. 18
It was probably about the same period that the grandfather [211]of the great
geographer, Ibn K͟ hūrdādbih, was converted through the influence of one of
the Barmecides, 19 whose ancestor had been likewise a Magian and high
priest of the great Fire Temple of Nawbahār at Balk͟ h.
Scanty as these notices of conversion are, they appear to have been
voluntary, and the Zoroastrians would seem to have enjoyed on the whole
toleration for the exercise of their religion up to the close of the ʻAbbāsid
period. With the Mongol invasion a darker period in their history begins,
and the miseries which the Persian Muslims themselves suffered seems to
have generated in them a spirit of fanatical intolerance which exposed the
Zoroastrians at times to cruel sufferings. 20
In the middle of the eighth century, Persia gave birth to a movement that is
of interest in the missionary history of Islam, viz. the sect of the Ismāʻīlians.
Page 253
This is not the place to enter into a history of this sect or of the theological
position taken up by its followers, or of the social and political factors that
lent it strength, but it demands attention here on account of the marvellous
missionary organisation whereby it was propagated. The founder of this
organisation—which rivals that of the Jesuits for the keen insight into
human nature it displays and the consummate skill with which the doctrines
of the sect were accommodated to varying capacities and prejudices—was a
certain ʻAbd Allāh b. Maymūn, who early in the ninth century infused new
life into the Ismāʻīlians. He sent out his missionaries in all directions under
various guises, very frequently as ṣūfīs but also as merchants and traders
and the like; they were instructed to be all things to all men and to win over
different classes of men to allegiance to the grandmaster of their sect, by
speaking to each man, as it were, in his own language, and accommodating
their teaching to the varying capacities and opinions of their hearers. They
captivated the ignorant multitude by the performance of marvels that were
taken for miracles and by mysterious utterances that excited their curiosity.
To the devout they appeared as [212]models of virtue and religious zeal; to
the mystics they revealed the hidden meaning of popular teachings and
initiated them into various grades of occultism according to their capacity.
Taking advantage of the eager looking-forward to a deliverer that was
common to so many faiths of the time, they declared to the Musalmans the
approaching advent of the Imām Mahdī, to the Jews that of the Messiah,
and to the Christians that of the Comforter, but taught that the aspirations of
each could alone be realised in the coming of ʻAlī as the great deliverer.
With the Shīʻah, the Ismāʻīlian missionary was to put himself forward as
the zealous partisan of all the Shīʻah doctrine, was to dwell upon the cruelty
and injustice of the Sunnīs towards ʻAlī and his sons, and liberally abuse
the Sunnī K͟ halīfahs; having thus prepared the way, he was to insinuate, as
the necessary completion of the Shīʻah system of faith, the more esoteric
doctrines of the Ismāʻīlian sect. In dealing with the Jew, he was to speak
with contempt of both Christians and Muslims and agree with his intended
convert in still looking forward to a promised Messiah, but gradually lead
him to believe that this promised Messiah could be none other than ʻAlī, the
position taken up by its followers, or of the social and political factors that
lent it strength, but it demands attention here on account of the marvellous
missionary organisation whereby it was propagated. The founder of this
organisation—which rivals that of the Jesuits for the keen insight into
human nature it displays and the consummate skill with which the doctrines
of the sect were accommodated to varying capacities and prejudices—was a
certain ʻAbd Allāh b. Maymūn, who early in the ninth century infused new
life into the Ismāʻīlians. He sent out his missionaries in all directions under
various guises, very frequently as ṣūfīs but also as merchants and traders
and the like; they were instructed to be all things to all men and to win over
different classes of men to allegiance to the grandmaster of their sect, by
speaking to each man, as it were, in his own language, and accommodating
their teaching to the varying capacities and opinions of their hearers. They
captivated the ignorant multitude by the performance of marvels that were
taken for miracles and by mysterious utterances that excited their curiosity.
To the devout they appeared as [212]models of virtue and religious zeal; to
the mystics they revealed the hidden meaning of popular teachings and
initiated them into various grades of occultism according to their capacity.
Taking advantage of the eager looking-forward to a deliverer that was
common to so many faiths of the time, they declared to the Musalmans the
approaching advent of the Imām Mahdī, to the Jews that of the Messiah,
and to the Christians that of the Comforter, but taught that the aspirations of
each could alone be realised in the coming of ʻAlī as the great deliverer.
With the Shīʻah, the Ismāʻīlian missionary was to put himself forward as
the zealous partisan of all the Shīʻah doctrine, was to dwell upon the cruelty
and injustice of the Sunnīs towards ʻAlī and his sons, and liberally abuse
the Sunnī K͟ halīfahs; having thus prepared the way, he was to insinuate, as
the necessary completion of the Shīʻah system of faith, the more esoteric
doctrines of the Ismāʻīlian sect. In dealing with the Jew, he was to speak
with contempt of both Christians and Muslims and agree with his intended
convert in still looking forward to a promised Messiah, but gradually lead
him to believe that this promised Messiah could be none other than ʻAlī, the
Page 254
great Messiah of the Ismāʻīlian system. If he sought to win over the
Christian, he was to dwell upon the obstinacy of the Jews and the ignorance
of the Muslims, to profess reverence for the chief articles of the Christian
creed, but gently hint that they were symbolic and pointed to a deeper
meaning, to which the Ismāʻīlian system alone could supply the key; he was
also cautiously to suggest that the Christians had somewhat misinterpreted
the doctrine of the Paraclete and that it was in ʻAlī that the true Paraclete
was to be found. Similarly the Ismāʻīlian missionaries who made their way
into India endeavoured to make their doctrines acceptable to the Hindus, by
representing ʻAlī as the promised tenth Avatār of Viṣṇu who was to come
from the West, i.e. (they averred) from Alamūt. They also wrote a Mahdī
Purāṇa and composed hymns in imitation of those of the Vāmācārins or
left-hand Śāktas, whose mysticism already predisposed their minds to the
acceptance of the esoteric doctrines of the Ismāʻīlians. 21 [213]
By such means as these an enormous number of persons of different faiths
were united together to push forward an enterprise, the real aim of which
was known to very few. The aspirations of ʻAbd Allāh b. Maymūn seem to
have been entirely political, but as the means he adopted were religious and
the one common bond—if any—that bound his followers together was the
devout expectation of the coming of the Imām Mahdī, the missionary
activity connected with the history of this sect deserves this brief mention in
these pages. 22
The history of the spread of Islam in the countries of Central Asia to the
north of Persia presents little in the way of missionary activity. When
Qutaybah b. Muslim went to Samarqand, he found many idols there, whose
worshippers maintained that any man who dared outrage them would
perish; the Muslim conqueror, undeterred by such superstitious fears, set
fire to the idols; whereupon a number of persons embraced Islam. 23 There
is, however, but scanty record of such conversions in the early history of the
Muslim advance into Central Asia; moreover the people of this country
seem often to have pretended to embrace Islam for a time and then to have
Christian, he was to dwell upon the obstinacy of the Jews and the ignorance
of the Muslims, to profess reverence for the chief articles of the Christian
creed, but gently hint that they were symbolic and pointed to a deeper
meaning, to which the Ismāʻīlian system alone could supply the key; he was
also cautiously to suggest that the Christians had somewhat misinterpreted
the doctrine of the Paraclete and that it was in ʻAlī that the true Paraclete
was to be found. Similarly the Ismāʻīlian missionaries who made their way
into India endeavoured to make their doctrines acceptable to the Hindus, by
representing ʻAlī as the promised tenth Avatār of Viṣṇu who was to come
from the West, i.e. (they averred) from Alamūt. They also wrote a Mahdī
Purāṇa and composed hymns in imitation of those of the Vāmācārins or
left-hand Śāktas, whose mysticism already predisposed their minds to the
acceptance of the esoteric doctrines of the Ismāʻīlians. 21 [213]
By such means as these an enormous number of persons of different faiths
were united together to push forward an enterprise, the real aim of which
was known to very few. The aspirations of ʻAbd Allāh b. Maymūn seem to
have been entirely political, but as the means he adopted were religious and
the one common bond—if any—that bound his followers together was the
devout expectation of the coming of the Imām Mahdī, the missionary
activity connected with the history of this sect deserves this brief mention in
these pages. 22
The history of the spread of Islam in the countries of Central Asia to the
north of Persia presents little in the way of missionary activity. When
Qutaybah b. Muslim went to Samarqand, he found many idols there, whose
worshippers maintained that any man who dared outrage them would
perish; the Muslim conqueror, undeterred by such superstitious fears, set
fire to the idols; whereupon a number of persons embraced Islam. 23 There
is, however, but scanty record of such conversions in the early history of the
Muslim advance into Central Asia; moreover the people of this country
seem often to have pretended to embrace Islam for a time and then to have
Page 255
thrown off the mask and renounced their allegiance to the caliph as soon as
the conquering armies were withdrawn, 24 and it was not until Qutaybah had
forcibly occupied Buk͟ hārā for the fourth time that he succeeded in
compelling the inhabitants to conform to the faith of their conquerors.
In Buk͟ hārā and Samarqand the opposition to the new faith was so violent
and obstinate that none but those who had embraced Islam were allowed to
carry arms, and for many years the Muslims dared not appear unarmed in
the mosques or other public places, while spies had to be set to keep a
watch on the new converts. The conquerors made various efforts to gain
proselytes, and even tried to encourage attendance at the Friday prayers in
the mosques by rewards of money, and allowed the Qurʼān to be recited in
Persian instead of in Arabic, in order that it might be intelligible to all. 25
[214]
The progress of Islam in Transoxania was certainly very slow: some of the
inhabitants accepted the invitation of ʻUmar II (a.d. 717–720) to embrace
Islam, 26 and large numbers were converted through the preaching of a
certain Abū Ṣaydā who commenced this mission in Samarqand in the reign
of Hishām (724–743), 27 but it was not until the reign of Al-Muʻtaṣim (a.d.
833–842) that Islam was generally adopted there, 28 one of the reasons
probably being the more intimate relations established at this time with the
then capital of the Muhammadan world, Bag͟ hdād, through the enormous
numbers of Turks that had flocked in thousands to join the army of the
caliph. 29 Islam having thus gained a footing among the Turkish tribes seems
to have made but slow progress until the middle of the tenth century, when
the conversion of some of their chieftains to Islam, like that of Clovis and
other barbarian kings of Northern Europe to Christianity, led their clansmen
to follow their example in a body.
Pious legends have grown up to supply the lack of sober historical record of
such conversions. The city of Khīva reveres as its national saint a Muslim
wrestler—Pahlavān—who was in the service of a heathen king of
the conquering armies were withdrawn, 24 and it was not until Qutaybah had
forcibly occupied Buk͟ hārā for the fourth time that he succeeded in
compelling the inhabitants to conform to the faith of their conquerors.
In Buk͟ hārā and Samarqand the opposition to the new faith was so violent
and obstinate that none but those who had embraced Islam were allowed to
carry arms, and for many years the Muslims dared not appear unarmed in
the mosques or other public places, while spies had to be set to keep a
watch on the new converts. The conquerors made various efforts to gain
proselytes, and even tried to encourage attendance at the Friday prayers in
the mosques by rewards of money, and allowed the Qurʼān to be recited in
Persian instead of in Arabic, in order that it might be intelligible to all. 25
[214]
The progress of Islam in Transoxania was certainly very slow: some of the
inhabitants accepted the invitation of ʻUmar II (a.d. 717–720) to embrace
Islam, 26 and large numbers were converted through the preaching of a
certain Abū Ṣaydā who commenced this mission in Samarqand in the reign
of Hishām (724–743), 27 but it was not until the reign of Al-Muʻtaṣim (a.d.
833–842) that Islam was generally adopted there, 28 one of the reasons
probably being the more intimate relations established at this time with the
then capital of the Muhammadan world, Bag͟ hdād, through the enormous
numbers of Turks that had flocked in thousands to join the army of the
caliph. 29 Islam having thus gained a footing among the Turkish tribes seems
to have made but slow progress until the middle of the tenth century, when
the conversion of some of their chieftains to Islam, like that of Clovis and
other barbarian kings of Northern Europe to Christianity, led their clansmen
to follow their example in a body.
Pious legends have grown up to supply the lack of sober historical record of
such conversions. The city of Khīva reveres as its national saint a Muslim
wrestler—Pahlavān—who was in the service of a heathen king of
Page 256
K͟ hwārizm. The king of India, hearing of the fame of this Pahlavān, sent his
own court wrestler with a challenge to the king of K͟ hwārizm. A day was
fixed for the trial of strength and the nobles and people of Khīva were
summoned to view the spectacle; the vanquished man was to have his head
cut off. On the day before, the saintly Pahlavān was praying in the mosque
when he overheard the prayer of an old woman: “O God, suffer not my son
to be beaten by this invincible Pahlavān, for I have no other child.” Touched
with compassion for the mother, Pahlavān lets the Indian wrestler win the
day; the enraged king orders his head to be cut off, but at that very moment
the horse on which the king is sitting, bolts, carrying his master straight
towards a dangerous precipice. Pahlavān springs forward, catches the horse
and rescues the king from a horrible death. In gratitude the king embraces
the true faith, and the saintly [215]wrestler, full of joy, goes away into the
desert and becomes a hermit. 30
A strange legend is told of the conversion of Sātūq Bug͟ hrā K͟ hān, the
founder of the Muhammadan dynasty of the Īlik-K͟ hāns of Kāshgar, about
the middle of the tenth century. A prince of the Sāmānid house, K͟ hwājah
Abu’l-Naṣr Sāmānī, a man of great piety and humility of character, finding
no scope for the exercise of his talent for administration, resolved to
become a merchant, with the purpose of spreading the true faith in the lands
of the unbelievers. Instead of trying to acquire a fortune by his commercial
enterprises, he devoted all his gains to the furtherance of his proselytising
efforts. One night the Prophet appeared to him in a dream, saying: “Arise,
and go into Turkistan where the prince Sātūq Bug͟ hrā K͟ hān only awaits your
coming to be converted to Islam.” The young prince had in a similar
manner been warned in a vision to expect the arrival of an instructor in the
faith, and when some days later he met Abu’l-Naṣr Sāmānī he was prepared
to accept his teaching and become a Musalman. This legend would appear
to have been based on the historic fact that Islam made its way from the
Sāmānid kingdom into the neighbouring country of Turkistan, and the
example of the ruler seems to have been followed by his subjects, for in a.d.
960 as many as 200,000 tents of the Turks, i.e. probably the greater part of
own court wrestler with a challenge to the king of K͟ hwārizm. A day was
fixed for the trial of strength and the nobles and people of Khīva were
summoned to view the spectacle; the vanquished man was to have his head
cut off. On the day before, the saintly Pahlavān was praying in the mosque
when he overheard the prayer of an old woman: “O God, suffer not my son
to be beaten by this invincible Pahlavān, for I have no other child.” Touched
with compassion for the mother, Pahlavān lets the Indian wrestler win the
day; the enraged king orders his head to be cut off, but at that very moment
the horse on which the king is sitting, bolts, carrying his master straight
towards a dangerous precipice. Pahlavān springs forward, catches the horse
and rescues the king from a horrible death. In gratitude the king embraces
the true faith, and the saintly [215]wrestler, full of joy, goes away into the
desert and becomes a hermit. 30
A strange legend is told of the conversion of Sātūq Bug͟ hrā K͟ hān, the
founder of the Muhammadan dynasty of the Īlik-K͟ hāns of Kāshgar, about
the middle of the tenth century. A prince of the Sāmānid house, K͟ hwājah
Abu’l-Naṣr Sāmānī, a man of great piety and humility of character, finding
no scope for the exercise of his talent for administration, resolved to
become a merchant, with the purpose of spreading the true faith in the lands
of the unbelievers. Instead of trying to acquire a fortune by his commercial
enterprises, he devoted all his gains to the furtherance of his proselytising
efforts. One night the Prophet appeared to him in a dream, saying: “Arise,
and go into Turkistan where the prince Sātūq Bug͟ hrā K͟ hān only awaits your
coming to be converted to Islam.” The young prince had in a similar
manner been warned in a vision to expect the arrival of an instructor in the
faith, and when some days later he met Abu’l-Naṣr Sāmānī he was prepared
to accept his teaching and become a Musalman. This legend would appear
to have been based on the historic fact that Islam made its way from the
Sāmānid kingdom into the neighbouring country of Turkistan, and the
example of the ruler seems to have been followed by his subjects, for in a.d.
960 as many as 200,000 tents of the Turks, i.e. probably the greater part of
Page 257
the Turkish population of Bug͟ hrā K͟ hān’s kingdom, professed the faith of
Islam. 31 Legend credits him with miraculous powers in his wars against the
heathen, when a devouring flame would issue from his mouth and the
sword that he brandished would become forty feet long. By the time he had
reached the age of ninety-six, the terror of his sword is said to have
converted the unbelievers from the banks of the Oxus in the south to
Qurāquram in the north, and just before his death he is said to have led his
victorious army into China, and spread Islam as far as Turfan. 32 This
picturesque account of [216]a dynastic struggle with the Buddhist kingdom
of Khotan credits the hero with a measure of success which was not really
achieved until the fourteenth century. How limited the success of Sātūq
Bug͟ hrā K͟ hān really was, may be judged from the fact that when his
successors among the Īlik-K͟ hāns sought in 1026 to contract matrimonial
alliances with princesses of the house of Maḥmūd of Ghazna, Maḥmūd
replied that he was a Musalman, while they were unbelievers, and that it
was not the custom to give the sisters and daughters of Musalmans in
marriage to unbelievers, but that, if they would embrace Islam, the matter
would be considered. 33 A few years later, in 1041–1042, a number of Turks
who were still heathen and living in Tibetan territory sought permission
from Arslān K͟ hān b. Qadr K͟ hān to settle in his dominions, having heard of
the justice and mildness of his rule; when they arrived in the neighbourhood
of Bālāsāg͟ hūn 34 he sent a message to them urging them to accept Islam; but
they refused, and as he found them to be peaceable and obedient subjects,
he left them alone. There is no record of their conversion, which probably
ensued in course of time; but they can hardly be identified with the group of
ten thousand tents of infidel Turks who embraced Islam in the following
year, as these latter are expressly stated to have harried and plundered the
Musalmans before their conversion. 35 The invasion of the Qarā K͟ hitāy into
Turkistan 36 dealt a severe blow to the power of Islam, and as late as the
thirteenth century the reports of European travellers show that there were
still important groups of Buddhists, Manichæans and Christians in these
parts. 37
Islam. 31 Legend credits him with miraculous powers in his wars against the
heathen, when a devouring flame would issue from his mouth and the
sword that he brandished would become forty feet long. By the time he had
reached the age of ninety-six, the terror of his sword is said to have
converted the unbelievers from the banks of the Oxus in the south to
Qurāquram in the north, and just before his death he is said to have led his
victorious army into China, and spread Islam as far as Turfan. 32 This
picturesque account of [216]a dynastic struggle with the Buddhist kingdom
of Khotan credits the hero with a measure of success which was not really
achieved until the fourteenth century. How limited the success of Sātūq
Bug͟ hrā K͟ hān really was, may be judged from the fact that when his
successors among the Īlik-K͟ hāns sought in 1026 to contract matrimonial
alliances with princesses of the house of Maḥmūd of Ghazna, Maḥmūd
replied that he was a Musalman, while they were unbelievers, and that it
was not the custom to give the sisters and daughters of Musalmans in
marriage to unbelievers, but that, if they would embrace Islam, the matter
would be considered. 33 A few years later, in 1041–1042, a number of Turks
who were still heathen and living in Tibetan territory sought permission
from Arslān K͟ hān b. Qadr K͟ hān to settle in his dominions, having heard of
the justice and mildness of his rule; when they arrived in the neighbourhood
of Bālāsāg͟ hūn 34 he sent a message to them urging them to accept Islam; but
they refused, and as he found them to be peaceable and obedient subjects,
he left them alone. There is no record of their conversion, which probably
ensued in course of time; but they can hardly be identified with the group of
ten thousand tents of infidel Turks who embraced Islam in the following
year, as these latter are expressly stated to have harried and plundered the
Musalmans before their conversion. 35 The invasion of the Qarā K͟ hitāy into
Turkistan 36 dealt a severe blow to the power of Islam, and as late as the
thirteenth century the reports of European travellers show that there were
still important groups of Buddhists, Manichæans and Christians in these
parts. 37
Page 258
Of supreme importance to Islam was the conversion of the Saljūq Turks, but
no record of their conversion remains beyond the statement that in a.d. 956
Saljūq migrated from Turkistan with his clan to the province of Buk͟ hārā,
where he and his people enthusiastically embraced Islam. 38 This [217]was
the origin of the famous Saljūq Turks, whose wars and conquests revived
the fading glory of the Muhammadan arms and united into one empire the
Muslim kingdoms of Western Asia.
When at the close of the twelfth century, the Saljūq empire had lost all
power except in Asia Minor, and when Muḥammad G͟ hūrī was extending
his empire from K͟ hurāsān eastward across the north of India, there was a
great revival of the Muslim faith among the Afg͟ hāns and their country was
overrun by Arab preachers and converts from India, who set about the task
of proselytising with remarkable energy and boldness. 39 The traditions of
the Afg͟ hāns represent Islam as having been peaceably introduced among
them. They say that in the first century of the Hijrah they occupied the G͟ hūr
country to the east of Herāt, and that K͟ hālid b. Walīd came to them there
with the tidings of Islam and invited them to join the standard of the
Prophet; he returned to Muḥammad accompanied by a deputation of six or
seven representative men of the Afghan people, with their followers, and
these, when they went back to their own country, set to work to convert
their fellow-tribesmen. 40 This tradition is, however, devoid of any historical
foundation, and the earliest authentic record of conversion to Islam from
among the Afghans seems to be that of a king of Kābul in the reign of al-
Maʼmūn. 41 His successors, however, seem to have relapsed to Buddhism,
for when Yaʻqūb b. Layt͟ h, the founder of the Ṣaffārid dynasty, extended his
conquests as far as Kābul in 871, he found the ruler of the land to be an
“idolater,” and Kābul now became really Muhammadan for the first time,
the Afghans probably being quite willing to take service in the army of so
redoubtable a conqueror as Yaʻqūb b. Layt͟ h, 42 but it was not until after the
conquests of Sabaktigīn and Maḥmūd of Ghazna that Islam became
established throughout Afghanistan.
no record of their conversion remains beyond the statement that in a.d. 956
Saljūq migrated from Turkistan with his clan to the province of Buk͟ hārā,
where he and his people enthusiastically embraced Islam. 38 This [217]was
the origin of the famous Saljūq Turks, whose wars and conquests revived
the fading glory of the Muhammadan arms and united into one empire the
Muslim kingdoms of Western Asia.
When at the close of the twelfth century, the Saljūq empire had lost all
power except in Asia Minor, and when Muḥammad G͟ hūrī was extending
his empire from K͟ hurāsān eastward across the north of India, there was a
great revival of the Muslim faith among the Afg͟ hāns and their country was
overrun by Arab preachers and converts from India, who set about the task
of proselytising with remarkable energy and boldness. 39 The traditions of
the Afg͟ hāns represent Islam as having been peaceably introduced among
them. They say that in the first century of the Hijrah they occupied the G͟ hūr
country to the east of Herāt, and that K͟ hālid b. Walīd came to them there
with the tidings of Islam and invited them to join the standard of the
Prophet; he returned to Muḥammad accompanied by a deputation of six or
seven representative men of the Afghan people, with their followers, and
these, when they went back to their own country, set to work to convert
their fellow-tribesmen. 40 This tradition is, however, devoid of any historical
foundation, and the earliest authentic record of conversion to Islam from
among the Afghans seems to be that of a king of Kābul in the reign of al-
Maʼmūn. 41 His successors, however, seem to have relapsed to Buddhism,
for when Yaʻqūb b. Layt͟ h, the founder of the Ṣaffārid dynasty, extended his
conquests as far as Kābul in 871, he found the ruler of the land to be an
“idolater,” and Kābul now became really Muhammadan for the first time,
the Afghans probably being quite willing to take service in the army of so
redoubtable a conqueror as Yaʻqūb b. Layt͟ h, 42 but it was not until after the
conquests of Sabaktigīn and Maḥmūd of Ghazna that Islam became
established throughout Afghanistan.
Page 259
Of the further history of Islam in Persia and Central Asia some details will
be found in the following chapter. [218]
Caetani, vol. ii. pp. 910–11. A. de Gobineau (1), pp. 55–6. ↑
1
Abū Yūsuf: Kitāb al-K͟ harāj, p. 73. ↑
2
Id. p. 74 and Balād͟ hurī, pp. 71 (fin.), 79, 80. ↑
3
Caetani, vol. v. pp. 361 (§ 611 n. 1), 394–5, 457. ↑
4
pp. 68–9. ↑
5
Caetani, vol. ii. p. 910. ↑
6
A. de Gobineau (2), pp. 306–10. ↑
7
Dozy (1), p. 157. ↑
8
Haneberg, p. 5. ↑
9
Dozy (1), p. 191. A. de Gobineau (1), p. 55. ↑
10
Les croyances Mazdéennes dans la religion Chiite, par Ahmed-
11
Bey Agaeff. (Transactions of the Ninth International Congress of
Orientalists, vol. ii. pp. 509–11. London, 1893.) For other points of contact, see Goldziher: Islamisme
et Parsisme. (Revue de l’Histoire des Religions, xliii. p. 1. sqq.) ↑
Dosabhai Framji Karaka: History of the Parsis, vol. i. pp. 56–9, 62–7. (London, 1884.) Nicolas de
12
Khanikoff says that there were 12,000 families of fire-worshippers in Kirmān at the end of the
18th century. (Mémoire sur la partie méridionale de l’Asie centrale, p. 193. Paris, 1861.) ↑
Chwolsohn, vol. i. p. 287. ↑
13
Masʻūdī, vol. iv. p. 86. ↑
14
Iṣṭak͟ hrī, pp. 100, 118. Ibn Ḥawqal, pp. 189–190. ↑
15
Kitāb al-milal waʼl-niḥal, edited by Cureton, part i. p. 198. ↑
16
Masʻūdī, vol. viii. p. 279; vol. ix. pp. 4–5. ↑
17
Ibn K͟ hallikān, vol. iii. p. 517. ↑
18
Kitāb al-Fihrist, ed. Flügel, p. 149 (l. 2). ↑
19
For a comprehensive sketch of their condition under Muslim rule, see D.
20
Menant: Les Zoroastriens de Perse. (R. du M. M. iii. pp. 193 sqq., p. 421
sqq.) ↑
Khojā Vrittānt, pp. 141–8. For a further account of Ismāʻīlian missionaries in India, see chap. ix. ↑
21
Le Bon Silvestre De Sacy: Exposé de la Religion des Druzes, tome i. pp. lxvii–lxxvi, cxlviii–
22
clxii. ↑
Balād͟ hurī, p. 421. ↑
23
be found in the following chapter. [218]
Caetani, vol. ii. pp. 910–11. A. de Gobineau (1), pp. 55–6. ↑
1
Abū Yūsuf: Kitāb al-K͟ harāj, p. 73. ↑
2
Id. p. 74 and Balād͟ hurī, pp. 71 (fin.), 79, 80. ↑
3
Caetani, vol. v. pp. 361 (§ 611 n. 1), 394–5, 457. ↑
4
pp. 68–9. ↑
5
Caetani, vol. ii. p. 910. ↑
6
A. de Gobineau (2), pp. 306–10. ↑
7
Dozy (1), p. 157. ↑
8
Haneberg, p. 5. ↑
9
Dozy (1), p. 191. A. de Gobineau (1), p. 55. ↑
10
Les croyances Mazdéennes dans la religion Chiite, par Ahmed-
11
Bey Agaeff. (Transactions of the Ninth International Congress of
Orientalists, vol. ii. pp. 509–11. London, 1893.) For other points of contact, see Goldziher: Islamisme
et Parsisme. (Revue de l’Histoire des Religions, xliii. p. 1. sqq.) ↑
Dosabhai Framji Karaka: History of the Parsis, vol. i. pp. 56–9, 62–7. (London, 1884.) Nicolas de
12
Khanikoff says that there were 12,000 families of fire-worshippers in Kirmān at the end of the
18th century. (Mémoire sur la partie méridionale de l’Asie centrale, p. 193. Paris, 1861.) ↑
Chwolsohn, vol. i. p. 287. ↑
13
Masʻūdī, vol. iv. p. 86. ↑
14
Iṣṭak͟ hrī, pp. 100, 118. Ibn Ḥawqal, pp. 189–190. ↑
15
Kitāb al-milal waʼl-niḥal, edited by Cureton, part i. p. 198. ↑
16
Masʻūdī, vol. viii. p. 279; vol. ix. pp. 4–5. ↑
17
Ibn K͟ hallikān, vol. iii. p. 517. ↑
18
Kitāb al-Fihrist, ed. Flügel, p. 149 (l. 2). ↑
19
For a comprehensive sketch of their condition under Muslim rule, see D.
20
Menant: Les Zoroastriens de Perse. (R. du M. M. iii. pp. 193 sqq., p. 421
sqq.) ↑
Khojā Vrittānt, pp. 141–8. For a further account of Ismāʻīlian missionaries in India, see chap. ix. ↑
21
Le Bon Silvestre De Sacy: Exposé de la Religion des Druzes, tome i. pp. lxvii–lxxvi, cxlviii–
22
clxii. ↑
Balād͟ hurī, p. 421. ↑
23
Page 260
Narshak͟ hī, p. 46. ↑
24
Id. p. 47. ↑
25
Balād͟ hurī, p. 426. ↑
26
Ṭabarī, ii. pp. 1507 sqq. ↑
27
Balād͟ hurī, p. 431. ↑
28
August Müller, vol. i. p. 520. ↑
29
Cahun, p. 150. ↑
30
Ibn al-At͟ hīr, vol. viii. p. 396 (ll. 19–20.) Grenard, pp. 7 sq., 42–3. ↑
31
Grenard, pp. 9–10. “D’une guerre d’ambition [la tradition] fait une
32
guerre sainte, elle attribue à Satoḳ Boghra Khân une conquête qui a été
accomplie réellement par son douzième successeur; par une confusion absurde, elle donne le nom de
ce dernier à l’oncle infidèle de Satoḳ. Non contente de réduire deux personnages en un seul, elle
prête au même prince [216]une marche sur Tourfân, c’est-à-dire contre les Ouigour, qui est en effet
l’œuvre d’un troisième.” (Id. p. 50.) ↑
Raverty, p. 905. ↑
33
This was the capital of the K͟ hāns of Turkistan during the tenth and eleventh centuries, but the
34
exact site is uncertain. ↑
Narshak͟ hī, pp. 234–5. ↑
35
Raverty, pp. 925–7. ↑
36
Grenard, p. 76. ↑
37
Raverty, p. 117. ↑
38
Bellew, p. 96. ↑
39
Id. pp. 15–16. ↑
40
Balād͟ hurī, p. 402. ↑
41
August Müller, vol. ii. p. 29. ↑
42
24
Id. p. 47. ↑
25
Balād͟ hurī, p. 426. ↑
26
Ṭabarī, ii. pp. 1507 sqq. ↑
27
Balād͟ hurī, p. 431. ↑
28
August Müller, vol. i. p. 520. ↑
29
Cahun, p. 150. ↑
30
Ibn al-At͟ hīr, vol. viii. p. 396 (ll. 19–20.) Grenard, pp. 7 sq., 42–3. ↑
31
Grenard, pp. 9–10. “D’une guerre d’ambition [la tradition] fait une
32
guerre sainte, elle attribue à Satoḳ Boghra Khân une conquête qui a été
accomplie réellement par son douzième successeur; par une confusion absurde, elle donne le nom de
ce dernier à l’oncle infidèle de Satoḳ. Non contente de réduire deux personnages en un seul, elle
prête au même prince [216]une marche sur Tourfân, c’est-à-dire contre les Ouigour, qui est en effet
l’œuvre d’un troisième.” (Id. p. 50.) ↑
Raverty, p. 905. ↑
33
This was the capital of the K͟ hāns of Turkistan during the tenth and eleventh centuries, but the
34
exact site is uncertain. ↑
Narshak͟ hī, pp. 234–5. ↑
35
Raverty, pp. 925–7. ↑
36
Grenard, p. 76. ↑
37
Raverty, p. 117. ↑
38
Bellew, p. 96. ↑
39
Id. pp. 15–16. ↑
40
Balād͟ hurī, p. 402. ↑
41
August Müller, vol. ii. p. 29. ↑
42
Page 261
[Contents]
Page 262
CHAPTER VIII.
Page 263
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM AMONG THE
MONGOLS AND TATARS.
There is no event in the history of Islam that for terror and desolation can be
compared to the Mongol conquest. Like an avalanche, the hosts of Chingīz
K͟ hān swept over the centres of Muslim culture and civilisation, leaving
behind them bare deserts and shapeless ruins where before had stood the
palaces of stately cities, girt about with gardens and fruitful corn-land.
When the Mongol army had marched out of the city of Herāt, a miserable
remnant of forty persons crept out of their hiding-places and gazed horror-
stricken on the ruins of their beautiful city—all that were left out of a
population of over 100,000. In Buk͟ hārā, so famed for its men of piety and
learning, the Mongols stabled their horses in the sacred precincts of the
mosques and tore up the Qurʼāns to serve as litter; those of the inhabitants
who were not butchered were carried away into captivity and their city
reduced to ashes. Such too was the fate of Samarqand, Balk͟ h and many
another city of Central Asia, which had been the glories of Islamic
civilisation and the dwelling-places of holy men and the seats of sound
learning—such too the fate of Bag͟ hdād that for centuries had been the
capital of the ʻAbbāsid dynasty.
Well might the Muhammadan historian shudder to relate such horrors; when
Ibn al-At͟ hīr comes to describe the inroads of the Mongols into the countries
of Islam, “for many years,” he tells us, “I shrank from giving a recital of
these events on account of their magnitude and my abhorrence. Even now I
come reluctant to the task, for who would deem it a light thing to sing the
death-song of Islam and of the Muslims, or find it easy to tell this tale? O
that my [219]mother had not given me birth! ‘Oh, would that I had died ere
this, and been a thing forgotten, forgotten quite!’ 1 Many friends have urged
me and still I stood irresolute; but I saw that it was of no profit to forego the
MONGOLS AND TATARS.
There is no event in the history of Islam that for terror and desolation can be
compared to the Mongol conquest. Like an avalanche, the hosts of Chingīz
K͟ hān swept over the centres of Muslim culture and civilisation, leaving
behind them bare deserts and shapeless ruins where before had stood the
palaces of stately cities, girt about with gardens and fruitful corn-land.
When the Mongol army had marched out of the city of Herāt, a miserable
remnant of forty persons crept out of their hiding-places and gazed horror-
stricken on the ruins of their beautiful city—all that were left out of a
population of over 100,000. In Buk͟ hārā, so famed for its men of piety and
learning, the Mongols stabled their horses in the sacred precincts of the
mosques and tore up the Qurʼāns to serve as litter; those of the inhabitants
who were not butchered were carried away into captivity and their city
reduced to ashes. Such too was the fate of Samarqand, Balk͟ h and many
another city of Central Asia, which had been the glories of Islamic
civilisation and the dwelling-places of holy men and the seats of sound
learning—such too the fate of Bag͟ hdād that for centuries had been the
capital of the ʻAbbāsid dynasty.
Well might the Muhammadan historian shudder to relate such horrors; when
Ibn al-At͟ hīr comes to describe the inroads of the Mongols into the countries
of Islam, “for many years,” he tells us, “I shrank from giving a recital of
these events on account of their magnitude and my abhorrence. Even now I
come reluctant to the task, for who would deem it a light thing to sing the
death-song of Islam and of the Muslims, or find it easy to tell this tale? O
that my [219]mother had not given me birth! ‘Oh, would that I had died ere
this, and been a thing forgotten, forgotten quite!’ 1 Many friends have urged
me and still I stood irresolute; but I saw that it was of no profit to forego the
Page 264
task and so I thus resume. I shall have to describe events so terrible and
calamities so stupendous that neither day nor night have ever brought forth
the like; they fell on all nations, but on the Muslims more than all; and were
one to say that since God created Adam the world has not seen the like, he
would but tell the truth, for history has nothing to relate that at all
approaches it. Among the greatest calamities in history is the slaughter that
Nebuchadnezzar wrought among the children of Israel and his destruction
of the Temple; but what is Jerusalem in comparison to the countries that
these accursed ones laid waste, every town of which was far greater than
Jerusalem, and what were the children of Israel in comparison to those they
slew, since the inhabitants of one of the cities they destroyed were greater in
numbers than all the children of Israel? Let us hope that the world may
never see the like again.” 2 But Islam was to rise again from the ashes of its
former grandeur and through its preachers win over these savage
conquerors to the acceptance of the faith. This was a task for the missionary
energies of Islam that was rendered more difficult from the fact that there
were two powerful competitors in the field. The spectacle of Buddhism,
Christianity and Islam emulously striving to win the allegiance of the fierce
conquerors that had set their feet on the necks of adherents of these great
missionary religions, is one that is without parallel in the history of the
world.
Before entering on a recital of this struggle, it will be well in order to the
comprehension of what is to follow briefly to glance at the partition of the
Mongol empire after the death of Chingīz K͟ hān, when it was split up into
four sections and divided among his sons. His third son, Ogotāy, succeeded
his father as K͟ hāqān and received as his share the eastern portion of the
empire, in which Qūbīlāy afterwards included the whole of China.
Chag͟ hatāy the second son took the middle kingdom. Bātū, the son of
[220]his first-born Jūjī, ruled the western portion as K͟ hān of the Golden
Horde; Tulūy the fourth son took Persia, to which Hūlāgū, who founded the
dynasty of the Īlk͟ hāns, added a great part of Asia Minor.
calamities so stupendous that neither day nor night have ever brought forth
the like; they fell on all nations, but on the Muslims more than all; and were
one to say that since God created Adam the world has not seen the like, he
would but tell the truth, for history has nothing to relate that at all
approaches it. Among the greatest calamities in history is the slaughter that
Nebuchadnezzar wrought among the children of Israel and his destruction
of the Temple; but what is Jerusalem in comparison to the countries that
these accursed ones laid waste, every town of which was far greater than
Jerusalem, and what were the children of Israel in comparison to those they
slew, since the inhabitants of one of the cities they destroyed were greater in
numbers than all the children of Israel? Let us hope that the world may
never see the like again.” 2 But Islam was to rise again from the ashes of its
former grandeur and through its preachers win over these savage
conquerors to the acceptance of the faith. This was a task for the missionary
energies of Islam that was rendered more difficult from the fact that there
were two powerful competitors in the field. The spectacle of Buddhism,
Christianity and Islam emulously striving to win the allegiance of the fierce
conquerors that had set their feet on the necks of adherents of these great
missionary religions, is one that is without parallel in the history of the
world.
Before entering on a recital of this struggle, it will be well in order to the
comprehension of what is to follow briefly to glance at the partition of the
Mongol empire after the death of Chingīz K͟ hān, when it was split up into
four sections and divided among his sons. His third son, Ogotāy, succeeded
his father as K͟ hāqān and received as his share the eastern portion of the
empire, in which Qūbīlāy afterwards included the whole of China.
Chag͟ hatāy the second son took the middle kingdom. Bātū, the son of
[220]his first-born Jūjī, ruled the western portion as K͟ hān of the Golden
Horde; Tulūy the fourth son took Persia, to which Hūlāgū, who founded the
dynasty of the Īlk͟ hāns, added a great part of Asia Minor.
Page 265
The primitive religion of the Mongols was Shamanism, which while
recognising a supreme God, offered no prayers to Him, but worshipped a
number of inferior divinities, especially the evil spirits whose powers for
harm had to be deprecated by means of sacrifices, and the souls of ancestors
who were considered to exercise an influence on the lives of their
descendants. To propitiate these powers of the heaven and of the lower
world, recourse was had to the Shamans, wizards or medicine-men, who
were credited with possessing mysterious influence over the elements and
the spirits of the departed. Their religion was not one that was calculated to
withstand long the efforts of a proselytising faith, possessed of a systematic
theology capable of satisfying the demands of the reason and an organised
body of religious teachers, when once the Mongols had been brought into
contact with civilised races, had responded to their civilising influences and
begun to pass out of their nomadic barbarism. It so happened that the
civilised races with which the conquest of the Mongols brought them in
contact comprised large numbers of Buddhists, Christians and
Muhammadans, and the adherents of these three great missionary faiths
entered into rivalry with one another for the conversion of their conquerors.
When not carried away by the furious madness for destruction and insult
that usually characterised their campaigns, the Shamanist Mongols showed
themselves remarkably tolerant of other religions, whose priests were
exempted from taxation and allowed perfect freedom of worship. Buddhist
priests held controversies with the Shamans in the presence of Chingīz
K͟ hān; and at the courts of Mangū K͟ hān and Qūbīlāy the Buddhist and
Christian priests and the Muslim Imāms alike enjoyed the patronage of the
Mongol prince. 3 In the reign of the latter monarch the Mongols in China
began to yield to the powerful influences of the surrounding Buddhism, and
by the beginning of the fourteenth century [221]the Buddhist faith seems to
have gained a complete ascendancy over them. 4 It was the Lamas of Tibet
who showed themselves most zealous in this work of conversion, and the
people of Mongolia to the present day cling to the same faith, as do the
Kalmuks who migrated to Russia in the seventeenth century.
recognising a supreme God, offered no prayers to Him, but worshipped a
number of inferior divinities, especially the evil spirits whose powers for
harm had to be deprecated by means of sacrifices, and the souls of ancestors
who were considered to exercise an influence on the lives of their
descendants. To propitiate these powers of the heaven and of the lower
world, recourse was had to the Shamans, wizards or medicine-men, who
were credited with possessing mysterious influence over the elements and
the spirits of the departed. Their religion was not one that was calculated to
withstand long the efforts of a proselytising faith, possessed of a systematic
theology capable of satisfying the demands of the reason and an organised
body of religious teachers, when once the Mongols had been brought into
contact with civilised races, had responded to their civilising influences and
begun to pass out of their nomadic barbarism. It so happened that the
civilised races with which the conquest of the Mongols brought them in
contact comprised large numbers of Buddhists, Christians and
Muhammadans, and the adherents of these three great missionary faiths
entered into rivalry with one another for the conversion of their conquerors.
When not carried away by the furious madness for destruction and insult
that usually characterised their campaigns, the Shamanist Mongols showed
themselves remarkably tolerant of other religions, whose priests were
exempted from taxation and allowed perfect freedom of worship. Buddhist
priests held controversies with the Shamans in the presence of Chingīz
K͟ hān; and at the courts of Mangū K͟ hān and Qūbīlāy the Buddhist and
Christian priests and the Muslim Imāms alike enjoyed the patronage of the
Mongol prince. 3 In the reign of the latter monarch the Mongols in China
began to yield to the powerful influences of the surrounding Buddhism, and
by the beginning of the fourteenth century [221]the Buddhist faith seems to
have gained a complete ascendancy over them. 4 It was the Lamas of Tibet
who showed themselves most zealous in this work of conversion, and the
people of Mongolia to the present day cling to the same faith, as do the
Kalmuks who migrated to Russia in the seventeenth century.
Page 266
Although Buddhism made itself finally supreme in the eastern part of the
empire, at first the influence of the Christian Church was by no means
inconsiderable and great hopes were entertained of the conversion of the
Mongols. The Nestorian missionaries in the seventh century had carried the
knowledge of the Christian faith from west to east across Asia as far as the
north of China, and scattered communities were still to be found in the
thirteenth century. The famous Prester John, around whose name cluster so
many legends of the Middle Ages, is supposed to have been the chief of the
Karaïts, a Christian Tartar tribe living to the south of Lake Baikal. When
this tribe was conquered by Chingīz K͟ hān, he married one of the daughters
of the then chief of the tribe, while his son Ogotāy took a wife from the
same family. Ogotāy’s son, Kuyūk, although he did not himself become a
Christian, showed great favour towards this faith, to which his chief
minister and one of his secretaries belonged. The Nestorian priests were
held in high favour at his court and he received an embassy from Pope
Innocent IV. 5 The Christian powers both of the East and the West looked to
the Mongols to assist them in their wars against the Musalmans. It was
Hayton, the Christian King of Armenia, who was mainly instrumental in
persuading Mangū K͟ hān to despatch the expedition that sacked Bag͟ hdād
under the leadership of Hūlāgū, 6 the influence of whose Christian wife led
him to show much favour to the Christians, and especially to the
Nestorians. Many of the Mongols who occupied the countries of Armenia
and Georgia were converted by the Christians of these countries and
received baptism. 7 The marvellous tales of the greatness and magnificence
of Prester John, that fired the imagination of mediæval Europe, had given
rise [222]to a belief that the Mongols were Christians—a belief which was
further strengthened by the false reports that reached Europe of the
conversion of various Mongol princes and their zeal for the Christian cause.
It was under this delusion that St. Louis sent an ambassador, William of
Rubruck, to exhort the great K͟ hāqān to persevere in his supposed efforts for
the spread of the Christian faith. But these reports were soon discovered to
be without any foundation in fact, though William of Rubruck found that
the Christian religion was freely tolerated at the court of Mangū K͟ hān, and
empire, at first the influence of the Christian Church was by no means
inconsiderable and great hopes were entertained of the conversion of the
Mongols. The Nestorian missionaries in the seventh century had carried the
knowledge of the Christian faith from west to east across Asia as far as the
north of China, and scattered communities were still to be found in the
thirteenth century. The famous Prester John, around whose name cluster so
many legends of the Middle Ages, is supposed to have been the chief of the
Karaïts, a Christian Tartar tribe living to the south of Lake Baikal. When
this tribe was conquered by Chingīz K͟ hān, he married one of the daughters
of the then chief of the tribe, while his son Ogotāy took a wife from the
same family. Ogotāy’s son, Kuyūk, although he did not himself become a
Christian, showed great favour towards this faith, to which his chief
minister and one of his secretaries belonged. The Nestorian priests were
held in high favour at his court and he received an embassy from Pope
Innocent IV. 5 The Christian powers both of the East and the West looked to
the Mongols to assist them in their wars against the Musalmans. It was
Hayton, the Christian King of Armenia, who was mainly instrumental in
persuading Mangū K͟ hān to despatch the expedition that sacked Bag͟ hdād
under the leadership of Hūlāgū, 6 the influence of whose Christian wife led
him to show much favour to the Christians, and especially to the
Nestorians. Many of the Mongols who occupied the countries of Armenia
and Georgia were converted by the Christians of these countries and
received baptism. 7 The marvellous tales of the greatness and magnificence
of Prester John, that fired the imagination of mediæval Europe, had given
rise [222]to a belief that the Mongols were Christians—a belief which was
further strengthened by the false reports that reached Europe of the
conversion of various Mongol princes and their zeal for the Christian cause.
It was under this delusion that St. Louis sent an ambassador, William of
Rubruck, to exhort the great K͟ hāqān to persevere in his supposed efforts for
the spread of the Christian faith. But these reports were soon discovered to
be without any foundation in fact, though William of Rubruck found that
the Christian religion was freely tolerated at the court of Mangū K͟ hān, and
Page 267
the adhesion of some few Mongols to this faith made the Christian priests
hopeful of still further conquests. But so long as Latins, Greeks, Nestorians
and Armenians carried their theological differences into the very midst of
the Mongol camp, there was very little hope of much progress being made,
and it is probably this very want of union among the preachers of
Christianity that caused their efforts to meet with so little success among the
Mongols; so that while they were fighting among one another, Buddhism
and Islam were gaining a firm footing for themselves. The haughty
pretensions of the Roman Pontiff soon caused the proud conquerors of half
the world to withdraw from his emissaries what little favour they might at
first have been inclined to show, and many other circumstances contributed
to the failure of the Roman mission. 8
As for the Nestorians, who had been first in the field, they appear to have
been too degraded and apathetic to take much advantage of their
opportunities. Of the Nestorians in China, William of Rubruck 9 says that
they were very ignorant and could not even understand their service books,
which were written in Syriac. He accuses them of drunkenness, polygamy
and covetousness, and makes an unfavourable comparison between their
lives and those of the Buddhist priests. Their bishop paid them very rare
visits—sometimes only once in fifty years: [223]on such occasions he would
ordain all the male children, even the babies in their cradles. The priests
were eaten up with simony, made a traffic of the sacred rites of their Church
and concerned themselves more with money-making than with the
propagation of the faith. 10
In the western parts of the Mongol empire, where the Christians looked to
the newly-risen power to help them in their wars with the Musalmans and to
secure for them the possession of the Holy Land, the alliance between the
Christians and the Īlk͟ hāns of Persia was short-lived, as the victories of
Baybars, the Mamlūk Sultan of Egypt (1260–1277) and his alliance with
Baraka K͟ hān, gave the Īlk͟ hāns quite enough to do to look after their own
interests. The excesses that the Christians of Damascus and other cities
hopeful of still further conquests. But so long as Latins, Greeks, Nestorians
and Armenians carried their theological differences into the very midst of
the Mongol camp, there was very little hope of much progress being made,
and it is probably this very want of union among the preachers of
Christianity that caused their efforts to meet with so little success among the
Mongols; so that while they were fighting among one another, Buddhism
and Islam were gaining a firm footing for themselves. The haughty
pretensions of the Roman Pontiff soon caused the proud conquerors of half
the world to withdraw from his emissaries what little favour they might at
first have been inclined to show, and many other circumstances contributed
to the failure of the Roman mission. 8
As for the Nestorians, who had been first in the field, they appear to have
been too degraded and apathetic to take much advantage of their
opportunities. Of the Nestorians in China, William of Rubruck 9 says that
they were very ignorant and could not even understand their service books,
which were written in Syriac. He accuses them of drunkenness, polygamy
and covetousness, and makes an unfavourable comparison between their
lives and those of the Buddhist priests. Their bishop paid them very rare
visits—sometimes only once in fifty years: [223]on such occasions he would
ordain all the male children, even the babies in their cradles. The priests
were eaten up with simony, made a traffic of the sacred rites of their Church
and concerned themselves more with money-making than with the
propagation of the faith. 10
In the western parts of the Mongol empire, where the Christians looked to
the newly-risen power to help them in their wars with the Musalmans and to
secure for them the possession of the Holy Land, the alliance between the
Christians and the Īlk͟ hāns of Persia was short-lived, as the victories of
Baybars, the Mamlūk Sultan of Egypt (1260–1277) and his alliance with
Baraka K͟ hān, gave the Īlk͟ hāns quite enough to do to look after their own
interests. The excesses that the Christians of Damascus and other cities
Page 268
committed during the brief period in which they enjoyed the favour of this
Mongol dynasty of Persia, did much to discredit the Christian name in
Western Asia. 11
In the course of the struggle, the adherents of either faith were at times
guilty of much brutality. One example may be taken from the middle of the
thirteenth century as told by al-Jūzjānī, who claims to have heard the story,
while in Delhi, from the lips of a certain Sayyid Ashraf al-Dīn who had
come there from Samarqand. “The eminent Sayyid thus related, that one of
the Christians of Samarqand attained unto the felicity of Islam, and the
Musalmans of Samarqand, who are staunch in their faith, paid him great
honour and reverence, and conferred great benefits upon him.
Unexpectedly, one of the haughty Mongol infidels of China, who possessed
power and influence, and the inclinations of which accursed one were
towards the Christian faith, arrived at Samarqand. The Christians of that
city repaired to that Mongol, and complained saying: ‘The Musalmans are
enjoining our children to turn away from the Christian faith and from
serving Jesus—on whom be peace—and calling upon them to follow the
religion of Muṣṭafạ̄ 12—on whom be peace—and, in case that gate becomes
unclosed, the whole of our dependents will turn away from the Christian
faith. By [224]thy power and authority devise a settlement of our case.’ The
Mongol commanded that the youth, who had turned Musalman, should be
produced, and they tried with blandishment and kindness, and money and
wealth to induce the newly-converted Musalman to recant, but he refused to
recant, and put not off from his heart and spirit that garment of freshness—
the Muslim faith. The Mongol ruler then turned over a leaf in his temper,
and began to speak of severe punishment; and every punishment, which it
was in his power to inflict, or his severity to devise, he inflicted upon the
youth, who, from his great zeal for the faith of Islam, did not recant, and did
not in any way cast away from his hand the sweet draught of religion
through the blow of infidel perverseness. As the youth continued firm in the
true faith, and paid no heed to the promises and threats of that depraved
company, the accursed Mongol commanded that they should bring the
Mongol dynasty of Persia, did much to discredit the Christian name in
Western Asia. 11
In the course of the struggle, the adherents of either faith were at times
guilty of much brutality. One example may be taken from the middle of the
thirteenth century as told by al-Jūzjānī, who claims to have heard the story,
while in Delhi, from the lips of a certain Sayyid Ashraf al-Dīn who had
come there from Samarqand. “The eminent Sayyid thus related, that one of
the Christians of Samarqand attained unto the felicity of Islam, and the
Musalmans of Samarqand, who are staunch in their faith, paid him great
honour and reverence, and conferred great benefits upon him.
Unexpectedly, one of the haughty Mongol infidels of China, who possessed
power and influence, and the inclinations of which accursed one were
towards the Christian faith, arrived at Samarqand. The Christians of that
city repaired to that Mongol, and complained saying: ‘The Musalmans are
enjoining our children to turn away from the Christian faith and from
serving Jesus—on whom be peace—and calling upon them to follow the
religion of Muṣṭafạ̄ 12—on whom be peace—and, in case that gate becomes
unclosed, the whole of our dependents will turn away from the Christian
faith. By [224]thy power and authority devise a settlement of our case.’ The
Mongol commanded that the youth, who had turned Musalman, should be
produced, and they tried with blandishment and kindness, and money and
wealth to induce the newly-converted Musalman to recant, but he refused to
recant, and put not off from his heart and spirit that garment of freshness—
the Muslim faith. The Mongol ruler then turned over a leaf in his temper,
and began to speak of severe punishment; and every punishment, which it
was in his power to inflict, or his severity to devise, he inflicted upon the
youth, who, from his great zeal for the faith of Islam, did not recant, and did
not in any way cast away from his hand the sweet draught of religion
through the blow of infidel perverseness. As the youth continued firm in the
true faith, and paid no heed to the promises and threats of that depraved
company, the accursed Mongol commanded that they should bring the
Page 269
youth to public punishment; and he departed from the world in the felicity
of religion—may God reward and requite him!—and the Musalman
community in Samarqand were overcome with despondency and
consternation in consequence. A petition was got up, and was attested with
the testimony of the chief men and credible persons of the Musalman
religion dwelling at Samarqand, and we proceeded with that petition to the
camp of Baraka K͟ hān, and presented to him an account of the proceedings
and disposition of the Christians of that city. Zeal for the Muslim religion
was manifested in the mind of that monarch of exemplary faith, and the
defence of the truth became predominant in his disposition. After some
days, he showed honour to this Sayyid, appointed a body of Turks and
confidential persons among the chief Musalmans, and commanded that they
should slaughter the Christian company who had committed that dire
oppression, and despatch them to hell. When that mandate had been
obtained, it was preserved until that wretched sect had assembled in the
church, then they seized them all together, and despatched the whole of
them to hell, and reduced the church again to bricks.” 13 [225]
For Islam to enter into competition with such powerful rivals as Buddhism
and Christianity were at the outset of the period of Mongol rule, must have
appeared a well-nigh hopeless undertaking. For the Muslims had suffered
more from the storm of the Mongol invasions than the others. Those cities
that had hitherto been the rallying points of spiritual organisation and
learning for Islam in Asia, had been for the most part laid in ashes: the
theologians and pious doctors of the faith, either slain or carried away into
captivity. 14 Among the Mongol rulers—usually so tolerant towards all
religions—there were some who exhibited varying degrees of hatred
towards the Muslim faith. Chingīz K͟ hān ordered all those who killed
animals in the Muhammadan fashion to be put to death, and this ordinance
was revived by Qūbīlāy, who by offering rewards to informers set on foot a
sharp persecution that lasted for seven years, as many poor persons took
advantage of this ready means of gaining wealth, and slaves accused their
masters in order to gain their freedom. 15 During the reign of Kuyūk (1246–
of religion—may God reward and requite him!—and the Musalman
community in Samarqand were overcome with despondency and
consternation in consequence. A petition was got up, and was attested with
the testimony of the chief men and credible persons of the Musalman
religion dwelling at Samarqand, and we proceeded with that petition to the
camp of Baraka K͟ hān, and presented to him an account of the proceedings
and disposition of the Christians of that city. Zeal for the Muslim religion
was manifested in the mind of that monarch of exemplary faith, and the
defence of the truth became predominant in his disposition. After some
days, he showed honour to this Sayyid, appointed a body of Turks and
confidential persons among the chief Musalmans, and commanded that they
should slaughter the Christian company who had committed that dire
oppression, and despatch them to hell. When that mandate had been
obtained, it was preserved until that wretched sect had assembled in the
church, then they seized them all together, and despatched the whole of
them to hell, and reduced the church again to bricks.” 13 [225]
For Islam to enter into competition with such powerful rivals as Buddhism
and Christianity were at the outset of the period of Mongol rule, must have
appeared a well-nigh hopeless undertaking. For the Muslims had suffered
more from the storm of the Mongol invasions than the others. Those cities
that had hitherto been the rallying points of spiritual organisation and
learning for Islam in Asia, had been for the most part laid in ashes: the
theologians and pious doctors of the faith, either slain or carried away into
captivity. 14 Among the Mongol rulers—usually so tolerant towards all
religions—there were some who exhibited varying degrees of hatred
towards the Muslim faith. Chingīz K͟ hān ordered all those who killed
animals in the Muhammadan fashion to be put to death, and this ordinance
was revived by Qūbīlāy, who by offering rewards to informers set on foot a
sharp persecution that lasted for seven years, as many poor persons took
advantage of this ready means of gaining wealth, and slaves accused their
masters in order to gain their freedom. 15 During the reign of Kuyūk (1246–
Page 270
1248), who left the conduct of affairs entirely to his two Christian ministers
and whose court was filled with Christian monks, the Muhammadans were
made to suffer great severities. 16
A contemporary historian, al-Jūzjānī, gives the following account of the
kind of treatment to which a Muhammadan theologian might be exposed at
the court of Kuyūk. “Trustworthy persons have related that Kuyūk was
constantly being incited by the Buddhist priests to acts of oppression
towards the Musalmans and the persecution of the faithful. There was an
Imām in that country, one of the men of learning among the Muslims …
named Nūr al-Dīn, al-K͟ hwārazmī. A number of Christian laymen and
priests and a band of idol-worshipping Buddhist priests made a request to
Kuyūk, asking him to summon that [226]Imām of the Musalmans that they
might hold a controversy with him and get him to prove the superiority of
the faith of Muḥammad and his prophetic mission—otherwise, he should be
put to death. The K͟ hān agreed, the Imām was sent for, and a discussion
ensued upon the claim of Muḥammad to be a prophet and the manner of his
life as compared with that of other prophets. At length, as the arguments of
those accursed ones were weak and devoid of the force of truth, they
withdrew their hand from contradiction and drew the mark of oppression
and outrage on the pages of the business and asked Kuyūk K͟ hān to tell the
Imām to perform two genuflexions in prayer, according to the rites and
ordinances of the Muhammadan law, in order that his unbecoming
movements in the performance of this act of worship might become
manifest to them and to the K͟ hān.” Kuyūk gave the order accordingly, and
the Imām and another Musalman who was with him performed the ritual of
the prayer according to the prescribed forms. “When the godly Imām and
the other Musalman who was with him, had placed their foreheads on the
ground in the act of prostration, some infidels whom Kuyūk had
summoned, greatly annoyed them and knocked their heads with force upon
the ground, and committed other abominable acts against them. But that
godly Imām endured all this oppression and annoyance and performed all
the required forms and ceremonies of the prayer and in no way curtailed it.
and whose court was filled with Christian monks, the Muhammadans were
made to suffer great severities. 16
A contemporary historian, al-Jūzjānī, gives the following account of the
kind of treatment to which a Muhammadan theologian might be exposed at
the court of Kuyūk. “Trustworthy persons have related that Kuyūk was
constantly being incited by the Buddhist priests to acts of oppression
towards the Musalmans and the persecution of the faithful. There was an
Imām in that country, one of the men of learning among the Muslims …
named Nūr al-Dīn, al-K͟ hwārazmī. A number of Christian laymen and
priests and a band of idol-worshipping Buddhist priests made a request to
Kuyūk, asking him to summon that [226]Imām of the Musalmans that they
might hold a controversy with him and get him to prove the superiority of
the faith of Muḥammad and his prophetic mission—otherwise, he should be
put to death. The K͟ hān agreed, the Imām was sent for, and a discussion
ensued upon the claim of Muḥammad to be a prophet and the manner of his
life as compared with that of other prophets. At length, as the arguments of
those accursed ones were weak and devoid of the force of truth, they
withdrew their hand from contradiction and drew the mark of oppression
and outrage on the pages of the business and asked Kuyūk K͟ hān to tell the
Imām to perform two genuflexions in prayer, according to the rites and
ordinances of the Muhammadan law, in order that his unbecoming
movements in the performance of this act of worship might become
manifest to them and to the K͟ hān.” Kuyūk gave the order accordingly, and
the Imām and another Musalman who was with him performed the ritual of
the prayer according to the prescribed forms. “When the godly Imām and
the other Musalman who was with him, had placed their foreheads on the
ground in the act of prostration, some infidels whom Kuyūk had
summoned, greatly annoyed them and knocked their heads with force upon
the ground, and committed other abominable acts against them. But that
godly Imām endured all this oppression and annoyance and performed all
the required forms and ceremonies of the prayer and in no way curtailed it.
Page 271
When he had repeated the salutation, he lifted up his face towards heaven
and observed the form of ‘Invoke your Lord with humility and in secret,’
and having asked permission to depart, he returned unto his own house.” 17
Arghūn (1284–1291) the fourth Īlk͟ hān persecuted the Musalmans and took
away from them all posts in the departments of justice and finance, and
forbade them to appear at his court. 18
In spite of all difficulties, however, the Mongols and the savage tribes that
followed in their wake 19 were at length [227]brought to submit to the faith of
those Muslim peoples whom they had crushed beneath their feet.
Unfortunately history sheds little light on the progress of this missionary
movement and only a few details relating to the conversion of the more
prominent converts have been preserved to us. Scattered up and down
throughout the length and breadth of the Mongol empire, there must have
been many of the followers of the Prophet who laboured successfully and
unknown, to win unbelievers to the faith. In the reign of Ogotāy (1229–
1241), we read of a certain Buddhist governor of Persia, named Kurguz,
who in his later years abjured Buddhism and became a Musalman. 20 In the
reign of Tīmūr K͟ hān (1323–1328), Ānanda, a grandson of Qūbīlāy and
viceroy of Kan-Su, was a zealous Musalman and had converted a great
many persons in Tangut and won over a large number of the troops under
his command to the same faith. He was summoned to court and efforts were
made to induce him to conform to Buddhism, and on his refusing to
abandon his faith he was cast into prison. But he was shortly after set at
liberty, for fear of an insurrection among the inhabitants of Tangut, who
were much attached to him. 21
The author of the Muntak͟ hab al-Tawārīk͟ h asserts that Ānanda built four
mosques in K͟ hānbāligh (the modern Peking), which provided
accommodation for 1,000,000 men at the time of the Friday prayer; but no
credence can be given to this or to his other statements regarding the spread
of Islam in China, in view of the fact that he represents Ānanda to have
and observed the form of ‘Invoke your Lord with humility and in secret,’
and having asked permission to depart, he returned unto his own house.” 17
Arghūn (1284–1291) the fourth Īlk͟ hān persecuted the Musalmans and took
away from them all posts in the departments of justice and finance, and
forbade them to appear at his court. 18
In spite of all difficulties, however, the Mongols and the savage tribes that
followed in their wake 19 were at length [227]brought to submit to the faith of
those Muslim peoples whom they had crushed beneath their feet.
Unfortunately history sheds little light on the progress of this missionary
movement and only a few details relating to the conversion of the more
prominent converts have been preserved to us. Scattered up and down
throughout the length and breadth of the Mongol empire, there must have
been many of the followers of the Prophet who laboured successfully and
unknown, to win unbelievers to the faith. In the reign of Ogotāy (1229–
1241), we read of a certain Buddhist governor of Persia, named Kurguz,
who in his later years abjured Buddhism and became a Musalman. 20 In the
reign of Tīmūr K͟ hān (1323–1328), Ānanda, a grandson of Qūbīlāy and
viceroy of Kan-Su, was a zealous Musalman and had converted a great
many persons in Tangut and won over a large number of the troops under
his command to the same faith. He was summoned to court and efforts were
made to induce him to conform to Buddhism, and on his refusing to
abandon his faith he was cast into prison. But he was shortly after set at
liberty, for fear of an insurrection among the inhabitants of Tangut, who
were much attached to him. 21
The author of the Muntak͟ hab al-Tawārīk͟ h asserts that Ānanda built four
mosques in K͟ hānbāligh (the modern Peking), which provided
accommodation for 1,000,000 men at the time of the Friday prayer; but no
credence can be given to this or to his other statements regarding the spread
of Islam in China, in view of the fact that he represents Ānanda to have
Page 272
been the successor of Tīmūr K͟ hān on the imperial throne and gives an
entirely fictitious account of his descendants, several of whom are
represented as having professed Islam, though none of the five had any
existence except in the imagination of the writer. 22
The first Mongol ruling prince who professed Islam was Baraka K͟ hān, who
was chief of the Golden Horde from 1256 to 1267. 23 According to Abu’l-
G͟ hāzī he was converted [228]after he had come to the throne. He is said one
day to have fallen in with a caravan coming from Buk͟ hārā, and taking two
of the merchants aside, to have questioned them on the doctrines of Islam,
and they expounded to him their faith so persuasively that he became
converted in all sincerity. He first revealed his change of faith to his
youngest brother, whom he induced to follow his example, and then made
open profession of his new belief. 24 But, according to al-Jūzjānī, Baraka
K͟ hān was brought up as a Musalman from infancy, and, as soon as he was
old enough to learn, was taught the Qurʼān by one of the ʻUlamā of the city
of K͟ hujand. 25 The same author (who compiled his history during the
lifetime of Baraka K͟ hān), states that the whole of his army was Musalman.
“Trustworthy persons have also related that, throughout his whole army, it
is the etiquette for every horseman to have a prayer-carpet with him, so that,
when the time for prayer arrives, they may occupy themselves in their
devotions. Not a person in his whole army takes any intoxicating drink
whatever; and great ʻUlamā, consisting of commentators, traditionists,
jurists, and disputants, are in his society. He has a great number of religious
books, and most of his receptions and debates are with ʻUlamā. In his place
of audience debates on ecclesiastical law constantly take place; and, in his
faith, as a Musalman, he is exceedingly strict and orthodox.” 26 Baraka K͟ hān
entered into a close alliance with the Mamlūk Sultan of Egypt, Rukn al-Dīn
Baybars. The initiative came from the latter, who had given a hospitable
reception to a body of troops, two hundred in number, belonging to the
Golden Horde; these men, observing the growing enmity between their
K͟ hān and Hūlāgū, the conqueror of Bag͟ hdād, in whose army they were
serving, took flight into Syria, whence they were honourably conducted to
entirely fictitious account of his descendants, several of whom are
represented as having professed Islam, though none of the five had any
existence except in the imagination of the writer. 22
The first Mongol ruling prince who professed Islam was Baraka K͟ hān, who
was chief of the Golden Horde from 1256 to 1267. 23 According to Abu’l-
G͟ hāzī he was converted [228]after he had come to the throne. He is said one
day to have fallen in with a caravan coming from Buk͟ hārā, and taking two
of the merchants aside, to have questioned them on the doctrines of Islam,
and they expounded to him their faith so persuasively that he became
converted in all sincerity. He first revealed his change of faith to his
youngest brother, whom he induced to follow his example, and then made
open profession of his new belief. 24 But, according to al-Jūzjānī, Baraka
K͟ hān was brought up as a Musalman from infancy, and, as soon as he was
old enough to learn, was taught the Qurʼān by one of the ʻUlamā of the city
of K͟ hujand. 25 The same author (who compiled his history during the
lifetime of Baraka K͟ hān), states that the whole of his army was Musalman.
“Trustworthy persons have also related that, throughout his whole army, it
is the etiquette for every horseman to have a prayer-carpet with him, so that,
when the time for prayer arrives, they may occupy themselves in their
devotions. Not a person in his whole army takes any intoxicating drink
whatever; and great ʻUlamā, consisting of commentators, traditionists,
jurists, and disputants, are in his society. He has a great number of religious
books, and most of his receptions and debates are with ʻUlamā. In his place
of audience debates on ecclesiastical law constantly take place; and, in his
faith, as a Musalman, he is exceedingly strict and orthodox.” 26 Baraka K͟ hān
entered into a close alliance with the Mamlūk Sultan of Egypt, Rukn al-Dīn
Baybars. The initiative came from the latter, who had given a hospitable
reception to a body of troops, two hundred in number, belonging to the
Golden Horde; these men, observing the growing enmity between their
K͟ hān and Hūlāgū, the conqueror of Bag͟ hdād, in whose army they were
serving, took flight into Syria, whence they were honourably conducted to
Page 273
Cairo to the court of Baybars, who persuaded them to embrace Islam. 27
Baybars himself was at war with Hūlāgū, whom he had recently defeated
and driven out of Syria. He sent [229]two of the Mongol fugitives, with some
other envoys, to bear a letter to Baraka K͟ hān. On their return these envoys
reported that each princess and amīr at the court of Baraka K͟ hān had an
imām and a muʼad͟ hd͟ hin, and the children were taught the Qurʼān in the
schools. 28 These friendly relations between Baybars and Baraka K͟ hān
brought many of the Mongols of the Golden Horde into Egypt, where they
were prevailed upon to become Musalmans. 29
In Persia, where Hūlāgū founded the dynasty of the Īlk͟ hāns, the progress of
Islam among the Mongols was much slower. In order to strengthen himself
against the attacks of Baraka K͟ hān and the Sultan of Egypt, Hūlāgū
accepted the alliance of the Christian powers of the East, such as the king of
Armenia and the Crusaders. His favourite wife was a Christian and
favourably disposed the mind of her husband towards her co-religionists,
and his son Abāqā K͟ hān married the daughter of the Emperor of
Constantinople. Though Abāqā K͟ hān did not himself become a Christian,
his court was filled with Christian priests, and he sent envoys to several of
the princes of Europe—St. Louis of France, King Charles of Sicily and
King James of Aragon—to solicit their alliance against the Muhammadans;
to the same end also, an embassy of sixteen Mongols was sent to the
Council of Lyons in 1274, where the spokesman of this embassy embraced
Christianity and was baptised with some of his companions. Great hopes
were entertained of the conversion of Abāqā, but they proved fruitless. His
brother Takūdār, 30 who succeeded him, was the first of the Īlk͟ hāns who
embraced Islam. He had been brought up as a Christian, for (as a
contemporary Christian writer 31 tells us), “he was baptised when young and
called by the name of Nicholas. But when he was grown up, through his
intercourse with Saracens of whom he was very fond, he became a base
Saracen, and, renouncing the Christian faith, wished to be called
Muḥammad K͟ hān, and strove with all his might that the [230]Tartars should
be converted to the faith and sect of Muḥammad, and when they proved
Baybars himself was at war with Hūlāgū, whom he had recently defeated
and driven out of Syria. He sent [229]two of the Mongol fugitives, with some
other envoys, to bear a letter to Baraka K͟ hān. On their return these envoys
reported that each princess and amīr at the court of Baraka K͟ hān had an
imām and a muʼad͟ hd͟ hin, and the children were taught the Qurʼān in the
schools. 28 These friendly relations between Baybars and Baraka K͟ hān
brought many of the Mongols of the Golden Horde into Egypt, where they
were prevailed upon to become Musalmans. 29
In Persia, where Hūlāgū founded the dynasty of the Īlk͟ hāns, the progress of
Islam among the Mongols was much slower. In order to strengthen himself
against the attacks of Baraka K͟ hān and the Sultan of Egypt, Hūlāgū
accepted the alliance of the Christian powers of the East, such as the king of
Armenia and the Crusaders. His favourite wife was a Christian and
favourably disposed the mind of her husband towards her co-religionists,
and his son Abāqā K͟ hān married the daughter of the Emperor of
Constantinople. Though Abāqā K͟ hān did not himself become a Christian,
his court was filled with Christian priests, and he sent envoys to several of
the princes of Europe—St. Louis of France, King Charles of Sicily and
King James of Aragon—to solicit their alliance against the Muhammadans;
to the same end also, an embassy of sixteen Mongols was sent to the
Council of Lyons in 1274, where the spokesman of this embassy embraced
Christianity and was baptised with some of his companions. Great hopes
were entertained of the conversion of Abāqā, but they proved fruitless. His
brother Takūdār, 30 who succeeded him, was the first of the Īlk͟ hāns who
embraced Islam. He had been brought up as a Christian, for (as a
contemporary Christian writer 31 tells us), “he was baptised when young and
called by the name of Nicholas. But when he was grown up, through his
intercourse with Saracens of whom he was very fond, he became a base
Saracen, and, renouncing the Christian faith, wished to be called
Muḥammad K͟ hān, and strove with all his might that the [230]Tartars should
be converted to the faith and sect of Muḥammad, and when they proved
Page 274
obstinate, not daring to force them, he brought about their conversion by
giving them honours and favours and gifts, so that in his time many Tartars
were converted to the faith of the Saracens.” This prince sent the news of
his conversion to the Sultan of Egypt in the following letter:—“By the
power of God Almighty, the mandate of Aḥmad to the Sultan of Egypt. God
Almighty (praised be His name!) by His grace preventing us and by the
light of His guidance, hath guided us in our early youth and vigour into the
true path of the knowledge of His deity and the confession of His unity, to
bear witness that Muḥammad (on whom rest the highest blessings!) is the
Prophet of God, and to reverence His saints and His pious servants. ‘Whom
God shall please to guide, that man’s breast will He open to Islam.’ 32 We
ceased not to incline our heart to the promotion of the faith and the
improvement of the condition of Islam and the Muslims, up to the time
when the succession to the empire came to us from our illustrious father and
brother, and God spread over us the glory of His grace and kindness, so that
in the abundance of His favours our hopes were realised, and He revealed to
us the bride of the kingdom, and she was brought forth to us a noble spouse.
A Qūriltāy or general assembly was convened, wherein our brothers, our
sons, great nobles, generals of the army and captains of the forces, met to
hold council; and they were all agreed on carrying out the order of our elder
brother, viz. to summon here a vast levy of our troops whose numbers
would make the earth, despite its vastness, appear too narrow, whose fury
and fierce onset would fill the hearts of men with fear, being animated with
a courage before which the mountain peaks bow down, and a firm purpose
that makes the hardest rocks grow soft. We reflected on this their resolution
which expressed the wish of all, and we concluded that it ran counter to the
aim we had in view—to promote the common weal, i.e. to strengthen the
ordinance of Islam; never, as far as lies in our power, to issue any order that
will not tend to prevent bloodshed, remove the ills of men, [231]and cause
the breeze of peace and prosperity to blow on all lands, and the kings of
other countries to rest upon the couch of affection and benevolence,
whereby the commands of God will be honoured and mercy be shown to
the people of God. Herein, God inspired us to quench this fire and put an
giving them honours and favours and gifts, so that in his time many Tartars
were converted to the faith of the Saracens.” This prince sent the news of
his conversion to the Sultan of Egypt in the following letter:—“By the
power of God Almighty, the mandate of Aḥmad to the Sultan of Egypt. God
Almighty (praised be His name!) by His grace preventing us and by the
light of His guidance, hath guided us in our early youth and vigour into the
true path of the knowledge of His deity and the confession of His unity, to
bear witness that Muḥammad (on whom rest the highest blessings!) is the
Prophet of God, and to reverence His saints and His pious servants. ‘Whom
God shall please to guide, that man’s breast will He open to Islam.’ 32 We
ceased not to incline our heart to the promotion of the faith and the
improvement of the condition of Islam and the Muslims, up to the time
when the succession to the empire came to us from our illustrious father and
brother, and God spread over us the glory of His grace and kindness, so that
in the abundance of His favours our hopes were realised, and He revealed to
us the bride of the kingdom, and she was brought forth to us a noble spouse.
A Qūriltāy or general assembly was convened, wherein our brothers, our
sons, great nobles, generals of the army and captains of the forces, met to
hold council; and they were all agreed on carrying out the order of our elder
brother, viz. to summon here a vast levy of our troops whose numbers
would make the earth, despite its vastness, appear too narrow, whose fury
and fierce onset would fill the hearts of men with fear, being animated with
a courage before which the mountain peaks bow down, and a firm purpose
that makes the hardest rocks grow soft. We reflected on this their resolution
which expressed the wish of all, and we concluded that it ran counter to the
aim we had in view—to promote the common weal, i.e. to strengthen the
ordinance of Islam; never, as far as lies in our power, to issue any order that
will not tend to prevent bloodshed, remove the ills of men, [231]and cause
the breeze of peace and prosperity to blow on all lands, and the kings of
other countries to rest upon the couch of affection and benevolence,
whereby the commands of God will be honoured and mercy be shown to
the people of God. Herein, God inspired us to quench this fire and put an
Page 275
end to these terrible calamities, and make known to those who advanced
this proposal (of a levy) what it is that God has put into our hearts to do,
namely, to employ all possible means for the healing of all the sickness of
the world, and putting off what should only be appealed to as the last
remedy. For we desire not to hasten to appeal to arms, until we have first
declared the right path, and will permit it only after setting forth the truth
and establishing it with proofs. Our resolve to carry out whatever appears to
us good and advantageous has been strengthened by the counsels of the
Shayk͟ h al-Islām, the model of divines, who has given us much assistance in
religious matters. We have appointed our chief justice, Qutb al-Dīn and the
Atābak, Bahā al-Dīn, both trustworthy persons of this flourishing kingdom,
to make known to you our course of action and bear witness to our good
intentions for the common weal of the Muslims; and to make it known that
God has enlightened us, and that Islam annuls all that has gone before it,
and that God Almighty has put it into our hearts to follow the truth and
those who practice it.… If some convincing proof be required, let men
observe our actions. By the grace of God, we have raised aloft the standards
of the faith, and borne witness to it in all our orders and our practice, so that
the ordinances of the law of Muḥammad may be brought to the fore and
firmly established in accordance with the principles of justice laid down by
Aḥmad. Whereby we have filled the hearts of the people with joy, have
granted free pardon to all offenders, and shown them indulgences, saying,
‘May God pardon the past!’ We have reformed all matters concerning the
pious endowments of Muslims given for mosques, colleges, charitable
institutions, and the rebuilding of caravanserais; we have restored their
incomes to those to whom they were due according to the terms laid down
by the donors.… We have ordered the pilgrims to be [232]treated with
respect, provision to be made for their caravans and for securing their safety
on the pilgrim routes; we have given perfect freedom to merchants,
travelling from one country to another, that they may go wherever they
please; and we have strictly prohibited our soldiers and police from
interfering with them in their comings or goings.” He seeks the alliance of
the Sultan of Egypt “so that these countries and cities may again be
this proposal (of a levy) what it is that God has put into our hearts to do,
namely, to employ all possible means for the healing of all the sickness of
the world, and putting off what should only be appealed to as the last
remedy. For we desire not to hasten to appeal to arms, until we have first
declared the right path, and will permit it only after setting forth the truth
and establishing it with proofs. Our resolve to carry out whatever appears to
us good and advantageous has been strengthened by the counsels of the
Shayk͟ h al-Islām, the model of divines, who has given us much assistance in
religious matters. We have appointed our chief justice, Qutb al-Dīn and the
Atābak, Bahā al-Dīn, both trustworthy persons of this flourishing kingdom,
to make known to you our course of action and bear witness to our good
intentions for the common weal of the Muslims; and to make it known that
God has enlightened us, and that Islam annuls all that has gone before it,
and that God Almighty has put it into our hearts to follow the truth and
those who practice it.… If some convincing proof be required, let men
observe our actions. By the grace of God, we have raised aloft the standards
of the faith, and borne witness to it in all our orders and our practice, so that
the ordinances of the law of Muḥammad may be brought to the fore and
firmly established in accordance with the principles of justice laid down by
Aḥmad. Whereby we have filled the hearts of the people with joy, have
granted free pardon to all offenders, and shown them indulgences, saying,
‘May God pardon the past!’ We have reformed all matters concerning the
pious endowments of Muslims given for mosques, colleges, charitable
institutions, and the rebuilding of caravanserais; we have restored their
incomes to those to whom they were due according to the terms laid down
by the donors.… We have ordered the pilgrims to be [232]treated with
respect, provision to be made for their caravans and for securing their safety
on the pilgrim routes; we have given perfect freedom to merchants,
travelling from one country to another, that they may go wherever they
please; and we have strictly prohibited our soldiers and police from
interfering with them in their comings or goings.” He seeks the alliance of
the Sultan of Egypt “so that these countries and cities may again be
Page 276
populated, these terrible calamities be put down, the sword be returned to
the scabbard; that all peoples may dwell in peace and quietness, and the
necks of the Muslims be freed from the ills of humiliation and disgrace.” 33
To the student of the history of the Mongols it is a relief to pass from the
recital of nameless horrors and continual bloodshed to a document
emanating from a Mongol prince and giving expression to such humane and
benevolent sentiments, which sound strange indeed coming from such lips.
This conversion of their chief and the persecutions that he inflicted on the
Christians gave great offence to the Mongols, who, although not Christians
themselves, had been long accustomed to intercourse with the Christians,
and they denounced their chief to Qūbīlāy K͟ hān as one who had abandoned
the footsteps of his forefathers. A revolt broke out against him, headed by
his nephew Arghūn, who compassed his death and succeeded him on the
throne. During his brief reign (1284–1291), the Christians were once more
restored to favour, while the Musalmans had to suffer persecution in their
turn, were dismissed from their posts and driven away from the court. 34
The successors of Takūdār were all heathen, until, in 1295, G͟ hāzān, the
seventh and greatest of the Īlk͟ hāns, became a Musalman and made Islam
the ruling religion of Persia. During the last three reigns the Christians had
entertained great hopes of the conversion of the ruling family of Persia, who
had shown them such distinguished favour and entrusted them with so
many important offices of state. His immediate predecessor, the insurgent
Baydū K͟ hān, who occupied the throne for a few months only in [233]1295,
carried his predilection for Christianity so far as to try to put a stop to the
spread of Islam among the Mongols, and accordingly forbade any one to
preach the doctrines of this faith among them. 35
G͟ hāzān himself before his conversion had been brought up as a Buddhist
and had erected several Buddhist temples in K͟ hurāsān, and took great
pleasure in the company of the priests of this faith, who had come into
Persia in large numbers since the establishment of the Mongol supremacy
the scabbard; that all peoples may dwell in peace and quietness, and the
necks of the Muslims be freed from the ills of humiliation and disgrace.” 33
To the student of the history of the Mongols it is a relief to pass from the
recital of nameless horrors and continual bloodshed to a document
emanating from a Mongol prince and giving expression to such humane and
benevolent sentiments, which sound strange indeed coming from such lips.
This conversion of their chief and the persecutions that he inflicted on the
Christians gave great offence to the Mongols, who, although not Christians
themselves, had been long accustomed to intercourse with the Christians,
and they denounced their chief to Qūbīlāy K͟ hān as one who had abandoned
the footsteps of his forefathers. A revolt broke out against him, headed by
his nephew Arghūn, who compassed his death and succeeded him on the
throne. During his brief reign (1284–1291), the Christians were once more
restored to favour, while the Musalmans had to suffer persecution in their
turn, were dismissed from their posts and driven away from the court. 34
The successors of Takūdār were all heathen, until, in 1295, G͟ hāzān, the
seventh and greatest of the Īlk͟ hāns, became a Musalman and made Islam
the ruling religion of Persia. During the last three reigns the Christians had
entertained great hopes of the conversion of the ruling family of Persia, who
had shown them such distinguished favour and entrusted them with so
many important offices of state. His immediate predecessor, the insurgent
Baydū K͟ hān, who occupied the throne for a few months only in [233]1295,
carried his predilection for Christianity so far as to try to put a stop to the
spread of Islam among the Mongols, and accordingly forbade any one to
preach the doctrines of this faith among them. 35
G͟ hāzān himself before his conversion had been brought up as a Buddhist
and had erected several Buddhist temples in K͟ hurāsān, and took great
pleasure in the company of the priests of this faith, who had come into
Persia in large numbers since the establishment of the Mongol supremacy
Page 277
over that country. 36 He appears to have been naturally of a religious turn of
mind, for he studied the creeds of the different religions of his time, and
used to hold discussions with the learned doctors of each faith. 37 Rashīd al-
Dīn, his learned minister and the historian of his reign, maintained the
genuineness of his conversion to Islam, the religious observances of which
he zealously kept throughout his whole reign, though his contemporaries
(and later writers have often re-echoed the imputation) represented him as
having only yielded to the solicitations of some Amīrs and Shayk͟ hs. 38
“Besides, what interested motive,” asks his apologist, “could have led so
powerful a sovereign to change his faith: much less, a prince whose pagan
ancestors had conquered the world?” His conversion, however, certainly
won over to his side the hearts of the Persians, when he was contending
with Baydū for the throne, and the Muhammadan Mongols in the army of
his rival deserted to support the cause of their co-religionist. These were the
very considerations that were urged upon G͟ hāzān by Nawrūz, a
Muhammadan Amīr who had espoused his cause and who hailed him as the
prince who, according to a prophecy, was to appear about this time to
protect the faith of Islam and restore it to its former splendour: if he
embraced Islam, he could become the ruler of Persia: the Musalmans,
delivered from the grievous yoke of the Pagan Mongols, would espouse his
cause, and God, recognising in him the saviour of the true faith from utter
destruction, would bless his arms with victory. 39 After hesitating a little,
G͟ hāzān [234]made a public profession of the faith, and his officers and
soldiers followed his example: he distributed alms to men of piety and
learning and visited the mosques and tombs of the saints and in every way
showed himself an exemplary Muslim ruler. His brother, Uljāytū, who
succeeded him in 1304, under the name of Muḥammad K͟ hudābandah, had
been brought up as a Christian in the faith of his mother and had been
baptised under the name of Nicholas, but after his mother’s death, while he
was still a young man, he became a convert to Islam through the
persuasions of his wife. 40 Ibn Baṭūṭah says that his example exercised a
great influence on the Mongols. 41 From this time forward Islam became the
paramount faith in the kingdom of the Īlk͟ hāns.
mind, for he studied the creeds of the different religions of his time, and
used to hold discussions with the learned doctors of each faith. 37 Rashīd al-
Dīn, his learned minister and the historian of his reign, maintained the
genuineness of his conversion to Islam, the religious observances of which
he zealously kept throughout his whole reign, though his contemporaries
(and later writers have often re-echoed the imputation) represented him as
having only yielded to the solicitations of some Amīrs and Shayk͟ hs. 38
“Besides, what interested motive,” asks his apologist, “could have led so
powerful a sovereign to change his faith: much less, a prince whose pagan
ancestors had conquered the world?” His conversion, however, certainly
won over to his side the hearts of the Persians, when he was contending
with Baydū for the throne, and the Muhammadan Mongols in the army of
his rival deserted to support the cause of their co-religionist. These were the
very considerations that were urged upon G͟ hāzān by Nawrūz, a
Muhammadan Amīr who had espoused his cause and who hailed him as the
prince who, according to a prophecy, was to appear about this time to
protect the faith of Islam and restore it to its former splendour: if he
embraced Islam, he could become the ruler of Persia: the Musalmans,
delivered from the grievous yoke of the Pagan Mongols, would espouse his
cause, and God, recognising in him the saviour of the true faith from utter
destruction, would bless his arms with victory. 39 After hesitating a little,
G͟ hāzān [234]made a public profession of the faith, and his officers and
soldiers followed his example: he distributed alms to men of piety and
learning and visited the mosques and tombs of the saints and in every way
showed himself an exemplary Muslim ruler. His brother, Uljāytū, who
succeeded him in 1304, under the name of Muḥammad K͟ hudābandah, had
been brought up as a Christian in the faith of his mother and had been
baptised under the name of Nicholas, but after his mother’s death, while he
was still a young man, he became a convert to Islam through the
persuasions of his wife. 40 Ibn Baṭūṭah says that his example exercised a
great influence on the Mongols. 41 From this time forward Islam became the
paramount faith in the kingdom of the Īlk͟ hāns.
Page 278
The details that we possess of the progress of Islam in the Middle Kingdom,
which fell to the lot of Chag͟ hatāy and his descendants, are still more
meagre. Several of the princes of this line had a Muhammadan minister in
their service, but they showed themselves unsympathetic to the faith of
Islam. Chag͟ hatāy harassed his Muhammadan subjects by regulations that
restricted their ritual observances in respect of the killing of animals for
food and of ceremonial washings. Al-Jūzjānī says that he was the bitterest
enemy of the Muslims among all the Mongol rulers and did not wish any
one to utter the word Musalman before him except with evil purpose. 42
Org͟ hana, the wife of his grandson and successor, Qarā-Hūlāgū, brought up
[235]her son as a Musalman, and under the name of Mubārak Shāh he came
forward in 1264 as one of the claimants of the disputed succession to the
Chag͟ hatāy K͟ hānate; but he was soon driven from the throne by his cousin
Burāq K͟ hān, and appears to have exercised no influence on behalf of his
faith, indeed judging from their names it would not appear that any of his
own children even adopted the religion of their father. 43 Burāq K͟ hān is said
to have “had the blessedness of receiving the light of the faith” a few days
before his death in 1270, and to have taken the name of Sulṭān G͟ hiyāt͟ h al-
Dīn, 44 but he was buried according to the ancient funeral rites of the
Mongols, and not as a Musalman, and those who had been converted during
his reign relapsed into their former heathenism. It was not until the next
century that the conversion of Ṭarmāshīrīn K͟ hān, about 1326, caused Islam
to be at all generally adopted by the Chag͟ hatāy Mongols, who when they
followed the example of their chief this time remained true to their new
faith. But even now the ascendancy of Islam was not assured, for Būzun
who was K͟ hān in the next decade—the chronology is uncertain—drove
Ṭarmāshīrīn from his throne, and persecuted the Muslims, 45 and it was not
until some years later that we hear of the first Musalman king of Kāshgar,
which the break-up of the Chag͟ hatāy dynasty had erected into a separate
kingdom. This prince, Tūqluq Tīmūr K͟ hān (1347–1363), is said to have
owed his conversion to a holy man from Buk͟ hārā, by name Shayk͟ h Jamāl
al-Dīn. This Shayk͟ h, in company with a number of travellers, had
unwittingly trespassed on the game-preserves of the prince, who ordered
which fell to the lot of Chag͟ hatāy and his descendants, are still more
meagre. Several of the princes of this line had a Muhammadan minister in
their service, but they showed themselves unsympathetic to the faith of
Islam. Chag͟ hatāy harassed his Muhammadan subjects by regulations that
restricted their ritual observances in respect of the killing of animals for
food and of ceremonial washings. Al-Jūzjānī says that he was the bitterest
enemy of the Muslims among all the Mongol rulers and did not wish any
one to utter the word Musalman before him except with evil purpose. 42
Org͟ hana, the wife of his grandson and successor, Qarā-Hūlāgū, brought up
[235]her son as a Musalman, and under the name of Mubārak Shāh he came
forward in 1264 as one of the claimants of the disputed succession to the
Chag͟ hatāy K͟ hānate; but he was soon driven from the throne by his cousin
Burāq K͟ hān, and appears to have exercised no influence on behalf of his
faith, indeed judging from their names it would not appear that any of his
own children even adopted the religion of their father. 43 Burāq K͟ hān is said
to have “had the blessedness of receiving the light of the faith” a few days
before his death in 1270, and to have taken the name of Sulṭān G͟ hiyāt͟ h al-
Dīn, 44 but he was buried according to the ancient funeral rites of the
Mongols, and not as a Musalman, and those who had been converted during
his reign relapsed into their former heathenism. It was not until the next
century that the conversion of Ṭarmāshīrīn K͟ hān, about 1326, caused Islam
to be at all generally adopted by the Chag͟ hatāy Mongols, who when they
followed the example of their chief this time remained true to their new
faith. But even now the ascendancy of Islam was not assured, for Būzun
who was K͟ hān in the next decade—the chronology is uncertain—drove
Ṭarmāshīrīn from his throne, and persecuted the Muslims, 45 and it was not
until some years later that we hear of the first Musalman king of Kāshgar,
which the break-up of the Chag͟ hatāy dynasty had erected into a separate
kingdom. This prince, Tūqluq Tīmūr K͟ hān (1347–1363), is said to have
owed his conversion to a holy man from Buk͟ hārā, by name Shayk͟ h Jamāl
al-Dīn. This Shayk͟ h, in company with a number of travellers, had
unwittingly trespassed on the game-preserves of the prince, who ordered
Page 279
them to be bound hand and foot and brought before him. In reply to his
angry question, how they had dared interfere with his hunting, the Shayk͟ h
pleaded that they were strangers and were quite unaware that they were
trespassing on forbidden ground. Learning that they were Persians, the
prince said that a dog was worth more than a Persian. “Yes,” replied the
Shayk͟ h, “if we had not the true faith, we should indeed be worse than the
dogs.” Struck with his reply, the K͟ hān ordered [236]this bold Persian to be
brought before him on his return from hunting, and taking him aside asked
him to explain what he meant by these words and what was “faith.” The
Shayk͟ h then set before him the doctrines of Islam with such fervour and
zeal that the heart of the K͟ hān that before had been hard as a stone was
melted like wax, and so terrible a picture did the holy man draw of the state
of unbelief, that the prince was convinced of the blindness of his own
errors, but said, “Were I now to make profession of the faith of Islam, I
should not be able to lead my subjects into the true path. But bear with me a
little; and when I have entered into the possession of the kingdom of my
forefathers, come to me again.” For the empire of Chag͟ hatāy had by this
time been broken up into a number of petty princedoms, and it was many
years before Tūqluq Tīmūr succeeded in uniting under his sway the whole
empire as before. Meanwhile Shayk͟ h Jamāl al-Dīn had returned to his
home, where he fell dangerously ill: when at the point of death, he said to
his son Rashīd al-Dīn, “Tūqluq Tīmūr will one day become a great
monarch; fail not to go and salute him in my name and fearlessly remind
him of the promise he made me.” Some years later, when Tūqluq Tīmūr had
re-won the empire of his fathers, Rashīd al-Dīn made his way to the camp
of the K͟ hān to fulfil the last wishes of his father, but in spite of all his
efforts he could not gain an audience of the K͟ hān. At length he devised the
following expedient: one day in the early morning, he began to chant the
call to prayers, close to the K͟ hān’s tent. Enraged at having his slumbers
disturbed in this way, the prince ordered him to be brought into his
presence, whereupon Rashīd al-Dīn delivered his father’s message. Tūqluq
K͟ hān was not unmindful of his promise, and said: “Ever since I ascended
the throne I have had it on my mind that I made that promise, but the person
angry question, how they had dared interfere with his hunting, the Shayk͟ h
pleaded that they were strangers and were quite unaware that they were
trespassing on forbidden ground. Learning that they were Persians, the
prince said that a dog was worth more than a Persian. “Yes,” replied the
Shayk͟ h, “if we had not the true faith, we should indeed be worse than the
dogs.” Struck with his reply, the K͟ hān ordered [236]this bold Persian to be
brought before him on his return from hunting, and taking him aside asked
him to explain what he meant by these words and what was “faith.” The
Shayk͟ h then set before him the doctrines of Islam with such fervour and
zeal that the heart of the K͟ hān that before had been hard as a stone was
melted like wax, and so terrible a picture did the holy man draw of the state
of unbelief, that the prince was convinced of the blindness of his own
errors, but said, “Were I now to make profession of the faith of Islam, I
should not be able to lead my subjects into the true path. But bear with me a
little; and when I have entered into the possession of the kingdom of my
forefathers, come to me again.” For the empire of Chag͟ hatāy had by this
time been broken up into a number of petty princedoms, and it was many
years before Tūqluq Tīmūr succeeded in uniting under his sway the whole
empire as before. Meanwhile Shayk͟ h Jamāl al-Dīn had returned to his
home, where he fell dangerously ill: when at the point of death, he said to
his son Rashīd al-Dīn, “Tūqluq Tīmūr will one day become a great
monarch; fail not to go and salute him in my name and fearlessly remind
him of the promise he made me.” Some years later, when Tūqluq Tīmūr had
re-won the empire of his fathers, Rashīd al-Dīn made his way to the camp
of the K͟ hān to fulfil the last wishes of his father, but in spite of all his
efforts he could not gain an audience of the K͟ hān. At length he devised the
following expedient: one day in the early morning, he began to chant the
call to prayers, close to the K͟ hān’s tent. Enraged at having his slumbers
disturbed in this way, the prince ordered him to be brought into his
presence, whereupon Rashīd al-Dīn delivered his father’s message. Tūqluq
K͟ hān was not unmindful of his promise, and said: “Ever since I ascended
the throne I have had it on my mind that I made that promise, but the person
Page 280
to whom I gave the pledge never came. Now you are welcome.” He then
repeated the profession of faith and became a Muslim. “On that morn the
sun of bounty rose out of the east of divine favour and effaced the dark
night of unbelief.… They then decided that for the propagation of Islam
they should interview the princes one by one, and it should be [237]well for
those who accepted the faith, but those who refused should be slain as
heathens and idolaters.” The first to be examined was a noble named Amīr
Tūlik. The K͟ hān asked him, “Will you embrace Islam?” Amīr Tūlik burst
into tears and said: “Three years ago I was converted by some holy men at
Kāshgar and became a Musalman, but from fear of you I did not openly
declare it.” Then Tūqluq K͟ hān rose up and embraced him, and the three sat
down again together. In this manner they examined the princes one by one,
and they all accepted Islam, with the exception of one named Jarās, who
suggested a trial of strength between the Shayk͟ h and his servant, an infidel
who was above the ordinary stature of man and so strong that he could lift a
two-year-old camel. The Shayk͟ h accepted the challenge, saying: “If I do not
throw him, I will not require you to become a Musalman. If it is God’s wish
that the Mongols become honoured with the blessed state of Islam, He will
doubtless give me sufficient power to overcome this man.” Tūqluq K͟ hān
and those who had become Musalmans with him tried to dissuade the holy
man, but he persisted in his purpose. “A large crowd assembled, the infidel
was brought in, and he and the Shayk͟ h advanced towards one another. The
infidel, proud of his own strength, advanced with a conceited air. The
Shayk͟ h looked very small and weak beside him. When they came to blows,
the Shayk͟ h struck the infidel full in the chest, and he fell senseless. After a
little he came to again, and having raised himself, fell again at the feet of
the Shayk͟ h, crying out and uttering words of belief. The people raised loud
shouts of applause, and on that day 160,000 persons cut off the hair of their
heads and became Musalmans. The K͟ hān was circumcised, and the lights of
Islam dispelled the shades of unbelief.” From that time Islam became the
established faith in the settled countries under the rule of the descendants of
Chag͟ hatāy. 46 But many of the nomad Mongols appear to have remained
outside the pale of Islam up to the early part of the fifteenth century,
repeated the profession of faith and became a Muslim. “On that morn the
sun of bounty rose out of the east of divine favour and effaced the dark
night of unbelief.… They then decided that for the propagation of Islam
they should interview the princes one by one, and it should be [237]well for
those who accepted the faith, but those who refused should be slain as
heathens and idolaters.” The first to be examined was a noble named Amīr
Tūlik. The K͟ hān asked him, “Will you embrace Islam?” Amīr Tūlik burst
into tears and said: “Three years ago I was converted by some holy men at
Kāshgar and became a Musalman, but from fear of you I did not openly
declare it.” Then Tūqluq K͟ hān rose up and embraced him, and the three sat
down again together. In this manner they examined the princes one by one,
and they all accepted Islam, with the exception of one named Jarās, who
suggested a trial of strength between the Shayk͟ h and his servant, an infidel
who was above the ordinary stature of man and so strong that he could lift a
two-year-old camel. The Shayk͟ h accepted the challenge, saying: “If I do not
throw him, I will not require you to become a Musalman. If it is God’s wish
that the Mongols become honoured with the blessed state of Islam, He will
doubtless give me sufficient power to overcome this man.” Tūqluq K͟ hān
and those who had become Musalmans with him tried to dissuade the holy
man, but he persisted in his purpose. “A large crowd assembled, the infidel
was brought in, and he and the Shayk͟ h advanced towards one another. The
infidel, proud of his own strength, advanced with a conceited air. The
Shayk͟ h looked very small and weak beside him. When they came to blows,
the Shayk͟ h struck the infidel full in the chest, and he fell senseless. After a
little he came to again, and having raised himself, fell again at the feet of
the Shayk͟ h, crying out and uttering words of belief. The people raised loud
shouts of applause, and on that day 160,000 persons cut off the hair of their
heads and became Musalmans. The K͟ hān was circumcised, and the lights of
Islam dispelled the shades of unbelief.” From that time Islam became the
established faith in the settled countries under the rule of the descendants of
Chag͟ hatāy. 46 But many of the nomad Mongols appear to have remained
outside the pale of Islam up to the early part of the fifteenth century,
Page 281
judging from the violent methods adopted for their conversion by
Muḥammad K͟ hān, who was K͟ hān of [238]Mug͟ halistān 47 about 1416.
“Muḥammad K͟ hān was a wealthy prince and a good Musalman. He
persisted in following the road of justice and equity, and was so unremitting
in his exertions, that during his blessed reign most of the tribes of the
Mongols became Musalmans. It is well known what severe measures he
had recourse to, in bringing the Mongols to be believers in Islam. If, for
instance, a Mongol did not wear a turban, a horseshoe nail was driven into
his head: and treatment of this kind was common. May God recompense
him with good.” 48
Even such drastic measures were ineffectual in bringing about a general
acceptance of Islam, for as late as at the close of the following century, 49 a
dervish named Isḥāq Walī found scope for his proselytising activities in
Kāshgar, Yārkand and Khotan, where he spent twelve years in spreading the
faith; 50 he also worked among the Kirghiz and Kazaks, from among whom
he made 180 converts and destroyed eighteen temples of idols. 51
In the preceding pages some attempt has been made to indicate some of the
steps by which the Muslims won over to their faith the savage hordes who
had destroyed their centres of culture. By slow degrees, Islam thus began to
emerge out of the ruins of its former ascendancy and take its place again as
a dominant faith, after more than a century of depression. In the course of
the struggle between the followers of rival creeds for the adherence of the
Mongols, considerations of political expediency undoubtedly operated in
favour of the Muslim party, and the intrigues of Western Christendom
caused the Christians to become suspect, as agents of a foreign power; but
at the beginning such of the Mongols as were Nestorians could put forward
a better claim to be the national party and could attack the Musalmans as
adherents of a foreign faith. Aḥmad Takūdār [239]was denounced by Arghūn
as a traitor to the law of his fathers, in that he had followed the way of the
Arabs which none of his ancestors had known. 52 The insurrection that
caused Ṭarmāshīrīn to be driven into exile, gained strength from the
Muḥammad K͟ hān, who was K͟ hān of [238]Mug͟ halistān 47 about 1416.
“Muḥammad K͟ hān was a wealthy prince and a good Musalman. He
persisted in following the road of justice and equity, and was so unremitting
in his exertions, that during his blessed reign most of the tribes of the
Mongols became Musalmans. It is well known what severe measures he
had recourse to, in bringing the Mongols to be believers in Islam. If, for
instance, a Mongol did not wear a turban, a horseshoe nail was driven into
his head: and treatment of this kind was common. May God recompense
him with good.” 48
Even such drastic measures were ineffectual in bringing about a general
acceptance of Islam, for as late as at the close of the following century, 49 a
dervish named Isḥāq Walī found scope for his proselytising activities in
Kāshgar, Yārkand and Khotan, where he spent twelve years in spreading the
faith; 50 he also worked among the Kirghiz and Kazaks, from among whom
he made 180 converts and destroyed eighteen temples of idols. 51
In the preceding pages some attempt has been made to indicate some of the
steps by which the Muslims won over to their faith the savage hordes who
had destroyed their centres of culture. By slow degrees, Islam thus began to
emerge out of the ruins of its former ascendancy and take its place again as
a dominant faith, after more than a century of depression. In the course of
the struggle between the followers of rival creeds for the adherence of the
Mongols, considerations of political expediency undoubtedly operated in
favour of the Muslim party, and the intrigues of Western Christendom
caused the Christians to become suspect, as agents of a foreign power; but
at the beginning such of the Mongols as were Nestorians could put forward
a better claim to be the national party and could attack the Musalmans as
adherents of a foreign faith. Aḥmad Takūdār [239]was denounced by Arghūn
as a traitor to the law of his fathers, in that he had followed the way of the
Arabs which none of his ancestors had known. 52 The insurrection that
caused Ṭarmāshīrīn to be driven into exile, gained strength from the
Page 282
complaint that this monarch had disregarded the Yassāq or ancient code of
Mongol institutes. 53 But though the issue of the struggle long remained
doubtful, Islam gradually gained ground in the lands of which it had been
dispossessed. The means whereby this success was achieved are obscure,
and the scanty details set forth above leave much of the tale untold, but
enough has been recorded to indicate some of the proselytising agencies
that led to individual conversions. Ānanda drank in Islam with his foster-
mother’s milk; 54 and the remnant of the faithful, especially the older
families of Muhammadan Turks, exercised an almost insensible influence
on the Mongols who settled down in their midst. But of special importance
among the proselytising agencies at work was the influence of the pīr and
his spiritual disciples. In the midst of the profound discouragement which
filled the Musalmans after the flood of the Mongol conquest had poured
over them, their first refuge was in mysticism, and the pīr, or spiritual
guide, and religious orders—such as the Naqshbandī, which in the
fourteenth century entered on a new period of its development—breathed
new life into the Muslim community and inspired it with fresh fervour. “In
the hands of the pīr and his monks, the Musalman in Asia came to be an
agent, at first passive and unconscious, later on the adherent of a party—the
party of the national faith, in opposition to the rule of the Mongols, which
was at once foreign, barbaric and secular.” 55
Let us now return to the history of Islam in the Golden Horde. The chief
camping ground of this section of the Mongols was the grassy plain watered
by the Volga, on the bank of which they founded their capital city Serai,
whither the Russian princes sent their tribute to the k͟ hān. The conversion of
Baraka K͟ hān, of which mention has been made above, and the close
intercourse with Egypt that [240]subsequently sprang up, contributed
considerably to the progress of Islam, and his example seems to have been
gradually followed by those of the aristocracy and leaders of the Golden
Horde that were of Mongol descent. But many tribes of the Golden Horde
appear to have resented the introduction of Islam into their midst, and when
the conversion of Baraka K͟ hān was openly proclaimed, they sent to offer
Mongol institutes. 53 But though the issue of the struggle long remained
doubtful, Islam gradually gained ground in the lands of which it had been
dispossessed. The means whereby this success was achieved are obscure,
and the scanty details set forth above leave much of the tale untold, but
enough has been recorded to indicate some of the proselytising agencies
that led to individual conversions. Ānanda drank in Islam with his foster-
mother’s milk; 54 and the remnant of the faithful, especially the older
families of Muhammadan Turks, exercised an almost insensible influence
on the Mongols who settled down in their midst. But of special importance
among the proselytising agencies at work was the influence of the pīr and
his spiritual disciples. In the midst of the profound discouragement which
filled the Musalmans after the flood of the Mongol conquest had poured
over them, their first refuge was in mysticism, and the pīr, or spiritual
guide, and religious orders—such as the Naqshbandī, which in the
fourteenth century entered on a new period of its development—breathed
new life into the Muslim community and inspired it with fresh fervour. “In
the hands of the pīr and his monks, the Musalman in Asia came to be an
agent, at first passive and unconscious, later on the adherent of a party—the
party of the national faith, in opposition to the rule of the Mongols, which
was at once foreign, barbaric and secular.” 55
Let us now return to the history of Islam in the Golden Horde. The chief
camping ground of this section of the Mongols was the grassy plain watered
by the Volga, on the bank of which they founded their capital city Serai,
whither the Russian princes sent their tribute to the k͟ hān. The conversion of
Baraka K͟ hān, of which mention has been made above, and the close
intercourse with Egypt that [240]subsequently sprang up, contributed
considerably to the progress of Islam, and his example seems to have been
gradually followed by those of the aristocracy and leaders of the Golden
Horde that were of Mongol descent. But many tribes of the Golden Horde
appear to have resented the introduction of Islam into their midst, and when
the conversion of Baraka K͟ hān was openly proclaimed, they sent to offer
Page 283
the crown, of which they considered him now unworthy, to his rival
Hūlāgū. Indeed, so strong was this opposition, that it seems to have largely
contributed to the formation of the Nogais as a separate tribe. They took
their name from Nogāy, who was the chief commander of the Mongol
forces under Baraka K͟ hān. When the other princes of the Golden Horde
became Musalmans, Nogāy remained a Shamanist and thus became a
rallying point for those who refused to abandon the old religion of the
Mongols. His daughter, however, who was married to a Shamanist, became
converted to Islam some time after her marriage and had to endure the ill-
treatment and contempt of her husband in consequence. 56
To Ūzbek K͟ hān, who was leader of the Golden Horde from 1313 to 1340,
and who distinguished himself by his proselytising zeal, it was said,
“Content yourself with our obedience, what matters our religion to you?
Why should we abandon the faith of Chingīz K͟ hān for that of the Arabs?”
But in spite of the strong opposition to his efforts, Ūzbek K͟ hān succeeded
in winning many converts to the faith of which he was so ardent a follower
and which owed to his efforts its firm establishment in the country under his
sway. 57 A further sign of his influence is found in the tribes of the Ūzbeks of
Central Asia, who take their name from him and were probably converted
during his reign. He is said to have formed the design of spreading the faith
of Islam throughout the whole of Russia, 58 but here he met with no success.
Indeed, though the Mongols were paramount in Russia for two centuries,
they appear to have exercised very little influence on the people of that
country, and least of all in the matter of [241]religion. It is noticeable,
moreover, that in spite of his zeal for the spread of his own faith, Ūzbek
K͟ hān was very tolerant towards his Christian subjects, who were left
undisturbed in the exercise of their religion and even allowed to pursue
their missionary labours in his territory. One of the most remarkable
documents of Muhammadan toleration is the charter that Ūzbek K͟ hān
granted to the Metropolitan Peter in 1313:—“By the will and power, the
greatness and mercy of the most High! Ūzbek to all our princes, great and
small, etc., etc. Let no man insult the metropolitan church of which Peter is
Hūlāgū. Indeed, so strong was this opposition, that it seems to have largely
contributed to the formation of the Nogais as a separate tribe. They took
their name from Nogāy, who was the chief commander of the Mongol
forces under Baraka K͟ hān. When the other princes of the Golden Horde
became Musalmans, Nogāy remained a Shamanist and thus became a
rallying point for those who refused to abandon the old religion of the
Mongols. His daughter, however, who was married to a Shamanist, became
converted to Islam some time after her marriage and had to endure the ill-
treatment and contempt of her husband in consequence. 56
To Ūzbek K͟ hān, who was leader of the Golden Horde from 1313 to 1340,
and who distinguished himself by his proselytising zeal, it was said,
“Content yourself with our obedience, what matters our religion to you?
Why should we abandon the faith of Chingīz K͟ hān for that of the Arabs?”
But in spite of the strong opposition to his efforts, Ūzbek K͟ hān succeeded
in winning many converts to the faith of which he was so ardent a follower
and which owed to his efforts its firm establishment in the country under his
sway. 57 A further sign of his influence is found in the tribes of the Ūzbeks of
Central Asia, who take their name from him and were probably converted
during his reign. He is said to have formed the design of spreading the faith
of Islam throughout the whole of Russia, 58 but here he met with no success.
Indeed, though the Mongols were paramount in Russia for two centuries,
they appear to have exercised very little influence on the people of that
country, and least of all in the matter of [241]religion. It is noticeable,
moreover, that in spite of his zeal for the spread of his own faith, Ūzbek
K͟ hān was very tolerant towards his Christian subjects, who were left
undisturbed in the exercise of their religion and even allowed to pursue
their missionary labours in his territory. One of the most remarkable
documents of Muhammadan toleration is the charter that Ūzbek K͟ hān
granted to the Metropolitan Peter in 1313:—“By the will and power, the
greatness and mercy of the most High! Ūzbek to all our princes, great and
small, etc., etc. Let no man insult the metropolitan church of which Peter is
Page 284
the head, or his servants or his churchmen; let no man seize their property,
goods or people, let no man meddle with the affairs of the metropolitan
church, since they are divine. Whoever shall meddle therein and transgress
our edict, will be guilty before God and feel His wrath and be punished by
us with death. Let the metropolitan dwell in the path of safety and rejoice,
with a just and upright heart let him (or his deputy) decide and regulate all
ecclesiastical matters. We solemnly declare that neither we nor our children
nor the princes of our realm nor the governors of our provinces will in any
way interfere with the affairs of the church and the metropolitan, or in their
towns, districts, villages, chases and fisheries, their hives, lands, meadows,
forests, towns and places under their bailiffs, their vineyards, mills, winter
quarters for cattle, or any of the properties and goods of the church. Let the
mind of the metropolitan be always at peace and free from trouble, with
uprightness of heart let him pray to God for us, our children and our nation.
Whoever shall lay hands on anything that is sacred, shall be held guilty, he
shall incur the wrath of God and the penalty of death, that others may be
dismayed at his fate. When the tribute or other dues, such as custom duties,
plough-tax, tolls or relays are levied, or when we wish to raise troops
among our subjects, let nothing be exacted from the cathedral churches
under the metropolitan Peter, or from any of his clergy: … whatever may be
exacted from the clergy, shall be returned threefold.… Their laws, their
churches, their monasteries and chapels shall be respected; whoever
condemns or blames this religion, shall [242]not be allowed to excuse
himself under any pretext, but shall be punished with death. The brothers
and sons of priests and deacons, living at the same table and in the same
house, shall enjoy the same privileges.” 59
That these were no empty words and that the toleration here promised
became a reality, may be judged from a letter sent to the K͟ hān by Pope John
XXII in 1318, in which he thanks the Muslim prince for the favour he
showed to his Christian subjects and the kind treatment they received at his
hands. 60 The successors of Ūzbek K͟ hān do not appear to have been
animated by the same zeal for the spread of Islam as he had shown, and
goods or people, let no man meddle with the affairs of the metropolitan
church, since they are divine. Whoever shall meddle therein and transgress
our edict, will be guilty before God and feel His wrath and be punished by
us with death. Let the metropolitan dwell in the path of safety and rejoice,
with a just and upright heart let him (or his deputy) decide and regulate all
ecclesiastical matters. We solemnly declare that neither we nor our children
nor the princes of our realm nor the governors of our provinces will in any
way interfere with the affairs of the church and the metropolitan, or in their
towns, districts, villages, chases and fisheries, their hives, lands, meadows,
forests, towns and places under their bailiffs, their vineyards, mills, winter
quarters for cattle, or any of the properties and goods of the church. Let the
mind of the metropolitan be always at peace and free from trouble, with
uprightness of heart let him pray to God for us, our children and our nation.
Whoever shall lay hands on anything that is sacred, shall be held guilty, he
shall incur the wrath of God and the penalty of death, that others may be
dismayed at his fate. When the tribute or other dues, such as custom duties,
plough-tax, tolls or relays are levied, or when we wish to raise troops
among our subjects, let nothing be exacted from the cathedral churches
under the metropolitan Peter, or from any of his clergy: … whatever may be
exacted from the clergy, shall be returned threefold.… Their laws, their
churches, their monasteries and chapels shall be respected; whoever
condemns or blames this religion, shall [242]not be allowed to excuse
himself under any pretext, but shall be punished with death. The brothers
and sons of priests and deacons, living at the same table and in the same
house, shall enjoy the same privileges.” 59
That these were no empty words and that the toleration here promised
became a reality, may be judged from a letter sent to the K͟ hān by Pope John
XXII in 1318, in which he thanks the Muslim prince for the favour he
showed to his Christian subjects and the kind treatment they received at his
hands. 60 The successors of Ūzbek K͟ hān do not appear to have been
animated by the same zeal for the spread of Islam as he had shown, and
Page 285
could not be expected to succeed where he failed. So long as the Russians
paid their taxes, they were left free to worship according to their own
desires, and the Christian religion had become too closely intertwined with
the life of the people to be disturbed, even had efforts been made to turn
them from the faith of their fathers; for Christianity had been the national
religion of the Russian people for well-nigh three centuries before the
Mongols established themselves in Russian territory.
Another race many years before had tried to win the Russians to Islam but
had likewise failed, viz. the Muslim Bulgarians who were found in the tenth
century on the banks of the Volga, and who probably owed their conversion
to the Muslim merchants, trading in furs and other commodities of the
North; their conversion must have taken place some time before a.d. 921,
when the caliph al-Muqtadir sent an envoy to confirm them in the faith and
instruct them in the tenets and ordinances of Islam. 61
These Bulgarians attempted the conversion of Vladimir, the then sovereign
of Russia, who (the Russian chronicler tells us) had found it necessary to
choose some religion better than his pagan creed, but they failed to
overcome his objections to the rite of circumcision and to the prohibition of
[243]wine, the use of which, he declared, the Russians could never give up,
as it was the very joy of their life. Equally unsuccessful were the Jews who
came from the country of the K͟ hazars on the Caspian Sea and had won over
the king of that people to the Mosaic faith. 62 After listening to their
arguments, Vladimir asked them where their country was. “Jerusalem,” they
replied, “but God in His anger has scattered us over the whole world.”
“Then you are cursed of God,” cried the king, “and yet want to teach others:
begone! we have no wish, like you, to be without a country.” The most
favourable impression was made by a Greek priest who, after a brief
criticism of the other religions, set forth the whole scheme of Christian
teaching beginning with the creation of the world and the story of the fall of
man and ending with the seven œcumenical councils accepted by the Greek
Church; then he showed the prince a picture of the Last Judgment with the
paid their taxes, they were left free to worship according to their own
desires, and the Christian religion had become too closely intertwined with
the life of the people to be disturbed, even had efforts been made to turn
them from the faith of their fathers; for Christianity had been the national
religion of the Russian people for well-nigh three centuries before the
Mongols established themselves in Russian territory.
Another race many years before had tried to win the Russians to Islam but
had likewise failed, viz. the Muslim Bulgarians who were found in the tenth
century on the banks of the Volga, and who probably owed their conversion
to the Muslim merchants, trading in furs and other commodities of the
North; their conversion must have taken place some time before a.d. 921,
when the caliph al-Muqtadir sent an envoy to confirm them in the faith and
instruct them in the tenets and ordinances of Islam. 61
These Bulgarians attempted the conversion of Vladimir, the then sovereign
of Russia, who (the Russian chronicler tells us) had found it necessary to
choose some religion better than his pagan creed, but they failed to
overcome his objections to the rite of circumcision and to the prohibition of
[243]wine, the use of which, he declared, the Russians could never give up,
as it was the very joy of their life. Equally unsuccessful were the Jews who
came from the country of the K͟ hazars on the Caspian Sea and had won over
the king of that people to the Mosaic faith. 62 After listening to their
arguments, Vladimir asked them where their country was. “Jerusalem,” they
replied, “but God in His anger has scattered us over the whole world.”
“Then you are cursed of God,” cried the king, “and yet want to teach others:
begone! we have no wish, like you, to be without a country.” The most
favourable impression was made by a Greek priest who, after a brief
criticism of the other religions, set forth the whole scheme of Christian
teaching beginning with the creation of the world and the story of the fall of
man and ending with the seven œcumenical councils accepted by the Greek
Church; then he showed the prince a picture of the Last Judgment with the
Page 286
righteous entering paradise and the wicked being thrust down into hell, and
promised him the heritage of heaven, if he would be baptised. But Vladimir
was unwilling to make a rash choice of a substitute for his pagan religion,
so he called his boyards together and having told them of the accounts he
had received of the various religions, asked them for their advice. “Prince,”
they replied, “every man praises his own religion, and if you would make
choice of the best, send wise men into the different countries to discover
which of all the nations honours God in the manner most worthy of Him.”
So the prince chose out for this purpose ten men who were eminent for their
wisdom. These ambassadors found among the Bulgarians mean-looking
places of worship, gloomy prayers and solemn faces; among the German
Catholics religious ceremonies that lacked both grandeur and magnificence.
At length they reached Constantinople: “Let them see the glory of our
God,” said the Emperor. So they were taken to the church of Santa Sophia,
where the Patriarch, clad in his pontifical robes, was celebrating mass. The
magnificence of the building, the rich vestments of the priests, the
ornaments of the altars, the sweet odour of [244]the incense, the reverent
silence of the people, and the mysterious solemnity of the ceremonial filled
the savage Russians with wonder and amazement. It seemed to them that
this church must be the dwelling of the Most High, and that He manifested
His glory therein to mortals. On their return to Kief, the ambassadors gave
the prince an account of their mission; they spoke with contempt of the
religion of the Prophet and had little to say for the Roman Catholic faith,
but were enthusiastic in their eulogies of the Greek Church. “Every man,”
they said, “who has put his lips to a sweet draught, henceforth abhors
anything bitter; wherefore we having come to the knowledge of the faith of
the Greek Church desire none other.” Vladimir once more consulted his
boyards, who said unto him, “Had not the Greek faith been best of all, Olga,
your grandmother, the wisest of mortals, would never have embraced it.”
Whereupon Vladimir hesitated no longer and in a.d. 988 declared himself a
Christian. On the day after his baptism he threw down the idols his
forefathers had worshipped, and issued an edict that all the Russians,
promised him the heritage of heaven, if he would be baptised. But Vladimir
was unwilling to make a rash choice of a substitute for his pagan religion,
so he called his boyards together and having told them of the accounts he
had received of the various religions, asked them for their advice. “Prince,”
they replied, “every man praises his own religion, and if you would make
choice of the best, send wise men into the different countries to discover
which of all the nations honours God in the manner most worthy of Him.”
So the prince chose out for this purpose ten men who were eminent for their
wisdom. These ambassadors found among the Bulgarians mean-looking
places of worship, gloomy prayers and solemn faces; among the German
Catholics religious ceremonies that lacked both grandeur and magnificence.
At length they reached Constantinople: “Let them see the glory of our
God,” said the Emperor. So they were taken to the church of Santa Sophia,
where the Patriarch, clad in his pontifical robes, was celebrating mass. The
magnificence of the building, the rich vestments of the priests, the
ornaments of the altars, the sweet odour of [244]the incense, the reverent
silence of the people, and the mysterious solemnity of the ceremonial filled
the savage Russians with wonder and amazement. It seemed to them that
this church must be the dwelling of the Most High, and that He manifested
His glory therein to mortals. On their return to Kief, the ambassadors gave
the prince an account of their mission; they spoke with contempt of the
religion of the Prophet and had little to say for the Roman Catholic faith,
but were enthusiastic in their eulogies of the Greek Church. “Every man,”
they said, “who has put his lips to a sweet draught, henceforth abhors
anything bitter; wherefore we having come to the knowledge of the faith of
the Greek Church desire none other.” Vladimir once more consulted his
boyards, who said unto him, “Had not the Greek faith been best of all, Olga,
your grandmother, the wisest of mortals, would never have embraced it.”
Whereupon Vladimir hesitated no longer and in a.d. 988 declared himself a
Christian. On the day after his baptism he threw down the idols his
forefathers had worshipped, and issued an edict that all the Russians,
Page 287
masters and slaves, rich and poor, should submit to be baptised into the
Christian faith. 63
Thus Christianity became the national religion of the Russian people, and
after the Mongol conquest, the distinctive national characteristics of
Russians and Tatars that have kept the two races apart to the present day, the
bitter hatred of the Tatar yoke, the devotion of the Russians to their own
faith and the want of religious zeal on the part of the Tatars, kept the
conquered race from adopting the religion of the conqueror. Especially has
the prohibition of spirituous liquors by the laws of Islam been supposed to
have stood in the way of the adoption of this religion by the Russian people.
It would appear that not until after the promulgation of the edict of religious
toleration in 1905 throughout the Russian empire and the active Muslim
propaganda that followed it, were cases observed of Russians being
converted to Islam, and those that have occurred are ascribed to the strong
attraction of the material help offered by the Tatars [245]to such converts and
the influence of the moral strength of the Muslims themselves. 64
Not that the Tatars in Russia had been altogether inoperative in promoting
the spread of Islam during the preceding centuries. The distinctly Hellenic
type of face that is to be found among the so-called Tatars of the Crimea has
led to the conjecture that these Muhammadans have absorbed into their
community the Greek and Italian populations that they found settled on the
Crimean peninsula, and that we find among them the Muhammadanised
descendants of the indigenous inhabitants, and of the Genoese colonists. 65 A
traveller of the seventeenth century tells us that the Tatars of the Crimea
tried to induce their slaves to become Muhammadans, and won over many
of them to this faith by promising them their liberty if they would be
persuaded. 66 Conversions to Islam from among the Tatars of the Crimea are
also reported after the proclamation of religious liberty in 1905. 67
A brief reference may here be made to the Tatars in Lithuania, where small
groups of them have been settled since the early part of the fifteenth
Christian faith. 63
Thus Christianity became the national religion of the Russian people, and
after the Mongol conquest, the distinctive national characteristics of
Russians and Tatars that have kept the two races apart to the present day, the
bitter hatred of the Tatar yoke, the devotion of the Russians to their own
faith and the want of religious zeal on the part of the Tatars, kept the
conquered race from adopting the religion of the conqueror. Especially has
the prohibition of spirituous liquors by the laws of Islam been supposed to
have stood in the way of the adoption of this religion by the Russian people.
It would appear that not until after the promulgation of the edict of religious
toleration in 1905 throughout the Russian empire and the active Muslim
propaganda that followed it, were cases observed of Russians being
converted to Islam, and those that have occurred are ascribed to the strong
attraction of the material help offered by the Tatars [245]to such converts and
the influence of the moral strength of the Muslims themselves. 64
Not that the Tatars in Russia had been altogether inoperative in promoting
the spread of Islam during the preceding centuries. The distinctly Hellenic
type of face that is to be found among the so-called Tatars of the Crimea has
led to the conjecture that these Muhammadans have absorbed into their
community the Greek and Italian populations that they found settled on the
Crimean peninsula, and that we find among them the Muhammadanised
descendants of the indigenous inhabitants, and of the Genoese colonists. 65 A
traveller of the seventeenth century tells us that the Tatars of the Crimea
tried to induce their slaves to become Muhammadans, and won over many
of them to this faith by promising them their liberty if they would be
persuaded. 66 Conversions to Islam from among the Tatars of the Crimea are
also reported after the proclamation of religious liberty in 1905. 67
A brief reference may here be made to the Tatars in Lithuania, where small
groups of them have been settled since the early part of the fifteenth
Page 288
century; these Muslim immigrants, dwelling in the midst of a Christian
population, have preserved their old faith, but (probably for political
reasons) do not appear to have attempted to proselytise. But they have been
in the habit of marrying Lithuanian and Polish women, whose children were
always brought up as Muslims, whereas no Muhammadan girl was
permitted to marry a Christian. The grand dukes of Lithuania in the
fifteenth century encouraged the marriage of Christian women with their
Tatar troops, on whom they bestowed grants of land and other privileges. 68
One of the most curious incidents in the missionary history of Islam is the
conversion of the Kirghiz of Central Asia by Tatar mullās, who preached
Islam among them in the eighteenth century, as emissaries of the Russian
government. The Kirghiz began to come under Russian rule [246]about 1731,
and for 120 years all diplomatic correspondence was carried on with them
in the Tatar language under the delusion that they were ethnographically the
same as the Tatars of the Volga. Another misunderstanding on the part of the
Russian government was that the Kirghiz were Musalmans, whereas in the
eighteenth century they were nearly all Shamanists, as a large number of
them were still up to the middle of the nineteenth century. At the time of the
annexation of their country to the Russian empire only a few of their K͟ hāns
and Sulṭāns had any knowledge of the faith of Islam—and that very
confused and vague. Not a single mosque was to be found throughout the
whole of the Kirghiz Steppes, or a single religious teacher of the faith of the
Prophet, and the Kirghiz owed their conversion to Islam to the fact that the
Russians, taking them for Muhammadans, insisted on treating them as such.
Large sums of money were given for the building of mosques, and mullās
were sent to open schools and instruct the young in the tenets of the Muslim
faith: the Kirghiz scholars were to receive every day a small sum to support
themselves on, and the fathers were to be induced to send their children to
the schools by presents and other means of persuasion. An incontrovertible
proof that the Musalman propaganda made its way into the Kirghiz Steppes
from the side of Russia, is the circumstance that it was especially those
Kirghiz who were more contiguous to Europe that first became Musalmans,
population, have preserved their old faith, but (probably for political
reasons) do not appear to have attempted to proselytise. But they have been
in the habit of marrying Lithuanian and Polish women, whose children were
always brought up as Muslims, whereas no Muhammadan girl was
permitted to marry a Christian. The grand dukes of Lithuania in the
fifteenth century encouraged the marriage of Christian women with their
Tatar troops, on whom they bestowed grants of land and other privileges. 68
One of the most curious incidents in the missionary history of Islam is the
conversion of the Kirghiz of Central Asia by Tatar mullās, who preached
Islam among them in the eighteenth century, as emissaries of the Russian
government. The Kirghiz began to come under Russian rule [246]about 1731,
and for 120 years all diplomatic correspondence was carried on with them
in the Tatar language under the delusion that they were ethnographically the
same as the Tatars of the Volga. Another misunderstanding on the part of the
Russian government was that the Kirghiz were Musalmans, whereas in the
eighteenth century they were nearly all Shamanists, as a large number of
them were still up to the middle of the nineteenth century. At the time of the
annexation of their country to the Russian empire only a few of their K͟ hāns
and Sulṭāns had any knowledge of the faith of Islam—and that very
confused and vague. Not a single mosque was to be found throughout the
whole of the Kirghiz Steppes, or a single religious teacher of the faith of the
Prophet, and the Kirghiz owed their conversion to Islam to the fact that the
Russians, taking them for Muhammadans, insisted on treating them as such.
Large sums of money were given for the building of mosques, and mullās
were sent to open schools and instruct the young in the tenets of the Muslim
faith: the Kirghiz scholars were to receive every day a small sum to support
themselves on, and the fathers were to be induced to send their children to
the schools by presents and other means of persuasion. An incontrovertible
proof that the Musalman propaganda made its way into the Kirghiz Steppes
from the side of Russia, is the circumstance that it was especially those
Kirghiz who were more contiguous to Europe that first became Musalmans,
Page 289
and the old Shamanism lingered up to the nineteenth century among those
who wandered in the neighbourhood of Khiva, Buk͟ hārā and Khokand,
though these for centuries had been Muhammadan countries. 69
This is probably the only instance of a Christian government co-operating
in the promulgation of Islam, and is the more remarkable inasmuch as the
Russian government of this period was attempting to force Christianity on
its Muslim subjects in Europe, in continuation of the efforts [247]made in the
sixteenth century soon after the conquest of the Khanate of Kazan.
At the beginning of the nineteenth century many of the Kirghiz dwelling in
the vast plains stretching southwards from the district of Tobolsk towards
Turkistan were still heathen, and the Russian government was approached
for permission for a Christian mission to be established among them. But
this request was not granted, on the ground that “these people were as yet
too wild and savage to be accessible to the Gospel. But soon after other
missionaries, not depending on the good-will of any government, and
having more zeal and understanding, occupied this field and won the whole
of the Kirghis tribe to the faith of Islam.” 70
After the conquest of Kazan by the Russians in the sixteenth century, the
occupation of the former Tatar Khanate was followed up by an official
Christian missionary movement, and a number of the heathen population of
the Khanate were baptised, the labours of the clergy being actively
seconded by the police and the civil authorities, but as the Russian priests
did not understand the language of their converts and soon neglected them,
it had to be admitted that the new converts “shamelessly retain many horrid
Tartar customs, and neither hold nor know the Christian faith.” When
spiritual exhortations failed, the government ordered its officials to “pacify,
imprison, put in irons, and thereby unteach and frighten from the Tartar
faith those who, though baptised, do not obey the admonitions of the
Metropolitan.”
who wandered in the neighbourhood of Khiva, Buk͟ hārā and Khokand,
though these for centuries had been Muhammadan countries. 69
This is probably the only instance of a Christian government co-operating
in the promulgation of Islam, and is the more remarkable inasmuch as the
Russian government of this period was attempting to force Christianity on
its Muslim subjects in Europe, in continuation of the efforts [247]made in the
sixteenth century soon after the conquest of the Khanate of Kazan.
At the beginning of the nineteenth century many of the Kirghiz dwelling in
the vast plains stretching southwards from the district of Tobolsk towards
Turkistan were still heathen, and the Russian government was approached
for permission for a Christian mission to be established among them. But
this request was not granted, on the ground that “these people were as yet
too wild and savage to be accessible to the Gospel. But soon after other
missionaries, not depending on the good-will of any government, and
having more zeal and understanding, occupied this field and won the whole
of the Kirghis tribe to the faith of Islam.” 70
After the conquest of Kazan by the Russians in the sixteenth century, the
occupation of the former Tatar Khanate was followed up by an official
Christian missionary movement, and a number of the heathen population of
the Khanate were baptised, the labours of the clergy being actively
seconded by the police and the civil authorities, but as the Russian priests
did not understand the language of their converts and soon neglected them,
it had to be admitted that the new converts “shamelessly retain many horrid
Tartar customs, and neither hold nor know the Christian faith.” When
spiritual exhortations failed, the government ordered its officials to “pacify,
imprison, put in irons, and thereby unteach and frighten from the Tartar
faith those who, though baptised, do not obey the admonitions of the
Metropolitan.”
Page 290
In the eighteenth century the Russian government made fresh efforts to
convert the heathen tribes and the relapsed Tatars, and held out many
inducements to them to become baptised. Catherine II in 1778 ordered that
all the new converts should sign a written promise to the effect that “they
would completely forsake their infidel errors, and, avoiding all intercourse
with unbelievers, would hold firmly and unwaveringly the Christian faith
and its dogmas.” But in spite of all, these so-called “baptised Tartars” were
Christians only in name, and soon began to try to escape [248]from the
propagandist efforts of the Orthodox Church and abandoned Christianity for
Islam, their so-called conversion merely serving as a stepping-stone to their
entrance into the faith of the Prophet.
They may, indeed, have been inscribed in the official registers as Christians,
but they resolutely stood out against any efforts that were made to
Christianise them. In a semi-official article, published in 1872, the writer
says: “It is a fact worthy of attention that a long series of evident apostasies
coincides with the beginning of measures to confirm the converts in the
Christian faith. There must be, therefore, some collateral cause producing
those cases of apostasy precisely at the moment when the contrary might be
expected.” The fact seems to be that these Tatars having all the time
remained Muhammadan at heart, resisted the active measures taken to make
their nominal profession of Christianity in any way a reality. 71 But in the
latter part of the nineteenth century efforts were made to Christianise these
heathen and Muslim tribes by means of schools established in their midst.
In this way it was hoped to win the younger generation, since otherwise it
seemed impossible to gain an entrance for Christianity among the Tatars,
for, as a Russian professor said, “The citizens of Kazan are hard to win, but
we get some little folk from the villages on the steppe, and train them in the
fear of God. Once they are with us they can never turn back.” 72 For the
Russian criminal code used to contain severe enactments against those who
fell away from the Orthodox Church, 73 and sentenced any person convicted
of converting a Christian to Islam to the loss of all civil rights and to
imprisonment with hard labour for a term varying from eight to ten years.
convert the heathen tribes and the relapsed Tatars, and held out many
inducements to them to become baptised. Catherine II in 1778 ordered that
all the new converts should sign a written promise to the effect that “they
would completely forsake their infidel errors, and, avoiding all intercourse
with unbelievers, would hold firmly and unwaveringly the Christian faith
and its dogmas.” But in spite of all, these so-called “baptised Tartars” were
Christians only in name, and soon began to try to escape [248]from the
propagandist efforts of the Orthodox Church and abandoned Christianity for
Islam, their so-called conversion merely serving as a stepping-stone to their
entrance into the faith of the Prophet.
They may, indeed, have been inscribed in the official registers as Christians,
but they resolutely stood out against any efforts that were made to
Christianise them. In a semi-official article, published in 1872, the writer
says: “It is a fact worthy of attention that a long series of evident apostasies
coincides with the beginning of measures to confirm the converts in the
Christian faith. There must be, therefore, some collateral cause producing
those cases of apostasy precisely at the moment when the contrary might be
expected.” The fact seems to be that these Tatars having all the time
remained Muhammadan at heart, resisted the active measures taken to make
their nominal profession of Christianity in any way a reality. 71 But in the
latter part of the nineteenth century efforts were made to Christianise these
heathen and Muslim tribes by means of schools established in their midst.
In this way it was hoped to win the younger generation, since otherwise it
seemed impossible to gain an entrance for Christianity among the Tatars,
for, as a Russian professor said, “The citizens of Kazan are hard to win, but
we get some little folk from the villages on the steppe, and train them in the
fear of God. Once they are with us they can never turn back.” 72 For the
Russian criminal code used to contain severe enactments against those who
fell away from the Orthodox Church, 73 and sentenced any person convicted
of converting a Christian to Islam to the loss of all civil rights and to
imprisonment with hard labour for a term varying from eight to ten years.
Page 291
In spite, however, of the edicts of the government, Muslim propagandism
succeeded in winning over whole villages [249]to the faith of Islam,
especially among the tribes of north-eastern Russia. 74
The town of Kazan is the chief centre of this missionary activity; a large
number of Muslim publications are printed here every year, and mullās go
forth from the University to convert the pagans in the villages and bring
back to Islam the Tatars who have allowed themselves to be baptised. The
increasing number of these Christian Tatars, who have gone to swell the
ranks of Islam, has alarmed the clergy of the Orthodox Church, but their
efforts have failed to check the success of the mullās. 75 Especially since the
edict of toleration in 1905, mass conversions have been reported, e.g. in
1909, ninety-one families in the village of Atomva are said to have become
Muhammadan, 76 and as many as 53,000 persons between 1906 and 1910. 77
This propaganda is said to owe much of its success to the higher moral level
of life in Muslim society, as well as to the stronger feeling of solidarity that
prevails in it; 78 moreover, the methods adopted by the Russian clergy,
supported by the government, to make the so-called Christian Tatars more
orthodox, have caused the Christian faith to become unpopular among
them. 79 On the other hand, the propaganda of Islam is very zealously carried
forward; “every simple, untaught Moslem is a missionary of his religion,
and the poor, dark, untaught heathen or half-heathen tribes cannot resist
their force. In many villages of baptised aborigines the men go away for the
winter to work as tailors in Moslem villages. There they are converted to
Islam, and they return to their villages as fanatics bringing with them
Moslem ideas with which to influence their homes.” 80
The tribes that have chiefly come under the influence of this missionary
movement are the Votiaks, the greater part of whom are baptised Christians,
but many became Muslims in the eighteenth and the beginning of the
nineteenth centuries; and the influence of Islam is continually growing both
among those that are Christian and among the small [250]remnant that is still
heathen. The Cheremiss, like the Votiaks, are a Finnish tribe, about a
succeeded in winning over whole villages [249]to the faith of Islam,
especially among the tribes of north-eastern Russia. 74
The town of Kazan is the chief centre of this missionary activity; a large
number of Muslim publications are printed here every year, and mullās go
forth from the University to convert the pagans in the villages and bring
back to Islam the Tatars who have allowed themselves to be baptised. The
increasing number of these Christian Tatars, who have gone to swell the
ranks of Islam, has alarmed the clergy of the Orthodox Church, but their
efforts have failed to check the success of the mullās. 75 Especially since the
edict of toleration in 1905, mass conversions have been reported, e.g. in
1909, ninety-one families in the village of Atomva are said to have become
Muhammadan, 76 and as many as 53,000 persons between 1906 and 1910. 77
This propaganda is said to owe much of its success to the higher moral level
of life in Muslim society, as well as to the stronger feeling of solidarity that
prevails in it; 78 moreover, the methods adopted by the Russian clergy,
supported by the government, to make the so-called Christian Tatars more
orthodox, have caused the Christian faith to become unpopular among
them. 79 On the other hand, the propaganda of Islam is very zealously carried
forward; “every simple, untaught Moslem is a missionary of his religion,
and the poor, dark, untaught heathen or half-heathen tribes cannot resist
their force. In many villages of baptised aborigines the men go away for the
winter to work as tailors in Moslem villages. There they are converted to
Islam, and they return to their villages as fanatics bringing with them
Moslem ideas with which to influence their homes.” 80
The tribes that have chiefly come under the influence of this missionary
movement are the Votiaks, the greater part of whom are baptised Christians,
but many became Muslims in the eighteenth and the beginning of the
nineteenth centuries; and the influence of Islam is continually growing both
among those that are Christian and among the small [250]remnant that is still
heathen. The Cheremiss, like the Votiaks, are a Finnish tribe, about a
Page 292
quarter of whom are still heathen, but many have already embraced Islam
and it is probable that most of them will soon adopt the same religion. The
movement of the Cheremiss towards Islam made itself manifest in the
nineteenth century and though many of them were nominally Christian,
whole villages of them became Muhammadan despite the laws forbidding
conversion except to the Orthodox Church. 81 They became Muhammadan
through their immediate contact with the Bashkirs and Tatars, whose family
and social customs were very similar to their own. The process sometimes
began with intermarriages with Muhammadans—e.g. in one village a
Cheremiss family intermarried with some Bashkirs and adopted their faith;
the converts being persecuted as “circumcised dogs” in their own village,
moved away and founded a new settlement some miles off, some wealthy
Bashkirs helping them with money; but as they were officially registered as
heathen, they could not get permission for the building of a mosque, so a
few Bashkir families in the neighbourhood moved into the new settlement,
in order to make up the number requisite for obtaining the necessary official
permission. 82 A similar process has several times occurred in other villages
in which Muhammadans have come to settle and have intermarried with
Cheremiss. 83 In other cases there has been a definite missionary movement
—e.g. in the beginning of the nineteenth century the village of Karakul was
inhabited by Christian Cheremiss, but shortly after the middle of the
century some families were converted to Islam by a Cheremiss who had
become a mullā; on his death he was succeeded by a Bashkir from another
village. Later on, the converts moved away to Tatar and Bashkir villages,
their place being taken by Tatars, until the whole village became practically
Tatar, few of the younger generation retaining any knowledge of the
Cheremiss language, and intermarriages taking place only with Tatars. 84
Apart from this proselytising activity, there has been a very distinct spread
of [251]Tatar influence in speech and manners among the Cheremiss. The
Tatar language has spread among them, bringing with it the moral and
religious ideas of Islam; the adoption of the Tatar dress is held to be a sign
of superior culture, and if a Cheremiss does not dress like a Tatar he runs
the risk of being laughed at by the first Tatar he meets or by his fellow
and it is probable that most of them will soon adopt the same religion. The
movement of the Cheremiss towards Islam made itself manifest in the
nineteenth century and though many of them were nominally Christian,
whole villages of them became Muhammadan despite the laws forbidding
conversion except to the Orthodox Church. 81 They became Muhammadan
through their immediate contact with the Bashkirs and Tatars, whose family
and social customs were very similar to their own. The process sometimes
began with intermarriages with Muhammadans—e.g. in one village a
Cheremiss family intermarried with some Bashkirs and adopted their faith;
the converts being persecuted as “circumcised dogs” in their own village,
moved away and founded a new settlement some miles off, some wealthy
Bashkirs helping them with money; but as they were officially registered as
heathen, they could not get permission for the building of a mosque, so a
few Bashkir families in the neighbourhood moved into the new settlement,
in order to make up the number requisite for obtaining the necessary official
permission. 82 A similar process has several times occurred in other villages
in which Muhammadans have come to settle and have intermarried with
Cheremiss. 83 In other cases there has been a definite missionary movement
—e.g. in the beginning of the nineteenth century the village of Karakul was
inhabited by Christian Cheremiss, but shortly after the middle of the
century some families were converted to Islam by a Cheremiss who had
become a mullā; on his death he was succeeded by a Bashkir from another
village. Later on, the converts moved away to Tatar and Bashkir villages,
their place being taken by Tatars, until the whole village became practically
Tatar, few of the younger generation retaining any knowledge of the
Cheremiss language, and intermarriages taking place only with Tatars. 84
Apart from this proselytising activity, there has been a very distinct spread
of [251]Tatar influence in speech and manners among the Cheremiss. The
Tatar language has spread among them, bringing with it the moral and
religious ideas of Islam; the adoption of the Tatar dress is held to be a sign
of superior culture, and if a Cheremiss does not dress like a Tatar he runs
the risk of being laughed at by the first Tatar he meets or by his fellow
Page 293
Cheremiss; all this cultural movement tends to the ultimate adoption of the
Tatar religion. 85 After their conversion, the Cheremiss are said to be very
zealous in the propagation of their new faith and receive the assistance of
wealthy Tatars; 86 on the other hand, the Russians despise the Cheremiss as
an inferior race and apply opprobrious epithets even to those among them
who are Christians. 87 About one-fourth of the Cheremiss are still heathen,
but Muslim influences are so powerful among them that it is probable that
in course of time they will for the most part become Muhammadans. 88 The
Chuvash, who number about 1,000,000, have nearly all been baptised; there
are about 20,000 of them that are still heathen but these are gradually being
absorbed by Islam, while some of the Christian Chuvash have become
Muhammadans and the rest are coming under Muslim influences. The
extent of their zeal for their converts may be judged from the instance of a
Christian Chuvash village, the priest of which had spent several years in
collecting the 300 roubles necessary for the repair of the church; eight
Chuvash families became Muhammadan and in the course of a few months
2000 roubles were collected for the building of a mosque. 89 Such ready
activity is characteristic of the Muslim propaganda now being carried
among the aboriginal tribes. Each family that accepts Islam receives help
either in money or in kind: a house is built for one; a field, cattle, etc., are
purchased for another; when several families in a village are converted, a
mosque is built for them and a school established for their children. 90
Of the spread of Islam among the Tatars of Siberia, we have a few
particulars. It was not until the latter half of [252]the sixteenth century that it
gained a footing in this country, but even before this period Muhammadan
missionaries had from time to time made their way into Siberia with the
hope of winning the heathen population over to the acceptance of their
faith, but the majority of them met with a martyr’s death. When Siberia
came under Muhammadan rule, in the reign of Kūchum K͟ hān, the graves of
seven of these missionaries were discovered by an aged Shayk͟ h who came
from Buk͟ hārā to search them out, being anxious that some memorial should
be kept of the devotion of these martyrs to the faith: he was able to give the
Tatar religion. 85 After their conversion, the Cheremiss are said to be very
zealous in the propagation of their new faith and receive the assistance of
wealthy Tatars; 86 on the other hand, the Russians despise the Cheremiss as
an inferior race and apply opprobrious epithets even to those among them
who are Christians. 87 About one-fourth of the Cheremiss are still heathen,
but Muslim influences are so powerful among them that it is probable that
in course of time they will for the most part become Muhammadans. 88 The
Chuvash, who number about 1,000,000, have nearly all been baptised; there
are about 20,000 of them that are still heathen but these are gradually being
absorbed by Islam, while some of the Christian Chuvash have become
Muhammadans and the rest are coming under Muslim influences. The
extent of their zeal for their converts may be judged from the instance of a
Christian Chuvash village, the priest of which had spent several years in
collecting the 300 roubles necessary for the repair of the church; eight
Chuvash families became Muhammadan and in the course of a few months
2000 roubles were collected for the building of a mosque. 89 Such ready
activity is characteristic of the Muslim propaganda now being carried
among the aboriginal tribes. Each family that accepts Islam receives help
either in money or in kind: a house is built for one; a field, cattle, etc., are
purchased for another; when several families in a village are converted, a
mosque is built for them and a school established for their children. 90
Of the spread of Islam among the Tatars of Siberia, we have a few
particulars. It was not until the latter half of [252]the sixteenth century that it
gained a footing in this country, but even before this period Muhammadan
missionaries had from time to time made their way into Siberia with the
hope of winning the heathen population over to the acceptance of their
faith, but the majority of them met with a martyr’s death. When Siberia
came under Muhammadan rule, in the reign of Kūchum K͟ hān, the graves of
seven of these missionaries were discovered by an aged Shayk͟ h who came
from Buk͟ hārā to search them out, being anxious that some memorial should
be kept of the devotion of these martyrs to the faith: he was able to give the
Page 294
names of this number, and up to the last century their memory was still
revered by the Tatars of Siberia. 91 When Kūchum K͟ hān (who was
descended from Jūjī K͟ hān, the eldest son of Chingīz K͟ hān) became K͟ hān of
Siberia (about the year 1570), either by right of conquest or (according to
another account) at the invitation of the people whose K͟ hān had died
without issue, 92 he made every effort for the conversion of his subjects, and
sent to Buk͟ hārā asking for missionaries to assist him in this pious
undertaking. One of the missionaries who was sent from Buk͟ hārā has left us
an account of how he set out with a companion to the capital of Kūchum
K͟ hān, on the bank of the Irtish. Here, after two years, his companion died,
and, for some reasons that the writer does not mention, he went back again;
but soon afterwards returned to the scene of his labours, bringing with him
another coadjutor, when Kūchum K͟ hān had appealed for help once more to
Buk͟ hārā. 93 Missionaries also came to Siberia from Kazan. But the
advancing tide of Russian conquest soon brought the proselytising efforts of
Kūchum K͟ hān to an end before much had been accomplished, especially as
many of the tribes under his rule offered a strong opposition to all attempts
made to convert them.
But though interrupted by the Russian conquest, the progress of Islam was
by no means stopped. Mullās from Buk͟ hārā and other cities of Central Asia
and merchants from Kazan were continually active as missionaries of Islam
in Siberia. In 1745 an entrance was first effected among [253]the Baraba
Tatars (between the Irtish and the Ob), and though at the beginning of the
nineteenth century many were still heathen, they have now all become
Musalmans. 94 The conversion of the Kirghiz has already been spoken of
above: the history of most of the other Muslim tribes of Siberia is very
obscure, but their conversion is probably of a recent date. Among the
instruments of Muhammadan propaganda at the present time, it is
interesting to note the large place taken by the folk-songs of the Kirghiz, in
which, interwoven with tale and legend, the main truths of Islam make their
way into the hearts of the common people. 95 [254]
revered by the Tatars of Siberia. 91 When Kūchum K͟ hān (who was
descended from Jūjī K͟ hān, the eldest son of Chingīz K͟ hān) became K͟ hān of
Siberia (about the year 1570), either by right of conquest or (according to
another account) at the invitation of the people whose K͟ hān had died
without issue, 92 he made every effort for the conversion of his subjects, and
sent to Buk͟ hārā asking for missionaries to assist him in this pious
undertaking. One of the missionaries who was sent from Buk͟ hārā has left us
an account of how he set out with a companion to the capital of Kūchum
K͟ hān, on the bank of the Irtish. Here, after two years, his companion died,
and, for some reasons that the writer does not mention, he went back again;
but soon afterwards returned to the scene of his labours, bringing with him
another coadjutor, when Kūchum K͟ hān had appealed for help once more to
Buk͟ hārā. 93 Missionaries also came to Siberia from Kazan. But the
advancing tide of Russian conquest soon brought the proselytising efforts of
Kūchum K͟ hān to an end before much had been accomplished, especially as
many of the tribes under his rule offered a strong opposition to all attempts
made to convert them.
But though interrupted by the Russian conquest, the progress of Islam was
by no means stopped. Mullās from Buk͟ hārā and other cities of Central Asia
and merchants from Kazan were continually active as missionaries of Islam
in Siberia. In 1745 an entrance was first effected among [253]the Baraba
Tatars (between the Irtish and the Ob), and though at the beginning of the
nineteenth century many were still heathen, they have now all become
Musalmans. 94 The conversion of the Kirghiz has already been spoken of
above: the history of most of the other Muslim tribes of Siberia is very
obscure, but their conversion is probably of a recent date. Among the
instruments of Muhammadan propaganda at the present time, it is
interesting to note the large place taken by the folk-songs of the Kirghiz, in
which, interwoven with tale and legend, the main truths of Islam make their
way into the hearts of the common people. 95 [254]
Page 295
Qurʼān, xix. 23. ↑
1
Ibn al-At͟ hīr, vol. xii. pp. 233–4. ↑
2
William of Rubruck, pp. 182, 191. C. d’Ohsson, tome ii. p. 488. ↑
3
De Guignes, tome iii. pp. 200, 203. ↑
4
Id. vol. iii. p. 115. ↑
5
Id. p. 125. Cahun, p. 391. ↑
6
Klaproth, p. 204. ↑
7
C. d’Ohsson, tome ii. pp. 226–7. Cahun, p. 408 sq. ↑
8
Of this writer Yule says, “He gives an unfavourable account of the
9
literature and morals of their clergy, which deserves more weight than
such statements regarding those looked upon as schismatics generally do; for the narrative of
Rubruquis gives one the impression of being written by a thoroughly honest and intelligent person.”
(Cathay and the Way Thither, vol. i. p. xcviii.) ↑
William of Rubruck, pp. 158–9. ↑
10
Maqrīzī (2), tome i. 1re partie, pp. 98, 106. ↑
11
The Chosen One—Muḥammad. ↑
12
Jūzjānī, pp. 448–50. Raverty, pp. 1288–90. ↑
13
So notoriously brutal was the treatment they received that even the Chinese
14
showmen in their exhibitions of shadow figures exultingly brought forward the
figure of an old man with a white beard dragged by the neck at the tail of a horse, as showing how
the Mongol horsemen behaved towards the Musalmans. (Howorth, vol. i. p. 159.) ↑
Raverty, p. 1146. Howorth, vol. i. pp. 112, 273. This edict was only withdrawn when it was found
15
that it prevented Muhammadan merchants from visiting the court and that trade suffered in
consequence. ↑
Howorth, vol. i. p. 165. ↑
16
Jūzjānī, pp. 404–5. Raverty, p. 1160 sqq. ↑
17
De Guignes, vol. iii. p. 265. ↑
18
In the thirteenth century, three-fourths of the Mongol hosts were Turks. (Cahun, p.
19
279.) ↑
C. d’Ohsson, vol. iii. p. 121. ↑
20
Rashīd al-Dīn, pp. 600–2. ↑
21
Blochet, pp. 74–7. ↑
22
It is of interest to note that Najm al-Dīn Muk͟ htār al-Zāhidī in 1260 compiled for Baraka
23
K͟ hān a treatise which gave the proofs of the divine mission of the Prophet, a refutation
1
Ibn al-At͟ hīr, vol. xii. pp. 233–4. ↑
2
William of Rubruck, pp. 182, 191. C. d’Ohsson, tome ii. p. 488. ↑
3
De Guignes, tome iii. pp. 200, 203. ↑
4
Id. vol. iii. p. 115. ↑
5
Id. p. 125. Cahun, p. 391. ↑
6
Klaproth, p. 204. ↑
7
C. d’Ohsson, tome ii. pp. 226–7. Cahun, p. 408 sq. ↑
8
Of this writer Yule says, “He gives an unfavourable account of the
9
literature and morals of their clergy, which deserves more weight than
such statements regarding those looked upon as schismatics generally do; for the narrative of
Rubruquis gives one the impression of being written by a thoroughly honest and intelligent person.”
(Cathay and the Way Thither, vol. i. p. xcviii.) ↑
William of Rubruck, pp. 158–9. ↑
10
Maqrīzī (2), tome i. 1re partie, pp. 98, 106. ↑
11
The Chosen One—Muḥammad. ↑
12
Jūzjānī, pp. 448–50. Raverty, pp. 1288–90. ↑
13
So notoriously brutal was the treatment they received that even the Chinese
14
showmen in their exhibitions of shadow figures exultingly brought forward the
figure of an old man with a white beard dragged by the neck at the tail of a horse, as showing how
the Mongol horsemen behaved towards the Musalmans. (Howorth, vol. i. p. 159.) ↑
Raverty, p. 1146. Howorth, vol. i. pp. 112, 273. This edict was only withdrawn when it was found
15
that it prevented Muhammadan merchants from visiting the court and that trade suffered in
consequence. ↑
Howorth, vol. i. p. 165. ↑
16
Jūzjānī, pp. 404–5. Raverty, p. 1160 sqq. ↑
17
De Guignes, vol. iii. p. 265. ↑
18
In the thirteenth century, three-fourths of the Mongol hosts were Turks. (Cahun, p.
19
279.) ↑
C. d’Ohsson, vol. iii. p. 121. ↑
20
Rashīd al-Dīn, pp. 600–2. ↑
21
Blochet, pp. 74–7. ↑
22
It is of interest to note that Najm al-Dīn Muk͟ htār al-Zāhidī in 1260 compiled for Baraka
23
K͟ hān a treatise which gave the proofs of the divine mission of the Prophet, a refutation
Page 296
of those who denied it, and an account [228]of the controversies between Christians and Muslims.
(Steinschneider, pp. 63–4.) ↑
Abu’l-G͟ hāzī, tome ii. p. 181. ↑
24
Jūzjānī, p. 447. Raverty, pp. 1283–4. ↑
25
Jūzjānī, p. 447. Raverty, pp. 1285–6. ↑
26
Maqrīzī (2), tome i. pp. 180–1, 187. ↑
27
Maqrīzī (2), tome i. p. 215. ↑
28
Id. p. 222. ↑
29
Waṣṣāf calls him Nikūdār before, and Aḥmad after, his conversion. ↑
30
Hayton. (Ramusio, tome ii. p. 60, c.) ↑
31
Qurʼān, vi. 125. ↑
32
Waṣṣāf, pp. 231–4. ↑
33
De Guignes, vol. iii. pp. 263–5. ↑
34
C. d’Ohsson, tome iv. pp. 141–2. ↑
35
Id. ib. p. 148. ↑
36
Id. ib. p. 365. ↑
37
Id. ib. pp. 148, 354. Cahun, p. 434. ↑
38
C. d’Ohsson, tome iv. pp. 128, 132. ↑
39
Hammer-Purgstall: Geschichte der Ilchanen,
40
vol. ii. p. 182. It is not improbable that the
captive Muslim women took a considerable part in the conversion of the Mongols to Islam. Women
appear to have occupied an honoured position among the Mongols, and many instances might be
given of their having taken a prominent part in political affairs, just as already several cases have
been mentioned of the influence they exercised on their husbands in religious matters. William of
Rubruck tells us how he found the influence of a Muslim wife an obstacle in the way of his
proselytising labours: “On the day of Pentecost a certain Saracen came to us, and while in
conversation with us, we began expounding the faith, and when he heard of the blessings of God to
man in the incarnation, the resurrection of the dead, the last judgment, and the washing away of sins
in baptism, he said he wished to be baptised; but while we were making ready to baptise him, he
suddenly jumped on his horse saying he had to go home to consult with his wife. And the next day
talking with us he said he could not possibly venture to receive baptism, for then he could not drink
cosmos” (mare’s milk). (Rubruck, pp. 90–1.) ↑
Ibn Baṭūṭah, vol. ii. p. 57. ↑
41
Jūzjānī, pp. 381, 397. Raverty, pp. 1110, 1145–6. ↑
42
Rashīd al-Dīn, pp. 173–4, 188. ↑
43
Abu’l-G͟ hāzī, tome ii. p. 159. ↑
(Steinschneider, pp. 63–4.) ↑
Abu’l-G͟ hāzī, tome ii. p. 181. ↑
24
Jūzjānī, p. 447. Raverty, pp. 1283–4. ↑
25
Jūzjānī, p. 447. Raverty, pp. 1285–6. ↑
26
Maqrīzī (2), tome i. pp. 180–1, 187. ↑
27
Maqrīzī (2), tome i. p. 215. ↑
28
Id. p. 222. ↑
29
Waṣṣāf calls him Nikūdār before, and Aḥmad after, his conversion. ↑
30
Hayton. (Ramusio, tome ii. p. 60, c.) ↑
31
Qurʼān, vi. 125. ↑
32
Waṣṣāf, pp. 231–4. ↑
33
De Guignes, vol. iii. pp. 263–5. ↑
34
C. d’Ohsson, tome iv. pp. 141–2. ↑
35
Id. ib. p. 148. ↑
36
Id. ib. p. 365. ↑
37
Id. ib. pp. 148, 354. Cahun, p. 434. ↑
38
C. d’Ohsson, tome iv. pp. 128, 132. ↑
39
Hammer-Purgstall: Geschichte der Ilchanen,
40
vol. ii. p. 182. It is not improbable that the
captive Muslim women took a considerable part in the conversion of the Mongols to Islam. Women
appear to have occupied an honoured position among the Mongols, and many instances might be
given of their having taken a prominent part in political affairs, just as already several cases have
been mentioned of the influence they exercised on their husbands in religious matters. William of
Rubruck tells us how he found the influence of a Muslim wife an obstacle in the way of his
proselytising labours: “On the day of Pentecost a certain Saracen came to us, and while in
conversation with us, we began expounding the faith, and when he heard of the blessings of God to
man in the incarnation, the resurrection of the dead, the last judgment, and the washing away of sins
in baptism, he said he wished to be baptised; but while we were making ready to baptise him, he
suddenly jumped on his horse saying he had to go home to consult with his wife. And the next day
talking with us he said he could not possibly venture to receive baptism, for then he could not drink
cosmos” (mare’s milk). (Rubruck, pp. 90–1.) ↑
Ibn Baṭūṭah, vol. ii. p. 57. ↑
41
Jūzjānī, pp. 381, 397. Raverty, pp. 1110, 1145–6. ↑
42
Rashīd al-Dīn, pp. 173–4, 188. ↑
43
Abu’l-G͟ hāzī, tome ii. p. 159. ↑
Page 297
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iii. p. 47. ↑
44 45
Abu’l-G͟ hāzī, tome ii. pp. 166–8. Muḥammad Ḥaydar, pp. 13–15. ↑
46
When the power of the Chag͟ hatāy K͟ hāns declined, a portion of the eastern division of
47
their realm became practically independent under the name of Mug͟ halistān, a pastoral
country suited to the habits of nomad herdsmen, in what is now known as Chinese Turkistan. ↑
Muḥammad Ḥaydar, pp. 57–8. ↑
48
In the reign of ʻAbd al-Karīm, who was K͟ hān of Kāshgar from a.h. 983 to 1003 (a.d. 1575–
49
1594). ↑
Martin Hartmann: Der Islamische Orient, vol. i. p. 203. (Berlin, 1899.) ↑
50
Id. p. 202. ↑
51
Assemani, tome iii. pars. ii. p. cxvi. ↑
52
Ibn Baṭūṭah, vol. iii. p. 40. ↑
53
Rashīd al-Dīn, p. 600, l. 1. ↑
54
Cahun, p. 410. ↑
55
Howorth, vol ii. p. 1015. ↑
56
Abū’l-G͟ hāzī, tome ii. p. 184. ↑
57
De Guignes, vol. iii. p. 351. ↑
58
Karamsin, vol. iv. pp. 391–4. ↑
59
Hammer-Purgstall: Geschichte der Goldenen Horde in Kiptschak,
60
p. 290. ↑
De Baschkiris quae memoriae prodita sunt ab Ibn-Foszlano et Jakuto, interprete C. N. Fraehnio.
61
(Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, tome viii. p. 626. 1822.) ↑
Abū ʻUbayd al-Bakrī, pp. 470–1. ↑
62
Karamsin, tome i. pp. 259–71. ↑
63
Bobrovnikoff, p. 13. ↑
64
Reclus, tome v. p. 831. R. du M. M., tome iii. pp. 76, 78. ↑
65
Relation des Tartares, par Jean de Luca, p. 17. (Thevenot, tome i.) ↑
66
Islam and Missions, p. 257. ↑
67
Gasztowtt, pp. 321–3. R. du M. M., xi. (1910), pp. 287 sqq. ↑
68
The Russian Policy regarding Central Asia. An historical sketch. By Prof.
69
V. Grigorief. (Eugene Schuyler: Turkistan, vol. ii. pp. 405–6. 5th ed.
London, 1876); Franz von Schwarz: Turkestan, p. 58. (Freiburg, 1910.) ↑
Islam and Missions, pp. 251–2, 255. ↑
70
44 45
Abu’l-G͟ hāzī, tome ii. pp. 166–8. Muḥammad Ḥaydar, pp. 13–15. ↑
46
When the power of the Chag͟ hatāy K͟ hāns declined, a portion of the eastern division of
47
their realm became practically independent under the name of Mug͟ halistān, a pastoral
country suited to the habits of nomad herdsmen, in what is now known as Chinese Turkistan. ↑
Muḥammad Ḥaydar, pp. 57–8. ↑
48
In the reign of ʻAbd al-Karīm, who was K͟ hān of Kāshgar from a.h. 983 to 1003 (a.d. 1575–
49
1594). ↑
Martin Hartmann: Der Islamische Orient, vol. i. p. 203. (Berlin, 1899.) ↑
50
Id. p. 202. ↑
51
Assemani, tome iii. pars. ii. p. cxvi. ↑
52
Ibn Baṭūṭah, vol. iii. p. 40. ↑
53
Rashīd al-Dīn, p. 600, l. 1. ↑
54
Cahun, p. 410. ↑
55
Howorth, vol ii. p. 1015. ↑
56
Abū’l-G͟ hāzī, tome ii. p. 184. ↑
57
De Guignes, vol. iii. p. 351. ↑
58
Karamsin, vol. iv. pp. 391–4. ↑
59
Hammer-Purgstall: Geschichte der Goldenen Horde in Kiptschak,
60
p. 290. ↑
De Baschkiris quae memoriae prodita sunt ab Ibn-Foszlano et Jakuto, interprete C. N. Fraehnio.
61
(Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, tome viii. p. 626. 1822.) ↑
Abū ʻUbayd al-Bakrī, pp. 470–1. ↑
62
Karamsin, tome i. pp. 259–71. ↑
63
Bobrovnikoff, p. 13. ↑
64
Reclus, tome v. p. 831. R. du M. M., tome iii. pp. 76, 78. ↑
65
Relation des Tartares, par Jean de Luca, p. 17. (Thevenot, tome i.) ↑
66
Islam and Missions, p. 257. ↑
67
Gasztowtt, pp. 321–3. R. du M. M., xi. (1910), pp. 287 sqq. ↑
68
The Russian Policy regarding Central Asia. An historical sketch. By Prof.
69
V. Grigorief. (Eugene Schuyler: Turkistan, vol. ii. pp. 405–6. 5th ed.
London, 1876); Franz von Schwarz: Turkestan, p. 58. (Freiburg, 1910.) ↑
Islam and Missions, pp. 251–2, 255. ↑
70
Page 298
D. Mackenzie Wallace: Russia, vol. i. pp. 242–4. (London, 1877, 4th ed.) R. du M. M., vol. ix.
71
(1909), p. 249. Bobrovnikoff, p. 5 sqq. ↑
W. Hepworth Dixon: Free Russia, vol. ii. p. 284. (London, 1870.) ↑
72
E.g. “En 1883, des paysans Tatars du village d’Apozof étaient poursuivis, devant le tribunal de
73
Kazan, pour avoir abandonné l’orthodoxie. Les accusés déclaraient avoir toujours été
musulmans; sept d’entre eux n’en furent pas moins condamnés, comme apostats, aux travaux
forcés.… Beaucoup de ces relaps ont été déportés en Sibérie.” Anatole Leroy-Beaulieu: L’Empire des
Tsars et les Russes, tome iii. p. 645. (Paris, 1889–93.) ↑
D. Mackenzie Wallace: Russia, vol. i. p. 245. ↑
74
Palmieri, pp. 85–6. R. du M. M., i. (1907), pp. 162 sq. ↑
75
R. du M. M., ix. (1909), p. 294. ↑
76
Id. x. (1910), p. 413. Id. i. (1907), p. 273. ↑
77
Id. ix. p. 252. ↑
78
Id. p. 249. ↑
79
Bobrovnikoff, p. 12. ↑
80
Reclus, tome v. pp. 746, 748. ↑
81
Eruslanov, pp. 3, 6. ↑
82
Id. pp. 7–8. ↑
83
Id. pp. 5–6. ↑
84
Eruslanov, pp. 9, 13. ↑
85
Id. pp. 17, 20, 36. ↑
86
Id. pp. 38–9. ↑
87
Bobrovnikoff, p. 22. ↑
88
Id. pp. 21–2, 31. ↑
89
Id. p. 13. Islam and Missions, p. 257. ↑
90
G. F. Müller: Sammlung Russischer
91
Geschichte, vol. vii. p. 191. ↑
Id. vol. vii. pp. 183–4. ↑
92
Radloff, vol. i. p. 147. ↑
93
Jadrinzew, p. 138. Radloff, vol. i. p. 241. ↑
94
Radloff, vol. i. pp. 472, 497. ↑
95
71
(1909), p. 249. Bobrovnikoff, p. 5 sqq. ↑
W. Hepworth Dixon: Free Russia, vol. ii. p. 284. (London, 1870.) ↑
72
E.g. “En 1883, des paysans Tatars du village d’Apozof étaient poursuivis, devant le tribunal de
73
Kazan, pour avoir abandonné l’orthodoxie. Les accusés déclaraient avoir toujours été
musulmans; sept d’entre eux n’en furent pas moins condamnés, comme apostats, aux travaux
forcés.… Beaucoup de ces relaps ont été déportés en Sibérie.” Anatole Leroy-Beaulieu: L’Empire des
Tsars et les Russes, tome iii. p. 645. (Paris, 1889–93.) ↑
D. Mackenzie Wallace: Russia, vol. i. p. 245. ↑
74
Palmieri, pp. 85–6. R. du M. M., i. (1907), pp. 162 sq. ↑
75
R. du M. M., ix. (1909), p. 294. ↑
76
Id. x. (1910), p. 413. Id. i. (1907), p. 273. ↑
77
Id. ix. p. 252. ↑
78
Id. p. 249. ↑
79
Bobrovnikoff, p. 12. ↑
80
Reclus, tome v. pp. 746, 748. ↑
81
Eruslanov, pp. 3, 6. ↑
82
Id. pp. 7–8. ↑
83
Id. pp. 5–6. ↑
84
Eruslanov, pp. 9, 13. ↑
85
Id. pp. 17, 20, 36. ↑
86
Id. pp. 38–9. ↑
87
Bobrovnikoff, p. 22. ↑
88
Id. pp. 21–2, 31. ↑
89
Id. p. 13. Islam and Missions, p. 257. ↑
90
G. F. Müller: Sammlung Russischer
91
Geschichte, vol. vii. p. 191. ↑
Id. vol. vii. pp. 183–4. ↑
92
Radloff, vol. i. p. 147. ↑
93
Jadrinzew, p. 138. Radloff, vol. i. p. 241. ↑
94
Radloff, vol. i. pp. 472, 497. ↑
95
Page 299
[Contents]
Page 300
CHAPTER IX.
Page 301
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN INDIA.
The Muhammadan invasions of India and the foundation and growth of the
Muhammadan power in that country, have found many historians, both
among contemporary and later writers. But hitherto no one has attempted to
write a history of the spread of Islam in India, considered apart from the
military successes and administrative achievements of its adherents. Indeed,
to many, such a task must appear impossible. For India has often been
picked out as a typical instance of a country in which Islam owes its
existence and continuance in existence to the settlement in it of foreign,
conquering Muhammadan races, who have transmitted their faith to their
descendants, and only succeeded in spreading it beyond their own circle by
means of persecution and forced conversions. Thus the missionary spirit of
Islam is supposed to show itself in its true light in the brutal massacres of
Brahmans by Maḥmūd of G͟ haznạ̄, in the persecutions of Aurangzeb, the
forcible circumcisions effected by Ḥaydar ʻAlī, Tīpū Sulṭān and the like.
But among the sixty-six millions of Indian Musalmans there are vast
numbers of converts or descendants of converts, in whose conversion force
played no part and the only influences at work were the teaching and
persuasion of peaceful missionaries. This class of converts forms a very
distinct group by itself which can be distinguished from that of the forcibly
converted and the other heterogeneous elements of which Muslim India is
made up. The entire community may be roughly divided into those of
foreign race who brought their faith into the country along with them, and
those who have been converted from one of the previous religions of the
country under various inducements [255]and at many different periods of
history. The foreign settlement consists of three main bodies: first, and
numerically the most important, are the immigrants from across the north-
west frontier, who are found chiefly in Sind and the Panjāb; next come the
descendants of the court and armies of the various Muhammadan dynasties,
The Muhammadan invasions of India and the foundation and growth of the
Muhammadan power in that country, have found many historians, both
among contemporary and later writers. But hitherto no one has attempted to
write a history of the spread of Islam in India, considered apart from the
military successes and administrative achievements of its adherents. Indeed,
to many, such a task must appear impossible. For India has often been
picked out as a typical instance of a country in which Islam owes its
existence and continuance in existence to the settlement in it of foreign,
conquering Muhammadan races, who have transmitted their faith to their
descendants, and only succeeded in spreading it beyond their own circle by
means of persecution and forced conversions. Thus the missionary spirit of
Islam is supposed to show itself in its true light in the brutal massacres of
Brahmans by Maḥmūd of G͟ haznạ̄, in the persecutions of Aurangzeb, the
forcible circumcisions effected by Ḥaydar ʻAlī, Tīpū Sulṭān and the like.
But among the sixty-six millions of Indian Musalmans there are vast
numbers of converts or descendants of converts, in whose conversion force
played no part and the only influences at work were the teaching and
persuasion of peaceful missionaries. This class of converts forms a very
distinct group by itself which can be distinguished from that of the forcibly
converted and the other heterogeneous elements of which Muslim India is
made up. The entire community may be roughly divided into those of
foreign race who brought their faith into the country along with them, and
those who have been converted from one of the previous religions of the
country under various inducements [255]and at many different periods of
history. The foreign settlement consists of three main bodies: first, and
numerically the most important, are the immigrants from across the north-
west frontier, who are found chiefly in Sind and the Panjāb; next come the
descendants of the court and armies of the various Muhammadan dynasties,
Page 302
mainly in Upper India and to a much smaller extent in the Deccan; lastly, all
along the west coast are settlements probably of Arab descent, whose
original founders came to India by sea. 1 But the number of families of
foreign origin that actually settled in India is nowhere great except in the
Panjāb and its neighbourhood. More than half the Muslim population of
India has indeed assumed appellations of distinctly foreign races, such as
Shayk͟ h, Beg, K͟ hān, and even Sayyid, but the greater portion of them are
local converts or descendants of converts, who have taken the title of the
person of highest rank amongst those by whom they were converted or have
affiliated themselves to the aristocracy of Islam on even less plausible
grounds. 2 Of this latter section of the community—the converted natives of
the country—part no doubt owed their change of religion to force and
official pressure, but by far the majority of them entered the pale of Islam of
their own free will. The history of the proselytising movements and the
social influences that brought about their conversion has hitherto received
very little attention, and most of the commonly accessible histories of the
Muhammadans in India, whether written by European or by native authors,
are mere chronicles of wars, campaigns and the achievements of princes, in
which little mention of the religious life of the time finds a place, unless it
has taken the form of fanaticism or intolerance. From the biographies of the
Muslim saints, however, and from local traditions, something may be
learned of the missionary work that was carried on quite independently of
the political life of the country. But before dealing with these it is proposed
to give an account of the official propagation of Islam and of the part played
by the Muhammadan rulers in the spread of their faith. [256]
From the fifteenth year after the death of the Prophet, when an Arab
expedition was sent into Sind, up to the eighteenth century, a series of
Muhammadan invaders, some founders of great empires, others mere
adventurers, poured into India from the north-west. While some came only
to plunder and retired laden with spoils, others remained to found kingdoms
that have had a lasting influence to the present day. But of none of these do
we learn that they were accompanied by any missionaries or preachers. Not
along the west coast are settlements probably of Arab descent, whose
original founders came to India by sea. 1 But the number of families of
foreign origin that actually settled in India is nowhere great except in the
Panjāb and its neighbourhood. More than half the Muslim population of
India has indeed assumed appellations of distinctly foreign races, such as
Shayk͟ h, Beg, K͟ hān, and even Sayyid, but the greater portion of them are
local converts or descendants of converts, who have taken the title of the
person of highest rank amongst those by whom they were converted or have
affiliated themselves to the aristocracy of Islam on even less plausible
grounds. 2 Of this latter section of the community—the converted natives of
the country—part no doubt owed their change of religion to force and
official pressure, but by far the majority of them entered the pale of Islam of
their own free will. The history of the proselytising movements and the
social influences that brought about their conversion has hitherto received
very little attention, and most of the commonly accessible histories of the
Muhammadans in India, whether written by European or by native authors,
are mere chronicles of wars, campaigns and the achievements of princes, in
which little mention of the religious life of the time finds a place, unless it
has taken the form of fanaticism or intolerance. From the biographies of the
Muslim saints, however, and from local traditions, something may be
learned of the missionary work that was carried on quite independently of
the political life of the country. But before dealing with these it is proposed
to give an account of the official propagation of Islam and of the part played
by the Muhammadan rulers in the spread of their faith. [256]
From the fifteenth year after the death of the Prophet, when an Arab
expedition was sent into Sind, up to the eighteenth century, a series of
Muhammadan invaders, some founders of great empires, others mere
adventurers, poured into India from the north-west. While some came only
to plunder and retired laden with spoils, others remained to found kingdoms
that have had a lasting influence to the present day. But of none of these do
we learn that they were accompanied by any missionaries or preachers. Not
Page 303
that they were indifferent to their religion. To many of them, their invasion
of India appeared in the light of a holy war. Such was evidently the thought
in the minds of Maḥmūd of G͟ haznạ̄ and Tīmūr. The latter, after his capture
of Dehli, writes as follows in his autobiography:—“I had been at Dehli
fifteen days, which time I passed in pleasure and enjoyment, holding royal
Courts and giving great feasts. I then reflected that I had come to Hindustān
to war against infidels, and my enterprise had been so blessed that wherever
I had gone I had been victorious. I had triumphed over my adversaries, I
had put to death some lacs of infidels and idolaters, and I had stained my
proselyting sword with the blood of the enemies of the faith. Now this
crowning victory had been won, and I felt that I ought not to indulge in
ease, but rather to exert myself in warring against the infidels of
Hindustān.” 3 Though he speaks much of his “proselyting sword,” it seems,
however, to have served no other purpose than that of sending infidels to
hell. Most of the Muslim invaders seem to have acted in a very similar way;
in the name of Allāh, idols were thrown down, their priests put to the sword,
and their temples destroyed; while mosques were often erected in their
place. It is true that the offer of Islam was generally made to the
unbelieving Hindus before any attack was made upon them. 4 Fear
occasionally dictated a timely acceptance of such offers and led to
conversions which, in the earlier days of the Muhammadan invasion at
least, were generally short-lived and ceased to be effective after the retreat
of the invader. An [257]illustration in point is furnished by the story of
Hardatta, a rāʼīs of Bulandshahr, whose submission to Maḥmūd of G͟ haznạ̄
is thus related in the history of that conqueror’s campaigns written by his
secretary. “At length (about a.d. 1019) he (i.e. Maḥmūd) arrived at the fort
of Barba, 5 in the country of Hardat, who was one of the rāʼīs, that is
“kings,” in the Hindī language. When Hardat heard of this invasion by the
protected warriors of God, who advanced like the waves of the sea, with the
angels around them on all sides, he became greatly agitated, his steps
trembled, and he feared for his life, which was forfeited under the law of
God. So he reflected that his safety would best be secured by conforming to
the religion of Islam, since God’s sword was drawn from the scabbard, and
of India appeared in the light of a holy war. Such was evidently the thought
in the minds of Maḥmūd of G͟ haznạ̄ and Tīmūr. The latter, after his capture
of Dehli, writes as follows in his autobiography:—“I had been at Dehli
fifteen days, which time I passed in pleasure and enjoyment, holding royal
Courts and giving great feasts. I then reflected that I had come to Hindustān
to war against infidels, and my enterprise had been so blessed that wherever
I had gone I had been victorious. I had triumphed over my adversaries, I
had put to death some lacs of infidels and idolaters, and I had stained my
proselyting sword with the blood of the enemies of the faith. Now this
crowning victory had been won, and I felt that I ought not to indulge in
ease, but rather to exert myself in warring against the infidels of
Hindustān.” 3 Though he speaks much of his “proselyting sword,” it seems,
however, to have served no other purpose than that of sending infidels to
hell. Most of the Muslim invaders seem to have acted in a very similar way;
in the name of Allāh, idols were thrown down, their priests put to the sword,
and their temples destroyed; while mosques were often erected in their
place. It is true that the offer of Islam was generally made to the
unbelieving Hindus before any attack was made upon them. 4 Fear
occasionally dictated a timely acceptance of such offers and led to
conversions which, in the earlier days of the Muhammadan invasion at
least, were generally short-lived and ceased to be effective after the retreat
of the invader. An [257]illustration in point is furnished by the story of
Hardatta, a rāʼīs of Bulandshahr, whose submission to Maḥmūd of G͟ haznạ̄
is thus related in the history of that conqueror’s campaigns written by his
secretary. “At length (about a.d. 1019) he (i.e. Maḥmūd) arrived at the fort
of Barba, 5 in the country of Hardat, who was one of the rāʼīs, that is
“kings,” in the Hindī language. When Hardat heard of this invasion by the
protected warriors of God, who advanced like the waves of the sea, with the
angels around them on all sides, he became greatly agitated, his steps
trembled, and he feared for his life, which was forfeited under the law of
God. So he reflected that his safety would best be secured by conforming to
the religion of Islam, since God’s sword was drawn from the scabbard, and
Page 304
the whip of punishment was uplifted. He came forth, therefore, with ten
thousand men, who all proclaimed their anxiety for conversion and their
rejection of idols.” 6
These new converts probably took the earliest opportunity of apostatising
presented to them by the retreat of the conqueror—a kind of action which
we find the early Muhammadan historians of India continually complaining
of. For when Quṭb al-Dīn Ībak attacked Baran in 1193, he was stoutly
opposed by Chandrasen, the then Rājā, who was a lineal descendant of
Hardatta and whose very name betrays his Hindu faith: nor do we hear of
there being any Musalmans remaining under his rule. 7
But these conquerors would appear to have had very little of that “love for
souls” which animates the true missionary and which has achieved such
great conquests for Islam. The K͟ hiljīs (1290–1320), the Tug͟ hlaqs (1320–
1412), and the Lodīs (1451–1526) were generally too busily engaged in
fighting to pay much regard to the interests of religion, or else thought more
of the exaction of tribute than of the work of conversion. 8 Not that they
were entirely lacking [258]in religious zeal: e.g. the Ghakkars, a barbarous
people in the mountainous districts of the North of the Panjāb, who gave the
early invaders much trouble, are said to have been converted through the
influence of Muḥammad Ghorī at the end of the twelfth century. Their
chieftain had been taken prisoner by the Muhammadan monarch, who
induced him to become a Musalman, and then confirming him in his title of
chief of this tribe, sent him back to convert his followers, many of whom
having little religion of their own were easily prevailed upon to embrace
Islam. 9 According to Ibn Baṭūṭah, the K͟ hiljīs offered some encouragement
to conversion by making it a custom to have the new convert presented to
the sultan, who clad him in a robe of honour and gave him a collar and
bracelets of gold, of a value proportionate to his rank. 10 But the monarchs of
the earlier Muhammadan dynasties as a rule evinced very little proselytising
zeal, and it would be hard to find a parallel in their history to the following
passage from the autobiography of Fīrūz Shāh Tug͟ hlaq (1351–1388): “I
thousand men, who all proclaimed their anxiety for conversion and their
rejection of idols.” 6
These new converts probably took the earliest opportunity of apostatising
presented to them by the retreat of the conqueror—a kind of action which
we find the early Muhammadan historians of India continually complaining
of. For when Quṭb al-Dīn Ībak attacked Baran in 1193, he was stoutly
opposed by Chandrasen, the then Rājā, who was a lineal descendant of
Hardatta and whose very name betrays his Hindu faith: nor do we hear of
there being any Musalmans remaining under his rule. 7
But these conquerors would appear to have had very little of that “love for
souls” which animates the true missionary and which has achieved such
great conquests for Islam. The K͟ hiljīs (1290–1320), the Tug͟ hlaqs (1320–
1412), and the Lodīs (1451–1526) were generally too busily engaged in
fighting to pay much regard to the interests of religion, or else thought more
of the exaction of tribute than of the work of conversion. 8 Not that they
were entirely lacking [258]in religious zeal: e.g. the Ghakkars, a barbarous
people in the mountainous districts of the North of the Panjāb, who gave the
early invaders much trouble, are said to have been converted through the
influence of Muḥammad Ghorī at the end of the twelfth century. Their
chieftain had been taken prisoner by the Muhammadan monarch, who
induced him to become a Musalman, and then confirming him in his title of
chief of this tribe, sent him back to convert his followers, many of whom
having little religion of their own were easily prevailed upon to embrace
Islam. 9 According to Ibn Baṭūṭah, the K͟ hiljīs offered some encouragement
to conversion by making it a custom to have the new convert presented to
the sultan, who clad him in a robe of honour and gave him a collar and
bracelets of gold, of a value proportionate to his rank. 10 But the monarchs of
the earlier Muhammadan dynasties as a rule evinced very little proselytising
zeal, and it would be hard to find a parallel in their history to the following
passage from the autobiography of Fīrūz Shāh Tug͟ hlaq (1351–1388): “I
Page 305
encouraged my infidel subjects to embrace the religion of the Prophet, and I
proclaimed that every one who repeated the creed and became a Musalman
should be exempt from the jizyah, or poll tax. Information of this came to
the ears of the people at large and great numbers of Hindus presented
themselves, and were admitted to the honour of Islam. Thus they came
forward day by day from every quarter, and, adopting the faith, were
exonerated from the jizyah, and were favoured with presents and
honours.” 11
As the Muhammadan power became consolidated, and particularly under
the Mug͟ hal dynasty, the religious influences of Islam naturally became
more permanent and persistent. These influences are certainly apparent in
the Hindu [259]theistic movements that arose in the fifteenth and sixteenth
centuries, and Bishop Lefroy has conjectured that the positive character of
Muslim teaching attracted minds that were dissatisfied with the vagueness
and subjectivity of a Pantheistic system of thought. “When
Mohammedanism, with its strong grasp of the reality of the Divine
existence and, as flowing from this, of the absolutely fixed and objective
character of truth, came into conflict with the haziness of Pantheistic
thought and the subjectivity of its belief, it necessarily followed, not only
that it triumphed in the struggle, but also that it came as a veritable tonic to
the life and thought of Upper India, quickening into a fresh and more
vigorous life many minds which never accepted for themselves its
intellectual sway.” 12
A powerful incentive to conversion was offered, when adherence to an
idolatrous system stood in the way of advancement at the Muhammadan
courts; and though a spirit of tolerance, which reached its culmination under
the eclectic Akbar, was very often shown towards Hinduism, and respected
even, for the most part, the state endowments of that religion; 13 and though
the dread of unpopularity and the desire of conciliation dictated a policy of
non-interference and deprecated such deeds of violence and such outbursts
of fanaticism as had characterised the earlier period of invasion and
proclaimed that every one who repeated the creed and became a Musalman
should be exempt from the jizyah, or poll tax. Information of this came to
the ears of the people at large and great numbers of Hindus presented
themselves, and were admitted to the honour of Islam. Thus they came
forward day by day from every quarter, and, adopting the faith, were
exonerated from the jizyah, and were favoured with presents and
honours.” 11
As the Muhammadan power became consolidated, and particularly under
the Mug͟ hal dynasty, the religious influences of Islam naturally became
more permanent and persistent. These influences are certainly apparent in
the Hindu [259]theistic movements that arose in the fifteenth and sixteenth
centuries, and Bishop Lefroy has conjectured that the positive character of
Muslim teaching attracted minds that were dissatisfied with the vagueness
and subjectivity of a Pantheistic system of thought. “When
Mohammedanism, with its strong grasp of the reality of the Divine
existence and, as flowing from this, of the absolutely fixed and objective
character of truth, came into conflict with the haziness of Pantheistic
thought and the subjectivity of its belief, it necessarily followed, not only
that it triumphed in the struggle, but also that it came as a veritable tonic to
the life and thought of Upper India, quickening into a fresh and more
vigorous life many minds which never accepted for themselves its
intellectual sway.” 12
A powerful incentive to conversion was offered, when adherence to an
idolatrous system stood in the way of advancement at the Muhammadan
courts; and though a spirit of tolerance, which reached its culmination under
the eclectic Akbar, was very often shown towards Hinduism, and respected
even, for the most part, the state endowments of that religion; 13 and though
the dread of unpopularity and the desire of conciliation dictated a policy of
non-interference and deprecated such deeds of violence and such outbursts
of fanaticism as had characterised the earlier period of invasion and
Page 306
triumph, still such motives of self-interest gained many converts from
Hinduism to the Muhammadan faith. Many Rajputs became converts in this
way, and their descendants are to this day to be found among the landed
aristocracy. The most important perhaps among these is the Musalman
branch of the great Bachgoti clan, the head of which is the premier
Muhammadan noble of Oudh. According to one tradition, their ancestor
Tilok Chand was taken prisoner by the Emperor Bābar, and to regain his
liberty adopted the faith of Islam; 14 but another legend places his
conversion in the reign of Humāyūn. This prince having heard of the
marvellous beauty of Tilok Chand’s wife, had her carried off while she was
at a fair. No sooner, however, was she [260]brought to him than his
conscience smote him and he sent for her husband. Tilok Chand had
despaired of ever seeing her again, and in gratitude he and his wife
embraced the faith “which taught such generous purity.” 15 These converted
Rajputs are very zealous in the practice of their religion, yet often betray
their Hindu origin in a very striking manner. In the district of Bulandshahr,
for example, a large Musalman family, which is known as the Lālk͟ hānī
Paṭhāns, still (with some exceptions) retains its old Hindu titles and family
customs of marriage, while Hindu branches of the same clan still exist side
by side with it. 16 In the Mirzapur district, the Gaharwār Rajputs, who are
now Muslim, still retain in all domestic matters Hindu laws and customs
and prefix a Hindu honorific title to their Muhammadan names. 17
Official pressure is said never to have been more persistently brought to
bear upon the Hindus than in the reign of Aurangzeb. In the eastern districts
of the Panjāb, there are many cases in which the ancestor of the Musalman
branch of the village community is said to have changed his religion in the
reign of this zealot, “in order to save the land of the village.” In Gurgaon,
near Dehli, there is a Hindu family of Banyās who still bear the title of
Shayk͟ h (which is commonly adopted by converted Hindus), because one of
the members of the family, whose line is now extinct, became a convert in
order to save the family property from confiscation. 18 Many Rajput
landowners, in the Cawnpore district, were compelled to embrace Islam for
Hinduism to the Muhammadan faith. Many Rajputs became converts in this
way, and their descendants are to this day to be found among the landed
aristocracy. The most important perhaps among these is the Musalman
branch of the great Bachgoti clan, the head of which is the premier
Muhammadan noble of Oudh. According to one tradition, their ancestor
Tilok Chand was taken prisoner by the Emperor Bābar, and to regain his
liberty adopted the faith of Islam; 14 but another legend places his
conversion in the reign of Humāyūn. This prince having heard of the
marvellous beauty of Tilok Chand’s wife, had her carried off while she was
at a fair. No sooner, however, was she [260]brought to him than his
conscience smote him and he sent for her husband. Tilok Chand had
despaired of ever seeing her again, and in gratitude he and his wife
embraced the faith “which taught such generous purity.” 15 These converted
Rajputs are very zealous in the practice of their religion, yet often betray
their Hindu origin in a very striking manner. In the district of Bulandshahr,
for example, a large Musalman family, which is known as the Lālk͟ hānī
Paṭhāns, still (with some exceptions) retains its old Hindu titles and family
customs of marriage, while Hindu branches of the same clan still exist side
by side with it. 16 In the Mirzapur district, the Gaharwār Rajputs, who are
now Muslim, still retain in all domestic matters Hindu laws and customs
and prefix a Hindu honorific title to their Muhammadan names. 17
Official pressure is said never to have been more persistently brought to
bear upon the Hindus than in the reign of Aurangzeb. In the eastern districts
of the Panjāb, there are many cases in which the ancestor of the Musalman
branch of the village community is said to have changed his religion in the
reign of this zealot, “in order to save the land of the village.” In Gurgaon,
near Dehli, there is a Hindu family of Banyās who still bear the title of
Shayk͟ h (which is commonly adopted by converted Hindus), because one of
the members of the family, whose line is now extinct, became a convert in
order to save the family property from confiscation. 18 Many Rajput
landowners, in the Cawnpore district, were compelled to embrace Islam for
Page 307
the same reason. 19 In [261]other cases the ancestor is said to have been
carried as a prisoner or hostage to Dehli, and there forcibly circumcised and
converted. 20 It should be noted that the only authority for these forced
conversions is family or local tradition, and no mention of such (as far as I
have been able to discover) is made in the historical accounts of
Aurangzeb’s reign. 21 It is established without doubt that forced conversions
have been made by Muhammadan rulers, and it seems probable that
Aurangzeb’s well-known zeal on behalf of his faith has caused many
families of Northern India (the history of whose conversion has been
forgotten) to attribute their change of faith to this, the most easily
assignable cause. Similarly in the Deccan, Aurangzeb shares with Ḥaydar
ʻAlī and Tīpū Sulṭān (these being the best known of modern Muhammadan
rulers) the reputation of having forcibly converted sundry families and
sections of the population, whose conversion undoubtedly dates from a
much earlier period, from which no historical record of the circumstances
of the case has come down. 22
Tīpū Sulṭān is probably the Muhammadan monarch who most
systematically engaged in the work of forcible conversion. In 1788 he
issued the following proclamation to the people of Malabar: “From the
period of the conquest until this day, during twenty-four years, you have
been a turbulent and refractory people, and in the wars waged during your
rainy season, you have caused numbers of our warriors to taste the draught
of martyrdom. Be it so. What is past is past. Hereafter you must proceed in
an opposite manner, dwell quietly and pay your dues like good subjects;
and since it is the practice with you for one woman to associate with ten
men, and you leave your mothers and sisters unconstrained in their obscene
practices, and are thence all born in adultery, and are more shameless in
your connections than the beasts of the field, I hereby require you to forsake
these sinful practices and to be like the rest of mankind; [262]and if you are
disobedient to these commands, I have made repeated vows to honour the
whole of you with Islam and to march all the chief persons to the seat of
Government.” This proclamation stirred up a general revolt in Malabar, and
carried as a prisoner or hostage to Dehli, and there forcibly circumcised and
converted. 20 It should be noted that the only authority for these forced
conversions is family or local tradition, and no mention of such (as far as I
have been able to discover) is made in the historical accounts of
Aurangzeb’s reign. 21 It is established without doubt that forced conversions
have been made by Muhammadan rulers, and it seems probable that
Aurangzeb’s well-known zeal on behalf of his faith has caused many
families of Northern India (the history of whose conversion has been
forgotten) to attribute their change of faith to this, the most easily
assignable cause. Similarly in the Deccan, Aurangzeb shares with Ḥaydar
ʻAlī and Tīpū Sulṭān (these being the best known of modern Muhammadan
rulers) the reputation of having forcibly converted sundry families and
sections of the population, whose conversion undoubtedly dates from a
much earlier period, from which no historical record of the circumstances
of the case has come down. 22
Tīpū Sulṭān is probably the Muhammadan monarch who most
systematically engaged in the work of forcible conversion. In 1788 he
issued the following proclamation to the people of Malabar: “From the
period of the conquest until this day, during twenty-four years, you have
been a turbulent and refractory people, and in the wars waged during your
rainy season, you have caused numbers of our warriors to taste the draught
of martyrdom. Be it so. What is past is past. Hereafter you must proceed in
an opposite manner, dwell quietly and pay your dues like good subjects;
and since it is the practice with you for one woman to associate with ten
men, and you leave your mothers and sisters unconstrained in their obscene
practices, and are thence all born in adultery, and are more shameless in
your connections than the beasts of the field, I hereby require you to forsake
these sinful practices and to be like the rest of mankind; [262]and if you are
disobedient to these commands, I have made repeated vows to honour the
whole of you with Islam and to march all the chief persons to the seat of
Government.” This proclamation stirred up a general revolt in Malabar, and
Page 308
early in 1789 Tīpū Sulṭān prepared to enforce his proclamation with an
army of more than twenty thousand men, and issued general orders that
“every being in the district without distinction should be honoured with
Islam, that the houses of such as fled to avoid that honour should be burned,
that they should be traced to their lurking places, and that all means of truth
and falsehood, force or fraud should be employed to effect their universal
conversion.” Thousands of Hindus were accordingly circumcised and made
to eat beef; but by the end of 1790 the British army had destroyed the last
remnant of Tīpū Sulṭān’s power in Malabar, and this monarch himself
perished early in 1799 at the capture of Seringapatam. Most of the
Brahmans and Nayars who had been forcibly converted, subsequently
disowned their new religion. 23
How little was effected towards the spread of Islam by violence on the part
of the Muhammadan rulers may be judged from the fact that even in the
centres of the Muhammadan power, such as Dehli and Agra, the
Muhammadans in modern times in the former district hardly exceeded one-
tenth, and in the latter they did not form one-fourth of the population. 24 A
remarkable example of the worthlessness of forced conversion is exhibited
in the case of Bodh Mal, Raja of Majhauli, in the district of Gorakhpur; he
was arrested by Akbar in default of revenue, carried to Dehli, and there
converted to Islam, receiving the name of Muḥammad Salīm. But on his
return his wife refused to let him into the ancestral castle, and, as apparently
she had the sympathy of his subjects on her side, she governed his
territories during the minority of his son Bhawāni Mal, so that the Hindu
succession remained undisturbed. 25 Until recently there were some strange
survivals of a similarly futile false conversion, noticeable in certain customs
of a [263]Hindu sect called the Bishnois, the principal tenet of whose faith is
the renunciation of all Hindu deities, except Viṣṇu. They used recently to
bury their dead, instead of burning them, to adopt G͟ hulām Muḥammad and
other Muhammadan names, and use the Muslim form of salutation. They
explained their adoption of these Muhammadan customs by saying that
having once slain a Qāḍī, who had interfered with their rite of widow-
army of more than twenty thousand men, and issued general orders that
“every being in the district without distinction should be honoured with
Islam, that the houses of such as fled to avoid that honour should be burned,
that they should be traced to their lurking places, and that all means of truth
and falsehood, force or fraud should be employed to effect their universal
conversion.” Thousands of Hindus were accordingly circumcised and made
to eat beef; but by the end of 1790 the British army had destroyed the last
remnant of Tīpū Sulṭān’s power in Malabar, and this monarch himself
perished early in 1799 at the capture of Seringapatam. Most of the
Brahmans and Nayars who had been forcibly converted, subsequently
disowned their new religion. 23
How little was effected towards the spread of Islam by violence on the part
of the Muhammadan rulers may be judged from the fact that even in the
centres of the Muhammadan power, such as Dehli and Agra, the
Muhammadans in modern times in the former district hardly exceeded one-
tenth, and in the latter they did not form one-fourth of the population. 24 A
remarkable example of the worthlessness of forced conversion is exhibited
in the case of Bodh Mal, Raja of Majhauli, in the district of Gorakhpur; he
was arrested by Akbar in default of revenue, carried to Dehli, and there
converted to Islam, receiving the name of Muḥammad Salīm. But on his
return his wife refused to let him into the ancestral castle, and, as apparently
she had the sympathy of his subjects on her side, she governed his
territories during the minority of his son Bhawāni Mal, so that the Hindu
succession remained undisturbed. 25 Until recently there were some strange
survivals of a similarly futile false conversion, noticeable in certain customs
of a [263]Hindu sect called the Bishnois, the principal tenet of whose faith is
the renunciation of all Hindu deities, except Viṣṇu. They used recently to
bury their dead, instead of burning them, to adopt G͟ hulām Muḥammad and
other Muhammadan names, and use the Muslim form of salutation. They
explained their adoption of these Muhammadan customs by saying that
having once slain a Qāḍī, who had interfered with their rite of widow-
Page 309
burning, they had compounded for the offence by embracing Islam. They
have now, however, renounced these practices in favour of Hindu
customs. 26
But though some Muhammadan rulers may have been more successful in
forcing an acceptance of Islam on certain of their Hindu subjects than in the
last-mentioned cases, and whatever truth there may be in the assertion 27 that
“it is impossible even to approach the religious side of the Mahomedan
position in India without surveying first its political aspect,” we
undoubtedly find that Islam has gained its greatest and most lasting
missionary triumphs in times and places in which its political power has
been weakest, as in Southern India and Eastern Bengal. Of such missionary
movements it is now proposed to essay some account, commencing with
Southern India and the Deccan, then after reviewing the history of Sind,
Cutch and Gujarāt, passing to Bengal, and finally noticing some
missionaries whose work lay outside the above geographical limits. Of
several of the missionaries to be referred to, little is recorded beyond their
names and the sphere of their labours; accordingly, in view of the general
dearth of such missionary annals, any available details have been given at
length.
The first advent of Islam in South India dates as far back as the eighth
century, when a band of refugees, to whom the Mappillas trace their
descent, came from ʻIrāq and settled in the country. 28 The trade in spices,
ivory, gems, etc., between India and Europe, which for many hundred years
was conducted by the Arabs and Persians, caused a continual stream of
Muhammadan influence to flow in upon the west coast of Southern India.
From this constant influx [264]of foreigners there resulted a mixed
population, half Hindu and half Arab or Persian, in the trading centres along
the coast. Very friendly relations appear to have existed between these
Muslim traders and the Hindu rulers, who extended to them their protection
and patronage in consideration of the increased commercial activity and
consequent prosperity of the country, that resulted from their presence in
have now, however, renounced these practices in favour of Hindu
customs. 26
But though some Muhammadan rulers may have been more successful in
forcing an acceptance of Islam on certain of their Hindu subjects than in the
last-mentioned cases, and whatever truth there may be in the assertion 27 that
“it is impossible even to approach the religious side of the Mahomedan
position in India without surveying first its political aspect,” we
undoubtedly find that Islam has gained its greatest and most lasting
missionary triumphs in times and places in which its political power has
been weakest, as in Southern India and Eastern Bengal. Of such missionary
movements it is now proposed to essay some account, commencing with
Southern India and the Deccan, then after reviewing the history of Sind,
Cutch and Gujarāt, passing to Bengal, and finally noticing some
missionaries whose work lay outside the above geographical limits. Of
several of the missionaries to be referred to, little is recorded beyond their
names and the sphere of their labours; accordingly, in view of the general
dearth of such missionary annals, any available details have been given at
length.
The first advent of Islam in South India dates as far back as the eighth
century, when a band of refugees, to whom the Mappillas trace their
descent, came from ʻIrāq and settled in the country. 28 The trade in spices,
ivory, gems, etc., between India and Europe, which for many hundred years
was conducted by the Arabs and Persians, caused a continual stream of
Muhammadan influence to flow in upon the west coast of Southern India.
From this constant influx [264]of foreigners there resulted a mixed
population, half Hindu and half Arab or Persian, in the trading centres along
the coast. Very friendly relations appear to have existed between these
Muslim traders and the Hindu rulers, who extended to them their protection
and patronage in consideration of the increased commercial activity and
consequent prosperity of the country, that resulted from their presence in
Page 310
it, 29 and no obstacles were placed in the way of proselytising, the native
converts receiving the same consideration and respect as the foreign
merchants, even though before their conversion they had belonged to the
lowest grades of society. 30
The traditionary account of the introduction of Islam into Malabar, as given
by a Muhammadan historian of the sixteenth century, represents the first
missionaries to have been a party of pilgrims on their way to visit the foot-
print of Adam in Ceylon; on their arrival at Cranganore the Raja sent for
them and the leader of the party, Shayk͟ h Sharaf b. Mālik, who was
accompanied by his brother, Mālik b. Dīnār, and his nephew, Mālik b.
Ḥabīb, took the opportunity of expounding to him the faith of Islam and the
mission of Muḥammad, “and God caused the truth of the Prophet’s teaching
to enter into the king’s heart and he believed therein; and his heart became
filled with love for the Prophet and he bade the Shayk͟ h and companions
come back to him again on their return from their pilgrimage to Adam’s
foot-print.” 31 On the return of the pilgrims from Ceylon, the king secretly
departed with them in a ship bound for the coast of Arabia, leaving his
kingdom in the hand of viceroys. Here he remained for some time, and was
just about to return to his own country, with the intention of erecting
mosques there and spreading the faith of Islam, when he fell sick and died.
On his death-bed he solemnly enjoined on his companions not to abandon
their proposed missionary journey to Malabar, and to assist them in their
labours, he gave them letters of recommendation to his viceroys, at the
same time bidding them conceal the fact of his death. Armed with these
letters, Sharaf b. Mālik [265]and his companions sailed for Cranganore,
where the king’s letter secured for them a kindly welcome and a grant of
land, on which they built a mosque. Mālik b. Dīnār decided to settle there,
but Mālik b. Ḥabīb set out on a missionary tour with the object of building
mosques throughout Malabar. “So Mālik b. Ḥabīb set out for Quilon with
his worldly goods and his wife and some of his children, and he built a
mosque there; then leaving his wife there, he went on to Hīlī Mārāwī, 32
where he built a mosque”; and so the narrative continues, giving a list of
converts receiving the same consideration and respect as the foreign
merchants, even though before their conversion they had belonged to the
lowest grades of society. 30
The traditionary account of the introduction of Islam into Malabar, as given
by a Muhammadan historian of the sixteenth century, represents the first
missionaries to have been a party of pilgrims on their way to visit the foot-
print of Adam in Ceylon; on their arrival at Cranganore the Raja sent for
them and the leader of the party, Shayk͟ h Sharaf b. Mālik, who was
accompanied by his brother, Mālik b. Dīnār, and his nephew, Mālik b.
Ḥabīb, took the opportunity of expounding to him the faith of Islam and the
mission of Muḥammad, “and God caused the truth of the Prophet’s teaching
to enter into the king’s heart and he believed therein; and his heart became
filled with love for the Prophet and he bade the Shayk͟ h and companions
come back to him again on their return from their pilgrimage to Adam’s
foot-print.” 31 On the return of the pilgrims from Ceylon, the king secretly
departed with them in a ship bound for the coast of Arabia, leaving his
kingdom in the hand of viceroys. Here he remained for some time, and was
just about to return to his own country, with the intention of erecting
mosques there and spreading the faith of Islam, when he fell sick and died.
On his death-bed he solemnly enjoined on his companions not to abandon
their proposed missionary journey to Malabar, and to assist them in their
labours, he gave them letters of recommendation to his viceroys, at the
same time bidding them conceal the fact of his death. Armed with these
letters, Sharaf b. Mālik [265]and his companions sailed for Cranganore,
where the king’s letter secured for them a kindly welcome and a grant of
land, on which they built a mosque. Mālik b. Dīnār decided to settle there,
but Mālik b. Ḥabīb set out on a missionary tour with the object of building
mosques throughout Malabar. “So Mālik b. Ḥabīb set out for Quilon with
his worldly goods and his wife and some of his children, and he built a
mosque there; then leaving his wife there, he went on to Hīlī Mārāwī, 32
where he built a mosque”; and so the narrative continues, giving a list of
Page 311
seven other places at which the missionary erected mosques, finally
returning to Cranganore. Later on, he visited all these places again to pray
in the mosque at each of them, and came back “praising and giving thanks
to God for the manifestation of the faith of Islam in a land filled with
unbelievers.” 33
In spite of the circumstantial character of this narrative, there is no evidence
of its historicity. Popular belief puts the date of the events recorded as far
back as the lifetime of the Prophet; with a mild scepticism Zayn al-Dīn
thought that they could not have been earlier than the third century of the
Hijrah; 34 but there is no more authority for the one date than for the other,
or for the common Mappilla tradition of the existence of the tomb of a
Hindu king at Zafār, on the coast of Arabia, bearing the inscription, “ʻAbd
al-Raḥmān al-Sāmirī, arrived a.h. 212, died a.h. 216”; 35 and the mosque at
Madāyi, said to have been founded by Mālik b. Dīnār, bears an inscription
commemorating its erection in a.d. 1124. 36
But the legend certainly bears witness to the peaceful character of the
proselytising influences that were at work on the Malabar coast for
centuries. The agents in this work were chiefly Arab merchants, but Ibn
Baṭūṭah makes mention of several professed theologians from Arabia and
elsewhere, whom he met in various towns on the Malabar coast. 37 The
Zamorin of Calicut, who was one of the chief patrons of Arab trade, is said
to have encouraged conversion to Islam, in order to man the Arab ships on
which he depended for his aggrandisement, and to have ordered that in
every [266]family of fishermen in his dominion one or more of the male
members should be brought up as Muhammadans. 38 At the beginning of the
sixteenth century the Mappillas were estimated to have formed one-fifth of
the population of Malabar, spoke the same language as the Hindus, and
were only distinguished from them by their long beards and peculiar head-
dress. But for the arrival of the Portuguese, the whole of this coast would
have become Muhammadan, because of the frequent conversions that took
place and the powerful influence exercised by the Muslim merchants from
returning to Cranganore. Later on, he visited all these places again to pray
in the mosque at each of them, and came back “praising and giving thanks
to God for the manifestation of the faith of Islam in a land filled with
unbelievers.” 33
In spite of the circumstantial character of this narrative, there is no evidence
of its historicity. Popular belief puts the date of the events recorded as far
back as the lifetime of the Prophet; with a mild scepticism Zayn al-Dīn
thought that they could not have been earlier than the third century of the
Hijrah; 34 but there is no more authority for the one date than for the other,
or for the common Mappilla tradition of the existence of the tomb of a
Hindu king at Zafār, on the coast of Arabia, bearing the inscription, “ʻAbd
al-Raḥmān al-Sāmirī, arrived a.h. 212, died a.h. 216”; 35 and the mosque at
Madāyi, said to have been founded by Mālik b. Dīnār, bears an inscription
commemorating its erection in a.d. 1124. 36
But the legend certainly bears witness to the peaceful character of the
proselytising influences that were at work on the Malabar coast for
centuries. The agents in this work were chiefly Arab merchants, but Ibn
Baṭūṭah makes mention of several professed theologians from Arabia and
elsewhere, whom he met in various towns on the Malabar coast. 37 The
Zamorin of Calicut, who was one of the chief patrons of Arab trade, is said
to have encouraged conversion to Islam, in order to man the Arab ships on
which he depended for his aggrandisement, and to have ordered that in
every [266]family of fishermen in his dominion one or more of the male
members should be brought up as Muhammadans. 38 At the beginning of the
sixteenth century the Mappillas were estimated to have formed one-fifth of
the population of Malabar, spoke the same language as the Hindus, and
were only distinguished from them by their long beards and peculiar head-
dress. But for the arrival of the Portuguese, the whole of this coast would
have become Muhammadan, because of the frequent conversions that took
place and the powerful influence exercised by the Muslim merchants from
Page 312
other parts of India, such as Gujarāt and the Deccan, and from Arabia and
Persia. 39
But there would appear to be no record of the individuals who took part in
the propaganda, except in the case of the historian ʻAbd al-Razzāq, who has
himself left an account of his unsuccessful mission to the court of the
Zamorin of Calicut. He was sent on this mission in the year 1441 by the
Tīmūrid Shāh Ruk͟ h Bahādur, in response to an appeal made by an
ambassador who had been sent by the Zamorin of Calicut to this monarch.
The ambassador was himself a Musalman and represented to the Sultan
how excellent and meritorious an action it would be to send a special envoy
to the Zamorin, “to invite him to accept Islam in accordance with the
injunction ‘Summon thou to the ways of thy Lord with wisdom and with
kindly warning,’ 40 and open the bolt of darkness and error that locked his
benighted heart, and let the splendour of the light of the faith and the
brightness of the sun of knowledge shine into the window of his soul.”
ʻAbd al-Razzāq was chosen for this task and after [267]an adventurous
journey reached Calicut, but appears to have met with a cold reception, and
after remaining there for about six months abandoned his original purposes
and made his way back to K͟ hurāsān, which he reached after an absence of
three years. 41
Another community of Musalmans in Southern India, the Ravuttans, 42
ascribe their conversion to the preaching of missionaries whose tombs are
held in veneration by them to the present day. The most famous of these
was Sayyid Nathar Shāh 43 (a.d. 969–1039) who after many wanderings in
Arabia, Persia and Northern India, settled down in Trichinopoly, where he
spent the remaining years of his life in prayer and works of charity, and
converted a large number of Hindus to the faith of Islam; his tomb is much
resorted to as a place of pilgrimage and the Muhammadans re-named
Trichinopoly Natharnagar, after the name of their saint. 44 Sayyid Ibrāhīm
Shahīd (said to have been born about the middle of the twelfth century),
whose tomb is at Ervadi, was a militant hero who led an expedition into the
Persia. 39
But there would appear to be no record of the individuals who took part in
the propaganda, except in the case of the historian ʻAbd al-Razzāq, who has
himself left an account of his unsuccessful mission to the court of the
Zamorin of Calicut. He was sent on this mission in the year 1441 by the
Tīmūrid Shāh Ruk͟ h Bahādur, in response to an appeal made by an
ambassador who had been sent by the Zamorin of Calicut to this monarch.
The ambassador was himself a Musalman and represented to the Sultan
how excellent and meritorious an action it would be to send a special envoy
to the Zamorin, “to invite him to accept Islam in accordance with the
injunction ‘Summon thou to the ways of thy Lord with wisdom and with
kindly warning,’ 40 and open the bolt of darkness and error that locked his
benighted heart, and let the splendour of the light of the faith and the
brightness of the sun of knowledge shine into the window of his soul.”
ʻAbd al-Razzāq was chosen for this task and after [267]an adventurous
journey reached Calicut, but appears to have met with a cold reception, and
after remaining there for about six months abandoned his original purposes
and made his way back to K͟ hurāsān, which he reached after an absence of
three years. 41
Another community of Musalmans in Southern India, the Ravuttans, 42
ascribe their conversion to the preaching of missionaries whose tombs are
held in veneration by them to the present day. The most famous of these
was Sayyid Nathar Shāh 43 (a.d. 969–1039) who after many wanderings in
Arabia, Persia and Northern India, settled down in Trichinopoly, where he
spent the remaining years of his life in prayer and works of charity, and
converted a large number of Hindus to the faith of Islam; his tomb is much
resorted to as a place of pilgrimage and the Muhammadans re-named
Trichinopoly Natharnagar, after the name of their saint. 44 Sayyid Ibrāhīm
Shahīd (said to have been born about the middle of the twelfth century),
whose tomb is at Ervadi, was a militant hero who led an expedition into the
Page 313
Pandyan kingdom, occupied the country for about twelve years, but was at
length slain; his son’s life was, however, spared in consideration of the
beneficent rule of his father, and a grant of land given to him, which his
descendants enjoy to the present day. The latest of these saints, Shāh al-
Ḥamīd (1532–1600), was born at Manikpur in Northern India, and spent
most of his life in visiting the holy shrines of Islam and in missionary tours
chiefly throughout Southern India; he finally settled in Nagore, where the
descendants of his adopted son are still in charge of his tomb. 45
Another group of Muhammadans in Southern India, the Dudekulas, who
live by cotton cleaning (as their name denotes) and by weaving coarse
fabrics, attribute their conversion to Bābā Fak͟ hr al-Dīn, whose tomb they
revere [268]at Penukonda. Legend says that he was originally a king of
Sīstān, who abdicated his throne in favour of his brother and became a
religious mendicant. After making the pilgrimage to Mecca and Medina, he
was bidden by the Prophet in a dream to go to India; here he met Nathar
Shāh, of Trichinopoly, and became his disciple and was sent by him in
company with 200 religious mendicants on a proselytising mission. The
legend goes on to say that they finally settled at Penukonda in the vicinity
of a Hindu temple, where their presence was unwelcome to the Raja of the
place, but instead of appealing to force he applied several tests to discover
whether the Muhammadan saint or his own priest was the better qualified
by sanctity to possess the temple. As a final test, he had them both tied up in
sacks filled with lime and thrown into tanks. The Hindu priest never re-
appeared, but Bābā Fak͟ hr al-Dīn asserted the superiority of his faith by
being miraculously transported to a hill outside the town. The Raja
hereupon became a Musalman, and his example was followed by a large
number of the inhabitants of the neighbourhood, and the temple was turned
into a mosque. 46
The history of Islam in Southern India by no means always continued to be
of so peaceful a character, but it does not appear that the forcible
conversions of the Hindus and others to Islam which were perpetrated when
length slain; his son’s life was, however, spared in consideration of the
beneficent rule of his father, and a grant of land given to him, which his
descendants enjoy to the present day. The latest of these saints, Shāh al-
Ḥamīd (1532–1600), was born at Manikpur in Northern India, and spent
most of his life in visiting the holy shrines of Islam and in missionary tours
chiefly throughout Southern India; he finally settled in Nagore, where the
descendants of his adopted son are still in charge of his tomb. 45
Another group of Muhammadans in Southern India, the Dudekulas, who
live by cotton cleaning (as their name denotes) and by weaving coarse
fabrics, attribute their conversion to Bābā Fak͟ hr al-Dīn, whose tomb they
revere [268]at Penukonda. Legend says that he was originally a king of
Sīstān, who abdicated his throne in favour of his brother and became a
religious mendicant. After making the pilgrimage to Mecca and Medina, he
was bidden by the Prophet in a dream to go to India; here he met Nathar
Shāh, of Trichinopoly, and became his disciple and was sent by him in
company with 200 religious mendicants on a proselytising mission. The
legend goes on to say that they finally settled at Penukonda in the vicinity
of a Hindu temple, where their presence was unwelcome to the Raja of the
place, but instead of appealing to force he applied several tests to discover
whether the Muhammadan saint or his own priest was the better qualified
by sanctity to possess the temple. As a final test, he had them both tied up in
sacks filled with lime and thrown into tanks. The Hindu priest never re-
appeared, but Bābā Fak͟ hr al-Dīn asserted the superiority of his faith by
being miraculously transported to a hill outside the town. The Raja
hereupon became a Musalman, and his example was followed by a large
number of the inhabitants of the neighbourhood, and the temple was turned
into a mosque. 46
The history of Islam in Southern India by no means always continued to be
of so peaceful a character, but it does not appear that the forcible
conversions of the Hindus and others to Islam which were perpetrated when
Page 314
the Muhammadan power became paramount under Ḥaydar ʻAlī (1767–
1782) and Tīpū Sulṭān (1782–1799), can be paralleled in the earlier history
of this part of India. However this may be, there is no reason to doubt that
constant conversions by peaceful methods were made to Islam from among
the lower castes, 47 as is the case at the present day when accessions to Islam
from time to time occur from among the Tiyans, who are said to form one
of the most progressive communities in India, the Mukkuvans or fisherman
caste, as well as from the Cherumans or agricultural labourers, and other
serf castes, to whom Islam brings deliverance from the disabilities attaching
to the outcasts [269]of the Hindu social system; occasionally, also, converts
are drawn from among the Nayars and the native Christians. In Ponnani, the
residence of the spiritual head of the majority of the Muhammadans of
Malabar, there is an association entitled Minnat al-Islām Sabhā, where
converts are instructed in the tenets of their new faith and material
assistance rendered to those under instruction; the average number of
converts received in this institution in the course of the first three years of
the twentieth century, was 750. 48 So numerous have these conversions from
Hinduism been, that the tendency of the Muhammadans of the west as well
as the east coast of Southern India has been to reversion to the Hindu or
aboriginal type, and, except in the case of some of the nobler families, they
now in great part present all the characteristics of an aboriginal people, with
very little of the original foreign blood in them. 49 In the western coast
districts the tyranny of caste intolerance is peculiarly oppressive; to give but
one instance, in Travancore certain of the lower castes may not come nearer
than seventy-four paces to a Brahman, and have to make a grunting noise as
they pass along the road, in order to give warning of their approach. Similar
instances might be abundantly multiplied. What wonder, then, that the
Musalman population is fast increasing through conversion from these
lower castes, who thereby free themselves from such degrading oppression,
and raise themselves and their descendants in the social scale?
In fact the Mappillas on the west coast are said to be increasing so
considerably through accessions from the lower classes of Hindus, as to
1782) and Tīpū Sulṭān (1782–1799), can be paralleled in the earlier history
of this part of India. However this may be, there is no reason to doubt that
constant conversions by peaceful methods were made to Islam from among
the lower castes, 47 as is the case at the present day when accessions to Islam
from time to time occur from among the Tiyans, who are said to form one
of the most progressive communities in India, the Mukkuvans or fisherman
caste, as well as from the Cherumans or agricultural labourers, and other
serf castes, to whom Islam brings deliverance from the disabilities attaching
to the outcasts [269]of the Hindu social system; occasionally, also, converts
are drawn from among the Nayars and the native Christians. In Ponnani, the
residence of the spiritual head of the majority of the Muhammadans of
Malabar, there is an association entitled Minnat al-Islām Sabhā, where
converts are instructed in the tenets of their new faith and material
assistance rendered to those under instruction; the average number of
converts received in this institution in the course of the first three years of
the twentieth century, was 750. 48 So numerous have these conversions from
Hinduism been, that the tendency of the Muhammadans of the west as well
as the east coast of Southern India has been to reversion to the Hindu or
aboriginal type, and, except in the case of some of the nobler families, they
now in great part present all the characteristics of an aboriginal people, with
very little of the original foreign blood in them. 49 In the western coast
districts the tyranny of caste intolerance is peculiarly oppressive; to give but
one instance, in Travancore certain of the lower castes may not come nearer
than seventy-four paces to a Brahman, and have to make a grunting noise as
they pass along the road, in order to give warning of their approach. Similar
instances might be abundantly multiplied. What wonder, then, that the
Musalman population is fast increasing through conversion from these
lower castes, who thereby free themselves from such degrading oppression,
and raise themselves and their descendants in the social scale?
In fact the Mappillas on the west coast are said to be increasing so
considerably through accessions from the lower classes of Hindus, as to
Page 315
render it possible that in a few years the whole of the lower races of the
west coast may become Muhammadans. 50
It was most probably from Malabar that Islam crossed over to the
Laccadive and Maldive Islands, the population of which is now entirely
Muslim. The inhabitants of these islands owed their conversion to the Arab
and Persian merchants, who established themselves in the country,
[270]intermarrying with the natives, and thus smoothing the way for the
work of active proselytism. The date of the conversion of the first
Muhammadan Sultan of the Maldive Islands, Aḥmad Shanūrāzah, 51 has
been conjectured to have occurred about a.d. 1200, but it is very possible
that the Muhammadan merchants had introduced their religion into the
island as much as three centuries before, and the process of conversion must
undoubtedly have been a gradual one. 52 No details, however, have come
down to us.
At Mālē, the seat of government, is found the tomb of Shayk͟ h Yūsuf Shams
al-Dīn, a native of Tabrīz, in Persia, who is said to have been a successful
missionary of Islam in these islands. His tomb is still held in great
veneration, and always kept in good repair, and in the same part of the
island are buried some of his countrymen who came in search of him, and
remained in the Maldives until their death. 53
The introduction of Islam into the neighbouring Laccadive Islands is
attributed to an Arab preacher, known to the islanders by the name of
Mumba Mulyaka; his tomb is still shown at Androth and as the present qāḍī
of that place claims to be twenty-sixth in descent from him, he probably
reached these islands some time in the twelfth century. 54
The Deccan also was the scene of the successful labours of many Muslim
missionaries. It has already been pointed out that from very early times
Arab traders had visited the towns on the west coast; in the tenth century we
are told that the Arabs were settled in large numbers in the towns of the
Konkan, having intermarried with the women of the country and living
west coast may become Muhammadans. 50
It was most probably from Malabar that Islam crossed over to the
Laccadive and Maldive Islands, the population of which is now entirely
Muslim. The inhabitants of these islands owed their conversion to the Arab
and Persian merchants, who established themselves in the country,
[270]intermarrying with the natives, and thus smoothing the way for the
work of active proselytism. The date of the conversion of the first
Muhammadan Sultan of the Maldive Islands, Aḥmad Shanūrāzah, 51 has
been conjectured to have occurred about a.d. 1200, but it is very possible
that the Muhammadan merchants had introduced their religion into the
island as much as three centuries before, and the process of conversion must
undoubtedly have been a gradual one. 52 No details, however, have come
down to us.
At Mālē, the seat of government, is found the tomb of Shayk͟ h Yūsuf Shams
al-Dīn, a native of Tabrīz, in Persia, who is said to have been a successful
missionary of Islam in these islands. His tomb is still held in great
veneration, and always kept in good repair, and in the same part of the
island are buried some of his countrymen who came in search of him, and
remained in the Maldives until their death. 53
The introduction of Islam into the neighbouring Laccadive Islands is
attributed to an Arab preacher, known to the islanders by the name of
Mumba Mulyaka; his tomb is still shown at Androth and as the present qāḍī
of that place claims to be twenty-sixth in descent from him, he probably
reached these islands some time in the twelfth century. 54
The Deccan also was the scene of the successful labours of many Muslim
missionaries. It has already been pointed out that from very early times
Arab traders had visited the towns on the west coast; in the tenth century we
are told that the Arabs were settled in large numbers in the towns of the
Konkan, having intermarried with the women of the country and living
Page 316
under their own laws and religion. 55 Under the Muhammadan dynasties of
the Bahmanid (1347–1490) and Bījāpūr (1489–1686) kings, a fresh impulse
was given to Arab immigration, and with the trader and the soldier of
fortune came the missionaries seeking to make [271]spiritual conquests in
the cause of Islam, and win over the unbelieving people of the country by
their preaching and example, for of forcible conversions we have no record
under the early Deccan dynasties, whose rule was characterised by a
striking toleration. 56
One of these Arab preachers, Pīr Mahābīr Khamdāyat, came as a missionary
to the Deccan as early as a.d. 1304, and among the cultivating classes of
Bījāpūr are to be found descendants of the Jains who were converted by
him. 57 About the close of the same century a celebrated saint of Gulbarga,
Sayyid Muḥammad Gīsūdarāz, 58 converted a number of Hindus of the
Poona district, and twenty years later his labours were crowned with a like
success in Belgaum. 59 At Dahanu still reside the descendants of a relative of
one of the greatest saints of Islam, Sayyid ʻAbd al-Qādir Jīlānī of Bag͟ hdād;
he came to Western India about the fifteenth century, and after making
many converts in the Konkan, died and was buried at Dahanu. 60 In the
district of Dharwar, there are large numbers of weavers whose ancestors
were converted by Hāshim Pīr Gujarātī, the religious teacher of the Bījāpūr
king, Ibrāhīm ʻĀdil Shāh II, about the close of the sixteenth century. These
men still regard the saint with special reverence and pay great respect to his
descendants. 61 The descendants of another saint, Shāh Muḥammad Ṣādiq
Sarmast Ḥusaynī, are still found in Nasik; he is said to have been the most
successful of Muhammadan missionaries; having come from Medina in
1568, he travelled over the greater part of Western India and finally settled
at Nasik—in which district another very successful Muslim missionary,
K͟ hwājah Khunmir Ḥusaynī, had begun to labour about fifty years before. 62
Two other Arab missionaries may be mentioned, the scene of whose
proselytising efforts was laid in the district of Belgaum, namely Sayyid
Muḥammad b. Sayyid ʻAlī and Sayyid ʻUmar ʻAydrūs Basheban. 63 [272]
the Bahmanid (1347–1490) and Bījāpūr (1489–1686) kings, a fresh impulse
was given to Arab immigration, and with the trader and the soldier of
fortune came the missionaries seeking to make [271]spiritual conquests in
the cause of Islam, and win over the unbelieving people of the country by
their preaching and example, for of forcible conversions we have no record
under the early Deccan dynasties, whose rule was characterised by a
striking toleration. 56
One of these Arab preachers, Pīr Mahābīr Khamdāyat, came as a missionary
to the Deccan as early as a.d. 1304, and among the cultivating classes of
Bījāpūr are to be found descendants of the Jains who were converted by
him. 57 About the close of the same century a celebrated saint of Gulbarga,
Sayyid Muḥammad Gīsūdarāz, 58 converted a number of Hindus of the
Poona district, and twenty years later his labours were crowned with a like
success in Belgaum. 59 At Dahanu still reside the descendants of a relative of
one of the greatest saints of Islam, Sayyid ʻAbd al-Qādir Jīlānī of Bag͟ hdād;
he came to Western India about the fifteenth century, and after making
many converts in the Konkan, died and was buried at Dahanu. 60 In the
district of Dharwar, there are large numbers of weavers whose ancestors
were converted by Hāshim Pīr Gujarātī, the religious teacher of the Bījāpūr
king, Ibrāhīm ʻĀdil Shāh II, about the close of the sixteenth century. These
men still regard the saint with special reverence and pay great respect to his
descendants. 61 The descendants of another saint, Shāh Muḥammad Ṣādiq
Sarmast Ḥusaynī, are still found in Nasik; he is said to have been the most
successful of Muhammadan missionaries; having come from Medina in
1568, he travelled over the greater part of Western India and finally settled
at Nasik—in which district another very successful Muslim missionary,
K͟ hwājah Khunmir Ḥusaynī, had begun to labour about fifty years before. 62
Two other Arab missionaries may be mentioned, the scene of whose
proselytising efforts was laid in the district of Belgaum, namely Sayyid
Muḥammad b. Sayyid ʻAlī and Sayyid ʻUmar ʻAydrūs Basheban. 63 [272]
Page 317
Another missionary movement may be said roughly to centre round the city
of Multan. 64 This in the early days of the Arab conquest was one of the
outposts of Islam, when Muḥammad b. Qāsim had established
Muhammadan supremacy over Sind (a.d. 714). During the three centuries
of Arab rule there were naturally many accessions to the faith of the
conquerors. Several Sindian princes responded to the invitation of the
Caliph ʻUmar b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz to embrace Islam. 65 The people of
Sāwandari—who submitted to Muḥammad b. Qāsim and had peace granted
to them on the condition that they would entertain the Musalmans and
furnish guides—are spoken of by al-Balād͟ hurī (writing about a hundred
years later) as professing Islam in his time; and the despatches of the
conqueror frequently refer to the conversion of the unbelievers.
That these conversions were in the main voluntary, may be judged from the
toleration that the Arabs, after the first violence of their onslaught, showed
towards their idolatrous subjects. The people of Brahmanābād, for example,
whose city had been taken by storm, were allowed to repair their temple,
which was a means of livelihood to the Brahmans, and nobody was to be
forbidden or prevented from following his own religion, 66 and generally,
where submission was made, quarter was readily given, and the people
were permitted the exercise of their own creeds and laws.
During the troubles that befell the caliphate in the latter half of the ninth
century, Sind, neglected by the central government, came to be divided
among several petty princes, the most powerful of whom were the Amīrs of
Multan and Mansūra. Such disunion naturally weakened the political power
of the Musalmans, which had in fact begun to decline earlier in the century.
For in the reign of al-Muʻtaṣim (a.d. 833–842), the Indians of Sindān 67
declared themselves independent, but they spared the mosque, in which the
Musalmans were allowed to perform their devotions undisturbed. 68 The
Muhammadans of Multan [273]succeeded in maintaining their political
independence, and kept themselves from being conquered by the
neighbouring Hindu princes, by threatening, if attacked, to destroy an idol
of Multan. 64 This in the early days of the Arab conquest was one of the
outposts of Islam, when Muḥammad b. Qāsim had established
Muhammadan supremacy over Sind (a.d. 714). During the three centuries
of Arab rule there were naturally many accessions to the faith of the
conquerors. Several Sindian princes responded to the invitation of the
Caliph ʻUmar b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz to embrace Islam. 65 The people of
Sāwandari—who submitted to Muḥammad b. Qāsim and had peace granted
to them on the condition that they would entertain the Musalmans and
furnish guides—are spoken of by al-Balād͟ hurī (writing about a hundred
years later) as professing Islam in his time; and the despatches of the
conqueror frequently refer to the conversion of the unbelievers.
That these conversions were in the main voluntary, may be judged from the
toleration that the Arabs, after the first violence of their onslaught, showed
towards their idolatrous subjects. The people of Brahmanābād, for example,
whose city had been taken by storm, were allowed to repair their temple,
which was a means of livelihood to the Brahmans, and nobody was to be
forbidden or prevented from following his own religion, 66 and generally,
where submission was made, quarter was readily given, and the people
were permitted the exercise of their own creeds and laws.
During the troubles that befell the caliphate in the latter half of the ninth
century, Sind, neglected by the central government, came to be divided
among several petty princes, the most powerful of whom were the Amīrs of
Multan and Mansūra. Such disunion naturally weakened the political power
of the Musalmans, which had in fact begun to decline earlier in the century.
For in the reign of al-Muʻtaṣim (a.d. 833–842), the Indians of Sindān 67
declared themselves independent, but they spared the mosque, in which the
Musalmans were allowed to perform their devotions undisturbed. 68 The
Muhammadans of Multan [273]succeeded in maintaining their political
independence, and kept themselves from being conquered by the
neighbouring Hindu princes, by threatening, if attacked, to destroy an idol
Page 318
which was held in great veneration by the Hindus and was visited by
pilgrims from the most distant parts. 69 But in the hour of its political decay,
Islam was still achieving missionary successes. Al-Balād͟ hurī 70 tells the
following story of the conversion of a king of ʻUsayfān, a country between
Kashmīr and Multan and Kābul. The people of this country worshipped an
idol for which they had built a temple. The son of the king fell sick, and he
desired the priests of the temple to pray to the idol for the recovery of his
son. They retired for a short time, and then returned saying: “We have
prayed and our supplications have been accepted.” But no long time passed
before the youth died. Then the king attacked the temple, destroyed and
broke in pieces the idol, and slew the priests. He afterwards invited a party
of Muhammadan traders, who made known to him the unity of God;
whereupon he believed in the unity and became a Muslim. A similar
missionary influence was doubtless exercised by the numerous
communities of Muslim merchants who carried their religion with them into
the infidel cities of Hindustan. Arab geographers of the tenth and twelfth
centuries mention the names of many such cities, both on the coast and
inland, where the Musalmans built their mosques, and were safe under the
protection of the native princes, who even granted them the privilege of
living under their own laws. 71 The Arab merchants at this time formed the
medium of commercial communication between Sind and the neighbouring
countries of India and the outside world. They brought the produce of China
and Ceylon to the sea-ports of Sind and from there conveyed them by way
of Multan to Turkistan and K͟ hurāsān. 72
It would be strange if these traders, scattered about in the cities of the
unbelievers, failed to exhibit the same proselytising zeal as we find in the
Muhammadan trader elsewhere. To the influence of such trading
communities [274]was most probably due the conversion of the Sammas,
who ruled over Sind from a.d. 1351 to 1521. While the reign of Nanda b.
Bābiniyyah of this dynasty is specially mentioned as one of such “peace
and security, that never was this prince called upon to ride forth to battle,
and never did a foe take the field against him,” 73 it is at the same time
pilgrims from the most distant parts. 69 But in the hour of its political decay,
Islam was still achieving missionary successes. Al-Balād͟ hurī 70 tells the
following story of the conversion of a king of ʻUsayfān, a country between
Kashmīr and Multan and Kābul. The people of this country worshipped an
idol for which they had built a temple. The son of the king fell sick, and he
desired the priests of the temple to pray to the idol for the recovery of his
son. They retired for a short time, and then returned saying: “We have
prayed and our supplications have been accepted.” But no long time passed
before the youth died. Then the king attacked the temple, destroyed and
broke in pieces the idol, and slew the priests. He afterwards invited a party
of Muhammadan traders, who made known to him the unity of God;
whereupon he believed in the unity and became a Muslim. A similar
missionary influence was doubtless exercised by the numerous
communities of Muslim merchants who carried their religion with them into
the infidel cities of Hindustan. Arab geographers of the tenth and twelfth
centuries mention the names of many such cities, both on the coast and
inland, where the Musalmans built their mosques, and were safe under the
protection of the native princes, who even granted them the privilege of
living under their own laws. 71 The Arab merchants at this time formed the
medium of commercial communication between Sind and the neighbouring
countries of India and the outside world. They brought the produce of China
and Ceylon to the sea-ports of Sind and from there conveyed them by way
of Multan to Turkistan and K͟ hurāsān. 72
It would be strange if these traders, scattered about in the cities of the
unbelievers, failed to exhibit the same proselytising zeal as we find in the
Muhammadan trader elsewhere. To the influence of such trading
communities [274]was most probably due the conversion of the Sammas,
who ruled over Sind from a.d. 1351 to 1521. While the reign of Nanda b.
Bābiniyyah of this dynasty is specially mentioned as one of such “peace
and security, that never was this prince called upon to ride forth to battle,
and never did a foe take the field against him,” 73 it is at the same time
Page 319
described as being “remarkable for its justice and an increase of Islam.”
This increase could thus only have been brought about by peaceful
missionary methods. One of the most famous of these missionaries was the
celebrated saint, Sayyid Yūsuf al-Dīn, a descendant of ʻAbd al-Qādir Jīlānī,
who was bidden in a dream to leave Bag͟ hdād for India and convert its
inhabitants to Islam. He came to Sind in 1422 and after labouring there for
ten years, he succeeded in winning over to Islam 700 families of the Lohāna
caste, who followed the example of two of their number, by name Sundarjī
and Hansrāj; these men embraced Islam, after seeing some miracles
performed by the saint, and on their conversion received the names of
Adamjī and Tāj Muḥammad respectively. Under the leadership of the
grandson of the former, these people afterwards migrated to Cutch, where
their numbers were increased by converts from among the Cutch Lohānas. 74
Sind was also the scene of the labours of Pīr Ṣadr al-Dīn, an Ismāʻīlī
missionary, who was head of the Khojah sect about the year 1430. In
accordance with the principles of accommodation practised by this sect, he
took a Hindu name and made certain concessions to the religious beliefs of
the Hindus whose conversion he sought to achieve, and introduced among
them a book entitled Dasavatār in which ʻAlī was made out to be the tenth
Avatār or incarnation of Viṣṇu; this book has been from the beginning the
accepted scripture of the Khojah sect, and it is always read by the bedside
of the dying and periodically at many festivals; it assumes the nine
incarnations of Viṣṇu to be true as far as they go, but to fall short of the
perfect truth, and supplements this imperfect Vaiṣṇav system by the cardinal
doctrine of the Ismāʻīlians, the incarnation and coming manifestation of
ʻAlī. Further, he made [275]out Brahmā to be Muḥammad, Viṣṇu to be ʻAlī
and Adam Siva. The first of Pīr Ṣadr al-Dīn’s converts were won in the
villages and towns of Upper Sind: he preached also in Cutch and from these
parts the doctrines of this sect spread southwards through Gujarāt to
Bombay; and at the present day Khojah communities are to be found in
almost all the large trading towns of Western India and on the seaboard of
the Indian Ocean. 75
This increase could thus only have been brought about by peaceful
missionary methods. One of the most famous of these missionaries was the
celebrated saint, Sayyid Yūsuf al-Dīn, a descendant of ʻAbd al-Qādir Jīlānī,
who was bidden in a dream to leave Bag͟ hdād for India and convert its
inhabitants to Islam. He came to Sind in 1422 and after labouring there for
ten years, he succeeded in winning over to Islam 700 families of the Lohāna
caste, who followed the example of two of their number, by name Sundarjī
and Hansrāj; these men embraced Islam, after seeing some miracles
performed by the saint, and on their conversion received the names of
Adamjī and Tāj Muḥammad respectively. Under the leadership of the
grandson of the former, these people afterwards migrated to Cutch, where
their numbers were increased by converts from among the Cutch Lohānas. 74
Sind was also the scene of the labours of Pīr Ṣadr al-Dīn, an Ismāʻīlī
missionary, who was head of the Khojah sect about the year 1430. In
accordance with the principles of accommodation practised by this sect, he
took a Hindu name and made certain concessions to the religious beliefs of
the Hindus whose conversion he sought to achieve, and introduced among
them a book entitled Dasavatār in which ʻAlī was made out to be the tenth
Avatār or incarnation of Viṣṇu; this book has been from the beginning the
accepted scripture of the Khojah sect, and it is always read by the bedside
of the dying and periodically at many festivals; it assumes the nine
incarnations of Viṣṇu to be true as far as they go, but to fall short of the
perfect truth, and supplements this imperfect Vaiṣṇav system by the cardinal
doctrine of the Ismāʻīlians, the incarnation and coming manifestation of
ʻAlī. Further, he made [275]out Brahmā to be Muḥammad, Viṣṇu to be ʻAlī
and Adam Siva. The first of Pīr Ṣadr al-Dīn’s converts were won in the
villages and towns of Upper Sind: he preached also in Cutch and from these
parts the doctrines of this sect spread southwards through Gujarāt to
Bombay; and at the present day Khojah communities are to be found in
almost all the large trading towns of Western India and on the seaboard of
the Indian Ocean. 75
Page 320
Pīr Ṣadr al-Dīn was not however the first of the Ismāʻīlian missionaries who
came into India. He was preceded by ʻAbd Allāh, a missionary sent from
Yaman about 1067; he is said to have been a man of great learning, and is
credited with the performance of many miracles, whereby he convinced a
large number of Hindus of the truth of his religion. 76 The second Ismāʻīlī
missionary, Nūr al-Dīn, generally known by the Hindu name he adopted,
Nūr Satāgar, was sent into India from Alamūt, the stronghold of the Grand
Master of the Ismāʻīlīs, and reached Gujarāt in the reign of the Hindu king,
Siddhā Rāj (a.d. 1094–1143). 77 He adopted a Hindu name but told the
Muhammadans that his real name was Sayyid Saʻādat; he is said to have
converted the Kanbīs, Khārwās and Korīs, low castes of Gujarāt. 78
As Nūr Satāgar is revered as the first missionary of the Khojahs, so is ʻAbd
Allāh believed by some to have been the founder of the sect of the Bohras,
a large and important community of Shīʻahs, mainly of Hindu origin, who
are found in considerable numbers in the chief commercial centres of the
Bombay Presidency. But others ascribe the honour of being the first Bohra
missionary to Mullā ʻAlī, of whose proselytising methods the following
account is given by a Shīʻah historian: “As the people of Gujarāt in those
days were infidels and accepted as their religious leader an old man whose
teaching they [276]blindly followed, Mullā ʻAlī saw no alternative but to go
to the old man and ask to become his disciple, intending to set before him
such convincing arguments that he would become a Musalman, and
afterwards to attempt the conversion of others. He accordingly spent some
years in the service of the old man, and having learned the language of the
people of the country, read their books and acquired a knowledge of their
sciences. Step by step he unfolded to the enlightened mind of the old man
the truth of the faith of Islam and persuaded him to become a Musalman.
After his conversion, some of his disciples followed the old man’s example.
Finally, the chief minister of the king of that country became aware of the
old man’s conversion to Islam, and going to see him submitted to his
spiritual guidance and likewise became a Musalman. For a long time, the
old man, the minister and the rest of the converts to Islam, kept the fact of
came into India. He was preceded by ʻAbd Allāh, a missionary sent from
Yaman about 1067; he is said to have been a man of great learning, and is
credited with the performance of many miracles, whereby he convinced a
large number of Hindus of the truth of his religion. 76 The second Ismāʻīlī
missionary, Nūr al-Dīn, generally known by the Hindu name he adopted,
Nūr Satāgar, was sent into India from Alamūt, the stronghold of the Grand
Master of the Ismāʻīlīs, and reached Gujarāt in the reign of the Hindu king,
Siddhā Rāj (a.d. 1094–1143). 77 He adopted a Hindu name but told the
Muhammadans that his real name was Sayyid Saʻādat; he is said to have
converted the Kanbīs, Khārwās and Korīs, low castes of Gujarāt. 78
As Nūr Satāgar is revered as the first missionary of the Khojahs, so is ʻAbd
Allāh believed by some to have been the founder of the sect of the Bohras,
a large and important community of Shīʻahs, mainly of Hindu origin, who
are found in considerable numbers in the chief commercial centres of the
Bombay Presidency. But others ascribe the honour of being the first Bohra
missionary to Mullā ʻAlī, of whose proselytising methods the following
account is given by a Shīʻah historian: “As the people of Gujarāt in those
days were infidels and accepted as their religious leader an old man whose
teaching they [276]blindly followed, Mullā ʻAlī saw no alternative but to go
to the old man and ask to become his disciple, intending to set before him
such convincing arguments that he would become a Musalman, and
afterwards to attempt the conversion of others. He accordingly spent some
years in the service of the old man, and having learned the language of the
people of the country, read their books and acquired a knowledge of their
sciences. Step by step he unfolded to the enlightened mind of the old man
the truth of the faith of Islam and persuaded him to become a Musalman.
After his conversion, some of his disciples followed the old man’s example.
Finally, the chief minister of the king of that country became aware of the
old man’s conversion to Islam, and going to see him submitted to his
spiritual guidance and likewise became a Musalman. For a long time, the
old man, the minister and the rest of the converts to Islam, kept the fact of
Page 321
their conversion concealed and through fear of the king always took care to
prevent it coming to his knowledge; but at length the king received a report
of the minister’s having adopted Islam and began to make inquiries. One
day, without giving previous notice, he went to the minister’s house and
found him bowing his head in prayer and was vexed with him. The minister
recognised the purpose of the king’s visit, and realised that his displeasure
had been excited by suspicions aroused by his prayer, with its bowing and
prostrations; but the guidance of God and divine grace befitting the
occasion, he said that he was making these movements because he was
watching a serpent in the corner of the room. When the king turned towards
the corner of the room, by divine providence he saw a snake there, and
accepted the minister’s excuse and his mind was cleared of all suspicions.
In the end the king also secretly became a Musalman, but for reasons of
state concealed his change of mind; when however, the hour of his death
drew near, he gave orders that his body was not to be burnt, as is the custom
of the infidels. Subsequently to his decease, when Sulṭān Z̤ afar, one of the
trusty nobles of Sulṭān Fīrūz Shāh, king of Dehlī, conquered Gujarāt, some
of the Sunnī nobles who accompanied him used arguments to make the
people join the Sunnī sect of the Muslim faith; [277]so some of the Bohras
are Sunnīs, but the greater part remain true to their original faith.” 79
Several small groups of Musalmans in Cutch and Gujarāt trace their
conversion to Imām Shāh of Pīrāna, 80 who was actively engaged in
missionary work during the latter half of the fifteenth century. He is said to
have converted a large body of Hindu cultivators, by bringing about a fall of
rain after two seasons of scarcity. On another occasion meeting a band of
Hindu pilgrims passing through Pīrāna on their way to Benares, he offered
to take them there; they agreed and in a moment were in the holy city,
where they bathed in the Ganges and paid their vows; they then awoke to
find themselves still in Pīrāna and adopted the faith of the saint who could
perform such a miracle. He died in 1512 and his tomb in Pīrāna is still an
object of pilgrimage for Hindus as well as for Muhammadans. 81
prevent it coming to his knowledge; but at length the king received a report
of the minister’s having adopted Islam and began to make inquiries. One
day, without giving previous notice, he went to the minister’s house and
found him bowing his head in prayer and was vexed with him. The minister
recognised the purpose of the king’s visit, and realised that his displeasure
had been excited by suspicions aroused by his prayer, with its bowing and
prostrations; but the guidance of God and divine grace befitting the
occasion, he said that he was making these movements because he was
watching a serpent in the corner of the room. When the king turned towards
the corner of the room, by divine providence he saw a snake there, and
accepted the minister’s excuse and his mind was cleared of all suspicions.
In the end the king also secretly became a Musalman, but for reasons of
state concealed his change of mind; when however, the hour of his death
drew near, he gave orders that his body was not to be burnt, as is the custom
of the infidels. Subsequently to his decease, when Sulṭān Z̤ afar, one of the
trusty nobles of Sulṭān Fīrūz Shāh, king of Dehlī, conquered Gujarāt, some
of the Sunnī nobles who accompanied him used arguments to make the
people join the Sunnī sect of the Muslim faith; [277]so some of the Bohras
are Sunnīs, but the greater part remain true to their original faith.” 79
Several small groups of Musalmans in Cutch and Gujarāt trace their
conversion to Imām Shāh of Pīrāna, 80 who was actively engaged in
missionary work during the latter half of the fifteenth century. He is said to
have converted a large body of Hindu cultivators, by bringing about a fall of
rain after two seasons of scarcity. On another occasion meeting a band of
Hindu pilgrims passing through Pīrāna on their way to Benares, he offered
to take them there; they agreed and in a moment were in the holy city,
where they bathed in the Ganges and paid their vows; they then awoke to
find themselves still in Pīrāna and adopted the faith of the saint who could
perform such a miracle. He died in 1512 and his tomb in Pīrāna is still an
object of pilgrimage for Hindus as well as for Muhammadans. 81
Page 322
Many of the Cutch Musalmans that are of Hindu descent reverence as their
spiritual leader Dāwal Shāh Pīr, whose real name was Malik ʻAbd al-
Laṭīf, 82 the son of one of the nobles of Maḥmūd Bīgarah (1459–1511), the
famous monarch of the Muhammadan dynasty of Gujarāt, to whose reign
popular tradition assigns the date of the conversion of many Hindus. 83
It is in Bengal, however, that the Muhammadan missionaries in India have
achieved their greatest success, as far as numbers are concerned. A
Muhammadan kingdom was first founded here at the end of the twelfth
century by Muḥammad Bak͟ htiyār Khiljī, who conquered Bihar and Bengal
and made Gaur the capital of the latter province. The long continuance of
the Muhammadan rule would naturally assist the spread of Islam, and
though the Hindu rule was restored for ten years under the tolerant Rājā
Kāns, whose rule is said to have been popular with his Muhammadan
subjects, 84 his son, Jatmall, renounced the Hindu religion and became a
Musalman. After his father’s death in 1414 he called [278]together all the
officers of the state and announced his intention of embracing Islam, and
proclaimed that if the chiefs would not permit him to ascend the throne, he
was ready to give it up to his brother; whereupon they declared that they
would accept him as their king, whatever religion he might adopt.
Accordingly, several learned men of the Muslim faith were summoned to
witness the Raja renounce the Hindu religion and publicly profess his
acceptance of Islam: he took the name of Jalāl al-Dīn Muḥammad Shāh,
and according to tradition numerous conversions were made during his
reign. 85 Many of these were however due to force, for his reign is signalised
as being the only one in which any wholesale persecution of the subject
Hindus is recorded, during the five centuries and a half of Muhammadan
rule in Eastern Bengal. 86
Conversions, however, often took place at other times under pressure from
the Muhammadan government. The Rajas of Kharagpur were originally
Hindus, and became Muhammadans because, having been defeated by one
of Akbar’s generals, they were only allowed to retain the family estates on
spiritual leader Dāwal Shāh Pīr, whose real name was Malik ʻAbd al-
Laṭīf, 82 the son of one of the nobles of Maḥmūd Bīgarah (1459–1511), the
famous monarch of the Muhammadan dynasty of Gujarāt, to whose reign
popular tradition assigns the date of the conversion of many Hindus. 83
It is in Bengal, however, that the Muhammadan missionaries in India have
achieved their greatest success, as far as numbers are concerned. A
Muhammadan kingdom was first founded here at the end of the twelfth
century by Muḥammad Bak͟ htiyār Khiljī, who conquered Bihar and Bengal
and made Gaur the capital of the latter province. The long continuance of
the Muhammadan rule would naturally assist the spread of Islam, and
though the Hindu rule was restored for ten years under the tolerant Rājā
Kāns, whose rule is said to have been popular with his Muhammadan
subjects, 84 his son, Jatmall, renounced the Hindu religion and became a
Musalman. After his father’s death in 1414 he called [278]together all the
officers of the state and announced his intention of embracing Islam, and
proclaimed that if the chiefs would not permit him to ascend the throne, he
was ready to give it up to his brother; whereupon they declared that they
would accept him as their king, whatever religion he might adopt.
Accordingly, several learned men of the Muslim faith were summoned to
witness the Raja renounce the Hindu religion and publicly profess his
acceptance of Islam: he took the name of Jalāl al-Dīn Muḥammad Shāh,
and according to tradition numerous conversions were made during his
reign. 85 Many of these were however due to force, for his reign is signalised
as being the only one in which any wholesale persecution of the subject
Hindus is recorded, during the five centuries and a half of Muhammadan
rule in Eastern Bengal. 86
Conversions, however, often took place at other times under pressure from
the Muhammadan government. The Rajas of Kharagpur were originally
Hindus, and became Muhammadans because, having been defeated by one
of Akbar’s generals, they were only allowed to retain the family estates on
Page 323
the condition that they embraced Islam. The Hindu ancestor of the family of
Asad ʻAlī K͟ hān, in Chittagong, was deprived of his caste by being forced to
smell beef and had perforce to become a Muhammadan, and several other
instances of the same kind might be quoted. 87
Murshid Qulī K͟ hān (son of a converted Brahman), who was made governor
of Bengal by the Emperor Aurangzeb at the beginning of the eighteenth
century, enforced a law that any official or landlord, who failed to pay the
revenue that was due or was unable to make good the loss, should with his
wife and children be compelled to become Muhammadans. Further, it was
the common law that any Hindu who forfeited his caste by a breach of
regulations could only be reinstated by the Muhammadan government; if
the government refused to interfere, the outcast had no means of regaining
his position in the social system of the Hindus, and would probably find no
resource but to become a Musalman. 88 [279]
The Afg͟ hān adventurers who settled in this province also appear to have
been active in the work of proselytising, for besides the children that they
had by Hindu women, they used to purchase a number of boys in times of
scarcity, and educate them in the tenets of Islam. 89 But it is not in the
ancient centres of the Muhammadan government that the Musalmans of
Bengal are found in large numbers, but in the country districts, in districts
where there are no traces of settlers from the West, and in places where low-
caste Hindus and outcasts most abound. 90 The similarity of manners
between these low-caste Hindus and the followers of the Prophet, and the
caste distinctions which they still retain, as well as their physical likeness,
all bear the same testimony and identify the Bengal Musalmans with the
aboriginal tribes of the country. Here Islam met with no consolidated
religious system to bar its progress, as in the north-west of India, where the
Muhammadan invaders found Brahmanism full of fresh life and vigour
after its triumphant struggle with Buddhism; where, in spite of persecutions,
its influence was an inspiring force in the opposition offered by the Hindus,
and retained its hold on them in the hour of their deepest distress and
Asad ʻAlī K͟ hān, in Chittagong, was deprived of his caste by being forced to
smell beef and had perforce to become a Muhammadan, and several other
instances of the same kind might be quoted. 87
Murshid Qulī K͟ hān (son of a converted Brahman), who was made governor
of Bengal by the Emperor Aurangzeb at the beginning of the eighteenth
century, enforced a law that any official or landlord, who failed to pay the
revenue that was due or was unable to make good the loss, should with his
wife and children be compelled to become Muhammadans. Further, it was
the common law that any Hindu who forfeited his caste by a breach of
regulations could only be reinstated by the Muhammadan government; if
the government refused to interfere, the outcast had no means of regaining
his position in the social system of the Hindus, and would probably find no
resource but to become a Musalman. 88 [279]
The Afg͟ hān adventurers who settled in this province also appear to have
been active in the work of proselytising, for besides the children that they
had by Hindu women, they used to purchase a number of boys in times of
scarcity, and educate them in the tenets of Islam. 89 But it is not in the
ancient centres of the Muhammadan government that the Musalmans of
Bengal are found in large numbers, but in the country districts, in districts
where there are no traces of settlers from the West, and in places where low-
caste Hindus and outcasts most abound. 90 The similarity of manners
between these low-caste Hindus and the followers of the Prophet, and the
caste distinctions which they still retain, as well as their physical likeness,
all bear the same testimony and identify the Bengal Musalmans with the
aboriginal tribes of the country. Here Islam met with no consolidated
religious system to bar its progress, as in the north-west of India, where the
Muhammadan invaders found Brahmanism full of fresh life and vigour
after its triumphant struggle with Buddhism; where, in spite of persecutions,
its influence was an inspiring force in the opposition offered by the Hindus,
and retained its hold on them in the hour of their deepest distress and
Page 324
degradation. But in Bengal the Muslim missionaries were welcomed with
open arms by the aborigines and the low castes on the very outskirts of
Hinduism, despised and condemned by their proud Aryan rulers. “To these
poor people, fishermen, hunters, pirates, and low-caste tillers of the soil,
Islam came as a revelation from on high. It was the creed of the ruling race,
its missionaries were men of zeal who brought the Gospel of the unity of
God and the equality of men in its sight to a despised and neglected
population. The initiatory rite rendered relapse impossible, and made the
proselyte and his posterity true believers for ever. In this way Islam settled
down on the richest alluvial province of India, the province which was
capable of supporting the most rapid and densest increase of population.
Compulsory conversions are occasionally recorded. But it was not to force
that Islam owed [280]its permanent success in Lower Bengal. It appealed to
the people, and it derived the great mass of its converts from the poor. It
brought in a higher conception of God, and a nobler idea of the brotherhood
of man. It offered to the teeming low castes of Bengal, who had sat for ages
abject on the outermost pale of the Hindu community, a free entrance into a
new social organisation.” 91
The existence in Bengal of definite missionary efforts is said to be attested
by certain legends of the zeal of private individuals on behalf of their
religion, and the graves of some of these missionaries are still honoured,
and are annually visited by hundreds of pilgrims. 92 One of the earliest of
these was Shayk͟ h Jalāl al-Dīn Tabrīzī, who died in a.d. 1244. He was a
pupil of the great saint, Shihāb al-Dīn Suhrawardī. In the course of his
missionary journeys he visited Bengal, where a shrine to which is attached a
rich endowment was erected in his honour, the real site of his tomb being
unknown. Many miracles are ascribed to him; among others, that he
converted a Hindu milkman to Islam by a single look. 93
In the nineteenth century there was a remarkable revival of the
Muhammadan religion in Bengal, and several sects that owe their origin to
the influence of the Wahhābī reformation, have sent their missionaries
open arms by the aborigines and the low castes on the very outskirts of
Hinduism, despised and condemned by their proud Aryan rulers. “To these
poor people, fishermen, hunters, pirates, and low-caste tillers of the soil,
Islam came as a revelation from on high. It was the creed of the ruling race,
its missionaries were men of zeal who brought the Gospel of the unity of
God and the equality of men in its sight to a despised and neglected
population. The initiatory rite rendered relapse impossible, and made the
proselyte and his posterity true believers for ever. In this way Islam settled
down on the richest alluvial province of India, the province which was
capable of supporting the most rapid and densest increase of population.
Compulsory conversions are occasionally recorded. But it was not to force
that Islam owed [280]its permanent success in Lower Bengal. It appealed to
the people, and it derived the great mass of its converts from the poor. It
brought in a higher conception of God, and a nobler idea of the brotherhood
of man. It offered to the teeming low castes of Bengal, who had sat for ages
abject on the outermost pale of the Hindu community, a free entrance into a
new social organisation.” 91
The existence in Bengal of definite missionary efforts is said to be attested
by certain legends of the zeal of private individuals on behalf of their
religion, and the graves of some of these missionaries are still honoured,
and are annually visited by hundreds of pilgrims. 92 One of the earliest of
these was Shayk͟ h Jalāl al-Dīn Tabrīzī, who died in a.d. 1244. He was a
pupil of the great saint, Shihāb al-Dīn Suhrawardī. In the course of his
missionary journeys he visited Bengal, where a shrine to which is attached a
rich endowment was erected in his honour, the real site of his tomb being
unknown. Many miracles are ascribed to him; among others, that he
converted a Hindu milkman to Islam by a single look. 93
In the nineteenth century there was a remarkable revival of the
Muhammadan religion in Bengal, and several sects that owe their origin to
the influence of the Wahhābī reformation, have sent their missionaries
Page 325
through the province purging out the remnants of Hindu superstitions,
awakening religious zeal and spreading the faith among unbelievers. 94
Some account still remains to be given of Muslim missionaries who have
laboured in parts of India other than those mentioned above. One of the
earliest of these is Shayk͟ h Ismāʻīl, one of the most famous of the Sayyids of
Buk͟ hārā, distinguished alike for his secular and religious learning; he is
said to have been the first Muslim missionary who preached the faith of
Islam in the city of Lahore, whither he came in the year a.d. 1005. Crowds
flocked to listen to his sermons, and the number of his converts swelled
rapidly day by day, and it is said that no unbeliever ever came [281]into
personal contact with him without being converted to the faith of Islam. 95
The conversion of the inhabitants of the western plains of the Panjāb is said
to have been effected through the preaching of Bahā al-Ḥaqq of Multan 96
and Bābā Farīd al-Dīn of Pakpattan, who flourished about the end of the
thirteenth and beginning of the fourteenth centuries. 97 A biographer of the
latter saint gives a list of sixteen tribes who were won over to Islam through
his preaching, but unfortunately provides us with no details of this work of
conversion. 98
One of the most famous of the Muslim saints of India and a pioneer of
Islam in Rajputana was K͟ hwājah Muʻīn al-Dīn Chishtī, who died in Ajmīr
in a.d. 1234. He was a native of Sajistān to the east of Persia, and is said to
have received his call to preach Islam to the unbelievers in India while on a
pilgrimage to Medina. Here the Prophet appeared to him in a dream and
thus addressed him: “The Almighty has entrusted the country of India to
thee. Go thither and settle in Ajmīr. By God’s help, the faith of Islam shall,
through thy piety and that of thy followers, be spread in that land.” He
obeyed the call and made his way to Ajmīr which was then under Hindu
rule and idolatry prevailed throughout the land. Among the first of his
converts here was a Yogī, who was the spiritual preceptor of the Raja
himself: gradually he gathered around him a large body of disciples whom
awakening religious zeal and spreading the faith among unbelievers. 94
Some account still remains to be given of Muslim missionaries who have
laboured in parts of India other than those mentioned above. One of the
earliest of these is Shayk͟ h Ismāʻīl, one of the most famous of the Sayyids of
Buk͟ hārā, distinguished alike for his secular and religious learning; he is
said to have been the first Muslim missionary who preached the faith of
Islam in the city of Lahore, whither he came in the year a.d. 1005. Crowds
flocked to listen to his sermons, and the number of his converts swelled
rapidly day by day, and it is said that no unbeliever ever came [281]into
personal contact with him without being converted to the faith of Islam. 95
The conversion of the inhabitants of the western plains of the Panjāb is said
to have been effected through the preaching of Bahā al-Ḥaqq of Multan 96
and Bābā Farīd al-Dīn of Pakpattan, who flourished about the end of the
thirteenth and beginning of the fourteenth centuries. 97 A biographer of the
latter saint gives a list of sixteen tribes who were won over to Islam through
his preaching, but unfortunately provides us with no details of this work of
conversion. 98
One of the most famous of the Muslim saints of India and a pioneer of
Islam in Rajputana was K͟ hwājah Muʻīn al-Dīn Chishtī, who died in Ajmīr
in a.d. 1234. He was a native of Sajistān to the east of Persia, and is said to
have received his call to preach Islam to the unbelievers in India while on a
pilgrimage to Medina. Here the Prophet appeared to him in a dream and
thus addressed him: “The Almighty has entrusted the country of India to
thee. Go thither and settle in Ajmīr. By God’s help, the faith of Islam shall,
through thy piety and that of thy followers, be spread in that land.” He
obeyed the call and made his way to Ajmīr which was then under Hindu
rule and idolatry prevailed throughout the land. Among the first of his
converts here was a Yogī, who was the spiritual preceptor of the Raja
himself: gradually he gathered around him a large body of disciples whom
Page 326
his teachings had won from the ranks of infidelity, and his fame as a
religious leader became very widespread and attracted to Ajmīr great
numbers of Hindus whom he persuaded to embrace Islam. 99 On his way to
Ajmīr he is said to have converted as many as 700 persons in the city of
Delhi.
Of immense importance in the history of Islam in India was the arrival in
that country of Sayyid Jalāl al-Dīn, who is said to have been born at
Buk͟ hārā in 1199. He settled in Uch, now in the Bahawalpur territory, in
1244, and converted numbers of persons in the neighbourhood to [282]Islam;
he died in 1291, and his descendants, many of whom are also revered as
saints, have remained as guardians of his shrine up to the present day and
form the centre of a widespread religious influence. His grandson, Sayyid
Aḥmad Kabīr, known as Mak͟ hdūm-i-Jahāniyān, is credited with having
effected the conversion of several tribes in the Punjab. 100 About a mile to
the east of Uch is situated the shrine of Ḥasan Kabīr al-Dīn, son of Sayyid
Ṣadr al-Dīn, who was a contemporary of Jalāl-al-Dīn; both father and son
are said to have made many converts, and such was the influence attributed
to Ḥasan Kabīr al-Dīn that it was said as soon as his glance fell upon any
Hindu, the latter would accept Islam. 101
Rather later in the same century, a native of Persian ʻIrāq, by name Abū ʻAlī
Qalandar, came into India and took up his residence at Panipat, where he
died at the ripe age of 100, in a.d. 1324. The Muslim Rajputs of this city,
numbering about 300 males, are descended from a certain Amīr Singh who
was converted by this saint. His tomb is still held in honour and is visited
by many pilgrims.
Another such was Shayk͟ h Jalāl al-Dīn, a Persian who came into India about
the latter half of the fourteenth century and settled down at Silhaṭ, in Lower
Assam, in order to convert the people of these parts to Islam. He achieved a
great reputation as a holy man, and his proselytising labours were crowned
with eminent success. 102
religious leader became very widespread and attracted to Ajmīr great
numbers of Hindus whom he persuaded to embrace Islam. 99 On his way to
Ajmīr he is said to have converted as many as 700 persons in the city of
Delhi.
Of immense importance in the history of Islam in India was the arrival in
that country of Sayyid Jalāl al-Dīn, who is said to have been born at
Buk͟ hārā in 1199. He settled in Uch, now in the Bahawalpur territory, in
1244, and converted numbers of persons in the neighbourhood to [282]Islam;
he died in 1291, and his descendants, many of whom are also revered as
saints, have remained as guardians of his shrine up to the present day and
form the centre of a widespread religious influence. His grandson, Sayyid
Aḥmad Kabīr, known as Mak͟ hdūm-i-Jahāniyān, is credited with having
effected the conversion of several tribes in the Punjab. 100 About a mile to
the east of Uch is situated the shrine of Ḥasan Kabīr al-Dīn, son of Sayyid
Ṣadr al-Dīn, who was a contemporary of Jalāl-al-Dīn; both father and son
are said to have made many converts, and such was the influence attributed
to Ḥasan Kabīr al-Dīn that it was said as soon as his glance fell upon any
Hindu, the latter would accept Islam. 101
Rather later in the same century, a native of Persian ʻIrāq, by name Abū ʻAlī
Qalandar, came into India and took up his residence at Panipat, where he
died at the ripe age of 100, in a.d. 1324. The Muslim Rajputs of this city,
numbering about 300 males, are descended from a certain Amīr Singh who
was converted by this saint. His tomb is still held in honour and is visited
by many pilgrims.
Another such was Shayk͟ h Jalāl al-Dīn, a Persian who came into India about
the latter half of the fourteenth century and settled down at Silhaṭ, in Lower
Assam, in order to convert the people of these parts to Islam. He achieved a
great reputation as a holy man, and his proselytising labours were crowned
with eminent success. 102
Page 327
In more recent years there have been abundant witnesses for Islam seeking
to spread this faith in India—and with very considerable success; the
second half of the nineteenth century especially witnessed a great revival of
missionary activity, the number of annual conversions being variously
estimated at ten, fifty, one hundred and six hundred thousand. 103 But it is
difficult to obtain accurate information on account of the peculiarly
individualistic character of Muslim missionary work and the absence of any
central [283]organisation or of anything in the way of missionary reports,
and the success that attends the labours of Muslim preachers is sometimes
much exaggerated, e.g. in the Panjāb a certain Ḥājī Muḥammad is said to
have converted as many as 200,000 Hindus, 104 and a mawlavī in Bangalore
boasted that in five years he had made as many as 1000 converts in this city
and its suburbs. But that there are Muslim missionaries engaged in active
and successful propagandist labours is undoubted, and the following
examples are typical of the period referred to.
Mawlavī Baqā Ḥusayn K͟ hān, an itinerant preacher, in the course of several
years converted 228 persons, residents of Bombay, Cawnpore, Ajmīr, and
other cities. Mawlavī Ḥasan ʻAlī converted twenty-five persons, twelve in
Poona, the rest in Ḥaydarabad and other parts of India. 105 In the district of
Khandesh, in the Bombay Presidency, the preaching of the Qāḍī of
Nasirabad, Sayyid Safdar ʻAlī, won over to Islam a large body of artisans,
who follow the trade of [284]armourers or blacksmiths. 106 A number of
persons of the same trade, who form a small community of about 200 souls
in the district of Nasik, were converted in a curious way about 1870. The
Presbyterian missionaries of Nasik had for a long time been trying to
convert them from Hinduism, and they were in a state of hesitation as to
whether or not to embrace Christianity when a Muhammadan faqīr from
Bombay, who was well acquainted with their habits of thought, expounded
to them the doctrines of Islam and succeeded in winning them over to that
faith. 107
to spread this faith in India—and with very considerable success; the
second half of the nineteenth century especially witnessed a great revival of
missionary activity, the number of annual conversions being variously
estimated at ten, fifty, one hundred and six hundred thousand. 103 But it is
difficult to obtain accurate information on account of the peculiarly
individualistic character of Muslim missionary work and the absence of any
central [283]organisation or of anything in the way of missionary reports,
and the success that attends the labours of Muslim preachers is sometimes
much exaggerated, e.g. in the Panjāb a certain Ḥājī Muḥammad is said to
have converted as many as 200,000 Hindus, 104 and a mawlavī in Bangalore
boasted that in five years he had made as many as 1000 converts in this city
and its suburbs. But that there are Muslim missionaries engaged in active
and successful propagandist labours is undoubted, and the following
examples are typical of the period referred to.
Mawlavī Baqā Ḥusayn K͟ hān, an itinerant preacher, in the course of several
years converted 228 persons, residents of Bombay, Cawnpore, Ajmīr, and
other cities. Mawlavī Ḥasan ʻAlī converted twenty-five persons, twelve in
Poona, the rest in Ḥaydarabad and other parts of India. 105 In the district of
Khandesh, in the Bombay Presidency, the preaching of the Qāḍī of
Nasirabad, Sayyid Safdar ʻAlī, won over to Islam a large body of artisans,
who follow the trade of [284]armourers or blacksmiths. 106 A number of
persons of the same trade, who form a small community of about 200 souls
in the district of Nasik, were converted in a curious way about 1870. The
Presbyterian missionaries of Nasik had for a long time been trying to
convert them from Hinduism, and they were in a state of hesitation as to
whether or not to embrace Christianity when a Muhammadan faqīr from
Bombay, who was well acquainted with their habits of thought, expounded
to them the doctrines of Islam and succeeded in winning them over to that
faith. 107
Page 328
In Patiala, Mawlavī ʻUbayd Allāh, a converted Brahman of great learning,
proved himself to be a zealous preacher of Islam, and in spite of the
obstacles that were at first thrown in his way by his relatives, achieved so
great a success that his converts almost filled an entire ward of the city. He
wrote controversial works, which have passed through several editions,
directed against the Christian and Hindu religions. In one of these books he
thus speaks of his own conversion: “I, Muḥammad ʻUbayd Allāh, the son of
Munshi Koṭā Mal, resident of Payal, in the Patiala State, declare that this
poor man in his childhood and during the lifetime of his father was held in
the bondage of idol-worship, but the mercy of God caught me by the hand
and drew me towards Islam, i.e. I came to know the excellence of Islam and
the deficiencies of Hinduism, and I accepted Islam heart and soul and
counted myself one of the servants of the Prophet of God (peace be upon
him!). At that time intelligence, which is the gift of God, suggested to me
that it was mere folly and laziness to blindly follow the customs of one’s
forefathers and be misled by them and not make researches into matters of
religion and faith, whereon depend our eternal bliss or misery. With these
thoughts I began to study the current faiths and investigated each of them
impartially. I thoroughly explored the Hindu religion and conversed with
learned Paṇḍits, gained a thorough knowledge of the Christian faith, read
the books of Islam and conversed with learned men. In all of them I found
errors and fallacies, with the exception of Islam, the excellence of which
became [285]clearly manifest to me; its leader, Muḥammad the Prophet,
possesses such moral excellences that no tongue can describe them, and he
alone who knows the beliefs and the liturgy, and the moral teachings and
practice of this faith, can fully realise them. Praise be to God! So excellent
is this religion that everything in it leads the soul to God. In short, by the
grace of God, the distinction between truth and falsehood became as clear
to me as night and day, darkness and light. But although my heart had long
been enlightened by the brightness of Islam and my mouth fragrant with the
profession of faith, yet my evil passions and Satan had bound me with the
fetters of the luxury and ease of this fleeting world, and I was in evil case
because of the outward observances of idolatry. At length, the grace of God
proved himself to be a zealous preacher of Islam, and in spite of the
obstacles that were at first thrown in his way by his relatives, achieved so
great a success that his converts almost filled an entire ward of the city. He
wrote controversial works, which have passed through several editions,
directed against the Christian and Hindu religions. In one of these books he
thus speaks of his own conversion: “I, Muḥammad ʻUbayd Allāh, the son of
Munshi Koṭā Mal, resident of Payal, in the Patiala State, declare that this
poor man in his childhood and during the lifetime of his father was held in
the bondage of idol-worship, but the mercy of God caught me by the hand
and drew me towards Islam, i.e. I came to know the excellence of Islam and
the deficiencies of Hinduism, and I accepted Islam heart and soul and
counted myself one of the servants of the Prophet of God (peace be upon
him!). At that time intelligence, which is the gift of God, suggested to me
that it was mere folly and laziness to blindly follow the customs of one’s
forefathers and be misled by them and not make researches into matters of
religion and faith, whereon depend our eternal bliss or misery. With these
thoughts I began to study the current faiths and investigated each of them
impartially. I thoroughly explored the Hindu religion and conversed with
learned Paṇḍits, gained a thorough knowledge of the Christian faith, read
the books of Islam and conversed with learned men. In all of them I found
errors and fallacies, with the exception of Islam, the excellence of which
became [285]clearly manifest to me; its leader, Muḥammad the Prophet,
possesses such moral excellences that no tongue can describe them, and he
alone who knows the beliefs and the liturgy, and the moral teachings and
practice of this faith, can fully realise them. Praise be to God! So excellent
is this religion that everything in it leads the soul to God. In short, by the
grace of God, the distinction between truth and falsehood became as clear
to me as night and day, darkness and light. But although my heart had long
been enlightened by the brightness of Islam and my mouth fragrant with the
profession of faith, yet my evil passions and Satan had bound me with the
fetters of the luxury and ease of this fleeting world, and I was in evil case
because of the outward observances of idolatry. At length, the grace of God
Page 329
thus admonished me: ‘How long wilt thou keep this priceless pearl hidden
within the shell and this refreshing perfume shut up in the casket? thou
shouldest wear this pearl about thy neck and profit by this perfume.’
Moreover the learned have declared that to conceal one’s faith in Islam and
retain the dress and habits of infidels brings a man to Hell. So (God be
praised!) on the ʻĪd al-Fiṭr 1264 the sun of my conversion emerged from its
screen of clouds, and I performed my devotions in public with my Muslim
brethren.” 108
Many Muhammadan preachers have adopted the methods of Christian
missionaries, such as street preaching, tract distribution, and other agencies.
In many of the large cities of India, Muslim preachers may be found daily
expounding the teachings of Islam in some principal thoroughfare. In
Bangalore this practice is very general, and one of these preachers, who was
the imām of the mosque about the year 1890, was so popular that he was
even sometimes invited to preach by Hindus: he preached in the market-
place, and in the course of seven or eight years gained forty-two converts.
In Bombay a Muhammadan missionary preaches almost daily near the chief
market of the city, and in Calcutta there are several preaching-stations that
are kept constantly supplied. Among the converts are occasionally to be
found some Europeans, mostly persons in [286]indigent circumstances; the
mass, however, are Hindus. 109 Some of the numerous Anjumans that have of
recent years sprung up in the chief centres of Musalman life in India,
include among their objects the sending of missionaries to preach in the
bazaars; such are the Anjuman Ḥimāyat-i-Islām of Lahore, and the
Anjuman Ḥāmī Islām of Ajmīr. These particular Anjumans appoint paid
agents, but much of the work of preaching in the bazaars is performed by
persons who are engaged in some trade or business during the working
hours of the day and devote their leisure time in the evenings to this pious
work.
Much of the missionary zeal of the Indian Musalmans is directed towards
counteracting the anti-Islamic tendencies of the instruction given by
within the shell and this refreshing perfume shut up in the casket? thou
shouldest wear this pearl about thy neck and profit by this perfume.’
Moreover the learned have declared that to conceal one’s faith in Islam and
retain the dress and habits of infidels brings a man to Hell. So (God be
praised!) on the ʻĪd al-Fiṭr 1264 the sun of my conversion emerged from its
screen of clouds, and I performed my devotions in public with my Muslim
brethren.” 108
Many Muhammadan preachers have adopted the methods of Christian
missionaries, such as street preaching, tract distribution, and other agencies.
In many of the large cities of India, Muslim preachers may be found daily
expounding the teachings of Islam in some principal thoroughfare. In
Bangalore this practice is very general, and one of these preachers, who was
the imām of the mosque about the year 1890, was so popular that he was
even sometimes invited to preach by Hindus: he preached in the market-
place, and in the course of seven or eight years gained forty-two converts.
In Bombay a Muhammadan missionary preaches almost daily near the chief
market of the city, and in Calcutta there are several preaching-stations that
are kept constantly supplied. Among the converts are occasionally to be
found some Europeans, mostly persons in [286]indigent circumstances; the
mass, however, are Hindus. 109 Some of the numerous Anjumans that have of
recent years sprung up in the chief centres of Musalman life in India,
include among their objects the sending of missionaries to preach in the
bazaars; such are the Anjuman Ḥimāyat-i-Islām of Lahore, and the
Anjuman Ḥāmī Islām of Ajmīr. These particular Anjumans appoint paid
agents, but much of the work of preaching in the bazaars is performed by
persons who are engaged in some trade or business during the working
hours of the day and devote their leisure time in the evenings to this pious
work.
Much of the missionary zeal of the Indian Musalmans is directed towards
counteracting the anti-Islamic tendencies of the instruction given by
Page 330
Christian missionaries and the preachers of the Ārya Samāj, and the efforts
made are thus defensive rather than directly proselytising. Some preachers
too turn their attention rather to the strengthening of the foundation already
laid, and endeavour to rid their ignorant co-religionists of their Hindu
superstitions, and instil in them a purer form of faith, such efforts being in
many cases the continuation of earlier missionary activity. The work of
conversion has indeed been often very imperfect. Of many, nominally
Muslims, it may be said that they are half Hindus: they observe caste rules,
they join in Hindu festivals and practise numerous idolatrous ceremonies. In
certain districts also, e.g. in Mewāt and Gurgaon, large numbers of
Muhammadans may be found who know nothing of their religion but its
name; they have no mosques, nor do they observe the hours of prayer. This
is especially the case among the Muhammadans of the villages or in parts of
the country where they are isolated from the mass of believers; but in the
towns the presence of learned religious men tends, in great measure, to
counteract the influence of former superstitions, and makes for a purer and
more intelligent form of religious life. In recent years, however, there has
been, speaking generally, a movement noticeable among the Indian
Muslims towards [287]a religious life more strictly in accordance with the
laws of Islam. The influence of the Christian mission schools has also been
very great in stimulating among some Muhammadans of the younger
generation a study of their own religion and in bringing about a consequent
awakening of religious zeal. Indeed, the spread of education generally, has
led to a more intelligent grasp of religious principles and to an increase of
religious teachers in outlying and hitherto neglected districts. This
missionary movement of reform (from whatever cause it may originate),
may be observed in very different parts of India. In the eastern districts of
the Panjāb, for example, after the Mutiny, a great religious revival took
place. Preachers travelled far and wide through the country, calling upon
believers to abandon their idolatrous practices and expounding the true
tenets of the faith. Now, in consequence, most villages, in which
Muhammadans own any considerable portion, have a mosque, while the
grosser and more open idolatries are being discontinued. 110 In Rajputana
made are thus defensive rather than directly proselytising. Some preachers
too turn their attention rather to the strengthening of the foundation already
laid, and endeavour to rid their ignorant co-religionists of their Hindu
superstitions, and instil in them a purer form of faith, such efforts being in
many cases the continuation of earlier missionary activity. The work of
conversion has indeed been often very imperfect. Of many, nominally
Muslims, it may be said that they are half Hindus: they observe caste rules,
they join in Hindu festivals and practise numerous idolatrous ceremonies. In
certain districts also, e.g. in Mewāt and Gurgaon, large numbers of
Muhammadans may be found who know nothing of their religion but its
name; they have no mosques, nor do they observe the hours of prayer. This
is especially the case among the Muhammadans of the villages or in parts of
the country where they are isolated from the mass of believers; but in the
towns the presence of learned religious men tends, in great measure, to
counteract the influence of former superstitions, and makes for a purer and
more intelligent form of religious life. In recent years, however, there has
been, speaking generally, a movement noticeable among the Indian
Muslims towards [287]a religious life more strictly in accordance with the
laws of Islam. The influence of the Christian mission schools has also been
very great in stimulating among some Muhammadans of the younger
generation a study of their own religion and in bringing about a consequent
awakening of religious zeal. Indeed, the spread of education generally, has
led to a more intelligent grasp of religious principles and to an increase of
religious teachers in outlying and hitherto neglected districts. This
missionary movement of reform (from whatever cause it may originate),
may be observed in very different parts of India. In the eastern districts of
the Panjāb, for example, after the Mutiny, a great religious revival took
place. Preachers travelled far and wide through the country, calling upon
believers to abandon their idolatrous practices and expounding the true
tenets of the faith. Now, in consequence, most villages, in which
Muhammadans own any considerable portion, have a mosque, while the
grosser and more open idolatries are being discontinued. 110 In Rajputana
Page 331
also, the Hindu tribes who have been from time to time converted to Islam
in the rural districts, are now becoming more orthodox and regular in their
religious observances, and are abandoning the ancient customs which
hitherto they had observed in common with their idolatrous neighbours. The
Merāts, for example, now follow the orthodox Muhammadan form of
marriage instead of the Hindu ritual they formerly observed, and have
abjured the flesh of the wild boar. 111 A similar revival in Bengal has already
been spoken of above.
Such movements and the efforts of individual missionaries are, however,
quite inadequate to explain the rapid increase of the Muhammadans of
India, and one is naturally led to inquire what are the causes other than the
normal increase of population, 112 which add so enormously to their
numbers. The answer is to be found in the social conditions of life among
Hindus. The insults and contempt heaped upon the lower castes of Hindus
by their co-religionists, and the impassable obstacles placed in the way of
any member of [288]these castes desiring to better his condition, show up in
striking contrast the benefits of a religious system which has no outcasts,
and gives free scope for the indulgence of any ambition. In Bengal, for
example, the weavers of cotton piece-goods, who are looked upon as vile
by their Hindu co-religionists, embrace Islam in large numbers to escape
from the low position to which they are otherwise degraded. 113 A very
remarkable instance of a similar kind occurs in the history of the north-
eastern part of the same province. Here in the year 1550 the aboriginal tribe
of the Kocch established a dynasty under their great leader, Haju; in the
reign of his grandson, when the higher classes in the state were received
into the pale of Hinduism, 114 the mass of the people finding themselves
despised as outcasts, became Muhammadans. 115
The escape that Islam offers to Hindus from the oppression of the higher
castes was strikingly illustrated in Tinnevelli at the close of the nineteenth
century. A very low caste, the Shanars, had in recent years become
prosperous and many of them had built fine houses; they asserted that they
in the rural districts, are now becoming more orthodox and regular in their
religious observances, and are abandoning the ancient customs which
hitherto they had observed in common with their idolatrous neighbours. The
Merāts, for example, now follow the orthodox Muhammadan form of
marriage instead of the Hindu ritual they formerly observed, and have
abjured the flesh of the wild boar. 111 A similar revival in Bengal has already
been spoken of above.
Such movements and the efforts of individual missionaries are, however,
quite inadequate to explain the rapid increase of the Muhammadans of
India, and one is naturally led to inquire what are the causes other than the
normal increase of population, 112 which add so enormously to their
numbers. The answer is to be found in the social conditions of life among
Hindus. The insults and contempt heaped upon the lower castes of Hindus
by their co-religionists, and the impassable obstacles placed in the way of
any member of [288]these castes desiring to better his condition, show up in
striking contrast the benefits of a religious system which has no outcasts,
and gives free scope for the indulgence of any ambition. In Bengal, for
example, the weavers of cotton piece-goods, who are looked upon as vile
by their Hindu co-religionists, embrace Islam in large numbers to escape
from the low position to which they are otherwise degraded. 113 A very
remarkable instance of a similar kind occurs in the history of the north-
eastern part of the same province. Here in the year 1550 the aboriginal tribe
of the Kocch established a dynasty under their great leader, Haju; in the
reign of his grandson, when the higher classes in the state were received
into the pale of Hinduism, 114 the mass of the people finding themselves
despised as outcasts, became Muhammadans. 115
The escape that Islam offers to Hindus from the oppression of the higher
castes was strikingly illustrated in Tinnevelli at the close of the nineteenth
century. A very low caste, the Shanars, had in recent years become
prosperous and many of them had built fine houses; they asserted that they
Page 332
had the right to worship in temples, from which they had hitherto been
excluded. A riot ensued, in the course of which the Shanars suffered badly
at the hands of Hindus of a higher caste, and they took refuge in the pale of
Islam. Six hundred Shanars in one village became Muslims in one day, and
their example was quickly followed in other places. 116
Similar instances might be given from other parts of India. A Hindu who
has in any way lost caste and been in consequence repudiated by his
relations and by the society of which he has been accustomed to move,
would naturally be attracted towards a religion that receives all without
distinction, and offers to him a grade of society equal in the social scale to
that from which he has been banished. Such a change of religion might well
be accompanied with sincere conviction, but men also who might be
profoundly indifferent to the number or names of the [289]deities they were
called upon to worship, would feel very keenly the social ostracism entailed
by their loss of caste, and become Muhammadan without any religious
feelings at all. The influence of the study of Muhammadan literature also,
and the habitual contact with Muhammadan society, must often make itself
insensibly felt. Among the Rajput princes of the nineteenth century in
Rajputana and Bundelkhand, such tendencies towards Islamism were to be
observed, 117 tendencies which, had the Mug͟ hal empire lasted, would
probably have led to their ultimate conversion. They not only respected
Muhammadan saints, but had Muhammadan tutors for their sons; they also
had their food killed in accordance with the regulations laid down by the
Muhammadan law, and joined in the Muhammadan festivals dressed as
faqīrs, and praying like true believers. On the other hand, it has been
conjectured that the present position of affairs, under a government
perfectly impartial in matters religious, is much more likely to promote
conversions among the Hindus generally than was the case under the rule of
the Muhammadan kingdoms, when Hinduism gained union and strength
from the constant struggle with an aggressive enemy. 118 Hindus, too, often
flock in large numbers to the tombs of Muslim saints on the day appointed
to commemorate them, and a childless father, with the feeling that prompts
excluded. A riot ensued, in the course of which the Shanars suffered badly
at the hands of Hindus of a higher caste, and they took refuge in the pale of
Islam. Six hundred Shanars in one village became Muslims in one day, and
their example was quickly followed in other places. 116
Similar instances might be given from other parts of India. A Hindu who
has in any way lost caste and been in consequence repudiated by his
relations and by the society of which he has been accustomed to move,
would naturally be attracted towards a religion that receives all without
distinction, and offers to him a grade of society equal in the social scale to
that from which he has been banished. Such a change of religion might well
be accompanied with sincere conviction, but men also who might be
profoundly indifferent to the number or names of the [289]deities they were
called upon to worship, would feel very keenly the social ostracism entailed
by their loss of caste, and become Muhammadan without any religious
feelings at all. The influence of the study of Muhammadan literature also,
and the habitual contact with Muhammadan society, must often make itself
insensibly felt. Among the Rajput princes of the nineteenth century in
Rajputana and Bundelkhand, such tendencies towards Islamism were to be
observed, 117 tendencies which, had the Mug͟ hal empire lasted, would
probably have led to their ultimate conversion. They not only respected
Muhammadan saints, but had Muhammadan tutors for their sons; they also
had their food killed in accordance with the regulations laid down by the
Muhammadan law, and joined in the Muhammadan festivals dressed as
faqīrs, and praying like true believers. On the other hand, it has been
conjectured that the present position of affairs, under a government
perfectly impartial in matters religious, is much more likely to promote
conversions among the Hindus generally than was the case under the rule of
the Muhammadan kingdoms, when Hinduism gained union and strength
from the constant struggle with an aggressive enemy. 118 Hindus, too, often
flock in large numbers to the tombs of Muslim saints on the day appointed
to commemorate them, and a childless father, with the feeling that prompts
Page 333
a polytheist to leave no God unaddressed, will present his petition to the
God of the Muhammadans, and if children are born to him, apparently in
answer to this prayer, the whole family will in such a case (and examples
are not infrequent) embrace Islam. 119 [290]
Love for a Muhammadan woman is occasionally the cause of the
conversion of a Hindu, since the marriage of a Muslim woman to an
unbeliever is absolutely forbidden by the Muslim law. Hindu children, if
adopted by wealthy Musalmans, would be brought up in the religion of their
new parents; and a Hindu wife, married to a follower of the Prophet, would
be likely to adopt the faith of her husband. 120 As the contrary process can
rarely take place, the number of Muhammadans is bound to increase in
proportion to that of the Hindus. Hindus, who for some reason or other have
been driven out of their caste; the poor who have become the recipients of
Muhammadan charity, or women and children who have been protected
when their parents have died or deserted them—(such cases would naturally
be frequent in times of famine)—form a continuous though small stream of
additions from the Hindus. 121 There are often local circumstances
favourable to the growth of Islam; for example, it has been pointed out 122
that in the villages of the Terai, in which the number of Hindus and
Muhammadans happen to be equally balanced, any increase in the
predominance of the Muhammadans is invariably followed by disputes
about the killing of cows and other practices offensive to Hindu feeling.
The Hindus gradually move away from the village, leaving behind of their
creed only the Chamār ploughman in the service of the Muhammadan
peasants. These latter eventually adopt the religion of their masters, not
from any conviction of its truth, but from the inconvenience their isolation
entails.
Some striking instances of conversions from the lower castes of Hindus are
also found in the agricultural districts of Oudh. Although the
Muhammadans of this province form only one-tenth of the whole
population, still the small groups of Muhammadan cultivators form
God of the Muhammadans, and if children are born to him, apparently in
answer to this prayer, the whole family will in such a case (and examples
are not infrequent) embrace Islam. 119 [290]
Love for a Muhammadan woman is occasionally the cause of the
conversion of a Hindu, since the marriage of a Muslim woman to an
unbeliever is absolutely forbidden by the Muslim law. Hindu children, if
adopted by wealthy Musalmans, would be brought up in the religion of their
new parents; and a Hindu wife, married to a follower of the Prophet, would
be likely to adopt the faith of her husband. 120 As the contrary process can
rarely take place, the number of Muhammadans is bound to increase in
proportion to that of the Hindus. Hindus, who for some reason or other have
been driven out of their caste; the poor who have become the recipients of
Muhammadan charity, or women and children who have been protected
when their parents have died or deserted them—(such cases would naturally
be frequent in times of famine)—form a continuous though small stream of
additions from the Hindus. 121 There are often local circumstances
favourable to the growth of Islam; for example, it has been pointed out 122
that in the villages of the Terai, in which the number of Hindus and
Muhammadans happen to be equally balanced, any increase in the
predominance of the Muhammadans is invariably followed by disputes
about the killing of cows and other practices offensive to Hindu feeling.
The Hindus gradually move away from the village, leaving behind of their
creed only the Chamār ploughman in the service of the Muhammadan
peasants. These latter eventually adopt the religion of their masters, not
from any conviction of its truth, but from the inconvenience their isolation
entails.
Some striking instances of conversions from the lower castes of Hindus are
also found in the agricultural districts of Oudh. Although the
Muhammadans of this province form only one-tenth of the whole
population, still the small groups of Muhammadan cultivators form
Page 334
“scattered centres of revolt against the degrading oppression to which their
religion hopelessly consigns these lower castes.” 123 The advantages Islam
holds out to such classes as the Korīs [291]and Chamārs, who stand at the
lowest level of Hindu society, and the deliverance which conversion to
Islam brings them, may be best understood from the following passage
descriptive of their social condition as Hindus. 124 “The lowest depth of
misery and degradation is reached by the Korīs and Chamārs, the weavers
and leather-cutters to the rest. Many of these in the northern districts are
actually bond-slaves, having hardly ever the spirit to avail themselves of the
remedy offered by our courts, and descend with their children from
generation to generation as the value of an old purchase. They hold the
plough for the Brahman or Chhattri master, whose pride of caste forbids
him to touch it, and live with the pigs, less unclean than themselves, in
separate quarters apart from the rest of the village. Always on the verge of
starvation, their lean, black, and ill-formed figures, their stupid faces, and
their repulsively filthy habits reflect the wretched destiny which condemns
them to be lower than the beast among their fellow-men, and yet that they
are far from incapable of improvement is proved by the active and useful
stable servants drawn from among them, who receive good pay and live
well under European masters. A change of religion is the only means of
escape open to them, and they have little reason to be faithful to their
present creed.”
It is this absence of class prejudices which constitutes the real strength of
Islam in India, and enables it to win so many converts from Hinduism.
To complete this survey of Islam in India, some account still remains to be
given of the spread of this faith in Kashmīr and thence beyond the borders
of India into Tibet. Of all the provinces and states of India (with the
exception of Sind) Kashmīr contains the largest number of Muhammadans
(namely 70 per cent.) in proportion to the whole population; but
unfortunately historical facts that should explain the existence in this state
of so many Musalmans, almost entirely of Hindu or Tibetan origin, are very
religion hopelessly consigns these lower castes.” 123 The advantages Islam
holds out to such classes as the Korīs [291]and Chamārs, who stand at the
lowest level of Hindu society, and the deliverance which conversion to
Islam brings them, may be best understood from the following passage
descriptive of their social condition as Hindus. 124 “The lowest depth of
misery and degradation is reached by the Korīs and Chamārs, the weavers
and leather-cutters to the rest. Many of these in the northern districts are
actually bond-slaves, having hardly ever the spirit to avail themselves of the
remedy offered by our courts, and descend with their children from
generation to generation as the value of an old purchase. They hold the
plough for the Brahman or Chhattri master, whose pride of caste forbids
him to touch it, and live with the pigs, less unclean than themselves, in
separate quarters apart from the rest of the village. Always on the verge of
starvation, their lean, black, and ill-formed figures, their stupid faces, and
their repulsively filthy habits reflect the wretched destiny which condemns
them to be lower than the beast among their fellow-men, and yet that they
are far from incapable of improvement is proved by the active and useful
stable servants drawn from among them, who receive good pay and live
well under European masters. A change of religion is the only means of
escape open to them, and they have little reason to be faithful to their
present creed.”
It is this absence of class prejudices which constitutes the real strength of
Islam in India, and enables it to win so many converts from Hinduism.
To complete this survey of Islam in India, some account still remains to be
given of the spread of this faith in Kashmīr and thence beyond the borders
of India into Tibet. Of all the provinces and states of India (with the
exception of Sind) Kashmīr contains the largest number of Muhammadans
(namely 70 per cent.) in proportion to the whole population; but
unfortunately historical facts that should explain the existence in this state
of so many Musalmans, almost entirely of Hindu or Tibetan origin, are very
Page 335
scanty. But all the evidence leads us to attribute it on the whole to a long-
continued missionary movement inaugurated and carried out mainly by
faqīrs and dervishes, among whom were Ismāʻīlian preachers sent from
Alamūt. 125 [292]
It is difficult to say when this Islamising influence first made itself felt in
the country. The first Muhammadan king of Kashmīr, Ṣadr al-Dīn, 126 is said
to have owed his conversion to a certain Darwesh Bulbul Shāh in the early
part of the fourteenth century. This saint was the only religious teacher who
could satisfy his craving for religious truth when, dissatisfied with his own
Hindu faith, he looked for a more acceptable form of doctrine. Towards the
end of the same century (in 1388) the progress of Islam was most materially
furthered by the advent of Sayyid ʻAlī Hamadānī, a fugitive from his native
city of Hamadān in Persia, where he had incurred the wrath of Tīmūr. He
was accompanied by 700 Sayyids, who established hermitages all over the
country and by their influence appear to have assured the acceptance of the
new religion. Their advent appears, however, to have also stirred up
considerable fanaticism, as Sultan Sikandar (1393–1417) acquired the name
of Butshikan from his destruction of Hindu idols and temples, and his prime
minister, a converted Hindu, set on foot a fierce persecution of the
adherents of his old faith, but on his death toleration was again made the
rule of the kingdom. 127 Towards the close of the fifteenth century, a
missionary, by name Mīr Shams al-Dīn, belonging to a Shīʻah sect, came
from ʻIrāq, and, with the aid of his disciples, won over a large number of
converts in Kashmīr.
When under Akbar, Kashmīr became a province of the Mug͟ hal empire, the
Muhammadan influence was naturally strengthened and many men of
learning came into the country. In the reign of Aurangzeb, the Rajput Raja
of Kishtwar was converted by the miracles of a certain Sayyid Shāh Farīd
al-Dīn and his conversion seems to have been followed by that of the
majority of his subjects, and along the route which the Mug͟ hal emperors
continued missionary movement inaugurated and carried out mainly by
faqīrs and dervishes, among whom were Ismāʻīlian preachers sent from
Alamūt. 125 [292]
It is difficult to say when this Islamising influence first made itself felt in
the country. The first Muhammadan king of Kashmīr, Ṣadr al-Dīn, 126 is said
to have owed his conversion to a certain Darwesh Bulbul Shāh in the early
part of the fourteenth century. This saint was the only religious teacher who
could satisfy his craving for religious truth when, dissatisfied with his own
Hindu faith, he looked for a more acceptable form of doctrine. Towards the
end of the same century (in 1388) the progress of Islam was most materially
furthered by the advent of Sayyid ʻAlī Hamadānī, a fugitive from his native
city of Hamadān in Persia, where he had incurred the wrath of Tīmūr. He
was accompanied by 700 Sayyids, who established hermitages all over the
country and by their influence appear to have assured the acceptance of the
new religion. Their advent appears, however, to have also stirred up
considerable fanaticism, as Sultan Sikandar (1393–1417) acquired the name
of Butshikan from his destruction of Hindu idols and temples, and his prime
minister, a converted Hindu, set on foot a fierce persecution of the
adherents of his old faith, but on his death toleration was again made the
rule of the kingdom. 127 Towards the close of the fifteenth century, a
missionary, by name Mīr Shams al-Dīn, belonging to a Shīʻah sect, came
from ʻIrāq, and, with the aid of his disciples, won over a large number of
converts in Kashmīr.
When under Akbar, Kashmīr became a province of the Mug͟ hal empire, the
Muhammadan influence was naturally strengthened and many men of
learning came into the country. In the reign of Aurangzeb, the Rajput Raja
of Kishtwar was converted by the miracles of a certain Sayyid Shāh Farīd
al-Dīn and his conversion seems to have been followed by that of the
majority of his subjects, and along the route which the Mug͟ hal emperors
Page 336
took on their progresses into Kashmīr we still find Rajas who are the
descendants of Muhammadanised Rajputs. 128
To the north and north-east of Kashmīr, the provinces of Baltistan and
Ladakh are inhabited by a mixed Tibetan [293]race, among whom Islam has
been firmly established for several centuries, but the date and manner of its
introduction is unknown. The Muhammadans of Baltistan tell of four
brothers who came from K͟ hurāsān and brought about a revival of the faith,
but appear to have no tradition regarding the earliest propagandists. 129 Up to
the middle of the nineteenth century Islam appeared to be making progress,
but this tendency was counteracted by the encouragement which Maharaja
Ranbir Singh gave to the followers of the Buddhist faith. In Ladakh there
are a number of half-castes, called Arghons, 130 born of Tibetan mothers and
Muhammadan fathers, traders who have come to Leh and persuaded the
Tibetan women they marry to accept Islam. These Arghons are all
Musalmans and, like their fathers, marry Tibetan wives; they are said to be
increasing in numbers more rapidly than the pure Tibetan stock. 131 Islam
has also been carried into Tibet Proper by Kashmīrī merchants. Settlements
of such merchants are to be found in all the chief cities of Tibet; they marry
Tibetan wives, who often adopt the religion of their husbands; and there are
now said to be as many as 2000 Muhammadan families in Lhasa. 132 Islam
has made its way into Tibet also from Yunnan, 133 and at Su-ching, on the
border of the Sze-chwan province and Tibet, converts are being won from
among the Tibetan inhabitants. 134 Muhammadan influences are also said to
have come from Persia 135 and from Turkestan. 136 [294]
Census of India, 1891. General Report by J. A. Baines, p. 167. (London, 1893.) ↑
1
Id. pp. 126, 207. ↑
2
Elliot, vol. ii. p. 448. ↑
3
Muḥammad b. Qāsim invited the Hindu princes to embrace Islam, and the invaders who
4
followed him were probably equally observant of the religious law. (Elliot, vol. i. pp.
175, 207.) ↑
Or Baran, the old name of Bulandshahr. ↑
5
Elliot, vol. ii. pp. 42–3. ↑
descendants of Muhammadanised Rajputs. 128
To the north and north-east of Kashmīr, the provinces of Baltistan and
Ladakh are inhabited by a mixed Tibetan [293]race, among whom Islam has
been firmly established for several centuries, but the date and manner of its
introduction is unknown. The Muhammadans of Baltistan tell of four
brothers who came from K͟ hurāsān and brought about a revival of the faith,
but appear to have no tradition regarding the earliest propagandists. 129 Up to
the middle of the nineteenth century Islam appeared to be making progress,
but this tendency was counteracted by the encouragement which Maharaja
Ranbir Singh gave to the followers of the Buddhist faith. In Ladakh there
are a number of half-castes, called Arghons, 130 born of Tibetan mothers and
Muhammadan fathers, traders who have come to Leh and persuaded the
Tibetan women they marry to accept Islam. These Arghons are all
Musalmans and, like their fathers, marry Tibetan wives; they are said to be
increasing in numbers more rapidly than the pure Tibetan stock. 131 Islam
has also been carried into Tibet Proper by Kashmīrī merchants. Settlements
of such merchants are to be found in all the chief cities of Tibet; they marry
Tibetan wives, who often adopt the religion of their husbands; and there are
now said to be as many as 2000 Muhammadan families in Lhasa. 132 Islam
has made its way into Tibet also from Yunnan, 133 and at Su-ching, on the
border of the Sze-chwan province and Tibet, converts are being won from
among the Tibetan inhabitants. 134 Muhammadan influences are also said to
have come from Persia 135 and from Turkestan. 136 [294]
Census of India, 1891. General Report by J. A. Baines, p. 167. (London, 1893.) ↑
1
Id. pp. 126, 207. ↑
2
Elliot, vol. ii. p. 448. ↑
3
Muḥammad b. Qāsim invited the Hindu princes to embrace Islam, and the invaders who
4
followed him were probably equally observant of the religious law. (Elliot, vol. i. pp.
175, 207.) ↑
Or Baran, the old name of Bulandshahr. ↑
5
Elliot, vol. ii. pp. 42–3. ↑
Page 337
Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. iii. part ii. p. 85. ↑
6 7
“The military adventurers, who founded dynasties in Northern India and carved out
8
kingdoms in the Dekhan, cared little for things spiritual; most of them had indeed no time
for proselytism, being continually engaged in conquest or in civil war. They were usually rough
Tartars or Moghals; themselves ill-grounded in the faith of Mahomed, and untouched by the true
Semitic enthusiasm which inspired the first Arab standard bearers of [258]Islam. The empire which
they set up was purely military, and it was kept in that state by the half success of their conquests and
the comparative failure of their spiritual invasion. They were strong enough to prevent anything like
religious amalgamation among the Hindus, and to check the gathering of tribes into nations; but so
far were they from converting India, that among the Mahommedans themselves their own faith never
acquired an entire and exclusive monopoly of the high offices of administration.” (Sir Alfred C.
Lyall: Asiatic Studies, p. 289.) (London, 1882.) ↑
Firishtah, vol. i. p. 184. ↑
9
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iii. p. 197. ↑
10
Elliot, vol. iii. p. 386. ↑
11
Mankind and the Church, p. 286. (London, 1907.) ↑
12
Sir Richard Temple: India in 1880, p. 164. (London, 1881.) Punjab States Gazetteers,
13
vol. xxxvi A, Bahawalpur, p. 183. ↑
Manual of Titles for Oudh, p. 78. (Allahabad, 1889.) ↑
14
Gazetteer of the Province of Oudh, vol. i. p. 466. ↑
15
Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. iii. part ii. p. 46. ↑
16
Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. xiv. part ii. p. 119. In the Cawnpore district, the Musalman
17
branch of the Dikhit family observes Muhammadan customs at births, marriages, and
deaths, and, though they cannot, as a rule, recite the prayers (namāz), they perform the orthodox
obeisances (sijdah). But at the same time they worship Chachak Devī to avert small-pox, and keep up
their friendly intercourse with their old caste brethren, the Thakurs, in domestic occurrences, and are
generally called by common Hindu names. (Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. vi. p. 64.) ↑
Ibbetson, p. 163. ↑
18
Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. vi. p. 64. Compare also id. vol. xiv. part iii. p. 47. “Muhammadan
19
cultivators are not numerous; they are usually Nau-Muslims. Most of them assign the date of
their conversion to the reign of Aurangzeb, and represent it as the result sometimes of persecution
and sometimes as made to enable them to retain their rights when unable to pay revenue.” ↑
Ibbetson, p. 163. ↑
20
Indeed Firishtah distinctly says: “Zealous for the faith of Mahommed, he rewarded proselytes
21
with a liberal hand, though he did not choose to persecute those of different persuasions in
matters of religion.” (The History of Hindostan, translated from the Persian, by Alexander Dow, vol.
iii. p. 361.) (London, 1812.) ↑
The Bombay Gazetteer, vol. xxii. p. 222; vol. xxiii. p. 282. ↑
6 7
“The military adventurers, who founded dynasties in Northern India and carved out
8
kingdoms in the Dekhan, cared little for things spiritual; most of them had indeed no time
for proselytism, being continually engaged in conquest or in civil war. They were usually rough
Tartars or Moghals; themselves ill-grounded in the faith of Mahomed, and untouched by the true
Semitic enthusiasm which inspired the first Arab standard bearers of [258]Islam. The empire which
they set up was purely military, and it was kept in that state by the half success of their conquests and
the comparative failure of their spiritual invasion. They were strong enough to prevent anything like
religious amalgamation among the Hindus, and to check the gathering of tribes into nations; but so
far were they from converting India, that among the Mahommedans themselves their own faith never
acquired an entire and exclusive monopoly of the high offices of administration.” (Sir Alfred C.
Lyall: Asiatic Studies, p. 289.) (London, 1882.) ↑
Firishtah, vol. i. p. 184. ↑
9
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iii. p. 197. ↑
10
Elliot, vol. iii. p. 386. ↑
11
Mankind and the Church, p. 286. (London, 1907.) ↑
12
Sir Richard Temple: India in 1880, p. 164. (London, 1881.) Punjab States Gazetteers,
13
vol. xxxvi A, Bahawalpur, p. 183. ↑
Manual of Titles for Oudh, p. 78. (Allahabad, 1889.) ↑
14
Gazetteer of the Province of Oudh, vol. i. p. 466. ↑
15
Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. iii. part ii. p. 46. ↑
16
Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. xiv. part ii. p. 119. In the Cawnpore district, the Musalman
17
branch of the Dikhit family observes Muhammadan customs at births, marriages, and
deaths, and, though they cannot, as a rule, recite the prayers (namāz), they perform the orthodox
obeisances (sijdah). But at the same time they worship Chachak Devī to avert small-pox, and keep up
their friendly intercourse with their old caste brethren, the Thakurs, in domestic occurrences, and are
generally called by common Hindu names. (Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. vi. p. 64.) ↑
Ibbetson, p. 163. ↑
18
Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. vi. p. 64. Compare also id. vol. xiv. part iii. p. 47. “Muhammadan
19
cultivators are not numerous; they are usually Nau-Muslims. Most of them assign the date of
their conversion to the reign of Aurangzeb, and represent it as the result sometimes of persecution
and sometimes as made to enable them to retain their rights when unable to pay revenue.” ↑
Ibbetson, p. 163. ↑
20
Indeed Firishtah distinctly says: “Zealous for the faith of Mahommed, he rewarded proselytes
21
with a liberal hand, though he did not choose to persecute those of different persuasions in
matters of religion.” (The History of Hindostan, translated from the Persian, by Alexander Dow, vol.
iii. p. 361.) (London, 1812.) ↑
The Bombay Gazetteer, vol. xxii. p. 222; vol. xxiii. p. 282. ↑
Page 338
Innes, pp. 72–3, 190. ↑
22 23
Sir W. W. Hunter: The Religions of India. (The Times, February 25th, 1888.) ↑
24
Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. vi. p. 518. ↑
25
Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. v. part i. pp. 302–3. ↑
26
Sir Alfred C. Lyall: Asiatic Studies, p. 236. ↑
27
A tomb in the cemetery of Pantalāyini Kollam bears an inscription with the
28
date a.h. 166. (Innes, p. 436.) ↑
Zayn al-Dīn, pp. 34–5. ↑
29
Id. p. 36 (init.). ↑
30
Id. p. 21. ↑
31
The modern Madāyi. ↑
32
Zayn al-Dīn, pp. 23–4. ↑
33
Id. p. 25. ↑
34
Innes, p. 41. ↑
35
Id. p. 398. ↑
36
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. pp. 82, 88, etc. ↑
37
Innes, p. 190. ↑
38
Oboardo Barbosa, p. 310.
39
Similarly it has been conjectured that but for the arrival of the
Portuguese, Ceylon might have become a Muhammadan kingdom. For before the Portuguese
armaments appeared in the Indian seas, the Arab merchants were undisputed masters of the trade of
this island (where indeed they had formed commercial establishments centuries before the birth of
the Prophet), and were to be found in every sea-port and city, while the facilities for commerce
attracted large numbers of fresh arrivals from their settlements in Malabar. Here as elsewhere the
Muslim traders intermarried with the natives of the country and spread their religion along the coast.
But no very active proselytising movement would seem to have been carried on, or else the
Singhalese showed themselves unwilling to embrace Islam, as the Muhammadans of Ceylon at the
present day appear mostly to be of Arab descent. (Sir James Emerson Tennent: Ceylon, vol. i. pp.
631–3.) (5th ed., London, 1860.) ↑
Qurʼān, xvi. 126. ↑
40
ʻAbd al-Razzāq: Maṭlaʻ al-saʻdayn, fol. 173. ↑
41
They are found chiefly in the Tamil-speaking districts of Madura, Tinnevelly, Coimbatore,
42
North Arcot and the Nilgiris. ↑
The Imperial Gazetteer of India (vol. xxiv. p. 47) spells his name Nādir Shāh; Qādir Ḥusayn K͟ hān
43
calls him Nathad Vali. ↑
22 23
Sir W. W. Hunter: The Religions of India. (The Times, February 25th, 1888.) ↑
24
Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. vi. p. 518. ↑
25
Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. v. part i. pp. 302–3. ↑
26
Sir Alfred C. Lyall: Asiatic Studies, p. 236. ↑
27
A tomb in the cemetery of Pantalāyini Kollam bears an inscription with the
28
date a.h. 166. (Innes, p. 436.) ↑
Zayn al-Dīn, pp. 34–5. ↑
29
Id. p. 36 (init.). ↑
30
Id. p. 21. ↑
31
The modern Madāyi. ↑
32
Zayn al-Dīn, pp. 23–4. ↑
33
Id. p. 25. ↑
34
Innes, p. 41. ↑
35
Id. p. 398. ↑
36
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. pp. 82, 88, etc. ↑
37
Innes, p. 190. ↑
38
Oboardo Barbosa, p. 310.
39
Similarly it has been conjectured that but for the arrival of the
Portuguese, Ceylon might have become a Muhammadan kingdom. For before the Portuguese
armaments appeared in the Indian seas, the Arab merchants were undisputed masters of the trade of
this island (where indeed they had formed commercial establishments centuries before the birth of
the Prophet), and were to be found in every sea-port and city, while the facilities for commerce
attracted large numbers of fresh arrivals from their settlements in Malabar. Here as elsewhere the
Muslim traders intermarried with the natives of the country and spread their religion along the coast.
But no very active proselytising movement would seem to have been carried on, or else the
Singhalese showed themselves unwilling to embrace Islam, as the Muhammadans of Ceylon at the
present day appear mostly to be of Arab descent. (Sir James Emerson Tennent: Ceylon, vol. i. pp.
631–3.) (5th ed., London, 1860.) ↑
Qurʼān, xvi. 126. ↑
40
ʻAbd al-Razzāq: Maṭlaʻ al-saʻdayn, fol. 173. ↑
41
They are found chiefly in the Tamil-speaking districts of Madura, Tinnevelly, Coimbatore,
42
North Arcot and the Nilgiris. ↑
The Imperial Gazetteer of India (vol. xxiv. p. 47) spells his name Nādir Shāh; Qādir Ḥusayn K͟ hān
43
calls him Nathad Vali. ↑
Page 339
Madras District Gazetteers. Trichinopoly, vol. i. p. 338. (Madras, 1907.) Qādir Ḥusayn K͟ hān:
44
South Indian Musalmans, p. 36. (Madras, 1910.) ↑
Qādir Ḥusayn K͟ hān, pp. 36–8. ↑
45
Qādir Ḥusayn K͟ hān, op. cit. pp. 39–42. Madras District Gazetteers. Anantapur, vol. i. pp. 193–
46
4. (Madras, 1905.) ↑
Zayn al-Dīn, pp. 33 (l. 4), 36 (l. 1). ↑
47
Innes, p. 190. Census of India, 1911. Vol. xii. Part. I. p. 54. ↑
48
Report on the Census of the Madras Presidency, 1871, by W. R. Cornish, pp. 71, 72, 109.
49
(Madras, 1874.) ↑
Report of the Second Decennial Missionary Conference held at Calcutta 1882–3 (pp. 228, 233,
50
248). (Calcutta, 1883.) ↑
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. p. 128. Ibn Baṭūṭah resided in the Maldive Islands during the years 1343–4
51
and married “the daughter of a Vizier who was grandson of the Sulṭān Dāʼūd, who was a grandson
of the Sulṭān Aḥmad Shanūrāzah” (tome iv. p. 154); from this statement the date a.d. 1200 has been
conjectured. ↑
H. C. P. Bell: The Maldive Islands, pp. 23–5, 57–8, 71. (Colombo, 1883.) ↑
52
Memoir on the Inhabitants of the Maldive Islands. By J. A. Young and W. Christopher.
53
(Transactions of the Bombay Geographical Society from 1836 to 1838, p. 74. Bombay,
1844.) ↑
Innes, pp. 485, 492. ↑
54
Masʻūdī, tome ii. pp. 85–6. ↑
55
The Bombay Gazetteer, vol. x. p 132; vol. xvi. p. 75. ↑
56
Id. vol. xxiii. p. 282. ↑
57
Sometimes called Sayyid Mak͟ hdūm Gīsūdarāz. ↑
58
The Bombay Gazetteer, vol. xviii. p. 501; vol. xxi. pp. 218, 223. ↑
59
Id. vol. xiii. part i. p. 231. ↑
60
Id. vol. xxii. p. 242. ↑
61
Id. vol. xvi. pp. 75–6. ↑
62
Id. vol. xxi. p. 203. ↑
63
At the time of the Arab conquest the dominions of the Hindu
64
ruler of Sind extended as far north as this city, which is now no
longer included in this province. ↑
Balād͟ hurī, p. 441 (fin.) ↑
65
Elliot, vol. i. pp. 185–6. ↑
66
Probably the Sindān in Abrāsa, the southern district of Cutch. ↑
44
South Indian Musalmans, p. 36. (Madras, 1910.) ↑
Qādir Ḥusayn K͟ hān, pp. 36–8. ↑
45
Qādir Ḥusayn K͟ hān, op. cit. pp. 39–42. Madras District Gazetteers. Anantapur, vol. i. pp. 193–
46
4. (Madras, 1905.) ↑
Zayn al-Dīn, pp. 33 (l. 4), 36 (l. 1). ↑
47
Innes, p. 190. Census of India, 1911. Vol. xii. Part. I. p. 54. ↑
48
Report on the Census of the Madras Presidency, 1871, by W. R. Cornish, pp. 71, 72, 109.
49
(Madras, 1874.) ↑
Report of the Second Decennial Missionary Conference held at Calcutta 1882–3 (pp. 228, 233,
50
248). (Calcutta, 1883.) ↑
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. p. 128. Ibn Baṭūṭah resided in the Maldive Islands during the years 1343–4
51
and married “the daughter of a Vizier who was grandson of the Sulṭān Dāʼūd, who was a grandson
of the Sulṭān Aḥmad Shanūrāzah” (tome iv. p. 154); from this statement the date a.d. 1200 has been
conjectured. ↑
H. C. P. Bell: The Maldive Islands, pp. 23–5, 57–8, 71. (Colombo, 1883.) ↑
52
Memoir on the Inhabitants of the Maldive Islands. By J. A. Young and W. Christopher.
53
(Transactions of the Bombay Geographical Society from 1836 to 1838, p. 74. Bombay,
1844.) ↑
Innes, pp. 485, 492. ↑
54
Masʻūdī, tome ii. pp. 85–6. ↑
55
The Bombay Gazetteer, vol. x. p 132; vol. xvi. p. 75. ↑
56
Id. vol. xxiii. p. 282. ↑
57
Sometimes called Sayyid Mak͟ hdūm Gīsūdarāz. ↑
58
The Bombay Gazetteer, vol. xviii. p. 501; vol. xxi. pp. 218, 223. ↑
59
Id. vol. xiii. part i. p. 231. ↑
60
Id. vol. xxii. p. 242. ↑
61
Id. vol. xvi. pp. 75–6. ↑
62
Id. vol. xxi. p. 203. ↑
63
At the time of the Arab conquest the dominions of the Hindu
64
ruler of Sind extended as far north as this city, which is now no
longer included in this province. ↑
Balād͟ hurī, p. 441 (fin.) ↑
65
Elliot, vol. i. pp. 185–6. ↑
66
Probably the Sindān in Abrāsa, the southern district of Cutch. ↑
Page 340
Balād͟ hurī, p. 446. ↑
67 68
Iṣṭak͟ hrī, pp. 173–4. ↑
69
Balād͟ hurī, p. 446. ↑
70
Iṣṭak͟ hrī, loc. cit. Ibn Ḥawqal, p. 230 sq. Idrīsī (Géographie d’Édrisi, traduite par P. A.
71
Jaubert, vol. i. p. 175 sqq.). ↑
Masʻūdī, vol. i. p. 207. ↑
72
Elliot, vol. i. p. 273. ↑
73
Bombay Gazetteer, vol. i. p. 93. ↑
74
Khojā Vṛttānt, p. 208. Sir Bartle Frere: The Khojas: the Disciples of the Old Man of the
75
Mountain. Macmillan’s Magazine, vol. xxxiv. pp. 431, 433–4. (London, 1876.) ↑
Bombay Gazetteer, vol. ix. part ii. p. 26. ↑
76
K. B. Fazalullah Lutfullah conjectures that Nūr Satāgar came to India rather later, in the reign
77
of Bhīma II (a.d. 1179–1242.) (Bombay Gazetteer, vol. ix. part ii. p. 38.) ↑
Khojā Vṛttānt, p. 154–8. ↑
78
Nūr Allāh al-Shūshtarī: Majālis al-Muʼminīn, fol. 65. (India Office MS. No. 1400.) ↑
79
A town ten miles south-west of Ahmadabad. ↑
80
Bombay Gazetteer, vol. ix. part ii. pp. 66, 76. ↑
81
Bombay Gazetteer, vol. v. p. 89. ↑
82
Id. vol. ii. p. 378; vol. iii. pp. 36–7. ↑
83
So Firishtah, but see H. Blochmann: Contributions to the Geography and
84
History of Bengal. (J. A. S. B., vol. xlii. No. 1, pp. 264–6. 1873.) ↑
J. H. Ravenshaw: Gaur: its ruins and inscriptions, p. 99. (London, 1878.) Firishtah, vol. iv. p.
85
337. ↑
Wise, p. 29. ↑
86
Census of India, 1901, vol. vi. part i. p. 170. ↑
87
Id. p. 30. ↑
88
Charles Stewart: The History of Bengal, p. 176. (London, 1813.) H. Blochmann:
89
Contributions to the Geography and History of Bengal. (J. A. S. B., vol. xlii. No. 1, p.
220. 1873.) ↑
The Indian Evangelical Review, p. 278. (January 1883.) ↑
90
Sir W. W. Hunter: The Religions of India. (The Times, February 25, 1888.) See also Wise, p.
91
32. ↑
Wise, p. 37. ↑
92
Blochmann, op. cit. p. 260. ↑
93
67 68
Iṣṭak͟ hrī, pp. 173–4. ↑
69
Balād͟ hurī, p. 446. ↑
70
Iṣṭak͟ hrī, loc. cit. Ibn Ḥawqal, p. 230 sq. Idrīsī (Géographie d’Édrisi, traduite par P. A.
71
Jaubert, vol. i. p. 175 sqq.). ↑
Masʻūdī, vol. i. p. 207. ↑
72
Elliot, vol. i. p. 273. ↑
73
Bombay Gazetteer, vol. i. p. 93. ↑
74
Khojā Vṛttānt, p. 208. Sir Bartle Frere: The Khojas: the Disciples of the Old Man of the
75
Mountain. Macmillan’s Magazine, vol. xxxiv. pp. 431, 433–4. (London, 1876.) ↑
Bombay Gazetteer, vol. ix. part ii. p. 26. ↑
76
K. B. Fazalullah Lutfullah conjectures that Nūr Satāgar came to India rather later, in the reign
77
of Bhīma II (a.d. 1179–1242.) (Bombay Gazetteer, vol. ix. part ii. p. 38.) ↑
Khojā Vṛttānt, p. 154–8. ↑
78
Nūr Allāh al-Shūshtarī: Majālis al-Muʼminīn, fol. 65. (India Office MS. No. 1400.) ↑
79
A town ten miles south-west of Ahmadabad. ↑
80
Bombay Gazetteer, vol. ix. part ii. pp. 66, 76. ↑
81
Bombay Gazetteer, vol. v. p. 89. ↑
82
Id. vol. ii. p. 378; vol. iii. pp. 36–7. ↑
83
So Firishtah, but see H. Blochmann: Contributions to the Geography and
84
History of Bengal. (J. A. S. B., vol. xlii. No. 1, pp. 264–6. 1873.) ↑
J. H. Ravenshaw: Gaur: its ruins and inscriptions, p. 99. (London, 1878.) Firishtah, vol. iv. p.
85
337. ↑
Wise, p. 29. ↑
86
Census of India, 1901, vol. vi. part i. p. 170. ↑
87
Id. p. 30. ↑
88
Charles Stewart: The History of Bengal, p. 176. (London, 1813.) H. Blochmann:
89
Contributions to the Geography and History of Bengal. (J. A. S. B., vol. xlii. No. 1, p.
220. 1873.) ↑
The Indian Evangelical Review, p. 278. (January 1883.) ↑
90
Sir W. W. Hunter: The Religions of India. (The Times, February 25, 1888.) See also Wise, p.
91
32. ↑
Wise, p. 37. ↑
92
Blochmann, op. cit. p. 260. ↑
93
Page 341
Wise, pp. 48–55. ↑
94
G͟ hulām Sarwar: K͟ hazīnat al-Aṣfīyā, vol. ii. p. 230. ↑
95
Otherwise known as Shayk͟ h Bahā al-Dīn Zakariyyā. ↑
96
Ibbetson, p. 163. ↑
97
Aṣg͟ har ʻAlī: Jawāhir-i-Farīdī (a.h. 1033), p. 395. (Lahore, 1884.) ↑
98
Elliot, vol. ii. p. 548. ↑
99
Punjab States Gazetteers, vol. xxxvi A. Bahawalpur State. (Lahore, 1908), p.
100
160 sqq. The names of some of the tribes who ascribe their conversion to
Mak͟ hdūm-i-Jahāniyān are given on p. 162. ↑
Id. p. 171. ↑
101
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. p. 217. Yule, p. 515. ↑
102
The Indian Evangelical Review, vol. xvi, pp. 52–3. (Calcutta, 1889–90.) The
103
Contemporary Review, February 1889, p. 170. The Spectator, October 15, 1887, p.
1382. ↑
Garcin de Tassy: La Langue et la Littérature Hindoustanies de 1850 à 1869, p. 343. (Paris,
104
1874.) ↑
Mawlavī Ḥasan ʻAlī furnished me with these figures some years before his death in 1896. In an
105
obituary notice published in “The Moslem Chronicle” (April 4, 1896), the following quaint
account is given of his life: “In private and school life, he was marked as a very intelligent lad and
made considerable progress in his scholastic career within a short time. He passed Entrance at a very
early age and received scholarship with which he went up to the First Art, but shortly after his innate
anxiety to seek truth prompted him to go abroad the world, and abandoning his studies he mixed with
persons of different persuasions, Fakirs, Pandits, and Christians, entered churches, and roamed over
wilderness and forests and cities with nothing to help him on except his sincere hopes and absolute
reliance on the mercy of the Great Lord; for one year he wandered in various regions of religion until
in 1874 he accepted the post of a head master in a Patna school.… As he was born to become a
missionary of the Moslem faith, he felt an imperceptible craving to quit his post, from which he used
to get Rs. 100 per mensem. He tendered his resignation, much to the reluctance of his friends, and
maintained himself for some time by publishing a monthly journal, ‘Noorul Islam.’ He gave several
lectures on Islam at Patna, and then went to Calcutta, where he delivered his lecture in English,
which produced such effect on the audience that several European clergymen vouchsafed the truth of
Islam, and a notable gentleman, Babu Bepin Chandra Pal, was about to become Musalman. He was
invited by the people at Dacca, where his preachings and lectures left his name imbedded in the
hearts of the citizens. His various books and pamphlets and successive lectures in Urdu and in
English in the different cities and towns in India gave him a historic name in the world. Some one
hundred men became Musalmans on hearing his lectures and reading his books.” His missionary zeal
manifested itself up to the last hour of his life, when he was overheard to say, “Abjure your religion
and become a Musalman.” On being questioned, he said he was talking to a Christian. ↑
Bombay Gazetteer, vol. xii. p. 126. ↑
106
94
G͟ hulām Sarwar: K͟ hazīnat al-Aṣfīyā, vol. ii. p. 230. ↑
95
Otherwise known as Shayk͟ h Bahā al-Dīn Zakariyyā. ↑
96
Ibbetson, p. 163. ↑
97
Aṣg͟ har ʻAlī: Jawāhir-i-Farīdī (a.h. 1033), p. 395. (Lahore, 1884.) ↑
98
Elliot, vol. ii. p. 548. ↑
99
Punjab States Gazetteers, vol. xxxvi A. Bahawalpur State. (Lahore, 1908), p.
100
160 sqq. The names of some of the tribes who ascribe their conversion to
Mak͟ hdūm-i-Jahāniyān are given on p. 162. ↑
Id. p. 171. ↑
101
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. p. 217. Yule, p. 515. ↑
102
The Indian Evangelical Review, vol. xvi, pp. 52–3. (Calcutta, 1889–90.) The
103
Contemporary Review, February 1889, p. 170. The Spectator, October 15, 1887, p.
1382. ↑
Garcin de Tassy: La Langue et la Littérature Hindoustanies de 1850 à 1869, p. 343. (Paris,
104
1874.) ↑
Mawlavī Ḥasan ʻAlī furnished me with these figures some years before his death in 1896. In an
105
obituary notice published in “The Moslem Chronicle” (April 4, 1896), the following quaint
account is given of his life: “In private and school life, he was marked as a very intelligent lad and
made considerable progress in his scholastic career within a short time. He passed Entrance at a very
early age and received scholarship with which he went up to the First Art, but shortly after his innate
anxiety to seek truth prompted him to go abroad the world, and abandoning his studies he mixed with
persons of different persuasions, Fakirs, Pandits, and Christians, entered churches, and roamed over
wilderness and forests and cities with nothing to help him on except his sincere hopes and absolute
reliance on the mercy of the Great Lord; for one year he wandered in various regions of religion until
in 1874 he accepted the post of a head master in a Patna school.… As he was born to become a
missionary of the Moslem faith, he felt an imperceptible craving to quit his post, from which he used
to get Rs. 100 per mensem. He tendered his resignation, much to the reluctance of his friends, and
maintained himself for some time by publishing a monthly journal, ‘Noorul Islam.’ He gave several
lectures on Islam at Patna, and then went to Calcutta, where he delivered his lecture in English,
which produced such effect on the audience that several European clergymen vouchsafed the truth of
Islam, and a notable gentleman, Babu Bepin Chandra Pal, was about to become Musalman. He was
invited by the people at Dacca, where his preachings and lectures left his name imbedded in the
hearts of the citizens. His various books and pamphlets and successive lectures in Urdu and in
English in the different cities and towns in India gave him a historic name in the world. Some one
hundred men became Musalmans on hearing his lectures and reading his books.” His missionary zeal
manifested itself up to the last hour of his life, when he was overheard to say, “Abjure your religion
and become a Musalman.” On being questioned, he said he was talking to a Christian. ↑
Bombay Gazetteer, vol. xii. p. 126. ↑
106
Page 342
Id. vol. xvi. p. 81. ↑
107
Tuḥfat al-Hind, p. 3. (Dehli, a.h. 1309.) ↑
108
The Indian Evangelical Review, 1884, p. 128. Garcin de Tassy: La Langue et la
109
Littérature Hindoustanies de 1850 à 1869, p. 485. (Paris, 1874.) Garcin de Tassy: La
Langue et la Littérature Hindoustanies en 1871, p. 12. (Paris, 1872.) ↑
Ibbetson, p. 184. ↑
110
The Rajputana Gazetteer, vol. i. p. 90; vol. ii. p. 47. (Calcutta, 1879.) ↑
111
On these as they affect the Muhammadans, see the Census of India, 1901. Vol. vi. p.
112
172. ↑
E. T. Dalton, p. 324. ↑
113
For an account of such Hinduising of the aboriginal tribes see Sir Alfred Lyall: Asiatic
114
Studies, pp. 102–4. ↑
E. T. Dalton, p. 89. ↑
115
The Missionary Review of the World, N.S. vol. xiii, pp. 72–3. (New York, 1900.) ↑
116
Sir Alfred Lyall (Asiatic Studies, p. 29) speaks of the perceptible proclivity towards the
117
faith of Islam occasionally exhibited by some of the Hindu chiefs. ↑
Gazetteer of the Province of Oudh, vol. i. p. xix. ↑
118
To give one instance only: in Ghātampur, in the district of Cawnpore, one branch of a large
119
family is Muslim in obedience to the vow of their ancestor, Ghātam Deo Bais, who while
praying for a son at the shrine of a Muhammadan saint, Madār Shāh, promised that if his prayer were
granted, half his descendants should be brought up as Muslims. (Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. vi. pp.
64, 238.)
The worship of Muhammadan saints is so common among certain low-caste Hindus that in the
Census of 1891, in the North-Western Provinces and Oudh alone, 2,333,643 Hindus (or 5·78 per
cent. of the total Hindu population of these provinces) returned themselves as worshippers of
Muhammadan saints. (Census of India, 1891, vol. xvi. part i. pp. 217, 244.) (Allahabad, 1894.) ↑
Instances of such causes of conversion are given in the Census of India, 1901. Vol. vi. Bengal,
120
part. i, Appendix II. ↑
Report on the Census of the N.W.P. and Oudh, 1881, by Edward White, p. 62. (Allahabad,
121
1882.) ↑
Id. p. 63. ↑
122
Gazetteer of the Province of Oudh, vol. i. p. xix. ↑
123
Gazetteer of the Province of Oudh, vol. i. pp. xxiii–xxiv. ↑
124
Khojā Vṛttānt, p. 141. ↑
125
Or Shams al-Dīn, according to another account, see Muḥammad Haydar, p. 433
126
(n. 2). ↑
107
Tuḥfat al-Hind, p. 3. (Dehli, a.h. 1309.) ↑
108
The Indian Evangelical Review, 1884, p. 128. Garcin de Tassy: La Langue et la
109
Littérature Hindoustanies de 1850 à 1869, p. 485. (Paris, 1874.) Garcin de Tassy: La
Langue et la Littérature Hindoustanies en 1871, p. 12. (Paris, 1872.) ↑
Ibbetson, p. 184. ↑
110
The Rajputana Gazetteer, vol. i. p. 90; vol. ii. p. 47. (Calcutta, 1879.) ↑
111
On these as they affect the Muhammadans, see the Census of India, 1901. Vol. vi. p.
112
172. ↑
E. T. Dalton, p. 324. ↑
113
For an account of such Hinduising of the aboriginal tribes see Sir Alfred Lyall: Asiatic
114
Studies, pp. 102–4. ↑
E. T. Dalton, p. 89. ↑
115
The Missionary Review of the World, N.S. vol. xiii, pp. 72–3. (New York, 1900.) ↑
116
Sir Alfred Lyall (Asiatic Studies, p. 29) speaks of the perceptible proclivity towards the
117
faith of Islam occasionally exhibited by some of the Hindu chiefs. ↑
Gazetteer of the Province of Oudh, vol. i. p. xix. ↑
118
To give one instance only: in Ghātampur, in the district of Cawnpore, one branch of a large
119
family is Muslim in obedience to the vow of their ancestor, Ghātam Deo Bais, who while
praying for a son at the shrine of a Muhammadan saint, Madār Shāh, promised that if his prayer were
granted, half his descendants should be brought up as Muslims. (Gazetteer of the N.W.P., vol. vi. pp.
64, 238.)
The worship of Muhammadan saints is so common among certain low-caste Hindus that in the
Census of 1891, in the North-Western Provinces and Oudh alone, 2,333,643 Hindus (or 5·78 per
cent. of the total Hindu population of these provinces) returned themselves as worshippers of
Muhammadan saints. (Census of India, 1891, vol. xvi. part i. pp. 217, 244.) (Allahabad, 1894.) ↑
Instances of such causes of conversion are given in the Census of India, 1901. Vol. vi. Bengal,
120
part. i, Appendix II. ↑
Report on the Census of the N.W.P. and Oudh, 1881, by Edward White, p. 62. (Allahabad,
121
1882.) ↑
Id. p. 63. ↑
122
Gazetteer of the Province of Oudh, vol. i. p. xix. ↑
123
Gazetteer of the Province of Oudh, vol. i. pp. xxiii–xxiv. ↑
124
Khojā Vṛttānt, p. 141. ↑
125
Or Shams al-Dīn, according to another account, see Muḥammad Haydar, p. 433
126
(n. 2). ↑
Page 343
Firishtah, vol. iv. pp. 464, 469. ↑
127
F. Drew: The Jummoo and Kashmir Territories, pp. 58, 155. (London, 1875.) ↑
128
Drew, op. cit. p. 359. ↑
129
On this word see Yule’s Marco Polo, vol. i. p. 290. ↑
130
Aḥmad Shāh: Four years in Tibet, pp. 45, 74. (Benares, 1906.) ↑
131
Broomhall, p. 206. Tu Wen-siu, the leader of the Panthay rebellion from 1856
132
to 1873, who for sixteen years was practically Sultan of half the province of
Yunnan, issued a proclamation in Lhasa itself, at the outset of his revolt, in order to gain
Muhammadan recruits. (Id. p. 132.) ↑
Mission d’Ollone, pp. 207, 226, 233. ↑
133
Broomhall, p. 206. ↑
134
A. Bastian: Die Geschichte der Indochinesen, p. 159. (Leipzig, 1866.) ↑
135
R. du M. M., tome i. p. 275. (1907.) ↑
136
127
F. Drew: The Jummoo and Kashmir Territories, pp. 58, 155. (London, 1875.) ↑
128
Drew, op. cit. p. 359. ↑
129
On this word see Yule’s Marco Polo, vol. i. p. 290. ↑
130
Aḥmad Shāh: Four years in Tibet, pp. 45, 74. (Benares, 1906.) ↑
131
Broomhall, p. 206. Tu Wen-siu, the leader of the Panthay rebellion from 1856
132
to 1873, who for sixteen years was practically Sultan of half the province of
Yunnan, issued a proclamation in Lhasa itself, at the outset of his revolt, in order to gain
Muhammadan recruits. (Id. p. 132.) ↑
Mission d’Ollone, pp. 207, 226, 233. ↑
133
Broomhall, p. 206. ↑
134
A. Bastian: Die Geschichte der Indochinesen, p. 159. (Leipzig, 1866.) ↑
135
R. du M. M., tome i. p. 275. (1907.) ↑
136
Page 344
[Contents]
Page 345
CHAPTER X.
Page 346
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN CHINA.
Tradition ascribes to Muḥammad the saying, “Seek for knowledge, even
unto China.” 1 Though there is no historical evidence for these words having
ever been uttered by the Prophet, it is not impossible that the name of this
country may have been known to him, for commercial relations between
Arabia and China had been established long before his birth. It was through
Arabia, in great measure, that Syria and the ports of the Levant received the
produce of the East. In the sixth century, there was a considerable trade
between China and Arabia by way of Ceylon, and at the beginning of the
seventh century the commerce between China, Persia and Arabia was still
further extended, the town of Sīrāf on the Persian Gulf being the chief
emporium for the Chinese traders. It was at this period, at the
commencement of the Tʼang dynasty (618–907) that mention is first made
of the Arabs in the Chinese Annals; 2 they note the rise of the Muslim power
in Medina and briefly describe the religious observances of the new faith.
The Annals of Kwangtung thus record the coming of the first Muslims into
China:—“At the beginning of the Tʼang dynasty there came to Canton a
large number of strangers, from the kingdoms of Annam, Cambodia,
Medina and several other countries. These strangers worshipped heaven
(i.e. God) and had neither statue, idol nor image in their temples. The
kingdom of Medina is close to that of India, and it is in this kingdom that
the religion of these strangers, which is different to that of Buddha,
originated. They do not eat pork or drink wine, and they regard as unclean
the flesh of any animal not killed by themselves. They are nowadays
[295]called Hui Hui. 3… Having asked and obtained from the emperor
permission to reside in Canton, they built magnificent houses of a style
different to that of our country. They were very rich and obeyed a chief
chosen by themselves.” 4 Though direct historical evidence is lacking, 5 it is
most probable that Islam was first introduced into China by merchants who
Tradition ascribes to Muḥammad the saying, “Seek for knowledge, even
unto China.” 1 Though there is no historical evidence for these words having
ever been uttered by the Prophet, it is not impossible that the name of this
country may have been known to him, for commercial relations between
Arabia and China had been established long before his birth. It was through
Arabia, in great measure, that Syria and the ports of the Levant received the
produce of the East. In the sixth century, there was a considerable trade
between China and Arabia by way of Ceylon, and at the beginning of the
seventh century the commerce between China, Persia and Arabia was still
further extended, the town of Sīrāf on the Persian Gulf being the chief
emporium for the Chinese traders. It was at this period, at the
commencement of the Tʼang dynasty (618–907) that mention is first made
of the Arabs in the Chinese Annals; 2 they note the rise of the Muslim power
in Medina and briefly describe the religious observances of the new faith.
The Annals of Kwangtung thus record the coming of the first Muslims into
China:—“At the beginning of the Tʼang dynasty there came to Canton a
large number of strangers, from the kingdoms of Annam, Cambodia,
Medina and several other countries. These strangers worshipped heaven
(i.e. God) and had neither statue, idol nor image in their temples. The
kingdom of Medina is close to that of India, and it is in this kingdom that
the religion of these strangers, which is different to that of Buddha,
originated. They do not eat pork or drink wine, and they regard as unclean
the flesh of any animal not killed by themselves. They are nowadays
[295]called Hui Hui. 3… Having asked and obtained from the emperor
permission to reside in Canton, they built magnificent houses of a style
different to that of our country. They were very rich and obeyed a chief
chosen by themselves.” 4 Though direct historical evidence is lacking, 5 it is
most probable that Islam was first introduced into China by merchants who
Page 347
followed the old-established sea route. But the earliest record we can trust
refers to diplomatic relations carried on by land, through Persia. When
Yazdagird, the last Sāsānid king of Persia, had perished, his son, Fīrūz,
appealed to China for help against the Arab invaders; 6 but the emperor
replied that Persia was too far distant for him to send the required troops.
But he is said to have despatched an ambassador to the Arab court to plead
the cause of the fugitive prince—probably also with instructions to
ascertain the extent and power of the new kingdom that had arisen in the
West, and the caliph ʻUt͟ hmān is said to have sent one of the Arab generals
to accompany the Chinese ambassador on his return in 651, and this first
Muslim envoy was honourably received by the emperor. In the reign of
Walīd (705–715), the famous Arab general, Qutaybah b. Muslim, having
been appointed governor of K͟ hurāsān, crossed the Oxus and began a series
of successful campaigns, in which he successively subjugated Buk͟ hārā,
Samarqand and other cities, and carried his conquests up to the western
frontier of the Chinese empire. In 713 he sent envoys to the emperor, who
(according to Arab accounts) dismissed them with valuable presents. A few
years later, the Chinese Annals make mention of an ambassador, named
Sulaymān, who came from the caliph Hishām in 726 to the Emperor Hsuan
Tsung. These diplomatic relations between the Arab and the Chinese
empires assumed a new importance at the close of this emperor’s reign,
when, driven from his throne by a [296]usurper, he abdicated in favour of his
son, Su Tsung (a.d. 756). The latter sought the help of the ʻAbbāsid caliph,
al-Manṣūr, who responded to this appeal by sending a body of Arab troops,
and with their assistance the emperor succeeded in recovering his two
capitals, Si-ngan-fu and Ho-nan-fu, from the rebels. At the end of the war,
these Arab troops did not return to their own country, but married and
settled in China. Various reasons are assigned for this action on their part;
one account represents them as having returned to their native land but,
being refused permission to remain on the ground that they had been so
long in a land where pork was eaten, they went back again to China;
according to another account they were prepared to embark for Arabia, at
Canton, when they were taunted with having eaten pork during their
refers to diplomatic relations carried on by land, through Persia. When
Yazdagird, the last Sāsānid king of Persia, had perished, his son, Fīrūz,
appealed to China for help against the Arab invaders; 6 but the emperor
replied that Persia was too far distant for him to send the required troops.
But he is said to have despatched an ambassador to the Arab court to plead
the cause of the fugitive prince—probably also with instructions to
ascertain the extent and power of the new kingdom that had arisen in the
West, and the caliph ʻUt͟ hmān is said to have sent one of the Arab generals
to accompany the Chinese ambassador on his return in 651, and this first
Muslim envoy was honourably received by the emperor. In the reign of
Walīd (705–715), the famous Arab general, Qutaybah b. Muslim, having
been appointed governor of K͟ hurāsān, crossed the Oxus and began a series
of successful campaigns, in which he successively subjugated Buk͟ hārā,
Samarqand and other cities, and carried his conquests up to the western
frontier of the Chinese empire. In 713 he sent envoys to the emperor, who
(according to Arab accounts) dismissed them with valuable presents. A few
years later, the Chinese Annals make mention of an ambassador, named
Sulaymān, who came from the caliph Hishām in 726 to the Emperor Hsuan
Tsung. These diplomatic relations between the Arab and the Chinese
empires assumed a new importance at the close of this emperor’s reign,
when, driven from his throne by a [296]usurper, he abdicated in favour of his
son, Su Tsung (a.d. 756). The latter sought the help of the ʻAbbāsid caliph,
al-Manṣūr, who responded to this appeal by sending a body of Arab troops,
and with their assistance the emperor succeeded in recovering his two
capitals, Si-ngan-fu and Ho-nan-fu, from the rebels. At the end of the war,
these Arab troops did not return to their own country, but married and
settled in China. Various reasons are assigned for this action on their part;
one account represents them as having returned to their native land but,
being refused permission to remain on the ground that they had been so
long in a land where pork was eaten, they went back again to China;
according to another account they were prepared to embark for Arabia, at
Canton, when they were taunted with having eaten pork during their
Page 348
campaign, and in consequence they refused to return home and run the risk
of similar taunts from their own people; when the governor of Canton tried
to compel them, they joined with the Arab and Persian merchants, their co-
religionists, and pillaged the principal commercial houses in the city; the
governor saved himself by taking refuge on the city wall, and was only able
to return after he had obtained from the emperor permission for these Arab
troops to remain in the country; houses and lands were assigned to them in
different cities, where they settled down and intermarried with the women
of the country. 7
The Chinese Muhammadans have a legend that their faith was first
preached in China by a maternal uncle of the Prophet, and his reputed tomb
at Canton is highly venerated by them. But there is not the slightest
historical base for this legend, and it appears to be of late growth. 8 It
doubtless arose from a desire to connect the history of the faith in their own
land as closely as possible with apostolic times—a fruitful source of
legends in countries far removed from the centres of Muslim history. 9 But
of the existence of Muslims in China, especially of merchants in the port
[297]towns, during the Tʼang dynasty there is clear evidence. The Chinese
annalist of this period (a.d. 713–742) says that “the barbarians of the West
came into the Middle Kingdom in crowds, like a deluge, from a distance of
at least 1000 leagues and from more than 100 kingdoms, bringing as tribute
their sacred books, which were received and deposited in the hall set apart
for translations of sacred and canonical books, in the imperial palace: from
this period the religious doctrines of these different countries were thus
diffused and openly practised in the empire of Tʼang.” 10 An Arab
geographer, writing about the year 851, describes these settlements and the
mosques which these merchants were allowed to build for their religious
exercises; 11 he states that he knew of no Chinaman having embraced Islam,
but as he makes the same remark of the people of India, it may be that he
was as ill-informed in the one case as the other. 12
of similar taunts from their own people; when the governor of Canton tried
to compel them, they joined with the Arab and Persian merchants, their co-
religionists, and pillaged the principal commercial houses in the city; the
governor saved himself by taking refuge on the city wall, and was only able
to return after he had obtained from the emperor permission for these Arab
troops to remain in the country; houses and lands were assigned to them in
different cities, where they settled down and intermarried with the women
of the country. 7
The Chinese Muhammadans have a legend that their faith was first
preached in China by a maternal uncle of the Prophet, and his reputed tomb
at Canton is highly venerated by them. But there is not the slightest
historical base for this legend, and it appears to be of late growth. 8 It
doubtless arose from a desire to connect the history of the faith in their own
land as closely as possible with apostolic times—a fruitful source of
legends in countries far removed from the centres of Muslim history. 9 But
of the existence of Muslims in China, especially of merchants in the port
[297]towns, during the Tʼang dynasty there is clear evidence. The Chinese
annalist of this period (a.d. 713–742) says that “the barbarians of the West
came into the Middle Kingdom in crowds, like a deluge, from a distance of
at least 1000 leagues and from more than 100 kingdoms, bringing as tribute
their sacred books, which were received and deposited in the hall set apart
for translations of sacred and canonical books, in the imperial palace: from
this period the religious doctrines of these different countries were thus
diffused and openly practised in the empire of Tʼang.” 10 An Arab
geographer, writing about the year 851, describes these settlements and the
mosques which these merchants were allowed to build for their religious
exercises; 11 he states that he knew of no Chinaman having embraced Islam,
but as he makes the same remark of the people of India, it may be that he
was as ill-informed in the one case as the other. 12
Page 349
But there is certainly no distinct evidence of any proselytising activity on
the part of the Muslims in China, and indeed very little information about
them at all until the period of Mongol conquests, in the thirteenth century.
These conquests resulted in a vast immigration of Musalmans of various
nationalities, Arabs, Persians, Turks and others into the Chinese empire. 13
Some came as merchants, artisans, soldiers or colonists, others were
brought in as prisoners of war. A large number of them settled permanently
in the country and developed into a populous and flourishing community,
which gradually lost its original racial peculiarities through intermarriage
with Chinese women. Several Muhammadans occupied high posts under
the Mongol rulers, e.g. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān, who in 1244 was appointed head
of the Imperial finances and allowed to farm the taxes imposed upon
China, 14 and ʻUmar Shams al-Dīn, commonly known as Sayyid Ajall, a
native of Buk͟ hārā, to [298]whom Qūbīlāy K͟ hān, on his accession in 1259,
entrusted the management of the Imperial finances; he was subsequently
governor of Yunnan, after this province had been conquered and added to
the Chinese empire. 15 Sayyid Ajall died in 1270, leaving behind him a
reputation as an enlightened and upright administrator; he built Confucian
temples as well as mosques in Yunnan city. 16
The descendants of Sayyid Ajall played a great part in the establishing of
Islam in China; it was his grandson who in 1335 obtained from the emperor
the recognition of Islam as the “True and Pure Religion”—a name which it
has kept to the present day,—and another descendant of Sayyid Ajall was
authorised by the emperor in 1420 to build mosques in the capitals, Si-
ngan-fu and Nan-kin. 17
The Chinese historians of the reign of Qūbīlāy K͟ hān make it a ground of
complaint against this monarch that he did not employ Chinese officials in
place of the immigrant Turks and Persians. 18 The exalted position occupied
by Sayyid Ajall and the facilities of communication between China and the
West established by Mongol conquest, attracted a number of such persons
into the north of China, and it was probably as a result of these
the part of the Muslims in China, and indeed very little information about
them at all until the period of Mongol conquests, in the thirteenth century.
These conquests resulted in a vast immigration of Musalmans of various
nationalities, Arabs, Persians, Turks and others into the Chinese empire. 13
Some came as merchants, artisans, soldiers or colonists, others were
brought in as prisoners of war. A large number of them settled permanently
in the country and developed into a populous and flourishing community,
which gradually lost its original racial peculiarities through intermarriage
with Chinese women. Several Muhammadans occupied high posts under
the Mongol rulers, e.g. ʻAbd al-Raḥmān, who in 1244 was appointed head
of the Imperial finances and allowed to farm the taxes imposed upon
China, 14 and ʻUmar Shams al-Dīn, commonly known as Sayyid Ajall, a
native of Buk͟ hārā, to [298]whom Qūbīlāy K͟ hān, on his accession in 1259,
entrusted the management of the Imperial finances; he was subsequently
governor of Yunnan, after this province had been conquered and added to
the Chinese empire. 15 Sayyid Ajall died in 1270, leaving behind him a
reputation as an enlightened and upright administrator; he built Confucian
temples as well as mosques in Yunnan city. 16
The descendants of Sayyid Ajall played a great part in the establishing of
Islam in China; it was his grandson who in 1335 obtained from the emperor
the recognition of Islam as the “True and Pure Religion”—a name which it
has kept to the present day,—and another descendant of Sayyid Ajall was
authorised by the emperor in 1420 to build mosques in the capitals, Si-
ngan-fu and Nan-kin. 17
The Chinese historians of the reign of Qūbīlāy K͟ hān make it a ground of
complaint against this monarch that he did not employ Chinese officials in
place of the immigrant Turks and Persians. 18 The exalted position occupied
by Sayyid Ajall and the facilities of communication between China and the
West established by Mongol conquest, attracted a number of such persons
into the north of China, and it was probably as a result of these
Page 350
immigrations that those scattered Muhammadan communities began to be
formed, which have grown to large proportions in most of the provinces of
China. Marco Polo, who enjoyed the favour of Qūbīlāy K͟ hān and lived in
China from 1275 to 1292, notes the presence of Muhammadans in various
parts of Yunnan. 19 At the beginning of the fourteenth century, all the
inhabitants of Talifu, the capital of Yunnan, are said by a contemporary
historian to have been Musalmans; 20 and Ibn Baṭūṭah, who visited several
coast towns in China towards the middle of the fourteenth century, speaks
of the hearty welcome he received from his co-religionists, 21 and reports
that “In every town there is a special quarter for the Muslims, inhabited
solely by them, where they have their mosques; they are honoured and
respected by the Chinese.” 22 [299]
Up to this period the Muhammadans appear to have been looked upon as a
foreign community in China, but after the expulsion of the Mongol dynasty
in the latter part of the fourteenth century they received no fresh addition to
their numbers from abroad, in consequence of the policy of isolation which
the Chinese government now adopted; and being thus cut off from
communication with their co-religionists in other countries, they tended, in
most parts of the empire, gradually to become merged into the mass of the
native population, through their marriages with Chinese women and their
adoption of Chinese habits and manners. The founder of the new Ming
dynasty, the emperor Hungwu, extended to them many privileges, and their
flourishing condition during the period that this dynasty lasted (1368–1644)
is shown by the large number of mosques erected.
The emperors of this dynasty cultivated friendly relations with the
Muhammadan princes on their western frontier, and there was a frequent
interchange of embassies between them and the Tīmūrid princes. One of
these is of interest in the missionary history of Islam, inasmuch as Shāh
Ruk͟ h Bahādur in 1412 took advantage of the arrival of a Chinese embassy
at his court in Samarqand, to include in his answer an invitation to the
emperor to embrace Islam. He sent with his envoy, who accompanied the
formed, which have grown to large proportions in most of the provinces of
China. Marco Polo, who enjoyed the favour of Qūbīlāy K͟ hān and lived in
China from 1275 to 1292, notes the presence of Muhammadans in various
parts of Yunnan. 19 At the beginning of the fourteenth century, all the
inhabitants of Talifu, the capital of Yunnan, are said by a contemporary
historian to have been Musalmans; 20 and Ibn Baṭūṭah, who visited several
coast towns in China towards the middle of the fourteenth century, speaks
of the hearty welcome he received from his co-religionists, 21 and reports
that “In every town there is a special quarter for the Muslims, inhabited
solely by them, where they have their mosques; they are honoured and
respected by the Chinese.” 22 [299]
Up to this period the Muhammadans appear to have been looked upon as a
foreign community in China, but after the expulsion of the Mongol dynasty
in the latter part of the fourteenth century they received no fresh addition to
their numbers from abroad, in consequence of the policy of isolation which
the Chinese government now adopted; and being thus cut off from
communication with their co-religionists in other countries, they tended, in
most parts of the empire, gradually to become merged into the mass of the
native population, through their marriages with Chinese women and their
adoption of Chinese habits and manners. The founder of the new Ming
dynasty, the emperor Hungwu, extended to them many privileges, and their
flourishing condition during the period that this dynasty lasted (1368–1644)
is shown by the large number of mosques erected.
The emperors of this dynasty cultivated friendly relations with the
Muhammadan princes on their western frontier, and there was a frequent
interchange of embassies between them and the Tīmūrid princes. One of
these is of interest in the missionary history of Islam, inasmuch as Shāh
Ruk͟ h Bahādur in 1412 took advantage of the arrival of a Chinese embassy
at his court in Samarqand, to include in his answer an invitation to the
emperor to embrace Islam. He sent with his envoy, who accompanied the
Page 351
Chinese ambassadors on their return, two letters, the first of which, written
in Arabic, was to the following effect:—“In the name of God, the Merciful,
the Compassionate. There is no god save God: Muḥammad is the Apostle of
God. The Apostle of God, Muḥammad (peace be on him!) said: ‘There shall
not cease to be in my church a people abiding in the commandments of
God; whosoever fails to help them or opposes them, shall never prosper,
until the commandment of the Lord cometh.’ When the Most High God
purposed to create Adam and his race, he said ‘I was a hidden treasure, but
it was my pleasure to become known; I therefore created man that I might
be known’; It is manifest from hence that the divine purpose (great is His
power and exalted is His word!) in the creation of man was to make
Himself known and uplift the banners of right guidance and faith.
Wherefore He sent His Apostle with guidance and the religion of truth that
it might prevail [300]over all other faiths, though the polytheists turn away
from it, that he might make known the laws and the ordinances and the
observances of what is lawful and unlawful, and He gave him the holy
Qurʼān miraculously that thereby he might put to silence the unbelievers
and stop their mouths when they discussed and disputed with him, and by
His perfect grace and His all-pervading guidance He has caused it to remain
even unto the day of judgment. By His power He hath established in all
ages and times and in all parts of the world, in east and west, and in China,
a mighty monarch, lord of great armies and authority, to administer justice
and mercy and spread the wings of peace and security over the heads of
men; to enjoin upon them righteousness and warn them against evil and
disobedience and lift up among them the banners of the noble religion; and
he drives away idolatry and infidelity from among them through belief in
the unity of God. The Most High God thus disposeth our hearts by His past
mercies and His ensuing grace to strive for the establishing of the laws of
pure religion and the continuance of the ordinances of the shining path. He
also bids us administer justice to our subjects in all suits and cases in
accordance with the religion of the Prophet and the ordinances of the
Chosen One, and build mosques and colleges and monasteries and
hermitages and places of worship, that the teaching of the sciences and the
in Arabic, was to the following effect:—“In the name of God, the Merciful,
the Compassionate. There is no god save God: Muḥammad is the Apostle of
God. The Apostle of God, Muḥammad (peace be on him!) said: ‘There shall
not cease to be in my church a people abiding in the commandments of
God; whosoever fails to help them or opposes them, shall never prosper,
until the commandment of the Lord cometh.’ When the Most High God
purposed to create Adam and his race, he said ‘I was a hidden treasure, but
it was my pleasure to become known; I therefore created man that I might
be known’; It is manifest from hence that the divine purpose (great is His
power and exalted is His word!) in the creation of man was to make
Himself known and uplift the banners of right guidance and faith.
Wherefore He sent His Apostle with guidance and the religion of truth that
it might prevail [300]over all other faiths, though the polytheists turn away
from it, that he might make known the laws and the ordinances and the
observances of what is lawful and unlawful, and He gave him the holy
Qurʼān miraculously that thereby he might put to silence the unbelievers
and stop their mouths when they discussed and disputed with him, and by
His perfect grace and His all-pervading guidance He has caused it to remain
even unto the day of judgment. By His power He hath established in all
ages and times and in all parts of the world, in east and west, and in China,
a mighty monarch, lord of great armies and authority, to administer justice
and mercy and spread the wings of peace and security over the heads of
men; to enjoin upon them righteousness and warn them against evil and
disobedience and lift up among them the banners of the noble religion; and
he drives away idolatry and infidelity from among them through belief in
the unity of God. The Most High God thus disposeth our hearts by His past
mercies and His ensuing grace to strive for the establishing of the laws of
pure religion and the continuance of the ordinances of the shining path. He
also bids us administer justice to our subjects in all suits and cases in
accordance with the religion of the Prophet and the ordinances of the
Chosen One, and build mosques and colleges and monasteries and
hermitages and places of worship, that the teaching of the sciences and the
Page 352
schools of learning may not cease nor the memorials and injunctions of
religion be swept away. Seeing that the continuance of worldly prosperity
and dominion, and the permanence of authority and rule depend upon the
assistance given to truth and righteousness and the extirpation of the evils
caused by idolatry and unbelief from the earth, in the expectation of
blessing and reward, we, therefore, hope that your Majesty and the nobles
of your realm will agree with us in these matters and join us in
strengthening the foundations of the established law.” The other letter,
written in Persian, makes a more direct appeal, without the rhetorical
embellishments of the Arabic:—“The Most High God, having in the depth
of His wisdom and the perfection of His power created Adam (peace be
upon him!), made some of his sons prophets and apostles and sent them
among men to summon them to the [301]truth. To certain of these prophets,
such as Abraham, Moses, David and Muḥammad (peace be upon them!) He
gave a book and taught a law, and He bade the people of their time follow
the law and the religion of each of them. All these apostles invited men to
faith in the unity and to the worship of God and forbade the adoration of the
sun, moon and stars, of kings and idols; and though each one of these
apostles had a separate law, yet they were all agreed in the doctrine of the
unity of the Most High God. At length, when the apostolic and prophetic
office devolved on the Apostle Muḥammad Muṣṭafạ̄ (the peace and blessing
of God be upon him!) all other systems of law were abrogated. He was the
apostle and the prophet of the latter age, and it behoves the whole world—
lords and kings and ministers, rich and poor, small and great,—to observe
his law and forsake all past creeds and laws. This is the true and perfect
faith and is called Islam. Some years ago, Chingīz K͟ hān took up arms and
sent his sons into various countries and kingdoms—Jūjī K͟ hān to the
confines of Sarāy, Qrim and Dasht Qafchāq, where some monarchs, such as
Ūzbek K͟ hān, Chānī K͟ hān and Urus K͟ hān, became Musalmans and
observed the law of Muḥammad (peace be upon him!). Hūlāgū K͟ hān was
set over K͟ hurāsān, ʻIrāq and the neighbouring countries, and some of his
sons who succeeded him received into their hearts the light of the law of
Muḥammad (peace be upon him!), and in like manner became Musalmans,
religion be swept away. Seeing that the continuance of worldly prosperity
and dominion, and the permanence of authority and rule depend upon the
assistance given to truth and righteousness and the extirpation of the evils
caused by idolatry and unbelief from the earth, in the expectation of
blessing and reward, we, therefore, hope that your Majesty and the nobles
of your realm will agree with us in these matters and join us in
strengthening the foundations of the established law.” The other letter,
written in Persian, makes a more direct appeal, without the rhetorical
embellishments of the Arabic:—“The Most High God, having in the depth
of His wisdom and the perfection of His power created Adam (peace be
upon him!), made some of his sons prophets and apostles and sent them
among men to summon them to the [301]truth. To certain of these prophets,
such as Abraham, Moses, David and Muḥammad (peace be upon them!) He
gave a book and taught a law, and He bade the people of their time follow
the law and the religion of each of them. All these apostles invited men to
faith in the unity and to the worship of God and forbade the adoration of the
sun, moon and stars, of kings and idols; and though each one of these
apostles had a separate law, yet they were all agreed in the doctrine of the
unity of the Most High God. At length, when the apostolic and prophetic
office devolved on the Apostle Muḥammad Muṣṭafạ̄ (the peace and blessing
of God be upon him!) all other systems of law were abrogated. He was the
apostle and the prophet of the latter age, and it behoves the whole world—
lords and kings and ministers, rich and poor, small and great,—to observe
his law and forsake all past creeds and laws. This is the true and perfect
faith and is called Islam. Some years ago, Chingīz K͟ hān took up arms and
sent his sons into various countries and kingdoms—Jūjī K͟ hān to the
confines of Sarāy, Qrim and Dasht Qafchāq, where some monarchs, such as
Ūzbek K͟ hān, Chānī K͟ hān and Urus K͟ hān, became Musalmans and
observed the law of Muḥammad (peace be upon him!). Hūlāgū K͟ hān was
set over K͟ hurāsān, ʻIrāq and the neighbouring countries, and some of his
sons who succeeded him received into their hearts the light of the law of
Muḥammad (peace be upon him!), and in like manner became Musalmans,
Page 353
and honoured with the blessedness of Islam passed into the other world,
such as the truthful king, G͟ hāzān, and Uljāytū Sulṭān and the fortunate king,
Abū Saʻīd Bahādur, until my honoured father, Amīr Tīmūr Gūrgān,
succeeded to the throne. He too observed the law of Muḥammad (peace be
upon him!) in all the countries under his rule, and throughout his reign the
followers of the faith of Islam enjoyed complete prosperity. Now that by the
goodness and favour of God this Kingdom of K͟ hurāsān, ʻIrāq, Mā-warāʼ-al-
nahr, etc., has passed into my hands, the administration is carried on
throughout the whole kingdom in accordance with the pure law of the
Prophet; righteousness is enjoined and wrong forbidden, and the Yarg͟ hū and
the institutes of Chingīz K͟ hān have been abolished. [302]Since, then, it is
sure and certain that salvation and deliverance in the day of judgment, and
sovereignty and felicity in the present world, depend upon true faith and
Islam, and the favour of the Most High God, it is incumbent upon us to treat
our subjects with justice and equity. I hope that by the bounty and
benevolence of God you too will observe the law of Muḥammad, the
Apostle of God (peace be upon him!) and strengthen the religion of Islam,
so that you may exchange the transitory sovereignty of this world for the
sovereignty of the world to come.” 23
It is not improbable that these letters gave rise to the later legend of one of
the Chinese emperors having become a convert to Islam. 24 This legend is
referred to, among others, by a Muhammadan merchant, Sayyid ʻAlī Akbar,
who spent some years in Peking at the end of the fifteenth and the
beginning of the sixteenth century; he speaks of the large number of
Musalmans who had settled in China; in the city of Kenjanfu there were as
many as 30,000 Muslim families; they paid no taxes and enjoyed the favour
of the emperor, who gave them grants of land; they enjoyed complete
toleration for the exercise of their religion, which was favourably viewed by
the Chinese, and conversions were freely permitted; in the capital itself
there were four great mosques and about ninety more in other provinces of
the empire,—all erected at the cost of the emperor. 25
such as the truthful king, G͟ hāzān, and Uljāytū Sulṭān and the fortunate king,
Abū Saʻīd Bahādur, until my honoured father, Amīr Tīmūr Gūrgān,
succeeded to the throne. He too observed the law of Muḥammad (peace be
upon him!) in all the countries under his rule, and throughout his reign the
followers of the faith of Islam enjoyed complete prosperity. Now that by the
goodness and favour of God this Kingdom of K͟ hurāsān, ʻIrāq, Mā-warāʼ-al-
nahr, etc., has passed into my hands, the administration is carried on
throughout the whole kingdom in accordance with the pure law of the
Prophet; righteousness is enjoined and wrong forbidden, and the Yarg͟ hū and
the institutes of Chingīz K͟ hān have been abolished. [302]Since, then, it is
sure and certain that salvation and deliverance in the day of judgment, and
sovereignty and felicity in the present world, depend upon true faith and
Islam, and the favour of the Most High God, it is incumbent upon us to treat
our subjects with justice and equity. I hope that by the bounty and
benevolence of God you too will observe the law of Muḥammad, the
Apostle of God (peace be upon him!) and strengthen the religion of Islam,
so that you may exchange the transitory sovereignty of this world for the
sovereignty of the world to come.” 23
It is not improbable that these letters gave rise to the later legend of one of
the Chinese emperors having become a convert to Islam. 24 This legend is
referred to, among others, by a Muhammadan merchant, Sayyid ʻAlī Akbar,
who spent some years in Peking at the end of the fifteenth and the
beginning of the sixteenth century; he speaks of the large number of
Musalmans who had settled in China; in the city of Kenjanfu there were as
many as 30,000 Muslim families; they paid no taxes and enjoyed the favour
of the emperor, who gave them grants of land; they enjoyed complete
toleration for the exercise of their religion, which was favourably viewed by
the Chinese, and conversions were freely permitted; in the capital itself
there were four great mosques and about ninety more in other provinces of
the empire,—all erected at the cost of the emperor. 25
Page 354
Up to the establishment of the Manchu dynasty in 1644 there is no record of
any Muhammadan uprising, and the followers of Islam appear to have been
entirely content with the religious liberty they enjoyed; but difficulties arose
soon after the advent of the new ruling power, and an insurrection in the
province of Kansu in 1648 was the first occasion on which any
Muhammadans rose in arms against the Chinese government, though it was
not until the nineteenth century that any such revolt entailed very disastrous
consequences, or seriously interrupted the amicable relations that had
subsisted from the beginning between the Chinese Muslims [303]and their
rulers. The official view of the Chinese Government of these relations is set
forth in an edict published by the emperor Yung Chen in 1731:—“In every
province of the empire, for many centuries past, have been found a large
number of Muhammadans who form part of the people whom I regard as
my own children just as I do my other subjects. I make no distinction
between them and those who do not belong to their religion. I have received
from certain officials secret complaints against the Muhammadans on the
ground that their religion differs from that of the other Chinese, that they do
not speak the same language, and wear a different dress to the rest of the
people. They are accused of disobedience, haughtiness, and rebellious
feelings, and I have been asked to employ severe measures against them.
After examining these complaints and accusations, I have discovered that
there is no foundation for them. In fact, the religion followed by the
Musalmans is that of their ancestors; it is true their language is not the same
as that of the rest of the Chinese, but what a multitude of different dialects
there are in China. As to their temples, dress and manner of writing, which
differ from those of the other Chinese—these are matters of absolutely no
importance. These are mere matters of custom. They bear as good a
character as my other subjects, and there is nothing to show that they intend
to rebel. It is my wish, therefore, that they should be left in the free exercise
of their religion, whose object is to teach men the observance of a moral
life, and the fulfilment of social and civil duties. This religion respects the
fundamental basis of Government, and what more can be asked for? If then
the Muhammadans continue to conduct themselves as good and loyal
any Muhammadan uprising, and the followers of Islam appear to have been
entirely content with the religious liberty they enjoyed; but difficulties arose
soon after the advent of the new ruling power, and an insurrection in the
province of Kansu in 1648 was the first occasion on which any
Muhammadans rose in arms against the Chinese government, though it was
not until the nineteenth century that any such revolt entailed very disastrous
consequences, or seriously interrupted the amicable relations that had
subsisted from the beginning between the Chinese Muslims [303]and their
rulers. The official view of the Chinese Government of these relations is set
forth in an edict published by the emperor Yung Chen in 1731:—“In every
province of the empire, for many centuries past, have been found a large
number of Muhammadans who form part of the people whom I regard as
my own children just as I do my other subjects. I make no distinction
between them and those who do not belong to their religion. I have received
from certain officials secret complaints against the Muhammadans on the
ground that their religion differs from that of the other Chinese, that they do
not speak the same language, and wear a different dress to the rest of the
people. They are accused of disobedience, haughtiness, and rebellious
feelings, and I have been asked to employ severe measures against them.
After examining these complaints and accusations, I have discovered that
there is no foundation for them. In fact, the religion followed by the
Musalmans is that of their ancestors; it is true their language is not the same
as that of the rest of the Chinese, but what a multitude of different dialects
there are in China. As to their temples, dress and manner of writing, which
differ from those of the other Chinese—these are matters of absolutely no
importance. These are mere matters of custom. They bear as good a
character as my other subjects, and there is nothing to show that they intend
to rebel. It is my wish, therefore, that they should be left in the free exercise
of their religion, whose object is to teach men the observance of a moral
life, and the fulfilment of social and civil duties. This religion respects the
fundamental basis of Government, and what more can be asked for? If then
the Muhammadans continue to conduct themselves as good and loyal
Page 355
subjects, my favour will be extended towards them just as much as towards
my other children. From among them have come many civil and military
officers, who have risen to the very highest ranks. This is the best proof that
they have adopted our habits and customs, and have learned to conform
themselves to the precepts of our sacred books. They pass their
examinations in literature just like every one else, and perform the
sacrifices enjoined by law. In a word, they are true members of the great
Chinese family and [304]endeavour always to fulfil their religious, civil and
political duties. When the magistrates have a civil case brought before
them, they should not concern themselves with the religion of the litigants.
There is but one single law for all my subjects. Those who do good shall be
rewarded, and those who do evil shall be punished.” 26
About thirty years later, his successor, the Emperor Kʼien Lung, showed
distinguished marks of his favour towards the Muhammadans by ennobling
two Turkī Begs who had materially helped in suppressing a revolt in the
north-west and Kāshgar, and building palaces for them in Peking; he also
erected a mosque for the use of the Turkī Begs who visited the Imperial
court and for the prisoners of war who had been brought to the capital from
Kāshgar. Among these prisoners was a beautiful girl who became a
favourite concubine of the emperor, and it is stated that for love of her he
built this mosque immediately opposite his own palace and erected a
pavilion within the palace grounds, from which the concubine could watch
her fellow-countrymen at prayer and could join in their devotions. This
mosque was built in the years 1763–1764 and contains an inscription in
four languages, the Chinese text of which was written by the emperor
himself. 27
After crushing the revolt in Zungaria, this same emperor Kʼien Lung, in
1770 transported thither from other parts of China ten thousand military
colonists, who were followed by their families and other persons, to re-
people the country, and they are all said to have embraced the religion of
the surrounding Muhammadan population. 28 Whether such mass
my other children. From among them have come many civil and military
officers, who have risen to the very highest ranks. This is the best proof that
they have adopted our habits and customs, and have learned to conform
themselves to the precepts of our sacred books. They pass their
examinations in literature just like every one else, and perform the
sacrifices enjoined by law. In a word, they are true members of the great
Chinese family and [304]endeavour always to fulfil their religious, civil and
political duties. When the magistrates have a civil case brought before
them, they should not concern themselves with the religion of the litigants.
There is but one single law for all my subjects. Those who do good shall be
rewarded, and those who do evil shall be punished.” 26
About thirty years later, his successor, the Emperor Kʼien Lung, showed
distinguished marks of his favour towards the Muhammadans by ennobling
two Turkī Begs who had materially helped in suppressing a revolt in the
north-west and Kāshgar, and building palaces for them in Peking; he also
erected a mosque for the use of the Turkī Begs who visited the Imperial
court and for the prisoners of war who had been brought to the capital from
Kāshgar. Among these prisoners was a beautiful girl who became a
favourite concubine of the emperor, and it is stated that for love of her he
built this mosque immediately opposite his own palace and erected a
pavilion within the palace grounds, from which the concubine could watch
her fellow-countrymen at prayer and could join in their devotions. This
mosque was built in the years 1763–1764 and contains an inscription in
four languages, the Chinese text of which was written by the emperor
himself. 27
After crushing the revolt in Zungaria, this same emperor Kʼien Lung, in
1770 transported thither from other parts of China ten thousand military
colonists, who were followed by their families and other persons, to re-
people the country, and they are all said to have embraced the religion of
the surrounding Muhammadan population. 28 Whether such mass
Page 356
conversions occurred in other parts of the empire also, we have no means of
telling, but the existence of a considerable Muhammadan population in
every province of China can hardly be explained merely by reference to
foreign immigration and the natural growth of population, 29 though the
numbers are larger in those provinces in which foreign [305]Muhammadans
have settled. 30 It is unlikely that the Muhammadans in China during the
many centuries of their residence in this country, in the enjoyment of
religious freedom and the liberal patronage of several of the emperors,
should have been entirely devoid of that proselytising zeal which modern
observers have noted in their descendants at the present day. 31 To such
direct proselytising efforts must have been due the conversion of Chinese
Jews to Islam; their establishment in this country dates from an early
period, they held employments under the Government and were in
possession of large estates; but by the close of the seventeenth century a
great part of them had been converted to Islam. 32 Such propaganda must
have been quite quiet and unobtrusive, and indeed more public methods
might have excited suspicions on the part of the Government, as is shown
by an interesting report which was sent to the Emperor Kʼien Lung in 1783
by a governor of the province of Khwang-Se. It runs as follows: “I have the
honour respectfully to inform your Majesty that an adventurer named Han-
Fo-Yun, of the province of Khwang-Se, has been arrested on a charge of
vagrancy. This adventurer when interrogated as to his occupation, confessed
that for the last ten years he had been travelling through the different
provinces of the Empire in order to obtain information about his religion. In
one of his boxes were found thirty books, some of which had been written
by himself, while others were in a language that no one here understands.
These books praise in an extravagant and ridiculous manner a Western king,
called Muḥammad. The above-mentioned Han-Fo-Yun, when put to the
torture, at last confessed that the real object of his journey was to propagate
the false religion taught in these books, and that he remained in the
province of Shen-Si for a longer time than anywhere else. I have examined
these books myself. Some are certainly written in a foreign language; for I
have not been able to understand them: the others that are written in
telling, but the existence of a considerable Muhammadan population in
every province of China can hardly be explained merely by reference to
foreign immigration and the natural growth of population, 29 though the
numbers are larger in those provinces in which foreign [305]Muhammadans
have settled. 30 It is unlikely that the Muhammadans in China during the
many centuries of their residence in this country, in the enjoyment of
religious freedom and the liberal patronage of several of the emperors,
should have been entirely devoid of that proselytising zeal which modern
observers have noted in their descendants at the present day. 31 To such
direct proselytising efforts must have been due the conversion of Chinese
Jews to Islam; their establishment in this country dates from an early
period, they held employments under the Government and were in
possession of large estates; but by the close of the seventeenth century a
great part of them had been converted to Islam. 32 Such propaganda must
have been quite quiet and unobtrusive, and indeed more public methods
might have excited suspicions on the part of the Government, as is shown
by an interesting report which was sent to the Emperor Kʼien Lung in 1783
by a governor of the province of Khwang-Se. It runs as follows: “I have the
honour respectfully to inform your Majesty that an adventurer named Han-
Fo-Yun, of the province of Khwang-Se, has been arrested on a charge of
vagrancy. This adventurer when interrogated as to his occupation, confessed
that for the last ten years he had been travelling through the different
provinces of the Empire in order to obtain information about his religion. In
one of his boxes were found thirty books, some of which had been written
by himself, while others were in a language that no one here understands.
These books praise in an extravagant and ridiculous manner a Western king,
called Muḥammad. The above-mentioned Han-Fo-Yun, when put to the
torture, at last confessed that the real object of his journey was to propagate
the false religion taught in these books, and that he remained in the
province of Shen-Si for a longer time than anywhere else. I have examined
these books myself. Some are certainly written in a foreign language; for I
have not been able to understand them: the others that are written in
Page 357
Chinese [306]are very bad, I may add, even ridiculous on account of the
exaggerated praise given in them to persons who certainly do not deserve it,
because I have never even heard of them. Perhaps the above-mentioned
Han-Fo-Yun is a rebel from Kan-Su. His conduct is certainly suspicious, for
what was he going to do in the provinces through which he has been
travelling for the last ten years? I intend to make a serious inquiry into the
matter. Meanwhile, I would request your Majesty to order the stereotyped
plates, that are in the possession of his family, to be burnt, and the engravers
to be arrested, as well as the authors of the books, which I have sent to your
Majesty desiring to know your pleasure in the matter.” 33
This report bears testimony to the activity of at least one Muhammadan
missionary in the eighteenth century, and the growth of Islam, which the
Jesuit missionaries 34 noted in the eighteenth century, was probably not so
little connected with direct proselytism as some of them supposed. Du
Halde, in one of the few passages he devotes to the Muhammadans in his
great work, 35 attributes the increase in their numbers largely to their habit of
purchasing children in times of famine. “The Mahometans have been settled
for more than six hundred years in various provinces, where they live quite
quietly, because they do not make any great efforts to spread their doctrines
and gain proselytes, and because in former times they only increased in
numbers by the alliances and marriages they contracted. But for several
years past they have continued to make very considerable progress by
means of their wealth. They buy up heathen children everywhere; and the
parents, being often unable to provide them with food, have no scruples in
selling them. During a famine that devastated the Province of Chantong,
they bought more than 10,000 of them. They marry them, and either
purchase or build for them separate quarters in a town, or even whole
villages; gradually in several places [307]they gain such influence that they
do not let any one live among them who does not go to the mosque. By
such means they have multiplied exceedingly during the last century.”
exaggerated praise given in them to persons who certainly do not deserve it,
because I have never even heard of them. Perhaps the above-mentioned
Han-Fo-Yun is a rebel from Kan-Su. His conduct is certainly suspicious, for
what was he going to do in the provinces through which he has been
travelling for the last ten years? I intend to make a serious inquiry into the
matter. Meanwhile, I would request your Majesty to order the stereotyped
plates, that are in the possession of his family, to be burnt, and the engravers
to be arrested, as well as the authors of the books, which I have sent to your
Majesty desiring to know your pleasure in the matter.” 33
This report bears testimony to the activity of at least one Muhammadan
missionary in the eighteenth century, and the growth of Islam, which the
Jesuit missionaries 34 noted in the eighteenth century, was probably not so
little connected with direct proselytism as some of them supposed. Du
Halde, in one of the few passages he devotes to the Muhammadans in his
great work, 35 attributes the increase in their numbers largely to their habit of
purchasing children in times of famine. “The Mahometans have been settled
for more than six hundred years in various provinces, where they live quite
quietly, because they do not make any great efforts to spread their doctrines
and gain proselytes, and because in former times they only increased in
numbers by the alliances and marriages they contracted. But for several
years past they have continued to make very considerable progress by
means of their wealth. They buy up heathen children everywhere; and the
parents, being often unable to provide them with food, have no scruples in
selling them. During a famine that devastated the Province of Chantong,
they bought more than 10,000 of them. They marry them, and either
purchase or build for them separate quarters in a town, or even whole
villages; gradually in several places [307]they gain such influence that they
do not let any one live among them who does not go to the mosque. By
such means they have multiplied exceedingly during the last century.”
Page 358
Similarly, in the famine that devastated the province of Kwangtung in 1790,
as many as ten thousand children are said to have been purchased by the
Muhammadans from parents who, too poor to support them, were willing to
part with them to save them from starvation; these were all brought up in
the faith of Islam. 36 A Chinese Musalman, from Yunnan, named Sayyid
Sulaymān, who visited Cairo in 1894 and was there interviewed by the
representative of an Arabic journal, 37 declared that the number of accessions
to Islam gained in this way every year was beyond counting. Similar
testimony is given by M. d’Ollone, who reports that this practice of buying
children in times of famine prevails among the Muhammadans throughout
the whole of China to the present day; in the same way, they purchased the
children of Christian parents who were massacred by the Boxers in 1900,
and brought them up as Musalmans. 38
The Muhammadans in China tend to live together in separate villages and
towns or to form separate Muhammadan quarters in the towns, where they
will not allow any person to dwell among them who does not go to the
mosque. 39 Though they thus in some measure hold themselves apart, they
are careful to avoid the open exhibition of any specially distinguishing
features of the religious observances of their faith, which may offend their
neighbours, and they have been careful to make concessions to the
prejudices of their Chinese fellow-countrymen. In their ordinary life they
are completely in touch with the customs and habits that prevail around
them; they wear the pigtail and the ordinary dress of the Chinese, and put
on a turban, as a rule, only in the mosque. To avoid offending against a
superstitious prejudice on the part of the Chinese, they also refrain from
building tall minarets, wherever they build them at all. 40 But for the most
part, their mosques conform to the Chinese [308]type of architecture, often
with nothing to distinguish them from an ordinary temple or dwelling. 41
Every mosque is obliged by law to have a tablet to the emperor, with the
inscription on it, “The emperor, the immortal, may he live for ever,” and the
Muhammadans prostrate themselves before it in accordance with the
regular Chinese custom, though with various expedients to satisfy their
as many as ten thousand children are said to have been purchased by the
Muhammadans from parents who, too poor to support them, were willing to
part with them to save them from starvation; these were all brought up in
the faith of Islam. 36 A Chinese Musalman, from Yunnan, named Sayyid
Sulaymān, who visited Cairo in 1894 and was there interviewed by the
representative of an Arabic journal, 37 declared that the number of accessions
to Islam gained in this way every year was beyond counting. Similar
testimony is given by M. d’Ollone, who reports that this practice of buying
children in times of famine prevails among the Muhammadans throughout
the whole of China to the present day; in the same way, they purchased the
children of Christian parents who were massacred by the Boxers in 1900,
and brought them up as Musalmans. 38
The Muhammadans in China tend to live together in separate villages and
towns or to form separate Muhammadan quarters in the towns, where they
will not allow any person to dwell among them who does not go to the
mosque. 39 Though they thus in some measure hold themselves apart, they
are careful to avoid the open exhibition of any specially distinguishing
features of the religious observances of their faith, which may offend their
neighbours, and they have been careful to make concessions to the
prejudices of their Chinese fellow-countrymen. In their ordinary life they
are completely in touch with the customs and habits that prevail around
them; they wear the pigtail and the ordinary dress of the Chinese, and put
on a turban, as a rule, only in the mosque. To avoid offending against a
superstitious prejudice on the part of the Chinese, they also refrain from
building tall minarets, wherever they build them at all. 40 But for the most
part, their mosques conform to the Chinese [308]type of architecture, often
with nothing to distinguish them from an ordinary temple or dwelling. 41
Every mosque is obliged by law to have a tablet to the emperor, with the
inscription on it, “The emperor, the immortal, may he live for ever,” and the
Muhammadans prostrate themselves before it in accordance with the
regular Chinese custom, though with various expedients to satisfy their
Page 359
consciences and avoid the imputation of idolatry. 42 Even in Chinese Tartary,
where the special privilege is allowed to the Musalman soldiers, of
remaining unmixed, and of forming a separate body, the higher
Muhammadan officials wear the dress prescribed to their rank, long
moustaches and the pigtail, and on holidays they perform the usual homage
demanded from officials, to a portrait of the emperor, by touching the
ground three times with their forehead. 43 Similarly all Muhammadan
mandarins and other officials in other provinces perform the rites prescribed
to their official position, in the temples of Confucius on festival days; in
fact every precaution is taken by the Muslims to prevent their faith from
appearing to be in opposition to the state religion, and hereby they have
succeeded in avoiding the odium with which the adherents of foreign
religions, such as Judaism and Christianity are regarded. They even
represent their religion to their Chinese fellow-countrymen as being in
agreement with the teachings of Confucius, with only this difference, that
they follow the traditions of their ancestors with regard to marriages,
funerals, the prohibition of pork, wine, tobacco, and games of chance, and
the washing of the hands before meals. 44 Similarly the writings of the
Chinese Muhammadans treat the works of Confucius and other Chinese
classics with great respect, and where possible, point out the harmony
between the teachings contained therein and the doctrines of Islam. 45
The Chinese government, in its turn, has always given to its Muhammadan
subjects (except when in revolt) the same privileges and advantages as are
enjoyed by the rest of the population. No office of state is closed to them;
and as [309]governors of provinces, generals, magistrates and ministers of
state they enjoy the confidence and respect both of the rulers and the
people. Not only do Muhammadan names appear in the Chinese annals as
those of famous officers of state, whether military or civil, but they have
also distinguished themselves in the mechanical arts and in sciences such as
mathematics and astronomy. 46
where the special privilege is allowed to the Musalman soldiers, of
remaining unmixed, and of forming a separate body, the higher
Muhammadan officials wear the dress prescribed to their rank, long
moustaches and the pigtail, and on holidays they perform the usual homage
demanded from officials, to a portrait of the emperor, by touching the
ground three times with their forehead. 43 Similarly all Muhammadan
mandarins and other officials in other provinces perform the rites prescribed
to their official position, in the temples of Confucius on festival days; in
fact every precaution is taken by the Muslims to prevent their faith from
appearing to be in opposition to the state religion, and hereby they have
succeeded in avoiding the odium with which the adherents of foreign
religions, such as Judaism and Christianity are regarded. They even
represent their religion to their Chinese fellow-countrymen as being in
agreement with the teachings of Confucius, with only this difference, that
they follow the traditions of their ancestors with regard to marriages,
funerals, the prohibition of pork, wine, tobacco, and games of chance, and
the washing of the hands before meals. 44 Similarly the writings of the
Chinese Muhammadans treat the works of Confucius and other Chinese
classics with great respect, and where possible, point out the harmony
between the teachings contained therein and the doctrines of Islam. 45
The Chinese government, in its turn, has always given to its Muhammadan
subjects (except when in revolt) the same privileges and advantages as are
enjoyed by the rest of the population. No office of state is closed to them;
and as [309]governors of provinces, generals, magistrates and ministers of
state they enjoy the confidence and respect both of the rulers and the
people. Not only do Muhammadan names appear in the Chinese annals as
those of famous officers of state, whether military or civil, but they have
also distinguished themselves in the mechanical arts and in sciences such as
mathematics and astronomy. 46
Page 360
The Chinese Muhammadans are also said to be keen men of business and
successful traders; they monopolise the beef trade and carry on other trades
with great success. 47 They are thus in touch with every section of the
national life and have every opportunity for carrying on a propaganda, but
the few Christian missionaries who have concerned themselves with this
matter are of opinion that they are not animated with any particular
proselytising zeal. 48 Still, many recent converts are to be met with, and the
fact that a large number of Chinese Muslims can cite the name of the
particular ancestor who first embraced Islam points to a continuous process
of conversion. 49 Apparently the Muslims are not allowed to preach their
faith in the streets, as Protestant missionaries do, 50 but (as we have seen
above) 51 they do not fail to make use of such opportunities as present
themselves for adding to the number of their sect. One of their religious
text-books, “A Guide to the Rites of the True Religion” (published in
Canton in 1668), commends the work of proselytising and makes reference
to such as may have recently become converts from among the heathen. 52
The fundamental doctrines of Islam are taught to the new converts by
means of metrical primers, 53 and to the influence of the religious books of
the Chinese Muslims, Sayyid Sulaymān attributes many of the conversions
made in recent years. 54 The Muslim seminary at Hochow in Kansu is said to
train theological students who return to their several provinces, at the
completion of their studies, to promulgate their faith there, 55 and in upwards
of ten provinces centres are said to [310]have been started where mullās are
to be trained for Muslim propaganda. 56 Military officers convert many of
the soldiers serving under them, to Islam, and Muslim mandarins take
advantage of the authority they enjoy, to win converts, but as they are
frequently transferred from one place to another, they are not able to
exercise so much influence as Muslim military officers. 57 Conversions may
also occasionally occur, which are not the result of a direct propagandist
appeal, e.g. a Turkish traveller who visited Peking in 1895 reported that he
found thirty mosques there, among them one that had originally been a
temple; this had been the family temple of a wealthy Chinaman, whose life
had been saved during the Boxer insurrection by the Mufti Wa-Ahonad
successful traders; they monopolise the beef trade and carry on other trades
with great success. 47 They are thus in touch with every section of the
national life and have every opportunity for carrying on a propaganda, but
the few Christian missionaries who have concerned themselves with this
matter are of opinion that they are not animated with any particular
proselytising zeal. 48 Still, many recent converts are to be met with, and the
fact that a large number of Chinese Muslims can cite the name of the
particular ancestor who first embraced Islam points to a continuous process
of conversion. 49 Apparently the Muslims are not allowed to preach their
faith in the streets, as Protestant missionaries do, 50 but (as we have seen
above) 51 they do not fail to make use of such opportunities as present
themselves for adding to the number of their sect. One of their religious
text-books, “A Guide to the Rites of the True Religion” (published in
Canton in 1668), commends the work of proselytising and makes reference
to such as may have recently become converts from among the heathen. 52
The fundamental doctrines of Islam are taught to the new converts by
means of metrical primers, 53 and to the influence of the religious books of
the Chinese Muslims, Sayyid Sulaymān attributes many of the conversions
made in recent years. 54 The Muslim seminary at Hochow in Kansu is said to
train theological students who return to their several provinces, at the
completion of their studies, to promulgate their faith there, 55 and in upwards
of ten provinces centres are said to [310]have been started where mullās are
to be trained for Muslim propaganda. 56 Military officers convert many of
the soldiers serving under them, to Islam, and Muslim mandarins take
advantage of the authority they enjoy, to win converts, but as they are
frequently transferred from one place to another, they are not able to
exercise so much influence as Muslim military officers. 57 Conversions may
also occasionally occur, which are not the result of a direct propagandist
appeal, e.g. a Turkish traveller who visited Peking in 1895 reported that he
found thirty mosques there, among them one that had originally been a
temple; this had been the family temple of a wealthy Chinaman, whose life
had been saved during the Boxer insurrection by the Mufti Wa-Ahonad
Page 361
(ʻAbd al-Raḥmān); as a token of his gratitude, he embraced the faith of his
deliverer. 58
Turkish and other Muslim missionaries have in recent years been visiting
China and endeavouring to stir up among the Chinese Muslims a more
thorough knowledge of their faith and to awaken their zeal, but their efforts
seem so far to have borne but little fruit. 59
In 1867 a Russian writer, 60 in a remarkable work on Islam in China,
expressed the opinion that it was destined to become the national faith of
the Chinese empire and thereby entirely change the political conditions of
the Eastern world. Nearly half a century has elapsed since this note of alarm
was sounded, but nothing has occurred since to verify these
prognostications. On the contrary, it would appear that Islam has been
losing rather than gaining ground during the last century, since the
wholesale massacres that accompanied the suppression of the Panthay
risings in Yunnan from 1855 to 1873 and the Tungan rebellion in Shen-si
and Kan-su in 1864–1877 and 1895–1896, reduced the Muhammadan
population by millions. 61 The establishment of the new Republic has given
to the Chinese Muslims a freedom of activity unknown under any preceding
government, but it is too early yet to discover how far they are likely to
avail themselves of the [311]opportunities offered by the altered conditions
of life. The proselytism that still goes on, restricted as its sphere may be,
indicates a still cherished hope of expansion. Though four centuries have
elapsed since a Muslim traveller 62 in China could discuss the possibility of
the conversion of the emperor being followed by that of his subjects, it was
still possible for a Chinese Muslim of the present generation to state that his
co-religionists in that country looked forward with confidence to the day
when Islam would be triumphant throughout the length and breadth of the
Chinese empire. 63 [312]
Kanz al-ʻUmmāl, vol. v. p. 202. ↑
1
Bretschneider (2), p. 6. ↑
2
deliverer. 58
Turkish and other Muslim missionaries have in recent years been visiting
China and endeavouring to stir up among the Chinese Muslims a more
thorough knowledge of their faith and to awaken their zeal, but their efforts
seem so far to have borne but little fruit. 59
In 1867 a Russian writer, 60 in a remarkable work on Islam in China,
expressed the opinion that it was destined to become the national faith of
the Chinese empire and thereby entirely change the political conditions of
the Eastern world. Nearly half a century has elapsed since this note of alarm
was sounded, but nothing has occurred since to verify these
prognostications. On the contrary, it would appear that Islam has been
losing rather than gaining ground during the last century, since the
wholesale massacres that accompanied the suppression of the Panthay
risings in Yunnan from 1855 to 1873 and the Tungan rebellion in Shen-si
and Kan-su in 1864–1877 and 1895–1896, reduced the Muhammadan
population by millions. 61 The establishment of the new Republic has given
to the Chinese Muslims a freedom of activity unknown under any preceding
government, but it is too early yet to discover how far they are likely to
avail themselves of the [311]opportunities offered by the altered conditions
of life. The proselytism that still goes on, restricted as its sphere may be,
indicates a still cherished hope of expansion. Though four centuries have
elapsed since a Muslim traveller 62 in China could discuss the possibility of
the conversion of the emperor being followed by that of his subjects, it was
still possible for a Chinese Muslim of the present generation to state that his
co-religionists in that country looked forward with confidence to the day
when Islam would be triumphant throughout the length and breadth of the
Chinese empire. 63 [312]
Kanz al-ʻUmmāl, vol. v. p. 202. ↑
1
Bretschneider (2), p. 6. ↑
2
Page 362
On the origin of this name, see Devéria, p. 311; Mission d’Ollone, p. 420 sqq. ↑
3
De Thiersant, vol. i. pp. 19–20. ↑
4
D’Ollone gives the following warning as to the uncertainty of our knowledge of Islam in
5
China:—“Or rien n’est moins connu que l’Islam chinois. On ne sait exactement ni
comment il s’est propagé dans l’Empire, ni combien d’adeptes il a réunis, ni si sa doctrine est pure, ni
quelle est son organisation, ni s’il possède des relations avec le reste du monde musulman.” (Mission
d’Ollone, p. 1.) The references to China in Arabic and Persian writers have been collected by Schefer,
“Notice sur les relations des peuples musulmans avec les Chinois.” ↑
Chavannes, p. 172. ↑
6
De Thiersant, vol. i. pp. 70–1. ↑
7
This legend has been exhaustively discussed by Broomhall: Islam in China, cap. iv, vii. ↑
8
Thus the people of Khotan claim that Islam was first brought to their land by Jaʻfar, a
9
cousin of the Prophet (Grenard: Mission Dutreuil de Rhins, t. iii. p. 2), and the Chams of
Cambodia ascribe their conversion to one of the fathers-in-law of Muḥammad. (R. du M. M., vol. ii.
p. 138.) ↑
De Thiersant, vol. i. p. 153. ↑
10
Reinaud: Relation des Voyages faits par les Arabes et les Persans dans l’Inde et à la Chine, i.
11
pp. 13, 64. (Paris, 1845.) ↑
Id. p. 58. ↑
12
That there was some migration westward also of Chinese into the conquered countries of
13
Islam, where they would come within the sphere of its religious influence, we learn from the
diary of a Chinese monk who travelled through Central Asia to Persia in the years 1221–4; speaking
of Samarqand, he says, “Chinese workmen are living everywhere.” (Bretschneider (1), vol. i. p.
78.) ↑
Howorth, vol. i. p. 161. ↑
14
For Chinese biographies of Sayyid Ajall, see R. du M. M., viii. p. 344 sqq. and xi. p. 3 sqq.;
15
Mission d’Ollone, p. 25 sqq. ↑
Broomhall, p. 127. ↑
16
Mission d’Ollone, pp. 435–6. ↑
17
Howorth, vol. i. p. 257. ↑
18
Marco Polo, vol. i. pp. 219, 274; vol. ii. p. 66. ↑
19
Rashīd al-Dīn (Yule’s Cathay, p. 9). ↑
20
Vol. iv. pp. 270, 283. ↑
21
Id. p. 258. ↑
22
ʻAbd al-Razzāq al-Samarqandī: Maṭlaʻ al-saʻdayn, foll. 60–1. (Blochet, pp.
23
249–52.) ↑
3
De Thiersant, vol. i. pp. 19–20. ↑
4
D’Ollone gives the following warning as to the uncertainty of our knowledge of Islam in
5
China:—“Or rien n’est moins connu que l’Islam chinois. On ne sait exactement ni
comment il s’est propagé dans l’Empire, ni combien d’adeptes il a réunis, ni si sa doctrine est pure, ni
quelle est son organisation, ni s’il possède des relations avec le reste du monde musulman.” (Mission
d’Ollone, p. 1.) The references to China in Arabic and Persian writers have been collected by Schefer,
“Notice sur les relations des peuples musulmans avec les Chinois.” ↑
Chavannes, p. 172. ↑
6
De Thiersant, vol. i. pp. 70–1. ↑
7
This legend has been exhaustively discussed by Broomhall: Islam in China, cap. iv, vii. ↑
8
Thus the people of Khotan claim that Islam was first brought to their land by Jaʻfar, a
9
cousin of the Prophet (Grenard: Mission Dutreuil de Rhins, t. iii. p. 2), and the Chams of
Cambodia ascribe their conversion to one of the fathers-in-law of Muḥammad. (R. du M. M., vol. ii.
p. 138.) ↑
De Thiersant, vol. i. p. 153. ↑
10
Reinaud: Relation des Voyages faits par les Arabes et les Persans dans l’Inde et à la Chine, i.
11
pp. 13, 64. (Paris, 1845.) ↑
Id. p. 58. ↑
12
That there was some migration westward also of Chinese into the conquered countries of
13
Islam, where they would come within the sphere of its religious influence, we learn from the
diary of a Chinese monk who travelled through Central Asia to Persia in the years 1221–4; speaking
of Samarqand, he says, “Chinese workmen are living everywhere.” (Bretschneider (1), vol. i. p.
78.) ↑
Howorth, vol. i. p. 161. ↑
14
For Chinese biographies of Sayyid Ajall, see R. du M. M., viii. p. 344 sqq. and xi. p. 3 sqq.;
15
Mission d’Ollone, p. 25 sqq. ↑
Broomhall, p. 127. ↑
16
Mission d’Ollone, pp. 435–6. ↑
17
Howorth, vol. i. p. 257. ↑
18
Marco Polo, vol. i. pp. 219, 274; vol. ii. p. 66. ↑
19
Rashīd al-Dīn (Yule’s Cathay, p. 9). ↑
20
Vol. iv. pp. 270, 283. ↑
21
Id. p. 258. ↑
22
ʻAbd al-Razzāq al-Samarqandī: Maṭlaʻ al-saʻdayn, foll. 60–1. (Blochet, pp.
23
249–52.) ↑
Page 363
Zenker, pp. 798–9. Mélanges Orientaux, p. 65. (Publications de l’École des Langues Orientales
24
Vivantes, Sér. ii. t. 9.) (Paris, 1883.) ↑
Schefer, pp. 29–30. Zenker, p. 796. ↑
25
De Thiersant, tome i. pp. 154–6. ↑
26
Broomhall, p. 92 sqq. Devéria: Musulmans et Manichéens chinois. (J. A. 9me Sér., tome x.
27
p. 447 sqq.) ↑
De Thiersant, tome i. pp. 163–4. ↑
28
The Muhammadans are said to be more prolific than the ordinary Chinese, and the Chinese
29
census, which counts according to families, estimates six for a Muhammadan family and five
for the ordinary Chinese. (Broomhall, pp. 197, 203.) ↑
Broomhall, in chap. xii. of his Islam in China, gives the total as between five and ten millions.
30
D’Ollone puts it as low as four millions (p. 430). ↑
Vide infra, pp. 309–310. ↑
31
Clark Abel: Narrative of a journey in the interior of China, p. 361. (London, 1818.) ↑
32
De Thiersant, tome ii. pp. 361–3. ↑
33
One missionary, writing from Peking in 1721, says, “La secte des Mahométans s’étend
34
de plus en plus.” (Lettres édifiantes et curieuses, tome xix. p. 140.) ↑
J. B. du Halde: Description géographique, historique, chronologique, politique et physique de
35
l’Empire de la Chine, tome iii. p. 64. (Paris, 1735.) ↑
Anderson, p. 151. Grosier, tome iv. p. 507. ↑
36
T͟ hamarāt al-Funūn, 17th Shawwāl, p. 3. (Bayrūt, a.h. 1311.) ↑
37
Mission d’Ollone, p. 279. R. du M. M., tome ix. pp. 577, 578. ↑
38
Broomhall, p. 226. Grosier, tome iv. p. 508. ↑
39
Vasil’ev, p. 15. ↑
40
Broomhall, p. 237. ↑
41
Id. pp. 186, 228. ↑
42
Arminius Vambéry: Travels in Central Asia, p. 404. (London, 1864.) ↑
43
Vasil’ev, p. 16. ↑
44
De Thiersant, tome ii. pp. 367, 372. ↑
45
De Thiersant, tome i. p. 247. T͟ hamarāt al-Funūn, 28th Shaʻbān,
46
p. 3. ↑
Broomhall, p. 224. ↑
47
Du Halde, loc. cit. Broomhall, p. 282. ↑
48
Mission d’Ollone, pp. 210, 431. ↑
49
24
Vivantes, Sér. ii. t. 9.) (Paris, 1883.) ↑
Schefer, pp. 29–30. Zenker, p. 796. ↑
25
De Thiersant, tome i. pp. 154–6. ↑
26
Broomhall, p. 92 sqq. Devéria: Musulmans et Manichéens chinois. (J. A. 9me Sér., tome x.
27
p. 447 sqq.) ↑
De Thiersant, tome i. pp. 163–4. ↑
28
The Muhammadans are said to be more prolific than the ordinary Chinese, and the Chinese
29
census, which counts according to families, estimates six for a Muhammadan family and five
for the ordinary Chinese. (Broomhall, pp. 197, 203.) ↑
Broomhall, in chap. xii. of his Islam in China, gives the total as between five and ten millions.
30
D’Ollone puts it as low as four millions (p. 430). ↑
Vide infra, pp. 309–310. ↑
31
Clark Abel: Narrative of a journey in the interior of China, p. 361. (London, 1818.) ↑
32
De Thiersant, tome ii. pp. 361–3. ↑
33
One missionary, writing from Peking in 1721, says, “La secte des Mahométans s’étend
34
de plus en plus.” (Lettres édifiantes et curieuses, tome xix. p. 140.) ↑
J. B. du Halde: Description géographique, historique, chronologique, politique et physique de
35
l’Empire de la Chine, tome iii. p. 64. (Paris, 1735.) ↑
Anderson, p. 151. Grosier, tome iv. p. 507. ↑
36
T͟ hamarāt al-Funūn, 17th Shawwāl, p. 3. (Bayrūt, a.h. 1311.) ↑
37
Mission d’Ollone, p. 279. R. du M. M., tome ix. pp. 577, 578. ↑
38
Broomhall, p. 226. Grosier, tome iv. p. 508. ↑
39
Vasil’ev, p. 15. ↑
40
Broomhall, p. 237. ↑
41
Id. pp. 186, 228. ↑
42
Arminius Vambéry: Travels in Central Asia, p. 404. (London, 1864.) ↑
43
Vasil’ev, p. 16. ↑
44
De Thiersant, tome ii. pp. 367, 372. ↑
45
De Thiersant, tome i. p. 247. T͟ hamarāt al-Funūn, 28th Shaʻbān,
46
p. 3. ↑
Broomhall, p. 224. ↑
47
Du Halde, loc. cit. Broomhall, p. 282. ↑
48
Mission d’Ollone, pp. 210, 431. ↑
49
Page 364
Broomhall, pp. 274, 282. ↑
50
P. 307. ↑
51
Broomhall, pp. 231–2. ↑
52
W. J. Smith, p. 175. Mission d’Ollone, p. 407 sqq. ↑
53
T͟ hamarāt al-Funūn, loc. cit. ↑
54
Broomhall, p. 240. ↑
55
The Missionary Review of the World, vol. xxv. p. 786 (1912). ↑
56
Mission d’Ollone, p. 431. ↑
57
R. du M. M., iii. p. 124 (1907). ↑
58
Broomhall, pp. 242, 286, 292 sqq. ↑
59
Vasil’ev, pp. 3, 5, 14, 17. ↑
60
For a longer list of Muhammadan insurrections, see Mission
61
d’Ollone, p. 436. ↑
Sayyid ʻAlī Akbar: K͟ hitāy Nāmah, p. 83. “If the emperor of China embraces Islam, his subjects
62
must inevitably become Muslims too, because they all worship him to such an extent that they
accept whatever he says, and when that light coming from the West grows in strength, the
unbelievers of the East will come flocking into Islam without showing any contention, because they
are free from all fanaticism in matters of religion.” ↑
T͟ hamarāt al-Funūn, 26th Shawwāl, p. 3. (a.h. 1311.) ↑
63
50
P. 307. ↑
51
Broomhall, pp. 231–2. ↑
52
W. J. Smith, p. 175. Mission d’Ollone, p. 407 sqq. ↑
53
T͟ hamarāt al-Funūn, loc. cit. ↑
54
Broomhall, p. 240. ↑
55
The Missionary Review of the World, vol. xxv. p. 786 (1912). ↑
56
Mission d’Ollone, p. 431. ↑
57
R. du M. M., iii. p. 124 (1907). ↑
58
Broomhall, pp. 242, 286, 292 sqq. ↑
59
Vasil’ev, pp. 3, 5, 14, 17. ↑
60
For a longer list of Muhammadan insurrections, see Mission
61
d’Ollone, p. 436. ↑
Sayyid ʻAlī Akbar: K͟ hitāy Nāmah, p. 83. “If the emperor of China embraces Islam, his subjects
62
must inevitably become Muslims too, because they all worship him to such an extent that they
accept whatever he says, and when that light coming from the West grows in strength, the
unbelievers of the East will come flocking into Islam without showing any contention, because they
are free from all fanaticism in matters of religion.” ↑
T͟ hamarāt al-Funūn, 26th Shawwāl, p. 3. (a.h. 1311.) ↑
63
Page 365
[Contents]
Page 366
CHAPTER XI.
Page 367
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN AFRICA.
The history of Islam in Africa, covering as it does a period of well-nigh
thirteen centuries and embracing two-thirds of this vast continent, with its
numerous and diverse tribes and races, presents especial difficulties in the
way of systematic treatment, as it is impossible to give a simultaneous
account in chronological order of the spread of this faith in all the different
parts of the continent. Its relations to the Christian Churches of Egypt and
the rest of North Africa, of Nubia and Abyssinia have already been dealt
with in a former chapter; in the present chapter it is proposed to trace its
progress first among the heathen population of North Africa, then
throughout the Sudan and along the West coast, and lastly along the East
coast and in Cape Colony. 1
The information we possess of the spread of Islam among the heathen
population of North Africa is hardly less meagre than the few facts recorded
above regarding the disappearance of the Christian Church. The Berbers
offered a vigorous resistance to the progress of the Arab arms, and force
seems to have had more influence than persuasion in their conversion.
Whenever opportunity presented itself, they rebelled against the religion as
well as the rule of their conquerors, and Arab historians declare that they
apostasised as many as twelve times. 2 In the annals of the long struggle a
few scanty references to conversions are to be found. These would appear
sometimes to have been prompted by the recognition of the fact that further
resistance to the [313]Arab arms was useless. When in 703 the Berbers made
their last stand against the invaders, their intrepid leader and prophetess, al-
Kāhinah, 3 foreseeing that the fortune of battle was to turn against them, sent
her sons into the camp of the Muslim general with instructions that they
were to embrace Islam and make common cause with the enemy; she
herself elected to fall fighting with her countrymen in the great battle that
crushed the political power of the Berbers and gave Northern Africa into the
The history of Islam in Africa, covering as it does a period of well-nigh
thirteen centuries and embracing two-thirds of this vast continent, with its
numerous and diverse tribes and races, presents especial difficulties in the
way of systematic treatment, as it is impossible to give a simultaneous
account in chronological order of the spread of this faith in all the different
parts of the continent. Its relations to the Christian Churches of Egypt and
the rest of North Africa, of Nubia and Abyssinia have already been dealt
with in a former chapter; in the present chapter it is proposed to trace its
progress first among the heathen population of North Africa, then
throughout the Sudan and along the West coast, and lastly along the East
coast and in Cape Colony. 1
The information we possess of the spread of Islam among the heathen
population of North Africa is hardly less meagre than the few facts recorded
above regarding the disappearance of the Christian Church. The Berbers
offered a vigorous resistance to the progress of the Arab arms, and force
seems to have had more influence than persuasion in their conversion.
Whenever opportunity presented itself, they rebelled against the religion as
well as the rule of their conquerors, and Arab historians declare that they
apostasised as many as twelve times. 2 In the annals of the long struggle a
few scanty references to conversions are to be found. These would appear
sometimes to have been prompted by the recognition of the fact that further
resistance to the [313]Arab arms was useless. When in 703 the Berbers made
their last stand against the invaders, their intrepid leader and prophetess, al-
Kāhinah, 3 foreseeing that the fortune of battle was to turn against them, sent
her sons into the camp of the Muslim general with instructions that they
were to embrace Islam and make common cause with the enemy; she
herself elected to fall fighting with her countrymen in the great battle that
crushed the political power of the Berbers and gave Northern Africa into the
Page 368
hands of the Arabs. Peace was made on condition that the Berbers would
furnish 12,000 combatants to the ranks of the Arab troops, and of these men
two army-corps were formed, each of which was placed under the
command of one of the sons of al-Kāhinah. 4 By this device of enlisting the
Berbers in their armies, the Arab generals hoped to win them to their own
religion by the hope of booty.
The army of seven thousand Berbers that sailed from Africa in 711 under
the command of Ṭāriq (himself a Berber) to the conquest of Spain, was
composed of recent converts to Islam, and their conversion is expressly said
to have been sincere: learned Arabs and theologians were appointed, “to
read and explain to them the sacred words of the Qurʼān, and instruct them
in all and every one of the duties enjoined by their new religion.” 5 Mūsạ̄,
the great conqueror of Africa, showed his zeal for the progress of Islam by
devoting the large sums of money granted him by the caliph ʻAbd al-Malik
to the purchase of such captives as gave promise of showing themselves
worthy children of the faith: “for whenever after a victory there was a
number of slaves put up for sale, he used to buy all those whom he thought
would willingly embrace Islam, who were of noble origin, and who looked,
besides, as if they were active young men. To these he first proposed the
embracing of Islam, and if, after cleansing their understanding and making
them fit to receive its sublime truths, they were converted to the best of
religions, and their conversion was a sincere one, he then would, by way of
putting their abilities to trial, employ them. If they evinced good disposition
and talents [314]he would instantly grant them liberty, appoint them to high
commands in his army, and promote them according to their merits; if, on
the contrary, they showed no aptitude for their appointments, he would send
them back to the common depôt of captives belonging to the army, to be
again disposed of according to the general custom of drawing out the spoil
by arrows.” 6
How superficial the conversion of the Berbers was may be judged from the
fact that when the pious ʻUmar b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz in a.h. 100 (a.d. 718)
furnish 12,000 combatants to the ranks of the Arab troops, and of these men
two army-corps were formed, each of which was placed under the
command of one of the sons of al-Kāhinah. 4 By this device of enlisting the
Berbers in their armies, the Arab generals hoped to win them to their own
religion by the hope of booty.
The army of seven thousand Berbers that sailed from Africa in 711 under
the command of Ṭāriq (himself a Berber) to the conquest of Spain, was
composed of recent converts to Islam, and their conversion is expressly said
to have been sincere: learned Arabs and theologians were appointed, “to
read and explain to them the sacred words of the Qurʼān, and instruct them
in all and every one of the duties enjoined by their new religion.” 5 Mūsạ̄,
the great conqueror of Africa, showed his zeal for the progress of Islam by
devoting the large sums of money granted him by the caliph ʻAbd al-Malik
to the purchase of such captives as gave promise of showing themselves
worthy children of the faith: “for whenever after a victory there was a
number of slaves put up for sale, he used to buy all those whom he thought
would willingly embrace Islam, who were of noble origin, and who looked,
besides, as if they were active young men. To these he first proposed the
embracing of Islam, and if, after cleansing their understanding and making
them fit to receive its sublime truths, they were converted to the best of
religions, and their conversion was a sincere one, he then would, by way of
putting their abilities to trial, employ them. If they evinced good disposition
and talents [314]he would instantly grant them liberty, appoint them to high
commands in his army, and promote them according to their merits; if, on
the contrary, they showed no aptitude for their appointments, he would send
them back to the common depôt of captives belonging to the army, to be
again disposed of according to the general custom of drawing out the spoil
by arrows.” 6
How superficial the conversion of the Berbers was may be judged from the
fact that when the pious ʻUmar b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz in a.h. 100 (a.d. 718)
Page 369
appointed Ismāʻīl b. ʻAbd Allāh governor of North Africa, ten learned
theologians were sent with him to instruct the Muslim Berbers in the
ordinances of their faith, since up to that time they do not seem to have
recognised that their new religion forbade to them indulgence in wine. The
new governor is said to have shown great zeal in inviting the Berbers to
accept Islam, but the statement that his efforts were crowned with such
success that not a single Berber remained unconverted is certainly not
correct. 7 For the conversion of the Berbers was undoubtedly the work of
several centuries; even to the present day they retain many of their primitive
institutions which are in opposition to Muslim law. 8 Islam took no firm root
among them until it assumed the form of a national movement and became
connected with the establishment of native dynasties, under which many
Berbers came within the pale of Islam who before had looked upon the
acceptance of this faith as a sign of loss of political independence. Of these
various changes of political condition it is not the place to speak here, but in
a history of Muslim propaganda the rise of the Almoravids deserves special
mention as a great national movement that attracted a great many of the
Berber tribes to join the Muslim community. In the early part of the
eleventh century, Yaḥyạ̄ b. Ibrāhīm, a chief of the Ṣanhāja, one of the
Berber tribes of the Sahara, on his return from a pilgrimage to Mecca,
sought in the religious centres of Northern Africa for a learned and pious
teacher, who should accompany him as a missionary of Islam to his
[315]benighted and ignorant tribesmen: at first he found it difficult to find a
man willing to leave his scholarly retreat and brave the dangers of the
Sahara, but at length he met in ʻAbd Allāh b. Yāsīn the fit person, bold
enough to undertake so difficult a mission, pious and austere in his life, and
learned in theology, law and other sciences. So far back as the ninth century
the preachers of Islam had made their way among the Berbers of the Sahara
and established among them the religion of the Prophet, but this faith had
found very little acceptance there, and ʻAbd Allāh b. Yāsīn found even the
professed Muslims to be very lax in their religious observances and given
up to all kinds of vicious practices. He ardently threw himself into the task
of converting them to the right path and instructing them in the duties of
theologians were sent with him to instruct the Muslim Berbers in the
ordinances of their faith, since up to that time they do not seem to have
recognised that their new religion forbade to them indulgence in wine. The
new governor is said to have shown great zeal in inviting the Berbers to
accept Islam, but the statement that his efforts were crowned with such
success that not a single Berber remained unconverted is certainly not
correct. 7 For the conversion of the Berbers was undoubtedly the work of
several centuries; even to the present day they retain many of their primitive
institutions which are in opposition to Muslim law. 8 Islam took no firm root
among them until it assumed the form of a national movement and became
connected with the establishment of native dynasties, under which many
Berbers came within the pale of Islam who before had looked upon the
acceptance of this faith as a sign of loss of political independence. Of these
various changes of political condition it is not the place to speak here, but in
a history of Muslim propaganda the rise of the Almoravids deserves special
mention as a great national movement that attracted a great many of the
Berber tribes to join the Muslim community. In the early part of the
eleventh century, Yaḥyạ̄ b. Ibrāhīm, a chief of the Ṣanhāja, one of the
Berber tribes of the Sahara, on his return from a pilgrimage to Mecca,
sought in the religious centres of Northern Africa for a learned and pious
teacher, who should accompany him as a missionary of Islam to his
[315]benighted and ignorant tribesmen: at first he found it difficult to find a
man willing to leave his scholarly retreat and brave the dangers of the
Sahara, but at length he met in ʻAbd Allāh b. Yāsīn the fit person, bold
enough to undertake so difficult a mission, pious and austere in his life, and
learned in theology, law and other sciences. So far back as the ninth century
the preachers of Islam had made their way among the Berbers of the Sahara
and established among them the religion of the Prophet, but this faith had
found very little acceptance there, and ʻAbd Allāh b. Yāsīn found even the
professed Muslims to be very lax in their religious observances and given
up to all kinds of vicious practices. He ardently threw himself into the task
of converting them to the right path and instructing them in the duties of
Page 370
religion; but the sternness with which he rebuked their vices and sought to
reform their conduct, alienated their sympathies from him, and the ill-
success of his mission almost drove him to abandon this stiff-necked people
and devote his efforts to the conversion of the Sudan. Being persuaded,
however, not to desert the work he had once undertaken, he retired with
such disciples as his preaching had gathered around him, to an island in the
river Senegal, where they founded a monastery and gave themselves up
unceasingly to devotional exercises. The more devout-minded among the
Berbers, stung to repentance by the thought of the wickedness that had
driven their holy teacher from their midst, came humbly to his island to
implore his forgiveness and receive his instructions in the saving truths of
religion. Thus day by day there gathered around him an increasing band of
disciples, especially from among the Lamṭūna, a branch of the Ṣanhāja clan,
whose numbers swelled at length to about a thousand. ʻAbd Allāh b. Yāsīn
then recognised that the time had come for launching out upon a wider
sphere of action, and he called upon his followers to show their gratitude to
God for the revelation he had vouchsafed them, by communicating the
knowledge of it to others: “Go to your fellow-tribesmen, teach them the law
of God and threaten them with His chastisement. If they repent, amend their
ways and accept the truth, leave them in peace; if they refuse and persist
[316]in their errors and evil lives, invoke the aid of God against them, and let
us make war upon them until God decide between us.” Hereupon each man
went to his own tribe and began to exhort them to repent and believe, but
without success: equally unsuccessful were the efforts of ʻAbd Allāh b.
Yāsīn himself, who left his monastery in the hope of finding the Berber
chiefs more willing now to listen to his preaching. At length in 1042 he put
himself at the head of his followers, to whom he had given the name of al-
Murābiṭīn (the so-called Almoravids)—a name derived from the same root
as the ribāṭ 9 or monastery on his island in the Senegal,—and attacked the
neighbouring tribes and forced the acceptance of Islam upon them. The
success that attended his warlike expeditions appeared to the tribes of the
Sahara a more persuasive argument than all his preaching, and they very
soon came forward voluntarily to embrace a faith that secured such brilliant
reform their conduct, alienated their sympathies from him, and the ill-
success of his mission almost drove him to abandon this stiff-necked people
and devote his efforts to the conversion of the Sudan. Being persuaded,
however, not to desert the work he had once undertaken, he retired with
such disciples as his preaching had gathered around him, to an island in the
river Senegal, where they founded a monastery and gave themselves up
unceasingly to devotional exercises. The more devout-minded among the
Berbers, stung to repentance by the thought of the wickedness that had
driven their holy teacher from their midst, came humbly to his island to
implore his forgiveness and receive his instructions in the saving truths of
religion. Thus day by day there gathered around him an increasing band of
disciples, especially from among the Lamṭūna, a branch of the Ṣanhāja clan,
whose numbers swelled at length to about a thousand. ʻAbd Allāh b. Yāsīn
then recognised that the time had come for launching out upon a wider
sphere of action, and he called upon his followers to show their gratitude to
God for the revelation he had vouchsafed them, by communicating the
knowledge of it to others: “Go to your fellow-tribesmen, teach them the law
of God and threaten them with His chastisement. If they repent, amend their
ways and accept the truth, leave them in peace; if they refuse and persist
[316]in their errors and evil lives, invoke the aid of God against them, and let
us make war upon them until God decide between us.” Hereupon each man
went to his own tribe and began to exhort them to repent and believe, but
without success: equally unsuccessful were the efforts of ʻAbd Allāh b.
Yāsīn himself, who left his monastery in the hope of finding the Berber
chiefs more willing now to listen to his preaching. At length in 1042 he put
himself at the head of his followers, to whom he had given the name of al-
Murābiṭīn (the so-called Almoravids)—a name derived from the same root
as the ribāṭ 9 or monastery on his island in the Senegal,—and attacked the
neighbouring tribes and forced the acceptance of Islam upon them. The
success that attended his warlike expeditions appeared to the tribes of the
Sahara a more persuasive argument than all his preaching, and they very
soon came forward voluntarily to embrace a faith that secured such brilliant
Page 371
successes to the arms of its adherents. ʻAbd Allāh b. Yāsīn died in 1059, but
the movement he had initiated lived after him and many heathen tribes of
Berbers came to swell the numbers of their Muslim fellow-countrymen,
embracing their religion at the same time as the cause they championed, and
poured out of the Sahara over North Africa and later on made themselves
masters of Spain also. 10
It is not improbable that the other great national movement that originated
among the Berber tribes, viz. the rise of the Almohads at the beginning of
the twelfth century, may have attracted into the Muslim community some of
the tribes that had up to that time still stood aloof. Their founder, Ibn
Tūmart, popularised the sternly Unitarian tenets of this sect by means of
works in the Berber language which expounded from his own point of view
the fundamental doctrines of Islam, and he made a still further concession
to the nationalist spirit of the Berbers by ordering the call to prayer to be
made in their own language. 11
Some of the Berber tribes, however, remained heathen up [317]to the close of
the fifteenth century, 12 but the general tendency was naturally towards an
absorption of these smaller communities into the larger.
The sixteenth century witnessed the birth of a movement of active
proselytising in the Mag͟ hrib, which has been traced to the reaction excited
by the successes of the Christian powers in Spain and North Africa. This
gave an immense impulse to the institution of the “marabouts,” 13 and large
numbers of them set out from the monastic settlements in the south of
Morocco to carry a peaceful missionary campaign throughout the Mag͟ hrib,
renewing the faith of the lukewarm adherents of Islam and converting their
heathen neighbours. 14 To this proselytising movement the Muslim refugees
from Spain contributed their part, as has been shown above (p. 127),
coming to the aid of the Shurafāʼ or descendants of Idrīs b. ʻAbd Allāh, who
had fled to Morocco to escape the wrath of Hārūn al-Rashīd. 15
the movement he had initiated lived after him and many heathen tribes of
Berbers came to swell the numbers of their Muslim fellow-countrymen,
embracing their religion at the same time as the cause they championed, and
poured out of the Sahara over North Africa and later on made themselves
masters of Spain also. 10
It is not improbable that the other great national movement that originated
among the Berber tribes, viz. the rise of the Almohads at the beginning of
the twelfth century, may have attracted into the Muslim community some of
the tribes that had up to that time still stood aloof. Their founder, Ibn
Tūmart, popularised the sternly Unitarian tenets of this sect by means of
works in the Berber language which expounded from his own point of view
the fundamental doctrines of Islam, and he made a still further concession
to the nationalist spirit of the Berbers by ordering the call to prayer to be
made in their own language. 11
Some of the Berber tribes, however, remained heathen up [317]to the close of
the fifteenth century, 12 but the general tendency was naturally towards an
absorption of these smaller communities into the larger.
The sixteenth century witnessed the birth of a movement of active
proselytising in the Mag͟ hrib, which has been traced to the reaction excited
by the successes of the Christian powers in Spain and North Africa. This
gave an immense impulse to the institution of the “marabouts,” 13 and large
numbers of them set out from the monastic settlements in the south of
Morocco to carry a peaceful missionary campaign throughout the Mag͟ hrib,
renewing the faith of the lukewarm adherents of Islam and converting their
heathen neighbours. 14 To this proselytising movement the Muslim refugees
from Spain contributed their part, as has been shown above (p. 127),
coming to the aid of the Shurafāʼ or descendants of Idrīs b. ʻAbd Allāh, who
had fled to Morocco to escape the wrath of Hārūn al-Rashīd. 15
Page 372
From the Sahara the knowledge of Islam first spread among the Negroes of
the Sudan. The early history of this movement is wrapped in obscurity, but
there seems little doubt that it was the Berbers who first introduced Islam
into the lands watered by the Senegal and the Niger; here they came in
contact with pagan kingdoms, some of them (e.g. Ghāna and Songhay) of
great antiquity. 16 The two Berber tribes, the Lamṭūna and the Jadāla,
belonging to the Ṣanhāja clan, especially distinguished themselves by their
religious zeal in the work of conversion, 17 and through their agency the
Almoravid movement reacted on the pagan tribes of the Sudan. The reign of
Yūsuf b. Tāshfīn, the founder of Morocco (a.d. 1062) and the second amīr
of the Almoravid dynasty, was very fruitful in conversions, and many
Negroes under his rule came to know of the doctrines of Muḥammad. 18 In
1076 the Berbers who [318]had been spreading Islam in the kingdom of
Ghāna for some time, drove out the reigning dynasty, which was probably
Fulbe, and this ancient kingdom became throughout Muhammadan; at the
beginning of the thirteenth century it lost its independence and was
conquered by the Mandingos. 19
Of the introduction of Islam into the ancient kingdom of Songhay, which is
said to have been in existence as early as a.d. 700, we have only the record
that the first Muhammadan king was named Zā-kassi, the fifteenth monarch
of the Zā dynasty; his conversion took place in the year a.h. 400 (a.d. 1009–
1010), and in the Songhay language he was styled Muslim-dam, which
implied that he had adopted Islam of his own free will and not by
compulsion, but there is no mention of the influences to which he owed his
conversion. 20
In the same century there were founded on the Upper Niger two cities,
destined in succeeding centuries to exercise an immense influence on the
development of Islam in the Western Sudan,—Jenne, 21 founded in a.h. 435
(a.d. 1043–1044), 22 and destined to become an important trading centre, and
Timbuktu, the great emporium for the caravan trade with the north, founded
about the year a.d. 1100. The king of Jenne, Kunburu, became a Muslim
the Sudan. The early history of this movement is wrapped in obscurity, but
there seems little doubt that it was the Berbers who first introduced Islam
into the lands watered by the Senegal and the Niger; here they came in
contact with pagan kingdoms, some of them (e.g. Ghāna and Songhay) of
great antiquity. 16 The two Berber tribes, the Lamṭūna and the Jadāla,
belonging to the Ṣanhāja clan, especially distinguished themselves by their
religious zeal in the work of conversion, 17 and through their agency the
Almoravid movement reacted on the pagan tribes of the Sudan. The reign of
Yūsuf b. Tāshfīn, the founder of Morocco (a.d. 1062) and the second amīr
of the Almoravid dynasty, was very fruitful in conversions, and many
Negroes under his rule came to know of the doctrines of Muḥammad. 18 In
1076 the Berbers who [318]had been spreading Islam in the kingdom of
Ghāna for some time, drove out the reigning dynasty, which was probably
Fulbe, and this ancient kingdom became throughout Muhammadan; at the
beginning of the thirteenth century it lost its independence and was
conquered by the Mandingos. 19
Of the introduction of Islam into the ancient kingdom of Songhay, which is
said to have been in existence as early as a.d. 700, we have only the record
that the first Muhammadan king was named Zā-kassi, the fifteenth monarch
of the Zā dynasty; his conversion took place in the year a.h. 400 (a.d. 1009–
1010), and in the Songhay language he was styled Muslim-dam, which
implied that he had adopted Islam of his own free will and not by
compulsion, but there is no mention of the influences to which he owed his
conversion. 20
In the same century there were founded on the Upper Niger two cities,
destined in succeeding centuries to exercise an immense influence on the
development of Islam in the Western Sudan,—Jenne, 21 founded in a.h. 435
(a.d. 1043–1044), 22 and destined to become an important trading centre, and
Timbuktu, the great emporium for the caravan trade with the north, founded
about the year a.d. 1100. The king of Jenne, Kunburu, became a Muslim
Page 373
towards the end of the sixth century of the Hijrah (i.e. about a.d. 1200) and
his example was followed by the inhabitants of the city; when he had made
up his mind to embrace Islam, he is said to have collected together all the
ʻulamāʼ in his kingdom, to the number of 4200—(however exaggerated this
number may be, the story would seem to imply that Islam had already made
considerable progress in his dominions)—and publicly in their presence
declared himself a Muslim and exhorted them to pray for the prosperity of
his city; he then had his palace pulled down and built a great mosque 23 in its
place. 24 Timbuktu, on the other hand, was a Muhammadan [319]city from the
beginning; “never did the worship of idols defile it, never did any man
prostrate himself on its soil except in prayer to God the Merciful.” 25 In later
years it became influential as a seat of Muhammadan learning and piety,
and students and divines flocked there in large numbers, attracted by the
encouragement and patronage they received. Ibn Baṭūṭah, who travelled
through this country in the middle of the fourteenth century, praises the
Negroes for their zeal in the performance of their devotions and in the study
of the Qurʼān: unless one went very early to the mosque on Friday, he tells
us, it was impossible to find a place, so crowded was the attendance. 26 In
his time, the most powerful state of the Western Sudan was that of Melle or
Māllī, which had risen to importance about a century before, after the
conquest of Ghāna by the Mandingos, one of the finest races of Africa: Leo
Africanus 27 calls them the most civilised, the most intellectual and most
respected of all the Negroes, and modern travellers praise them for their
industry, cleverness and trustworthiness. 28 These Mandingos have been
among the most active missionaries of Islam, which has been spread by
them among the neighbouring peoples. 29
According to the Kano Chronicle it was the Mandingos who brought the
knowledge of Islam to the Hausa people; the date is uncertain, 30 as are most
dates connected with the history of the Hausa states, because the Fulbe,
who conquered them at the beginning of the nineteenth century, destroyed
most of their historical records. But the importance of the adoption of Islam
by the Hausas cannot be exaggerated; they are an energetic and intelligent
his example was followed by the inhabitants of the city; when he had made
up his mind to embrace Islam, he is said to have collected together all the
ʻulamāʼ in his kingdom, to the number of 4200—(however exaggerated this
number may be, the story would seem to imply that Islam had already made
considerable progress in his dominions)—and publicly in their presence
declared himself a Muslim and exhorted them to pray for the prosperity of
his city; he then had his palace pulled down and built a great mosque 23 in its
place. 24 Timbuktu, on the other hand, was a Muhammadan [319]city from the
beginning; “never did the worship of idols defile it, never did any man
prostrate himself on its soil except in prayer to God the Merciful.” 25 In later
years it became influential as a seat of Muhammadan learning and piety,
and students and divines flocked there in large numbers, attracted by the
encouragement and patronage they received. Ibn Baṭūṭah, who travelled
through this country in the middle of the fourteenth century, praises the
Negroes for their zeal in the performance of their devotions and in the study
of the Qurʼān: unless one went very early to the mosque on Friday, he tells
us, it was impossible to find a place, so crowded was the attendance. 26 In
his time, the most powerful state of the Western Sudan was that of Melle or
Māllī, which had risen to importance about a century before, after the
conquest of Ghāna by the Mandingos, one of the finest races of Africa: Leo
Africanus 27 calls them the most civilised, the most intellectual and most
respected of all the Negroes, and modern travellers praise them for their
industry, cleverness and trustworthiness. 28 These Mandingos have been
among the most active missionaries of Islam, which has been spread by
them among the neighbouring peoples. 29
According to the Kano Chronicle it was the Mandingos who brought the
knowledge of Islam to the Hausa people; the date is uncertain, 30 as are most
dates connected with the history of the Hausa states, because the Fulbe,
who conquered them at the beginning of the nineteenth century, destroyed
most of their historical records. But the importance of the adoption of Islam
by the Hausas cannot be exaggerated; they are an energetic and intelligent
Page 374
people, and their remarkable aptitude for trade has won for them [320]an
immense influence among the various peoples with whom they have come
in contact; their language has become the language of commerce for the
Western Sudan, and wherever the Hausa traders go—and they are found
from the coast of Guinea to Cairo—they carry the faith of Islam with them.
References to their missionary activity will be found in the following pages.
But of their own adoption of the faith, as well as of the rise of the seven
Hausa states and their dependencies, 31 historical evidence is almost entirely
wanting; 32 one of the missionaries of Islam to Kano and Katsena would
certainly seem to have been a learned and pious teacher from Tlemsen,
Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Karīm b. Muḥammad al-Majīlī, who flourished
about the year 1500; 33 possibly they were affected by the great wave of
Muhammadan influence which moved southward from Egypt in the twelfth
century. 34 The merchants of Kordofan and in the Eastern Sudan generally,
boast that they are descended from Arabs who made their way thither after
the fall of the Fāṭimid caliphate of Egypt in 1171. But there were probably
still earlier instances of Muslim influence coming into Central Africa from
the north-east. It was from Egypt that Islam spread into Kanem, a kingdom
on the N. and N.E. of Lake Chad, which shortly after the adoption of Islam
rose to be a state of considerable importance and extended its sway over the
tribes of the Eastern Sudan to the borders of Egypt and Nubia; the first
Muhammadan king of Kanem is said to have reigned either towards the
close of the eleventh or in the first half of the twelfth century. 35 But the
details we possess of the spread of Islam from the north-east are even more
scanty than those already given for the history of the states of the Western
Sudan. The mere dates of the [321]conversion of kings and the establishment
of Muhammadan dynasties tell us very little; but one fact stands out clearly
from this meagre record, namely the extreme slowness of the process. The
survival of considerable groups of fetish-worshippers in the midst of
territories which for centuries were under Muhammadan rule, would seem
to indicate that the influence of Islam was long confined to the towns and
only by degrees made its way among the pagan population, if indeed it did
not meet with such stubborn resistance as has kept the Bambara pagan,
immense influence among the various peoples with whom they have come
in contact; their language has become the language of commerce for the
Western Sudan, and wherever the Hausa traders go—and they are found
from the coast of Guinea to Cairo—they carry the faith of Islam with them.
References to their missionary activity will be found in the following pages.
But of their own adoption of the faith, as well as of the rise of the seven
Hausa states and their dependencies, 31 historical evidence is almost entirely
wanting; 32 one of the missionaries of Islam to Kano and Katsena would
certainly seem to have been a learned and pious teacher from Tlemsen,
Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Karīm b. Muḥammad al-Majīlī, who flourished
about the year 1500; 33 possibly they were affected by the great wave of
Muhammadan influence which moved southward from Egypt in the twelfth
century. 34 The merchants of Kordofan and in the Eastern Sudan generally,
boast that they are descended from Arabs who made their way thither after
the fall of the Fāṭimid caliphate of Egypt in 1171. But there were probably
still earlier instances of Muslim influence coming into Central Africa from
the north-east. It was from Egypt that Islam spread into Kanem, a kingdom
on the N. and N.E. of Lake Chad, which shortly after the adoption of Islam
rose to be a state of considerable importance and extended its sway over the
tribes of the Eastern Sudan to the borders of Egypt and Nubia; the first
Muhammadan king of Kanem is said to have reigned either towards the
close of the eleventh or in the first half of the twelfth century. 35 But the
details we possess of the spread of Islam from the north-east are even more
scanty than those already given for the history of the states of the Western
Sudan. The mere dates of the [321]conversion of kings and the establishment
of Muhammadan dynasties tell us very little; but one fact stands out clearly
from this meagre record, namely the extreme slowness of the process. The
survival of considerable groups of fetish-worshippers in the midst of
territories which for centuries were under Muhammadan rule, would seem
to indicate that the influence of Islam was long confined to the towns and
only by degrees made its way among the pagan population, if indeed it did
not meet with such stubborn resistance as has kept the Bambara pagan,
Page 375
though (dwelling between the Upper Senegal and the Upper Niger) they
have been hemmed in by a Muhammadan population for centuries.
An unsuccessful attempt to convert the Bambara was made by a marabout,
named ʻUmaru Kaba, early in the twentieth century. This man had founded
a new religious confraternity, connected with the Qādiriyyah, and having
failed to attract his co-religionists to it, he turned his attention to the pagan
Bambara, and endeavoured to convert them to Islam and enrol them in his
order. He seemed to be on the road to success and had already converted a
pagan village in the province of Sansanding, when the chief of the province
drove the missionary across the frontier and ordered the newly-converted
Bambara to return to their old religious observances. 36
Where intermarriages with such races as Arabs and Berbers have been
frequent, a steady process of infiltration has gone on, and this, added to the
propagandist activities of those races—Fulbe, Hausa and Mandingo—who
have distinguished themselves for their zeal on behalf of their religion,
would have contributed to the more rapid growth of a Muhammadan
population, had it not been for the internecine wars that caused one
Muhammadan state to work the destruction of another. Melle rose on the
ruins of Ghāna in the thirteenth century, to be crushed at the beginning of
the sixteenth by Songhay, which in its turn was desolated by the Moors a
century later. As these Muhammadan empires declined, with the wholesale
massacres characteristic of warfare in the Sudan, fetishism regained much
of the ground it had lost; and as in the [322]Christian, so in the
Muhammadan world, there have been periods when missionary zeal has
sunk to a low ebb, and Muhammadans in some parts of the Sudan have
been content to leave the paganism that surrounded them untouched by any
proselytising efforts.
In the fourteenth century the Tunjar Arabs, emigrating south from Tunis,
made their way through Bornu and Wadai to Darfur; others came in later
from the east; 37 one of their number named Aḥmad met with a kind
have been hemmed in by a Muhammadan population for centuries.
An unsuccessful attempt to convert the Bambara was made by a marabout,
named ʻUmaru Kaba, early in the twentieth century. This man had founded
a new religious confraternity, connected with the Qādiriyyah, and having
failed to attract his co-religionists to it, he turned his attention to the pagan
Bambara, and endeavoured to convert them to Islam and enrol them in his
order. He seemed to be on the road to success and had already converted a
pagan village in the province of Sansanding, when the chief of the province
drove the missionary across the frontier and ordered the newly-converted
Bambara to return to their old religious observances. 36
Where intermarriages with such races as Arabs and Berbers have been
frequent, a steady process of infiltration has gone on, and this, added to the
propagandist activities of those races—Fulbe, Hausa and Mandingo—who
have distinguished themselves for their zeal on behalf of their religion,
would have contributed to the more rapid growth of a Muhammadan
population, had it not been for the internecine wars that caused one
Muhammadan state to work the destruction of another. Melle rose on the
ruins of Ghāna in the thirteenth century, to be crushed at the beginning of
the sixteenth by Songhay, which in its turn was desolated by the Moors a
century later. As these Muhammadan empires declined, with the wholesale
massacres characteristic of warfare in the Sudan, fetishism regained much
of the ground it had lost; and as in the [322]Christian, so in the
Muhammadan world, there have been periods when missionary zeal has
sunk to a low ebb, and Muhammadans in some parts of the Sudan have
been content to leave the paganism that surrounded them untouched by any
proselytising efforts.
In the fourteenth century the Tunjar Arabs, emigrating south from Tunis,
made their way through Bornu and Wadai to Darfur; others came in later
from the east; 37 one of their number named Aḥmad met with a kind
Page 376
reception from the heathen king of Darfur, who took a fancy to him, made
him director of his household and consulted him on all occasions. His
experience of more civilised methods of government enabled him to
introduce a number of reforms both into the economy of the king’s
household and the government of the state. By judicious management, he is
said to have brought the unruly chieftains into subjection, and by portioning
out the land among the poorer inhabitants to have put an end to the constant
internal raids, thereby introducing a feeling of security and contentment
before unknown. The king having no male heir gave Aḥmad his daughter in
marriage and appointed him his successor,—a choice that was ratified by
the acclamation of the people, and the Muhammadan dynasty thus instituted
has continued down to the present century. The civilising influences
exercised by this chief and his descendants were doubtless accompanied by
some work of proselytism, but these Arab immigrants seem to have done
very little for the spread of their religion among their heathen neighbours.
Darfur only definitely became Muhammadan through the efforts of one of
its kings named Sulaymān who began to reign in 1596, 38 and it was not
until the sixteenth century that Islam gained a footing in the other kingdoms
lying between Kordofan and Lake Chad, such as Wadai and Baghirmi. The
first Muhammadan king of Baghirmi was Sultan ʻAbd Allāh, who reigned
from 1568 to 1608, but the chief centre of Muhammadan influence at this
time was the kingdom of Wadai, which was founded by ʻAbd al-Karīm
about a.d. 1612, and it was not until the latter part of the eighteenth
[323]century that the mass of the people of Baghirmi were converted to
Islam. 39
But the history of the Muhammadan propaganda in Africa during the
seventeenth and eighteenth centuries is very slight and wholly insignificant
when compared with the remarkable revival of missionary activity during
the present century. Some powerful influence was needed to arouse the
dormant energies of the African Muslims, whose condition during the
eighteenth century seems to have been almost one of religious indifference.
Their spiritual awakening owed itself to the influence of the Wahhābī
him director of his household and consulted him on all occasions. His
experience of more civilised methods of government enabled him to
introduce a number of reforms both into the economy of the king’s
household and the government of the state. By judicious management, he is
said to have brought the unruly chieftains into subjection, and by portioning
out the land among the poorer inhabitants to have put an end to the constant
internal raids, thereby introducing a feeling of security and contentment
before unknown. The king having no male heir gave Aḥmad his daughter in
marriage and appointed him his successor,—a choice that was ratified by
the acclamation of the people, and the Muhammadan dynasty thus instituted
has continued down to the present century. The civilising influences
exercised by this chief and his descendants were doubtless accompanied by
some work of proselytism, but these Arab immigrants seem to have done
very little for the spread of their religion among their heathen neighbours.
Darfur only definitely became Muhammadan through the efforts of one of
its kings named Sulaymān who began to reign in 1596, 38 and it was not
until the sixteenth century that Islam gained a footing in the other kingdoms
lying between Kordofan and Lake Chad, such as Wadai and Baghirmi. The
first Muhammadan king of Baghirmi was Sultan ʻAbd Allāh, who reigned
from 1568 to 1608, but the chief centre of Muhammadan influence at this
time was the kingdom of Wadai, which was founded by ʻAbd al-Karīm
about a.d. 1612, and it was not until the latter part of the eighteenth
[323]century that the mass of the people of Baghirmi were converted to
Islam. 39
But the history of the Muhammadan propaganda in Africa during the
seventeenth and eighteenth centuries is very slight and wholly insignificant
when compared with the remarkable revival of missionary activity during
the present century. Some powerful influence was needed to arouse the
dormant energies of the African Muslims, whose condition during the
eighteenth century seems to have been almost one of religious indifference.
Their spiritual awakening owed itself to the influence of the Wahhābī
Page 377
reformation at the close of the eighteenth century; whence it comes that in
modern times we meet with some accounts of proselytising movements
among the Negroes that are not quite so forbiddingly meagre as those just
recounted, but present us with ample details of the rise and progress of
several important missionary enterprises.
Towards the end of the eighteenth century, a remarkable man, Shayk͟ h
ʻUt͟ hmān Danfodio, 40 arose from among the Fulbe 41 as a religious reformer
and warrior-missionary. From the Sudan he made the pilgrimage to Mecca,
whence he returned full of zeal and enthusiasm for the reformation and
propagation of Islam. Influenced by the doctrines of the Wahhābīs, who
were growing powerful at the time of his visit to Mecca, he denounced the
practice of prayers for the dead and the honour paid to departed saints, and
deprecated the excessive veneration of Muḥammad himself; at the same
time he attacked the two prevailing sins of the Sudan, drunkenness and
immorality.
Up to that time the Fulbe had consisted of a number of small scattered clans
living a pastoral life; they had early embraced Islam, and hitherto had
contented themselves with forming colonies of shepherds and planters in
different parts of the Sudan. The accounts we have of them in the early part
of the eighteenth century, represent them to be a peaceful and industrious
people; one 42 who visited their [324]settlements on the Gambia in 1731
speaks of them thus: “In every kingdom and country on each side of the
river are people of a tawny colour, called Pholeys (i.e. Fulbe), who
resemble the Arabs, whose language most of them speak; for it is taught in
their schools, and the Koran, which is also their law, is in that language.
They are more generally learned in the Arabic, than the people of Europe
are in Latin; for they can most of them speak it; though they have a vulgar
tongue called Pholey. They live in hordes or clans, build towns, and are not
subject to any of the kings of the country, tho’ they live in their territories;
for if they are used ill in one nation they break up their towns and remove to
another. They have chiefs of their own, who rule with such moderation, that
modern times we meet with some accounts of proselytising movements
among the Negroes that are not quite so forbiddingly meagre as those just
recounted, but present us with ample details of the rise and progress of
several important missionary enterprises.
Towards the end of the eighteenth century, a remarkable man, Shayk͟ h
ʻUt͟ hmān Danfodio, 40 arose from among the Fulbe 41 as a religious reformer
and warrior-missionary. From the Sudan he made the pilgrimage to Mecca,
whence he returned full of zeal and enthusiasm for the reformation and
propagation of Islam. Influenced by the doctrines of the Wahhābīs, who
were growing powerful at the time of his visit to Mecca, he denounced the
practice of prayers for the dead and the honour paid to departed saints, and
deprecated the excessive veneration of Muḥammad himself; at the same
time he attacked the two prevailing sins of the Sudan, drunkenness and
immorality.
Up to that time the Fulbe had consisted of a number of small scattered clans
living a pastoral life; they had early embraced Islam, and hitherto had
contented themselves with forming colonies of shepherds and planters in
different parts of the Sudan. The accounts we have of them in the early part
of the eighteenth century, represent them to be a peaceful and industrious
people; one 42 who visited their [324]settlements on the Gambia in 1731
speaks of them thus: “In every kingdom and country on each side of the
river are people of a tawny colour, called Pholeys (i.e. Fulbe), who
resemble the Arabs, whose language most of them speak; for it is taught in
their schools, and the Koran, which is also their law, is in that language.
They are more generally learned in the Arabic, than the people of Europe
are in Latin; for they can most of them speak it; though they have a vulgar
tongue called Pholey. They live in hordes or clans, build towns, and are not
subject to any of the kings of the country, tho’ they live in their territories;
for if they are used ill in one nation they break up their towns and remove to
another. They have chiefs of their own, who rule with such moderation, that
Page 378
every act of government seems rather an act of the people than of one man.
This form of government is easily administered, because the people are of a
good and quiet disposition, and so well instructed in what is just and right,
that a man who does ill is the abomination of all.… They are very
industrious and frugal, and raise much more corn and cotton than they
consume, which they sell at reasonable rates, and are so remarkable for
their hospitality that the natives esteem it a blessing to have a Pholey town
in their neighbourhood; besides, their behaviour has gained them such
reputation that it is esteemed infamous for any one to treat them in an
inhospitable manner. Though their humanity extends to all, they are doubly
kind to people of their own race; and if they know of any of their body
being made a slave, all the Pholeys will unite to redeem him. As they have
plenty of food they never suffer any of their own people to want; but
support the old, the blind, and the lame, equally with the others. They are
seldom angry, and I never heard them abuse one another; yet this mildness
does not proceed from want of courage, for they are as brave as any people
of Africa, and are very expert in the use of their arms, which are the
assagay, short cutlasses, bows and arrows and even guns upon occasion.…
They are strict Mahometans; and scarcely any of them will drink brandy, or
anything stronger than water.”
Danfodio united into one powerful organisation these [325]separate
communities, scattered throughout the various Hausa states. The first
outbreak occurred in the year 1802, in the still pagan kingdom of Gober,
which had gained ascendancy over the northernmost of the Hausa states; the
attempt of the king of Gober to check the growing power of the Fulbe in his
dominions caused Danfodio to raise the standard of revolt; he soon found
himself at the head of a powerful army, which attacked not only the pagan
tribes, forcing upon them the faith of the Prophet, but also the
Muhammadan Hausa states. These fell one after another and the whole of
Hausaland came under the rule of Danfodio before his death in 1816. His
grave in Sokoto is still an object of reverence to large numbers of pilgrims.
He divided his kingdom among his two sons, who still further extended the
This form of government is easily administered, because the people are of a
good and quiet disposition, and so well instructed in what is just and right,
that a man who does ill is the abomination of all.… They are very
industrious and frugal, and raise much more corn and cotton than they
consume, which they sell at reasonable rates, and are so remarkable for
their hospitality that the natives esteem it a blessing to have a Pholey town
in their neighbourhood; besides, their behaviour has gained them such
reputation that it is esteemed infamous for any one to treat them in an
inhospitable manner. Though their humanity extends to all, they are doubly
kind to people of their own race; and if they know of any of their body
being made a slave, all the Pholeys will unite to redeem him. As they have
plenty of food they never suffer any of their own people to want; but
support the old, the blind, and the lame, equally with the others. They are
seldom angry, and I never heard them abuse one another; yet this mildness
does not proceed from want of courage, for they are as brave as any people
of Africa, and are very expert in the use of their arms, which are the
assagay, short cutlasses, bows and arrows and even guns upon occasion.…
They are strict Mahometans; and scarcely any of them will drink brandy, or
anything stronger than water.”
Danfodio united into one powerful organisation these [325]separate
communities, scattered throughout the various Hausa states. The first
outbreak occurred in the year 1802, in the still pagan kingdom of Gober,
which had gained ascendancy over the northernmost of the Hausa states; the
attempt of the king of Gober to check the growing power of the Fulbe in his
dominions caused Danfodio to raise the standard of revolt; he soon found
himself at the head of a powerful army, which attacked not only the pagan
tribes, forcing upon them the faith of the Prophet, but also the
Muhammadan Hausa states. These fell one after another and the whole of
Hausaland came under the rule of Danfodio before his death in 1816. His
grave in Sokoto is still an object of reverence to large numbers of pilgrims.
He divided his kingdom among his two sons, who still further extended the
Page 379
boundary of Fulbe rule; Adamaua, founded in 1837 on the ruins of several
pagan kingdoms, marks the limit of their conquests to the south-east; and
the city of Ilorin, in the Yoruba country, founded in the lifetime of
Danfodio, was the bulwark of the Pul empire to the south-west. With
varying fortunes the dominant power remained throughout the nineteenth
century in the hands of the Fulbe, who showed themselves cruel and
fanatical propagandists of Islam, until British administration was
established in Nigeria in 1900.
The introduction of law and order into Southern Nigeria has favoured the
propaganda of Islam as in other parts of Africa that have come under
European rule. The Hausa Muslims, some of whom belong to the
Tijāniyyah order, have been able to move freely about the country and to
penetrate among pagan tribes which had hitherto kept all Muhammadan
influences rigidly at bay. In the Yoruba country particularly Islam is said to
be rapidly gaining ground. There is a legend of an unsuccessful attempt
made by a Muslim missionary as early as the eleventh or twelfth century; he
was a Hausa who came to Ife, the religious capital of the pagan Yoruba
country, and used to call the people together and read them passages from
the Qurʼān; he could only speak the Yoruba language imperfectly, and with
a foreign accent he would repeat to his listeners, “Let us worship Allāh: He
created the mountain, He created the lowland, He created everything, He
created us.” He did [326]this from time to time without succeeding in
winning a single convert, and died a few months after his arrival in Ife.
After his death his Qurʼān was found hanging on a peg in the wall of his
room, and it came to be worshipped as a fetish. 43 Where this early apostle of
the faith failed, his modern co-religionists have achieved a remarkable
success. During the period of anarchy before the British occupation, the
Muslims were for the most part congregated in large, walled towns, but
under the new conditions of security they are able to reside permanently in
villages, and near the scenes of their agricultural labours, and
Muhammadan influences have thus become more widely extended over the
country. As in German East Africa, the presence of Muhammadans among
pagan kingdoms, marks the limit of their conquests to the south-east; and
the city of Ilorin, in the Yoruba country, founded in the lifetime of
Danfodio, was the bulwark of the Pul empire to the south-west. With
varying fortunes the dominant power remained throughout the nineteenth
century in the hands of the Fulbe, who showed themselves cruel and
fanatical propagandists of Islam, until British administration was
established in Nigeria in 1900.
The introduction of law and order into Southern Nigeria has favoured the
propaganda of Islam as in other parts of Africa that have come under
European rule. The Hausa Muslims, some of whom belong to the
Tijāniyyah order, have been able to move freely about the country and to
penetrate among pagan tribes which had hitherto kept all Muhammadan
influences rigidly at bay. In the Yoruba country particularly Islam is said to
be rapidly gaining ground. There is a legend of an unsuccessful attempt
made by a Muslim missionary as early as the eleventh or twelfth century; he
was a Hausa who came to Ife, the religious capital of the pagan Yoruba
country, and used to call the people together and read them passages from
the Qurʼān; he could only speak the Yoruba language imperfectly, and with
a foreign accent he would repeat to his listeners, “Let us worship Allāh: He
created the mountain, He created the lowland, He created everything, He
created us.” He did [326]this from time to time without succeeding in
winning a single convert, and died a few months after his arrival in Ife.
After his death his Qurʼān was found hanging on a peg in the wall of his
room, and it came to be worshipped as a fetish. 43 Where this early apostle of
the faith failed, his modern co-religionists have achieved a remarkable
success. During the period of anarchy before the British occupation, the
Muslims were for the most part congregated in large, walled towns, but
under the new conditions of security they are able to reside permanently in
villages, and near the scenes of their agricultural labours, and
Muhammadan influences have thus become more widely extended over the
country. As in German East Africa, the presence of Muhammadans among
Page 380
the native troops has been found to be favourable to the extension of their
faith, and the pagan recruits often adopt Islam in order to escape ridicule
and gain in self-respect. 44 In the Ijebu country also, in Southern Nigeria, a
quite recent propagandist movement has been observed; Islam was only
introduced into this part of the country in 1893, and in 1908 there was one
town with twenty, and another with twelve mosques. 45 This rapid spread of
the Muslim faith is particularly noticeable along the banks of the river
Niger in Southern Nigeria; a Christian missionary reports: “When I came
out in 1898 there were few Mohammedans to be seen below Iddah. 46 Now
they are everywhere, excepting below Abo, and at the present rate of
progress there will scarcely be a heathen village on the river-banks by
1910.” 47
There has thus been much missionary work done for Islam in this part of
Africa by men who have never taken up the sword to further their end,—the
conversion of the heathen. Such have been the members of some of the
great Muhammadan religious orders, which form such a prominent feature
of the religious life of Northern Africa. Their efforts have achieved great
results during the nineteenth century, [327]and though doubtless much of
their work has never been recorded, still we have accounts of some of the
movements initiated by them.
Of these one of the earliest owed its inception to Sī Aḥmad b. Idrīs, 48 who
enjoyed a wide reputation as a religious teacher in Mecca from 1797 to
1833, and was the spiritual chief of the K͟ haḍriyyah; before his death in
1835 he sent one of his disciples, by name Muḥammad ʻUt͟ hmān al-Amīr
G͟ hanī, on a proselytising expedition into Africa. Crossing the Red Sea to
Kossayr, he made his way inland to the Nile; here, among a Muslim
population, his efforts were mainly confined to enrolling members of the
order to which he belonged, but in his journey up the river he did not meet
with much success until he reached Aṣwān; from this point up to Dongola,
his journey became quite a triumphant progress; the Nubians hastened to
join his order, and the royal pomp with which he was surrounded produced
faith, and the pagan recruits often adopt Islam in order to escape ridicule
and gain in self-respect. 44 In the Ijebu country also, in Southern Nigeria, a
quite recent propagandist movement has been observed; Islam was only
introduced into this part of the country in 1893, and in 1908 there was one
town with twenty, and another with twelve mosques. 45 This rapid spread of
the Muslim faith is particularly noticeable along the banks of the river
Niger in Southern Nigeria; a Christian missionary reports: “When I came
out in 1898 there were few Mohammedans to be seen below Iddah. 46 Now
they are everywhere, excepting below Abo, and at the present rate of
progress there will scarcely be a heathen village on the river-banks by
1910.” 47
There has thus been much missionary work done for Islam in this part of
Africa by men who have never taken up the sword to further their end,—the
conversion of the heathen. Such have been the members of some of the
great Muhammadan religious orders, which form such a prominent feature
of the religious life of Northern Africa. Their efforts have achieved great
results during the nineteenth century, [327]and though doubtless much of
their work has never been recorded, still we have accounts of some of the
movements initiated by them.
Of these one of the earliest owed its inception to Sī Aḥmad b. Idrīs, 48 who
enjoyed a wide reputation as a religious teacher in Mecca from 1797 to
1833, and was the spiritual chief of the K͟ haḍriyyah; before his death in
1835 he sent one of his disciples, by name Muḥammad ʻUt͟ hmān al-Amīr
G͟ hanī, on a proselytising expedition into Africa. Crossing the Red Sea to
Kossayr, he made his way inland to the Nile; here, among a Muslim
population, his efforts were mainly confined to enrolling members of the
order to which he belonged, but in his journey up the river he did not meet
with much success until he reached Aṣwān; from this point up to Dongola,
his journey became quite a triumphant progress; the Nubians hastened to
join his order, and the royal pomp with which he was surrounded produced
Page 381
an impressive effect on this people, and at the same time the fame of his
miracles attracted to him large numbers of followers. At Dongola
Muḥammad ʻUt͟ hmān left the valley of the Nile to go to Kordofan, where he
made a long stay, and it was here that his missionary work among
unbelievers began. Many tribes in this country and about Sennaar were still
pagan, and among these the preaching of Muḥammad ʻUt͟ hmān achieved a
very remarkable success, and he sought to make his influence permanent by
contracting several marriages, the issue of which, after his death in 1853,
carried on the work of the order he founded—called after his name the
Amīrg͟ haniyyah. 49
A few years before this missionary tour of Muḥammad ʻUt͟ hmān, the troops
of Muḥammad ʻAlī, the founder of the present dynasty of Egypt, had begun
to extend their conquests into the Eastern Sudan, and the emissaries of the
various religious orders in Egypt were encouraged by the Egyptian
government, in the hope that their labours would assist in the pacification of
the country, to carry on a propaganda in this newly-acquired territory, where
they laboured with so much success, that the recent insurrection [328]in the
Sudan under the Mahdī has been attributed to the religious fervour their
preaching excited. 50
In the West of Africa two orders have been especially instrumental in the
spread of Islam, the Qādiriyyah and the Tijāniyyah. The former, the most
widespread of the religious orders of Islam, was founded in the twelfth
century by ʻAbd al-Qādir al-Jīlānī, said to be the most popular and most
universally revered of all the saints of Islam, 51—and was introduced into
Western Africa in the fifteenth century, by emigrants from Tuat, one of the
oases in the western half of the Sahara; they made Walata the first centre of
their organisation, but later on their descendants were driven away from this
town, and took refuge in Timbuktu, further to the east. In the beginning of
the nineteenth century the great spiritual revival that was so profoundly
influencing the Muhammadan world, stirred up the Qādiriyyah of the
Sahara and the Western Sudan to renewed life and energy, and before long,
miracles attracted to him large numbers of followers. At Dongola
Muḥammad ʻUt͟ hmān left the valley of the Nile to go to Kordofan, where he
made a long stay, and it was here that his missionary work among
unbelievers began. Many tribes in this country and about Sennaar were still
pagan, and among these the preaching of Muḥammad ʻUt͟ hmān achieved a
very remarkable success, and he sought to make his influence permanent by
contracting several marriages, the issue of which, after his death in 1853,
carried on the work of the order he founded—called after his name the
Amīrg͟ haniyyah. 49
A few years before this missionary tour of Muḥammad ʻUt͟ hmān, the troops
of Muḥammad ʻAlī, the founder of the present dynasty of Egypt, had begun
to extend their conquests into the Eastern Sudan, and the emissaries of the
various religious orders in Egypt were encouraged by the Egyptian
government, in the hope that their labours would assist in the pacification of
the country, to carry on a propaganda in this newly-acquired territory, where
they laboured with so much success, that the recent insurrection [328]in the
Sudan under the Mahdī has been attributed to the religious fervour their
preaching excited. 50
In the West of Africa two orders have been especially instrumental in the
spread of Islam, the Qādiriyyah and the Tijāniyyah. The former, the most
widespread of the religious orders of Islam, was founded in the twelfth
century by ʻAbd al-Qādir al-Jīlānī, said to be the most popular and most
universally revered of all the saints of Islam, 51—and was introduced into
Western Africa in the fifteenth century, by emigrants from Tuat, one of the
oases in the western half of the Sahara; they made Walata the first centre of
their organisation, but later on their descendants were driven away from this
town, and took refuge in Timbuktu, further to the east. In the beginning of
the nineteenth century the great spiritual revival that was so profoundly
influencing the Muhammadan world, stirred up the Qādiriyyah of the
Sahara and the Western Sudan to renewed life and energy, and before long,
Page 382
learned theologians or small colonies of persons affiliated to the order were
to be found scattered throughout the Western Sudan from the Senegal to the
mouth of the Niger. The chief centres of their missionary organisation are in
Kanka, Timbo (Futah-Jallon) and Musardu (in the Mandingo country). 52
These initiates formed centres of Islamic influence in the midst of a pagan
population, among whom they received a welcome as public scribes,
legists, writers of amulets, and schoolmasters: gradually they would acquire
influence over their new surroundings, and isolated cases of conversion
would soon grow into a little band of converts, the most promising of whom
would often be sent to complete their studies at the chief centres of the
order, or even to the schools of Kairwan or Tripoli, or to the universities of
Fez and al-Azhar in Cairo. 53 Here they might remain for several years, until
they had perfected their theological studies, and would then return to their
native place, fully equipped for the work of spreading the faith among their
fellow-countrymen. In this way a leaven has been introduced into the midst
of fetish-worshippers and idolaters, which has gradually [329]spread the faith
of Islam surely and steadily, though by almost imperceptible degrees. Up to
the middle of the nineteenth century most of the schools in the Sudan were
founded and conducted by teachers trained under the auspices of the
Qādiriyyah and their organisation provided for a regular and continuous
system of propaganda among the heathen tribes. The missionary work of
this order has been entirely of a peaceful character, and has relied wholly on
personal example and precept, on the influence of the teacher over his
pupils, and on the spread of education. 54 In this way the Qādiriyyah
missionaries of the Sudan have shown themselves true to the principles of
their founder and the universal tradition of their order. For the guiding
principles that governed the life of ʻAbd al-Qādir were love of his
neighbour and toleration: though kings and men of wealth showered their
gifts upon him, his boundless charity kept him always poor, and in none of
his books or precepts are to be found any expressions of ill-will or enmity
towards the Christians; whenever he spoke of the people of the Book, it was
only to express his sorrow for their religious errors, and to pray that God
might enlighten them. This tolerant attitude he bequeathed as a legacy to his
to be found scattered throughout the Western Sudan from the Senegal to the
mouth of the Niger. The chief centres of their missionary organisation are in
Kanka, Timbo (Futah-Jallon) and Musardu (in the Mandingo country). 52
These initiates formed centres of Islamic influence in the midst of a pagan
population, among whom they received a welcome as public scribes,
legists, writers of amulets, and schoolmasters: gradually they would acquire
influence over their new surroundings, and isolated cases of conversion
would soon grow into a little band of converts, the most promising of whom
would often be sent to complete their studies at the chief centres of the
order, or even to the schools of Kairwan or Tripoli, or to the universities of
Fez and al-Azhar in Cairo. 53 Here they might remain for several years, until
they had perfected their theological studies, and would then return to their
native place, fully equipped for the work of spreading the faith among their
fellow-countrymen. In this way a leaven has been introduced into the midst
of fetish-worshippers and idolaters, which has gradually [329]spread the faith
of Islam surely and steadily, though by almost imperceptible degrees. Up to
the middle of the nineteenth century most of the schools in the Sudan were
founded and conducted by teachers trained under the auspices of the
Qādiriyyah and their organisation provided for a regular and continuous
system of propaganda among the heathen tribes. The missionary work of
this order has been entirely of a peaceful character, and has relied wholly on
personal example and precept, on the influence of the teacher over his
pupils, and on the spread of education. 54 In this way the Qādiriyyah
missionaries of the Sudan have shown themselves true to the principles of
their founder and the universal tradition of their order. For the guiding
principles that governed the life of ʻAbd al-Qādir were love of his
neighbour and toleration: though kings and men of wealth showered their
gifts upon him, his boundless charity kept him always poor, and in none of
his books or precepts are to be found any expressions of ill-will or enmity
towards the Christians; whenever he spoke of the people of the Book, it was
only to express his sorrow for their religious errors, and to pray that God
might enlighten them. This tolerant attitude he bequeathed as a legacy to his
Page 383
disciples, and it has been a striking characteristic of his followers in all
ages. 55
The Tijāniyyah, belonging to an order founded in Algiers towards the end of
the eighteenth century, have, since their establishment in the Sudan about
the middle of the nineteenth century, pursued the same missionary methods
as the Qādiriyyah, and their numerous schools have contributed largely to
the propagation of the faith; but, unlike the former, they have not refrained
from appealing to the sword to assist in the furtherance of their scheme of
conversion, and, unfortunately for a true estimate of the missionary work of
Islam in Western Africa, the fame of their Jihāds or religious wars has
thrown into the shade the successes of the peaceful propagandist, though
the labours of the latter have been more effectual towards the spread of
Islam than the creation of petty, short-lived dynasties. The records of
campaigns, especially when they have interfered with the [330]commercial
projects or schemes of conquest of the white men, have naturally attracted
the attention of Europeans more than the unobtrusive labours of the
Muhammadan preacher and schoolmaster. But the history of such
movements possesses this importance, that—as has often happened in the
case of Christian missions also—conquest has opened out new fields for
missionary activity, and forcibly impressed on the minds of the faithful the
existence of large tracts of country whose inhabitants still remained
unconverted.
The first of these militant propagandist movements on the part of the
members of the Tijāniyyah order owes its inception to al-Ḥājj ʻUmar, who
had been initiated into this order by a leader of the sect whose acquaintance
he made in Mecca. He was born in 1797, near Podor on the Lower Senegal,
and appears to have been a man of considerable endowments and personal
influence, and of a commanding presence. He was the son of a marabout
and received a careful religious education; he was already famed for his
learning and piety when he set out on the pilgrimage to Mecca in 1827. He
did not return to his own country until 1833, when he commenced an active
ages. 55
The Tijāniyyah, belonging to an order founded in Algiers towards the end of
the eighteenth century, have, since their establishment in the Sudan about
the middle of the nineteenth century, pursued the same missionary methods
as the Qādiriyyah, and their numerous schools have contributed largely to
the propagation of the faith; but, unlike the former, they have not refrained
from appealing to the sword to assist in the furtherance of their scheme of
conversion, and, unfortunately for a true estimate of the missionary work of
Islam in Western Africa, the fame of their Jihāds or religious wars has
thrown into the shade the successes of the peaceful propagandist, though
the labours of the latter have been more effectual towards the spread of
Islam than the creation of petty, short-lived dynasties. The records of
campaigns, especially when they have interfered with the [330]commercial
projects or schemes of conquest of the white men, have naturally attracted
the attention of Europeans more than the unobtrusive labours of the
Muhammadan preacher and schoolmaster. But the history of such
movements possesses this importance, that—as has often happened in the
case of Christian missions also—conquest has opened out new fields for
missionary activity, and forcibly impressed on the minds of the faithful the
existence of large tracts of country whose inhabitants still remained
unconverted.
The first of these militant propagandist movements on the part of the
members of the Tijāniyyah order owes its inception to al-Ḥājj ʻUmar, who
had been initiated into this order by a leader of the sect whose acquaintance
he made in Mecca. He was born in 1797, near Podor on the Lower Senegal,
and appears to have been a man of considerable endowments and personal
influence, and of a commanding presence. He was the son of a marabout
and received a careful religious education; he was already famed for his
learning and piety when he set out on the pilgrimage to Mecca in 1827. He
did not return to his own country until 1833, when he commenced an active
Page 384
propaganda of the teaching of the Tijāniyyah order, fiercely attacking his
co-religionists for their ignorance and their lukewarmness, especially the
adepts of the Qādiriyyah order, whose toleration particularly excited his
wrath. He traversed the Central Sudan, winning many adherents and
receiving honour as a new prophet, until about 1841 he reached Futah-
Jallon, where he armed his followers and commenced a series of
proselytising expeditions against those tribes that still remained pagan about
the Upper Niger and the Senegal. It was in one of these expeditions that he
met his death in 1865. His son, Aḥmadu Shayk͟ hu, succeeded in holding
together the various provinces of his father’s kingdom for a few years only;
internal conflicts and the advance of the French broke up the Tijāniyyah
empire, and their territories passed under the rule of France. 56
Some mention has already been made of the introduction of Islam into this
part of Africa. The seed planted here [331]by ʻAbd Allāh b. Yāsīn and his
companions, was fructified by continual contact with Muhammadan
merchants and teachers, and with the Arabs of the oasis of al-Ḥawḍ and
others. A traveller of the fifteenth century tells how the Arabs strove to
teach the Negro chiefs the law of Muḥammad, pointing out how shameful a
thing it was for them, being chiefs, to live without any of God’s laws, and to
do as the base folk did who lived without any law at all. From which it
would appear that these early missionaries took advantage of the imposing
character of the Muslim religion and constitution to impress the minds of
these uncivilised savages. 57
We have ampler details of a more recent movement of the same kind, which
had been set on foot in the south of Senegambia by a Mandingo, named
Ṣamudu, commonly known by the name Samory, a pagan soldier of fortune
born about 1846, who became a Muhammadan early in the course of his
career and founded an empire, south of Senegambia, in the country watered
by the upper basin of the Niger and its tributaries. An Arabic account of the
career of Samory, written by a native chronicler, gives us some interesting
details of his achievements. It begins as follows: “This is an account of the
co-religionists for their ignorance and their lukewarmness, especially the
adepts of the Qādiriyyah order, whose toleration particularly excited his
wrath. He traversed the Central Sudan, winning many adherents and
receiving honour as a new prophet, until about 1841 he reached Futah-
Jallon, where he armed his followers and commenced a series of
proselytising expeditions against those tribes that still remained pagan about
the Upper Niger and the Senegal. It was in one of these expeditions that he
met his death in 1865. His son, Aḥmadu Shayk͟ hu, succeeded in holding
together the various provinces of his father’s kingdom for a few years only;
internal conflicts and the advance of the French broke up the Tijāniyyah
empire, and their territories passed under the rule of France. 56
Some mention has already been made of the introduction of Islam into this
part of Africa. The seed planted here [331]by ʻAbd Allāh b. Yāsīn and his
companions, was fructified by continual contact with Muhammadan
merchants and teachers, and with the Arabs of the oasis of al-Ḥawḍ and
others. A traveller of the fifteenth century tells how the Arabs strove to
teach the Negro chiefs the law of Muḥammad, pointing out how shameful a
thing it was for them, being chiefs, to live without any of God’s laws, and to
do as the base folk did who lived without any law at all. From which it
would appear that these early missionaries took advantage of the imposing
character of the Muslim religion and constitution to impress the minds of
these uncivilised savages. 57
We have ampler details of a more recent movement of the same kind, which
had been set on foot in the south of Senegambia by a Mandingo, named
Ṣamudu, commonly known by the name Samory, a pagan soldier of fortune
born about 1846, who became a Muhammadan early in the course of his
career and founded an empire, south of Senegambia, in the country watered
by the upper basin of the Niger and its tributaries. An Arabic account of the
career of Samory, written by a native chronicler, gives us some interesting
details of his achievements. It begins as follows: “This is an account of the
Page 385
Jihād of the Imām Aḥmadu Ṣamudu, a Mandingo.… God conferred upon
him His help continually after he began the work of visiting the idolatrous
pagans, who dwell between the sea and the country of Wasulu, with a view
of inviting them to follow the religion of God, which is Islam. Know all ye
who read this—that the first effort of the Imām Ṣamudu was a town named
Fulindiyah. Following the Book and the Law and the Traditions, he sent
messengers to the king at that town, Sindidu by name, inviting him to
submit to his government, abandon the worship of idols and worship one
God, the Exalted, the True, whose service is profitable to His people in this
world and in the next; but they refused to submit. Then he imposed a tribute
upon them, as the Qurʼān commands on this subject; but they persisted in
their blindness and deafness. The Imām then collected a small force of
about five hundred men, brave and [332]valiant, for the Jihād, and he fought
against the town, and the Lord helped him against them and gave him the
victory over them, and he pursued them with his horses until they
submitted. Nor will they return to their idolatry, for now all their children
are in schools being taught the Qurʼān, and a knowledge of religion and
civilisation. Praise be to God for this.” 58 It is not possible here to trace the
course of his conquests, which were marked by wholesale massacres and
devastation. 59 He reached the height of his power about 1881, shortly after
which he came in conflict with the French, who took him prisoner in 1898
after a series of harassing campaigns. He died in 1900. Though the effect of
his conquests was the destruction of large numbers of pagans who were
massacred by his ruthless armies, while others were terrified into a nominal
acceptance of Islam, he does not appear to have put before him the same
distinctly religious aim as al-Ḥājj ʻUmar did. 60 He left to the Qādiriyyah
marabouts the task of propaganda, and they with their accustomed traditions
of toleration are said to have done much to mitigate the savagery of his
proceedings. 61 They opened schools in the conquered towns, established
there the organisation of their order, and both instructed the new converts
and sought to win fresh ones.
him His help continually after he began the work of visiting the idolatrous
pagans, who dwell between the sea and the country of Wasulu, with a view
of inviting them to follow the religion of God, which is Islam. Know all ye
who read this—that the first effort of the Imām Ṣamudu was a town named
Fulindiyah. Following the Book and the Law and the Traditions, he sent
messengers to the king at that town, Sindidu by name, inviting him to
submit to his government, abandon the worship of idols and worship one
God, the Exalted, the True, whose service is profitable to His people in this
world and in the next; but they refused to submit. Then he imposed a tribute
upon them, as the Qurʼān commands on this subject; but they persisted in
their blindness and deafness. The Imām then collected a small force of
about five hundred men, brave and [332]valiant, for the Jihād, and he fought
against the town, and the Lord helped him against them and gave him the
victory over them, and he pursued them with his horses until they
submitted. Nor will they return to their idolatry, for now all their children
are in schools being taught the Qurʼān, and a knowledge of religion and
civilisation. Praise be to God for this.” 58 It is not possible here to trace the
course of his conquests, which were marked by wholesale massacres and
devastation. 59 He reached the height of his power about 1881, shortly after
which he came in conflict with the French, who took him prisoner in 1898
after a series of harassing campaigns. He died in 1900. Though the effect of
his conquests was the destruction of large numbers of pagans who were
massacred by his ruthless armies, while others were terrified into a nominal
acceptance of Islam, he does not appear to have put before him the same
distinctly religious aim as al-Ḥājj ʻUmar did. 60 He left to the Qādiriyyah
marabouts the task of propaganda, and they with their accustomed traditions
of toleration are said to have done much to mitigate the savagery of his
proceedings. 61 They opened schools in the conquered towns, established
there the organisation of their order, and both instructed the new converts
and sought to win fresh ones.
Page 386
With regard to these militant movements of Muhammadan propagandism, it
is important to notice that it is not the military successes and territorial
conquests that have most contributed to the progress of Islam in these parts;
for it has been pointed out that, outside the limits of those fragments of the
empire of al-Ḥājj ʻUmar that have definitively remained in the hands of his
successors, the forced conversions that he made have quickly been
forgotten, and in spite of the momentary grandeur of his successes and the
enthusiasm of his armies, very few traces remain of this armed
propaganda. 62 The real importance of these [333]movements in the
missionary history of Islam in Western Africa is the religious enthusiasm
they stirred up, which exhibited itself in a widespread missionary activity of
a purely peaceful character among the heathen populations. These Jihāds,
rightly looked upon, are but incidents in the modern Islamic revival and are
by no means characteristic of the forces and activities that have been really
operative in the promulgation of Islam in Africa: indeed, unless followed up
by distinctly missionary efforts they would have proved almost wholly
ineffectual in the creation of a true Muslim community. In fact, the
devastating wars and cruel violence of conquerors such as al-Ḥājj ʻUmar
and Samory and especially the emissaries of the Tijāniyyah have caused the
faith of Islam to be bitterly hated by the pagan tribes of the Sudan in the
countries watered by the Senegal and the Niger. Hostility to the Muslim
faith has almost assumed with them the form of a national movement, but
still this Muhammadan propaganda has spread the faith of the Prophet in
many parts of Guinea and Senegambia, to which the Fulbe 63 and merchants
from the Hausa country in their frequent trading expeditions have brought
the knowledge of their religion, and have succeeded during the last and the
present century in winning large numbers of converts. Especially
noteworthy is the activity of those Qādiriyyah preachers and Muslim traders
who have won fresh converts to their faith since the French occupation has
brought peace to the country; this peaceful penetration has been facilitated
in the French Sudan, as in other parts of Africa that have recently come
under the sway of European powers, by the consideration shown by French
officials to the educated classes, who are of course all Muhammadans, and
is important to notice that it is not the military successes and territorial
conquests that have most contributed to the progress of Islam in these parts;
for it has been pointed out that, outside the limits of those fragments of the
empire of al-Ḥājj ʻUmar that have definitively remained in the hands of his
successors, the forced conversions that he made have quickly been
forgotten, and in spite of the momentary grandeur of his successes and the
enthusiasm of his armies, very few traces remain of this armed
propaganda. 62 The real importance of these [333]movements in the
missionary history of Islam in Western Africa is the religious enthusiasm
they stirred up, which exhibited itself in a widespread missionary activity of
a purely peaceful character among the heathen populations. These Jihāds,
rightly looked upon, are but incidents in the modern Islamic revival and are
by no means characteristic of the forces and activities that have been really
operative in the promulgation of Islam in Africa: indeed, unless followed up
by distinctly missionary efforts they would have proved almost wholly
ineffectual in the creation of a true Muslim community. In fact, the
devastating wars and cruel violence of conquerors such as al-Ḥājj ʻUmar
and Samory and especially the emissaries of the Tijāniyyah have caused the
faith of Islam to be bitterly hated by the pagan tribes of the Sudan in the
countries watered by the Senegal and the Niger. Hostility to the Muslim
faith has almost assumed with them the form of a national movement, but
still this Muhammadan propaganda has spread the faith of the Prophet in
many parts of Guinea and Senegambia, to which the Fulbe 63 and merchants
from the Hausa country in their frequent trading expeditions have brought
the knowledge of their religion, and have succeeded during the last and the
present century in winning large numbers of converts. Especially
noteworthy is the activity of those Qādiriyyah preachers and Muslim traders
who have won fresh converts to their faith since the French occupation has
brought peace to the country; this peaceful penetration has been facilitated
in the French Sudan, as in other parts of Africa that have recently come
under the sway of European powers, by the consideration shown by French
officials to the educated classes, who are of course all Muhammadans, and
Page 387
by the open contempt with which the degraded habits and superstitions of
the pagan fetish-worshippers are regarded. 64
But the proselytising work of the order that is now to be described has
never in any way been connected with violence or war and has employed in
the service of religion only the [334]arts of peace and persuasion. In 1837 a
religious society was founded by an Algerian jurisconsult, named Sīdī
Muḥammad b. ʻAlī al-Sanūsī, with the object of reforming Islam and
spreading the faith; before his death in 1859, he had succeeded in
establishing, by the sheer force of his genius and without the shedding of
blood, a theocratic state, to which his followers render devoted allegiance
and the limits of which are every day being extended by his successors. 65
The members of this sect are bound by rigid rules to carry out to the full the
precepts of the Qurʼān in accordance with the most strictly monotheistic
principles, whereby worship is to be given to God alone, and prayers to
saints and pilgrimages to their tombs are absolutely interdicted. They must
abstain from coffee and tobacco, avoid all intercourse with Jews or
Christians, contribute a certain portion of their income to the funds of the
society, if they do not give themselves up entirely to its service, and devote
all their energies to the advancement of Islam, resisting at the same time
any concessions to European influences. This sect is spread over the whole
of North Africa, having religious houses scattered about the country from
Egypt to Morocco, and far into the interior, in the oases of the Sahara and
the Sudan. The centre of its organisation was in the oasis of Jag͟ habūb 66 in
the Libyan desert between Egypt and Tripoli, where every year hundreds of
missionaries were trained and sent out as preachers of Islam to all parts of
northern Africa. It is to the religious house in this village that all the branch
establishments (said to be 121 in number) looked for counsel and
instruction in all matters concerning the management and extension of this
vast theocracy, which embraced in a marvellous organisation thousands of
persons of numerous races and nations, otherwise separated from one
another by vast differences of geographical situation and worldly interests.
For the success that has been achieved by the zealous and energetic
the pagan fetish-worshippers are regarded. 64
But the proselytising work of the order that is now to be described has
never in any way been connected with violence or war and has employed in
the service of religion only the [334]arts of peace and persuasion. In 1837 a
religious society was founded by an Algerian jurisconsult, named Sīdī
Muḥammad b. ʻAlī al-Sanūsī, with the object of reforming Islam and
spreading the faith; before his death in 1859, he had succeeded in
establishing, by the sheer force of his genius and without the shedding of
blood, a theocratic state, to which his followers render devoted allegiance
and the limits of which are every day being extended by his successors. 65
The members of this sect are bound by rigid rules to carry out to the full the
precepts of the Qurʼān in accordance with the most strictly monotheistic
principles, whereby worship is to be given to God alone, and prayers to
saints and pilgrimages to their tombs are absolutely interdicted. They must
abstain from coffee and tobacco, avoid all intercourse with Jews or
Christians, contribute a certain portion of their income to the funds of the
society, if they do not give themselves up entirely to its service, and devote
all their energies to the advancement of Islam, resisting at the same time
any concessions to European influences. This sect is spread over the whole
of North Africa, having religious houses scattered about the country from
Egypt to Morocco, and far into the interior, in the oases of the Sahara and
the Sudan. The centre of its organisation was in the oasis of Jag͟ habūb 66 in
the Libyan desert between Egypt and Tripoli, where every year hundreds of
missionaries were trained and sent out as preachers of Islam to all parts of
northern Africa. It is to the religious house in this village that all the branch
establishments (said to be 121 in number) looked for counsel and
instruction in all matters concerning the management and extension of this
vast theocracy, which embraced in a marvellous organisation thousands of
persons of numerous races and nations, otherwise separated from one
another by vast differences of geographical situation and worldly interests.
For the success that has been achieved by the zealous and energetic
Page 388
emissaries [335]of this association is enormous; convents of the order are to
be found not only all over the north of Africa from Egypt to Morocco,
throughout the Sudan, in Senegambia and Somaliland, but members of the
order are to be found also in Arabia, Mesopotamia and the islands of the
Malay Archipelago. 67 Though primarily a movement of reform in the midst
of Islam itself, the Sanūsiyyah sect is also actively proselytising, and
several African tribes that were previously pagan or merely nominally
Muslim, have since the advent of the emissaries of this sect in their midst,
become zealous adherents of the faith of the Prophet. Thus, for example, the
Sanūsī missionaries laboured to convert that portion of the Baele (a tribe
inhabiting the hill country of Ennedi, E. of Borku) which was still heathen,
and communicated their own religious zeal to such other sections of the
tribe as had only a very superficial knowledge of Islam, and were
Muhammadan only in name; 68 the Tedas of Tu or Tibesti, in the Sahara, S.
of Fezzan, who were likewise Muhammadans only in name when the
Sanūsiyyah came among them, also bear witness to the success of their
efforts. 69 The missionaries of this sect also carry on an active propaganda in
the Galla country and fresh workers are sent thither every year from Harar,
where the Sanūsiyyah are very strong and include among their numbers all
the chiefs in the court of the Amīr almost without exception. 70 In the
furtherance of their proselytising efforts these missionaries open schools,
form settlements in the oases of the desert, and—noticeably in the case of
the Wadai—they have gained large accessions to their numbers by the
purchase of slaves, who have been educated at Jag͟ habūb and when deemed
sufficiently well instructed in the tenets of the sect, enfranchised and then
sent back to their native country to convert their brethren. 71 It would appear,
however, that the influence of this order is now on the decline. 72 [336]
Slight as these records are of the missionary labours of the Muslims among
the pagan tribes of the Sudan, they are of importance in view of the general
dearth of information regarding the spread of Islam in this part of Africa.
But while documentary evidence is wanting, the Muhammadan
communities dwelling in the midst of fetish-worshippers and idolaters, as
be found not only all over the north of Africa from Egypt to Morocco,
throughout the Sudan, in Senegambia and Somaliland, but members of the
order are to be found also in Arabia, Mesopotamia and the islands of the
Malay Archipelago. 67 Though primarily a movement of reform in the midst
of Islam itself, the Sanūsiyyah sect is also actively proselytising, and
several African tribes that were previously pagan or merely nominally
Muslim, have since the advent of the emissaries of this sect in their midst,
become zealous adherents of the faith of the Prophet. Thus, for example, the
Sanūsī missionaries laboured to convert that portion of the Baele (a tribe
inhabiting the hill country of Ennedi, E. of Borku) which was still heathen,
and communicated their own religious zeal to such other sections of the
tribe as had only a very superficial knowledge of Islam, and were
Muhammadan only in name; 68 the Tedas of Tu or Tibesti, in the Sahara, S.
of Fezzan, who were likewise Muhammadans only in name when the
Sanūsiyyah came among them, also bear witness to the success of their
efforts. 69 The missionaries of this sect also carry on an active propaganda in
the Galla country and fresh workers are sent thither every year from Harar,
where the Sanūsiyyah are very strong and include among their numbers all
the chiefs in the court of the Amīr almost without exception. 70 In the
furtherance of their proselytising efforts these missionaries open schools,
form settlements in the oases of the desert, and—noticeably in the case of
the Wadai—they have gained large accessions to their numbers by the
purchase of slaves, who have been educated at Jag͟ habūb and when deemed
sufficiently well instructed in the tenets of the sect, enfranchised and then
sent back to their native country to convert their brethren. 71 It would appear,
however, that the influence of this order is now on the decline. 72 [336]
Slight as these records are of the missionary labours of the Muslims among
the pagan tribes of the Sudan, they are of importance in view of the general
dearth of information regarding the spread of Islam in this part of Africa.
But while documentary evidence is wanting, the Muhammadan
communities dwelling in the midst of fetish-worshippers and idolaters, as
Page 389
representatives of a higher faith and civilisation, are a living testimony to
the proselytising labours of the Muhammadan missionaries, and (especially
on the south-western borderland of Islamic influence) present a striking
contrast to the pagan tribes demoralised by the European gin traffic. This
contrast has been well indicated by a modern traveller, 73 in speaking of the
degraded condition of the tribes of the Lower Niger: “In steaming up the
river (i.e. the Niger), I saw little in the first 200 miles to alter my views, for
there luxuriated in congenial union fetishism, cannibalism and the gin trade.
But as I left behind me the low-lying coast region, and found myself near
the southern boundary of what is called the Central Sudan, I observed an
ever-increasing improvement in the appearance of the character of the
native; cannibalism disappeared, fetishism followed in its wake, the gin
trade largely disappeared, while on the other hand, clothes became more
voluminous and decent, cleanliness the rule, while their outward more
dignified bearing still further betokened a moral regeneration. Everything
indicated a leavening of some higher element, an element that was clearly
taking a deep hold on the negro nature and making him a new man. That
element you will perhaps be surprised to learn is Mahommedanism. On
passing Lokoja at the confluence of the Benué with the Niger, I left behind
me the missionary outposts of Islam, and entering the Central Sudan, I
found myself in a comparatively well-governed empire, teeming with a
busy populace of keen traders, expert manufacturers of cloth, brass work
and leather; a people, in fact, who have made enormous advances towards
civilisation.”
In order to form a just estimate of the missionary activity of Islam in
Nigritia, it must be borne in mind that, while on [337]the coast and along the
southern boundary of the sphere of Islamic influence, the Muhammadan
missionary is the pioneer of his religion, there is still left behind him a vast
field for Muslim propaganda in the inland countries that stretch away to the
north and the east, though it is long since Islam took firm root in this soil.
Some sections of the Fūnj, the predominant Negro race of Sennaar, are
the proselytising labours of the Muhammadan missionaries, and (especially
on the south-western borderland of Islamic influence) present a striking
contrast to the pagan tribes demoralised by the European gin traffic. This
contrast has been well indicated by a modern traveller, 73 in speaking of the
degraded condition of the tribes of the Lower Niger: “In steaming up the
river (i.e. the Niger), I saw little in the first 200 miles to alter my views, for
there luxuriated in congenial union fetishism, cannibalism and the gin trade.
But as I left behind me the low-lying coast region, and found myself near
the southern boundary of what is called the Central Sudan, I observed an
ever-increasing improvement in the appearance of the character of the
native; cannibalism disappeared, fetishism followed in its wake, the gin
trade largely disappeared, while on the other hand, clothes became more
voluminous and decent, cleanliness the rule, while their outward more
dignified bearing still further betokened a moral regeneration. Everything
indicated a leavening of some higher element, an element that was clearly
taking a deep hold on the negro nature and making him a new man. That
element you will perhaps be surprised to learn is Mahommedanism. On
passing Lokoja at the confluence of the Benué with the Niger, I left behind
me the missionary outposts of Islam, and entering the Central Sudan, I
found myself in a comparatively well-governed empire, teeming with a
busy populace of keen traders, expert manufacturers of cloth, brass work
and leather; a people, in fact, who have made enormous advances towards
civilisation.”
In order to form a just estimate of the missionary activity of Islam in
Nigritia, it must be borne in mind that, while on [337]the coast and along the
southern boundary of the sphere of Islamic influence, the Muhammadan
missionary is the pioneer of his religion, there is still left behind him a vast
field for Muslim propaganda in the inland countries that stretch away to the
north and the east, though it is long since Islam took firm root in this soil.
Some sections of the Fūnj, the predominant Negro race of Sennaar, are
Page 390
partly Muhammadan and partly heathen, and Muhammadan merchants from
Nubia are attempting the conversion of the latter. 74
The pagan tribe of the Jukun, 75 whose once powerful kingdom disappeared
before the victorious development of the Fulbe, has withstood the
advancing influence of Muhammadanism, though the foreign minister of
their king has always been a Muslim and colonies of Hausas and other
Muhammadans have settled among them; but these Muslim settlers do not
succeed in making any converts from among the Jukun, whose traditions of
their past greatness make them cling to the national faith whose spiritual
headship is vested in their king. 76
It would be easy also to enumerate many sections of the population of the
Sudan and Senegambia, that still retain their heathen habits and beliefs, or
cover these only with a slight veneer of Muhammadan observance even
though they have been (in most cases) surrounded for centuries by the
followers of the Prophet. The Konnohs, an offshoot of the great tribe of the
Mandingos, are still largely pagan, and it is only in recent years that Islam
has been making progress among them. 77 Consequently, the remarkable zeal
for missionary work that has displayed itself among the Muhammadans of
these parts during the present century, has not far to go in order to find
abundant scope for its activity. Hence the importance, in the missionary
history of Islam in this continent, of the movements of reform in the
Muslim religion itself and the revivals of religious life, to which attention
has been drawn above.
The West Coast is another field for Muhammadan missionary [338]enterprise
where Islam finds itself confronted with a vast population still unconverted,
in spite of the progress it has made on the Guinea Coast, in Sierra Leone
and Liberia, in which last there are more Muhammadans than heathen. One
of the earliest notices of Muslim missionary activity in the neighbourhood
of Sierra Leone is to be found in a petition for the dissolution of the Sierra
Leone Company, ordered to be printed by the House of Commons, on the
Nubia are attempting the conversion of the latter. 74
The pagan tribe of the Jukun, 75 whose once powerful kingdom disappeared
before the victorious development of the Fulbe, has withstood the
advancing influence of Muhammadanism, though the foreign minister of
their king has always been a Muslim and colonies of Hausas and other
Muhammadans have settled among them; but these Muslim settlers do not
succeed in making any converts from among the Jukun, whose traditions of
their past greatness make them cling to the national faith whose spiritual
headship is vested in their king. 76
It would be easy also to enumerate many sections of the population of the
Sudan and Senegambia, that still retain their heathen habits and beliefs, or
cover these only with a slight veneer of Muhammadan observance even
though they have been (in most cases) surrounded for centuries by the
followers of the Prophet. The Konnohs, an offshoot of the great tribe of the
Mandingos, are still largely pagan, and it is only in recent years that Islam
has been making progress among them. 77 Consequently, the remarkable zeal
for missionary work that has displayed itself among the Muhammadans of
these parts during the present century, has not far to go in order to find
abundant scope for its activity. Hence the importance, in the missionary
history of Islam in this continent, of the movements of reform in the
Muslim religion itself and the revivals of religious life, to which attention
has been drawn above.
The West Coast is another field for Muhammadan missionary [338]enterprise
where Islam finds itself confronted with a vast population still unconverted,
in spite of the progress it has made on the Guinea Coast, in Sierra Leone
and Liberia, in which last there are more Muhammadans than heathen. One
of the earliest notices of Muslim missionary activity in the neighbourhood
of Sierra Leone is to be found in a petition for the dissolution of the Sierra
Leone Company, ordered to be printed by the House of Commons, on the
Page 391
25th May, 1802. “Not more than seventy years ago, a small number of
Mahomedans established themselves in a country about forty miles to the
northward of Sierra Leone, called from them the Mandingo Country. As is
the practice of the professors of that religion they formed schools, in which
the Arabic language and the doctrines of Mahomet were taught, and the
customs of Mahomedans, particularly that of not selling any of their own
religion as slaves, were adopted. Laws founded on the Koran were
introduced. Those practices which chiefly contribute to depopulate the coast
were eradicated, and in spite of many intestine convulsions, a great
comparative degree of civilisation, union and security were introduced.
Population, in consequence, rapidly increased and the whole power of that
part of the country in which they are settled has gradually fallen into their
hands. Those who have been taught in their schools are succeeding to
wealth and power in the neighbouring countries, and carry with them a
considerable portion of their religion and laws. Other chiefs are adopting
the name assumed by these Mahomedans, on account of the respect which
attends it; and the religion of Islam seems likely to diffuse itself peaceably
over the whole district in which the colony is situated, carrying with it those
advantages which seem ever to have attended its victory over Negro
superstition.” 78 In the Mendi country, about one hundred miles south of
Sierra Leone, Islam appears to have found an entrance only in the present
century, but to be now making steady progress. “The propagandism is not
conducted by any special order of priests set apart for the purpose, but
[339]every Musalman is an active missionary. Some half a dozen of them,
more or less, meeting in a town, where they intend to reside for any length
of time, soon run up a mosque and begin work. They first approach the
chief of the town and obtain his consent to their intended act, and perhaps
his promise to become an adherent. They teach him their prayers in Arabic,
or as much as he can, or cares to, commit to memory. They put him through
the forms and ceremonies used in praying, forbid him the use of alcoholic
beverages—a restriction as often observed as not—and lo! the man is a
convert.” 79 On the Guinea Coast, Muslim influences are spread chiefly by
Hausa traders who are to be found in all the commercial towns on this
Mahomedans established themselves in a country about forty miles to the
northward of Sierra Leone, called from them the Mandingo Country. As is
the practice of the professors of that religion they formed schools, in which
the Arabic language and the doctrines of Mahomet were taught, and the
customs of Mahomedans, particularly that of not selling any of their own
religion as slaves, were adopted. Laws founded on the Koran were
introduced. Those practices which chiefly contribute to depopulate the coast
were eradicated, and in spite of many intestine convulsions, a great
comparative degree of civilisation, union and security were introduced.
Population, in consequence, rapidly increased and the whole power of that
part of the country in which they are settled has gradually fallen into their
hands. Those who have been taught in their schools are succeeding to
wealth and power in the neighbouring countries, and carry with them a
considerable portion of their religion and laws. Other chiefs are adopting
the name assumed by these Mahomedans, on account of the respect which
attends it; and the religion of Islam seems likely to diffuse itself peaceably
over the whole district in which the colony is situated, carrying with it those
advantages which seem ever to have attended its victory over Negro
superstition.” 78 In the Mendi country, about one hundred miles south of
Sierra Leone, Islam appears to have found an entrance only in the present
century, but to be now making steady progress. “The propagandism is not
conducted by any special order of priests set apart for the purpose, but
[339]every Musalman is an active missionary. Some half a dozen of them,
more or less, meeting in a town, where they intend to reside for any length
of time, soon run up a mosque and begin work. They first approach the
chief of the town and obtain his consent to their intended act, and perhaps
his promise to become an adherent. They teach him their prayers in Arabic,
or as much as he can, or cares to, commit to memory. They put him through
the forms and ceremonies used in praying, forbid him the use of alcoholic
beverages—a restriction as often observed as not—and lo! the man is a
convert.” 79 On the Guinea Coast, Muslim influences are spread chiefly by
Hausa traders who are to be found in all the commercial towns on this
Page 392
coast; whenever they form a settlement, they at once build a mosque and by
their devout behaviour, and their superior culture, they impress the heathen
inhabitants; whole tribes of fetish-worshippers pass over to Islam as the
result of their imitation of what they recognise to be a higher civilisation
than their own, without any particular efforts being necessary for
persuading them. 80
In Ashanti there was a nucleus of a Muhammadan population to be found as
early as 1750 and the missionaries of Islam have laboured there ever since
with slow but sure success, 81 as they find a ready welcome in the country
and have gained for themselves considerable influence at the court; by
means of their schools they get a hold on the minds of the younger
generation, and there are said to be significant signs that Islam will become
the predominant religion in Ashanti, as already many of the chiefs have
adopted it. 82 In Dahomey and the Gold Coast, Islam is daily making fresh
progress, and even when the heathen chieftains do not themselves embrace
it, they very frequently allow themselves to come under the influence of its
missionaries, who know how to take advantage of this ascendancy in their
labours among the common people. 83 Dahomey and Ashanti are the most
important kingdoms in this part of the [340]continent that are still subject to
pagan rulers, and their conversion is said to be a question of a short time
only. 84 In Lagos there are well-nigh 10,000 Muslims, and all the trading
stations of the West Coast include in their populations numbers of
Musalmans belonging to the superior Negro tribes, such as the Fulbe, the
Mandingos and the Hausa. When these men come down to the cities of the
coast, as they do in considerable numbers, either as traders or to serve as
troops in the armies of the European powers, they cannot fail to impress by
their bold and independent bearing the Negro of the coast-land; he sees that
the believers in the Qurʼān are everywhere respected by European
governors, officials and merchants; they are not so far removed from him in
race, appearance, dress or manners as to make admission into their
brotherhood impossible to him, and to him too is offered a share in their
privileges on condition of conversion to their faith. 85 As soon as the pagan
their devout behaviour, and their superior culture, they impress the heathen
inhabitants; whole tribes of fetish-worshippers pass over to Islam as the
result of their imitation of what they recognise to be a higher civilisation
than their own, without any particular efforts being necessary for
persuading them. 80
In Ashanti there was a nucleus of a Muhammadan population to be found as
early as 1750 and the missionaries of Islam have laboured there ever since
with slow but sure success, 81 as they find a ready welcome in the country
and have gained for themselves considerable influence at the court; by
means of their schools they get a hold on the minds of the younger
generation, and there are said to be significant signs that Islam will become
the predominant religion in Ashanti, as already many of the chiefs have
adopted it. 82 In Dahomey and the Gold Coast, Islam is daily making fresh
progress, and even when the heathen chieftains do not themselves embrace
it, they very frequently allow themselves to come under the influence of its
missionaries, who know how to take advantage of this ascendancy in their
labours among the common people. 83 Dahomey and Ashanti are the most
important kingdoms in this part of the [340]continent that are still subject to
pagan rulers, and their conversion is said to be a question of a short time
only. 84 In Lagos there are well-nigh 10,000 Muslims, and all the trading
stations of the West Coast include in their populations numbers of
Musalmans belonging to the superior Negro tribes, such as the Fulbe, the
Mandingos and the Hausa. When these men come down to the cities of the
coast, as they do in considerable numbers, either as traders or to serve as
troops in the armies of the European powers, they cannot fail to impress by
their bold and independent bearing the Negro of the coast-land; he sees that
the believers in the Qurʼān are everywhere respected by European
governors, officials and merchants; they are not so far removed from him in
race, appearance, dress or manners as to make admission into their
brotherhood impossible to him, and to him too is offered a share in their
privileges on condition of conversion to their faith. 85 As soon as the pagan
Page 393
Negro, however obscure or degraded, shows himself willing to accept the
teachings of the Prophet, he is at once admitted as an equal into their
society, and admission into the brotherhood of Islam is not a privilege
grudgingly granted, but one freely offered by zealous and eager
proselytisers. For, from the mouth of the Senegal to Lagos, over two
thousand miles, there is said to be hardly any town of importance on the
seaboard in which there is not at least one mosque, with active
propagandists of Islam, often working side by side with the teachers of
Christianity. 86
We must now turn to the history of the spread of Islam on the other side of
the continent of Africa, the inhabitants of which were in closer proximity to
the land where this faith had its birth. The facts recorded respecting the
early settlements of the Arabs on the East Coast are very meagre; according
to an Arabic chronicle which the Portuguese found in Kiloa 87 when that
town was sacked by Don Francisco d’Almeïda in 1505, the first settlers
were a body of Arabs who were driven into exile because they followed the
heretical teachings of a [341]certain Zayd, 88 a descendant of the Prophet,
after whom they were called Emozaydij (probably أّمة زيدّيةor people of
Zayd). The Zayd here referred to is probably Zayd b. ʻAlī, a grandson of
Ḥusayn and so great-grandson of ʻAlī, the nephew of Muḥammad: in the
reign of the caliph Hishām he claimed to be the Imām Mahdī and stirred up
a revolt among the Shīʻah faction, but was defeated and put to death in a.h.
122 (a.d. 740). 89
They seem to have lived in considerable dread of the original pagan
inhabitants of the country, but succeeded gradually in extending their
settlements along the coast, until the arrival of another band of fugitives
who came from the Arabian side of the Persian Gulf, not far from the island
of Baḥrayn. These came in three ships under the leadership of seven
brothers, in order to escape from the persecution of the king of Lasah, 90 a
city hard by the dwelling-place of their tribe. The first town they built was
Magadaxo, 91 which afterwards rose to such power as to assume lordship
teachings of the Prophet, he is at once admitted as an equal into their
society, and admission into the brotherhood of Islam is not a privilege
grudgingly granted, but one freely offered by zealous and eager
proselytisers. For, from the mouth of the Senegal to Lagos, over two
thousand miles, there is said to be hardly any town of importance on the
seaboard in which there is not at least one mosque, with active
propagandists of Islam, often working side by side with the teachers of
Christianity. 86
We must now turn to the history of the spread of Islam on the other side of
the continent of Africa, the inhabitants of which were in closer proximity to
the land where this faith had its birth. The facts recorded respecting the
early settlements of the Arabs on the East Coast are very meagre; according
to an Arabic chronicle which the Portuguese found in Kiloa 87 when that
town was sacked by Don Francisco d’Almeïda in 1505, the first settlers
were a body of Arabs who were driven into exile because they followed the
heretical teachings of a [341]certain Zayd, 88 a descendant of the Prophet,
after whom they were called Emozaydij (probably أّمة زيدّيةor people of
Zayd). The Zayd here referred to is probably Zayd b. ʻAlī, a grandson of
Ḥusayn and so great-grandson of ʻAlī, the nephew of Muḥammad: in the
reign of the caliph Hishām he claimed to be the Imām Mahdī and stirred up
a revolt among the Shīʻah faction, but was defeated and put to death in a.h.
122 (a.d. 740). 89
They seem to have lived in considerable dread of the original pagan
inhabitants of the country, but succeeded gradually in extending their
settlements along the coast, until the arrival of another band of fugitives
who came from the Arabian side of the Persian Gulf, not far from the island
of Baḥrayn. These came in three ships under the leadership of seven
brothers, in order to escape from the persecution of the king of Lasah, 90 a
city hard by the dwelling-place of their tribe. The first town they built was
Magadaxo, 91 which afterwards rose to such power as to assume lordship
Page 394
over all the Arabs of the coast. But the original settlers, the Emozaydij,
belonging as they did to a different Muhammadan sect, being Shīʻahs, while
the new-comers were Sunnīs, were unwilling to submit to the authority of
the rulers of Magadaxo, and retired into the interior, where they became
merged into the native population, intermarrying with them and adopting
their manners and customs. 92
Magadaxo was founded about the middle of the tenth century and remained
the most powerful city on this coast for more than seventy years, when the
arrival of another expedition from the Persian Gulf led to the establishment
of a rival settlement further south. The leader of this expedition was named
ʻAlī, one of the seven sons of a certain Sultan Ḥasan of Shiraz: because his
mother was an Abyssinian, he was looked down upon with contempt by his
brothers, whose cruel treatment of him after the death of their father,
determined him to leave his native [342]land and seek a home elsewhere.
Accordingly, with his wife and children and a small body of followers, he
set sail from the island of Ormuz, and avoiding Magadaxo, whose
inhabitants belonged to a different sect, and having heard that gold was to
be found on the Zanzibar coast, he pushed on to the south and founded the
city of Kiloa, where he could maintain a position of independence and be
free from the interference of his predecessors further north. 93
In this way a number of Arab towns sprang up along the east coast from the
Gulf of Aden to the Tropic of Capricorn, on the fringe of what was called
by the mediæval Arab geographers the country of the Zanj. Whatever
efforts may have been made by the Muhammadan settlers to convert the
Zanj, no record of them seems to have survived. There is a curious story
preserved in an old collection of travels written probably in the early part of
the tenth century, which represents Islam as having been introduced among
one of these tribes by the king of it himself. An Arab trading vessel was
driven out of its course by a tempest in the year a.d. 922 and carried to the
country of the man-eating Zanj, where the crew expected certain death. On
the contrary, the king of the place received them kindly and entertained
belonging as they did to a different Muhammadan sect, being Shīʻahs, while
the new-comers were Sunnīs, were unwilling to submit to the authority of
the rulers of Magadaxo, and retired into the interior, where they became
merged into the native population, intermarrying with them and adopting
their manners and customs. 92
Magadaxo was founded about the middle of the tenth century and remained
the most powerful city on this coast for more than seventy years, when the
arrival of another expedition from the Persian Gulf led to the establishment
of a rival settlement further south. The leader of this expedition was named
ʻAlī, one of the seven sons of a certain Sultan Ḥasan of Shiraz: because his
mother was an Abyssinian, he was looked down upon with contempt by his
brothers, whose cruel treatment of him after the death of their father,
determined him to leave his native [342]land and seek a home elsewhere.
Accordingly, with his wife and children and a small body of followers, he
set sail from the island of Ormuz, and avoiding Magadaxo, whose
inhabitants belonged to a different sect, and having heard that gold was to
be found on the Zanzibar coast, he pushed on to the south and founded the
city of Kiloa, where he could maintain a position of independence and be
free from the interference of his predecessors further north. 93
In this way a number of Arab towns sprang up along the east coast from the
Gulf of Aden to the Tropic of Capricorn, on the fringe of what was called
by the mediæval Arab geographers the country of the Zanj. Whatever
efforts may have been made by the Muhammadan settlers to convert the
Zanj, no record of them seems to have survived. There is a curious story
preserved in an old collection of travels written probably in the early part of
the tenth century, which represents Islam as having been introduced among
one of these tribes by the king of it himself. An Arab trading vessel was
driven out of its course by a tempest in the year a.d. 922 and carried to the
country of the man-eating Zanj, where the crew expected certain death. On
the contrary, the king of the place received them kindly and entertained
Page 395
them hospitably for several months, while they disposed of their
merchandise on advantageous terms; but the merchants repaid his kindness
with foul treachery, by seizing him and his attendants when they came on
board to bid them farewell, and then carrying them off as slaves to Omam.
Some years later the same merchants were driven by a storm to the same
port, where they were recognised by the natives who surrounded them in
their canoes; giving themselves up for lost this time, they repeated for one
another the prayers for the dead. They were taken before the king, whom
they discovered to their surprise and confusion to be the same they had so
shamefully treated some years before. Instead, however, of taking
vengeance upon them for their treacherous conduct, he spared their lives
and allowed them to sell their goods, but rejected with scorn the rich
presents they offered. Before they left, one of the [343]party ventured to ask
the king to tell the story of his escape. He described how he had been taken
as a slave to Baṣrah and thence to Bag͟ hdād, where he was converted to
Islam and instructed in the faith; escaping from his master, he joined a
caravan of pilgrims going to Mecca, and after performing the prescribed
rites, reached Cairo and made his way up the Nile in the direction of his
own country, which he reached at length after encountering many dangers
and having been more than once enslaved. Restored once again to his
kingdom, he taught his people the faith of Islam; “and now I rejoice in that
God hath given to me and to my people the knowledge of Islam and the true
faith; to no other in the land of the Zanj hath this grace been vouchsafed;
and it is because you have been the cause of my conversion, that I pardon
you. Tell the Muslims that they may come to our country, and that we—
Muslims like themselves—will treat them as brothers.” 94
From the same source we learn that even at this early period, this coast-land
was frequented by large numbers of Arab traders, yet in spite of centuries of
intercourse with the followers of Islam, the original inhabitants of this coast
(with the exception of the Somalis) have been remarkably little influenced
by this religion. Even before the Portuguese conquests of the sixteenth
century, what few conversions had been made, seem to have been wholly
merchandise on advantageous terms; but the merchants repaid his kindness
with foul treachery, by seizing him and his attendants when they came on
board to bid them farewell, and then carrying them off as slaves to Omam.
Some years later the same merchants were driven by a storm to the same
port, where they were recognised by the natives who surrounded them in
their canoes; giving themselves up for lost this time, they repeated for one
another the prayers for the dead. They were taken before the king, whom
they discovered to their surprise and confusion to be the same they had so
shamefully treated some years before. Instead, however, of taking
vengeance upon them for their treacherous conduct, he spared their lives
and allowed them to sell their goods, but rejected with scorn the rich
presents they offered. Before they left, one of the [343]party ventured to ask
the king to tell the story of his escape. He described how he had been taken
as a slave to Baṣrah and thence to Bag͟ hdād, where he was converted to
Islam and instructed in the faith; escaping from his master, he joined a
caravan of pilgrims going to Mecca, and after performing the prescribed
rites, reached Cairo and made his way up the Nile in the direction of his
own country, which he reached at length after encountering many dangers
and having been more than once enslaved. Restored once again to his
kingdom, he taught his people the faith of Islam; “and now I rejoice in that
God hath given to me and to my people the knowledge of Islam and the true
faith; to no other in the land of the Zanj hath this grace been vouchsafed;
and it is because you have been the cause of my conversion, that I pardon
you. Tell the Muslims that they may come to our country, and that we—
Muslims like themselves—will treat them as brothers.” 94
From the same source we learn that even at this early period, this coast-land
was frequented by large numbers of Arab traders, yet in spite of centuries of
intercourse with the followers of Islam, the original inhabitants of this coast
(with the exception of the Somalis) have been remarkably little influenced
by this religion. Even before the Portuguese conquests of the sixteenth
century, what few conversions had been made, seem to have been wholly
Page 396
confined to the sea-border, and even after the decline of Portuguese
influence in this part of the world, and the restoration of Arab rule under the
Sayyids of Omam, hardly any efforts were made until the twentieth century
to spread the knowledge of Islam among the tribes of the interior, with the
exception of the Galla and Somali. As a modern traveller has said: “During
the three expeditions which I conducted in East Central Africa I saw
nothing to suggest Mohammedanism as a civilising power. Whatever living
force might be in the religion remained latent. The Arabs, or their
descendants, in these parts were not propagandists. There were no
missionaries to preach Islam, and the natives of Muscat were content that
their slaves should conform, to [344]a certain extent, to the forms of the
religion. They left the East African tribes, who indeed, in their gross
darkness, were evidently content to remain in happy ignorance. Their
inaptitude for civilisation was strikingly shown in the strange fact that five
hundred years of contact with semi-civilised people had left them without
the faintest reflection of the higher traits which characterised their
neighbours—not a single good seed during all these years had struck root
and flourished.” 95 Given up wholly to the pursuits of commerce or to slave-
hunting, the Arabs in Eastern Africa exhibited a lukewarmness in promoting
the interests of their faith, which is in striking contrast to the missionary
zeal displayed by their co-religionists in other parts of Africa.
A notable exception is the propagandist activity of the Arab traders who
were admitted into Uganda in the first half of the nineteenth century; they
probably recognised that the sturdy independence of the Baganda made
slave-raiding among them impossible, so they sought to gain their
confidence by winning them over to their own faith. Many of the Baganda
became Muhammadans during the reign of King Mutesa, but Stanley’s visit
to this monarch in 1875 led to the introduction of Christian missions in the
following year, and the power of the Muhammadans in the state declined
with the rapid increase in the numbers of the Christian converts and the
establishment of a British Protectorate. 96 But a number of Muhammadans
still hold important positions in Uganda, and it is stated that there is a
influence in this part of the world, and the restoration of Arab rule under the
Sayyids of Omam, hardly any efforts were made until the twentieth century
to spread the knowledge of Islam among the tribes of the interior, with the
exception of the Galla and Somali. As a modern traveller has said: “During
the three expeditions which I conducted in East Central Africa I saw
nothing to suggest Mohammedanism as a civilising power. Whatever living
force might be in the religion remained latent. The Arabs, or their
descendants, in these parts were not propagandists. There were no
missionaries to preach Islam, and the natives of Muscat were content that
their slaves should conform, to [344]a certain extent, to the forms of the
religion. They left the East African tribes, who indeed, in their gross
darkness, were evidently content to remain in happy ignorance. Their
inaptitude for civilisation was strikingly shown in the strange fact that five
hundred years of contact with semi-civilised people had left them without
the faintest reflection of the higher traits which characterised their
neighbours—not a single good seed during all these years had struck root
and flourished.” 95 Given up wholly to the pursuits of commerce or to slave-
hunting, the Arabs in Eastern Africa exhibited a lukewarmness in promoting
the interests of their faith, which is in striking contrast to the missionary
zeal displayed by their co-religionists in other parts of Africa.
A notable exception is the propagandist activity of the Arab traders who
were admitted into Uganda in the first half of the nineteenth century; they
probably recognised that the sturdy independence of the Baganda made
slave-raiding among them impossible, so they sought to gain their
confidence by winning them over to their own faith. Many of the Baganda
became Muhammadans during the reign of King Mutesa, but Stanley’s visit
to this monarch in 1875 led to the introduction of Christian missions in the
following year, and the power of the Muhammadans in the state declined
with the rapid increase in the numbers of the Christian converts and the
establishment of a British Protectorate. 96 But a number of Muhammadans
still hold important positions in Uganda, and it is stated that there is a
Page 397
possibility of the Eastern Province becoming Muslim. In the rich tributary
country of Busoga, to the north of Uganda, a large number of those in
authority were said, in 1906, to be Muhammadans. 97 But with this exception
Islam in East Equatorial Africa was up to the latter part of the nineteenth
century confined to the coast-lands and the immediately adjoining country.
The explanation would appear to be that it was not to the interests of the
[345]slave-dealers to spread Islam among the heathen tribes from among
whom they obtained their unhappy victims; for, once converted to Islam,
the native tribes would enter into the brotherhood of the faith and could not
be raided and carried off as slaves. 98
The suppression of the slave-trade, with the extension of European rule
over East Equatorial Africa, was followed by a remarkable expansion of
Muslim missionary activity; peace and order were established in the
interior, railways and high roads were made, and the peaceful Muslim trader
could now make his way into districts hitherto closed to him. The
administration selected its officials from among the more cultivated
Muhammadan section of the population; thousands of posts were created by
the government of German East Africa and given to Muhammadan officials,
whose influence was used to bring over whole villages to Islam. 99 The
teachers of the state schools were likewise Muhammadans, and as early as
the last decades of the nineteenth century Swahili schoolmasters were
observed to be carrying on a lively and successful mission work among the
people of Bondëi and the Wadigo (who dwell a little inland from the coast)
in German East Africa. 100 But it was in the beginning of the twentieth
century, especially after the suppression of the insurrection of 1905 in
German East Africa, that the activity of this new missionary movement
became strikingly noticeable in the interior. 101 This movement of expansion
has especially followed the railroads and the great trade routes, and has
spread right across German East Africa to its western boundary on Lake
Tanganyika, northward from Usambara to the Kilimanjaro district, and
southward to Lake Nyasa. 102 The workers in this propaganda are merchants,
especially Swahilis from the coast, soldiers and government officials. 103 The
country of Busoga, to the north of Uganda, a large number of those in
authority were said, in 1906, to be Muhammadans. 97 But with this exception
Islam in East Equatorial Africa was up to the latter part of the nineteenth
century confined to the coast-lands and the immediately adjoining country.
The explanation would appear to be that it was not to the interests of the
[345]slave-dealers to spread Islam among the heathen tribes from among
whom they obtained their unhappy victims; for, once converted to Islam,
the native tribes would enter into the brotherhood of the faith and could not
be raided and carried off as slaves. 98
The suppression of the slave-trade, with the extension of European rule
over East Equatorial Africa, was followed by a remarkable expansion of
Muslim missionary activity; peace and order were established in the
interior, railways and high roads were made, and the peaceful Muslim trader
could now make his way into districts hitherto closed to him. The
administration selected its officials from among the more cultivated
Muhammadan section of the population; thousands of posts were created by
the government of German East Africa and given to Muhammadan officials,
whose influence was used to bring over whole villages to Islam. 99 The
teachers of the state schools were likewise Muhammadans, and as early as
the last decades of the nineteenth century Swahili schoolmasters were
observed to be carrying on a lively and successful mission work among the
people of Bondëi and the Wadigo (who dwell a little inland from the coast)
in German East Africa. 100 But it was in the beginning of the twentieth
century, especially after the suppression of the insurrection of 1905 in
German East Africa, that the activity of this new missionary movement
became strikingly noticeable in the interior. 101 This movement of expansion
has especially followed the railroads and the great trade routes, and has
spread right across German East Africa to its western boundary on Lake
Tanganyika, northward from Usambara to the Kilimanjaro district, and
southward to Lake Nyasa. 102 The workers in this propaganda are merchants,
especially Swahilis from the coast, soldiers and government officials. 103 The
Page 398
acceptance of Islam is looked upon as a sign of an elevation to a higher
civilisation and social status, and the ridicule with which the pagans are
regarded by the Muhammadans is said often [346]to be a determining factor
in their conversion. 104 An instance of the operation of this feeling may be
taken from West Usambara, which was said in 1891 to be still closed to
Islam; the feeling of both chiefs and people was hostile to the
Muhammadans, who were hated and feared as slave-dealers; but when the
days of the slave-trade were over and an ordered administration was
established, the first native officials appointed were almost entirely
Muhammadans; they impressed upon the chiefs and other notables who
came in touch with them that it was the correct thing for those who moved
in official circles to be Muhammadans, and thereby achieved the conversion
of some of the greater chiefs, who afterwards exercised a similar influence
on chiefs of an inferior degree. 105 There seems to be little evidence of the
activity of professional missionaries or of any of the religious orders, but
there are not wanting evidences of systematic efforts, such as those of a
Muslim teacher, who is reported to have regularly visited a district in the
Kilimanjaro country every week for five months, preaching the faith of
Islam; his ministrations were welcomed by the people, whom he entertained
with feasts of rice, etc. 106 In this zealous propaganda it is noticeable that the
preachers of Islam do not confine their attention to pagans only, but seek
also to win converts from among the native Christians. 107
Islam made its way into Nyasaland also from the East Coast, having been
introduced by the slave-raiding Arabs and their allies the Yaos, whose
ancestors came from near the East Coast where they had long since
accepted Islam. It is said that an Arab is now seldom seen in Nyasaland, but
the Yaos constitute one of the most powerful native tribes in Nyasaland, and
look upon Islam as their national faith. Though there appears to be no
organised propaganda, Islam has spread very rapidly during the first decade
of the twentieth century, and that among some of the most intelligent tribes
in the country. 108
civilisation and social status, and the ridicule with which the pagans are
regarded by the Muhammadans is said often [346]to be a determining factor
in their conversion. 104 An instance of the operation of this feeling may be
taken from West Usambara, which was said in 1891 to be still closed to
Islam; the feeling of both chiefs and people was hostile to the
Muhammadans, who were hated and feared as slave-dealers; but when the
days of the slave-trade were over and an ordered administration was
established, the first native officials appointed were almost entirely
Muhammadans; they impressed upon the chiefs and other notables who
came in touch with them that it was the correct thing for those who moved
in official circles to be Muhammadans, and thereby achieved the conversion
of some of the greater chiefs, who afterwards exercised a similar influence
on chiefs of an inferior degree. 105 There seems to be little evidence of the
activity of professional missionaries or of any of the religious orders, but
there are not wanting evidences of systematic efforts, such as those of a
Muslim teacher, who is reported to have regularly visited a district in the
Kilimanjaro country every week for five months, preaching the faith of
Islam; his ministrations were welcomed by the people, whom he entertained
with feasts of rice, etc. 106 In this zealous propaganda it is noticeable that the
preachers of Islam do not confine their attention to pagans only, but seek
also to win converts from among the native Christians. 107
Islam made its way into Nyasaland also from the East Coast, having been
introduced by the slave-raiding Arabs and their allies the Yaos, whose
ancestors came from near the East Coast where they had long since
accepted Islam. It is said that an Arab is now seldom seen in Nyasaland, but
the Yaos constitute one of the most powerful native tribes in Nyasaland, and
look upon Islam as their national faith. Though there appears to be no
organised propaganda, Islam has spread very rapidly during the first decade
of the twentieth century, and that among some of the most intelligent tribes
in the country. 108
Page 399
Islam has achieved a similar success among the Galla and the Somali.
Mention has already been made of the Galla [347]settlements in Abyssinia;
these immigrants, who are divided into seven principal clans, with the
generic name of Wollo-Galla, were probably all heathen at the time of their
incursion into the country, 109 and a large part of them remain so to the
present day. After settling in Abyssinia they soon became naturalised there,
and in many instances adopted the language, manners and customs of the
original inhabitants of the country. 110
The story of their conversion is obscure: while some of them are said to
have been forcibly baptised into the Christian faith, the absence of any
political power in the hands of the Muhammadans precludes the possibility
of any converts to Islam having been made in a similar fashion. In the
eighteenth century, those in the south were said to be mostly
Muhammadans, those to the east and west chiefly pagans. 111 More recent
information points to a further increase in the number of the followers of
the Prophet, and in 1867 Munzinger prophesied that in a short time all the
Galla tribes would be Muhammadan, 112 and as they were said to be “very
fanatical,” we may presume that they were by no means half-hearted or
lukewarm in their adherence to this religion. 113
The Galla freedman whom Doughty met at Khaybar certainly exhibited a
remarkable degree of zeal for his own faith. He had been carried off from
his home when a child and sold as a slave in Jiddah; when Doughty asked
him whether no anger was left in his heart against those who had stolen him
and sold his life to servitude in the ends of the earth, “Yet one thing,” he
answered, “has recompensed me,—that I remained not in ignorance with
the heathen!—Oh, the wonderful providence of Ullah! whereby [348]I am
come to this country of the Apostle, and to the knowledge of the
religion!” 114 “Oh! what sweetness is there in believing! Trust me, dear
comrade, it is a thing above that which any heart may speak; and would
God thou wert come to this (heavenly) knowledge; but the Lord will surely
have a care of thee, that thou shouldst not perish without the religion. Ay,
Mention has already been made of the Galla [347]settlements in Abyssinia;
these immigrants, who are divided into seven principal clans, with the
generic name of Wollo-Galla, were probably all heathen at the time of their
incursion into the country, 109 and a large part of them remain so to the
present day. After settling in Abyssinia they soon became naturalised there,
and in many instances adopted the language, manners and customs of the
original inhabitants of the country. 110
The story of their conversion is obscure: while some of them are said to
have been forcibly baptised into the Christian faith, the absence of any
political power in the hands of the Muhammadans precludes the possibility
of any converts to Islam having been made in a similar fashion. In the
eighteenth century, those in the south were said to be mostly
Muhammadans, those to the east and west chiefly pagans. 111 More recent
information points to a further increase in the number of the followers of
the Prophet, and in 1867 Munzinger prophesied that in a short time all the
Galla tribes would be Muhammadan, 112 and as they were said to be “very
fanatical,” we may presume that they were by no means half-hearted or
lukewarm in their adherence to this religion. 113
The Galla freedman whom Doughty met at Khaybar certainly exhibited a
remarkable degree of zeal for his own faith. He had been carried off from
his home when a child and sold as a slave in Jiddah; when Doughty asked
him whether no anger was left in his heart against those who had stolen him
and sold his life to servitude in the ends of the earth, “Yet one thing,” he
answered, “has recompensed me,—that I remained not in ignorance with
the heathen!—Oh, the wonderful providence of Ullah! whereby [348]I am
come to this country of the Apostle, and to the knowledge of the
religion!” 114 “Oh! what sweetness is there in believing! Trust me, dear
comrade, it is a thing above that which any heart may speak; and would
God thou wert come to this (heavenly) knowledge; but the Lord will surely
have a care of thee, that thou shouldst not perish without the religion. Ay,
Page 400
how good a thing it were to see thee a Moslem, and become one with us;
but I know that the time is in God’s hand: the Lord’s will be done.” 115
Among the Galla tribes of the true Galla country, the population is partly
Muhammadan (some tribes having been converted about 1500) 116 and partly
heathen, with the exception of those tribes immediately bordering on
Abyssinia who in the latter part of the nineteenth century were forced by the
king of that country to accept Christianity. 117 Among the mountains, the
Muhammadans are in a minority, but on the plains the missionaries of Islam
have met with striking success, and their teaching found a rapidly
increasing acceptance during the last century. Antonio Cecchi, who visited
the petty kingdom of Limmu in 1878, gives an account of the conversion of
Abba Baghibò, 118 the father of the then reigning chieftain, by
Muhammadans who for some years had been pushing their proselytising
efforts in this country in the guise of traders. His example was followed by
the chiefs of the neighbouring Galla kingdoms and by the officers of their
courts; part of the common people also were won over to the new faith, and
it continued to make progress among them, but the greater part cling firmly
to their ancient cult. 119 These traders received a ready welcome at the courts
of the Galla chiefs, inasmuch as they found them a market for the
commercial products of the country and imported objects of foreign
manufacture in exchange. As they made their journeys to the coast once a
year only, or [349]even once in two years, and lived all the rest of the time in
the Galla country, they had plenty of opportunities, which they knew well
how to avail themselves of, for the work of propagating Islam, and
wherever they set their foot they were sure in a short space of time to gain a
large number of proselytes. 120 Islam here came in conflict with Christian
missionaries from Europe, whose efforts, though winning for Christianity a
few converts, have been crowned with very little success, 121—even the
converts of Cardinal Massaja (after he was expelled from these parts) either
embraced Islam or ended by believing neither in Christ nor in Allāh, 122—
whereas the Muslim missionaries achieved a continuous success, and
pushed their way far to the south, and crossed the Wābi river. 123 The
but I know that the time is in God’s hand: the Lord’s will be done.” 115
Among the Galla tribes of the true Galla country, the population is partly
Muhammadan (some tribes having been converted about 1500) 116 and partly
heathen, with the exception of those tribes immediately bordering on
Abyssinia who in the latter part of the nineteenth century were forced by the
king of that country to accept Christianity. 117 Among the mountains, the
Muhammadans are in a minority, but on the plains the missionaries of Islam
have met with striking success, and their teaching found a rapidly
increasing acceptance during the last century. Antonio Cecchi, who visited
the petty kingdom of Limmu in 1878, gives an account of the conversion of
Abba Baghibò, 118 the father of the then reigning chieftain, by
Muhammadans who for some years had been pushing their proselytising
efforts in this country in the guise of traders. His example was followed by
the chiefs of the neighbouring Galla kingdoms and by the officers of their
courts; part of the common people also were won over to the new faith, and
it continued to make progress among them, but the greater part cling firmly
to their ancient cult. 119 These traders received a ready welcome at the courts
of the Galla chiefs, inasmuch as they found them a market for the
commercial products of the country and imported objects of foreign
manufacture in exchange. As they made their journeys to the coast once a
year only, or [349]even once in two years, and lived all the rest of the time in
the Galla country, they had plenty of opportunities, which they knew well
how to avail themselves of, for the work of propagating Islam, and
wherever they set their foot they were sure in a short space of time to gain a
large number of proselytes. 120 Islam here came in conflict with Christian
missionaries from Europe, whose efforts, though winning for Christianity a
few converts, have been crowned with very little success, 121—even the
converts of Cardinal Massaja (after he was expelled from these parts) either
embraced Islam or ended by believing neither in Christ nor in Allāh, 122—
whereas the Muslim missionaries achieved a continuous success, and
pushed their way far to the south, and crossed the Wābi river. 123 The
Page 401
majority of the Galla tribes dwelling in the west of the Galla country were
still heathen towards the end of the nineteenth century, but among the most
westerly of them, viz. the Lega, 124 the old nature worship appeared to be on
the decline and the growing influence of the Muslim missionaries made it
probable that within a few years the Lega would all have entered into the
pale of Islam. 125
The North-East Africa of the present day presents indeed the spectacle of a
remarkably energetic and zealous missionary activity on the part of the
Muhammadans. Several hundreds of missionaries come from Arabia every
year, and they have been even more successful in their labours among the
Somali than among the Galla. 126 The close proximity of the Somali country
to Arabia must have caused it very early to have been the scene of
Muhammadan missionary labours, but of these unfortunately little record
seems to have survived. The people of Zaylaʻ were said by Ibn Ḥawqal 127 in
the second half of the ninth century to be Christians, but in the first half of
the fourteenth century [350]Abu’l-Fidā speaks of them as being
Musalmans. 128 The new faith was probably brought across the sea by Arab
merchants or refugees. The Somalis of the north have a tradition of a certain
Arab of noble birth who, compelled to flee his own country, crossed the sea
to Adel, where he preached the faith of Islam among their forefathers. 129 In
the fifteenth century a band of forty-four Arabs came as missionaries from
Ḥaḍramawt, landing at Berberah on the Red Sea, and thence dispersed over
the Somali country to preach Islam. One of them, Shayk͟ h Ibrāhīm Abū
Zarbay, made his way to the city of Harar about A.D. 1430, and gained
many converts there, and his tomb is still honoured in that city. A hill near
Berberah is still called the Mount of Saints in memory of these
missionaries, who are said to have sat there in solemn conclave before
scattering far and wide to the work of conversion. 130 Islam gradually
became predominant throughout the whole of North-East Africa, but the
growing power of the Emperor Menelik and his occupation of Harar in
1886 resulted in a certain number of conversions to Christianity. 131
still heathen towards the end of the nineteenth century, but among the most
westerly of them, viz. the Lega, 124 the old nature worship appeared to be on
the decline and the growing influence of the Muslim missionaries made it
probable that within a few years the Lega would all have entered into the
pale of Islam. 125
The North-East Africa of the present day presents indeed the spectacle of a
remarkably energetic and zealous missionary activity on the part of the
Muhammadans. Several hundreds of missionaries come from Arabia every
year, and they have been even more successful in their labours among the
Somali than among the Galla. 126 The close proximity of the Somali country
to Arabia must have caused it very early to have been the scene of
Muhammadan missionary labours, but of these unfortunately little record
seems to have survived. The people of Zaylaʻ were said by Ibn Ḥawqal 127 in
the second half of the ninth century to be Christians, but in the first half of
the fourteenth century [350]Abu’l-Fidā speaks of them as being
Musalmans. 128 The new faith was probably brought across the sea by Arab
merchants or refugees. The Somalis of the north have a tradition of a certain
Arab of noble birth who, compelled to flee his own country, crossed the sea
to Adel, where he preached the faith of Islam among their forefathers. 129 In
the fifteenth century a band of forty-four Arabs came as missionaries from
Ḥaḍramawt, landing at Berberah on the Red Sea, and thence dispersed over
the Somali country to preach Islam. One of them, Shayk͟ h Ibrāhīm Abū
Zarbay, made his way to the city of Harar about A.D. 1430, and gained
many converts there, and his tomb is still honoured in that city. A hill near
Berberah is still called the Mount of Saints in memory of these
missionaries, who are said to have sat there in solemn conclave before
scattering far and wide to the work of conversion. 130 Islam gradually
became predominant throughout the whole of North-East Africa, but the
growing power of the Emperor Menelik and his occupation of Harar in
1886 resulted in a certain number of conversions to Christianity. 131
Page 402
In order to complete this survey of Islam in Africa, it remains only to draw
attention to the fact that this religion has also made its entrance into the
extreme south of this continent, viz. in Cape Colony. These Muhammadans
of the Cape are descendants of Malays, who were brought here by the
Dutch 132 either in the seventeenth or eighteenth century; 133 they speak a
corrupt form of the Boer dialect, with a considerable admixture of Arabic,
and some English and Malay words. A curious little book published in this
[351]dialect and written in Arabic characters was published in
Constantinople in 1877 by the Turkish minister of education, to serve as a
handbook of the principles of the Muslim faith. 134 The thoroughly Dutch
names that some of them bear, and the type of face observable in many of
them, point to the probability that they have at some time received into their
community some persons of Dutch birth, or at least that they have in their
veins a considerable admixture of Dutch blood. They have also gained some
converts from among the Hottentots. Very little notice has been taken of
them by European travellers, 135 or even by their co-religionists until
recently. In 1819 Colebrooke had drawn attention to the growth of Islam in
some interesting notes he wrote on the Cape Colony: “Mohammedanism is
said to be gaining ground among the slaves and free people of colour at the
Cape; that is to say, more converts among negroes and blacks of every
description are made from Paganism to the Musleman, than to the Christian
religion, notwithstanding the zealous exertions of pious missionaries. One
cause of this perversion is asserted to be a marked disinclination of slave
owners to allow their slaves to be baptized; arising from some erroneous
notions or over-charged apprehensions of the rights which a baptized slave
acquires. Slaves are certainly impressed with the idea that such a
disinclination subsists, and it is not an unfrequent answer of a slave, when
asked his motives for turning Musleman, that ‘some religion he must have,
and he is not allowed to turn Christian.’ Prejudices in this respect are
wearing away; and less discouragement is now given to the conversion of
slaves than heretofore. Masters, it is affirmed, begin to find that their slaves
serve not the worse for instruction received in religious duties. Missionaries
who devote themselves especially to the religious instruction of slaves (and
attention to the fact that this religion has also made its entrance into the
extreme south of this continent, viz. in Cape Colony. These Muhammadans
of the Cape are descendants of Malays, who were brought here by the
Dutch 132 either in the seventeenth or eighteenth century; 133 they speak a
corrupt form of the Boer dialect, with a considerable admixture of Arabic,
and some English and Malay words. A curious little book published in this
[351]dialect and written in Arabic characters was published in
Constantinople in 1877 by the Turkish minister of education, to serve as a
handbook of the principles of the Muslim faith. 134 The thoroughly Dutch
names that some of them bear, and the type of face observable in many of
them, point to the probability that they have at some time received into their
community some persons of Dutch birth, or at least that they have in their
veins a considerable admixture of Dutch blood. They have also gained some
converts from among the Hottentots. Very little notice has been taken of
them by European travellers, 135 or even by their co-religionists until
recently. In 1819 Colebrooke had drawn attention to the growth of Islam in
some interesting notes he wrote on the Cape Colony: “Mohammedanism is
said to be gaining ground among the slaves and free people of colour at the
Cape; that is to say, more converts among negroes and blacks of every
description are made from Paganism to the Musleman, than to the Christian
religion, notwithstanding the zealous exertions of pious missionaries. One
cause of this perversion is asserted to be a marked disinclination of slave
owners to allow their slaves to be baptized; arising from some erroneous
notions or over-charged apprehensions of the rights which a baptized slave
acquires. Slaves are certainly impressed with the idea that such a
disinclination subsists, and it is not an unfrequent answer of a slave, when
asked his motives for turning Musleman, that ‘some religion he must have,
and he is not allowed to turn Christian.’ Prejudices in this respect are
wearing away; and less discouragement is now given to the conversion of
slaves than heretofore. Masters, it is affirmed, begin to find that their slaves
serve not the worse for instruction received in religious duties. Missionaries
who devote themselves especially to the religious instruction of slaves (and
Page 403
there is one in each of the principal towns) have increasing congregations,
and hope that their labours are not unfruitful. But the [352]Musleman priest,
with less exertion, has a greater flock.” 136 During the last fifty years the
Muhammadans in Cape Colony have been visited by some zealous co-
religionists from other countries, and more attention is now paid by them to
education, and a deeper religious life has been stirred up among them, and
they are said to carry on a zealous propaganda, especially among the
coloured people at the Cape and to achieve a certain success. 137 This
proselytising movement is especially strong in the western part of Cape
Colony. It is said that there is a movement on foot for the founding of a
college at Claremont, in the vicinity of Cape Town, which shall become a
centre for the propagation of Islam. One of the methods at present
employed is the adoption of neglected or abandoned children, who are
brought up in the Muslim faith. 138 Every year some of them make the
pilgrimage to Mecca, where a special Shayk͟ h has been appointed to look
after them. 139 The Indian coolies that come to work in the diamond fields of
South Africa are also said to be propagandists of Islam. 140
On account of its isolated position, 220 to 540 miles from the mainland, the
island of Madagascar calls for separate mention. The only tribe that has
adopted Islam is that of the Antaimorona, occupying a part of the south-east
coast; they undoubtedly owed their conversion to missionaries from Arabia,
but the date at which this change of faith took place is entirely unknown;
tradition would carry it back to the very days of Muḥammad himself, but it
is not until the sixteenth century that we get, in the works of Italian and
Portuguese geographers, authentic mention of Muhammadans on the
island. 141
From the historical sketch given above it may be seen that peaceful
methods have largely characterised the Muhammadan missionary
movement in Africa, and though Islam [353]has often taken the sword as an
instrument to further its spiritual conquests, such an appeal to violence and
bloodshed has in most cases been preceded by the peaceful efforts of the
and hope that their labours are not unfruitful. But the [352]Musleman priest,
with less exertion, has a greater flock.” 136 During the last fifty years the
Muhammadans in Cape Colony have been visited by some zealous co-
religionists from other countries, and more attention is now paid by them to
education, and a deeper religious life has been stirred up among them, and
they are said to carry on a zealous propaganda, especially among the
coloured people at the Cape and to achieve a certain success. 137 This
proselytising movement is especially strong in the western part of Cape
Colony. It is said that there is a movement on foot for the founding of a
college at Claremont, in the vicinity of Cape Town, which shall become a
centre for the propagation of Islam. One of the methods at present
employed is the adoption of neglected or abandoned children, who are
brought up in the Muslim faith. 138 Every year some of them make the
pilgrimage to Mecca, where a special Shayk͟ h has been appointed to look
after them. 139 The Indian coolies that come to work in the diamond fields of
South Africa are also said to be propagandists of Islam. 140
On account of its isolated position, 220 to 540 miles from the mainland, the
island of Madagascar calls for separate mention. The only tribe that has
adopted Islam is that of the Antaimorona, occupying a part of the south-east
coast; they undoubtedly owed their conversion to missionaries from Arabia,
but the date at which this change of faith took place is entirely unknown;
tradition would carry it back to the very days of Muḥammad himself, but it
is not until the sixteenth century that we get, in the works of Italian and
Portuguese geographers, authentic mention of Muhammadans on the
island. 141
From the historical sketch given above it may be seen that peaceful
methods have largely characterised the Muhammadan missionary
movement in Africa, and though Islam [353]has often taken the sword as an
instrument to further its spiritual conquests, such an appeal to violence and
bloodshed has in most cases been preceded by the peaceful efforts of the
Page 404
missionary, and the preacher has followed the conqueror to complete the
imperfect work of conversion. It is true that the success of Islam has been
very largely facilitated in many parts of Africa by the worldly successes of
Muhammadan adventurers, and the erection of Muhammadan states on the
ruins of pagan kingdoms, and fire and bloodshed have often marked the
course of a Jihād, projected for the extermination of the infidel. The words
of the young Arab from Bornu whom Captain Burton 142 met in the palace of
the King of Abeokuta doubtless express the aspirations of many an African
Muhammadan: “Give those guns and powder to us, and we will soon
Islamise these dogs”: and they find an echo in the message that Mungo
Park 143 gives us as having been sent by the Muslim King of Futah Toro to
his pagan neighbour: “With this knife Abdulkader will condescend to shave
the head of Damel, if Damel will embrace the Mahommedan faith; and with
this other knife Abdulkader will cut the throat of Damel, if Damel refuses to
embrace it; take your choice.”
But much as Islam may have owed to the martial prowess of such fanatics
as these, there is the overwhelming testimony of travellers and others to the
peaceful missionary preaching, and quiet and persistent labours of the
Muslim propagandist, which have done more for the rapid spread of Islam
in modern Africa than any violent measures: by the latter its opponents may
indeed have been exterminated, but by the former chiefly, have its converts
been made, and the work of conversion may still be observed in progress in
many regions of the coast and the interior. 144 Wherever Islam has made its
way, there is the Muhammadan missionary to be found bearing witness to
its doctrines,—the trader, be he Arab, Pul or Mandingo, who combines
proselytism with the sale of his merchandise, and whose very profession
brings him into close and immediate contact with those he would convert,
[354]and disarms any possible suspicion of sinister motives; such a man
when he enters a pagan village soon attracts attention by his frequent
ablutions and regularly recurring times of prayer and prostration, in which
he appears to be conversing with some invisible being, and by his very
assumption of intellectual and moral superiority, commands the respect and
imperfect work of conversion. It is true that the success of Islam has been
very largely facilitated in many parts of Africa by the worldly successes of
Muhammadan adventurers, and the erection of Muhammadan states on the
ruins of pagan kingdoms, and fire and bloodshed have often marked the
course of a Jihād, projected for the extermination of the infidel. The words
of the young Arab from Bornu whom Captain Burton 142 met in the palace of
the King of Abeokuta doubtless express the aspirations of many an African
Muhammadan: “Give those guns and powder to us, and we will soon
Islamise these dogs”: and they find an echo in the message that Mungo
Park 143 gives us as having been sent by the Muslim King of Futah Toro to
his pagan neighbour: “With this knife Abdulkader will condescend to shave
the head of Damel, if Damel will embrace the Mahommedan faith; and with
this other knife Abdulkader will cut the throat of Damel, if Damel refuses to
embrace it; take your choice.”
But much as Islam may have owed to the martial prowess of such fanatics
as these, there is the overwhelming testimony of travellers and others to the
peaceful missionary preaching, and quiet and persistent labours of the
Muslim propagandist, which have done more for the rapid spread of Islam
in modern Africa than any violent measures: by the latter its opponents may
indeed have been exterminated, but by the former chiefly, have its converts
been made, and the work of conversion may still be observed in progress in
many regions of the coast and the interior. 144 Wherever Islam has made its
way, there is the Muhammadan missionary to be found bearing witness to
its doctrines,—the trader, be he Arab, Pul or Mandingo, who combines
proselytism with the sale of his merchandise, and whose very profession
brings him into close and immediate contact with those he would convert,
[354]and disarms any possible suspicion of sinister motives; such a man
when he enters a pagan village soon attracts attention by his frequent
ablutions and regularly recurring times of prayer and prostration, in which
he appears to be conversing with some invisible being, and by his very
assumption of intellectual and moral superiority, commands the respect and
Page 405
confidence of the heathen people, to whom at the same time he shows
himself ready and willing to communicate his high privileges and
knowledge;—the ḥājī or pilgrim who has returned from Mecca full of
enthusiasm for the spread of the faith, to which he devotes his whole
energies, wandering about from place to place, supported by the alms of the
faithful who bear witness to the truth in the midst of their pagan neighbours;
—the student who, in consequence of his knowledge of Islamic theology
and law, receives honour as a man of learning: sometimes, too, he practises
medicine, or at least he is in great requisition as a writer of charms, texts
from the Qurʼān, which are sewn up in pieces of leather or cloth and tied on
the arms, or round the neck, and which he can turn to account as a means of
adding to the number of his converts: for instance, when childless women
or those who have lost their children in infancy, apply for these charms, as a
condition of success the obligation is always imposed upon them of
bringing up their future children as Muhammadans. 145 These religious
teachers, or marabouts, or alūfas as they are variously termed, are held in
the highest estimation. In some tribes of Western Africa every village
contains a lodge for their reception, and they are treated with the utmost
deference and respect: in Darfur they hold the highest rank after those who
fill the offices of government: among the Mandingos they rank still higher,
and receive honour next to the king, the subordinate chiefs being regarded
as their inferiors in point of dignity: in those states in which the Qurʼān is
made the rule of government in all civil matters, their services are in great
demand, in order to interpret its meaning. So sacred are the persons of these
teachers esteemed, that they pass without molestation through the countries
of chiefs, not [355]only hostile to each other, but engaged in actual warfare.
Such deference is not only paid to them in Muhammadan countries, but also
in the pagan villages in which they establish their schools, where the people
respect them as the instructors of their children, and look upon them as the
medium between themselves and Heaven, either for securing a supply of
their necessities, or for warding off or removing calamities. 146 Many of
these teachers have studied in the mosques of Qayrwān, Fas, Tripoli 147 and
other centres of Muslim learning; but especially in the mosque of al-Azhar
himself ready and willing to communicate his high privileges and
knowledge;—the ḥājī or pilgrim who has returned from Mecca full of
enthusiasm for the spread of the faith, to which he devotes his whole
energies, wandering about from place to place, supported by the alms of the
faithful who bear witness to the truth in the midst of their pagan neighbours;
—the student who, in consequence of his knowledge of Islamic theology
and law, receives honour as a man of learning: sometimes, too, he practises
medicine, or at least he is in great requisition as a writer of charms, texts
from the Qurʼān, which are sewn up in pieces of leather or cloth and tied on
the arms, or round the neck, and which he can turn to account as a means of
adding to the number of his converts: for instance, when childless women
or those who have lost their children in infancy, apply for these charms, as a
condition of success the obligation is always imposed upon them of
bringing up their future children as Muhammadans. 145 These religious
teachers, or marabouts, or alūfas as they are variously termed, are held in
the highest estimation. In some tribes of Western Africa every village
contains a lodge for their reception, and they are treated with the utmost
deference and respect: in Darfur they hold the highest rank after those who
fill the offices of government: among the Mandingos they rank still higher,
and receive honour next to the king, the subordinate chiefs being regarded
as their inferiors in point of dignity: in those states in which the Qurʼān is
made the rule of government in all civil matters, their services are in great
demand, in order to interpret its meaning. So sacred are the persons of these
teachers esteemed, that they pass without molestation through the countries
of chiefs, not [355]only hostile to each other, but engaged in actual warfare.
Such deference is not only paid to them in Muhammadan countries, but also
in the pagan villages in which they establish their schools, where the people
respect them as the instructors of their children, and look upon them as the
medium between themselves and Heaven, either for securing a supply of
their necessities, or for warding off or removing calamities. 146 Many of
these teachers have studied in the mosques of Qayrwān, Fas, Tripoli 147 and
other centres of Muslim learning; but especially in the mosque of al-Azhar
Page 406
in Cairo. Students flock to it from all parts of the Muslim world, and among
them is often to be found a contingent from Negro Africa,—students from
Darfur, Wadai and Bornu, and some who even make their way on foot from
the far distant West Coast; when they have finished their courses of study in
Muslim theology and jurisprudence, there are many of them who become
missionaries among the heathen population of their native land. Schools are
established by these missionaries in the towns they visit, which are
frequented by the pagan as well as the Muslim children. They are taught to
read the Qurʼān, and instructed in the doctrines and ceremonies of Islam.
Having thus gained a footing, the Muhammadan missionary, by his superior
knowledge and attainments, is not slow to obtain great influence over the
people among whom he has come to live. In this he is aided by the fact that
his habits and manner of life are similar in many respects to their own, nor
is he looked upon with suspicion, inasmuch as the trader has already
prepared the way for him; and by intermarriage with the natives, being thus
received into their social system, his influence becomes firmly rooted and
permanent, and so in the most natural manner he gradually causes the
knowledge of Islam to spread among them.
His propagandist efforts are further facilitated by the fact that the deism
which forms the background of the religious consciousness of many fetish-
worshippers may pass by an easy transition into the theism of Islam,
together with some [356]other aspects of their theology, while their general
outlook upon life and several of their religious institutions are capable of
taking on a Muslim colouring and of being transferred to the new system of
faith without undergoing much modification. 148
The arrival of the Muhammadan in a pagan country is also the beginning of
the opening up of a more extensive trade, and of communication with great
Muhammadan trading centres such as Jenne, Segu or Kano, and a share in
the advantages of this material civilisation is offered, together with the
religion of the Prophet. Thus “among the uncivilised negro tribes the
missionary may be always sure of a ready audience: he can not only give
them is often to be found a contingent from Negro Africa,—students from
Darfur, Wadai and Bornu, and some who even make their way on foot from
the far distant West Coast; when they have finished their courses of study in
Muslim theology and jurisprudence, there are many of them who become
missionaries among the heathen population of their native land. Schools are
established by these missionaries in the towns they visit, which are
frequented by the pagan as well as the Muslim children. They are taught to
read the Qurʼān, and instructed in the doctrines and ceremonies of Islam.
Having thus gained a footing, the Muhammadan missionary, by his superior
knowledge and attainments, is not slow to obtain great influence over the
people among whom he has come to live. In this he is aided by the fact that
his habits and manner of life are similar in many respects to their own, nor
is he looked upon with suspicion, inasmuch as the trader has already
prepared the way for him; and by intermarriage with the natives, being thus
received into their social system, his influence becomes firmly rooted and
permanent, and so in the most natural manner he gradually causes the
knowledge of Islam to spread among them.
His propagandist efforts are further facilitated by the fact that the deism
which forms the background of the religious consciousness of many fetish-
worshippers may pass by an easy transition into the theism of Islam,
together with some [356]other aspects of their theology, while their general
outlook upon life and several of their religious institutions are capable of
taking on a Muslim colouring and of being transferred to the new system of
faith without undergoing much modification. 148
The arrival of the Muhammadan in a pagan country is also the beginning of
the opening up of a more extensive trade, and of communication with great
Muhammadan trading centres such as Jenne, Segu or Kano, and a share in
the advantages of this material civilisation is offered, together with the
religion of the Prophet. Thus “among the uncivilised negro tribes the
missionary may be always sure of a ready audience: he can not only give
Page 407
them many truths regarding God and man which make their way to the
heart and elevate the intellect, but he can at once communicate the
Shibboleth of admission to a social and political communion, which is a
passport for protection and assistance from the Atlantic to the Wall of
China. Wherever a Moslem house can be found there the negro convert who
can repeat the dozen syllables of his creed, is sure of shelter, sustenance and
advice, and in his own country he finds himself at once a member of an
influential, if not of a dominant caste. This seems the real secret of the
success of the Moslem missionaries in West Africa. It is great and rapid as
regards numbers, for the simple reason that the Moslem missionary, from
the very first profession of the convert’s belief, acts practically on those
principles regarding the equality and brotherhood of all believers before
God, which Islam shares with Christianity; and he does this, as a general
rule, more speedily and decidedly than the Christian missionary, who
generally feels bound to require good evidence of a converted heart before
he gives the right hand of Christian fellowship, and who has always to
contend with race prejudices not likely to die out in a single generation
where the white Christian has for generations been known as master, and
the black heathen as slave.” 149
It is important, too, to note that neither his colour nor [357]his race in any
way prejudice the Negro in the eyes of his new co-religionists. The progress
of Islam in Negritia has no doubt been materially advanced by this absence
of any feeling of repulsion towards the Negro—indeed Islam seems never
to have treated the Negro as an inferior, as has been unhappily too often the
case in Christendom. 150
This consideration goes partly to explain the success of Muslim as
contrasted with Christian missions among the Negro peoples. It has
frequently been pointed out that the Negro convert to Christianity is apt to
feel that his European co-religionists belong to a stratum of civilisation
alien to his own habits of life, whereas he feels himself to be more at home
in a Muslim society. This has been well stated by a modern observer, in the
heart and elevate the intellect, but he can at once communicate the
Shibboleth of admission to a social and political communion, which is a
passport for protection and assistance from the Atlantic to the Wall of
China. Wherever a Moslem house can be found there the negro convert who
can repeat the dozen syllables of his creed, is sure of shelter, sustenance and
advice, and in his own country he finds himself at once a member of an
influential, if not of a dominant caste. This seems the real secret of the
success of the Moslem missionaries in West Africa. It is great and rapid as
regards numbers, for the simple reason that the Moslem missionary, from
the very first profession of the convert’s belief, acts practically on those
principles regarding the equality and brotherhood of all believers before
God, which Islam shares with Christianity; and he does this, as a general
rule, more speedily and decidedly than the Christian missionary, who
generally feels bound to require good evidence of a converted heart before
he gives the right hand of Christian fellowship, and who has always to
contend with race prejudices not likely to die out in a single generation
where the white Christian has for generations been known as master, and
the black heathen as slave.” 149
It is important, too, to note that neither his colour nor [357]his race in any
way prejudice the Negro in the eyes of his new co-religionists. The progress
of Islam in Negritia has no doubt been materially advanced by this absence
of any feeling of repulsion towards the Negro—indeed Islam seems never
to have treated the Negro as an inferior, as has been unhappily too often the
case in Christendom. 150
This consideration goes partly to explain the success of Muslim as
contrasted with Christian missions among the Negro peoples. It has
frequently been pointed out that the Negro convert to Christianity is apt to
feel that his European co-religionists belong to a stratum of civilisation
alien to his own habits of life, whereas he feels himself to be more at home
in a Muslim society. This has been well stated by a modern observer, in the
Page 408
following passage:—“Islam, despite its shortcomings, does not, from the
Nigerian point of view, demand race suicide of the Nigerian as an
accompaniment of conversion. It does not stipulate revolutionary changes
in social life, impossible at the present stage of Nigerian development; nor
does it undermine family or communal authority. Between the converter
and converted there is no abyss. Both are equal, not in theory, but in
practice, before God. Both are African; sons of the soil. The doctrine of the
brotherhood of man is carried out in practice. Conversion does not mean for
the converted [358]a break with his interests, his family, his social life, his
respect for the authority of his natural rulers.… No one can fail to be
impressed with the carriage, the dignity of the Nigerian—indeed of the
West African—Mohammedan; the whole bearing of the man suggests a
consciousness of citizenship, a pride of race which seems to say: ‘We are
different, thou and I, but we are men.’ The spread of Islam in Southern
Nigeria which we are witnessing to-day is mainly social in its action. It
brings to those with whom it comes in contact a higher status, a loftier
conception of man’s place in the universe around him, release from the
thraldom of a thousand superstitious fears.” 151
According to Muhammadan tradition Moses was a black man, as may be
seen from the following passages in the Qurʼān. “Now draw thy hand close
to thy side: it shall come forth white, but unhurt:—another sign!” (xx. 23).
“Then drew he forth his hand, and lo! it was white to the beholders. The
nobles of Pharaoh’s people said: ‘Verily this is an expert enchanter’ ” (vii.
105–6). The following story also, handed down to us from the golden
period of the ʻAbbāsid dynasty, is interesting as evidence of Muhammadan
feeling with regard to the Negro. Ibrāhīm, a brother of Hārūn al-Rashīd and
the son of a negress, had proclaimed himself Caliph at Bag͟ hdād, but was
defeated and forgiven by al-Maʼmūn, who was then reigning (a.d. 819). He
thus describes his interview with the Caliph:—“Al-Maʼmūn said to me on
my going to see him after having obtained pardon: ‘Is it thou who art the
Negro k͟ halīfah?’ to which I replied:—‘Commander of the faithful! I am he
whom thou hast deigned to pardon; and it has been said by the slave of
Nigerian point of view, demand race suicide of the Nigerian as an
accompaniment of conversion. It does not stipulate revolutionary changes
in social life, impossible at the present stage of Nigerian development; nor
does it undermine family or communal authority. Between the converter
and converted there is no abyss. Both are equal, not in theory, but in
practice, before God. Both are African; sons of the soil. The doctrine of the
brotherhood of man is carried out in practice. Conversion does not mean for
the converted [358]a break with his interests, his family, his social life, his
respect for the authority of his natural rulers.… No one can fail to be
impressed with the carriage, the dignity of the Nigerian—indeed of the
West African—Mohammedan; the whole bearing of the man suggests a
consciousness of citizenship, a pride of race which seems to say: ‘We are
different, thou and I, but we are men.’ The spread of Islam in Southern
Nigeria which we are witnessing to-day is mainly social in its action. It
brings to those with whom it comes in contact a higher status, a loftier
conception of man’s place in the universe around him, release from the
thraldom of a thousand superstitious fears.” 151
According to Muhammadan tradition Moses was a black man, as may be
seen from the following passages in the Qurʼān. “Now draw thy hand close
to thy side: it shall come forth white, but unhurt:—another sign!” (xx. 23).
“Then drew he forth his hand, and lo! it was white to the beholders. The
nobles of Pharaoh’s people said: ‘Verily this is an expert enchanter’ ” (vii.
105–6). The following story also, handed down to us from the golden
period of the ʻAbbāsid dynasty, is interesting as evidence of Muhammadan
feeling with regard to the Negro. Ibrāhīm, a brother of Hārūn al-Rashīd and
the son of a negress, had proclaimed himself Caliph at Bag͟ hdād, but was
defeated and forgiven by al-Maʼmūn, who was then reigning (a.d. 819). He
thus describes his interview with the Caliph:—“Al-Maʼmūn said to me on
my going to see him after having obtained pardon: ‘Is it thou who art the
Negro k͟ halīfah?’ to which I replied:—‘Commander of the faithful! I am he
whom thou hast deigned to pardon; and it has been said by the slave of
Page 409
Banuʼl-Ḥasḥās:—“When men extol their worth, the slave of the family of
Ḥasḥās can supply, by his verses, the defect of birth and fortune.” Though I
be a slave, my soul, through its noble nature, is free; though my body be
dark, my mind is fair.’ To this al-Maʼmūn replied: ‘Uncle! a jest of mine has
put you in a serious mood.’ He then repeated these verses: ‘Blackness of
skin cannot degrade an ingenious mind, or lessen the [359]worth of the
scholar and the wit. Let darkness claim the colour of your body: I claim as
mine your fair and candid soul.’ ” 152
Thus, the converted Negro at once takes an equal place in the brotherhood
of believers, neither his colour nor his race nor any associations of the past
standing in the way. It is doubtless the ready admission they receive, that
makes the pagan Negroes willing to enter into a religious society whose
higher civilisation demands that they should give up many of their old
barbarous habits and customs; at the same time the very fact that the
acceptance of Islam does imply an advance in civilisation and is a very
distinct step in the intellectual, moral and material progress of a Negro
tribe, helps very largely to explain the success of this faith. The forces
arrayed on its side are so powerful and ascendant, that the barbarism,
ignorance and superstition which it seeks to sweep away have little chance
of making a lengthened resistance. What the civilisation of Muslim Africa
implies to the Negro convert, is admirably expressed in the following
words: “The worst evils which, there is reason to believe, prevailed at one
time over the whole of Africa, and which are still to be found in many parts
of it, and those, too, not far from the Gold Coast and from our own
settlements—cannibalism and human sacrifice and the burial of living
infants—disappear at once and for ever. Natives who have hitherto lived in
a state of nakedness, or nearly so, begin to dress, and that neatly; natives
who have never washed before begin to wash, and that frequently; for
ablutions are commanded in the Sacred Law, and it is an ordinance which
does not involve too severe a strain on their natural instincts. The tribal
organisation tends to give place to something which has a wider basis. In
other words, tribes coalesce into nations, and, with the increase of energy
Ḥasḥās can supply, by his verses, the defect of birth and fortune.” Though I
be a slave, my soul, through its noble nature, is free; though my body be
dark, my mind is fair.’ To this al-Maʼmūn replied: ‘Uncle! a jest of mine has
put you in a serious mood.’ He then repeated these verses: ‘Blackness of
skin cannot degrade an ingenious mind, or lessen the [359]worth of the
scholar and the wit. Let darkness claim the colour of your body: I claim as
mine your fair and candid soul.’ ” 152
Thus, the converted Negro at once takes an equal place in the brotherhood
of believers, neither his colour nor his race nor any associations of the past
standing in the way. It is doubtless the ready admission they receive, that
makes the pagan Negroes willing to enter into a religious society whose
higher civilisation demands that they should give up many of their old
barbarous habits and customs; at the same time the very fact that the
acceptance of Islam does imply an advance in civilisation and is a very
distinct step in the intellectual, moral and material progress of a Negro
tribe, helps very largely to explain the success of this faith. The forces
arrayed on its side are so powerful and ascendant, that the barbarism,
ignorance and superstition which it seeks to sweep away have little chance
of making a lengthened resistance. What the civilisation of Muslim Africa
implies to the Negro convert, is admirably expressed in the following
words: “The worst evils which, there is reason to believe, prevailed at one
time over the whole of Africa, and which are still to be found in many parts
of it, and those, too, not far from the Gold Coast and from our own
settlements—cannibalism and human sacrifice and the burial of living
infants—disappear at once and for ever. Natives who have hitherto lived in
a state of nakedness, or nearly so, begin to dress, and that neatly; natives
who have never washed before begin to wash, and that frequently; for
ablutions are commanded in the Sacred Law, and it is an ordinance which
does not involve too severe a strain on their natural instincts. The tribal
organisation tends to give place to something which has a wider basis. In
other words, tribes coalesce into nations, and, with the increase of energy
Page 410
and intelligence, nations into empires. Many such instances could be
adduced from the history of the Soudan and the adjoining countries during
the last hundred years. If the warlike spirit is thus stimulated, the centres
from which war springs are fewer in number and further apart. War is better
organised, and is under some form of [360]restraint; quarrels are not picked
for nothing; there is less indiscriminate plundering and greater security for
property and life. Elementary schools, 153 like those described by Mungo
Park a century ago, spring up, and even if they only teach their scholars to
recite the Koran, they are worth something in themselves, and may be a step
to much more. The well-built and neatly-kept mosque, with its call to prayer
repeated five times a day, its Mecca-pointing niche, its Imām and its weekly
service, becomes the centre of the village, instead of the ghastly fetish or
Juju house. The worship of one God, omnipotent, omnipresent, omniscient,
and compassionate, is an immeasurable advance upon anything which the
native has been taught to worship before. The Arabic language, in which the
Mussulman scriptures are always written, is a language of extraordinary
copiousness and beauty; once learned it becomes a lingua franca to the
tribes of half the continent, and serves as an introduction to literature, or
rather, it is a literature in itself. It substitutes moreover, a written code of
law for the arbitrary caprice of a chieftain—a change which is, in itself, an
immense advance in civilisation. Manufactures and commerce spring up,
not the dumb trading or the elementary bartering of raw products which we
know from Herodotus to have existed from the earliest times in Africa, nor
the cowrie shells, or gunpowder, or tobacco, or rum, which still serve as a
chief medium of exchange all along the coast, but manufactures involving
considerable skill, and a commerce [361]which is elaborately organised; and
under their influence, and that of the more settled government which Islam
brings in its train, there have arisen those great cities of Negroland whose
very existence, when first they were described by European travellers,
could not but be half discredited. I am far from saying that the religion is
the sole cause of all this comparative prosperity. I only say it is consistent
with it, and it encourages it. Climatic conditions and various other
influences co-operate towards the result; but what has Pagan Africa, even
adduced from the history of the Soudan and the adjoining countries during
the last hundred years. If the warlike spirit is thus stimulated, the centres
from which war springs are fewer in number and further apart. War is better
organised, and is under some form of [360]restraint; quarrels are not picked
for nothing; there is less indiscriminate plundering and greater security for
property and life. Elementary schools, 153 like those described by Mungo
Park a century ago, spring up, and even if they only teach their scholars to
recite the Koran, they are worth something in themselves, and may be a step
to much more. The well-built and neatly-kept mosque, with its call to prayer
repeated five times a day, its Mecca-pointing niche, its Imām and its weekly
service, becomes the centre of the village, instead of the ghastly fetish or
Juju house. The worship of one God, omnipotent, omnipresent, omniscient,
and compassionate, is an immeasurable advance upon anything which the
native has been taught to worship before. The Arabic language, in which the
Mussulman scriptures are always written, is a language of extraordinary
copiousness and beauty; once learned it becomes a lingua franca to the
tribes of half the continent, and serves as an introduction to literature, or
rather, it is a literature in itself. It substitutes moreover, a written code of
law for the arbitrary caprice of a chieftain—a change which is, in itself, an
immense advance in civilisation. Manufactures and commerce spring up,
not the dumb trading or the elementary bartering of raw products which we
know from Herodotus to have existed from the earliest times in Africa, nor
the cowrie shells, or gunpowder, or tobacco, or rum, which still serve as a
chief medium of exchange all along the coast, but manufactures involving
considerable skill, and a commerce [361]which is elaborately organised; and
under their influence, and that of the more settled government which Islam
brings in its train, there have arisen those great cities of Negroland whose
very existence, when first they were described by European travellers,
could not but be half discredited. I am far from saying that the religion is
the sole cause of all this comparative prosperity. I only say it is consistent
with it, and it encourages it. Climatic conditions and various other
influences co-operate towards the result; but what has Pagan Africa, even
Page 411
where the conditions are very similar, to compare with it? As regards the
individual, it is admitted on all hands that Islam gives to its new Negro
converts an energy, a dignity, a self-reliance, and a self-respect which is all
too rarely found in their Pagan or their Christian fellow-countrymen.” 154
The words above quoted were written before the partition of the greater part
of Africa among the governments of Christian Europe—England, France
and Germany—but the imposing character of Muslim civilisation has not
ceased to impress the Negro mind, or to operate as one of the influences
favourable to the conversion of the African fetish-worshippers. Brought
suddenly into contact with European culture, these have received an
impulse to advance in the path of civilisation, but being unable to bridge
over the gulf that separates them from their foreign rulers, they find in
Islam a culture corresponding to their needs and capable of understanding
their requirements and aspirations. 155 So far, therefore, from the extension
of European domination tending to hamper the activities of Muhammadan
propagandists, it has to a very remarkable degree contributed towards the
progress of Islam. The bringing of peace to countries formerly harassed by
wars of extermination or the raids of slave-hunters, the establishment of
ordered methods of government and administration, and the increased
facilities of communication by the making of roads and the building of
railways, have given a great stimulus to trade and have enabled that active
propagandist, [362]the Muslim trader, to extend his influence in districts
previously untrodden, and traverse familiar ground with greater security.
Further, the suppression of the slave-trade has removed one of the great
obstacles to the spread of Islam in pagan Africa, because it was to the
interest of the Arab and other Muhammadan slave-dealers not to narrow the
field of their operations by admitting their possible victims into the
brotherhood of Islam. 156 Converts are now won from pagan tribes which in
the days of the slave-trade were untouched by missionary effort. To this
result the European governments have contributed by employing
Muhammadans to fill the subordinate posts in the civil administration (since
among the Muhammadans alone were educated persons to be found) and
individual, it is admitted on all hands that Islam gives to its new Negro
converts an energy, a dignity, a self-reliance, and a self-respect which is all
too rarely found in their Pagan or their Christian fellow-countrymen.” 154
The words above quoted were written before the partition of the greater part
of Africa among the governments of Christian Europe—England, France
and Germany—but the imposing character of Muslim civilisation has not
ceased to impress the Negro mind, or to operate as one of the influences
favourable to the conversion of the African fetish-worshippers. Brought
suddenly into contact with European culture, these have received an
impulse to advance in the path of civilisation, but being unable to bridge
over the gulf that separates them from their foreign rulers, they find in
Islam a culture corresponding to their needs and capable of understanding
their requirements and aspirations. 155 So far, therefore, from the extension
of European domination tending to hamper the activities of Muhammadan
propagandists, it has to a very remarkable degree contributed towards the
progress of Islam. The bringing of peace to countries formerly harassed by
wars of extermination or the raids of slave-hunters, the establishment of
ordered methods of government and administration, and the increased
facilities of communication by the making of roads and the building of
railways, have given a great stimulus to trade and have enabled that active
propagandist, [362]the Muslim trader, to extend his influence in districts
previously untrodden, and traverse familiar ground with greater security.
Further, the suppression of the slave-trade has removed one of the great
obstacles to the spread of Islam in pagan Africa, because it was to the
interest of the Arab and other Muhammadan slave-dealers not to narrow the
field of their operations by admitting their possible victims into the
brotherhood of Islam. 156 Converts are now won from pagan tribes which in
the days of the slave-trade were untouched by missionary effort. To this
result the European governments have contributed by employing
Muhammadans to fill the subordinate posts in the civil administration (since
among the Muhammadans alone were educated persons to be found) and
Page 412
distributing them throughout pagan districts, by employing Muhammadan
teachers in the Government schools, and by recruiting their armies from
among Muhammadan tribes; they have thus added to the prestige of Islam
in the eyes of the pagan Africans—a circumstance that the Muslims have
not been slow to make use of, to the advantage of their own faith. 157
So little truth is there in the statement that Islam makes progress only by
force of arms, 158 that on the contrary the partition of Africa among the
European powers, who have wrested the sword from the hands of the
Muslim chiefs now under their control, has initiated a propaganda which
seems likely to succeed where centuries of Muhammadan domination have
failed. [363]
An excellent map of the extent of Islam in Africa is to be found in “The International Review of
1
Missions,” vol. i. p. 652. ↑
Fournel, vol. i. p. 271. ↑
2
i.e. the diviner or priestess; her real name is unknown. ↑
3
Fournel, vol. i. p. 224. ↑
4
Makkarī, vol. i. p. 253. ↑
5
Makkarī, vol. i. p. lxv. ↑
6
Fournel, vol. i. p. 270. ↑
7
For these and the heretical movements that reveal survivals of the earlier
8
Berber faith, see Goldziher, Materialien zur Kenntniss der
Almohadenbewegung in Nordafrika (Z D M G, vol. xli, p. 37 sqq.). ↑
On this word, see Doutté, Notes sur l’Islam maghribin. (Revue de l’histoire des religions, tom. xli.
9
p. 24–6.) ↑
Ibn abī Zarʻ, pp. 168–73. A. Müller, vol. ii. pp. 611–13. ↑
10
Ibn abī Zarʻ, p. 250. Goldziher, op. laud., p. 71. ↑
11
Leo Africanus. (Ramusio, tom. i. p. 11.) ↑
12
مرابط. ↑
13
Doutté, xl. p. 354; xli. pp. 26–7. ↑
14
Depont et Coppolani, p. 127 sq. ↑
15
It is not the place here to deal with the rise and political history of the various
16
kingdoms of the Western Sudan; this has been done most fully for the English
teachers in the Government schools, and by recruiting their armies from
among Muhammadan tribes; they have thus added to the prestige of Islam
in the eyes of the pagan Africans—a circumstance that the Muslims have
not been slow to make use of, to the advantage of their own faith. 157
So little truth is there in the statement that Islam makes progress only by
force of arms, 158 that on the contrary the partition of Africa among the
European powers, who have wrested the sword from the hands of the
Muslim chiefs now under their control, has initiated a propaganda which
seems likely to succeed where centuries of Muhammadan domination have
failed. [363]
An excellent map of the extent of Islam in Africa is to be found in “The International Review of
1
Missions,” vol. i. p. 652. ↑
Fournel, vol. i. p. 271. ↑
2
i.e. the diviner or priestess; her real name is unknown. ↑
3
Fournel, vol. i. p. 224. ↑
4
Makkarī, vol. i. p. 253. ↑
5
Makkarī, vol. i. p. lxv. ↑
6
Fournel, vol. i. p. 270. ↑
7
For these and the heretical movements that reveal survivals of the earlier
8
Berber faith, see Goldziher, Materialien zur Kenntniss der
Almohadenbewegung in Nordafrika (Z D M G, vol. xli, p. 37 sqq.). ↑
On this word, see Doutté, Notes sur l’Islam maghribin. (Revue de l’histoire des religions, tom. xli.
9
p. 24–6.) ↑
Ibn abī Zarʻ, pp. 168–73. A. Müller, vol. ii. pp. 611–13. ↑
10
Ibn abī Zarʻ, p. 250. Goldziher, op. laud., p. 71. ↑
11
Leo Africanus. (Ramusio, tom. i. p. 11.) ↑
12
مرابط. ↑
13
Doutté, xl. p. 354; xli. pp. 26–7. ↑
14
Depont et Coppolani, p. 127 sq. ↑
15
It is not the place here to deal with the rise and political history of the various
16
kingdoms of the Western Sudan; this has been done most fully for the English
Page 413
reader by Lady Lugard in her work entitled, “A Tropical Dependency. An Outline of the Ancient
History of the Western Sudan, with an Account of the Modern Settlement of Northern Nigeria.”
(London, 1905.) See also H. F. Helmolt: The World’s History, vol. iii. chap. ix. (London, 1903.) ↑
Blau, p. 322. ↑
17
Leo Africanus. (Ramusio, tom. i. pp. 7, 77.) ↑
18
Meyer, p. 91. ↑
19
Taʼrīk͟ h al-Sūdān, p. 3. ↑
20
Jinnī or Dienné. ↑
21
So Meyer following Barth; the Taʼrīk͟ h al-Sūdān (p. 12) places the date about
22
three centuries earlier. ↑
Félix Dubois gives a plan and reconstruction of this mosque, which was destroyed by order of
23
Shayk͟ hu Aḥmadu about 1830, in “Tombouctou la Mystérieuse,” chap. ix. ↑
Taʼrīk͟ h al-Sūdān, pp. 12–13. ↑
24
Taʼrīk͟ h al-Sūdān, p. 21. ↑
25
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. pp. 421–2. ↑
26
Ramusio, tom. i. p. 78. ↑
27
Winwood Reade describes them as “a tall, handsome, light-coloured race, Moslems
28
in religion, possessing horses and large herds of cattle, but also cultivating cotton,
ground-nuts, and various kinds of corn. I was much pleased with their kind and hospitable manners,
the grave and decorous aspect of their women, the cleanliness and silence of their villages.” (W.
Winwood Reade: African Sketchbook, vol. i. p. 303.) ↑
Waitz, IIer Theil, pp. 18–19. ↑
29
Palmer (p. 59) places its introduction into Kano between a.d. 1349 and 1385, another Hausa
30
chronicle makes the reign of the first Muhammadan king of Zozo begin about 1456. (Journal
of the African Society, vol. ix. p. 161.) ↑
For the various enumerations of these, see Meyer, p. 27. ↑
31
As in other parts of the Muslim world, tradition places the first introduction of Islam in the
32
lifetime of the founder and gives the name of al-Fazāzī, a reputed companion of the Prophet, as
the apostle of the Hausa people. (J. Lippert: Sudanica. MSOS, iii. part 3, p. 204. Berlin, 1900.) ↑
Mischlich and Lippert, pp. 138–9. ↑
33
Meyer, loc. cit. Artin Pasha (p. 62) puts the beginning of this infiltration of Muslim Arabs as
34
early as the eighth century. ↑
Becker, Geschichte des östlichen Sūdān, p. 162–3. Blau, p. 322. Oppel, p. 289. At the close of the
35
fourteenth century ʻUmar b. Idrīs moved his capital to the west of Lake Chad in the territory of
Bornu, by which name the kingdom of Kanem became henceforth known. ↑
Maurice Delafosse, p. 87. ↑
History of the Western Sudan, with an Account of the Modern Settlement of Northern Nigeria.”
(London, 1905.) See also H. F. Helmolt: The World’s History, vol. iii. chap. ix. (London, 1903.) ↑
Blau, p. 322. ↑
17
Leo Africanus. (Ramusio, tom. i. pp. 7, 77.) ↑
18
Meyer, p. 91. ↑
19
Taʼrīk͟ h al-Sūdān, p. 3. ↑
20
Jinnī or Dienné. ↑
21
So Meyer following Barth; the Taʼrīk͟ h al-Sūdān (p. 12) places the date about
22
three centuries earlier. ↑
Félix Dubois gives a plan and reconstruction of this mosque, which was destroyed by order of
23
Shayk͟ hu Aḥmadu about 1830, in “Tombouctou la Mystérieuse,” chap. ix. ↑
Taʼrīk͟ h al-Sūdān, pp. 12–13. ↑
24
Taʼrīk͟ h al-Sūdān, p. 21. ↑
25
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. pp. 421–2. ↑
26
Ramusio, tom. i. p. 78. ↑
27
Winwood Reade describes them as “a tall, handsome, light-coloured race, Moslems
28
in religion, possessing horses and large herds of cattle, but also cultivating cotton,
ground-nuts, and various kinds of corn. I was much pleased with their kind and hospitable manners,
the grave and decorous aspect of their women, the cleanliness and silence of their villages.” (W.
Winwood Reade: African Sketchbook, vol. i. p. 303.) ↑
Waitz, IIer Theil, pp. 18–19. ↑
29
Palmer (p. 59) places its introduction into Kano between a.d. 1349 and 1385, another Hausa
30
chronicle makes the reign of the first Muhammadan king of Zozo begin about 1456. (Journal
of the African Society, vol. ix. p. 161.) ↑
For the various enumerations of these, see Meyer, p. 27. ↑
31
As in other parts of the Muslim world, tradition places the first introduction of Islam in the
32
lifetime of the founder and gives the name of al-Fazāzī, a reputed companion of the Prophet, as
the apostle of the Hausa people. (J. Lippert: Sudanica. MSOS, iii. part 3, p. 204. Berlin, 1900.) ↑
Mischlich and Lippert, pp. 138–9. ↑
33
Meyer, loc. cit. Artin Pasha (p. 62) puts the beginning of this infiltration of Muslim Arabs as
34
early as the eighth century. ↑
Becker, Geschichte des östlichen Sūdān, p. 162–3. Blau, p. 322. Oppel, p. 289. At the close of the
35
fourteenth century ʻUmar b. Idrīs moved his capital to the west of Lake Chad in the territory of
Bornu, by which name the kingdom of Kanem became henceforth known. ↑
Maurice Delafosse, p. 87. ↑
Page 414
Becker: Geschichte des östlichen Sūdān, pp. 161–2. ↑
36 37
R. C. Slatin Pasha: Fire and Sword in the Sudan, pp. 38, 40–2. (London, 1896.) ↑
38
Westermann, p. 628. ↑
39
Oppel, p. 292. Meyer, pp. 36–7. Westermann, pp. 629–30. ↑
40
Fulbe (sing. Pul) is the name by which these people call themselves; upwards of a
41
hundred variants are applied to them by their neighbours, the commonest of
which are Fulah and Fulani. (Meyer, p. 28.) ↑
Francis Moore, pp. 75–7. ↑
42
R. E. Dennett: Nigerian Studies, pp. 12, 75. (London, 1910.) ↑
43
Islam and Missions, pp. 71–3. The Moslem World, pp. 296–7, 351. ↑
44
Church Missionary Review (1908), p. 640. ↑
45
A town on the Niger, just south of the northern boundary of Southern Nigeria. ↑
46
Church Missionary Society Intelligencer (1902), p. 353. ↑
47
Rinn, pp. 403–4. ↑
48
Le Chatelier (1), pp. 231–3. ↑
49
Le Chatelier (2), pp. 89–91. ↑
50
Rinn, p. 175. ↑
51
Bonet-Maury, p. 239. ↑
52
Id. p. 230. ↑
53
Le Chatelier (2), pp. 100–9. ↑
54
Rinn, p. 174. ↑
55
Oppel, pp. 292–3. Blyden, p. 10. Le Chatelier (3), p.
56
167 sqq. ↑
Delle Navigationi di Messer Alvise da Ca da Mosto. (a.d. 1454.) Ramusio, tome i. p. 101. ↑
57
Blyden, pp. 357–60. ↑
58
This has been set forth in detail by Le Chatelier (3), p. 225 sqq. ↑
59
Le Chatelier (3), p. 237. “Samory n’intervint pas directement dans la question
60
religieuse.” L. G. Binger arrived at the same conclusion, as the result of personal
acquaintance with Samory. (Le Péril de l’Islam, p. 20.) (Paris, 1906.) ↑
Le Chatelier (3), pp. 238–40. ↑
61
Le Chatelier (2), p. 112. R. du M. M., vol. xii. p. 22. ↑
62
“The Fulanis are all fervent Mohammedans. Wherever there are Fulanis there will be found
63
a mosque.” (Haywood, p. 200.) ↑
36 37
R. C. Slatin Pasha: Fire and Sword in the Sudan, pp. 38, 40–2. (London, 1896.) ↑
38
Westermann, p. 628. ↑
39
Oppel, p. 292. Meyer, pp. 36–7. Westermann, pp. 629–30. ↑
40
Fulbe (sing. Pul) is the name by which these people call themselves; upwards of a
41
hundred variants are applied to them by their neighbours, the commonest of
which are Fulah and Fulani. (Meyer, p. 28.) ↑
Francis Moore, pp. 75–7. ↑
42
R. E. Dennett: Nigerian Studies, pp. 12, 75. (London, 1910.) ↑
43
Islam and Missions, pp. 71–3. The Moslem World, pp. 296–7, 351. ↑
44
Church Missionary Review (1908), p. 640. ↑
45
A town on the Niger, just south of the northern boundary of Southern Nigeria. ↑
46
Church Missionary Society Intelligencer (1902), p. 353. ↑
47
Rinn, pp. 403–4. ↑
48
Le Chatelier (1), pp. 231–3. ↑
49
Le Chatelier (2), pp. 89–91. ↑
50
Rinn, p. 175. ↑
51
Bonet-Maury, p. 239. ↑
52
Id. p. 230. ↑
53
Le Chatelier (2), pp. 100–9. ↑
54
Rinn, p. 174. ↑
55
Oppel, pp. 292–3. Blyden, p. 10. Le Chatelier (3), p.
56
167 sqq. ↑
Delle Navigationi di Messer Alvise da Ca da Mosto. (a.d. 1454.) Ramusio, tome i. p. 101. ↑
57
Blyden, pp. 357–60. ↑
58
This has been set forth in detail by Le Chatelier (3), p. 225 sqq. ↑
59
Le Chatelier (3), p. 237. “Samory n’intervint pas directement dans la question
60
religieuse.” L. G. Binger arrived at the same conclusion, as the result of personal
acquaintance with Samory. (Le Péril de l’Islam, p. 20.) (Paris, 1906.) ↑
Le Chatelier (3), pp. 238–40. ↑
61
Le Chatelier (2), p. 112. R. du M. M., vol. xii. p. 22. ↑
62
“The Fulanis are all fervent Mohammedans. Wherever there are Fulanis there will be found
63
a mosque.” (Haywood, p. 200.) ↑
Page 415
Le Chatelier (3), pp. 231, 273, 303. Westermann, pp. 632–3. ↑
64
Muḥammad b. ʻUt͟ hmān al Ḥashāʼishī, p. 84 sqq. ↑
65
In 1895 Sīdī al-Mahdī, the son and successor of Sīdī Muḥammad al-Sanūsī, migrated to
66
Kufra, as being more central than Jag͟ habūb (Muḥammad b. ʻUt͟ hmān al-Ḥashāʼishī, pp.
111–15), but later went further south to the region of Borku and Tibesti, where he died in 1902. The
head of the order in 1908 was Sīdī Aḥmad, a relative of the founder. (J. C. E. Falls: Drei Jahre in der
Libyschen Wüste, p. 274.) (Freiburg, 1911.) ↑
Riedel (1), pp. 7, 59, 162. ↑
67
G. Nachtigal: Sahara und Sudan, vol. ii. p. 175. (Berlin, 1879–81.) ↑
68
Duveyrier, p. 45. ↑
69
Paulitschke, p. 214. ↑
70
H. Duveyrier: La Confrérie musulmane de Sîdi Mohammed Ben ʼAlî Es-Senousî,
71
passim. (Paris, 1886.) Louis Rinn: Marabouts et Khouans, pp. 481–513. N. Slousch:
Les Senoussiya en Tripolitaine. (R. du M. M., vol. i. p. 169 sqq.). For a bibliography of the
Sanūsiyyah movement, see Der Islam, iii. pp. 141–2, 312. ↑
R. du M. M., vol. i. p. 181; vol. viii. pp. 64–5. ↑
72
Joseph Thomson (2), p. 185. ↑
73
Oppel, p. 303. ↑
74
In the Muri Province of Northern Nigeria. ↑
75
Journal of the African Society, vol. vii. pp. 379–81. ↑
76
Haywood, p. 33. ↑
77
Claude George: The Rise of British West Africa, pp. 120–1. (London, 1902.) ↑
78
Islam and Missions, pp. 73–4. ↑
79
Lippert: Über die Bedeutung der Haussanation für unsere Togo- und
80
Kamerunkolonie, p. 200. MSOS, Band x. (1907), Abteilung III. ↑
Waitz: IIer Theil, p. 250. ↑
81
C. S. Salmon, p. 891. ↑
82
Pierre Bouche, p. 256. ↑
83
Blyden, p. 357. ↑
84
C. S. Salmon, p. 887. ↑
85
Blyden, p. 202. Westermann, pp. 633–4. ↑
86
Situated on an island about 2° S. of Zanzibar. ↑
87
“Hum Mouro chamado Zaide, que foi neto de Hocem filho de Ale o
88
sobrinho de Mahamed.” (De Barros, Dec. i. Liv. viii. cap. iv. p. 211.) ↑
64
Muḥammad b. ʻUt͟ hmān al Ḥashāʼishī, p. 84 sqq. ↑
65
In 1895 Sīdī al-Mahdī, the son and successor of Sīdī Muḥammad al-Sanūsī, migrated to
66
Kufra, as being more central than Jag͟ habūb (Muḥammad b. ʻUt͟ hmān al-Ḥashāʼishī, pp.
111–15), but later went further south to the region of Borku and Tibesti, where he died in 1902. The
head of the order in 1908 was Sīdī Aḥmad, a relative of the founder. (J. C. E. Falls: Drei Jahre in der
Libyschen Wüste, p. 274.) (Freiburg, 1911.) ↑
Riedel (1), pp. 7, 59, 162. ↑
67
G. Nachtigal: Sahara und Sudan, vol. ii. p. 175. (Berlin, 1879–81.) ↑
68
Duveyrier, p. 45. ↑
69
Paulitschke, p. 214. ↑
70
H. Duveyrier: La Confrérie musulmane de Sîdi Mohammed Ben ʼAlî Es-Senousî,
71
passim. (Paris, 1886.) Louis Rinn: Marabouts et Khouans, pp. 481–513. N. Slousch:
Les Senoussiya en Tripolitaine. (R. du M. M., vol. i. p. 169 sqq.). For a bibliography of the
Sanūsiyyah movement, see Der Islam, iii. pp. 141–2, 312. ↑
R. du M. M., vol. i. p. 181; vol. viii. pp. 64–5. ↑
72
Joseph Thomson (2), p. 185. ↑
73
Oppel, p. 303. ↑
74
In the Muri Province of Northern Nigeria. ↑
75
Journal of the African Society, vol. vii. pp. 379–81. ↑
76
Haywood, p. 33. ↑
77
Claude George: The Rise of British West Africa, pp. 120–1. (London, 1902.) ↑
78
Islam and Missions, pp. 73–4. ↑
79
Lippert: Über die Bedeutung der Haussanation für unsere Togo- und
80
Kamerunkolonie, p. 200. MSOS, Band x. (1907), Abteilung III. ↑
Waitz: IIer Theil, p. 250. ↑
81
C. S. Salmon, p. 891. ↑
82
Pierre Bouche, p. 256. ↑
83
Blyden, p. 357. ↑
84
C. S. Salmon, p. 887. ↑
85
Blyden, p. 202. Westermann, pp. 633–4. ↑
86
Situated on an island about 2° S. of Zanzibar. ↑
87
“Hum Mouro chamado Zaide, que foi neto de Hocem filho de Ale o
88
sobrinho de Mahamed.” (De Barros, Dec. i. Liv. viii. cap. iv. p. 211.) ↑
Page 416
Ibn K͟ haldūn, vol. iii. pp. 98–100. ↑
89
Possibly a mistake for al-Ḥasā. See Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome ii. pp. 247–8. ↑
90
Or (to give it its Arabic name) Maqdishū. ↑
91
J. de Barros: Dec. i. Liv. viii. cap. iv. pp. 211–12. ↑
92
De Barros, id. pp. 224–5. See also Justus Strandes: Die Portugiesenzeit von Deutsch-
93
und Englisch-Ostafrika, p. 81 sqq. (Berlin, 1899.) ↑
Kitāb ʻajāʼib al-Hind ou Livre des Merveilles de l’Inde, publié par P. A. van der Lith, pp. 51–60.
94
(Leiden, 1883.) ↑
Mohammedanism in Central Africa, by Joseph Thomson, p. 877. ↑
95
Roscoe, p. 229 sq. ↑
96
Zwemer, p. 236. Gairdner (p. 26) gives the number of Muhammadans as 200,000 out of a
97
population of four millions, but he does not state from what source he derives these figures.
Roscoe (p. 6) gives the total population of Uganda as about one million only. ↑
Richter, pp. 146–7, 154. Merensky, p. 156. Klamroth, p. 4. ↑
98
R. du M. M., vol. ix. (1909), p. 322. ↑
99
Oscar Baumann: Usambara und seine Nachbargebiete, pp. 141, 153. (Berlin, 1891.) ↑
100
Becker, Islam in Deutsch-Ostafrika, p. 10. ↑
101
Id. p. 13 sqq. Klamroth, pp. 14–28. ↑
102
Id. p. 53. ↑
103
Klamroth, pp. 21, 25, 54. ↑
104
Id. pp. 23–4. ↑
105
Id. p. 26. ↑
106
Id. p. 67. ↑
107
Becker: Islam in Deutsch-Ostafrika, p. 14. The Moslem
108
World, vol. ii. p. 3 sqq. ↑
A contemporary Ethiopic account of these tribes,—Geschichte der Galla. Bericht eines
109
abessinischen Mönches über die Invasion der Galla in sechzehnten Jahrhundert. Text und
Übersetzung hrsg. von A. W. Schleichler (Berlin, 1893),—seems certainly to represent them as
heathen, though no detailed account is given of their religion. Reclus (tome x. p. 330), however,
supposes them to have been Muhammadan at the time of their invasion. ↑
Henry Salt: A Voyage to Abyssinia, p. 299. (London, 1814.) ↑
110
James Bruce: Travels to discover the source of the Nile, 2nd ed. vol. iii. p. 243. (Edinburgh,
111
1805.) ↑
Munzinger, p. 408. ↑
112
89
Possibly a mistake for al-Ḥasā. See Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome ii. pp. 247–8. ↑
90
Or (to give it its Arabic name) Maqdishū. ↑
91
J. de Barros: Dec. i. Liv. viii. cap. iv. pp. 211–12. ↑
92
De Barros, id. pp. 224–5. See also Justus Strandes: Die Portugiesenzeit von Deutsch-
93
und Englisch-Ostafrika, p. 81 sqq. (Berlin, 1899.) ↑
Kitāb ʻajāʼib al-Hind ou Livre des Merveilles de l’Inde, publié par P. A. van der Lith, pp. 51–60.
94
(Leiden, 1883.) ↑
Mohammedanism in Central Africa, by Joseph Thomson, p. 877. ↑
95
Roscoe, p. 229 sq. ↑
96
Zwemer, p. 236. Gairdner (p. 26) gives the number of Muhammadans as 200,000 out of a
97
population of four millions, but he does not state from what source he derives these figures.
Roscoe (p. 6) gives the total population of Uganda as about one million only. ↑
Richter, pp. 146–7, 154. Merensky, p. 156. Klamroth, p. 4. ↑
98
R. du M. M., vol. ix. (1909), p. 322. ↑
99
Oscar Baumann: Usambara und seine Nachbargebiete, pp. 141, 153. (Berlin, 1891.) ↑
100
Becker, Islam in Deutsch-Ostafrika, p. 10. ↑
101
Id. p. 13 sqq. Klamroth, pp. 14–28. ↑
102
Id. p. 53. ↑
103
Klamroth, pp. 21, 25, 54. ↑
104
Id. pp. 23–4. ↑
105
Id. p. 26. ↑
106
Id. p. 67. ↑
107
Becker: Islam in Deutsch-Ostafrika, p. 14. The Moslem
108
World, vol. ii. p. 3 sqq. ↑
A contemporary Ethiopic account of these tribes,—Geschichte der Galla. Bericht eines
109
abessinischen Mönches über die Invasion der Galla in sechzehnten Jahrhundert. Text und
Übersetzung hrsg. von A. W. Schleichler (Berlin, 1893),—seems certainly to represent them as
heathen, though no detailed account is given of their religion. Reclus (tome x. p. 330), however,
supposes them to have been Muhammadan at the time of their invasion. ↑
Henry Salt: A Voyage to Abyssinia, p. 299. (London, 1814.) ↑
110
James Bruce: Travels to discover the source of the Nile, 2nd ed. vol. iii. p. 243. (Edinburgh,
111
1805.) ↑
Munzinger, p. 408. ↑
112
Page 417
I. L. Krapf: Reisen in Ost-Africa, ausgeführt in den Jahren 1837–55, vol. i. p. 106. (Kornthal,
113
1858.) ↑
Arabia Deserta, vol. ii. p. 168. ↑
114
Id., vol. ii. p. 109. ↑
115
Morié, vol. ii. p. 248. ↑
116
Reclus, tome. x. p. 309. Basset, pp. 270–1. ↑
117
When the Roman Catholics opened a mission among the Gallas in 1846, Abba
118
Baghibò said to them: “Had you come thirty years ago, not only I, but all my
countrymen might have embraced your religion; but now it is impossible.” (Massaja, vol. iv. p.
103.) ↑
Da Zeila alle frontiere del Caffa, vol. ii. p. 160. (Rome, 1886–7.) Massaja, vol. iv. p. 103; vol. vi.
119
p. 10. ↑
Massaja, vol. iv. p. 102. ↑
120
Speaking of the failure of Christian missions, Cecchi says: “di ciò si deve ricercare la causa
121
nello espandersi che fece quaggiù in questi ultimi anni l’islamismo, portato da centinaja di
preti e mercanti musulmani, cui non facevano difetto i mezzi, l’astuzia e la piena conoscenza della
lingua.” (Op. cit. vol. ii. p. 342.) ↑
Id., p. 343. ↑
122
Reclus, tome xiii. p. 834. ↑
123
The Lega are found in long. 9° to 9° 30′ and lat. E. 34° 35′ to 35°. ↑
124
Reclus, tome x. p. 350. ↑
125
Paulitschke, pp. 330–1. ↑
126
Ibn Ḥawqal, p. 41. ↑
127
Abu’l-Fidā, tome ii. 1re partie, pp. 231–2. ↑
128
Documents sur l’histoire, la géographie et le commerce de l’Afrique
129
Orientale, recueillis par M. Guillain. Deuxième partie, tome i. p. 399.
(Paris, 1856.) ↑
R. F. Burton: First Footprints in East Africa, pp. 76, 404. (London, 1856.) ↑
130
R. du M. M., vi. p. 288. (1908.) ↑
131
The Cape of Good Hope was in the possession of the Dutch from 1652 to 1795; restored
132
to them after the Peace of Amiens in 1802, it was re-occupied by the British as soon as
war broke out again. ↑
Among these was Shayk͟ h Yūsuf, a religious teacher of great influence in Java and the last
133
champion of the independence of Bantam; in 1694 he was removed by the Dutch to Cape Colony
as a prisoner of state, together with his family and numerous attendants; his tomb is still regarded as a
113
1858.) ↑
Arabia Deserta, vol. ii. p. 168. ↑
114
Id., vol. ii. p. 109. ↑
115
Morié, vol. ii. p. 248. ↑
116
Reclus, tome. x. p. 309. Basset, pp. 270–1. ↑
117
When the Roman Catholics opened a mission among the Gallas in 1846, Abba
118
Baghibò said to them: “Had you come thirty years ago, not only I, but all my
countrymen might have embraced your religion; but now it is impossible.” (Massaja, vol. iv. p.
103.) ↑
Da Zeila alle frontiere del Caffa, vol. ii. p. 160. (Rome, 1886–7.) Massaja, vol. iv. p. 103; vol. vi.
119
p. 10. ↑
Massaja, vol. iv. p. 102. ↑
120
Speaking of the failure of Christian missions, Cecchi says: “di ciò si deve ricercare la causa
121
nello espandersi che fece quaggiù in questi ultimi anni l’islamismo, portato da centinaja di
preti e mercanti musulmani, cui non facevano difetto i mezzi, l’astuzia e la piena conoscenza della
lingua.” (Op. cit. vol. ii. p. 342.) ↑
Id., p. 343. ↑
122
Reclus, tome xiii. p. 834. ↑
123
The Lega are found in long. 9° to 9° 30′ and lat. E. 34° 35′ to 35°. ↑
124
Reclus, tome x. p. 350. ↑
125
Paulitschke, pp. 330–1. ↑
126
Ibn Ḥawqal, p. 41. ↑
127
Abu’l-Fidā, tome ii. 1re partie, pp. 231–2. ↑
128
Documents sur l’histoire, la géographie et le commerce de l’Afrique
129
Orientale, recueillis par M. Guillain. Deuxième partie, tome i. p. 399.
(Paris, 1856.) ↑
R. F. Burton: First Footprints in East Africa, pp. 76, 404. (London, 1856.) ↑
130
R. du M. M., vi. p. 288. (1908.) ↑
131
The Cape of Good Hope was in the possession of the Dutch from 1652 to 1795; restored
132
to them after the Peace of Amiens in 1802, it was re-occupied by the British as soon as
war broke out again. ↑
Among these was Shayk͟ h Yūsuf, a religious teacher of great influence in Java and the last
133
champion of the independence of Bantam; in 1694 he was removed by the Dutch to Cape Colony
as a prisoner of state, together with his family and numerous attendants; his tomb is still regarded as a
Page 418
holy place. (G. M. Theal: History and Ethnography of Africa south of the Zambesi, vol. ii. p. 263.)
(London, 1909.) ↑
M. J. de Goeje: Mohammedaansche Propaganda, pp. 2, 6. (Overgedrukt uit de Nederlandsche
134
Spectator, No. 51, 1881.) ↑
Attention was drawn to them in 1814 by a Mr. Campbell. See William Adams: The Modern
135
Voyager and Traveller, vol. i. p. 93. (London, 1834.) ↑
Sir T. E. Colebrooke: The Life of H. T. Colebrooke, p. 335. (London, 1873.) ↑
136
F. Coillard: Au Cap de Bonne Espérance. (Journal des missions évangéliques, avril 1899, p.
137
265.) ↑
Kumm, p. 233. ↑
138
C. Snouck Hurgronje (3), vol. ii. pp. 296–7. ↑
139
Jacques Bonzon: Les Missionaires de l’Islam en Afrique. (Revue Chrétienne, tome xiii. p.
140
295.) (Paris, 1893.) ↑
G. Ferrand, Les Musulmans à Madagascar, pp. 19, 50 sqq., 138. (Paris, 1891.) Id. Les Migrations
141
musulmanes et juives à Madagascar. (Revue de l’Histoire des Religions, vol. lii. p. 381 sqq.) ↑
Richard F. Burton (1), vol. i. p. 256. ↑
142
Travels in the Interior of Africa, chap. xxv. ad fin. ↑
143
D. J. East, pp. 118–20. W. Winwood Reade, vol. i. p. 312. Blyden, pp. 13, 202. ↑
144
Bishop Crowther on Islam in Western Africa. (Church Missionary Intelligencer, p.
145
254, April 1888.) ↑
D. J. East, pp. 112–13. Blyden, p. 202. ↑
146
It is said that over a thousand missionaries of Islam leave Tripoli every year to work in the
147
Sudan. (Paulitschke, p. 331.) ↑
For a detailed examination of these points of contact, see Forget, p. 28 sqq. Merensky, p. 155. ↑
148
Sir Bartle Frere (1), pp. 18–19. ↑
149
E. W. Blyden, pp. 18–24. E. Allégret, p. 200. Westermann, pp. 644–5.
150
In a very interesting, but now forgotten, debate before the Anthropological Society of
London, on the Efforts of Missionaries among Savages, a case was mentioned of a Christian
missionary in Africa who married a negress: the feeling against him in consequence was so strong
that he had to leave the colony. The Muslim missionary labours under no such disadvantage. (Journal
of the Anthropological Society of London, vol. iii. 1865.)
The contrast between the way in which Christianity and Islam present themselves to the African is
well brought out by one who is himself a Negro, in the following passage:—“Tandis que les missions
renvoient à une époque indéfinie l’établissement du pastorat indigène, les prêtres musulmans
pénètrent dans l’intérieur de l’Afrique, trouvent un accès facile chez les païens et les convertissent à
l’islam. De sorte qu’aujourd’hui les nègres regardent l’islam comme la religion des noirs, et le
christianisme comme la religion des blancs. Le christianisme, pensent-ils, appelle le nègre au salut,
(London, 1909.) ↑
M. J. de Goeje: Mohammedaansche Propaganda, pp. 2, 6. (Overgedrukt uit de Nederlandsche
134
Spectator, No. 51, 1881.) ↑
Attention was drawn to them in 1814 by a Mr. Campbell. See William Adams: The Modern
135
Voyager and Traveller, vol. i. p. 93. (London, 1834.) ↑
Sir T. E. Colebrooke: The Life of H. T. Colebrooke, p. 335. (London, 1873.) ↑
136
F. Coillard: Au Cap de Bonne Espérance. (Journal des missions évangéliques, avril 1899, p.
137
265.) ↑
Kumm, p. 233. ↑
138
C. Snouck Hurgronje (3), vol. ii. pp. 296–7. ↑
139
Jacques Bonzon: Les Missionaires de l’Islam en Afrique. (Revue Chrétienne, tome xiii. p.
140
295.) (Paris, 1893.) ↑
G. Ferrand, Les Musulmans à Madagascar, pp. 19, 50 sqq., 138. (Paris, 1891.) Id. Les Migrations
141
musulmanes et juives à Madagascar. (Revue de l’Histoire des Religions, vol. lii. p. 381 sqq.) ↑
Richard F. Burton (1), vol. i. p. 256. ↑
142
Travels in the Interior of Africa, chap. xxv. ad fin. ↑
143
D. J. East, pp. 118–20. W. Winwood Reade, vol. i. p. 312. Blyden, pp. 13, 202. ↑
144
Bishop Crowther on Islam in Western Africa. (Church Missionary Intelligencer, p.
145
254, April 1888.) ↑
D. J. East, pp. 112–13. Blyden, p. 202. ↑
146
It is said that over a thousand missionaries of Islam leave Tripoli every year to work in the
147
Sudan. (Paulitschke, p. 331.) ↑
For a detailed examination of these points of contact, see Forget, p. 28 sqq. Merensky, p. 155. ↑
148
Sir Bartle Frere (1), pp. 18–19. ↑
149
E. W. Blyden, pp. 18–24. E. Allégret, p. 200. Westermann, pp. 644–5.
150
In a very interesting, but now forgotten, debate before the Anthropological Society of
London, on the Efforts of Missionaries among Savages, a case was mentioned of a Christian
missionary in Africa who married a negress: the feeling against him in consequence was so strong
that he had to leave the colony. The Muslim missionary labours under no such disadvantage. (Journal
of the Anthropological Society of London, vol. iii. 1865.)
The contrast between the way in which Christianity and Islam present themselves to the African is
well brought out by one who is himself a Negro, in the following passage:—“Tandis que les missions
renvoient à une époque indéfinie l’établissement du pastorat indigène, les prêtres musulmans
pénètrent dans l’intérieur de l’Afrique, trouvent un accès facile chez les païens et les convertissent à
l’islam. De sorte qu’aujourd’hui les nègres regardent l’islam comme la religion des noirs, et le
christianisme comme la religion des blancs. Le christianisme, pensent-ils, appelle le nègre au salut,
Page 419
mais lui assigne une place tellement basse que, découragé, il se dit: ‘Je n’ai ni part ni portion dans
cette affaire.’ L’islam appelle le nègre au salut et lui dit: ‘Il ne dépend que de toi pour arriver aussi
haut que possible.’ Alors, le nègre enthousiasmé se livre corps et âme au service de cette religion.”
L’islam et le christianisme en Afrique d’après un Africain. (Journal des Missions Évangéliques. 63e
année, p. 207.) (Paris, 1888.) ↑
E. D. Morel: Nigeria, its people and its problems, pp. 216–17. (London, 1911.) ↑
151
Ibn K͟ hallikān, vol. i. p. 18. ↑
152
“Extracts from the Koran form the earliest reading lessons of children, and the
153
commentaries and other works founded upon it furnish the principal subjects of the
advanced studies. Schools of different grades have existed for centuries in various interior negro
countries, and under the provision of law, in which even the poor are educated at the public expense,
and in which the deserving are carried on many years through long courses of regular instruction.
Nor is the system always confined to the Arabic language, or to the works of Arabic writers. A
number of native languages have been reduced to writing, books have been translated from the
Arabic and original works have been written in them. Schools also have been kept in which native
languages are taught.” Condition and Character of Negroes in Africa. By Theodore Dwight.
(Methodist Quarterly Review, January 1869.)
Dr. Blyden (pp. 206–7) mentions the following books as read by Muslims in Western Africa:
Maqāmāt of Ḥarīrī, portions of Aristotle and Plato translated into Arabic, an Arabic version of
Hippocrates, and the Arabic New Testament and Psalms issued by the American Bible Society. For
the literature of the Muslims in East Africa, see Becker: Islam in Deutsch Ostafrika, p. 18 sqq. ↑
Mohammedanism in Africa, by R. Bosworth Smith. (The Nineteenth Century, December 1887,
154
pp. 798–800.) ↑
Le Chatelier, (3), p. 348. ↑
155
Forget, p. 95. Merensky, p. 156. (“Den Vertretern des Islam aber stand ihr Vorteil, der
156
Gewinn, den die Unterdrückung der Eingeborenen bringt, höher als die Ausbreitung ihres
Glaubens. Hätte man die Völker Afrikas durch die Macht geistiger Waffen unter gütigem
Entgegenkommen zu Mohammedanern gemacht, so wären sie Glaubensgenossen, gleichberechtigte
Brüder, die man nicht mehr berauben, zu Sklaven machen, oder als Sklaven nur Arbeit ausnutzen
könnte.”) ↑
Westermann, p. 643. L. de Contenson, p. 244. Kumm, p. 122. ↑
157
Thus Merensky, discussing the failure of Islam to dominate the whole of Africa after
158
centuries of occupation says:—“Wir sehen die Ursache für diese merkwürdige Erscheinung
in den Beziehungen, in denen bei den Mohammedanern die äussere Gewalt zum Islam und zur
Ausbreitung des Islam steht. Beides steht und fällt miteinander, dringt miteinander vor und geht
miteinander auch wieder zurück.” (p. 156.) ↑
cette affaire.’ L’islam appelle le nègre au salut et lui dit: ‘Il ne dépend que de toi pour arriver aussi
haut que possible.’ Alors, le nègre enthousiasmé se livre corps et âme au service de cette religion.”
L’islam et le christianisme en Afrique d’après un Africain. (Journal des Missions Évangéliques. 63e
année, p. 207.) (Paris, 1888.) ↑
E. D. Morel: Nigeria, its people and its problems, pp. 216–17. (London, 1911.) ↑
151
Ibn K͟ hallikān, vol. i. p. 18. ↑
152
“Extracts from the Koran form the earliest reading lessons of children, and the
153
commentaries and other works founded upon it furnish the principal subjects of the
advanced studies. Schools of different grades have existed for centuries in various interior negro
countries, and under the provision of law, in which even the poor are educated at the public expense,
and in which the deserving are carried on many years through long courses of regular instruction.
Nor is the system always confined to the Arabic language, or to the works of Arabic writers. A
number of native languages have been reduced to writing, books have been translated from the
Arabic and original works have been written in them. Schools also have been kept in which native
languages are taught.” Condition and Character of Negroes in Africa. By Theodore Dwight.
(Methodist Quarterly Review, January 1869.)
Dr. Blyden (pp. 206–7) mentions the following books as read by Muslims in Western Africa:
Maqāmāt of Ḥarīrī, portions of Aristotle and Plato translated into Arabic, an Arabic version of
Hippocrates, and the Arabic New Testament and Psalms issued by the American Bible Society. For
the literature of the Muslims in East Africa, see Becker: Islam in Deutsch Ostafrika, p. 18 sqq. ↑
Mohammedanism in Africa, by R. Bosworth Smith. (The Nineteenth Century, December 1887,
154
pp. 798–800.) ↑
Le Chatelier, (3), p. 348. ↑
155
Forget, p. 95. Merensky, p. 156. (“Den Vertretern des Islam aber stand ihr Vorteil, der
156
Gewinn, den die Unterdrückung der Eingeborenen bringt, höher als die Ausbreitung ihres
Glaubens. Hätte man die Völker Afrikas durch die Macht geistiger Waffen unter gütigem
Entgegenkommen zu Mohammedanern gemacht, so wären sie Glaubensgenossen, gleichberechtigte
Brüder, die man nicht mehr berauben, zu Sklaven machen, oder als Sklaven nur Arbeit ausnutzen
könnte.”) ↑
Westermann, p. 643. L. de Contenson, p. 244. Kumm, p. 122. ↑
157
Thus Merensky, discussing the failure of Islam to dominate the whole of Africa after
158
centuries of occupation says:—“Wir sehen die Ursache für diese merkwürdige Erscheinung
in den Beziehungen, in denen bei den Mohammedanern die äussere Gewalt zum Islam und zur
Ausbreitung des Islam steht. Beides steht und fällt miteinander, dringt miteinander vor und geht
miteinander auch wieder zurück.” (p. 156.) ↑
Page 420
[Contents]
Page 421
CHAPTER XII.
Page 422
THE SPREAD OF ISLAM IN THE MALAY
ARCHIPELAGO.
The history of the Malay Archipelago during the last 600 years furnishes us
with one of the most interesting chapters in the story of the spread of Islam
by missionary efforts. During the whole of this period we find evidences of
a continuous activity on the part of the Muhammadan missionaries, in one
or other at least of the East India islands. In every instance, in the
beginning, their work had to be carried on without any patronage or
assistance from the rulers of the country, but solely by the force of
persuasion, and in many cases in the face of severe opposition, especially
on the part of the Spaniards. But in spite of all difficulties, and with varying
success, they have prosecuted their efforts with untiring energy, perfecting
their work (more especially in the present day) wherever it has been partial
or insufficient.
It is impossible to fix the precise date of the first introduction of Islam into
the Malay Archipelago. It may have been carried thither by the Arab traders
in the early centuries of the Hijrah, long before we have any historical
notices of such influences being at work. This supposition is rendered the
more probable by the knowledge we have of the extensive commerce with
the East carried on by the Arabs from very early times. In the second
century b.c. the trade with Ceylon was wholly in their hands. At the
beginning of the seventh century of the Christian era, the trade with China,
through Ceylon, received a great impulse, so that in the middle of the eighth
century Arab traders were to be found in great numbers in Canton; while
from the tenth to the fifteenth century, until the arrival of the Portuguese,
they were undisputed masters of the trade with [364]the East. 1 We may
therefore conjecture with tolerable certainty that they must have established
their commercial settlements on some of the islands of the Malay
ARCHIPELAGO.
The history of the Malay Archipelago during the last 600 years furnishes us
with one of the most interesting chapters in the story of the spread of Islam
by missionary efforts. During the whole of this period we find evidences of
a continuous activity on the part of the Muhammadan missionaries, in one
or other at least of the East India islands. In every instance, in the
beginning, their work had to be carried on without any patronage or
assistance from the rulers of the country, but solely by the force of
persuasion, and in many cases in the face of severe opposition, especially
on the part of the Spaniards. But in spite of all difficulties, and with varying
success, they have prosecuted their efforts with untiring energy, perfecting
their work (more especially in the present day) wherever it has been partial
or insufficient.
It is impossible to fix the precise date of the first introduction of Islam into
the Malay Archipelago. It may have been carried thither by the Arab traders
in the early centuries of the Hijrah, long before we have any historical
notices of such influences being at work. This supposition is rendered the
more probable by the knowledge we have of the extensive commerce with
the East carried on by the Arabs from very early times. In the second
century b.c. the trade with Ceylon was wholly in their hands. At the
beginning of the seventh century of the Christian era, the trade with China,
through Ceylon, received a great impulse, so that in the middle of the eighth
century Arab traders were to be found in great numbers in Canton; while
from the tenth to the fifteenth century, until the arrival of the Portuguese,
they were undisputed masters of the trade with [364]the East. 1 We may
therefore conjecture with tolerable certainty that they must have established
their commercial settlements on some of the islands of the Malay
Page 423
Archipelago, as they did elsewhere, at a very early period: though no
mention is made of these islands in the works of the Arab geographers
earlier than the ninth century, 2 yet in the Chinese annals, under the date a.d.
674, an account is given of an Arab chief, who from later notices is
conjectured to have been the head of an Arab settlement on the west coast
of Sumatra. 3
Missionaries must also, however, have come to the Malay Archipelago from
the south of India, judging from certain peculiarities of Muhammadan
theology adopted by the islanders. Most of the Musalmans of the
Archipelago belong to the Shāfiʻiyyah sect, which is at the present day
predominant on the Coromandel and Malabar coasts, as was the case also
about the middle of the fourteenth century when Ibn Baṭūṭah visited these
parts. 4 So when we consider that the Muhammadans of the neighbouring
countries belong to the Ḥanafiyyah sect, we can only explain the prevalence
of Shāfiʻiyyah teachings by assuming them to have been brought thither
from the Malabar coast, the ports of which were frequented by merchants
from Java, as well as from China, Yaman and Persia. 5 From India, too, or
from Persia, must have come the Shīʻism, of which traces are still found in
Java and Sumatra. From Ibn Baṭūṭah we learn that the Muhammadan Sultan
of Samudra had entered into friendly relations with the court of Dehli, and
among the learned doctors of the law whom this devout prince especially
favoured, there were two of Persian origin, the one coming from Shiraz and
the other from Ispahan. 6 But long before this time merchants from the
Deccan, through whose hands passed the trade between the Musalman
states of India and the Malay Archipelago, had established themselves in
large numbers in the trading [365]ports of these islands, where they sowed
the seed of the new religion. 7
It is to the proselytising efforts of these Arab and Indian merchants that the
native Muhammadan population, which we find already in the earliest
historical notices of Islam in these parts, owes its existence. Settling in the
centres of commerce, they intermarried with the people of the land, and
mention is made of these islands in the works of the Arab geographers
earlier than the ninth century, 2 yet in the Chinese annals, under the date a.d.
674, an account is given of an Arab chief, who from later notices is
conjectured to have been the head of an Arab settlement on the west coast
of Sumatra. 3
Missionaries must also, however, have come to the Malay Archipelago from
the south of India, judging from certain peculiarities of Muhammadan
theology adopted by the islanders. Most of the Musalmans of the
Archipelago belong to the Shāfiʻiyyah sect, which is at the present day
predominant on the Coromandel and Malabar coasts, as was the case also
about the middle of the fourteenth century when Ibn Baṭūṭah visited these
parts. 4 So when we consider that the Muhammadans of the neighbouring
countries belong to the Ḥanafiyyah sect, we can only explain the prevalence
of Shāfiʻiyyah teachings by assuming them to have been brought thither
from the Malabar coast, the ports of which were frequented by merchants
from Java, as well as from China, Yaman and Persia. 5 From India, too, or
from Persia, must have come the Shīʻism, of which traces are still found in
Java and Sumatra. From Ibn Baṭūṭah we learn that the Muhammadan Sultan
of Samudra had entered into friendly relations with the court of Dehli, and
among the learned doctors of the law whom this devout prince especially
favoured, there were two of Persian origin, the one coming from Shiraz and
the other from Ispahan. 6 But long before this time merchants from the
Deccan, through whose hands passed the trade between the Musalman
states of India and the Malay Archipelago, had established themselves in
large numbers in the trading [365]ports of these islands, where they sowed
the seed of the new religion. 7
It is to the proselytising efforts of these Arab and Indian merchants that the
native Muhammadan population, which we find already in the earliest
historical notices of Islam in these parts, owes its existence. Settling in the
centres of commerce, they intermarried with the people of the land, and
Page 424
these heathen wives and the slaves of their households thus formed the
nucleus of a Muslim community which its members made every effort in
their power to increase. The following description of the methods adopted
by these merchant missionaries in the Philippine Islands, gives a picture of
what was no doubt the practice of many preceding generations of
Muhammadan traders:—“The better to introduce their religion into the
country, the Muhammadans adopted the language and many of the customs
of the natives, married their women, purchased slaves in order to increase
their personal importance, and succeeded finally in incorporating
themselves among the chiefs who held the foremost rank in the state. Since
they worked together with greater ability and harmony than the natives,
they gradually increased their power more and more, as having numbers of
slaves in their possession, they formed a kind of confederacy among
themselves and established a sort of monarchy, which they made hereditary
in one family. Though such a confederacy gave them great power, yet they
felt the necessity of keeping on friendly terms with the old aristocracy, and
of ensuring their freedom to those classes whose support they could not
afford to dispense with.” 8 It must have been in some such way as this that
the different Muhammadan settlements in the Malay Archipelago laid a firm
political and social basis for their proselytising efforts. They did not come
as conquerors, like the Spanish in the sixteenth century, or use the sword as
an instrument of conversion; nor did they arrogate to themselves the
privileges of a superior and dominant race so as to degrade and oppress the
original inhabitants, but coming simply in the guise of traders they
employed all [366]their superior intelligence and civilisation in the service of
their religion, rather than as a means towards their personal aggrandisement
and the amassing of wealth. 9 With this general statement of the subsidiary
means adopted by them, let us follow in detail their proselytising efforts
through the various islands in turn.
Tradition represents Islam as having been introduced into Sumatra from
Arabia. But there is no sound historical basis for such a belief, and all the
evidence seems to point to India as the source from which the people of
nucleus of a Muslim community which its members made every effort in
their power to increase. The following description of the methods adopted
by these merchant missionaries in the Philippine Islands, gives a picture of
what was no doubt the practice of many preceding generations of
Muhammadan traders:—“The better to introduce their religion into the
country, the Muhammadans adopted the language and many of the customs
of the natives, married their women, purchased slaves in order to increase
their personal importance, and succeeded finally in incorporating
themselves among the chiefs who held the foremost rank in the state. Since
they worked together with greater ability and harmony than the natives,
they gradually increased their power more and more, as having numbers of
slaves in their possession, they formed a kind of confederacy among
themselves and established a sort of monarchy, which they made hereditary
in one family. Though such a confederacy gave them great power, yet they
felt the necessity of keeping on friendly terms with the old aristocracy, and
of ensuring their freedom to those classes whose support they could not
afford to dispense with.” 8 It must have been in some such way as this that
the different Muhammadan settlements in the Malay Archipelago laid a firm
political and social basis for their proselytising efforts. They did not come
as conquerors, like the Spanish in the sixteenth century, or use the sword as
an instrument of conversion; nor did they arrogate to themselves the
privileges of a superior and dominant race so as to degrade and oppress the
original inhabitants, but coming simply in the guise of traders they
employed all [366]their superior intelligence and civilisation in the service of
their religion, rather than as a means towards their personal aggrandisement
and the amassing of wealth. 9 With this general statement of the subsidiary
means adopted by them, let us follow in detail their proselytising efforts
through the various islands in turn.
Tradition represents Islam as having been introduced into Sumatra from
Arabia. But there is no sound historical basis for such a belief, and all the
evidence seems to point to India as the source from which the people of
Page 425
Sumatra derived their knowledge of the new faith. Active commercial
relations had existed for centuries between India and the Malay
Archipelago, and the first missionaries to Sumatra were probably Indian
traders. 10 There is, however, no historical record of their labours, and the
Malay chronicles ascribe the honour of being the first missionary to Atjeh,
in the north-west of Sumatra, to an Arab named ʻAbd Allāh ʻĀrif, who is
said to have visited the island about the middle of the twelfth century; one
of his disciples, Burhān al-Dīn, is said to have carried the knowledge of the
faith down the west coast as far as Priaman. 11 Untrustworthy as this record
is, it may yet possibly indicate the existence of some proselytising activity
about this period; for the Malay chronicle of Atjeh gives 1205 as the date of
the accession of Jūhan Shāh, the traditionary founder of the Muhammadan
dynasty. He is said to have been a stranger from the West, 12 and to have
come to these shores to preach the faith of the Prophet; he made many
proselytes, married a wife from among the people of the country, and was
hailed by them as their king, under the half-Sanskrit, half-Arabic title of Srī
Padūka Sulṭān. For some time the new faith would in all probability have
been confined to the ports at which Muhammadan merchants touched, and
its progress inland would be slower, as here [367]it would come up against
the strong Hindu influences that had their centre in the kingdom of
Menangkabau.
Marco Polo, who spent five months on the north coast of Sumatra in 1292,
speaks of all the inhabitants being idolaters, except in the petty kingdom of
Parlāk on the north-east corner of the island, where, too, only the
townspeople were Muhammadans, for “this kingdom, you must know, is so
much frequented by the Saracen merchants that they have converted the
natives to the Law of Mahommet,” but the hill-people were all idolaters and
cannibals. 13 Further, one of the Malay chronicles says that it was Sultan ʻAlī
Mug͟ hāyat Shāh, who reigned over Atjeh from 1507 to 1522, who first set
the example of embracing Islam, in which he was followed by his
subjects. 14 But it is not improbable that the honour of being the first Muslim
ruler of the state has been here attributed as an added glory to the monarch
relations had existed for centuries between India and the Malay
Archipelago, and the first missionaries to Sumatra were probably Indian
traders. 10 There is, however, no historical record of their labours, and the
Malay chronicles ascribe the honour of being the first missionary to Atjeh,
in the north-west of Sumatra, to an Arab named ʻAbd Allāh ʻĀrif, who is
said to have visited the island about the middle of the twelfth century; one
of his disciples, Burhān al-Dīn, is said to have carried the knowledge of the
faith down the west coast as far as Priaman. 11 Untrustworthy as this record
is, it may yet possibly indicate the existence of some proselytising activity
about this period; for the Malay chronicle of Atjeh gives 1205 as the date of
the accession of Jūhan Shāh, the traditionary founder of the Muhammadan
dynasty. He is said to have been a stranger from the West, 12 and to have
come to these shores to preach the faith of the Prophet; he made many
proselytes, married a wife from among the people of the country, and was
hailed by them as their king, under the half-Sanskrit, half-Arabic title of Srī
Padūka Sulṭān. For some time the new faith would in all probability have
been confined to the ports at which Muhammadan merchants touched, and
its progress inland would be slower, as here [367]it would come up against
the strong Hindu influences that had their centre in the kingdom of
Menangkabau.
Marco Polo, who spent five months on the north coast of Sumatra in 1292,
speaks of all the inhabitants being idolaters, except in the petty kingdom of
Parlāk on the north-east corner of the island, where, too, only the
townspeople were Muhammadans, for “this kingdom, you must know, is so
much frequented by the Saracen merchants that they have converted the
natives to the Law of Mahommet,” but the hill-people were all idolaters and
cannibals. 13 Further, one of the Malay chronicles says that it was Sultan ʻAlī
Mug͟ hāyat Shāh, who reigned over Atjeh from 1507 to 1522, who first set
the example of embracing Islam, in which he was followed by his
subjects. 14 But it is not improbable that the honour of being the first Muslim
ruler of the state has been here attributed as an added glory to the monarch
Page 426
who founded the greatness of Atjeh and began to extend its sway over the
neighbouring country, and that he rather effected a revival of, or imparted a
fresh impulse to, the religious life of his subjects than gave to them their
first knowledge of the faith of the Prophet. For Islam had certainly set firm
foot in Sumatra long before his time. According to the traditionary account
of the city of Samudra, the Sharīf of Mecca sent a mission to convert the
people of Sumatra. The leader of the party was a certain Shayk͟ h Ismāʻīl: the
first place on the island at which they touched, after leaving Malabar, was
Pasuri (probably situated a little way down the west coast), the people of
which were persuaded by their preaching to embrace Islam. They then
proceeded northward to Lambri and then coasted round to the other side of
the island and sailed as far down the east coast as Aru, nearly opposite
Malacca, and in both of these places their efforts were crowned with a like
success. At Aru they made inquiries for Samudra, a city on the north coast
of the island, which seems to have been the special object of their mission,
and found that they had passed it. Accordingly they retraced their course to
Parlāk, where Marco Polo had found a Muhammadan community a few
years before, and having gained fresh [368]converts here also, they went on
to Samudra. This city and the kingdom of the same name had lately been
founded by a certain Mara Silu, who was persuaded by Shayk͟ h Ismāʻīl to
embrace Islam, and took the name of al-Malik al-Ṣāliḥ. He married the
daughter of the king of Parlāk, by whom he had two sons, and in order to
have a principality to leave to each, he founded the Muhammadan city and
kingdom of Pasei, also on the north coast. 15
The king, al-Malik al-Z̤ āhir, whom Ibn Baṭūṭah found reigning in Samudra
when he visited the island in 1345, was probably the elder of these two
sons. This prince displayed all the state of Muhammadan royalty, and his
dominions extended for many days’ journey along the coast; he was a
zealous and orthodox Muslim, fond of holding discussions with
jurisconsults and theologians, and his court was frequented by poets and
men of learning. Ibn Baṭūṭah gives us the names of two jurisconsults who
had come thither from Persia and also of a noble who had gone on an
neighbouring country, and that he rather effected a revival of, or imparted a
fresh impulse to, the religious life of his subjects than gave to them their
first knowledge of the faith of the Prophet. For Islam had certainly set firm
foot in Sumatra long before his time. According to the traditionary account
of the city of Samudra, the Sharīf of Mecca sent a mission to convert the
people of Sumatra. The leader of the party was a certain Shayk͟ h Ismāʻīl: the
first place on the island at which they touched, after leaving Malabar, was
Pasuri (probably situated a little way down the west coast), the people of
which were persuaded by their preaching to embrace Islam. They then
proceeded northward to Lambri and then coasted round to the other side of
the island and sailed as far down the east coast as Aru, nearly opposite
Malacca, and in both of these places their efforts were crowned with a like
success. At Aru they made inquiries for Samudra, a city on the north coast
of the island, which seems to have been the special object of their mission,
and found that they had passed it. Accordingly they retraced their course to
Parlāk, where Marco Polo had found a Muhammadan community a few
years before, and having gained fresh [368]converts here also, they went on
to Samudra. This city and the kingdom of the same name had lately been
founded by a certain Mara Silu, who was persuaded by Shayk͟ h Ismāʻīl to
embrace Islam, and took the name of al-Malik al-Ṣāliḥ. He married the
daughter of the king of Parlāk, by whom he had two sons, and in order to
have a principality to leave to each, he founded the Muhammadan city and
kingdom of Pasei, also on the north coast. 15
The king, al-Malik al-Z̤ āhir, whom Ibn Baṭūṭah found reigning in Samudra
when he visited the island in 1345, was probably the elder of these two
sons. This prince displayed all the state of Muhammadan royalty, and his
dominions extended for many days’ journey along the coast; he was a
zealous and orthodox Muslim, fond of holding discussions with
jurisconsults and theologians, and his court was frequented by poets and
men of learning. Ibn Baṭūṭah gives us the names of two jurisconsults who
had come thither from Persia and also of a noble who had gone on an
Page 427
embassy to Dehli on behalf of the king—which shows that Sumatra was
already in touch with several parts of the Muhammadan world. Al-Malik al-
Z̤ āhir was also a great general, and made war on the heathen of the
surrounding country until they submitted to his rule and paid tribute. 16
Islam had undoubtedly by this time made great progress in Sumatra, and
after having established itself along the coast, began to make its way inland.
The mission of Shayk͟ h Ismāʻīl and his party had borne fruit abundantly, for
a Chinese traveller who visited the island in 1413, speaks of Lambri as
having a population of 1000 families, all of whom were Muslims “and very
good people,” while the king and people of the kingdom of Aru were all of
the same faith. 17 It was either about the close of the same century or in the
fifteenth century, that the religion of the Prophet found adherents in the
great kingdom of Menangkabau, whose territory at one time extended from
one shore to another, and over a great part of the island, north and south of
the equator. 18 Though its power had by this time much [369]declined, still as
an ancient stronghold of Hinduism it presented great obstacles in the way of
the progress of the new religion. Despite this fact, Islam eventually took
firmer root among the subjects of this kingdom than among the majority of
the inhabitants of the interior of the island. 19 It is very remarkable that this,
the most central people of the island, should have been more thoroughly
converted than the inhabitants of so many other districts that were more
accessible to foreign influences. To the present day the inhabitants of the
Batak country are still, for the most part, heathen; but Islam has gained a
footing among them, e.g. some living on the borders of Atjeh have been
converted, by their Muhammadan neighbours, 20 others dwelling in the
mountains of the Rau country on the equator have likewise become
Musalmans; 21 on the east coast also conversions of Bataks, who come much
in contact with Malays, are not uncommon. 22
The fanatical Padris (p. 372) made strenuous efforts, in vain, to force Islam
upon the Bataks at the point of the sword, laying waste their country and
putting many to death; but these violent methods did not win converts.
already in touch with several parts of the Muhammadan world. Al-Malik al-
Z̤ āhir was also a great general, and made war on the heathen of the
surrounding country until they submitted to his rule and paid tribute. 16
Islam had undoubtedly by this time made great progress in Sumatra, and
after having established itself along the coast, began to make its way inland.
The mission of Shayk͟ h Ismāʻīl and his party had borne fruit abundantly, for
a Chinese traveller who visited the island in 1413, speaks of Lambri as
having a population of 1000 families, all of whom were Muslims “and very
good people,” while the king and people of the kingdom of Aru were all of
the same faith. 17 It was either about the close of the same century or in the
fifteenth century, that the religion of the Prophet found adherents in the
great kingdom of Menangkabau, whose territory at one time extended from
one shore to another, and over a great part of the island, north and south of
the equator. 18 Though its power had by this time much [369]declined, still as
an ancient stronghold of Hinduism it presented great obstacles in the way of
the progress of the new religion. Despite this fact, Islam eventually took
firmer root among the subjects of this kingdom than among the majority of
the inhabitants of the interior of the island. 19 It is very remarkable that this,
the most central people of the island, should have been more thoroughly
converted than the inhabitants of so many other districts that were more
accessible to foreign influences. To the present day the inhabitants of the
Batak country are still, for the most part, heathen; but Islam has gained a
footing among them, e.g. some living on the borders of Atjeh have been
converted, by their Muhammadan neighbours, 20 others dwelling in the
mountains of the Rau country on the equator have likewise become
Musalmans; 21 on the east coast also conversions of Bataks, who come much
in contact with Malays, are not uncommon. 22
The fanatical Padris (p. 372) made strenuous efforts, in vain, to force Islam
upon the Bataks at the point of the sword, laying waste their country and
putting many to death; but these violent methods did not win converts.
Page 428
When, however, the Dutch Government suppressed the Padri rising and
annexed the southern part of the Batak country, Islam began to spread by
peaceful means, chiefly through the zealous efforts of the native
subordinate officials of the new régime, who were all Muhammadan
Malays, 23 but also through the influence of the traders who wandered
through the country, whose proselytising activity was followed up by the
ḥājīs and other recognised teachers of the faith. It is a remarkable fact that
the Bataks, who for centuries had offered a pertinacious resistance to the
entrance of Islam into their midst, though they were hemmed in between
two fanatical Muhammadan populations, the Achinese on the north and the
Malays on the south, have in recent years responded with enthusiasm to the
[370]peaceful efforts made for their conversion. An explanation would
appear to be found in the breaking down of their exclusive national
characteristics through the Dutch occupation and the conquest opening up
their country to foreign influences, which implied the commencement of a
new era in their cultural development, as well as in the skilful procedure of
the exponents of the new faith, who knew how to accommodate their
teachings to the existing beliefs of the Bataks and their deep-rooted
superstitions. 24 A considerable impulse seems to have been given to Muslim
propaganda by the establishment of Christian missions among the Bataks in
1897, and they appear even to have paved the way for its success. Two
Batak villages, the entire population of which had been baptised, are said to
have gone over in a body to Islam shortly afterwards. 25
In Central Sumatra there is still a large heathen population, though the
majority of the inhabitants are Muslims; but these latter are very ignorant of
their religion, with the exception of a few ḥājīs and religious teachers: even
among the people of Korintji, who are for the most part zealous adherents
of the faith, there are certain sections of the population who still worship
the gods of their pagan ancestors. 26 Efforts are, however, being made
towards a religious revival, and the Muslim missionaries are making fresh
conquests from among the heathen, especially along the west coast. 27 In the
district of Sipirok a religious teacher attached to the mosque in the town of
annexed the southern part of the Batak country, Islam began to spread by
peaceful means, chiefly through the zealous efforts of the native
subordinate officials of the new régime, who were all Muhammadan
Malays, 23 but also through the influence of the traders who wandered
through the country, whose proselytising activity was followed up by the
ḥājīs and other recognised teachers of the faith. It is a remarkable fact that
the Bataks, who for centuries had offered a pertinacious resistance to the
entrance of Islam into their midst, though they were hemmed in between
two fanatical Muhammadan populations, the Achinese on the north and the
Malays on the south, have in recent years responded with enthusiasm to the
[370]peaceful efforts made for their conversion. An explanation would
appear to be found in the breaking down of their exclusive national
characteristics through the Dutch occupation and the conquest opening up
their country to foreign influences, which implied the commencement of a
new era in their cultural development, as well as in the skilful procedure of
the exponents of the new faith, who knew how to accommodate their
teachings to the existing beliefs of the Bataks and their deep-rooted
superstitions. 24 A considerable impulse seems to have been given to Muslim
propaganda by the establishment of Christian missions among the Bataks in
1897, and they appear even to have paved the way for its success. Two
Batak villages, the entire population of which had been baptised, are said to
have gone over in a body to Islam shortly afterwards. 25
In Central Sumatra there is still a large heathen population, though the
majority of the inhabitants are Muslims; but these latter are very ignorant of
their religion, with the exception of a few ḥājīs and religious teachers: even
among the people of Korintji, who are for the most part zealous adherents
of the faith, there are certain sections of the population who still worship
the gods of their pagan ancestors. 26 Efforts are, however, being made
towards a religious revival, and the Muslim missionaries are making fresh
conquests from among the heathen, especially along the west coast. 27 In the
district of Sipirok a religious teacher attached to the mosque in the town of
Page 429
the same name, in a quarter of a century, converted the whole population of
this district to Islam, with the exception of the Christians who were to be
found there, mostly descendants of former slaves, 28 and a later missionary
movement in the first decade of the twentieth century succeeded in winning
over to Islam many of the Christians of this district, even [371]some living in
the centre of the sphere of influence of the Christian mission. 29
Islam is traditionally represented to have been introduced into Palembang
about 1440 by Raden Raḥmat, of whose propagandist activity an account
will be given below (p. 381). But Hindu influences appear to have been
firmly rooted here, and the progress of the new faith was slow. Even up to
the nineteenth century the Muslims of Palembang were said to know little
of their religion except the external observances of it, with the exception of
the inhabitants of the capital who come into daily contact with Arabs; 30 but
in the first decade of the twentieth century there would appear to have been
a revival of the religious life and a growing propaganda, as the Colonial
Reports of the Dutch Government draw attention to the continual spread of
Islam among the heathen population of various districts of Palembang. 31
It was from Java that Islam was first brought into the Lampong districts
which form the southern extremity of Sumatra, by a chieftain of these
districts, named Minak Kamala Bumi. About the end of the fifteenth
century he crossed over the Strait of Sunda to the kingdom of Bantam on
the west coast of Java, which had accepted the teachings of the Muslim
missionaries a few years before the date of his visit; here he, too, embraced
Islam, and after making the pilgrimage to Mecca, spread the knowledge of
his newly adopted faith among his fellow-countrymen. 32 This religion has
made considerable progress among the Lampongs, and most of the villages
have mosques in them, but the old superstitions still linger on in parts of the
interior. 33
In the early part of the nineteenth century a religious revival was set on foot
in Sumatra, which was not without its influence in promoting the further
this district to Islam, with the exception of the Christians who were to be
found there, mostly descendants of former slaves, 28 and a later missionary
movement in the first decade of the twentieth century succeeded in winning
over to Islam many of the Christians of this district, even [371]some living in
the centre of the sphere of influence of the Christian mission. 29
Islam is traditionally represented to have been introduced into Palembang
about 1440 by Raden Raḥmat, of whose propagandist activity an account
will be given below (p. 381). But Hindu influences appear to have been
firmly rooted here, and the progress of the new faith was slow. Even up to
the nineteenth century the Muslims of Palembang were said to know little
of their religion except the external observances of it, with the exception of
the inhabitants of the capital who come into daily contact with Arabs; 30 but
in the first decade of the twentieth century there would appear to have been
a revival of the religious life and a growing propaganda, as the Colonial
Reports of the Dutch Government draw attention to the continual spread of
Islam among the heathen population of various districts of Palembang. 31
It was from Java that Islam was first brought into the Lampong districts
which form the southern extremity of Sumatra, by a chieftain of these
districts, named Minak Kamala Bumi. About the end of the fifteenth
century he crossed over the Strait of Sunda to the kingdom of Bantam on
the west coast of Java, which had accepted the teachings of the Muslim
missionaries a few years before the date of his visit; here he, too, embraced
Islam, and after making the pilgrimage to Mecca, spread the knowledge of
his newly adopted faith among his fellow-countrymen. 32 This religion has
made considerable progress among the Lampongs, and most of the villages
have mosques in them, but the old superstitions still linger on in parts of the
interior. 33
In the early part of the nineteenth century a religious revival was set on foot
in Sumatra, which was not without its influence in promoting the further
Page 430
propagation of Islam. In 1803 three Sumatran ḥājīs returned from Mecca to
their native country: during their stay in the holy city they had [372]been
profoundly influenced by the Wahhābī movement for the reformation of
Islam, and were now eager to introduce the same reforms among their
fellow-countrymen and to stir up in them a purer and more zealous religious
life. Accordingly they began to preach the strict monotheism of the
Wahhābī sect, forbade prayers to saints, drinking and gambling and all other
practices contrary to the law of the Qurʼān. They made a number of
proselytes both from among their co-religionists and the heathen
population. They later declared a Jihād against the Bataks, and in the hands
of unscrupulous and ambitious men the movement lost its original character
and degenerated into a savage and bloody war of conquest. In 1821 these
so-called Padris came into conflict with the Dutch Government and it was
not until 1838 that their last stronghold was taken and their power broken. 34
All the civilised Malays of the Malay Peninsula trace their origin to
migrations from Sumatra, especially from Menangkabau, the famous
kingdom mentioned above, which is said at one time to have been the most
powerful on the island; some of the chiefs of the interior states of the
southern part of the Malay Peninsula still receive their investiture from this
place. At what period these colonies from the heart of Sumatra settled in the
interior of the Peninsula, is matter of conjecture, but Singapore and the
southern extremity of the Peninsula seem to have received a colony in the
middle of the twelfth century, by the descendants of which Malacca was
founded about a century later. 35 From its advantageous situation, in the
highway of eastern commerce it soon became a large and flourishing city,
and there is little doubt but that Islam was introduced by the Muhammadan
merchants who settled here. 36 The Malay chronicle of Malacca assigns the
conversion of this kingdom to the reign of a certain Sulṭān Muḥammad
Shāh who came to the throne in 1276. He is said to have been reigning
[373]some years before a ship commanded by Sīdī ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz came to
Malacca from Jiddah, and the king was persuaded by the new-comers to
change his faith and to give up his Malay name for one containing the name
their native country: during their stay in the holy city they had [372]been
profoundly influenced by the Wahhābī movement for the reformation of
Islam, and were now eager to introduce the same reforms among their
fellow-countrymen and to stir up in them a purer and more zealous religious
life. Accordingly they began to preach the strict monotheism of the
Wahhābī sect, forbade prayers to saints, drinking and gambling and all other
practices contrary to the law of the Qurʼān. They made a number of
proselytes both from among their co-religionists and the heathen
population. They later declared a Jihād against the Bataks, and in the hands
of unscrupulous and ambitious men the movement lost its original character
and degenerated into a savage and bloody war of conquest. In 1821 these
so-called Padris came into conflict with the Dutch Government and it was
not until 1838 that their last stronghold was taken and their power broken. 34
All the civilised Malays of the Malay Peninsula trace their origin to
migrations from Sumatra, especially from Menangkabau, the famous
kingdom mentioned above, which is said at one time to have been the most
powerful on the island; some of the chiefs of the interior states of the
southern part of the Malay Peninsula still receive their investiture from this
place. At what period these colonies from the heart of Sumatra settled in the
interior of the Peninsula, is matter of conjecture, but Singapore and the
southern extremity of the Peninsula seem to have received a colony in the
middle of the twelfth century, by the descendants of which Malacca was
founded about a century later. 35 From its advantageous situation, in the
highway of eastern commerce it soon became a large and flourishing city,
and there is little doubt but that Islam was introduced by the Muhammadan
merchants who settled here. 36 The Malay chronicle of Malacca assigns the
conversion of this kingdom to the reign of a certain Sulṭān Muḥammad
Shāh who came to the throne in 1276. He is said to have been reigning
[373]some years before a ship commanded by Sīdī ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz came to
Malacca from Jiddah, and the king was persuaded by the new-comers to
change his faith and to give up his Malay name for one containing the name
Page 431
of the Prophet. 37 But the general character of this document makes its
trustworthiness exceedingly doubtful, 38 in spite of the likelihood that the
date of so important an event would have been exactly noted (as was done
in many parts of the Archipelago) by a people who, proud of the event,
would look upon it as opening a new epoch in their history. A Portuguese
historian gives a much later date, namely 1384, in which year, he says, a
Qāḍī came from Arabia and having converted the king, gave him the name
of Muḥammad after the Prophet, adding Shāh to it. 39
In the annals of Queda, one of the northernmost of the states of the Malay
Peninsula, we have a curious account of the introduction of Islam into this
kingdom, about a.d. 1501, 40 which (divested of certain miraculous
incidents) is as follows: A learned Arab, by name Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh,
having come to Queda, visited the Raja and inquired what was the religion
of the country. “My religion,” replied the Raja, “and that of all my subjects
is that which has been handed down to us by the people of old. We all
worship idols.” “Then has your highness never heard of Islam, and of the
Qurʼān which descended from God to Muḥammad, and has superseded all
other religions, leaving them in the possession of the devil?” “I pray you
then, if this be true,” said the Raja, “to instruct and enlighten us in this new
faith.” In a transport of holy fervour at this request, Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh
embraced the Raja and then instructed him in the creed. Persuaded by his
teaching, the Raja sent for all his jars of spirits (to which he was much
addicted), and with his own hands emptied them on the ground. After this
he had all the idols of the palace brought out; the idols of gold, and silver,
and clay, and [374]wood were all heaped up in his presence, and were all
broken and cut to pieces by Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh with his sword and with an
axe, and the fragments consumed in the fire. The Shayk͟ h asked the Raja to
assemble all his women of the fort and palace. When they had all come into
the presence of the Raja and the Shayk͟ h, they were initiated into the
doctrines of Islam. The Shayk͟ h was mild and courteous in his demeanour,
persuasive and soft in his language, so that he gained the hearts of the
inmates of the palace. The Raja soon after sent for his four aged ministers,
trustworthiness exceedingly doubtful, 38 in spite of the likelihood that the
date of so important an event would have been exactly noted (as was done
in many parts of the Archipelago) by a people who, proud of the event,
would look upon it as opening a new epoch in their history. A Portuguese
historian gives a much later date, namely 1384, in which year, he says, a
Qāḍī came from Arabia and having converted the king, gave him the name
of Muḥammad after the Prophet, adding Shāh to it. 39
In the annals of Queda, one of the northernmost of the states of the Malay
Peninsula, we have a curious account of the introduction of Islam into this
kingdom, about a.d. 1501, 40 which (divested of certain miraculous
incidents) is as follows: A learned Arab, by name Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh,
having come to Queda, visited the Raja and inquired what was the religion
of the country. “My religion,” replied the Raja, “and that of all my subjects
is that which has been handed down to us by the people of old. We all
worship idols.” “Then has your highness never heard of Islam, and of the
Qurʼān which descended from God to Muḥammad, and has superseded all
other religions, leaving them in the possession of the devil?” “I pray you
then, if this be true,” said the Raja, “to instruct and enlighten us in this new
faith.” In a transport of holy fervour at this request, Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh
embraced the Raja and then instructed him in the creed. Persuaded by his
teaching, the Raja sent for all his jars of spirits (to which he was much
addicted), and with his own hands emptied them on the ground. After this
he had all the idols of the palace brought out; the idols of gold, and silver,
and clay, and [374]wood were all heaped up in his presence, and were all
broken and cut to pieces by Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh with his sword and with an
axe, and the fragments consumed in the fire. The Shayk͟ h asked the Raja to
assemble all his women of the fort and palace. When they had all come into
the presence of the Raja and the Shayk͟ h, they were initiated into the
doctrines of Islam. The Shayk͟ h was mild and courteous in his demeanour,
persuasive and soft in his language, so that he gained the hearts of the
inmates of the palace. The Raja soon after sent for his four aged ministers,
Page 432
who, on entering the hall, were surprised at seeing a Shayk͟ h seated near the
Raja. The Raja explained to them the object of the Shayk͟ h’s coming;
whereupon the four chiefs expressed their readiness to follow the example
of his highness, saying, “We hope that Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh will instruct us
also.” The latter hearing these words, embraced the four ministers and said
that he hoped that, to prove their sincerity, they would send for all the
people to come to the audience hall, bringing with them all the idols that
they were wont to worship and the idols that had been handed down by the
men of former days. The request was complied with and all the idols kept
by the people were at that very time brought down and there destroyed and
burnt to dust; no one was sorry at this demolition of their false gods, all
were glad to enter the pale of Islam. Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh after this said to the
four ministers, “What is the name of your prince?” They replied, “His name
is Pra Ong Mahāwāngsā.” “Let us change it for one in the language of
Islam,” said the Shayk͟ h. After some consultation, the name of the Raja was
changed at his request to Sultan Muzlaf al-Shāh, because, the Shayk͟ h
averred, it is a celebrated name and is found in the Qurʼān. 41
The Raja now built mosques wherever the population was considerable, and
directed that to each there should be attached forty-four of the inhabitants at
least as a settled congregation, for a smaller number would have been few
for the duties of religion. So mosques were erected and great [375]drums
were attached to them to be beaten to call the people to prayer on Fridays.
Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh continued for some time to instruct the people in the
religion of Islam; they flocked to him from all the coasts and districts of
Queda and its vicinity, and were initiated by him into its forms and
ceremonies.
The news of the conversion of the inhabitants of Queda by Shayk͟ h ʻAbd
Allāh reached Atjeh, and the Sultan of that country and a certain Shayk͟ h
Nūr al-Dīn, an Arab missionary, who had come from Mecca, sent some
books and a letter, which ran as follows:—“This letter is from the Sultan of
Atjeh and Nūr al-Dīn to our brother the Sultan of Queda and Shayk͟ h ʻAbd
Raja. The Raja explained to them the object of the Shayk͟ h’s coming;
whereupon the four chiefs expressed their readiness to follow the example
of his highness, saying, “We hope that Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh will instruct us
also.” The latter hearing these words, embraced the four ministers and said
that he hoped that, to prove their sincerity, they would send for all the
people to come to the audience hall, bringing with them all the idols that
they were wont to worship and the idols that had been handed down by the
men of former days. The request was complied with and all the idols kept
by the people were at that very time brought down and there destroyed and
burnt to dust; no one was sorry at this demolition of their false gods, all
were glad to enter the pale of Islam. Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh after this said to the
four ministers, “What is the name of your prince?” They replied, “His name
is Pra Ong Mahāwāngsā.” “Let us change it for one in the language of
Islam,” said the Shayk͟ h. After some consultation, the name of the Raja was
changed at his request to Sultan Muzlaf al-Shāh, because, the Shayk͟ h
averred, it is a celebrated name and is found in the Qurʼān. 41
The Raja now built mosques wherever the population was considerable, and
directed that to each there should be attached forty-four of the inhabitants at
least as a settled congregation, for a smaller number would have been few
for the duties of religion. So mosques were erected and great [375]drums
were attached to them to be beaten to call the people to prayer on Fridays.
Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh continued for some time to instruct the people in the
religion of Islam; they flocked to him from all the coasts and districts of
Queda and its vicinity, and were initiated by him into its forms and
ceremonies.
The news of the conversion of the inhabitants of Queda by Shayk͟ h ʻAbd
Allāh reached Atjeh, and the Sultan of that country and a certain Shayk͟ h
Nūr al-Dīn, an Arab missionary, who had come from Mecca, sent some
books and a letter, which ran as follows:—“This letter is from the Sultan of
Atjeh and Nūr al-Dīn to our brother the Sultan of Queda and Shayk͟ h ʻAbd
Page 433
Allāh of Yaman, now in Queda. We have sent two religious books, in order
that the faith of Islam may be firmly established and the people fully
instructed in their duties and in the rites of the faith.” A letter was sent in
reply by the Raja and Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh, thanking the donors. So Shayk͟ h
ʻAbd Allāh redoubled his efforts, and erected additional small mosques in
all the different villages for general convenience, and instructed the people
in all the rules and observances of the faith. The Raja and his wife were
constantly with the Shayk͟ h, learning to read the Qurʼān. The royal pair
searched also for some maiden of the lineage of the Rajas of the country, to
be the Shayk͟ h’s wife. But no one could be found who was willing to give
his daughter thus in marriage because the holy man was about to return to
Bag͟ hdād, and only waited until he had sufficiently instructed some person
to supply his place. Now at this time the Sultan had three sons, Raja
Muʻaz̤ z̤ am Shāh, Raja Muḥammad Shāh, and Raja Sulaymān Shāh. These
names had been borrowed from the Qurʼān by Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh and
bestowed upon the princes, whom he exhorted to be patient and slow to
anger in their intercourse with their slaves and the lower orders, and to
regard with pity all the servants of God, and the poor and needy. 42
It must not be supposed that the labours of Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh were
crowned with complete success, for we learn [376]from the annals of Atjeh
that a Sultan of this country who conquered Queda in 1649, set himself to
“more firmly establish the faith and destroy the houses of the Liar” or
temples of idols. 43 Thus a century and a half elapsed before idolatry was
completely rooted out.
We possess no other details of the history of the conversion of the Malays
of the Peninsula, but in many places the graves of the Arab missionaries
who first preached the faith to them are honoured by these people. 44 Their
long intercourse with the Arabs and the Muslims of the east coast of India
has made them very rigid observers of their religious duties, and they have
the reputation of being the most exemplary Muhammadans of the
Archipelago; at the same time their constant contact with the Hindus,
that the faith of Islam may be firmly established and the people fully
instructed in their duties and in the rites of the faith.” A letter was sent in
reply by the Raja and Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh, thanking the donors. So Shayk͟ h
ʻAbd Allāh redoubled his efforts, and erected additional small mosques in
all the different villages for general convenience, and instructed the people
in all the rules and observances of the faith. The Raja and his wife were
constantly with the Shayk͟ h, learning to read the Qurʼān. The royal pair
searched also for some maiden of the lineage of the Rajas of the country, to
be the Shayk͟ h’s wife. But no one could be found who was willing to give
his daughter thus in marriage because the holy man was about to return to
Bag͟ hdād, and only waited until he had sufficiently instructed some person
to supply his place. Now at this time the Sultan had three sons, Raja
Muʻaz̤ z̤ am Shāh, Raja Muḥammad Shāh, and Raja Sulaymān Shāh. These
names had been borrowed from the Qurʼān by Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh and
bestowed upon the princes, whom he exhorted to be patient and slow to
anger in their intercourse with their slaves and the lower orders, and to
regard with pity all the servants of God, and the poor and needy. 42
It must not be supposed that the labours of Shayk͟ h ʻAbd Allāh were
crowned with complete success, for we learn [376]from the annals of Atjeh
that a Sultan of this country who conquered Queda in 1649, set himself to
“more firmly establish the faith and destroy the houses of the Liar” or
temples of idols. 43 Thus a century and a half elapsed before idolatry was
completely rooted out.
We possess no other details of the history of the conversion of the Malays
of the Peninsula, but in many places the graves of the Arab missionaries
who first preached the faith to them are honoured by these people. 44 Their
long intercourse with the Arabs and the Muslims of the east coast of India
has made them very rigid observers of their religious duties, and they have
the reputation of being the most exemplary Muhammadans of the
Archipelago; at the same time their constant contact with the Hindus,
Page 434
Buddhists, Christians and pagans of their own country has made them
liberal and tolerant. They are very strict in the keeping of the fast of
Ramaḍān and in performing the pilgrimage to Mecca. The religious
interests of the people are always considered at the same time as their
temporal welfare; and when a village is found to contain more than forty
houses and is considered to be of a size that necessitates its organisation and
the appointment of the regular village officers, a public preacher is always
included among the number and a mosque is formally built and instituted. 45
In the north, where the Malay states border on Siam, Islam has exercised
considerable influence on the Siamese Buddhists; those who have here been
converted are called Samsams and speak a language that is a mixed jargon
of the languages of the two people. 46 Converts are also made from among
the wild tribes of the Peninsula. 47
The history of the spread of Islam in Indo-China is obscure; Arab and
Persian merchants probably introduced their religion into the sea-port towns
from the tenth century onwards, but its most important expansion was due
to the immigrations of Malays which began at the close of the fourteenth
century. 48 [377]
We must now go back several centuries in order to follow out the history of
the conversion of Java. The preaching and promulgation of the doctrines of
Islam in this island were undoubtedly for a long time entirely the result of
the labours of individual merchants or of the leaders of small colonies, for
in Java there was no central Muhammadan power to throw in its influence
on the side of the new religion or enforce the acceptance of it by warlike
means. On the contrary, the Muslim missionaries came in contact with a
Hindu civilisation, that had thrust its roots deep into the life of the country
and had raised the Javanese to a high level of culture and progress—
expressing itself moreover in institutions and laws radically different to
those of Arabia. Even up to the present day, the Muhammadan law has
failed to establish itself absolutely, even where the authority of Islam is
liberal and tolerant. They are very strict in the keeping of the fast of
Ramaḍān and in performing the pilgrimage to Mecca. The religious
interests of the people are always considered at the same time as their
temporal welfare; and when a village is found to contain more than forty
houses and is considered to be of a size that necessitates its organisation and
the appointment of the regular village officers, a public preacher is always
included among the number and a mosque is formally built and instituted. 45
In the north, where the Malay states border on Siam, Islam has exercised
considerable influence on the Siamese Buddhists; those who have here been
converted are called Samsams and speak a language that is a mixed jargon
of the languages of the two people. 46 Converts are also made from among
the wild tribes of the Peninsula. 47
The history of the spread of Islam in Indo-China is obscure; Arab and
Persian merchants probably introduced their religion into the sea-port towns
from the tenth century onwards, but its most important expansion was due
to the immigrations of Malays which began at the close of the fourteenth
century. 48 [377]
We must now go back several centuries in order to follow out the history of
the conversion of Java. The preaching and promulgation of the doctrines of
Islam in this island were undoubtedly for a long time entirely the result of
the labours of individual merchants or of the leaders of small colonies, for
in Java there was no central Muhammadan power to throw in its influence
on the side of the new religion or enforce the acceptance of it by warlike
means. On the contrary, the Muslim missionaries came in contact with a
Hindu civilisation, that had thrust its roots deep into the life of the country
and had raised the Javanese to a high level of culture and progress—
expressing itself moreover in institutions and laws radically different to
those of Arabia. Even up to the present day, the Muhammadan law has
failed to establish itself absolutely, even where the authority of Islam is
Page 435
generally predominant, and there is still a constant struggle between the
adherents of the old Malayan usages and the Ḥājīs, who having made the
pilgrimage to Mecca, return enthusiastic for a strict observance of Muslim
Law. Consequently the work of conversion must have proceeded very
slowly, and we can say with tolerable certainty that while part of the history
of this proselytising movement may be disentangled from legends and
traditions, much of it must remain wholly unknown to us. In the Malay
Chronicle, which purports to give us an account of the first preachers of the
faith, what was undoubtedly the work of many generations and must have
been carried on through many centuries, is compressed within the compass
of a few years; and, as frequently happens in popular histories, a few well-
known names gain the fame and credit that belongs of right to the patient
labours of their unknown predecessors. 49 Further, the quiet, unobtrusive
labours of many of these missionaries would not be likely to attract the
notice of the chronicler, whose attention would naturally be fixed rather on
the doings of kings and princes, and of those who came in close relationship
to them. But failing such larger knowledge, we must fain be content with
the facts that have been handed down to us. [378]
In the following pages, therefore, it is proposed to give a brief sketch of the
establishment of the Muhammadan religion in this island, as presented in
the native chronicle, which, though full of contradictions and fables, has
undoubtedly a historical foundation, as is attested by the inscriptions on the
tombs of the chief personages mentioned and the remains of ancient cities,
etc. The following account therefore may, in the want of any other
authorities, be accepted as substantially correct, with the caution above
mentioned against ascribing too much efficacy to the proselytising efforts of
individuals.
The first attempt to introduce Islam into Java was made by a native of the
island about the close of the twelfth century. The first king of Pajajaran, a
state in the western part of the island, left two sons; of these, the elder chose
to follow the profession of a merchant and undertook a trading expedition
adherents of the old Malayan usages and the Ḥājīs, who having made the
pilgrimage to Mecca, return enthusiastic for a strict observance of Muslim
Law. Consequently the work of conversion must have proceeded very
slowly, and we can say with tolerable certainty that while part of the history
of this proselytising movement may be disentangled from legends and
traditions, much of it must remain wholly unknown to us. In the Malay
Chronicle, which purports to give us an account of the first preachers of the
faith, what was undoubtedly the work of many generations and must have
been carried on through many centuries, is compressed within the compass
of a few years; and, as frequently happens in popular histories, a few well-
known names gain the fame and credit that belongs of right to the patient
labours of their unknown predecessors. 49 Further, the quiet, unobtrusive
labours of many of these missionaries would not be likely to attract the
notice of the chronicler, whose attention would naturally be fixed rather on
the doings of kings and princes, and of those who came in close relationship
to them. But failing such larger knowledge, we must fain be content with
the facts that have been handed down to us. [378]
In the following pages, therefore, it is proposed to give a brief sketch of the
establishment of the Muhammadan religion in this island, as presented in
the native chronicle, which, though full of contradictions and fables, has
undoubtedly a historical foundation, as is attested by the inscriptions on the
tombs of the chief personages mentioned and the remains of ancient cities,
etc. The following account therefore may, in the want of any other
authorities, be accepted as substantially correct, with the caution above
mentioned against ascribing too much efficacy to the proselytising efforts of
individuals.
The first attempt to introduce Islam into Java was made by a native of the
island about the close of the twelfth century. The first king of Pajajaran, a
state in the western part of the island, left two sons; of these, the elder chose
to follow the profession of a merchant and undertook a trading expedition
Page 436
to India, leaving the kingdom to his younger brother, who succeeded to the
throne in the year 1190 with the title of Prabu Munding Sari. In the course
of his wanderings, the elder brother fell in with some Arab merchants, and
was by them converted to Islam, taking the name of Ḥājī Purwa.
On his return to his native country, he tried with the help of an Arab
missionary to convert his brother and the royal family to his new faith; but,
his efforts proving unsuccessful, he fled into the jungle for fear of the king
and his unbelieving subjects, and we hear no more of him. 50
In the latter half of the fourteenth century, a missionary movement, which
was attended with greater success, was instituted by a certain Mawlānā
Malik Ibrāhīm, who landed on the east coast of Java with some of his co-
religionists, and established himself near the town of Gresik, opposite the
island of Madura. He is said to have traced his descent to Zayn al-ʻĀbidīn, a
great-grandson of the Prophet, and to have been cousin of the Raja of
Chermen. 51 Here he occupied himself successfully in the work of
conversion, and speedily gathered a small band of believers around him.
[379]Later on, he was joined by his cousin, the Raja of Chermen, who came
in the hope of converting the Raja of the Hindu Kingdom of Majapahit, and
of forming an alliance with him by offering his daughter in marriage. On his
arrival he sent his son, Ṣādiq Muḥammad, to Majapahit to arrange an
interview, while he busied himself in the building of a mosque and the
conversion of the inhabitants. A meeting of the two princes took place
accordingly, but before the favourable impression then produced could be
followed up, a sickness broke out among the people of the Raja of
Chermen, which carried off his daughter, three of his nephews who had
accompanied him, and a great part of his retinue; whereupon he himself
returned to his own kingdom. These misfortunes prejudiced the mind of the
Raja of Majapahit against the new faith, which he said should have better
protected its votaries: and the mission accordingly failed. Mawlānā Ibrāhīm,
however, remained behind, in charge of the tombs 52 of his kinsfolk and co-
religionists, and himself died twenty-one years later, in 1419, and was
throne in the year 1190 with the title of Prabu Munding Sari. In the course
of his wanderings, the elder brother fell in with some Arab merchants, and
was by them converted to Islam, taking the name of Ḥājī Purwa.
On his return to his native country, he tried with the help of an Arab
missionary to convert his brother and the royal family to his new faith; but,
his efforts proving unsuccessful, he fled into the jungle for fear of the king
and his unbelieving subjects, and we hear no more of him. 50
In the latter half of the fourteenth century, a missionary movement, which
was attended with greater success, was instituted by a certain Mawlānā
Malik Ibrāhīm, who landed on the east coast of Java with some of his co-
religionists, and established himself near the town of Gresik, opposite the
island of Madura. He is said to have traced his descent to Zayn al-ʻĀbidīn, a
great-grandson of the Prophet, and to have been cousin of the Raja of
Chermen. 51 Here he occupied himself successfully in the work of
conversion, and speedily gathered a small band of believers around him.
[379]Later on, he was joined by his cousin, the Raja of Chermen, who came
in the hope of converting the Raja of the Hindu Kingdom of Majapahit, and
of forming an alliance with him by offering his daughter in marriage. On his
arrival he sent his son, Ṣādiq Muḥammad, to Majapahit to arrange an
interview, while he busied himself in the building of a mosque and the
conversion of the inhabitants. A meeting of the two princes took place
accordingly, but before the favourable impression then produced could be
followed up, a sickness broke out among the people of the Raja of
Chermen, which carried off his daughter, three of his nephews who had
accompanied him, and a great part of his retinue; whereupon he himself
returned to his own kingdom. These misfortunes prejudiced the mind of the
Raja of Majapahit against the new faith, which he said should have better
protected its votaries: and the mission accordingly failed. Mawlānā Ibrāhīm,
however, remained behind, in charge of the tombs 52 of his kinsfolk and co-
religionists, and himself died twenty-one years later, in 1419, and was
Page 437
buried at Gresik, where his tomb is still venerated as that of the first apostle
of Islam to Java.
A Chinese Musalman, who accompanied the envoy of the Emperor of
China to Java in the capacity of interpreter, six years before the death of
Mawlānā Ibrāhīm, i.e. in 1413, mentions the presence of his co-religionists
in this island in his “General Account of the Shores of the Ocean,” where he
says, “In this country there are three kinds of people. First the
Muhammadans, who have come from the west, and have established
themselves here; their dress and food is clean and proper; second, the
Chinese who have run away and settled here; what they eat and use is also
very fine, and many of them have adopted the Muhammadan religion and
observe its precepts. The third kind are the natives, who are very ugly and
uncouth, they go about with uncombed heads and naked feet, and believe
devoutly in devils, theirs being one of the countries called devil-countries in
Buddhist books.” 53 [380]
We now approach the period in which the rule of the Muhammadans
became predominant in the island, after their religion had been introduced
into it for nearly a century; and here it will be necessary to enter a little
more closely into the details of the history in order to show that this was not
the result of any fanatical movement stirred up by the Arabs, but rather of a
revolution carried out by the natives of the country themselves, 54 who
(though they naturally gained strength from the bond of a common faith)
were stirred up to unite in order to wrest the supreme power from the hands
of their heathen fellow-countrymen, not by the preaching of a religious war,
but through the exhortations of an ambitious aspirant to the throne who had
a wrong to avenge. 55
The political condition of the island may be described as follows:—The
central and eastern provinces of the island, which were the most wealthy
and populous and the furthest advanced in civilisation, were under the sway
of the Hindu kingdom of Majapahit. Further west were Cheribon and
of Islam to Java.
A Chinese Musalman, who accompanied the envoy of the Emperor of
China to Java in the capacity of interpreter, six years before the death of
Mawlānā Ibrāhīm, i.e. in 1413, mentions the presence of his co-religionists
in this island in his “General Account of the Shores of the Ocean,” where he
says, “In this country there are three kinds of people. First the
Muhammadans, who have come from the west, and have established
themselves here; their dress and food is clean and proper; second, the
Chinese who have run away and settled here; what they eat and use is also
very fine, and many of them have adopted the Muhammadan religion and
observe its precepts. The third kind are the natives, who are very ugly and
uncouth, they go about with uncombed heads and naked feet, and believe
devoutly in devils, theirs being one of the countries called devil-countries in
Buddhist books.” 53 [380]
We now approach the period in which the rule of the Muhammadans
became predominant in the island, after their religion had been introduced
into it for nearly a century; and here it will be necessary to enter a little
more closely into the details of the history in order to show that this was not
the result of any fanatical movement stirred up by the Arabs, but rather of a
revolution carried out by the natives of the country themselves, 54 who
(though they naturally gained strength from the bond of a common faith)
were stirred up to unite in order to wrest the supreme power from the hands
of their heathen fellow-countrymen, not by the preaching of a religious war,
but through the exhortations of an ambitious aspirant to the throne who had
a wrong to avenge. 55
The political condition of the island may be described as follows:—The
central and eastern provinces of the island, which were the most wealthy
and populous and the furthest advanced in civilisation, were under the sway
of the Hindu kingdom of Majapahit. Further west were Cheribon and
Page 438
several other petty, independent princedoms; while the rest of the island,
including all the districts at its western extremity, was subject to the King of
Pajajaran.
The King of Majapahit had married a daughter of the prince of Champa, a
small state in Cambodia, east of the Gulf of Siam. 56 She being jealous of a
favourite concubine of the King, he sent this concubine away to his son
Arya Damar, governor of Palembang in Sumatra, where she gave birth to a
son, Raden Patah, who was brought up as one of the governor’s own
children. This child (as we shall see) was destined in after years to work a
terrible vengeance for the cruel treatment of his mother. Another daughter
of the prince of Champa had married an Arab who had come to Champa to
preach the faith of Islam. 57 From this union was born Raden Raḥmat, who
was carefully brought up by his father in the Muhammadan religion and is
still [381]venerated by the Javanese as the chief apostle of Islam to their
country. 58
When he reached the age of twenty, his parents sent him with letters and
presents to his uncle, the King of Majapahit. On his way, he stayed for two
months at Palembang, as the guest of Arya Damar, whom he almost
persuaded to become a Musalman, only he dared not openly profess Islam
for fear of the people who were strongly attached to their ancient
superstitions. Continuing his journey Raden Raḥmat came to Gresik, where
an Arab missionary, Shayk͟ h Mawlānā Jumāda ’l-Kubrạ̄, hailed him as the
promised Apostle of Islam to East Java, and foretold that the fall of
paganism was at hand, and that his labours would be crowned by the
conversion of many to the faith. At Majapahit he was very kindly received
by the King and the princess of Champa. Although the King was unwilling
himself to become a convert to Islam, yet he conceived such an attachment
and respect for Raden Raḥmat, that he made him governor over 3000
families at Ampel, on the east coast, a little south of Gresik, allowed him
the free exercise of his religion and gave him permission to make converts.
including all the districts at its western extremity, was subject to the King of
Pajajaran.
The King of Majapahit had married a daughter of the prince of Champa, a
small state in Cambodia, east of the Gulf of Siam. 56 She being jealous of a
favourite concubine of the King, he sent this concubine away to his son
Arya Damar, governor of Palembang in Sumatra, where she gave birth to a
son, Raden Patah, who was brought up as one of the governor’s own
children. This child (as we shall see) was destined in after years to work a
terrible vengeance for the cruel treatment of his mother. Another daughter
of the prince of Champa had married an Arab who had come to Champa to
preach the faith of Islam. 57 From this union was born Raden Raḥmat, who
was carefully brought up by his father in the Muhammadan religion and is
still [381]venerated by the Javanese as the chief apostle of Islam to their
country. 58
When he reached the age of twenty, his parents sent him with letters and
presents to his uncle, the King of Majapahit. On his way, he stayed for two
months at Palembang, as the guest of Arya Damar, whom he almost
persuaded to become a Musalman, only he dared not openly profess Islam
for fear of the people who were strongly attached to their ancient
superstitions. Continuing his journey Raden Raḥmat came to Gresik, where
an Arab missionary, Shayk͟ h Mawlānā Jumāda ’l-Kubrạ̄, hailed him as the
promised Apostle of Islam to East Java, and foretold that the fall of
paganism was at hand, and that his labours would be crowned by the
conversion of many to the faith. At Majapahit he was very kindly received
by the King and the princess of Champa. Although the King was unwilling
himself to become a convert to Islam, yet he conceived such an attachment
and respect for Raden Raḥmat, that he made him governor over 3000
families at Ampel, on the east coast, a little south of Gresik, allowed him
the free exercise of his religion and gave him permission to make converts.
Page 439
Here after some time he gained over most of those placed under him, to
Islam.
Ampel was now the chief seat of Islam in Java, and the fame of the ruler
who was so zealously working for the propagation of his religion, spread far
and wide. Hereupon [382]a certain Mawlānā Isḥāq came to Ampel to assist
him in the work of conversion, and was assigned the task of spreading the
faith in the kingdom of Balambangan, in the extreme eastern extremity of
the island. Here he cured the daughter of the King, who was grievously
sick, and the grateful father gave her to him in marriage. She ardently
embraced the faith of Islam and her father allowed himself to receive
instruction in the same, but when the Mawlānā urged him to openly profess
it, as he had promised to do, if his daughter were cured, he drove him from
his kingdom, and gave orders that the child that was soon to be born of his
daughter, should be killed. But the mother secretly sent the infant away to
Gresik to a rich Muhammadan widow 59 who brought him up with all a
mother’s care and educated him until he was twelve years old, when she
entrusted him to Raden Raḥmat. He, after learning the history of the child,
gave him the name of Raden Paku, and in course of time gave him also his
daughter in marriage. Raden Paku afterwards built a mosque at Giri, to the
south-west of Gresik, where he converted thousands to the faith; his
influence became so great, that after the death of Raden Raḥmat, the King
of Majapahit made him governor of Ampel and Gresik. 60 Meanwhile
several missions were instituted from Gresik. Two sons of Raden Raḥmat
established themselves at different parts of the north-east coast and made
themselves famous by their religious zeal and the conversion of many of the
inhabitants of those parts. Raden Raḥmat also sent a missionary, by name
Shayk͟ h K͟ halīfah Ḥusayn, across to the neighbouring island of Madura,
where he built a mosque and won over many to the faith.
We must now return to Arya Damar, the governor of Palembang. (See p.
380.) He appears to have brought up his children in the religion which he
himself feared openly to profess, and he now sent Raden Patah, when he
Islam.
Ampel was now the chief seat of Islam in Java, and the fame of the ruler
who was so zealously working for the propagation of his religion, spread far
and wide. Hereupon [382]a certain Mawlānā Isḥāq came to Ampel to assist
him in the work of conversion, and was assigned the task of spreading the
faith in the kingdom of Balambangan, in the extreme eastern extremity of
the island. Here he cured the daughter of the King, who was grievously
sick, and the grateful father gave her to him in marriage. She ardently
embraced the faith of Islam and her father allowed himself to receive
instruction in the same, but when the Mawlānā urged him to openly profess
it, as he had promised to do, if his daughter were cured, he drove him from
his kingdom, and gave orders that the child that was soon to be born of his
daughter, should be killed. But the mother secretly sent the infant away to
Gresik to a rich Muhammadan widow 59 who brought him up with all a
mother’s care and educated him until he was twelve years old, when she
entrusted him to Raden Raḥmat. He, after learning the history of the child,
gave him the name of Raden Paku, and in course of time gave him also his
daughter in marriage. Raden Paku afterwards built a mosque at Giri, to the
south-west of Gresik, where he converted thousands to the faith; his
influence became so great, that after the death of Raden Raḥmat, the King
of Majapahit made him governor of Ampel and Gresik. 60 Meanwhile
several missions were instituted from Gresik. Two sons of Raden Raḥmat
established themselves at different parts of the north-east coast and made
themselves famous by their religious zeal and the conversion of many of the
inhabitants of those parts. Raden Raḥmat also sent a missionary, by name
Shayk͟ h K͟ halīfah Ḥusayn, across to the neighbouring island of Madura,
where he built a mosque and won over many to the faith.
We must now return to Arya Damar, the governor of Palembang. (See p.
380.) He appears to have brought up his children in the religion which he
himself feared openly to profess, and he now sent Raden Patah, when he
Page 440
had reached the age of twenty, together with his foster-brother, Raden
Ḥusayn, who was two years younger, to Java, where [383]they landed at
Gresik. Raden Patah, aware of his extraction and enraged at the cruel
treatment his mother had received, refused to accompany his foster-brother
to Majapahit, but stayed with Raden Raḥmat at Ampel while Raden Ḥusayn
went on to the capital, where he was well received and placed in charge of a
district and afterwards made general of the army.
Meanwhile Raden Patah married a granddaughter of Raden Raḥmat, and
formed an establishment in a place of great natural strength called Bintara,
in the centre of a marshy country, to the west of Gresik. As soon as the King
of Majapahit heard of this new settlement, he sent Raden Ḥusayn to
persuade his brother to come to the capital and pay homage. This Raden
Ḥusayn prevailed upon him to do, and he went to the court, where his
likeness to the king was at once recognised, and where he was kindly
received and formally appointed governor of Bintara. Still burning for
revenge and bent on the destruction of his father’s kingdom, he returned to
Ampel, where he revealed his plans to Raden Raḥmat. The latter
endeavoured to moderate his anger, reminding him that he had never
received anything but kindness at the hands of the king of Majapahit, his
father, and that while the prince was so just and so beloved, his religion
forbade him to make war upon or in any way to injure him. However,
unpersuaded by these exhortations (as the sequel shows), Raden Patah
returned to Bintara, which was now daily increasing in importance and
population, while great numbers of people in the surrounding country were
being converted to Islam. He had formed a plan of building a great mosque,
but shortly after the work had been commenced, news arrived of the severe
illness of Raden Raḥmat. He hastened to Ampel, where he found the chief
missionaries of Islam gathered round the bed of him they looked upon as
their leader. Among them were the two sons of Raden Raḥmat mentioned
above (p. 382), Raden Paku of Giri, and five others. A few days afterwards
Raden Raḥmat breathed his last, and the only remaining obstacle to Raden
Patah’s revengeful schemes was thus removed. The eight chiefs
Ḥusayn, who was two years younger, to Java, where [383]they landed at
Gresik. Raden Patah, aware of his extraction and enraged at the cruel
treatment his mother had received, refused to accompany his foster-brother
to Majapahit, but stayed with Raden Raḥmat at Ampel while Raden Ḥusayn
went on to the capital, where he was well received and placed in charge of a
district and afterwards made general of the army.
Meanwhile Raden Patah married a granddaughter of Raden Raḥmat, and
formed an establishment in a place of great natural strength called Bintara,
in the centre of a marshy country, to the west of Gresik. As soon as the King
of Majapahit heard of this new settlement, he sent Raden Ḥusayn to
persuade his brother to come to the capital and pay homage. This Raden
Ḥusayn prevailed upon him to do, and he went to the court, where his
likeness to the king was at once recognised, and where he was kindly
received and formally appointed governor of Bintara. Still burning for
revenge and bent on the destruction of his father’s kingdom, he returned to
Ampel, where he revealed his plans to Raden Raḥmat. The latter
endeavoured to moderate his anger, reminding him that he had never
received anything but kindness at the hands of the king of Majapahit, his
father, and that while the prince was so just and so beloved, his religion
forbade him to make war upon or in any way to injure him. However,
unpersuaded by these exhortations (as the sequel shows), Raden Patah
returned to Bintara, which was now daily increasing in importance and
population, while great numbers of people in the surrounding country were
being converted to Islam. He had formed a plan of building a great mosque,
but shortly after the work had been commenced, news arrived of the severe
illness of Raden Raḥmat. He hastened to Ampel, where he found the chief
missionaries of Islam gathered round the bed of him they looked upon as
their leader. Among them were the two sons of Raden Raḥmat mentioned
above (p. 382), Raden Paku of Giri, and five others. A few days afterwards
Raden Raḥmat breathed his last, and the only remaining obstacle to Raden
Patah’s revengeful schemes was thus removed. The eight chiefs
Page 441
accompanied him back to Bintara, where they assisted in [384]the
completion of the mosque, 61 and bound themselves by a solemn oath to
assist him in his attempt against Majapahit. All the Muhammadan princes
joined this confederacy, with the exception of Raden Ḥusayn, who with all
his followers remained true to his master, and refused to throw in his lot
with his rebellious co-religionists.
A lengthy campaign followed, into the details of which we need not enter,
but in 1478, 62 after a desperate battle which lasted seven days, Majapahit
fell and the Hindu supremacy in eastern Java was replaced by a
Muhammadan power. A short time after, Raden Ḥusayn was besieged with
his followers in a fortified place, compelled to surrender and brought to
Ampel, where he was kindly received by his brother. A large number of
those who remained faithful to the old Hindu religion fled in 1481 to the
island of Bali, where the worship of Siva is still the prevailing religion. 63
Others seem to have formed small kingdoms, under the leadership of
princes of the house of Majapahit, which remained heathen for some time
after the fall of the great Hindu capital.
Even under Muslim chiefs the population of central Java long remained
heathen, and the progress of Islam southward from the early centres of
missionary effort on the north coast was the work of centuries; even to the
present day the influence of their old Hindu faith is strikingly [385]manifest
in the religious notions of the Muslim population of central Java. One
remarkable evidence of the deep roots that Hinduism had struck in this part
of the island is the fact that it was not until 1768 that the authority of the
Hindu law-books, particularly the code of Manu, gave way before a code of
laws more in accordance with the spirit of Muslim legislation. 64
Islam was introduced into the eastern parts of the island some years later,
probably in the beginning of the following century, through the missionary
activity of Shayk͟ h Nūr al-Dīn Ibrāhīm of Cheribon. He won for himself a
great reputation by curing a woman afflicted with leprosy, with the result
completion of the mosque, 61 and bound themselves by a solemn oath to
assist him in his attempt against Majapahit. All the Muhammadan princes
joined this confederacy, with the exception of Raden Ḥusayn, who with all
his followers remained true to his master, and refused to throw in his lot
with his rebellious co-religionists.
A lengthy campaign followed, into the details of which we need not enter,
but in 1478, 62 after a desperate battle which lasted seven days, Majapahit
fell and the Hindu supremacy in eastern Java was replaced by a
Muhammadan power. A short time after, Raden Ḥusayn was besieged with
his followers in a fortified place, compelled to surrender and brought to
Ampel, where he was kindly received by his brother. A large number of
those who remained faithful to the old Hindu religion fled in 1481 to the
island of Bali, where the worship of Siva is still the prevailing religion. 63
Others seem to have formed small kingdoms, under the leadership of
princes of the house of Majapahit, which remained heathen for some time
after the fall of the great Hindu capital.
Even under Muslim chiefs the population of central Java long remained
heathen, and the progress of Islam southward from the early centres of
missionary effort on the north coast was the work of centuries; even to the
present day the influence of their old Hindu faith is strikingly [385]manifest
in the religious notions of the Muslim population of central Java. One
remarkable evidence of the deep roots that Hinduism had struck in this part
of the island is the fact that it was not until 1768 that the authority of the
Hindu law-books, particularly the code of Manu, gave way before a code of
laws more in accordance with the spirit of Muslim legislation. 64
Islam was introduced into the eastern parts of the island some years later,
probably in the beginning of the following century, through the missionary
activity of Shayk͟ h Nūr al-Dīn Ibrāhīm of Cheribon. He won for himself a
great reputation by curing a woman afflicted with leprosy, with the result
Page 442
that thousands came to him to be instructed in the tenets of the new faith. At
first the neighbouring chiefs tried to set themselves against the movement,
but finding that their opposition was of no avail, they suffered themselves to
be carried along with the tide and many of them became converts to Islam. 65
Shayk͟ h Nūr al-Dīn Ibrāhīm of Cheribon sent his son, Mawlānā Ḥasan al-
Dīn, to preach the faith of Islam in Bantam, the most westerly province of
the island, and a dependency of the heathen kingdom of Pajajaran. Here his
efforts were attended with considerable success, among the converts being a
body of ascetics, 800 in number. It is especially mentioned in the annals of
this part of the country that the young prince won over those whom he
converted to Islam, solely by the gentle means of persuasion, and not by the
sword. 66 He afterwards went with his father on a pilgrimage to Mecca, and
on his return extended his power over the neighbouring coast of Sumatra,
without ever having to draw the sword, and winning converts to the faith by
peaceful methods alone. 67
But the progress of Islam in the west of Java seems to have been much
slower than in the east; a long struggle ensued between the worshippers of
Siva and the followers of the Prophet, and it was probably not until the
middle of the sixteenth century that the Hindu kingdom of Pajajaran, which
at one period of the history of Java seems [386]to have exercised suzerainty
over the princedoms in the western part of the island, came to an end, 68
while other smaller heathen communities survived to a much later period, 69
—some even to the present day. The history of one of these—the so-called
Baduwis—is of especial interest; they are the descendants of the adherents
of the old religion, who after the fall of Pajajaran fled into the woods and
the recesses of the mountains, where they might uninterruptedly carry out
the observances of their ancestral faith. In later times, when they submitted
to the rule of the Musalman Sultan of Bantam, they were allowed to
continue in the exercise of their religion, on condition that no increase
should be allowed in the numbers of those who professed this idolatrous
faith; 70 and strange to say, they still observe this custom, although the Dutch
rule has been so long established in Java and sets them free from the
first the neighbouring chiefs tried to set themselves against the movement,
but finding that their opposition was of no avail, they suffered themselves to
be carried along with the tide and many of them became converts to Islam. 65
Shayk͟ h Nūr al-Dīn Ibrāhīm of Cheribon sent his son, Mawlānā Ḥasan al-
Dīn, to preach the faith of Islam in Bantam, the most westerly province of
the island, and a dependency of the heathen kingdom of Pajajaran. Here his
efforts were attended with considerable success, among the converts being a
body of ascetics, 800 in number. It is especially mentioned in the annals of
this part of the country that the young prince won over those whom he
converted to Islam, solely by the gentle means of persuasion, and not by the
sword. 66 He afterwards went with his father on a pilgrimage to Mecca, and
on his return extended his power over the neighbouring coast of Sumatra,
without ever having to draw the sword, and winning converts to the faith by
peaceful methods alone. 67
But the progress of Islam in the west of Java seems to have been much
slower than in the east; a long struggle ensued between the worshippers of
Siva and the followers of the Prophet, and it was probably not until the
middle of the sixteenth century that the Hindu kingdom of Pajajaran, which
at one period of the history of Java seems [386]to have exercised suzerainty
over the princedoms in the western part of the island, came to an end, 68
while other smaller heathen communities survived to a much later period, 69
—some even to the present day. The history of one of these—the so-called
Baduwis—is of especial interest; they are the descendants of the adherents
of the old religion, who after the fall of Pajajaran fled into the woods and
the recesses of the mountains, where they might uninterruptedly carry out
the observances of their ancestral faith. In later times, when they submitted
to the rule of the Musalman Sultan of Bantam, they were allowed to
continue in the exercise of their religion, on condition that no increase
should be allowed in the numbers of those who professed this idolatrous
faith; 70 and strange to say, they still observe this custom, although the Dutch
rule has been so long established in Java and sets them free from the
Page 443
necessity of obedience to this ancient agreement. They strictly limit their
number to forty households, and when the community increases beyond this
limit, one family or more has to leave this inner circle and settle among the
Muhammadan population in one of the surrounding villages. 71
But, though the work of conversion in the west of Java proceeded more
slowly than in the other parts of the island, yet, owing largely to the fact
that Hinduism had not taken such deep root among the people here as in the
centre of the island, the victory of Islam over the heathen worship which it
supplanted was more complete than in the districts which came more
immediately under the rule of the Rajas of Majapahit. The Muhammadan
law is here a living force and the civilisation brought into the country from
Arabia has interwoven itself with the government and the life of the people;
and it has been remarked that at the present day the Muhammadans of the
west of Java, who study their religion at all or have performed the
pilgrimage to Mecca, form as a rule the most intelligent and prosperous part
of the population. 72 [387]
We have already seen that large sections of the Javanese remained heathen
for centuries after the establishment of Muhammadan kingdoms in the
island; at the present day the whole population of Java, with some trifling
exceptions, is Muhammadan, and though many superstitions and customs
have survived among them from the days of their pagan ancestors, still the
tendency is continually in the direction of the guidance of thought and
conduct in accordance with the teaching of Islam. This long work of
conversion has proceeded peacefully and gradually, and the growth of
Muslim states in this island belongs rather to its political than to its
religious history, since the progress of the religion has been achieved by the
work rather of missionaries than of princes.
While the Musalmans of Java were plotting against the Hindu Government
and taking the rule of the country into their own hands by force, a
revolution of a wholly peaceful character was being carried on in other
number to forty households, and when the community increases beyond this
limit, one family or more has to leave this inner circle and settle among the
Muhammadan population in one of the surrounding villages. 71
But, though the work of conversion in the west of Java proceeded more
slowly than in the other parts of the island, yet, owing largely to the fact
that Hinduism had not taken such deep root among the people here as in the
centre of the island, the victory of Islam over the heathen worship which it
supplanted was more complete than in the districts which came more
immediately under the rule of the Rajas of Majapahit. The Muhammadan
law is here a living force and the civilisation brought into the country from
Arabia has interwoven itself with the government and the life of the people;
and it has been remarked that at the present day the Muhammadans of the
west of Java, who study their religion at all or have performed the
pilgrimage to Mecca, form as a rule the most intelligent and prosperous part
of the population. 72 [387]
We have already seen that large sections of the Javanese remained heathen
for centuries after the establishment of Muhammadan kingdoms in the
island; at the present day the whole population of Java, with some trifling
exceptions, is Muhammadan, and though many superstitions and customs
have survived among them from the days of their pagan ancestors, still the
tendency is continually in the direction of the guidance of thought and
conduct in accordance with the teaching of Islam. This long work of
conversion has proceeded peacefully and gradually, and the growth of
Muslim states in this island belongs rather to its political than to its
religious history, since the progress of the religion has been achieved by the
work rather of missionaries than of princes.
While the Musalmans of Java were plotting against the Hindu Government
and taking the rule of the country into their own hands by force, a
revolution of a wholly peaceful character was being carried on in other
Page 444
parts of the Archipelago through the preaching of the Muslim missionaries
who were slowly but surely achieving success in their proselytising efforts.
Let us first turn our attention to the history of this propagandist movement
in the Molucca islands.
The trade in cloves must have brought the Moluccas into contact with the
islanders of the western half of the Archipelago from very early times, and
the converted Javanese and other Malays who came into these islands to
trade, spread their faith among the inhabitants of the coast. 73 The
companions of Magellan brought back a curious story of the way in which
these men introduced their religious doctrines among the Muluccans. “The
kings of these islands 74 a few years before the arrival of the Spaniards
[388]began to believe in the immortality of the soul, induced by no other
argument but that they had seen a very beautiful little bird, that never settled
on the earth nor on anything that was of the earth, and the Mahometans,
who traded as merchants in those islands, told them that this little bird was
born in paradise, and that paradise is the place where rest the souls of those
that are dead. And for this reason these seignors joined the sect of
Mahomet, because it promises many marvellous things of this place of the
souls.” 75
Islam seems first to have begun to make progress here in the fifteenth
century. A heathen king of Tidor yielded to the persuasions of an Arab,
named Shayk͟ h Manṣūr, and embraced Islam together with many of his
subjects. The heathen name of the king, Tjireli Lijatu, was changed to that
of Jamāl al-Dīn, while his eldest son was called Manṣūr after their Arab
teacher. 76 It was the latter prince who entertained the Spanish expedition
that reached Tidor in 1521, shortly after the ill-fated death of Magellan.
Pigafetta, the historian of this expedition, calls him Raia Sultan Mauzor,
and says that he was more than fifty-five years old, and that not fifty years
had passed since the Muhammadans came to live in these islands. 77
who were slowly but surely achieving success in their proselytising efforts.
Let us first turn our attention to the history of this propagandist movement
in the Molucca islands.
The trade in cloves must have brought the Moluccas into contact with the
islanders of the western half of the Archipelago from very early times, and
the converted Javanese and other Malays who came into these islands to
trade, spread their faith among the inhabitants of the coast. 73 The
companions of Magellan brought back a curious story of the way in which
these men introduced their religious doctrines among the Muluccans. “The
kings of these islands 74 a few years before the arrival of the Spaniards
[388]began to believe in the immortality of the soul, induced by no other
argument but that they had seen a very beautiful little bird, that never settled
on the earth nor on anything that was of the earth, and the Mahometans,
who traded as merchants in those islands, told them that this little bird was
born in paradise, and that paradise is the place where rest the souls of those
that are dead. And for this reason these seignors joined the sect of
Mahomet, because it promises many marvellous things of this place of the
souls.” 75
Islam seems first to have begun to make progress here in the fifteenth
century. A heathen king of Tidor yielded to the persuasions of an Arab,
named Shayk͟ h Manṣūr, and embraced Islam together with many of his
subjects. The heathen name of the king, Tjireli Lijatu, was changed to that
of Jamāl al-Dīn, while his eldest son was called Manṣūr after their Arab
teacher. 76 It was the latter prince who entertained the Spanish expedition
that reached Tidor in 1521, shortly after the ill-fated death of Magellan.
Pigafetta, the historian of this expedition, calls him Raia Sultan Mauzor,
and says that he was more than fifty-five years old, and that not fifty years
had passed since the Muhammadans came to live in these islands. 77
Page 445
Islam seems to have gained a footing on the neighbouring island of Ternate
a little earlier. The Portuguese, who came to this island the same year as the
Spaniards reached Tidor, were informed by the inhabitants that it had been
introduced a little more than eighty years. 78
According to the Portuguese account 79 also the Sultan of Ternate was the
first of the Muluccan chieftains who became a Muslim. The legend of the
introduction of Islam into this island tells how a merchant, named Datu
Mullā Ḥusayn, excited the curiosity of the people by reading the Qurʼān
aloud in their presence; they tried to imitate the characters written in the
book, but could not read them, so they asked the merchant how it was that
he could read them, while [389]they could not; he replied that they must first
believe in God and His Apostle; whereupon they expressed their
willingness to accept his teaching, and became converted to the faith. 80 The
Sultan of Ternate, who occupied the foremost place among the independent
rulers in these islands, is said to have made a journey to Gresik, in Java, in
order to embrace the Muhammadan faith there, in 1495. 81 He was assisted
in his propagandist efforts by a certain Pati Putah, who had made the
journey from Hitu in Amboina to Java in order to learn the doctrines of the
new faith, and on his return spread the knowledge of Islam among the
people of Amboina. 82 Islam, however, seems at first to have made but slow
progress, and to have met with considerable opposition from those islanders
who clung zealously to their old superstitions and mythology, so that the old
idolatry continued for some time crudely mixed up with the teachings of the
Qurʼān, and keeping the minds of the people in a perpetual state of
incertitude. 83 The Portuguese conquest also made the progress of Islam
slower than it would otherwise have been. They drove out the Qāḍī, whom
they found instructing the people in the doctrines of Muḥammad, and
spread Christianity among the heathen population with some considerable,
though short-lived success. 84 For when the Muluccans took advantage of
the attention of the Portuguese being occupied with their own domestic
troubles, in the latter half of the sixteenth century, to try to shake off their
power, they instituted a fierce persecution against the Christians, many of
a little earlier. The Portuguese, who came to this island the same year as the
Spaniards reached Tidor, were informed by the inhabitants that it had been
introduced a little more than eighty years. 78
According to the Portuguese account 79 also the Sultan of Ternate was the
first of the Muluccan chieftains who became a Muslim. The legend of the
introduction of Islam into this island tells how a merchant, named Datu
Mullā Ḥusayn, excited the curiosity of the people by reading the Qurʼān
aloud in their presence; they tried to imitate the characters written in the
book, but could not read them, so they asked the merchant how it was that
he could read them, while [389]they could not; he replied that they must first
believe in God and His Apostle; whereupon they expressed their
willingness to accept his teaching, and became converted to the faith. 80 The
Sultan of Ternate, who occupied the foremost place among the independent
rulers in these islands, is said to have made a journey to Gresik, in Java, in
order to embrace the Muhammadan faith there, in 1495. 81 He was assisted
in his propagandist efforts by a certain Pati Putah, who had made the
journey from Hitu in Amboina to Java in order to learn the doctrines of the
new faith, and on his return spread the knowledge of Islam among the
people of Amboina. 82 Islam, however, seems at first to have made but slow
progress, and to have met with considerable opposition from those islanders
who clung zealously to their old superstitions and mythology, so that the old
idolatry continued for some time crudely mixed up with the teachings of the
Qurʼān, and keeping the minds of the people in a perpetual state of
incertitude. 83 The Portuguese conquest also made the progress of Islam
slower than it would otherwise have been. They drove out the Qāḍī, whom
they found instructing the people in the doctrines of Muḥammad, and
spread Christianity among the heathen population with some considerable,
though short-lived success. 84 For when the Muluccans took advantage of
the attention of the Portuguese being occupied with their own domestic
troubles, in the latter half of the sixteenth century, to try to shake off their
power, they instituted a fierce persecution against the Christians, many of
Page 446
whom suffered martyrdom, and others recanted, so that Christianity lost all
the ground it had gained, 85 and from this time onwards, the opposition to
the political domination of the Christians secured a readier welcome for the
Muslim teachers who came in increasing numbers from the west. 86 The
Dutch [390]completed the destruction of Christianity in the Moluccas by
driving out the Spanish and Portuguese from these islands in the
seventeenth century, whereupon the Jesuit fathers carried off the few
remaining Christians of Ternate with them to the Philippines. 87
From these islands Islam spread into the rest of the Moluccas; though for
some time the conversions were confined to the inhabitants of the coast. 88
Most of the converts came from among the Malays, who compose the
whole population of the smaller islands, but inhabit the coast-lands only of
the larger ones, the interior being inhabited by Alfurs. But converts in later
times were drawn from among the latter also. 89 Even so early as 1521, there
was a Muhammadan king of Gilolo, a kingdom on the western side of the
northern limb of the island of Halemahera. 90 In modern times the existence
of certain regulations, devised for the benefit of the state-religion, has
facilitated to some extent the progress of the Muhammadan religion among
the Alfurs of the mainland, e.g. if any one of them is discovered to have had
illicit intercourse with a Muhammadan girl, he must marry her and become
a Muslim; any of the Alfur women who marry Muhammadans must
embrace the faith of their husbands; offences against the law may be atoned
for by conversion to Islam; and in filling up any vacancy that may happen
to occur among the chiefs, less regard is paid to the lawful claims of a
candidate than to his readiness to become a Musalman. 91
Similarly, Islam in Borneo is mostly confined to the coast, although it had
gained a footing in the island as early as the beginning of the sixteenth
century. About this time, it was adopted by the people of Banjarmasin, a
kingdom on the southern side, which had been tributary to the Hindu
kingdom of Majapahit, until its overthrow in 1478; 92 they owed their
conversion to one of the Muhammadan states that rose on the ruins of the
the ground it had gained, 85 and from this time onwards, the opposition to
the political domination of the Christians secured a readier welcome for the
Muslim teachers who came in increasing numbers from the west. 86 The
Dutch [390]completed the destruction of Christianity in the Moluccas by
driving out the Spanish and Portuguese from these islands in the
seventeenth century, whereupon the Jesuit fathers carried off the few
remaining Christians of Ternate with them to the Philippines. 87
From these islands Islam spread into the rest of the Moluccas; though for
some time the conversions were confined to the inhabitants of the coast. 88
Most of the converts came from among the Malays, who compose the
whole population of the smaller islands, but inhabit the coast-lands only of
the larger ones, the interior being inhabited by Alfurs. But converts in later
times were drawn from among the latter also. 89 Even so early as 1521, there
was a Muhammadan king of Gilolo, a kingdom on the western side of the
northern limb of the island of Halemahera. 90 In modern times the existence
of certain regulations, devised for the benefit of the state-religion, has
facilitated to some extent the progress of the Muhammadan religion among
the Alfurs of the mainland, e.g. if any one of them is discovered to have had
illicit intercourse with a Muhammadan girl, he must marry her and become
a Muslim; any of the Alfur women who marry Muhammadans must
embrace the faith of their husbands; offences against the law may be atoned
for by conversion to Islam; and in filling up any vacancy that may happen
to occur among the chiefs, less regard is paid to the lawful claims of a
candidate than to his readiness to become a Musalman. 91
Similarly, Islam in Borneo is mostly confined to the coast, although it had
gained a footing in the island as early as the beginning of the sixteenth
century. About this time, it was adopted by the people of Banjarmasin, a
kingdom on the southern side, which had been tributary to the Hindu
kingdom of Majapahit, until its overthrow in 1478; 92 they owed their
conversion to one of the Muhammadan states that rose on the ruins of the
Page 447
latter. 93 The story is that the [391]people of Banjarmasin asked for assistance
towards the suppression of a revolt, and that it was given on condition that
they adopted the new religion; whereupon a number of Muhammadans
came over from Java, suppressed the revolt and effected the work of
conversion. 94 On the north-west coast, the Spaniards found a Muhammadan
king at Brunai, when they reached this place in 1521. 95 A little later, 1550, it
was introduced into the kingdom of Sukadana, 96 in the western part of the
island, by Arabs coming from Palembang in Sumatra. 97 The reigning king
refused to abandon the faith of his fathers, but during the forty years that
elapsed before his death (in 1590), the new religion appears to have made
considerable progress. His successor became a Musalman and married the
daughter of a prince of a neighbouring island, in which apparently Islam
had been long established; 98 during his reign, a traveller, 99 who visited the
island in 1600, speaks of Muhammadanism as being a common religion
along the coast. The inhabitants of the interior, however, he tells us, were all
idolaters—as indeed they remain for the most part to the present day. The
progress of Islam in the kingdom of Sukadana seems now to have drawn the
attention of the centre of the Muhammadan world to this distant spot, and in
the reign of the next prince, a certain Shayk͟ h Shams al-Dīn came from
Mecca bringing with him a present of a copy of the Qurʼān and a large
hyacinth ring, together with a letter in which this defender of the faith
received the honourable title of Sultan Muḥammad Ṣafī al-Dīn. 100
In the latter part of the eighteenth century one of the inland tribes, called the
Idaans, dwelling in the interior of north Borneo, is said to have looked upon
the Muhammadans of [392]the coast with very great respect, as having a
religion which they themselves had not yet got. 101 Dalrymple, who obtained
his information on the Idaans of Borneo during his visit to Sulu from 1761
to 1764, tells us that they “entertain a just regret of their own ignorance, and
a mean idea of themselves on that account; for, when they come into the
houses, or vessels, of the Mahometans, they pay them the utmost
veneration, as superior intelligences, who know their Creator; they will not
sit down where the Mahometans sleep, nor will they put their fingers into
towards the suppression of a revolt, and that it was given on condition that
they adopted the new religion; whereupon a number of Muhammadans
came over from Java, suppressed the revolt and effected the work of
conversion. 94 On the north-west coast, the Spaniards found a Muhammadan
king at Brunai, when they reached this place in 1521. 95 A little later, 1550, it
was introduced into the kingdom of Sukadana, 96 in the western part of the
island, by Arabs coming from Palembang in Sumatra. 97 The reigning king
refused to abandon the faith of his fathers, but during the forty years that
elapsed before his death (in 1590), the new religion appears to have made
considerable progress. His successor became a Musalman and married the
daughter of a prince of a neighbouring island, in which apparently Islam
had been long established; 98 during his reign, a traveller, 99 who visited the
island in 1600, speaks of Muhammadanism as being a common religion
along the coast. The inhabitants of the interior, however, he tells us, were all
idolaters—as indeed they remain for the most part to the present day. The
progress of Islam in the kingdom of Sukadana seems now to have drawn the
attention of the centre of the Muhammadan world to this distant spot, and in
the reign of the next prince, a certain Shayk͟ h Shams al-Dīn came from
Mecca bringing with him a present of a copy of the Qurʼān and a large
hyacinth ring, together with a letter in which this defender of the faith
received the honourable title of Sultan Muḥammad Ṣafī al-Dīn. 100
In the latter part of the eighteenth century one of the inland tribes, called the
Idaans, dwelling in the interior of north Borneo, is said to have looked upon
the Muhammadans of [392]the coast with very great respect, as having a
religion which they themselves had not yet got. 101 Dalrymple, who obtained
his information on the Idaans of Borneo during his visit to Sulu from 1761
to 1764, tells us that they “entertain a just regret of their own ignorance, and
a mean idea of themselves on that account; for, when they come into the
houses, or vessels, of the Mahometans, they pay them the utmost
veneration, as superior intelligences, who know their Creator; they will not
sit down where the Mahometans sleep, nor will they put their fingers into
Page 448
the same chunam, or betel box, but receive a portion with the utmost
humility, and in every instance denote, with the most abject attitudes and
gesture, the veneration they entertain for a God unknown, in the respect
they pay to those who have a knowledge of Him.” 102 These people appear
since that time to have embraced the Muhammadan faith, 103 one of the
numerous instances of the powerful impression that Islam produces upon
tribes that are low down in the scale of civilisation. From time to time other
accessions have been gained in the persons of the numerous colonists,
Arabs, Bugis and Malays, as well as Chinese (who have had settlements
here since the seventh century), 104 and of the slaves introduced into the
island from different countries; so that at the present day the Muhammadans
of Borneo are a very mixed race. 105 Many of these foreigners were still
heathen when they first came to Borneo, and of a higher civilisation than
the Dyaks whom they conquered or drove into the interior, where they
mostly still remain heathen, except in the western part of the island, in
which from time to time small tribes of Dyaks embrace Islam. 106 When the
pagan Dyaks change their faith, it is more commonly the case that they
yield to the persuasions of the Muhammadan rather than to those of the
Christian missionary, or, having first embraced Christianity they then pass
over to Islam, and the Muhammadans are making zealous efforts to win
converts both from among the heathen and the Christian Dyaks. 107
In the island of Celebes we find a similar slow growth of [393]the
Muhammadan religion, taking its rise among the people of the coast and
slowly making its way into the interior. Only the more civilised portion of
the inhabitants has, however, adopted Islam; this is mainly divided into two
tribes, the Macassars and the Bugis, who inhabit the south-west peninsula,
the latter, however, also forming a large proportion of the coast population
on the other peninsulas. The interior of the island, except in the south-west
peninsula where nearly all the inhabitants are Muhammadan, is still heathen
and is populated chiefly by the Alfurs, a race low in the scale of civilisation,
who also form the majority of the inhabitants of the north, the east and the
south-east peninsulas; at the extremity of the first of these peninsulas, in
humility, and in every instance denote, with the most abject attitudes and
gesture, the veneration they entertain for a God unknown, in the respect
they pay to those who have a knowledge of Him.” 102 These people appear
since that time to have embraced the Muhammadan faith, 103 one of the
numerous instances of the powerful impression that Islam produces upon
tribes that are low down in the scale of civilisation. From time to time other
accessions have been gained in the persons of the numerous colonists,
Arabs, Bugis and Malays, as well as Chinese (who have had settlements
here since the seventh century), 104 and of the slaves introduced into the
island from different countries; so that at the present day the Muhammadans
of Borneo are a very mixed race. 105 Many of these foreigners were still
heathen when they first came to Borneo, and of a higher civilisation than
the Dyaks whom they conquered or drove into the interior, where they
mostly still remain heathen, except in the western part of the island, in
which from time to time small tribes of Dyaks embrace Islam. 106 When the
pagan Dyaks change their faith, it is more commonly the case that they
yield to the persuasions of the Muhammadan rather than to those of the
Christian missionary, or, having first embraced Christianity they then pass
over to Islam, and the Muhammadans are making zealous efforts to win
converts both from among the heathen and the Christian Dyaks. 107
In the island of Celebes we find a similar slow growth of [393]the
Muhammadan religion, taking its rise among the people of the coast and
slowly making its way into the interior. Only the more civilised portion of
the inhabitants has, however, adopted Islam; this is mainly divided into two
tribes, the Macassars and the Bugis, who inhabit the south-west peninsula,
the latter, however, also forming a large proportion of the coast population
on the other peninsulas. The interior of the island, except in the south-west
peninsula where nearly all the inhabitants are Muhammadan, is still heathen
and is populated chiefly by the Alfurs, a race low in the scale of civilisation,
who also form the majority of the inhabitants of the north, the east and the
south-east peninsulas; at the extremity of the first of these peninsulas, in
Page 449
Minahassa, they have in large numbers been converted to Christianity; the
Muhammadans did not make their way hither until after the Portuguese had
gained a firm footing in this part of the island, and the Alfurs whom they
converted to Roman Catholicism were turned into Protestants by the Dutch,
whose missionaries have laboured in Minahassa with very considerable
success. But Islam is slowly making its way among the heathen tribes of
Alfurs in different parts of the island, both in the districts directly
administered by the Dutch Government, and those under the rule of native
chiefs. 108
When the Portuguese first visited the island about 1540, they found only a
few Muhammadan strangers in Gowa, the capital of the Macassar kingdom,
the natives being still unconverted, and it was not until the beginning of the
seventeenth century that Islam began to be generally adopted among them.
The history of the movement is especially interesting, as we have here one
of the few cases in which Christianity and Islam have been competing for
the allegiance of heathen people. One of the incidents in this contest is thus
admirably told by an old compiler: “The discovery of so considerable a
country was looked upon by the Portuguese as a Matter of Great
Consequence, and Measures were taken to secure the Affections of those
whom it was not found easy to conquer; but, on the other hand, capable of
being obliged, or rendered useful, as their allies, by good usage. [394]The
People were much braver, and withal had much better Sense than most of
the Indians; and therefore, after a little Conversation with the Europeans,
they began, in general, to discern that there was no Sense or Meaning in
their own Religion; and the few of them who had been made Christians by
the care of Don Antonio Galvano (Governor of the Moluccas), were not so
thoroughly instructed themselves as to be able to teach them a new Faith.
The whole People, in general, however, disclaimed their old Superstitions,
and became Deists at once; but, not satisfied with this, they determined to
send, at the same time, to Malacca and to Achin, 109 to desire from the one,
Christian Priests; and from the other, Doctors of the Mohammedan Law;
resolving to embrace the Religion of those Teachers who came first among
Muhammadans did not make their way hither until after the Portuguese had
gained a firm footing in this part of the island, and the Alfurs whom they
converted to Roman Catholicism were turned into Protestants by the Dutch,
whose missionaries have laboured in Minahassa with very considerable
success. But Islam is slowly making its way among the heathen tribes of
Alfurs in different parts of the island, both in the districts directly
administered by the Dutch Government, and those under the rule of native
chiefs. 108
When the Portuguese first visited the island about 1540, they found only a
few Muhammadan strangers in Gowa, the capital of the Macassar kingdom,
the natives being still unconverted, and it was not until the beginning of the
seventeenth century that Islam began to be generally adopted among them.
The history of the movement is especially interesting, as we have here one
of the few cases in which Christianity and Islam have been competing for
the allegiance of heathen people. One of the incidents in this contest is thus
admirably told by an old compiler: “The discovery of so considerable a
country was looked upon by the Portuguese as a Matter of Great
Consequence, and Measures were taken to secure the Affections of those
whom it was not found easy to conquer; but, on the other hand, capable of
being obliged, or rendered useful, as their allies, by good usage. [394]The
People were much braver, and withal had much better Sense than most of
the Indians; and therefore, after a little Conversation with the Europeans,
they began, in general, to discern that there was no Sense or Meaning in
their own Religion; and the few of them who had been made Christians by
the care of Don Antonio Galvano (Governor of the Moluccas), were not so
thoroughly instructed themselves as to be able to teach them a new Faith.
The whole People, in general, however, disclaimed their old Superstitions,
and became Deists at once; but, not satisfied with this, they determined to
send, at the same time, to Malacca and to Achin, 109 to desire from the one,
Christian Priests; and from the other, Doctors of the Mohammedan Law;
resolving to embrace the Religion of those Teachers who came first among
Page 450
them. The Portugeze have hitherto been esteemed zealous enough for their
Religion; but it seems that Don Ruis Perera, who was then Governor of
Malacca, was a little deficient in his Concern for the Faith, since he made a
great and very unnecessary delay in sending the Priests that were desired.
On the other hand, the Queen of Achin being a furious Mohammedan no
sooner received an Account of this Disposition in the people of the Island of
Celebes than she immediately dispatched a vessel full of Doctors of the
Law, who in a short time, established their Religion effectually among the
Inhabitants. Some time after came the Christian Priests, and inveighed
bitterly against the Law of Mohammed but to no Purpose; the People of
Celebes had made their Choice, and there was no Possibility of bringing
them to alter it. One of the Kings of the Island, indeed, who had before
embraced Christianity, persisted in the Faith, and most of his Subjects were
converted to it; but still, the Bulk of the People of Celebes continued
Mohammedans, and are so to this Day, and the greatest Zealots for their
Religion of any in the Indies.” 110
This event is said to have occurred in the year 1603. 111 [395]The frequent
references to it in contemporary literature make it impossible to doubt the
genuineness of the story. 112 In the little principality of Tallo, to the north of
Gowa, with which it has always been confederated, is still to be seen the
tomb of one of the most famous missionaries to the Macassars, by name
K͟ haṭīb Tungal. The prince of this state, after his conversion proved himself
a most zealous champion of the new faith, and it was through his influence
that it was generally adopted by all the tribes speaking the Macassar
language. The sequel of the movement is not of so peaceful a character. The
Macassars were carried away by their zeal for their newly adopted faith, to
make an attempt to force it on their neighbours the Bugis. The king of
Gowa made an offer to the king of Boni to consider him in all respects as an
equal if he would worship the one true God. The latter consulted his people
on the matter, who said, “We have not yet fought, we have not yet been
conquered.” They tried the issue of a battle and were defeated. The king
accordingly became a Muhammadan and began on his own account to
Religion; but it seems that Don Ruis Perera, who was then Governor of
Malacca, was a little deficient in his Concern for the Faith, since he made a
great and very unnecessary delay in sending the Priests that were desired.
On the other hand, the Queen of Achin being a furious Mohammedan no
sooner received an Account of this Disposition in the people of the Island of
Celebes than she immediately dispatched a vessel full of Doctors of the
Law, who in a short time, established their Religion effectually among the
Inhabitants. Some time after came the Christian Priests, and inveighed
bitterly against the Law of Mohammed but to no Purpose; the People of
Celebes had made their Choice, and there was no Possibility of bringing
them to alter it. One of the Kings of the Island, indeed, who had before
embraced Christianity, persisted in the Faith, and most of his Subjects were
converted to it; but still, the Bulk of the People of Celebes continued
Mohammedans, and are so to this Day, and the greatest Zealots for their
Religion of any in the Indies.” 110
This event is said to have occurred in the year 1603. 111 [395]The frequent
references to it in contemporary literature make it impossible to doubt the
genuineness of the story. 112 In the little principality of Tallo, to the north of
Gowa, with which it has always been confederated, is still to be seen the
tomb of one of the most famous missionaries to the Macassars, by name
K͟ haṭīb Tungal. The prince of this state, after his conversion proved himself
a most zealous champion of the new faith, and it was through his influence
that it was generally adopted by all the tribes speaking the Macassar
language. The sequel of the movement is not of so peaceful a character. The
Macassars were carried away by their zeal for their newly adopted faith, to
make an attempt to force it on their neighbours the Bugis. The king of
Gowa made an offer to the king of Boni to consider him in all respects as an
equal if he would worship the one true God. The latter consulted his people
on the matter, who said, “We have not yet fought, we have not yet been
conquered.” They tried the issue of a battle and were defeated. The king
accordingly became a Muhammadan and began on his own account to
Page 451
attempt by force to impose his own belief on his subjects and on the smaller
states, his neighbours. Strange to say, the people applied for help to the king
of Macassar, who sent ambassadors to demand from the king of Boni an
answer to the following questions,—Whether the king, in his persecution,
was instigated by a particular revelation from the Prophet?—or whether he
paid obedience to some ancient custom?—or followed his own personal
pleasure? If for the first reason, the king of Gowa requested information; if
for the second, he would lend his cordial co-operation; if for the third, the
king of Boni must desist, for those whom he presumed to oppress were the
friends of Gowa. The king of Boni made no reply and the Macassars having
marched a great army into the country defeated him in three successive
battles, forced him to fly the country, and reduced Boni into a province.
After thirty years of subjection, [396]the people of Boni, with the assistance
of the Dutch, revolted against the Macassars, and assumed the headship of
the tribes of Celebes, in the place of their former masters. 113 The
propagation of Islam certainly seems to have been gradual and slow among
the Bugis, 114 but when they had once adopted the new religion, it seems to
have stirred them up to action, as it did the Arabs (though this newly-
awakened energy in either case turned in rather different directions),—and
to have made them what they are now, at once the bravest men and the most
enterprising merchants and navigators of the Archipelago. 115 In their trading
vessels they make their way to all parts of the Archipelago, from the coast
of New Guinea to Singapore, and their numerous settlements, in the
establishment of which the Bugis have particularly distinguished
themselves, have introduced Islam into many a heathen island: e.g. one of
their colonies is to be found in a state that extends over a considerable part
of the south coast of Flores, where, intermingling with the native
population, which formerly consisted partly of Roman Catholics, they have
succeeded in converting all the inhabitants of this state to Islam. 116
In their native island of Celebes also the Bugis have combined proselytising
efforts with their commercial enterprises, and in the little kingdom of
Bolaäng-Mongondou in the northern peninsula 117 they have succeeded, in
states, his neighbours. Strange to say, the people applied for help to the king
of Macassar, who sent ambassadors to demand from the king of Boni an
answer to the following questions,—Whether the king, in his persecution,
was instigated by a particular revelation from the Prophet?—or whether he
paid obedience to some ancient custom?—or followed his own personal
pleasure? If for the first reason, the king of Gowa requested information; if
for the second, he would lend his cordial co-operation; if for the third, the
king of Boni must desist, for those whom he presumed to oppress were the
friends of Gowa. The king of Boni made no reply and the Macassars having
marched a great army into the country defeated him in three successive
battles, forced him to fly the country, and reduced Boni into a province.
After thirty years of subjection, [396]the people of Boni, with the assistance
of the Dutch, revolted against the Macassars, and assumed the headship of
the tribes of Celebes, in the place of their former masters. 113 The
propagation of Islam certainly seems to have been gradual and slow among
the Bugis, 114 but when they had once adopted the new religion, it seems to
have stirred them up to action, as it did the Arabs (though this newly-
awakened energy in either case turned in rather different directions),—and
to have made them what they are now, at once the bravest men and the most
enterprising merchants and navigators of the Archipelago. 115 In their trading
vessels they make their way to all parts of the Archipelago, from the coast
of New Guinea to Singapore, and their numerous settlements, in the
establishment of which the Bugis have particularly distinguished
themselves, have introduced Islam into many a heathen island: e.g. one of
their colonies is to be found in a state that extends over a considerable part
of the south coast of Flores, where, intermingling with the native
population, which formerly consisted partly of Roman Catholics, they have
succeeded in converting all the inhabitants of this state to Islam. 116
In their native island of Celebes also the Bugis have combined proselytising
efforts with their commercial enterprises, and in the little kingdom of
Bolaäng-Mongondou in the northern peninsula 117 they have succeeded, in
Page 452
the course of the present century, in winning over to Islam a Christian
population whose conversion dates from the end of the seventeenth century.
The first Christian king of Bolaäng-Mongondou was Jacobus Manopo
(1689–1709), in whose reign Christianity spread rapidly, through the
influence of [397]the Dutch East India Company and the preaching of the
Dutch clergy. 118 His successors were all Christian until 1844, when the
reigning Raja, Jacobus Manuel Manopo, embraced Islam. His conversion
was the crown of a series of proselytising efforts that had been in progress
since the beginning of the century, for it was about this time that the zealous
efforts of some Muhammadan traders—Bugis and others—won over some
converts to Islam in one of the coast towns of the southern kingdom,
Mongondou; from this same town two trader missionaries, Ḥakīm Bagus
and Imām Tuwéko by name, set out to spread their faith throughout the rest
of this kingdom. They made a beginning with the conversion of some slaves
and native women whom they married, and these little by little persuaded
their friends and relatives to embrace the new faith. From Mongondou
Islam spread into the northern kingdom Bolaäng; here, in 1830, the whole
population was either Christian or heathen, with the exception of two or
three Muhammadan settlers; but the zealous preachers of Islam, the Bugis,
and the Arabs who assisted them in their missionary labours, soon achieved
a wide-spread success. The Christians, whose knowledge of the doctrines of
their religion was very slight and whose faith was weak, were ill prepared
with the weapons of controversy to meet the attacks of the rival creed;
despised by the Dutch Government, neglected and well-nigh abandoned by
the authorities of the Church, they began to look on these foreigners, some
of whom married and settled among them, as their friends. As the work of
conversion progressed, the visits of these Bugis and Arabs,—at first rare,—
became more frequent, and their influence in the country very greatly
increased, so much so that about 1832 an Arab married a daughter of the
king, Cornelius Manopo, who was himself a Christian; many of the chiefs,
and some of the most powerful among them, about the same time,
abandoned Christianity and embraced Islam. In this way Islam had gained a
firm footing in his kingdom before Raja Jacobus Manuel Manopo became a
population whose conversion dates from the end of the seventeenth century.
The first Christian king of Bolaäng-Mongondou was Jacobus Manopo
(1689–1709), in whose reign Christianity spread rapidly, through the
influence of [397]the Dutch East India Company and the preaching of the
Dutch clergy. 118 His successors were all Christian until 1844, when the
reigning Raja, Jacobus Manuel Manopo, embraced Islam. His conversion
was the crown of a series of proselytising efforts that had been in progress
since the beginning of the century, for it was about this time that the zealous
efforts of some Muhammadan traders—Bugis and others—won over some
converts to Islam in one of the coast towns of the southern kingdom,
Mongondou; from this same town two trader missionaries, Ḥakīm Bagus
and Imām Tuwéko by name, set out to spread their faith throughout the rest
of this kingdom. They made a beginning with the conversion of some slaves
and native women whom they married, and these little by little persuaded
their friends and relatives to embrace the new faith. From Mongondou
Islam spread into the northern kingdom Bolaäng; here, in 1830, the whole
population was either Christian or heathen, with the exception of two or
three Muhammadan settlers; but the zealous preachers of Islam, the Bugis,
and the Arabs who assisted them in their missionary labours, soon achieved
a wide-spread success. The Christians, whose knowledge of the doctrines of
their religion was very slight and whose faith was weak, were ill prepared
with the weapons of controversy to meet the attacks of the rival creed;
despised by the Dutch Government, neglected and well-nigh abandoned by
the authorities of the Church, they began to look on these foreigners, some
of whom married and settled among them, as their friends. As the work of
conversion progressed, the visits of these Bugis and Arabs,—at first rare,—
became more frequent, and their influence in the country very greatly
increased, so much so that about 1832 an Arab married a daughter of the
king, Cornelius Manopo, who was himself a Christian; many of the chiefs,
and some of the most powerful among them, about the same time,
abandoned Christianity and embraced Islam. In this way Islam had gained a
firm footing in his kingdom before Raja Jacobus Manuel Manopo became a
Page 453
Muslim in 1844; this prince had made repeated applications to the Dutch
authorities at Manado to appoint a successor to the Christian
[398]schoolmaster, Jacobus Bastiaan,—whose death had been a great loss to
the Christian community—but to no purpose, and learning from the resident
at Manado that the Dutch Government was quite indifferent as to whether
the people of his state were Christians or Muhammadans, so long as they
were loyal, openly declared himself a Musalman and tried every means to
bring his subjects over to the same faith. An Arab missionary took
advantage of the occurrence of a terrible earthquake in the following year,
to prophecy the destruction of Bolaäng-Mongondou, unless the people
speedily became converted to Islam. Many in their terror hastened to follow
this advice, and the Raja and his nobles lent their support to the
missionaries and Arab merchants, whose methods of dealing with the
dilatory were not always of the gentlest. Nearly half the population,
however, still remains heathen, but the progress of Islam among them,
though slow, is continuous and sure. 119
The neighbouring island of Sambawa likewise probably received its
knowledge of this faith from Celebes, through the preaching of missionaries
from Macassar between 1540 and 1550. All the more civilised inhabitants
are true believers and are said to be stricter in the performance of their
religious duties than any of the neighbouring Muhammadan peoples. This is
largely due to a revivalist movement set on foot by a certain Ḥājī ʻAli after
the disastrous eruption of Mount Tambora in 1815, the fearful suffering that
ensued thereon being made use of to stir up the people to a more strict
observance of the precepts of their religion and the leading of a more
devout life. 120 At the present time Islam still continues to win over fresh
converts in this island. 121
The Sasaks of the neighbouring island of Lombok also owed their
conversion to the preaching of the Bugis, who form a large colony here,
having either crossed over the strait from Sambawa or come directly from
Celebes: at any rate the conversion appears to have taken place in a
authorities at Manado to appoint a successor to the Christian
[398]schoolmaster, Jacobus Bastiaan,—whose death had been a great loss to
the Christian community—but to no purpose, and learning from the resident
at Manado that the Dutch Government was quite indifferent as to whether
the people of his state were Christians or Muhammadans, so long as they
were loyal, openly declared himself a Musalman and tried every means to
bring his subjects over to the same faith. An Arab missionary took
advantage of the occurrence of a terrible earthquake in the following year,
to prophecy the destruction of Bolaäng-Mongondou, unless the people
speedily became converted to Islam. Many in their terror hastened to follow
this advice, and the Raja and his nobles lent their support to the
missionaries and Arab merchants, whose methods of dealing with the
dilatory were not always of the gentlest. Nearly half the population,
however, still remains heathen, but the progress of Islam among them,
though slow, is continuous and sure. 119
The neighbouring island of Sambawa likewise probably received its
knowledge of this faith from Celebes, through the preaching of missionaries
from Macassar between 1540 and 1550. All the more civilised inhabitants
are true believers and are said to be stricter in the performance of their
religious duties than any of the neighbouring Muhammadan peoples. This is
largely due to a revivalist movement set on foot by a certain Ḥājī ʻAli after
the disastrous eruption of Mount Tambora in 1815, the fearful suffering that
ensued thereon being made use of to stir up the people to a more strict
observance of the precepts of their religion and the leading of a more
devout life. 120 At the present time Islam still continues to win over fresh
converts in this island. 121
The Sasaks of the neighbouring island of Lombok also owed their
conversion to the preaching of the Bugis, who form a large colony here,
having either crossed over the strait from Sambawa or come directly from
Celebes: at any rate the conversion appears to have taken place in a
Page 454
peaceable manner. 122 The population of Lombok falls into two distinct
divisions, the Sasaks and the Balinese; [399]the first of these, consisting of
the Muhammadan Sasaks, the original inhabitants of the island, far
outnumbers the second, but about the middle of the eighteenth century they
came under the rule of the Balinese and soon found their island overrun by
swarms of the Hindu neighbours. 123 The rule of the Balinese was very
oppressive, and they made efforts—though with little success—to bring
their Muslim subjects over to Hinduism; the Sasaks tried in vain to shake
off the yoke of their oppressors, and more than once appealed to the Dutch
Government, before the expedition of 1894 brought peace to the island and
established an orderly administration under Dutch rule. The new
government brought with it a large number of native Muhammadan
officials, who throw in their influence on the side of their own faith, and it
is thus expected that one of the results of the Dutch conquest of Lombok
will be to give a great impetus to Islam in this island. 124
In the Philippine Islands we find a struggle between Christianity and Islam
for the allegiance of the inhabitants, somewhat similar in character to that in
Celebes, but more stern and enduring, entangling the Spaniards and the
Muslims in a fierce and bloody conflict, even up to the nineteenth century.
It is uncertain when Islam first reached these islands. 125 The traditionary
annals of Mindanao represent Islam as having been introduced from Johore,
in the Malay Peninsula, by a certain Sharīf Kabungsuwan, who settled with
a number of followers in the island and married there. He is said to have
refused to land until the men who came to meet him on his arrival promised
to embrace Islam, and these early records give the impression that the
landing of Kabungsuwan and the conversion of the people of Mindanao at
first proceeded quite peacefully; but after he had established [400]his power,
he began to conquer the neighbouring chiefs and tribes, and they accepted
his religion in submitting to his authority. 126 The Spaniards who discovered
them in 1521, found the population of the northern islands to be rude and
simple pagans, while Mindanao and the Sulu Islands were occupied by
more civilised Muhammadan tribes. 127 The latter up to the close of the
divisions, the Sasaks and the Balinese; [399]the first of these, consisting of
the Muhammadan Sasaks, the original inhabitants of the island, far
outnumbers the second, but about the middle of the eighteenth century they
came under the rule of the Balinese and soon found their island overrun by
swarms of the Hindu neighbours. 123 The rule of the Balinese was very
oppressive, and they made efforts—though with little success—to bring
their Muslim subjects over to Hinduism; the Sasaks tried in vain to shake
off the yoke of their oppressors, and more than once appealed to the Dutch
Government, before the expedition of 1894 brought peace to the island and
established an orderly administration under Dutch rule. The new
government brought with it a large number of native Muhammadan
officials, who throw in their influence on the side of their own faith, and it
is thus expected that one of the results of the Dutch conquest of Lombok
will be to give a great impetus to Islam in this island. 124
In the Philippine Islands we find a struggle between Christianity and Islam
for the allegiance of the inhabitants, somewhat similar in character to that in
Celebes, but more stern and enduring, entangling the Spaniards and the
Muslims in a fierce and bloody conflict, even up to the nineteenth century.
It is uncertain when Islam first reached these islands. 125 The traditionary
annals of Mindanao represent Islam as having been introduced from Johore,
in the Malay Peninsula, by a certain Sharīf Kabungsuwan, who settled with
a number of followers in the island and married there. He is said to have
refused to land until the men who came to meet him on his arrival promised
to embrace Islam, and these early records give the impression that the
landing of Kabungsuwan and the conversion of the people of Mindanao at
first proceeded quite peacefully; but after he had established [400]his power,
he began to conquer the neighbouring chiefs and tribes, and they accepted
his religion in submitting to his authority. 126 The Spaniards who discovered
them in 1521, found the population of the northern islands to be rude and
simple pagans, while Mindanao and the Sulu Islands were occupied by
more civilised Muhammadan tribes. 127 The latter up to the close of the
Page 455
nineteenth century successfully resisted for the most part all the efforts of
the Christians towards conquest and conversion, so that the Spanish
missionaries despaired of ever effecting their conversion. 128 The success of
Islam as compared with Christianity has been due in a great measure to the
different form under which these two faiths were presented to the natives.
The adoption of the latter implied the loss of all political freedom and
national independence, and hence came to be regarded as a badge of
slavery. The methods adopted by the Spaniards for the propagation of their
religion were calculated to make it unpopular from the beginning; their
violence and intolerance were in strong contrast to the conciliatory
behaviour of the Muhammadan missionaries, who learned the language of
the people, adopted their customs, intermarried with them, and melting into
the mass of the people, neither arrogated to themselves the exclusive rights
of a privileged race nor condemned the natives to the level of a degraded
caste. The Spaniards, on the other hand, were ignorant of the language,
habits and manners of the natives; their intemperance and above all their
avarice and rapacity brought their religion into odium; while its propagation
was intended to serve as an instrument of their political advancement. 129 It
is not difficult therefore to understand the opposition offered by the natives
to the introduction of Christianity, which indeed only became the religion of
the [401]people in those parts in which the inhabitants were weak enough, or
the island small enough, to enable the Spaniards to effect a total
subjugation; the native Christians after their conversion had to be forced to
perform their religious duties through fear of punishment, and were treated
exactly like school-children. 130 Up to the time of the American occupation
of the Philippine Islands the independent Muhammadan kingdom of
Mindanao was a refuge for those who wished to escape from the hated
Christian government; 131 the island of Sulu, also, though nominally a
Spanish possession since 1878, formed another centre of Muhammadan
opposition to Christianity, Spanish-knowing renegades even being found
here. 132
the Christians towards conquest and conversion, so that the Spanish
missionaries despaired of ever effecting their conversion. 128 The success of
Islam as compared with Christianity has been due in a great measure to the
different form under which these two faiths were presented to the natives.
The adoption of the latter implied the loss of all political freedom and
national independence, and hence came to be regarded as a badge of
slavery. The methods adopted by the Spaniards for the propagation of their
religion were calculated to make it unpopular from the beginning; their
violence and intolerance were in strong contrast to the conciliatory
behaviour of the Muhammadan missionaries, who learned the language of
the people, adopted their customs, intermarried with them, and melting into
the mass of the people, neither arrogated to themselves the exclusive rights
of a privileged race nor condemned the natives to the level of a degraded
caste. The Spaniards, on the other hand, were ignorant of the language,
habits and manners of the natives; their intemperance and above all their
avarice and rapacity brought their religion into odium; while its propagation
was intended to serve as an instrument of their political advancement. 129 It
is not difficult therefore to understand the opposition offered by the natives
to the introduction of Christianity, which indeed only became the religion of
the [401]people in those parts in which the inhabitants were weak enough, or
the island small enough, to enable the Spaniards to effect a total
subjugation; the native Christians after their conversion had to be forced to
perform their religious duties through fear of punishment, and were treated
exactly like school-children. 130 Up to the time of the American occupation
of the Philippine Islands the independent Muhammadan kingdom of
Mindanao was a refuge for those who wished to escape from the hated
Christian government; 131 the island of Sulu, also, though nominally a
Spanish possession since 1878, formed another centre of Muhammadan
opposition to Christianity, Spanish-knowing renegades even being found
here. 132
Page 456
We have no certain historical evidence as to how long the inhabitants of the
Sulu Islands had been Muhammadan, before the arrival of the Spaniards.
The annals of Sulu give the name of Sharīf Karīm al-Mak͟ hdūm as the first
missionary of Islam in these islands. He is said to have been an Arab who
went to Malacca about the middle of the fourteenth century and converted
Sulṭān Muḥammad Shāh and the people of Malacca to Islam. Continuing
his journey eastward, he reached Sulu about the year 1380 and settled in
Bwansa, 133 the old capital of Sulu, where the people built a mosque for him
and many of the chiefs accepted his teachings. He is said to have visited
almost every island of the Archipelago and to have made converts in many
places; his grave is said to be on the island of Sibutu. 134 The next
missionary is said to have been Abū Bakr, who is also stated to have been
an Arab, and to have commenced his missionary labours in Malacca and to
have [402]made his way to Palembang and Brunei, and reached Sulu about
1450; he built mosques and carried on a successful propaganda. The
Muslim king of Bwansa, Raja Baginda, gave him his daughter in marriage,
and appointed him his heir, and Abū Bakr is credited with having organised
the government and legislation of Sulu on orthodox Muslim lines as far as
local custom would allow. 135 Though so long converted, the people of Sulu
are far from being rigid Muhammadans, indeed, the influence of the
numerous Christian slaves that they carried off from the Philippines in their
predatory excursions used to be so great that it was even asserted 136 that
“they would long ere this have become professed Christians but from the
prescience that such a change, by investing a predominating influence in the
priesthood, would inevitably undermine their own authority, and pave the
way to the transfer of their dominions to the Spanish yoke, an occurrence
which fatal experience has too forcibly instructed all the surrounding
nations that unwarily embrace the Christian persuasion.” Further, the
aggressive behaviour of the Spanish priests who established a mission in
Sulu created in the mind of the people a violent antipathy to the foreign
religion. 137
Sulu Islands had been Muhammadan, before the arrival of the Spaniards.
The annals of Sulu give the name of Sharīf Karīm al-Mak͟ hdūm as the first
missionary of Islam in these islands. He is said to have been an Arab who
went to Malacca about the middle of the fourteenth century and converted
Sulṭān Muḥammad Shāh and the people of Malacca to Islam. Continuing
his journey eastward, he reached Sulu about the year 1380 and settled in
Bwansa, 133 the old capital of Sulu, where the people built a mosque for him
and many of the chiefs accepted his teachings. He is said to have visited
almost every island of the Archipelago and to have made converts in many
places; his grave is said to be on the island of Sibutu. 134 The next
missionary is said to have been Abū Bakr, who is also stated to have been
an Arab, and to have commenced his missionary labours in Malacca and to
have [402]made his way to Palembang and Brunei, and reached Sulu about
1450; he built mosques and carried on a successful propaganda. The
Muslim king of Bwansa, Raja Baginda, gave him his daughter in marriage,
and appointed him his heir, and Abū Bakr is credited with having organised
the government and legislation of Sulu on orthodox Muslim lines as far as
local custom would allow. 135 Though so long converted, the people of Sulu
are far from being rigid Muhammadans, indeed, the influence of the
numerous Christian slaves that they carried off from the Philippines in their
predatory excursions used to be so great that it was even asserted 136 that
“they would long ere this have become professed Christians but from the
prescience that such a change, by investing a predominating influence in the
priesthood, would inevitably undermine their own authority, and pave the
way to the transfer of their dominions to the Spanish yoke, an occurrence
which fatal experience has too forcibly instructed all the surrounding
nations that unwarily embrace the Christian persuasion.” Further, the
aggressive behaviour of the Spanish priests who established a mission in
Sulu created in the mind of the people a violent antipathy to the foreign
religion. 137
Page 457
Since the American occupation of the Philippines, the influence of Islam
has been considerably restricted, and is now confined to the island of
Palawan, the south coast of Mindanao and the archipelago of Sulu. 138 But it
is said to be seeking to extend its propaganda among the northern islands,
and to have made a beginning of missionary activity even in Manila.
Certain conditions are said to favour its success, especially the fact that the
Filipinos are prejudiced against Christianity on account of the abuses that
led them to take up arms against the Spanish friars. 139
As has been already mentioned, Islam has been most favourably received
by the more civilised races of the Malay Archipelago, and has taken but
little root among the lower races. Such are the Papuans of New Guinea, and
the islands to the north-west of it, viz. Waigyu, Misool, Waigama [403]and
Salawatti. These islands, together with the peninsula of Onin, on the north-
west of New Guinea, were in the sixteenth century subject to the Sultan of
Batjan, 140 one of the kings of the Moluccas. Through the influence of the
Muhammadan rulers of Batjan, the Papuan chiefs of these islands adopted
Islam, 141 and though the mass of the people in the interior have remained
heathen up to the present day, the inhabitants of the coast are
Muhammadans largely no doubt owing to the influence of settlers from the
Moluccas. 142 In New Guinea itself, very few of the Papuans seem to have
become Muhammadans. Islam was introduced into the west coast (probably
in the peninsula of Onin) by Muhammadan merchants, who propagated
their religion among the inhabitants, as early as 1606. 143 But it appears to
have made very little progress during the centuries that have elapsed since
then, 144 and the Papuans have shown as much reluctance to become
Muhammadans as to accept the teachings of the Christian missionaries, who
have laboured among them without much success since 1855. The
Muhammadans of the neighbouring islands have been accused of holding
the Papuans in too great contempt to make efforts to spread Islam among
them. 145 The name of one missionary, [404]however, is found, a certain Imām
Dikir (? D͟ hikr), who came from one of the islands on the south-east of
Ceram about 1856 and introduced Islam into the little island of Adi, south
has been considerably restricted, and is now confined to the island of
Palawan, the south coast of Mindanao and the archipelago of Sulu. 138 But it
is said to be seeking to extend its propaganda among the northern islands,
and to have made a beginning of missionary activity even in Manila.
Certain conditions are said to favour its success, especially the fact that the
Filipinos are prejudiced against Christianity on account of the abuses that
led them to take up arms against the Spanish friars. 139
As has been already mentioned, Islam has been most favourably received
by the more civilised races of the Malay Archipelago, and has taken but
little root among the lower races. Such are the Papuans of New Guinea, and
the islands to the north-west of it, viz. Waigyu, Misool, Waigama [403]and
Salawatti. These islands, together with the peninsula of Onin, on the north-
west of New Guinea, were in the sixteenth century subject to the Sultan of
Batjan, 140 one of the kings of the Moluccas. Through the influence of the
Muhammadan rulers of Batjan, the Papuan chiefs of these islands adopted
Islam, 141 and though the mass of the people in the interior have remained
heathen up to the present day, the inhabitants of the coast are
Muhammadans largely no doubt owing to the influence of settlers from the
Moluccas. 142 In New Guinea itself, very few of the Papuans seem to have
become Muhammadans. Islam was introduced into the west coast (probably
in the peninsula of Onin) by Muhammadan merchants, who propagated
their religion among the inhabitants, as early as 1606. 143 But it appears to
have made very little progress during the centuries that have elapsed since
then, 144 and the Papuans have shown as much reluctance to become
Muhammadans as to accept the teachings of the Christian missionaries, who
have laboured among them without much success since 1855. The
Muhammadans of the neighbouring islands have been accused of holding
the Papuans in too great contempt to make efforts to spread Islam among
them. 145 The name of one missionary, [404]however, is found, a certain Imām
Dikir (? D͟ hikr), who came from one of the islands on the south-east of
Ceram about 1856 and introduced Islam into the little island of Adi, south
Page 458
of the peninsula of Onin; after fulfilling his mission he returned to his own
home, resisting the importunities of the inhabitants to settle among them. 146
Muhammadan traders from Ceram and Goram are reported to have made a
number of converts from among the heathen during the first decade of the
twentieth century. 147 Similar efforts are being made to convert the Papuans
of the neighbouring Kei Islands. In the middle of the nineteenth century
there were said to be hardly any Muhammadans on these islands, with the
exception of the descendants of immigrants from the Banda Islands; some
time before, missionaries from Ceram had succeeded in making some
converts, but the precepts of the Qurʼān were very little observed, both
forbidden meats and intoxicating liquors being indulged in. The women,
however, were said to be stricter in their adherence to their faith than the
men, so that when their husbands wished to indulge in swine’s flesh, they
had to do so in secret, their wives not allowing it to be brought into the
house. 148 But in 1887 it was noted that there had been a revival of religious
life among the Kei islanders, and the number of Muhammadans was daily
increasing. Arab merchants from Madura, Java, and Bali proved themselves
zealous propagandists of Islam and left no means untried to win converts,
sometimes enforcing their arguments by threats and violence, and at other
times by bribes: as a rule new converts were said to get 200 florins’ worth
of presents, while chiefs received as much as a thousand florins. 149 At the
close of the nineteenth century about 8000 of the Kei islanders were said to
be Muhammadan out of a total population of 23,000. 150
The above sketch of the spread of Islam from west to east through the
Malay Archipelago comprises but a small part [405]of the history of the
missionary work of Islam in these islands. Many of the facts of this history
are wholly unrecorded, and what can be gleaned from native chronicles and
the works of European travellers, officials and missionaries is necessarily
fragmentary and incomplete. But there is evidence enough to show the
existence of peaceful missionary efforts to spread the faith of Islam during
the last six hundred years: sometimes indeed the sword has been drawn in
support of the cause of religion, but preaching and persuasion rather than
home, resisting the importunities of the inhabitants to settle among them. 146
Muhammadan traders from Ceram and Goram are reported to have made a
number of converts from among the heathen during the first decade of the
twentieth century. 147 Similar efforts are being made to convert the Papuans
of the neighbouring Kei Islands. In the middle of the nineteenth century
there were said to be hardly any Muhammadans on these islands, with the
exception of the descendants of immigrants from the Banda Islands; some
time before, missionaries from Ceram had succeeded in making some
converts, but the precepts of the Qurʼān were very little observed, both
forbidden meats and intoxicating liquors being indulged in. The women,
however, were said to be stricter in their adherence to their faith than the
men, so that when their husbands wished to indulge in swine’s flesh, they
had to do so in secret, their wives not allowing it to be brought into the
house. 148 But in 1887 it was noted that there had been a revival of religious
life among the Kei islanders, and the number of Muhammadans was daily
increasing. Arab merchants from Madura, Java, and Bali proved themselves
zealous propagandists of Islam and left no means untried to win converts,
sometimes enforcing their arguments by threats and violence, and at other
times by bribes: as a rule new converts were said to get 200 florins’ worth
of presents, while chiefs received as much as a thousand florins. 149 At the
close of the nineteenth century about 8000 of the Kei islanders were said to
be Muhammadan out of a total population of 23,000. 150
The above sketch of the spread of Islam from west to east through the
Malay Archipelago comprises but a small part [405]of the history of the
missionary work of Islam in these islands. Many of the facts of this history
are wholly unrecorded, and what can be gleaned from native chronicles and
the works of European travellers, officials and missionaries is necessarily
fragmentary and incomplete. But there is evidence enough to show the
existence of peaceful missionary efforts to spread the faith of Islam during
the last six hundred years: sometimes indeed the sword has been drawn in
support of the cause of religion, but preaching and persuasion rather than
Page 459
force and violence have been the main characteristics of this missionary
movement. The marvellous success that has been achieved has been largely
the work of traders, who won their way to the hearts of the natives, by
learning their language, adopting their manners and customs, and began
quietly and gradually to spread the knowledge of their religion by first
converting the native women they married and the persons associated with
them in their business relations. Instead of holding themselves apart in
proud isolation, they gradually melted into the mass of the population,
employing all their superiority of intelligence and civilisation for the work
of conversion and making such skilful compromises in the doctrines and
practices of their faith as were needed to recommend it to the people they
wished to attract. 151 In fact, as Buckle said of them, “The Mahometan
missionaries are very judicious.” 152
Beside the traders, there have been numbers of what may be called
professional missionaries—theologians, preachers, jurisconsults and
pilgrims. The latter have, in recent years, been especially active in the work
of proselytising, in stirring up a more vigorous and consistent religious life
among their fellow-countrymen, and in purging away the lingering remains
of heathen habits and beliefs. The number of those who make the
pilgrimage to Mecca from all parts of the Archipelago is constantly on the
increase, and there is in consequence a proportionate growth of
Muhammadan influence and Muhammadan thought. Up to the middle of
the nineteenth century the Dutch Government tried to put obstacles in the
way of the pilgrims and passed an order that [406]no one should be allowed
to make the pilgrimage to the holy city without a passport, for which he had
to pay 110 florins; and any one who evaded this order was on his return
compelled to pay a fine of double that amount. 153 Accordingly it is not
surprising to find that in 1852 the number of pilgrims was so low as
seventy, but in the same year this order was rescinded, and since then, there
has been a steady increase.
movement. The marvellous success that has been achieved has been largely
the work of traders, who won their way to the hearts of the natives, by
learning their language, adopting their manners and customs, and began
quietly and gradually to spread the knowledge of their religion by first
converting the native women they married and the persons associated with
them in their business relations. Instead of holding themselves apart in
proud isolation, they gradually melted into the mass of the population,
employing all their superiority of intelligence and civilisation for the work
of conversion and making such skilful compromises in the doctrines and
practices of their faith as were needed to recommend it to the people they
wished to attract. 151 In fact, as Buckle said of them, “The Mahometan
missionaries are very judicious.” 152
Beside the traders, there have been numbers of what may be called
professional missionaries—theologians, preachers, jurisconsults and
pilgrims. The latter have, in recent years, been especially active in the work
of proselytising, in stirring up a more vigorous and consistent religious life
among their fellow-countrymen, and in purging away the lingering remains
of heathen habits and beliefs. The number of those who make the
pilgrimage to Mecca from all parts of the Archipelago is constantly on the
increase, and there is in consequence a proportionate growth of
Muhammadan influence and Muhammadan thought. Up to the middle of
the nineteenth century the Dutch Government tried to put obstacles in the
way of the pilgrims and passed an order that [406]no one should be allowed
to make the pilgrimage to the holy city without a passport, for which he had
to pay 110 florins; and any one who evaded this order was on his return
compelled to pay a fine of double that amount. 153 Accordingly it is not
surprising to find that in 1852 the number of pilgrims was so low as
seventy, but in the same year this order was rescinded, and since then, there
has been a steady increase.
Page 460
The average number of pilgrims during the last decade of the nineteenth
century was 7000—during the first decade of the twentieth, 7300; 154 but the
numbers vary considerably from year to year, the largest recorded number
from the Dutch Indies being 14,234 in 1910. 155
Such an increase is no doubt largely due to the increased facilities of
communication between Mecca and the Malay Archipelago, but, as a
Christian missionary has observed, this by no means “diminishes the
importance of the fact, especially as the Hadjis, whose numbers have grown
so rapidly, have by no means lost in quality what they gained in quantity; on
the contrary, there are now amongst them many more thoroughly
acquainted with the doctrines of Islam, and wholly imbued with Moslem
fanaticism and hatred against the unbelievers, than there formerly were.” 156
The reports of the Dutch Government and of Christian missionaries bear
unanimous testimony to the influence and the proselytising zeal of these
pilgrims who return to their homes as at once reformers and missionaries. 157
Beside the pilgrims who content themselves with merely visiting the sacred
places and performing the due ceremonies, and those who make a longer
stay in order to complete their theological studies, there is a large colony of
Malays in Mecca at the present time, who have taken up their residence
permanently in the sacred city. These are in constant communication with
their fellow-countrymen in their native land, and their efforts have been
largely effectual in purging Muhammadanism in the Malay Archipelago
from the contamination of [407]heathen customs and modes of thought that
have survived from an earlier period. A large number of religious books is
also printed in Mecca in the various languages spoken by the Malay
Muhammadans and carried to all parts of the Archipelago. Indeed Mecca
has been well said to have more influence on the religious life of these
islands than on Turkey, India or Buk͟ hārā. 158
As might be anticipated from a consideration of these facts, there has been
of recent years a very great awakening of missionary activity in the Malay
Archipelago, and the returned pilgrims, whether as merchants or religious
century was 7000—during the first decade of the twentieth, 7300; 154 but the
numbers vary considerably from year to year, the largest recorded number
from the Dutch Indies being 14,234 in 1910. 155
Such an increase is no doubt largely due to the increased facilities of
communication between Mecca and the Malay Archipelago, but, as a
Christian missionary has observed, this by no means “diminishes the
importance of the fact, especially as the Hadjis, whose numbers have grown
so rapidly, have by no means lost in quality what they gained in quantity; on
the contrary, there are now amongst them many more thoroughly
acquainted with the doctrines of Islam, and wholly imbued with Moslem
fanaticism and hatred against the unbelievers, than there formerly were.” 156
The reports of the Dutch Government and of Christian missionaries bear
unanimous testimony to the influence and the proselytising zeal of these
pilgrims who return to their homes as at once reformers and missionaries. 157
Beside the pilgrims who content themselves with merely visiting the sacred
places and performing the due ceremonies, and those who make a longer
stay in order to complete their theological studies, there is a large colony of
Malays in Mecca at the present time, who have taken up their residence
permanently in the sacred city. These are in constant communication with
their fellow-countrymen in their native land, and their efforts have been
largely effectual in purging Muhammadanism in the Malay Archipelago
from the contamination of [407]heathen customs and modes of thought that
have survived from an earlier period. A large number of religious books is
also printed in Mecca in the various languages spoken by the Malay
Muhammadans and carried to all parts of the Archipelago. Indeed Mecca
has been well said to have more influence on the religious life of these
islands than on Turkey, India or Buk͟ hārā. 158
As might be anticipated from a consideration of these facts, there has been
of recent years a very great awakening of missionary activity in the Malay
Archipelago, and the returned pilgrims, whether as merchants or religious
Page 461
teachers, become preachers of Islam wherever they come in contact with a
heathen population. The religious orders moreover have extended their
organisation to the Malay Archipelago, 159 even the youngest of them—the
Sanūsiyyah—finding adherents in the most distant islands, 160 one of the
signs of its influence being the adoption of the name Sanūsī by many
Malays, when in Mecca they change their native for Arabic names. 161
The Dutch Government has been accused by Christian missionaries of
favouring the spread of Islam; however this may have been, it is certain that
the work of the Muslim missionaries is facilitated by the fact that Malay,
which is spoken by hardly any but Muhammadans, has been adopted as the
official language of the Dutch Government, except in Java; and as the
Dutch civil servants are everywhere attended by a crowd of Muhammadan
subordinate officials, political agents, clerks, interpreters and traders, they
carry Islam with them into every place they visit. All persons that have to
do business with the Government are obliged to learn the Malay language,
and they seldom learn it without at the same time becoming Musalmans. In
this way the most influential people embrace Islam, and the rest soon follow
their example. 162 Thus Islam is at the present time rapidly driving out
heathenism from the Malay Archipelago. [408]
Niemann, p. 337. ↑
1
Reinaud: Géographie d’Aboulféda, tome i. p. cccxxxix. ↑
2
Groeneveldt, pp. 14, 15. ↑
3
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. pp. 66, 80. ↑
4
Veth (3), vol. i. p. 231. Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. p. 89. ↑
5
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. pp. 230, 234. ↑
6
Snouck Hurgronje (1), pp. 8–9. ↑
7
Padre Gainza, quoted by C. Semper, p. 67. ↑
8
Crawfurd (2), vol. ii. p. 265. ↑
9
Snouck Hurgronje: L’Arabie et les Indes Néerlandaises. (Revue de
10
l’Histoire des Religions, vol. lvii. p. 69 sqq.) ↑
De Hollander, vol. i. p. 581. Veth (1), p. 60. ↑
11
heathen population. The religious orders moreover have extended their
organisation to the Malay Archipelago, 159 even the youngest of them—the
Sanūsiyyah—finding adherents in the most distant islands, 160 one of the
signs of its influence being the adoption of the name Sanūsī by many
Malays, when in Mecca they change their native for Arabic names. 161
The Dutch Government has been accused by Christian missionaries of
favouring the spread of Islam; however this may have been, it is certain that
the work of the Muslim missionaries is facilitated by the fact that Malay,
which is spoken by hardly any but Muhammadans, has been adopted as the
official language of the Dutch Government, except in Java; and as the
Dutch civil servants are everywhere attended by a crowd of Muhammadan
subordinate officials, political agents, clerks, interpreters and traders, they
carry Islam with them into every place they visit. All persons that have to
do business with the Government are obliged to learn the Malay language,
and they seldom learn it without at the same time becoming Musalmans. In
this way the most influential people embrace Islam, and the rest soon follow
their example. 162 Thus Islam is at the present time rapidly driving out
heathenism from the Malay Archipelago. [408]
Niemann, p. 337. ↑
1
Reinaud: Géographie d’Aboulféda, tome i. p. cccxxxix. ↑
2
Groeneveldt, pp. 14, 15. ↑
3
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. pp. 66, 80. ↑
4
Veth (3), vol. i. p. 231. Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. p. 89. ↑
5
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. pp. 230, 234. ↑
6
Snouck Hurgronje (1), pp. 8–9. ↑
7
Padre Gainza, quoted by C. Semper, p. 67. ↑
8
Crawfurd (2), vol. ii. p. 265. ↑
9
Snouck Hurgronje: L’Arabie et les Indes Néerlandaises. (Revue de
10
l’Histoire des Religions, vol. lvii. p. 69 sqq.) ↑
De Hollander, vol. i. p. 581. Veth (1), p. 60. ↑
11
Page 462
This vague reference would fit either Arabia, Persia or India; but if such a person as Jūhan Shāh
12
ever existed, he probably came from the Coromandel or Malabar coast. (Chronique du Royaume
d’Atcheh, traduite du Malay par Ed. Dulaurier, p. 7.) ↑
Marco Polo, vol. ii. p. 284. ↑
13
Veth (1), p. 61. ↑
14
Yule’s Marco Polo, vol. ii. pp. 294, 303. ↑
15
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. pp. 230–6. ↑
16
Groeneveldt, p. 94. ↑
17
At the height of its power, it stretched from 2° N. to 2° S. on the west coast, and
18
from 1° N. to 2° S. on the east coast, but in the sixteenth century it had lost its
control over the east coast. (De Hollander, vol. i. p. 3.) ↑
Marsden, p. 343. ↑
19
J. H. Moor. (Appendix, p. 1.) ↑
20
Marsden, p. 355. ↑
21
Godsdienstige verschijnselen en toestanden in Oost-Indië. (Uit de Koloniale Verslagen
22
van 1886 en 1887.) Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. vol. xxxii. pp. 175–6. (1888.) In 1909, out
of a total of 500,000 Bataks, 300,000 were still pagan, but 125,000 were Muslim and 80,000
Christian. (R. du M. M., vol. viii. p. 183.) ↑
J. Warneck: Die Religion der Batak, p. 122. (Leipzig, 1909.) ↑
23
G. R. Simon: Die Propaganda des Halbmondes. Ein Beitrag zur Skizzierung des Islam unter
24
den Batakken, pp. 425, 429–430. (Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift, vol. xxvii. 1900.) ↑
R. du M. M., vol. viii. (1909), p. 183. ↑
25
A. L. van Hassalt, pp. 55, 68. ↑
26
Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. id. p. 173. (Koloniaal Verslag van 1911, p. 26; 1912, p. 17.) ↑
27
Uit het Koloniaal Verslag van 1889. (Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. vol. xxxiv. p. 168.)
28
(1890.) ↑
Koloniaal Verslag van 1910, p. 30. ↑
29
De Hollander, vol. i. p. 703. ↑
30
Koloniaal Verslag van 1904, p. 80; 1905, p. 46; 1909, p. 47; 1910, p. 33; 1911, p. 29; 1912,
31
p. 21. ↑
Canne, p. 510. ↑
32
Marsden, p. 301. ↑
33
Niemann, pp. 356–9. ↑
34
J. H. Moor, p. 255. ↑
35
12
ever existed, he probably came from the Coromandel or Malabar coast. (Chronique du Royaume
d’Atcheh, traduite du Malay par Ed. Dulaurier, p. 7.) ↑
Marco Polo, vol. ii. p. 284. ↑
13
Veth (1), p. 61. ↑
14
Yule’s Marco Polo, vol. ii. pp. 294, 303. ↑
15
Ibn Baṭūṭah, tome iv. pp. 230–6. ↑
16
Groeneveldt, p. 94. ↑
17
At the height of its power, it stretched from 2° N. to 2° S. on the west coast, and
18
from 1° N. to 2° S. on the east coast, but in the sixteenth century it had lost its
control over the east coast. (De Hollander, vol. i. p. 3.) ↑
Marsden, p. 343. ↑
19
J. H. Moor. (Appendix, p. 1.) ↑
20
Marsden, p. 355. ↑
21
Godsdienstige verschijnselen en toestanden in Oost-Indië. (Uit de Koloniale Verslagen
22
van 1886 en 1887.) Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. vol. xxxii. pp. 175–6. (1888.) In 1909, out
of a total of 500,000 Bataks, 300,000 were still pagan, but 125,000 were Muslim and 80,000
Christian. (R. du M. M., vol. viii. p. 183.) ↑
J. Warneck: Die Religion der Batak, p. 122. (Leipzig, 1909.) ↑
23
G. R. Simon: Die Propaganda des Halbmondes. Ein Beitrag zur Skizzierung des Islam unter
24
den Batakken, pp. 425, 429–430. (Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift, vol. xxvii. 1900.) ↑
R. du M. M., vol. viii. (1909), p. 183. ↑
25
A. L. van Hassalt, pp. 55, 68. ↑
26
Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. id. p. 173. (Koloniaal Verslag van 1911, p. 26; 1912, p. 17.) ↑
27
Uit het Koloniaal Verslag van 1889. (Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. vol. xxxiv. p. 168.)
28
(1890.) ↑
Koloniaal Verslag van 1910, p. 30. ↑
29
De Hollander, vol. i. p. 703. ↑
30
Koloniaal Verslag van 1904, p. 80; 1905, p. 46; 1909, p. 47; 1910, p. 33; 1911, p. 29; 1912,
31
p. 21. ↑
Canne, p. 510. ↑
32
Marsden, p. 301. ↑
33
Niemann, pp. 356–9. ↑
34
J. H. Moor, p. 255. ↑
35
Page 463
“Depois que estes de induzidos por os Mouros Parseos, e Guzarates (que alli vieram residir por
36
causa do commercio), de Gentios os convertêram á secta de Mahamed. Da qual conversão por alli
concorrerem varias nações, começou laurar esta inferna peste pela virzinhança de Malaca.” (De
Barros, Dec. ii. Liv. vi. cap. i. p. 15.) ↑
Aristide Marre: Malâka. Histoire des rois malays de Malâka. Traduit et extrait du Livre des
37
Annales malayses, intitulé en arabe Selâlet al Selâtyn, p. 8. (Paris, 1874.) ↑
Crawfurd (1), pp. 241–2. ↑
38
De Barros, Dec. iv. Liv. ii. cap. 1. ↑
39
Barbosa, writing in 1516, speaks of the numerous Muhammadan merchants that frequented
40
the port of Queda. (Ramusio, tom. i. p. 317.) ↑
The form مزلفdoes not actually occur in the Qurʼān; reference is probably made to some such
41
passage as xxvi. 90: “ َوأْز ِلَفِت آْلَج َّنُة ِاْلُمَّتِقيَنAnd paradise shall be brought near the pious.” ↑
A translation of the Keddah Annals, by Lieut.-Col. James Low, vol. iii. pp. 474–7. ↑
42
A translation of the Keddah Annals, by Lieut.-Col. James Low, vol. iii. p. 480. ↑
43
Newbold, vol. i. p. 252. ↑
44
McNair, pp. 226–9. ↑
45
J. H. Moor, p. 242. ↑
46
Newbold, vol. ii. pp. 106, 396. ↑
47
R. du M. M., tome ii (1907), pp. 137–8. ↑
48
Snouck Hurgronje (1), p. 9. ↑
49
Veth (3), vol. i. p. 215. Raffles (ed. of 1830), vol. ii. pp. 103, 104, 183. ↑
50
The situation of Chermen is not certain. Veth (3), vol. i. p. 230,
51
conjectures that it may have been in India, but Rouffaer (p. 115n)
gives good reasons for placing it in Sumatra. ↑
A description of the present condition of these tombs, on one of which traces of an inscription in
52
Arabic characters are still visible, is given by J. F. G. Brumund, p. 185. ↑
Groeneveldt, pp. vii. 49–50. ↑
53
Kern, p. 21. ↑
54
Veth (3), vol. i. pp. 233–42. Raffles, vol. ii. pp. 113–33. ↑
55
Rouffaer, however, places this Champa, not in Cambodia, but on the north coast of Atjeh
56
and identifies it with the modern Djeumpa. (Encyclopaedie van N.-I., vol. iv. p. 206.) ↑
Remains of minarets and Muhammadan tombs are still to be found in Champa. (Bastian, vol. i.
57
pp. 498–9.) ↑
This genealogical table will make clear these relationships, as well as others referred to later in the
58
text:—
36
causa do commercio), de Gentios os convertêram á secta de Mahamed. Da qual conversão por alli
concorrerem varias nações, começou laurar esta inferna peste pela virzinhança de Malaca.” (De
Barros, Dec. ii. Liv. vi. cap. i. p. 15.) ↑
Aristide Marre: Malâka. Histoire des rois malays de Malâka. Traduit et extrait du Livre des
37
Annales malayses, intitulé en arabe Selâlet al Selâtyn, p. 8. (Paris, 1874.) ↑
Crawfurd (1), pp. 241–2. ↑
38
De Barros, Dec. iv. Liv. ii. cap. 1. ↑
39
Barbosa, writing in 1516, speaks of the numerous Muhammadan merchants that frequented
40
the port of Queda. (Ramusio, tom. i. p. 317.) ↑
The form مزلفdoes not actually occur in the Qurʼān; reference is probably made to some such
41
passage as xxvi. 90: “ َوأْز ِلَفِت آْلَج َّنُة ِاْلُمَّتِقيَنAnd paradise shall be brought near the pious.” ↑
A translation of the Keddah Annals, by Lieut.-Col. James Low, vol. iii. pp. 474–7. ↑
42
A translation of the Keddah Annals, by Lieut.-Col. James Low, vol. iii. p. 480. ↑
43
Newbold, vol. i. p. 252. ↑
44
McNair, pp. 226–9. ↑
45
J. H. Moor, p. 242. ↑
46
Newbold, vol. ii. pp. 106, 396. ↑
47
R. du M. M., tome ii (1907), pp. 137–8. ↑
48
Snouck Hurgronje (1), p. 9. ↑
49
Veth (3), vol. i. p. 215. Raffles (ed. of 1830), vol. ii. pp. 103, 104, 183. ↑
50
The situation of Chermen is not certain. Veth (3), vol. i. p. 230,
51
conjectures that it may have been in India, but Rouffaer (p. 115n)
gives good reasons for placing it in Sumatra. ↑
A description of the present condition of these tombs, on one of which traces of an inscription in
52
Arabic characters are still visible, is given by J. F. G. Brumund, p. 185. ↑
Groeneveldt, pp. vii. 49–50. ↑
53
Kern, p. 21. ↑
54
Veth (3), vol. i. pp. 233–42. Raffles, vol. ii. pp. 113–33. ↑
55
Rouffaer, however, places this Champa, not in Cambodia, but on the north coast of Atjeh
56
and identifies it with the modern Djeumpa. (Encyclopaedie van N.-I., vol. iv. p. 206.) ↑
Remains of minarets and Muhammadan tombs are still to be found in Champa. (Bastian, vol. i.
57
pp. 498–9.) ↑
This genealogical table will make clear these relationships, as well as others referred to later in the
58
text:—
Page 464
King of Champa.
a daughter named a daughter = an Arab
A concubine = Angka Wijāya = Dārāwati missionary
king of Majapahit
Arya Damar
Raden Raḥmat.
Raden Ḥusayn
Raden Patah = a daughter a daughter
= Raden Paku
The memory of this woman is held in great honour by the Javanese, and many come to pray by
59
her grave. See Brumund, p. 186. ↑
Veth (3), vol. i. pp. 235–6. ↑
60
This mosque is still standing and is looked upon by the Javanese as one of the most sacred
61
objects in their island. ↑
There seems little doubt that this date is too early. A study of the Portuguese authorities points to
62
the conclusion that Majapahit did not fall until forty years later. (Rouffaer, p. 144.) ↑
The people of the Bali to the present day have resisted the most zealous efforts of the
63
Muhammadans to induce them to accept the faith of Islam, though from time to time conversions
have been made and a small native Muhammadan community has been formed, numbering about
3000 souls out of a population of over 862,000. The favourable situation of the island for purposes of
trade has always attracted a number of foreigners to its shores, who have in many cases taken up a
permanent residence in the island. While some of these settlers have always held themselves aloof
from the natives of the country, others have formed matrimonial alliances with them and have
consequently become merged into the mass of the population. It is owing to the efforts of the latter
that Islam has made this very slow but sure progress, and the Muhammadans of Bali are said to form
an energetic and flourishing community, full of zeal for the promotion of their faith, which at least
impresses their pagan neighbours, though not successful in persuading them to deny their favourite
food of swine’s flesh for the sake of the worship of Allāh. (Liefrinck, pp. 241–3.) ↑
Encyclopaedie van N.-I., vol. ii. p. 523. ↑
64
Veth (3), vol. i. pp. 245, 284. ↑
65
Raffles, vol. ii. p. 316. ↑
66
Veth (3), vol. i. pp. 285–6. ↑
67
Veth (3), vol. i. pp. 305, 318–9. ↑
a daughter named a daughter = an Arab
A concubine = Angka Wijāya = Dārāwati missionary
king of Majapahit
Arya Damar
Raden Raḥmat.
Raden Ḥusayn
Raden Patah = a daughter a daughter
= Raden Paku
The memory of this woman is held in great honour by the Javanese, and many come to pray by
59
her grave. See Brumund, p. 186. ↑
Veth (3), vol. i. pp. 235–6. ↑
60
This mosque is still standing and is looked upon by the Javanese as one of the most sacred
61
objects in their island. ↑
There seems little doubt that this date is too early. A study of the Portuguese authorities points to
62
the conclusion that Majapahit did not fall until forty years later. (Rouffaer, p. 144.) ↑
The people of the Bali to the present day have resisted the most zealous efforts of the
63
Muhammadans to induce them to accept the faith of Islam, though from time to time conversions
have been made and a small native Muhammadan community has been formed, numbering about
3000 souls out of a population of over 862,000. The favourable situation of the island for purposes of
trade has always attracted a number of foreigners to its shores, who have in many cases taken up a
permanent residence in the island. While some of these settlers have always held themselves aloof
from the natives of the country, others have formed matrimonial alliances with them and have
consequently become merged into the mass of the population. It is owing to the efforts of the latter
that Islam has made this very slow but sure progress, and the Muhammadans of Bali are said to form
an energetic and flourishing community, full of zeal for the promotion of their faith, which at least
impresses their pagan neighbours, though not successful in persuading them to deny their favourite
food of swine’s flesh for the sake of the worship of Allāh. (Liefrinck, pp. 241–3.) ↑
Encyclopaedie van N.-I., vol. ii. p. 523. ↑
64
Veth (3), vol. i. pp. 245, 284. ↑
65
Raffles, vol. ii. p. 316. ↑
66
Veth (3), vol. i. pp. 285–6. ↑
67
Veth (3), vol. i. pp. 305, 318–9. ↑
Page 465
A traveller in Java in 1596 mentions two or three heathen kingdoms with a large heathen
68 69
population. (Niemann, p. 342.) ↑
Raffles, vol. ii. pp. 132–3. ↑
70
Metzger, p. 279. ↑
71
L. W. C. van den Berg (1), pp. 35–6. C. Poensen, pp. 3–8. ↑
72
De Barros, Dec. iii. Liv. v. Cap. v. pp. 579–80. Argensola, p. 11 B. ↑
73
At this period, the Moluccas were for the most part under the rule of four princes,
74
viz. those of Ternate, Tidor, Gilolo and Batjan. The first was by far the most
powerful: his territory extended over Ternate and the neighbouring small islands, a portion of
Halemahera, a considerable part of the Celebes, Amboina and the Banda islands. The Sultan of Tidor
ruled over Tidor and some small neighbouring islands, a portion of Halemahera, the islands lying
between it and New Guinea, together with the west coast of the latter and a part of Ceram. The
territory of the Sultan of Gilolo seems to have been confined to the central part of Halemahera and to
a part of the north coast of Ceram; while the Sultan of Batjan ruled chiefly over the Batjan and Obi
groups. (De Hollander, vol. i. p. 5.) ↑
Massimiliano Transilvano. (Ramusio, tom. i. p. 351 D.) ↑
75
P. J. B. C. Robidé van der Aa, p. 18. ↑
76
Pigafetta, tome i. pp. 365, 368. ↑
77
“Segundo a conta que elles dam, ao tempo que os nossos descubriram aquellas Ilhas,
78
haveria pouco mais de oitenta annos, que nellas tinha entrada esta peste.” (J. de Barros:
Da Asia, Dec. iii. Liv. v. Cap. v. p. 580.) ↑
De Barros, id. ib. ↑
79
Simon, p. 13. ↑
80
Bokemeyer, p. 39. ↑
81
Simon, p. 13. ↑
82
Argensola, pp. 3–4. ↑
83
Id. p. 15 B. ↑
84
Id. pp. 97, 98. ↑
85
Id. pp. 155 and 158, where he calls Ternate “este receptaculo de setas,
86
donde tienen escuela todas las apostasias; y particularmente los torpes
sequazes de Mahoma. Y desde el anno de mil y quinientos y ochenta y cinco, en que los Holandeses
tentaron aquellos mares, hasta este tiempo no han cessado de traer sectarios, y capitanes pyratas.
Estos llevan las riquezas de Assia, y en su lugar dexan aquella falsa dotrina, con que hazen infrutuosa
la conversion de tantas almas.” ↑
Their descendants are still to be found in the province of Cavité in the island of Luzon. (Crawfurd
87
(1), p. 85.) ↑
W. F. Andriessen, p. 222. ↑
68 69
population. (Niemann, p. 342.) ↑
Raffles, vol. ii. pp. 132–3. ↑
70
Metzger, p. 279. ↑
71
L. W. C. van den Berg (1), pp. 35–6. C. Poensen, pp. 3–8. ↑
72
De Barros, Dec. iii. Liv. v. Cap. v. pp. 579–80. Argensola, p. 11 B. ↑
73
At this period, the Moluccas were for the most part under the rule of four princes,
74
viz. those of Ternate, Tidor, Gilolo and Batjan. The first was by far the most
powerful: his territory extended over Ternate and the neighbouring small islands, a portion of
Halemahera, a considerable part of the Celebes, Amboina and the Banda islands. The Sultan of Tidor
ruled over Tidor and some small neighbouring islands, a portion of Halemahera, the islands lying
between it and New Guinea, together with the west coast of the latter and a part of Ceram. The
territory of the Sultan of Gilolo seems to have been confined to the central part of Halemahera and to
a part of the north coast of Ceram; while the Sultan of Batjan ruled chiefly over the Batjan and Obi
groups. (De Hollander, vol. i. p. 5.) ↑
Massimiliano Transilvano. (Ramusio, tom. i. p. 351 D.) ↑
75
P. J. B. C. Robidé van der Aa, p. 18. ↑
76
Pigafetta, tome i. pp. 365, 368. ↑
77
“Segundo a conta que elles dam, ao tempo que os nossos descubriram aquellas Ilhas,
78
haveria pouco mais de oitenta annos, que nellas tinha entrada esta peste.” (J. de Barros:
Da Asia, Dec. iii. Liv. v. Cap. v. p. 580.) ↑
De Barros, id. ib. ↑
79
Simon, p. 13. ↑
80
Bokemeyer, p. 39. ↑
81
Simon, p. 13. ↑
82
Argensola, pp. 3–4. ↑
83
Id. p. 15 B. ↑
84
Id. pp. 97, 98. ↑
85
Id. pp. 155 and 158, where he calls Ternate “este receptaculo de setas,
86
donde tienen escuela todas las apostasias; y particularmente los torpes
sequazes de Mahoma. Y desde el anno de mil y quinientos y ochenta y cinco, en que los Holandeses
tentaron aquellos mares, hasta este tiempo no han cessado de traer sectarios, y capitanes pyratas.
Estos llevan las riquezas de Assia, y en su lugar dexan aquella falsa dotrina, con que hazen infrutuosa
la conversion de tantas almas.” ↑
Their descendants are still to be found in the province of Cavité in the island of Luzon. (Crawfurd
87
(1), p. 85.) ↑
W. F. Andriessen, p. 222. ↑
Page 466
T. Forrest, p. 68. ↑
88 89
Pigafetta. (Ramusio, vol. i. p. 366.) ↑
90
Campen, p. 346. Koloniaal Verslag van 1910, p. 56; 1911, p. 52. ↑
91
Dulaurier, p. 528. ↑
92
Damak, on the north coast of Java, opposite the south of Borneo. ↑
93
Hageman, pp. 236–9. ↑
94
Pigafetta. (Ramusio, tom. i. pp. 363–4.) ↑
95
This kingdom had been founded by a colony from the Hindu kingdom
96
of Majapahit (De Hollander, vol. ii. p. 67), and would naturally have
come under Muslim influence after the conversion of the Javanese. ↑
Dozy (1), p. 386. ↑
97
Veth (2), vol. i. p. 193. ↑
98
Olivier de Noort. (Histoire générale des voyages, vol. xiv. p. 225.) (The Hague, 1756.) ↑
99
i.e. Pure in Religion; he died about 1677; his father does not seem to have taken a
100
Muhammadan name, at least he is only known by his heathen name of Panembahan
Giri-Kusuma. (Netscher, pp. 14–15.) ↑
Thomas Forrest, p. 371. ↑
101
Essay towards an account of Sulu, p. 557. ↑
102
B. Panciera, p. 161. ↑
103
J. Hageman, p. 224. ↑
104
Veth (2), vol. i. p. 179. ↑
105
De Hollander, vol. ii. p. 61. ↑
106
Coolsma, p. 556. Koloniaal Verslag van 1911, pp. 38, 41; 1912, p. 30. ↑
107
Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. vol. xxxii. p. 177; vol. xxxiv. p. 170. ↑
108
i.e. Atjeh. ↑
109
A Compleat History of the Rise and Progress of the Portugeze
110
Empire in the East Indies. Collected chiefly from their own
Writers. John Harris: Navigantium atque Itinerantium Bibliotheca, vol. i. p. 682. (London, 1764.) ↑
Crawfurd (1), p. 91. The Encyclopaedie van N.-I. (vol. i. p. 216) gives 1606 as the date. ↑
111
Fernandez Navarette, a Spanish priest, who went to the Philippine Islands in 1646.
112
(Collection of Voyages and Travels, p. 236. London, 1752.)
Tavernier, who visited Macassar in 1648. (Travels in India, p. 193.) (London, 1678.)
Itinerarium Orientale R. P. F. Philippi à SSma. Trinitate Carmelitae Discalceati ab ipso conscriptum,
p. 267. (Lugduni, 1649.) ↑
88 89
Pigafetta. (Ramusio, vol. i. p. 366.) ↑
90
Campen, p. 346. Koloniaal Verslag van 1910, p. 56; 1911, p. 52. ↑
91
Dulaurier, p. 528. ↑
92
Damak, on the north coast of Java, opposite the south of Borneo. ↑
93
Hageman, pp. 236–9. ↑
94
Pigafetta. (Ramusio, tom. i. pp. 363–4.) ↑
95
This kingdom had been founded by a colony from the Hindu kingdom
96
of Majapahit (De Hollander, vol. ii. p. 67), and would naturally have
come under Muslim influence after the conversion of the Javanese. ↑
Dozy (1), p. 386. ↑
97
Veth (2), vol. i. p. 193. ↑
98
Olivier de Noort. (Histoire générale des voyages, vol. xiv. p. 225.) (The Hague, 1756.) ↑
99
i.e. Pure in Religion; he died about 1677; his father does not seem to have taken a
100
Muhammadan name, at least he is only known by his heathen name of Panembahan
Giri-Kusuma. (Netscher, pp. 14–15.) ↑
Thomas Forrest, p. 371. ↑
101
Essay towards an account of Sulu, p. 557. ↑
102
B. Panciera, p. 161. ↑
103
J. Hageman, p. 224. ↑
104
Veth (2), vol. i. p. 179. ↑
105
De Hollander, vol. ii. p. 61. ↑
106
Coolsma, p. 556. Koloniaal Verslag van 1911, pp. 38, 41; 1912, p. 30. ↑
107
Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. vol. xxxii. p. 177; vol. xxxiv. p. 170. ↑
108
i.e. Atjeh. ↑
109
A Compleat History of the Rise and Progress of the Portugeze
110
Empire in the East Indies. Collected chiefly from their own
Writers. John Harris: Navigantium atque Itinerantium Bibliotheca, vol. i. p. 682. (London, 1764.) ↑
Crawfurd (1), p. 91. The Encyclopaedie van N.-I. (vol. i. p. 216) gives 1606 as the date. ↑
111
Fernandez Navarette, a Spanish priest, who went to the Philippine Islands in 1646.
112
(Collection of Voyages and Travels, p. 236. London, 1752.)
Tavernier, who visited Macassar in 1648. (Travels in India, p. 193.) (London, 1678.)
Itinerarium Orientale R. P. F. Philippi à SSma. Trinitate Carmelitae Discalceati ab ipso conscriptum,
p. 267. (Lugduni, 1649.) ↑
Page 467
Crawfurd (2), vol. ii. pp. 385–9. ↑
113
“No extraordinary exertion seems for a long time to have been made on behalf of the new
114
religion. An abhorrence of innovation and a most pertinacious and religious adherence to
ancient custom, distinguish the people of Celebes beyond all the other tribes of the Eastern isles; and
these would, at first, prove the most serious obstacles to the dissemination of Mahometanism. It was
this, probably, which deferred the adoption of the new religion for so long a period, and till it had
recommended itself by wearing the garb of antiquity.” (Crawfurd (2), vol. ii. p. 387.) ↑
Crawfurd (1), p. 75. De Hollander, vol. ii. p. 212. ↑
115
Id. vol. ii. p. 666. Riedel (2), p. 67. ↑
116
To the east of Minahassa, between long. 124° 45′ and 123° 20′, with a population that has
117
been variously estimated at 35,000 and 50,000. (De Hollander, vol. ii. p. 247.) ↑
Wilken (1), pp. 42–4. ↑
118
Wilken (2), pp. 276–9. Koloniaal Verslag van 1910, p. 52; 1911, p. 47. ↑
119
Zollinger (2), pp. 126, 169. ↑
120
Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. xxxii. p. 177; xxxiv. p. 170. ↑
121
Zollinger (1), p. 527. ↑
122
De Hollander (in 1882) gave the numbers as 20,000 Balinese and 380,000
123
Sasaks. (Vol. i. p. 489.) ↑
Encyclopaedie van N.-I. vol. ii. pp. 432–4, 524.
124
W. Cool: With the Dutch in the East. An outline of the military operations in Lombok, 1894.
(London, 1897.) ↑
Captain Thomas Forrest, writing in 1775, says that Arabs came to the island of Mindanao 300
125
years before and that the tomb of the first Arab, a Sharīf from Mecca, was still shown—“a rude
heap of coral rock stones” (pp. 201, 313). ↑
N. N. Saleeby: Studies in Moro History, Law and Religion, pp. 24–5, 53–5. (Manila, 1905.) ↑
126
Relatione di Ivan Gaetan del discoprimento dell’Isole Molucche. (Ramusio, tom. i. p. 375
127
E.) ↑
“Se muestran tan obstinados á la gracia de Dios y tan aferrados á sus creencias, que es casi
128
moralmente imposible su conversion al cristianismo.” (Cartas de los PP. de la Compañia de Jesús
de la Missión de Filipinas, 1879, quoted by Montero y Vidal, tom. i. p. 21.) ↑
Crawfurd (2), vol. ii. pp. 274–280. ↑
129
“Ils sont peu soigneux de satisfaire au devoir du Christianisme qu’ils ont receu, et il les y faut
130
contraindre par la crainte du chastiment, et gouverner comme des enfans à l’escole.” Relation
des Isles Philippines, Faite par un Religieux, p. 7. (Thevenot, vol. i.) ↑
“A Mindanao, les Tagal de l’Est, fuyant le joug abhorré de leurs maîtres catholiques, se groupent
131
chaque jour davantage autour des chefs des dynasties nationales. Plus de 360,000 sectateurs du
coran y reconnaissent un sultan indépendant. Aux jésuites chassés de l’île, aux représentants du culte
113
“No extraordinary exertion seems for a long time to have been made on behalf of the new
114
religion. An abhorrence of innovation and a most pertinacious and religious adherence to
ancient custom, distinguish the people of Celebes beyond all the other tribes of the Eastern isles; and
these would, at first, prove the most serious obstacles to the dissemination of Mahometanism. It was
this, probably, which deferred the adoption of the new religion for so long a period, and till it had
recommended itself by wearing the garb of antiquity.” (Crawfurd (2), vol. ii. p. 387.) ↑
Crawfurd (1), p. 75. De Hollander, vol. ii. p. 212. ↑
115
Id. vol. ii. p. 666. Riedel (2), p. 67. ↑
116
To the east of Minahassa, between long. 124° 45′ and 123° 20′, with a population that has
117
been variously estimated at 35,000 and 50,000. (De Hollander, vol. ii. p. 247.) ↑
Wilken (1), pp. 42–4. ↑
118
Wilken (2), pp. 276–9. Koloniaal Verslag van 1910, p. 52; 1911, p. 47. ↑
119
Zollinger (2), pp. 126, 169. ↑
120
Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. xxxii. p. 177; xxxiv. p. 170. ↑
121
Zollinger (1), p. 527. ↑
122
De Hollander (in 1882) gave the numbers as 20,000 Balinese and 380,000
123
Sasaks. (Vol. i. p. 489.) ↑
Encyclopaedie van N.-I. vol. ii. pp. 432–4, 524.
124
W. Cool: With the Dutch in the East. An outline of the military operations in Lombok, 1894.
(London, 1897.) ↑
Captain Thomas Forrest, writing in 1775, says that Arabs came to the island of Mindanao 300
125
years before and that the tomb of the first Arab, a Sharīf from Mecca, was still shown—“a rude
heap of coral rock stones” (pp. 201, 313). ↑
N. N. Saleeby: Studies in Moro History, Law and Religion, pp. 24–5, 53–5. (Manila, 1905.) ↑
126
Relatione di Ivan Gaetan del discoprimento dell’Isole Molucche. (Ramusio, tom. i. p. 375
127
E.) ↑
“Se muestran tan obstinados á la gracia de Dios y tan aferrados á sus creencias, que es casi
128
moralmente imposible su conversion al cristianismo.” (Cartas de los PP. de la Compañia de Jesús
de la Missión de Filipinas, 1879, quoted by Montero y Vidal, tom. i. p. 21.) ↑
Crawfurd (2), vol. ii. pp. 274–280. ↑
129
“Ils sont peu soigneux de satisfaire au devoir du Christianisme qu’ils ont receu, et il les y faut
130
contraindre par la crainte du chastiment, et gouverner comme des enfans à l’escole.” Relation
des Isles Philippines, Faite par un Religieux, p. 7. (Thevenot, vol. i.) ↑
“A Mindanao, les Tagal de l’Est, fuyant le joug abhorré de leurs maîtres catholiques, se groupent
131
chaque jour davantage autour des chefs des dynasties nationales. Plus de 360,000 sectateurs du
coran y reconnaissent un sultan indépendant. Aux jésuites chassés de l’île, aux représentants du culte
Page 468
officiel, se substituent comme maîtres religieux et éducateurs de la population, les missionnaires
musulmans de la Chine et de l’Inde, qui rénovent ainsi la propagande, commencée par les invasions
arabes.” (A. le Chatelier (2), p. 45.) ↑
Montero y Vidal, vol. i. p. 86. ↑
132
Situated three miles west of Jolo, the present capital. ↑
133
N. M. Saleeby: The History of Sulu, pp. 150, 158–9. (Manila, 1908.) ↑
134
N. M. Saleeby: The History of Sulu, pp. 150, 162–3. ↑
135
J. H. Moor. (Appendix, p. 37.) ↑
136
Dalrymple, p. 549. ↑
137
R. du M. M., vii. pp. 115–16. (1909.) ↑
138
The Missionary Review of the World, N.S., vol. xiv. p. 877. (New
139
York, 1901.) ↑
The first prince of Batjan who became a Muhammadan was a certain Zayn al-ʻĀbidīn, who was
140
reigning in 1521 when the Portuguese first came to the Moluccas. ↑
Robidé van der Aa, pp. 350, 352–3. ↑
141
Id. p. 147 (Misool), “De strandbewoners zijn allen Mahomedanen.… De bergbewoners zijn
142
heidenen.” Id. p. 53 (Salawatti), “Een klein deel der bevolking van het eiland belijdt de leer
van Mahomed. Het grootste deel bestaat echter uit Papoesche heidenen, eenige tot het
Mahomedaansche geloof zijn overgegaan, althans den schijn daarvan aannemen.” Id. p. 290
(Waigyu).
Some of the Papuans of the island of Gebi, between Waigyu and Halemahera, have been converted
by the Muhammadan settlers from the Moluccas. (Crawfurd (1), p. 143.) ↑
Robidé van der Aa, p. 352. ↑
143
Captain Forrest, however, in 1775, tells us that “Many of the Papuas turn Musselmen.”
144
(Voyage to New Guinea, p. 68.) ↑
Robidé van der Aa, p. 71. “De Papoe is te woest van aard, om behoefte aan godsdienst te
145
gevoelen. Evenmin als de Christelijke leer tot nog toe ingang bij hem heeft kunnen vinden, zou
de Mahomedaansche godsdienst slagen, wanneer daartoe bij deze volksstammen poging gedaan
werd. Voorzoover mij is gebleken op vijf reizen naar dit land, hebben noch Tidoreezen, noch
Cerammers of anderen ooit ernstige pogingen gedaan, om de leer van Mahomed hier in te voeren.…
Slechts zeer weinige hoofden, zooals de Radja Ampat van Waigeoe, Salawatti, Misool en Waigama,
mogen als belijders van die leer aangemerkt worden; zij en eenige hunner bloedverwanten vervullen
sommige geloofsvormen, doordien zij meermalen te Tidor geweest zijn en daar niet gaarne als
gewone Papoes beschouwd [404]worden. Onder de eigenlijke bevolking is nooit gepoogd, den Islam
intevoeren, misschien wel uit eerbied voor dien godsdienst, die te verheven is voor de Papoes.” ↑
Robidé van der Aa, p. 319. ↑
146
Koloniaal Verslag van 1906, p. 70; 1911, p. 52. ↑
147
musulmans de la Chine et de l’Inde, qui rénovent ainsi la propagande, commencée par les invasions
arabes.” (A. le Chatelier (2), p. 45.) ↑
Montero y Vidal, vol. i. p. 86. ↑
132
Situated three miles west of Jolo, the present capital. ↑
133
N. M. Saleeby: The History of Sulu, pp. 150, 158–9. (Manila, 1908.) ↑
134
N. M. Saleeby: The History of Sulu, pp. 150, 162–3. ↑
135
J. H. Moor. (Appendix, p. 37.) ↑
136
Dalrymple, p. 549. ↑
137
R. du M. M., vii. pp. 115–16. (1909.) ↑
138
The Missionary Review of the World, N.S., vol. xiv. p. 877. (New
139
York, 1901.) ↑
The first prince of Batjan who became a Muhammadan was a certain Zayn al-ʻĀbidīn, who was
140
reigning in 1521 when the Portuguese first came to the Moluccas. ↑
Robidé van der Aa, pp. 350, 352–3. ↑
141
Id. p. 147 (Misool), “De strandbewoners zijn allen Mahomedanen.… De bergbewoners zijn
142
heidenen.” Id. p. 53 (Salawatti), “Een klein deel der bevolking van het eiland belijdt de leer
van Mahomed. Het grootste deel bestaat echter uit Papoesche heidenen, eenige tot het
Mahomedaansche geloof zijn overgegaan, althans den schijn daarvan aannemen.” Id. p. 290
(Waigyu).
Some of the Papuans of the island of Gebi, between Waigyu and Halemahera, have been converted
by the Muhammadan settlers from the Moluccas. (Crawfurd (1), p. 143.) ↑
Robidé van der Aa, p. 352. ↑
143
Captain Forrest, however, in 1775, tells us that “Many of the Papuas turn Musselmen.”
144
(Voyage to New Guinea, p. 68.) ↑
Robidé van der Aa, p. 71. “De Papoe is te woest van aard, om behoefte aan godsdienst te
145
gevoelen. Evenmin als de Christelijke leer tot nog toe ingang bij hem heeft kunnen vinden, zou
de Mahomedaansche godsdienst slagen, wanneer daartoe bij deze volksstammen poging gedaan
werd. Voorzoover mij is gebleken op vijf reizen naar dit land, hebben noch Tidoreezen, noch
Cerammers of anderen ooit ernstige pogingen gedaan, om de leer van Mahomed hier in te voeren.…
Slechts zeer weinige hoofden, zooals de Radja Ampat van Waigeoe, Salawatti, Misool en Waigama,
mogen als belijders van die leer aangemerkt worden; zij en eenige hunner bloedverwanten vervullen
sommige geloofsvormen, doordien zij meermalen te Tidor geweest zijn en daar niet gaarne als
gewone Papoes beschouwd [404]worden. Onder de eigenlijke bevolking is nooit gepoogd, den Islam
intevoeren, misschien wel uit eerbied voor dien godsdienst, die te verheven is voor de Papoes.” ↑
Robidé van der Aa, p. 319. ↑
146
Koloniaal Verslag van 1906, p. 70; 1911, p. 52. ↑
147
Page 469
The Journal of the Indian Archipelago, vol. vii. pp. 64, 71. (Singapore, 1853.) ↑
148
G. W. W. C. Baron von Hoëvell, p. 120. Krieger, p. 436. ↑
149
Encyclopaedie van N.-I., vol. ii. p. 210. ↑
150
Crawfurd (2), pp. 275, 307. ↑
151
Buckle’s Miscellaneous and Posthumous Works, edited by Helen Taylor, vol. i. p.
152
594. (London, 1872.) ↑
Neimann, pp. 406–7. ↑
153
C. Snouck Hurgronje: De hadji-politiek der Indische Regeering, p. 12. (Overdruk uit Onze
154
Eeuw, 1909.) ↑
Id.: Notes sur le mouvement du pèlerinage de la Mecque aux Indes Néerlandaises. (R. du M. M.,
155
vol. xv. pp. 409, 412.) ↑
Report of Centenary Conference on Protestant Missions, vol. i. p. 21. Niemann, p. 407. ↑
156
Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. vols. xxxii., xxxiv. passim. ↑
157
Snouck Hurgronje (3), vol. ii. pp. xv. 339–393. Encyclopaedie van N.-I., vol. ii. pp. 576–
158
9. ↑
e.g. the Qādiriyyah, Naqshbandiyyah and Sammāniyyah. (C. Snouck Hurgronje (2), p. 186.) Id.
159
(3) vol. ii. p. 372, etc. ↑
J. G. F. Riedel (1), pp. 7, 59, 162. ↑
160
Snouck Hurgronje (3), vol. ii. p. 323. ↑
161
Hauri, p. 313. Encyclopaedie van N.-I., vol. ii. p. 524. ↑
162
148
G. W. W. C. Baron von Hoëvell, p. 120. Krieger, p. 436. ↑
149
Encyclopaedie van N.-I., vol. ii. p. 210. ↑
150
Crawfurd (2), pp. 275, 307. ↑
151
Buckle’s Miscellaneous and Posthumous Works, edited by Helen Taylor, vol. i. p.
152
594. (London, 1872.) ↑
Neimann, pp. 406–7. ↑
153
C. Snouck Hurgronje: De hadji-politiek der Indische Regeering, p. 12. (Overdruk uit Onze
154
Eeuw, 1909.) ↑
Id.: Notes sur le mouvement du pèlerinage de la Mecque aux Indes Néerlandaises. (R. du M. M.,
155
vol. xv. pp. 409, 412.) ↑
Report of Centenary Conference on Protestant Missions, vol. i. p. 21. Niemann, p. 407. ↑
156
Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. vols. xxxii., xxxiv. passim. ↑
157
Snouck Hurgronje (3), vol. ii. pp. xv. 339–393. Encyclopaedie van N.-I., vol. ii. pp. 576–
158
9. ↑
e.g. the Qādiriyyah, Naqshbandiyyah and Sammāniyyah. (C. Snouck Hurgronje (2), p. 186.) Id.
159
(3) vol. ii. p. 372, etc. ↑
J. G. F. Riedel (1), pp. 7, 59, 162. ↑
160
Snouck Hurgronje (3), vol. ii. p. 323. ↑
161
Hauri, p. 313. Encyclopaedie van N.-I., vol. ii. p. 524. ↑
162
Page 470
[Contents]
Page 471
CHAPTER XIII.
Page 472
CONCLUSION.
To the modern Christian world, missionary work implies missionary
societies, paid agents, subscriptions, reports and journals; and missionary
enterprise without a regularly constituted and continuous organisation
seems a misnomer. The ecclesiastical constitution of the Christian Church
has, from the very beginning of its history, made provision for the
propagation of Christian teaching among unbelievers; its missionaries have
been in most cases, regularly ordained priests or monks; the monastic
orders (from the Benedictines downwards) and the missionary societies of
more modern times have devoted themselves with special and concentrated
attention to the furthering of a department of Christian work that, from the
first, has been recognised to be one of the prime duties of the Church. But
in Islam the absence of any kind of priesthood or any ecclesiastical
organisation whatever has caused the missionary energy of the Muslims to
exhibit itself in forms very different to those that appear in the history of
Christian missions: there are no missionary societies, 1 no specially trained
agents, very little continuity of effort. The only exception appears to be
found in the religious orders of Islam, whose organisation resembles to
some extent that of the monastic orders of Christendom. But even here the
absence of the priestly ideal, of any theory of the separateness of the
religious teacher from the common body of believers or of the necessity of
a special consecration and authorisation for the performance of religious
functions, makes the fundamental difference in the two systems stand out as
clearly as elsewhere. [409]
Whatever disadvantages may be entailed by this want of a priestly class,
specially set apart for the work of propagating the faith, are compensated
for by the consequent feeling of responsibility resting on the individual
believer. There being no intermediary between the Muslim and his God, the
responsibility of his personal salvation rests upon himself alone:
To the modern Christian world, missionary work implies missionary
societies, paid agents, subscriptions, reports and journals; and missionary
enterprise without a regularly constituted and continuous organisation
seems a misnomer. The ecclesiastical constitution of the Christian Church
has, from the very beginning of its history, made provision for the
propagation of Christian teaching among unbelievers; its missionaries have
been in most cases, regularly ordained priests or monks; the monastic
orders (from the Benedictines downwards) and the missionary societies of
more modern times have devoted themselves with special and concentrated
attention to the furthering of a department of Christian work that, from the
first, has been recognised to be one of the prime duties of the Church. But
in Islam the absence of any kind of priesthood or any ecclesiastical
organisation whatever has caused the missionary energy of the Muslims to
exhibit itself in forms very different to those that appear in the history of
Christian missions: there are no missionary societies, 1 no specially trained
agents, very little continuity of effort. The only exception appears to be
found in the religious orders of Islam, whose organisation resembles to
some extent that of the monastic orders of Christendom. But even here the
absence of the priestly ideal, of any theory of the separateness of the
religious teacher from the common body of believers or of the necessity of
a special consecration and authorisation for the performance of religious
functions, makes the fundamental difference in the two systems stand out as
clearly as elsewhere. [409]
Whatever disadvantages may be entailed by this want of a priestly class,
specially set apart for the work of propagating the faith, are compensated
for by the consequent feeling of responsibility resting on the individual
believer. There being no intermediary between the Muslim and his God, the
responsibility of his personal salvation rests upon himself alone:
Page 473
consequently he becomes as a rule much more strict and careful in the
performance of his religious duties, he takes more trouble to learn the
doctrines and observances of his faith, and thus becoming deeply impressed
with the importance of them to himself, is more likely to become an
exponent of the missionary character of his creed in the presence of the
unbeliever. The would-be proselytiser has not to refer his convert to some
authorised religious teacher of his creed who may formally receive the
neophyte into the body of the Church, nor need he dread ecclesiastical
censure for committing the sin of Korah. Accordingly, however great an
exaggeration it may be to say, as has been said so often, 2 that every
Muhammadan is a missionary, still it is true that every Muhammadan may
be one, and few truly devout Muslims, living in daily contact with
unbelievers, neglect the precept of their Prophet: “Summon them to the way
of thy Lord with wisdom and with kindly warning.” 3 Thus it is that, side by
side with the professional propagandists,—the religious teachers who have
devoted all their time and energies to missionary work,—the annals of the
propagation of the Muslim faith contain the record of men and women of all
ranks of society, from the sovereign 4 to the peasant, and of all trades and
professions, who have laboured for the spread of their faith,—the Muslim
trader, unlike his Christian brother, showing himself especially active in
such work. In a list of Indian missionaries published in the [410]journal of a
religious and philanthropic society of Lahore 5 we find the names of
schoolmasters, Government clerks in the Canal and Opium Departments,
traders (including a dealer in camel-carts), an editor of a newspaper, a book-
binder and a workman in a printing establishment. These men devote the
hours of leisure left them after the completion of the day’s labour, to the
preaching of their religion in the streets and bazaars of Indian cities, seeking
to win converts both from among Christians and Hindus, whose religious
beliefs they controvert and attack.
It is interesting to note that the propagation of Islam has not been the work
of men only, but that Muslim women have also taken their part in this pious
task. Several of the Mongol princes owed their conversion to the influence
performance of his religious duties, he takes more trouble to learn the
doctrines and observances of his faith, and thus becoming deeply impressed
with the importance of them to himself, is more likely to become an
exponent of the missionary character of his creed in the presence of the
unbeliever. The would-be proselytiser has not to refer his convert to some
authorised religious teacher of his creed who may formally receive the
neophyte into the body of the Church, nor need he dread ecclesiastical
censure for committing the sin of Korah. Accordingly, however great an
exaggeration it may be to say, as has been said so often, 2 that every
Muhammadan is a missionary, still it is true that every Muhammadan may
be one, and few truly devout Muslims, living in daily contact with
unbelievers, neglect the precept of their Prophet: “Summon them to the way
of thy Lord with wisdom and with kindly warning.” 3 Thus it is that, side by
side with the professional propagandists,—the religious teachers who have
devoted all their time and energies to missionary work,—the annals of the
propagation of the Muslim faith contain the record of men and women of all
ranks of society, from the sovereign 4 to the peasant, and of all trades and
professions, who have laboured for the spread of their faith,—the Muslim
trader, unlike his Christian brother, showing himself especially active in
such work. In a list of Indian missionaries published in the [410]journal of a
religious and philanthropic society of Lahore 5 we find the names of
schoolmasters, Government clerks in the Canal and Opium Departments,
traders (including a dealer in camel-carts), an editor of a newspaper, a book-
binder and a workman in a printing establishment. These men devote the
hours of leisure left them after the completion of the day’s labour, to the
preaching of their religion in the streets and bazaars of Indian cities, seeking
to win converts both from among Christians and Hindus, whose religious
beliefs they controvert and attack.
It is interesting to note that the propagation of Islam has not been the work
of men only, but that Muslim women have also taken their part in this pious
task. Several of the Mongol princes owed their conversion to the influence
Page 474
of a Muslim wife, and the same was probably the case with many of the
pagan Turks when they had carried their raids into Muhammadan countries.
The Sanūsiyyah missionaries who came to work among the Tūbū, to the
north of Lake Chad, opened schools for girls, and took advantage of the
powerful influence exercised by the women among these tribes (as among
their neighbours, the Berbers), in their efforts to win them over to Islam. 6 In
German East Africa, the pagan natives who leave their homes for six
months or more, to work on the railways or plantations, are converted by
the Muhammadan women with whom they contract temporary alliances;
these women refuse to have anything to do with an uncircumcised kāfir, and
to escape the disgrace attaching to such an appellation, their husbands
become circumcised and thus receive an entry into Muslim society. 7 The
progress of Islam in Abyssinia during the first half of the last century has
been said to be in large measure due to the efforts of Muhammadan women,
especially the wives of Christian princes, who had to pretend a conversion
to Christianity on the occasion of their marriage, but brought up their
children in the tenets of Islam and worked in every possible way for the
advancement of that faith. 8 On the western frontier of Abyssinia, there is a
pagan tribe [411]called the Boruns; some of these men who had enlisted in a
negro regiment, under the Anglo-Egyptian government of the Sudan, were
converted to Islam by the wives of the black soldiers while the battalion
was returning to Khartum. 9 The Tatar women of Kazan are said to be
especially zealous as propagandists of Islam. 10 The professed devotee,
because she happens to be a woman, is not thereby debarred from taking
her place with the male saint in the company of the preachers of the faith.
The legend of the holy women, descended from ʻAlī, who are said to have
flown through the air from Karbalāʼ to Lahore, and there by the influence of
their devout lives of prayer and fasting to have won the first converts from
Hinduism to Islam, 11 could hardly have originated if the influence of such
holy women were a thing quite unknown. One of the most venerated tombs
in Cairo is that of Nafīsah, the great-granddaughter of Ḥasan (the martyred
son of ʻAlī), whose theological learning excited the admiration even of her
great contemporary, Imām al-Shāfiʻī, and whose piety and austerities raised
pagan Turks when they had carried their raids into Muhammadan countries.
The Sanūsiyyah missionaries who came to work among the Tūbū, to the
north of Lake Chad, opened schools for girls, and took advantage of the
powerful influence exercised by the women among these tribes (as among
their neighbours, the Berbers), in their efforts to win them over to Islam. 6 In
German East Africa, the pagan natives who leave their homes for six
months or more, to work on the railways or plantations, are converted by
the Muhammadan women with whom they contract temporary alliances;
these women refuse to have anything to do with an uncircumcised kāfir, and
to escape the disgrace attaching to such an appellation, their husbands
become circumcised and thus receive an entry into Muslim society. 7 The
progress of Islam in Abyssinia during the first half of the last century has
been said to be in large measure due to the efforts of Muhammadan women,
especially the wives of Christian princes, who had to pretend a conversion
to Christianity on the occasion of their marriage, but brought up their
children in the tenets of Islam and worked in every possible way for the
advancement of that faith. 8 On the western frontier of Abyssinia, there is a
pagan tribe [411]called the Boruns; some of these men who had enlisted in a
negro regiment, under the Anglo-Egyptian government of the Sudan, were
converted to Islam by the wives of the black soldiers while the battalion
was returning to Khartum. 9 The Tatar women of Kazan are said to be
especially zealous as propagandists of Islam. 10 The professed devotee,
because she happens to be a woman, is not thereby debarred from taking
her place with the male saint in the company of the preachers of the faith.
The legend of the holy women, descended from ʻAlī, who are said to have
flown through the air from Karbalāʼ to Lahore, and there by the influence of
their devout lives of prayer and fasting to have won the first converts from
Hinduism to Islam, 11 could hardly have originated if the influence of such
holy women were a thing quite unknown. One of the most venerated tombs
in Cairo is that of Nafīsah, the great-granddaughter of Ḥasan (the martyred
son of ʻAlī), whose theological learning excited the admiration even of her
great contemporary, Imām al-Shāfiʻī, and whose piety and austerities raised
Page 475
her to the dignity of a saint: it is related of her that when she settled in
Egypt, she happened to have as her neighbours a family of d͟ himmīs whose
daughter was so grievously afflicted that she could not move her limbs but
had to lie on her back all day. The parents of the poor girl had to go one day
to the market and asked their pious Muslim neighbour to look after their
daughter during their absence. Nafīsah, filled with love and pity, undertook
this work of mercy; and when the parents of the sick girl were gone, she
lifted up her soul in prayer to God on behalf of the helpless invalid.
Scarcely was her prayer ended than the sick girl regained the use of her
limbs and was able to go to meet her parents on their return. Filled with
gratitude, the whole family became converts to the religion of their
benefactor. 12
Even the Muslim prisoner will on occasion embrace the opportunity of
preaching his faith to his captors or to his fellow-prisoners. The first
introduction of Islam into [412]Eastern Europe was the work of a Muslim
jurisconsult who was taken prisoner, probably in one of the wars between
the Byzantine empire and its Muhammadan neighbours, and was brought to
the country of the Pechenegs 13 in the beginning of the eleventh century. He
set before many of them the teachings of Islam and they embraced the faith
with sincerity, so that it began to be spread among this people. But the other
Pechenegs who had not accepted the Muslim religion, took umbrage at the
conduct of their fellow-countrymen and finally came to blows with them.
The Muslims, who numbered about twelve thousand, successfully
withstood the attack of the unbelievers, though they were more than double
their number, and the remnant of the defeated party embraced the religion
of the victors. Before the close of the eleventh century the whole nation had
become Muhammadan and had among them men learned in Muslim
theology and jurisprudence. 14 In the reign of the Emperor Jahāngīr (1605–
1628) there was a certain Sunnī theologian, named Shayk͟ h Aḥmad
Mujaddid, who especially distinguished himself by the energy with which
he controverted the doctrines of the Shīʻahs: the latter, being at this time in
favour at court, succeeded in having him imprisoned on some frivolous
Egypt, she happened to have as her neighbours a family of d͟ himmīs whose
daughter was so grievously afflicted that she could not move her limbs but
had to lie on her back all day. The parents of the poor girl had to go one day
to the market and asked their pious Muslim neighbour to look after their
daughter during their absence. Nafīsah, filled with love and pity, undertook
this work of mercy; and when the parents of the sick girl were gone, she
lifted up her soul in prayer to God on behalf of the helpless invalid.
Scarcely was her prayer ended than the sick girl regained the use of her
limbs and was able to go to meet her parents on their return. Filled with
gratitude, the whole family became converts to the religion of their
benefactor. 12
Even the Muslim prisoner will on occasion embrace the opportunity of
preaching his faith to his captors or to his fellow-prisoners. The first
introduction of Islam into [412]Eastern Europe was the work of a Muslim
jurisconsult who was taken prisoner, probably in one of the wars between
the Byzantine empire and its Muhammadan neighbours, and was brought to
the country of the Pechenegs 13 in the beginning of the eleventh century. He
set before many of them the teachings of Islam and they embraced the faith
with sincerity, so that it began to be spread among this people. But the other
Pechenegs who had not accepted the Muslim religion, took umbrage at the
conduct of their fellow-countrymen and finally came to blows with them.
The Muslims, who numbered about twelve thousand, successfully
withstood the attack of the unbelievers, though they were more than double
their number, and the remnant of the defeated party embraced the religion
of the victors. Before the close of the eleventh century the whole nation had
become Muhammadan and had among them men learned in Muslim
theology and jurisprudence. 14 In the reign of the Emperor Jahāngīr (1605–
1628) there was a certain Sunnī theologian, named Shayk͟ h Aḥmad
Mujaddid, who especially distinguished himself by the energy with which
he controverted the doctrines of the Shīʻahs: the latter, being at this time in
favour at court, succeeded in having him imprisoned on some frivolous
Page 476
charge; during the two years that he was kept in prison he converted to
Islam several hundred idolaters who were his companions in the same
prison. 15 In more recent times, an Indian mawlavī, who had been sentenced
to transportation for life to the Andaman Islands by the British Government,
because he had taken an active part in the Wahhābī conspiracy of 1864,
converted many of the convicts before his death. In Central Africa, an Arab
chief condemned to death by the Belgians, spent his last hours in trying to
convert to Islam the Christian missionary who had been sent to bring him
the consolations of religion. 16
Such being the missionary zeal of the Muslims, that they [413]are ready to
speak in season and out of season,—as Doughty, with fine insight, says,
“Their talk is continually (without hypocrisy) of religion, which is of genial
devout remembrance to them,” 17—let us now consider some of the causes
that have contributed to their success.
Foremost among these is the simplicity 18 of the Muslim creed, There is no
god but God; Muḥammad is the Apostle of God. Assent to these two simple
doctrines is all that is demanded of the convert, and the whole history of
Muslim dogmatics fails to present any attempt on the part of ecclesiastical
assemblies to force on the mass of believers any symbol couched in more
elaborate and complex terms. This simple creed demands no great trial of
faith, arouses as a rule no particular intellectual difficulties and is within the
compass of the meanest intelligence. Unencumbered with theological
subtleties, it may be expounded by any, even the most unversed in
theological expression. The first half of it enunciates a doctrine that is
almost universally accepted by men as a necessary postulate, while the
second half is based on a theory of man’s relationship to God that is almost
equally wide-spread, viz. that at intervals in the world’s history God grants
some revelation of Himself to men through the mouthpiece of inspired
prophets. This, the rationalistic character of the Muslim creed, and the
advantage it reaps therefrom in its missionary efforts, have nowhere been
Islam several hundred idolaters who were his companions in the same
prison. 15 In more recent times, an Indian mawlavī, who had been sentenced
to transportation for life to the Andaman Islands by the British Government,
because he had taken an active part in the Wahhābī conspiracy of 1864,
converted many of the convicts before his death. In Central Africa, an Arab
chief condemned to death by the Belgians, spent his last hours in trying to
convert to Islam the Christian missionary who had been sent to bring him
the consolations of religion. 16
Such being the missionary zeal of the Muslims, that they [413]are ready to
speak in season and out of season,—as Doughty, with fine insight, says,
“Their talk is continually (without hypocrisy) of religion, which is of genial
devout remembrance to them,” 17—let us now consider some of the causes
that have contributed to their success.
Foremost among these is the simplicity 18 of the Muslim creed, There is no
god but God; Muḥammad is the Apostle of God. Assent to these two simple
doctrines is all that is demanded of the convert, and the whole history of
Muslim dogmatics fails to present any attempt on the part of ecclesiastical
assemblies to force on the mass of believers any symbol couched in more
elaborate and complex terms. This simple creed demands no great trial of
faith, arouses as a rule no particular intellectual difficulties and is within the
compass of the meanest intelligence. Unencumbered with theological
subtleties, it may be expounded by any, even the most unversed in
theological expression. The first half of it enunciates a doctrine that is
almost universally accepted by men as a necessary postulate, while the
second half is based on a theory of man’s relationship to God that is almost
equally wide-spread, viz. that at intervals in the world’s history God grants
some revelation of Himself to men through the mouthpiece of inspired
prophets. This, the rationalistic character of the Muslim creed, and the
advantage it reaps therefrom in its missionary efforts, have nowhere been
Page 477
more admirably brought out than in the following sentences of Professor
Montet:—
“Islam is a religion that is essentially rationalistic in the widest sense of this
term considered etymologically and historically. The definition of
rationalism as a system that bases religious beliefs on principles furnished
by the reason, applies to it exactly. It is true that Muḥammad, who was an
enthusiast and possessed, too, the ardour of faith and the fire of conviction,
that precious quality he transmitted to so many of his disciples,—brought
forward his reform as a [414]revelation: but this kind of revelation is only
one form of exposition and his religion has all the marks of a collection of
doctrines founded on the data of reason. To believers, the Muhammadan
creed is summed up in belief in the unity of God and in the mission of His
Prophet, and to ourselves who coldly analyse his doctrines, to belief in God
and a future life; these two dogmas, the minimum of religious belief,
statements that to the religious man rest on the firm basis of reason, sum up
the whole doctrinal teaching of the Qurʼān. The simplicity and the clearness
of this teaching are certainly among the most obvious forces at work in the
religion and the missionary activity of Islam. It cannot be denied that many
doctrines and systems of theology and also many superstitions, from the
worship of saints to the use of rosaries and amulets, have become grafted on
to the main trunk of the Muslim creed. But in spite of the rich development,
in every sense of the term, of the teachings of the Prophet, the Qurʼān has
invariably kept its place as the fundamental starting-point, and the dogma of
the unity of God has always been proclaimed therein with a grandeur, a
majesty, an invariable purity and with a note of sure conviction, which it is
hard to find surpassed outside the pale of Islam. This fidelity to the
fundamental dogma of the religion, the elemental simplicity of the formula
in which it is enunciated, the proof that it gains from the fervid conviction
of the missionaries who propagate it, are so many causes to explain the
success of Muhammadan missionary efforts. A creed so precise, so stripped
of all theological complexities and consequently so accessible to the
ordinary understanding, might be expected to possess and does indeed
Montet:—
“Islam is a religion that is essentially rationalistic in the widest sense of this
term considered etymologically and historically. The definition of
rationalism as a system that bases religious beliefs on principles furnished
by the reason, applies to it exactly. It is true that Muḥammad, who was an
enthusiast and possessed, too, the ardour of faith and the fire of conviction,
that precious quality he transmitted to so many of his disciples,—brought
forward his reform as a [414]revelation: but this kind of revelation is only
one form of exposition and his religion has all the marks of a collection of
doctrines founded on the data of reason. To believers, the Muhammadan
creed is summed up in belief in the unity of God and in the mission of His
Prophet, and to ourselves who coldly analyse his doctrines, to belief in God
and a future life; these two dogmas, the minimum of religious belief,
statements that to the religious man rest on the firm basis of reason, sum up
the whole doctrinal teaching of the Qurʼān. The simplicity and the clearness
of this teaching are certainly among the most obvious forces at work in the
religion and the missionary activity of Islam. It cannot be denied that many
doctrines and systems of theology and also many superstitions, from the
worship of saints to the use of rosaries and amulets, have become grafted on
to the main trunk of the Muslim creed. But in spite of the rich development,
in every sense of the term, of the teachings of the Prophet, the Qurʼān has
invariably kept its place as the fundamental starting-point, and the dogma of
the unity of God has always been proclaimed therein with a grandeur, a
majesty, an invariable purity and with a note of sure conviction, which it is
hard to find surpassed outside the pale of Islam. This fidelity to the
fundamental dogma of the religion, the elemental simplicity of the formula
in which it is enunciated, the proof that it gains from the fervid conviction
of the missionaries who propagate it, are so many causes to explain the
success of Muhammadan missionary efforts. A creed so precise, so stripped
of all theological complexities and consequently so accessible to the
ordinary understanding, might be expected to possess and does indeed
Page 478
possess a marvellous power of winning its way into the consciences of
men.” 19
Bishop Lefroy considers that the “secret of the extraordinary power for
conquest and advance which Islam has in its best ages evinced” is to be
found in its recognition of the Existence of God rather than the Unity of
God. “Not so much that God is one as that God IS—that His existence is the
ultimate fact of the universe—that His will is supreme[415]—His
sovereignty absolute—His power limitless … the conviction that, amidst all
the chaos and confusion and disorders of the world which so fearfully
obscure it, there is nevertheless, an ultimate Will, resistless, supreme, and
that man is called to be a minister of that Will, to promulgate it, to compel
—if necessary by very simple and elementary means indeed—obedience to
that Will—this it was which welded the Mohammedan hosts into so
invincible an engine of conquest, which inspired them with a spirit of
military subordination and discipline, as well as with a contempt of death,
such as has probably never been surpassed in any system—this it is which,
so far as it is still in any true sense operative amongst Mohammadans, gives
at once that backbone of character, that firmness of determination and
strength of will, and also that uncomplaining patience and submission in the
presence of the bitterest misfortune, which characterise and adorn the best
adherents of the creed.” 20
When the convert has accepted and learned this simple creed, he has then to
be instructed in the five practical duties of his religion: (1) recital of the
creed, (2) observance of the five appointed times of prayer, (3) payment of
the legal alms, (4) fasting during the month of Ramaḍān, and (5) the
pilgrimage to Mecca.
The observance of this last duty has often been objected to as a strange
survival of idolatry in the midst of the monotheism of the Prophet’s
teaching, but it must be borne in mind that to him it connected itself with
Abraham, whose religion it was his mission to restore. 21 But above all—and
men.” 19
Bishop Lefroy considers that the “secret of the extraordinary power for
conquest and advance which Islam has in its best ages evinced” is to be
found in its recognition of the Existence of God rather than the Unity of
God. “Not so much that God is one as that God IS—that His existence is the
ultimate fact of the universe—that His will is supreme[415]—His
sovereignty absolute—His power limitless … the conviction that, amidst all
the chaos and confusion and disorders of the world which so fearfully
obscure it, there is nevertheless, an ultimate Will, resistless, supreme, and
that man is called to be a minister of that Will, to promulgate it, to compel
—if necessary by very simple and elementary means indeed—obedience to
that Will—this it was which welded the Mohammedan hosts into so
invincible an engine of conquest, which inspired them with a spirit of
military subordination and discipline, as well as with a contempt of death,
such as has probably never been surpassed in any system—this it is which,
so far as it is still in any true sense operative amongst Mohammadans, gives
at once that backbone of character, that firmness of determination and
strength of will, and also that uncomplaining patience and submission in the
presence of the bitterest misfortune, which characterise and adorn the best
adherents of the creed.” 20
When the convert has accepted and learned this simple creed, he has then to
be instructed in the five practical duties of his religion: (1) recital of the
creed, (2) observance of the five appointed times of prayer, (3) payment of
the legal alms, (4) fasting during the month of Ramaḍān, and (5) the
pilgrimage to Mecca.
The observance of this last duty has often been objected to as a strange
survival of idolatry in the midst of the monotheism of the Prophet’s
teaching, but it must be borne in mind that to him it connected itself with
Abraham, whose religion it was his mission to restore. 21 But above all—and
Page 479
herein is its supreme importance in the missionary history of Islam—it
ordains a yearly gathering of believers, of all nations and languages,
brought together from all parts of the world, to pray in that sacred place
towards which their faces are set in every hour of private worship in their
distant homes. No fetch of religious genius could have conceived a better
expedient for impressing on the minds of the faithful a sense of their
common life and of their brotherhood in the bonds of faith. Here, in a
supreme act of common worship, [416]the Negro of the west coast of Africa
meets the Chinaman from the distant east; the courtly and polished Ottoman
recognises his brother Muslim in the wild islander from the farthest end of
the Malayan Sea. At the same time throughout the whole Muhammadan
world the hearts of believers are lifted up in sympathy with their more
fortunate brethren gathered together in the sacred city, as in their own
homes they celebrate the festival of ʻĪd al-Aḍḥạ̄ or (as it is called in Turkey
and Egypt) the feast of Bayrām. Their visit to the sacred city has been to
many Muslims the experience that has stirred them up to “strive in the path
of God,” and in the preceding pages constant reference has been made to
the active part taken by the ḥājīs in missionary work.
Besides the institution of the pilgrimage, the payment of the legal alms is
another duty that continually reminds the Muslim that “the faithful are
brothers” 22—a religious theory that is very strikingly realised in
Muhammadan society and seldom fails to express itself in acts of kindness
towards the new convert. Whatever be his race, colour or antecedents he is
received into the brotherhood of believers and takes his place as an equal
among equals.
It is not, however, true, as some European writers have maintained, that if
an unbeliever is the slave of a Muslim his conversion to Islam procures for
him his manumission, for, according to Muhammadan law, the conversion
of a slave does not affect the prior state of bondage; 23 and the condition of
the Muslim slave has varied much according to the character of his master.
But freedom is in many instances the reward of conversion, and devout
ordains a yearly gathering of believers, of all nations and languages,
brought together from all parts of the world, to pray in that sacred place
towards which their faces are set in every hour of private worship in their
distant homes. No fetch of religious genius could have conceived a better
expedient for impressing on the minds of the faithful a sense of their
common life and of their brotherhood in the bonds of faith. Here, in a
supreme act of common worship, [416]the Negro of the west coast of Africa
meets the Chinaman from the distant east; the courtly and polished Ottoman
recognises his brother Muslim in the wild islander from the farthest end of
the Malayan Sea. At the same time throughout the whole Muhammadan
world the hearts of believers are lifted up in sympathy with their more
fortunate brethren gathered together in the sacred city, as in their own
homes they celebrate the festival of ʻĪd al-Aḍḥạ̄ or (as it is called in Turkey
and Egypt) the feast of Bayrām. Their visit to the sacred city has been to
many Muslims the experience that has stirred them up to “strive in the path
of God,” and in the preceding pages constant reference has been made to
the active part taken by the ḥājīs in missionary work.
Besides the institution of the pilgrimage, the payment of the legal alms is
another duty that continually reminds the Muslim that “the faithful are
brothers” 22—a religious theory that is very strikingly realised in
Muhammadan society and seldom fails to express itself in acts of kindness
towards the new convert. Whatever be his race, colour or antecedents he is
received into the brotherhood of believers and takes his place as an equal
among equals.
It is not, however, true, as some European writers have maintained, that if
an unbeliever is the slave of a Muslim his conversion to Islam procures for
him his manumission, for, according to Muhammadan law, the conversion
of a slave does not affect the prior state of bondage; 23 and the condition of
the Muslim slave has varied much according to the character of his master.
But freedom is in many instances the reward of conversion, and devout
Page 480
minds have even recognised in enslavement God’s guidance to the true
faith, as the negroes from the Upper Nile countries, whom Doughty met in
Arabia. “In those Africans there is no resentment that they have been made
slaves … even though cruel men-stealers rent them from their parentage.
The patrons who paid their price have adopted them into their households,
the males are circumcised and—that which enfranchises their souls, even in
the long passion of [417]home-sickness—God has visited them in their
mishap; they can say ‘it was His grace,’ since they be thereby entered into
the saving religion. This, therefore, they think is the better country, where
they are the Lord’s free men, a land of more civil life, the soil of the two
Sanctuaries, the land of Mohammed:—for such they do give God thanks
that their bodies were sometime sold into slavery!” 24
Very effective also, both in winning and retaining, is the ordinance of the
daily prayers five times a day. Montesquieu 25 has well said, “Une religion
chargée de beaucoup de pratiques attache plus à elle qu’une autre qui l’est
moins; on tient beaucoup aux choses dont on est continuellement occupé.”
The religion of the Muslim is continually present with him and in the daily
prayer manifests itself in a solemn and impressive ritual, which cannot
leave either the worshipper or the spectator unaffected. Saʻīd b. Ḥasan, an
Alexandrian Jew, who embraced Islam in the year 1298, speaks of the sight
of the Friday prayer in a mosque as a determining factor in his own
conversion. During a severe illness he had had a vision in which a voice
bade him declare himself a Muslim. “And when I entered the mosque” (he
goes on) “and saw the Muslims standing in rows like angels, I heard a voice
speaking within me, ‘This is the community whose coming was announced
by the prophets (on whom be blessings and peace!)’; and when the preacher
came forth clad in his black robe, a deep feeling of awe fell upon me … and
when he closed his sermon with the words, ‘Verily God enjoineth justice
and kindness and the giving of gifts to kinsfolk, and He forbiddeth
wickedness and wrong and oppression. He warneth you; haply ye will be
mindful.’ 26 And when the prayer began, I was mightily uplifted, for the
rows of the Muslims appeared to me like rows of angels, to whose
faith, as the negroes from the Upper Nile countries, whom Doughty met in
Arabia. “In those Africans there is no resentment that they have been made
slaves … even though cruel men-stealers rent them from their parentage.
The patrons who paid their price have adopted them into their households,
the males are circumcised and—that which enfranchises their souls, even in
the long passion of [417]home-sickness—God has visited them in their
mishap; they can say ‘it was His grace,’ since they be thereby entered into
the saving religion. This, therefore, they think is the better country, where
they are the Lord’s free men, a land of more civil life, the soil of the two
Sanctuaries, the land of Mohammed:—for such they do give God thanks
that their bodies were sometime sold into slavery!” 24
Very effective also, both in winning and retaining, is the ordinance of the
daily prayers five times a day. Montesquieu 25 has well said, “Une religion
chargée de beaucoup de pratiques attache plus à elle qu’une autre qui l’est
moins; on tient beaucoup aux choses dont on est continuellement occupé.”
The religion of the Muslim is continually present with him and in the daily
prayer manifests itself in a solemn and impressive ritual, which cannot
leave either the worshipper or the spectator unaffected. Saʻīd b. Ḥasan, an
Alexandrian Jew, who embraced Islam in the year 1298, speaks of the sight
of the Friday prayer in a mosque as a determining factor in his own
conversion. During a severe illness he had had a vision in which a voice
bade him declare himself a Muslim. “And when I entered the mosque” (he
goes on) “and saw the Muslims standing in rows like angels, I heard a voice
speaking within me, ‘This is the community whose coming was announced
by the prophets (on whom be blessings and peace!)’; and when the preacher
came forth clad in his black robe, a deep feeling of awe fell upon me … and
when he closed his sermon with the words, ‘Verily God enjoineth justice
and kindness and the giving of gifts to kinsfolk, and He forbiddeth
wickedness and wrong and oppression. He warneth you; haply ye will be
mindful.’ 26 And when the prayer began, I was mightily uplifted, for the
rows of the Muslims appeared to me like rows of angels, to whose
Page 481
prostrations and genuflections God Almighty was revealing Himself, and I
heard a voice within me saying, ‘If God spake twice unto the people of
Israel throughout the ages, verily He speaketh unto this community in every
time of [418]prayer,’ and I was convinced in my mind that I had been created
to be a Muslim.” 27
If Renan could say, “Je ne suis jamais entré dans une mosquée sans une
vive émotion, le dirai-je? sans un certain regret de n’être pas musulman,” 28
it can be readily understood how the sight of the Muslim trader at prayer,
his frequent prostrations, his absorbed and silent worship of the Unseen,
would impress the heathen African, endued with that strong sense of the
mysterious such as generally accompanies a low stage of civilisation.
Curiosity would naturally prompt inquiry, and the knowledge of Islam thus
imparted might sometimes win over a convert who might have turned aside
had it been offered unsought, as a free gift. Of the fast during the month of
Ramaḍān, it need only be said that it is a piece of standing evidence against
the theory that Islam is a religious system that attracts by pandering to the
self-indulgence of men. As Carlyle has said, “His religion is not an easy
one: with rigorous fasts, lavations, strict complex formulas, prayers five
times a day, and abstinence from wine, it did not succeed by being an easy
religion.”
Bound up with these and other ritual observances, but not encumbered or
obscured by them, the articles of the Muslim creed are incessantly finding
outward manifestation in the life of the believer, and thus, becoming
inextricably interwoven with the routine of his daily life, make the
individual Musalman an exponent and teacher of his creed [419]far more
than is the case with the adherents of most other religions. 29 Couched in
such short and simple language, his creed makes but little demand upon the
intellect, and the definiteness, positiveness, and minuteness of the ritual
leave the believer in no doubt as to what he has to do, and these duties
performed, he has the satisfaction of feeling that he has fulfilled all the
precepts of the Law. In this union of rationalism and ritualism, we may find,
heard a voice within me saying, ‘If God spake twice unto the people of
Israel throughout the ages, verily He speaketh unto this community in every
time of [418]prayer,’ and I was convinced in my mind that I had been created
to be a Muslim.” 27
If Renan could say, “Je ne suis jamais entré dans une mosquée sans une
vive émotion, le dirai-je? sans un certain regret de n’être pas musulman,” 28
it can be readily understood how the sight of the Muslim trader at prayer,
his frequent prostrations, his absorbed and silent worship of the Unseen,
would impress the heathen African, endued with that strong sense of the
mysterious such as generally accompanies a low stage of civilisation.
Curiosity would naturally prompt inquiry, and the knowledge of Islam thus
imparted might sometimes win over a convert who might have turned aside
had it been offered unsought, as a free gift. Of the fast during the month of
Ramaḍān, it need only be said that it is a piece of standing evidence against
the theory that Islam is a religious system that attracts by pandering to the
self-indulgence of men. As Carlyle has said, “His religion is not an easy
one: with rigorous fasts, lavations, strict complex formulas, prayers five
times a day, and abstinence from wine, it did not succeed by being an easy
religion.”
Bound up with these and other ritual observances, but not encumbered or
obscured by them, the articles of the Muslim creed are incessantly finding
outward manifestation in the life of the believer, and thus, becoming
inextricably interwoven with the routine of his daily life, make the
individual Musalman an exponent and teacher of his creed [419]far more
than is the case with the adherents of most other religions. 29 Couched in
such short and simple language, his creed makes but little demand upon the
intellect, and the definiteness, positiveness, and minuteness of the ritual
leave the believer in no doubt as to what he has to do, and these duties
performed, he has the satisfaction of feeling that he has fulfilled all the
precepts of the Law. In this union of rationalism and ritualism, we may find,
Page 482
to a great extent, the secret of the power that Islam has exercised over the
minds of men. “If you would win the great masses give them the truth in
rounded form, neat and clear, in visible and tangible guise.” 30
Many other circumstances might be adduced that have contributed towards
the missionary success of Islam—circumstances peculiar to particular times
and countries. Among these may be mentioned the advantage that
Muhammadan missionary work derives from the fact of its being so largely
in the hands of traders, especially in Africa and other uncivilised countries
where the people are naturally suspicious of the foreigner. For, in the case
of the trader, his well-known and harmless avocation secures to him an
immunity from any such feelings of suspicion, while his knowledge of men
and manners, his commercial savoir-faire, gain for him a ready reception,
and remove that feeling of constraint which might naturally arise in the
presence of the stranger. He labours under no such disadvantages as hamper
the professed missionary, who is liable to be suspected of some sinister
motive, not only by people whose range of experience and mental horizon
are limited and to whom the idea of any man enduring the perils of a long
journey and laying aside every mundane occupation for the sole purpose of
gaining proselytes, is inexplicable, but also by more civilised men of the
world who are very prone to doubt the sincerity of the paid missionary
agent.
The circumstances are very different when Islam has not to appear as a
suppliant in a foreign country, but stands forth proudly as the religion of the
ruling race. In the [420]preceding pages it has been shown that the theory of
the Muslim faith enjoins toleration and freedom of religious life for all
those followers of other faiths who pay tribute in return for protection, and
though the pages of Muhammadan history are stained with the blood of
many cruel persecutions, still, on the whole, unbelievers have enjoyed
under Muhammadan rule a measure of toleration, the like of which is not to
be found in Europe until quite modern times. Forcible conversion was
forbidden, in accordance with the precepts of the Qurʼān:—“Let there be no
minds of men. “If you would win the great masses give them the truth in
rounded form, neat and clear, in visible and tangible guise.” 30
Many other circumstances might be adduced that have contributed towards
the missionary success of Islam—circumstances peculiar to particular times
and countries. Among these may be mentioned the advantage that
Muhammadan missionary work derives from the fact of its being so largely
in the hands of traders, especially in Africa and other uncivilised countries
where the people are naturally suspicious of the foreigner. For, in the case
of the trader, his well-known and harmless avocation secures to him an
immunity from any such feelings of suspicion, while his knowledge of men
and manners, his commercial savoir-faire, gain for him a ready reception,
and remove that feeling of constraint which might naturally arise in the
presence of the stranger. He labours under no such disadvantages as hamper
the professed missionary, who is liable to be suspected of some sinister
motive, not only by people whose range of experience and mental horizon
are limited and to whom the idea of any man enduring the perils of a long
journey and laying aside every mundane occupation for the sole purpose of
gaining proselytes, is inexplicable, but also by more civilised men of the
world who are very prone to doubt the sincerity of the paid missionary
agent.
The circumstances are very different when Islam has not to appear as a
suppliant in a foreign country, but stands forth proudly as the religion of the
ruling race. In the [420]preceding pages it has been shown that the theory of
the Muslim faith enjoins toleration and freedom of religious life for all
those followers of other faiths who pay tribute in return for protection, and
though the pages of Muhammadan history are stained with the blood of
many cruel persecutions, still, on the whole, unbelievers have enjoyed
under Muhammadan rule a measure of toleration, the like of which is not to
be found in Europe until quite modern times. Forcible conversion was
forbidden, in accordance with the precepts of the Qurʼān:—“Let there be no
Page 483
compulsion in religion” (ii. 257). “Wilt thou compel men to become
believers? No soul can believe but by the permission of God” (x. 99, 100).
The very existence of so many Christian sects and communities in countries
that have been for centuries under Muhammadan rule is an abiding
testimony to the toleration they have enjoyed, and shows that the
persecutions they have from time to time been called upon to endure at the
hands of bigots and fanatics, have been excited by some special and local
circumstances rather than inspired by a settled principle of intolerance. 31
[421]
At such times of persecution, the pressure of circumstances has driven
many unbelievers to become—outwardly at least—Muhammadans, and
many instances might be given of individuals who, on particular occasions,
have been harassed into submission to the religion of the Qurʼān. But such
oppression is wholly without the sanction of Muhammadan law, either
religious or civil. The passages in the Qurʼān that forbid forced conversion
and enjoin preaching as the sole legitimate method of spreading the faith
have already been quoted above (Introduction, pp. 5–6), and the same
doctrine is upheld by the decisions of the Muhammadan doctors. When
Moses Maimonides, who under the fanatical rule of the Almohads had
feigned conversion to Islam, fled to Egypt and there openly declared
himself to be a Jew, a Muslim jurisconsult from Spain denounced him for
his apostasy and demanded that the extreme penalty of the law should be
inflicted on him for this offence; but the case was quashed by al-Qāḍī al-
Fāḍil, ʻAbd al-Raḥīm b. ʻAlī, 32 one of the most famous of Muslim judges,
and the prime minister of the great Saladin, who authoritatively declared
that a man who had been converted to Islam by force could not be rightly
considered to be a Muslim. 33 In the same spirit, when G͟ hāzān (1295–1304)
discovered that the Buddhist monks who had become Muhammadans at the
beginning of his reign (when their temples had been destroyed) only made a
pretence of being converted, he granted permission to all those who so
wished to return to Tibet, where among their Buddhist fellow-countrymen
they would be free once more to follow their own faith. 34 Tavernier tells us
believers? No soul can believe but by the permission of God” (x. 99, 100).
The very existence of so many Christian sects and communities in countries
that have been for centuries under Muhammadan rule is an abiding
testimony to the toleration they have enjoyed, and shows that the
persecutions they have from time to time been called upon to endure at the
hands of bigots and fanatics, have been excited by some special and local
circumstances rather than inspired by a settled principle of intolerance. 31
[421]
At such times of persecution, the pressure of circumstances has driven
many unbelievers to become—outwardly at least—Muhammadans, and
many instances might be given of individuals who, on particular occasions,
have been harassed into submission to the religion of the Qurʼān. But such
oppression is wholly without the sanction of Muhammadan law, either
religious or civil. The passages in the Qurʼān that forbid forced conversion
and enjoin preaching as the sole legitimate method of spreading the faith
have already been quoted above (Introduction, pp. 5–6), and the same
doctrine is upheld by the decisions of the Muhammadan doctors. When
Moses Maimonides, who under the fanatical rule of the Almohads had
feigned conversion to Islam, fled to Egypt and there openly declared
himself to be a Jew, a Muslim jurisconsult from Spain denounced him for
his apostasy and demanded that the extreme penalty of the law should be
inflicted on him for this offence; but the case was quashed by al-Qāḍī al-
Fāḍil, ʻAbd al-Raḥīm b. ʻAlī, 32 one of the most famous of Muslim judges,
and the prime minister of the great Saladin, who authoritatively declared
that a man who had been converted to Islam by force could not be rightly
considered to be a Muslim. 33 In the same spirit, when G͟ hāzān (1295–1304)
discovered that the Buddhist monks who had become Muhammadans at the
beginning of his reign (when their temples had been destroyed) only made a
pretence of being converted, he granted permission to all those who so
wished to return to Tibet, where among their Buddhist fellow-countrymen
they would be free once more to follow their own faith. 34 Tavernier tells us
Page 484
a similar story of some Jews of Ispahan who were so grievously persecuted
by the governor “that either by force or cunning he caused them to turn
Mahometans; but the king (Shāh ʻAbbās II) (1642–1667), understanding
that only power and fear had constrained them to turn, suffer’d them to
resume their own religion and to live in quiet.” 35 A story of a much earlier
traveller 36 in Persia, in 1478, shows how even in those turbulent times a
Muhammadan governor set himself to [422]severely crush an outburst of
fanaticism of the same character. A rich Armenian merchant of the city of
Tabrīz was sitting in his shop one day when a Ḥājī, 37 with a reputation for
sanctity, coming up to him importuned him to become a Musalman and
abandon his Christian faith; when the merchant expressed his intention of
remaining steadfast in his religion and offered the fellow alms with the hope
of getting rid of him, he replied that what he wanted was not his alms but
his conversion; and at length, enraged at the persistent refusal of the
merchant, suddenly snatched a sword out of the hand of a bystander and
struck the merchant a mortal blow on the head and then ran away. When the
Governor of the city heard the news, he was very angry and ordered the
murderer to be pursued and captured; the culprit having been brought into
his presence, the governor stabbed him to death with his own hand and
ordered his body to be cast forth to be devoured by dogs, saying: “What! is
this the way in which the religion of Muḥammad spreads?” At nightfall, the
common people took up the body and buried it, whereupon the Governor,
enraged at this contempt of his order, gave up the place for three or four
hours to be sacked by his soldiers and afterwards imposed a fine as a further
penalty; also he called the son of the merchant to him and comforted him
and caressed him with good and kindly words. Even the mad al-Ḥākim
(996–1020), whose persecutions caused many Jews and Christians to
abandon their own faith and become Musalmans, afterwards allowed these
unwilling converts to return again to their own religion and rebuild their
ruined places of worship. 38 Neglected as the Eastern Christians have been
by their Christian brethren in the West, unarmed for the most part and
utterly defenceless, it would have been easy for any of the powerful rulers
of Islam to have utterly rooted out [423]their Christian subjects or banished
by the governor “that either by force or cunning he caused them to turn
Mahometans; but the king (Shāh ʻAbbās II) (1642–1667), understanding
that only power and fear had constrained them to turn, suffer’d them to
resume their own religion and to live in quiet.” 35 A story of a much earlier
traveller 36 in Persia, in 1478, shows how even in those turbulent times a
Muhammadan governor set himself to [422]severely crush an outburst of
fanaticism of the same character. A rich Armenian merchant of the city of
Tabrīz was sitting in his shop one day when a Ḥājī, 37 with a reputation for
sanctity, coming up to him importuned him to become a Musalman and
abandon his Christian faith; when the merchant expressed his intention of
remaining steadfast in his religion and offered the fellow alms with the hope
of getting rid of him, he replied that what he wanted was not his alms but
his conversion; and at length, enraged at the persistent refusal of the
merchant, suddenly snatched a sword out of the hand of a bystander and
struck the merchant a mortal blow on the head and then ran away. When the
Governor of the city heard the news, he was very angry and ordered the
murderer to be pursued and captured; the culprit having been brought into
his presence, the governor stabbed him to death with his own hand and
ordered his body to be cast forth to be devoured by dogs, saying: “What! is
this the way in which the religion of Muḥammad spreads?” At nightfall, the
common people took up the body and buried it, whereupon the Governor,
enraged at this contempt of his order, gave up the place for three or four
hours to be sacked by his soldiers and afterwards imposed a fine as a further
penalty; also he called the son of the merchant to him and comforted him
and caressed him with good and kindly words. Even the mad al-Ḥākim
(996–1020), whose persecutions caused many Jews and Christians to
abandon their own faith and become Musalmans, afterwards allowed these
unwilling converts to return again to their own religion and rebuild their
ruined places of worship. 38 Neglected as the Eastern Christians have been
by their Christian brethren in the West, unarmed for the most part and
utterly defenceless, it would have been easy for any of the powerful rulers
of Islam to have utterly rooted out [423]their Christian subjects or banished
Page 485
them from their dominions, as the Spaniards did the Moors, or the English
the Jews for nearly four centuries. It would have been perfectly possible for
Salīm I (in 1514) or Ibrāhīm (in 1646) to have put into execution the
barbarous notion they conceived of exterminating their Christian subjects,
just as the former had massacred 40,000 Shīʻahs with the aim of
establishing uniformity of religious belief among his Muhammadan
subjects. The muftis who turned the minds of their masters from such a
cruel purpose, did so as the exponents of Muslim law and Muslim
tolerance. 39
Still, though the principle that found so much favour in Germany in the
seventeenth century 40—Cuius regio eius religio,—was never adopted by
any Muhammadan potentate, it is obvious that the fact of Islam being the
state religion could not fail to have had some influence in increasing the
number of its adherents. Persons on whom their religious faith sat lightly
would be readily influenced by considerations of worldly advantage, and
ambition and self-interest would take the place of more laudable motives
for conversion. St. Augustine made a similar complaint in the fifth century,
that many entered the Christian Church merely because they hoped to gain
some temporal advantage thereby: “Quam multi non quaerunt Iesum, nisi ut
illis faciat bene secundum tempus! Alius negotium habet, quaerit
intercessionem clericorum; alius premitur a potentiore, fugit ad ecclesiam;
alius pro se vult interveniri apud eum apud quem parum valet: ille sic, ille
sic; impletur quotidie talibus ecclesia.” 41
Moreover, to the barbarous and uncivilised tribes that saw the glory and
majesty of the empire of the Arabs in the heyday of its power, Islam must
have appeared as imposing and have exercised as powerful a fascination as
the Christian faith when presented to the Barbarians of Northern Europe,
when “They found Christianity in the Empire—Christianity refined and
complex, imperious and pompous—Christianity [424]enthroned by the side
of kings, and sometimes paramount above them.” 42
the Jews for nearly four centuries. It would have been perfectly possible for
Salīm I (in 1514) or Ibrāhīm (in 1646) to have put into execution the
barbarous notion they conceived of exterminating their Christian subjects,
just as the former had massacred 40,000 Shīʻahs with the aim of
establishing uniformity of religious belief among his Muhammadan
subjects. The muftis who turned the minds of their masters from such a
cruel purpose, did so as the exponents of Muslim law and Muslim
tolerance. 39
Still, though the principle that found so much favour in Germany in the
seventeenth century 40—Cuius regio eius religio,—was never adopted by
any Muhammadan potentate, it is obvious that the fact of Islam being the
state religion could not fail to have had some influence in increasing the
number of its adherents. Persons on whom their religious faith sat lightly
would be readily influenced by considerations of worldly advantage, and
ambition and self-interest would take the place of more laudable motives
for conversion. St. Augustine made a similar complaint in the fifth century,
that many entered the Christian Church merely because they hoped to gain
some temporal advantage thereby: “Quam multi non quaerunt Iesum, nisi ut
illis faciat bene secundum tempus! Alius negotium habet, quaerit
intercessionem clericorum; alius premitur a potentiore, fugit ad ecclesiam;
alius pro se vult interveniri apud eum apud quem parum valet: ille sic, ille
sic; impletur quotidie talibus ecclesia.” 41
Moreover, to the barbarous and uncivilised tribes that saw the glory and
majesty of the empire of the Arabs in the heyday of its power, Islam must
have appeared as imposing and have exercised as powerful a fascination as
the Christian faith when presented to the Barbarians of Northern Europe,
when “They found Christianity in the Empire—Christianity refined and
complex, imperious and pompous—Christianity [424]enthroned by the side
of kings, and sometimes paramount above them.” 42
Page 486
Added to this must often have been the slow, persistent influence of daily
contact with Muslim life and thought, such as led even a Nestorian writer of
the twelfth century to add words of blessing to the mention of the name of
the Prophet and the early caliphs, 43 and to pray for the mercy of God on the
caliph ʻUmar b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz. 44 In modern times Christian missionaries
complain that the system of public instruction in Egypt under the British
occupation, according to which “Christian boys are often compelled to sit
and listen to the Koran and Dîn (religious teaching) being taught to their
Moslem companions when there is no room where they can be separated,” 45
tends to give the Muhammadans a preponderating influence over their
Christian fellow-students. One of the most active of the followers of the late
Muftī Muḥammad ʻAbduh was originally a Coptic medical student, who
had been won over to Islam through the influence of the religious
instruction he had heard given in school hours. 46
But the recital of such motives as little accounts for all cases of conversion
in the one religion as in the other, and they should not make us lose sight of
other factors in the missionary life of Islam, whose influence has been of a
more distinctly religious character. Foremost among these is the influence
of the devout lives of the followers of Islam. Strange as it may appear to a
generation accustomed to look upon Islam as a cloak for all kinds of vice, it
is nevertheless true that in earlier times many Christians who have come
into contact with a living Muslim society have been profoundly impressed
by the virtues exhibited therein; if these could so strike the traveller and the
stranger, they would no doubt have some influence of attraction on the
[425]unbeliever who came in daily contact with them. Ricoldus de Monte
Crucis, a Dominican missionary who visited the East at the close of the
thirteenth century, thus breaks out in praise of the Muslims among whom he
had laboured: “Obstupuimus, quomodo in lege tante perfidie poterant opera
tante perfectionis inveniri. Referemus igitur hic breviter opera perfectionis
Sarracenorum.… Quis enim non obstupescat, si diligenter consideret,
quanta in ipsis Sarracenis sollicitudo ad studium, devocio in oratione,
misericordia ad pauperes, reverencia ad nomen Dei et prophetas et loca
contact with Muslim life and thought, such as led even a Nestorian writer of
the twelfth century to add words of blessing to the mention of the name of
the Prophet and the early caliphs, 43 and to pray for the mercy of God on the
caliph ʻUmar b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz. 44 In modern times Christian missionaries
complain that the system of public instruction in Egypt under the British
occupation, according to which “Christian boys are often compelled to sit
and listen to the Koran and Dîn (religious teaching) being taught to their
Moslem companions when there is no room where they can be separated,” 45
tends to give the Muhammadans a preponderating influence over their
Christian fellow-students. One of the most active of the followers of the late
Muftī Muḥammad ʻAbduh was originally a Coptic medical student, who
had been won over to Islam through the influence of the religious
instruction he had heard given in school hours. 46
But the recital of such motives as little accounts for all cases of conversion
in the one religion as in the other, and they should not make us lose sight of
other factors in the missionary life of Islam, whose influence has been of a
more distinctly religious character. Foremost among these is the influence
of the devout lives of the followers of Islam. Strange as it may appear to a
generation accustomed to look upon Islam as a cloak for all kinds of vice, it
is nevertheless true that in earlier times many Christians who have come
into contact with a living Muslim society have been profoundly impressed
by the virtues exhibited therein; if these could so strike the traveller and the
stranger, they would no doubt have some influence of attraction on the
[425]unbeliever who came in daily contact with them. Ricoldus de Monte
Crucis, a Dominican missionary who visited the East at the close of the
thirteenth century, thus breaks out in praise of the Muslims among whom he
had laboured: “Obstupuimus, quomodo in lege tante perfidie poterant opera
tante perfectionis inveniri. Referemus igitur hic breviter opera perfectionis
Sarracenorum.… Quis enim non obstupescat, si diligenter consideret,
quanta in ipsis Sarracenis sollicitudo ad studium, devocio in oratione,
misericordia ad pauperes, reverencia ad nomen Dei et prophetas et loca
Page 487
sancta, gravitas in moribus, affabilitas ad extraneos, concordia et amor ad
suos?” 47 William Petit of Newburgh in similar manner, towards the end of
the twelfth century, praised the sobriety of the Saracens as the outcome of
the teaching of their Prophet and as inspiring them with a sense of moral
superiority over the Christians: “Gulosos vero atque ebriosos, orbi terrarum
graves abominatus, sobrietatem docuit, ciborum delicias sugillavit, vini
usum, praeterquam paucis certisque diebus solemnibus, interdixit
[Macometus]. Inde est, quod cum Sarraceni in fluxu libidinum de sui, ut
dictum est, seductoris indulgentia probentur esse spurcissimi; nostris, proh
dolor! in frugalitate superiores esse videntur, nobisque, proh pudor!
comessationum et ebrietatum sordes improperant. Denique malleus
Christiani nominis Saladinus ante annos aliquot, cum nostrorum mores
explorans, audisset quod pluribus in prandio ferculis uterentur, dixisse
fertur, ‘tales Terra Sancta indignos esse.’ Unde constat, quod luxus
nostrorum conspectus Agarenos, de frugalitate gloriantes, contra nos incitet
animetque tanquam dicentes; ‘Deus dereliquit crapulatos istos, persequamur
et comprehendamus, quia non est qui eripiat.’” 48
The literature of the Crusades is rich in such appreciations of Muslim
virtues, while the Ottoman Turks in the early days of their rule in Europe
received many a tribute of praise from Christian lips, as has already been
shown in a former chapter.
At the present day there are two chief factors (beyond such of the above-
mentioned as still hold good) that make for [426]missionary activity in the
Muslim world. The first of these is the revival of religious life which dates
from the Wahhābī reformation at the end of the eighteenth century; though
this new departure has long lost all political significance outside the
confines of Najd, as a religious revival its influence is felt throughout
Africa, India and the Malay Archipelago even to the present day, and has
given birth to numerous movements which take rank among the most
powerful influences in the Islamic world. In the preceding pages it has
already been shown how closely connected many of the modern Muslim
suos?” 47 William Petit of Newburgh in similar manner, towards the end of
the twelfth century, praised the sobriety of the Saracens as the outcome of
the teaching of their Prophet and as inspiring them with a sense of moral
superiority over the Christians: “Gulosos vero atque ebriosos, orbi terrarum
graves abominatus, sobrietatem docuit, ciborum delicias sugillavit, vini
usum, praeterquam paucis certisque diebus solemnibus, interdixit
[Macometus]. Inde est, quod cum Sarraceni in fluxu libidinum de sui, ut
dictum est, seductoris indulgentia probentur esse spurcissimi; nostris, proh
dolor! in frugalitate superiores esse videntur, nobisque, proh pudor!
comessationum et ebrietatum sordes improperant. Denique malleus
Christiani nominis Saladinus ante annos aliquot, cum nostrorum mores
explorans, audisset quod pluribus in prandio ferculis uterentur, dixisse
fertur, ‘tales Terra Sancta indignos esse.’ Unde constat, quod luxus
nostrorum conspectus Agarenos, de frugalitate gloriantes, contra nos incitet
animetque tanquam dicentes; ‘Deus dereliquit crapulatos istos, persequamur
et comprehendamus, quia non est qui eripiat.’” 48
The literature of the Crusades is rich in such appreciations of Muslim
virtues, while the Ottoman Turks in the early days of their rule in Europe
received many a tribute of praise from Christian lips, as has already been
shown in a former chapter.
At the present day there are two chief factors (beyond such of the above-
mentioned as still hold good) that make for [426]missionary activity in the
Muslim world. The first of these is the revival of religious life which dates
from the Wahhābī reformation at the end of the eighteenth century; though
this new departure has long lost all political significance outside the
confines of Najd, as a religious revival its influence is felt throughout
Africa, India and the Malay Archipelago even to the present day, and has
given birth to numerous movements which take rank among the most
powerful influences in the Islamic world. In the preceding pages it has
already been shown how closely connected many of the modern Muslim
Page 488
missions are with this wide-spread revival: the fervid zeal it has stirred up,
the new life it has infused into existing religious institutions, the impetus it
has given to theological study and to the organisation of devotional
exercises, have all served to awake and keep alive the innate proselytising
spirit of Islam.
Side by side with this reform movement, is another of an entirely different
character—for, to mention one point of difference only, while the former is
strongly opposed to European civilisation, the latter is rather in sympathy
with modern thought and offers a presentment of Islam in accordance
therewith,—viz. the Pan-Islamic movement, which seeks to bind all the
nations of the Muslim world in a common bond of sympathy. Though in no
way so significant as the other, still this trend of thought gives a powerful
stimulus to missionary labours; the effort to realise in actual life the Muslim
ideal of the brotherhood of all believers reacts on collateral ideals of the
faith, and the sense of a vast unity and of a common life running through
the nations inspirits the hearts of the faithful and makes them bold to speak
in the presence of the unbelievers.
What further influence these two movements will have on the missionary
life of Islam, the future only can show. But their very activity at the present
day is a proof that Islam is not dead. The spiritual energy of Islam is not, as
has been so often maintained, commensurate with its political power. 49 On
the contrary, the loss of political power and [427]worldly prosperity has
served to bring to the front the finer spiritual qualities which are the truest
incentives to missionary work. Islam has learned the uses of adversity, and
so far from a decline in worldly prosperity being a presage of the decay of
this faith, it is significant that those very Muslim countries that have been
longest under Christian rule show themselves most active in the work of
proselytising. The Indian and Malay Muhammadans display a zeal and
enthusiasm for the spread of the faith, which one looks for in vain in Turkey
or Morocco. [428]
the new life it has infused into existing religious institutions, the impetus it
has given to theological study and to the organisation of devotional
exercises, have all served to awake and keep alive the innate proselytising
spirit of Islam.
Side by side with this reform movement, is another of an entirely different
character—for, to mention one point of difference only, while the former is
strongly opposed to European civilisation, the latter is rather in sympathy
with modern thought and offers a presentment of Islam in accordance
therewith,—viz. the Pan-Islamic movement, which seeks to bind all the
nations of the Muslim world in a common bond of sympathy. Though in no
way so significant as the other, still this trend of thought gives a powerful
stimulus to missionary labours; the effort to realise in actual life the Muslim
ideal of the brotherhood of all believers reacts on collateral ideals of the
faith, and the sense of a vast unity and of a common life running through
the nations inspirits the hearts of the faithful and makes them bold to speak
in the presence of the unbelievers.
What further influence these two movements will have on the missionary
life of Islam, the future only can show. But their very activity at the present
day is a proof that Islam is not dead. The spiritual energy of Islam is not, as
has been so often maintained, commensurate with its political power. 49 On
the contrary, the loss of political power and [427]worldly prosperity has
served to bring to the front the finer spiritual qualities which are the truest
incentives to missionary work. Islam has learned the uses of adversity, and
so far from a decline in worldly prosperity being a presage of the decay of
this faith, it is significant that those very Muslim countries that have been
longest under Christian rule show themselves most active in the work of
proselytising. The Indian and Malay Muhammadans display a zeal and
enthusiasm for the spread of the faith, which one looks for in vain in Turkey
or Morocco. [428]
Page 489
Organisations based on the model of Christian missionary societies do not begin to make their
1
appearance until the twentieth century; some account of these is given in Appendix III. ↑
“À tout musulman, quelque mondain qu’il soit, le prosélytisme semble être en quelque sorte
2
inné.” (Snouck Hurgronje, Revue de l’Histoire des Religions, vol. lvii. p. 66.) “Der Muslim ist
von Natur Missionär … Er treibt Mission auf eigne Faust und Kosten.” (Munzinger, p. 411.) Snouck
Hurgronje (1), p. 8; Lüttke (2), p. 30; Julius Richter, p. 152; Merensky, p. 154. ↑
Qurʼān, xvi. 126. ↑
3
See the interesting letter addressed by Mawlāʼī Ismāʻīl, Sharīf of Morocco, in 1698 to King
4
James II, inviting him to embrace Islam. (Revue de l’Histoire des Religions, vol. xlvii. p. 174
sqq.) ↑
Anjuman Ḥimāyat-i-Islām kā māhwārī risālah, pp. 5–13. (Lahore, October 1889.) ↑
5
Duveyrier, p. 17. ↑
6
Klamroth, p. 12. ↑
7
Massaja, vol. xi. pp. 124–5. ↑
8
Artin, p. 119. ↑
9
R. du M. M., ix. (1909), p. 252. ↑
10
G͟ hulām Sarwar: K͟ hazīnat al-Aṣfīyā, vol. ii. p. 407–8. ↑
11
Goldziher, vol. ii. pp. 303–4. ↑
12
The Pechenegs at that time occupied the country between the lower
13
Danube and the Don, to which they had migrated from the banks of the
Ural at the end of the ninth century. (Karamsin, vol. i. pp. 180–1.) ↑
Abū ʻUbayd al-Bakrī (died 1094), pp. 467–8. ↑
14
G͟ hulām Sarwar: K͟ hazīnat al-Aṣfīyā, vol. i. p. 613. ↑
15
D. Crawford: Thinking Black, p. 202. (London, 1913.) ↑
16
Doughty, vol. ii. p. 39. ↑
17
This was emphasised by Marracci in the seventeenth century. “Si ethnicus mysteria
18
humani intellectus captum excedentia, vel naturali conditioni et imbecillitati
difficillima, si non impossibilia, cum Alcoranica doctrina comparaverit, statim ab his refugiet, et ad
illa obviis ulnis accurret.” (Alcorani textus … translatus, p. 9. Patavii, 1698.) ↑
Edouard Montet: La propagande chrétienne et ses adversaires musulmans, pp. 17–18. (Paris,
19
1890.) ↑
Mankind and the Church, p. 283–4. (London, 1907.) ↑
20
Qurʼān, ii. 118–26. ↑
21
Qurʼān, xlix. 10. ↑
22
1
appearance until the twentieth century; some account of these is given in Appendix III. ↑
“À tout musulman, quelque mondain qu’il soit, le prosélytisme semble être en quelque sorte
2
inné.” (Snouck Hurgronje, Revue de l’Histoire des Religions, vol. lvii. p. 66.) “Der Muslim ist
von Natur Missionär … Er treibt Mission auf eigne Faust und Kosten.” (Munzinger, p. 411.) Snouck
Hurgronje (1), p. 8; Lüttke (2), p. 30; Julius Richter, p. 152; Merensky, p. 154. ↑
Qurʼān, xvi. 126. ↑
3
See the interesting letter addressed by Mawlāʼī Ismāʻīl, Sharīf of Morocco, in 1698 to King
4
James II, inviting him to embrace Islam. (Revue de l’Histoire des Religions, vol. xlvii. p. 174
sqq.) ↑
Anjuman Ḥimāyat-i-Islām kā māhwārī risālah, pp. 5–13. (Lahore, October 1889.) ↑
5
Duveyrier, p. 17. ↑
6
Klamroth, p. 12. ↑
7
Massaja, vol. xi. pp. 124–5. ↑
8
Artin, p. 119. ↑
9
R. du M. M., ix. (1909), p. 252. ↑
10
G͟ hulām Sarwar: K͟ hazīnat al-Aṣfīyā, vol. ii. p. 407–8. ↑
11
Goldziher, vol. ii. pp. 303–4. ↑
12
The Pechenegs at that time occupied the country between the lower
13
Danube and the Don, to which they had migrated from the banks of the
Ural at the end of the ninth century. (Karamsin, vol. i. pp. 180–1.) ↑
Abū ʻUbayd al-Bakrī (died 1094), pp. 467–8. ↑
14
G͟ hulām Sarwar: K͟ hazīnat al-Aṣfīyā, vol. i. p. 613. ↑
15
D. Crawford: Thinking Black, p. 202. (London, 1913.) ↑
16
Doughty, vol. ii. p. 39. ↑
17
This was emphasised by Marracci in the seventeenth century. “Si ethnicus mysteria
18
humani intellectus captum excedentia, vel naturali conditioni et imbecillitati
difficillima, si non impossibilia, cum Alcoranica doctrina comparaverit, statim ab his refugiet, et ad
illa obviis ulnis accurret.” (Alcorani textus … translatus, p. 9. Patavii, 1698.) ↑
Edouard Montet: La propagande chrétienne et ses adversaires musulmans, pp. 17–18. (Paris,
19
1890.) ↑
Mankind and the Church, p. 283–4. (London, 1907.) ↑
20
Qurʼān, ii. 118–26. ↑
21
Qurʼān, xlix. 10. ↑
22
Page 490
W. H. Macnaghten: Principles and Precedents of Moohummudan Law, p. 312. (Madras, 1882.) ↑
23
Arabia Deserta, vol. i. pp. 554–5. ↑
24
De l’Esprit des Lois, livre xxv. chap. 2. ↑
25
Qur., chap. xvi. v. 92. ↑
26
Goldziher, Saʻīd b. Ḥasan d’Alexandrie. (Revue des Études Juives, tome xxx. pp.
27
17–18.) (Paris, 1895.) ↑
Ernest Renan: L’Islamisme et la Science, p. 19. (Paris, 1883.)
28
This has been emphasised by many observers, but it will be enough here to quote the words of an
eminent Christian bishop. “No one who comes in contact for the first time with Mohammedans can
fail to be struck by this aspect of their faith.… Wherever one may be, in open street, in railway
station, in the field, it is the most ordinary thing to see a man, without the slightest touch of
Pharisaism or parade, quietly and humbly leaving whatever pursuit he may be at the moment engaged
in, in order to say his prayers at the appointed hour. On a larger scale, no one who has ever seen the
courtyard of the Great Mosque at Delhi on the last Friday in the fast-month (Ramazan) filled to
overflowing with, perhaps, 15,000 worshippers, all wholly absorbed in prayer, and manifesting the
profoundest reverence and humility in every gesture, can fail to be deeply impressed by the sight, or
to get a glimpse of the power which underlies such a system; while the very regularity of the daily
call to prayer, as it rings out at earliest dawn, before light commences, or amid all the noise and
bustle of the business hours, or again as the evening closes in, is fraught with the same message.”
(Dr. G. A. Lefroy: Mankind and the Church, pp. 287–8. (London, 1907.)) ↑
“One may notice and admire the kind of chivalrous pride which the average Mohammedan takes
29
in his faith.” (Bishop Lefroy: Mankind and the Church, p. 289.) ↑
A. Kuenen: National Religions and Universal Religions, p. 35. (London, 1882.) ↑
30
e.g. The persecution, under al-Mutawakkil, by the orthodox reaction against all forms of
31
deviation from the popular creed: in Persia and other parts of Asia about the end of the
thirteenth century in revenge for the domineering and insulting behaviour of the Christians in the
hour of their advancement and power under the early Mongols. (Maqrīzī (2), Tome i. Première Partie,
pp. 98, 106.) Assemani (tom. iii. pars. ii. p.c.), speaking of the causes that have excited the
persecution of the Christians under Muhammadan rule, says:—“Non raro persecutionis procellam
excitarunt mutuae Christianorum ipsorum simultates, sacerdotum licentia, praesulum fastus,
tyrannica magnatum potestas, et medicorum praesertim scribarumque de supremo in gentem suam
imperio altercationes.” During the crusades the Christians of the East frequently fell under the
suspicion of favouring the invasions of their co-religionists from the West, and in modern Turkey the
movement for Greek Independence and the religious sympathies it excited in Christian Europe
contributed to make the lot of the subject Christian races harder than it would have been, had they not
been suspected of disloyalty and disaffection towards their Muhammadan ruler. De Gobineau has
expressed himself very strongly on this question of the toleration of Islam: “Si l’on sépare la doctrine
religieuse de la nécessité politique qui souvent a parlé et agi en son nom, il n’est pas de religion plus
tolérante, on pourrait presque dire plus indifférente sur la foi des hommes que l’Islam. Cette
disposition organique est si forte qu’en dehors des cas où la raison d’État mise en jeu a porté les
23
Arabia Deserta, vol. i. pp. 554–5. ↑
24
De l’Esprit des Lois, livre xxv. chap. 2. ↑
25
Qur., chap. xvi. v. 92. ↑
26
Goldziher, Saʻīd b. Ḥasan d’Alexandrie. (Revue des Études Juives, tome xxx. pp.
27
17–18.) (Paris, 1895.) ↑
Ernest Renan: L’Islamisme et la Science, p. 19. (Paris, 1883.)
28
This has been emphasised by many observers, but it will be enough here to quote the words of an
eminent Christian bishop. “No one who comes in contact for the first time with Mohammedans can
fail to be struck by this aspect of their faith.… Wherever one may be, in open street, in railway
station, in the field, it is the most ordinary thing to see a man, without the slightest touch of
Pharisaism or parade, quietly and humbly leaving whatever pursuit he may be at the moment engaged
in, in order to say his prayers at the appointed hour. On a larger scale, no one who has ever seen the
courtyard of the Great Mosque at Delhi on the last Friday in the fast-month (Ramazan) filled to
overflowing with, perhaps, 15,000 worshippers, all wholly absorbed in prayer, and manifesting the
profoundest reverence and humility in every gesture, can fail to be deeply impressed by the sight, or
to get a glimpse of the power which underlies such a system; while the very regularity of the daily
call to prayer, as it rings out at earliest dawn, before light commences, or amid all the noise and
bustle of the business hours, or again as the evening closes in, is fraught with the same message.”
(Dr. G. A. Lefroy: Mankind and the Church, pp. 287–8. (London, 1907.)) ↑
“One may notice and admire the kind of chivalrous pride which the average Mohammedan takes
29
in his faith.” (Bishop Lefroy: Mankind and the Church, p. 289.) ↑
A. Kuenen: National Religions and Universal Religions, p. 35. (London, 1882.) ↑
30
e.g. The persecution, under al-Mutawakkil, by the orthodox reaction against all forms of
31
deviation from the popular creed: in Persia and other parts of Asia about the end of the
thirteenth century in revenge for the domineering and insulting behaviour of the Christians in the
hour of their advancement and power under the early Mongols. (Maqrīzī (2), Tome i. Première Partie,
pp. 98, 106.) Assemani (tom. iii. pars. ii. p.c.), speaking of the causes that have excited the
persecution of the Christians under Muhammadan rule, says:—“Non raro persecutionis procellam
excitarunt mutuae Christianorum ipsorum simultates, sacerdotum licentia, praesulum fastus,
tyrannica magnatum potestas, et medicorum praesertim scribarumque de supremo in gentem suam
imperio altercationes.” During the crusades the Christians of the East frequently fell under the
suspicion of favouring the invasions of their co-religionists from the West, and in modern Turkey the
movement for Greek Independence and the religious sympathies it excited in Christian Europe
contributed to make the lot of the subject Christian races harder than it would have been, had they not
been suspected of disloyalty and disaffection towards their Muhammadan ruler. De Gobineau has
expressed himself very strongly on this question of the toleration of Islam: “Si l’on sépare la doctrine
religieuse de la nécessité politique qui souvent a parlé et agi en son nom, il n’est pas de religion plus
tolérante, on pourrait presque dire plus indifférente sur la foi des hommes que l’Islam. Cette
disposition organique est si forte qu’en dehors des cas où la raison d’État mise en jeu a porté les
Page 491
gouvernements musulmans à se faire arme de tout pour tendre à l’unité de foi, la tolérance la plus
complète a été la règle fournie par le dogme.… Qu’on ne s’arrête pas aux violences, aux cruautés
commises dans une occasion ou dans une autre. Si on y regarde de près, on ne tardera pas à y
découvrir des causes toutes politiques ou toutes de passion humaine et de tempérament chez le
souverain ou dans les populations. Le fait religieux n’y est invoqué que comme prétexte et, en réalité,
il reste en dehors.” (A. de Gobineau (1), pp. 24–5.) ↑
For a biography of him, see Ibn K͟ hallikān, vol. ii. pp. 111–15. ↑
32
Barhebræus (2), pp. 417–18. ↑
33
C. d’Ohsson, vol. iv. p. 281. ↑
34
Tavernier (1), p. 160. ↑
35
Viaggio di Iosafa Barbero nella Persia. (Ramusio, vol. ii. p. 111.) ↑
36
If indeed by Azi is meant Ḥājī. ↑
37
Makīn, p. 260. Similarly, about a century before, al-Muqtadir (a.d. 908–932)
38
gave orders for the rebuilding of some churches at Ramlah in Palestine which
had been destroyed by Muhammadans during a riot, the cause of which is not recorded. (Eutychius,
ii. p. 82.) Abū Ṣāliḥ makes mention of the rebuilding of a great many churches and monasteries in
Egypt which had either been destroyed in time of war (e.g. during the invasion of the Ghuzz and the
Kurds in 1164) (pp. 91, 96, 112, 120), been wrecked by fanatics (pp. 85–6, 182, and Maqrīzī quoted
in the Appendix pp. 327–8), or fallen into decay (pp. 5, 87, 103–4). ↑
A. de la Jonquière, pp. 203, 213, 312. ↑
39
E. Charvériat: Histoire de la Guerre de Trente Ans, tome ii. pp. 615, 625. (Paris, 1878.) ↑
40
In Ioannis Evangelium Tractatus, xxv. § 10. ↑
41
C. Merivale: The Conversion of the Northern Nations, p. 102. (London, 1866.) ↑
42
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 62 (ll. 4, 6, 13). The learned Maronite, Yūsuf Simʻān al-
43
Simʻānī, in the eighteenth century, thus expressed his horror at such a concession to
Muslim sentiment: “Mahometi eiusque sectariorum laudes persequitur, et quod sine horrore dici
nequit, illius pseudo-prophetae nomen es adiuncto praeconio memorat, quo Mahometani solent,
nimirum عليه الّس الم.” (Assemani, tom. iii, pars. i. p. 585.) ↑
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 65 (l. 16). ↑
44
Methods of Mission Work among Moslems, p. 62. ↑
45
Id. pp. 61–4. ↑
46
Laurent, p. 131. ↑
47
Historia Rerum Anglicarum Willelmi Parvi de Newburgh, ed. Hans Claude
48
Hamilton, vol. ii. p. 158. (London, 1856.) ↑
Frederick Denison Maurice was giving expression to one of the most commonly received
49
opinions regarding this faith when he said, “It has been proved that Mahometanism can only
thrive while it is aiming at conquest.” (The Religions of the World, p. 28.) (Cambridge, 1852.) ↑
complète a été la règle fournie par le dogme.… Qu’on ne s’arrête pas aux violences, aux cruautés
commises dans une occasion ou dans une autre. Si on y regarde de près, on ne tardera pas à y
découvrir des causes toutes politiques ou toutes de passion humaine et de tempérament chez le
souverain ou dans les populations. Le fait religieux n’y est invoqué que comme prétexte et, en réalité,
il reste en dehors.” (A. de Gobineau (1), pp. 24–5.) ↑
For a biography of him, see Ibn K͟ hallikān, vol. ii. pp. 111–15. ↑
32
Barhebræus (2), pp. 417–18. ↑
33
C. d’Ohsson, vol. iv. p. 281. ↑
34
Tavernier (1), p. 160. ↑
35
Viaggio di Iosafa Barbero nella Persia. (Ramusio, vol. ii. p. 111.) ↑
36
If indeed by Azi is meant Ḥājī. ↑
37
Makīn, p. 260. Similarly, about a century before, al-Muqtadir (a.d. 908–932)
38
gave orders for the rebuilding of some churches at Ramlah in Palestine which
had been destroyed by Muhammadans during a riot, the cause of which is not recorded. (Eutychius,
ii. p. 82.) Abū Ṣāliḥ makes mention of the rebuilding of a great many churches and monasteries in
Egypt which had either been destroyed in time of war (e.g. during the invasion of the Ghuzz and the
Kurds in 1164) (pp. 91, 96, 112, 120), been wrecked by fanatics (pp. 85–6, 182, and Maqrīzī quoted
in the Appendix pp. 327–8), or fallen into decay (pp. 5, 87, 103–4). ↑
A. de la Jonquière, pp. 203, 213, 312. ↑
39
E. Charvériat: Histoire de la Guerre de Trente Ans, tome ii. pp. 615, 625. (Paris, 1878.) ↑
40
In Ioannis Evangelium Tractatus, xxv. § 10. ↑
41
C. Merivale: The Conversion of the Northern Nations, p. 102. (London, 1866.) ↑
42
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 62 (ll. 4, 6, 13). The learned Maronite, Yūsuf Simʻān al-
43
Simʻānī, in the eighteenth century, thus expressed his horror at such a concession to
Muslim sentiment: “Mahometi eiusque sectariorum laudes persequitur, et quod sine horrore dici
nequit, illius pseudo-prophetae nomen es adiuncto praeconio memorat, quo Mahometani solent,
nimirum عليه الّس الم.” (Assemani, tom. iii, pars. i. p. 585.) ↑
Mārī b. Sulaymān, p. 65 (l. 16). ↑
44
Methods of Mission Work among Moslems, p. 62. ↑
45
Id. pp. 61–4. ↑
46
Laurent, p. 131. ↑
47
Historia Rerum Anglicarum Willelmi Parvi de Newburgh, ed. Hans Claude
48
Hamilton, vol. ii. p. 158. (London, 1856.) ↑
Frederick Denison Maurice was giving expression to one of the most commonly received
49
opinions regarding this faith when he said, “It has been proved that Mahometanism can only
thrive while it is aiming at conquest.” (The Religions of the World, p. 28.) (Cambridge, 1852.) ↑
Page 492
[Contents]
Page 493
APPENDIX I.
Page 494
LETTER OF AL-HĀSHIMĪ INVITING AL-KINDĪ
TO EMBRACE ISLAM.
The following is the text of al-Hāshimī’s letter inviting al-Kindī to embrace
Islam:—“In the name of God, the Merciful, the Compassionate. I have
begun this letter with the salutation of peace and blessing after the fashion
of my lord and the lord of the prophets, Muḥammad, the Apostle of God
(may the peace and mercy of God be upon him!). For those trustworthy,
righteous and truthful persons who have handed down to us the traditions of
our Prophet (peace be upon him!) have related this tradition concerning him
that such was his habit and that whenever he began to converse with men he
would commence with the salutation of peace and blessing and made no
distinction of d͟ himmīs and illiterate, between Muslims and polytheists,
saying ‘I am sent to be kind and considerate to all men and not to deal
roughly or harshly with them,’ and quoting the words of God, ‘Verily God
is kind and merciful to believers.’ Likewise I have observed that those of
our K͟ halīfahs that I have met, followed the footsteps of their Prophet in
courtesy, nobility, graciousness and beneficence, and made no distinctions
in this matter and preferred none before another. So I have followed this
excellent way and have begun my letter with the salutation of peace and
blessing, that I be blamed of none who sees my letter.
“I have been guided therein by my affection towards you because my lord
and prophet, Muḥammad (may the peace and mercy of God be upon him!)
used to say that love of kinsmen is true piety and religion. So I have written
this to you in obedience to the Apostle of God (may the peace [429]and
mercy of God be upon him!), feeling bound to show gratitude for the
services you have done us, and because of the love and affection and
inclination that you show towards us, and because of the favour of my lord
and cousin the Commander of the Faithful (may God assist him!) towards
TO EMBRACE ISLAM.
The following is the text of al-Hāshimī’s letter inviting al-Kindī to embrace
Islam:—“In the name of God, the Merciful, the Compassionate. I have
begun this letter with the salutation of peace and blessing after the fashion
of my lord and the lord of the prophets, Muḥammad, the Apostle of God
(may the peace and mercy of God be upon him!). For those trustworthy,
righteous and truthful persons who have handed down to us the traditions of
our Prophet (peace be upon him!) have related this tradition concerning him
that such was his habit and that whenever he began to converse with men he
would commence with the salutation of peace and blessing and made no
distinction of d͟ himmīs and illiterate, between Muslims and polytheists,
saying ‘I am sent to be kind and considerate to all men and not to deal
roughly or harshly with them,’ and quoting the words of God, ‘Verily God
is kind and merciful to believers.’ Likewise I have observed that those of
our K͟ halīfahs that I have met, followed the footsteps of their Prophet in
courtesy, nobility, graciousness and beneficence, and made no distinctions
in this matter and preferred none before another. So I have followed this
excellent way and have begun my letter with the salutation of peace and
blessing, that I be blamed of none who sees my letter.
“I have been guided therein by my affection towards you because my lord
and prophet, Muḥammad (may the peace and mercy of God be upon him!)
used to say that love of kinsmen is true piety and religion. So I have written
this to you in obedience to the Apostle of God (may the peace [429]and
mercy of God be upon him!), feeling bound to show gratitude for the
services you have done us, and because of the love and affection and
inclination that you show towards us, and because of the favour of my lord
and cousin the Commander of the Faithful (may God assist him!) towards
Page 495
you and his trust in you and his praise of you. So in all sincerity desiring for
you what I desire for myself, my family and my parents, I will set forth the
religion that we hold, and that God has approved of for us and for all
creatures and for which He has promised a good reward in the end and
safety from punishment when unto Him we shall return.… So I have sought
to gain for you what I would gain for myself; and seeing your high moral
life, vast learning, nobility of character, your virtuous behaviour, lofty
qualities and your extensive influence over your co-religionists, I have had
compassion on you lest you should continue in your present faith. Therefore
I have determined to set before you what the favour of God has revealed to
us and to expound unto you our faith with good and gentle speech,
following the commandment of God, ‘Dispute not with the people of the
book except in the best way.’ (xxix. 45.) So I will discuss with you only in
words well-chosen, good and mild; perchance you may be aroused and
return to the true path and incline unto the words of the Most High God
which He has sent down to the last of the Prophets and lord of the children
of Adam, our Prophet Muḥammad (the peace and blessing of God be upon
him!). I have not despaired of success, but had hope of it for you from God
who showeth the right path to whomsoever He willeth, and I have prayed
that He may make me an instrument to this end. God in His perfect book
says ‘Verily the religion before God is Islam’ (iii. 17), and again,
confirming His first saying, ‘And whoso desireth any other religion than
Islam, it shall by no means therefore be accepted from him, and in the next
world he shall be among the lost’ (iii. 79), and again He confirms it
decisively, when He says, ‘O believers, fear God as He deserveth to be
feared; and die not without having become Muslims.’ (iii. 97.)
“And you know—(May God deliver you from the ignorance of unbelief and
open your heart to the light of faith!)—[430]that I am one over whom many
years have passed and I have sounded the depths of other faiths and
weighed them and studied many of their books especially your books.”
[Here he enumerates the chief books of the Old and New Testaments, and
explains how he has studied the various Christian sects.] “I have met with
you what I desire for myself, my family and my parents, I will set forth the
religion that we hold, and that God has approved of for us and for all
creatures and for which He has promised a good reward in the end and
safety from punishment when unto Him we shall return.… So I have sought
to gain for you what I would gain for myself; and seeing your high moral
life, vast learning, nobility of character, your virtuous behaviour, lofty
qualities and your extensive influence over your co-religionists, I have had
compassion on you lest you should continue in your present faith. Therefore
I have determined to set before you what the favour of God has revealed to
us and to expound unto you our faith with good and gentle speech,
following the commandment of God, ‘Dispute not with the people of the
book except in the best way.’ (xxix. 45.) So I will discuss with you only in
words well-chosen, good and mild; perchance you may be aroused and
return to the true path and incline unto the words of the Most High God
which He has sent down to the last of the Prophets and lord of the children
of Adam, our Prophet Muḥammad (the peace and blessing of God be upon
him!). I have not despaired of success, but had hope of it for you from God
who showeth the right path to whomsoever He willeth, and I have prayed
that He may make me an instrument to this end. God in His perfect book
says ‘Verily the religion before God is Islam’ (iii. 17), and again,
confirming His first saying, ‘And whoso desireth any other religion than
Islam, it shall by no means therefore be accepted from him, and in the next
world he shall be among the lost’ (iii. 79), and again He confirms it
decisively, when He says, ‘O believers, fear God as He deserveth to be
feared; and die not without having become Muslims.’ (iii. 97.)
“And you know—(May God deliver you from the ignorance of unbelief and
open your heart to the light of faith!)—[430]that I am one over whom many
years have passed and I have sounded the depths of other faiths and
weighed them and studied many of their books especially your books.”
[Here he enumerates the chief books of the Old and New Testaments, and
explains how he has studied the various Christian sects.] “I have met with
Page 496
many monks, famous for their austerities and vast knowledge, have visited
many churches and monasteries, and have attended their prayers.… I have
observed their extraordinary diligence, their kneeling and prostrations and
touching the ground with their cheeks and beating it with their foreheads
and humble bearing throughout their prayers, especially on Sunday and
Friday nights, and on their festivals when they keep watch all night standing
on their feet praising and glorifying God and confessing Him, and when
they spend the whole day standing in prayer, continually repeating the name
of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, and in the days of their retreats which
they call Holy Week when they stand barefooted in sackcloth and ashes,
with much weeping and shedding of tears continually, and wailing with
strange cries. I have seen also their sacrifices, with what cleanliness they
keep the bread for it, and the long prayers they recite with great humility
when they elevate it over the altar in the well-known church at Jerusalem
with those cups full of wine, and I have observed also the meditations of the
monks in their cells during their six fasts,—i.e. the four greater and the two
less, etc. On all such occasions I have been present and observant of the
people. Also I have visited their Metropolitans and Bishops, renowned for
their learning and their devotion to the Christian faith and extreme austerity
in the world, and have discussed with them impartially, seeking for the
truth, laying aside all contentiousness, ostentation of learning and
imperiousness in altercation and bitterness and pride of race. I have given
them opportunity to maintain their arguments and speak out their minds
without interruption or browbeating, as is done by the vulgar and illiterate
and foolish persons among our co-religionists who have no principle to
work up to or reasons on which to rest, or religious feeling or good manners
to restrain them from rudeness; their speech is but browbeating and proud
[431]altercation and they have no knowledge or arguments except taking
advantage of the rule of the government. Whenever I have held discussions
with them and asked them to speak freely as their reason, their creed and
their conclusion prompted, they have spoken openly and without deception
of any kind, and their inward feelings have been laid bare to me as plainly
as their outward appearance. So I have written at such length to you (may
many churches and monasteries, and have attended their prayers.… I have
observed their extraordinary diligence, their kneeling and prostrations and
touching the ground with their cheeks and beating it with their foreheads
and humble bearing throughout their prayers, especially on Sunday and
Friday nights, and on their festivals when they keep watch all night standing
on their feet praising and glorifying God and confessing Him, and when
they spend the whole day standing in prayer, continually repeating the name
of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, and in the days of their retreats which
they call Holy Week when they stand barefooted in sackcloth and ashes,
with much weeping and shedding of tears continually, and wailing with
strange cries. I have seen also their sacrifices, with what cleanliness they
keep the bread for it, and the long prayers they recite with great humility
when they elevate it over the altar in the well-known church at Jerusalem
with those cups full of wine, and I have observed also the meditations of the
monks in their cells during their six fasts,—i.e. the four greater and the two
less, etc. On all such occasions I have been present and observant of the
people. Also I have visited their Metropolitans and Bishops, renowned for
their learning and their devotion to the Christian faith and extreme austerity
in the world, and have discussed with them impartially, seeking for the
truth, laying aside all contentiousness, ostentation of learning and
imperiousness in altercation and bitterness and pride of race. I have given
them opportunity to maintain their arguments and speak out their minds
without interruption or browbeating, as is done by the vulgar and illiterate
and foolish persons among our co-religionists who have no principle to
work up to or reasons on which to rest, or religious feeling or good manners
to restrain them from rudeness; their speech is but browbeating and proud
[431]altercation and they have no knowledge or arguments except taking
advantage of the rule of the government. Whenever I have held discussions
with them and asked them to speak freely as their reason, their creed and
their conclusion prompted, they have spoken openly and without deception
of any kind, and their inward feelings have been laid bare to me as plainly
as their outward appearance. So I have written at such length to you (may
Page 497
God show you the better way!) after long consideration and profound
inquiry and investigation, so that none may suspect that I am ignorant of the
things whereof I write and that all into whose hands this letter may come,
may know that I have an accurate knowledge of the Christian faith.
“So, now (may God shower His blessings upon you!) with this knowledge
of your religion and so long-standing an affection (for you), I invite you to
accept the religion that God has chosen for me and I for myself, assuring
you entrance into Paradise and deliverance from Hell. And it is this,—You
shall worship the one God, the only God, the Eternal, He begetteth not,
neither is He begotten, who hath no consort and no son, and there is none
like unto Him. This is the attribute wherewith God has denominated
Himself, for none of His creatures could know Him better than He Himself.
I have invited you to the worship of this the One God, whose attribute is
such, and in this my letter I have added nothing to that wherewith He has
denominated Himself (high and exalted be His name above what they
associate with Him!). This is the religion of your father and our father,
Abraham (may the blessings of God rest upon him!), for he was a Ḥanīf and
Muslim.
“Then I invite you (may God have you in His keeping!) to bear witness and
acknowledge the prophetic mission of my lord and the lord of the sons of
Adam, and the chosen one of the God of all worlds and the seal of the
prophets, Muḥammad … sent by God with glad tidings and warnings to all
mankind. ‘He it is who hath sent His Apostle with the guidance and a
religion of the truth, that He may make it victorious over every other
religion, albeit they who assign partners to God be averse from it.’ (ix. 33.)
So he invited all men from the East and from the West, from land and sea,
from [432]mountain and from plain, with compassion and pity and good
words, with kindly manners and gentleness. Then all these people accepted
his invitation, bearing witness that he is the apostle of God, the Creator of
the worlds, to those who are willing to give heed to admonition. All gave
willing assent when they beheld the truth and faithfulness of his words, and
inquiry and investigation, so that none may suspect that I am ignorant of the
things whereof I write and that all into whose hands this letter may come,
may know that I have an accurate knowledge of the Christian faith.
“So, now (may God shower His blessings upon you!) with this knowledge
of your religion and so long-standing an affection (for you), I invite you to
accept the religion that God has chosen for me and I for myself, assuring
you entrance into Paradise and deliverance from Hell. And it is this,—You
shall worship the one God, the only God, the Eternal, He begetteth not,
neither is He begotten, who hath no consort and no son, and there is none
like unto Him. This is the attribute wherewith God has denominated
Himself, for none of His creatures could know Him better than He Himself.
I have invited you to the worship of this the One God, whose attribute is
such, and in this my letter I have added nothing to that wherewith He has
denominated Himself (high and exalted be His name above what they
associate with Him!). This is the religion of your father and our father,
Abraham (may the blessings of God rest upon him!), for he was a Ḥanīf and
Muslim.
“Then I invite you (may God have you in His keeping!) to bear witness and
acknowledge the prophetic mission of my lord and the lord of the sons of
Adam, and the chosen one of the God of all worlds and the seal of the
prophets, Muḥammad … sent by God with glad tidings and warnings to all
mankind. ‘He it is who hath sent His Apostle with the guidance and a
religion of the truth, that He may make it victorious over every other
religion, albeit they who assign partners to God be averse from it.’ (ix. 33.)
So he invited all men from the East and from the West, from land and sea,
from [432]mountain and from plain, with compassion and pity and good
words, with kindly manners and gentleness. Then all these people accepted
his invitation, bearing witness that he is the apostle of God, the Creator of
the worlds, to those who are willing to give heed to admonition. All gave
willing assent when they beheld the truth and faithfulness of his words, and
Page 498
sincerity of his purpose, and the clear argument and plain proof that he
brought, namely the book that was sent down to him from God, the like of
which cannot be produced by men or Jinns. ‘Say: Assuredly if mankind and
the Jinns should conspire to produce the like of this Qurʼān, they could not
produce its like, though the one should help the other.’ (xvii. 91.) And this is
sufficient proof of his mission. So he invited men to the worship of the One
God, the only God, the Self-sufficing, and they entered into his religion and
accepted his authority without being forced and without unwillingness, but
rather humbly acknowledging him and soliciting the light of his guidance,
and in his name becoming victorious over those who denied his divine
mission and rejected his message and scornfully entreated him. So God set
them up in the cities and subjected to them the necks of the nations of men,
except those who hearkened to them and accepted their religion and bore
witness to their faith, whereby their blood, their property and their honour
were safe and they were exempt from humbly paying jizyah.” [He then
enumerates the various ordinances of Islam, such as the five daily prayers,
the fast of Ramaḍān, Jihād; expounds the doctrine of the resurrection of the
dead and the last judgment, and recounts the joys of Paradise and the pains
of Hell.] “So I have admonished you: if you believe in this faith and accept
whatever is read to you from the revealed Word of God, then you will profit
from my admonition and my writing to you. But if you refuse and continue
in your unbelief and error and contend against the truth, I shall have my
reward, having fulfilled the commandment. And the truth will judge you.”
[He then enumerates various religious duties and privileges of the Muslim,
and concludes.] “So now in this my letter I have read to you the words of
the great and high God, which are the words of the Truth, whose promises
[433]cannot fail and in whose words there is no deceit. Then give up your
unbelief and error, of which God disapproves and which calls for
punishment, and speak no more of Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, these
words that you yourself admit to be so confusing: and give up the worship
of the cross which brings loss and no profit, for I wish you to turn away
from it, since your learning and nobility of soul are degraded thereby. For
the great and high God says: ‘Verily, God will not forgive the union of other
brought, namely the book that was sent down to him from God, the like of
which cannot be produced by men or Jinns. ‘Say: Assuredly if mankind and
the Jinns should conspire to produce the like of this Qurʼān, they could not
produce its like, though the one should help the other.’ (xvii. 91.) And this is
sufficient proof of his mission. So he invited men to the worship of the One
God, the only God, the Self-sufficing, and they entered into his religion and
accepted his authority without being forced and without unwillingness, but
rather humbly acknowledging him and soliciting the light of his guidance,
and in his name becoming victorious over those who denied his divine
mission and rejected his message and scornfully entreated him. So God set
them up in the cities and subjected to them the necks of the nations of men,
except those who hearkened to them and accepted their religion and bore
witness to their faith, whereby their blood, their property and their honour
were safe and they were exempt from humbly paying jizyah.” [He then
enumerates the various ordinances of Islam, such as the five daily prayers,
the fast of Ramaḍān, Jihād; expounds the doctrine of the resurrection of the
dead and the last judgment, and recounts the joys of Paradise and the pains
of Hell.] “So I have admonished you: if you believe in this faith and accept
whatever is read to you from the revealed Word of God, then you will profit
from my admonition and my writing to you. But if you refuse and continue
in your unbelief and error and contend against the truth, I shall have my
reward, having fulfilled the commandment. And the truth will judge you.”
[He then enumerates various religious duties and privileges of the Muslim,
and concludes.] “So now in this my letter I have read to you the words of
the great and high God, which are the words of the Truth, whose promises
[433]cannot fail and in whose words there is no deceit. Then give up your
unbelief and error, of which God disapproves and which calls for
punishment, and speak no more of Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, these
words that you yourself admit to be so confusing: and give up the worship
of the cross which brings loss and no profit, for I wish you to turn away
from it, since your learning and nobility of soul are degraded thereby. For
the great and high God says: ‘Verily, God will not forgive the union of other
Page 499
gods with Himself; but other than this will He forgive to whom He pleaseth.
And whoso uniteth gods with God, hath devised a great wickedness.’ (iv.
51.) And again: ‘Surely now are they infidels who say, “God is the Messiah,
Son of Mary;” for the Messiah said, “O children of Israel! worship God, my
Lord and your Lord.” Verily, those who join other gods with God, God doth
exclude from Paradise, and their abode the Fire; and for the wicked no
helpers! They surely are infidels who say, “God is a third of three:” for
there is no god but one God; and if they refrain not from what they say, a
grievous chastisement shall assuredly befall such of them as believe not.
Will they not, therefore, turn unto God, and ask pardon of Him? since God
is Forgiving, Merciful! The Messiah, Son of Mary, is but an Apostle; other
Apostles have flourished before him; and his mother was a just person; they
both ate food.’ (v. 76–9.) Then leave this path of error and this long and
stubborn clinging to your religion and those burdensome and wearisome
fasts which are a constant trouble to you and are of no use or profit and
produce nothing but weariness of body and torment of soul. Embrace this
faith and take this, the right and easy path, the true faith, the ample law and
the way that God has chosen for His favoured ones and to which He has
invited the people of all religions, that He may show His kindness and
favour to them by guiding them into the true path by means of His
guidance, and fill up the measure of His goodness unto men.
“So I have advised you and paid the debt of friendship and sincere love, for
I have desired to take you to myself, that you and I may be of the same
opinion and the same faith, for I have found my Lord saying in his perfect
Book: [434]‘Verily the unbelievers among the people of the Book and among
the polytheists, shall go into the fire of Hell to abide therein for ever. Of all
creatures they are the worst. But they verily who believe and do the things
that are right—these of all creatures are the best. Their recompense with
their Lord shall be gardens of Eden, ’neath which the rivers flow, in which
they shall abide for evermore. God is well pleased with them, and they with
Him. This, for him who feareth his Lord.’ (xcviii. 5–8.) ‘Ye are the best folk
that hath been raised up for mankind. Ye enjoin what is just, and ye forbid
And whoso uniteth gods with God, hath devised a great wickedness.’ (iv.
51.) And again: ‘Surely now are they infidels who say, “God is the Messiah,
Son of Mary;” for the Messiah said, “O children of Israel! worship God, my
Lord and your Lord.” Verily, those who join other gods with God, God doth
exclude from Paradise, and their abode the Fire; and for the wicked no
helpers! They surely are infidels who say, “God is a third of three:” for
there is no god but one God; and if they refrain not from what they say, a
grievous chastisement shall assuredly befall such of them as believe not.
Will they not, therefore, turn unto God, and ask pardon of Him? since God
is Forgiving, Merciful! The Messiah, Son of Mary, is but an Apostle; other
Apostles have flourished before him; and his mother was a just person; they
both ate food.’ (v. 76–9.) Then leave this path of error and this long and
stubborn clinging to your religion and those burdensome and wearisome
fasts which are a constant trouble to you and are of no use or profit and
produce nothing but weariness of body and torment of soul. Embrace this
faith and take this, the right and easy path, the true faith, the ample law and
the way that God has chosen for His favoured ones and to which He has
invited the people of all religions, that He may show His kindness and
favour to them by guiding them into the true path by means of His
guidance, and fill up the measure of His goodness unto men.
“So I have advised you and paid the debt of friendship and sincere love, for
I have desired to take you to myself, that you and I may be of the same
opinion and the same faith, for I have found my Lord saying in his perfect
Book: [434]‘Verily the unbelievers among the people of the Book and among
the polytheists, shall go into the fire of Hell to abide therein for ever. Of all
creatures they are the worst. But they verily who believe and do the things
that are right—these of all creatures are the best. Their recompense with
their Lord shall be gardens of Eden, ’neath which the rivers flow, in which
they shall abide for evermore. God is well pleased with them, and they with
Him. This, for him who feareth his Lord.’ (xcviii. 5–8.) ‘Ye are the best folk
that hath been raised up for mankind. Ye enjoin what is just, and ye forbid
Page 500
what is evil, and ye believe in God: and if the people of the book had
believed, it had surely been better for them. Believers there are among
them, but most of them are disobedient.’ (iii. 106.) So I have had
compassion upon you lest you might be among the people of Hell who are
the worst of all creatures, and I have hoped that by the grace of God you
may become one of the true believers with whom God is well pleased and
they with Him, and they are the best of all creatures, and I have hoped that
you will join yourself to that religion which is the best of the religions
raised up for men. But if you refuse and persist in your obstinacy,
contentiousness and ignorance, your infidelity and error, and if you reject
my words and refuse the sincere advice I have offered you (without looking
for any thanks or reward)—then write whatever you wish to say about your
religion, all that you hold to be true and established by strong proof, without
any fear or apprehension, without curtailment of your proofs or
concealment of your beliefs; for I purpose only to listen patiently to your
arguments and to yield to and acknowledge all that is convincing therein,
submitting willingly without refusing or rejecting or fear, in order that I
may compare your account and mine. You are free to set forth your case;
bring forward no plea that fear prevented you from making your arguments
complete and that you had to put a bridle on your tongue, so that you could
not freely express your arguments. So now you are free to bring forward all
your arguments, that you may not accuse me of pride, injustice or partiality:
for that is far from me.
“Therefore bring forward all the arguments you wish and [435]say whatever
you please and speak your mind freely. Now that you are safe and free to
say whatever you please, appoint some arbitrator who will impartially judge
between us and lean only towards the truth and be free from the empery of
passion: and that arbitrator shall be Reason, whereby God makes us
responsible for our own rewards and punishments. Herein I have dealt
justly with you and have given you full security and am ready to accept
whatever decision Reason may give for me or against me. For ‘there is no
compulsion in religion’ (ii. 257) and I have only invited you to accept our
believed, it had surely been better for them. Believers there are among
them, but most of them are disobedient.’ (iii. 106.) So I have had
compassion upon you lest you might be among the people of Hell who are
the worst of all creatures, and I have hoped that by the grace of God you
may become one of the true believers with whom God is well pleased and
they with Him, and they are the best of all creatures, and I have hoped that
you will join yourself to that religion which is the best of the religions
raised up for men. But if you refuse and persist in your obstinacy,
contentiousness and ignorance, your infidelity and error, and if you reject
my words and refuse the sincere advice I have offered you (without looking
for any thanks or reward)—then write whatever you wish to say about your
religion, all that you hold to be true and established by strong proof, without
any fear or apprehension, without curtailment of your proofs or
concealment of your beliefs; for I purpose only to listen patiently to your
arguments and to yield to and acknowledge all that is convincing therein,
submitting willingly without refusing or rejecting or fear, in order that I
may compare your account and mine. You are free to set forth your case;
bring forward no plea that fear prevented you from making your arguments
complete and that you had to put a bridle on your tongue, so that you could
not freely express your arguments. So now you are free to bring forward all
your arguments, that you may not accuse me of pride, injustice or partiality:
for that is far from me.
“Therefore bring forward all the arguments you wish and [435]say whatever
you please and speak your mind freely. Now that you are safe and free to
say whatever you please, appoint some arbitrator who will impartially judge
between us and lean only towards the truth and be free from the empery of
passion: and that arbitrator shall be Reason, whereby God makes us
responsible for our own rewards and punishments. Herein I have dealt
justly with you and have given you full security and am ready to accept
whatever decision Reason may give for me or against me. For ‘there is no
compulsion in religion’ (ii. 257) and I have only invited you to accept our
Page 501
faith willingly and of your own accord and have pointed out the
hideousness of your present belief. Peace be with you and the mercy and
blessings of God!”
There can be very little doubt but that this document has come down to us
in an imperfect condition and has suffered mutilation at the hands of
Christian copyists: the almost entire absence of any refutation of such
distinctively Christian doctrines as that of the Blessed Trinity, and the
references to such attacks to be found in al-Kindī’s reply, certainly indicate
the excision of such passages as might have given offence to Christian
readers. 1 [436]
Similarly, the Spanish editor of the controversial letters that passed between Alvar and “the
1
transgressor” (a Christian convert to Judaism), adds the following note after Epist. xv.:
“Quatuordecim in hac pagina ita abrasae sunt liniae, ut nec verbum unum legi possit. Folium
subsequens exsecuit possessor codicis, ne transgressoris deliramenta legerentur.” (Migne, Patr. Lat.,
tom. cxxi. p. 483.) ↑
[Contents]
hideousness of your present belief. Peace be with you and the mercy and
blessings of God!”
There can be very little doubt but that this document has come down to us
in an imperfect condition and has suffered mutilation at the hands of
Christian copyists: the almost entire absence of any refutation of such
distinctively Christian doctrines as that of the Blessed Trinity, and the
references to such attacks to be found in al-Kindī’s reply, certainly indicate
the excision of such passages as might have given offence to Christian
readers. 1 [436]
Similarly, the Spanish editor of the controversial letters that passed between Alvar and “the
1
transgressor” (a Christian convert to Judaism), adds the following note after Epist. xv.:
“Quatuordecim in hac pagina ita abrasae sunt liniae, ut nec verbum unum legi possit. Folium
subsequens exsecuit possessor codicis, ne transgressoris deliramenta legerentur.” (Migne, Patr. Lat.,
tom. cxxi. p. 483.) ↑
[Contents]
Page 502
APPENDIX II.
Page 503
CONTROVERSIAL LITERATURE BETWEEN
MUSLIMS AND THE FOLLOWERS OF OTHER
FAITHS.
Although Islam has had no organised system of propaganda, no tract
societies or similar agencies of missionary work, there has been no lack of
reasoned presentments of the faith to unbelievers, particularly to Christians
and Jews. Of these it is not proposed to give a detailed account here, but it
is of importance to draw attention to their existence if only to remove the
wide-spread misconception that mass conversion is the prevailing
characteristic of the spread of Islam and that individual conviction has
formed no part of the propagandist schemes of the Muslim missionary. The
beginnings of Muhammadan controversy against unbelievers are to be
found in the Qurʼān itself, but from the ninth century of the Christian era
begins a long series of systematic treatises of Muhammadan Apologetics,
which has been actively continued to the present day. The number of such
works directed against the Christian faith has been far more numerous than
the Christian refutations of Islam, and some of the ablest of Muslim
thinkers have employed their pens in their composition, e.g. Abū Yūsuf b.
Isḥāq al-Kindī (a.d. 813–873), al-Masʻūdī (ob. a.d. 958), Ibn Ḥazm (a.d.
994–1064), al-G͟ hazālī (ob. a.d. 1111), etc. It is interesting also to note that
several renegades have written apologies for their change of faith and in
defence of the Muslim creed, e.g. Ibn Jazlah in the eleventh century, Yūsuf
al-Lubnānī and Shayk͟ h Ziyādah b. Yaḥyạ̄ in the thirteenth, ʻAbd Allāh b.
ʻAbd Allāh in the fifteenth, Darwesh ʻAlī in the sixteenth, Aḥmad b. ʻAbd
Allāh, an Englishman born at Cambridge, in the seventeenth century, etc.
These latter were all Christians before their conversion, [437]but Jewish
renegades also, though fewer in number, have been among the apologists of
Islam. In India, besides many Muhammadan books written against the
MUSLIMS AND THE FOLLOWERS OF OTHER
FAITHS.
Although Islam has had no organised system of propaganda, no tract
societies or similar agencies of missionary work, there has been no lack of
reasoned presentments of the faith to unbelievers, particularly to Christians
and Jews. Of these it is not proposed to give a detailed account here, but it
is of importance to draw attention to their existence if only to remove the
wide-spread misconception that mass conversion is the prevailing
characteristic of the spread of Islam and that individual conviction has
formed no part of the propagandist schemes of the Muslim missionary. The
beginnings of Muhammadan controversy against unbelievers are to be
found in the Qurʼān itself, but from the ninth century of the Christian era
begins a long series of systematic treatises of Muhammadan Apologetics,
which has been actively continued to the present day. The number of such
works directed against the Christian faith has been far more numerous than
the Christian refutations of Islam, and some of the ablest of Muslim
thinkers have employed their pens in their composition, e.g. Abū Yūsuf b.
Isḥāq al-Kindī (a.d. 813–873), al-Masʻūdī (ob. a.d. 958), Ibn Ḥazm (a.d.
994–1064), al-G͟ hazālī (ob. a.d. 1111), etc. It is interesting also to note that
several renegades have written apologies for their change of faith and in
defence of the Muslim creed, e.g. Ibn Jazlah in the eleventh century, Yūsuf
al-Lubnānī and Shayk͟ h Ziyādah b. Yaḥyạ̄ in the thirteenth, ʻAbd Allāh b.
ʻAbd Allāh in the fifteenth, Darwesh ʻAlī in the sixteenth, Aḥmad b. ʻAbd
Allāh, an Englishman born at Cambridge, in the seventeenth century, etc.
These latter were all Christians before their conversion, [437]but Jewish
renegades also, though fewer in number, have been among the apologists of
Islam. In India, besides many Muhammadan books written against the
Page 504
Christian religion, there is an enormous number of controversial works
against Hinduism: as to whether the Muhammadans have been equally
active in other heathen countries, I have no information.
The reader will find a vast store of information on Muslim controversial
literature in the following writings: Moritz Steinschneider: Polemische und
apologetische Litteratur in arabischer Sprache, zwischen Muslimen,
Christen und Juden. (Leipzig, 1877); Ignaz Goldziher: Über
Muhammedanische Polemik gegen Ahl al-kitâb (Z.D.M.G., vol. 32, p. 341
ff. 1878); Martin Schreiner: Zur Geschichte der Polemik zwischen Juden
und Muhammedanern (Z.D.M.G., vol. 42, p. 591 ff. 1888); W. A. Shedd:
Islam and the Oriental Churches, pp. 252–3; Carl Güterbock: Der Islam in
Lichte der byzantinischen Polemik. (Berlin, 1912.) [438]
[Contents]
against Hinduism: as to whether the Muhammadans have been equally
active in other heathen countries, I have no information.
The reader will find a vast store of information on Muslim controversial
literature in the following writings: Moritz Steinschneider: Polemische und
apologetische Litteratur in arabischer Sprache, zwischen Muslimen,
Christen und Juden. (Leipzig, 1877); Ignaz Goldziher: Über
Muhammedanische Polemik gegen Ahl al-kitâb (Z.D.M.G., vol. 32, p. 341
ff. 1878); Martin Schreiner: Zur Geschichte der Polemik zwischen Juden
und Muhammedanern (Z.D.M.G., vol. 42, p. 591 ff. 1888); W. A. Shedd:
Islam and the Oriental Churches, pp. 252–3; Carl Güterbock: Der Islam in
Lichte der byzantinischen Polemik. (Berlin, 1912.) [438]
[Contents]
Page 505
APPENDIX III.
Page 506
MUSLIM MISSIONARY SOCIETIES.
The formation of societies for carrying on a propaganda in an organised and
systematic manner is a recent development in the missionary history of
Islam—as indeed it is comparatively recent in the history of Christian
missions. Such Muslim missionary societies would appear to have been
formed in conscious imitation of similar organisations in the Christian
world, and are not in themselves the most characteristic expressions of the
missionary spirit in Islam. In the Western world there is very little to note.
No attempt seems to have been made to form such a society before the
latter half of the nineteenth century, and the earliest efforts were attended
with little success. When H. M. Stanley in 1875 urged in the English Press
the sending of a Christian mission to King Mutesa of Uganda, the wide-
spread attention paid to his appeal led to the formation of a missionary
society in Constantinople for the propagation of Islam in that country, but
no Muhammadan missionaries were ever sent to Uganda, and the outbreak
of the Russo-Turkish war in 1878 diverted the attention of the Turks from
any such enterprise. 1 A similar failure to establish organised missionary
effort was manifested when the Anglo-Egyptian Government of the Sudan
marked out zones of influence for various Christian missionary societies in
districts the natives of which were heathen; some Muslims of Cairo claimed
that a part of the territory should be allotted to the followers of Islam;
whereupon the Government replied that all they had to do was to send the
missionaries and the same facilities would be afforded to them as to the
Christian missionaries; but the necessary organisation was lacking and the
matter was allowed to drop. 2 In 1910 Shayk͟ h Rashīd, the editor of al-
Manār, founded a missionary society in Cairo, the object of which is to
establish a college (entitled Dār al-daʻwah [439]waʼl-irshād) for the training
of missionaries and apologists for Islam, who are to be sent primarily into
heathen and Christian lands, but also into those Muhammadan countries in
The formation of societies for carrying on a propaganda in an organised and
systematic manner is a recent development in the missionary history of
Islam—as indeed it is comparatively recent in the history of Christian
missions. Such Muslim missionary societies would appear to have been
formed in conscious imitation of similar organisations in the Christian
world, and are not in themselves the most characteristic expressions of the
missionary spirit in Islam. In the Western world there is very little to note.
No attempt seems to have been made to form such a society before the
latter half of the nineteenth century, and the earliest efforts were attended
with little success. When H. M. Stanley in 1875 urged in the English Press
the sending of a Christian mission to King Mutesa of Uganda, the wide-
spread attention paid to his appeal led to the formation of a missionary
society in Constantinople for the propagation of Islam in that country, but
no Muhammadan missionaries were ever sent to Uganda, and the outbreak
of the Russo-Turkish war in 1878 diverted the attention of the Turks from
any such enterprise. 1 A similar failure to establish organised missionary
effort was manifested when the Anglo-Egyptian Government of the Sudan
marked out zones of influence for various Christian missionary societies in
districts the natives of which were heathen; some Muslims of Cairo claimed
that a part of the territory should be allotted to the followers of Islam;
whereupon the Government replied that all they had to do was to send the
missionaries and the same facilities would be afforded to them as to the
Christian missionaries; but the necessary organisation was lacking and the
matter was allowed to drop. 2 In 1910 Shayk͟ h Rashīd, the editor of al-
Manār, founded a missionary society in Cairo, the object of which is to
establish a college (entitled Dār al-daʻwah [439]waʼl-irshād) for the training
of missionaries and apologists for Islam, who are to be sent primarily into
heathen and Christian lands, but also into those Muhammadan countries in
Page 507
which attempts are being made to induce the Muhammadans to abandon
their faith. 3
But it is in India that there has been the greatest expansion of such
organisations. One of the best organised of these is probably the Anjuman
Ḥimāyat-i-Islām of Lahore, but propagandist work forms only a small part
of the wide field of its activities and it cannot therefore be described as a
missionary society pure and simple. The original purpose for which the
Anjuman Ḥāmī Islām of Ajmer was founded was to answer the objections
urged against Islam by the members of the Ārya Samāj, but it included
among its objects the preaching of Islam and the providing of food and
clothing to new converts. 4 The Anjuman Waʻz̤ -i-Islām, as its name denotes,
concentrated its efforts on the preaching of Islam, and, while Mawlavī Baqā
Ḥusayn K͟ hān (p. 283) was its Secretary, published lists of the converts
gained—as did also the Anjuman-i-Islām and the Anjuman Tablīg͟ h-i-Islām
(which aimed at the conversion of the Hindu untouchables) established in
Ḥaydarabad (Deccan), but it does not appear that either of these societies
continues to exist. 5 Among the societies that have been established in the
twentieth century are the Madrasa Ilāhiyyāt at Cawnpore, for the training of
missionaries and the publication of tracts in defence of Islam and in
refutation of attacks made upon it; and the Anjuman Ishāʻat wa Taʻlīm-i-
Islām at Baṭālah in the Panjāb, with similar objects. But the largest of these
organisations is the Anjuman Hidāyat al-Islām of Dehlī, to which as many
as twenty-four other societies, 6 in various parts of India, are affiliated; this
Anjuman sends out missionaries to preach the doctrines of Islam and to
hold controversies with non-Muslims, and publishes controversial literature,
especially in refutation of the attacks made by the members of the Ārya
Samāj. [440]
Richter, pp. 164–5. ↑
1
Artin, p. 35. ↑
2
The Moslem World, vol. i. p. 441.
3
R. du M. M., vol. xv. p. 374; vol. xviii. pp. 216, 224. ↑
their faith. 3
But it is in India that there has been the greatest expansion of such
organisations. One of the best organised of these is probably the Anjuman
Ḥimāyat-i-Islām of Lahore, but propagandist work forms only a small part
of the wide field of its activities and it cannot therefore be described as a
missionary society pure and simple. The original purpose for which the
Anjuman Ḥāmī Islām of Ajmer was founded was to answer the objections
urged against Islam by the members of the Ārya Samāj, but it included
among its objects the preaching of Islam and the providing of food and
clothing to new converts. 4 The Anjuman Waʻz̤ -i-Islām, as its name denotes,
concentrated its efforts on the preaching of Islam, and, while Mawlavī Baqā
Ḥusayn K͟ hān (p. 283) was its Secretary, published lists of the converts
gained—as did also the Anjuman-i-Islām and the Anjuman Tablīg͟ h-i-Islām
(which aimed at the conversion of the Hindu untouchables) established in
Ḥaydarabad (Deccan), but it does not appear that either of these societies
continues to exist. 5 Among the societies that have been established in the
twentieth century are the Madrasa Ilāhiyyāt at Cawnpore, for the training of
missionaries and the publication of tracts in defence of Islam and in
refutation of attacks made upon it; and the Anjuman Ishāʻat wa Taʻlīm-i-
Islām at Baṭālah in the Panjāb, with similar objects. But the largest of these
organisations is the Anjuman Hidāyat al-Islām of Dehlī, to which as many
as twenty-four other societies, 6 in various parts of India, are affiliated; this
Anjuman sends out missionaries to preach the doctrines of Islam and to
hold controversies with non-Muslims, and publishes controversial literature,
especially in refutation of the attacks made by the members of the Ārya
Samāj. [440]
Richter, pp. 164–5. ↑
1
Artin, p. 35. ↑
2
The Moslem World, vol. i. p. 441.
3
R. du M. M., vol. xv. p. 374; vol. xviii. pp. 216, 224. ↑
Page 508
Rajputana Herald, April 17, 1889. ↑
4
Mohammedan World of To-day, p. 183. ↑
5
A list of these is given on p. 19 of the Annual Report for the year 1328 H. ↑
6
[Contents]
4
Mohammedan World of To-day, p. 183. ↑
5
A list of these is given on p. 19 of the Annual Report for the year 1328 H. ↑
6
[Contents]
Page 509
TITLES OF WORKS CITED BY ABBREVIATED
REFERENCES.
(The Titles, etc., of books quoted once only, are given in full in the foot-
notes.)
Aa (P. J. B. Robidé van der): Reizen naar Nederlandsch Nieuw-Guinea, met
Geschied- en Aardrijkskundige Toelichtingen. (The Hague, 1879.)
ʻAbd al-Razzāq al-Samarqandi: Maṭlaʻ al-saʻdayn wa majmaʻ al-baḥrayn.
(India Office MS. No. 2704.)
Abh. f. d. K. d. M. hrsg. v. d. D. M. G.: Abhandlungen für die Kunde des
Morgenlandes, herausgegeben von der Deutschen Morgenländischen
Gesellschaft. (Leipzig.)
Abu’l-Fidā: Géographie d’Aboulféda, traduite par M. Reinaud. (Paris,
1848.)
Abu’l-G͟ hāzī: Histoire des Mogols et des Tartares par Aboul-Ghâzi
Behâdour Khan, traduite par le Baron Desmaisons. (St. Petersburg, 1871–
4.)
Abū Ṣāliḥ: The Churches and Monasteries of Egypt, edited and translated
by B. T. A. Evetts. (Oxford, 1895.)
Abū Shāmah: Arabische Quellenbeiträge zur Geschichte der Kreuzzüge
übersetzt und herausgegeben von E. P. Goergens und R. Röhricht. Erster
Band: Zur Geschichte Ṣalâḥ ad-dîn’s. (Berlin, 1879.)
REFERENCES.
(The Titles, etc., of books quoted once only, are given in full in the foot-
notes.)
Aa (P. J. B. Robidé van der): Reizen naar Nederlandsch Nieuw-Guinea, met
Geschied- en Aardrijkskundige Toelichtingen. (The Hague, 1879.)
ʻAbd al-Razzāq al-Samarqandi: Maṭlaʻ al-saʻdayn wa majmaʻ al-baḥrayn.
(India Office MS. No. 2704.)
Abh. f. d. K. d. M. hrsg. v. d. D. M. G.: Abhandlungen für die Kunde des
Morgenlandes, herausgegeben von der Deutschen Morgenländischen
Gesellschaft. (Leipzig.)
Abu’l-Fidā: Géographie d’Aboulféda, traduite par M. Reinaud. (Paris,
1848.)
Abu’l-G͟ hāzī: Histoire des Mogols et des Tartares par Aboul-Ghâzi
Behâdour Khan, traduite par le Baron Desmaisons. (St. Petersburg, 1871–
4.)
Abū Ṣāliḥ: The Churches and Monasteries of Egypt, edited and translated
by B. T. A. Evetts. (Oxford, 1895.)
Abū Shāmah: Arabische Quellenbeiträge zur Geschichte der Kreuzzüge
übersetzt und herausgegeben von E. P. Goergens und R. Röhricht. Erster
Band: Zur Geschichte Ṣalâḥ ad-dîn’s. (Berlin, 1879.)
Page 510
Abū ʻUbayd al-Bakrī: Fragments de géographes et d’historiens Arabes et
Persans inédits, relatifs aux anciens peuples du Caucase et de la Russie
méridionale, traduits par C. Defrémery. (J. A. ivme série. Tome xiii, 1849.)
Abū Yūsuf: Kitāb al-K͟ harāj. (Cairo, a.h. 1302.)
Adeney (W. F.): The Greek and Eastern Churches. (Edinburgh, 1908.)
Aḥmad b. Yaḥyạ̄ b. al-Murtaḍạ̄: Al-Muʻtazilah, being an extract from the
Kitāb al-Milal waʼl-Niḥal, edited by T. W. Arnold. (Leipzig, 1902.)
Allégret (E.): L’Islamisme en Afrique. (Revue Chrétienne, iiime sér., tome
xiv. (Paris, 1901.))
Alvar: (1) Alvari Cordubensis Epistolae. (Migne, Patr. Lat. tom. cxxi.)
——
(2) Indiculus Luminosus. (id. ib.)
Alvarez: Viaggio nella Ethiopia al Prete Ianni fatto par Don Francesco
Alvarez Portughese. (1520–27.) (Ramusio, Tom. i.)
Amari (Michele): Storia dei Musulmani di Sicilia. (Florence, 1854–72.)
Amélineau (E.): Étude sur le Christianisme en Égypte au septième siècle.
(Paris, 1887.)
ʻAmr b. Mattai: Maris, Amri et Slibae De Patriarchis Nestorianorum
Commentaria, ed. Henricus Gismondi. Pars Altera. (Romae, 1896.) [441]
Anderson (John): Chinese Mohammedans. (Journal of the Anthropological
Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, vol. i. London, 1872.)
Andriessen (W. F.): De Islam in Nederlandsch Indië. (Vragen van den Dag.
Amsterdam, 1889.)
Persans inédits, relatifs aux anciens peuples du Caucase et de la Russie
méridionale, traduits par C. Defrémery. (J. A. ivme série. Tome xiii, 1849.)
Abū Yūsuf: Kitāb al-K͟ harāj. (Cairo, a.h. 1302.)
Adeney (W. F.): The Greek and Eastern Churches. (Edinburgh, 1908.)
Aḥmad b. Yaḥyạ̄ b. al-Murtaḍạ̄: Al-Muʻtazilah, being an extract from the
Kitāb al-Milal waʼl-Niḥal, edited by T. W. Arnold. (Leipzig, 1902.)
Allégret (E.): L’Islamisme en Afrique. (Revue Chrétienne, iiime sér., tome
xiv. (Paris, 1901.))
Alvar: (1) Alvari Cordubensis Epistolae. (Migne, Patr. Lat. tom. cxxi.)
——
(2) Indiculus Luminosus. (id. ib.)
Alvarez: Viaggio nella Ethiopia al Prete Ianni fatto par Don Francesco
Alvarez Portughese. (1520–27.) (Ramusio, Tom. i.)
Amari (Michele): Storia dei Musulmani di Sicilia. (Florence, 1854–72.)
Amélineau (E.): Étude sur le Christianisme en Égypte au septième siècle.
(Paris, 1887.)
ʻAmr b. Mattai: Maris, Amri et Slibae De Patriarchis Nestorianorum
Commentaria, ed. Henricus Gismondi. Pars Altera. (Romae, 1896.) [441]
Anderson (John): Chinese Mohammedans. (Journal of the Anthropological
Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, vol. i. London, 1872.)
Andriessen (W. F.): De Islam in Nederlandsch Indië. (Vragen van den Dag.
Amsterdam, 1889.)
Page 511
ʻArabfaqīh: Histoire de la conquête de l’Abyssinie (XVIe siècle) par Chihab
ed-did Aḥmed ben ʻAbd el-Qâder surnommé Arab-Faqih. Texte arabe
publié par René Basset. (Paris, 1897–1909.)
Argensola (B. Leonardo de): Conquista de las Islas Malucas. (Madrid,
1609.)
Arminjon (Pierre): Étrangers et protégés dans l’empire ottoman. (Paris,
1903.)
Artin (Yacoub Pasha): England in the Sudan, translated by George Robb.
(London, 1911.)
Asboth (J. de): An official tour through Bosnia and Herzegovina. (London,
1890.)
Assemani (J. S.): Bibliotheca Orientalis Clementino-Vaticana. (Rome,
1719–28.)
Azdī: Futūḥ al-Shām by Muḥammad ibn ʻAbd Allāh al-Azdī al-Baṣrī, edited
by W. N. Lees. (Calcutta, 1854.)
Bahā al-Dīn: Vita et res gestae Saladini, auctore Bohadino filio Sjeddadi.
Edidit A. Schultens. (Lugduni Batavorum, 1732.)
Balād͟ hurī: Liber Expugnationis Regionum, auctore Imámo Ahmed ibn
Jahja ibn Djábir al-Beládsorí, ed. M. J. de Goeje. (Leiden, 1866.)
Barbaro: Viaggio di Iosafa Barbaro nella Persia. (Ramusio, Tom. ii.)
Barbier de Meynard (A. C.): Un document turc sur la Circassie. (Centenaire
de l’École des Langues Orientales Vivantes. Recueil de Mémoires publié
par les Professeurs de l’École. Paris, 1895.)
ed-did Aḥmed ben ʻAbd el-Qâder surnommé Arab-Faqih. Texte arabe
publié par René Basset. (Paris, 1897–1909.)
Argensola (B. Leonardo de): Conquista de las Islas Malucas. (Madrid,
1609.)
Arminjon (Pierre): Étrangers et protégés dans l’empire ottoman. (Paris,
1903.)
Artin (Yacoub Pasha): England in the Sudan, translated by George Robb.
(London, 1911.)
Asboth (J. de): An official tour through Bosnia and Herzegovina. (London,
1890.)
Assemani (J. S.): Bibliotheca Orientalis Clementino-Vaticana. (Rome,
1719–28.)
Azdī: Futūḥ al-Shām by Muḥammad ibn ʻAbd Allāh al-Azdī al-Baṣrī, edited
by W. N. Lees. (Calcutta, 1854.)
Bahā al-Dīn: Vita et res gestae Saladini, auctore Bohadino filio Sjeddadi.
Edidit A. Schultens. (Lugduni Batavorum, 1732.)
Balād͟ hurī: Liber Expugnationis Regionum, auctore Imámo Ahmed ibn
Jahja ibn Djábir al-Beládsorí, ed. M. J. de Goeje. (Leiden, 1866.)
Barbaro: Viaggio di Iosafa Barbaro nella Persia. (Ramusio, Tom. ii.)
Barbier de Meynard (A. C.): Un document turc sur la Circassie. (Centenaire
de l’École des Langues Orientales Vivantes. Recueil de Mémoires publié
par les Professeurs de l’École. Paris, 1895.)
Page 512
Barbosa (Odoardo): Libro di Odoardo Barbosa Portoghese dell’Indie
Orientali, 1516. (Ramusio, Tom. i.)
Barhebræus: (1) Gregorii Barhebraei Chronicon Ecclesiasticum, ed. J. B.
Abbeloos et T. J. Lamy. (Louvain, 1872–77.)
—— (2) Abu’l-Faraj, Taʼrīk͟ h Muk͟ htaṣar al-Duwal, ed. A. Ṣāliḥānī. (Bairut,
1890.)
—— (3) Gregorii Abulpharagii sive Bar-Hebraei Chronicon Syriacum, ed.
et vert. P. J. Bruns et G. G. Kirsch. (Lipsiae, 1789.)
Barros (J. de): Da Asia. (Lisbon, 1777–8.)
Basset (René): Études sur l’Histoire d’Éthiopie. (Paris, 1882.)
Bastian (A.): Die Völker des östlichen Asien. (Leipzig, 1866.)
Baudier (Michel): Histoire Générale de la Religion des Turcs. (Rouen,
1641.)
Baudissin (W. W. Graf von): Eulogius und Alvar. Ein Abschnitt spanischer
Kirchengeschichte aus der Zeit der Maurenherrschaft. (Leipzig, 1872.)
Baumgarten (Martin): The travels of. (A Collection of Voyages and Travels.
London, 1752.)
Becker (C. H.): (1) Materialien zur Kenntnis des Islam in Deutsch-
Ostafrika. (Der Islam, vol. ii. Strassburg, 1911.)
—— (2) Papyri Schott-Reinhardt I., herausgegeben und erklärt.
(Veröffentlichungen aus der Heidelberger Papyrus-Sammlung, iii.)
(Heidelberg, 1906.)
—— (3) Zur Geschichte des östlichen Sūdān. (Der Islam, vol. i. Strassburg,
1910.) [442]
Orientali, 1516. (Ramusio, Tom. i.)
Barhebræus: (1) Gregorii Barhebraei Chronicon Ecclesiasticum, ed. J. B.
Abbeloos et T. J. Lamy. (Louvain, 1872–77.)
—— (2) Abu’l-Faraj, Taʼrīk͟ h Muk͟ htaṣar al-Duwal, ed. A. Ṣāliḥānī. (Bairut,
1890.)
—— (3) Gregorii Abulpharagii sive Bar-Hebraei Chronicon Syriacum, ed.
et vert. P. J. Bruns et G. G. Kirsch. (Lipsiae, 1789.)
Barros (J. de): Da Asia. (Lisbon, 1777–8.)
Basset (René): Études sur l’Histoire d’Éthiopie. (Paris, 1882.)
Bastian (A.): Die Völker des östlichen Asien. (Leipzig, 1866.)
Baudier (Michel): Histoire Générale de la Religion des Turcs. (Rouen,
1641.)
Baudissin (W. W. Graf von): Eulogius und Alvar. Ein Abschnitt spanischer
Kirchengeschichte aus der Zeit der Maurenherrschaft. (Leipzig, 1872.)
Baumgarten (Martin): The travels of. (A Collection of Voyages and Travels.
London, 1752.)
Becker (C. H.): (1) Materialien zur Kenntnis des Islam in Deutsch-
Ostafrika. (Der Islam, vol. ii. Strassburg, 1911.)
—— (2) Papyri Schott-Reinhardt I., herausgegeben und erklärt.
(Veröffentlichungen aus der Heidelberger Papyrus-Sammlung, iii.)
(Heidelberg, 1906.)
—— (3) Zur Geschichte des östlichen Sūdān. (Der Islam, vol. i. Strassburg,
1910.) [442]
Page 513
Beke (T. C.): Routes in Abyssinia. (J. R. Ggr. Soc., vol. xiv., 1844.)
Belin: Fetwa relatif à la condition des Zimmis et particulièrement des
Chrétiens, en pays musulmans, depuis l’établissement de l’islamisme,
jusqu’au milieu du viiie siècle de l’hégire, traduit de l’arabe par M. Belin.
(J. A. ivme série, tome xviii., 1851.)
Bell (H. I.): Greek Papyri in the British Museum. Catalogue, with Texts,
vol. iv. The Aphrodito Papyri, edited by H. I. Bell. With an appendix of
Coptic Papyri, edited by W. E. Crum. (London, 1910.)
Bellew (H. W.): The races of Afghanistan. (Calcutta, 1880.)
Benedict of Peterborough: Gesta Regis Henrici Secundi Benedicti Abbatis.
Edited by William Stubbs. (London, 1867.)
Berg (L. W. C. van den): (1) De Mohamedaansche geestelijkheid en de
geestelijke goederen op Java en Madoera. (Ts. ind. t.- l.- vk. Vol. xxvii.,
1881.)
—— (2) Le Ḥadhramout et les Colonies Arabes dans l’Archipel Indien.
(Batavia, 1886.)
Bijdr. t. d. t. l. en vlk.: Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van
Nederlandsch-Indië, uitgegeven door het Koninklijk Instituut voor de Taal-,
Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië. (’s Gravenhage.)
Bizzi: Relatione della visita fatta da me, Marino Bizzi, Arcivescovo
d’Antivari, nelle parti della Turchia, Antivari, Albania e Servia, alla Santità
di Nostro Signore Papa Paolo Quinto. 1610. (Bibliotheca Barberina, Rome.
Nr. lxiii. 13.)
Blau: Chronik der Sulṭâne von Bornu, bearbeitet von Otto Blau. (ZDMG.,
vol. 6. 1852.)
Belin: Fetwa relatif à la condition des Zimmis et particulièrement des
Chrétiens, en pays musulmans, depuis l’établissement de l’islamisme,
jusqu’au milieu du viiie siècle de l’hégire, traduit de l’arabe par M. Belin.
(J. A. ivme série, tome xviii., 1851.)
Bell (H. I.): Greek Papyri in the British Museum. Catalogue, with Texts,
vol. iv. The Aphrodito Papyri, edited by H. I. Bell. With an appendix of
Coptic Papyri, edited by W. E. Crum. (London, 1910.)
Bellew (H. W.): The races of Afghanistan. (Calcutta, 1880.)
Benedict of Peterborough: Gesta Regis Henrici Secundi Benedicti Abbatis.
Edited by William Stubbs. (London, 1867.)
Berg (L. W. C. van den): (1) De Mohamedaansche geestelijkheid en de
geestelijke goederen op Java en Madoera. (Ts. ind. t.- l.- vk. Vol. xxvii.,
1881.)
—— (2) Le Ḥadhramout et les Colonies Arabes dans l’Archipel Indien.
(Batavia, 1886.)
Bijdr. t. d. t. l. en vlk.: Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van
Nederlandsch-Indië, uitgegeven door het Koninklijk Instituut voor de Taal-,
Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië. (’s Gravenhage.)
Bizzi: Relatione della visita fatta da me, Marino Bizzi, Arcivescovo
d’Antivari, nelle parti della Turchia, Antivari, Albania e Servia, alla Santità
di Nostro Signore Papa Paolo Quinto. 1610. (Bibliotheca Barberina, Rome.
Nr. lxiii. 13.)
Blau: Chronik der Sulṭâne von Bornu, bearbeitet von Otto Blau. (ZDMG.,
vol. 6. 1852.)
Page 514
Blochet (E.): Introduction à l’Histoire des Mongols de Fadl Allah Rashid
ed-Din. (“E. J. W. Gibb Memorial” Series. xii.) (London, 1910.)
Blount: A voyage into the Levant; a brief relation of a journey lately
performed by Master Henry Blount, Gentleman. 1634–36. (A Collection of
Voyages and Travels. London, 1745.)
Blunt (W. S.): The Future of Islam. (London, 1883.)
Blyden (E. W.): Christianity, Islam and the Negro Race. (London, 1888.)
Bobrovnikoff (S.): Moslems in Russia. (The Moslem World, vol. i. London,
1911.)
Bokemeyer (H.): Die Molukken. (Leipzig, 1888.)
Bonaventura di S. Antonio: Informatione di Fra Bonaventura di S. Antonio,
Reformato di S. Francesco, Missrio d’Albania. (Assisi, li 30 Luglio, 1652.)
(Bibliotheca Chigiana, Rome. G. iii., 94.)
Bonet-Maury (G.): L’Islamisme et le Christianisme en Afrique. (Paris,
1906.)
Bouche (Pierre): La Côte des Esclaves et le Dahomey. (Paris, 1885.)
Bretschneider (E.): (1) Mediæval Researches from Eastern Asiatic Sources.
(London, 1888.)
—— (2) On the Knowledge possessed by the Ancient Chinese of the Arabs
and Arabian Colonies. (London, 1871.)
Broomhall (Marshall): Islam in China. (London, 1910.)
Brosset (M. F.): Histoire de la Géorgie. (St. Petersburg, 1849–58.)
ed-Din. (“E. J. W. Gibb Memorial” Series. xii.) (London, 1910.)
Blount: A voyage into the Levant; a brief relation of a journey lately
performed by Master Henry Blount, Gentleman. 1634–36. (A Collection of
Voyages and Travels. London, 1745.)
Blunt (W. S.): The Future of Islam. (London, 1883.)
Blyden (E. W.): Christianity, Islam and the Negro Race. (London, 1888.)
Bobrovnikoff (S.): Moslems in Russia. (The Moslem World, vol. i. London,
1911.)
Bokemeyer (H.): Die Molukken. (Leipzig, 1888.)
Bonaventura di S. Antonio: Informatione di Fra Bonaventura di S. Antonio,
Reformato di S. Francesco, Missrio d’Albania. (Assisi, li 30 Luglio, 1652.)
(Bibliotheca Chigiana, Rome. G. iii., 94.)
Bonet-Maury (G.): L’Islamisme et le Christianisme en Afrique. (Paris,
1906.)
Bouche (Pierre): La Côte des Esclaves et le Dahomey. (Paris, 1885.)
Bretschneider (E.): (1) Mediæval Researches from Eastern Asiatic Sources.
(London, 1888.)
—— (2) On the Knowledge possessed by the Ancient Chinese of the Arabs
and Arabian Colonies. (London, 1871.)
Broomhall (Marshall): Islam in China. (London, 1910.)
Brosset (M. F.): Histoire de la Géorgie. (St. Petersburg, 1849–58.)
Page 515
Brumund (J. F. G.): Bijdragen tot de kennis van het Hindoeïsme op Java.
(Verh. Bat. Gen. van K. en W. Deel xxxiii. 1868.)
Budge (E. A. Wallis): The Egyptian Sûdân, its history and monuments.
(London, 1907.) [443]
Burchard: Burchardi de Monte Sion Descriptio Terrae Sanctae.
(Peregrinatores Medii Aevi Quatuor. Ed. J. C. M. Laurent. Lipsiae, 1864.)
Burckhardt (J. L.): (1) Travels in Nubia. (London, 1819.)
—— (2) Travels in Syria and the Holy Land. (London, 1822.)
Burton (Richard F.): (1) Abeokuta and the Camaroon Mountains. (London,
1863.)
—— (2) First Footprints in East Africa. (London, 1856.)
Busbecq (Augier Ghislen de): Omnia quae extant. (Amstelodami, 1660.)
Businello (P.): Historische Nachrichten von der Regierungsart der
osmanischen Monarchie. (Leipzig, 1778.)
Caetani (Leone, Principe di Teano): Annali dell’Islām. (Milano, 1905– .)
Cahun (Léon): Introduction à l’histoire de l’Asie. Turcs et Mongols. (Paris,
1896.)
Campen (C. F. H.): Nalezingen op het opstel over de godsdienstbegrippen
der Halemaherasche Alfoeren. (Ts. ind. t.- l.- vk. Deel xxviii. 1883.)
Canne (H. D.): Bijdrage tot de Geschiedenis der Lampongs. (Ts. ind. t.- l.-
vk. Deel xi. 1862.)
Cantacuzenos: Trattato di Theodoro Spandugino Cantacusino de’ costumi
de’ Turchi. (Venice, 1573.)
(Verh. Bat. Gen. van K. en W. Deel xxxiii. 1868.)
Budge (E. A. Wallis): The Egyptian Sûdân, its history and monuments.
(London, 1907.) [443]
Burchard: Burchardi de Monte Sion Descriptio Terrae Sanctae.
(Peregrinatores Medii Aevi Quatuor. Ed. J. C. M. Laurent. Lipsiae, 1864.)
Burckhardt (J. L.): (1) Travels in Nubia. (London, 1819.)
—— (2) Travels in Syria and the Holy Land. (London, 1822.)
Burton (Richard F.): (1) Abeokuta and the Camaroon Mountains. (London,
1863.)
—— (2) First Footprints in East Africa. (London, 1856.)
Busbecq (Augier Ghislen de): Omnia quae extant. (Amstelodami, 1660.)
Businello (P.): Historische Nachrichten von der Regierungsart der
osmanischen Monarchie. (Leipzig, 1778.)
Caetani (Leone, Principe di Teano): Annali dell’Islām. (Milano, 1905– .)
Cahun (Léon): Introduction à l’histoire de l’Asie. Turcs et Mongols. (Paris,
1896.)
Campen (C. F. H.): Nalezingen op het opstel over de godsdienstbegrippen
der Halemaherasche Alfoeren. (Ts. ind. t.- l.- vk. Deel xxviii. 1883.)
Canne (H. D.): Bijdrage tot de Geschiedenis der Lampongs. (Ts. ind. t.- l.-
vk. Deel xi. 1862.)
Cantacuzenos: Trattato di Theodoro Spandugino Cantacusino de’ costumi
de’ Turchi. (Venice, 1573.)
Page 516
Chavannes (E.): Documents sur les Tou-Kiue (Turcs) Occidentaux.
(Sbornik Trudov Orchonskoy Expedicii. VI. St. Petersburg, 1903.)
Chirāg͟ h ʻAlī: Maulavi Cheragh Ali: A Critical Exposition of the Popular
Jihád. (Bombay, 1885.)
Chwolsohn (D.): Die Ssabier und der Ssabismus. (St. Petersburg, 1856.)
Chytræus (David): Oratio de statu ecclesiarum hoc tempore in Graecia,
Asia, Africa, Ungaria, Boëmia, etc. (Wittebergae, 1580.)
Clark (E. L.): The Races of European Turkey. (New York, 1878.)
Comuleo: Instruttioni al Revdo Don Alessandro Comuleo Archiprete di S.
Girolamo di Roma mandato da Papa Clemente Ottavo al Gran Duca di
Moscovia, et altri Principi, et Potentati delle Parti Settentrionali. Con una
Relatione del Medesimo Comuleo fatta à S. Santità sopra le cose del Turco.
(Bibliotheca Barberina, Rome. Nr. lviii. 33.)
Contenson (L. de): Chrétiens et Musulmans. (Paris, 1901.)
Coolsma (S.): De Zendingeeuw voor Nederlandsch Oost-Indië. (Utrecht,
1901.)
Cornaro (F.): Creta Sacra, authore Flaminio Cornelio. (Venice, 1755.)
Crawfurd (John): (1) A Descriptive Dictionary of the Indian Islands and
adjacent Countries. (London, 1856.)
—— (2) History of the Indian Archipelago. (Edinburgh, 1820.)
Creasy (Sir Edward S.): History of the Ottoman Turks. (London, 1878.)
Crisio: Summario della Relatione della Visita di Albania, fatta per ordine
della Sac. Congne da Don Marco Crisio Sacerdote Albanese. 1651.
(Bibliotheca Chigiana, Rome. G. iii. 94.)
(Sbornik Trudov Orchonskoy Expedicii. VI. St. Petersburg, 1903.)
Chirāg͟ h ʻAlī: Maulavi Cheragh Ali: A Critical Exposition of the Popular
Jihád. (Bombay, 1885.)
Chwolsohn (D.): Die Ssabier und der Ssabismus. (St. Petersburg, 1856.)
Chytræus (David): Oratio de statu ecclesiarum hoc tempore in Graecia,
Asia, Africa, Ungaria, Boëmia, etc. (Wittebergae, 1580.)
Clark (E. L.): The Races of European Turkey. (New York, 1878.)
Comuleo: Instruttioni al Revdo Don Alessandro Comuleo Archiprete di S.
Girolamo di Roma mandato da Papa Clemente Ottavo al Gran Duca di
Moscovia, et altri Principi, et Potentati delle Parti Settentrionali. Con una
Relatione del Medesimo Comuleo fatta à S. Santità sopra le cose del Turco.
(Bibliotheca Barberina, Rome. Nr. lviii. 33.)
Contenson (L. de): Chrétiens et Musulmans. (Paris, 1901.)
Coolsma (S.): De Zendingeeuw voor Nederlandsch Oost-Indië. (Utrecht,
1901.)
Cornaro (F.): Creta Sacra, authore Flaminio Cornelio. (Venice, 1755.)
Crawfurd (John): (1) A Descriptive Dictionary of the Indian Islands and
adjacent Countries. (London, 1856.)
—— (2) History of the Indian Archipelago. (Edinburgh, 1820.)
Creasy (Sir Edward S.): History of the Ottoman Turks. (London, 1878.)
Crisio: Summario della Relatione della Visita di Albania, fatta per ordine
della Sac. Congne da Don Marco Crisio Sacerdote Albanese. 1651.
(Bibliotheca Chigiana, Rome. G. iii. 94.)
Page 517
Crusius (Martin): Turcograecia. (Basileae, 1584.)
Dalrymple (A.): Essay towards an account of Sulu. (Journal of the Indian
Archipelago and Eastern Asia. Vol. iii. Singapore, 1849.)
Dalton (E. T.): Descriptive Ethnology of Bengal. (Calcutta, 1872.)
Delafosse (Maurice): Les confréries musulmanes et le maraboutisme dans
les pays du Sénégal et du Niger. (Renseignements Coloniaux et Documents
publiés par le Comité de l’Afrique Française et le Comité du Maroc. No. 4.
Paris, 1911.)
Depont (Octave) et Coppolani (Octave): Les confréries religieuses
musulmanes. (Alger, 1897.) [444]
Devéria (Gabriel): Origine de l’Islamisme en Chine. (Centenaire de l’École
des Langues Orientales Vivantes. Recueil de Mémoires publié par les
Professeurs de l’École. Paris, 1895.)
Dobschütz (E. von): Die confessionellen Verhältnisse in Edessa unter der
Araberherrschaft. (Zeitschrift für wissenschaftliche Theologie. 41er
Jahrgang, 1898.)
Döllinger (J. J. T.): Mohammed’s Religion nach ihrer inneren Entwicklung
und ihrem Einflusse auf das Leben der Völker. (Munich, 1838.)
Dorostamus (Athanasius): Neueste Beschreibung derer Griechischen
Christen in der Türckey, aufgesetzt von Jacob Elssner. (Berlin, 1737.)
Doughty (Charles M.): Travels in Arabia Deserta. (Cambridge, 1888.)
Dousa: Georgii Dousae de Itinere suo Constantinopolitano epistola.
(Lugduni Batavorum, 1599.)
Dalrymple (A.): Essay towards an account of Sulu. (Journal of the Indian
Archipelago and Eastern Asia. Vol. iii. Singapore, 1849.)
Dalton (E. T.): Descriptive Ethnology of Bengal. (Calcutta, 1872.)
Delafosse (Maurice): Les confréries musulmanes et le maraboutisme dans
les pays du Sénégal et du Niger. (Renseignements Coloniaux et Documents
publiés par le Comité de l’Afrique Française et le Comité du Maroc. No. 4.
Paris, 1911.)
Depont (Octave) et Coppolani (Octave): Les confréries religieuses
musulmanes. (Alger, 1897.) [444]
Devéria (Gabriel): Origine de l’Islamisme en Chine. (Centenaire de l’École
des Langues Orientales Vivantes. Recueil de Mémoires publié par les
Professeurs de l’École. Paris, 1895.)
Dobschütz (E. von): Die confessionellen Verhältnisse in Edessa unter der
Araberherrschaft. (Zeitschrift für wissenschaftliche Theologie. 41er
Jahrgang, 1898.)
Döllinger (J. J. T.): Mohammed’s Religion nach ihrer inneren Entwicklung
und ihrem Einflusse auf das Leben der Völker. (Munich, 1838.)
Dorostamus (Athanasius): Neueste Beschreibung derer Griechischen
Christen in der Türckey, aufgesetzt von Jacob Elssner. (Berlin, 1737.)
Doughty (Charles M.): Travels in Arabia Deserta. (Cambridge, 1888.)
Dousa: Georgii Dousae de Itinere suo Constantinopolitano epistola.
(Lugduni Batavorum, 1599.)
Page 518
Doutté (E.): Notes sur l’Islam maghribin. (Revue de l’Histoire des
Religions, XL, XLI. Paris, 1899, 1900.)
Dozy (R. P. A.): (1) Essai sur l’histoire de l’Islamisme. (Leyde, 1879.)
—— (2) Histoire des Musulmans d’Espagne. (Leyde, 1861.)
—— (3) Recherches sur l’histoire et la littérature de l’Espagne pendant le
moyen âge, 3me éd. (Leyde, 1881.)
Driesch (G. C. von den): Historische Nachricht von der Röm. Kayserl.
Gross-Botschaft nach Constantinopel, welche … der Graf Damian Hugo
von Virmondt rühmlichst verrichtet. (Nürnberg, 1723.)
Dulaurier (M. E.): Addition au mémoire intitulé Liste des pays qui
relevaient de l’empire javanais de Madjapahit. (J. A. ivme série, tome xiii.
1849.)
Duveyrier (H.): La confrérie musulmane de Sîdi Mohammed Ben ʻAlî Es-
Senoûsî. (Paris, 1886.)
East (D. J.): Western Africa. (London, 1844.)
Elias of Nisibis: F. Baethgen: Fragmente syrischer und arabischer
Historiker. (Abh. f. d. K. d. M. hrsg. v. d. DMG. Vol. iii. No. 3. 1884.)
Elliot (Sir H. M.): The History of India, as told by its own historians. The
Muhammadan Period. Edited by Prof. John Dowson. (London, 1872–7.)
Encyclopaedie van Nederlandsch-Indië, met medewerking van
verschillende ambtenaren, geleerden en officieren, samengesteld door P. A.
van der Lith en J. F. Snelleman. (Leiden, 1899–1905.)
Enhueber (J. B.): Dissertatio de haeresi Elipandi et Felicis. (Migne, Patr.
Lat. tom. ci.)
Religions, XL, XLI. Paris, 1899, 1900.)
Dozy (R. P. A.): (1) Essai sur l’histoire de l’Islamisme. (Leyde, 1879.)
—— (2) Histoire des Musulmans d’Espagne. (Leyde, 1861.)
—— (3) Recherches sur l’histoire et la littérature de l’Espagne pendant le
moyen âge, 3me éd. (Leyde, 1881.)
Driesch (G. C. von den): Historische Nachricht von der Röm. Kayserl.
Gross-Botschaft nach Constantinopel, welche … der Graf Damian Hugo
von Virmondt rühmlichst verrichtet. (Nürnberg, 1723.)
Dulaurier (M. E.): Addition au mémoire intitulé Liste des pays qui
relevaient de l’empire javanais de Madjapahit. (J. A. ivme série, tome xiii.
1849.)
Duveyrier (H.): La confrérie musulmane de Sîdi Mohammed Ben ʻAlî Es-
Senoûsî. (Paris, 1886.)
East (D. J.): Western Africa. (London, 1844.)
Elias of Nisibis: F. Baethgen: Fragmente syrischer und arabischer
Historiker. (Abh. f. d. K. d. M. hrsg. v. d. DMG. Vol. iii. No. 3. 1884.)
Elliot (Sir H. M.): The History of India, as told by its own historians. The
Muhammadan Period. Edited by Prof. John Dowson. (London, 1872–7.)
Encyclopaedie van Nederlandsch-Indië, met medewerking van
verschillende ambtenaren, geleerden en officieren, samengesteld door P. A.
van der Lith en J. F. Snelleman. (Leiden, 1899–1905.)
Enhueber (J. B.): Dissertatio de haeresi Elipandi et Felicis. (Migne, Patr.
Lat. tom. ci.)
Page 519
Eruslanov (P.): Магометанская пропаганда среди черемисъ Уфимcкой
губерніи. (Moscow, 1895.)
Eulogius: Memoriale Sanctorum. (Migne, Patr. Lat., tom. cxv.)
Eutychius: Eutychii Patriarchae Alexandrini Annales, ed. L. Cheikho, B.
Carra de Vaux, H. Zayyat. (Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium.
Scriptores Arabici. Ser. iii. Tom. vi–vii. Paris, 1906–9.)
Evans (A. J.): Through Bosnia and the Herzegovina. (London, 1876.)
Farlati (Daniel): Illyricum Sacrum. (Venice, 1769–1819.)
Finlay (G.): A History of Greece, from its Conquest by the Romans to the
present time. (Oxford, 1877.)
Firishtah: History of the Rise of the Mahomedan Power in India, translated
from the Persian of Mahomed Kasim Ferishta by John Briggs. (London,
1829.) [445]
Forget (D. A.): L’Islam et le Christianisme dans l’Afrique Centrale. (Paris,
1900.)
Forrest (T.): A Voyage to New Guinea and the Moluccas. (London, 1779.)
Fournel (Henri): Les Berbers. Étude sur la conquête de l’Afrique par les
Arabes. (Paris, 1875.)
Frere (Sir Bartle): (1) Eastern Africa as a field for Missionary Labour.
(London, 1874.)
—— (2) Indian Missions. 3rd. ed. (London, 1874.)
Gaetan: Relatione di Ivan Gaetan del discoprimento dell’Isole Molucche.
(Ramusio, Tom. i.)
губерніи. (Moscow, 1895.)
Eulogius: Memoriale Sanctorum. (Migne, Patr. Lat., tom. cxv.)
Eutychius: Eutychii Patriarchae Alexandrini Annales, ed. L. Cheikho, B.
Carra de Vaux, H. Zayyat. (Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium.
Scriptores Arabici. Ser. iii. Tom. vi–vii. Paris, 1906–9.)
Evans (A. J.): Through Bosnia and the Herzegovina. (London, 1876.)
Farlati (Daniel): Illyricum Sacrum. (Venice, 1769–1819.)
Finlay (G.): A History of Greece, from its Conquest by the Romans to the
present time. (Oxford, 1877.)
Firishtah: History of the Rise of the Mahomedan Power in India, translated
from the Persian of Mahomed Kasim Ferishta by John Briggs. (London,
1829.) [445]
Forget (D. A.): L’Islam et le Christianisme dans l’Afrique Centrale. (Paris,
1900.)
Forrest (T.): A Voyage to New Guinea and the Moluccas. (London, 1779.)
Fournel (Henri): Les Berbers. Étude sur la conquête de l’Afrique par les
Arabes. (Paris, 1875.)
Frere (Sir Bartle): (1) Eastern Africa as a field for Missionary Labour.
(London, 1874.)
—— (2) Indian Missions. 3rd. ed. (London, 1874.)
Gaetan: Relatione di Ivan Gaetan del discoprimento dell’Isole Molucche.
(Ramusio, Tom. i.)
Page 520
Gairdner (W. H. T.): The Reproach of Islam. (London, 1909.)
Garnett (L. M. J.): The Women of Turkey and their Folklore. The Jewish
and Moslem Women. (London, 1891.)
Gasztowtt (Thadée): La Pologne et l’Islam. (Paris, 1907.)
Gazetteer of the Bombay Presidency. (Bombay, 1877–1904.)
Gazetteer of the North-Western Provinces of India. (Allahabad, 1874–84.)
Gazetteer of the Province of Oudh. (Lucknow, 1877.)
Gazetteer of Rajputana. (Calcutta, 1879.)
Georgieviz (Bartholomaeus): De Turcarum Moribus Epitome. (1598.)
Georgirenes (Joseph): A Description of the Present State of Samos, Nicaria,
Patmos and Mount Athos. (London, 1678.)
Gerlach (Stephan): Tage-Buch der von zween … Römischen Kaysern … an
die Ottommanische Pforte … abgefertigten … Gesandtschaft. (Frankfurt,
1674.)
Gfrörer (A. F.): Byzantinische Geschichten, hrsg. von J. B. Weiss. (Graz,
1872–7.)
G͟ hulām Sarwar: K͟ hazīnat al-Aṣfīyā. (Lahore, n. d.)
Gibbon (Edward): The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman
Empire. (London, 1881.)
Gmelin (M. F.): Christensclaverei und Renegatenthum unter den Völkern
des Islam. (Berlin, 1873.)
Garnett (L. M. J.): The Women of Turkey and their Folklore. The Jewish
and Moslem Women. (London, 1891.)
Gasztowtt (Thadée): La Pologne et l’Islam. (Paris, 1907.)
Gazetteer of the Bombay Presidency. (Bombay, 1877–1904.)
Gazetteer of the North-Western Provinces of India. (Allahabad, 1874–84.)
Gazetteer of the Province of Oudh. (Lucknow, 1877.)
Gazetteer of Rajputana. (Calcutta, 1879.)
Georgieviz (Bartholomaeus): De Turcarum Moribus Epitome. (1598.)
Georgirenes (Joseph): A Description of the Present State of Samos, Nicaria,
Patmos and Mount Athos. (London, 1678.)
Gerlach (Stephan): Tage-Buch der von zween … Römischen Kaysern … an
die Ottommanische Pforte … abgefertigten … Gesandtschaft. (Frankfurt,
1674.)
Gfrörer (A. F.): Byzantinische Geschichten, hrsg. von J. B. Weiss. (Graz,
1872–7.)
G͟ hulām Sarwar: K͟ hazīnat al-Aṣfīyā. (Lahore, n. d.)
Gibbon (Edward): The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman
Empire. (London, 1881.)
Gmelin (M. F.): Christensclaverei und Renegatenthum unter den Völkern
des Islam. (Berlin, 1873.)
Page 521
Gobineau (A. de): (1) Les Religions et les Philosophies dans l’Asie
Centrale. (Paris, 1865.)
—— (2) Trois Ans en Asie. (Paris, 1859.)
Goldziher (Ignaz): Muhammedanische Studien. (Halle, 1889–90.)
Gottheil (R. J. H.): Dhimmis and Moslems in Egypt. (Old Testament and
Semitic Studies in memory of William Rainey Harper. Vol. ii. Chicago,
1908.)
Grenard: J.-L. Dutreuil de Rhins. Mission Scientifique dans La Haute Asie,
1890–1895. IIme Partie. Le Turkestan et le Tibet, étude ethnographique et
sociologique, par F. Grenard. IIIme Partie. Histoire, Linguistique,
Archéologie, Géographie, par F. Grenard. (Paris, 1898.)
Grenard: La légende de Satoḳ Boghra Khân et l’histoire, par M. F. Grenard.
(Journal Asiatique, ixme série, tome xv. Paris, 1900.)
Groeneveldt (W. P.): Notes on the Malay Archipelago and Malacca,
compiled from Chinese sources. (Verh. Bat. Gen. van K. en W. Deel xxxix.
1880.)
Grosier (J. B. G. A.): De la Chine, ou description générale de cet empire.
(Paris, 1819.)
Guignes (C. L. J. de): Histoire générale des Huns, des Turcs, des Mogols.
(Paris, 1756–8.)
Hackett (J.): A History of the Orthodox Church of Cyprus. (London, 1901.)
Hageman (J.): Bijdrage tot de Geschiedenis van Borneo. (Ts. ind. t.- l.- vk.
Deel vi. 1856.) [446]
Centrale. (Paris, 1865.)
—— (2) Trois Ans en Asie. (Paris, 1859.)
Goldziher (Ignaz): Muhammedanische Studien. (Halle, 1889–90.)
Gottheil (R. J. H.): Dhimmis and Moslems in Egypt. (Old Testament and
Semitic Studies in memory of William Rainey Harper. Vol. ii. Chicago,
1908.)
Grenard: J.-L. Dutreuil de Rhins. Mission Scientifique dans La Haute Asie,
1890–1895. IIme Partie. Le Turkestan et le Tibet, étude ethnographique et
sociologique, par F. Grenard. IIIme Partie. Histoire, Linguistique,
Archéologie, Géographie, par F. Grenard. (Paris, 1898.)
Grenard: La légende de Satoḳ Boghra Khân et l’histoire, par M. F. Grenard.
(Journal Asiatique, ixme série, tome xv. Paris, 1900.)
Groeneveldt (W. P.): Notes on the Malay Archipelago and Malacca,
compiled from Chinese sources. (Verh. Bat. Gen. van K. en W. Deel xxxix.
1880.)
Grosier (J. B. G. A.): De la Chine, ou description générale de cet empire.
(Paris, 1819.)
Guignes (C. L. J. de): Histoire générale des Huns, des Turcs, des Mogols.
(Paris, 1756–8.)
Hackett (J.): A History of the Orthodox Church of Cyprus. (London, 1901.)
Hageman (J.): Bijdrage tot de Geschiedenis van Borneo. (Ts. ind. t.- l.- vk.
Deel vi. 1856.) [446]
Page 522
Hammer-Purgstall (Joseph von): (1) Geschichte des osmanischen Reiches.
(Pesth, 1827–35.)
—— (2) Des osmanischen Reichs Staatsverfassung und Staatsverwaltung.
(Wien, 1815.)
—— (3) Geschichte der Goldenen Horde in Kiptschak. (Pesth, 1840.)
—— (4) Geschichte der Ilchanen. (Darmstadt, 1842–3.)
Haneberg (B.): Das muslimische Kriegsrecht. (Munich, 1871.)
Hasselt (A. L. von): Volksbeschrijving van Midden-Sumatra. (Leiden,
1882).
Hauri (J.): Der Islam in seinem Einfluss auf das Leben seiner Bekenner.
(Leiden, 1883.)
Haywood (A. H. W.): Through Timbuctu and across the Great Sahara.
(London, 1912.)
Hefele (C. J.): Beiträge zur Kirchengeschichte, Archäologie und Liturgik.
(Tübingen, 1864.)
Helfferich (Adolf): Der Westgothische Arianismus und die Spanische
Ketzer-Geschichte. (Berlin, 1860.)
Hertzberg (G. F.): Geschichte der Byzantiner und des Osmanischen
Reiches. (Berlin, 1882–3.)
Hidāyah: The Hedāya, or Guide: A Commentary on the Mussulman Laws,
translated by Charles Hamilton. (London, 1791.)
Hilāl al-Ṣābī: Taʼrīk͟ h al-Wuzarāʼ ed. H. F. Amedroz. (Beirut, 1904.)
(Pesth, 1827–35.)
—— (2) Des osmanischen Reichs Staatsverfassung und Staatsverwaltung.
(Wien, 1815.)
—— (3) Geschichte der Goldenen Horde in Kiptschak. (Pesth, 1840.)
—— (4) Geschichte der Ilchanen. (Darmstadt, 1842–3.)
Haneberg (B.): Das muslimische Kriegsrecht. (Munich, 1871.)
Hasselt (A. L. von): Volksbeschrijving van Midden-Sumatra. (Leiden,
1882).
Hauri (J.): Der Islam in seinem Einfluss auf das Leben seiner Bekenner.
(Leiden, 1883.)
Haywood (A. H. W.): Through Timbuctu and across the Great Sahara.
(London, 1912.)
Hefele (C. J.): Beiträge zur Kirchengeschichte, Archäologie und Liturgik.
(Tübingen, 1864.)
Helfferich (Adolf): Der Westgothische Arianismus und die Spanische
Ketzer-Geschichte. (Berlin, 1860.)
Hertzberg (G. F.): Geschichte der Byzantiner und des Osmanischen
Reiches. (Berlin, 1882–3.)
Hidāyah: The Hedāya, or Guide: A Commentary on the Mussulman Laws,
translated by Charles Hamilton. (London, 1791.)
Hilāl al-Ṣābī: Taʼrīk͟ h al-Wuzarāʼ ed. H. F. Amedroz. (Beirut, 1904.)
Page 523
Hill (Aaron): A Full and Just Account of the Present State of the Ottoman
Empire. (London, 1709.)
Hoëvell (G. W. W. C. Baron von): De Kei-eilanden. (Ts. ind. t.- l.- vk. Deel
xxxiii. 1890.)
Hollander (J. J. de): Handleiding bij de Beoefening der Land- en
Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch Oost-Indië. (Breda, 1884.)
Hoveden: Chronica Magistri Rogeri de Hovedene, edited by William
Stubbs. (London, 1868–71.)
Howorth (Sir H. H.): History of the Mongols. (London, 1876–80.)
Hurgronje (C. Snouck): (1) De beteekenis van den Islam voor zijne
belijders in Oost-Indië. (Leiden, 1883.)
—— (2) De Sjattarijjah-secte. (Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. Vol. xxxii. 1888.)
—— (3) Mekka. (The Hague, 1888–9.)
Ibbetson (D. C. J.): The Musulmans of the Panjab. (Indian Evangelical
Review. Vol. x. Calcutta, 1884.)
Ibn abī Usaybiʻah: ʻUyūn al-anbāʼ fī ṭabaqāt al-aṭibbāʼ. (Cairo, a.h. 1299.)
Ibn abī Zarʻ: Roudh el-Kartas. Histoire des Souverains du Maghreb, traduit
de l’Arabe par A. Beaumier. (Paris, 1860.)
Ibn al-At͟ hīr: Ibn el-Athiri Chronicon quod perfectissimum inscribitur, ed.
C. J. Tornberg. (Leiden, 1851–76.)
Ibn Baṭūṭah: Voyages d’Ibn Batoutah, texte arabe, accompagné d’une
traduction par C. Defrémery et B. R. Sanguinetti. (Paris, 1853–8.)
Empire. (London, 1709.)
Hoëvell (G. W. W. C. Baron von): De Kei-eilanden. (Ts. ind. t.- l.- vk. Deel
xxxiii. 1890.)
Hollander (J. J. de): Handleiding bij de Beoefening der Land- en
Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch Oost-Indië. (Breda, 1884.)
Hoveden: Chronica Magistri Rogeri de Hovedene, edited by William
Stubbs. (London, 1868–71.)
Howorth (Sir H. H.): History of the Mongols. (London, 1876–80.)
Hurgronje (C. Snouck): (1) De beteekenis van den Islam voor zijne
belijders in Oost-Indië. (Leiden, 1883.)
—— (2) De Sjattarijjah-secte. (Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. Vol. xxxii. 1888.)
—— (3) Mekka. (The Hague, 1888–9.)
Ibbetson (D. C. J.): The Musulmans of the Panjab. (Indian Evangelical
Review. Vol. x. Calcutta, 1884.)
Ibn abī Usaybiʻah: ʻUyūn al-anbāʼ fī ṭabaqāt al-aṭibbāʼ. (Cairo, a.h. 1299.)
Ibn abī Zarʻ: Roudh el-Kartas. Histoire des Souverains du Maghreb, traduit
de l’Arabe par A. Beaumier. (Paris, 1860.)
Ibn al-At͟ hīr: Ibn el-Athiri Chronicon quod perfectissimum inscribitur, ed.
C. J. Tornberg. (Leiden, 1851–76.)
Ibn Baṭūṭah: Voyages d’Ibn Batoutah, texte arabe, accompagné d’une
traduction par C. Defrémery et B. R. Sanguinetti. (Paris, 1853–8.)
Page 524
Ibn Ḥawqal: Kitāb al-masālik waʼl-mamālik, ed. M. G. De Goeje.
(Bibliotheca Geographorum Arabicorum II. Leiden, 1873.)
Ibn Isḥāq: Das Leben Muhammed’s nach Muhammed Ibn Ishâk, bearbeitet
von Abd el-Malik Ibn Hischam, hrsg. von F. Wüstenfeld. (Göttingen, 1859.)
Ibn K͟ haldūn: Kitāb al-ʻibar wa dīwān al-mubtadaʼ waʼl k͟ habar fī ayyām al-
ʻArab waʼl Barbar. (Būlāq, 1867.) [447]
Ibn K͟ hallikān: Biographical Dictionary, translated by Baron Mac Guckin de
Slane. (Paris, 1843–71.)
Ibn Saʻd: al-Ṭabaqāt. Biographien Muhammeds, seiner Gefährten und der
späteren Träger des Islams bis zum Jahre 230 der Flucht, hrsg. von E.
Sachau, etc. (Leiden, 1904– .)
Ibn Saʻd: Die Schreiben Muhammads und die Gesandtschaften an ihn.
(Skizzen und Vorarbeiten von J. Wellhausen. Viertes Heft. Berlin, 1889.)
Idrīsī: Description de l’Afrique et de l’Espagne, publiée par R. Dozy et
M. J. de Goeje. (Leiden, 1866.)
Informatione del Segretario de Propaganda Fide circa la missione d’Albania
de fratri Riformati di S. Francesco. (Bibliotheca Chigiana, Rome. G. iii.
94.)
Innes (C. A.): Malabar and Anjengo: by C. A. Innes, edited by F. B. Evans.
(Madras District Gazetteers.) (Madras, 1908.)
Isenberg (C. M.): Abessinien. (Bonn, 1844.)
Ishok of Romgla: Chronique de Michel le Grand, traduite sur la version
arménienne du prêtre Ischôk par Victor Langlois. (Venise, 1868.)
Isidori Pacensis Chronicon. (Migne, Patr. Lat., tom. xcvi.)
(Bibliotheca Geographorum Arabicorum II. Leiden, 1873.)
Ibn Isḥāq: Das Leben Muhammed’s nach Muhammed Ibn Ishâk, bearbeitet
von Abd el-Malik Ibn Hischam, hrsg. von F. Wüstenfeld. (Göttingen, 1859.)
Ibn K͟ haldūn: Kitāb al-ʻibar wa dīwān al-mubtadaʼ waʼl k͟ habar fī ayyām al-
ʻArab waʼl Barbar. (Būlāq, 1867.) [447]
Ibn K͟ hallikān: Biographical Dictionary, translated by Baron Mac Guckin de
Slane. (Paris, 1843–71.)
Ibn Saʻd: al-Ṭabaqāt. Biographien Muhammeds, seiner Gefährten und der
späteren Träger des Islams bis zum Jahre 230 der Flucht, hrsg. von E.
Sachau, etc. (Leiden, 1904– .)
Ibn Saʻd: Die Schreiben Muhammads und die Gesandtschaften an ihn.
(Skizzen und Vorarbeiten von J. Wellhausen. Viertes Heft. Berlin, 1889.)
Idrīsī: Description de l’Afrique et de l’Espagne, publiée par R. Dozy et
M. J. de Goeje. (Leiden, 1866.)
Informatione del Segretario de Propaganda Fide circa la missione d’Albania
de fratri Riformati di S. Francesco. (Bibliotheca Chigiana, Rome. G. iii.
94.)
Innes (C. A.): Malabar and Anjengo: by C. A. Innes, edited by F. B. Evans.
(Madras District Gazetteers.) (Madras, 1908.)
Isenberg (C. M.): Abessinien. (Bonn, 1844.)
Ishok of Romgla: Chronique de Michel le Grand, traduite sur la version
arménienne du prêtre Ischôk par Victor Langlois. (Venise, 1868.)
Isidori Pacensis Chronicon. (Migne, Patr. Lat., tom. xcvi.)
Page 525
Islam and Missions, being papers read at the second Missionary Conference
on behalf of the Mohammedan World at Lucknow, January 23–28, 1911,
edited by E. M. Wherry, S. M. Zwemer, C. G. Mylrea. (New York, etc.,
1911.)
Iṣṭak͟ hrī: Kitāb Masālik waʼl-Mamālik, ed. M. J. de Goeje. (Bibliotheca
Geographorum Arabicorum. I. Leiden, 1870.)
J. A.: Journal Asiatique. (Paris.)
J. A. S. B.: Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. (Calcutta.)
J. R. Ggr. Soc.: Journal of the Royal Geographical Society. (London.)
Jacques de Vitry: Jacobi de Vitriaco Libri Duo. Quorum prior Orientalis,
sive Hierosolymitanæ: Alter, Occidentalis Historiæ nomine inscribitur.
Operâ D. Francisci Moschi editi. (Duaci, 1597.)
Jadrinzew (N.): Sibiren: Geographische, ethnographische und historische
Studien, bearbeitet von Ed. Petri. (Jena, 1886.)
Jessup (H. H.): The Mohammedan Missionary Question. (Philadelphia,
1879.)
John of Gorz: Vita Ioannis Abbatis Gorziensis, auctore Ioanne Abbate S.
Arnulfi. (Migne, Patr. Lat., tom. cxxxvii.)
John of Nikiu: Chronique de Jean, Évêque de Nikiou. Publié et traduit par
H. Zotenberg. (Notices et extraits des Manuscrits de la Bibliothèque
Nationale. Tome xxiv. Première Partie. Paris, 1883.)
Joinville: Œuvres de Jean, Sire de Joinville, ed. N. de Wailly. (Paris, 1867.)
Joselian (Plato): A Short History of the Georgian Church, translated by
S. C. Malan. (London, 1866.)
on behalf of the Mohammedan World at Lucknow, January 23–28, 1911,
edited by E. M. Wherry, S. M. Zwemer, C. G. Mylrea. (New York, etc.,
1911.)
Iṣṭak͟ hrī: Kitāb Masālik waʼl-Mamālik, ed. M. J. de Goeje. (Bibliotheca
Geographorum Arabicorum. I. Leiden, 1870.)
J. A.: Journal Asiatique. (Paris.)
J. A. S. B.: Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. (Calcutta.)
J. R. Ggr. Soc.: Journal of the Royal Geographical Society. (London.)
Jacques de Vitry: Jacobi de Vitriaco Libri Duo. Quorum prior Orientalis,
sive Hierosolymitanæ: Alter, Occidentalis Historiæ nomine inscribitur.
Operâ D. Francisci Moschi editi. (Duaci, 1597.)
Jadrinzew (N.): Sibiren: Geographische, ethnographische und historische
Studien, bearbeitet von Ed. Petri. (Jena, 1886.)
Jessup (H. H.): The Mohammedan Missionary Question. (Philadelphia,
1879.)
John of Gorz: Vita Ioannis Abbatis Gorziensis, auctore Ioanne Abbate S.
Arnulfi. (Migne, Patr. Lat., tom. cxxxvii.)
John of Nikiu: Chronique de Jean, Évêque de Nikiou. Publié et traduit par
H. Zotenberg. (Notices et extraits des Manuscrits de la Bibliothèque
Nationale. Tome xxiv. Première Partie. Paris, 1883.)
Joinville: Œuvres de Jean, Sire de Joinville, ed. N. de Wailly. (Paris, 1867.)
Joselian (Plato): A Short History of the Georgian Church, translated by
S. C. Malan. (London, 1866.)
Page 526
Jūzjānī: Minhāj-i-Sirāj al-Jūzjānī, Ṭabaqāt-i-Nāṣirī, ed. W. Nassau Lees.
(Calcutta, 1864.)
Kanitz (F.): Die fortschreitende Arnautisirung und Muhamedanisirung Alt-
Serbiens. (Oesterreichische Monatsschrift für den Orient. Vienna, March,
1888.)
Karamsin (N. M.): Histoire de l’Empire de Russie. (Paris, 1819–26.)
Keane (A. H.): Asia, edited by Sir Richard Temple. (London, 1882.)
Kern (H.): Over den invloed der Indische, Arabische en Europeesche
beschaving op de volken van den Indischen Archipel. (Leiden, 1883.)
Khojā Vṛttānt by Sachedīnā Nānjīāṇī. (Aḥmadābād, 1892.)
Kitāb al-Fihrist, herausgegeben von G. Flügel. (Leipzig, 1871–2.) [448]
Klamroth (M.): Der Islam in Deutschostafrika. (Berlin, 1912.)
Klaproth (J. von): Aperçu des entreprises des Mongols en Géorgie et en
Arménie dans le xiiie siècle. (J. A. série ii., tome xii. 1833.)
Krehl (Ludolf): Das Leben des Muhammed. (Leipzig, 1884.)
Kremer (A. von): (1) Culturgeschichte des Orients unter den Chalifen.
(Vienna, 1875.)
—— (2) Culturgeschichtliche Streifzüge auf dem Gebiete des Islams.
(Leipzig, 1873.)
—— (3) Geschichte der herrschenden Ideen des Islams. (Leipzig, 1868.)
—— (4) Notizen gesammelt auf einem Ausfluge nach Palmyra. (Sitzb. d.
Akad. d. Wiss., Philos.-hist. Cl. Vol. v. 1850.)
(Calcutta, 1864.)
Kanitz (F.): Die fortschreitende Arnautisirung und Muhamedanisirung Alt-
Serbiens. (Oesterreichische Monatsschrift für den Orient. Vienna, March,
1888.)
Karamsin (N. M.): Histoire de l’Empire de Russie. (Paris, 1819–26.)
Keane (A. H.): Asia, edited by Sir Richard Temple. (London, 1882.)
Kern (H.): Over den invloed der Indische, Arabische en Europeesche
beschaving op de volken van den Indischen Archipel. (Leiden, 1883.)
Khojā Vṛttānt by Sachedīnā Nānjīāṇī. (Aḥmadābād, 1892.)
Kitāb al-Fihrist, herausgegeben von G. Flügel. (Leipzig, 1871–2.) [448]
Klamroth (M.): Der Islam in Deutschostafrika. (Berlin, 1912.)
Klaproth (J. von): Aperçu des entreprises des Mongols en Géorgie et en
Arménie dans le xiiie siècle. (J. A. série ii., tome xii. 1833.)
Krehl (Ludolf): Das Leben des Muhammed. (Leipzig, 1884.)
Kremer (A. von): (1) Culturgeschichte des Orients unter den Chalifen.
(Vienna, 1875.)
—— (2) Culturgeschichtliche Streifzüge auf dem Gebiete des Islams.
(Leipzig, 1873.)
—— (3) Geschichte der herrschenden Ideen des Islams. (Leipzig, 1868.)
—— (4) Notizen gesammelt auf einem Ausfluge nach Palmyra. (Sitzb. d.
Akad. d. Wiss., Philos.-hist. Cl. Vol. v. 1850.)
Page 527
Krieger (Maximilian): New Guinea. (Berlin, 1899.)
Kritopoulos (Metrophanes): Metrophanis Critopuli Confessio. (E. J.
Kimmel: Monumenta Fidei Ecclesiae Orientalis. Pars. II.) (Jenae, 1850.)
Kumm (H. K. W.): Khont-hon-nofer, the Lands of Ethiopia. (London, 1910.)
Kyriakos (A. Diomedes): Geschichte der orientalischen Kirchen von 1453–
1898. (Leipzig, 1902.)
La Jonquière (A. de): Histoire de l’Empire Ottoman. (Paris, 1881.)
La Saussaye (P. D. Chantepie de): Lehrbuch der Religionsgeschichte.
(Freiburg I. B., 1887–9.)
Lammens (Henri): Études sur le règne du Calife Omaiyade Moʻawia Ier.
(Université Saint-Joseph, Beyrouth (Syrie). Mélanges de la Faculté
Orientale, I.) (Beyrouth, 1906.)
Lane (E. W.): The Manners and Customs of the Modern Egyptians. 5th ed.
(London, 1860.)
Laurent (J. C. M.): Peregrinatores Medii Aevi Quatuor. (Lipsiae, 1864.)
Lazăr (Victor): Die Südrumänen der Türkei und der angrenzenden Länder.
(Bukarest, 1910.)
Le Chatelier (A.): (1) Les Confréries musulmanes du Hedjaz. (Paris, 1887.)
—— (2) L’Islam au xixe siècle. (Paris, 1888.)
—— (3) L’Islam dans l’Afrique Occidentale. (Paris, 1899.)
Le Quien (Michael): Oriens Christianus. (Paris, 1740.)
Kritopoulos (Metrophanes): Metrophanis Critopuli Confessio. (E. J.
Kimmel: Monumenta Fidei Ecclesiae Orientalis. Pars. II.) (Jenae, 1850.)
Kumm (H. K. W.): Khont-hon-nofer, the Lands of Ethiopia. (London, 1910.)
Kyriakos (A. Diomedes): Geschichte der orientalischen Kirchen von 1453–
1898. (Leipzig, 1902.)
La Jonquière (A. de): Histoire de l’Empire Ottoman. (Paris, 1881.)
La Saussaye (P. D. Chantepie de): Lehrbuch der Religionsgeschichte.
(Freiburg I. B., 1887–9.)
Lammens (Henri): Études sur le règne du Calife Omaiyade Moʻawia Ier.
(Université Saint-Joseph, Beyrouth (Syrie). Mélanges de la Faculté
Orientale, I.) (Beyrouth, 1906.)
Lane (E. W.): The Manners and Customs of the Modern Egyptians. 5th ed.
(London, 1860.)
Laurent (J. C. M.): Peregrinatores Medii Aevi Quatuor. (Lipsiae, 1864.)
Lazăr (Victor): Die Südrumänen der Türkei und der angrenzenden Länder.
(Bukarest, 1910.)
Le Chatelier (A.): (1) Les Confréries musulmanes du Hedjaz. (Paris, 1887.)
—— (2) L’Islam au xixe siècle. (Paris, 1888.)
—— (3) L’Islam dans l’Afrique Occidentale. (Paris, 1899.)
Le Quien (Michael): Oriens Christianus. (Paris, 1740.)
Page 528
Lea (H. C.): The Moriscos of Spain: their conversion and expulsion.
(London, 1901.)
Leake (W. M.): Researches in Greece. (London, 1814.)
Leo Africanus: Della Descrittione dell’Africa, par Giovani Lioni Africano.
(Ramusio, Tom. i.)
Leslie (Gaultier de): L’Ambassade à la Porte Ottomane, ordonnée par Sa
Majesté Impériale, Léopold I., exécutée par Gaultier de Leslie, Comte du S.
Empire. (1665–66.) (Rycaut, tome ii.)
Liefrinck (F. A.): Bijdrage tot de kennis van het eiland Bali. (Ts. ind. t.- l.-
vk. Deel xxxiii. 1890.)
Littmann (Enno): Bemerkungen über den Islam in Nordabessinien. (Der
Islam, vol. i. Strassburg, 1910.)
Low (Col. James): A Translation of the Keddah Annals. (Journal of the
Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia. Singapore, 1849.)
Luca (Jean de): Relations des Tartares. (Thevenot.)
Ludolf de Suchem: Ludolphi, Rectoris Ecclesiae Parochialis in Suchem, de
Itinere Terrae Sanctae Liber, herausgegeben von F. Deycks. (Stuttgart,
1851.)
Lüttke (Moritz): (1) Aegyptens neue Zeit. (Leipzig, 1873.)
—— (2) Der Islam und seine Völker. (Gütersloh, 1878.) [449]
Luitprandi (Pseudo-) Chronicon. (Migne, Patr. Lat. tom. cxxxvi.)
Lyall (Sir Alfred C.): Asiatic Studies. (London, 1882.)
MSOS: Mittheilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen. Berlin.
(London, 1901.)
Leake (W. M.): Researches in Greece. (London, 1814.)
Leo Africanus: Della Descrittione dell’Africa, par Giovani Lioni Africano.
(Ramusio, Tom. i.)
Leslie (Gaultier de): L’Ambassade à la Porte Ottomane, ordonnée par Sa
Majesté Impériale, Léopold I., exécutée par Gaultier de Leslie, Comte du S.
Empire. (1665–66.) (Rycaut, tome ii.)
Liefrinck (F. A.): Bijdrage tot de kennis van het eiland Bali. (Ts. ind. t.- l.-
vk. Deel xxxiii. 1890.)
Littmann (Enno): Bemerkungen über den Islam in Nordabessinien. (Der
Islam, vol. i. Strassburg, 1910.)
Low (Col. James): A Translation of the Keddah Annals. (Journal of the
Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia. Singapore, 1849.)
Luca (Jean de): Relations des Tartares. (Thevenot.)
Ludolf de Suchem: Ludolphi, Rectoris Ecclesiae Parochialis in Suchem, de
Itinere Terrae Sanctae Liber, herausgegeben von F. Deycks. (Stuttgart,
1851.)
Lüttke (Moritz): (1) Aegyptens neue Zeit. (Leipzig, 1873.)
—— (2) Der Islam und seine Völker. (Gütersloh, 1878.) [449]
Luitprandi (Pseudo-) Chronicon. (Migne, Patr. Lat. tom. cxxxvi.)
Lyall (Sir Alfred C.): Asiatic Studies. (London, 1882.)
MSOS: Mittheilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen. Berlin.
Page 529
Macarius (Patriarch of Antioch): Travels of, from the Arabic of the
Archdeacon Paul, translated by F. C. Belfour. (London, 1829–34.)
Mackenzie (G. Muir) and Irby (A. P.): Travels in the Slavonic Provinces of
Turkey-in-Europe. (London, 1867.)
Mackenzie (K. R. H.): Schamyl and Circassia. Chiefly from materials
collected by Dr. Friedrich Wagner, edited by. (London, 1854.)
McNair (F.): Perak and the Malays. (London, 1878.)
Maḥbūb al-Manbijī: Agapius Episcopus Mabbugensis, Historia Universalis,
ed. P. L. Cheikho. (Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium.
Scriptores Arabici. Ser. iii., tom. v. Beryti, 1912.)
Makīn: Historia Saracenica, arabice olim exarata a Georgio Elmacino et
latine reddita operâ Thomae Erpenii. (Lugduni Batavorum, 1625.)
Makkarī: The History of the Mohammedan Dynasties of Spain, by Ahmed
ibn Mohammed Al-Makkarī, translated by Pascual de Gayangos. (London,
1840–43.)
Maqrīzī: (1) A short history of the Copts, translated from the Arabic by
S. C. Malan. (London, 1873.)
—— (2) Histoire des Sultans Mamlouks de l’Égypte, traduite par M.
Quatremère. (Paris, 1837–45.)
Mārī b. Sulaymān: Maris, Amri et Slibae De Patriarchis Nestorianorum
Commentaria, ed. Henricus Gismondi. Pars Prior. (Romae, 1899.)
Marsden (William): History of Sumatra. (London, 1811.)
Marsigli (L. F.): Stato Militare dell’Imperio Ottomanno. (Amsterdam,
1732.)
Archdeacon Paul, translated by F. C. Belfour. (London, 1829–34.)
Mackenzie (G. Muir) and Irby (A. P.): Travels in the Slavonic Provinces of
Turkey-in-Europe. (London, 1867.)
Mackenzie (K. R. H.): Schamyl and Circassia. Chiefly from materials
collected by Dr. Friedrich Wagner, edited by. (London, 1854.)
McNair (F.): Perak and the Malays. (London, 1878.)
Maḥbūb al-Manbijī: Agapius Episcopus Mabbugensis, Historia Universalis,
ed. P. L. Cheikho. (Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium.
Scriptores Arabici. Ser. iii., tom. v. Beryti, 1912.)
Makīn: Historia Saracenica, arabice olim exarata a Georgio Elmacino et
latine reddita operâ Thomae Erpenii. (Lugduni Batavorum, 1625.)
Makkarī: The History of the Mohammedan Dynasties of Spain, by Ahmed
ibn Mohammed Al-Makkarī, translated by Pascual de Gayangos. (London,
1840–43.)
Maqrīzī: (1) A short history of the Copts, translated from the Arabic by
S. C. Malan. (London, 1873.)
—— (2) Histoire des Sultans Mamlouks de l’Égypte, traduite par M.
Quatremère. (Paris, 1837–45.)
Mārī b. Sulaymān: Maris, Amri et Slibae De Patriarchis Nestorianorum
Commentaria, ed. Henricus Gismondi. Pars Prior. (Romae, 1899.)
Marsden (William): History of Sumatra. (London, 1811.)
Marsigli (L. F.): Stato Militare dell’Imperio Ottomanno. (Amsterdam,
1732.)
Page 530
Mas Latrie (J. M. J. L. de): (1) Histoire de l’île de Chypre sous le règne des
princes de la maison de Lusignan. (Paris, 1852–61.)
—— (2) Relations et commerce de l’Afrique septentrionale avec les nations
chrétiennes au moyen âge. (Paris, 1886.)
Massaja (Guglielmo): I miei trentacinque anni di missione nell’Alta
Etiopia. (Roma, 1885–93.)
Massimiliano Transilvano: Epistola di, della ammirabile et stupenda
nauvigatione fatta per gli Spagnuoli lo anno MDXIX. attorno il mondo.
(Ramusio, tom. i.)
Masʻūdī: Les Prairies d’Or. Texte et traduction par C. Barbier de Meynard
et Pavet de Courteille. (Paris, 1861–77.)
Med. Ned. Zendelinggen.: Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche
Zendelinggenootschap. (Rotterdam.)
Menavino (G. A.): Vita et Legge Turchesca. (Venice, 1573.)
Menzel (Theodor): Das Korps der Janitscharen. (Beiträge zur Kenntnis des
Orients. Band i. Jahrbuch der Münchner Orientalischen Gesellschaft, 1902–
3. Berlin.)
Merensky (A.): Mohammedanismus und Christentum in Kampfe um die
Negerländer Afrikas. (Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift, Band xxi.
Gütersloh, 1894.)
Methods of Mission Work among Moslems, Being those Papers read at the
First Missionary Conference on behalf of the Mohammedan World held at
Cairo April 4th–9th, 1906, and the discussions thereon, which by order of
the Conference were not to be issued to [450]the public, but were to be
privately printed for the use of missionaries and the friends of missions.
(New York, etc., 1906.)
princes de la maison de Lusignan. (Paris, 1852–61.)
—— (2) Relations et commerce de l’Afrique septentrionale avec les nations
chrétiennes au moyen âge. (Paris, 1886.)
Massaja (Guglielmo): I miei trentacinque anni di missione nell’Alta
Etiopia. (Roma, 1885–93.)
Massimiliano Transilvano: Epistola di, della ammirabile et stupenda
nauvigatione fatta per gli Spagnuoli lo anno MDXIX. attorno il mondo.
(Ramusio, tom. i.)
Masʻūdī: Les Prairies d’Or. Texte et traduction par C. Barbier de Meynard
et Pavet de Courteille. (Paris, 1861–77.)
Med. Ned. Zendelinggen.: Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche
Zendelinggenootschap. (Rotterdam.)
Menavino (G. A.): Vita et Legge Turchesca. (Venice, 1573.)
Menzel (Theodor): Das Korps der Janitscharen. (Beiträge zur Kenntnis des
Orients. Band i. Jahrbuch der Münchner Orientalischen Gesellschaft, 1902–
3. Berlin.)
Merensky (A.): Mohammedanismus und Christentum in Kampfe um die
Negerländer Afrikas. (Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift, Band xxi.
Gütersloh, 1894.)
Methods of Mission Work among Moslems, Being those Papers read at the
First Missionary Conference on behalf of the Mohammedan World held at
Cairo April 4th–9th, 1906, and the discussions thereon, which by order of
the Conference were not to be issued to [450]the public, but were to be
privately printed for the use of missionaries and the friends of missions.
(New York, etc., 1906.)
Page 531
Metzger (E.): Die Baduwis auf Java. (Globus, Band xliii. Braunschweig,
1883.)
Meyer (P. C.): Erforschungsgeschichte und Staatenbildungen des
Westsudan. (Ergänzungsheft No. 121 zu “Petermanns Mitteilungen.”)
(Gotha, 1897.)
Michael the Elder: Chronique de Michael le Syrien, patriarche jacobite
d’Antioche (1166–1199), éditée … par J. B. Chabot. (Paris, 1899–1901.)
Migne, Patr. Gr.: Patrologia Graeca. (Paris, 1857–66.)
—— Patr. Lat.: Patrologia Latina. (Paris, 1844–55.)
Milman (H. H.): History of Latin Christianity. (London, 1872.)
Mischlich und Lippert: Beiträge zur Geschichte der Haussastaaten von A.
Mischlich. Mit Einleitung von Julius Lippert. (MSOS VI. (1903),
Abtheilung III.)
Mission d’Ollone: Recherches sur les Musulmans Chinois par le
commandant D’Ollone, le capitaine De Fleurelle, le capitaine Lepage, le
lieutenant De Boyve. Études de A. Vissière. Notes de E. Blochet et de
divers savants. (Paris, 1911.)
Mohammedan World: The Mohammedan World of to-day, being papers
read at the First Missionary Conference on behalf of the Mohammedan
World held at Cairo, April 4th–9th, 1906. (New York, etc., 1906.)
Montero y Vidal (D. José): Historia de la Pirateria Malayo-mahometana en
Mindanao, Joló y Borneo. (Madrid, 1888.)
Moor (J. H.): Notices of the Indian Archipelago. (Singapore, 1837.)
1883.)
Meyer (P. C.): Erforschungsgeschichte und Staatenbildungen des
Westsudan. (Ergänzungsheft No. 121 zu “Petermanns Mitteilungen.”)
(Gotha, 1897.)
Michael the Elder: Chronique de Michael le Syrien, patriarche jacobite
d’Antioche (1166–1199), éditée … par J. B. Chabot. (Paris, 1899–1901.)
Migne, Patr. Gr.: Patrologia Graeca. (Paris, 1857–66.)
—— Patr. Lat.: Patrologia Latina. (Paris, 1844–55.)
Milman (H. H.): History of Latin Christianity. (London, 1872.)
Mischlich und Lippert: Beiträge zur Geschichte der Haussastaaten von A.
Mischlich. Mit Einleitung von Julius Lippert. (MSOS VI. (1903),
Abtheilung III.)
Mission d’Ollone: Recherches sur les Musulmans Chinois par le
commandant D’Ollone, le capitaine De Fleurelle, le capitaine Lepage, le
lieutenant De Boyve. Études de A. Vissière. Notes de E. Blochet et de
divers savants. (Paris, 1911.)
Mohammedan World: The Mohammedan World of to-day, being papers
read at the First Missionary Conference on behalf of the Mohammedan
World held at Cairo, April 4th–9th, 1906. (New York, etc., 1906.)
Montero y Vidal (D. José): Historia de la Pirateria Malayo-mahometana en
Mindanao, Joló y Borneo. (Madrid, 1888.)
Moor (J. H.): Notices of the Indian Archipelago. (Singapore, 1837.)
Page 532
Moore (Francis): Travels in the Inland Parts of Africa. (The World
displayed; or a curious collection of voyages and travels. London, 1760.)
Morgan (J.): Mahometism explained. (London, 1723–5.)
Morié (L. J.): Histoire de l’Éthiopie. (Paris, 1904.)
Moslem World (The), a quarterly review of current events, literature, and
thought among Mohammedans, and the progress of Christian Missions in
Moslem lands. (London, 1911– .)
Müller (August): Der Islam im Morgen- und Abendland. (Berlin, 1885–7.)
Müller (G. F.): Sammlung Russischer Geschichte. (St. Petersburg, 1761.)
Muḥammad b. ʻUt͟ hmān al-Ḥashāʼishī: Voyage au pays des Senoussia, par
le cheikh Mohammed ben Otsmane el-Hachaichi, traduit par V. Serres et
Lasram. (Paris, 1903.)
Muḥammad Ḥaydar: The Tarikh-i-Rashidi of Mirza Muhammad Haidar,
Dughlát. An English version, … by N. Elias and E. Denison Ross. (London,
1895).
Muir (Sir William): (1) The Caliphate; its rise, decline and fall. (London,
1891.)
—— (2) Life of Mahomet. (London, 1858–61.)
Munzinger (Werner): Abessinien. (Petermann’s Mittheilungen. Gotha,
1867.)
Narshak͟ hi: Description de Boukhara par Mohammed Nerchakhy, publié par
Charles Schefer. (Paris, 1892.)
Neander (A.): (1) General History of the Christian Religion and Church.
(London, 1851–8.)
displayed; or a curious collection of voyages and travels. London, 1760.)
Morgan (J.): Mahometism explained. (London, 1723–5.)
Morié (L. J.): Histoire de l’Éthiopie. (Paris, 1904.)
Moslem World (The), a quarterly review of current events, literature, and
thought among Mohammedans, and the progress of Christian Missions in
Moslem lands. (London, 1911– .)
Müller (August): Der Islam im Morgen- und Abendland. (Berlin, 1885–7.)
Müller (G. F.): Sammlung Russischer Geschichte. (St. Petersburg, 1761.)
Muḥammad b. ʻUt͟ hmān al-Ḥashāʼishī: Voyage au pays des Senoussia, par
le cheikh Mohammed ben Otsmane el-Hachaichi, traduit par V. Serres et
Lasram. (Paris, 1903.)
Muḥammad Ḥaydar: The Tarikh-i-Rashidi of Mirza Muhammad Haidar,
Dughlát. An English version, … by N. Elias and E. Denison Ross. (London,
1895).
Muir (Sir William): (1) The Caliphate; its rise, decline and fall. (London,
1891.)
—— (2) Life of Mahomet. (London, 1858–61.)
Munzinger (Werner): Abessinien. (Petermann’s Mittheilungen. Gotha,
1867.)
Narshak͟ hi: Description de Boukhara par Mohammed Nerchakhy, publié par
Charles Schefer. (Paris, 1892.)
Neander (A.): (1) General History of the Christian Religion and Church.
(London, 1851–8.)
Page 533
—— (2) Memorials of Christian Life. (London, 1852.)
Netscher (E.): Kronijk van Sambas en van Soekadana. (Ts. ind. t.- l.- vk.
Deel i. 1852.) [451]
Newbold (T. J.): Political and Statistical Account of the British Settlements
in the Straits of Malacca. (London, 1839.)
Nicholson (Reynold A.): A Literary History of the Arabs. (London, 1907.)
Niemann (G. K.): Inleiding tot de kennis van den Islam. (Rotterdam, 1861.)
Ohsson (C. d’): Histoire des Mongols. (The Hague, 1834–5.)
Ohsson (M. d’): Tableau général de l’Empire Othoman. (Paris, 1820.)
Olivier (L.): La Bosnie et l’Herzégovine, ouvrage publié sous la direction
de Louis Olivier. (Paris, n.d.)
Oppel (A.): Die religiösen Verhältnisse von Afrika. (Zeitschrift der
Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin. Vol. xxii. 1887.)
Orderici Vitalis Historia Ecclesiastica. (Migne, Patr. Lat. tom. clxxxviii.)
Palmer (H. R.): The Kano Chronicle, translated with an introduction.
(Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute. Vol. xxxviii. 1908.)
Palmieri (Aurelio): Die Polemik des Islam. Aus dem Italienischen übersetzt
von Prof. Valentin Holzer. (Salzburg, 1902.)
Panciera (B.): I Musulmani. (Florence, 1877.)
Pashley (Robert): Travels in Crete. (London, 1837.)
Paulitschke (Philipp): Harar. Forschungsreise nach den Somâl- und Galla-
ländern Ost-Afrikas. (Leipzig, 1888.)
Netscher (E.): Kronijk van Sambas en van Soekadana. (Ts. ind. t.- l.- vk.
Deel i. 1852.) [451]
Newbold (T. J.): Political and Statistical Account of the British Settlements
in the Straits of Malacca. (London, 1839.)
Nicholson (Reynold A.): A Literary History of the Arabs. (London, 1907.)
Niemann (G. K.): Inleiding tot de kennis van den Islam. (Rotterdam, 1861.)
Ohsson (C. d’): Histoire des Mongols. (The Hague, 1834–5.)
Ohsson (M. d’): Tableau général de l’Empire Othoman. (Paris, 1820.)
Olivier (L.): La Bosnie et l’Herzégovine, ouvrage publié sous la direction
de Louis Olivier. (Paris, n.d.)
Oppel (A.): Die religiösen Verhältnisse von Afrika. (Zeitschrift der
Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin. Vol. xxii. 1887.)
Orderici Vitalis Historia Ecclesiastica. (Migne, Patr. Lat. tom. clxxxviii.)
Palmer (H. R.): The Kano Chronicle, translated with an introduction.
(Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute. Vol. xxxviii. 1908.)
Palmieri (Aurelio): Die Polemik des Islam. Aus dem Italienischen übersetzt
von Prof. Valentin Holzer. (Salzburg, 1902.)
Panciera (B.): I Musulmani. (Florence, 1877.)
Pashley (Robert): Travels in Crete. (London, 1837.)
Paulitschke (Philipp): Harar. Forschungsreise nach den Somâl- und Galla-
ländern Ost-Afrikas. (Leipzig, 1888.)
Page 534
Pavy: Œuvres de Mgr. L.- A.- A. Pavy, Évêque d’Alger. (Paris, 1858.)
Perceval (A. P. Caussin de): Essai sur l’histoire des Arabes avant
l’Islamisme, pendant l’époque de Mahomet, et jusqu’à la réduction de
toutes les tribus sous la loi musulmane. (Paris, 1847–8.)
Perrot (Georges): L’île de Crète. (Paris, 1867.)
Phrantzes (Georgios): Annales, ed. B. G. Niebuhr. (Bonnae, 1838.)
Pichler (A.): Geschichte des Protestantismus in der orientalischen Kirche
im 17. Jahrhundert, oder Der Patriarch Cyrillus Lucaris und seine Zeit.
(Munich, 1862.)
Pigafetta (M. Antonio): Viaggio atorno il mondo fatto et descritto per.
(Ramusio, Tom. i.)
Pitzipios (J. G.): L’Église orientale. (Rome, 1855.)
Plowden (W. C.): Travels in Abyssinia and the Galla Country. (London,
1868.)
Poensen (C.): Brieven over den Islam uit de Binnenlanden van Java.
(Leiden, 1886.)
Polo (Marco): The Book of Ser Marco Polo, the Venetian, concerning the
Kingdoms and Marvels of the East, translated and edited by Sir Henry Yule.
Third Edition, revised by Henri Cordier. (London, 1903.)
Prutz (H.): Kulturgeschichte der Kreuzzüge. (Berlin, 1883.)
R. du M. M.: Revue du Monde Musulman, publié par la Mission
Scientifique du Maroc. (Paris.)
Rabbath (Antoine): Documents inédits pour servir à l’Histoire du
Christianisme en Orient. Tome premier. (Paris, 1905.)
Perceval (A. P. Caussin de): Essai sur l’histoire des Arabes avant
l’Islamisme, pendant l’époque de Mahomet, et jusqu’à la réduction de
toutes les tribus sous la loi musulmane. (Paris, 1847–8.)
Perrot (Georges): L’île de Crète. (Paris, 1867.)
Phrantzes (Georgios): Annales, ed. B. G. Niebuhr. (Bonnae, 1838.)
Pichler (A.): Geschichte des Protestantismus in der orientalischen Kirche
im 17. Jahrhundert, oder Der Patriarch Cyrillus Lucaris und seine Zeit.
(Munich, 1862.)
Pigafetta (M. Antonio): Viaggio atorno il mondo fatto et descritto per.
(Ramusio, Tom. i.)
Pitzipios (J. G.): L’Église orientale. (Rome, 1855.)
Plowden (W. C.): Travels in Abyssinia and the Galla Country. (London,
1868.)
Poensen (C.): Brieven over den Islam uit de Binnenlanden van Java.
(Leiden, 1886.)
Polo (Marco): The Book of Ser Marco Polo, the Venetian, concerning the
Kingdoms and Marvels of the East, translated and edited by Sir Henry Yule.
Third Edition, revised by Henri Cordier. (London, 1903.)
Prutz (H.): Kulturgeschichte der Kreuzzüge. (Berlin, 1883.)
R. du M. M.: Revue du Monde Musulman, publié par la Mission
Scientifique du Maroc. (Paris.)
Rabbath (Antoine): Documents inédits pour servir à l’Histoire du
Christianisme en Orient. Tome premier. (Paris, 1905.)
Page 535
Radloff (W.): Aus Siberien. (Leipzig, 1884.)
Raffles (Thomas Stamford): The History of Java. (London, 1817.)
Ramusio (G. B.): Navigationi et Viaggi. (Venice, 1559.)
Rashīd al-Dīn: Jāmiʻ al-Tawārīk͟ h. Tarikh-i Moubarek-i Ghazani, histoire
des Mongols, éditée par E. Blochet. (Gibb Memorial Series, vol. xviii.)
(London, 1911.)
Raverty: Ṭabakāt-i-Nāṣirī: a general history of the Muḥammadan Dynasties
of Asia, by Minhāj-ud-Dīn, Abū-ʼUmar-i-ʼUs̤ mān. (London, 1881.)
Reade (W. Winwood): African Sketch Book. (London, 1873.) [452]
Reclus (Elisée): Nouvelle Géographie Universelle. (Paris, 1876–91.)
Reinaud, see Abu’l-Fidā.
Renaudot (E.): Historia Patriarcharum Alexandrinorum Jacobitarum. (Paris,
1713.)
Report of Centenary Conference on the Protestant Missions of the World,
held in London, 1888, edited by Rev. J. J. Johnston. (London, 1889.)
Rev. col. int.: Revue Coloniale Internationale. (Amsterdam.)
Richter (J.): Die Propaganda des Islam als Wegbestreiterin der modernen
Mission. (Missionswissenschaftliche Studien. Festschrift zum 70.
Geburtstag des Herrn Prof. Dr. Gustav Warneck.) (Berlin, 1904.)
Riedel (J. G. F.): (1) De Sluik- en Kroesharige Rassen tusschen Selebes en
Papua. (The Hague, 1886.)
—— (2) The Island of Flores or Pulan Bunga. The Tribes between Sika and
Manggaraai. (Rev. col. int., tome ii. 1886.)
Raffles (Thomas Stamford): The History of Java. (London, 1817.)
Ramusio (G. B.): Navigationi et Viaggi. (Venice, 1559.)
Rashīd al-Dīn: Jāmiʻ al-Tawārīk͟ h. Tarikh-i Moubarek-i Ghazani, histoire
des Mongols, éditée par E. Blochet. (Gibb Memorial Series, vol. xviii.)
(London, 1911.)
Raverty: Ṭabakāt-i-Nāṣirī: a general history of the Muḥammadan Dynasties
of Asia, by Minhāj-ud-Dīn, Abū-ʼUmar-i-ʼUs̤ mān. (London, 1881.)
Reade (W. Winwood): African Sketch Book. (London, 1873.) [452]
Reclus (Elisée): Nouvelle Géographie Universelle. (Paris, 1876–91.)
Reinaud, see Abu’l-Fidā.
Renaudot (E.): Historia Patriarcharum Alexandrinorum Jacobitarum. (Paris,
1713.)
Report of Centenary Conference on the Protestant Missions of the World,
held in London, 1888, edited by Rev. J. J. Johnston. (London, 1889.)
Rev. col. int.: Revue Coloniale Internationale. (Amsterdam.)
Richter (J.): Die Propaganda des Islam als Wegbestreiterin der modernen
Mission. (Missionswissenschaftliche Studien. Festschrift zum 70.
Geburtstag des Herrn Prof. Dr. Gustav Warneck.) (Berlin, 1904.)
Riedel (J. G. F.): (1) De Sluik- en Kroesharige Rassen tusschen Selebes en
Papua. (The Hague, 1886.)
—— (2) The Island of Flores or Pulan Bunga. The Tribes between Sika and
Manggaraai. (Rev. col. int., tome ii. 1886.)
Page 536
Rinn (Louis): Marabouts et Khouan. (Algiers, 1884.)
Roscoe (John): The Baganda. (London, 1911.)
Ross (Alexander): A Needful Caveat, or Admonition, for them who desire to
know what Use may be made of, or if there be danger in Reading the
Alcoran. (The Alcoran of Mahomet, translated out of Arabick into French,
by Sieur de Ryer, .… and newly Englished, for the satisfaction of all that
desire to look into the Turkish Vanities.) (London, 1688.)
Rouffaer (G. P.): Het tijdperk van godsdienstovergang (1400–1600) in den
Maleischen Archipel. (Bijdr. t.d.t.l. en vlk., dl. 50.) (1899.)
Rubruck: The Journey of William of Rubruck to the Eastern Parts of the
World, 1253–55, as narrated by himself. Translated … by William
Woodville Rockhill. (Hakluyt Society. Second Series. No. iv.) (London,
1900.)
Rüppell (Eduard): Reise in Abyssinien. (Frankfurt am Main, 1838.)
Rycaut (Sir Paul): Histoire de l’état présent de l’empire ottoman, traduit de
l’Anglais de Monsieur Ricaut, par M. Briot. (Amsterdam, 1672.)
Sachau (Eduard): Über den zweiten Chalifen Omar. Ein Charakterbild aus
der ältesten Geschichte des Islams. (Sitzungsberichte der Königlichen
Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Berlin, 1902.)
Sacy (Le Bon Silvestre de): Exposé de la Religion des Druzes. (Paris,
1838.)
Ṣalībā b. Yūḥannā: Maris, Amri et Slibae De Patriarchis Nestorianorum
Commentaria, ed. Henricus Gismondi. Pars Altera. (Romae, 1896.)
Salmon (C. S.): British Policy in West Africa. (Contemporary Review,
1882.)
Roscoe (John): The Baganda. (London, 1911.)
Ross (Alexander): A Needful Caveat, or Admonition, for them who desire to
know what Use may be made of, or if there be danger in Reading the
Alcoran. (The Alcoran of Mahomet, translated out of Arabick into French,
by Sieur de Ryer, .… and newly Englished, for the satisfaction of all that
desire to look into the Turkish Vanities.) (London, 1688.)
Rouffaer (G. P.): Het tijdperk van godsdienstovergang (1400–1600) in den
Maleischen Archipel. (Bijdr. t.d.t.l. en vlk., dl. 50.) (1899.)
Rubruck: The Journey of William of Rubruck to the Eastern Parts of the
World, 1253–55, as narrated by himself. Translated … by William
Woodville Rockhill. (Hakluyt Society. Second Series. No. iv.) (London,
1900.)
Rüppell (Eduard): Reise in Abyssinien. (Frankfurt am Main, 1838.)
Rycaut (Sir Paul): Histoire de l’état présent de l’empire ottoman, traduit de
l’Anglais de Monsieur Ricaut, par M. Briot. (Amsterdam, 1672.)
Sachau (Eduard): Über den zweiten Chalifen Omar. Ein Charakterbild aus
der ältesten Geschichte des Islams. (Sitzungsberichte der Königlichen
Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Berlin, 1902.)
Sacy (Le Bon Silvestre de): Exposé de la Religion des Druzes. (Paris,
1838.)
Ṣalībā b. Yūḥannā: Maris, Amri et Slibae De Patriarchis Nestorianorum
Commentaria, ed. Henricus Gismondi. Pars Altera. (Romae, 1896.)
Salmon (C. S.): British Policy in West Africa. (Contemporary Review,
1882.)
Page 537
Samson: Samsonis Abbatis Cordubensis Apologeticus Liber. (Henrique
Florez: España Sagrada, tom. xi.) (Madrid, 1747–74.)
Sansovino (Francesco): Historia Universale dell’Origine et Imperio de’
Turchi. (Venice, 1573.)
Sayyid ʻAlī Akbar: Trois chapitres du Khitay Namèh. Texte persan et
traduction française par Charles Schefer. (Mélanges Orientaux. Publications
de l’École des Langues Orientales Vivantes. IIe série. Vol. ix. Paris, 1883.)
Schack (A. F. Graf von): Poesie und Kunst der Araber in Spanien und
Sicilien. (Stuttgart, 1877.)
Schefer (C.): Notice sur les relations des peuples musulmans avec les
Chinois, depuis l’extension de l’Islamisme jusqu’à la fin du XVe siècle.
(Centenaire de l’École des Langues Orientales Vivantes, 1795–1895.
Recueil de Mémoires publiés par les Professeurs de l’École. Paris, 1895.)
[453]
Scheffler (Johannes): Türcken-Schrifft: von den Ursachen der Türckischen
Ueberziehung und der Zertretung des Volckes Gottes. (1664.)
Schiltberger (Hans): Reisebuch, herausgegeben von V. Langmantel.
(Tübingen, 1885.)
Semper (C.): Die Philippinen und ihre Bewohner. (Würzburg, 1869.)
Severus: Severus ben el Moqaffaʻ, Historia Patriarcharum Alexandrinorum,
ed. C. F. Seybold. (Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium.
Scriptores Arabici. Ser. iii. Tom. ix.) (Beryti, 1904– .)
Shedd (W. A.): Islam and the Oriental Churches. (Philadelphia, 1904.)
Silbernagl (Isidor): Verfassung und gegenwärtiger Bestand sämtlicher
Kirchen des Orients. 2te Auflage. (Regensburg, 1904.)
Florez: España Sagrada, tom. xi.) (Madrid, 1747–74.)
Sansovino (Francesco): Historia Universale dell’Origine et Imperio de’
Turchi. (Venice, 1573.)
Sayyid ʻAlī Akbar: Trois chapitres du Khitay Namèh. Texte persan et
traduction française par Charles Schefer. (Mélanges Orientaux. Publications
de l’École des Langues Orientales Vivantes. IIe série. Vol. ix. Paris, 1883.)
Schack (A. F. Graf von): Poesie und Kunst der Araber in Spanien und
Sicilien. (Stuttgart, 1877.)
Schefer (C.): Notice sur les relations des peuples musulmans avec les
Chinois, depuis l’extension de l’Islamisme jusqu’à la fin du XVe siècle.
(Centenaire de l’École des Langues Orientales Vivantes, 1795–1895.
Recueil de Mémoires publiés par les Professeurs de l’École. Paris, 1895.)
[453]
Scheffler (Johannes): Türcken-Schrifft: von den Ursachen der Türckischen
Ueberziehung und der Zertretung des Volckes Gottes. (1664.)
Schiltberger (Hans): Reisebuch, herausgegeben von V. Langmantel.
(Tübingen, 1885.)
Semper (C.): Die Philippinen und ihre Bewohner. (Würzburg, 1869.)
Severus: Severus ben el Moqaffaʻ, Historia Patriarcharum Alexandrinorum,
ed. C. F. Seybold. (Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium.
Scriptores Arabici. Ser. iii. Tom. ix.) (Beryti, 1904– .)
Shedd (W. A.): Islam and the Oriental Churches. (Philadelphia, 1904.)
Silbernagl (Isidor): Verfassung und gegenwärtiger Bestand sämtlicher
Kirchen des Orients. 2te Auflage. (Regensburg, 1904.)
Page 538
Simon (G.): Islam und Christentum im Kampf um die Eroberung der
animistischen Heidenwelt. Beobachtungen aus der Mohammedanermission
in Niederländisch-Indien. (Berlin, 1910.)
Sitz. d. Akad. d. Wiss., Philos.-hist. Cl.: Sitzungsberichte der philosophisch-
historischen Classe der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften.
(Vienna.)
Smith (Thomas): Remarks upon the Manners, Religion and Government of
the Turks. (London, 1678.)
Smith (W. J.): The Present Phases of the Mohammedan Question. (The
Churchman. London, Jan., 1888.)
Spons (Jacob): Reisen durch Italien, Dalmatien, Griechenland und die
Morgenländer. (Nürnberg, 1713.)
Sprenger (A.): Das Leben und die Lehre des Mohammad. (Berlin, 1861.)
Steinschneider (Moritz): Polemische und apologetische Litteratur in
arabischer Sprache, zwischen Muslimen, Christen und Juden. (Leipzig,
1877.)
Stirling-Maxwell (Sir William): Don John of Austria. (London, 1883.)
Ṭabarī: Annales quos scripsit Abu Djafar Mohammed ibn Djarir At-Ṭabari,
ed. M. J. de Goeje et alii. (Leiden, 1885–93.)
Taʼrīk͟ h al-Sūdān: Tarikh es-Soudan par Abderrahman ben Abdallah ben
ʻImran ben ʻAmir es-Saʻdi. Texte arabe édité par O. Houdas. (Paris, 1898.)
Tavernier (J. B.): (1) The six voyages. (London, 1677.)
—— (2) Travels in India. (London, 1678.)
animistischen Heidenwelt. Beobachtungen aus der Mohammedanermission
in Niederländisch-Indien. (Berlin, 1910.)
Sitz. d. Akad. d. Wiss., Philos.-hist. Cl.: Sitzungsberichte der philosophisch-
historischen Classe der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften.
(Vienna.)
Smith (Thomas): Remarks upon the Manners, Religion and Government of
the Turks. (London, 1678.)
Smith (W. J.): The Present Phases of the Mohammedan Question. (The
Churchman. London, Jan., 1888.)
Spons (Jacob): Reisen durch Italien, Dalmatien, Griechenland und die
Morgenländer. (Nürnberg, 1713.)
Sprenger (A.): Das Leben und die Lehre des Mohammad. (Berlin, 1861.)
Steinschneider (Moritz): Polemische und apologetische Litteratur in
arabischer Sprache, zwischen Muslimen, Christen und Juden. (Leipzig,
1877.)
Stirling-Maxwell (Sir William): Don John of Austria. (London, 1883.)
Ṭabarī: Annales quos scripsit Abu Djafar Mohammed ibn Djarir At-Ṭabari,
ed. M. J. de Goeje et alii. (Leiden, 1885–93.)
Taʼrīk͟ h al-Sūdān: Tarikh es-Soudan par Abderrahman ben Abdallah ben
ʻImran ben ʻAmir es-Saʻdi. Texte arabe édité par O. Houdas. (Paris, 1898.)
Tavernier (J. B.): (1) The six voyages. (London, 1677.)
—— (2) Travels in India. (London, 1678.)
Page 539
—— (3) A New Relation of the Inner-Part of the Grand Seignor’s Seraglio.
(London, 1677.)
Thevenot (M.): Relations de divers voyages curieux. (Paris, 1696.)
Thiersant (P. Dabry de): Le Mahométisme en Chine. (Paris, 1878.)
Thomas of Margā: The Book of Governors: the Historia Monastica of
Thomas, Bishop of Margâ A.D. 840, edited by E. A. Wallis Budge.
(London, 1893.)
Thomson (Joseph): (1) Mohammedanism in Central Africa. (Contemporary
Review, Dec., 1886.)
—— (2) Note on the African Tribes of the British Empire. (The Journal of
the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. Vol. xvi. London,
1887.)
Tijānī: Voyage du Scheikh Et-Tidjani dans la régence de Tunis, pendant les
années 706, 707, et 708 de l’hégire (1306–1309); traduit de l’arabe par M.
Alphonse Rousseau. (J. A. ivme série, tome xx., 1852.)
Tournefort (J. P.): A Voyage into the Levant. (London, 1741.)
Ts. ind. t.- l.- vk.: Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.
(Batavia.) [454]
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ et Perfidiæ Suggillatio et Confutatio. (Paris, 1516.)
ʻUbayd Allāh: Tuḥfat al-Hind. (Dihlī, a.h. 1309.)
Usāma b. Munqid͟ h: Kitāb al-Iʻtibār, ed. H. Derenbourg. iime Partie: Texte
arabe de l’autobiographie d’Ousâma. (Publications de l’École des Langues
Orientates Vivantes. iime sér., tome xii (iime Partie). (Paris, 1886.))
Vambéry (Arminius): (1) Geschichte Bochara’s. (Stuttgart, 1872.)
(London, 1677.)
Thevenot (M.): Relations de divers voyages curieux. (Paris, 1696.)
Thiersant (P. Dabry de): Le Mahométisme en Chine. (Paris, 1878.)
Thomas of Margā: The Book of Governors: the Historia Monastica of
Thomas, Bishop of Margâ A.D. 840, edited by E. A. Wallis Budge.
(London, 1893.)
Thomson (Joseph): (1) Mohammedanism in Central Africa. (Contemporary
Review, Dec., 1886.)
—— (2) Note on the African Tribes of the British Empire. (The Journal of
the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. Vol. xvi. London,
1887.)
Tijānī: Voyage du Scheikh Et-Tidjani dans la régence de Tunis, pendant les
années 706, 707, et 708 de l’hégire (1306–1309); traduit de l’arabe par M.
Alphonse Rousseau. (J. A. ivme série, tome xx., 1852.)
Tournefort (J. P.): A Voyage into the Levant. (London, 1741.)
Ts. ind. t.- l.- vk.: Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.
(Batavia.) [454]
Turchicæ Spurcitiæ et Perfidiæ Suggillatio et Confutatio. (Paris, 1516.)
ʻUbayd Allāh: Tuḥfat al-Hind. (Dihlī, a.h. 1309.)
Usāma b. Munqid͟ h: Kitāb al-Iʻtibār, ed. H. Derenbourg. iime Partie: Texte
arabe de l’autobiographie d’Ousâma. (Publications de l’École des Langues
Orientates Vivantes. iime sér., tome xii (iime Partie). (Paris, 1886.))
Vambéry (Arminius): (1) Geschichte Bochara’s. (Stuttgart, 1872.)
Page 540
—— (2) Sketches of Central Asia. (London, 1868.)
Vasil’ev (V. P.): О движеніи магометанства въ Китаѣ. (St. Petersburg,
1867.)
Veniero: Descrittione dell’Imperio Turchesco del Revermo Monsre Maffeo
Veniero, Arcivescovo di Corfù. (R. D. Marci Bibliotheca, Venice. Classe
vii., Cod. 882.)
Verh. Bat. Gen. van K. en W.: Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch
Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen. (Batavia.)
Veth (P. J.): (1) Atchin en zijne betrekkingen tot Nederland. (Leiden, 1873.)
—— (2) Borneo’s Wester-Afdeeling. (Zaltbommel, 1854.)
—— (3) Java, geographisch, ethnologisch, historisch. Tweede Druk
bewerkt door J. F. Snelleman en J. F. Niermeyer. (Haarlem, 1896–1907.)
Vivien de Saint-Martin (L.): Nouveau Dictionnaire de Géographie
Universelle. (Paris, 1879–95.)
WZKM: Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes.
Waitz (Theodor): Anthropologie der Naturvölker. (Leipzig, 1860.)
Wansleben (J. M.): Histoire de l’église d’Alexandrie. (Paris, 1677.)
Waṣṣāf: Geschichte; persisch herausgegeben und deutsch übersetzt von
Hammer-Purgstall. (Vienna, 1856.)
Weil (Gustav): Geschichte der Chalifen. (Mannheim, 1846–51.)
Wellhausen (J.): Skizzen und Vorarbeiten. (Berlin, 1885–99.)
Vasil’ev (V. P.): О движеніи магометанства въ Китаѣ. (St. Petersburg,
1867.)
Veniero: Descrittione dell’Imperio Turchesco del Revermo Monsre Maffeo
Veniero, Arcivescovo di Corfù. (R. D. Marci Bibliotheca, Venice. Classe
vii., Cod. 882.)
Verh. Bat. Gen. van K. en W.: Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch
Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen. (Batavia.)
Veth (P. J.): (1) Atchin en zijne betrekkingen tot Nederland. (Leiden, 1873.)
—— (2) Borneo’s Wester-Afdeeling. (Zaltbommel, 1854.)
—— (3) Java, geographisch, ethnologisch, historisch. Tweede Druk
bewerkt door J. F. Snelleman en J. F. Niermeyer. (Haarlem, 1896–1907.)
Vivien de Saint-Martin (L.): Nouveau Dictionnaire de Géographie
Universelle. (Paris, 1879–95.)
WZKM: Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes.
Waitz (Theodor): Anthropologie der Naturvölker. (Leipzig, 1860.)
Wansleben (J. M.): Histoire de l’église d’Alexandrie. (Paris, 1677.)
Waṣṣāf: Geschichte; persisch herausgegeben und deutsch übersetzt von
Hammer-Purgstall. (Vienna, 1856.)
Weil (Gustav): Geschichte der Chalifen. (Mannheim, 1846–51.)
Wellhausen (J.): Skizzen und Vorarbeiten. (Berlin, 1885–99.)
Page 541
Westermann (D.): Islam in the West and Central Sudan. (The International
Review of Missions, vol. i. Edinburgh, 1912.)
Wetzer und Welte’s Kirchenlexicon. Zweite Auflage. (Freiburg im Breisgau,
1885 sqq.)
Whishaw (B. and E. M.): Arabic Spain. (London, 1912.)
Wilken (N. P.) en Schwarz (J. A.): (1) Gedachten over het stichten eener
zending in Bolaäng-Mongondou. (Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. Vol. xi., 1867.)
—— (2) Het Heidendom en de Islam in Bolaäng-Mongondou. (id. id.)
Wise (James): The Muhammadans of Eastern Bengal. (J. A. S. B. Vol. lxiii.,
Part iii., 1894.)
Wright (William): A short History of Syriac Literature. (London, 1894.)
Wüstenfeld (F.): Die Geschichtschreiber der Araber und ihre Werke.
(Göttingen, 1882.)
Yaḥyạ̄ b. Ādam: Le livre de l’Impôt Foncier, publié par Th. W. Juynboll.
(Leide, 1896.)
Yāqūt: Muʻjam al-Buldān. Jacut’s Geographisches Wörterbuch,
herausgegeben von F. Wüstenfeld. (Leipzig, 1866–73.)
Yule (H.): Cathay and the Way thither. (London, 1866.)
ZDMG: Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft. (Leipzig.)
Zayn al-Dīn: Tuhfaḥ al-mujāhidīn. Historia dos Portugueses no Malabar por
Zinadím. Manuscripto Arabe publicado e traduzido por David Lopes.
(Lisboa, 1898.)
Review of Missions, vol. i. Edinburgh, 1912.)
Wetzer und Welte’s Kirchenlexicon. Zweite Auflage. (Freiburg im Breisgau,
1885 sqq.)
Whishaw (B. and E. M.): Arabic Spain. (London, 1912.)
Wilken (N. P.) en Schwarz (J. A.): (1) Gedachten over het stichten eener
zending in Bolaäng-Mongondou. (Med. Ned. Zendelinggen. Vol. xi., 1867.)
—— (2) Het Heidendom en de Islam in Bolaäng-Mongondou. (id. id.)
Wise (James): The Muhammadans of Eastern Bengal. (J. A. S. B. Vol. lxiii.,
Part iii., 1894.)
Wright (William): A short History of Syriac Literature. (London, 1894.)
Wüstenfeld (F.): Die Geschichtschreiber der Araber und ihre Werke.
(Göttingen, 1882.)
Yaḥyạ̄ b. Ādam: Le livre de l’Impôt Foncier, publié par Th. W. Juynboll.
(Leide, 1896.)
Yāqūt: Muʻjam al-Buldān. Jacut’s Geographisches Wörterbuch,
herausgegeben von F. Wüstenfeld. (Leipzig, 1866–73.)
Yule (H.): Cathay and the Way thither. (London, 1866.)
ZDMG: Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft. (Leipzig.)
Zayn al-Dīn: Tuhfaḥ al-mujāhidīn. Historia dos Portugueses no Malabar por
Zinadím. Manuscripto Arabe publicado e traduzido por David Lopes.
(Lisboa, 1898.)
Page 542
Zenker (J. T.): Das chinesische Reich, nach dem türkischen Khatainame.
(Z.D.M.G., vol. xv. Leipzig, 1861.) [455]
Zmaievich: Notizie universali dello stato di Albania e dell’operato da
Monsig. Vincenzo Zmaievich, arcivescovo di Antivari, esaminate nelle
Congregationi Generali di Propaganda Fide di 3 Debr. 1703–12 Febr. 1704.
(Bibliotheca Barberina, Rome, Nr L. 126.)
Zollinger (H.): (1) The Island of Lombok. Journal of the Indian
Archipelago, vol. v. (Singapore, 1851.)
—— (2) Verslag van eene reis naar Bima en Soembawa. (Verh. Bat. Gen.
van K. en W. Deel xxiii. 1850.)
Zwemer (S. M.): Islam: A Challenge to faith. (New York, 1908.) [457]
(Z.D.M.G., vol. xv. Leipzig, 1861.) [455]
Zmaievich: Notizie universali dello stato di Albania e dell’operato da
Monsig. Vincenzo Zmaievich, arcivescovo di Antivari, esaminate nelle
Congregationi Generali di Propaganda Fide di 3 Debr. 1703–12 Febr. 1704.
(Bibliotheca Barberina, Rome, Nr L. 126.)
Zollinger (H.): (1) The Island of Lombok. Journal of the Indian
Archipelago, vol. v. (Singapore, 1851.)
—— (2) Verslag van eene reis naar Bima en Soembawa. (Verh. Bat. Gen.
van K. en W. Deel xxiii. 1850.)
Zwemer (S. M.): Islam: A Challenge to faith. (New York, 1908.) [457]
Page 543
[Contents]
Page 544
INDEX.
Aaron, Jacobite Bishop, 87
Abāqā K͟ hān, 229
ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz b. Marwān, governor of Egypt, 63, 66
ʻAbd al-Karīm, founder of the kingdom of Wadai, 322
ʻAbd al-Malik, caliph, 63, 66, 81, 313
ʻAbd al-Masīḥ b. Isḥāq al-Kindī, 84–5, 428
ʻAbd al-Qādir al-Jīlānī, 271, 274, 328, 329
ʻAbd al-Raḥīm b. ʻAlī, on forcible conversion to Islam, 421
ʻAbd al-Raḥmān, head of the Imperial finances in China, 297
ʻAbd al-Raḥmān al-Sāmirī, reputed Hindu king, 265
ʻAbd Allāh, first Muslim king of Baghirmi, 322
ʻAbd Allāh b. Ismāʻīl al-Hāshimī, letter to al-Kindī, 84–5, 428–35
ʻAbd Allāh b. Masʻūd, 15
ʻAbd Allāh b. Maymūn, 211, 213
ʻAbd Allāh b. Yāsīn, 331
Abkhazes, 101
Abū Bakr, caliph, 12, 45
Abu’l-Faraj b. al-Jawzī, 75
Abu’l-Ḥasan Mihyār, converted, 210
Abū Nūḥ al-Anbārī, Christian secretary, 64
Abū Ṭālib, 13–14, 15, 19
Abyssinia, Bilāl, the first-fruits of, 15, 29
Aaron, Jacobite Bishop, 87
Abāqā K͟ hān, 229
ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz b. Marwān, governor of Egypt, 63, 66
ʻAbd al-Karīm, founder of the kingdom of Wadai, 322
ʻAbd al-Malik, caliph, 63, 66, 81, 313
ʻAbd al-Masīḥ b. Isḥāq al-Kindī, 84–5, 428
ʻAbd al-Qādir al-Jīlānī, 271, 274, 328, 329
ʻAbd al-Raḥīm b. ʻAlī, on forcible conversion to Islam, 421
ʻAbd al-Raḥmān, head of the Imperial finances in China, 297
ʻAbd al-Raḥmān al-Sāmirī, reputed Hindu king, 265
ʻAbd Allāh, first Muslim king of Baghirmi, 322
ʻAbd Allāh b. Ismāʻīl al-Hāshimī, letter to al-Kindī, 84–5, 428–35
ʻAbd Allāh b. Masʻūd, 15
ʻAbd Allāh b. Maymūn, 211, 213
ʻAbd Allāh b. Yāsīn, 331
Abkhazes, 101
Abū Bakr, caliph, 12, 45
Abu’l-Faraj b. al-Jawzī, 75
Abu’l-Ḥasan Mihyār, converted, 210
Abū Nūḥ al-Anbārī, Christian secretary, 64
Abū Ṭālib, 13–14, 15, 19
Abyssinia, Bilāl, the first-fruits of, 15, 29
Page 545
Abyssinia, flight to, 15–16
Abyssinia, Islam in, 113–21, 410
Achin. See Atjeh
Adal, Muhammadan Kingdom, 114, 115
Adamaua, 325
Adi, island, 404
Adoptionism, in Spain, 139
Adrianople, 159
Afg͟ hāns, conversion to Islam, 217;
in Bengal, 279
Africa, Church of North, 121–7, 129–30;
Islam in, 102–30, 312–62;
Partition of, facilitates spread of Islam, 333, 340, 345–6, 361–2
Ahl al-Kitāb, 207
Aḥmad, Tunjar Arab in Darfur, 322
Aḥmad b. Idrīs, 327
Aḥmad Grāñ, 113, 115–116
Aḥmad Mujaddid, 412
Aḥmad Shanūrāzah, first Muhammadan king of the Maldive Islands, 270
Aḥmad Takūdār. See Takūdār
Aḥmadu Shayk͟ hu, 330
Akbar, 259, 262, 292
Ak͟ hṭal, court poet, 63
Albanians, 62, 177–92
Alfurs, 390, 393
ʻAlī b. Abī Ṭālib, 12, 13
Abyssinia, Islam in, 113–21, 410
Achin. See Atjeh
Adal, Muhammadan Kingdom, 114, 115
Adamaua, 325
Adi, island, 404
Adoptionism, in Spain, 139
Adrianople, 159
Afg͟ hāns, conversion to Islam, 217;
in Bengal, 279
Africa, Church of North, 121–7, 129–30;
Islam in, 102–30, 312–62;
Partition of, facilitates spread of Islam, 333, 340, 345–6, 361–2
Ahl al-Kitāb, 207
Aḥmad, Tunjar Arab in Darfur, 322
Aḥmad b. Idrīs, 327
Aḥmad Grāñ, 113, 115–116
Aḥmad Mujaddid, 412
Aḥmad Shanūrāzah, first Muhammadan king of the Maldive Islands, 270
Aḥmad Takūdār. See Takūdār
Aḥmadu Shayk͟ hu, 330
Akbar, 259, 262, 292
Ak͟ hṭal, court poet, 63
Albanians, 62, 177–92
Alfurs, 390, 393
ʻAlī b. Abī Ṭālib, 12, 13
Page 546
ʻAlī Mug͟ hāyat Shāh, king of Atjeh, 367
Almohad dynasty, 316, 421
Almoravid dynasty, 142–3, 314, 316, 317
Alvar, 138, 142
Amboina, 389
Amīrg͟ hāniyyah order, 327
Amiroutzes, George, 160
Ampel, in Java, 381, 383, 384
Ānanda, viceroy of Kan-su, 227, 239
Anjumans in India, 286, 439
Antivari, 177, 180, 187, 188, 189, 191
Arab conquest of Byzantine empire, 54–6;
of Egypt, 102;
of North Africa, 121, 125–26, 312–13;
of Persia, 47–8
Arab conquests, not missionary, 45–7
Arab society in the time of Muḥammad, 31–2, 42–3
Arab traders, as proselytisers, 353
sq. See also Merchants
Arab tribes, conversion of, 32–3, 35–41
Arabic language, adoption of, a possible aid to the spread of Islam, 73, 137–9
Arabs, Christian, converted to Islam, 47–50
Arabs, in Africa:—Abyssinia, 114;
East Coast, 340–3;
Nubia, 110, 112;
Somaliland, 350;
Sudan, 320, 321, 322, 331;
Uganda, 344;—[458]
in China, 294–6, 297, 363;
in India, 255, 256, 263–6, 269–273;
Almohad dynasty, 316, 421
Almoravid dynasty, 142–3, 314, 316, 317
Alvar, 138, 142
Amboina, 389
Amīrg͟ hāniyyah order, 327
Amiroutzes, George, 160
Ampel, in Java, 381, 383, 384
Ānanda, viceroy of Kan-su, 227, 239
Anjumans in India, 286, 439
Antivari, 177, 180, 187, 188, 189, 191
Arab conquest of Byzantine empire, 54–6;
of Egypt, 102;
of North Africa, 121, 125–26, 312–13;
of Persia, 47–8
Arab conquests, not missionary, 45–7
Arab society in the time of Muḥammad, 31–2, 42–3
Arab traders, as proselytisers, 353
sq. See also Merchants
Arab tribes, conversion of, 32–3, 35–41
Arabic language, adoption of, a possible aid to the spread of Islam, 73, 137–9
Arabs, Christian, converted to Islam, 47–50
Arabs, in Africa:—Abyssinia, 114;
East Coast, 340–3;
Nubia, 110, 112;
Somaliland, 350;
Sudan, 320, 321, 322, 331;
Uganda, 344;—[458]
in China, 294–6, 297, 363;
in India, 255, 256, 263–6, 269–273;
Page 547
in Indo-China, 376;
in Malay Archipelago, 364–5, 366, 371, 373, 376, 378, 388, 391, 397–8, 401, 404;
in Malay Peninsula, 373
Arghons, 293
Arg͟ hūn, fourth Īlk͟ hān, 232, 239;
persecutes Muhammadans, 226
Arianism, in Spain, 134
Armatoli, 62
Armenians, viii. n.1, 96–7, 176, 229
Arslān K͟ hān b. Qadr K͟ hān, 216
Aru, in Sumatra, 367, 368
Arya Damar, 380, 381, 382
Ashanti, 339
Assam, 282
Athanasius, of Edessa, builds churches, 63, 66
Atjeh, 366, 367, 369, 375, 376, 394
Aurangzeb, 254, 260, 292
Azhar, mosque of al-, 328, 355
Baduwis, in Java, 386
Baʼeda Māryām, king of Abyssinia, 114
Baele tribe, 335
Baganda, Islam among the, 344
Baghirmi, 322–3
Bak͟ htiyār K͟ hiljī, 277
Balambangan, kingdom in Java, 382
Bālāsāg͟ hūn, 216
in Malay Archipelago, 364–5, 366, 371, 373, 376, 378, 388, 391, 397–8, 401, 404;
in Malay Peninsula, 373
Arghons, 293
Arg͟ hūn, fourth Īlk͟ hān, 232, 239;
persecutes Muhammadans, 226
Arianism, in Spain, 134
Armatoli, 62
Armenians, viii. n.1, 96–7, 176, 229
Arslān K͟ hān b. Qadr K͟ hān, 216
Aru, in Sumatra, 367, 368
Arya Damar, 380, 381, 382
Ashanti, 339
Assam, 282
Athanasius, of Edessa, builds churches, 63, 66
Atjeh, 366, 367, 369, 375, 376, 394
Aurangzeb, 254, 260, 292
Azhar, mosque of al-, 328, 355
Baduwis, in Java, 386
Baʼeda Māryām, king of Abyssinia, 114
Baele tribe, 335
Baganda, Islam among the, 344
Baghirmi, 322–3
Bak͟ htiyār K͟ hiljī, 277
Balambangan, kingdom in Java, 382
Bālāsāg͟ hūn, 216
Page 548
Bali, island, 384, 404
Balinese, in Lombok, 398–9
Baliyyūn, 113
Baltistan, 292–3
Bambara, 321
Bangalore, 285
Banjarmasin, kingdom in Borneo, 390–1
Bantam, in Java, 385, 386
Banū G͟ hassān, 47, 52
Banū Namir, 48, 49
Banū Tag͟ hlib, 49–50
Banū Tanūk͟ h, 50
Baptism of Muhammadan children, 181, 187
Baraba Tatars, 253
Baraka K͟ hān, 223, 224, 227–9, 239, 240
Bashkirs, in Hungary, 193–4;
in Russia, 250
Bataks, 369–70, 372
Bāyazīd, Sultan of Turkey, 193
Baybars, Mamlūk Sultan of Egypt, 223, 228, 229
Baydū K͟ hān, 232–3
Belgaum, 271
Belloos, 112–13
Bengal, 277–80, 288
Berberah, 350
Balinese, in Lombok, 398–9
Baliyyūn, 113
Baltistan, 292–3
Bambara, 321
Bangalore, 285
Banjarmasin, kingdom in Borneo, 390–1
Bantam, in Java, 385, 386
Banū G͟ hassān, 47, 52
Banū Namir, 48, 49
Banū Tag͟ hlib, 49–50
Banū Tanūk͟ h, 50
Baptism of Muhammadan children, 181, 187
Baraba Tatars, 253
Baraka K͟ hān, 223, 224, 227–9, 239, 240
Bashkirs, in Hungary, 193–4;
in Russia, 250
Bataks, 369–70, 372
Bāyazīd, Sultan of Turkey, 193
Baybars, Mamlūk Sultan of Egypt, 223, 228, 229
Baydū K͟ hān, 232–3
Belgaum, 271
Belloos, 112–13
Bengal, 277–80, 288
Berberah, 350
Page 549
Berbers, Christianity among, 122;
Islam among, 312–16;
in the Sudan, 317, 321
Bilāl, 14–15, 29
Bintara, in Java, 383
Bishnois, Hindu sect, 263
Bizzi, Marco, in Albania, 180–3
Bodh Mal, Raja of Majhauli, 262
Bogomiles, 198–200
Bohra sect, 275–7
Bolaäng-Mongondou, in Celebes, 396–8
Borneo, 390–2
Bornu, 320 n.5, 322, 355
Borun tribe, 411
Bosnia, 168, 198–201
Brahmanābād, 272
Brunai, in Borneo, 391
Buckle, on Muslim missionaries, 405
Buddhism in conflict with Islam, 220, 225, 227
Buddhists, converted to Islam, 227, 233, 293, 376, 421
Bugis, in Borneo, 392;
in Celebes, 393, 395–6, 397;
in Lombok, 398
Bukām, a wealthy Christian, builds churches, 67
Buk͟ hārā, conquered by Arabs, 213;
sacked by the Mongols, 218;
Saljūqs accept Islam here, 216
Bulandshahr, 257, 260
Islam among, 312–16;
in the Sudan, 317, 321
Bilāl, 14–15, 29
Bintara, in Java, 383
Bishnois, Hindu sect, 263
Bizzi, Marco, in Albania, 180–3
Bodh Mal, Raja of Majhauli, 262
Bogomiles, 198–200
Bohra sect, 275–7
Bolaäng-Mongondou, in Celebes, 396–8
Borneo, 390–2
Bornu, 320 n.5, 322, 355
Borun tribe, 411
Bosnia, 168, 198–201
Brahmanābād, 272
Brunai, in Borneo, 391
Buckle, on Muslim missionaries, 405
Buddhism in conflict with Islam, 220, 225, 227
Buddhists, converted to Islam, 227, 233, 293, 376, 421
Bugis, in Borneo, 392;
in Celebes, 393, 395–6, 397;
in Lombok, 398
Bukām, a wealthy Christian, builds churches, 67
Buk͟ hārā, conquered by Arabs, 213;
sacked by the Mongols, 218;
Saljūqs accept Islam here, 216
Bulandshahr, 257, 260
Page 550
Bulgarians, 242–3
Burāq K͟ hān, 235
Byzantine government, 53–5, 72–3;
in Africa, 104, 106, 124;
in Greece, 147–8
Calvinism and Islam, 155, 162–3
Cambodia, 296 n.3
Canton, 296
Cape Colony, 3, 350–2
Capitation-tax in Albania, 182, 189;
in Turkey, 152–4.
See Jizyah
Catherine II, 247
Celebes, 392–8
Ceram, 404
Ceylon, Islam in, 266 n.2
Chag͟ hatāy, 234
Chalcedon, Council of, 53, 102
Champa, 380
Chams, 296 n.3
Charlemagne, 7, 136, 139
Cheribon, 380, 385
Cherimiss, 250–1
Chermen, 378
Cherumans, 268 [459]
China, Islam in, 227, 294–311
Burāq K͟ hān, 235
Byzantine government, 53–5, 72–3;
in Africa, 104, 106, 124;
in Greece, 147–8
Calvinism and Islam, 155, 162–3
Cambodia, 296 n.3
Canton, 296
Cape Colony, 3, 350–2
Capitation-tax in Albania, 182, 189;
in Turkey, 152–4.
See Jizyah
Catherine II, 247
Celebes, 392–8
Ceram, 404
Ceylon, Islam in, 266 n.2
Chag͟ hatāy, 234
Chalcedon, Council of, 53, 102
Champa, 380
Chams, 296 n.3
Charlemagne, 7, 136, 139
Cheribon, 380, 385
Cherimiss, 250–1
Chermen, 378
Cherumans, 268 [459]
China, Islam in, 227, 294–311
Page 551
Chinese, in Borneo, 392;
in Java, 379;
in Mindanao, 401 n.2
Chingīz K͟ hān, 218, 220, 225, 301
Chittagong, 278
Christian Arabs, converted to Islam, 47–50;
in alliance with Muslim Arabs, 47–9, 62;
in modern times, 52;
persecuted, 50
Christian clergy converted to Islam, 84, 86–7;
in Abyssinia, 115;
in Egypt, 92;
in Spain, 134;
in Turkey, 159, 165, 166, 168 n.2, 169
Christian heresies as predisposing to conversion to Islam, 105, 134, 161, 199–200
Christian officials employed by Muhammadan governments, 62–4;
in Egypt, 107;
in Spain, 135
Christian soldiers in Muhammadan service, during the Crusades, 91, 96;
in North Africa, 129–30;
in Spain, 135;
in Turkey, 62, 151 n.2, 179;
exempted from the payment of capitation-tax, 61–2
Christianity, forced conversion to. See Conversion, forced
Christians converted to Islam, in Borneo, 392;
in Celebes, 396–8;
in India, 269;
in Sumatra, 370.
See also Christian clergy
Christians prefer Muslim to Christian rule, 155–7;
in Byzantine empire, 54–6, 96, 147–8;
in Greece under Frankish and Venetian rule, 147;
in Hungary, 155;
in Spain, 132;
in Servia, 194–5;
in Transylvania, 155
in Java, 379;
in Mindanao, 401 n.2
Chingīz K͟ hān, 218, 220, 225, 301
Chittagong, 278
Christian Arabs, converted to Islam, 47–50;
in alliance with Muslim Arabs, 47–9, 62;
in modern times, 52;
persecuted, 50
Christian clergy converted to Islam, 84, 86–7;
in Abyssinia, 115;
in Egypt, 92;
in Spain, 134;
in Turkey, 159, 165, 166, 168 n.2, 169
Christian heresies as predisposing to conversion to Islam, 105, 134, 161, 199–200
Christian officials employed by Muhammadan governments, 62–4;
in Egypt, 107;
in Spain, 135
Christian soldiers in Muhammadan service, during the Crusades, 91, 96;
in North Africa, 129–30;
in Spain, 135;
in Turkey, 62, 151 n.2, 179;
exempted from the payment of capitation-tax, 61–2
Christianity, forced conversion to. See Conversion, forced
Christians converted to Islam, in Borneo, 392;
in Celebes, 396–8;
in India, 269;
in Sumatra, 370.
See also Christian clergy
Christians prefer Muslim to Christian rule, 155–7;
in Byzantine empire, 54–6, 96, 147–8;
in Greece under Frankish and Venetian rule, 147;
in Hungary, 155;
in Spain, 132;
in Servia, 194–5;
in Transylvania, 155
Page 552
Christians under Muslim rule, condition of, 49–50, 52, 54–69, 75–84, 95–100, 103–4, 106–9, 121–2,
125–7, 129–44, 146–60, 178–84, 189, 194–7, 203–5, 207, 422.
See also D͟ himmīs
Churches built in Muhammadan countries, 57 n.5, 65–8, 109, 135, 422 n.2
Chuvash, 251
Circassians, 100–1
Constantine, Tsarevitch of Kakheth, becomes Muslim, 99
Controversies between Christians and Muslims, 83–5, 108, 226, 227 n.4, 436–7
Conversion, forced, to Christianity, in Abyssinia, 114, 116, 119–20;
in Amboina, 7–8;
in Europe, 7–8, 194;
in the Galla country, 348;
in the Philippine Islands, 401
Conversion, forced, to Islam, absence of, vindicated by contemporary evidence, 81–2, 157–8, 173–4
Conversion, forced, to Islam, condemned, 5–6, 85 n.4, 158, 421–3
Conversion, forced, to Islam, in Albania, 182, 190;
in India, 254, 260–2, 268, 278;
in Kashmīr, 292;
in Morocco, 126;
in Mug͟ halistān, 238;
in Tunis, 126 n.2;
in Turkey, 150, 166, 174
Conversion of Muslims to Christianity, in Crete, 201
Copts, 102–9
Crete, viii. n.1, 201–5
Crimea, Islam in the, 245
Crusaders, 88–92
Cutch, 275, 277
Cyprus, Copts in, accept Islam, 108 n.3;
under Venetian rule, 147 n.2
Daghistan, 100
125–7, 129–44, 146–60, 178–84, 189, 194–7, 203–5, 207, 422.
See also D͟ himmīs
Churches built in Muhammadan countries, 57 n.5, 65–8, 109, 135, 422 n.2
Chuvash, 251
Circassians, 100–1
Constantine, Tsarevitch of Kakheth, becomes Muslim, 99
Controversies between Christians and Muslims, 83–5, 108, 226, 227 n.4, 436–7
Conversion, forced, to Christianity, in Abyssinia, 114, 116, 119–20;
in Amboina, 7–8;
in Europe, 7–8, 194;
in the Galla country, 348;
in the Philippine Islands, 401
Conversion, forced, to Islam, absence of, vindicated by contemporary evidence, 81–2, 157–8, 173–4
Conversion, forced, to Islam, condemned, 5–6, 85 n.4, 158, 421–3
Conversion, forced, to Islam, in Albania, 182, 190;
in India, 254, 260–2, 268, 278;
in Kashmīr, 292;
in Morocco, 126;
in Mug͟ halistān, 238;
in Tunis, 126 n.2;
in Turkey, 150, 166, 174
Conversion of Muslims to Christianity, in Crete, 201
Copts, 102–9
Crete, viii. n.1, 201–5
Crimea, Islam in the, 245
Crusaders, 88–92
Cutch, 275, 277
Cyprus, Copts in, accept Islam, 108 n.3;
under Venetian rule, 147 n.2
Daghistan, 100
Page 553
Dahanu, 271
Dahomey, 339
Damascus, 55, 65
Danagla Arabs, 110 n.7
Daniel, Bishop of Khabur, 87
Darfur, 322, 354, 355
Dasavatār, sacred book of the Khojahs, 274
Daylam, 210
Deccan, merchants from the, in the Malay Archipelago, 364
D͟ himmīs, 57–61, 66, 75–6, 77 n.6, 83, 207.
See also Christians under Muslim Rule, Zoroastrians
Dongola, 110, 327
Doughty, quoted, 347, 413, 416–17
Dudekulas, 267
Dutch, in the Malay Archipelago, 369, 372, 397–8, 405–7
Dutch-speaking Muslims. See Cape Colony
Dyaks, 392
Egypt, Christians under Muslim rule, 102–4, 106–9;
churches built, 66–7, 109, 422 n.2
Egypt, Jacobite Christians of. See Copts
Felix, Bishop of Urgel, 139
Fire-temples, in Persia, 209–11
Fīrūz Shāh Tug͟ hlaq, 258
Flores, 396
Fulbe, condition in eighteenth century, 323–4;
in nineteenth century, 325;
destroy Hausa records, 319;
Dahomey, 339
Damascus, 55, 65
Danagla Arabs, 110 n.7
Daniel, Bishop of Khabur, 87
Darfur, 322, 354, 355
Dasavatār, sacred book of the Khojahs, 274
Daylam, 210
Deccan, merchants from the, in the Malay Archipelago, 364
D͟ himmīs, 57–61, 66, 75–6, 77 n.6, 83, 207.
See also Christians under Muslim Rule, Zoroastrians
Dongola, 110, 327
Doughty, quoted, 347, 413, 416–17
Dudekulas, 267
Dutch, in the Malay Archipelago, 369, 372, 397–8, 405–7
Dutch-speaking Muslims. See Cape Colony
Dyaks, 392
Egypt, Christians under Muslim rule, 102–4, 106–9;
churches built, 66–7, 109, 422 n.2
Egypt, Jacobite Christians of. See Copts
Felix, Bishop of Urgel, 139
Fire-temples, in Persia, 209–11
Fīrūz Shāh Tug͟ hlaq, 258
Flores, 396
Fulbe, condition in eighteenth century, 323–4;
in nineteenth century, 325;
destroy Hausa records, 319;
Page 554
missionary activity, [460]333, 353–4;
on West Coast of Africa, 340
Fūnj, empire of the, 111, 113, 337
Futah-Jallon, 328, 330
Gabriel, Christian physician of Hārūn al-Rashīd, 64
Gabriel, Metropolitan of Fārs, 86
Gallas, 348–9;
in Abyssinia, 116–17, 347
Galley-slaves, 173
Gennadios, Patriarch of Constantinople, 146
George, Bishop of Baḥrayn, 86
Georgians, 97–100, 165 n.1
Gerganos, 164
German East Africa, 345–6, 410
G͟ hāzān, 232–4, 421
Gilolo, 390
Giri, 382
Gold Coast, 339
Golden Horde, 220, 227, 239
Gowa, in Celebes, 393, 395
Grāñ. See Aḥmad Grāñ
Greece, the first-fruits of, Ṣuhayb, 26, 29
Greek Christians exempted from payment of capitation-tax, 62
Greek Church, attempt to Calvinise the, 161–4;
under Byzantine rule in fifteenth century, 159;
under Turkish rule in seventeenth century, 167, 169;
in Bosnia, 168;
on West Coast of Africa, 340
Fūnj, empire of the, 111, 113, 337
Futah-Jallon, 328, 330
Gabriel, Christian physician of Hārūn al-Rashīd, 64
Gabriel, Metropolitan of Fārs, 86
Gallas, 348–9;
in Abyssinia, 116–17, 347
Galley-slaves, 173
Gennadios, Patriarch of Constantinople, 146
George, Bishop of Baḥrayn, 86
Georgians, 97–100, 165 n.1
Gerganos, 164
German East Africa, 345–6, 410
G͟ hāzān, 232–4, 421
Gilolo, 390
Giri, 382
Gold Coast, 339
Golden Horde, 220, 227, 239
Gowa, in Celebes, 393, 395
Grāñ. See Aḥmad Grāñ
Greece, the first-fruits of, Ṣuhayb, 26, 29
Greek Christians exempted from payment of capitation-tax, 62
Greek Church, attempt to Calvinise the, 161–4;
under Byzantine rule in fifteenth century, 159;
under Turkish rule in seventeenth century, 167, 169;
in Bosnia, 168;
Page 555
in Crete, under Venetian rule, 203;
in Servia, 196
Greeks, in the Crimea, 245;
under Turkish rule, 145–55, 160
Gresik, 378, 379, 381, 382, 389
Grodno, Muslims in, 3
Guinea Coast, 338–9
Gujarāt, spread of Islam in, 275–7
Gulbarga, 271
Hādī, caliph, 84
Ḥafṣ b. al-Walīd, governor of Egypt, and the Christians, 103–4
Ḥājī Purwa, 378
Ḥājīs, and missionary activity, 416;
in Africa, 330, 354;
in the Malay Archipelago, 405–6;
in Java, 377;
in Sambawa, 398;
in Sumatra, 369, 370, 371
Ḥājj ʻUmar, 330, 332, 333
Ḥākim, 8, 422
Halemahera, 390
Harar, 335, 350
Hardatta, 257
Hārūn al-Rashīd, 64, 84;
oppresses the Christians, 76;
permits erection of churches, 67
Hausas, 319–20, 321, 325;
as proselytisers, 320, 333, 339;
on West Coast of Africa, 340
Ḥaydar ʻAlī, 254, 261, 268
in Servia, 196
Greeks, in the Crimea, 245;
under Turkish rule, 145–55, 160
Gresik, 378, 379, 381, 382, 389
Grodno, Muslims in, 3
Guinea Coast, 338–9
Gujarāt, spread of Islam in, 275–7
Gulbarga, 271
Hādī, caliph, 84
Ḥafṣ b. al-Walīd, governor of Egypt, and the Christians, 103–4
Ḥājī Purwa, 378
Ḥājīs, and missionary activity, 416;
in Africa, 330, 354;
in the Malay Archipelago, 405–6;
in Java, 377;
in Sambawa, 398;
in Sumatra, 369, 370, 371
Ḥājj ʻUmar, 330, 332, 333
Ḥākim, 8, 422
Halemahera, 390
Harar, 335, 350
Hardatta, 257
Hārūn al-Rashīd, 64, 84;
oppresses the Christians, 76;
permits erection of churches, 67
Hausas, 319–20, 321, 325;
as proselytisers, 320, 333, 339;
on West Coast of Africa, 340
Ḥaydar ʻAlī, 254, 261, 268
Page 556
Hayton, king of Armenia, 221, 229
Heraclius, 28, 48, 53–4, 70 n.3, 207
Hinduism and Islam, in India, 254–91;
in Java, 384–6
Ḥīrah, 50
Hishām, caliph, 295
Hottentots, 351
Hui Hui, 295
Hūlāgū, 221, 228, 229, 240
Hungary, Calvinists of, 155;
Muslims in, 160 n.1, 193–4
Hunyady, John, 193, 195
Ibn Ḥanbal, 74
Ibn K͟ hūrdādbih, 211
Ibn Tūmart, 316
Ibrāhīm, Christian, in charge of Bayt al-Māl, 63
Ibrāhīm I, Sultan of Turkey, 423
Idaans, tribe in Borneo, 391–2
Ijebu country, South Nigeria, 326
Īlik-K͟ hāns, dynasty, 215, 216
Īlk͟ hān dynasty, 223, 226, 229–34
Ilorin, 325
India, 212, 254–91, 439;
Islam introduced into Malay Archipelago from, 364
Indo-China, Islam in, 376
Intolerance condemned, 209.
See also Forced conversion, to Islam, condemned
Heraclius, 28, 48, 53–4, 70 n.3, 207
Hinduism and Islam, in India, 254–91;
in Java, 384–6
Ḥīrah, 50
Hishām, caliph, 295
Hottentots, 351
Hui Hui, 295
Hūlāgū, 221, 228, 229, 240
Hungary, Calvinists of, 155;
Muslims in, 160 n.1, 193–4
Hunyady, John, 193, 195
Ibn Ḥanbal, 74
Ibn K͟ hūrdādbih, 211
Ibn Tūmart, 316
Ibrāhīm, Christian, in charge of Bayt al-Māl, 63
Ibrāhīm I, Sultan of Turkey, 423
Idaans, tribe in Borneo, 391–2
Ijebu country, South Nigeria, 326
Īlik-K͟ hāns, dynasty, 215, 216
Īlk͟ hān dynasty, 223, 226, 229–34
Ilorin, 325
India, 212, 254–91, 439;
Islam introduced into Malay Archipelago from, 364
Indo-China, Islam in, 376
Intolerance condemned, 209.
See also Forced conversion, to Islam, condemned
Page 557
Ishōʻ-yabh III, Nestorian Patriarch, 81
Islam, brotherhood of, 42–3, 75,340, 356, 357, 416
Islam, causes of spread of, 413–26;
in Africa, 353–8, 362;
in Albania, 182, 184, 190;
in Arabia, 35, 41;
in Bosnia, 200;
in Egypt, 94, 105–6, 108–9;
in India, 279, 287–91;
in the Malay Archipelago, 365, 400, 405, 407;
in Spain, 132;
in Turkey, 157–8, 160, 166, 172–5;
under the Umayyads and ʻAbbāsids, 70–5, 79 n.1
Islam, a missionary religion, 1, 11, 29, 42–4, 409
Islam, ritualism of, 417–19
Islam, a universal religion, 28–30
Ismāʻīl b. ʻAbd Allāh, governor of North Africa, 314
Ismāʻīlian missionaries, 211–13;
in India, 212, 274–6;
in Kashmīr, 291
Israel, Christian official, 64 [461]
Jacobite Church, in Abyssinia, 113–21;
in Egypt, 69, 102–9;
in Nubia, 109–13;
in Persia, 69, 81–2, 207;
recent statistics, 80
Jacobus Manopo, first Christian king of Bolaäng-Mongondou, 396
Jacobus Manuel Manopo, first Muslim king of Bolaäng-Mongondou, 397
Jag͟ habūb, 334, 335
Jains converted to Islam, 271
Jalāl al-Dīn Muḥammad Shāh, king of Bengal, 278
Jamāl al-Dīn, first Muslim king of Tidor, 388
Islam, brotherhood of, 42–3, 75,340, 356, 357, 416
Islam, causes of spread of, 413–26;
in Africa, 353–8, 362;
in Albania, 182, 184, 190;
in Arabia, 35, 41;
in Bosnia, 200;
in Egypt, 94, 105–6, 108–9;
in India, 279, 287–91;
in the Malay Archipelago, 365, 400, 405, 407;
in Spain, 132;
in Turkey, 157–8, 160, 166, 172–5;
under the Umayyads and ʻAbbāsids, 70–5, 79 n.1
Islam, a missionary religion, 1, 11, 29, 42–4, 409
Islam, ritualism of, 417–19
Islam, a universal religion, 28–30
Ismāʻīl b. ʻAbd Allāh, governor of North Africa, 314
Ismāʻīlian missionaries, 211–13;
in India, 212, 274–6;
in Kashmīr, 291
Israel, Christian official, 64 [461]
Jacobite Church, in Abyssinia, 113–21;
in Egypt, 69, 102–9;
in Nubia, 109–13;
in Persia, 69, 81–2, 207;
recent statistics, 80
Jacobus Manopo, first Christian king of Bolaäng-Mongondou, 396
Jacobus Manuel Manopo, first Muslim king of Bolaäng-Mongondou, 397
Jag͟ habūb, 334, 335
Jains converted to Islam, 271
Jalāl al-Dīn Muḥammad Shāh, king of Bengal, 278
Jamāl al-Dīn, first Muslim king of Tidor, 388
Page 558
James II, king of England, invited to embrace Islam, 409 n.3
Janissaries, corps of, 150–1, 167
Jarrāḥ b. ʻAbd Allāh, governor of K͟ hurāsān, 83
Jatmall, becomes a Muhammadan, 277–8
Java, 364, 377–87
Jāwej, Abyssinian chief, 118
Jenne, 318
Jerusalem, 59, 90
Jews, attempt the conversion of the Russians, 243;
forced to become Muslims, 421;
in China, 305;
in Medina, 20, 26;
in Spain, welcome Arabs, 132;
Spanish, take refuge in Turkey, 156
Jihād, in Africa, 329, 331–3, 353;
in Sumatra, 372
Jizyah, tribute paid by non-Muslim subjects, 59–62, 103–4, 115, 207, 432;
paid also by newly-converted Muslims, 60, 83, 103 n.5;
—exemption granted to, Banū Tag͟ hlib, 49;
newly-converted Muslims, 103–4, 258;
Christian troops in Muslim service, 61–2;
—rates, 60;
in Jerusalem, 57;
in Nubia, 110;
in Spain, 134.
See also Capitation-tax
John, king of Abyssinia, 119, 120
Joseph, Metropolitan of Merv, 84, 86 n.7
Joshua, Jacobite Patriarch, 86 n.6
Jukun tribe, 337
Justinian, 52, 72, 102 n.1, 123
Justus Stevenius, 93
Janissaries, corps of, 150–1, 167
Jarrāḥ b. ʻAbd Allāh, governor of K͟ hurāsān, 83
Jatmall, becomes a Muhammadan, 277–8
Java, 364, 377–87
Jāwej, Abyssinian chief, 118
Jenne, 318
Jerusalem, 59, 90
Jews, attempt the conversion of the Russians, 243;
forced to become Muslims, 421;
in China, 305;
in Medina, 20, 26;
in Spain, welcome Arabs, 132;
Spanish, take refuge in Turkey, 156
Jihād, in Africa, 329, 331–3, 353;
in Sumatra, 372
Jizyah, tribute paid by non-Muslim subjects, 59–62, 103–4, 115, 207, 432;
paid also by newly-converted Muslims, 60, 83, 103 n.5;
—exemption granted to, Banū Tag͟ hlib, 49;
newly-converted Muslims, 103–4, 258;
Christian troops in Muslim service, 61–2;
—rates, 60;
in Jerusalem, 57;
in Nubia, 110;
in Spain, 134.
See also Capitation-tax
John, king of Abyssinia, 119, 120
Joseph, Metropolitan of Merv, 84, 86 n.7
Joshua, Jacobite Patriarch, 86 n.6
Jukun tribe, 337
Justinian, 52, 72, 102 n.1, 123
Justus Stevenius, 93
Page 559
Kabils, of Algeria, 127–9
Kābul, 217
Kanem, 320
Kano, 319 n.6, 320
Kan-su, 302, 306, 309, 310
Karamurtads, in Albania, 192
Karīm b. Shahriyār, 210
Kāshgar, Islam in, 215, 235, 238
Kashmīr, 291–2
Kastriota, George, 177
Katsena, 320
Kazaks, 238
Kazan, 247–9, 252, 411
Kei Islands, 404
K͟ hadījah, 12, 18
K͟ hālid al-Qasrī, erects a church, 67
K͟ hālid b. al-Walīd, 46;
at Ḥīrah, 50–1;
Afghan legend concerning, 217
K͟ harāj, 83
K͟ hazars, 243
K͟ hiljīs, Islam under the, 257–8
Khīva, 214, 246
Khojah sect, 274–5
Khokand, 246
Khotan, 216, 238, 296 n.3
Kābul, 217
Kanem, 320
Kano, 319 n.6, 320
Kan-su, 302, 306, 309, 310
Karamurtads, in Albania, 192
Karīm b. Shahriyār, 210
Kāshgar, Islam in, 215, 235, 238
Kashmīr, 291–2
Kastriota, George, 177
Katsena, 320
Kazaks, 238
Kazan, 247–9, 252, 411
Kei Islands, 404
K͟ hadījah, 12, 18
K͟ hālid al-Qasrī, erects a church, 67
K͟ hālid b. al-Walīd, 46;
at Ḥīrah, 50–1;
Afghan legend concerning, 217
K͟ harāj, 83
K͟ hazars, 243
K͟ hiljīs, Islam under the, 257–8
Khīva, 214, 246
Khojah sect, 274–5
Khokand, 246
Khotan, 216, 238, 296 n.3
Page 560
K͟ hurāsān, conversion of Christians of, 81–2
Kʼien Lung, emperor of China, 304, 305
Kiloa, 340, 342
Kindī. See ʻAbd al-Masīḥ b. Isḥāq al-Kindī
Kirghiz, 238, 245–7, 253
Kocch tribe, converted to Islam, 288
Kordofan, 320, 327
Kovno, Muslims in, 3
Kritopoulos, Metrophanes, on tribute of Christian children, 150 n.2, 151
Kūchum K͟ hān, 252
Kufra, 334 n.2
Kurguz, Buddhist governor of Persia, becomes Muslim, 227
Kuyūk K͟ hān, treatment of Christians, 221, 225;
of Muhammadans, 225–6
Laccadive Islands, 270
Ladakh, 292–3
Lagos, 340
Lambri, in Sumatra, 368
Lampong districts, 371
Lamṭūna clan, 315, 317
Lefroy, Bishop, on causes of spread of Islam, 414–15;
on Islam in India, 259;
on Muslim public prayer, 418 n.2
Lhasa, Muhammadans in, 293
Liberia, 338
Lithuania, Islam in, 3, 245
Kʼien Lung, emperor of China, 304, 305
Kiloa, 340, 342
Kindī. See ʻAbd al-Masīḥ b. Isḥāq al-Kindī
Kirghiz, 238, 245–7, 253
Kocch tribe, converted to Islam, 288
Kordofan, 320, 327
Kovno, Muslims in, 3
Kritopoulos, Metrophanes, on tribute of Christian children, 150 n.2, 151
Kūchum K͟ hān, 252
Kufra, 334 n.2
Kurguz, Buddhist governor of Persia, becomes Muslim, 227
Kuyūk K͟ hān, treatment of Christians, 221, 225;
of Muhammadans, 225–6
Laccadive Islands, 270
Ladakh, 292–3
Lagos, 340
Lambri, in Sumatra, 368
Lampong districts, 371
Lamṭūna clan, 315, 317
Lefroy, Bishop, on causes of spread of Islam, 414–15;
on Islam in India, 259;
on Muslim public prayer, 418 n.2
Lhasa, Muhammadans in, 293
Liberia, 338
Lithuania, Islam in, 3, 245
Page 561
Lohānas, conversion of, 274
Lombok, 398
Louis VII. See St. Louis
Lucaris, Cyril, Patriarch of Constantinople, 161–4 [462]
Macarius, Patriarch of Antioch, 156
Macassar, kingdom in Celebes, 393, 395–6
Madagascar, 352
Madāyi, 265
Madura, 382, 404
Magellan, 387, 388
Mahdī, caliph, 50, 67, 78
Mahdī Purāṇa, 212
Maḥmūd of Ghazna, 254, 256, 257
Maimonides, Moses, 421
Majapahit, 379, 380–4, 390, 391 n.4
Malabar, 261–9, 364, 366 n.4
Malacca, 372, 401
Malay Archipelago, 363–72, 377–407
Malay Peninsula, 372–6
Malays, in Cape Colony, 350
Maldive Islands, 270
Malik al-Z̤ āhir, king of Samudra, 368
Malik b. al-Walīd, Christian official, 64
Maʼmūn, caliph, reign of, 78, 84, 85, 217;
permits erection of churches, 67;
interview with his uncle, Ibrāhīm, 358
Lombok, 398
Louis VII. See St. Louis
Lucaris, Cyril, Patriarch of Constantinople, 161–4 [462]
Macarius, Patriarch of Antioch, 156
Macassar, kingdom in Celebes, 393, 395–6
Madagascar, 352
Madāyi, 265
Madura, 382, 404
Magellan, 387, 388
Mahdī, caliph, 50, 67, 78
Mahdī Purāṇa, 212
Maḥmūd of Ghazna, 254, 256, 257
Maimonides, Moses, 421
Majapahit, 379, 380–4, 390, 391 n.4
Malabar, 261–9, 364, 366 n.4
Malacca, 372, 401
Malay Archipelago, 363–72, 377–407
Malay Peninsula, 372–6
Malays, in Cape Colony, 350
Maldive Islands, 270
Malik al-Z̤ āhir, king of Samudra, 368
Malik b. al-Walīd, Christian official, 64
Maʼmūn, caliph, reign of, 78, 84, 85, 217;
permits erection of churches, 67;
interview with his uncle, Ibrāhīm, 358
Page 562
Mandingos, 319, 331, 354;
as Muslim missionaries, 319, 321, 353;
on West Coast of Africa, 338, 340;
still pagan, 337
Mangū K͟ hān, 222
Manila, 402
Manṣūr, caliph, 75, 296
Mappillas, 263–4
Marabouts, 317, 354
Mark bar Qīqī, Jacobite Metropolitan, 86
Marriages of Christian women to Muhammadans, 136 n.3, 181, 186
Martyrs, Muslim, 14–15, 38, 224
Marwān, caliph, quoted, 8
Mecca, Arabs from, in the Malay Archipelago, 367, 375, 391;
pilgrimage to, 415–16;
religious centre of the Muslim world, 27.
See also Ḥājīs.
Medina, 19–26, 31–2, 34–5
Melle, 319, 321
Menangkabau, kingdom of, 368–9, 372
Menelik, emperor of Abyssinia, 120, 350
Merāts, 287
Merchants, Muslim, as missionaries, 409, 419;
among the Mongols, 228;
in Africa, 118, 320, 333, 337, 339, 348, 353, 362;
in India, 264, 273;
in the Malay Archipelago, 365, 377, 387–8, 396, 403, 404;
in Siberia, 252
Merv, conversion of Christians of, 81–2
Metaras, Nicodemus, 164
as Muslim missionaries, 319, 321, 353;
on West Coast of Africa, 338, 340;
still pagan, 337
Mangū K͟ hān, 222
Manila, 402
Manṣūr, caliph, 75, 296
Mappillas, 263–4
Marabouts, 317, 354
Mark bar Qīqī, Jacobite Metropolitan, 86
Marriages of Christian women to Muhammadans, 136 n.3, 181, 186
Martyrs, Muslim, 14–15, 38, 224
Marwān, caliph, quoted, 8
Mecca, Arabs from, in the Malay Archipelago, 367, 375, 391;
pilgrimage to, 415–16;
religious centre of the Muslim world, 27.
See also Ḥājīs.
Medina, 19–26, 31–2, 34–5
Melle, 319, 321
Menangkabau, kingdom of, 368–9, 372
Menelik, emperor of Abyssinia, 120, 350
Merāts, 287
Merchants, Muslim, as missionaries, 409, 419;
among the Mongols, 228;
in Africa, 118, 320, 333, 337, 339, 348, 353, 362;
in India, 264, 273;
in the Malay Archipelago, 365, 377, 387–8, 396, 403, 404;
in Siberia, 252
Merv, conversion of Christians of, 81–2
Metaras, Nicodemus, 164
Page 563
Minahassa, 393
Mindanao, 399–401
Ming dynasty, 299
Minnat al-Islām Sabhā, 269
Mirdites, 62, 179 n.2, 192
Misool, island, 402, 403 n.3
Missionaries, Muslim:—
ʻAbd Allāh, al-Yamanī, 275
ʻAbd Allāh, Shayk͟ h, 373–5
ʻAbd Allāh ʻĀrif, 366
ʻAbd Allāh b. Yāsīn, 315
ʻAbd al-Razzāq, 266–7
Abū ʻAbd Allāh Muḥammad, 113–14
Abū ʻAlī Qalandar, 282
Abū Bakr, 401
Abū Ṣaydā, 214
Abu’l-Faraj b. al-Jawzī, 75
Abu’l-Naṣr Sāmānī, 215
ʻAmr b. Mālik, 40
ʻAmr b. Murrah, 36–7
ʻAyyāsh b. Abī Rabīʻah, 39
Bahā al-Dīn Zakariyyā, 281
Bahā al-Ḥaqq, 281
Baqā Ḥusayn K͟ hān, 283, 439
Bulbul Shāh, 292
Burhān al-Dīn, 366
Ḍaḥḥāk b. Sufyān, 40
Danfodio. See ʻUt͟ hmān Danfodio
Darvīsh Manṣūr, 100
Datu Mullā Ḥusayn, 388–9
Dāwal Shāh Pīr, 277
Ḍimām b. T͟ haʻlabah, 35–6
Fak͟ hr al-Dīn, 267–8
Faraḥ ʻAlī, 101
Farīd al-Dīn, 281
Ḥājī Muḥammad, 283
Ḥakīm Bagus, 397
Ḥasan al-Dīn, 385
Ḥasan ʻAlī, 283
Mindanao, 399–401
Ming dynasty, 299
Minnat al-Islām Sabhā, 269
Mirdites, 62, 179 n.2, 192
Misool, island, 402, 403 n.3
Missionaries, Muslim:—
ʻAbd Allāh, al-Yamanī, 275
ʻAbd Allāh, Shayk͟ h, 373–5
ʻAbd Allāh ʻĀrif, 366
ʻAbd Allāh b. Yāsīn, 315
ʻAbd al-Razzāq, 266–7
Abū ʻAbd Allāh Muḥammad, 113–14
Abū ʻAlī Qalandar, 282
Abū Bakr, 401
Abū Ṣaydā, 214
Abu’l-Faraj b. al-Jawzī, 75
Abu’l-Naṣr Sāmānī, 215
ʻAmr b. Mālik, 40
ʻAmr b. Murrah, 36–7
ʻAyyāsh b. Abī Rabīʻah, 39
Bahā al-Dīn Zakariyyā, 281
Bahā al-Ḥaqq, 281
Baqā Ḥusayn K͟ hān, 283, 439
Bulbul Shāh, 292
Burhān al-Dīn, 366
Ḍaḥḥāk b. Sufyān, 40
Danfodio. See ʻUt͟ hmān Danfodio
Darvīsh Manṣūr, 100
Datu Mullā Ḥusayn, 388–9
Dāwal Shāh Pīr, 277
Ḍimām b. T͟ haʻlabah, 35–6
Fak͟ hr al-Dīn, 267–8
Faraḥ ʻAlī, 101
Farīd al-Dīn, 281
Ḥājī Muḥammad, 283
Ḥakīm Bagus, 397
Ḥasan al-Dīn, 385
Ḥasan ʻAlī, 283
Page 564
Ḥasan b. ʻAlī, 210
Ḥasan Kabīr al-Dīn, 282
Ḥāshim Pīr Gujarātī, 271
Ibn Ḥanbal, 74
Ibrāhīm Abū Zarbay, 350
Imām Dikir, 404
Imām Shāh, 277
Imām Tuwéko, 397
Isḥāq, 382
Isḥāq Walī, 238
Ismāʻīl, Shayk͟ h, 367–8
Jalāl al-Dīn Tabrīzī, 280
Jamāl al-Dīn, 235–6
Jumāda ʻl-Kubrạ̄, 381
K͟ halīfah Ḥusayn, Shayk͟ h, 382
K͟ haṭīb Tungal, 395
Khunmir Ḥusaynī, 271
[463]Mahābīr Khamdāyat, 271
Malik ʻAbd al-Laṭīf, 277
Mālik b. Dīnār, 264–5
Mālik b. Ḥabīb, 264–5
Malik Ibrāhīm, 378–9
Manṣūr, Shayk͟ h, 388
Minak Kamala Bumi, 371
Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Karīm b. Muḥammad al-Majīlī, 320
Muḥammad b. al-Huzayl, 74 n.3
Muḥammad ʻUbayd Allāh, 284–5
Muḥammad ʻUt͟ hmān al-Amīr G͟ hanī, 327
Muʻīn al-Dīn Chishtī, 281
Mullā ʻAlī, 275–6
Mumba Mulyaya, 270
Muṣʻab b. ʻUmayr, 15–16, 22–5
Nāṣir al-Ḥaqq Abū Muḥammad, 210
Nūr al-Dīn, 275
Nūr al-Dīn Ibrāhīm, 385
Nūr Satāgar, 275
Pati Putah, 389
Rashīd al-Dīn, 236–7
Ṣadr al-Dīn, 274–5
Sayyid Aḥmad Kabīr, 282
Sayyid ʻAlī Hamadānī, 292
Sayyid Ismāʻīl, 280
Sayyid Jalāl al-Dīn, 281–2
Sayyid Muḥammad b. Sayyid ʻAlī, 271
Ḥasan Kabīr al-Dīn, 282
Ḥāshim Pīr Gujarātī, 271
Ibn Ḥanbal, 74
Ibrāhīm Abū Zarbay, 350
Imām Dikir, 404
Imām Shāh, 277
Imām Tuwéko, 397
Isḥāq, 382
Isḥāq Walī, 238
Ismāʻīl, Shayk͟ h, 367–8
Jalāl al-Dīn Tabrīzī, 280
Jamāl al-Dīn, 235–6
Jumāda ʻl-Kubrạ̄, 381
K͟ halīfah Ḥusayn, Shayk͟ h, 382
K͟ haṭīb Tungal, 395
Khunmir Ḥusaynī, 271
[463]Mahābīr Khamdāyat, 271
Malik ʻAbd al-Laṭīf, 277
Mālik b. Dīnār, 264–5
Mālik b. Ḥabīb, 264–5
Malik Ibrāhīm, 378–9
Manṣūr, Shayk͟ h, 388
Minak Kamala Bumi, 371
Muḥammad b. ʻAbd al-Karīm b. Muḥammad al-Majīlī, 320
Muḥammad b. al-Huzayl, 74 n.3
Muḥammad ʻUbayd Allāh, 284–5
Muḥammad ʻUt͟ hmān al-Amīr G͟ hanī, 327
Muʻīn al-Dīn Chishtī, 281
Mullā ʻAlī, 275–6
Mumba Mulyaya, 270
Muṣʻab b. ʻUmayr, 15–16, 22–5
Nāṣir al-Ḥaqq Abū Muḥammad, 210
Nūr al-Dīn, 275
Nūr al-Dīn Ibrāhīm, 385
Nūr Satāgar, 275
Pati Putah, 389
Rashīd al-Dīn, 236–7
Ṣadr al-Dīn, 274–5
Sayyid Aḥmad Kabīr, 282
Sayyid ʻAlī Hamadānī, 292
Sayyid Ismāʻīl, 280
Sayyid Jalāl al-Dīn, 281–2
Sayyid Muḥammad b. Sayyid ʻAlī, 271
Page 565
Sayyid Muḥammad Gīsūdarāz, 271
Sayyid Nathar Shāh, 267, 268
Sayyid Ṣadr al-Dīn, 282
Sayyid Safdar ʻAlī, 283
Sayyid Shāh Farīd al-Dīn, 292
Sayyid ʻUmar ʻAydrūs Basheban, 271
Sayyid Yūsuf al-Dīn, 274
Shāh al-Ḥamīd, 267
Shāh Muḥammad Ṣādiq Sarmast Ḥusaynī, 271
Shams al-Dīn, Mīr, 292
Sharaf b. Mālik, 264
Sharīf Kabungsuwan, 399
Sharīf Karīm al-Mak͟ hdūm, 401
Sīdī ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz, 373
Tufayl b. ʻAmr, 37–8
ʻUmaru Kaba, 321
ʻUrwah b. Masʻūd, 38
ʻUt͟ hmān Danfodio, 323–5
Wāt͟ hilah b. al-Asqaʻ, 40
Yūsuf Shams al-Dīn, 270
Missionaries, Muslim,
from Bag͟ hdād, in India, 271, 274;
from Buk͟ hārā, in India, 280, 281;
among the Mongols, 228, 235–6;
in Siberia, 252;
from Persia, in India, 270, 280–2, 292.
See also Merchants, Prisoners, Women, as missionaries
Missionary activity, Muslim,
character of, 408–9;
enjoined in the Qurʼān, 3–4, 409;
in times of political weakness, 2, 144, 225, 239, 397, 400
Missionary efforts, unsuccessful Muslim,
in Arabia, 34–5, 40;
in Africa, 325–6;
in India, 266–7;
in Java, 378;
among the Mongols, 240;
among the Papuans, 403;
among the Russians, 242–3
Missionary religion, defined, 1
Sayyid Nathar Shāh, 267, 268
Sayyid Ṣadr al-Dīn, 282
Sayyid Safdar ʻAlī, 283
Sayyid Shāh Farīd al-Dīn, 292
Sayyid ʻUmar ʻAydrūs Basheban, 271
Sayyid Yūsuf al-Dīn, 274
Shāh al-Ḥamīd, 267
Shāh Muḥammad Ṣādiq Sarmast Ḥusaynī, 271
Shams al-Dīn, Mīr, 292
Sharaf b. Mālik, 264
Sharīf Kabungsuwan, 399
Sharīf Karīm al-Mak͟ hdūm, 401
Sīdī ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz, 373
Tufayl b. ʻAmr, 37–8
ʻUmaru Kaba, 321
ʻUrwah b. Masʻūd, 38
ʻUt͟ hmān Danfodio, 323–5
Wāt͟ hilah b. al-Asqaʻ, 40
Yūsuf Shams al-Dīn, 270
Missionaries, Muslim,
from Bag͟ hdād, in India, 271, 274;
from Buk͟ hārā, in India, 280, 281;
among the Mongols, 228, 235–6;
in Siberia, 252;
from Persia, in India, 270, 280–2, 292.
See also Merchants, Prisoners, Women, as missionaries
Missionary activity, Muslim,
character of, 408–9;
enjoined in the Qurʼān, 3–4, 409;
in times of political weakness, 2, 144, 225, 239, 397, 400
Missionary efforts, unsuccessful Muslim,
in Arabia, 34–5, 40;
in Africa, 325–6;
in India, 266–7;
in Java, 378;
among the Mongols, 240;
among the Papuans, 403;
among the Russians, 242–3
Missionary religion, defined, 1
Page 566
Missionary Societies, Muslim, 438–9
Moluccas, 387–90
Mongols, conquests, 218–19, 225;
converted to Christianity, 221;
converted to Islam, 227–30, 232–7,
in China, 297 sq.;
in Georgia, 97–8;
persecute the Muhammadans, 225–6, 234;
primitive religion, 220;
relations with Christian princes, 222, 229.
See also Tatars
Monotheletism, 53, 124
Montenegro, 197–8
Moral superiority of Muslims,
in Abyssinia, 117;
in Spain, 133;
in Turkey, 171
Moriscoes, 143–4
Morocco, Christians in, 126, 127 n.3
Moses Maimonides, 421
Muʻāwiyah,
employed Christians, 63;
revenue of Egypt in reign of, 103
Mubārak Shāh, 235
Mug͟ halistān, 238
Muḥammad, 11–43, 47–8
Muḥammad II, Sultan of Turkey, 145–6, 176;
in Bosnia, 198–9
Muḥammad b. al-Huzayl, 74 n.3
Muḥammad b. ʻAlī al-Sanūsī, 334
Muḥammad b. Qāsim, 256 n.2, 272
Moluccas, 387–90
Mongols, conquests, 218–19, 225;
converted to Christianity, 221;
converted to Islam, 227–30, 232–7,
in China, 297 sq.;
in Georgia, 97–8;
persecute the Muhammadans, 225–6, 234;
primitive religion, 220;
relations with Christian princes, 222, 229.
See also Tatars
Monotheletism, 53, 124
Montenegro, 197–8
Moral superiority of Muslims,
in Abyssinia, 117;
in Spain, 133;
in Turkey, 171
Moriscoes, 143–4
Morocco, Christians in, 126, 127 n.3
Moses Maimonides, 421
Muʻāwiyah,
employed Christians, 63;
revenue of Egypt in reign of, 103
Mubārak Shāh, 235
Mug͟ halistān, 238
Muḥammad, 11–43, 47–8
Muḥammad II, Sultan of Turkey, 145–6, 176;
in Bosnia, 198–9
Muḥammad b. al-Huzayl, 74 n.3
Muḥammad b. ʻAlī al-Sanūsī, 334
Muḥammad b. Qāsim, 256 n.2, 272
Page 567
Muḥammad K͟ hān, K͟ hān of Mug͟ halistān, 237–8
Muḥammad K͟ hudābandah, 234
Muḥammad Shāh, Sultan of Malacca, 372–3, 401
Muhammadan martyrs, 14–15, 38, 224
Muhammadan officials and soldiers of Christian governments, as propagandists of Islam,
in Africa, 326, 333, 345–6, 362;
in the Malay Archipelago, 369, 399, 407
Muhammadans observe Christian rites, in Albania, 181, 187
Muhammadans under Christian rule in Abyssinia, 114, 115, 117–21, 410;
Cape Colony, 350–2;
[464]Crete, 201;
Egypt, 424, 438–9;
German East Africa, 326, 345–6, 361–2, 410;
Hungary, 193–4;
India, 280, 282–91, 439;
Lagos, 340;
Lithuania, 245;
Malay Archipelago, 369–70, 371–2, 387, 393, 397–8, 399, 400–2, 405–7;
Montenegro, 197–8;
Nigeria, 325, 326;
Nubia, 110;
Russian empire, 100, 101, 247–51, 252–3, 411;
Spain, 140, 143–4
Mukkuvans, 268
Multan, 272, 273
Muqtadir, caliph, 75, 77, 422 n.2
Murād II, Sultan of Turkey, 148–9
Murshid Qulī K͟ hān, 278
Mustaḍī, caliph, 68
Muʻtadid, caliph, 64
Muʻtaṣim, caliph, reign of, 209, 214, 272;
employs Christian officials, 63;
sends ambassadors to Nubia, 109
Muḥammad K͟ hudābandah, 234
Muḥammad Shāh, Sultan of Malacca, 372–3, 401
Muhammadan martyrs, 14–15, 38, 224
Muhammadan officials and soldiers of Christian governments, as propagandists of Islam,
in Africa, 326, 333, 345–6, 362;
in the Malay Archipelago, 369, 399, 407
Muhammadans observe Christian rites, in Albania, 181, 187
Muhammadans under Christian rule in Abyssinia, 114, 115, 117–21, 410;
Cape Colony, 350–2;
[464]Crete, 201;
Egypt, 424, 438–9;
German East Africa, 326, 345–6, 361–2, 410;
Hungary, 193–4;
India, 280, 282–91, 439;
Lagos, 340;
Lithuania, 245;
Malay Archipelago, 369–70, 371–2, 387, 393, 397–8, 399, 400–2, 405–7;
Montenegro, 197–8;
Nigeria, 325, 326;
Nubia, 110;
Russian empire, 100, 101, 247–51, 252–3, 411;
Spain, 140, 143–4
Mukkuvans, 268
Multan, 272, 273
Muqtadir, caliph, 75, 77, 422 n.2
Murād II, Sultan of Turkey, 148–9
Murshid Qulī K͟ hān, 278
Mustaḍī, caliph, 68
Muʻtadid, caliph, 64
Muʻtaṣim, caliph, reign of, 209, 214, 272;
employs Christian officials, 63;
sends ambassadors to Nubia, 109
Page 568
Mutawakkil, caliph,
fanatical measures, 8, 75, 76–7, 420 n.1;
orders recently constructed churches to be destroyed, 66
Muʻtazilites, 74–5, 77
Mutesa, king of Uganda, 438
Muwallads, in Spain, 139
Muzarabes, 137, 138
Nafīsah, 411
Najm al-Dīn Muk͟ htār al-Zāhidī, 227 n.1
Naqshbandiyyah order, 239, 407 n.2
Nasik, 271, 284
Naṣr b. Hārūn, Christian official, 64
Nestorian Church, under Muslim rule, 68, 77, 80, 81–2, 86
Nestorians among the Mongols, 221–2
New Guinea, 402–3
Niʻmat Allāh, Jacobite Patriarch, 86 n.2
Noanta, Christians of, become Muslims, 168–9
Nogais, 240
Nubia, 109–13, 337
Nubians join Amīrg͟ haniyyah order, 327
Nūr al-Dīn, al-K͟ hwārazmī, maltreated at court of Kuyūk, 225–6
Nyasaland, 346
Onin, peninsula of New Guinea, 403
Org͟ hana, wife of Qarā-Hūlāgū, 234–5
Ottoman Turks,
administration, 146–9;
conquests, 145, 171, 177, 192–3, 198–9, 201;
fanatical measures, 8, 75, 76–7, 420 n.1;
orders recently constructed churches to be destroyed, 66
Muʻtazilites, 74–5, 77
Mutesa, king of Uganda, 438
Muwallads, in Spain, 139
Muzarabes, 137, 138
Nafīsah, 411
Najm al-Dīn Muk͟ htār al-Zāhidī, 227 n.1
Naqshbandiyyah order, 239, 407 n.2
Nasik, 271, 284
Naṣr b. Hārūn, Christian official, 64
Nestorian Church, under Muslim rule, 68, 77, 80, 81–2, 86
Nestorians among the Mongols, 221–2
New Guinea, 402–3
Niʻmat Allāh, Jacobite Patriarch, 86 n.2
Noanta, Christians of, become Muslims, 168–9
Nogais, 240
Nubia, 109–13, 337
Nubians join Amīrg͟ haniyyah order, 327
Nūr al-Dīn, al-K͟ hwārazmī, maltreated at court of Kuyūk, 225–6
Nyasaland, 346
Onin, peninsula of New Guinea, 403
Org͟ hana, wife of Qarā-Hūlāgū, 234–5
Ottoman Turks,
administration, 146–9;
conquests, 145, 171, 177, 192–3, 198–9, 201;
Page 569
moral qualities, 169–71, 172;
oppression, 154–5;
proselytising zeal, 158, 159 n.1;
taxation, 149–54;
toleration, 155–8, 194–5
Padrīs, in Sumatra, 369, 372
Pahlavān, saint of Khīva, 214
Pajajaran, kingdom in Java, 378, 385–6
Palembang, 371, 381, 391
Panjāb, 280–3, 286–7
Papuans, 402–4
Parlāk, kingdom in Sumatra, 367–8
Paulician heresy, 96, 161
Pechenegs, 412
Penukonda, 268
Persecution forbidden in the Qurʼān, 5–6
Persecution of Christians by Muslims, 75–9, 420 n.1;
Banū Tanūk͟ h, 50;
in Albania, 183, 189;
in Armenia, 97;
in Egypt, 106–7;
in Georgia, 98–100;
in North Africa, 126;
in Persia, 232;
in Samarqand, 224;
in Spain, 142–3;
in Turkey, 150, 154
Persecution of Christians by their co-religionists,
in Bosnia, 168;
in Crete, 203;
in Cyprus, 108 n.3;
in Egypt, 69, 102, 106 n.3;
in France, 136;
in Hungary, 155;
oppression, 154–5;
proselytising zeal, 158, 159 n.1;
taxation, 149–54;
toleration, 155–8, 194–5
Padrīs, in Sumatra, 369, 372
Pahlavān, saint of Khīva, 214
Pajajaran, kingdom in Java, 378, 385–6
Palembang, 371, 381, 391
Panjāb, 280–3, 286–7
Papuans, 402–4
Parlāk, kingdom in Sumatra, 367–8
Paulician heresy, 96, 161
Pechenegs, 412
Penukonda, 268
Persecution forbidden in the Qurʼān, 5–6
Persecution of Christians by Muslims, 75–9, 420 n.1;
Banū Tanūk͟ h, 50;
in Albania, 183, 189;
in Armenia, 97;
in Egypt, 106–7;
in Georgia, 98–100;
in North Africa, 126;
in Persia, 232;
in Samarqand, 224;
in Spain, 142–3;
in Turkey, 150, 154
Persecution of Christians by their co-religionists,
in Bosnia, 168;
in Crete, 203;
in Cyprus, 108 n.3;
in Egypt, 69, 102, 106 n.3;
in France, 136;
in Hungary, 155;
Page 570
in Persia, 68–9;
in Russia, 156;
in Servia, 196;
in Transylvania, 155;
in Turkey, 167
Persecution of Muslims,
by the Mongols, 225–6, 234;
by the Russians, 247
Persia, heretical movements in the Christian Church in, 69–70, 206, 209
Persia, spread of Islam in, 207–11, 229 sq.
Persian convert, first, 29
Persians,
in China, 297, 298;
in Indo-China, 376;
in Sumatra, 364
Peter, Metropolitan of Russian Church, 241–2
Philippine Islands, 390, 399–402
Philoxenos, Jacobite Bishop, 86
Pilgrims to Mecca. See Ḥājīs
Pīrāna, 277
Pīrs, as missionaries,
in India, 271, 274–5, 277;
under the Mongols, 239
Poles, Catholic, under Russian rule, 156
Polish-speaking Muslims, 3
Ponnani, 269
Pope Gregory II, 125
Pope Gregory VII, 127, 130 n.
Pope Gregory IX, 130 n.4
Pope Hadrian I, 133 n.5, 136 n.3 [465]
in Russia, 156;
in Servia, 196;
in Transylvania, 155;
in Turkey, 167
Persecution of Muslims,
by the Mongols, 225–6, 234;
by the Russians, 247
Persia, heretical movements in the Christian Church in, 69–70, 206, 209
Persia, spread of Islam in, 207–11, 229 sq.
Persian convert, first, 29
Persians,
in China, 297, 298;
in Indo-China, 376;
in Sumatra, 364
Peter, Metropolitan of Russian Church, 241–2
Philippine Islands, 390, 399–402
Philoxenos, Jacobite Bishop, 86
Pilgrims to Mecca. See Ḥājīs
Pīrāna, 277
Pīrs, as missionaries,
in India, 271, 274–5, 277;
under the Mongols, 239
Poles, Catholic, under Russian rule, 156
Polish-speaking Muslims, 3
Ponnani, 269
Pope Gregory II, 125
Pope Gregory VII, 127, 130 n.
Pope Gregory IX, 130 n.4
Pope Hadrian I, 133 n.5, 136 n.3 [465]
Page 571
Pope Innocent III, 130 n.4
Pope Innocent IV, 130 n.4, 198 n.2, 221
Pope John XXII, 198, 242
Pope Leo III, 139
Pope Leo IX, 126
Portuguese,
in Abyssinia, 116;
on East Coast of Africa, 340, 343;
in India, 266;
in the Malay Archipelago, 388, 389, 390, 393, 394
Prayer, Muslim public, impressiveness of, 417–19
Prisoners, Muslim, as Missionaries, 411–12
Pul. See Fulbe
Qādir, caliph, 86
Qādiriyyah order, 127, 328–9, 330, 332, 333, 407 n.2
Qastīliyyah, Christians in, 129
Quarquar, Vaivode of Samtskheth, becomes a Muslim, 165 n.1
Qūbīlāy K͟ hān, 220, 225, 232, 298
Queda, 373–5
Qutaybah b. Muslim, 213, 295
Raden Ḥusayn, 382–4
Raden Paku, 382–3
Raden Patah, 380, 382–3
Raden Raḥmat, 380–3
Rainaud, 88
Rajputs,
converted to Islam, 259, 260, 281;
Muhammadan influences among, 289
Pope Innocent IV, 130 n.4, 198 n.2, 221
Pope John XXII, 198, 242
Pope Leo III, 139
Pope Leo IX, 126
Portuguese,
in Abyssinia, 116;
on East Coast of Africa, 340, 343;
in India, 266;
in the Malay Archipelago, 388, 389, 390, 393, 394
Prayer, Muslim public, impressiveness of, 417–19
Prisoners, Muslim, as Missionaries, 411–12
Pul. See Fulbe
Qādir, caliph, 86
Qādiriyyah order, 127, 328–9, 330, 332, 333, 407 n.2
Qastīliyyah, Christians in, 129
Quarquar, Vaivode of Samtskheth, becomes a Muslim, 165 n.1
Qūbīlāy K͟ hān, 220, 225, 232, 298
Queda, 373–5
Qutaybah b. Muslim, 213, 295
Raden Ḥusayn, 382–4
Raden Paku, 382–3
Raden Patah, 380, 382–3
Raden Raḥmat, 380–3
Rainaud, 88
Rajputs,
converted to Islam, 259, 260, 281;
Muhammadan influences among, 289
Page 572
Ras ʻAlī, vice-regent of Abyssinia, 118–19
Rationalism in Islam, 73–4
Ravuttans, 267
Raymund III, Count of Tripoli, 91
Religious orders, influence of the, 239, 326–35, 408
Ricoldus de Monte Crucis, on the virtues of the Saracens, 425
Robert of St. Albans, 91
Rubruck, William of, embassy to Mongol K͟ hāqān, 222
Rumanians, Southern, 62, 168–9
Russia, Mongols in, 239 sqq. See also Tatars
Russian rule, Muslims under, 101, 246–53
Russians under Muslim rule, 240–4
Rustam, first Muhammadan king of Karthli, 99
Saʻd b. Abī Waqqāṣ, 13
Saʻd b. Muʻad͟ h, conversion of, 23–4
Ṣadr al-Dīn, first Muhammadan king of Kashmīr, 292
Saffāḥ, caliph, 104
Saʻīd b. Ḥasan, on Muslim public prayer, 417–8
Saifa Arʻād, king of Abyssinia, 114
St. Augustine, on motives of conversion to Christianity, 423
St. John of Damascus, 83
St. Louis,
crusade of, 88, 92;
embassy to the Mongol K͟ hāqān, 222;
receives Mongol embassy, 229;
on the treatment of infidels, 8
Saints, Muslim, worshipped by Hindus, 289 n.3
Rationalism in Islam, 73–4
Ravuttans, 267
Raymund III, Count of Tripoli, 91
Religious orders, influence of the, 239, 326–35, 408
Ricoldus de Monte Crucis, on the virtues of the Saracens, 425
Robert of St. Albans, 91
Rubruck, William of, embassy to Mongol K͟ hāqān, 222
Rumanians, Southern, 62, 168–9
Russia, Mongols in, 239 sqq. See also Tatars
Russian rule, Muslims under, 101, 246–53
Russians under Muslim rule, 240–4
Rustam, first Muhammadan king of Karthli, 99
Saʻd b. Abī Waqqāṣ, 13
Saʻd b. Muʻad͟ h, conversion of, 23–4
Ṣadr al-Dīn, first Muhammadan king of Kashmīr, 292
Saffāḥ, caliph, 104
Saʻīd b. Ḥasan, on Muslim public prayer, 417–8
Saifa Arʻād, king of Abyssinia, 114
St. Augustine, on motives of conversion to Christianity, 423
St. John of Damascus, 83
St. Louis,
crusade of, 88, 92;
embassy to the Mongol K͟ hāqān, 222;
receives Mongol embassy, 229;
on the treatment of infidels, 8
Saints, Muslim, worshipped by Hindus, 289 n.3
Page 573
Saladin,
and the Crusaders, 90–1, 425;
Christians in Egypt, under rule of, 107, 421
Salawatti, island, 403
Salīm I, Sultan of Turkey, 423
Saljūq Turks, 88, 96, 216
Salmān, the first Persian convert, 29
Salmūyah, Christian, in service of the caliph al-Muʻtaṣim, 63
Sāmān becomes Muslim, 210
Samarqand,
Chinese embassy in, 299;
Chinese workmen in, 297 n.4;
introduction of Islam, 213, 214;
under the Mongols, 223–4
Sambawa, 398
Samory, 331, 332 n.3, 333
Samsams, 376
Samudra, 364, 367, 368
Ṣamudu, 331–2
Sanūsiyyah order,
in Africa, 334–5, 410;
in the Malay Archipelago, 407
Sasaks, in Lombok, 398–9
Sāsānid dynasty, Christian Church, under, 68–9, 206–7
Sātūq Bug͟ hrā K͟ hān, 215–16
Sawo-Teheno, king of Kafa, becomes a Muhammadan, 120
Sayyid ʻAlī Akbar, Muhammadan merchant in Peking, 302, 311 n.1
Sayyid Ajall, 297–8
and the Crusaders, 90–1, 425;
Christians in Egypt, under rule of, 107, 421
Salawatti, island, 403
Salīm I, Sultan of Turkey, 423
Saljūq Turks, 88, 96, 216
Salmān, the first Persian convert, 29
Salmūyah, Christian, in service of the caliph al-Muʻtaṣim, 63
Sāmān becomes Muslim, 210
Samarqand,
Chinese embassy in, 299;
Chinese workmen in, 297 n.4;
introduction of Islam, 213, 214;
under the Mongols, 223–4
Sambawa, 398
Samory, 331, 332 n.3, 333
Samsams, 376
Samudra, 364, 367, 368
Ṣamudu, 331–2
Sanūsiyyah order,
in Africa, 334–5, 410;
in the Malay Archipelago, 407
Sasaks, in Lombok, 398–9
Sāsānid dynasty, Christian Church, under, 68–9, 206–7
Sātūq Bug͟ hrā K͟ hān, 215–16
Sawo-Teheno, king of Kafa, becomes a Muhammadan, 120
Sayyid ʻAlī Akbar, Muhammadan merchant in Peking, 302, 311 n.1
Sayyid Ajall, 297–8
Page 574
Sayyid Ashraf al-Dīn, 223–4
Sayyid Sulaymān, Chinese Muslim, 307, 309, 311
Scanderbeg, 177
Sciataraccio, tax, 182, 189
Scutari, 184
Senegal, 315, 330, 333
Sennaar, 110, 113, 337
Servia, 192–7
Shāfiʻiyyah sect, in Malay Archipelago, 364
Shāh Ruk͟ h Bahādur, 266, 299
Shamanism, 220, 240, 246
Shanars, become Muslims, 289
Sharīf al-Riḍā, 210
Shayk͟ h Jalāl al-Dīn Tabrīzī, 282
Shayk͟ h Yūsuf, 350 n.6
Shīʻahs, in Africa, 341;
in India, [466]274–6;
in Kashmīr, 292;
in Java and Sumatra, 364;
in Persia, 209, 211;
in Turkey, 423
Shihāb family, in Mount Lebanon, 176–7
Siam, Islam in, 376
Siberia, 251–3
Sierra Leone, 338
Silhaṭ, 282
Sind, 272–5
Sayyid Sulaymān, Chinese Muslim, 307, 309, 311
Scanderbeg, 177
Sciataraccio, tax, 182, 189
Scutari, 184
Senegal, 315, 330, 333
Sennaar, 110, 113, 337
Servia, 192–7
Shāfiʻiyyah sect, in Malay Archipelago, 364
Shāh Ruk͟ h Bahādur, 266, 299
Shamanism, 220, 240, 246
Shanars, become Muslims, 289
Sharīf al-Riḍā, 210
Shayk͟ h Jalāl al-Dīn Tabrīzī, 282
Shayk͟ h Yūsuf, 350 n.6
Shīʻahs, in Africa, 341;
in India, [466]274–6;
in Kashmīr, 292;
in Java and Sumatra, 364;
in Persia, 209, 211;
in Turkey, 423
Shihāb family, in Mount Lebanon, 176–7
Siam, Islam in, 376
Siberia, 251–3
Sierra Leone, 338
Silhaṭ, 282
Sind, 272–5
Page 575
Sindān, 272
Slavery,
under the Muslims, 416–17;
under the Turks, 172–6
Slave-trade, suppression of, facilitates spread of Islam, 345–6
Slave-traders, not propagandists of Islam, 343–4
Soba, mosque built in, 110
Sokoto, 325
Somalis, 349–50
Songhay kingdom, 318, 321
Sophronius, Metropolitan of Athens, 164
Spain, Islam in, 131–44
Spaniards, in the Malay Archipelago, 387, 388, 390, 400–1, 402
Spanish Muslims, missionary activity of, 127
Sudan, 317–37, 353–62
Ṣuhayb, the first-fruits of Greece, 26, 29
Sukadana, kingdom in Borneo, 391
Sulu Islands, 401–2
Sumatra, 364, 366–72
Survivals of Christian usages among Muhammadans, 129 n.2, 181, 187, 197
Swahilis, as propagandists of Islam, 345
Sword of Islam, 5, 8, 46, 85 n.4, 256, 405
Tabaristān, 210
Ṭāʼif, 19, 38
Takūdār, first Muslim Īlk͟ hān, 229–32, 238–9
Tallo, in Celebes, 395
Slavery,
under the Muslims, 416–17;
under the Turks, 172–6
Slave-trade, suppression of, facilitates spread of Islam, 345–6
Slave-traders, not propagandists of Islam, 343–4
Soba, mosque built in, 110
Sokoto, 325
Somalis, 349–50
Songhay kingdom, 318, 321
Sophronius, Metropolitan of Athens, 164
Spain, Islam in, 131–44
Spaniards, in the Malay Archipelago, 387, 388, 390, 400–1, 402
Spanish Muslims, missionary activity of, 127
Sudan, 317–37, 353–62
Ṣuhayb, the first-fruits of Greece, 26, 29
Sukadana, kingdom in Borneo, 391
Sulu Islands, 401–2
Sumatra, 364, 366–72
Survivals of Christian usages among Muhammadans, 129 n.2, 181, 187, 197
Swahilis, as propagandists of Islam, 345
Sword of Islam, 5, 8, 46, 85 n.4, 256, 405
Tabaristān, 210
Ṭāʼif, 19, 38
Takūdār, first Muslim Īlk͟ hān, 229–32, 238–9
Tallo, in Celebes, 395
Page 576
Tʼang dynasty, 294, 297
Ṭarmāshīrīn K͟ hān, 235, 239
Tartars. See Tatars
Tatars,
in Lithuania, 3, 245;
in Russia, 244–5, 247–51;
in Siberia, 251–3
Ternate, 388–90
Theodisclus, Archbishop of Seville, adopts Islam, 134
Theodore Abū Qurrah, 84
Theodore, Nestorian Bishop, 86
Tibesti, 335
Tibet, 293
Tidor, 388
Tijāniyyah order, 325, 328–30, 333
Tilok Chand, 259–60
Timbuktu, 318–19, 328
Timotheus, Nestorian Patriarch, 67, 84
Tīmūr, 256, 292
Tinnevelli, 288
Tīpū Sulṭān, 8, 254, 261–2, 268
Tiyans, 268
Toleration enjoined upon Muslims, 5–6, 77 n.6, 420
Toleration towards the Christians,
in Egypt, 102–3;
in K͟ hurāsān, 82;
in North Africa, 130;
in Russia, 241–2;
Ṭarmāshīrīn K͟ hān, 235, 239
Tartars. See Tatars
Tatars,
in Lithuania, 3, 245;
in Russia, 244–5, 247–51;
in Siberia, 251–3
Ternate, 388–90
Theodisclus, Archbishop of Seville, adopts Islam, 134
Theodore Abū Qurrah, 84
Theodore, Nestorian Bishop, 86
Tibesti, 335
Tibet, 293
Tidor, 388
Tijāniyyah order, 325, 328–30, 333
Tilok Chand, 259–60
Timbuktu, 318–19, 328
Timotheus, Nestorian Patriarch, 67, 84
Tīmūr, 256, 292
Tinnevelli, 288
Tīpū Sulṭān, 8, 254, 261–2, 268
Tiyans, 268
Toleration enjoined upon Muslims, 5–6, 77 n.6, 420
Toleration towards the Christians,
in Egypt, 102–3;
in K͟ hurāsān, 82;
in North Africa, 130;
in Russia, 241–2;
Page 577
in Spain, 135, 143–4;
in Syria and Palestine, 56–7, 95;
in Turkey, 146–7, 156–7, 178–9, 191
Tosks in Southern Albania, 192
Traders, Muslim. See Merchants
Tribute of Christian children, 150–2, 155
Trichinopoly, 267, 268
Tūbū, 410
Tunis, 129–30
Tūqluq Tīmūr K͟ hān, king of Kāshgar, 235–7
Turkistan, 215, 216
Turks,
converted to Islam, 214–16;
in China, 297, 298, 304, 310;
in the Mongol armies, 226 n.3.
See also Ottoman Turks, Saljūq Turks
Uch, 281
Uganda, 344
Uljāytū, 234
ʻUmar b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz,
and Egypt, 103;
and North Africa, 314;
and Sind, 272;
and Transoxania, 214;
orders recently-constructed churches to be destroyed, 66;
prayed for by Christian historian, 424;
revenue of Egypt, in reign of, 103;
zeal for Islam, 82–3
ʻUmar b. al-K͟ haṭṭāb,
and the Banū Tag͟ hlib, 49;
conversion of, 17;
ordinance of, 57–8, 76;
in Syria and Palestine, 56–7, 95;
in Turkey, 146–7, 156–7, 178–9, 191
Tosks in Southern Albania, 192
Traders, Muslim. See Merchants
Tribute of Christian children, 150–2, 155
Trichinopoly, 267, 268
Tūbū, 410
Tunis, 129–30
Tūqluq Tīmūr K͟ hān, king of Kāshgar, 235–7
Turkistan, 215, 216
Turks,
converted to Islam, 214–16;
in China, 297, 298, 304, 310;
in the Mongol armies, 226 n.3.
See also Ottoman Turks, Saljūq Turks
Uch, 281
Uganda, 344
Uljāytū, 234
ʻUmar b. ʻAbd al-ʻAzīz,
and Egypt, 103;
and North Africa, 314;
and Sind, 272;
and Transoxania, 214;
orders recently-constructed churches to be destroyed, 66;
prayed for by Christian historian, 424;
revenue of Egypt, in reign of, 103;
zeal for Islam, 82–3
ʻUmar b. al-K͟ haṭṭāb,
and the Banū Tag͟ hlib, 49;
conversion of, 17;
ordinance of, 57–8, 76;
Page 578
and the propagation of Islam, 51, 81, 82–3;
submission of Jerusalem, 56–7
ʻUmar b. Yūsuf, Christian governor of Anbar, 64
ʻUmar Shams al-Dīn. See Sayyid Ajall
Urkhān, 149, 150
Usāma b. Munqid͟ h, 90
Usambara, 346
Usayd b. Ḥuḍayr, conversion of, 23
ʻUsayfān, 273 [467]
ʻUt͟ hmān, conversion, 13;
relations with China, 295;
revenue of Egypt, in reign of, 103
Ūzbek K͟ hān, 240–2
Ūzbeks, 240
Venetians,
in Albania, 188–9;
in Crete, 201–3;
in the Levant, 147
Vilno, Muslims in, 3
Vladimir, 242–4
Votiaks, 249
Wadai, 322, 335, 355
Wahhābī reformation,
influence of, 426;
in Africa, 323;
in Bengal, 280;
in Sumatra, 372
Waigama, island, 402
Waigyu, island, 402
submission of Jerusalem, 56–7
ʻUmar b. Yūsuf, Christian governor of Anbar, 64
ʻUmar Shams al-Dīn. See Sayyid Ajall
Urkhān, 149, 150
Usāma b. Munqid͟ h, 90
Usambara, 346
Usayd b. Ḥuḍayr, conversion of, 23
ʻUsayfān, 273 [467]
ʻUt͟ hmān, conversion, 13;
relations with China, 295;
revenue of Egypt, in reign of, 103
Ūzbek K͟ hān, 240–2
Ūzbeks, 240
Venetians,
in Albania, 188–9;
in Crete, 201–3;
in the Levant, 147
Vilno, Muslims in, 3
Vladimir, 242–4
Votiaks, 249
Wadai, 322, 335, 355
Wahhābī reformation,
influence of, 426;
in Africa, 323;
in Bengal, 280;
in Sumatra, 372
Waigama, island, 402
Waigyu, island, 402
Page 579
Wakhtang VI, king of Georgia, 100
Walīd, caliph, 66
Women, Muslim, as missionaries, 120, 234 n.1, 410–11
Yaʻqūb b. Layt͟ h, 217
Yārkand, 238
Yat͟ hrib. See Medina
Yazdānbak͟ ht, 85
Yazīd II, caliph, 66–7
Yoruba country, 325
Yung Chen, edict of, 303
Yunnan, 293, 298
Zamorin of Calicut, 265–6
Zanj, Islam among the, 342–3
Zanzibar, 342
Zaylaʻ, 349
Zayn al-ʻAbidīn, first Muhammadan king of Batjan, 403 n.1
Zmaievich, in Albania, 185–91
Zoroastrians, 206–11 [468]
Walīd, caliph, 66
Women, Muslim, as missionaries, 120, 234 n.1, 410–11
Yaʻqūb b. Layt͟ h, 217
Yārkand, 238
Yat͟ hrib. See Medina
Yazdānbak͟ ht, 85
Yazīd II, caliph, 66–7
Yoruba country, 325
Yung Chen, edict of, 303
Yunnan, 293, 298
Zamorin of Calicut, 265–6
Zanj, Islam among the, 342–3
Zanzibar, 342
Zaylaʻ, 349
Zayn al-ʻAbidīn, first Muhammadan king of Batjan, 403 n.1
Zmaievich, in Albania, 185–91
Zoroastrians, 206–11 [468]
Page 580
[Contents]
Richard Clay & Sons, Limited,
brunswick street, stamford street, s.e., and bungay, suffolk.
Richard Clay & Sons, Limited,
brunswick street, stamford street, s.e., and bungay, suffolk.
Page 581
Colophon
Corrections
The following corrections have been applied to the text:
Page Source Correction Edit
distance
xv Īlk͟ hans Īlk͟ hāns 1/0
xv Uzbek Ūzbek 1/0
xv, 269 Mappilas Mappillas 1
5 zünachst zunächst 2/0
8, 109,
241, 298 , [Deleted] 1
29, 103,
249,
249,
293,
345,
371, 445 , . 1
49 : , 1
66 Hurgonje Hurgronje 1
77, 135,
186,
208,
442,
443, 448 [Not in source] . 1
79 . : 1
95, 103,
142,
289,
410,
462,
462, 466 [Not in source] , 1
100, 448 regne règne 1/0
110 Mamluk Mamlūk 1/0
Corrections
The following corrections have been applied to the text:
Page Source Correction Edit
distance
xv Īlk͟ hans Īlk͟ hāns 1/0
xv Uzbek Ūzbek 1/0
xv, 269 Mappilas Mappillas 1
5 zünachst zunächst 2/0
8, 109,
241, 298 , [Deleted] 1
29, 103,
249,
249,
293,
345,
371, 445 , . 1
49 : , 1
66 Hurgonje Hurgronje 1
77, 135,
186,
208,
442,
443, 448 [Not in source] . 1
79 . : 1
95, 103,
142,
289,
410,
462,
462, 466 [Not in source] , 1
100, 448 regne règne 1/0
110 Mamluk Mamlūk 1/0
Page 582
116, 444 [Not in source] ( 1
125 Abū-l Fidā Abū’l-Fidā 2
127 Saintes Saints 1
129 xxviii–xxxvi xxvi–xxxvii 3
141,
289, 418 ). .) 2
149 commerical commercial 2
150 tolerée tolérée 1/0
168 episcopale épiscopale 1/0
169 Crêtiens Chrêtiens 1
172 Spurctiæ Spurcitiæ 1
178 Dachen Sachen 1
180,
343,
440,
445, 448 . , 1
182,
454,
458,
458,
463, 467 . [Deleted] 1
200 fesaient faisaient 2
206 westward eastward 2
207 Khusrau K͟ husrau 1/0
210 Iṣtak͟ hrī Iṣṭak͟ hrī 1/0
210 Al-Sharastānī Al-Shahrastānī 1
210 [Not in source] the 4
211 ʻAbbasid ʻAbbāsid 1/0
214 reason reasons 1
225 Nūr-al-Dīn Nūr al-Dīn 1
237 Amir Amīr 1/0
240 Abū-l G͟ hāzī Abū’l-G͟ hāzī 2
242 Karamzin Karamsin 1
248 musalmans musulmans 1
268 Shah Shāh 1/0
273 Kashmir Kashmīr 1/0
273 Kabul Kābul 1/0
273 Khurāsān K͟ hurāsān 1/0
125 Abū-l Fidā Abū’l-Fidā 2
127 Saintes Saints 1
129 xxviii–xxxvi xxvi–xxxvii 3
141,
289, 418 ). .) 2
149 commerical commercial 2
150 tolerée tolérée 1/0
168 episcopale épiscopale 1/0
169 Crêtiens Chrêtiens 1
172 Spurctiæ Spurcitiæ 1
178 Dachen Sachen 1
180,
343,
440,
445, 448 . , 1
182,
454,
458,
458,
463, 467 . [Deleted] 1
200 fesaient faisaient 2
206 westward eastward 2
207 Khusrau K͟ husrau 1/0
210 Iṣtak͟ hrī Iṣṭak͟ hrī 1/0
210 Al-Sharastānī Al-Shahrastānī 1
210 [Not in source] the 4
211 ʻAbbasid ʻAbbāsid 1/0
214 reason reasons 1
225 Nūr-al-Dīn Nūr al-Dīn 1
237 Amir Amīr 1/0
240 Abū-l G͟ hāzī Abū’l-G͟ hāzī 2
242 Karamzin Karamsin 1
248 musalmans musulmans 1
268 Shah Shāh 1/0
273 Kashmir Kashmīr 1/0
273 Kabul Kābul 1/0
273 Khurāsān K͟ hurāsān 1/0
Page 583
278 Khān K͟ hān 1/0
278 landord landlord 1
281 Dehli Delhi 2
283 become became 1
286 bazars bazaars 1
293 Khurasan K͟ hurāsān 3/0
293 Kashmiri Kashmīrī 2/0
295 eastern western 2
296 ʻAbbāsīd ʻAbbāsid 1/0
300 stablishing establishing 1
304 Kashgar Kāshgar 1/0
306 Le La 1
309 p. P. 1
314 Materialen Materialien 1
320 ( [Deleted] 1
339 Waītz Waitz 1/0
341 Bahrayn Baḥrayn 1/0
341 Sunnis Sunnīs 1/0
349 [Not in source] of 3
357 negre nègre 1/0
357 Évangiliques Évangéliques 1
359 imples implies 1
360 Imam Imām 1/0
362 Eingebornen Eingeborenen 1
362 waren wären 1/0
362 gleichberechtige gleichberechtigte 1
362 konnte könnte 1/0
381 Chamba Champa 1
396 [Not in source] (2) 4
403 Mahamed Mahomed 1
403 einige eenige 1
403 overgegangen overgegaan 3
403 volkstammen volksstammen 1
419 fulfiled fulfilled 1
420 a à 1/0
420 regle règle 1/0
278 landord landlord 1
281 Dehli Delhi 2
283 become became 1
286 bazars bazaars 1
293 Khurasan K͟ hurāsān 3/0
293 Kashmiri Kashmīrī 2/0
295 eastern western 2
296 ʻAbbāsīd ʻAbbāsid 1/0
300 stablishing establishing 1
304 Kashgar Kāshgar 1/0
306 Le La 1
309 p. P. 1
314 Materialen Materialien 1
320 ( [Deleted] 1
339 Waītz Waitz 1/0
341 Bahrayn Baḥrayn 1/0
341 Sunnis Sunnīs 1/0
349 [Not in source] of 3
357 negre nègre 1/0
357 Évangiliques Évangéliques 1
359 imples implies 1
360 Imam Imām 1/0
362 Eingebornen Eingeborenen 1
362 waren wären 1/0
362 gleichberechtige gleichberechtigte 1
362 konnte könnte 1/0
381 Chamba Champa 1
396 [Not in source] (2) 4
403 Mahamed Mahomed 1
403 einige eenige 1
403 overgegangen overgegaan 3
403 volkstammen volksstammen 1
419 fulfiled fulfilled 1
420 a à 1/0
420 regle règle 1/0
Page 584
439 Panjab Panjāb 1/0
440 Matlaʻ Maṭlaʻ 1/0
440 meridionale méridionale 1/0
440, 454 [Not in source] ) 1
Passim. [Not in source] —— 2
441 XVIe XVIe 0
441 Barhebraeus Barhebræus 2
442 de, des 1
442 l’islamismes l’islamisme, 1
442 geestelijkeid geestelijkheid 1
442 Koniglijk Koninklijk 2
443 Chytraeus Chytræus 2
445 hrgs. hrsg. 2
445 Archeólogie Archéologie 2/0
446 Ts. ind. t.- l.- en
vk. Ts. ind. t.- l.- vk. 3
448 xiii xiiie 1
448 executée exécutée 1/0
448 Gualtier Gaultier 2
449 Masʻūdi Masʻūdī 1/0
449 Mohammedon Mohammedan 1
451 religiöse religiösen 1
451 der des 1
451 M.M. M. M. 1
452 de du 1
453 Sitzungberichte Sitzungsberichte 1
453 edité édité 1/0
453, 454 [Not in source] : 1
454 Turchicae Turchicæ 2
454 Spurcitiae Spurcitiæ 2
454 Perfidiae Perfidiæ 2
454 ii.me iime 1
454 ser. sér. 1/0
454 ; : 1
454 d’Alexandie d’Alexandrie 1
454 einer eener 1
457 16 26 1
440 Matlaʻ Maṭlaʻ 1/0
440 meridionale méridionale 1/0
440, 454 [Not in source] ) 1
Passim. [Not in source] —— 2
441 XVIe XVIe 0
441 Barhebraeus Barhebræus 2
442 de, des 1
442 l’islamismes l’islamisme, 1
442 geestelijkeid geestelijkheid 1
442 Koniglijk Koninklijk 2
443 Chytraeus Chytræus 2
445 hrgs. hrsg. 2
445 Archeólogie Archéologie 2/0
446 Ts. ind. t.- l.- en
vk. Ts. ind. t.- l.- vk. 3
448 xiii xiiie 1
448 executée exécutée 1/0
448 Gualtier Gaultier 2
449 Masʻūdi Masʻūdī 1/0
449 Mohammedon Mohammedan 1
451 religiöse religiösen 1
451 der des 1
451 M.M. M. M. 1
452 de du 1
453 Sitzungberichte Sitzungsberichte 1
453 edité édité 1/0
453, 454 [Not in source] : 1
454 Turchicae Turchicæ 2
454 Spurcitiae Spurcitiæ 2
454 Perfidiae Perfidiæ 2
454 ii.me iime 1
454 ser. sér. 1/0
454 ; : 1
454 d’Alexandie d’Alexandrie 1
454 einer eener 1
457 16 26 1
Page 585
463 Muhammad Muḥammad 1/0
463,
463,
463, 466 , ; 1
465 Samstkheth Samtskheth 2
467 K͟ han K͟ hān 1/0
Abbreviations
Overview of abbreviations used.
Abbreviation Expansion
A.H. Anno Hegirae
C.I.E. Companion of the Most Eminent Order of the Indian Empire
Knight Commander of the Most Eminent Order of the Indian
K.C.I.E. Empire
Knight Commander of the Most Exalted Order of the Star of
K.C.S.I. India
Lieut.-Col. Lieutenant-Colonel
LL.D. Legum Doctor
M.A. Master of Arts
N. North
N.-I. Nederlandsch-Indië
N.E. North-East
N.S. New Series
N.W.P. North-Western Provinces
Ts. ind. t.- l.-
vk. Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde
Z.D.M.G. Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft
463,
463,
463, 466 , ; 1
465 Samstkheth Samtskheth 2
467 K͟ han K͟ hān 1/0
Abbreviations
Overview of abbreviations used.
Abbreviation Expansion
A.H. Anno Hegirae
C.I.E. Companion of the Most Eminent Order of the Indian Empire
Knight Commander of the Most Eminent Order of the Indian
K.C.I.E. Empire
Knight Commander of the Most Exalted Order of the Star of
K.C.S.I. India
Lieut.-Col. Lieutenant-Colonel
LL.D. Legum Doctor
M.A. Master of Arts
N. North
N.-I. Nederlandsch-Indië
N.E. North-East
N.S. New Series
N.W.P. North-Western Provinces
Ts. ind. t.- l.-
vk. Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde
Z.D.M.G. Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft
Page 586
*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PREACHING
OF ISLAM: A HISTORY OF THE PROPAGATION OF THE MUSLIM
FAITH ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
OF ISLAM: A HISTORY OF THE PROPAGATION OF THE MUSLIM
FAITH ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
Page 587
THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
Page 588
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the
collection of Project Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the
collection of Project Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
Page 589
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which
the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most other
parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may
copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License
included with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most other
parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may
copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License
included with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
Page 590
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Page 591
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
Page 592
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and
expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.
cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and
expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.
Page 593
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any
volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,
costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)
distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration,
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any
volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,
costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)
distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration,
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
Page 594
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact
links and up to date contact information can be found at the
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
from people in all walks of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact
links and up to date contact information can be found at the
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
Page 595
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
Page 596
with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.